po-man/fr.po

   1 # French translation for util-linux-man
   2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
   3 #
   4 # Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr>, 2005, 2006.
   5 # Alexandre Kuoch <alex.kuoch@gmail.com>, 2008.
   6 # Alexandre Normand <aj.normand@free.fr>, 2010.
   7 # Aymeric Nys <aymeric AT nnx POINT com>, 2004.
   8 # Christophe Blaess <ccb@club-internet.fr>, 1997, 2002, 2003.
   9 # Christophe Sauthier <christophe@sauthier.com>, 2001.
  10 # David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>, 2010-2015.
  11 # Florentin Duneau <fduneau@gmail.com>, 2008-2010.
  12 # Frédéric Delanoy <delanoy_f@yahoo.com>, 2000.
  13 # Frédéric Zulian <zulian@free.fr>, 2006.
  14 # Grégory Colpart <reg@evolix.fr>, 2006.
  15 # Jade Alglave <jade.alglave@ens-lyon.org>, 2006.
  16 # Jean-Baka Domelevo-Entfellner <domelevo@gmail.com>, 2006.
  17 # Jean-Luc Coulon (f5ibh) <jean-luc.coulon@wanadoo.fr>, 2006.
  18 # Jean-Paul Guillonneau <guillonneau.jeanpaul@free.fr>, 2020-2021.
  19 # Jean-Philippe MENGUAL <jpmengual@debian.org>, 2020-2021.
  20 # Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>, 2020.
  21 # Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>, 2006.
  22 # Jérôme Perzyna <jperzyna@yahoo.fr>, 2004.
  23 # Lyes Zemmouche <iliaas@hotmail.fr>, 2008.
  24 # Michel Quercia <quercia AT cal DOT enst DOT fr>, 1997.
  25 # Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2007.
  26 # Nicolas Haller <nicolas@boiteameuh.org>, 2006.
  27 # Philippe Piette <foudre-blanche@skynet.be>, 2006, 2007.
  28 # Sylvain Archenault <sylvain.archenault@laposte.net>, 2006.
  29 # Sébastien Blanchet, 2002.
  30 # Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999, 2000.
  31 # Thomas Huriaux <thomas.huriaux@gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
  32 # Valéry Perrin <valery.perrin.debian@free.fr>, 2006.
  33 # Yves Rütschlé <l10n@rutschle.net>, 2006.
  34 # Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>, 2023
  35 msgid ""
  36 msgstr ""
  37 "Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.39-rc3\n"
  38 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
  39 "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-17 11:52+0200\n"
  40 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-11 16:26+0200\n"
  41 "Last-Translator: Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>\n"
  42 "Language-Team: French <traduc@traduc.org>\n"
  43 "Language: fr\n"
  44 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
  45 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
  46 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
  47 "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
  48 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n >= 2);\n"
  49
  50 #. type: Title ==
  51 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
  52 #, no-wrap
  53 msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
  54 msgstr "SIGNALER DES BOGUES"
  55
  56 #. type: Plain text
  57 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
  58 msgid ""
  59 "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-"
  60 "linux/issues."
  61 msgstr ""
  62 "Pour signaler un bogue, utilisez le gestionnaire de bogues sur https://"
  63 "github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."
  64
  65 #. type: Title ==
  66 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1
  67 #, no-wrap
  68 msgid "COLORS"
  69 msgstr "COULEURS"
  70
  71 #. type: Plain text
  72 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5
  73 msgid ""
  74 "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) "
  75 "functionality.  Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
  76 msgstr ""
  77 "La colorisation de la sortie est implémentée grâce aux fonctionnalités de "
  78 "*terminal-colors.d*(5).  La colorisation implicite peut être désactivée via "
  79 "un fichier vide"
  80
  81 #. type: delimited block _
  82 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7
  83 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_"
  84 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{commande}.disable_"
  85
  86 #. type: Plain text
  87 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9
  88 msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by"
  89 msgstr "pour la commande *{commande}* ou pour tous les outils par"
  90
  91 #. type: delimited block _
  92 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11
  93 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
  94 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
  95
  96 #. type: Plain text
  97 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
  98 msgid ""
  99 "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/"
 100 "terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
 101 msgstr ""
 102 "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ ou _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ "
 103 "spécifiques à l’utilisateur remplacent les réglages globaux."
 104
 105 #. type: Plain text
 106 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17
 107 msgid ""
 108 "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this "
 109 "case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
 110 msgstr ""
 111 "Notez que la colorisation de la sortie peut être activée par défaut. Dans ce "
 112 "cas, les répertoires _terminal-colors.d_ n'existent pas forcément "
 113 "automatiquement."
 114
 115 #. type: Title ==
 116 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
 117 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:79
 118 #, no-wrap
 119 msgid "AVAILABILITY"
 120 msgstr "DISPONIBILITÉ"
 121
 122 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file.
 123 #. type: Plain text
 124 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
 125 #, no-wrap
 126 msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
 127 msgstr "*{configfile}* fait partie du paquet util-linux qui est disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive du noyau Linux].\n"
 128
 129 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
 130 #. type: Plain text
 131 #: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
 132 msgid ""
 133 "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version "
 134 "{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/"
 135 "utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
 136 msgstr ""
 137 "La bibliothèque *{lib}* fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la "
 138 "version {firstversion}. Elle est disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/"
 139 "linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive du noyau Linux]."
 140
 141 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
 142 #. type: Plain text
 143 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
 144 msgid ""
 145 "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
 146 "downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
 147 "Kernel Archive]."
 148 msgstr ""
 149 "La commande *{command}* fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
 150 "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive "
 151 "du noyau Linux]."
 152
 153 #. type: Labeled list
 154 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222
 155 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:45
 156 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37
 157 #, no-wrap
 158 msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
 159 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
 160
 161 #. type: Plain text
 162 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:3 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114
 163 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:224 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51
 164 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48
 165 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39
 166 msgid "Display help text and exit."
 167 msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."
 168
 169 #. type: Labeled list
 170 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
 171 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:43
 172 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
 173 #, no-wrap
 174 msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
 175 msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"
 176
 177 #. type: Plain text
 178 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:5
 179 msgid "Print version and exit."
 180 msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."
 181
 182 #. type: Plain text
 183 #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:2
 184 msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
 185 msgstr ""
 186 "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octets plutôt qu'en format lisible."
 187
 188 #. type: Plain text
 189 #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7
 190 msgid ""
 191 "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are "
 192 "in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in "
 193 "order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of "
 194 "them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 "
 195 "K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part "
 196 "of these abbreviations."
 197 msgstr ""
 198 "Par défaut, l'unité des tailles est exprimée en octets SI et les préfixes "
 199 "d'unités sont des puissances de 2^10 (1024). Les abréviations des symboles "
 200 "sont affichées tronquées afin d'offrir une meilleure lisibilité. Seule la "
 201 "première lettre est affichée. Par exemple, « 1 Kio » et « 1 Mio » sont "
 202 "affichés comme « 1 K » et « 1 M » respectivement en omettant volontairement "
 203 "la mention « io » qui fait partie de ces abréviations."
 204
 205 #. type: Title ==
 206 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1
 207 #, no-wrap
 208 msgid "TRANSLATION"
 209 msgstr "TRADUCTION"
 210
 211 #. type: Plain text
 212 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
 213 #, fuzzy
 214 #| msgid ""
 215 #| "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding "
 216 #| "*.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man."
 217 #| "html"
 218 msgid ""
 219 "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *."
 220 "po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
 221 msgstr ""
 222 "À l'attention des auteurs de cette traduction, consultez l'en-tête du "
 223 "fichier *.po correspondant sur le site du TP GNU : http://translationproject."
 224 "org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
 225
 226 #. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
 227 #. translation team.
 228 #. type: Plain text
 229 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
 230 msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
 231 msgstr ""
 232 "Signalez les erreurs de traduction de la page man à : <traduc@traduc.org>"
 233
 234 #. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
 235 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
 236 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
 237 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
 238 #. type: Title =
 239 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8
 240 #, no-wrap
 241 msgid "addpart(8)"
 242 msgstr "addpart(8)"
 243
 244 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
 245 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10
 246 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10
 247 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11
 248 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4
 249 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4
 250 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8
 251 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11
 252 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11
 253 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10
 254 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8
 255 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22
 256 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6
 257 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4
 258 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14
 259 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6
 260 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4
 261 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4
 262 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8
 263 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4
 264 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8
 265 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9
 266 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4
 267 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4
 268 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4
 269 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4
 270 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29
 271 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4
 272 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4
 273 #, no-wrap
 274 msgid "System Administration"
 275 msgstr "Administration Système"
 276
 277 #. type: Title ==
 278 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15
 279 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15
 280 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17
 281 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9
 282 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9
 283 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13
 284 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16
 285 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16
 286 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15
 287 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13
 288 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
 289 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
 290 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
 291 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41
 292 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41
 293 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17
 294 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26
 295 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11
 296 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9
 297 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10
 298 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26
 299 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12
 300 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:9
 301 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11
 302 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10
 303 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14
 304 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43
 305 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15
 306 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11
 307 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:9
 308 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13
 309 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11
 310 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43
 311 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34
 312 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33
 313 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9
 314 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9
 315 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9
 316 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9
 317 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13
 318 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9
 319 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9
 320 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9
 321 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13
 322 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13
 323 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13
 324 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9
 325 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9
 326 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14
 327 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9
 328 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9
 329 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9
 330 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9
 331 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9
 332 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11
 333 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9
 334 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34
 335 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9
 336 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9
 337 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44
 338 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10
 339 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44
 340 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46
 341 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43
 342 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45
 343 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46
 344 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43
 345 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
 346 #, no-wrap
 347 msgid "NAME"
 348 msgstr "NOM"
 349
 350 #. type: Plain text
 351 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18
 352 msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
 353 msgstr "addpart - Informer le noyau de l’existence d’une partition"
 354
 355 #. type: Title ==
 356 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19
 357 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19
 358 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21
 359 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13
 360 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13
 361 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17
 362 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20
 363 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20
 364 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19
 365 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17
 366 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
 367 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
 368 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
 369 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45
 370 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45
 371 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21
 372 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30
 373 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15
 374 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13
 375 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14
 376 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30
 377 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16
 378 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:13
 379 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15
 380 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14
 381 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18
 382 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47
 383 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19
 384 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15
 385 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:13
 386 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17
 387 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15
 388 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47
 389 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38
 390 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37
 391 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13
 392 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13
 393 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13
 394 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17
 395 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13
 396 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13
 397 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13
 398 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17
 399 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17
 400 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17
 401 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13
 402 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13
 403 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18
 404 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13
 405 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13
 406 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13
 407 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13
 408 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13
 409 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15
 410 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13
 411 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38
 412 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13
 413 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13
 414 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48
 415 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14
 416 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48
 417 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48
 418 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47
 419 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50
 420 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47
 421 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
 422 #, no-wrap
 423 msgid "SYNOPSIS"
 424 msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
 425
 426 #. type: Plain text
 427 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22
 428 #, no-wrap
 429 msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n"
 430 msgstr "*addpart* _périphérique partition début taille_\n"
 431
 432 #. type: Title ==
 433 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27
 434 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23
 435 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27
 436 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17
 437 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17
 438 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21
 439 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24
 440 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26
 441 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23
 442 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21
 443 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
 444 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
 445 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
 446 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51
 447 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51
 448 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25
 449 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36
 450 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19
 451 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17
 452 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18
 453 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34
 454 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26
 455 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:19
 456 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19
 457 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22
 458 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25
 459 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51
 460 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23
 461 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19
 462 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:19
 463 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21
 464 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19
 465 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51
 466 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44
 467 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43
 468 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17
 469 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17
 470 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21
 471 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19
 472 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31
 473 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21
 474 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17
 475 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17
 476 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21
 477 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21
 478 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21
 479 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17
 480 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17
 481 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22
 482 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19
 483 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17
 484 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21
 485 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17
 486 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21
 487 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19
 488 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19
 489 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46
 490 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17
 491 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17
 492 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52
 493 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18
 494 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52
 495 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54
 496 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51
 497 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53
 498 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54
 499 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51
 500 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
 501 #, no-wrap
 502 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
 503 msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
 504
 505 #. type: Plain text
 506 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
 507 #, no-wrap
 508 msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
 509 msgstr "*addpart* informe le noyau de l’existence de la partition indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « add partition ».\n"
 510
 511 #. type: Plain text
 512 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
 513 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
 514 msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
 515 msgstr ""
 516 "Cette commande ne manipule pas les partitions présentes sur un périphérique "
 517 "bloc."
 518
 519 #. type: Title ==
 520 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
 521 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:125
 522 #, no-wrap
 523 msgid "PARAMETERS"
 524 msgstr "PARAMÈTRES"
 525
 526 #. type: Labeled list
 527 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31
 528 #, no-wrap
 529 msgid "_device_"
 530 msgstr "_périphérique_"
 531
 532 #. type: Plain text
 533 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33
 534 msgid "The disk device."
 535 msgstr "Le périphérique disque."
 536
 537 #. type: Labeled list
 538 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34
 539 #, no-wrap
 540 msgid "_partition_"
 541 msgstr "_partition_"
 542
 543 #. type: Plain text
 544 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36
 545 msgid "The partition number."
 546 msgstr "Le numéro de la partition."
 547
 548 #. type: Labeled list
 549 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37
 550 #, no-wrap
 551 msgid "_start_"
 552 msgstr "_début_"
 553
 554 #. type: Plain text
 555 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39
 556 msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
 557 msgstr "Le début de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."
 558
 559 #. type: Labeled list
 560 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37
 561 #, no-wrap
 562 msgid "_length_"
 563 msgstr "_taille_"
 564
 565 #. type: Plain text
 566 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42
 567 msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
 568 msgstr "La taille de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."
 569
 570 #. type: Title ==
 571 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145
 572 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74
 573 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:220 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159
 574 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
 575 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
 576 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:82 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
 577 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:114 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:135
 578 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:453
 579 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:133
 580 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
 581 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
 582 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59
 583 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63
 584 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:80
 585 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:63 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:126
 586 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:144
 587 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67
 588 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145
 589 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72
 590 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:183
 591 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53
 592 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235
 593 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:109
 594 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:246 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101
 595 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:176 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:653
 596 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
 597 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:99
 598 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:84
 599 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68
 600 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103
 601 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:148 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91
 602 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:145 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126
 603 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:75
 604 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:52
 605 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81
 606 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47
 607 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117
 608 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:131
 609 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:137
 610 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:91 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373
 611 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68
 612 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118
 613 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106
 614 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:90
 615 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1667 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65
 616 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:144 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63
 617 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:102
 618 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130
 619 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114
 620 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:167
 621 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:173
 622 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:261 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100
 623 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161
 624 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95
 625 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81
 626 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123
 627 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67
 628 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:234 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22
 629 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:198 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142
 630 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
 631 #, no-wrap
 632 msgid "SEE ALSO"
 633 msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
 634
 635 #. type: Plain text
 636 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:52
 637 #, no-wrap
 638 msgid ""
 639 "*delpart*(8),\n"
 640 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
 641 "*parted*(8),\n"
 642 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
 643 "*partx*(8)\n"
 644 msgstr ""
 645 "*delpart*(8),\n"
 646 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
 647 "*parted*(8),\n"
 648 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
 649 "*partx*(8)\n"
 650
 651 #
 652 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 653 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
 654 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
 655 #. type: Title =
 656 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8
 657 #, no-wrap
 658 msgid "blockdev(8)"
 659 msgstr "blockdev(8)"
 660
 661 #. type: Plain text
 662 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
 663 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
 664 msgstr ""
 665 "blockdev - Appeler les ioctls pour périphériques bloc en ligne de commande"
 666
 667 #. type: Plain text
 668 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
 669 #, no-wrap
 670 msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
 671 msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _commande_ [_commande_...] _périphérique_ [_périphérique_...]\n"
 672
 673 #. type: Plain text
 674 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
 675 #, no-wrap
 676 msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n"
 677 msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_périphérique_...]\n"
 678
 679 #. type: Plain text
 680 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26
 681 #, no-wrap
 682 msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
 683 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
 684
 685 #. type: Plain text
 686 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
 687 msgid ""
 688 "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
 689 "command line."
 690 msgstr ""
 691 "L'utilitaire *blockdev* permet d'appeler des ioctls pour périphériques en "
 692 "mode bloc à partir de la ligne de commande."
 693
 694 #. type: Title ==
 695 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
 696 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50
 697 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52
 698 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45
 699 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27
 700 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33
 701 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39
 702 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37
 703 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29
 704 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31
 705 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39
 706 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25
 707 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33
 708 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50
 709 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57
 710 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67
 711 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29
 712 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32
 713 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53
 714 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57
 715 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:39
 716 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29
 717 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:35
 718 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25
 719 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48
 720 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71
 721 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90
 722 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69
 723 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27
 724 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:23
 725 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35
 726 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35
 727 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35
 728 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54
 729 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27
 730 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25
 731 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25
 732 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74
 733 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31
 734 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23
 735 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32
 736 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47
 737 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25
 738 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25
 739 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29
 740 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23
 741 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25
 742 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52
 743 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25
 744 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56
 745 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62
 746 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30
 747 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60
 748 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60
 749 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59
 750 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:57
 751 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26
 752 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55
 753 #, no-wrap
 754 msgid "OPTIONS"
 755 msgstr "OPTIONS"
 756
 757 #. type: Labeled list
 758 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33
 759 #, no-wrap
 760 msgid "*-q*"
 761 msgstr "*-q*"
 762
 763 #. type: Plain text
 764 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35
 765 msgid "Be quiet."
 766 msgstr "Pas de sortie."
 767
 768 #. type: Labeled list
 769 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35
 770 #, no-wrap
 771 msgid "*-v*"
 772 msgstr "*-v*"
 773
 774 #. type: Plain text
 775 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58
 776 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:44
 777 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91
 778 msgid "Be verbose."
 779 msgstr "Sortie détaillée."
 780
 781 #. type: Labeled list
 782 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39
 783 #, no-wrap
 784 msgid "*--report*"
 785 msgstr "*--report*"
 786
 787 #. type: Plain text
 788 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
 789 msgid ""
 790 "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
 791 "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ "
 792 "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
 793 msgstr ""
 794 "Afficher un compte-rendu pour le périphérique indiqué. Plusieurs "
 795 "périphériques peuvent être fournis. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les "
 796 "périphériques existant dans _/proc/partitions_ seront affichés. Remarquez "
 797 "que le _StartSec_ de la partition est en secteurs de 512 octets."
 798
 799 #. type: Title ==
 800 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61
 801 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23
 802 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100
 803 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64
 804 #, no-wrap
 805 msgid "COMMANDS"
 806 msgstr "COMMANDES"
 807
 808 #. type: Plain text
 809 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47
 810 msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
 811 msgstr "Plusieurs périphériques et plusieurs commandes peuvent être fournis."
 812
 813 #. type: Labeled list
 814 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48
 815 #, no-wrap
 816 msgid "*--flushbufs*"
 817 msgstr "*--flushbufs*"
 818
 819 #. type: Plain text
 820 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:50
 821 msgid "Flush buffers."
 822 msgstr "Effacer les mémoires tampon."
 823
 824 #. type: Labeled list
 825 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51
 826 #, no-wrap
 827 msgid "*--getalignoff*"
 828 msgstr "*--getalignoff*"
 829
 830 #. type: Plain text
 831 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:53
 832 msgid "Get alignment offset."
 833 msgstr "Afficher l'index d'alignement."
 834
 835 #. type: Labeled list
 836 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54
 837 #, no-wrap
 838 msgid "*--getbsz*"
 839 msgstr "*--getbsz*"
 840
 841 #. type: Plain text
 842 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56
 843 msgid ""
 844 "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. "
 845 "It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
 846 "example) by filesystem driver on mount."
 847 msgstr ""
 848 "Afficher la taille de blocs en octet. Cette taille ne décrit pas la "
 849 "topologie du périphérique. C’est la taille utilisée en interne par le noyau "
 850 "et elle peut être modifiée (par exemple) par le pilote du système de "
 851 "fichiers lors du montage."
 852
 853 #. type: Labeled list
 854 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
 855 #, no-wrap
 856 msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
 857 msgstr "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
 858
 859 #. type: Plain text
 860 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:59
 861 msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
 862 msgstr "Afficher l'état de prise en charge d'abandon des zéros."
 863
 864 #. type: Labeled list
 865 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60
 866 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 867 #| msgid "*--getss*"
 868 msgid "*--getdiskseq*"
 869 msgstr "*--getss*"
 870
 871 #. type: Plain text
 872 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62
 873 msgid "Get disk sequence number."
 874 msgstr ""
 875
 876 #. type: Labeled list
 877 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
 878 #, no-wrap
 879 msgid "*--getfra*"
 880 msgstr "*--getfra*"
 881
 882 #. type: Plain text
 883 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:65
 884 msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
 885 msgstr ""
 886 "Afficher le nombre de secteurs de 512 octets lus par anticipation "
 887 "(« readahead ») pour le système de fichiers."
 888
 889 #. type: Labeled list
 890 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66
 891 #, no-wrap
 892 msgid "*--getiomin*"
 893 msgstr "*--getiomin*"
 894
 895 #. type: Plain text
 896 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:68
 897 msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
 898 msgstr "Afficher la taille minimale d'E/S."
 899
 900 #. type: Labeled list
 901 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69
 902 #, no-wrap
 903 msgid "*--getioopt*"
 904 msgstr "*--getioopt*"
 905
 906 #. type: Plain text
 907 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:71
 908 msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
 909 msgstr "Afficher la taille optimale d'E/S."
 910
 911 #. type: Labeled list
 912 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72
 913 #, no-wrap
 914 msgid "*--getmaxsect*"
 915 msgstr "*--getmaxsect*"
 916
 917 #. type: Plain text
 918 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:74
 919 msgid "Get max sectors per request."
 920 msgstr "Afficher le nombre maximal de secteurs par requête."
 921
 922 #. type: Labeled list
 923 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75
 924 #, no-wrap
 925 msgid "*--getpbsz*"
 926 msgstr "*--getpbsz*"
 927
 928 #. type: Plain text
 929 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:77
 930 msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
 931 msgstr "Afficher la taille des blocs (secteurs) physiques."
 932
 933 #. type: Labeled list
 934 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78
 935 #, no-wrap
 936 msgid "*--getra*"
 937 msgstr "*--getra*"
 938
 939 #. type: Plain text
 940 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80
 941 msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
 942 msgstr "Afficher le nombre de secteurs (512 octets) lus par anticipation."
 943
 944 #. type: Labeled list
 945 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
 946 #, no-wrap
 947 msgid "*--getro*"
 948 msgstr "*--getro*"
 949
 950 #. type: Plain text
 951 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:83
 952 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
 953 msgstr "Afficher 1 si le périphérique est en lecture seule, 0 sinon."
 954
 955 #. type: Labeled list
 956 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84
 957 #, no-wrap
 958 msgid "*--getsize64*"
 959 msgstr "*--getsize64*"
 960
 961 #. type: Plain text
 962 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86
 963 msgid "Print device size in bytes."
 964 msgstr "Afficher la taille du périphérique, en octet."
 965
 966 #. type: Labeled list
 967 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
 968 #, no-wrap
 969 msgid "*--getsize*"
 970 msgstr "*--getsize*"
 971
 972 #. type: Plain text
 973 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:89
 974 msgid ""
 975 "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* "
 976 "option."
 977 msgstr ""
 978 "Afficher la capacité (32 bits) du périphérique en secteur. Obsolète, "
 979 "préférer l'option *--getsz*."
 980
 981 #. type: Labeled list
 982 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90
 983 #, no-wrap
 984 msgid "*--getss*"
 985 msgstr "*--getss*"
 986
 987 #. type: Plain text
 988 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92
 989 msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
 990 msgstr "Afficher la taille des secteurs logiques en octet — en général 512."
 991
 992 #. type: Labeled list
 993 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93
 994 #, no-wrap
 995 msgid "*--getsz*"
 996 msgstr "*--getsz*"
 997
 998 #. type: Plain text
 999 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:95
1000 msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
1001 msgstr "Afficher la capacité en secteurs de 512 octets."
1002
1003 #. type: Labeled list
1004 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96
1005 #, no-wrap
1006 msgid "*--rereadpt*"
1007 msgstr "*--rereadpt*"
1008
1009 #. type: Plain text
1010 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98
1011 msgid "Reread partition table"
1012 msgstr "Relire la table de partitions."
1013
1014 #. type: Labeled list
1015 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
1016 #, no-wrap
1017 msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
1018 msgstr "*--setbsz* _octets_"
1019
1020 #. type: Plain text
1021 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101
1022 msgid ""
1023 "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
1024 "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
1025 "persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once "
1026 "*blockdev* exits."
1027 msgstr ""
1028 "Définir la taille de bloc. Remarquez que la taille de bloc est spécifique au "
1029 "descripteur de fichier actuel ouvrant le périphérique bloc. Donc, la "
1030 "modification de taille persistera tant que le périphérique sera ouvert par "
1031 "*blockdev* et sera perdue dès que *blockdev* se terminera."
1032
1033 #. type: Labeled list
1034 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
1035 #, no-wrap
1036 msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_"
1037 msgstr "*--setfra* _secteurs_"
1038
1039 #. type: Plain text
1040 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104
1041 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
1042 msgstr ""
1043 "Définir la lecture par anticipation (« readahead ») pour le système de "
1044 "fichiers (comme *--setra* sur les noyaux 2.6)."
1045
1046 #. type: Labeled list
1047 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105
1048 #, no-wrap
1049 msgid "*--setra* _sectors_"
1050 msgstr "*--setra* _secteurs_"
1051
1052 #. type: Plain text
1053 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107
1054 msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
1055 msgstr "Définir le nombre de secteurs (512 octets) lus par anticipation."
1056
1057 #. type: Labeled list
1058 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
1059 #, no-wrap
1060 msgid "*--setro*"
1061 msgstr "*--setro*"
1062
1063 #. type: Plain text
1064 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:110
1065 msgid ""
1066 "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
1067 "by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
1068 "will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
1069 msgstr ""
1070 "Positionner en lecture seule. L’accès en cours au périphérique peut ne pas "
1071 "être affecté par ce changement. Par exemple, un système de fichiers déjà "
1072 "monté en mode écriture/lecture ne sera pas touché. La modification "
1073 "s’applique après le remontage."
1074
1075 #. type: Labeled list
1076 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111
1077 #, no-wrap
1078 msgid "*--setrw*"
1079 msgstr "*--setrw*"
1080
1081 #. type: Plain text
1082 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:113
1083 msgid "Set read-write."
1084 msgstr "Positionner en lecture/écriture."
1085
1086 #. type: Title ==
1087 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139
1088 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213
1089 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
1090 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
1091 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:447
1092 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:123
1093 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
1094 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
1095 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55
1096 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59
1097 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:76
1098 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:59 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:122
1099 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:139
1100 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63
1101 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71
1102 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:53
1103 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63
1104 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:102
1105 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:242 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:171
1106 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:648 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104
1107 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:95
1108 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64
1109 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
1110 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:143 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86
1111 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122
1112 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103
1113 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68
1114 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43
1115 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:185 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113
1116 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:122
1117 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:87
1118 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45
1119 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:62
1120 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154
1121 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101
1122 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68
1123 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1663
1124 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:139
1125 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72
1126 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89
1127 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40
1128 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:256
1129 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95
1130 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:334 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62
1131 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:190
1132 #, no-wrap
1133 msgid "AUTHORS"
1134 msgstr "AUTEURS"
1135
1136 #. type: Plain text
1137 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:117
1138 #, no-wrap
1139 msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n"
1140 msgstr "*blockdev* a été écrit par Andries E. Brouwer et réécrit par Karel Zak.\n"
1141
1142 #
1143 #
1144 #. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk
1145 #. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)
1146 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1147 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
1148 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
1149 #. preserved on all copies.
1150 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
1151 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
1152 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
1153 #. permission notice identical to this one.
1154 #. type: Title =
1155 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16
1156 #, no-wrap
1157 msgid "cfdisk(8)"
1158 msgstr "cfdisk(8)"
1159
1160 #. type: Plain text
1161 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26
1162 msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
1163 msgstr "cfdisk - Afficher ou manipuler une table de partitions de disque"
1164
1165 #. type: Plain text
1166 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30
1167 #, no-wrap
1168 msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n"
1169 msgstr "*cfdisk* [options] [_périphérique_]\n"
1170
1171 #. type: Plain text
1172 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
1173 #, no-wrap
1174 msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n"
1175 msgstr "*cfdisk* est un programme utilisant curses destiné au partitionnement de n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Le périphérique par défaut est _/dev/sda_.\n"
1176
1177 #. type: Plain text
1178 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
1179 msgid ""
1180 "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
1181 "friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
1182 msgstr ""
1183 "Remarquez que *cfdisk* fournit une fonctionnalité de partitionnement de base "
1184 "avec une interface utilisateur agréable. Si vous avez besoin de "
1185 "fonctionnalités avancées, vous devriez plutôt utiliser *fdisk*(8)."
1186
1187 #. type: Plain text
1188 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
1189 msgid ""
1190 "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
1191 "unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
1192 "the write command."
1193 msgstr ""
1194 "Tout changement de l’étiquette du disque restera uniquement en mémoire et le "
1195 "disque restera inchangé jusqu’à ce que vous décidiez d’écrire vos "
1196 "changements. Utilisez la commande d’écriture avec prudence."
1197
1198 #. type: Plain text
1199 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
1200 msgid ""
1201 "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
1202 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
1203 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
1204 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
1205 msgstr ""
1206 "Depuis la version 2.25, *cfdisk* prend en charge les étiquettes de disque "
1207 "MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité pour "
1208 "l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été important pour "
1209 "Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les nouveaux "
1210 "périphériques."
1211
1212 #. type: Plain text
1213 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
1214 msgid ""
1215 "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any "
1216 "more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and "
1217 "*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
1218 msgstr ""
1219 "Depuis la version 2.25, *cfdisk* ne fournit plus non plus de commande "
1220 "d’affichage « print ». Cette fonctionnalité est fournie par les utilitaires "
1221 "*partx*(8) et *lsblk*(8) de manière très confortable et évoluée."
1222
1223 #. type: Plain text
1224 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
1225 msgid ""
1226 "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
1227 msgstr ""
1228 "Pour supprimer une ancienne table de partitions d’un périphérique, utilisez "
1229 "*wipefs*(8)."
1230
1231 #. type: Labeled list
1232 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
1233 #, no-wrap
1234 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
1235 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quand__]"
1236
1237 #. type: Plain text
1238 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51
1239 msgid ""
1240 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
1241 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
1242 "colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
1243 "output. See also the *COLORS* section."
1244 msgstr ""
1245 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
1246 "(jamais) ou *always* (toujours). En absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est "
1247 "la valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
1248 "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. "
1249 "Consultez également la section *COULEURS*."
1250
1251 #. type: Labeled list
1252 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
1253 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49
1254 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158
1255 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
1256 #, no-wrap
1257 msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
1258 msgstr "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
1259
1260 #. type: Plain text
1261 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66
1262 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51
1263 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
1264 msgid ""
1265 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
1266 "_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
1267 "is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment "
1268 "variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
1269 "but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other "
1270 "tools."
1271 msgstr ""
1272 "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
1273 "L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
1274 "*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
1275 "Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
1276 "comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
1277 "recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec *systemd-udevd*(8) ou d’autres "
1278 "outils."
1279
1280 #. type: Labeled list
1281 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
1282 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:392 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
1283 #, no-wrap
1284 msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1285 msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1286
1287 #. type: Plain text
1288 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:57
1289 msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
1290 msgstr "Ouverture forcée en lecture seule."
1291
1292 #. type: Labeled list
1293 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58
1294 #, no-wrap
1295 msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
1296 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
1297
1298 #. type: Plain text
1299 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60
1300 msgid ""
1301 "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
1302 "the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
1303 "without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
1304 "create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible "
1305 "script."
1306 msgstr ""
1307 "Démarrer avec une table de partitions vierge en mémoire. Cette option ne "
1308 "réinitialise pas la table de partitions sur le disque ; le programme démarre "
1309 "simplement sans lire la table de partitions existante. Cette option permet "
1310 "de créer une nouvelle table de partitions vide ou à partir d’un script "
1311 "compatible avec *sfdisk*(8)."
1312
1313 #. type: Plain text
1314 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
1315 msgid ""
1316 "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
1317 "(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the "
1318 "available commands:"
1319 msgstr ""
1320 "Les commandes de *cfdisk* peuvent être entrées en pressant la touche "
1321 "correspondante (presser la touche «_ Entrée _» n’est pas nécessaire après "
1322 "chaque commande). Voici la liste des commandes disponibles."
1323
1324 #. type: Labeled list
1325 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
1326 #, no-wrap
1327 msgid "*b*"
1328 msgstr "*b*"
1329
1330 #. type: Plain text
1331 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67
1332 msgid ""
1333 "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
1334 "which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
1335 "available for all partition label types."
1336 msgstr ""
1337 "Activer ou désactiver l’attribut d’amorçage de la partition actuelle. Cela "
1338 "vous permet de sélectionner la partition primaire amorçable du disque. Cette "
1339 "commande pourrait ne pas être disponible pour tous les types d’étiquette de "
1340 "partition."
1341
1342 #. type: Labeled list
1343 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53
1344 #, no-wrap
1345 msgid "*d*"
1346 msgstr "*d*"
1347
1348 #. type: Plain text
1349 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70
1350 msgid ""
1351 "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
1352 "free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
1353 "current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
1354 "unusable cannot be deleted."
1355 msgstr ""
1356 "Supprimer la partition actuelle. Cela transformera la partition en espace "
1357 "libre et l’ajoutera à l’espace libre adjacent à la partition actuelle. Une "
1358 "partition marquée comme espace libre ou marquée inutilisable ne peut pas "
1359 "être supprimée."
1360
1361 #. type: Labeled list
1362 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
1363 #, no-wrap
1364 msgid "*h*"
1365 msgstr "*h*"
1366
1367 #. type: Plain text
1368 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:73
1369 msgid "Show the help screen."
1370 msgstr "Afficher un écran d’aide."
1371
1372 #. type: Labeled list
1373 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56
1374 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140
1375 #, no-wrap
1376 msgid "*n*"
1377 msgstr "*n*"
1378
1379 #. type: Plain text
1380 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76
1381 msgid ""
1382 "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
1383 "size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
1384 "entire available free space at the current position."
1385 msgstr ""
1386 "Créer une nouvelle partition à partir de l’espace libre. *cfdisk* demande "
1387 "alors la taille de la partition à créer. La taille par défaut est égale à la "
1388 "totalité de l’espace libre disponible sur la partition actuelle."
1389
1390 #. type: Plain text
1391 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78
1392 msgid ""
1393 "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
1394 "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
1395 "optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
1396 msgstr ""
1397 "La taille peut être suivie d’un suffixe multiplicatif KiB(=1024), "
1398 "MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » "
1399 "est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB »)."
1400
1401 #. type: Labeled list
1402 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79
1403 #, no-wrap
1404 msgid "*q*"
1405 msgstr "*q*"
1406
1407 #. type: Plain text
1408 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81
1409 msgid ""
1410 "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
1411 "disk."
1412 msgstr ""
1413 "Quitter le programme. Cela permet de quitter le programme sans écrire aucune "
1414 "donnée sur le disque."
1415
1416 #. type: Labeled list
1417 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
1418 #, no-wrap
1419 msgid "*r*"
1420 msgstr "*r*"
1421
1422 #. type: Plain text
1423 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84
1424 msgid ""
1425 "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
1426 "new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
1427 "marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
1428 msgstr ""
1429 "Réduire ou agrandir la partition actuelle. *cfdisk* vous demandera la "
1430 "nouvelle taille de partition. La taille par défaut est celle actuelle. Une "
1431 "partition marquée comme espace libre ou comme inutilisable ne peut pas être "
1432 "redimensionnée."
1433
1434 #. type: Plain text
1435 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
1436 #, no-wrap
1437 msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n"
1438 msgstr "*Il est à remarquer que réduire la taille d’une partition peut détruire des données sur cette partition.*\n"
1439
1440 #. type: Labeled list
1441 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122
1442 #, no-wrap
1443 msgid "*s*"
1444 msgstr "*s*"
1445
1446 #. type: Plain text
1447 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89
1448 msgid ""
1449 "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
1450 "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
1451 "longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
1452 msgstr ""
1453 "Ordonner les partitions dans l’ordre croissant de secteur de début. Lors de "
1454 "la suppression et de l’ajout de partitions, la numérotation des partitions "
1455 "ne correspondra probablement plus à leur ordre sur le disque. Cette commande "
1456 "restaure la correspondance."
1457
1458 #. type: Labeled list
1459 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
1460 #, no-wrap
1461 msgid "*t*"
1462 msgstr "*t*"
1463
1464 #. type: Plain text
1465 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92
1466 msgid ""
1467 "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ "
1468 "partitions."
1469 msgstr ""
1470 "Modifier le type de partition. Par défaut, les nouvelles partitions sont "
1471 "créées comme des partitions _Linux_."
1472
1473 #. type: Labeled list
1474 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
1475 #, no-wrap
1476 msgid "*u*"
1477 msgstr "*u*"
1478
1479 #. type: Plain text
1480 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95
1481 msgid ""
1482 "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible "
1483 "script file."
1484 msgstr ""
1485 "Sauvegarder le contenu de la table de partitions actuellement en mémoire "
1486 "dans un fichier script compatible avec **sfdisk**(8)."
1487
1488 #. type: Plain text
1489 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
1490 msgid ""
1491 "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and "
1492 "other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
1493 msgstr ""
1494 "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8) "
1495 "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
1496 "*sfdisk*(8)."
1497
1498 #. type: Plain text
1499 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
1500 msgid ""
1501 "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no "
1502 "partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* "
1503 "command-line option."
1504 msgstr ""
1505 "Un script *sfdisk* peut aussi être chargé dans *cfdisk* si aucune table de "
1506 "partitions n’existe sur le périphérique ou si *cfdisk* a été démarré avec "
1507 "l’option *--zero*."
1508
1509 #. type: Labeled list
1510 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100
1511 #, no-wrap
1512 msgid "*W*"
1513 msgstr "*W*"
1514
1515 #. type: Plain text
1516 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102
1517 msgid ""
1518 "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
1519 "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
1520 "write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the "
1521 "partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition "
1522 "table from the disk."
1523 msgstr ""
1524 "Écrire la table de partitions sur le disque (notez que le *W* doit être "
1525 "entré en majuscule). Étant donné que cette commande peut détruire des "
1526 "données du disque, vous devez confirmer ou annuler l'ordre d'écriture en "
1527 "entrant « yes » ou « no ». Si vous entrez « yes », *cfdisk* écrira la table "
1528 "de partitions sur le disque et enverra l'ordre au noyau de relire la table "
1529 "de partitions à partir du disque."
1530
1531 #. type: Plain text
1532 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
1533 msgid ""
1534 "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
1535 "you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
1536 "*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
1537 msgstr ""
1538 "La relecture de la table ne fonctionne pas toujours. Dans ce cas, vous "
1539 "devrez informer le noyau vous-même des nouvelles partitions en utilisant "
1540 "*partprobe*(8) ou *partx*(8) ou en redémarrant le système."
1541
1542 #. type: Labeled list
1543 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105
1544 #, no-wrap
1545 msgid "*x*"
1546 msgstr "*x*"
1547
1548 #. type: Plain text
1549 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:107
1550 msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
1551 msgstr ""
1552 "Naviguer dans les informations supplémentaires à propos d’une partition."
1553
1554 #. type: Labeled list
1555 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108
1556 #, no-wrap
1557 msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_"
1558 msgstr "_Flèche vers le Haut_, _Flèche vers le Bas_"
1559
1560 #. type: Plain text
1561 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110
1562 msgid ""
1563 "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
1564 "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
1565 "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
1566 "partition displayed on the screen."
1567 msgstr ""
1568 "Déplacer le curseur vers la partition précédente ou suivante. S'il y a "
1569 "davantage de partitions qu'il ne peut s'en afficher simultanément, vous "
1570 "pourrez afficher le groupe de partitions suivant (précédent) en faisant "
1571 "défiler l'écran vers le bas (flèche vers le haut) vers la dernière (c'est-à-"
1572 "dire la première) partition affichée à l'écran."
1573
1574 #. type: Labeled list
1575 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
1576 #, no-wrap
1577 msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_"
1578 msgstr "_Flèche vers la gauche_, _Flèche vers la droite_"
1579
1580 #. type: Plain text
1581 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113
1582 msgid ""
1583 "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the "
1584 "currently selected item."
1585 msgstr ""
1586 "Sélectionner l’élément de menu précédent ou suivant. Presser la touche "
1587 "_Entrée_ exécutera l’élément sélectionné."
1588
1589 #. type: Plain text
1590 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
1591 msgid ""
1592 "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
1593 "(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
1594 "_Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
1595 msgstr ""
1596 "Toutes les commandes peuvent être entrées en minuscules ou en majuscules (à "
1597 "l’exception de **W**rite pour écrire). Dans un sous-menu ou une invite, la "
1598 "touche « Échap. » permet de revenir au menu principal."
1599
1600 #. type: Plain text
1601 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118
1602 #, no-wrap
1603 msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n"
1604 msgstr "*cfdisk* ne permet pas la personnalisation de couleurs avec un fichier de schéma de couleurs.\n"
1605
1606 #. type: Title ==
1607 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193
1608 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
1609 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:84 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101
1610 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
1611 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
1612 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:171
1613 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:188
1614 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:77
1615 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112
1616 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:352
1617 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1609
1618 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123
1619 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
1620 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:177 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
1621 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
1622 #, no-wrap
1623 msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
1624 msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT"
1625
1626 #. type: Labeled list
1627 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:121
1628 #, no-wrap
1629 msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1630 msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1631
1632 #. type: Plain text
1633 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123
1634 msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
1635 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de cfdisk."
1636
1637 #. type: Labeled list
1638 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:124 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:198
1639 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
1640 #, no-wrap
1641 msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1642 msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1643
1644 #. type: Plain text
1645 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:126 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200
1646 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411
1647 msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
1648 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libfdisk."
1649
1650 #. type: Labeled list
1651 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201
1652 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:153
1653 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1617 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128
1654 #, no-wrap
1655 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1656 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1657
1658 #. type: Plain text
1659 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203
1660 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88
1661 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:413
1662 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:62
1663 msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
1664 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."
1665
1666 #. type: Labeled list
1667 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204
1668 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:413 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199
1669 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:159
1670 #, no-wrap
1671 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1672 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1673
1674 #. type: Plain text
1675 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206
1676 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415
1677 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
1678 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."
1679
1680 #. type: Labeled list
1681 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207
1682 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:162
1683 #, no-wrap
1684 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1685 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1686
1687 #. type: Plain text
1688 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135
1689 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
1690 msgstr ""
1691 "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
1692 "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
1693
1694 #. type: Labeled list
1695 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
1696 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415
1697 #, no-wrap
1698 msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
1699 msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
1700
1701 #. type: Plain text
1702 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
1703 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:91
1704 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
1705 msgid ""
1706 "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more "
1707 "details."
1708 msgstr ""
1709 "Utiliser un verrou exclusif BSD. Le mode est « 1 » ou « 0 ». Consulter *--"
1710 "lock* pour davantage de détails."
1711
1712 #. type: Plain text
1713 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:450
1714 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:234
1715 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50
1716 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:188 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:89
1717 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1666 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64
1718 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:65
1719 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1720 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1721
1722 #. type: Plain text
1723 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144
1724 msgid ""
1725 "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from "
1726 "mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1727 msgstr ""
1728 "L’implémentation actuelle de *cfdisk* est basée sur le cfdisk d’origine de "
1729 "mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1730
1731 #. type: Plain text
1732 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152
1733 #, no-wrap
1734 msgid ""
1735 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1736 "*parted*(8),\n"
1737 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1738 "*partx*(8),\n"
1739 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
1740 msgstr ""
1741 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1742 "*parted*(8),\n"
1743 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1744 "*partx*(8),\n"
1745 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
1746
1747 #. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart
1748 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1749 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
1750 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1751 #. type: Title =
1752 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8
1753 #, no-wrap
1754 msgid "delpart(8)"
1755 msgstr "delpart(8)"
1756
1757 #. type: Plain text
1758 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18
1759 msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
1760 msgstr "delpart - Indiquer au noyau d’oublier une partition"
1761
1762 #. type: Plain text
1763 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22
1764 #, no-wrap
1765 msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n"
1766 msgstr "*delpart* _périphérique partition_\n"
1767
1768 #. type: Plain text
1769 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
1770 #, no-wrap
1771 msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n"
1772 msgstr "*delpart* demande au noyau d’oublier la _partition_ (un numéro) indiquée sur le _périphérique_ indiqué. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « del partition ».\n"
1773
1774 #. type: Plain text
1775 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40
1776 #, no-wrap
1777 msgid ""
1778 "*addpart*(8),\n"
1779 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1780 "*parted*(8),\n"
1781 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1782 "*partx*(8)\n"
1783 msgstr ""
1784 "*addpart*(8),\n"
1785 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1786 "*parted*(8),\n"
1787 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1788 "*partx*(8)\n"
1789
1790 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1791 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1792 #. type: Title =
1793 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6
1794 #, no-wrap
1795 msgid "fdformat(8)"
1796 msgstr "fdformat(8)"
1797
1798 #. type: Plain text
1799 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16
1800 msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
1801 msgstr "fdformat - Effectuer le formatage bas niveau d'une disquette"
1802
1803 #. type: Plain text
1804 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20
1805 #, no-wrap
1806 msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n"
1807 msgstr "*fdformat* [options] _périphérique_\n"
1808
1809 #. type: Plain text
1810 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
1811 #, no-wrap
1812 msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
1813 msgstr "*fdformat* effectue un formatage bas niveau sur une disquette. La valeur de _périphérique_ peut être (pour les périphériques de type disquette, le numéro majeur vaut 2 et le numéro mineur n'est montré qu'à titre indicatif) :\n"
1814
1815 #. type: delimited block .
1816 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
1817 #, no-wrap
1818 msgid ""
1819 "/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
1820 "/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
1821 "/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
1822 "/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
1823 "/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
1824 "/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
1825 "/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
1826 "/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
1827 "/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
1828 msgstr ""
1829 "/dev/fd0d360  (mineur = 4)\n"
1830 "/dev/fd0h1200 (mineur = 8)\n"
1831 "/dev/fd0D360  (mineur = 12)\n"
1832 "/dev/fd0H360  (mineur = 12)\n"
1833 "/dev/fd0D720  (mineur = 16)\n"
1834 "/dev/fd0H720  (mineur = 16)\n"
1835 "/dev/fd0h360  (mineur = 20)\n"
1836 "/dev/fd0h720  (mineur = 24)\n"
1837 "/dev/fd0H1440 (mineur = 28)\n"
1838
1839 #. type: delimited block .
1840 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46
1841 #, no-wrap
1842 msgid ""
1843 "/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
1844 "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
1845 "/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
1846 "/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
1847 "/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
1848 "/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
1849 "/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
1850 "/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
1851 "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
1852 msgstr ""
1853 "/dev/fd1d360  (mineur = 5)\n"
1854 "/dev/fd1h1200 (mineur = 9)\n"
1855 "/dev/fd1D360  (mineur = 13)\n"
1856 "/dev/fd1H360  (mineur = 13)\n"
1857 "/dev/fd1D720  (mineur = 17)\n"
1858 "/dev/fd1H720  (mineur = 17)\n"
1859 "/dev/fd1h360  (mineur = 21)\n"
1860 "/dev/fd1h720  (mineur = 25)\n"
1861 "/dev/fd1H1440 (mineur = 29)\n"
1862
1863 #. type: Plain text
1864 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
1865 msgid ""
1866 "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work "
1867 "with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
1868 "has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load "
1869 "the disk parameters."
1870 msgstr ""
1871 "Les périphériques de disquettes génériques, _/dev/fd0_ et _/dev/fd1_, ne "
1872 "fonctionneront pas avec *fdformat* quand un format non standard est utilisé, "
1873 "ou si le format n'a pas été détecté automatiquement au préalable. Dans ce "
1874 "cas, utilisez *setfdprm*(8) pour charger les paramètres du disque."
1875
1876 #. type: Labeled list
1877 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
1878 #, no-wrap
1879 msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1880 msgstr "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1881
1882 #. type: Plain text
1883 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54
1884 msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)."
1885 msgstr "Commencer à la piste _N_ (0 par défaut)."
1886
1887 #. type: Labeled list
1888 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55
1889 #, no-wrap
1890 msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1891 msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1892
1893 #. type: Plain text
1894 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57
1895 msgid "Stop at the track _N_."
1896 msgstr "S’arrêter à la piste _N_."
1897
1898 #. type: Labeled list
1899 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58
1900 #, no-wrap
1901 msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1902 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1903
1904 #. type: Plain text
1905 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
1906 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
1907 msgstr ""
1908 "Essayer de réparer les pistes en erreur pendant la vérification (_N_ essais "
1909 "au maximum)."
1910
1911 #. type: Labeled list
1912 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
1913 #, no-wrap
1914 msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1915 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1916
1917 #. type: Plain text
1918 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63
1919 msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
1920 msgstr "Sauter la vérification normalement effectuée après le formatage."
1921
1922 #. type: Title ==
1923 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
1924 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:418
1925 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:114 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118
1926 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133
1927 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
1928 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:96 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:165
1929 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:83
1930 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68
1931 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33
1932 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:94
1933 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:127
1934 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:171 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63
1935 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:124
1936 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110
1937 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110
1938 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:139
1939 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64
1940 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:146 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:134
1941 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86
1942 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136
1943 #, no-wrap
1944 msgid "NOTES"
1945 msgstr "NOTES"
1946
1947 #. type: Plain text
1948 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69
1949 msgid ""
1950 "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) "
1951 "instead."
1952 msgstr ""
1953 "Cet utilitaire ne prend pas en charge les périphériques USB de disquette. "
1954 "*ufiformat*(8) est à utiliser à la place."
1955
1956 #. type: Plain text
1957 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
1958 msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1959 msgstr "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1960
1961 #. type: Plain text
1962 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:81
1963 #, no-wrap
1964 msgid ""
1965 "*fd*(4),\n"
1966 "*emkfs*(8),\n"
1967 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
1968 "*setfdprm*(8),\n"
1969 "*ufiformat*(8)\n"
1970 msgstr ""
1971 "*fd*(4),\n"
1972 "*emkfs*(8),\n"
1973 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
1974 "*setfdprm*(8),\n"
1975 "*ufiformat*(8)\n"
1976
1977 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1978 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
1979 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
1980 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1981 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1982 #. type: Title =
1983 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9
1984 #, no-wrap
1985 msgid "fdisk(8)"
1986 msgstr "fdisk(8)"
1987
1988 #. type: Plain text
1989 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20
1990 msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
1991 msgstr "fdisk - Manipuler la table de partitions d'un disque"
1992
1993 #. type: Plain text
1994 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24
1995 #, no-wrap
1996 msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n"
1997 msgstr "*fdisk* [options] _périphérique_\n"
1998
1999 #. type: Plain text
2000 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26
2001 #, no-wrap
2002 msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n"
2003 msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_périphérique_...]\n"
2004
2005 #. type: Plain text
2006 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
2007 #, no-wrap
2008 msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n"
2009 msgstr "*fdisk* est un programme piloté par des fenêtres de dialogue permettant la création et la manipulation des tables de partitions. Les tables de partitions GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI et BSD sont prises en charge.\n"
2010
2011 #. type: Plain text
2012 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
2013 msgid ""
2014 "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
2015 "_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually "
2016 "found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk "
2017 "slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
2018 msgstr ""
2019 "Les périphériques blocs peuvent être divisés en un ou plusieurs disques "
2020 "logiques appelés _partitions_. Cette division est enregistrée dans la _table "
2021 "de partitions_ qui se trouve habituellement sur le secteur 0 du disque (dans "
2022 "l'univers BSD, les termes « tranche » et « étiquette de disque » sont "
2023 "utilisés)."
2024
2025 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2026 #. type: Plain text
2027 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
2028 msgid ""
2029 "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
2030 "*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
2031 "alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
2032 "to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last "
2033 "partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,"
2034 "G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
2035 msgstr ""
2036 "Tout le partitionnement est piloté par les limites d’E/S du périphérique (la "
2037 "topologie) par défaut. *fdisk* permet d’optimiser la disposition de disque "
2038 "pour une taille de secteur de 4 Ko et utilise un décalage d’alignement sur "
2039 "les périphériques modernes pour les MBR et GPT. C’est toujours une bonne "
2040 "idée d’accepter les valeurs par défaut de *fdisk* car ces valeurs (par "
2041 "exemple, les premier et dernier secteurs de partition) et les tailles de "
2042 "partition indiquées par la notation {plus}/-<taille>{M,G,...} sont toujours "
2043 "alignées sur les propriétés du périphérique."
2044
2045 #. type: Plain text
2046 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
2047 msgid ""
2048 "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
2049 "Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H "
2050 "<n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
2051 msgstr ""
2052 "L'adressage CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) est obsolescent et n'est pas utilisé "
2053 "par défaut. Veuillez ne pas suivre les vieux articles et les recommandations "
2054 "avec *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* pour les SSD et les périphériques blocs de "
2055 "secteurs 4 Ko."
2056
2057 #. type: Plain text
2058 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
2059 msgid ""
2060 "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
2061 "layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
2062 "the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
2063 "always be backward compatible."
2064 msgstr ""
2065 "Remarquez que *partx*(8) fournit une interface évoluée pour afficher les "
2066 "dispositions de disque dans les scripts, *fdisk* est surtout conçu pour les "
2067 "humains. La rétrocompatibilité de la sortie de *fdisk* n’est pas garantie. "
2068 "L’entrée (les commandes) devraient toujours être rétrocompatibles."
2069
2070 #. type: Labeled list
2071 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
2072 #, no-wrap
2073 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
2074 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _taille_"
2075
2076 #. type: Plain text
2077 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
2078 msgid ""
2079 "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
2080 "4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
2081 "kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* "
2082 "differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes "
2083 "both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
2084 msgstr ""
2085 "Indiquer la _taille_ des secteurs du disque. Les valeurs possibles sont 512, "
2086 "1024, 2048 et 4096 (les noyaux récents connaissent la taille de secteur. "
2087 "N'utilisez cette option que sur des noyaux anciens ou pour passer outre "
2088 "l'avis du noyau). Depuis util-linux 2.17, *fdisk* fait la différence entre "
2089 "les tailles de secteurs logique et physique. Cette option modifie les "
2090 "tailles des deux secteurs en _taille_."
2091
2092 #. type: Labeled list
2093 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45
2094 #, no-wrap
2095 msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
2096 msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
2097
2098 #. type: Plain text
2099 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
2100 msgid ""
2101 "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk "
2102 "label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
2103 msgstr ""
2104 "Ne pas écraser le début du premier secteur de disque lors de la création "
2105 "d'une nouvelle étiquette de disque. Cette fonctionnalité est gérée pour les "
2106 "GPT et MBR."
2107
2108 #. type: Labeled list
2109 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48
2110 #, no-wrap
2111 msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
2112 msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
2113
2114 #. type: Plain text
2115 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
2116 msgid ""
2117 "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS "
2118 "mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without "
2119 "the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional "
2120 "_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the "
2121 "correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
2122 msgstr ""
2123 "Indiquer le _mode_ de compatibilité, *dos* ou *nondos*. Le mode non DOS est "
2124 "sélectionné par défaut. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être "
2125 "utilisée sans le paramètre _mode_ — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. "
2126 "Remarquez que le paramètre facultatif _mode_ ne peut pas être séparé de "
2127 "l'option *-c* par une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « *-"
2128 "c*=_dos_ »."
2129
2130 #. type: Labeled list
2131 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78
2132 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80
2133 #, no-wrap
2134 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]"
2135 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_quand_]"
2136
2137 #. type: Plain text
2138 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
2139 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
2140 msgid ""
2141 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
2142 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
2143 "colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
2144 "output. See also the *COLORS* section."
2145 msgstr ""
2146 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
2147 "ou *always*. En absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est la valeur par défaut. "
2148 "Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les valeurs par défaut internes, "
2149 "consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. Consultez également la "
2150 "section *COULEURS*."
2151
2152 #. type: Labeled list
2153 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
2154 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78
2155 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98
2156 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37
2157 #, no-wrap
2158 msgid "*-l*, *--list*"
2159 msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
2160
2161 #. type: Plain text
2162 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58
2163 msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
2164 msgstr ""
2165 "Liste les tables de partitions pour le périphérique spécifié puis arrête."
2166
2167 #. type: Plain text
2168 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60
2169 msgid ""
2170 "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if "
2171 "this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
2172 "they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/"
2173 "partitions_."
2174 msgstr ""
2175 "Si aucun périphérique est donné, les périphériques mentionnés dans _/proc/"
2176 "partitions_ (si le fichier existe) sont utilisés. Les périphériques sont "
2177 "toujours listés dans l'ordre spécifié sur la ligne de commande ou par le "
2178 "noyau listé dans _/proc/partitions_."
2179
2180 #. type: Labeled list
2181 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
2182 #, no-wrap
2183 msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
2184 msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*"
2185
2186 #. type: Plain text
2187 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:63
2188 msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
2189 msgstr "Identique à *--list*, mais avec plus de détails."
2190
2191 #. type: Labeled list
2192 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
2193 #, no-wrap
2194 msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
2195 msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
2196
2197 #. type: Plain text
2198 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69
2199 msgid ""
2200 "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The "
2201 "partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', "
2202 "'g', etc.)."
2203 msgstr ""
2204 "Ne pas créer automatiquement par défaut une table de partitions sur les "
2205 "périphériques vides. La table de partitions doit être explicitement créée "
2206 "par l'utilisateur (avec une commande telle que « o », « g », etc.)."
2207
2208 #. type: Labeled list
2209 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
2210 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69
2211 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97
2212 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:86 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:50
2213 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25
2214 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28
2215 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43
2216 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:50
2217 #, no-wrap
2218 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_"
2219 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _liste_"
2220
2221 #. type: Plain text
2222 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197
2223 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
2224 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67
2225 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
2226 msgid ""
2227 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
2228 "supported columns."
2229 msgstr ""
2230 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste "
2231 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
2232
2233 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2234 #. type: Plain text
2235 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
2236 msgid ""
2237 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
2238 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
2239 msgstr ""
2240 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
2241 "sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
2242
2243 #. type: Labeled list
2244 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
2245 #, no-wrap
2246 msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
2247 msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
2248
2249 #. type: Plain text
2250 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78
2251 msgid ""
2252 "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
2253 "is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
2254 msgstr ""
2255 "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 512 octets, de chaque périphérique bloc "
2256 "donné. Cette option est _obsolète_, remplacée par *blockdev*(8)."
2257
2258 #. type: Labeled list
2259 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
2260 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:38
2261 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:61
2262 #, no-wrap
2263 msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
2264 msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
2265
2266 #. type: Plain text
2267 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81
2268 msgid ""
2269 "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable "
2270 "support for all other types."
2271 msgstr ""
2272 "N’activer la prise en charge que pour les étiquettes de disque du _type_ "
2273 "indiqué et désactiver la prise en charge pour tous les autres types."
2274
2275 #. type: Labeled list
2276 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
2277 #, no-wrap
2278 msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]"
2279 msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_unité_]"
2280
2281 #. type: Plain text
2282 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84
2283 msgid ""
2284 "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. "
2285 "The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is "
2286 "possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default "
2287 "is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the "
2288 "*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-"
2289 "u=**__cylinders__'."
2290 msgstr ""
2291 "Lors de l'affichage des tables de partitions, montrer les tailles en "
2292 "secteurs (_sectors_) ou en cylindres (_cylinders_). L'affichage par défaut "
2293 "est en secteur. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être utilisée sans "
2294 "l’argument _unité_ — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. Remarquez que "
2295 "l’argument _unité_ facultatif ne peut pas être séparé de l'option *-u* par "
2296 "une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « **-u=**_cylindres_ »."
2297
2298 #. type: Labeled list
2299 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
2300 #, no-wrap
2301 msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
2302 msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _nombre_"
2303
2304 # FIXME number → _number_
2305 #. type: Plain text
2306 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87
2307 msgid ""
2308 "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
2309 "would want to do so."
2310 msgstr ""
2311 "Indiquer le _nombre_ de cylindres du disque. L’utilité de cette option est "
2312 "inconnue."
2313
2314 #. type: Labeled list
2315 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
2316 #, no-wrap
2317 msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
2318 msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _nombre_"
2319
2320 #. type: Plain text
2321 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90
2322 msgid ""
2323 "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
2324 "course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
2325 "and 16."
2326 msgstr ""
2327 "Indiquer le nombre de têtes du disque (pas le nombre physique, bien sûr, "
2328 "mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 255 et 16 sont des valeurs "
2329 "raisonnables."
2330
2331 #. type: Labeled list
2332 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
2333 #, no-wrap
2334 msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
2335 msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _nombre_"
2336
2337 #. type: Plain text
2338 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93
2339 msgid ""
2340 "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
2341 "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
2342 "value is 63."
2343 msgstr ""
2344 "Indiquer le nombre de secteurs par piste du disque (pas le nombre physique, "
2345 "bien sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 63 est une valeur "
2346 "raisonnable."
2347
2348 #. type: Labeled list
2349 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
2350 #, no-wrap
2351 msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
2352 msgstr "*-w*, *--wipe* _quand_"
2353
2354 #. type: Plain text
2355 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96
2356 msgid ""
2357 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
2358 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
2359 "*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
2360 "in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all "
2361 "cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new "
2362 "partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
2363 msgstr ""
2364 "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
2365 "partitions du périphérique dans le but d'éviter de possibles collisions. "
2366 "L'argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quand cette option "
2367 "n'est pas fournie, *auto* est la valeur par défaut, auquel cas les "
2368 "signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif. Dans tous les "
2369 "cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
2370 "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
2371 "Consultez aussi la commande *wipefs*(8)."
2372
2373 #. type: Labeled list
2374 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
2375 #, no-wrap
2376 msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
2377 msgstr "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _quand_"
2378
2379 #. type: Plain text
2380 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99
2381 msgid ""
2382 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
2383 "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
2384 "be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
2385 "is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
2386 "and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
2387 "reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also "
2388 "*wipefs*(8) command."
2389 msgstr ""
2390 "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
2391 "partitions de partitions nouvellement créées dans le but d'éviter de "
2392 "possibles collisions. L'argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou "
2393 "*always*. Quand cette option n'est pas fournie, *auto* est la valeur par "
2394 "défaut, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
2395 "interactif et après confirmation de l'utilisateur. Dans tous les cas, les "
2396 "signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages d'avertissement avant "
2397 "la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. Consultez aussi la commande "
2398 "*wipefs*(8)."
2399
2400 #. type: Plain text
2401 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
2402 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:221 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:44
2403 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
2404 msgid "Display version information and exit."
2405 msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
2406
2407 #. type: Title ==
2408 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103
2409 #, no-wrap
2410 msgid "DEVICES"
2411 msgstr "PÉRIPHÉRIQUES"
2412
2413 #. type: Plain text
2414 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
2415 msgid ""
2416 "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers "
2417 "to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the "
2418 "Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference "
2419 "between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ "
2420 "(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2421 msgstr ""
2422 "Le _périphérique_ est habituellement du genre _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_, etc. "
2423 "Un nom de périphérique fait référence au disque entier. Les vieux systèmes "
2424 "sans libata (une bibliothèque utilisée dans le noyau Linux pour gérer les "
2425 "contrôleurs et les périphériques ATA) font une différence entre les disques "
2426 "IDE et SCSI. Dans un tel cas, le nom de périphérique sera _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) "
2427 "ou _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2428
2429 #. type: Plain text
2430 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108
2431 msgid ""
2432 "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
2433 "example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
2434 "system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/"
2435 "devices.txt_ file)."
2436 msgstr ""
2437 "La _partition_ est un nom de périphérique suivi d'un numéro de partition. "
2438 "Par exemple, _/dev/sda1_ est la première partition du premier disque dur du "
2439 "système. Consultez également _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ dans la "
2440 "documentation du noyau Linux."
2441
2442 #. type: Title ==
2443 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
2444 #, no-wrap
2445 msgid "SIZES"
2446 msgstr "TAILLES"
2447
2448 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2449 #. type: Plain text
2450 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114
2451 msgid ""
2452 "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
2453 "sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
2454 msgstr ""
2455 "La fenêtre de dialogue « last sector » (dernier secteur) accepte une taille "
2456 "de partition indiquée par un nombre de secteurs ou par une notation {plus}/-"
2457 "<taille>{K,B,M,G,...}."
2458
2459 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2460 #. type: Plain text
2461 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118
2462 msgid ""
2463 "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to "
2464 "the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
2465 "interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
2466 "partition)."
2467 msgstr ""
2468 "Si le préfixe de taille est « {plus} », alors elle est interprétée "
2469 "relativement au premier secteur de partition. Si le préfixe est « - », alors "
2470 "elle est interprétée relativement à la limite haute (dernier secteur "
2471 "disponible pour la partition)."
2472
2473 #. type: Plain text
2474 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120
2475 msgid ""
2476 "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
2477 "by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
2478 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
2479 "meaning as \"KiB\"."
2480 msgstr ""
2481 "Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
2482 "multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
2483 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
2484 "identique à « KiB »)."
2485
2486 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2487 #. type: Plain text
2488 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124
2489 msgid ""
2490 "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
2491 "{plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
2492 msgstr ""
2493 "Les tailles relatives sont toujours alignées d’après les limites de "
2494 "périphérique E/S. La notation {plus}/-<taille>{K,B,M,G,...} est recommandée."
2495
2496 #. type: Plain text
2497 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
2498 msgid ""
2499 "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
2500 "MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
2501 "are deprecated."
2502 msgstr ""
2503 "Par compatibilité ascendante, *fdisk* accepte aussi les suffixes KB=1000, "
2504 "MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB. Ces suffixes en 10^N sont "
2505 "déconseillés."
2506
2507 #. type: Title ==
2508 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127
2509 #, no-wrap
2510 msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
2511 msgstr "FICHIERS DE SCRIPTS"
2512
2513 #. type: Plain text
2514 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:130
2515 #, no-wrap
2516 msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n"
2517 msgstr "*fdisk* permet de lire (avec la commande « I ») les fichiers script compatibles avec *sfdisk*(8). Le script est appliqué à la table de partitions en mémoire, et la table de partitions peut ensuite être modifiée avant d’être écrite sur le périphérique.\n"
2518
2519 #. type: Plain text
2520 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132
2521 msgid ""
2522 "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
2523 "the script file by command 'O'."
2524 msgstr ""
2525 "À l’inverse, l’agencement de la table de partitions actuellement en mémoire "
2526 "peut être écrite dans un fichier script à l’aide de la commande « O »."
2527
2528 #. type: Plain text
2529 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
2530 msgid ""
2531 "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
2532 "and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
2533 msgstr ""
2534 "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
2535 "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
2536 "*sfdisk*(8)."
2537
2538 #. type: Title ==
2539 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
2540 #, no-wrap
2541 msgid "DISK LABELS"
2542 msgstr "ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE"
2543
2544 #. type: Labeled list
2545 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:137
2546 #, no-wrap
2547 msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
2548 msgstr "*GPT (table de partitions GUID)*"
2549
2550 #. type: Plain text
2551 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139
2552 msgid ""
2553 "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
2554 "bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
2555 "an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
2556 "usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
2557 msgstr ""
2558 "GPT est la norme moderne pour la disposition de la table de partitions. GPT "
2559 "utilise des adresses de blocs logiques sur 64 bits, des sommes de contrôle, "
2560 "des UUID et des noms pour les partitions, et n’est pas limitée en nombre de "
2561 "partitions (bien que le nombre de partitions soit souvent restreint à 128 "
2562 "dans de nombreux outils de partitionnement)."
2563
2564 #. type: Plain text
2565 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141
2566 msgid ""
2567 "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the "
2568 "GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
2569 "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
2570 msgstr ""
2571 "Remarquez que le premier secteur est toujours réservé pour un secteur "
2572 "d'amorçage principal de protection (*protective MBR*) dans la spécification "
2573 "GPT. Cela empêche les outils de partitionnement ne prenant en charge que le "
2574 "MBR de ne pas reconnaître et d’écraser les disques GPT."
2575
2576 #. type: Plain text
2577 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
2578 msgid ""
2579 "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
2580 "UEFI boot loader."
2581 msgstr ""
2582 "GPT est toujours un meilleur choix que MBR, en particulier sur du matériel "
2583 "moderne avec un chargeur d’amorçage UEFI."
2584
2585 #. type: Labeled list
2586 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144
2587 #, no-wrap
2588 msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
2589 msgstr "*Type DOS (MBR)*"
2590
2591 #. type: Plain text
2592 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146
2593 msgid ""
2594 "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
2595 "In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
2596 "`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding "
2597 "logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each "
2598 "preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, "
2599 "present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting "
2600 "from 5."
2601 msgstr ""
2602 "Une table de partitions de type DOS peut décrire un nombre illimité de "
2603 "partitions. Dans le secteur 0, il y a de la place pour décrire 4 partitions "
2604 "(appelées « primaires »). L'une d'entre elles peut être une partition "
2605 "étendue ; c'est une sorte de boîte contenant des partitions logiques, dont "
2606 "les descripteurs se trouvent dans une liste chaînée de secteurs, chacun "
2607 "décrivant les partitions logiques correspondantes. Les quatre partitions "
2608 "primaires, présentes ou pas, portent les numéros 1 à 4. Les partitions "
2609 "logiques sont numérotées à partir de 5."
2610
2611 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2612 #. type: Plain text
2613 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148
2614 msgid ""
2615 "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
2616 "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
2617 "32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}"
2618 "6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
2619 "TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled "
2620 "only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. "
2621 "And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that "
2622 "are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
2623 "never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be "
2624 "unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
2625 msgstr ""
2626 "Dans une table de partitions de type DOS, la position de départ et la taille "
2627 "de chaque partition sont conservées de deux façons\\ : comme un nombre "
2628 "absolu de secteurs (sur 32 bits), ou comme un triplet *Cylindres/Têtes/"
2629 "Secteurs* (sur 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). La première manière fonctionne bien "
2630 "— avec des secteurs de 512 octets, cela fonctionnera jusqu'à 2 To. La "
2631 "seconde possibilité souffre de deux problèmes. Tout d'abord, ces champs C/T/"
2632 "S ne peuvent être remplis que si le nombre de têtes et le nombre de secteurs "
2633 "par piste sont connus. Ensuite, même si ces nombres étaient connus, les "
2634 "24 bits qui sont disponibles ne suffiraient pas. DOS utilise uniquement C/T/"
2635 "S, Windows utilise les deux, Linux n'utilise jamais C/T/S. L’*adressage C/T/"
2636 "S est obsolète* et pourrait ne plus être pris en charge dans une future "
2637 "version de *fdisk*."
2638
2639 #. type: Plain text
2640 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151
2641 #, no-wrap
2642 msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n"
2643 msgstr "*Veuillez lire la section sur le mode DOS si vous voulez des partitions compatibles avec DOS.* *fdisk* ne s’occupe pas des limites de cylindre par défaut.\n"
2644
2645 #. type: Labeled list
2646 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152
2647 #, no-wrap
2648 msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
2649 msgstr "*Type BSD ou Sun*"
2650
2651 #. type: Plain text
2652 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
2653 msgid ""
2654 "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
2655 "a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its "
2656 "first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy "
2657 "the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS "
2658 "partition."
2659 msgstr ""
2660 "Une étiquette de disque de type BSD ou Sun peut décrire 8 partitions, dont "
2661 "la troisième devrait être une partition de «\\ disque entier\\ ». Ne "
2662 "commencez pas une partition utilisant réellement son premier secteur (comme "
2663 "une partition d'échange) sur le cylindre\\ 0, car cela détruirait "
2664 "l'étiquette du disque. Remarquez qu’une *étiquette BSD* est normalement "
2665 "imbriquée dans une partition DOS."
2666
2667 #. type: Labeled list
2668 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155
2669 #, no-wrap
2670 msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
2671 msgstr "*Type IRIX/SGI*"
2672
2673 #. type: Plain text
2674 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157
2675 msgid ""
2676 "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
2677 "should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled "
2678 "`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i."
2679 "e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The "
2680 "remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory "
2681 "entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not "
2682 "change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
2683 "partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
2684 "SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
2685 msgstr ""
2686 "Une étiquette de disque IRIX/SGI peut décrire 16 partitions, dont la onzième "
2687 "devrait être une partition entière de «\\ volume\\ », alors que la neuvième "
2688 "devrait être étiquetée «\\ en-tête de volume\\ ». L'en-tête de volume couvre "
2689 "également la table de partitions, c'est-à-dire qu'il débute au bloc zéro et "
2690 "s'étend par défaut sur 5 cylindres. L'espace restant dans l'en-tête de "
2691 "volume peut être utilisé par les répertoires d'en-tête. Aucune partition ne "
2692 "peut empiéter sur l'en-tête de volume. Ne modifiez pas son type et ne créez "
2693 "de système de fichiers dessus, car vous perdriez alors la table de "
2694 "partitions. N'utilisez ce type d'étiquette que lorsque vous travaillez sur "
2695 "des machines IRIX/SGI ou avec des disques IRIX/SGI sous Linux."
2696
2697 #. type: Plain text
2698 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
2699 msgid ""
2700 "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
2701 "disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
2702 msgstr ""
2703 "Une *sync*(2) et une ioctl(BLKRRPART (relecture de la table de partitions du "
2704 "disque) sont réalisées avant de quitter quand la table de partitions a été "
2705 "mise à jour."
2706
2707 #. type: Title ==
2708 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160
2709 #, no-wrap
2710 msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
2711 msgstr "Avertissement sur le mode DOS et DOS 6.x"
2712
2713 #. type: Plain text
2714 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:163
2715 #, no-wrap
2716 msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n"
2717 msgstr "*Remarquez que tout cela est obsolète. Vous n’avez pas à vous soucier de choses comme la géométrie et les cylindres sur les systèmes d’exploitation modernes. Si vous voulez vraiment un partitionnement compatible DOS, alors vous devez activer le mode DOS et le cylindre comme unité en utilisant les options de ligne de commande « -c=dos -u=cylinders ».*\n"
2718
2719 #. type: Plain text
2720 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165
2721 msgid ""
2722 "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
2723 "the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
2724 "than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
2725 "clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
2726 "change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
2727 "flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
2728 msgstr ""
2729 "La commande FORMAT de DOS 6.x recherche certaines informations dans le "
2730 "premier secteur de la section de données de la partition. Elle considère ces "
2731 "informations comme étant plus fiables que celles de la table de partitions. "
2732 "La commande FORMAT de DOS s'attend à ce que FDISK de DOS efface les 512 "
2733 "premiers octets de la section de données d'une partition chaque fois qu'il y "
2734 "a une modification de sa taille. La commande FORMAT de DOS recherchera cette "
2735 "information supplémentaire même si l’attribut /U est indiqué — nous "
2736 "considérons que c'est un bogue des commandes FORMAT et FDISK de DOS."
2737
2738 #. type: Plain text
2739 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167
2740 msgid ""
2741 "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size "
2742 "of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the "
2743 "first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
2744 "partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition "
2745 "table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux "
2746 "so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command "
2747 "*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of "
2748 "the partition."
2749 msgstr ""
2750 "Par conséquent, si vous utilisez *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8) pour modifier la "
2751 "taille d'une partition DOS, vous devez aussi utiliser *dd*(1) pour *mettre à "
2752 "zéro les 512 premiers octets* de cette partition avant d'utiliser la "
2753 "commande FORMAT de DOS pour formater cette partition. Par exemple, si vous "
2754 "avez utilisé *cfdisk*(8) pour créer une entrée de table de partitions DOS "
2755 "pour _/dev/sda1_, vous devriez alors (après avoir quitté *fdisk* et "
2756 "redémarré Linux afin que les informations de table de partitions soient "
2757 "correctes) utiliser la commande *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 "
2758 "count=1* pour mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets de la partition."
2759
2760 #. type: Plain text
2761 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169
2762 #, no-wrap
2763 msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n"
2764 msgstr "Généralement, *fdisk* devrait déterminer automatiquement la géométrie du disque. Ce n'est pas nécessairement la géométrie physique du disque (en effet, les disques modernes ne possèdent pas à proprement parler quoi que ce soit pouvant être assimilé à une géométrie physique, et encore moins quelque chose pouvant être décrit par la forme simpliste Cylindres/Têtes/Secteurs), mais c'est la géométrie de disque qu'utilise MS-DOS pour la table de partitions.\n"
2765
2766 #. type: Plain text
2767 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171
2768 msgid ""
2769 "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
2770 "only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
2771 "operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another "
2772 "operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
2773 "the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
2774 "for good cooperation with other systems."
2775 msgstr ""
2776 "D'habitude, tout se passe bien par défaut, et il n'y a aucun problème si "
2777 "Linux est le seul système sur le disque. Néanmoins, si le disque doit être "
2778 "partagé avec d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, c'est en général une bonne "
2779 "idée de créer au moins une autre partition avec un *fdisk* d'un autre "
2780 "système d'exploitation. Quand Linux démarre, il examine la table de "
2781 "partitions, et essaie de déduire quelle est la géométrie factice nécessaire "
2782 "pour une bonne coopération avec les autres systèmes."
2783
2784 #. type: Plain text
2785 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173
2786 msgid ""
2787 "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
2788 "is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
2789 "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
2790 "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
2791 "partition)."
2792 msgstr ""
2793 "Chaque fois qu'une table de partitions est écrite en mode DOS, un test de "
2794 "cohérence est effectué sur les entrées de la table de partitions. Ce test "
2795 "vérifie que les débuts et fins physiques et logiques sont identiques, et que "
2796 "chaque partition commence et se termine sur une limite de cylindre (sauf "
2797 "pour la première partition)."
2798
2799 #. type: Plain text
2800 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175
2801 msgid ""
2802 "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
2803 "cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
2804 "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
2805 "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
2806 msgstr ""
2807 "Certaines versions de MS-DOS créent une première partition qui ne commence "
2808 "pas sur une limite de cylindre, mais sur le secteur 2 du premier cylindre. "
2809 "Les partitions commençant au cylindre 1 ne peuvent pas débuter sur une "
2810 "limite de cylindre, mais il est peu probable que cela pose problème à moins "
2811 "d'avoir également OS/2 sur la machine."
2812
2813 #. type: Plain text
2814 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177
2815 msgid ""
2816 "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
2817 "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
2818 "program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) "
2819 "programs."
2820 msgstr ""
2821 "De façon à obtenir de meilleurs résultats, vous devriez toujours utiliser un "
2822 "programme de table de partitions spécifique au système d'exploitation. Par "
2823 "exemple, vous devriez créer des partitions DOS avec le programme DOS FDISK "
2824 "et des partitions Linux avec les programmes Linux *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8)."
2825
2826 #. type: Plain text
2827 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180
2828 msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
2829 msgstr ""
2830 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *fdisk* sont les suivantes :"
2831
2832 #. type: Labeled list
2833 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:181 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:398
2834 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:159
2835 #, no-wrap
2836 msgid "*header*"
2837 msgstr "*header*"
2838
2839 #. type: Plain text
2840 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:400
2841 msgid "The header of the output tables."
2842 msgstr "L’en-tête des tables en sortie."
2843
2844 #. type: Labeled list
2845 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184
2846 #, no-wrap
2847 msgid "*help-title*"
2848 msgstr "*help-title*"
2849
2850 #. type: Plain text
2851 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186
2852 msgid "The help section titles."
2853 msgstr "Les titres de la section d’aide."
2854
2855 #. type: Labeled list
2856 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:400
2857 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:175
2858 #, no-wrap
2859 msgid "*warn*"
2860 msgstr "*warn*"
2861
2862 #. type: Plain text
2863 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:402
2864 msgid "The warning messages."
2865 msgstr "Les messages d'avertissement."
2866
2867 #. type: Labeled list
2868 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:402
2869 #, no-wrap
2870 msgid "*welcome*"
2871 msgstr "*welcome*"
2872
2873 #. type: Plain text
2874 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:404
2875 msgid "The welcome message."
2876 msgstr "Le message de bienvenue."
2877
2878 #. type: Labeled list
2879 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:195
2880 #, no-wrap
2881 msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2882 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2883
2884 #. type: Plain text
2885 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
2886 msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
2887 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de fdisk."
2888
2889 #. type: Plain text
2890 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:204
2891 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:164
2892 msgid "use visible padding characters."
2893 msgstr "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles."
2894
2895 #. type: Plain text
2896 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
2897 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2898 msgstr ""
2899 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2900
2901 #. type: Plain text
2902 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219
2903 msgid ""
2904 "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
2905 "others."
2906 msgstr ""
2907 "La version originale a été écrite par Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc et "
2908 "d’autres."
2909
2910 #. type: Plain text
2911 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:226
2912 #, no-wrap
2913 msgid ""
2914 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
2915 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
2916 "*partx*(8),\n"
2917 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
2918 msgstr ""
2919 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
2920 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
2921 "*partx*(8),\n"
2922 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
2923
2924 #. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
2925 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
2926 #. type: Title =
2927 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6
2928 #, no-wrap
2929 msgid "fsck(8)"
2930 msgstr "fsck(8)"
2931
2932 #. type: Plain text
2933 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16
2934 msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
2935 msgstr "fsck - Vérifier et réparer un système de fichiers Linux"
2936
2937 #. type: Plain text
2938 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
2939 #, no-wrap
2940 msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n"
2941 msgstr "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_descripteur_]] [*-C* [_descripteur_]] [*-t* _type-sf_] [_système-de-fichiers_...] [*--*] [_options_spécifiques_sf_]\n"
2942
2943 #. type: Plain text
2944 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
2945 #, no-wrap
2946 msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
2947 msgstr "*fsck* est utilisé pour vérifier et éventuellement réparer un ou plusieurs systèmes de fichiers Linux. _système-de-fichiers_ peut être un nom de périphérique (par exemple, _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), un point de montage (par exemple, _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), une étiquette (LABEL) de système de fichiers ou un identifiant UUID (par exemple UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Ordinairement, le programme *fsck* essayera de gérer en parallèle les systèmes de fichiers situés sur des disques physiques différents afin de minimiser la durée totale de vérification.\n"
2948
2949 #. type: Plain text
2950 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
2951 msgid ""
2952 "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is "
2953 "not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ "
2954 "serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
2955 msgstr ""
2956 "Si aucun système de fichiers n'est précisé sur la ligne de commande et que "
2957 "l'option *-A* n'est pas indiquée, par défaut *fsck* vérifiera "
2958 "séquentiellement les systèmes de fichiers présents dans _/etc/fstab_. C'est "
2959 "équivalent à préciser les options *-As*."
2960
2961 #. type: Plain text
2962 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
2963 msgid ""
2964 "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
2965 msgstr "Le code de retour de *fsck* est la somme des conditions suivantes :"
2966
2967 #. type: Labeled list
2968 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42
2969 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
2970 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:48
2971 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
2972 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68
2973 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61
2974 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58
2975 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1573
2976 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98
2977 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80
2978 #, no-wrap
2979 msgid "*0*"
2980 msgstr "*0*"
2981
2982 #. type: Plain text
2983 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82
2984 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
2985 msgid "No errors"
2986 msgstr "Pas d'erreur."
2987
2988 #. type: Labeled list
2989 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
2990 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
2991 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71
2992 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:64
2993 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61
2994 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1576
2995 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
2996 #, no-wrap
2997 msgid "*1*"
2998 msgstr "*1*"
2999
3000 #. type: Plain text
3001 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33
3002 msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
3003 msgstr "Erreurs de système de fichiers corrigées."
3004
3005 #. type: Labeled list
3006 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
3007 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48
3008 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83
3009 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1579
3010 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
3011 #, no-wrap
3012 msgid "*2*"
3013 msgstr "*2*"
3014
3015 #. type: Plain text
3016 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35
3017 msgid "System should be rebooted"
3018 msgstr "Le système devrait être redémarré."
3019
3020 #. type: Labeled list
3021 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44
3022 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:77
3023 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1582 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
3024 #, no-wrap
3025 msgid "*4*"
3026 msgstr "*4*"
3027
3028 #. type: delimited block _
3029 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
3030 msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
3031 msgstr "Il reste des erreurs non corrigées sur le système de fichiers."
3032
3033 #. type: Labeled list
3034 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
3035 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79
3036 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1585 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
3037 #, no-wrap
3038 msgid "*8*"
3039 msgstr "*8*"
3040
3041 #. type: Plain text
3042 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
3043 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
3044 msgid "Operational error"
3045 msgstr "Erreur lors de l'opération."
3046
3047 #. type: Labeled list
3048 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
3049 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1588
3050 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110
3051 #, no-wrap
3052 msgid "*16*"
3053 msgstr "*16*"
3054
3055 #. type: Plain text
3056 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92
3057 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:85
3058 msgid "Usage or syntax error"
3059 msgstr "Erreur d'utilisation ou de syntaxe."
3060
3061 #. type: Labeled list
3062 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
3063 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1591 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49
3064 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113
3065 #, no-wrap
3066 msgid "*32*"
3067 msgstr "*32*"
3068
3069 #. type: Plain text
3070 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
3071 msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
3072 msgstr "Vérification annulée par l'utilisateur."
3073
3074 #. type: Labeled list
3075 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
3076 #, no-wrap
3077 msgid "*128*"
3078 msgstr "*128*"
3079
3080 #. type: Plain text
3081 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45
3082 msgid "Shared-library error"
3083 msgstr "Erreur de bibliothèque partagée."
3084
3085 #. type: Plain text
3086 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
3087 msgid ""
3088 "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
3089 "wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
3090 msgstr ""
3091 "Le code de retour renvoyé lorsque tous les systèmes de fichiers sont "
3092 "vérifiés est le résultat de l’opération OU bit à bit sur les codes de retour "
3093 "de chacun des systèmes de fichiers vérifiés."
3094
3095 #. type: Plain text
3096 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
3097 msgid ""
3098 "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
3099 "checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
3100 "checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is "
3101 "undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
3102 msgstr ""
3103 "En fait, *fsck* n'est simplement qu'une interface pour les différents "
3104 "vérificateurs de systèmes de fichiers (*fsck*._type_sf_) disponibles sous "
3105 "Linux. Le vérificateur spécifique à un système est recherché successivement "
3106 "dans la variable d'environnement *PATH*. Si celle-ci n’est pas définie, _/"
3107 "sbin_ est utilisé."
3108
3109 #. type: Plain text
3110 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
3111 msgid ""
3112 "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
3113 msgstr ""
3114 "Veuillez consulter les pages de manuel des vérificateurs spécifiques à un "
3115 "système de fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."
3116
3117 #. type: Labeled list
3118 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:47
3119 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97
3120 #, no-wrap
3121 msgid "*-l*"
3122 msgstr "*-l*"
3123
3124 #. type: Plain text
3125 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
3126 msgid ""
3127 "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for "
3128 "whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means "
3129 "that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when "
3130 "more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored "
3131 "when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not "
3132 "lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or "
3133 "DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
3134 msgstr ""
3135 "Créer un ficher verrou *flock*(2) exclusif (_/run/fsck/<nom_disque>.lock_) "
3136 "pour tout le périphérique. Cette option peut être utilisée avec un seul "
3137 "périphérique (cela signifie que *-A* et *-l* sont mutuellement exclusives). "
3138 "Cette option est recommandée quand plusieurs instances de *fsck* sont "
3139 "exécutées en même temps. L'option est ignorée quand elle est utilisée avec "
3140 "plusieurs périphériques ou avec des disques non tournants. *fsck* ne "
3141 "verrouille pas les périphériques sous-jacents quand elle est exécutée pour "
3142 "vérifier des périphériques empilés (MD ou DM par exemple) — cette "
3143 "fonctionnalité n'est pas encore implémentée."
3144
3145 #. type: Labeled list
3146 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57
3147 #, no-wrap
3148 msgid "*-r* [_fd_]"
3149 msgstr "*-r* [_descripteur_]"
3150
3151 #. type: Plain text
3152 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
3153 msgid ""
3154 "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
3155 "include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
3156 "elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
3157 "run. For example:"
3158 msgstr ""
3159 "Rendre compte de statistiques pour toutes les vérifications terminées. Ces "
3160 "statistiques comprennent le code de retour, la taille de mémoire résidente "
3161 "maximale utilisée (en kilooctet), le temps total écoulé ainsi que les temps "
3162 "utilisateur et processeur utilisés par la vérification. Par exemple :"
3163
3164 #. type: Plain text
3165 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
3166 #, no-wrap
3167 msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
3168 msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
3169
3170 #. type: Plain text
3171 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
3172 msgid ""
3173 "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the "
3174 "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
3175 "parsable format. For example:"
3176 msgstr ""
3177 "Les frontaux graphiques peuvent indiquer un _descripteur_ de fichier, auquel "
3178 "cas l’information de barre de progression est envoyée à ce descripteur de "
3179 "fichier dans un format analysable par une machine. Par exemple :"
3180
3181 #. type: Plain text
3182 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65
3183 #, no-wrap
3184 msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
3185 msgstr "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
3186
3187 #. type: Labeled list
3188 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59
3189 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:397
3190 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59
3191 #, no-wrap
3192 msgid "*-s*"
3193 msgstr "*-s*"
3194
3195 #. type: Plain text
3196 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
3197 msgid ""
3198 "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
3199 "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
3200 "*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run "
3201 "in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, "
3202 "if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if "
3203 "you do not.)"
3204 msgstr ""
3205 "Sérialiser les opérations de *fsck*. Cette option est conseillée si vous "
3206 "êtes en train de vérifier plusieurs systèmes de fichiers en mode interactif. "
3207 "Remarque : *e2fsck*(8) fonctionne par défaut en mode interactif. Pour que "
3208 "*e2fsck*(8) fonctionne en mode non interactif, vous devez indiquer l'option "
3209 "*-p* ou *-a* si vous désirez que les erreurs soient corrigées "
3210 "automatiquement, ou l'option *-n* si vous ne le souhaitez pas."
3211
3212 #. type: Labeled list
3213 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69
3214 #, no-wrap
3215 msgid "*-t* _fslist_"
3216 msgstr "*-t* _liste_sf_"
3217
3218 #. type: Plain text
3219 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
3220 msgid ""
3221 "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is "
3222 "specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ "
3223 "parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
3224 "All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
3225 "negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those "
3226 "filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the "
3227 "filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those "
3228 "listed filesystems will be checked."
3229 msgstr ""
3230 "Indiquer le ou les types de systèmes de fichiers qui seront vérifiés. Quand "
3231 "l’attribut *-A* est indiqué, seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une "
3232 "correspondance dans _liste_sf_ sont vérifiés. Le paramètre _liste_sf_ est "
3233 "une liste de systèmes de fichiers et d'options séparés par des virgules. "
3234 "Tous les systèmes de fichiers de cette liste peuvent être préfixés par "
3235 "l'opérateur de négation « *no* » ou « *!* », qui indique que seuls les "
3236 "systèmes de fichiers qui ne sont pas mentionnés dans _liste_sf_ seront "
3237 "vérifiés. Si aucun système de fichiers dans _liste_sf_ n'est préfixé par "
3238 "l'opérateur de négation, seuls les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés seront "
3239 "vérifiés."
3240
3241 #. type: Plain text
3242 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
3243 msgid ""
3244 "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They "
3245 "must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is "
3246 "present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount "
3247 "options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is "
3248 "prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
3249 "have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be "
3250 "checked."
3251 msgstr ""
3252 "Des options, séparées par des virgules, peuvent être incluses dans "
3253 "_liste_sf_. Elles doivent avoir le format **opts=**__option_sf__. Si une "
3254 "option est présente, alors seuls les systèmes de fichiers ayant une "
3255 "_option_sf_ dans le champ d’options de montage de _/etc/fstab_ seront "
3256 "vérifiés. Si l'option est préfixée par l'opérateur de négation, alors seuls "
3257 "les systèmes de fichiers n’ayant pas _option_sf_ dans leur champ d’options "
3258 "de montage de _/etc/fstab_ seront vérifiés."
3259
3260 #. type: Plain text
3261 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
3262 msgid ""
3263 "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed "
3264 "in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
3265 msgstr ""
3266 "Par exemple, si *opts=ro* se trouve dans _liste_sf_, alors seuls les "
3267 "systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ qui ont l'option *ro* seront vérifiés."
3268
3269 #. type: Plain text
3270 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
3271 msgid ""
3272 "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
3273 "an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of "
3274 "*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified "
3275 "as an argument to the *-t* option."
3276 msgstr ""
3277 "Pour la compatibilité avec les distributions Mandrake dont les scripts de "
3278 "démarrage dépendent d'un changement non autorisé d'UI dans le programme "
3279 "*fsck*, si le type de système de fichiers *loop* est présent dans "
3280 "_liste_sf_, il est traité comme si *opts=loop* était indiqué en tant que "
3281 "paramètre de l'option *-t*."
3282
3283 #. type: Plain text
3284 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
3285 msgid ""
3286 "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/"
3287 "etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
3288 "deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-"
3289 "t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is "
3290 "not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
3291 msgstr ""
3292 "Normalement, le type de système de fichiers est déduit en recherchant "
3293 "_système_de_fichiers_ dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_ et en utilisant l'entrée "
3294 "correspondante. Si le type ne peut être déduit et qu'il n'y a qu'un seul "
3295 "système de fichiers en argument de l'option *-t*, *fsck* utilisera le "
3296 "système de fichiers indiqué. Si ce type n'est pas disponible, alors le "
3297 "système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est utilisé."
3298
3299 #. type: Labeled list
3300 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80
3301 #, no-wrap
3302 msgid "*-A*"
3303 msgstr "*-A*"
3304
3305 #. type: Plain text
3306 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
3307 msgid ""
3308 "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one "
3309 "run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization "
3310 "file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
3311 msgstr ""
3312 "Parcourir le fichier _/etc/fstab_ et essayer de vérifier tous les systèmes "
3313 "de fichiers en une seule fois. Cette option est généralement utilisée dans "
3314 "le fichier d'initialisation système _/etc/rc_, plutôt que d'avoir des "
3315 "commandes multiples pour vérifier un par un chaque système de fichiers."
3316
3317 #. type: Plain text
3318 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
3319 msgid ""
3320 "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is "
3321 "specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
3322 "specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. "
3323 "Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at "
3324 "all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be "
3325 "checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being "
3326 "checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
3327 "*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
3328 "running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
3329 msgstr ""
3330 "Le système de fichiers racine sera vérifié en premier à moins que l'option *-"
3331 "P* ne soit indiquée (voir ci-dessous). Après quoi, les systèmes de fichiers "
3332 "seront vérifiés dans l'ordre indiqué par le (sixième) champ _fs_passno_ du "
3333 "fichier _/etc/fstab_. Les systèmes de fichiers avec une valeur _fs_passno_ "
3334 "de 0 sont ignorés. Ceux avec une valeur supérieure à 0 seront vérifiés dans "
3335 "l'ordre croissant des _fs_passno_. S'il y a égalité entre plusieurs systèmes "
3336 "de fichiers, *fsck* tentera de les vérifier en parallèle, tout en évitant "
3337 "toutefois les vérifications simultanées sur le même disque physique."
3338
3339 #. type: Plain text
3340 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
3341 #, no-wrap
3342 msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n"
3343 msgstr "*fsck* ne vérifie pas les périphériques empilés (RAID, dm-crypt, etc.) en parallèle avec un autre périphérique. Consultez le réglage *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* ci-dessous. Le système de fichiers _/sys_ est utilisé pour déterminer les dépendances entre les périphériques.\n"
3344
3345 #. type: Plain text
3346 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
3347 msgid ""
3348 "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root "
3349 "filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems "
3350 "to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically "
3351 "run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System "
3352 "administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to "
3353 "avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for "
3354 "example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive "
3355 "paging is a concern."
3356 msgstr ""
3357 "De ce fait, une configuration très commune pour le fichier _/etc/fstab_ est "
3358 "d'avoir un système racine avec une valeur _fs_passno_ de 1 et pour tous les "
3359 "autres systèmes de fichiers d’avoir cette valeur à 2. Cela autorise *fsck* à "
3360 "lancer automatiquement en parallèle les vérifications si c’est avantageux. "
3361 "Les administrateurs système peuvent choisir de ne pas utiliser cette "
3362 "configuration ; par exemple, si la machine dispose de peu de mémoire et "
3363 "qu'une pagination excessive est à éviter."
3364
3365 #. type: Plain text
3366 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
3367 #, no-wrap
3368 msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n"
3369 msgstr "*fsck* ne vérifie normalement pas l'existence du périphérique avant d'appeler un vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique. Par conséquent les périphériques inexistants risquent d'entraîner le système en mode de réparation de système de fichiers au démarrage si le vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique renvoie une erreur fatale. L'option de montage *nofail* de _/etc/fstab_ peut être utilisée pour que *fsck* ignore les périphériques inexistants. *fsck* ignore aussi les périphériques inexistants ayant le type spécial de système de fichiers *auto*.\n"
3370
3371 #. type: Labeled list
3372 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91
3373 #, no-wrap
3374 msgid "*-C* [_fd_]"
3375 msgstr "*-C* [_descripteur_]"
3376
3377 #. type: Plain text
3378 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
3379 msgid ""
3380 "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
3381 "only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem "
3382 "checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
3383 "front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress "
3384 "bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
3385 msgstr ""
3386 "Afficher une barre de progression pour les vérificateurs qui le permettent "
3387 "(actuellement uniquement disponible pour ext[234]). *fsck* gérera les "
3388 "vérificateurs de telle sorte qu'un seul d'entre eux affichera une barre de "
3389 "progression à un instant donné. Les interfaces graphiques peuvent fournir un "
3390 "_descripteur_ de fichier, dans lequel les informations d'avancement seront "
3391 "envoyées."
3392
3393 #. type: Labeled list
3394 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:68
3395 #, no-wrap
3396 msgid "*-M*"
3397 msgstr "*-M*"
3398
3399 #. type: Plain text
3400 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
3401 msgid ""
3402 "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
3403 "filesystems."
3404 msgstr ""
3405 "Ne pas vérifier les systèmes de fichiers montés et renvoyer le code de "
3406 "retour 0 pour les systèmes de fichiers montés"
3407
3408 #. type: Labeled list
3409 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97
3410 #, no-wrap
3411 msgid "*-N*"
3412 msgstr "*-N*"
3413
3414 #. type: Plain text
3415 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99
3416 msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
3417 msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."
3418
3419 #. type: Labeled list
3420 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100
3421 #, no-wrap
3422 msgid "*-P*"
3423 msgstr "*-P*"
3424
3425 #. type: Plain text
3426 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
3427 msgid ""
3428 "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
3429 "other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
3430 "the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might "
3431 "be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't "
3432 "want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is "
3433 "really the right solution)."
3434 msgstr ""
3435 "Quand l’attribut *-A* est utilisé, vérifier le système de fichiers racine en "
3436 "parallèle des autres systèmes de fichiers. Ce n'est pas la chose la plus "
3437 "sûre au monde, puisque si le système de fichiers est potentiellement "
3438 "défectueux, *e2fsck*(8) pourrait être corrompu ! Cette option est "
3439 "principalement fournie aux administrateurs système qui n'ont pas une "
3440 "partition racine petite et compacte (ce qui est vraiment la bonne solution)."
3441
3442 #. type: Labeled list
3443 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103
3444 #, no-wrap
3445 msgid "*-R*"
3446 msgstr "*-R*"
3447
3448 #. type: Plain text
3449 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
3450 msgid ""
3451 "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. "
3452 "(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
3453 "write.)"
3454 msgstr ""
3455 "Lors de la vérification de tous les systèmes de fichiers (avec l’attribut *-"
3456 "A*), ignorer le système de fichiers racine (c'est pratique si le système de "
3457 "fichiers racine a déjà été monté en lecture/écriture)."
3458
3459 #. type: Labeled list
3460 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106
3461 #, no-wrap
3462 msgid "*-T*"
3463 msgstr "*-T*"
3464
3465 #. type: Plain text
3466 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108
3467 msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
3468 msgstr "Ne pas afficher le titre au démarrage."
3469
3470 #. type: Labeled list
3471 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109
3472 #, no-wrap
3473 msgid "*-V*"
3474 msgstr "*-V*"
3475
3476 #. type: Plain text
3477 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
3478 msgid ""
3479 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
3480 "executed."
3481 msgstr ""
3482 "Produire une sortie bavarde, en affichant toutes les commandes spécifiques "
3483 "au système de fichiers qui sont exécutées."
3484
3485 #. type: Labeled list
3486 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112
3487 #, no-wrap
3488 msgid "*-?*, *--help*"
3489 msgstr "*-?*, *--help*"
3490
3491 #. type: Labeled list
3492 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115
3493 #, no-wrap
3494 msgid "*--version*"
3495 msgstr "*--version*"
3496
3497 #. type: Title ==
3498 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
3499 #, no-wrap
3500 msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
3501 msgstr "OPTIONS SPÉCIFIQUES DE SYSTÈMES DE FICHIERS"
3502
3503 #. type: Plain text
3504 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
3505 #, no-wrap
3506 msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n"
3507 msgstr "*Les options non comprises par fsck sont transmises au vérificateur spécifique au système de fichiers !*\n"
3508
3509 #. type: Plain text
3510 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
3511 msgid ""
3512 "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be "
3513 "able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
3514 msgstr ""
3515 "Ces options *ne doivent pas* prendre de paramètre puisqu'il n'y a aucun "
3516 "moyen pour *fsck* de différencier correctement les options qui prennent des "
3517 "paramètres de celles qui n'en prennent pas."
3518
3519 #. type: Plain text
3520 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
3521 msgid ""
3522 "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-"
3523 "specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
3524 msgstr ""
3525 "Les options et paramètres qui suivent *--* sont traités comme des options "
3526 "spécifiques au système de fichiers et sont transmis au vérificateur "
3527 "correspondant."
3528
3529 #. type: Plain text
3530 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
3531 msgid ""
3532 "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
3533 "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
3534 "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
3535 "If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
3536 "doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're "
3537 "almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. "
3538 "Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
3539 msgstr ""
3540 "Veuillez remarquer que *fsck* n'est pas conçu pour transmettre "
3541 "arbitrairement des options complexes aux vérificateurs de systèmes de "
3542 "fichiers. Si vous êtes en train de faire quelque chose de complexe, exécutez "
3543 "directement le vérificateur spécifique du système de fichiers. Si vous "
3544 "passez à *fsck* des options et paramètres horriblement compliqués et que ça "
3545 "ne fonctionne pas, *il ne faut pas le signaler comme un bogue*. Vous êtes "
3546 "certainement en train de faire quelque chose que vous ne devriez pas "
3547 "accomplir avec *fsck*. Les options des différents vérificateurs spécifiques "
3548 "à un système de fichiers ne sont pas normalisées."
3549
3550 #. type: Plain text
3551 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
3552 msgid ""
3553 "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
3554 "variables:"
3555 msgstr ""
3556 "Le comportement de *fsck* peut être modifié par les variables "
3557 "d'environnement suivantes :"
3558
3559 #. type: Labeled list
3560 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132
3561 #, no-wrap
3562 msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
3563 msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
3564
3565 #. type: Plain text
3566 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
3567 msgid ""
3568 "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the "
3569 "specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
3570 "appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
3571 "end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
3572 "Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
3573 msgstr ""
3574 "Si cette variable d'environnement est positionnée, *fsck* cherchera à "
3575 "vérifier tous les systèmes de fichiers en parallèle, sans se soucier du fait "
3576 "qu'ils soient sur le même périphérique. (C'est utile pour les systèmes RAID "
3577 "ou les systèmes de stockage de haut niveau tels que ceux vendus par IBM ou  "
3578 "EMC). Remarquez que la valeur _fs_passno_ est toujours utilisée."
3579
3580 #. type: Labeled list
3581 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135
3582 #, no-wrap
3583 msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
3584 msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
3585
3586 #. type: Plain text
3587 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
3588 msgid ""
3589 "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
3590 "checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
3591 "have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem "
3592 "checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
3593 "the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
3594 "be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may "
3595 "attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
3596 "based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
3597 msgstr ""
3598 "Cette variable d'environnement limitera le nombre maximal de vérifications "
3599 "lancées en parallèle. Cela permet aux systèmes avec un nombre important de "
3600 "disques d'éviter à *fsck* de démarrer un trop grand nombre de vérifications "
3601 "de systèmes de fichiers en même temps, ce qui pourrait surcharger les "
3602 "ressources processeur et mémoire du système. Si elle vaut 0, alors le nombre "
3603 "de vérifications n'est pas limité. C'est la valeur par défaut, mais des "
3604 "versions futures de *fsck* pourraient déterminer ce nombre en fonction de "
3605 "données obtenues du système d'exploitation."
3606
3607 #. type: Labeled list
3608 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138
3609 #, no-wrap
3610 msgid "*PATH*"
3611 msgstr "*PATH*"
3612
3613 #. type: Plain text
3614 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140
3615 msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
3616 msgstr ""
3617 "La variable d’environnement *PATH* est utilisée pour trouver les "
3618 "vérificateurs de système de fichiers."
3619
3620 #. type: Labeled list
3621 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141
3622 #, no-wrap
3623 msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*"
3624 msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*"
3625
3626 #. type: Plain text
3627 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
3628 msgid ""
3629 "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
3630 "standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers "
3631 "who are testing *fsck*."
3632 msgstr ""
3633 "Cette variable d'environnement permet à l'administrateur système de "
3634 "contourner l'emplacement standard du fichier _/etc/fstab_. C'est aussi utile "
3635 "pour les développeurs de *fsck*."
3636
3637 #. type: Labeled list
3638 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144
3639 #, no-wrap
3640 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
3641 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
3642
3643 #. type: Labeled list
3644 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147
3645 #, no-wrap
3646 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
3647 msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
3648
3649 #. type: Plain text
3650 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56
3651 msgid "enables libmount debug output."
3652 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
3653
3654 #. type: Title ==
3655 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
3656 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:137
3657 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111
3658 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:82
3659 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50
3660 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:122
3661 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:360 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133
3662 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1623 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56
3663 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114
3664 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59
3665 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76
3666 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:305 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:87
3667 #, no-wrap
3668 msgid "FILES"
3669 msgstr "FICHIERS"
3670
3671 #. type: Labeled list
3672 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
3673 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1627 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
3674 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:163
3675 #, no-wrap
3676 msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
3677 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"
3678
3679 #. type: Plain text
3680 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
3681 msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
3682 msgstr ""
3683 "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
3684
3685 #. type: Plain text
3686 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
3687 #, no-wrap
3688 msgid ""
3689 "*fstab*(5),\n"
3690 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3691 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
3692 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3693 "*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
3694 "*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
3695 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
3696 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
3697 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
3698 "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
3699 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
3700 msgstr ""
3701 "*fstab*(5),\n"
3702 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3703 "*fsck.ext2*(8) ou *fsck.ext3*(8) ou *e2fsck*(8),\n"
3704 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3705 "*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
3706 "*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
3707 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
3708 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
3709 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
3710 "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
3711 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
3712
3713 #. type: Title =
3714 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2
3715 #, no-wrap
3716 msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)"
3717 msgstr "fsck.cramfs(8)"
3718
3719 #. type: Plain text
3720 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12
3721 msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
3722 msgstr "fsck.cramfs - fsck pour système de fichiers compressé en lecture seule"
3723
3724 #. type: Plain text
3725 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
3726 #, no-wrap
3727 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n"
3728 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _fichier_\n"
3729
3730 #. type: Plain text
3731 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20
3732 #, no-wrap
3733 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n"
3734 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* est utilisé pour vérifier le système de fichiers cramfs.\n"
3735
3736 #. type: Labeled list
3737 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
3738 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
3739 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:102 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
3740 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28
3741 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101
3742 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:52
3743 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49
3744 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64
3745 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:168 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95
3746 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51
3747 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
3748 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111
3749 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71
3750 #, no-wrap
3751 msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*"
3752 msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*"
3753
3754 #. type: Plain text
3755 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37
3756 msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
3757 msgstr "Activer le mode verbeux."
3758
3759 #. type: Labeled list
3760 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26
3761 #, no-wrap
3762 msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_"
3763 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocksize* _taillebloc_"
3764
3765 #. type: Plain text
3766 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
3767 msgid ""
3768 "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
3769 "creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
3770 msgstr ""
3771 "Utiliser cette taille de bloc ou par défaut la taille de page. Celle-ci doit "
3772 "être égale à ce qui avait été défini au moment de la création. Utilisé "
3773 "seulement pour *--extract*."
3774
3775 #. type: Labeled list
3776 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29
3777 #, no-wrap
3778 msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]"
3779 msgstr "*--extract*[=_répertoire_]"
3780
3781 #. type: Plain text
3782 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
3783 msgid ""
3784 "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
3785 "_file_ to _directory_."
3786 msgstr ""
3787 "Essayer de décompresser tout le système de fichiers. Extraire "
3788 "facultativement le contenu de _fichier_ dans _répertoire_."
3789
3790 #. type: Labeled list
3791 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32
3792 #, no-wrap
3793 msgid "*-a*"
3794 msgstr "*-a*"
3795
3796 #. type: Plain text
3797 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37
3798 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49
3799 msgid "This option is silently ignored."
3800 msgstr "Cette option est silencieusement ignorée."
3801
3802 #. type: Labeled list
3803 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35
3804 #, no-wrap
3805 msgid "*-y*"
3806 msgstr "*-y*"
3807
3808 #. type: Title ==
3809 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:76
3810 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
3811 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75
3812 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55
3813 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:97
3814 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:148
3815 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49
3816 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:182 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:85
3817 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:134
3818 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:40
3819 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55
3820 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:181
3821 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88
3822 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:342
3823 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:120 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86
3824 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1569
3825 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94
3826 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:72
3827 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:219
3828 #, no-wrap
3829 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
3830 msgstr "CODE DE RETOUR"
3831
3832 #. type: Plain text
3833 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
3834 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:50
3835 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91
3836 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46
3837 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:61
3838 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
3839 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1575 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:100
3840 msgid "success"
3841 msgstr "Succès."
3842
3843 #. type: Plain text
3844 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
3845 msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
3846 msgstr "Le système de fichiers avait des erreurs non corrigées."
3847
3848 #. type: Plain text
3849 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:81
3850 msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
3851 msgstr "Erreur d’opération, comme un échec d’allocation mémoire."
3852
3853 #. type: Plain text
3854 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
3855 msgid "usage information was printed"
3856 msgstr "Les informations d'utilisation ont été affichées."
3857
3858 #. type: Plain text
3859 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55
3860 #, no-wrap
3861 msgid ""
3862 "*mount*(8),\n"
3863 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
3864 msgstr ""
3865 "*mount*(8),\n"
3866 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
3867
3868 #. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
3869 #. May be freely distributed.
3870 #. type: Title =
3871 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6
3872 #, no-wrap
3873 msgid "fsck.minix(8)"
3874 msgstr "fsck.minix(8)"
3875
3876 #. type: Plain text
3877 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16
3878 msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
3879 msgstr "fsck.minix - Vérifier l'intégrité d'un système de fichiers MINIX"
3880
3881 #. type: Plain text
3882 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
3883 #, no-wrap
3884 msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n"
3885 msgstr "*fsck.minix* [options] _périphérique_\n"
3886
3887 #. type: Plain text
3888 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
3889 #, no-wrap
3890 msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
3891 msgstr "*fsck.minix* réalise un contrôle de cohérence d'un système de fichiers MINIX Linux.\n"
3892
3893 #. type: Plain text
3894 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
3895 msgid ""
3896 "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be "
3897 "used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
3898 "Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
3899 msgstr ""
3900 "Le programme part du principe que le système de fichiers est inactif. *fsck."
3901 "minix* ne doit pas être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté à moins que "
3902 "vous ne soyez certain que personne n'est en train d'y écrire. Souvenez-vous "
3903 "que le noyau peut y écrire lorsqu’il effectue des recherches de fichiers."
3904
3905 #. type: Plain text
3906 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
3907 msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:"
3908 msgstr "hLe nom de _périphérique_ est habituellement de la forme suivante :"
3909
3910 #. type: Table
3911 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36
3912 #, no-wrap
3913 msgid ""
3914 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n"
3915 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n"
3916 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n"
3917 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n"
3918 msgstr ""
3919 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |disque IDE 1\n"
3920 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |disque IDE 2\n"
3921 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |disque SCSI 1\n"
3922 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |disque SCSI 2\n"
3923
3924 #. type: delimited block _
3925 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
3926 msgid ""
3927 "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print "
3928 "\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before "
3929 "exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
3930 msgstr ""
3931 "Si le système de fichiers a été modifié (par exemple réparé), alors *fsck."
3932 "minix* affichera « FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED » (le système de fichiers a "
3933 "été modifié) et exécutera *sync*(2) trois fois avant de quitter. Il n’est "
3934 "_pas_ nécessaire de redémarrer le système après la vérification."
3935
3936 #. type: Title ==
3937 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31
3938 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:48
3939 #, no-wrap
3940 msgid "WARNING"
3941 msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT"
3942
3943 #. type: delimited block _
3944 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
3945 #, no-wrap
3946 msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n"
3947 msgstr "*fsck.minix* ne doit *pas* être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté. L'utilisation de *fsck.minix* sur un système de fichiers monté est très dangereuse car il est possible que des fichiers effacés soient encore en cours d'utilisation, ce qui peut endommager sérieusement un système de fichiers en parfait état. Si vous devez absolument exécuter *fsck.minix* sur un système de fichiers monté (par exemple sur le système de fichiers racine), assurez-vous que rien ne va écrire sur le disque, et qu'il n'y a pas de fichier « zombie » en attente d'effacement.\n"
3948
3949 #. type: delimited block _
3950 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
3951 msgid "List all filenames."
3952 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
3953
3954 #. type: Labeled list
3955 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50
3956 #, no-wrap
3957 msgid "*-r*, *--repair*"
3958 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair*"
3959
3960 #. type: delimited block _
3961 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52
3962 msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
3963 msgstr "Effectuer les réparations en mode interactif."
3964
3965 #. type: Labeled list
3966 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36
3967 #, no-wrap
3968 msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
3969 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
3970
3971 #. type: delimited block _
3972 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
3973 msgid ""
3974 "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to "
3975 "answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
3976 "extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
3977 msgstr ""
3978 "Effectuer automatiquement les réparations. Cette option implique *--repair* "
3979 "et donne la réponse par défaut à toutes les questions. Notez que c'est très "
3980 "dangereux dans le cas d'un système de fichiers gravement endommagé."
3981
3982 #. type: Labeled list
3983 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
3984 #, no-wrap
3985 msgid "*-s*, *--super*"
3986 msgstr "*-s*, *--super*"
3987
3988 #. type: delimited block _
3989 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61
3990 msgid "Output super-block information."
3991 msgstr "Afficher les informations de superbloc."
3992
3993 #. type: Labeled list
3994 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62
3995 #, no-wrap
3996 msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
3997 msgstr "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
3998
3999 #. type: delimited block _
4000 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64
4001 msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
4002 msgstr "Activer les avertissements « mode non réinitialisé » de type MINIX."
4003
4004 #. type: Labeled list
4005 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44
4006 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
4007 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
4008 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
4009 #, no-wrap
4010 msgid "*-f*, *--force*"
4011 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
4012
4013 #. type: delimited block _
4014 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
4015 msgid ""
4016 "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
4017 "is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
4018 msgstr ""
4019 "Forcer la vérification d'un système de fichiers même s'il est marqué "
4020 "intègre. Cette indication est écrite par le noyau lors du démontage du "
4021 "système de fichiers."
4022
4023 #. type: Title ==
4024 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:330
4025 #, no-wrap
4026 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
4027 msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS"
4028
4029 #. type: delimited block _
4030 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
4031 msgid ""
4032 "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
4033 "commonly seen in normal usage."
4034 msgstr ""
4035 "Il y a de nombreux messages de diagnostic. Ceux qui sont mentionnés ici sont "
4036 "les plus couramment rencontrés lors d'une utilisation normale."
4037
4038 #. type: delimited block _
4039 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75
4040 msgid ""
4041 "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super "
4042 "block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* "
4043 "will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
4044 msgstr ""
4045 "Si le périphérique n'existe pas, *fsck.minix* affichera « impossible de lire "
4046 "le superbloc ». Si le périphérique existe mais que le système de fichiers "
4047 "n'est pas de type MINIX, *fsck.minix* affichera « nombre magique corrompu "
4048 "dans le superbloc »."
4049
4050 #. type: delimited block _
4051 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
4052 msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
4053 msgstr "Le code de retour de *fsck.minix* est un des suivants :"
4054
4055 #. type: Labeled list
4056 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50
4057 #, no-wrap
4058 msgid "*3*"
4059 msgstr "*3*"
4060
4061 #. type: delimited block _
4062 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84
4063 msgid ""
4064 "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
4065 "mounted"
4066 msgstr ""
4067 "Les erreurs du système de fichiers ont été corrigées, le système devrait "
4068 "être redémarré si le système de fichiers était monté."
4069
4070 #. type: Labeled list
4071 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
4072 #, no-wrap
4073 msgid "*7*"
4074 msgstr "*7*"
4075
4076 #. type: delimited block _
4077 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88
4078 msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
4079 msgstr "Combinaison des codes de retour 3 et 4."
4080
4081 #. type: delimited block _
4082 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97
4083 msgid ""
4084 "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:"
4085 "faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:"
4086 "greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of "
4087 "mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
4088 "Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund."
4089 "de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. "
4090 "Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
4091 msgstr ""
4092 "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Valeurs des codes de retour "
4093 "par mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Ajout de la gestion de l’attribut de "
4094 "validité du système de fichiers : mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. "
4095 "Wettstein]. Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de "
4096 "fichiers monté ajoutée par mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
4097 "Gestion du système de fichiers MINIX v2 par mailto:schwab@issan.informatik."
4098 "uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], mise à jour par mailto:janl@math.uio."
4099 "no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Correctif de portabilité par mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac."
4100 "uk[Russell King]."
4101
4102 #. type: delimited block _
4103 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:106
4104 #, no-wrap
4105 msgid ""
4106 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4107 "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
4108 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4109 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4110 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4111 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4112 msgstr ""
4113 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4114 "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
4115 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4116 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4117 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4118 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4119
4120 #. type: Title =
4121 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2
4122 #, no-wrap
4123 msgid "isosize(8)"
4124 msgstr "isosize(8)"
4125
4126 #. type: Plain text
4127 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12
4128 msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
4129 msgstr "isosize - Afficher la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660"
4130
4131 #. type: Plain text
4132 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16
4133 #, no-wrap
4134 msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n"
4135 msgstr "*isosize* [options] _fichier_iso9660_\n"
4136
4137 #. type: Plain text
4138 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
4139 msgid ""
4140 "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
4141 "in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
4142 "g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it "
4143 "will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a "
4144 "large number (>> 4 GB)."
4145 msgstr ""
4146 "Cette commande affiche la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660 contenu "
4147 "dans le fichier indiqué. Ce fichier peut être un fichier normal ou un "
4148 "périphérique bloc (par exemple : _/dev/hdd_ ou _/dev/sr0_). Sans option (ni "
4149 "erreur), elle affiche la taille en octet. Elle prend maintenant en charge "
4150 "les fichiers larges (>> 4 GB)."
4151
4152 #. type: Labeled list
4153 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23
4154 #, no-wrap
4155 msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*"
4156 msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*"
4157
4158 #. type: Plain text
4159 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
4160 msgid ""
4161 "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
4162 "the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
4163 msgstr ""
4164 "Afficher sous une forme lisible le nombre de blocs et la taille du bloc. La "
4165 "sortie utilise «\\ secteurs\\ » pour désigner les «\\ blocs\\ »."
4166
4167 #. type: Labeled list
4168 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42
4169 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53
4170 #, no-wrap
4171 msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_"
4172 msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _diviseur_"
4173
4174 #. type: Plain text
4175 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
4176 msgid ""
4177 "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is "
4178 "the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the "
4179 "block size then the shown value will be the block count."
4180 msgstr ""
4181 "Cette option n'a d'effet que si *-x* n'est pas indiquée. La valeur montrée "
4182 "(s'il n'y a pas d'erreurs) est la taille du fichier iso9660 en octet divisée "
4183 "par _diviseur_. Donc si _diviseur_ est la taille du bloc, la valeur montrée "
4184 "sera le nombre de blocs."
4185
4186 #. type: Plain text
4187 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
4188 msgid ""
4189 "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
4190 "marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
4191 "for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
4192 "end of an iso9660 image."
4193 msgstr ""
4194 "La taille du fichier (ou du périphérique bloc) d'un système de fichiers "
4195 "iso9660 peut être légèrement plus grande que la taille réelle du système de "
4196 "fichiers iso9660. Une des raisons est que les graveurs de CD ont le droit "
4197 "d'ajouter des secteurs au-delà de la fin de l'image iso9660."
4198
4199 #. type: Plain text
4200 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
4201 msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
4202 msgstr "Échec non précisé, tel que utilisation erronée "
4203
4204 #. type: Plain text
4205 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
4206 msgid "all failed"
4207 msgstr "Tout a échoué."
4208
4209 #. type: Labeled list
4210 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93
4211 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65
4212 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1594
4213 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:116
4214 #, no-wrap
4215 msgid "*64*"
4216 msgstr "*64*"
4217
4218 #. type: Plain text
4219 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:43
4220 msgid "some failed"
4221 msgstr "Échec partiel"
4222
4223 #. type: Title =
4224 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2
4225 #, no-wrap
4226 msgid "mkfs(8)"
4227 msgstr "mkfs(8)"
4228
4229 #. type: Plain text
4230 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12
4231 msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
4232 msgstr "mkfs - Créer un système de fichiers Linux"
4233
4234 #. type: Plain text
4235 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16
4236 #, no-wrap
4237 msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
4238 msgstr "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_options_du_système_de_fichiers_] _périphérique_ [_taille_]\n"
4239
4240 #. type: Plain text
4241 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
4242 #, no-wrap
4243 msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
4244 msgstr "*Cette interface mkfs est obsolète>, les utilitaires mkfs.<type> spécifiques à un système de fichiers devraient être utilisés à la place.*\n"
4245
4246 # NOTE: "either" shall be removed
4247 #. type: Plain text
4248 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
4249 #, no-wrap
4250 msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
4251 msgstr "*mkfs* est utilisé pour créer un système de fichiers Linux sur un périphérique, généralement une partition d'un disque dur. Le paramètre _périphérique_ est soit le nom du périphérique (par exemple : _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), soit un fichier normal qui peut contenir le système de fichiers. Le paramètre _taille_ est le nombre de blocs à utiliser pour le système de fichiers.\n"
4252
4253 #. type: Plain text
4254 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
4255 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
4256 msgstr ""
4257 "Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en cas "
4258 "d'échec."
4259
4260 #. type: Plain text
4261 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
4262 msgid ""
4263 "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
4264 "builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
4265 "specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. "
4266 "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
4267 msgstr ""
4268 "En réalité *mkfs* n'est qu'une interface commune à toute une variété de "
4269 "constructeurs de système de fichiers (**mkfs.**__type_sys_de_fichiers__) "
4270 "disponibles sous Linux. Le constructeur spécifique à un système est "
4271 "recherché uniquement en suivant la variable d'environnement *PATH*. Veuillez "
4272 "consulter les pages de manuel des constructeurs spécifiques à un système de "
4273 "fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."
4274
4275 #. type: Plain text
4276 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
4277 msgid ""
4278 "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
4279 "filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
4280 msgstr ""
4281 "Indiquer le _type_ de système de fichiers à créer. S'il n'est pas indiqué, "
4282 "le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est utilisé."
4283
4284 #. type: Labeled list
4285 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
4286 #, no-wrap
4287 msgid "_fs-options_"
4288 msgstr "_options_du_système_de_fichiers_"
4289
4290 #. type: Plain text
4291 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
4292 msgid ""
4293 "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
4294 msgstr ""
4295 "Options spécifiques au système de fichiers à passer au constructeur effectif."
4296
4297 #. type: Labeled list
4298 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
4299 #, no-wrap
4300 msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*"
4301 msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*"
4302
4303 #. type: Plain text
4304 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
4305 msgid ""
4306 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
4307 "executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
4308 "filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
4309 msgstr ""
4310 "Produire une sortie bavarde, notamment toutes les commandes spécifiques au "
4311 "système de fichiers exécutées. Indiquer cette option plusieurs fois inhibe "
4312 "l'exécution de toute commande spécifique au système de fichiers. Cela n'est "
4313 "utile que pour faire des tests."
4314
4315 #. type: Plain text
4316 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
4317 msgid ""
4318 "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only "
4319 "parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
4320 msgstr ""
4321 "(Les informations sur la version ne seront affichées que si l'option *-V* "
4322 "est le seul paramètre, sinon cela fonctionnera comme *--verbose*)."
4323
4324 #. type: Title ==
4325 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51
4326 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:151 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:67
4327 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:141
4328 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50
4329 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:91
4330 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1649
4331 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:322
4332 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163
4333 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:185
4334 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76
4335 #, no-wrap
4336 msgid "BUGS"
4337 msgstr "BOGUES"
4338
4339 #. type: Plain text
4340 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44
4341 msgid ""
4342 "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
4343 "specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
4344 "detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
4345 msgstr ""
4346 "Toutes les options génériques doivent précéder et ne pas être mélangées avec "
4347 "les options spécifiques au système de fichiers. Certains programmes "
4348 "spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne détectent pas automatiquement la "
4349 "taille du périphérique et nécessitent l'utilisation du paramètre _taille_."
4350
4351 #. type: Plain text
4352 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50
4353 msgid ""
4354 "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
4355 "van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
4356 msgstr ""
4357 "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
4358 "van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
4359
4360 #. type: Plain text
4361 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52
4362 msgid ""
4363 "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
4364 "ext2 filesystem."
4365 msgstr ""
4366 "Cette page de manuel est une adaptation de la version du système de fichiers "
4367 "ext2 de Rémy Card "
4368
4369 #. type: Plain text
4370 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68
4371 #, no-wrap
4372 msgid ""
4373 "*fs*(5),\n"
4374 "*badblocks*(8),\n"
4375 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4376 "*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
4377 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
4378 "*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
4379 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4380 "*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
4381 "*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
4382 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4383 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
4384 "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
4385 "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
4386 msgstr ""
4387 "*fs*(5),\n"
4388 "*badblocks*(8),\n"
4389 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4390 "*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
4391 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
4392 "*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
4393 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4394 "*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
4395 "*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
4396 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4397 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
4398 "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
4399 "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
4400
4401 #. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4402 #. May be freely distributed.
4403 #. type: Title =
4404 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6
4405 #, no-wrap
4406 msgid "mkfs.bfs(8)"
4407 msgstr "mkfs.bfs(8)"
4408
4409 #. type: Plain text
4410 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16
4411 msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
4412 msgstr "mkfs.bfs - créer un système de fichiers SCO bfs"
4413
4414 #. type: Plain text
4415 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20
4416 #, no-wrap
4417 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n"
4418 msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _périphérique_ [_nombre-de-blocs_>]\n"
4419
4420 #. type: Plain text
4421 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
4422 #, no-wrap
4423 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n"
4424 msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* crée un système de fichiers SCO bfs sur un périphérique block (généralement une partition d'un disque ou un fichier accédé via un périphérique de bouclage).\n"
4425
4426 #. type: Plain text
4427 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
4428 msgid ""
4429 "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
4430 "blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
4431 msgstr ""
4432 "Le paramètre _nombre-de-blocs_ est la taille désirée, en blocs, pour le "
4433 "système de fichiers. Si rien n'est spécifié, la partition entière est "
4434 "utilisée."
4435
4436 #. type: Labeled list
4437 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29
4438 #, no-wrap
4439 msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_"
4440 msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _nombre_"
4441
4442 #. type: Plain text
4443 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
4444 msgid ""
4445 "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
4446 "specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
4447 "the size of the partition."
4448 msgstr ""
4449 "Spécifier le _nombre_ désiré d'inodes (au plus 512). Si rien n'est spécifié, "
4450 "un nombre par défaut entre 48 et 512 est choisi sur base de la taille de la "
4451 "partition."
4452
4453 #. type: Labeled list
4454 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32
4455 #, no-wrap
4456 msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_"
4457 msgstr "*-V*, *--vname* _étiquette_"
4458
4459 #. type: Plain text
4460 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34
4461 msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
4462 msgstr ""
4463 "Indiquer l'_étiquette_ du volume. Je ne sais pas si ceci est utilisé ni où."
4464
4465 #. type: Labeled list
4466 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35
4467 #, no-wrap
4468 msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
4469 msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _nom_"
4470
4471 #. type: Plain text
4472 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37
4473 msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
4474 msgstr ""
4475 "Spécifier le _nom_ du système de fichiers. Je ne sais pas si ceci est "
4476 "utilisé ni où."
4477
4478 #. type: Plain text
4479 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73
4480 msgid "Explain what is being done."
4481 msgstr "Expliquer ce qui est fait."
4482
4483 #. type: Labeled list
4484 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39
4485 #, no-wrap
4486 msgid "*-c*"
4487 msgstr "*-c*"
4488
4489 #. type: Plain text
4490 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52
4491 msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option."
4492 msgstr ""
4493 "L'option *-V* fonctionne uniquement comme *--version* quand elle elle est la "
4494 "seule option."
4495
4496 #. type: Plain text
4497 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56
4498 msgid ""
4499 "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
4500 "something went wrong."
4501 msgstr ""
4502 "Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs.bfs* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en "
4503 "cas d'échec."
4504
4505 #. type: Plain text
4506 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60
4507 #, no-wrap
4508 msgid "*mkfs*(8)\n"
4509 msgstr "*mkfs*(8)\n"
4510
4511 #. type: Title =
4512 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2
4513 #, no-wrap
4514 msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
4515 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
4516
4517 #. type: Plain text
4518 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12
4519 msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
4520 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs - Créer un système de fichiers compressé en lecture seule"
4521
4522 #. type: Plain text
4523 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16
4524 #, no-wrap
4525 msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n"
4526 msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _répertoire fichier_\n"
4527
4528 #. type: Plain text
4529 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
4530 msgid ""
4531 "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
4532 "random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
4533 "terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
4534 "systems."
4535 msgstr ""
4536 "Les fichiers sur systèmes de fichiers cramfs sont compressés avec zlib une "
4537 "page à la fois pour permettre l’accès en lecture aléatoire. Les métadonnées "
4538 "ne sont pas compressées mais sont exprimées en représentation abrégée qui "
4539 "prend moins de place que celle des systèmes de fichiers conventionnels."
4540
4541 #. type: Plain text
4542 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
4543 msgid ""
4544 "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
4545 "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
4546 "with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
4547 msgstr ""
4548 "Le système de fichiers est intentionnellement en lecture seule pour "
4549 "simplifier sa conception ; l’accès en lecture aléatoire pour les fichiers "
4550 "compressés est difficile à implémenter. cramfs embarque un utilitaire "
4551 "(*mkcramfs*(8)) pour empaqueter les fichiers dans de nouvelles images cramfs."
4552
4553 #. type: Plain text
4554 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24
4555 msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
4556 msgstr "La taille des fichiers est limitée à moins de 16 Mo."
4557
4558 #. type: Plain text
4559 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
4560 msgid ""
4561 "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
4562 "file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
4563 msgstr ""
4564 "La taille maximale du système de fichiers est un peu inférieure à 272 Mo (le "
4565 "dernier fichier sur le système de fichiers doit commencer avant le bloc de "
4566 "256 Mo, mais peut continuer au-delà)."
4567
4568 #. type: Title ==
4569 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134
4570 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
4571 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59
4572 #, no-wrap
4573 msgid "ARGUMENTS"
4574 msgstr "ARGUMENTS"
4575
4576 #. type: Plain text
4577 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
4578 msgid ""
4579 "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
4580 "generate a compressed filesystem out of."
4581 msgstr ""
4582 "Le _répertoire_ est simplement la racine de l’arborescence utilisée pour "
4583 "générer un système de fichiers compressé."
4584
4585 #. type: Plain text
4586 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
4587 msgid ""
4588 "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
4589 msgstr ""
4590 "Le _fichier_ contiendra le système de fichiers cramfs qui pourra ensuite "
4591 "être monté."
4592
4593 #. type: Labeled list
4594 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38
4595 #, no-wrap
4596 msgid "*-E*"
4597 msgstr "*-E*"
4598
4599 #. type: Plain text
4600 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
4601 msgid ""
4602 "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
4603 msgstr ""
4604 "Traiter tous les avertissements comme des erreurs indiquées par le code de "
4605 "retour de la commande."
4606
4607 #. type: Labeled list
4608 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41
4609 #, no-wrap
4610 msgid "*-b* _blocksize_"
4611 msgstr "*-b* _taillebloc_"
4612
4613 #. type: Plain text
4614 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43
4615 msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
4616 msgstr ""
4617 "Utiliser la taille de bloc définie, qui doit être divisible par la taille de "
4618 "page."
4619
4620 #. type: Labeled list
4621 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44
4622 #, no-wrap
4623 msgid "*-e* _edition_"
4624 msgstr "*-e* _édition_"
4625
4626 #. type: Plain text
4627 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46
4628 msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
4629 msgstr ""
4630 "Utiliser le numéro d’édition de système de fichiers défini dans le superbloc."
4631
4632 #. type: Labeled list
4633 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47
4634 #, no-wrap
4635 msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_"
4636 msgstr "*-N* _big, little, host_"
4637
4638 #. type: Plain text
4639 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49
4640 msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_."
4641 msgstr "Utiliser le boutisme défini. La valeur par défaut est _host_."
4642
4643 #. type: Labeled list
4644 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50
4645 #, no-wrap
4646 msgid "*-i* _file_"
4647 msgstr "*-i* _fichier_"
4648
4649 #. type: Plain text
4650 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52
4651 msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system."
4652 msgstr "Insérer un _fichier_ dans un système de fichiers cramfs."
4653
4654 #. type: Labeled list
4655 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53
4656 #, no-wrap
4657 msgid "*-n* _name_"
4658 msgstr "*-n* _nom_"
4659
4660 #. type: Plain text
4661 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55
4662 msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
4663 msgstr "Définir le nom du système de fichiers cramfs."
4664
4665 #. type: Labeled list
4666 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41
4667 #, no-wrap
4668 msgid "*-p*"
4669 msgstr "*-p*"
4670
4671 #. type: Plain text
4672 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58
4673 msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
4674 msgstr "Remplir à 512 octets pour le code d’amorçage."
4675
4676 #. type: Plain text
4677 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
4678 msgid ""
4679 "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry "
4680 "sorting."
4681 msgstr ""
4682 "Cette option est ignorée. À l’origine, *-s* activait le tri des entrées de "
4683 "répertoire."
4684
4685 #. type: Labeled list
4686 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62
4687 #, no-wrap
4688 msgid "*-z*"
4689 msgstr "*-z*"
4690
4691 #. type: Plain text
4692 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64
4693 msgid "Make explicit holes."
4694 msgstr "Créer explicitement des trous."
4695
4696 #. type: Labeled list
4697 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:65
4698 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
4699 #| msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
4700 msgid "*-l*[=_mode_]"
4701 msgstr "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
4702
4703 #. type: Plain text
4704 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:72
4705 #, fuzzy
4706 #| msgid ""
4707 #| "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
4708 #| "argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the "
4709 #| "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option "
4710 #| "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not "
4711 #| "to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with "
4712 #| "udevd or other tools."
4713 msgid ""
4714 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates.  The optional "
4715 "argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_.  If the "
4716 "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_.  This option "
4717 "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*.  The default is not to "
4718 "use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or "
4719 "other tools."
4720 msgstr ""
4721 "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
4722 "L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
4723 "*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
4724 "Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
4725 "comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
4726 "recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou d’autres outils."
4727
4728 #. type: Plain text
4729 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:86
4730 #, no-wrap
4731 msgid ""
4732 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
4733 "*mount*(8)\n"
4734 msgstr ""
4735 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
4736 "*mount*(8)\n"
4737
4738 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
4739 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4740 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
4741 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
4742 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4743 #. type: Title =
4744 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9
4745 #, no-wrap
4746 msgid "mkfs.minix(8)"
4747 msgstr "mkfs.minix(8)"
4748
4749 #. type: Plain text
4750 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19
4751 msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
4752 msgstr "mkfs.minix - Créer un système de fichiers MINIX"
4753
4754 #. type: Plain text
4755 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23
4756 #, no-wrap
4757 msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n"
4758 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* [options] _périphérique_ [_taille_en_bloc_]\n"
4759
4760 #. type: Plain text
4761 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
4762 #, no-wrap
4763 msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
4764 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* crée un système de fichiers MINIX sur un périphérique (généralement une partition d'un disque).\n"
4765
4766 #. type: Plain text
4767 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
4768 msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:"
4769 msgstr ""
4770 "Le _périphérique_ est généralement indiqué dans un des formats suivants :"
4771
4772 #. type: delimited block .
4773 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35
4774 #, no-wrap
4775 msgid ""
4776 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
4777 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
4778 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
4779 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
4780 msgstr ""
4781 "/dev/hda[1-8] (disque IDE 1)\n"
4782 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (disque IDE 2)\n"
4783 "/dev/sda[1-8] (disque SCSI 1)\n"
4784 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (disque SCSI 2)\n"
4785
4786 #. type: Plain text
4787 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
4788 msgid ""
4789 "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
4790 "enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
4791 msgstr ""
4792 "Le périphérique peut être un périphérique bloc ou un de ses fichiers image "
4793 "mais ce n’est pas obligatoire. Ne vous attendez pas à un quelconque miracle "
4794 "pour un périphérique caractère :-)."
4795
4796 #. type: Plain text
4797 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
4798 msgid ""
4799 "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
4800 "blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
4801 "will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
4802 "and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
4803 msgstr ""
4804 "Le paramètre _taille_en_bloc_ est la taille désirée pour le système de "
4805 "fichiers (en nombre de blocs). Il n'est présent que pour être compatible "
4806 "avec les anciennes versions. S'il est omis, la taille sera déterminée "
4807 "automatiquement. Il doit exister au moins 10 blocs et il ne peut y en avoir "
4808 "plus de 65 536."
4809
4810 #. type: Labeled list
4811 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41
4812 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:58
4813 #, no-wrap
4814 msgid "*-c*, *--check*"
4815 msgstr "*-c*, *--check*"
4816
4817 #. type: Plain text
4818 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
4819 msgid ""
4820 "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
4821 "found, the count is printed."
4822 msgstr ""
4823 "Vérifier si les blocs sont corrompus ou non sur le périphérique avant de "
4824 "créer le système de fichiers. Si *mkfs.minix* en trouve, le total est "
4825 "affiché."
4826
4827 #. type: Labeled list
4828 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
4829 #, no-wrap
4830 msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
4831 msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _taille_"
4832
4833 #. type: Plain text
4834 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
4835 msgid ""
4836 "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
4837 "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
4838 "value 60. The default is 30."
4839 msgstr ""
4840 "Indiquer la taille maximale d'un nom de fichier. Actuellement, les seules "
4841 "valeurs autorisées sont 14 et 30 pour les versions 1 et 2 de système de "
4842 "fichiers. La version 3 n’accepte que la valeur 60. La valeur par défaut "
4843 "est 30."
4844
4845 #. type: Labeled list
4846 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52
4847 #, no-wrap
4848 msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_"
4849 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _nombre_"
4850
4851 #. type: Plain text
4852 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54
4853 msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
4854 msgstr "Indiquer le nombre d'inœuds sur le système de fichiers."
4855
4856 #. type: Labeled list
4857 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55
4858 #, no-wrap
4859 msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_"
4860 msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _fichier_"
4861
4862 #. type: Plain text
4863 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
4864 msgid ""
4865 "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block "
4866 "number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
4867 msgstr ""
4868 "Lire la liste des blocs corrompus depuis le _fichier_. Ce fichier contient "
4869 "un numéro de bloc défectueux par ligne. Le total des secteurs défectueux lus "
4870 "est ensuite affiché."
4871
4872 #. type: Labeled list
4873 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
4874 #, no-wrap
4875 msgid "*-1*"
4876 msgstr "*-1*"
4877
4878 #. type: Plain text
4879 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
4880 msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
4881 msgstr ""
4882 "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 1. C’est le comportement par "
4883 "défaut."
4884
4885 #. type: Labeled list
4886 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
4887 #, no-wrap
4888 msgid "*-2*, *-v*"
4889 msgstr "*-2*, *-v*"
4890
4891 #. type: Plain text
4892 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63
4893 msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
4894 msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 2."
4895
4896 #. type: Labeled list
4897 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64
4898 #, no-wrap
4899 msgid "*-3*"
4900 msgstr "*-3*"
4901
4902 #. type: Plain text
4903 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
4904 msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
4905 msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 3."
4906
4907 #. type: Plain text
4908 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
4909 msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options."
4910 msgstr "L'option longue ne peut pas être combinée avec d’autres options."
4911
4912 #. type: Labeled list
4913 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89
4914 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85
4915 #, no-wrap
4916 msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
4917 msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
4918
4919 #. type: Plain text
4920 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78
4921 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
4922 msgstr ""
4923 "Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs.minix* est l'un des codes suivants :"
4924
4925 #. type: Labeled list
4926 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:79 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:109
4927 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
4928 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:88
4929 #, no-wrap
4930 msgid "0"
4931 msgstr "0"
4932
4933 #. type: Labeled list
4934 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
4935 #, no-wrap
4936 msgid "8"
4937 msgstr "8"
4938
4939 #. type: Labeled list
4940 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
4941 #, no-wrap
4942 msgid "16"
4943 msgstr "16"
4944
4945 #. type: Plain text
4946 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:91
4947 #, no-wrap
4948 msgid ""
4949 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4950 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4951 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4952 msgstr ""
4953 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4954 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4955 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4956
4957 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4958 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4959 #. type: Title =
4960 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6
4961 #, no-wrap
4962 msgid "mkswap(8)"
4963 msgstr "mkswap(8)"
4964
4965 #. type: Plain text
4966 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16
4967 msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
4968 msgstr "mkswap - Créer une zone d'échange (swap) Linux"
4969
4970 #. type: Plain text
4971 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20
4972 #, no-wrap
4973 msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n"
4974 msgstr "*mkswap* [options] _périphérique_ [_taille_]\n"
4975
4976 #. type: Plain text
4977 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24
4978 #, no-wrap
4979 msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
4980 msgstr "*mkswap* crée une zone d'échange Linux sur un périphérique ou dans un fichier.\n"
4981
4982 #. type: Plain text
4983 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
4984 msgid ""
4985 "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/"
4986 "sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition "
4987 "IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type "
4988 "82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also "
4989 "uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
4990 msgstr ""
4991 "Le paramètre _périphérique_ est normalement une partition du disque dur (_/"
4992 "dev/sdb7_ par exemple) mais peut aussi être un fichier. Le noyau Linux ne "
4993 "regarde pas les identifiants de partition, mais beaucoup de scripts "
4994 "d'installation supposeront que les partitions de type 82 en hexadécimal "
4995 "(LINUX_SWAP) sont, par défaut, des partitions d'échange. (*Attention : "
4996 "Solaris utilise aussi le type 82 ; prenez garde de ne pas supprimer les "
4997 "partitions Solaris.*)"
4998
4999 #. type: Plain text
5000 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
5001 msgid ""
5002 "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
5003 "compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
5004 "blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
5005 "Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
5006 msgstr ""
5007 "Le paramètre _taille_ est superflu mais il est conservé pour des raisons de "
5008 "compatibilité ascendante. Il indique la taille désirée de la zone d'échange "
5009 "par blocs de 1024 octets. _mkswap_ utilisera la totalité de la partition ou "
5010 "du fichier si la taille est omise. L'indiquer est imprudent — une coquille "
5011 "pourrait détruire le disque."
5012
5013 # FIXME *swapon* → *swapon*(8)
5014 #. type: Plain text
5015 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
5016 msgid ""
5017 "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start "
5018 "using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be "
5019 "taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
5020 msgstr ""
5021 "Après avoir créé la zone d'échange, vous aurez besoin de la commande "
5022 "*swapon*(8) pour l'utiliser. Habituellement les zones d'échange sont "
5023 "indiquées dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_ afin qu'elles puissent être utilisées "
5024 "au démarrage par la commande *swapon -a* dans les scripts de démarrage."
5025
5026 #. type: Plain text
5027 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
5028 msgid ""
5029 "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
5030 "can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
5031 "use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
5032 msgstr ""
5033 "L'en-tête de la zone d'échange ne modifie pas le premier bloc. Un chargeur "
5034 "de démarrage ou une étiquette de disque peut y être placé, mais ce n'est pas "
5035 "une configuration recommandée. La configuration recommandée est d'utiliser "
5036 "une partition séparée pour la zone d'échange."
5037
5038 #. type: Plain text
5039 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
5040 #, no-wrap
5041 msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n"
5042 msgstr "*mkswap*, comme beaucoup d'autres outils du type mkfs, *efface le premier bloc de la partition pour rendre les anciens systèmes de fichiers invisibles.*\n"
5043
5044 #. type: Plain text
5045 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
5046 msgid ""
5047 "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
5048 "label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
5049 msgstr ""
5050 "Cependant, *mkswap* refuse de supprimer le premier bloc d'un périphérique "
5051 "avec une étiquette de disque (SUN, BSD, etc.)."
5052
5053 #. type: Plain text
5054 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
5055 msgid ""
5056 "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
5057 "the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
5058 msgstr ""
5059 "Vérifier le périphérique (si c'est un périphérique bloc) pour découvrir les "
5060 "blocs corrompus avant de créer une zone d'échange. Si des blocs corrompus "
5061 "sont trouvés, leur nombre est affiché."
5062
5063 #. type: Plain text
5064 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
5065 msgid ""
5066 "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
5067 "area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
5068 msgstr ""
5069 "Continuer même si la commande est stupide. Cela permet de créer une zone "
5070 "d'échange plus grande que la taille du fichier ou de la partition dans "
5071 "laquelle elle réside."
5072
5073 #. type: Plain text
5074 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
5075 msgid ""
5076 "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on "
5077 "a device with a partition table."
5078 msgstr ""
5079 "Ainsi, sans cette option, *mkswap* refusera d'effacer le premier bloc d'un "
5080 "périphérique avec une table de partitions."
5081
5082 #. type: Labeled list
5083 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
5084 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84
5085 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49
5086 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43
5087 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99
5088 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
5089 #, no-wrap
5090 msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*"
5091 msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*"
5092
5093 #. type: Plain text
5094 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
5095 msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
5096 msgstr "Supprimer la sortie et les messages d’avertissements."
5097
5098 #. type: Labeled list
5099 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
5100 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331
5101 #, no-wrap
5102 msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
5103 msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _étiquette_"
5104
5105 #. type: Plain text
5106 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
5107 msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon*(8) by label."
5108 msgstr ""
5109 "Indiquer une _étiquette_ de périphérique pour permettre l'utilisation de "
5110 "*swapon*(8) avec cette étiquette."
5111
5112 #. type: Labeled list
5113 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58
5114 #, no-wrap
5115 msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
5116 msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _taille_"
5117
5118 #. type: Plain text
5119 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
5120 msgid ""
5121 "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
5122 "unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
5123 msgstr ""
5124 "Indiquer la _taille_ de page (en octet) à utiliser. Cette option est "
5125 "normalement inutile, *mkswap* lit la taille depuis le noyau."
5126
5127 #. type: Labeled list
5128 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
5129 #, no-wrap
5130 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
5131 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
5132
5133 #. type: Plain text
5134 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65
5135 msgid ""
5136 "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of "
5137 "the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: "
5138 "\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one "
5139 "of the following:"
5140 msgstr ""
5141 "Spécifier le _UUID_ à utiliser. Par défaut, un UUID est généré. Le format du "
5142 "UUID est des séries de chiffres hexadécimaux séparés par des tirets, comme "
5143 "ceci : « c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16 ». Le paramètre UUID peut "
5144 "aussi être l'une de ces valeurs :"
5145
5146 #. type: Labeled list
5147 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
5148 #, no-wrap
5149 msgid "*clear*"
5150 msgstr "*clear*"
5151
5152 #. type: Plain text
5153 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
5154 msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
5155 msgstr "effacer le UUID du système de fichiers"
5156
5157 #. type: Labeled list
5158 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
5159 #, no-wrap
5160 msgid "*random*"
5161 msgstr "*random*"
5162
5163 #. type: Plain text
5164 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70
5165 msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
5166 msgstr "générer un nouveau UUID aléatoire"
5167
5168 #. type: Labeled list
5169 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:160
5170 #, no-wrap
5171 msgid "*time*"
5172 msgstr "*time*"
5173
5174 #. type: Plain text
5175 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72
5176 msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
5177 msgstr "générer un nouveau UUID basé sur l'heure"
5178
5179 #. type: Labeled list
5180 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73
5181 #, no-wrap
5182 msgid "*-e*, *--endianness* _ENDIANNESS_"
5183 msgstr ""
5184
5185 #. type: Plain text
5186 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75
5187 msgid ""
5188 "Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or "
5189 "*big*. The default is *native*."
5190 msgstr ""
5191
5192 #. type: Labeled list
5193 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:76
5194 #, no-wrap
5195 msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
5196 msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
5197
5198 #. type: Plain text
5199 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
5200 msgid ""
5201 "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
5202 "old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The "
5203 "kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The "
5204 "new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
5205 msgstr ""
5206 "Indiquer la version de l'espace d'échange. Cette option ne sert actuellement "
5207 "à rien car l'ancienne option *-v 0* est devenue obsolète et que seule *-v 1* "
5208 "est prise en charge. Le noyau ne prend plus en charge le format v0 d'espace "
5209 "d'échange depuis la version 2.5.22 (juin 2002). La nouvelle version v1 est "
5210 "prise en charge depuis le noyau 2.1.117 (août 1998)."
5211
5212 #. type: Labeled list
5213 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
5214 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83
5215 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55
5216 #, no-wrap
5217 msgid "*--verbose*"
5218 msgstr "*--verbose*"
5219
5220 #. type: Plain text
5221 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81
5222 msgid ""
5223 "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about "
5224 "detected problems during swap area set up."
5225 msgstr ""
5226 "Exécution verbeuse. Avec cette option, *mkswap* sort plus de détails à "
5227 "propos des problèmes détectés durant la préparation de la zone d'échange."
5228
5229 #. type: Labeled list
5230 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103
5231 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
5232 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:82
5233 #, no-wrap
5234 msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
5235 msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
5236
5237 #. type: Plain text
5238 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:95
5239 msgid ""
5240 "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
5241 "kernel version."
5242 msgstr ""
5243 "La taille utile maximale d’une zone d’échange dépend de l’architecture et de "
5244 "la version du noyau."
5245
5246 #. type: Plain text
5247 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:97
5248 msgid ""
5249 "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
5250 "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
5251 "device is ignored."
5252 msgstr ""
5253 "Le nombre maximal de pages qu’il est possible d’adresser avec l’en-tête de "
5254 "la zone d’échange est 4 294 967 295 (entier de 32 bits non signé). L’espace "
5255 "restant dans le périphérique d’échange est ignoré."
5256
5257 #. type: Plain text
5258 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:99
5259 msgid ""
5260 "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
5261 "file _/proc/swaps_."
5262 msgstr ""
5263 "Actuellement, Linux autorise 32 zones d'échange. Les zones en cours "
5264 "d'utilisation sont visibles dans le fichier _/proc/swaps_."
5265
5266 #. type: Plain text
5267 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:101
5268 #, no-wrap
5269 msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n"
5270 msgstr "*mkswap* refuse les zones de taille inférieure à 10 pages.\n"
5271
5272 #. type: Plain text
5273 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:103
5274 msgid ""
5275 "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up "
5276 "with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
5277 msgstr ""
5278 "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille de page utilisée par votre machine, vous "
5279 "pouvez la découvrir avec *getconf PAGESIZE*."
5280
5281 #. type: Plain text
5282 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:105
5283 msgid ""
5284 "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
5285 "initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
5286 msgstr ""
5287 "Pour installer un fichier d'échange, il est nécessaire de créer ce fichier "
5288 "avant de l'initialiser avec *mkswap*, par exemple en utilisant une commande "
5289 "comme"
5290
5291 #. type: delimited block .
5292 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108
5293 #, no-wrap
5294 msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
5295 msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=fichier_échange bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
5296
5297 #. type: Plain text
5298 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:111
5299 msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
5300 msgstr "pour créer un fichier d’échange de 8 GiB."
5301
5302 #. type: Plain text
5303 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:113
5304 msgid ""
5305 "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* "
5306 "(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
5307 msgstr ""
5308 "Veuillez lire les notes dans *swapon*(8) sur les *restrictions d’utilisation "
5309 "de fichier d’échange* (trous, préallocation et problèmes de copie sur "
5310 "écriture)."
5311
5312 #. type: Plain text
5313 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:118
5314 #, no-wrap
5315 msgid ""
5316 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5317 "*swapon*(8)\n"
5318 msgstr ""
5319 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5320 "*swapon*(8)\n"
5321
5322 #. partx.8 -- man page for partx
5323 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
5324 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
5325 #. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
5326 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
5327 #. type: Title =
5328 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9
5329 #, no-wrap
5330 msgid "partx(8)"
5331 msgstr "partx(8)"
5332
5333 #. type: Plain text
5334 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
5335 msgid ""
5336 "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
5337 "partitions"
5338 msgstr ""
5339 "partx - Annoncer au noyau la présence et la numérotation des partitions d'un "
5340 "disque"
5341
5342 # s/TYPE/type
5343 #. type: Plain text
5344 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
5345 #, no-wrap
5346 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n"
5347 msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disque_\n"
5348
5349 # s/TYPE/type
5350 #. type: Plain text
5351 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
5352 #, no-wrap
5353 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n"
5354 msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disque_]\n"
5355
5356 #. type: Plain text
5357 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
5358 msgid ""
5359 "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and "
5360 "list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions "
5361 "from its bookkeeping."
5362 msgstr ""
5363 "À partir d'un périphérique ou d'une image, *partx* essaie d'analyser la "
5364 "table de partitions et d'afficher son contenu. Elle permet aussi d’indiquer "
5365 "au noyau d’ajouter ou de supprimer des partitions."
5366
5367 #. type: Plain text
5368 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
5369 msgid ""
5370 "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To "
5371 "force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list "
5372 "nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
5373 msgstr ""
5374 "L'argument _disque_ est optionnel si un argument _partition_ est fourni. "
5375 "Pour forcer l'analyse d'une partition comme s'il s'agissait d'un disque "
5376 "entier (par exemple pour afficher les sous-partitions imbriquées), utilisez "
5377 "l'argument *-* (tiret). Par exemple :"
5378
5379 #. type: delimited block _
5380 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34
5381 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
5382 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
5383
5384 #. type: Plain text
5385 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37
5386 msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
5387 msgstr "sda3 sera vue comme un disque entier plutôt que comme une partition."
5388
5389 #. type: Plain text
5390 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
5391 #, no-wrap
5392 msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n"
5393 msgstr "*Ce n'est pas un programme fdisk* — l'ajout et la suppression de partitions n'intervient pas sur le disque lui-même, cela consiste seulement à informer le noyau de la présence et de la numérotation des partitions présentes.\n"
5394
5395 #. type: Labeled list
5396 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42
5397 #, no-wrap
5398 msgid "*-a*, *--add*"
5399 msgstr "*-a*, *--add*"
5400
5401 #. type: Plain text
5402 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44
5403 msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
5404 msgstr ""
5405 "Ajouter les partitions indiquées ou lire le disque et ajouter toutes ses "
5406 "partitions."
5407
5408 #. type: Labeled list
5409 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34
5410 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:39
5411 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69
5412 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36
5413 #, no-wrap
5414 msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*"
5415 msgstr "*-b*, *--bytes*"
5416
5417 #. type: Labeled list
5418 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48
5419 #, no-wrap
5420 msgid "*-d*, *--delete*"
5421 msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*"
5422
5423 #. type: Plain text
5424 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
5425 msgid ""
5426 "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
5427 "non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
5428 "large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
5429 "device."
5430 msgstr ""
5431 "Supprimer les partitions indiquées ou toutes les partitions. Ce n’est pas "
5432 "une erreur de supprimer des partitions non existantes. Aussi cette option "
5433 "est utilisable avec de grands intervalles *--nr* sans se soucier des "
5434 "partitions actuellement définies sur le périphérique."
5435
5436 #. type: Labeled list
5437 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51
5438 #, no-wrap
5439 msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
5440 msgstr "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
5441
5442 #. type: Plain text
5443 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53
5444 msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*."
5445 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête avec *--show* ou *--raw*."
5446
5447 #. type: Plain text
5448 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
5449 msgid ""
5450 "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
5451 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly "
5452 "written scripts."
5453 msgstr ""
5454 "Afficher les partitions. Remarquez que tous les nombres sont en secteur de "
5455 "512 octets. Ce format de sortie est *obsolète*, remplacé par *--show*. Ne "
5456 "l'utilisez pas dans de nouveaux scripts."
5457
5458 #. type: Labeled list
5459 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57
5460 #, no-wrap
5461 msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
5462 msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
5463
5464 #. type: Plain text
5465 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
5466 msgid ""
5467 "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
5468 "__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
5469 "example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the "
5470 "last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
5471 msgstr ""
5472 "Indiquer l'intervalle de partitions. Par souci de rétrocompatibilité, le "
5473 "format __M__**-**_N_ est pris en charge. L'intervalle peut contenir des "
5474 "nombres négatifs, par exemple *--nr -1:-1* signifie la dernière partition et "
5475 "*--nr -2:-1* signifie les deux dernières partitions. Les indications "
5476 "d'intervalle sont :"
5477
5478 #. type: Labeled list
5479 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60
5480 #, no-wrap
5481 msgid "_M_"
5482 msgstr "_M_"
5483
5484 #. type: Plain text
5485 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
5486 msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)."
5487 msgstr "n’indique qu’une partition (par exemple *--nr 3*)."
5488
5489 #. type: Labeled list
5490 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
5491 #, no-wrap
5492 msgid "__M__**:**"
5493 msgstr "__M__**:**"
5494
5495 #. type: Plain text
5496 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
5497 msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)."
5498 msgstr "n’indique que la limite inférieure (par exemple *--nr 2:*)."
5499
5500 #. type: Labeled list
5501 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
5502 #, no-wrap
5503 msgid "**:**__N__"
5504 msgstr "**:**__N__"
5505
5506 #. type: Plain text
5507 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
5508 msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)."
5509 msgstr "n’indique que la limite supérieure (par exemple *--nr :4*)."
5510
5511 #. type: Labeled list
5512 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
5513 #, no-wrap
5514 msgid "__M__**:**_N_"
5515 msgstr "__M__**:**_N_"
5516
5517 #. type: Plain text
5518 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68
5519 msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)."
5520 msgstr "indique les limites inférieure et supérieure (par exemple *--nr 2:4*)."
5521
5522 #. type: Plain text
5523 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
5524 msgid ""
5525 "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. "
5526 "If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--"
5527 "help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined "
5528 "with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
5529 msgstr ""
5530 "Définir les colonnes à afficher pour les sorties *--show*, *--pairs* et *--"
5531 "raw*. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut "
5532 "est utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir la _liste_ de toutes les "
5533 "colonnes possibles. Cette option ne peut pas être combinée avec les options "
5534 "*--add*, *--delete*, *--update* ou *--list*."
5535
5536 #. type: Labeled list
5537 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72
5538 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54
5539 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
5540 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48
5541 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74
5542 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:53
5543 #, no-wrap
5544 msgid "*--output-all*"
5545 msgstr "*--output-all*"
5546
5547 #. type: Plain text
5548 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:93
5549 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
5550 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50
5551 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76
5552 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55
5553 msgid "Output all available columns."
5554 msgstr "Afficher toutes les colonnes disponibles."
5555
5556 #. type: Labeled list
5557 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106
5558 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37
5559 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51
5560 #, no-wrap
5561 msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*"
5562 msgstr "*-P*, *--pairs*"
5563
5564 #. type: Plain text
5565 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77
5566 msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
5567 msgstr "Afficher les partitions au format clef=\"valeur\"."
5568
5569 #. type: Labeled list
5570 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78
5571 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:132
5572 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57
5573 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59
5574 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71
5575 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:58
5576 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54
5577 #, no-wrap
5578 msgid "*-r*, *--raw*"
5579 msgstr "*-r*, *--raw*"
5580
5581 #. type: Plain text
5582 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80
5583 msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
5584 msgstr "Afficher les partitions au format brut de sortie."
5585
5586 #. type: Labeled list
5587 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81
5588 #, no-wrap
5589 msgid "*-s*, *--show*"
5590 msgstr "*-s*, *--show*"
5591
5592 #. type: Plain text
5593 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
5594 msgid ""
5595 "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
5596 "the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
5597 msgstr ""
5598 "Afficher les partitions. Les colonnes à afficher peuvent être sélectionnées "
5599 "et réorganisées avec l'option *--output*. Tous les nombres (à part SIZE) "
5600 "sont en secteurs de 512 octets."
5601
5602 #. type: Plain text
5603 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86
5604 msgid "Specify the partition table type."
5605 msgstr "Indiquer le type de table de partitions."
5606
5607 #. type: Labeled list
5608 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87
5609 #, no-wrap
5610 msgid "*--list-types*"
5611 msgstr "*--list-types*"
5612
5613 #. type: Plain text
5614 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89
5615 msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
5616 msgstr "Afficher les partitions prises en charge et quitter."
5617
5618 #. type: Labeled list
5619 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90
5620 #, no-wrap
5621 msgid "*-u*, *--update*"
5622 msgstr "*-u*, *--update*"
5623
5624 #. type: Plain text
5625 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92
5626 msgid "Update the specified partitions."
5627 msgstr "Mettre à jour les partitions indiquées."
5628
5629 #. type: Labeled list
5630 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93
5631 #, no-wrap
5632 msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_"
5633 msgstr "*-S*, *--sector-size* _taille_"
5634
5635 #. type: Plain text
5636 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95
5637 msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
5638 msgstr "Écraser la taille de secteur par défaut."
5639
5640 #. type: Plain text
5641 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
5642 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:443 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57
5643 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113
5644 msgid "Verbose mode."
5645 msgstr "Mode détaillé."
5646
5647 #. type: Title ==
5648 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
5649 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
5650 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
5651 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
5652 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:81
5653 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:194
5654 #, no-wrap
5655 msgid "EXAMPLE"
5656 msgstr "EXEMPLE"
5657
5658 #. type: Labeled list
5659 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:108
5660 #, no-wrap
5661 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
5662 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
5663
5664 #. type: Labeled list
5665 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109
5666 #, no-wrap
5667 msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
5668 msgstr "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
5669
5670 #. type: Labeled list
5671 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110
5672 #, no-wrap
5673 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
5674 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
5675
5676 # FIXME /dev/sdb → _/dev/sdb_
5677 #. type: Plain text
5678 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112
5679 msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of _/dev/sdb_."
5680 msgstr "Les trois commandes affichent la troisième partition de _/dev/sdb_."
5681
5682 #. type: Labeled list
5683 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113
5684 #, no-wrap
5685 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
5686 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
5687
5688 #. type: Plain text
5689 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115
5690 msgid ""
5691 "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
5692 msgstr ""
5693 "Afficher toutes les sous-partitions de _/dev/sdb3_ (la partition est "
5694 "utilisée comme un disque entier)."
5695
5696 # NOTE: example inconsistent with text
5697 #. type: Labeled list
5698 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116
5699 #, no-wrap
5700 msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
5701 msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
5702
5703 #. type: Plain text
5704 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:118
5705 msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header."
5706 msgstr ""
5707 "Afficher le secteur de début de la cinquième partition de _/dev/sdb_ sans en-"
5708 "tête."
5709
5710 #. type: Labeled list
5711 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119
5712 #, no-wrap
5713 msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
5714 msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
5715
5716 #. type: Plain text
5717 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121
5718 msgid ""
5719 "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/"
5720 "sda_."
5721 msgstr ""
5722 "Afficher la taille en secteur et en format lisible de la cinquième partition "
5723 "de _/dev/sda_."
5724
5725 #. type: Labeled list
5726 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122
5727 #, no-wrap
5728 msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
5729 msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
5730
5731 #. type: Plain text
5732 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:124
5733 msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_."
5734 msgstr ""
5735 "Ajouter toutes les partitions disponibles de la troisième à la cinquième "
5736 "(comprises) sur _/dev/sdd_."
5737
5738 #. type: Labeled list
5739 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125
5740 #, no-wrap
5741 msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
5742 msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
5743
5744 #. type: Plain text
5745 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127
5746 msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
5747 msgstr "Retirer la dernière partition de _/dev/sdd_."
5748
5749 #. type: Plain text
5750 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
5751 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
5752 msgstr ""
5753 "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
5754
5755 #. type: Plain text
5756 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134
5757 msgid ""
5758 "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
5759 msgstr ""
5760 "La version originale a été écrite par mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]."
5761
5762 #. type: Plain text
5763 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:142
5764 #, no-wrap
5765 msgid ""
5766 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5767 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5768 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5769 "*parted*(8),\n"
5770 "*partprobe*(8)\n"
5771 msgstr ""
5772 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5773 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5774 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5775 "*parted*(8),\n"
5776 "*partprobe*(8)\n"
5777
5778 #. type: Title =
5779 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2
5780 #, no-wrap
5781 msgid "raw(8)"
5782 msgstr "raw(8)"
5783
5784 #. type: Plain text
5785 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12
5786 msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
5787 msgstr "raw - Attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux"
5788
5789 #. type: Plain text
5790 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16
5791 #, no-wrap
5792 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n"
5793 msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<majeur>_ _<mineur>_\n"
5794
5795 #. type: Plain text
5796 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
5797 #, no-wrap
5798 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
5799 msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<périphérique_bloc>_\n"
5800
5801 #. type: Plain text
5802 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
5803 #, no-wrap
5804 msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
5805 msgstr "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
5806
5807 #. type: Plain text
5808 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
5809 #, no-wrap
5810 msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n"
5811 msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n"
5812
5813 #. type: Plain text
5814 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
5815 #, no-wrap
5816 msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n"
5817 msgstr "*raw* permet d'attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux à un périphérique bloc. N'importe quel périphérique bloc pourrait être utilisé ; au moment de l'attachement, le pilote du périphérique n'a pas besoin d'être accessible (il pourrait être chargé plus tard à la demande comme un module du noyau).\n"
5818
5819 #. type: Plain text
5820 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
5821 #, no-wrap
5822 msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n"
5823 msgstr "*raw* est utilisé en deux modes : soit il définit les attachements de périphériques bruts, soit il fait une requête sur les attachements existants. Lors de la définition d'un périphérique brut, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ est le nom du périphérique d'un nœud de périphérique brut existant du système de fichiers. Le périphérique bloc auquel il est attaché peut être indiqué soit par ses numéros de périphérique _majeur_ et _mineur_, soit comme un nom de chemin _/dev/<périphérique_bloc>_ vers un fichier de périphérique bloc existant.\n"
5824
5825 #. type: Plain text
5826 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
5827 msgid ""
5828 "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which "
5829 "is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with "
5830 "the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
5831 msgstr ""
5832 "Une requête peut être faite sur les attachements existants avec l'option *-"
5833 "q*, utilisée soit avec un nom de fichier de périphérique brut, soit avec "
5834 "l'option *-a* pour faire une requête sur tous les périphériques bruts liés."
5835
5836 #. type: Plain text
5837 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32
5838 msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
5839 msgstr ""
5840 "Le détachement peut être réalisé en indiquant 0 pour les majeur et mineur."
5841
5842 #. type: Plain text
5843 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
5844 msgid ""
5845 "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
5846 "just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
5847 "behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
5848 "device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done "
5849 "directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If "
5850 "the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at "
5851 "all is required to complete the I/O."
5852 msgstr ""
5853 "Une fois attaché à un périphérique bloc, un périphérique brut peut être "
5854 "ouvert, lu et écrit, tout comme le périphérique bloc auquel il est attaché. "
5855 "En particulier, l'accès au périphérique brut contourne complètement la "
5856 "mémoire cache de bloc du noyau ; toutes les entrées et sorties sont faites "
5857 "directement vers et depuis l'espace d'adressage du processus réalisant les "
5858 "entrées et sorties. Si le pilote du périphérique bloc sous-jacent prend en "
5859 "charge l'accès direct à la mémoire (DMA), alors aucune copie de données "
5860 "n'est nécessaire pour terminer les entrées et sorties."
5861
5862 #. type: Plain text
5863 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
5864 msgid ""
5865 "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few "
5866 "extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in "
5867 "memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be "
5868 "an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must "
5869 "also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 "
5870 "bytes for most devices."
5871 msgstr ""
5872 "Puisque les entrées et sorties brutes impliquent un accès matériel direct à "
5873 "la mémoire du processus, quelques restrictions supplémentaires doivent être "
5874 "respectées. Toutes les entrées et sorties doivent être correctement alignées "
5875 "en mémoire et sur le disque ; elles doivent commencer à une position de "
5876 "secteur sur le disque, doivent être longues d'un nombre entier de secteurs, "
5877 "et le tampon de données en mémoire virtuelle doit aussi être aligné sur un "
5878 "multiple de la taille de secteur. La taille d'un secteur est de 512 octets "
5879 "sur la plupart des périphériques."
5880
5881 #. type: Labeled list
5882 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39
5883 #, no-wrap
5884 msgid "*-q*, *--query*"
5885 msgstr "*-q*, *--query*"
5886
5887 #. type: Plain text
5888 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
5889 msgid ""
5890 "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
5891 "new one."
5892 msgstr ""
5893 "Définir le mode de requête. *raw* fera une requête sur un attachement "
5894 "existant plutôt que d'en définir un nouveau."
5895
5896 #. type: Labeled list
5897 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
5898 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34
5899 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43
5900 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:33
5901 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:303
5902 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27
5903 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54
5904 #, no-wrap
5905 msgid "*-a*, *--all*"
5906 msgstr "*-a*, *--all*"
5907
5908 # Spurious space before comma
5909 #. type: Plain text
5910 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44
5911 msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
5912 msgstr ""
5913 "Avec *-q*, indiquer que tous les périphériques bruts attachés devraient être "
5914 "concernés par la requête."
5915
5916 # FIXME open2 → *open*(2)
5917 #. type: Plain text
5918 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
5919 msgid ""
5920 "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, "
5921 "such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
5922 msgstr ""
5923 "Plutôt que d’utiliser des périphériques bruts, les applications devraient "
5924 "préférer des périphériques *open*(2), tels que _/dev/sda1_, avec "
5925 "l’indicateur *O_DIRECT*."
5926
5927 # spurious space before paranthese
5928 #. type: Plain text
5929 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
5930 msgid ""
5931 "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the "
5932 "blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
5933 "usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
5934 "(*EINVAL*)."
5935 msgstr ""
5936 "La commande Linux *dd*(1) devrait être utilisée sans l'option *bs=*, ou la "
5937 "taille de bloc doit être un multiple de la taille de secteur du périphérique "
5938 "(512 octets en général), sinon il échouera avec des messages « Argument non "
5939 "valable » (*EINVAL*)."
5940
5941 #. type: Plain text
5942 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56
5943 msgid ""
5944 "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
5945 "buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
5946 "cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
5947 "actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
5948 "either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
5949 msgstr ""
5950 "Les périphériques bruts d'entrées et sorties ne conservent pas de cohérence "
5951 "de cache avec la mémoire cache de périphérique bloc de Linux. Si vous "
5952 "utilisez des entrées et sorties brutes pour écraser les données déjà dans la "
5953 "mémoire cache, la mémoire cache ne correspondra plus au contenu du véritable "
5954 "périphérique de stockage sous-jacent. C'est intentionnel, mais peut être "
5955 "considéré comme un bogue ou une fonctionnalité selon les points de vue."
5956
5957 #. type: Plain text
5958 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60
5959 msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
5960 msgstr "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
5961
5962 #. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart
5963 #. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
5964 #. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
5965 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
5966 #. type: Title =
5967 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8
5968 #, no-wrap
5969 msgid "resizepart(8)"
5970 msgstr "resizepart(8)"
5971
5972 #. type: Plain text
5973 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18
5974 msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
5975 msgstr "resizepart - Informer le noyau de la nouvelle taille d’une partition"
5976
5977 #. type: Plain text
5978 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22
5979 #, no-wrap
5980 msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n"
5981 msgstr "*resizepart* _périphérique partition taille_\n"
5982
5983 #. type: Plain text
5984 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
5985 #, no-wrap
5986 msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n"
5987 msgstr "*resizepart* informe le noyau de la nouvelle taille de la partition indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « resize partition ».\n"
5988
5989 #. type: Plain text
5990 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
5991 msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
5992 msgstr "La nouvelle taille de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."
5993
5994 #. type: Plain text
5995 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50
5996 #, no-wrap
5997 msgid ""
5998 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5999 "*delpart*(8),\n"
6000 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
6001 "*parted*(8),\n"
6002 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
6003 "*partx*(8)\n"
6004 msgstr ""
6005 "*addpart*(8),\n"
6006 "*delpart*(8),\n"
6007 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
6008 "*parted*(8),\n"
6009 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
6010 "*partx*(8)\n"
6011
6012 #
6013 #
6014 #. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk
6015 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
6016 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
6017 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
6018 #. preserved on all copies.
6019 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
6020 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
6021 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
6022 #. permission notice identical to this one.
6023 #. type: Title =
6024 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15
6025 #, no-wrap
6026 msgid "sfdisk(8)"
6027 msgstr "sfdisk(8)"
6028
6029 #. type: Plain text
6030 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
6031 msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
6032 msgstr "sfdisk - Afficher ou manipuler une table de partitions de disque"
6033
6034 #. type: Plain text
6035 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
6036 #, no-wrap
6037 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n"
6038 msgstr "*sfdisk* [options] _périphérique_ [*-N* _numéro-partition_]\n"
6039
6040 #. type: Plain text
6041 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
6042 #, no-wrap
6043 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n"
6044 msgstr "*sfdisk* [options] _commande_\n"
6045
6046 #. type: Plain text
6047 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
6048 #, no-wrap
6049 msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n"
6050 msgstr "*sfdisk* est un outil orienté script pour le partitionnement de n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Il fonctionne en mode interactif s’il est utilisé à partir d’un terminal (stdin fait référence au terminal).\n"
6051
6052 #. type: Plain text
6053 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
6054 msgid ""
6055 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
6056 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
6057 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
6058 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
6059 msgstr ""
6060 "Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* prend en charge les étiquettes de disque "
6061 "MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité pour "
6062 "l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été important pour "
6063 "Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les nouveaux "
6064 "périphériques."
6065
6066 #. type: Plain text
6067 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
6068 #, no-wrap
6069 msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n"
6070 msgstr "*sfdisk* protège le premier secteur du disque lorsqu'il crée une nouvelle étiquette sur le disque. L'option *--wipe always* désactive cette protection. Notez que *fdisk*(8) et *cfdisk*(8) effacent complètement cette zone par défaut.\n"
6071
6072 #. type: Plain text
6073 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
6074 #, no-wrap
6075 msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n"
6076 msgstr "*sfdisk* (depuis sa version 2.26)  *aligne le début et la fin des partitions* aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en mode bloc quand des tailles relatives sont indiquées, quand des valeurs par défaut sont indiquées ou quand des suffixes multiplicatifs (par exemple, MiB) sont utilisés pour les tailles. Il est possible que la taille de la partition soit optimisée (réduite ou agrandie) à cause de l’alignement si la position de départ est indiquée précisément en nombre de secteurs et que la taille de partition est indiquée de manière relative ou à l’aide d’un suffixe multiplicatif.\n"
6077
6078 #. type: Plain text
6079 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
6080 msgid ""
6081 "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
6082 "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all "
6083 "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
6084 "to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
6085 "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
6086 "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows "
6087 "specified numbers without any optimization."
6088 msgstr ""
6089 "La manière préconisée est de ne pas du tout indiquer les positions de départ "
6090 "et d’indiquer les tailles de partition en MiB, GiB, etc. Dans ce cas, "
6091 "*sfdisk* aligne toutes les partitions aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en "
6092 "mode bloc (ou quand celles-ci sont trop petites, aux limites de mégaoctets "
6093 "pour maintenir portable la disposition du disque). Si ce comportement par "
6094 "défaut n’est pas souhaité (habituellement pour les très petites partitions), "
6095 "alors les positions et les tailles doivent être indiquées en secteurs. Dans "
6096 "ce cas, *sfdisk* suit intégralement les quantités indiquées sans "
6097 "optimisation."
6098
6099 #. type: Plain text
6100 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
6101 #, no-wrap
6102 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n"
6103 msgstr "*sfdisk* ne crée pas les partitions système standards pour les étiquettes de disque SGI et SUN comme le fait *fdisk*(8). Créer explicitement toutes les partitions est nécessaire, y compris les partitions système sur disque complet.\n"
6104
6105 #. type: Plain text
6106 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
6107 #, no-wrap
6108 msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device.\n"
6109 msgstr "*sfdisk* utilise l’ioctl *BLKRRPART* (relecture de la table de partitions) pour être sûr que le périphérique n’est pas utilisé par le système ou un autre outil (consultez aussi *--no-reread*). Il est possible que cette fonctionnalité ou une autre activité de *sfdisk* entrent en compétition avec *systemd-udevd*(8). La façon préconisée pour éviter d'éventuelles collisions est d’utiliser l’option *--lock*. Un verrou exclusif fera que *systemd-udevd* omettra la gestion d’évènement sur le périphérique.\n"
6110
6111 #. type: Plain text
6112 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
6113 msgid ""
6114 "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
6115 "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
6116 "*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
6117 msgstr ""
6118 "L’invite de *sfdisk* est seulement une astuce pour les utilisateurs et "
6119 "l’affichage d’un numéro de partition ne signifie pas que la même entrée de "
6120 "table de partitions sera créée (si *-N* n’est pas indiqué), particulièrement "
6121 "pour les tables avec des trous."
6122
6123 #. type: Plain text
6124 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55
6125 msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
6126 msgstr "Les commandes sont mutuellement exclusives."
6127
6128 #. type: Labeled list
6129 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56
6130 #, no-wrap
6131 msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__"
6132 msgstr "[*-N* _numéro-partition_] _périphérique_"
6133
6134 #. type: Plain text
6135 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
6136 msgid ""
6137 "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired "
6138 "partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition "
6139 "table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
6140 "input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an "
6141 "interactive session."
6142 msgstr ""
6143 "Le but de la commande *sfdisk* par défaut est de lire les indications de "
6144 "partitionnement désiré du _périphérique_ à partir de l'entrée standard, puis "
6145 "de créer une table de partitions conforme aux indications. Une description "
6146 "du format d’entrée est disponible ci-dessous. Si l’entrée standard est un "
6147 "terminal, *sfdisk* démarre une session interactive."
6148
6149 #. type: Plain text
6150 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
6151 msgid ""
6152 "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
6153 "partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the "
6154 "partition are not modified."
6155 msgstr ""
6156 "Si l’option *-N* est indiquée, les modifications sont appliquées à la "
6157 "partition indiquée par _numéro-partition_. Les champs non renseignés de la "
6158 "partition ne sont pas modifiés."
6159
6160 #. type: Plain text
6161 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
6162 msgid ""
6163 "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For "
6164 "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
6165 "partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values "
6166 "from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
6167 "partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
6168 msgstr ""
6169 "Remarquez qu’il est possible d'indiquer des partitions non utilisées avec *-"
6170 "N*. Par exemple, le MBR contient toujours quatre partitions, mais le nombre "
6171 "de partitions utilisées peut être plus petit. Dans ce cas, *sfdisk* suit les "
6172 "valeurs par défaut de la table de partitions et n’utilise pas les valeurs "
6173 "internes par défaut pour la partition non utilisée indiquée par *-N*. "
6174 "Consultez aussi *--append*."
6175
6176 #. type: Labeled list
6177 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63
6178 #, no-wrap
6179 msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]"
6180 msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __périphérique__ [__numéro-partition__] ..."
6181
6182 #. type: Plain text
6183 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
6184 msgid ""
6185 "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
6186 "bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may "
6187 "be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on "
6188 "all partitions."
6189 msgstr ""
6190 "Activer le drapeau d’amorçage (boot) pour les partitions indiquées et "
6191 "désactiver tous les drapeaux d’amorçage de toutes les partitions non "
6192 "indiquées. Le substitut spécial « - » peut être utilisé à la place des "
6193 "numéros de partition pour désactiver le drapeau d’amorçage sur toutes les "
6194 "partitions."
6195
6196 #. type: Plain text
6197 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
6198 msgid ""
6199 "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
6200 "detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
6201 msgstr ""
6202 "La commande d’activation est prise en charge uniquement pour MBR et PMBR. Si "
6203 "une étiquette GPT est détectée, alors *sfdisk* affiche un avertissement et "
6204 "entre automatiquement dans le PMBR."
6205
6206 #. type: Plain text
6207 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
6208 msgid ""
6209 "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an "
6210 "enabled flag."
6211 msgstr ""
6212 "Si aucun _numéro-partition_ n’est indiqué, alors toutes les partitions avec "
6213 "un drapeau activé sont affichées."
6214
6215 #. type: Labeled list
6216 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
6217 #, no-wrap
6218 msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_"
6219 msgstr "*--backup-pt-sectors* _périphérique_"
6220
6221 #. type: Plain text
6222 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
6223 msgid ""
6224 "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See "
6225 "the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
6226 msgstr ""
6227 "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partition actuelle au format binaire "
6228 "et terminer. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS*."
6229
6230 #. type: Labeled list
6231 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73
6232 #, no-wrap
6233 msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]"
6234 msgstr "*--delete* _périphérique_ [_numéro-partition_] ..."
6235
6236 #. type: Plain text
6237 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75
6238 msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
6239 msgstr "Supprimer toutes les partitions ou les partitions indiquées."
6240
6241 #. type: Labeled list
6242 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76
6243 #, no-wrap
6244 msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_"
6245 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _périphérique_"
6246
6247 #. type: Plain text
6248 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
6249 msgid ""
6250 "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
6251 "*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
6252 msgstr ""
6253 "Lister les partitions d'un périphérique dans un format utilisable en entrée "
6254 "pour *sfdisk*. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS*."
6255
6256 #. type: Labeled list
6257 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79
6258 #, no-wrap
6259 msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]"
6260 msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__périphérique__...]"
6261
6262 #. type: Plain text
6263 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
6264 msgid ""
6265 "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
6266 "compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same "
6267 "meaning as this one."
6268 msgstr ""
6269 "Lister la géométrie de tous les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. Pour la "
6270 "rétrocompatibilité, l’option obsolète *--show-pt-geometry* a la même "
6271 "signification que celle-ci."
6272
6273 #. type: Labeled list
6274 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82
6275 #, no-wrap
6276 msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_"
6277 msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _périphérique_"
6278
6279 #. type: Plain text
6280 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
6281 msgid ""
6282 "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not "
6283 "able to use JSON as input format."
6284 msgstr ""
6285 "Lister les partitions d’un périphérique au format JSON. Remarquez que "
6286 "*sfdisk* ne peut pas utiliser JSON comme format d’entrée."
6287
6288 #. type: Labeled list
6289 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85
6290 #, no-wrap
6291 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
6292 msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__périphérique__...]"
6293
6294 #. type: Plain text
6295 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
6296 msgid ""
6297 "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
6298 "used together with *--verify*."
6299 msgstr ""
6300 "Afficher les partitions de tout les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. Cette "
6301 "commande peut être utilisée avec *--verify*."
6302
6303 #. type: Labeled list
6304 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88
6305 #, no-wrap
6306 msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]"
6307 msgstr "*-F*, *--list-free* [__périphérique__...]"
6308
6309 #. type: Plain text
6310 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90
6311 msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
6312 msgstr ""
6313 "Afficher les zones libres non partitionnées de toutes les partitions ou de "
6314 "celles indiquées."
6315
6316 #. type: Labeled list
6317 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91
6318 #, no-wrap
6319 msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]"
6320 msgstr "*--part-attrs* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__attributs__]"
6321
6322 #. type: Plain text
6323 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
6324 msgid ""
6325 "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, "
6326 "then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a "
6327 "comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
6328 "the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
6329 "supported attribute bits are:"
6330 msgstr ""
6331 "Modifier les bits d’attribut de partition GPT. Si _attributs_ n’est pas "
6332 "indiqué, afficher les réglages de la partition actuelle. L’argument "
6333 "_attributs_ est une liste de numéros de bit ou de noms de bit séparés par "
6334 "des virgules ou des espaces. Par exemple, la chaîne "
6335 "« RequiredPartition,50,51 » définit trois bits . Actuellement, les bits pris "
6336 "en charge sont :"
6337
6338 #. type: Labeled list
6339 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:94
6340 #, no-wrap
6341 msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
6342 msgstr "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
6343
6344 #. type: Plain text
6345 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
6346 msgid ""
6347 "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
6348 "The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
6349 "contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
6350 "to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
6351 "removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
6352 msgstr ""
6353 "Si ce bit est réglé, la partition est nécessaire pour que la plateforme "
6354 "puisse fonctionner. Le créateur de la partition indique que la suppression "
6355 "ou la modification du contenu peut aboutir à une perte des fonctionnalités "
6356 "de la plateforme, ou à l’échec de l’amorçage ou du fonctionnement de la "
6357 "plateforme. Le système ne peut pas fonctionner normalement si cette "
6358 "partition est supprimée et elle devrait être considérée comme une partie "
6359 "matérielle du système."
6360
6361 #. type: Labeled list
6362 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
6363 #, no-wrap
6364 msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
6365 msgstr "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
6366
6367 #. type: Plain text
6368 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
6369 msgid ""
6370 "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
6371 "from it."
6372 msgstr ""
6373 "Le micrologiciel EFI devrait ignorer le contenu de la partition et ne pas "
6374 "essayer d’y lire."
6375
6376 #. type: Labeled list
6377 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
6378 #, no-wrap
6379 msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
6380 msgstr "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
6381
6382 #. type: Plain text
6383 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
6384 msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
6385 msgstr ""
6386 "La partition peut être amorçable par le microprogramme BIOS historique."
6387
6388 #. type: Labeled list
6389 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
6390 #, no-wrap
6391 msgid "*Bits 3-47*"
6392 msgstr "*Bits 3-47*"
6393
6394 #. type: Plain text
6395 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
6396 msgid ""
6397 "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
6398 "UEFI specification."
6399 msgstr ""
6400 "Non défini et doit être zéro. Réservé pour des extensions dans les futures "
6401 "versions de la spécification UEFI."
6402
6403 #. type: Labeled list
6404 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
6405 #, no-wrap
6406 msgid "*Bits 48-63*"
6407 msgstr "*Bits 48-63*"
6408
6409 #. type: Plain text
6410 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
6411 msgid ""
6412 "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
6413 "the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
6414 "61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
6415 "disable automount."
6416 msgstr ""
6417 "Réservé pour une utilisation spécifique de GUID. L’utilisation de ces bits "
6418 "varie selon le type de partition. Par exemple, Microsoft utilise le bit 60 "
6419 "pour indiquer la lecture uniquement, 61 pour une « shadow copy » d’une autre "
6420 "partition, 62 pour des partitions cachées (hidden) et 63 pour désactiver le "
6421 "montage automatique."
6422
6423 #. type: Labeled list
6424 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105
6425 #, no-wrap
6426 msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]"
6427 msgstr "*--part-label* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__étiquette__]"
6428
6429 #. type: Plain text
6430 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
6431 msgid ""
6432 "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then "
6433 "print the current partition label."
6434 msgstr ""
6435 "Modifier le nom de partition GPT (étiquette). Si l’_étiquette_ n’est pas "
6436 "indiquée, afficher l’étiquette actuelle de la partition."
6437
6438 #. type: Labeled list
6439 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:108
6440 #, no-wrap
6441 msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]"
6442 msgstr "*--part-type* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__type__]"
6443
6444 #. type: Plain text
6445 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
6446 msgid ""
6447 "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the "
6448 "current partition type."
6449 msgstr ""
6450 "Modifier le type de partition. Si le _type_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher le "
6451 "type actuel de la partition."
6452
6453 #. type: Plain text
6454 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
6455 msgid ""
6456 "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
6457 "\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the "
6458 "options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
6459 msgstr ""
6460 "L’argument _type_ est hexadécimal pour MBR, un GUID pour GPT, du type alias "
6461 "(par exemple, « linux » ou de type raccourci (par exemple, « L »). Pour la "
6462 "compatibilité ascendante, les options *-c* et *--id* ont la même "
6463 "signification que celle-ci."
6464
6465 #. type: Labeled list
6466 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113
6467 #, no-wrap
6468 msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]"
6469 msgstr "*--part-uuid* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__UUID__]"
6470
6471 #. type: Plain text
6472 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
6473 msgid ""
6474 "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the "
6475 "current partition UUID."
6476 msgstr ""
6477 "Modifier l’UUID de partition GPT. Si l’_UUID_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
6478 "l’UUID actuel de la partition."
6479
6480 #. type: Labeled list
6481 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116
6482 #, no-wrap
6483 msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]"
6484 msgstr "*--disk-id* _périphérique_ [__id__]"
6485
6486 #. type: Plain text
6487 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
6488 msgid ""
6489 "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current "
6490 "identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
6491 msgstr ""
6492 "Modifier l’identificateur du disque. Si _id_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
6493 "l’identificateur actuel. L’identificateur est UUID pour GPT ou un entier non "
6494 "signé pour MBR."
6495
6496 #. type: Labeled list
6497 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119
6498 #, no-wrap
6499 msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_"
6500 msgstr "*-r*, *--reorder* _périphérique_"
6501
6502 #. type: Plain text
6503 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
6504 msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
6505 msgstr "Renuméroter les partitions dans l’ordre de leur position de début."
6506
6507 #. type: Labeled list
6508 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122
6509 #, no-wrap
6510 msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]"
6511 msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__périphérique__...]"
6512
6513 #. type: Plain text
6514 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
6515 msgid ""
6516 "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
6517 "This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
6518 msgstr ""
6519 "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 1024 octets, de tous les périphériques ou "
6520 "de ceux indiqués. Cette option est *obsolète*, remplacée par *blockdev*(8)."
6521
6522 #. type: Labeled list
6523 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
6524 #, no-wrap
6525 msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
6526 msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*"
6527
6528 #. type: Plain text
6529 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
6530 msgid ""
6531 "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
6532 "by *--label*."
6533 msgstr ""
6534 "Afficher tous les types pris en charge pour l’étiquette de disque actuelle "
6535 "ou l’étiquette indiquée par *--label*."
6536
6537 #. type: Labeled list
6538 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128
6539 #, no-wrap
6540 msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]"
6541 msgstr "*-V*, *--verify* [__périphérique__...]"
6542
6543 #. type: Plain text
6544 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130
6545 msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
6546 msgstr ""
6547 "Vérifier si la table de partitions et les partitions semblent correctes."
6548
6549 #. type: Labeled list
6550 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
6551 #, no-wrap
6552 msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_"
6553 msgstr "*--relocate* _oper_ _périphérique_"
6554
6555 #. type: Plain text
6556 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
6557 msgid ""
6558 "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
6559 "header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
6560 msgstr ""
6561 "Déplacer l’en-tête de la table de partitions. Cette commande est "
6562 "actuellement prise en charge uniquement pour les en-têtes de GPT. L’argument "
6563 "_oper_ peut être :"
6564
6565 #. type: Labeled list
6566 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134
6567 #, no-wrap
6568 msgid "*gpt-bak-std*"
6569 msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*"
6570
6571 #. type: Plain text
6572 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
6573 msgid ""
6574 "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
6575 msgstr ""
6576 "Déplacer l’en-tête de sauvegarde de GPT à l’emplacement standard à la fin du "
6577 "périphérique."
6578
6579 #. type: Labeled list
6580 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
6581 #, no-wrap
6582 msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*"
6583 msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*"
6584
6585 #. type: Plain text
6586 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138
6587 msgid ""
6588 "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
6589 "requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
6590 "can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
6591 msgstr ""
6592 "Déplacer l’en-tête de sauvegarde de GPT après la dernière partition. "
6593 "Remarquez que la norme UEFI requiert que l’en-tête de sauvegarde soit à la "
6594 "fin du périphérique et les outils de partitionnement peuvent automatiquement "
6595 "transférer l’en-tête pour suivre la norme."
6596
6597 #. type: Labeled list
6598 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66
6599 #, no-wrap
6600 msgid "*-a*, *--append*"
6601 msgstr "*-a*, *--append*"
6602
6603 #. type: Plain text
6604 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143
6605 msgid ""
6606 "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
6607 msgstr ""
6608 "Ne pas créer de nouvelle table de partitions, mais n’ajouter que les "
6609 "partitions indiquées."
6610
6611 #. type: Plain text
6612 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
6613 msgid ""
6614 "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
6615 "the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in "
6616 "the partition table."
6617 msgstr ""
6618 "Remarquez que la partition non utilisée peut dans ce cas être réutilisée "
6619 "bien qu’elle ne soit pas la dernière partition dans la table de partitions. "
6620 "Consultez aussi *-N* pour indiquer l’entrée de la table de partitions."
6621
6622 #. type: Labeled list
6623 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
6624 #, no-wrap
6625 msgid "*-b*, *--backup*"
6626 msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*"
6627
6628 #. type: Plain text
6629 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
6630 msgid ""
6631 "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
6632 "partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>."
6633 "bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section "
6634 "*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
6635 msgstr ""
6636 "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partitions actuelle avant de "
6637 "commencer le partitionnement. Le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut est "
6638 "_~/sfdisk-<périphérique>-<position>.bak_. Pour utiliser un autre nom, "
6639 "consultez *-O*, *--backup-file*. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE "
6640 "DE PARTITIONS*."
6641
6642 #. type: Labeled list
6643 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149
6644 #, no-wrap
6645 msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]"
6646 msgstr "*--color*[**=**__quand__]"
6647
6648 #. type: Plain text
6649 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154
6650 msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
6651 msgstr "Désactiver tous les contrôles d’intégrité."
6652
6653 #. type: Labeled list
6654 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155
6655 #, no-wrap
6656 msgid "*--Linux*"
6657 msgstr "*--Linux*"
6658
6659 #. type: Plain text
6660 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157
6661 msgid ""
6662 "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
6663 "(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
6664 msgstr ""
6665 "Option obsolète et ignorée. Le partitionnement compatible avec Linux (et "
6666 "autres systèmes d’exploitation modernes) est celui par défaut."
6667
6668 #. type: Labeled list
6669 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31
6670 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
6671 #, no-wrap
6672 msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
6673 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*"
6674
6675 #. type: Plain text
6676 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163
6677 msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
6678 msgstr "Tout faire sauf écrire sur le périphérique."
6679
6680 #. type: Labeled list
6681 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
6682 #, no-wrap
6683 msgid "*--no-reread*"
6684 msgstr "*--no-reread*"
6685
6686 #. type: Plain text
6687 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
6688 msgid ""
6689 "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
6690 "in use."
6691 msgstr ""
6692 "Ne pas vérifier par l’intermédiaire de l’ioctl re-read-partition-table si le "
6693 "périphérique est utilisé."
6694
6695 #. type: Labeled list
6696 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
6697 #, no-wrap
6698 msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*"
6699 msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*"
6700
6701 #. type: Plain text
6702 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
6703 msgid ""
6704 "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended "
6705 "together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified "
6706 "partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
6707 msgstr ""
6708 "Ne pas informer le noyau des modifications de partition. Cette option est "
6709 "recommandée conjointement avec *--no-reread* pour modifier une partition sur "
6710 "le disque utilisé. La partition modifiée ne devrait pas être utilisée (par "
6711 "exemple, montée)."
6712
6713 #. type: Labeled list
6714 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170
6715 #, no-wrap
6716 msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_"
6717 msgstr "*-O*, *--backup-file* _chemin_"
6718
6719 #. type: Plain text
6720 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
6721 msgid ""
6722 "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
6723 "are always appended to the file name."
6724 msgstr ""
6725 "Écraser le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut. Remarquez que le nom de "
6726 "périphérique et la position sont toujours ajoutés au nom de fichier."
6727
6728 #. type: Labeled list
6729 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173
6730 #, no-wrap
6731 msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]"
6732 msgstr "*--move-data*[**=**__chemin__]"
6733
6734 #. type: Plain text
6735 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175
6736 msgid ""
6737 "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
6738 "of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
6739 "to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
6740 "requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
6741 msgstr ""
6742 "Déplacer les données après une relocalisation de partition, par exemple, "
6743 "lors de la migration du début d’une partition vers un autre endroit du "
6744 "disque. La taille de la partition doit rester identique, l’ancien et le "
6745 "nouvel emplacement peuvent se chevaucher. Cette option requiert l’option *-"
6746 "N* pour pouvoir être traitée uniquement sur une partition particulière."
6747
6748 # FIXME sfdisk → *sfdisk*
6749 #. type: Plain text
6750 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177
6751 msgid ""
6752 "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains "
6753 "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
6754 "\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ "
6755 "for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
6756 msgstr ""
6757 "Le _chemin_ facultatif indique le nom du fichier de journal. Celui-ci "
6758 "contient les informations sur toutes les opérations de lecture ou d’écriture "
6759 "des données de la partition. Le mot « @default » comme _chemin_ oblige "
6760 "*sfdisk* à utiliser _~/sfdisk-<périphérique>.move_ pour le journal. Le "
6761 "journal est facultatif depuis la version 2.35."
6762
6763 #. type: Plain text
6764 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179
6765 msgid ""
6766 "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup "
6767 "your data!*"
6768 msgstr ""
6769 "Remarquez que cette opération est périlleuse et pas atomique. *Ne pas "
6770 "oublier de sauvegarder les données !*"
6771
6772 #. type: Plain text
6773 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:181
6774 msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
6775 msgstr "Consultez aussi *--move-use-fsync*."
6776
6777 #. type: Plain text
6778 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
6779 msgid ""
6780 "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
6781 "the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
6782 "next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
6783 "and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
6784 "sdc1 will become sdc2)."
6785 msgstr ""
6786 "Dans l’exemple ci-dessous, la première commande crée une zone libre de "
6787 "100 MiB avant la première partition et migre les données contenues (par "
6788 "exemple, un système de fichiers), la commande suivante crée une nouvelle "
6789 "partition dans l’espace libre (à la position 2048) et la dernière commande "
6790 "réarrange les partitions pour concorder avec l’ordre du disque (le sdc1 "
6791 "originel devient sdc2)."
6792
6793 #. type: delimited block _
6794 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186
6795 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
6796 #| msgid "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
6797 msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1*\n"
6798 msgstr "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
6799
6800 #. type: delimited block _
6801 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
6802 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
6803 #| msgid "B<echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append>"
6804 msgid "*echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append*\n"
6805 msgstr "B<echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append>"
6806
6807 #. type: delimited block _
6808 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:190
6809 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
6810 #| msgid "B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
6811 msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
6812 msgstr "B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
6813
6814 #. type: Labeled list
6815 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:192
6816 #, no-wrap
6817 msgid "*--move-use-fsync*"
6818 msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*"
6819
6820 #. type: Plain text
6821 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:194
6822 msgid ""
6823 "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
6824 "location by *--move-data*."
6825 msgstr ""
6826 "Utiliser l’appel système *fsync*(2) après chaque écriture lors de la "
6827 "migration de données à l’aide de *--move-data*."
6828
6829 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
6830 #. type: Plain text
6831 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:199
6832 msgid ""
6833 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
6834 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
6835 msgstr ""
6836 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
6837 "sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *-o +UUID*)."
6838
6839 #. type: Plain text
6840 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
6841 msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
6842 msgstr "Supprimer les messages d’information supplémentaires."
6843
6844 #. type: Labeled list
6845 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
6846 #, no-wrap
6847 msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*"
6848 msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*"
6849
6850 #. type: Plain text
6851 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
6852 msgid ""
6853 "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
6854 "supported when using the *--show-size* command."
6855 msgstr ""
6856 "Option obsolète. Seule l’unité secteur est prise en charge. Cette option "
6857 "n’est pas gérée lors de l’utilisation de la commande *--show-size*."
6858
6859 #. type: Labeled list
6860 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207
6861 #, no-wrap
6862 msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
6863 msgstr "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
6864
6865 #. type: Plain text
6866 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
6867 msgid ""
6868 "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not "
6869 "given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
6870 "label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the "
6871 "current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header "
6872 "line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk "
6873 "label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
6874 msgstr ""
6875 "Indiquer le type d’étiquette disque (par exemple, *dos*, *gpt*, etc.). Si "
6876 "cette option n’est pas donnée, alors *sfdisk* utilise par défaut l’étiquette "
6877 "existante, mais en absence d’étiquette sur le périphérique, alors le type "
6878 "par défaut est *dos*. La valeur par défaut ou l’étiquette actuelle peut être "
6879 "écrasée par la ligne d’en-tête de script « label: <nom> ». L’option *--"
6880 "label* n’oblige pas *sfdisk* à créer une étiquette blanche de disque "
6881 "(consultez la section *ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE BLANCHES* ci-dessous)."
6882
6883 #. type: Labeled list
6884 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210
6885 #, no-wrap
6886 msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
6887 msgstr "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
6888
6889 #. type: Plain text
6890 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212
6891 msgid ""
6892 "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
6893 "already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
6894 "devices with GPT."
6895 msgstr ""
6896 "Forcer la modification d’une étiquette de disque imbriqué. L’étiquette de "
6897 "disque primaire doit déjà exister. Cette option permet d’éditer par exemple "
6898 "un MBR hybride ou de protection (« protective ») sur les périphériques avec "
6899 "GPT."
6900
6901 #. type: Plain text
6902 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215
6903 msgid ""
6904 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
6905 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
6906 "*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
6907 "in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the "
6908 "old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new "
6909 "partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also "
6910 "does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the "
6911 "*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are "
6912 "reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See "
6913 "also the *wipefs*(8) command."
6914 msgstr ""
6915 "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
6916 "partitions du périphérique dans le but d’éviter des collisions possibles. "
6917 "L’argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quand cette option "
6918 "n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est *auto*, auquel cas les "
6919 "signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif, à l’exception "
6920 "des signatures de l’ancienne table de partitions qui sont toujours effacées "
6921 "avant la création de la nouvelle table de partitions si l’argument _quand_ "
6922 "n’est pas *never*. Le mode *auto* n'efface pas non plus le premier secteur "
6923 "(secteur de démarrage). Il faut utiliser le mode *always* pour supprimer "
6924 "cette zone. Dans tous les cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par "
6925 "des messages d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de "
6926 "partitions. Consultez aussi la commande *wipefs*(8)."
6927
6928 #. type: Plain text
6929 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:218
6930 msgid ""
6931 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
6932 "partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be "
6933 "*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is "
6934 "*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and "
6935 "after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by "
6936 "warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) "
6937 "command."
6938 msgstr ""
6939 "Effacer les signatures du système de fichiers, de RAID et de la table de "
6940 "partitions de la nouvelle partition créée dans le but d’éviter des "
6941 "collisions possibles. L’argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou "
6942 "*always*. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est "
6943 "*auto*, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
6944 "interactif et après une confirmation de l’utilisateur. Dans tous les cas, "
6945 "les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages d’avertissement "
6946 "avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. Consultez aussi la "
6947 "commande *wipefs*(8)."
6948
6949 #. type: Labeled list
6950 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
6951 #, no-wrap
6952 msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
6953 msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"
6954
6955 #. type: Title ==
6956 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:225
6957 #, no-wrap
6958 msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
6959 msgstr "FORMATS D'ENTRÉE"
6960
6961 #. type: Plain text
6962 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
6963 #, no-wrap
6964 msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n"
6965 msgstr "*sfdisk* permet d’utiliser deux formats d’entrée et des lignes d’en-tête générique.\n"
6966
6967 #. type: Title ===
6968 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:229
6969 #, no-wrap
6970 msgid "Header lines"
6971 msgstr "Lignes d’en-tête"
6972
6973 #. type: Plain text
6974 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
6975 msgid ""
6976 "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
6977 "partition table. The header-line format is:"
6978 msgstr ""
6979 "Les lignes de l’en-tête facultatif indiquent des renseignements génériques "
6980 "qui s’appliquent à la table de partitions. Le format de ligne d’en-tête est :"
6981
6982 #. type: Plain text
6983 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234
6984 #, no-wrap
6985 msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n"
6986 msgstr "*<nom>: <valeur>*\n"
6987
6988 #. type: Plain text
6989 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236
6990 msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
6991 msgstr "Les en-têtes actuellement reconnus sont :"
6992
6993 #. type: Labeled list
6994 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
6995 #, no-wrap
6996 msgid "*unit*"
6997 msgstr "*unit*"
6998
6999 #. type: Plain text
7000 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
7001 msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*."
7002 msgstr ""
7003 "Indiquer l’unité de partitionnement. La seule unité acceptée est *sectors*."
7004
7005 #. type: Labeled list
7006 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
7007 #, no-wrap
7008 msgid "*label*"
7009 msgstr "*label*"
7010
7011 # FIXME type → _type_
7012 #. type: Plain text
7013 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
7014 msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*."
7015 msgstr "Indiquer le _type_ de table de partitions. Par exemple *dos* ou *gpt*."
7016
7017 #. type: Labeled list
7018 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
7019 #, no-wrap
7020 msgid "*label-id*"
7021 msgstr "*label-id*"
7022
7023 #. type: Plain text
7024 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
7025 msgid ""
7026 "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
7027 "(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
7028 msgstr ""
7029 "Indiquer l’identifiant de table de partitions. Ce devrait être un nombre "
7030 "hexadécimal (avec un préfixe « 0x ») pour MBR et un UUID pour GPT."
7031
7032 #. type: Labeled list
7033 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
7034 #, no-wrap
7035 msgid "*first-lba*"
7036 msgstr "*first-lba*"
7037
7038 #. type: Plain text
7039 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
7040 msgid ""
7041 "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored "
7042 "if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses "
7043 "label specific default."
7044 msgstr ""
7045
7046 #. type: Labeled list
7047 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
7048 #, no-wrap
7049 msgid "*last-lba*"
7050 msgstr "*last-lba*"
7051
7052 #. type: Plain text
7053 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
7054 msgid ""
7055 "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if "
7056 "the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label "
7057 "specific default."
7058 msgstr ""
7059
7060 #. type: Labeled list
7061 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
7062 #, no-wrap
7063 msgid "*table-length*"
7064 msgstr "*table-length*"
7065
7066 #. type: Plain text
7067 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
7068 msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
7069 msgstr "Indiquer le nombre maximal de partitions GPT."
7070
7071 #. type: Labeled list
7072 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
7073 #, no-wrap
7074 msgid "*grain*"
7075 msgstr "*grain*"
7076
7077 #. type: Plain text
7078 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251
7079 msgid ""
7080 "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
7081 "default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
7082 "modify this variable if you're not sure."
7083 msgstr ""
7084 "Indiquer la taille minimale en octet utilisée pour calculer l’alignement des "
7085 "partitions. La valeur par défaut est 1 MiB et il est fortement recommandé de "
7086 "l’utiliser. Ne modifiez pas cette variable si vous avez un doute."
7087
7088 #. type: Labeled list
7089 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251
7090 #, no-wrap
7091 msgid "*sector-size*"
7092 msgstr "*sector-size*"
7093
7094 #. type: Plain text
7095 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:253
7096 msgid ""
7097 "Specify sector size. *sfdisk* always uses device sector size. Since version "
7098 "2.39 *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from dump if the script and device sector "
7099 "size differ."
7100 msgstr ""
7101
7102 #. type: Plain text
7103 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:255
7104 msgid ""
7105 "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
7106 "is specified in the input."
7107 msgstr ""
7108 "Remarquez qu’il n’est possible d’utiliser des lignes d’en-tête qu'avant "
7109 "d’indiquer la première partition en entrée."
7110
7111 #. type: Title ===
7112 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:256
7113 #, no-wrap
7114 msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
7115 msgstr "Format des champs non nommés"
7116
7117 #. type: delimited block _
7118 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:260
7119 msgid "_start size type bootable_"
7120 msgstr "_début taille type amorçable_"
7121
7122 #. type: Plain text
7123 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:263
7124 msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
7125 msgstr "où chaque ligne remplit un descripteur de partition."
7126
7127 #. type: Plain text
7128 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265
7129 msgid ""
7130 "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon "
7131 "possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. "
7132 "Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a "
7133 "field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when "
7134 "the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each "
7135 "field is its previous value."
7136 msgstr ""
7137 "Les champs sont séparés par des caractères d'espacement, des virgules "
7138 "(recommandé) ou des points-virgules éventuellement suivis par des caractères "
7139 "d'espacement ; les caractères d'espacement initiaux et finaux sont ignorés. "
7140 "Les nombres peuvent être octaux, décimaux ou hexadécimaux (représentation "
7141 "décimale par défaut). Quand un champ est absent, vide ou indiqué par « - », "
7142 "une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Quand l’option *-N* (modifier une seule "
7143 "partition) est donnée, la valeur par défaut de chaque champ est sa valeur "
7144 "précédente."
7145
7146 #. type: Plain text
7147 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:267
7148 msgid ""
7149 "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
7150 "according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
7151 "partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
7152 "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted "
7153 "as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single "
7154 "partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move "
7155 "start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
7156 msgstr ""
7157 "La valeur par défaut de _début_ est le premier secteur non assigné aligné "
7158 "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. La position de "
7159 "début par défaut pour la première partition est 1 MiB. Si la position est "
7160 "suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et "
7161 "YiB), le nombre est interprété comme une position en octet. Depuis v2.38, "
7162 "quand l'option *-N* (changer une seule partition) est fournie, un « {plus} » "
7163 "peut être utilisé pour agrandir une partition en déplaçant le début de la "
7164 "partition si l'espace est libre avant la partition."
7165
7166 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
7167 #. type: Plain text
7168 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
7169 msgid ""
7170 "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
7171 "the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
7172 "interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
7173 "of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
7174 "then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
7175 "is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used "
7176 "instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
7177 "'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
7178 "existing partitions will be resized as required."
7179 msgstr ""
7180 "La valeur par défaut de _taille_ est « autant que possible » (c'est-à-dire, "
7181 "jusqu’à la prochaine partition ou la fin du périphérique). Un argument "
7182 "numérique est par défaut interprété comme un nombre de secteurs, cependant "
7183 "si la taille est suivie par un des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, "
7184 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), alors le nombre est interprété comme une taille "
7185 "de partition en octet et est aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et "
7186 "sortie du périphérique. Un « {plus} » peut être utilisé à la place d’un "
7187 "nombre pour agrandir la partition autant que possible. Remarquez que "
7188 "« {plus} » équivaut au comportement par défaut pour une nouvelle partition. "
7189 "Les partitions existantes seront redimensionnées comme requis."
7190
7191 #. type: Plain text
7192 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272
7193 msgid ""
7194 "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
7195 "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to "
7196 "use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated "
7197 "shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* "
7198 "tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in "
7199 "partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) "
7200 "it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
7201 msgstr ""
7202 "Le _type_ de partition est indiqué en hexadécimal pour MBR (DOS) où le "
7203 "préfixe 0x est facultatif, par une chaîne GUID pour GPT, par un raccourci ou "
7204 "par un alias. Il est recommandé d’utiliser deux lettres pour les codes "
7205 "hexadécimaux du MBR pour éviter des collisions entre les raccourcis "
7206 "obsolètes « E » et « 0E » du code hexadécimal du MBR. Pour la "
7207 "rétrocompatibilité, *sfdisk* essaie d’interpréter _type_ comme un raccourci "
7208 "pour la première possibilité dans les scripts de partitionnement, quoique "
7209 "dans d’autres endroits (par exemple, *--part-type* commande) il essaie les "
7210 "raccourcis comme dernière possibilité."
7211
7212 #. type: Plain text
7213 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:274
7214 msgid ""
7215 "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
7216 "shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
7217 msgstr ""
7218 "Depuis la version 2.36, libfdisk gère les alias de type de partition comme "
7219 "des extensions aux raccourcis. Un alias est un mot simple lisible par un "
7220 "humain (par exemple, « linux »)."
7221
7222 #. type: Plain text
7223 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276
7224 msgid ""
7225 "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
7226 "case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
7227 "the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
7228 msgstr ""
7229 "Depuis la version 2.37, libfdisk supporte les noms de type de partition en "
7230 "entrée. Il ignore la casse des caractères et tout caractère qui n'est pas "
7231 "une lettre ou un chiffre (c-à-d que « Linux /usr x86 » est la même chose que "
7232 "« linux usr-x86 »)."
7233
7234 #. type: Plain text
7235 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
7236 msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
7237 msgstr "Raccourcis et alias pris en charge"
7238
7239 #. type: Labeled list
7240 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279
7241 #, no-wrap
7242 msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*"
7243 msgstr "*L - alias 'linux'*"
7244
7245 #. type: Plain text
7246 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
7247 msgid ""
7248 "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
7249 msgstr ""
7250 "Linux ; signifie 83 pour MBR et 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 pour "
7251 "GPT."
7252
7253 #. type: Labeled list
7254 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
7255 #, no-wrap
7256 msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*"
7257 msgstr "*S - alias 'swap'*"
7258
7259 #. type: Plain text
7260 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
7261 msgid ""
7262 "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
7263 msgstr ""
7264 "zone d'échange (swap) ; signifie 82 pour MBR et 0657FD6D-"
7265 "A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F pour GPT."
7266
7267 #. type: Labeled list
7268 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285
7269 #, no-wrap
7270 msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
7271 msgstr "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
7272
7273 #. type: Plain text
7274 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
7275 msgid ""
7276 "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is "
7277 "deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
7278 msgstr ""
7279 "partition étendue MBR ; signifie 05 pour MBR. Le raccourci originel « E » "
7280 "est obsolète à cause d’une collision avec le type de partition MBR, « 0x0E »."
7281
7282 #. type: Labeled list
7283 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288
7284 #, no-wrap
7285 msgid "*H - alias 'home'*"
7286 msgstr "*H - alias 'home'*"
7287
7288 #. type: Plain text
7289 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
7290 msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
7291 msgstr ""
7292 "partition personnelle ; signifie 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 pour "
7293 "GPT."
7294
7295 #. type: Labeled list
7296 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:291
7297 #, no-wrap
7298 msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
7299 msgstr "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
7300
7301 #. type: Plain text
7302 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:293
7303 msgid ""
7304 "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
7305 "BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
7306 msgstr ""
7307 "partition de système EFI ; signifie EF pour MBR et C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
7308 "BA4B-00A0C93EC93B pour GPT."
7309
7310 #. type: Labeled list
7311 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294
7312 #, no-wrap
7313 msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*"
7314 msgstr "*R - alias 'raid'*"
7315
7316 #. type: Plain text
7317 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:296
7318 msgid ""
7319 "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
7320 msgstr ""
7321 "Linux RAID ; signifie FD pour MBR et A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E "
7322 "pour GPT."
7323
7324 #. type: Labeled list
7325 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
7326 #, no-wrap
7327 msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
7328 msgstr "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
7329
7330 #. type: Plain text
7331 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:299
7332 msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
7333 msgstr ""
7334 "LVM ; signifie 8E pour MBR et E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 pour GPT"
7335
7336 #. type: Plain text
7337 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301
7338 msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_."
7339 msgstr "La valeur _type_ par défaut est _linux_."
7340
7341 #. type: Plain text
7342 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:303
7343 msgid ""
7344 "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour "
7345 "of 'Ex'."
7346 msgstr ""
7347 "Le raccourci « X » pour les partitions étendues Linux (85) est *obsolète*, "
7348 "remplacée par « Ex »."
7349
7350 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
7351 #. type: Plain text
7352 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:306
7353 msgid ""
7354 "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. "
7355 "The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
7356 "been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and "
7357 "for other operating systems."
7358 msgstr ""
7359 "_amorçable_ est indiqué par [*{asterisk}*|*-*] (non amorçable par défaut). "
7360 "La valeur de ce champ n'est pas pertinente pour Linux — quand Linux "
7361 "fonctionne, il a déjà été amorcé — mais pourrait jouer un rôle pour certains "
7362 "gestionnaires de démarrage ou pour d'autres systèmes d'exploitation."
7363
7364 #. type: Title ===
7365 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307
7366 #, no-wrap
7367 msgid "Named-fields format"
7368 msgstr "Format des champs nommés"
7369
7370 #. type: Plain text
7371 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
7372 msgid ""
7373 "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
7374 "additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
7375 "to keep your scripts more readable."
7376 msgstr ""
7377 "Ce format est plus lisible, robuste, extensible et permet d’indiquer des "
7378 "renseignements supplémentaires (par exemple un UUID). C’est le format "
7379 "conseillé pour garder les scripts lisibles."
7380
7381 #. type: delimited block _
7382 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313
7383 msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..."
7384 msgstr "[_périphérique_ *:*] _nom_[**=**__valeur__], ..."
7385
7386 #. type: Plain text
7387 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316
7388 msgid ""
7389 "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from "
7390 "the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This "
7391 "functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
7392 msgstr ""
7393 "Le champ _périphérique_ est facultatif. *sfdisk* extrait le numéro de "
7394 "partition du nom de périphérique. Cela permet d’indiquer les partitions dans "
7395 "un ordre quelconque. Cette fonctionnalité est surtout utilisée par *--dump*. "
7396 "En cas de doute, ne l’utilisez pas."
7397
7398 #. type: Plain text
7399 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318
7400 msgid ""
7401 "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
7402 "name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the "
7403 "same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
7404 msgstr ""
7405 "La _valeur_ peut être entre guillemets (par exemple, nom=\"Ceci est un nom "
7406 "de partition\"). Les champs *start=* et *size=* supportent « {plus} » et « -"
7407 " » de la même manière que le *format des champs non nommés*."
7408
7409 #. type: Plain text
7410 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320
7411 msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
7412 msgstr "Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"
7413
7414 #. type: Labeled list
7415 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321
7416 #, no-wrap
7417 msgid "**start=**__number__"
7418 msgstr "**start=**__nombre__"
7419
7420 #. type: Plain text
7421 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:323
7422 msgid ""
7423 "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
7424 "default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is "
7425 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
7426 "and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
7427 msgstr ""
7428 "Le premier secteur non assigné aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et "
7429 "sortie du périphérique. La position de début par défaut pour la première "
7430 "partition est 1 MiB. Si la position est suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs "
7431 "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), le nombre est interprété comme "
7432 "une position en octet."
7433
7434 #. type: Labeled list
7435 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324
7436 #, no-wrap
7437 msgid "**size=**__number__"
7438 msgstr "**size=**__nombre__"
7439
7440 #. type: Plain text
7441 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326
7442 msgid ""
7443 "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
7444 "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
7445 "it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
7446 "device I/O limits."
7447 msgstr ""
7448 "Indiquer la taille de partition en secteurs. Le nombre peut être suivi des "
7449 "suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce "
7450 "cas il est interprété comme une taille en octet, puis la taille est alignée "
7451 "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique."
7452
7453 #. type: Labeled list
7454 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327
7455 #, no-wrap
7456 msgid "*bootable*"
7457 msgstr "*bootable*"
7458
7459 #. type: Plain text
7460 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:329
7461 msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
7462 msgstr "Marquer la partition comme amorçable."
7463
7464 #. type: Labeled list
7465 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330
7466 #, no-wrap
7467 msgid "**attrs=**__string__"
7468 msgstr "B**attrs=**__chaîne__"
7469
7470 #. type: Plain text
7471 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:332
7472 msgid ""
7473 "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-"
7474 "attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
7475 msgstr ""
7476 "Attributs de partition, souvent des bits d’attribut de partition GPT. "
7477 "Consultez *--part-attrs* pour plus de précisions sur le format des chaînes "
7478 "de bits GPT."
7479
7480 #. type: Labeled list
7481 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333
7482 #, no-wrap
7483 msgid "**uuid=**__string__"
7484 msgstr "**uuid=**__chaîne__"
7485
7486 #. type: Plain text
7487 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335
7488 msgid "GPT partition UUID."
7489 msgstr "UUID de partition GPT."
7490
7491 #. type: Labeled list
7492 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:336
7493 #, no-wrap
7494 msgid "**name=**__string__"
7495 msgstr "**name=**__chaîne__"
7496
7497 #. type: Plain text
7498 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:338
7499 msgid "GPT partition name."
7500 msgstr "Nom de partition GPT."
7501
7502 #. type: Labeled list
7503 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:339
7504 #, no-wrap
7505 msgid "**type=**__code__"
7506 msgstr "**type=**__code__"
7507
7508 #. type: Plain text
7509 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:341
7510 msgid ""
7511 "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
7512 "partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. "
7513 "type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields "
7514 "format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the "
7515 "same meaning."
7516 msgstr ""
7517 "Un nombre hexadécimal (sans préfixe « 0x ») pour une partition MBR, un GUID "
7518 "pour une partition GPT, un raccourci comme pour le format de champs non "
7519 "nommés ou un nom de type (par exemple, type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). Consultez "
7520 "la section ci-dessus pour avoir plus de détails à propos des champs non "
7521 "nommés. Pour la compatibilité ascendante, le champ *Id=* a la même "
7522 "signification."
7523
7524 #. type: Title ==
7525 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342
7526 #, no-wrap
7527 msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
7528 msgstr "ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE BLANCHES"
7529
7530 #. type: Plain text
7531 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345
7532 #, no-wrap
7533 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n"
7534 msgstr "Par défaut, *sfdisk* ne crée pas de table de partitions sans partition. Par défaut, des lignes avec partition sont attendues dans le script. La table de partitions vide doit de manière explicite être requise par une ligne d’en-tête de script « label: <nom> » sans aucune ligne de partition. Par exemple :\n"
7535
7536 #. type: delimited block _
7537 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:348
7538 #, no-wrap
7539 msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
7540 msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
7541
7542 #. type: Plain text
7543 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:351
7544 msgid ""
7545 "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this "
7546 "feature."
7547 msgstr ""
7548 "crée une table de partitions GPT vide. Remarquez que l’option *--append* "
7549 "désactive cette fonctionnalité."
7550
7551 #. type: Title ==
7552 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:352
7553 #, no-wrap
7554 msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
7555 msgstr "SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS"
7556
7557 #. type: Plain text
7558 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355
7559 msgid ""
7560 "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two "
7561 "ways."
7562 msgstr ""
7563 "Sauvegarder la disposition des périphériques est conseillé. *sfdisk* permet "
7564 "de le faire de deux façons."
7565
7566 #. type: Title ===
7567 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:356
7568 #, no-wrap
7569 msgid "Dump in sfdisk compatible format"
7570 msgstr "Vidanger dans le format compatible avec sfdisk"
7571
7572 #. type: Plain text
7573 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:360
7574 msgid ""
7575 "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a "
7576 "text file.  The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For "
7577 "example:"
7578 msgstr ""
7579 "Utiliser la commande *--dump* pour sauvegarder une description de la "
7580 "disposition dans un fichier texte. Le format de la sauvegarde peut ensuite "
7581 "être utilisé en entrée de *sfdisk*. Par exemple :"
7582
7583 #. type: delimited block _
7584 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:362
7585 #, no-wrap
7586 msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
7587 msgstr "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
7588
7589 #. type: Plain text
7590 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:365
7591 msgid "This can later be restored by:"
7592 msgstr "Cela peut ensuite être restauré par :"
7593
7594 #. type: delimited block _
7595 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:367
7596 #, no-wrap
7597 msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
7598 msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
7599
7600 #. type: Title ===
7601 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:369
7602 #, no-wrap
7603 msgid "Full binary backup"
7604 msgstr "Sauvegarder complètement en binaire"
7605
7606 #. type: Plain text
7607 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372
7608 msgid ""
7609 "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition "
7610 "table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the "
7611 "sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the "
7612 "backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files "
7613 "contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
7614 msgstr ""
7615 "Pour une sauvegarde binaire complète de tous les secteurs où la table de "
7616 "partitions est gardée, utilisez la commande *--backup-pt-sectors*. Elle "
7617 "écrit les secteurs dans les fichiers _~/sfdisk-<périphérique>-<position>."
7618 "bak_. Le nom par défaut du fichier de sauvegarde peut être modifié avec "
7619 "l’option *--backup-file*. Les fichiers de sauvegarde ne contiennent que les "
7620 "données brutes du _périphérique_. Par exemple :"
7621
7622 #. type: delimited block _
7623 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:375
7624 #, no-wrap
7625 msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
7626 msgstr "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
7627
7628 #. type: Plain text
7629 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:378
7630 msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
7631 msgstr "L’en-tête GPT peut ensuite être restauré par :"
7632
7633 #. type: delimited block _
7634 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:381
7635 #, no-wrap
7636 msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"
7637 msgstr "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"
7638
7639 #. type: Plain text
7640 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385
7641 msgid ""
7642 "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup "
7643 "immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup "
7644 "partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
7645 msgstr ""
7646 "Il est également possible d'utiliser l'option *--backup* pour créer la même "
7647 "sauvegarde immédiatement après le démarrage d'autres commandes de *sfdisk*. "
7648 "Par exemple, pour sauvegarder la table des partitions avant de supprimer "
7649 "toutes les partitions de la table des partitions :"
7650
7651 #. type: delimited block _
7652 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
7653 #, no-wrap
7654 msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
7655 msgstr "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
7656
7657 #. type: Plain text
7658 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391
7659 msgid "The same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8)."
7660 msgstr "Le même concept de fichiers de sauvegarde est utilisé par *wipefs*(8)."
7661
7662 #. type: Plain text
7663 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393
7664 msgid ""
7665 "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to "
7666 "restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
7667 msgstr ""
7668 "Remarquez que *sfdisk* depuis la version 2.26 ne fournit plus l’option *-I* "
7669 "pour restaurer les secteurs. *dd*(1) fournit toutes les fonctionnalités "
7670 "nécessaires."
7671
7672 #. type: Plain text
7673 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:397
7674 msgid "The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
7675 msgstr ""
7676 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *sfdisk* sont les "
7677 "suivantes :"
7678
7679 #. type: Labeled list
7680 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407
7681 #, no-wrap
7682 msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
7683 msgstr "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
7684
7685 #. type: Plain text
7686 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
7687 msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output."
7688 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *sfdisk*."
7689
7690 #. type: Plain text
7691 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:421
7692 msgid ""
7693 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* "
7694 "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --"
7695 "rereadpt* instead."
7696 msgstr ""
7697 "Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* ne fournit plus l’option *-R* ou *--re-"
7698 "read* pour forcer le noyau à relire la table de partitions. Utilisez plutôt "
7699 "*blockdev --rereadpt*."
7700
7701 #. type: Plain text
7702 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423
7703 msgid ""
7704 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-"
7705 "extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--"
7706 "sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
7707 msgstr ""
7708 "Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* ne fournit plus les options *--DOS*, *--"
7709 "IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--"
7710 "heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer* ni *--not-inside-outer*."
7711
7712 #. type: Title ==
7713 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:424 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205
7714 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:233
7715 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:69
7716 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58
7717 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:117 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88
7718 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72
7719 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
7720 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:100
7721 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:150 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50
7722 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:83
7723 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:209 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:227
7724 #, no-wrap
7725 msgid "EXAMPLES"
7726 msgstr "EXEMPLES"
7727
7728 #. type: Labeled list
7729 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:426
7730 #, no-wrap
7731 msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
7732 msgstr "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
7733
7734 #. type: Plain text
7735 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:428
7736 msgid "Print protective MBR on device with GPT disk label."
7737 msgstr ""
7738 "Afficher le MBR de protection sur le périphérique avec une étiquette de "
7739 "disque GPT."
7740
7741 #. type: Labeled list
7742 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:429
7743 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
7744 #| msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7745 msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,+,\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7746 msgstr "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7747
7748 #. type: Plain text
7749 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:431
7750 msgid ""
7751 "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first "
7752 "two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on "
7753 "the device."
7754 msgstr ""
7755 "Créer trois partitions Linux avec le début par défaut, la taille des deux "
7756 "premières partitions est 10MiB et la dernière partition rempli tout l'espace "
7757 "disponible sur le périphérique."
7758
7759 #. type: Labeled list
7760 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:432
7761 #, no-wrap
7762 msgid "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7763 msgstr "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7764
7765 #. type: Plain text
7766 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434
7767 msgid "The same as the previous example, but in named-fields format."
7768 msgstr ""
7769 "La même chose que l'exemple précédent mais avec le format des champs nommés."
7770
7771 #. type: Labeled list
7772 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435
7773 #, no-wrap
7774 msgid "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"
7775 msgstr "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"
7776
7777 #. type: Plain text
7778 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437
7779 msgid "Set type of the 3rd partition to 'swap'."
7780 msgstr "Définir le type de la troisième partition à « swap »."
7781
7782 #. type: Labeled list
7783 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:438
7784 #, no-wrap
7785 msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
7786 msgstr "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
7787
7788 #. type: Plain text
7789 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440
7790 msgid "The same as the previous example, but without script use."
7791 msgstr ""
7792 "La même chose que l'exemple précédent mais sans utilisation d'un script."
7793
7794 #. type: Labeled list
7795 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:441
7796 #, no-wrap
7797 msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
7798 msgstr "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
7799
7800 #. type: Plain text
7801 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:443
7802 msgid "Delete 2nd partition."
7803 msgstr "Supprimer la deuxième partition."
7804
7805 #. type: Labeled list
7806 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:444
7807 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
7808 #| msgid "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
7809 msgid "*echo \"\\+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
7810 msgstr "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
7811
7812 #. type: Plain text
7813 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446
7814 msgid ""
7815 "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space "
7816 "before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the "
7817 "partition, and move partition data too."
7818 msgstr ""
7819 "Agrandi la 3ème partition dans les deux directions, déplace le début pour "
7820 "utiliser l'espace libre avant la partition et augmente la taille pour "
7821 "utiliser tout l'espace disponible après la partition et déplace également "
7822 "les données de la partition."
7823
7824 #. type: Plain text
7825 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:452
7826 msgid ""
7827 "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from "
7828 "Andries E. Brouwer."
7829 msgstr ""
7830 "L’implémentation actuelle de *sfdisk* est basée sur le *sfdisk* d’origine "
7831 "d’Andries E. Brouwer."
7832
7833 #. type: Plain text
7834 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:460
7835 #, no-wrap
7836 msgid ""
7837 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
7838 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
7839 "*parted*(8),\n"
7840 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
7841 "*partx*(8)\n"
7842 msgstr ""
7843 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
7844 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
7845 "*parted*(8),\n"
7846 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
7847 "*partx*(8)\n"
7848
7849 #. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com>
7850 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
7851 #. type: Title =
7852 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6
7853 #, no-wrap
7854 msgid "swaplabel(8)"
7855 msgstr "swaplabel(8)"
7856
7857 #. type: Plain text
7858 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16
7859 msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
7860 msgstr ""
7861 "swaplabel - Afficher ou modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un espace d'échange"
7862
7863 #. type: Plain text
7864 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20
7865 #, no-wrap
7866 msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n"
7867 msgstr "*swaplabel* [*-L* _étiquette_] [*-U* _UUID_] _périphérique_\n"
7868
7869 #. type: Plain text
7870 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
7871 #, no-wrap
7872 msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n"
7873 msgstr "*swaplabel* affichera ou modifiera l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'une partition d'échange existant sur _périphérique_ (ou un fichier normal).\n"
7874
7875 #. type: Plain text
7876 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
7877 msgid ""
7878 "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will "
7879 "simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
7880 msgstr ""
7881 "Si les arguments facultatifs *-L* et *-U* ne sont pas donnés, *swaplabel* "
7882 "affichera simplement l'étiquette d'espace d'échange et l'UUID de "
7883 "_périphérique_."
7884
7885 #. type: Plain text
7886 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
7887 msgid ""
7888 "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the "
7889 "appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap "
7890 "creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the "
7891 "label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
7892 msgstr ""
7893 "Si un argument facultatif est présent, alors *swaplabel* modifiera la valeur "
7894 "appropriée du _périphérique_. Ces valeurs peuvent aussi être définies lors "
7895 "de la création de l'espace d'échange avec *mkswap*(8). L'utilitaire "
7896 "*swaplabel* permet de modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un périphérique "
7897 "d'échange en cours d'utilisation."
7898
7899 #. type: Plain text
7900 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35
7901 msgid ""
7902 "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
7903 "16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* "
7904 "will truncate it and print a warning message."
7905 msgstr ""
7906 "Indiquer une nouvelle _étiquette_ pour _périphérique_. Les étiquettes de "
7907 "partitions ne peuvent pas contenir plus de seize caractères. Si _étiquette_ "
7908 "contient plus de seize caractères, *swaplabel* la tronquera et affichera un "
7909 "message d’avertissement."
7910
7911 # NOTE: bold period
7912 #. type: Plain text
7913 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38
7914 msgid ""
7915 "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard "
7916 "8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
7917 msgstr ""
7918 "Indiquer un nouvel _UUID_ pour _périphérique_. L'_UUID_ doit être au format "
7919 "de caractères 8-4-4-4-12 normalisé, conformément à la sortie de *uuidgen*(1)."
7920
7921 #. type: Plain text
7922 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47
7923 #, no-wrap
7924 msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
7925 msgstr "*swaplabel* a été écrit par mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] et mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
7926
7927 #. type: Plain text
7928 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53
7929 #, no-wrap
7930 msgid ""
7931 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
7932 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
7933 "*swapon*(8)\n"
7934 msgstr ""
7935 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
7936 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
7937 "*swapon*(8)\n"
7938
7939 #. terminal-colors.d.5 --
7940 #. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com>
7941 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
7942 #. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
7943 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
7944 #. type: Title =
7945 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10
7946 #, no-wrap
7947 msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
7948 msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"
7949
7950 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
7951 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61
7952 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38
7953 #, no-wrap
7954 msgid "File formats"
7955 msgstr "Formats de fichier"
7956
7957 #. type: Plain text
7958 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20
7959 msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities"
7960 msgstr ""
7961 "terminal-colors.d - Configurer la coloration de sortie pour plusieurs "
7962 "utilitaires"
7963
7964 #. type: Plain text
7965 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24
7966 msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_"
7967 msgstr "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[nom][@term].][type]_"
7968
7969 #. type: Plain text
7970 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
7971 msgid ""
7972 "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when "
7973 "coloring output."
7974 msgstr ""
7975 "Les fichiers de ce répertoire déterminent le comportement par défaut pour "
7976 "les utilitaires lors de la coloration de la sortie."
7977
7978 #. type: Plain text
7979 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
7980 msgid ""
7981 "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is "
7982 "specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
7983 msgstr ""
7984 "Le _nom_ est un nom d’utilitaire. Le nom est facultatif et si aucun n’est "
7985 "indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les utilitaires non indiqués."
7986
7987 # FIXME TERM → *TERM*
7988 #. type: Plain text
7989 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
7990 msgid ""
7991 "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The "
7992 "terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is "
7993 "used for all unspecified terminals."
7994 msgstr ""
7995 "Le _term_ est un identifiant de terminal (la variable d’environnement "
7996 "*TERM*). L’identifiant de terminal est facultatif et si aucun n’est indiqué, "
7997 "alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les terminaux non indiqués."
7998
7999 #. type: Plain text
8000 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34
8001 msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:"
8002 msgstr ""
8003 "Le _type_ est un type de fichier. Les types de fichier pris en charge sont "
8004 "les suivants."
8005
8006 #. type: Labeled list
8007 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87
8008 #, no-wrap
8009 msgid "*disable*"
8010 msgstr "*disable*"
8011
8012 #. type: Plain text
8013 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
8014 msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
8015 msgstr ""
8016 "Désactiver la coloration de sortie pour tous les utilitaires compatibles."
8017
8018 #. type: Labeled list
8019 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
8020 #, no-wrap
8021 msgid "*enable*"
8022 msgstr "*enable*"
8023
8024 #. type: Plain text
8025 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
8026 msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
8027 msgstr ""
8028 "Activer la coloration de sortie ; tous les fichiers correspondants à "
8029 "*disable* sont ignorés."
8030
8031 #. type: Labeled list
8032 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
8033 #, no-wrap
8034 msgid "*scheme*"
8035 msgstr "*scheme*"
8036
8037 #. type: Plain text
8038 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
8039 msgid ""
8040 "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the "
8041 "utility, the default format is described below."
8042 msgstr ""
8043 "Indiquer les couleurs utilisées pour la sortie. Le format de fichier peut "
8044 "être spécifique à l’utilitaire, le format par défaut est décrit ci-dessous."
8045
8046 #. type: Plain text
8047 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
8048 msgid ""
8049 "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
8050 "more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has "
8051 "less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those "
8052 "files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
8053 msgstr ""
8054 "Si plusieurs fichiers correspondent pour un utilitaire, alors le fichier "
8055 "avec le nom de fichier le plus spécifique est prioritaire. Par exemple, le "
8056 "nom de fichier « @xterm.scheme » est moins prioritaire que « dmesg@xterm."
8057 "scheme ». La priorité la plus basse est pour les fichiers sans nom "
8058 "d’utilitaire ni identifiant de terminal (par exemple, « disable »)."
8059
8060 #. type: Title ==
8061 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
8062 #, no-wrap
8063 msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
8064 msgstr "FORMAT DE FICHIERS SCHÉMA PAR DÉFAUT"
8065
8066 #. type: Plain text
8067 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
8068 msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
8069 msgstr "Les déclarations suivantes sont reconnues."
8070
8071 #. type: delimited block _
8072 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
8073 #, no-wrap
8074 msgid "*name color-sequence*\n"
8075 msgstr "*nom couleur*\n"
8076
8077 #. type: Plain text
8078 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
8079 msgid ""
8080 "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The "
8081 "names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the "
8082 "*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
8083 msgstr ""
8084 "Le *nom* est un nom logique de suite de couleur (par exemple, « error »). "
8085 "Les noms sont spécifiques aux utilitaires. Pour plus de précisions, "
8086 "consultez toujours la section *COULEURS* dans la page de manuel de "
8087 "l’utilitaire."
8088
8089 # NOTE: s/ASCII/ANSI/
8090 #. type: Plain text
8091 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
8092 msgid ""
8093 "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape "
8094 "sequences."
8095 msgstr ""
8096 "La *couleur* est un nom de couleur, suites de couleurs ANSI ou séquences "
8097 "d’échappement."
8098
8099 #. type: Title ===
8100 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
8101 #, no-wrap
8102 msgid "Color names"
8103 msgstr "Noms de couleur"
8104
8105 #. type: Plain text
8106 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
8107 msgid ""
8108 "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
8109 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
8110 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
8111 msgstr ""
8112 "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
8113 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
8114 "magenta, red, reset, reverse et yellow."
8115
8116 #. type: Title ===
8117 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
8118 #, no-wrap
8119 msgid "ANSI color sequences"
8120 msgstr "suites de couleurs ANSI"
8121
8122 #. type: Plain text
8123 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
8124 msgid ""
8125 "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
8126 "semicolons. The most common codes are:"
8127 msgstr ""
8128 "Les suites de couleurs sont composées de suites de nombres séparés par des "
8129 "points-virgules. Les codes les plus habituels sont :"
8130
8131 #. type: Table
8132 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
8133 #, no-wrap
8134 msgid ""
8135 "|0 |to restore default color\n"
8136 "|1 |for brighter colors\n"
8137 "|4 |for underlined text\n"
8138 "|5 |for flashing text\n"
8139 "|30 |for black foreground\n"
8140 "|31 |for red foreground\n"
8141 "|32 |for green foreground\n"
8142 "|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n"
8143 "|34 |for blue foreground\n"
8144 "|35 |for purple foreground\n"
8145 "|36 |for cyan foreground\n"
8146 "|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n"
8147 "|40 |for black background\n"
8148 "|41 |for red background\n"
8149 "|42 |for green background\n"
8150 "|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n"
8151 "|44 |for blue background\n"
8152 "|45 |for purple background\n"
8153 "|46 |for cyan background\n"
8154 "|47 |for white (or gray) background\n"
8155 msgstr ""
8156 "|0 |pour restaurer les couleurs par défaut\n"
8157 "|1 |pour des couleurs plus brillantes\n"
8158 "|4 |pour du texte souligné\n"
8159 "|5 |pour du texte clignotant\n"
8160 "|30 |pour un premier plan noir\n"
8161 "|31 |pour un premier plan rouge\n"
8162 "|32 |pour un premier plan vert\n"
8163 "|33 |pour un premier plan jaune (ou brun)\n"
8164 "|34 |pour un premier plan bleu\n"
8165 "|35 |pour un premier plan pourpre\n"
8166 "|36 |pour un premier plan cyan\n"
8167 "|37 |pour un premier plan blanc (ou gris)\n"
8168 "|40 |pour un fond noir\n"
8169 "|41 |pour un fond rouge\n"
8170 "|42 |pour un fond vert\n"
8171 "|43 |pour un fond jaune (ou brun)\n"
8172 "|44 |pour un fond bleu\n"
8173 "|45 |pour un fond pourpre\n"
8174 "|46 |pour un fond cyan\n"
8175 "|47 |pour un fond blanc (ou gris)\n"
8176
8177 #. type: Title ===
8178 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
8179 #, no-wrap
8180 msgid "Escape sequences"
8181 msgstr "Séquences d’échappement"
8182
8183 #. type: delimited block _
8184 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
8185 msgid ""
8186 "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-"
8187 "escaped notation can be used:"
8188 msgstr ""
8189 "Pour indiquer les caractères de contrôle ou blanc dans les suites de "
8190 "couleur, la notation d’échappement \\ de type C peut être utilisée :"
8191
8192 #. type: Table
8193 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
8194 #, no-wrap
8195 msgid ""
8196 "|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
8197 "|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
8198 "|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
8199 "|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n"
8200 "|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n"
8201 "|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n"
8202 "|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n"
8203 "|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n"
8204 "|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
8205 "|*\\_* |Space\n"
8206 "|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n"
8207 "|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
8208 "|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
8209 msgstr ""
8210 "|*\\a* |Sonnerie (ASCII 7)\n"
8211 "|*\\b* |Retour arrière (ASCII 8)\n"
8212 "|*\\e* |Échappement (ASCII 27)\n"
8213 "|*\\f* |Saut de page (ASCII 12)\n"
8214 "|*\\n* |Saut de ligne (ASCII 10)\n"
8215 "|*\\r* |Retour chariot (ASCII 13)\n"
8216 "|*\\t* |Tabulation (ASCII 9)\n"
8217 "|*\\v* |Tabulation Verticale (ASCII 11)\n"
8218 "|*\\?* |Suppression (ASCII 127)\n"
8219 "|*\\_* |Espace\n"
8220 "|*\\\\* |Barre oblique inverse (\\)\n"
8221 "|*\\^* |Chapeau (^)\n"
8222 "|*\\#* |Dièse (#)\n"
8223
8224 #. type: delimited block _
8225 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
8226 msgid ""
8227 "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, "
8228 "or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as "
8229 "the first character."
8230 msgstr ""
8231 "Remarquez que des protections sont nécessaires pour entrer une espace, une "
8232 "contre-oblique, un accent circonflexe ou n’importe quel caractère de "
8233 "contrôle n’importe où dans la chaîne, ainsi que pour un croisillon si c’est "
8234 "le premier caractère."
8235
8236 #. type: delimited block _
8237 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
8238 msgid ""
8239 "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of "
8240 "*dmesg*(1), use:"
8241 msgstr ""
8242 "Par exemple, pour utiliser un arrière-plan rouge pour les messages d’alerte "
8243 "dans la sortie de *dmesg*(1), utilisez :"
8244
8245 #. type: Plain text
8246 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
8247 #, no-wrap
8248 msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
8249 msgstr "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
8250
8251 #. type: Title ===
8252 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
8253 #, no-wrap
8254 msgid "Comments"
8255 msgstr "Commentaires"
8256
8257 #. type: delimited block _
8258 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
8259 msgid ""
8260 "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any "
8261 "other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
8262 msgstr ""
8263 "Les lignes où le premier caractère non blanc est un *#* (croisillon) sont "
8264 "ignorées. Toutes les autres utilisations du caractère croisillon ne sont pas "
8265 "interprétées comme introduisant un commentaire."
8266
8267 #. type: Labeled list
8268 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
8269 #, no-wrap
8270 msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
8271 msgstr "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
8272
8273 #. type: Plain text
8274 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116
8275 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:132
8276 msgid "enables debug output."
8277 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage."
8278
8279 #. type: delimited block _
8280 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
8281 msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
8282 msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
8283
8284 #. type: delimited block _
8285 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
8286 msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
8287 msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
8288
8289 #. type: delimited block _
8290 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
8291 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
8292 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
8293
8294 #. type: delimited block _
8295 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
8296 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
8297 msgstr "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles :"
8298
8299 #. type: Plain text
8300 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
8301 #, no-wrap
8302 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
8303 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
8304
8305 #. type: delimited block _
8306 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
8307 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
8308 msgstr ""
8309 "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sur un terminal "
8310 "vt100 :"
8311
8312 #. type: Plain text
8313 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
8314 #, no-wrap
8315 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
8316 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
8317
8318 #. type: delimited block _
8319 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
8320 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
8321 msgstr ""
8322 "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sauf *dmesg*(1) :"
8323
8324 #. type: Plain text
8325 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
8326 #, no-wrap
8327 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
8328 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
8329
8330 #. type: Title ==
8331 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112
8332 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159
8333 #, no-wrap
8334 msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
8335 msgstr "COMPATIBILITÉ"
8336
8337 #. type: delimited block _
8338 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
8339 msgid ""
8340 "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-"
8341 "linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see "
8342 "the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
8343 msgstr ""
8344 "La fonctionnalité *terminal-colors.d* est actuellement prise en charge par "
8345 "tous les utilitaires d’util-linux qui fournissent une sortie en couleur. "
8346 "Pour plus de précisions, consultez toujours la section *COULEURS* dans la "
8347 "page de manuel de l’utilitaire."
8348
8349 #. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
8350 #. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24.
8351 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
8352 #. Created  Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger
8353 #. type: Title =
8354 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8
8355 #, no-wrap
8356 msgid "libblkid(3)"
8357 msgstr "libblkid(3)"
8358
8359 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
8360 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35
8361 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35
8362 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37
8363 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35
8364 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35
8365 #, no-wrap
8366 msgid "Programmer's Manual"
8367 msgstr "Manuel du programmeur"
8368
8369 #. type: Plain text
8370 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19
8371 msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
8372 msgstr "libblkid - Bibliothèque d'identification de périphériques bloc"
8373
8374 #. type: Plain text
8375 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23
8376 #, no-wrap
8377 msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
8378 msgstr "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
8379
8380 #. type: Plain text
8381 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25
8382 #, no-wrap
8383 msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
8384 msgstr "*cc* _fichier.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
8385
8386 #. type: Plain text
8387 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
8388 #, fuzzy
8389 #| msgid ""
8390 #| "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
8391 #| "their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
8392 #| "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
8393 #| "serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags "
8394 #| "instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration "
8395 #| "files."
8396 msgid ""
8397 "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their "
8398 "content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information "
8399 "such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A "
8400 "common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-"
8401 "coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all "
8402 "available tags in *TAGS* section."
8403 msgstr ""
8404 "La bibliothèque *libblkid* est utilisée pour identifier les périphériques "
8405 "bloc à leur contenu (par exemple un type de système de fichiers), pour "
8406 "extraire des informations additionnelles comme les noms de volumes, les "
8407 "étiquettes, les identifiants uniques, les numéros de série d'un système de "
8408 "fichiers. Une utilisation courante est de permettre d'identifier un "
8409 "périphérique bloc par son étiquette (*LABEL=*) ou son identifiant unique "
8410 "(*UUID=*) en lieu et place d'un lien direct dans des fichiers de "
8411 "configuration."
8412
8413 #. type: Plain text
8414 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
8415 msgid ""
8416 "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information "
8417 "about partitions and block device topology."
8418 msgstr ""
8419 "La partie bas niveau de la bibliothèque permet aussi d'extraire les "
8420 "renseignements sur les partitions et la topologie de périphérique bloc."
8421
8422 #. type: Plain text
8423 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
8424 msgid ""
8425 "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in "
8426 "a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the "
8427 "user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise "
8428 "not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other "
8429 "than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/"
8430 "id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the "
8431 "environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
8432 msgstr ""
8433 "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque garde les renseignements sur les "
8434 "périphériques bloc dans un fichier cache dont la validité est vérifiée avant "
8435 "d'être renvoyé à l'utilisateur (si l'utilisateur a les permissions de "
8436 "lecture sur le périphérique bloc brut, sinon, non). Le fichier cache permet "
8437 "aux utilisateurs ordinaires (tous les utilisateurs n'appartenant pas au "
8438 "groupe « disk » et autres que le superutilisateur) de chercher des "
8439 "périphériques par étiquette ou identifiant. L'emplacement standard du "
8440 "fichier cache peut être surchargé par la variable d'environnement "
8441 "*BLKID_FILE*."
8442
8443 #. type: Plain text
8444 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
8445 msgid ""
8446 "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
8447 "it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
8448 "are not able to read the block device directly)."
8449 msgstr ""
8450 "Dans le cas d'une récupération d'informations à propos d'un seul "
8451 "périphérique connu, que le cache soit utilisé ou non n'a pas d'impact sur "
8452 "les performances (à moins de pouvoir lire le périphérique bloc directement)."
8453
8454 #. type: Plain text
8455 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
8456 #, fuzzy
8457 #| msgid ""
8458 #| "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine "
8459 #| "*LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read "
8460 #| "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred "
8461 #| "method by default."
8462 msgid ""
8463 "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/"
8464 "UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads "
8465 "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method "
8466 "by default."
8467 msgstr ""
8468 "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque prend en charge deux méthodes pour "
8469 "déterminer l'étiquette ou l'UUID. Elle lit les renseignements directement "
8470 "sur le périphérique bloc ou dans les liens symboliques /dev/disk/by-* "
8471 "d'udev. La méthode udev est celle préférée par défaut."
8472
8473 #. type: Plain text
8474 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
8475 msgid ""
8476 "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly "
8477 "recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and "
8478 "the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
8479 msgstr ""
8480 "Si plusieurs périphériques sont concernés, l'utilisation du cache est "
8481 "hautement recommandée (même s'il est vide) car les périphériques seront "
8482 "parcourus au plus une fois et le cache sur disque sera mis à jour si "
8483 "possible."
8484
8485 #. type: Plain text
8486 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
8487 msgid ""
8488 "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
8489 "after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
8490 "way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
8491 "use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
8492 msgstr ""
8493 "Dans certains cas (noyau modulaire), les périphériques bloc ne sont pas "
8494 "visibles avant d’avoir été accédés une première fois. Une façon de trouver "
8495 "ces périphériques sans énumérer seulement les périphériques visibles est "
8496 "donc primordiale. Ainsi, l'utilisation du fichier cache est *nécessaire* "
8497 "dans ce cas."
8498
8499 #. type: Title ==
8500 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:158
8501 #, no-wrap
8502 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
8503 msgstr "FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"
8504
8505 #. type: Plain text
8506 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
8507 msgid ""
8508 "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
8509 "by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config "
8510 "file see *blkid*(8) man page."
8511 msgstr ""
8512 "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration _/etc/blkid.conf_ peut "
8513 "être remplacé par la variable d'environnement *BLKID_CONF*. Plus de "
8514 "précisions sur le fichier de configuration sont disponibles dans la page de "
8515 "manuel *blkid*(8)."
8516
8517 #. type: Title ==
8518 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
8519 #, no-wrap
8520 msgid "TAGS"
8521 msgstr "TAGS"
8522
8523 #. type: Plain text
8524 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
8525 msgid ""
8526 "All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file "
8527 "systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with "
8528 "*blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():"
8529 msgstr ""
8530
8531 #. type: Labeled list
8532 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:50
8533 #, no-wrap
8534 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_TYPE"
8535 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_TYPE"
8536
8537 #. type: Plain text
8538 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:53
8539 msgid "TYPE - filesystem type"
8540 msgstr "TYPE - type de système de fichier"
8541
8542 #. type: Labeled list
8543 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:54
8544 #, no-wrap
8545 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_SECTYPE"
8546 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_SECTYPE"
8547
8548 #. type: Plain text
8549 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:57
8550 msgid "SEC_TYPE - secondary filesystem type"
8551 msgstr "SEC_TYPE - type de système de fichier secondaire"
8552
8553 #. type: Labeled list
8554 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:58
8555 #, no-wrap
8556 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABEL"
8557 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABEL"
8558
8559 #. type: Plain text
8560 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:61
8561 msgid "LABEL - filesystem label"
8562 msgstr "LABEL - étiquette du système de fichier"
8563
8564 #. type: Labeled list
8565 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:62
8566 #, no-wrap
8567 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABELRAW"
8568 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABELRAW"
8569
8570 #. type: Plain text
8571 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:65
8572 msgid "LABEL_RAW - raw label from FS superblock"
8573 msgstr "LABEL_RAW - étiquette brute du superbloc du système de fichier"
8574
8575 #. type: Labeled list
8576 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:66
8577 #, no-wrap
8578 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUID"
8579 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUID"
8580
8581 #. type: Plain text
8582 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:69
8583 msgid "UUID - filesystem UUID (lower case)"
8584 msgstr "UUID - UUID du système de fichier (en minuscules)"
8585
8586 #. type: Plain text
8587 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:71
8588 msgid "UUID_SUB - subvolume uuid (e.g. btrfs)"
8589 msgstr "UUID_SUB - uuid du sous-volume (par ex. btrfs)"
8590
8591 #. type: Plain text
8592 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:73
8593 msgid "LOGUUID - external log UUID (e.g. xfs)"
8594 msgstr ""
8595
8596 #. type: Labeled list
8597 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:74
8598 #, no-wrap
8599 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUIDRAW"
8600 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUIDRAW"
8601
8602 #. type: Plain text
8603 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:77
8604 msgid "UUID_RAW - raw UUID from FS superblock"
8605 msgstr "UUID_RAW - UUID brut du superbloc du système de fichier"
8606
8607 #. type: Labeled list
8608 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:78
8609 #, no-wrap
8610 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_USAGE"
8611 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_USAGE"
8612
8613 #. type: Plain text
8614 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:81
8615 msgid "USAGE - usage string: \"raid\", \"filesystem\", etc."
8616 msgstr "USAGE - chaîne d'utilisation : « raid », « filesystem », etc."
8617
8618 #. type: Labeled list
8619 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:82
8620 #, no-wrap
8621 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_VERSION"
8622 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_VERSION"
8623
8624 #. type: Plain text
8625 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:85
8626 msgid "VERSION - filesystem version"
8627 msgstr "VERSION - version du système de fichier"
8628
8629 #. type: Labeled list
8630 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:86
8631 #, no-wrap
8632 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_MAGIC"
8633 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_MAGIC"
8634
8635 #. type: Plain text
8636 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:89
8637 msgid "SBMAGIC - super block magic string"
8638 msgstr ""
8639
8640 #. type: Plain text
8641 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:91
8642 msgid "SBMAGIC_OFFSET - offset of SBMAGIC"
8643 msgstr ""
8644
8645 #. type: Labeled list
8646 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:92
8647 #, no-wrap
8648 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_FSINFO"
8649 msgstr ""
8650
8651 #. type: Plain text
8652 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:98
8653 msgid ""
8654 "FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same "
8655 "value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the "
8656 "size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID "
8657 "configuration (redundant data)."
8658 msgstr ""
8659
8660 #. type: Plain text
8661 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:100
8662 msgid "FSLASTBLOCK - last fsblock/total number of fsblocks"
8663 msgstr ""
8664
8665 #. type: Plain text
8666 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:102
8667 msgid "FSBLOCKSIZE - file system block size"
8668 msgstr ""
8669
8670 #. type: Labeled list
8671 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:103
8672 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
8673 #| msgid "The following mount options are available:"
8674 msgid "The following tags are always enabled"
8675 msgstr "Les options de montages suivantes sont disponibles :"
8676
8677 #. type: Plain text
8678 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:106
8679 msgid "BLOCK_SIZE - minimal block size accessible by file system"
8680 msgstr ""
8681
8682 #. type: Plain text
8683 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:108
8684 msgid "MOUNT - cluster mount name (ocfs only)"
8685 msgstr ""
8686
8687 #. type: Plain text
8688 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:110
8689 msgid "EXT_JOURNAL - external journal UUID"
8690 msgstr ""
8691
8692 #. type: Plain text
8693 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:112
8694 msgid "SYSTEM_ID - ISO9660 system identifier"
8695 msgstr ""
8696
8697 #. type: Plain text
8698 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:114
8699 msgid "VOLUME_SET_ID - ISO9660 volume set identifier"
8700 msgstr ""
8701
8702 #. type: Plain text
8703 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:116
8704 msgid "DATA_PREPARER_ID - ISO9660 data identifier"
8705 msgstr ""
8706
8707 #. type: Plain text
8708 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:118
8709 msgid "PUBLISHER_ID - ISO9660 publisher identifier"
8710 msgstr ""
8711
8712 #. type: Plain text
8713 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:120
8714 msgid "APPLICATION_ID - ISO9660 application identifier"
8715 msgstr ""
8716
8717 #. type: Plain text
8718 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:122
8719 msgid "BOOT_SYSTEM_ID - ISO9660 boot system identifier"
8720 msgstr ""
8721
8722 # NOTE: utilties -> utilities,
8723 #. type: Plain text
8724 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:126
8725 #, no-wrap
8726 msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n"
8727 msgstr "*libblkid* a été écrite par Andreas Dilger pour les utilitaires du système de fichiers ext2 avec des apports de Ted Ts'o. Elle a subi par la suite des modifications importantes de la part de Ted Ts'o.\n"
8728
8729 #. type: Plain text
8730 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:128
8731 msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak."
8732 msgstr "Le code de détection bas niveau a été réécrit par Karel Zak."
8733
8734 #. type: Title ==
8735 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:129
8736 #, no-wrap
8737 msgid "COPYING"
8738 msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
8739
8740 #. type: Plain text
8741 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:132
8742 #, no-wrap
8743 msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n"
8744 msgstr "*libblkid* est disponible selon les termes de la licence GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL), version 2 (ou selon vos préférences, toute version plus récente).\n"
8745
8746 #. type: Plain text
8747 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:137 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107
8748 #, no-wrap
8749 msgid ""
8750 "*blkid*(8),\n"
8751 "*findfs*(8)\n"
8752 msgstr ""
8753 "*blkid*(8),\n"
8754 "*findfs*(8)\n"
8755
8756 #
8757 #
8758 #
8759 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8760 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8761 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8762 #. are met:
8763 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8764 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8765 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8766 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8767 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8768 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8769 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8770 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8771 #.    written permission.
8772 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8773 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8774 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8775 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8776 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8777 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8778 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8779 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8780 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8781 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8782 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8783 #. DAMAGE.
8784 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8785 #. type: Title =
8786 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33
8787 #, no-wrap
8788 msgid "uuid(3)"
8789 msgstr "uuid(3)"
8790
8791 #. type: Plain text
8792 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44
8793 msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
8794 msgstr ""
8795 "uuid - Bibliothèque de gestion des identifiants uniques universels "
8796 "compatibles avec DCE"
8797
8798 #. type: Plain text
8799 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
8800 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
8801 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48
8802 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48
8803 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
8804 #, no-wrap
8805 msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
8806 msgstr "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
8807
8808 #. type: Plain text
8809 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
8810 msgid ""
8811 "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
8812 "be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
8813 "compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
8814 "Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
8815 msgstr ""
8816 "La bibliothèque UUID est utilisée pour générer des identifiants uniques pour "
8817 "des objets qui peuvent être accessibles hors d'un système local. Cette "
8818 "bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec ceux créés par l'outil "
8819 "*uuidgen*(1) de l'« Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing "
8820 "Environment (DCE) »."
8821
8822 #. type: Plain text
8823 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
8824 msgid ""
8825 "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
8826 "within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
8827 "instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
8828 "without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
8829 msgstr ""
8830 "Les UUID générés par cette bibliothèque peuvent raisonnablement être "
8831 "considérés uniques dans un système et uniques entre systèmes. Ils pourraient "
8832 "être utilisés, par exemple, pour générer des informations de session HTTP "
8833 "(« cookie ») entre de multiples serveurs web sans communication entre ces "
8834 "serveurs et sans risque de conflit de noms."
8835
8836 #. type: Title ==
8837 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
8838 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59
8839 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:229 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54
8840 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82
8841 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223
8842 #, no-wrap
8843 msgid "CONFORMING TO"
8844 msgstr "CONFORMITÉ"
8845
8846 #. type: Plain text
8847 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
8848 msgid ""
8849 "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
8850 "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
8851 "rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
8852 msgstr ""
8853 "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et des "
8854 "UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la link:https://"
8855 "tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
8856
8857 #. type: Plain text
8858 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
8859 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
8860 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58
8861 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62
8862 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
8863 msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
8864 msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
8865
8866 #. type: Plain text
8867 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73
8868 #, no-wrap
8869 msgid ""
8870 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8871 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8872 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8873 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8874 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8875 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8876 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8877 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8878 msgstr ""
8879 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8880 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8881 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8882 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8883 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8884 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8885 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8886 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8887
8888 #
8889 #
8890 #
8891 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8892 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8893 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8894 #. are met:
8895 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8896 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8897 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8898 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8899 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8900 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8901 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8902 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8903 #.    written permission.
8904 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8905 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8906 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8907 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8908 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8909 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8910 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8911 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8912 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8913 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8914 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8915 #. DAMAGE.
8916 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8917 #. type: Title =
8918 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33
8919 #, no-wrap
8920 msgid "uuid_clear(3)"
8921 msgstr "uuid_clear(3)"
8922
8923 #. type: Plain text
8924 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44
8925 msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
8926 msgstr "uuid_clear - Mettre à NULL la valeur de la variable UUID"
8927
8928 #. type: Plain text
8929 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50
8930 #, no-wrap
8931 msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8932 msgstr "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8933
8934 #. type: Plain text
8935 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
8936 msgid ""
8937 "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
8938 "_uu_ to the NULL value."
8939 msgstr ""
8940 "La fonction *uuid_clear*() définit la valeur de la variable d’UUID fournie "
8941 "_uu_ à la valeur NULL."
8942
8943 #. type: Plain text
8944 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
8945 #, no-wrap
8946 msgid ""
8947 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8948 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8949 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8950 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8951 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8952 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8953 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8954 msgstr ""
8955 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8956 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8957 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8958 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8959 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8960 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8961 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8962
8963 #
8964 #
8965 #
8966 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8967 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8968 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8969 #. are met:
8970 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8971 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8972 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8973 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8974 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8975 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8976 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8977 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8978 #.    written permission.
8979 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8980 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8981 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8982 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8983 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8984 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8985 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8986 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8987 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8988 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8989 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8990 #. DAMAGE.
8991 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8992 #. type: Title =
8993 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33
8994 #, no-wrap
8995 msgid "uuid_compare(3)"
8996 msgstr "uuid_compare(3)"
8997
8998 #. type: Plain text
8999 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44
9000 msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
9001 msgstr "uuid_compare - Comparer deux UUID"
9002
9003 #. type: Plain text
9004 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50
9005 #, no-wrap
9006 msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
9007 msgstr "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
9008
9009 #. type: Plain text
9010 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
9011 msgid ""
9012 "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ "
9013 "and _uu2_ to each other."
9014 msgstr ""
9015 "La fonction *uuid_compare*() compare les deux variables d'UUID _uu1_ et "
9016 "_uu2_ entre elles."
9017
9018 #. type: Title ==
9019 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
9020 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
9021 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108
9022 #, no-wrap
9023 msgid "RETURN VALUE"
9024 msgstr "VALEUR RENVOYÉE"
9025
9026 #. type: Plain text
9027 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
9028 msgid ""
9029 "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is "
9030 "found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater "
9031 "than _uu2_."
9032 msgstr ""
9033 "La fonction renvoie un entier inférieur à zéro, nul ou supérieur à zéro si "
9034 "_uu1_ est respectivement inférieur, égal ou supérieur à _uu2_ dans l'ordre "
9035 "lexicographique."
9036
9037 #. type: Plain text
9038 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
9039 #, no-wrap
9040 msgid ""
9041 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9042 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9043 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9044 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9045 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9046 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9047 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9048 msgstr ""
9049 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9050 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9051 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9052 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9053 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9054 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9055 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9056
9057 #
9058 #
9059 #
9060 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9061 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9062 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9063 #. are met:
9064 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9065 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9066 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9067 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9068 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9069 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9070 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9071 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9072 #.    written permission.
9073 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9074 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9075 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9076 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9077 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9078 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9079 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9080 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9081 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9082 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9083 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9084 #. DAMAGE.
9085 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9086 #. type: Title =
9087 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33
9088 #, no-wrap
9089 msgid "uuid_copy(3)"
9090 msgstr "uuid_copy(3)"
9091
9092 #. type: Plain text
9093 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44
9094 msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
9095 msgstr "uuid_copy - Copier une valeur d'UUID"
9096
9097 #. type: Plain text
9098 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50
9099 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
9100 #| msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
9101 msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__);*\n"
9102 msgstr "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __source__;*\n"
9103
9104 #. type: Plain text
9105 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54
9106 msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_."
9107 msgstr "La fonction *uuid_copy*() copie la variable UUID _source_ dans _dest_."
9108
9109 #. type: Plain text
9110 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58
9111 msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_."
9112 msgstr "L'UUID copié est renvoyé dans l'emplacement pointé par _dest_."
9113
9114 #. type: Plain text
9115 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72
9116 #, no-wrap
9117 msgid ""
9118 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9119 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9120 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9121 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9122 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9123 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9124 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9125 msgstr ""
9126 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9127 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9128 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9129 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9130 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9131 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9132 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9133
9134 #
9135 #
9136 #
9137 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9138 #. %Begin-Header%
9139 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9140 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9141 #. are met:
9142 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9143 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9144 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9145 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9146 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9147 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9148 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9149 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9150 #.    written permission.
9151 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9152 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9153 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9154 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9155 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9156 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9157 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9158 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9159 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9160 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9161 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9162 #. DAMAGE.
9163 #. %End-Header%
9164 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9165 #. type: Title =
9166 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35
9167 #, no-wrap
9168 msgid "uuid_generate(3)"
9169 msgstr "uuid_generate(3)"
9170
9171 #. type: Plain text
9172 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
9173 msgid ""
9174 "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
9175 "uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
9176 msgstr ""
9177 "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
9178 "uuid_generate_time_safe - Créer une nouvelle valeur unique d'UUID"
9179
9180 #. type: Plain text
9181 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
9182 #, no-wrap
9183 msgid ""
9184 "*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9185 "*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9186 "*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9187 "*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9188 "*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
9189 "*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n"
9190 msgstr ""
9191 "*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9192 "*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9193 "*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9194 "*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9195 "*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __sortie__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*nom__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
9196 "*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __sortie__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*nom__, size_t __len__);*\n"
9197
9198 #. type: Plain text
9199 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
9200 msgid ""
9201 "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier "
9202 "(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
9203 "*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not "
9204 "available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which "
9205 "uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and "
9206 "random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
9207 msgstr ""
9208 "La fonction *uuid_generate*() crée un nouvel identifiant unique universel "
9209 "(UUID). L'UUID sera généré en se basant sur la haute qualité aléatoire de "
9210 "*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_ ou _/dev/random_, s'il est disponible. S'il "
9211 "ne l'est pas, alors *uuid_generate*() utilisera un autre algorithme qui "
9212 "utilise l'heure actuelle, l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si disponible) et "
9213 "une donnée aléatoire générée par un générateur pseudoaléatoire."
9214
9215 #. type: Plain text
9216 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
9217 msgid ""
9218 "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
9219 "format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in "
9220 "which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use "
9221 "of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs "
9222 "generated in this fashion."
9223 msgstr ""
9224 "La fonction *uuid_generate_random*() impose l'utilisation d'UUID totalement "
9225 "aléatoires, même si le générateur haute qualité de nombres aléatoires (c'est-"
9226 "à-dire, _/dev/urandom_) n'est pas disponible, auquel cas un générateur "
9227 "pseudoaléatoire lui sera substitué. À noter que l'utilisation du générateur "
9228 "pseudoaléatoire peut compromettre l'unicité des UUID générés de cette façon."
9229
9230 #. type: Plain text
9231 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
9232 msgid ""
9233 "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative "
9234 "algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
9235 "available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
9236 "UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
9237 "information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
9238 "privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function "
9239 "only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not "
9240 "available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently "
9241 "running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if "
9242 "the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or "
9243 "the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the "
9244 "process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If "
9245 "neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is "
9246 "theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the "
9247 "same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, "
9248 "use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
9249 msgstr ""
9250 "La fonction *uuid_generate_time*() impose l'utilisation de l'algorithme "
9251 "alternatif qui utilise l'heure actuelle et l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si "
9252 "disponible). Cet algorithme était celui utilisé par défaut pour générer les "
9253 "UUID, mais à cause de l'utilisation de l'adresse MAC Ethernet, il peut "
9254 "divulguer des informations sur quand et où l'UUID a été créé. Cela peut "
9255 "poser des problèmes de confidentialité dans certaines applications. Par "
9256 "conséquent, la fonction *uuid_generate*() n'utilise cet algorithme que si "
9257 "aucune source de génération aléatoire de haute qualité n'est disponible. "
9258 "Pour garantir l'unicité des UUID générés par les processus exécutés en même "
9259 "temps, la bibliothèque uuid utilise un compteur d'état d'horloge global (si "
9260 "le processus est autorisé à obtenir un accès exclusif à ce fichier) et/ou le "
9261 "démon *uuidd*(8) s'il est déjà en cours d'exécution ou peut être engendré "
9262 "par le processus (s'il est installé et que le processus est autorisé à "
9263 "l'exécuter). Si aucun de ces deux mécanismes de synchronisation ne peut être "
9264 "utilisé, il est théoriquement possible que deux processus exécutés en même "
9265 "temps obtiennent les mêmes UUID. Pour savoir si l'UUID a été généré de façon "
9266 "sûre, utilisez *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
9267
9268 #. type: Plain text
9269 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
9270 msgid ""
9271 "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to "
9272 "*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether "
9273 "any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
9274 msgstr ""
9275 "La fonction *uuid_generate_time_safe*() est similaire à "
9276 "*uuid_generate_time*() si ce n'est qu'elle renvoie une valeur qui indique si "
9277 "un des mécanismes de synchronisation (voir ci-dessus) a été utilisé."
9278
9279 # NOTE: elemntary => elementary
9280 #. type: Plain text
9281 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
9282 msgid ""
9283 "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
9284 "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
9285 "universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be "
9286 "considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
9287 "UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
9288 msgstr ""
9289 "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ 3,4 x 10^38\\ "
9290 "valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules élémentaires dans l'univers "
9291 "d'après le _Cosmos_ de Carl Sagan). Le nouvel UUID peut être raisonnablement "
9292 "considéré comme unique parmi tous les UUID créés localement sur le système, "
9293 "ainsi que parmi les UUID créés sur d'autres systèmes par le passé et dans le "
9294 "futur."
9295
9296 #. type: Plain text
9297 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
9298 msgid ""
9299 "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an "
9300 "MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing "
9301 "the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 "
9302 "UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9303 msgstr ""
9304 "Les fonctions *uuid_generate_md5*() et *uuid_generate_sha1*() génèrent un "
9305 "UUID haché (donc prédictible) par MD5 et SHA1 en se basant sur un UUID bien "
9306 "connu fournissant un espace de noms et une chaîne binaire arbitraire. Les "
9307 "UUID sont conformes aux UUID versions 3 et 5 de la norme link:https://tools."
9308 "ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9309
9310 #. type: Plain text
9311 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
9312 msgid ""
9313 "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
9314 "_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been "
9315 "generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
9316 msgstr ""
9317 "Le nouveau UUID créé est renvoyé dans l'emplacement mémoire pointé par "
9318 "_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() renvoie zéro si l'UUID a été généré de "
9319 "façon sûre, -1 sinon."
9320
9321 #. type: Plain text
9322 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96
9323 #, no-wrap
9324 msgid ""
9325 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
9326 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9327 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9328 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9329 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9330 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9331 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9332 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9333 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
9334 "*uuidd*(8)\n"
9335 msgstr ""
9336 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
9337 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9338 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9339 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9340 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9341 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9342 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9343 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9344 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
9345 "*uuidd*(8)\n"
9346
9347 #
9348 #
9349 #
9350 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9351 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9352 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9353 #. are met:
9354 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9355 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9356 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9357 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9358 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9359 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9360 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9361 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9362 #.    written permission.
9363 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9364 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9365 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9366 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9367 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9368 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9369 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9370 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9371 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9372 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9373 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9374 #. DAMAGE.
9375 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9376 #. type: Title =
9377 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33
9378 #, no-wrap
9379 msgid "uuid_is_null(3)"
9380 msgstr "uuid_is_null(3)"
9381
9382 #. type: Plain text
9383 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44
9384 msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
9385 msgstr "uuid_is_null - Comparer la valeur d'un UUID à la valeur NULL"
9386
9387 #. type: Plain text
9388 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50
9389 #, no-wrap
9390 msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9391 msgstr "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9392
9393 #. type: Plain text
9394 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
9395 msgid ""
9396 "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
9397 "variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
9398 "is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
9399 msgstr ""
9400 "La fonction *uuid_is_null*() compare la valeur de l'UUID _uu_ fourni à la "
9401 "valeur NULL. Si la valeur est égale à l'UUID NULL, 1 est renvoyé, sinon 0 "
9402 "est renvoyé."
9403
9404 #. type: Plain text
9405 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69
9406 #, no-wrap
9407 msgid ""
9408 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9409 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9410 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9411 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9412 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9413 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9414 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9415 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9416 msgstr ""
9417 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9418 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9419 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9420 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9421 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9422 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9423 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9424 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9425
9426 #
9427 #
9428 #
9429 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9430 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9431 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9432 #. are met:
9433 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9434 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9435 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9436 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9437 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9438 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9439 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9440 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9441 #.    written permission.
9442 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9443 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9444 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9445 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9446 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9447 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9448 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9449 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9450 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9451 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9452 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9453 #. DAMAGE.
9454 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9455 #. type: Title =
9456 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33
9457 #, no-wrap
9458 msgid "uuid_parse(3)"
9459 msgstr "uuid_parse(3)"
9460
9461 #. type: Plain text
9462 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
9463 msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
9464 msgstr "uuid_parse - Convertir une chaîne d'UUID en sa représentation binaire"
9465
9466 #. type: Plain text
9467 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
9468 #, no-wrap
9469 msgid ""
9470 "*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
9471 "*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9472 msgstr ""
9473 "*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
9474 "*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9475
9476 #. type: Plain text
9477 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
9478 msgid ""
9479 "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the "
9480 "binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
9481 "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-"
9482 "%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
9483 msgstr ""
9484 "La fonction *uuid_parse*() convertit une chaîne de caractères de type UUID "
9485 "donnée dans _in_ en sa représentation binaire. La chaîne de caractères est "
9486 "une chaîne de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (format "
9487 "*printf*(3) %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x, 36 octets plus l'octet NULL final "
9488 "« \\0 »)."
9489
9490 #. type: Plain text
9491 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
9492 msgid ""
9493 "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only "
9494 "range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
9495 msgstr ""
9496 "La fonction *uuid_parse_range*() fonctionne comme *uuid_parse*() sauf "
9497 "qu'elle analyse uniquement la plage de la chaîne spécifiée par les pointeurs "
9498 "_in_start_ et _in_end_."
9499
9500 #. type: Plain text
9501 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
9502 msgid ""
9503 "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
9504 "stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
9505 msgstr ""
9506 "En cas de réussite, 0 est renvoyé et l'UUID est sauvegardé à l'emplacement "
9507 "pointé par _uu_, sinon -1 est renvoyé."
9508
9509 #. type: Plain text
9510 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
9511 msgid ""
9512 "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs "
9513 "V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9514 msgstr ""
9515 "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et des "
9516 "UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la link:https://"
9517 "tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9518
9519 #. type: Plain text
9520 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
9521 #, no-wrap
9522 msgid ""
9523 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9524 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9525 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9526 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9527 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9528 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9529 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9530 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9531 msgstr ""
9532 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9533 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9534 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9535 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9536 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9537 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9538 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9539 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9540
9541 #
9542 #
9543 #
9544 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9545 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9546 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9547 #. are met:
9548 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9549 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9550 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9551 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9552 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9553 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9554 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9555 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9556 #.    written permission.
9557 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9558 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9559 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9560 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9561 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9562 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9563 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9564 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9565 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9566 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9567 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9568 #. DAMAGE.
9569 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9570 #. type: Title =
9571 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33
9572 #, no-wrap
9573 msgid "uuid_time(3)"
9574 msgstr "uuid_time(3)"
9575
9576 #. type: Plain text
9577 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44
9578 msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
9579 msgstr "uuid_time - Extraire la date de création d'un UUID"
9580
9581 #. type: Plain text
9582 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50
9583 #, no-wrap
9584 msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
9585 msgstr "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
9586
9587 #. type: Plain text
9588 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
9589 msgid ""
9590 "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
9591 "based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only "
9592 "encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably "
9593 "expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
9594 "*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may "
9595 "or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
9596 msgstr ""
9597 "La fonction *uuid_time*() extrait la date à laquelle l’UUID temporel passé "
9598 "en paramètre a été créé. Remarquez que la date de création d'un UUID n'est "
9599 "encodée que dans certains types d'UUID. On peut donc raisonnablement "
9600 "s'attendre à ce que cette fonction n'extraie la date de création que d'un "
9601 "UUID généré avec les fonctions *uuid_generate_time*(3) et "
9602 "*uuid_generate_time_safe*(3). Elle pourrait fonctionner ou non avec des UUID "
9603 "créés avec d'autres fonctions."
9604
9605 #. type: Plain text
9606 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
9607 msgid ""
9608 "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
9609 "(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
9610 "created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
9611 "location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
9612 msgstr ""
9613 "Le temps en seconde depuis EPOCH (1er janvier 1970) jusqu'à la date de "
9614 "création de l'UUID est renvoyé (consulter *time*(2)). Le temps en seconde et "
9615 "microseconde auquel l'UUID a été créé depuis EPOCH est aussi disponible à "
9616 "l'emplacement pointé par _ret_tv_ (consulter *gettimeofday*(2))."
9617
9618 #. type: Plain text
9619 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73
9620 #, no-wrap
9621 msgid ""
9622 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9623 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9624 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9625 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9626 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9627 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9628 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9629 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9630 msgstr ""
9631 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9632 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9633 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9634 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9635 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9636 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9637 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9638 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9639
9640 #
9641 #
9642 #
9643 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9644 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9645 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9646 #. are met:
9647 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9648 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9649 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9650 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9651 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9652 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9653 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9654 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9655 #.    written permission.
9656 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9657 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9658 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9659 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9660 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9661 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9662 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9663 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9664 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9665 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9666 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9667 #. DAMAGE.
9668 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9669 #. type: Title =
9670 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33
9671 #, no-wrap
9672 msgid "uuid_unparse(3)"
9673 msgstr "uuid_unparse(3)"
9674
9675 #. type: Plain text
9676 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
9677 msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
9678 msgstr ""
9679 "uuid_unparse - Convertir un UUID de sa représentation binaire en une chaîne"
9680
9681 #. type: Plain text
9682 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
9683 #, no-wrap
9684 msgid ""
9685 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9686 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9687 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
9688 msgstr ""
9689 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9690 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9691 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
9692
9693 #. type: Plain text
9694 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
9695 msgid ""
9696 "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the "
9697 "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the "
9698 "form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
9699 "character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by "
9700 "*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-"
9701 "dependent local default."
9702 msgstr ""
9703 "La fonction *uuid_unparse* convertit l'UUID _uu_ fourni à partir de sa "
9704 "représentation binaire en une chaîne de caractères de 36 octets (plus le "
9705 "suffixe '\\0') de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 et "
9706 "enregistre cette valeur dans une chaîne de caractères pointée par _out_. La "
9707 "casse des caractères hexadécimaux renvoyés par *uuid_unparse*() peut être en "
9708 "majuscule ou minuscule, et dépend des réglages par défaut du système local."
9709
9710 #. type: Plain text
9711 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
9712 msgid ""
9713 "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
9714 "*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
9715 msgstr ""
9716 "Si la casse des chiffres hexadécimaux est importante, alors les fonctions "
9717 "*uuid_unparse_upper*() et *uuid_unparse_lower*() peuvent être utilisées."
9718
9719 #. type: Plain text
9720 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
9721 msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1."
9722 msgstr "Cette bibliothèque traite des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF."
9723
9724 #. type: Plain text
9725 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77
9726 #, no-wrap
9727 msgid ""
9728 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9729 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9730 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9731 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9732 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9733 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9734 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9735 "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
9736 msgstr ""
9737 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9738 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9739 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9740 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9741 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9742 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9743 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9744 "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
9745
9746 #
9747 #. chfn.1 -- change your finger information
9748 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
9749 #. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
9750 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
9751 #. There is no warranty.
9752 #. type: Title =
9753 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10
9754 #, no-wrap
9755 msgid "chfn(1)"
9756 msgstr "chfn(1)"
9757
9758 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
9759 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12
9760 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8
9761 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6
9762 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4
9763 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41
9764 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9
9765 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10
9766 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38
9767 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:9
9768 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4
9769 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6
9770 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6
9771 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38
9772 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4
9773 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28
9774 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8
9775 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4
9776 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8
9777 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8
9778 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4
9779 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4
9780 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4
9781 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9
9782 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4
9783 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4
9784 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38
9785 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4
9786 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39
9787 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41
9788 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38
9789 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38
9790 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41
9791 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38
9792 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38
9793 #, no-wrap
9794 msgid "User Commands"
9795 msgstr "Commandes de l'utilisateur"
9796
9797 #. type: Plain text
9798 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20
9799 msgid "chfn - change your finger information"
9800 msgstr "chfm - changer vos informations d'identification"
9801
9802 #. type: Plain text
9803 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
9804 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
9805 #| msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
9806 msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]\n"
9807 msgstr "*chfn* [*-f* _nom-complet_] [*-o* _bureau_] [*-p* _téléphone-bureau_] [*-h* _téléphone-domicile_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_nom-utilisateur_]\n"
9808
9809 #. type: Plain text
9810 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
9811 #, no-wrap
9812 msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n"
9813 msgstr "*chfn* est utilisé pour changer vos informations d'identification. Ces informations sont stockées dans le fichier _/etc/passwd_ et sont affichées par le programme *finger*. La commande *finger* de Linux affiche quatre informations qui peuvent être changées par *chfn* : votre nom réel, votre numéro de bureau, votre numéro de téléphone professionnel et le numéro de téléphone de votre domicile.\n"
9814
9815 #. type: Plain text
9816 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
9817 msgid ""
9818 "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. "
9819 "If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive "
9820 "mode."
9821 msgstr ""
9822 "Chacune de ces quatre informations peut être spécifiée sur la ligne de "
9823 "commande. Si aucune information est donnée sur la ligne de commande, *chfn* "
9824 "entre en mode interactif."
9825
9826 #. type: Plain text
9827 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
9828 msgid ""
9829 "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can "
9830 "enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field "
9831 "unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
9832 msgstr ""
9833 "En mode interactif, *chfn* demande chaque champ. À l'invite, vous pouvez "
9834 "entrer la nouvelle information ou simplement appuyer sur la touche retour "
9835 "pour laisser le champ inchangé. Entrez le mot-clé « none » pour laisser le "
9836 "champ vide."
9837
9838 #. type: Plain text
9839 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
9840 #, no-wrap
9841 msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
9842 msgstr "*chfn* supporte les entrées non locales (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) s'il est lié avec libuser. Sinon, utilisez *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) ou toute autre implémentation pour les entrées non locales.\n"
9843
9844 #. type: Labeled list
9845 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37
9846 #, no-wrap
9847 msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_"
9848 msgstr "*-f*, *--full-name* _nom-complet_"
9849
9850 #. type: Plain text
9851 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39
9852 msgid "Specify your real name."
9853 msgstr "Spécifiez votre nom réel."
9854
9855 #. type: Labeled list
9856 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40
9857 #, no-wrap
9858 msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_"
9859 msgstr "*-o*, *--office* _bureau_"
9860
9861 #. type: Plain text
9862 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42
9863 msgid "Specify your office room number."
9864 msgstr "Spécifiez le numéro de votre bureau."
9865
9866 #. type: Labeled list
9867 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43
9868 #, no-wrap
9869 msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_"
9870 msgstr "*-p*, *--office-phone* _numéro-professionnel_"
9871
9872 #. type: Plain text
9873 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45
9874 msgid "Specify your office phone number."
9875 msgstr "Spécifiez votre numéro de téléphone professionnel."
9876
9877 #. type: Labeled list
9878 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46
9879 #, no-wrap
9880 msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_"
9881 msgstr "*-h*, *--home-phone* _numéro-domicile_"
9882
9883 #. type: Plain text
9884 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48
9885 msgid "Specify your home phone number."
9886 msgstr "Spécifiez le numéro de téléphone de votre domicile."
9887
9888 #. type: Labeled list
9889 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:49
9890 #, no-wrap
9891 msgid "*-u*, *--help*"
9892 msgstr "*-u*, *--help*"
9893
9894 #. type: Plain text
9895 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46
9896 msgid ""
9897 "Print version and exit. The short options *-V* have been used since version "
9898 "2.39; old versions use deprecated *-v*."
9899 msgstr ""
9900
9901 #. type: Title ==
9902 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:57
9903 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185
9904 #, no-wrap
9905 msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS"
9906 msgstr "ÉLÉMENTS DU FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"
9907
9908 #. type: Plain text
9909 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:61
9910 #, no-wrap
9911 msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n"
9912 msgstr "*chfn* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué avec un autre paquet (par ex, shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *chfn* :\n"
9913
9914 #. type: Labeled list
9915 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
9916 #, no-wrap
9917 msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
9918 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
9919
9920 #. type: Plain text
9921 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:65
9922 msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*."
9923 msgstr "Indique quels champs sont éditables par *chfn*."
9924
9925 #. type: Plain text
9926 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:67
9927 msgid ""
9928 "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and "
9929 "Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that "
9930 "also the Full Name is changeable."
9931 msgstr ""
9932 "La valeur booléenne « yes » signifie que seuls les champs du bureau, du "
9933 "numéro de téléphone professionnel et celui du domicile peuvent être changés. "
9934 "La valeur booléenne « no » signifie que le nom complet peut également être "
9935 "changé."
9936
9937 #. type: Plain text
9938 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69
9939 msgid ""
9940 "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, "
9941 "r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, "
9942 "*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
9943 msgstr ""
9944 "Une autre manière d'indiquer les champs qui peuvent être modifiés consiste à "
9945 "utiliser les abréviations : f = Nom complet, r = Bureau (numéro), w = "
9946 "Téléphone professionnel, h = Téléphone du domicile. Par exemple, "
9947 "*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* autorise l'édition des numéros de téléphones "
9948 "professionnel et du domicile."
9949
9950 #. type: Plain text
9951 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:71
9952 msgid ""
9953 "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. "
9954 "This is the default."
9955 msgstr ""
9956 "Si *CHFN_RESTRICT* n'est pas défini, toutes les informations sont figées en "
9957 "lecture seule. C'est le comportement par défaut."
9958
9959 #. type: Plain text
9960 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58
9961 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
9962 msgid ""
9963 "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command "
9964 "syntax was not valid."
9965 msgstr ""
9966 "Retourne 0 si l'opération a réussi, 1 si l'opération a échoué ou la syntaxe "
9967 "de la commande n'est pas valable."
9968
9969 #. type: Plain text
9970 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:62
9971 msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
9972 msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
9973
9974 #. type: Plain text
9975 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:86
9976 #, no-wrap
9977 msgid ""
9978 "*chsh*(1),\n"
9979 "*finger*(1),\n"
9980 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
9981 "*passwd*(5)\n"
9982 msgstr ""
9983 "*chsh*(1),\n"
9984 "*finger*(1),\n"
9985 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
9986 "*passwd*(5)\n"
9987
9988 #
9989 #. chsh.1 -- change your login shell
9990 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
9991 #. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
9992 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
9993 #. There is no warranty.
9994 #. type: Title =
9995 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10
9996 #, no-wrap
9997 msgid "chsh(1)"
9998 msgstr "chsh(1)"
9999
10000 #. type: Plain text
10001 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20
10002 msgid "chsh - change your login shell"
10003 msgstr "chsh - modifiez votre interpréteur de connexion"
10004
10005 #. type: Plain text
10006 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24
10007 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
10008 #| msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
10009 msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-V*] [_username_]\n"
10010 msgstr "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [__nom_d'utilisateur__]\n"
10011
10012 #. type: Plain text
10013 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
10014 #, no-wrap
10015 msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n"
10016 msgstr "*chsh* est utilisé pour changer votre interpréteur de commandes utilisé à la connexion. Si aucun interpréteur de commandes est donné sur la ligne de commande, *chsh* en demande un.\n"
10017
10018 #. type: Plain text
10019 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
10020 #, no-wrap
10021 msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
10022 msgstr "*chsh* supporte les entrées non locales (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) s'il est lié avec libuser. Sinon, utilisez *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) ou toute autre implémentation pour les entrées non locales.\n"
10023
10024 #. type: Labeled list
10025 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53
10026 #, no-wrap
10027 msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
10028 msgstr "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
10029
10030 #. type: Plain text
10031 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35
10032 msgid "Specify your login shell."
10033 msgstr "Spécifiez votre interpréteur de commandes après connexion."
10034
10035 #. type: Labeled list
10036 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36
10037 #, no-wrap
10038 msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
10039 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
10040
10041 #. type: Plain text
10042 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38
10043 msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit."
10044 msgstr ""
10045 "Afficher la liste des interpréteurs de commande listés dans _/etc/shells_ et "
10046 "arrête."
10047
10048 #. type: Plain text
10049 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42
10050 msgid ""
10051 "Display help text and exit. The short options *-h* have been used since "
10052 "version 2.30; old versions use deprecated *-u*."
10053 msgstr ""
10054
10055 #. type: Title ==
10056 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:49
10057 #, no-wrap
10058 msgid "VALID SHELLS"
10059 msgstr "INTERPRÉTEURS VALIDES"
10060
10061 #. type: Plain text
10062 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:52
10063 #, no-wrap
10064 msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n"
10065 msgstr "*chsh* accepte le nom avec chemin complet de n'importe quel fichier exécutable sur le système.\n"
10066
10067 #. type: Plain text
10068 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
10069 msgid ""
10070 "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in "
10071 "the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be "
10072 "configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
10073 msgstr ""
10074 "Le comportement par défaut pour les utilisateurs autres que root consiste à "
10075 "n'accepter que les interpréteurs listés dans le fichier _/etc/shells_. Un "
10076 "avertissement est affiché pour l'utilisateur root. Il peut aussi être "
10077 "configuré, durant la compilation, pour n'afficher qu'un avertissement pour "
10078 "tous les utilisateurs."
10079
10080 #. type: Plain text
10081 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:69
10082 #, no-wrap
10083 msgid ""
10084 "*login*(1),\n"
10085 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10086 "*passwd*(5),\n"
10087 "*shells*(5)\n"
10088 msgstr ""
10089 "*login*(1),\n"
10090 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10091 "*passwd*(5),\n"
10092 "*shells*(5)\n"
10093
10094 #
10095 #
10096 #
10097 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
10098 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10099 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10100 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10101 #. (at your option) any later version.
10102 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10103 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
10104 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
10105 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
10106 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
10107 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
10108 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
10109 #. type: Title =
10110 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19
10111 #, no-wrap
10112 msgid "last(1)"
10113 msgstr "last(1)"
10114
10115 #. type: Plain text
10116 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29
10117 msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users"
10118 msgstr "last, lastb - Afficher une liste des derniers utilisateurs connectés"
10119
10120 #. type: Plain text
10121 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33
10122 #, no-wrap
10123 msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10124 msgstr "*last* [options] [_identifiant_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10125
10126 #. type: Plain text
10127 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35
10128 #, no-wrap
10129 msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10130 msgstr "*lastb* [options] [_identifiant_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10131
10132 #. type: Plain text
10133 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
10134 #, no-wrap
10135 msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
10136 msgstr "*last* parcourt le fichier _/var/log/wtmp_ (ou le fichier indiqué par l'option *-f*) pour présenter une liste de toutes les connexions et déconnexions des utilisateurs, depuis la création du fichier. Un ou plusieurs __identifiant__s et terminaux (_tty_) peuvent être indiqués, afin que *last* ne montre que les connexions et déconnexions correspondant à ces arguments. Le nom des terminaux peut être abrégé, ainsi *last 0* est équivalent à *last tty0*.\n"
10137
10138 #. type: Plain text
10139 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
10140 msgid ""
10141 "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
10142 "control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
10143 "through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
10144 "terminate."
10145 msgstr ""
10146 "À la réception d’un signal *SIGINT* (engendré par la touche d'interruption, "
10147 "généralement Contrôle-C) ou un signal *SIGQUIT*, *last* indiquera le point "
10148 "où il est arrivé dans le fichier, et dans le cas de *SIGINT*, *last* se "
10149 "terminera."
10150
10151 #. type: Plain text
10152 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
10153 msgid ""
10154 "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
10155 "*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
10156 "created."
10157 msgstr ""
10158 "Le pseudo-utilisateur *reboot* est enregistré à chaque redémarrage du "
10159 "système, ainsi *last reboot* affichera une liste de tous les redémarrages "
10160 "depuis la création du fichier de journalisation."
10161
10162 #. type: Plain text
10163 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
10164 #, no-wrap
10165 msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
10166 msgstr "*lastb* se comporte comme *last*, mais il utilise le fichier _/var/log/btmp_ qui journalise toutes les tentatives infructueuses de connexion.\n"
10167
10168 #. type: Labeled list
10169 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
10170 #, no-wrap
10171 msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
10172 msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
10173
10174 #. type: Plain text
10175 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
10176 msgid ""
10177 "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--"
10178 "dns* option."
10179 msgstr ""
10180 "Afficher le nom d'hôte en dernière colonne. Principalement utile en "
10181 "combinaison avec l'option *--dns*."
10182
10183 #. type: Labeled list
10184 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
10185 #, no-wrap
10186 msgid "*-d*, *--dns*"
10187 msgstr "*-d*, *--dns*"
10188
10189 #. type: Plain text
10190 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
10191 msgid ""
10192 "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
10193 "host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back "
10194 "into a hostname."
10195 msgstr ""
10196 "Pour les connexions non locales, Linux enregistre le nom d'hôte de l’hôte "
10197 "distant, ainsi que son adresse IP. Avec cette option, l'adresse IP est à "
10198 "nouveau reconvertie en nom d'hôte."
10199
10200 #. type: Labeled list
10201 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
10202 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31
10203 #, no-wrap
10204 msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
10205 msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichier_"
10206
10207 #. type: Plain text
10208 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
10209 msgid ""
10210 "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--"
10211 "file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files "
10212 "will be processed."
10213 msgstr ""
10214 "Indiquer à *last* d’utiliser le _fichier_ indiqué au lieu de _/var/log/"
10215 "wtmp_. L’option *--file* peut être indiquée plusieurs fois, et tous les "
10216 "fichiers concernés seront traités."
10217
10218 #. type: Labeled list
10219 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
10220 #, no-wrap
10221 msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
10222 msgstr "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
10223
10224 #. type: Plain text
10225 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59
10226 msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates."
10227 msgstr ""
10228 "Afficher l'ensemble des dates et heures de connexion et de déconnexion."
10229
10230 #. type: Labeled list
10231 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60
10232 #, no-wrap
10233 msgid "*-i*, *--ip*"
10234 msgstr "*-i*, *--ip*"
10235
10236 #. type: Plain text
10237 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
10238 msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
10239 msgstr "Comme *--dns*, mais afficher l’adresse IP de l’hôte au lieu du nom."
10240
10241 #. type: Labeled list
10242 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
10243 #, no-wrap
10244 msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_"
10245 msgstr "**-**__nombre__; *-n*, *--limit* _nombre_"
10246
10247 #. type: Plain text
10248 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65
10249 msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show."
10250 msgstr "Indiquer à *last* le nombre de lignes d'enregistrement à afficher."
10251
10252 #. type: Labeled list
10253 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66
10254 #, no-wrap
10255 msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_"
10256 msgstr "*-p*, *--present* _date_"
10257
10258 #. type: Plain text
10259 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
10260 msgid ""
10261 "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using "
10262 "the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
10263 msgstr ""
10264 "Afficher les utilisateurs présents à la _date_ indiquée. C’est équivalent à "
10265 "l’utilisation des options *--since* et *--until* ensemble avec la même "
10266 "_date_."
10267
10268 #. type: Labeled list
10269 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
10270 #, no-wrap
10271 msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
10272 msgstr "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
10273
10274 #. type: Plain text
10275 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71
10276 msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field."
10277 msgstr "Ne pas afficher le champ *hostname*."
10278
10279 #. type: Labeled list
10280 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72
10281 #, no-wrap
10282 msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_"
10283 msgstr "*-s*, *--since* _date_"
10284
10285 #. type: Plain text
10286 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
10287 msgid ""
10288 "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e."
10289 "g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option "
10290 "is often combined with *--until*."
10291 msgstr ""
10292 "Afficher l'état des connexions depuis la _date_ donnée. C'est utile, par "
10293 "exemple, pour déterminer facilement qui était connecté à cet instant. "
10294 "L’option est souvent combinée avec *--until*."
10295
10296 #. type: Labeled list
10297 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
10298 #, no-wrap
10299 msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_"
10300 msgstr "*-t*, *--until* _date_"
10301
10302 #. type: Plain text
10303 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77
10304 msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_."
10305 msgstr "Afficher l’état des connexions jusqu’à la _date_ indiquée."
10306
10307 #. type: Labeled list
10308 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135
10309 #, no-wrap
10310 msgid "*--time-format* _format_"
10311 msgstr "*--time-format* _format_"
10312
10313 #. type: Plain text
10314 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
10315 msgid ""
10316 "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, "
10317 "or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ "
10318 "is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The "
10319 "_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format "
10320 "contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are "
10321 "investigated outside of the system."
10322 msgstr ""
10323 "Définir le _format_ d’affichage de l’horodatage à celui de _notime_, "
10324 "_short_, _full_ ou _iso_. La variante _notime_ n’affichera pas d’horodatage "
10325 "du tout, _short_ est la valeur par défaut et _full_ est identique à l’option "
10326 "*--fulltimes*. La variante _iso_ affichera l’horodatage au format ISO 8601. "
10327 "Le format ISO contient l’indication de fuseau horaire, ce qui est préférable "
10328 "lorsque la sortie est étudiée hors du système."
10329
10330 #. type: Labeled list
10331 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81
10332 #, no-wrap
10333 msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
10334 msgstr "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
10335
10336 #. type: Plain text
10337 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
10338 msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
10339 msgstr "Afficher les noms d'utilisateur et de domaine complets sur la sortie."
10340
10341 #. type: Labeled list
10342 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
10343 #, no-wrap
10344 msgid "*-x*, *--system*"
10345 msgstr "*-x*, *--system*"
10346
10347 #. type: Plain text
10348 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
10349 msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
10350 msgstr ""
10351 "Afficher les arrêts du système et les modifications de niveau d'exécution "
10352 "(run level)."
10353
10354 #. type: Title ==
10355 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:89
10356 #, no-wrap
10357 msgid "TIME FORMATS"
10358 msgstr "FORMATS DE DATE"
10359
10360 #. type: Plain text
10361 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92
10362 msgid ""
10363 "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
10364 msgstr ""
10365 "Les options acceptant l’argument _date_ permettent d’utiliser les formats "
10366 "suivants :"
10367
10368 #. type: Table
10369 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:107
10370 #, no-wrap
10371 msgid ""
10372 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
10373 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
10374 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
10375 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
10376 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
10377 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
10378 "|now |\n"
10379 "|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
10380 "|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
10381 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
10382 "|+5min |\n"
10383 "|-5days |\n"
10384 msgstr ""
10385 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
10386 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
10387 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(les secondes sont forcées à 00)\n"
10388 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10389 "|hh:mm:ss |(la date est forcée à aujourd'hui)\n"
10390 "|hh:mm |(la date est forcée à aujourd'hui et les secondes à 00)\n"
10391 "|now |\n"
10392 "|yesterday |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10393 "|today |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10394 "|tomorrow |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10395 "|+5min |\n"
10396 "|-5days |\n"
10397
10398 #. type: Plain text
10399 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:113
10400 msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
10401 msgstr "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
10402
10403 #. type: Plain text
10404 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117
10405 msgid ""
10406 "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs "
10407 "information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
10408 "configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created "
10409 "with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
10410 msgstr ""
10411 "Les fichiers _wtmp_ et _btmp_ sont parfois absents. Le système ne journalise "
10412 "les informations que si les fichiers sont déjà présents, mais ne les crée "
10413 "pas de lui-même. Il s'agit d'un choix local de configuration. Si vous "
10414 "désirez utiliser ces journalisations, vous pouvez créer les fichiers avec "
10415 "une simple commande *touch*(1) (par exemple, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
10416
10417 #. type: Plain text
10418 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119
10419 msgid ""
10420 "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or "
10421 "file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
10422 msgstr ""
10423 "Une entrée vide est un type d'entrée valide pour wtmp. Cela signifie qu'un "
10424 "fichier vide ou un fichier avec des zéros n'est pas interprété comme étant "
10425 "une erreur."
10426
10427 #. type: Plain text
10428 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:121
10429 msgid ""
10430 "The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long "
10431 "strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by "
10432 "*last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes "
10433 "for a hostname."
10434 msgstr ""
10435
10436 #. type: Plain text
10437 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:125
10438 msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
10439 msgstr "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
10440
10441 #. type: Plain text
10442 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:132
10443 #, no-wrap
10444 msgid ""
10445 "*login*(1),\n"
10446 "*wtmp*(5),\n"
10447 "*init*(8),\n"
10448 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
10449 msgstr ""
10450 "*login*(1),\n"
10451 "*wtmp*(5),\n"
10452 "*init*(8),\n"
10453 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
10454
10455 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
10456 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
10457 #. type: Title =
10458 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6
10459 #, no-wrap
10460 msgid "login(1)"
10461 msgstr "login(1)"
10462
10463 #. type: Plain text
10464 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16
10465 msgid "login - begin session on the system"
10466 msgstr "login - commencer une session sur le système"
10467
10468 #. type: Plain text
10469 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20
10470 #, no-wrap
10471 msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
10472 msgstr "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* __nom_d'utilisateur__|__nom_d'utilisateur__]\n"
10473
10474 #. type: Plain text
10475 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
10476 #, no-wrap
10477 msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n"
10478 msgstr "*login* est utilisé lors de la connexion au système. Si aucun argument est donné, *login* demande le nom d'utilisateur.\n"
10479
10480 #. type: Plain text
10481 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
10482 msgid ""
10483 "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
10484 "disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password "
10485 "failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is "
10486 "severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
10487 msgstr ""
10488 "Si nécessaire, un mot de passe est ensuite demandé à l'utilisateur. Le "
10489 "retour de la frappe sur l'affichage est désactivé afin de ne pas révéler le "
10490 "mot de passe. Un nombre limité de mauvais mots de passe sont permis avant "
10491 "que *login* s'interrompe et que la connexion soit coupée. Consultez "
10492 "*LOGIN_RETRIES* dans la section *ÉLÉMENTS DU FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION*."
10493
10494 #. type: Plain text
10495 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
10496 msgid ""
10497 "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted "
10498 "for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be "
10499 "provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to "
10500 "*passwd*(1) for more information."
10501 msgstr ""
10502 "Si l'expiration du mot de passe est activée pour le compte, l'utilisateur "
10503 "pourrait se voir demandé un nouveau mot de passe avant de continuer. Dans ce "
10504 "cas, l'ancien mot de passe doit être fourni et le nouveau mot de passe doit "
10505 "être entré avant de continuer. Consultez *passwd*(1) pour plus "
10506 "d'informations."
10507
10508 #. type: Plain text
10509 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
10510 msgid ""
10511 "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/"
10512 "passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, "
10513 "only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the "
10514 "system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The "
10515 "environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, "
10516 "*$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
10517 "password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for "
10518 "normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
10519 "usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
10520 msgstr ""
10521 "Les ID de l'utilisateur et du groupe sont définis suivant les valeurs dans "
10522 "le fichier _/etc/passwd_. Il y a une exception si l'ID de l'utilisateur est "
10523 "zéro. Dans ce cas, seul l'ID du groupe primaire du compte est défini. Cela "
10524 "devrait permettre à l'administrateur de se connecter même en cas de problème "
10525 "réseau. Les valeurs des variables d'environnement *$HOME*, *$USER*, $SHELL*, "
10526 "*$PATH*, *$LOGNAME* et *$MAIL* sont définies sur base des champs "
10527 "correspondants du fichier de mots de passe. *$PATH* prend, par défaut, la "
10528 "valeur _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ pour les utilisateurs normaux et _/usr/"
10529 "local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ pour root à moins "
10530 "que la configuration fournisse une autre valeur."
10531
10532 #. type: Plain text
10533 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
10534 msgid ""
10535 "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it "
10536 "will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment "
10537 "variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
10538 msgstr ""
10539 "La variable d'environnement *$TERM* est préservée si elle existe. Sinon, "
10540 "elle est initialisée avec le type de terminal de votre tty. Les autres "
10541 "variables d'environnement sont préservées si l'option *-p* est fournie."
10542
10543 #. type: Plain text
10544 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34
10545 msgid "The environment variables defined by PAM are always preserved."
10546 msgstr ""
10547 "Les variables d'environnement définies par PAM sont toujours préservées."
10548
10549 #. type: Plain text
10550 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
10551 msgid ""
10552 "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/"
10553 "etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified "
10554 "in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as "
10555 "described below."
10556 msgstr ""
10557 "Ensuite l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur est démarré. Si aucun "
10558 "interpréteur est spécifié pour l'utilisateur dans _/etc/passwd_, _/bin/sh_ "
10559 "est utilisé. Si aucun répertoire personnel est spécifié dans _/etc/passwd_, "
10560 "_/_ est utilisé suivi d'une vérification de _.hushlogin_ comme décrit ci-"
10561 "dessous."
10562
10563 #. type: Plain text
10564 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38
10565 msgid ""
10566 "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This "
10567 "disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and "
10568 "message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login "
10569 "time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
10570 msgstr ""
10571 "Si le fichier _.hushlogin_ existe, une connexion « silencieuse » est "
10572 "réalisée. Cela désactive la vérification des courriels, l'affichage de "
10573 "l'heure de dernière connexion et le message du jour. Sinon, si _/var/log/"
10574 "lastlog_ existe, l'heure de dernière connexion est affichée et la connexion "
10575 "courante est enregistrée."
10576
10577 #. type: Plain text
10578 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:43
10579 msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment."
10580 msgstr ""
10581 "Utilisé par *getty*(8) pour indiquer à *login* de préserver l'environnement."
10582
10583 #. type: Labeled list
10584 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
10585 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45
10586 #, no-wrap
10587 msgid "*-f*"
10588 msgstr "*-f*"
10589
10590 #. type: Plain text
10591 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46
10592 msgid ""
10593 "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the "
10594 "*getty*(8) autologin feature."
10595 msgstr ""
10596 "Utilisé pour passer outre l'authentification à la connexion. Cette option "
10597 "est habituellement utilisée par la fonctionnalité d'auto-connexion de "
10598 "*getty*(8)"
10599
10600 #. type: Labeled list
10601 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47
10602 #, no-wrap
10603 msgid "*-h*"
10604 msgstr "*-h*"
10605
10606 #. type: Plain text
10607 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
10608 msgid ""
10609 "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote "
10610 "host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the "
10611 "superuser is allowed use this option."
10612 msgstr ""
10613 "Utilisé par d'autres serveurs (comme *telnetd*(8)) pour passer le nom de "
10614 "l'hôte distant à *login* de telle manière qu'il puisse être placé dans utmp "
10615 "et wtmp. Seul le superutilisateur est autorisé à utiliser cette option."
10616
10617 #. type: Plain text
10618 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51
10619 msgid ""
10620 "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The "
10621 "standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is "
10622 "_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/"
10623 "etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
10624 msgstr ""
10625 "Notez que l'option *-h* a un impacte sur le *nom* du *service PAM*. Le nom "
10626 "standard du service est _login_ mais avec l'option *-h*, le nom est "
10627 "_remote_. Il est nécessaire de créer les fichiers de configuration PAM "
10628 "appropriés (par exemple, _/etc/pam.d/login_ et _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
10629
10630 #. type: Labeled list
10631 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52
10632 #, no-wrap
10633 msgid "*-H*"
10634 msgstr "*-H*"
10635
10636 #. type: Plain text
10637 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54
10638 msgid ""
10639 "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that "
10640 "printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also "
10641 "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
10642 msgstr ""
10643 "Utilisé par d'autres services (par exemple, *telnetd*(8)) pour indiquer à "
10644 "*login* que l'affichage du nom d'hôte devrait être supprimé de l'invite de "
10645 "connexion. Consultez aussi *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* ci-dessous."
10646
10647 # FIXME *su:* → *su*:
10648 #. type: Plain text
10649 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60
10650 #, no-wrap
10651 msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
10652 msgstr "*login* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué par un autre paquet (habituellement shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *login* :\n"
10653
10654 #. type: Labeled list
10655 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:61
10656 #, no-wrap
10657 msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)"
10658 msgstr "*MOTD_FILE* (chaîne)"
10659
10660 #. type: Plain text
10661 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
10662 msgid ""
10663 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and "
10664 "directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory "
10665 "then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from "
10666 "the directory."
10667 msgstr ""
10668 "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires de "
10669 "« messages du jour » à afficher durant la connexion. Si le chemin spécifié "
10670 "est un répertoire, tous les fichiers avec l'extension .motd qu'il contient "
10671 "sont affichés dans l'ordre de la version."
10672
10673 #. type: Plain text
10674 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
10675 msgid ""
10676 "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the "
10677 "*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of "
10678 "the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided "
10679 "by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
10680 msgstr ""
10681 "La valeur par défaut est _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. Si "
10682 "l'élément *MOTD_FILE* est vide ou une connexion silencieuse est activée, le "
10683 "message du jour n'est pas affiché. Notez que la même fonctionnalité est "
10684 "fournie par le module PAM *pam_motd*(8)*."
10685
10686 #. type: Plain text
10687 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67
10688 msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36."
10689 msgstr ""
10690 "Les répertoires dans *MOTD_FILE* sont supportés depuis la version 2.36."
10691
10692 #. type: Plain text
10693 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
10694 msgid ""
10695 "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like "
10696 "pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is "
10697 "displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and "
10698 "use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in "
10699 "system tools."
10700 msgstr ""
10701 "Notez que *login* n'implémente aucun comportement de surcharge des noms de "
10702 "fichiers comme pam_motd (consultez aussi *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*). Tous les "
10703 "contenus de tous les fichiers sont affichés. Il est recommandé de garder la "
10704 "logique supplémentaire dans les générateurs de contenu et utiliser _/run/"
10705 "motd.d_ plutôt que de compter sur le comportement de surcharge codé en dur "
10706 "dans les outils systèmes."
10707
10708 #. type: Labeled list
10709 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:70
10710 #, no-wrap
10711 msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)"
10712 msgstr "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (booléen)"
10713
10714 #. type: Plain text
10715 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73
10716 msgid ""
10717 "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the "
10718 "first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this "
10719 "case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more "
10720 "compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
10721 msgstr ""
10722 "Force *login* à arrêter l'affichage du contenu spécifié par *MOTD_FILE* "
10723 "après le premier élément accessible dans la liste. Notez que, dans ce cas, "
10724 "un répertoire constitue un élément. Cette option permet de configurer la "
10725 "sémantique de *login* pour qu'elle soit plus compatible avec pam_motd. La "
10726 "valeur par défaut est _non_."
10727
10728 #. type: Labeled list
10729 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:190
10730 #, no-wrap
10731 msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)"
10732 msgstr "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (booléen)"
10733
10734 #. type: Plain text
10735 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77
10736 msgid ""
10737 "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
10738 "prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default "
10739 "value is _no_."
10740 msgstr ""
10741 "Demande à *login* de ne pas afficher le nom d'hôte dans l'invite « login: ». "
10742 "Elle est une alternative à l'option *-H* en ligne de commande. La valeur par "
10743 "défaut est _non_."
10744
10745 #. type: Labeled list
10746 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:78
10747 #, no-wrap
10748 msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)"
10749 msgstr "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (nombre)"
10750
10751 #. type: Plain text
10752 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:81
10753 msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_."
10754 msgstr "Temps maximum de connexion en secondes. La valeur par défaut est _60_."
10755
10756 #. type: Labeled list
10757 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:82
10758 #, no-wrap
10759 msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)"
10760 msgstr "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (nombre)"
10761
10762 #. type: Plain text
10763 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85
10764 msgid ""
10765 "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value "
10766 "is _3_."
10767 msgstr ""
10768 "Nombre maximum de tentatives de connexions en cas de mauvais mot de passe. "
10769 "La valeur par défaut est _3_."
10770
10771 #. type: Labeled list
10772 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:86
10773 #, no-wrap
10774 msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)"
10775 msgstr "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (booléen)"
10776
10777 #. type: Plain text
10778 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89
10779 msgid ""
10780 "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, "
10781 "but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
10782 msgstr ""
10783 "Demande à *login* de ne redemander que le mot de passe si l'authentification "
10784 "a échoué mais que le nom d'utilisateur est valide. La valeur par défaut est "
10785 "_no_."
10786
10787 #. type: Labeled list
10788 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:90 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91
10789 #, no-wrap
10790 msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
10791 msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (nombre)"
10792
10793 #. type: Plain text
10794 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93
10795 msgid ""
10796 "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login "
10797 "failure. The default value is _5_."
10798 msgstr ""
10799 "Délai en secondes avant d'autoriser à nouveau trois tentatives après un "
10800 "échec de connexion. La valeur par défaut est _5_."
10801
10802 #. type: Labeled list
10803 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:94
10804 #, no-wrap
10805 msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
10806 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
10807
10808 #. type: Plain text
10809 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97
10810 msgid ""
10811 "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group "
10812 "is used."
10813 msgstr ""
10814 "Les permissions du terminal. La valeur par défaut est _0600_ ou _0620_ si un "
10815 "groupe tty est utilisé."
10816
10817 #. type: Labeled list
10818 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:98
10819 #, no-wrap
10820 msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
10821 msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (chaîne)"
10822
10823 #. type: Plain text
10824 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101
10825 msgid ""
10826 "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. "
10827 "If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set "
10828 "to the user's primary group."
10829 msgstr ""
10830 "Le tty de connexion est la propriété de *TTYGROUP*. La valeur par défaut est "
10831 "_tty_. Si le groupe *TTYGROUP* n'existe pas le terminal devient la propriété "
10832 "du groupe principale de l'utilisateur."
10833
10834 #. type: Plain text
10835 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
10836 msgid ""
10837 "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group "
10838 "identifier."
10839 msgstr ""
10840 "*TTYGROUP* peut être le nom d'un groupe ou la valeur numérique de "
10841 "l'identifiant du groupe."
10842
10843 #. type: Labeled list
10844 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:104
10845 #, no-wrap
10846 msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)"
10847 msgstr "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (chaîne)"
10848
10849 #. type: Plain text
10850 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107
10851 msgid ""
10852 "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login "
10853 "sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, "
10854 "then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in "
10855 "the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will "
10856 "be enabled for all users."
10857 msgstr ""
10858 "Si défini, ce fichier inhibe le bavardage habituellement associé à la "
10859 "séquence de connexion. Si un nom de fichier complet est spécifié (par "
10860 "exemple, _/etc/hushlogins_), le mode silencieux sera activé si le nom de "
10861 "l'utilisateur ou l'interpréteur de commandes sont trouvés dans le fichier. "
10862 "Si le fichier de connexion silencieuse global est vide, le mode silencieux "
10863 "est activé pour tous les utilisateurs."
10864
10865 #. type: Plain text
10866 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
10867 msgid ""
10868 "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the "
10869 "file exists in the user's home directory."
10870 msgstr ""
10871 "Si le nom de fichier spécifié n'est pas absolu, le mode silencieux est "
10872 "activé si le fichier existe dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur."
10873
10874 #. type: Plain text
10875 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
10876 msgid ""
10877 "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/."
10878 "hushlogin_."
10879 msgstr ""
10880 "Le fichier recherché par défaut est _/etc/hushlogins_. S'il n'existe pas, le "
10881 "fichier _~/.hushlogin_ est recherché à sa place."
10882
10883 #. type: Plain text
10884 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
10885 msgid ""
10886 "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
10887 msgstr ""
10888 "Si l'élément *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* est vide, toutes les vérifications sont "
10889 "désactivées."
10890
10891 #. type: Labeled list
10892 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:114
10893 #, no-wrap
10894 msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)"
10895 msgstr "*DEFAULT_HOME* (booléen)"
10896
10897 #. type: Plain text
10898 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117
10899 msgid ""
10900 "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home "
10901 "directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if "
10902 "it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is "
10903 "_yes_."
10904 msgstr ""
10905 "Indique si la connexion est autorisée si le changement vers le répertoire "
10906 "personnel échoue. Si la valeur est _yes_, l'utilisateur se retrouve dans le "
10907 "répertoire racine (/) après la connexion s'il ne sait pas être placé dans "
10908 "son répertoire personnel. La valeur par défaut est _yes_."
10909
10910 #. type: Labeled list
10911 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:118
10912 #, no-wrap
10913 msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)"
10914 msgstr "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (nombre non signé)"
10915
10916 #. type: Plain text
10917 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121
10918 msgid ""
10919 "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As "
10920 "higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and "
10921 "authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ "
10922 "file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means "
10923 "that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default "
10924 "value is _ULONG_MAX_."
10925 msgstr ""
10926 "Plus grand ID numérique pour lequel une entrée _lastlog_ doit être mise à "
10927 "jour. Comme les grandes valeurs des ID utilisateurs sont généralement "
10928 "associées à des identités distantes et des services d'authentification, il "
10929 "est inutile de créer de gigantesques fichiers _lastlog_ pratiquement vides "
10930 "pour eux. Si l'option LASTLOG_UID_MAX est absente dans la configuration, "
10931 "aucune limite maximale est définie pour les ID en ce qui concerne l'écriture "
10932 "des entrées _lastlog_. La valeur par défaut est _ULONG_MAX_."
10933
10934 #. type: Labeled list
10935 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:122
10936 #, no-wrap
10937 msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)"
10938 msgstr "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (booléen)"
10939
10940 #. type: Plain text
10941 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125
10942 msgid ""
10943 "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The "
10944 "default value is _no_."
10945 msgstr ""
10946 "Autoriser l'affichage de noms d'utilisateurs inconnus quand des échecs de "
10947 "connexion sont enregistrés. La valeur par défaut est _no_."
10948
10949 #. type: Plain text
10950 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
10951 msgid ""
10952 "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters "
10953 "their password instead of their login name."
10954 msgstr ""
10955 "Notez que l'enregistrement des noms d'utilisateurs inconnus peut constituer "
10956 "une faille de sécurité si l'utilisateur entre son mot de passe à la place de "
10957 "son identifiant de connexion."
10958
10959 #. type: Labeled list
10960 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:128 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:85
10961 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94
10962 #, no-wrap
10963 msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
10964 msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (chaîne)"
10965
10966 #. type: Plain text
10967 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131
10968 msgid ""
10969 "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a "
10970 "regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
10971 msgstr ""
10972 "Si définie, la valeur est utilisée pour la variable d'environnement *PATH* "
10973 "quand un utilisateur normal se connecte. La valeur par défaut est _/usr/"
10974 "local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
10975
10976 #. type: Labeled list
10977 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88
10978 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
10979 #, no-wrap
10980 msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
10981 msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (chaîne)"
10982
10983 #. type: Labeled list
10984 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89
10985 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98
10986 #, no-wrap
10987 msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
10988 msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (chaîne)"
10989
10990 #. type: Plain text
10991 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136
10992 msgid ""
10993 "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the "
10994 "superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/"
10995 "usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
10996 msgstr ""
10997 "Si définie, la valeur est utilisée pour la variable d'environnement PATH "
10998 "quand un utilisateur privilégié se connecte. *ENV_ROOTPATH* passe en "
10999 "priorité. La valeur par défaut est _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/"
11000 "bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
11001
11002 #. type: Plain text
11003 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150
11004 msgid ""
11005 "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
11006 "etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
11007 "remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
11008 msgstr ""
11009 "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
11010 "etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
11011 "remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
11012
11013 #. type: Plain text
11014 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154
11015 msgid ""
11016 "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by "
11017 "some *rlogind*(8) programs."
11018 msgstr ""
11019 "L'option BSD non documentée *-r* n'est pas supportée. Elle peut être requise "
11020 "par certains programmes *rlogind(8)*."
11021
11022 #. type: Plain text
11023 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156
11024 msgid ""
11025 "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer "
11026 "works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for "
11027 "security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any "
11028 "possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. "
11029 "If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by "
11030 "*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be "
11031 "avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
11032 msgstr ""
11033 "Une connexion récursive telle qu'elle était possible à la belle époque n'est "
11034 "plus autorisée. À cette fin, *su*(1) est un substitut satisfaisant. En fait, "
11035 "pour des raisons de sécurité, *login* réalise un appel système à "
11036 "*vhangup*(2) pour supprimer tout processus à l'écoute sur le tty. Ceci évite "
11037 "la capture du mot de passe. Si quelqu'un utilise la commande *login*, tout "
11038 "interpréteur de commandes alentour est tué par *vhangup*(2) puisqu'il n'est "
11039 "plus le vrai propriétaire du tty. Ceci peut être évité en utilisant *exec "
11040 "login* dans un interpréteur de commandes au plus haut niveau ou xterm."
11041
11042 #. type: Plain text
11043 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:160
11044 msgid ""
11045 "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
11046 "for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
11047 "Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11048 msgstr ""
11049 "Dérivé de BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) par mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
11050 "pour HP-US. Porté à Linux 0.12 : mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
11051 "Réécrit uniquement pour PAM par mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11052
11053 #. type: Plain text
11054 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:172
11055 #, no-wrap
11056 msgid ""
11057 "*mail*(1),\n"
11058 "*passwd*(1),\n"
11059 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11060 "*utmp*(5),\n"
11061 "*environ*(7),\n"
11062 "*getty*(8),\n"
11063 "*init*(8),\n"
11064 "*lastlog*(8),\n"
11065 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
11066 msgstr ""
11067 "*mail*(1),\n"
11068 "*passwd*(1),\n"
11069 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11070 "*utmp*(5),\n"
11071 "*environ*(7),\n"
11072 "*getty*(8),\n"
11073 "*init*(8),\n"
11074 "*lastlog*(8),\n"
11075 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
11076
11077 #.  Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com)
11078 #.  May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
11079 #. type: Title =
11080 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4
11081 #, no-wrap
11082 msgid "lslogins(1)"
11083 msgstr "lslogins(1)"
11084
11085 #. type: Plain text
11086 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14
11087 msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system"
11088 msgstr ""
11089 "lslogins - afficher des informations à propos des utilisateurs connus dans "
11090 "le système"
11091
11092 #. type: Plain text
11093 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
11094 #, no-wrap
11095 msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n"
11096 msgstr ""
11097
11098 #. type: Plain text
11099 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
11100 msgid ""
11101 "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ "
11102 "and output the desired data."
11103 msgstr ""
11104
11105 #. type: Plain text
11106 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
11107 msgid ""
11108 "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available "
11109 "details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is "
11110 "different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as "
11111 "an error."
11112 msgstr ""
11113
11114 #. type: Plain text
11115 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26
11116 #, fuzzy
11117 #| msgid ""
11118 #| "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
11119 msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system."
11120 msgstr ""
11121 "L'action par défaut est d’afficher tous les messages du tampon circulaire du "
11122 "noyau."
11123
11124 #. type: Plain text
11125 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
11126 msgid ""
11127 "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
11128 msgstr ""
11129
11130 #. type: Labeled list
11131 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
11132 #, no-wrap
11133 msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
11134 msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
11135
11136 #. type: Plain text
11137 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
11138 msgid ""
11139 "Display data about the date of last password change and the account "
11140 "expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
11141 msgstr ""
11142
11143 #. type: Labeled list
11144 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34
11145 #, no-wrap
11146 msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_"
11147 msgstr "*--btmp-file* _chemin_"
11148
11149 #. type: Plain text
11150 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36
11151 msgid "Alternate path for btmp."
11152 msgstr ""
11153
11154 #. type: Labeled list
11155 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37
11156 #, no-wrap
11157 msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
11158 msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
11159
11160 #. type: Plain text
11161 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39
11162 msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline."
11163 msgstr ""
11164
11165 #. type: Labeled list
11166 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:47
11167 #, no-wrap
11168 msgid "*-e*, *--export*"
11169 msgstr "*-e*, *--export*"
11170
11171 #. type: Plain text
11172 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42
11173 msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE. See also option *--shell*."
11174 msgstr ""
11175
11176 #. type: Labeled list
11177 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43
11178 #, no-wrap
11179 msgid "*-f*, *--failed*"
11180 msgstr "*-f*, *--failed*"
11181
11182 #. type: Plain text
11183 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45
11184 msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts."
11185 msgstr ""
11186
11187 #. type: Labeled list
11188 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46
11189 #, no-wrap
11190 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
11191 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
11192
11193 #. type: Plain text
11194 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48
11195 #, fuzzy
11196 #| msgid "Do not print information about flags."
11197 msgid "Show information about supplementary groups."
11198 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de renseignements sur les attributs."
11199
11200 #. type: Labeled list
11201 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49
11202 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11203 #| msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
11204 msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_"
11205 msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group=>I<groupe>"
11206
11207 #. type: Plain text
11208 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
11209 msgid ""
11210 "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be "
11211 "specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are "
11212 "ignored."
11213 msgstr ""
11214
11215 #. type: Plain text
11216 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
11217 msgid ""
11218 "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the "
11219 "primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., "
11220 "in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses "
11221 "the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used "
11222 "at all."
11223 msgstr ""
11224
11225 #. type: Labeled list
11226 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54
11227 #, no-wrap
11228 msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
11229 msgstr "*-L*, *--last*"
11230
11231 #. type: Plain text
11232 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
11233 msgid ""
11234 "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
11235 msgstr ""
11236
11237 #. type: Labeled list
11238 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57
11239 #, no-wrap
11240 msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_"
11241 msgstr ""
11242
11243 #. type: Plain text
11244 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
11245 msgid ""
11246 "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or "
11247 "user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-"
11248 "separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
11249 msgstr ""
11250
11251 #. type: Labeled list
11252 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56
11253 #, no-wrap
11254 msgid "*-n*, *--newline*"
11255 msgstr "*-n*, *--newline*"
11256
11257 #. type: Plain text
11258 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:58
11259 #, fuzzy
11260 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
11261 msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line."
11262 msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
11263
11264 #. type: Labeled list
11265 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59
11266 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77
11267 #, no-wrap
11268 msgid "*--noheadings*"
11269 msgstr "*--noheadings*"
11270
11271 #. type: Plain text
11272 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:92
11273 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:47
11274 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
11275 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44
11276 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45
11277 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
11278 msgid "Do not print a header line."
11279 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
11280
11281 #. type: Labeled list
11282 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:60
11283 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62
11284 #, no-wrap
11285 msgid "*--notruncate*"
11286 msgstr "*--notruncate*"
11287
11288 #. type: Plain text
11289 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:64
11290 #, fuzzy
11291 #| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
11292 msgid "Don't truncate output."
11293 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
11294
11295 #. type: Plain text
11296 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71
11297 #, fuzzy
11298 #| msgid ""
11299 #| "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in "
11300 #| "the format I<+list> (e.g., B<-o +UUID>)."
11301 msgid ""
11302 "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be "
11303 "extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
11304 msgstr ""
11305 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si I<liste> est indiquée "
11306 "sous la forme B<+>I<liste> (par exemple, B<-o +UUID>)."
11307
11308 #. type: Plain text
11309 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
11310 #, fuzzy
11311 msgid ""
11312 "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported "
11313 "columns."
11314 msgstr ""
11315 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
11316 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
11317
11318 #. type: Labeled list
11319 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75
11320 #, no-wrap
11321 msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*"
11322 msgstr "*-p*, *--pwd*"
11323
11324 #. type: Plain text
11325 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77
11326 msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL*)."
11327 msgstr ""
11328
11329 #. type: Plain text
11330 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:73
11331 msgid "Raw output (no columnation)."
11332 msgstr ""
11333
11334 #. type: Labeled list
11335 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81
11336 #, no-wrap
11337 msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
11338 msgstr "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
11339
11340 #. type: Plain text
11341 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83
11342 msgid ""
11343 "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between "
11344 "101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody "
11345 "(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters "
11346 "*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
11347 msgstr ""
11348
11349 #. type: Labeled list
11350 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77
11351 #, no-wrap
11352 msgid "*--time-format* _type_"
11353 msgstr "*--time-format* _type_"
11354
11355 #. type: Plain text
11356 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79
11357 msgid ""
11358 "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time "
11359 "format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
11360 msgstr ""
11361
11362 #. type: Labeled list
11363 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87
11364 #, no-wrap
11365 msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
11366 msgstr "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
11367
11368 #. type: Plain text
11369 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89
11370 msgid ""
11371 "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 "
11372 "(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). "
11373 "This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX "
11374 "in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
11375 msgstr ""
11376
11377 #. type: Labeled list
11378 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92
11379 #, no-wrap
11380 msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_"
11381 msgstr "*--wtmp-file* _chemin_"
11382
11383 #. type: Plain text
11384 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:94
11385 msgid "Alternate path for wtmp."
11386 msgstr ""
11387
11388 #. type: Labeled list
11389 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95
11390 #, no-wrap
11391 msgid "*--lastlog* _path_"
11392 msgstr "*--lastlog* _chemin_"
11393
11394 #. type: Plain text
11395 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:97
11396 msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)."
11397 msgstr ""
11398
11399 #. type: Labeled list
11400 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98
11401 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11402 #| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
11403 msgid "*y-*, *--shell*"
11404 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
11405
11406 #. type: Plain text
11407 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85
11408 msgid ""
11409 "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
11410 "shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. "
11411 "Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in "
11412 "version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
11413 "this behavior by *--shell*."
11414 msgstr ""
11415
11416 #. type: Labeled list
11417 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:59
11418 #, no-wrap
11419 msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
11420 msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"
11421
11422 #. type: Plain text
11423 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:103
11424 #, fuzzy
11425 #| msgid "Display help screen and exit."
11426 msgid "Display the users' security context."
11427 msgstr "Afficher un écran d'aide puis quitter."
11428
11429 #. type: Labeled list
11430 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104
11431 #, no-wrap
11432 msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
11433 msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*"
11434
11435 #. type: Plain text
11436 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:106
11437 msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline."
11438 msgstr ""
11439
11440 #. type: Plain text
11441 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90
11442 msgid "if OK,"
11443 msgstr ""
11444
11445 #. type: Labeled list
11446 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:103
11447 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:139
11448 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:290
11449 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91
11450 #, no-wrap
11451 msgid "1"
11452 msgstr "1"
11453
11454 #. type: Plain text
11455 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:93
11456 msgid "if incorrect arguments specified,"
11457 msgstr ""
11458
11459 #. type: Labeled list
11460 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:293
11461 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94
11462 #, no-wrap
11463 msgid "2"
11464 msgstr "2"
11465
11466 #. type: Plain text
11467 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:117
11468 msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)."
11469 msgstr ""
11470
11471 #. type: Plain text
11472 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:121
11473 msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_."
11474 msgstr ""
11475
11476 #. type: Title ===
11477 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122
11478 #, no-wrap
11479 msgid "Password status"
11480 msgstr ""
11481
11482 #. type: Plain text
11483 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125
11484 msgid "Multiple fields describe password status."
11485 msgstr ""
11486
11487 #. type: Labeled list
11488 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126
11489 #, no-wrap
11490 msgid "*\"Password is locked\"*"
11491 msgstr ""
11492
11493 #. type: Plain text
11494 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:128
11495 msgid ""
11496 "The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the "
11497 "password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set "
11498 "password."
11499 msgstr ""
11500
11501 #. type: Labeled list
11502 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:129
11503 #, no-wrap
11504 msgid "*\"Password not required (empty)\"*"
11505 msgstr ""
11506
11507 #. type: Plain text
11508 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131
11509 msgid ""
11510 "The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system "
11511 "accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without "
11512 "a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status."
11513 msgstr ""
11514
11515 #. type: Labeled list
11516 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:132
11517 #, no-wrap
11518 msgid "*\"Login by password disabled\"*"
11519 msgstr ""
11520
11521 #. type: Plain text
11522 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:134
11523 msgid ""
11524 "'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, "
11525 "or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars."
11526 msgstr ""
11527
11528 #. type: Title ==
11529 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:135 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:59
11530 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:125 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141
11531 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:173
11532 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:644
11533 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:133 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
11534 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1645 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92
11535 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163
11536 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91
11537 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77
11538 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:119
11539 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63
11540 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:181 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:186
11541 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72
11542 #, no-wrap
11543 msgid "HISTORY"
11544 msgstr "HISTORIQUE"
11545
11546 #. type: Plain text
11547 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138
11548 msgid ""
11549 "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first "
11550 "appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
11551 msgstr ""
11552
11553 #. type: Plain text
11554 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105
11555 msgid ""
11556 "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11557 msgstr ""
11558 "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11559
11560 #. type: Plain text
11561 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:150
11562 #, no-wrap
11563 msgid ""
11564 "*group*(5),\n"
11565 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11566 "*shadow*(5),\n"
11567 "*utmp*(5)\n"
11568 msgstr ""
11569 "*group*(5),\n"
11570 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11571 "*shadow*(5),\n"
11572 "*utmp*(5)\n"
11573
11574 #.  Original author unknown.  This man page is in the public domain.
11575 #.  Modified Sat Oct  9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu
11576 #. type: Title =
11577 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4
11578 #, no-wrap
11579 msgid "newgrp(1)"
11580 msgstr "newgrp(1)"
11581
11582 #. type: Plain text
11583 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
11584 msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
11585 msgstr ""
11586
11587 #. type: Plain text
11588 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
11589 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11590 #| msgid "newgrp [_group_]"
11591 msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n"
11592 msgstr "newgrp [_groupe_]"
11593
11594 #. type: Plain text
11595 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
11596 #, no-wrap
11597 msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
11598 msgstr ""
11599
11600 #. type: Plain text
11601 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24
11602 msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID."
11603 msgstr ""
11604
11605 #. type: Plain text
11606 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33
11607 msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
11608 msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
11609
11610 #. type: Plain text
11611 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37
11612 msgid ""
11613 "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau."
11614 "dk[Peter Orbaek]."
11615 msgstr ""
11616
11617 #. type: Plain text
11618 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:42
11619 #, no-wrap
11620 msgid ""
11621 "*login*(1),\n"
11622 "*group*(5)\n"
11623 msgstr ""
11624 "*login*(1),\n"
11625 "*group*(5)\n"
11626
11627 #. type: Title =
11628 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2
11629 #, no-wrap
11630 msgid "nologin(8)"
11631 msgstr "nologin(8)"
11632
11633 #. type: Plain text
11634 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12
11635 #, fuzzy
11636 #| msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
11637 msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
11638 msgstr "sulogin - Connexion en mode mono-utilisateur"
11639
11640 #. type: Plain text
11641 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16
11642 #, no-wrap
11643 msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
11644 msgstr "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
11645
11646 #. type: Plain text
11647 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
11648 #, no-wrap
11649 msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n"
11650 msgstr ""
11651
11652 #. type: Plain text
11653 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
11654 msgid ""
11655 "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to "
11656 "the user instead of the default message."
11657 msgstr ""
11658
11659 #. type: Plain text
11660 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
11661 #, fuzzy
11662 #| msgid ""
11663 #| "The exit status returned by B<fallocate> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
11664 msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
11665 msgstr ""
11666 "L'état de sortie renvoyé par B<fallocate> est B<0> en cas de réussite et "
11667 "B<1> en cas d'échec."
11668
11669 #. type: Plain text
11670 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28
11671 #, no-wrap
11672 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n"
11673 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _commande_\n"
11674
11675 #. type: Plain text
11676 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30
11677 #, no-wrap
11678 msgid "*--init-file*\n"
11679 msgstr "*--init-file*\n"
11680
11681 #. type: Plain text
11682 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32
11683 #, no-wrap
11684 msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
11685 msgstr "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
11686
11687 #. type: Plain text
11688 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34
11689 #, no-wrap
11690 msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n"
11691 msgstr "*--init-file* _fichier_\n"
11692
11693 #. type: Plain text
11694 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36
11695 #, no-wrap
11696 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
11697 msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
11698
11699 #. type: Plain text
11700 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38
11701 #, no-wrap
11702 msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n"
11703 msgstr "*-l*, *--login*\n"
11704
11705 #. type: Plain text
11706 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40
11707 #, no-wrap
11708 msgid "*--noprofile*\n"
11709 msgstr "*--noprofile*\n"
11710
11711 #. type: Plain text
11712 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42
11713 #, no-wrap
11714 msgid "*--norc*\n"
11715 msgstr "*--norc*\n"
11716
11717 #. type: Plain text
11718 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44
11719 #, no-wrap
11720 msgid "*--posix*\n"
11721 msgstr "*--posix*\n"
11722
11723 #. type: Plain text
11724 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46
11725 #, no-wrap
11726 msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n"
11727 msgstr "*--rcfile* _fichier_\n"
11728
11729 #. type: Plain text
11730 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48
11731 #, no-wrap
11732 msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
11733 msgstr "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
11734
11735 #. type: Plain text
11736 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50
11737 msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error."
11738 msgstr ""
11739
11740 #. type: Plain text
11741 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
11742 #, no-wrap
11743 msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n"
11744 msgstr ""
11745
11746 #. type: Plain text
11747 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58
11748 #, no-wrap
11749 msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n"
11750 msgstr ""
11751
11752 #. type: Plain text
11753 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62
11754 msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD."
11755 msgstr "La commande *nologin* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.4BSD."
11756
11757 #. type: Plain text
11758 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:72
11759 #, no-wrap
11760 msgid ""
11761 "*login*(1),\n"
11762 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11763 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
11764 msgstr ""
11765 "*login*(1),\n"
11766 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11767 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
11768
11769 #. type: Title =
11770 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2
11771 #, no-wrap
11772 msgid "runuser(1)"
11773 msgstr "runuser(1)"
11774
11775 #. type: Plain text
11776 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12
11777 msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
11778 msgstr ""
11779 "runuser - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de "
11780 "groupe substitués"
11781
11782 #. type: Plain text
11783 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
11784 #, no-wrap
11785 msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
11786 msgstr "*runuser* [options] *-u* _utilisateur_ [[--] _commande_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
11787
11788 #. type: Plain text
11789 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18
11790 #, no-wrap
11791 msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
11792 msgstr "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_utilisateur_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
11793
11794 #. type: Plain text
11795 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
11796 #, no-wrap
11797 msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n"
11798 msgstr "*runuser* permet d’exécuter des commandes en substituant les identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe. Si l’option *-u* n’est pas donnée, elle a recours à des sémantiques compatibles avec *su* et un interpréteur de commandes est exécuté. La différence entre les commandes *runuser* et *su* est que *runuser* ne demande pas de mot de passe (puisqu’elle ne peut être exécutée que par le superutilisateur) et qu’elle utilise une configuration PAM différente. La commande *runuser* n’a pas besoin d’être installée avec des droits Set-user-UID.\n"
11799
11800 #. type: Plain text
11801 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
11802 msgid ""
11803 "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use "
11804 "the *setpriv*(1) command."
11805 msgstr ""
11806 "Si une session PAM n'est pas indispensable, la solution recommandée consiste "
11807 "à utiliser la commande *setpriv*(1)."
11808
11809 #. type: Plain text
11810 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
11811 msgid ""
11812 "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive "
11813 "shell as _root_."
11814 msgstr ""
11815 "Si appelée sans argument, *runuser* exécute par défaut un interpréteur de "
11816 "commandes interactif en tant que _superutilisateur_."
11817
11818 #. type: Plain text
11819 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
11820 msgid ""
11821 "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current "
11822 "directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* "
11823 "(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version "
11824 "of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
11825 msgstr ""
11826 "Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, *runuser* ne change pas, par défaut, de "
11827 "répertoire actuel et ne définit que les variables d’environnement *HOME* et "
11828 "*SHELL* (plus *USER* et *LOGNAME* si l’__utilisateur__ cible n’est pas le "
11829 "superutilisateur). Cette version de *runuser* utilise PAM pour la gestion de "
11830 "session."
11831
11832 #. type: Plain text
11833 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
11834 msgid ""
11835 "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final "
11836 "environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
11837 "preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
11838 msgstr ""
11839 "Remarquez que *runuser* utilise dans tous les cas PAM (pam_getenvlist()) "
11840 "pour effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de la "
11841 "ligne de commande comme *--login* ou *--preserve-environment* touchent "
11842 "l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."
11843
11844 #. type: Plain text
11845 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32
11846 msgid ""
11847 "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
11848 "RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
11849 msgstr ""
11850
11851 #. type: Labeled list
11852 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35
11853 #, no-wrap
11854 msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
11855 msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_commande_"
11856
11857 #. type: Plain text
11858 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38
11859 msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
11860 msgstr ""
11861 "Passer une _commande_ à l’interpréteur de commandes avec l’option *-c*."
11862
11863 #. type: Labeled list
11864 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39
11865 #, no-wrap
11866 msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
11867 msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"
11868
11869 #. type: Plain text
11870 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
11871 msgid ""
11872 "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the "
11873 "shell."
11874 msgstr ""
11875 "Passer *-f* à l’interpréteur de commandes, ce qui pourrait être utile ou non "
11876 "suivant l’interpréteur de commandes."
11877
11878 #. type: Labeled list
11879 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
11880 #, no-wrap
11881 msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_"
11882 msgstr "*-g*, *--group*=_groupe_"
11883
11884 #. type: Plain text
11885 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43
11886 msgid ""
11887 "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
11888 msgstr ""
11889 "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
11890 "superutilisateur."
11891
11892 #. type: Labeled list
11893 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44
11894 #, no-wrap
11895 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_"
11896 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_groupe_"
11897
11898 #. type: Plain text
11899 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
11900 msgid ""
11901 "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user "
11902 "only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
11903 "group if the option *--group* is not specified."
11904 msgstr ""
11905 "Spécifier un groupe supplémentaire. Cette option n'est disponible que pour "
11906 "le superutilisateur. Le premier groupe supplémentaire spécifié est également "
11907 "utilisé en tant que groupe primaire si l'option *--group* n'est pas "
11908 "spécifiée."
11909
11910 #. type: Labeled list
11911 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:48
11912 #, no-wrap
11913 msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
11914 msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
11915
11916 #. type: Plain text
11917 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
11918 msgid ""
11919 "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
11920 msgstr ""
11921 "Démarrer l’interpréteur de commandes comme un interpréteur de connexion avec "
11922 "un environnement similaire à une connexion réelle :"
11923
11924 #. type: Plain text
11925 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51
11926 msgid ""
11927 "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables "
11928 "specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
11929 msgstr ""
11930 "effacer toutes les variables d'environnement sauf *TERM* et les variables "
11931 "spécifiées avec *--whitelist-environment* ;"
11932
11933 #. type: Plain text
11934 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
11935 msgid ""
11936 "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, "
11937 "and *PATH*"
11938 msgstr ""
11939 "initialiser les variables d'environnement *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* "
11940 "et *PATH*"
11941
11942 #. type: Plain text
11943 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:54
11944 msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
11945 msgstr "se placer dans le répertoire personnel de l’utilisateur cible ;"
11946
11947 #. type: Plain text
11948 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
11949 msgid ""
11950 "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
11951 msgstr ""
11952 "définir argv[0] pour l’interpréteur de commandes à « *-* » pour faire de "
11953 "l’interpréteur de commandes un interpréteur de connexion."
11954
11955 #. type: Labeled list
11956 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59
11957 #, no-wrap
11958 msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
11959 msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"
11960
11961 #. type: Plain text
11962 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
11963 #, fuzzy
11964 #| msgid ""
11965 #| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
11966 #| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
11967 #| "original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
11968 #| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. "
11969 #| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --"
11970 #| "pty -u username -- command &*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then "
11971 #| "*runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
11972 msgid ""
11973 "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
11974 "better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
11975 "session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
11976 "other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
11977 "can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ "
11978 "*--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works "
11979 "as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
11980 msgstr ""
11981 "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
11982 "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec la "
11983 "session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl TIOCSTI de "
11984 "terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les descripteurs de fichier "
11985 "du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre la session entière en "
11986 "arrière-plan (par exemple, *runuser --pty -u nom_utilisateur --"
11987 " commande &*). Si le pseudo terminal est activé, la commande *runuser* "
11988 "fonctionne comme un serveur mandataire entre les sessions (avec une copie de "
11989 "l'entrée et de la sortie standards)."
11990
11991 #. type: Plain text
11992 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59
11993 #, fuzzy
11994 #| msgid ""
11995 #| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
11996 #| "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
11997 #| "runuser --pty -u user*), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
11998 #| "disabled to avoid messy output."
11999 msgid ""
12000 "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
12001 "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
12002 "runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
12003 "disabled to avoid messy output."
12004 msgstr ""
12005 "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
12006 "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
12007 "(« pipe ») (par exemple, *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u utilisateur*), le "
12008 "drapeau ECHO du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour éviter une sortie "
12009 "désordonnée."
12010
12011 #. type: Labeled list
12012 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56
12013 #, no-wrap
12014 msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
12015 msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
12016
12017 #. type: Plain text
12018 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62
12019 msgid ""
12020 "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
12021 "*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
12022 msgstr ""
12023 "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
12024 "*HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* ni *LOGNAME*. Cette option est ignorée si l’option "
12025 "*--login* est indiquée."
12026
12027 #. type: Labeled list
12028 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63
12029 #, no-wrap
12030 msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
12031 msgstr "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
12032
12033 #. type: Plain text
12034 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
12035 msgid ""
12036 "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is "
12037 "selected according to the following rules, in order:"
12038 msgstr ""
12039 "Exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes _shell_ indiqué au lieu de celui par "
12040 "défaut. L’interpréteur de commandes à exécuter est sélectionné d’après les "
12041 "règles suivantes dans cet ordre :"
12042
12043 #. type: Plain text
12044 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
12045 msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*"
12046 msgstr "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué avec *--shell* ;"
12047
12048 #. type: Plain text
12049 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68
12050 msgid ""
12051 "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-"
12052 "environment* option is used"
12053 msgstr ""
12054 "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans la variable d’environnement *SHELL* "
12055 "si l’option *--preserve-environment* est utilisée ;"
12056
12057 #. type: Plain text
12058 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
12059 msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
12060 msgstr ""
12061 "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans l’entrée passwd de l’utilisateur "
12062 "cible ;"
12063
12064 #. type: Plain text
12065 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
12066 msgid "/bin/sh"
12067 msgstr "/bin/sh"
12068
12069 #. type: Plain text
12070 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72
12071 msgid ""
12072 "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
12073 "shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables "
12074 "are ignored unless the calling user is root."
12075 msgstr ""
12076 "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
12077 "dire ne faisant pas partie de _/etc/shells_), l’option *--shell* et la "
12078 "variable d’environnement *SHELL* sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
12079 "appelant est le superutilisateur."
12080
12081 #. type: Labeled list
12082 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74
12083 #, no-wrap
12084 msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
12085 msgstr "**--session-command=**__commande__"
12086
12087 # NOTE: ffix
12088 #. type: Plain text
12089 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76
12090 msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)"
12091 msgstr "Comme *-c*, mais sans créer de nouvelle session (à éviter)."
12092
12093 #. type: Labeled list
12094 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76
12095 #, no-wrap
12096 msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_"
12097 msgstr "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_liste_"
12098
12099 #. type: Plain text
12100 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
12101 msgid ""
12102 "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
12103 "_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored "
12104 "for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
12105 msgstr ""
12106 "Ne pas réinitialiser les variables d'environnement spécifiées dans une "
12107 "_liste_ séparée par des virgules au moment de vider l'environnement pour *--"
12108 "login* (une connexion). La liste blanche est ignorée s'agissant des "
12109 "variables d'environnement *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* et *PATH*."
12110
12111 #. type: Title ==
12112 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:81 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86
12113 #, no-wrap
12114 msgid "CONFIG FILES"
12115 msgstr "FICHIERS DE CONFIGURATION"
12116
12117 #. type: Plain text
12118 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:84
12119 #, no-wrap
12120 msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n"
12121 msgstr "*runuser* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/runuser_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *runuser*.\n"
12122
12123 #. type: Plain text
12124 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
12125 msgid ""
12126 "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value "
12127 "is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12128 msgstr ""
12129 "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
12130 "par défaut est _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12131
12132 #. type: Plain text
12133 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
12134 #, fuzzy
12135 #| msgid ""
12136 #| "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
12137 #| "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
12138 #| "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
12139 msgid ""
12140 "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes "
12141 "precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/"
12142 "usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
12143 msgstr ""
12144 "Définit la variable d'environnement *PATH* pour le superutilisateur. La "
12145 "valeur par défaut est _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
12146 "usr/bin_."
12147
12148 #. type: Labeled list
12149 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
12150 #, no-wrap
12151 msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
12152 msgstr "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (booléen)"
12153
12154 # FIXME --login and --preserve-environment → *--login* and *--preserve-environment*
12155 #. type: Plain text
12156 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94
12157 #, fuzzy
12158 #| msgid ""
12159 #| "If set to _yes_ and --login and --preserve-environment were not specified "
12160 #| "*runuser* initializes *PATH*."
12161 msgid ""
12162 "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
12163 "specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
12164 msgstr ""
12165 "Si définie à _yes_ et que ni *--login*, ni *--preserve-environment* "
12166 "n’étaient indiquées, *runuser* initialise *PATH*."
12167
12168 #. type: Plain text
12169 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
12170 msgid ""
12171 "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
12172 "_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--"
12173 "login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
12174 msgstr ""
12175 "La variable d'environnement *PATH* peut être différente sur des systèmes où "
12176 "_/bin_ et _/sbin_ sont fusionnés dans _/usr_, cette variable est aussi "
12177 "concernée par l'option *--login* de la ligne de commande et le paramétrage "
12178 "du système PAM (comme *pam_env*(8))."
12179
12180 #. type: Plain text
12181 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:100
12182 #, no-wrap
12183 msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
12184 msgstr "*runuser* renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, *runuser* renvoie le numéro du signal plus 128.\n"
12185
12186 #. type: Plain text
12187 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102
12188 msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:"
12189 msgstr "Le code de retour généré par *runuser* elle-même est un des suivants."
12190
12191 #. type: Plain text
12192 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
12193 msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command"
12194 msgstr "Erreur générale avant d’exécuter la commande demandée."
12195
12196 #. type: Labeled list
12197 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
12198 #, no-wrap
12199 msgid "126"
12200 msgstr "126"
12201
12202 #. type: Plain text
12203 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
12204 msgid "The requested command could not be executed"
12205 msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas pu être exécutée."
12206
12207 #. type: Labeled list
12208 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
12209 #, no-wrap
12210 msgid "127"
12211 msgstr "127"
12212
12213 #. type: Plain text
12214 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118
12215 msgid "The requested command was not found"
12216 msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas été trouvée."
12217
12218 #. type: Labeled list
12219 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113
12220 #, no-wrap
12221 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
12222 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
12223
12224 #. type: Plain text
12225 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123
12226 msgid "default PAM configuration file"
12227 msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM par défaut"
12228
12229 #. type: Labeled list
12230 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:116
12231 #, no-wrap
12232 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
12233 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
12234
12235 #. type: Plain text
12236 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126
12237 msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified"
12238 msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM si *--login* est indiqué"
12239
12240 #. type: Labeled list
12241 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:119
12242 #, no-wrap
12243 msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_"
12244 msgstr "_/etc/default/runuser_"
12245
12246 #. type: Plain text
12247 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121
12248 msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
12249 msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef spécifique à runuser"
12250
12251 #. type: Labeled list
12252 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130
12253 #, no-wrap
12254 msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
12255 msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_"
12256
12257 #. type: Plain text
12258 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132
12259 msgid "global logindef config file"
12260 msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef général"
12261
12262 #. type: Plain text
12263 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128
12264 msgid ""
12265 "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on "
12266 "an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by "
12267 "Dan Walsh."
12268 msgstr ""
12269 "Cette commande *runuser* est dérivée de *su* de coreutils, qui était basée "
12270 "sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande *runuser* de "
12271 "Fedora par Dan Walsh."
12272
12273 #. type: Plain text
12274 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:136
12275 #, no-wrap
12276 msgid ""
12277 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12278 "*su*(1),\n"
12279 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12280 "*shells*(5),\n"
12281 "*pam*(8)\n"
12282 msgstr ""
12283 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12284 "*su*(1),\n"
12285 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12286 "*shells*(5),\n"
12287 "*pam*(8)\n"
12288
12289 #. type: Title =
12290 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2
12291 #, no-wrap
12292 msgid "su(1)"
12293 msgstr "su(1)"
12294
12295 #. type: Plain text
12296 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13
12297 msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
12298 msgstr ""
12299 "su - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe "
12300 "substitués"
12301
12302 #. type: Plain text
12303 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17
12304 #, no-wrap
12305 msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
12306 msgstr "*su* [options] [*-*] [_utilisateur_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
12307
12308 #. type: Plain text
12309 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:21
12310 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
12311 #| msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
12312 msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n"
12313 msgstr "runuser - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe substitués"
12314
12315 #. type: Plain text
12316 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23
12317 msgid ""
12318 "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an "
12319 "interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional "
12320 "__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
12321 msgstr ""
12322
12323 #. type: Plain text
12324 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25
12325 #, fuzzy
12326 #| msgid ""
12327 #| "For backward compatibility, B<runuser> defaults to not changing the "
12328 #| "current directory and to setting only the environment variables B<HOME> "
12329 #| "and B<SHELL> (plus B<USER> and B<LOGNAME> if the target I<user> is not "
12330 #| "root).  This version of B<runuser> uses PAM for session management."
12331 msgid ""
12332 "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current "
12333 "directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus "
12334 "*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to "
12335 "always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side "
12336 "effects caused by mixing environments."
12337 msgstr ""
12338 "Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, B<runuser> ne change pas, par défaut, de "
12339 "répertoire actuel et ne définit que les variables d’environnement B<HOME> et "
12340 "B<SHELL> (plus B<USER> et B<LOGNAME> si l’I<utilisateur> cible n’est pas le "
12341 "superutilisateur). Cette version de B<runuser> utilise PAM pour la gestion "
12342 "de session."
12343
12344 #. type: Plain text
12345 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27
12346 msgid ""
12347 "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session "
12348 "management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, "
12349 "such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
12350 msgstr ""
12351
12352 #. type: Plain text
12353 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29
12354 #, no-wrap
12355 msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n"
12356 msgstr ""
12357
12358 #. type: Plain text
12359 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31
12360 msgid ""
12361 "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final "
12362 "environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
12363 "preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
12364 msgstr ""
12365 "Remarquez que *su* utilise dans tous les cas PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) pour "
12366 "effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de la "
12367 "ligne de commande comme *--login* ou *--preserve-environment* touchent "
12368 "l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."
12369
12370 #. type: Plain text
12371 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
12372 msgid ""
12373 "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
12374 "RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
12375 msgstr ""
12376
12377 #. type: Labeled list
12378 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
12379 #, no-wrap
12380 msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
12381 msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__commande__"
12382
12383 #. type: Labeled list
12384 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42
12385 #, no-wrap
12386 msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
12387 msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__groupe__"
12388
12389 #. type: Plain text
12390 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
12391 #, fuzzy
12392 #| msgid ""
12393 #| "The primary group to be used.  This option is allowed for the root user "
12394 #| "only."
12395 msgid ""
12396 "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
12397 msgstr ""
12398 "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
12399 "superutilisateur."
12400
12401 #. type: Labeled list
12402 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
12403 #, no-wrap
12404 msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
12405 msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__groupe__"
12406
12407 #. type: Plain text
12408 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
12409 msgid ""
12410 "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified "
12411 "by *--whitelist-environment*"
12412 msgstr ""
12413 "effacer toutes les variables d'environnement sauf *TERM* et les variables "
12414 "spécifiées avec *--whitelist-environment* ;"
12415
12416 #. type: Plain text
12417 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
12418 msgid ""
12419 "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
12420 "*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
12421 msgstr ""
12422 "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
12423 "*HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* ni *LOGNAME*. Cette option est ignorée si l’option "
12424 "*--login* est indiquée."
12425
12426 #. type: Plain text
12427 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
12428 #, fuzzy
12429 #| msgid ""
12430 #| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
12431 #| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
12432 #| "original session.  This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
12433 #| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors.  "
12434 #| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"runuser --"
12435 #| "pty -u username -- command &\").  If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then "
12436 #| "B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
12437 msgid ""
12438 "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
12439 "better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
12440 "session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and "
12441 "other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
12442 "can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-"
12443 "c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as "
12444 "a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
12445 msgstr ""
12446 "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
12447 "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec la "
12448 "session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl I<TIOCSTI> de "
12449 "terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les descripteurs de fichier "
12450 "du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre la session entière en "
12451 "arrière-plan (par exemple, *su --pty -u nom_utilisateur -- commande &*). Si "
12452 "le pseudo terminal est activé, la commande *su* fonctionne comme un serveur "
12453 "mandataire entre les sessions (avec une copie de l'entrée et de la sortie "
12454 "standards)."
12455
12456 #. type: Plain text
12457 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
12458 #, fuzzy
12459 #| msgid ""
12460 #| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions.  If the "
12461 #| "standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo "
12462 #| "\"date\" | runuser --pty -u user), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-"
12463 #| "terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
12464 msgid ""
12465 "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
12466 "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --"
12467 "pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid "
12468 "messy output."
12469 msgstr ""
12470 "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
12471 "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
12472 "(« pipe ») (par exemple, echo \"date\" | su --pty -u pty), le drapeau ECHO "
12473 "du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour éviter une sortie désordonnée."
12474
12475 #. type: Labeled list
12476 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:64
12477 #, no-wrap
12478 msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
12479 msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
12480
12481 #. type: Plain text
12482 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69
12483 msgid ""
12484 "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-"
12485 "environment* option is used"
12486 msgstr ""
12487 "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans la variable d’environnement *SHELL* "
12488 "si l’option *--preserve-environment* est utilisée ;"
12489
12490 # FIXME /etc/shells → _/etc/shells_
12491 #. type: Plain text
12492 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
12493 #, fuzzy
12494 #| msgid ""
12495 #| "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/"
12496 #| "shells), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
12497 #| "ignored unless the calling user is root."
12498 msgid ""
12499 "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
12500 "shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
12501 "ignored unless the calling user is root."
12502 msgstr ""
12503 "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
12504 "dire ne faisant pas partie de _/etc/shells_), l’option *--shell* et la "
12505 "variable d’environnement *SHELL* sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
12506 "appelant est le superutilisateur."
12507
12508 #. type: Labeled list
12509 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77
12510 #, no-wrap
12511 msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
12512 msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__liste__"
12513
12514 #. type: Title ==
12515 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:123
12516 #, no-wrap
12517 msgid "SIGNALS"
12518 msgstr "SIGNAUX"
12519
12520 #. type: Plain text
12521 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85
12522 msgid ""
12523 "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its "
12524 "child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child "
12525 "is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of "
12526 "delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
12527 msgstr ""
12528
12529 # FIXME *su:* → *su*:
12530 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
12531 #. type: Plain text
12532 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
12533 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
12534 #| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su:*\n"
12535 msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
12536 msgstr "*su* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/su_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *su*.\n"
12537
12538 #. type: Plain text
12539 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
12540 msgid ""
12541 "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a "
12542 "non-negative integer."
12543 msgstr ""
12544
12545 #. type: Plain text
12546 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
12547 #, fuzzy
12548 #| msgid ""
12549 #| "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
12550 #| "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
12551 msgid ""
12552 "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default "
12553 "value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12554 msgstr ""
12555 "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
12556 "par défaut est _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12557
12558 #. type: Plain text
12559 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
12560 msgid ""
12561 "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
12562 "specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
12563 msgstr ""
12564 "Si définie à _yes_ et que ni *--login*, ni *--preserve-environment* "
12565 "n’étaient indiquées, *su* initialise *PATH*."
12566
12567 #. type: Plain text
12568 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109
12569 #, no-wrap
12570 msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
12571 msgstr "*su* renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, *su* renvoie le numéro du signal plus 128.\n"
12572
12573 #. type: Plain text
12574 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
12575 msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
12576 msgstr "Le code de retour généré par *su* elle-même est un des suivants."
12577
12578 #. type: Labeled list
12579 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121
12580 #, no-wrap
12581 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
12582 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
12583
12584 #. type: Labeled list
12585 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124
12586 #, no-wrap
12587 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
12588 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
12589
12590 #. type: Labeled list
12591 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127
12592 #, no-wrap
12593 msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
12594 msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"
12595
12596 #. type: Plain text
12597 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129
12598 #, fuzzy
12599 #| msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
12600 msgid "command specific logindef config file"
12601 msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef spécifique à B<runuser>"
12602
12603 #. type: Plain text
12604 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
12605 msgid ""
12606 "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ "
12607 "file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can "
12608 "be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use "
12609 "the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in "
12610 "attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ "
12611 "file as well. For example by:"
12612 msgstr ""
12613
12614 #. type: delimited block _
12615 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139
12616 msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"
12617 msgstr ""
12618
12619 #. type: Plain text
12620 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
12621 #, fuzzy
12622 #| msgid ""
12623 #| "This B< runuser> command was derived from coreutils' B<su>, which was "
12624 #| "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
12625 #| "command by Dan Walsh."
12626 msgid ""
12627 "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an "
12628 "implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been "
12629 "refactored by Karel Zak."
12630 msgstr ""
12631 "Cette commande B<runuser> est dérivée de B<su> de coreutils, qui était basée "
12632 "sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande B<runuser> de "
12633 "Fedora par Dan Walsh."
12634
12635 #. type: Plain text
12636 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
12637 #, no-wrap
12638 msgid ""
12639 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12640 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12641 "*shells*(5),\n"
12642 "*pam*(8),\n"
12643 "*runuser*(1)\n"
12644 msgstr ""
12645 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12646 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12647 "*shells*(5),\n"
12648 "*pam*(8),\n"
12649 "*runuser*(1)\n"
12650
12651 #
12652 #
12653 #
12654 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
12655 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
12656 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12657 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12658 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
12659 #. (at your option) any later version.
12660 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12661 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12662 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
12663 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
12664 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
12665 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
12666 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
12667 #. type: Title =
12668 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20
12669 #, no-wrap
12670 msgid "sulogin(8)"
12671 msgstr "sulogin(8)"
12672
12673 #. type: Plain text
12674 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31
12675 msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
12676 msgstr "sulogin - Connexion en mode mono-utilisateur"
12677
12678 #. type: Plain text
12679 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35
12680 #, no-wrap
12681 msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
12682 msgstr "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
12683
12684 #. type: Plain text
12685 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
12686 #, no-wrap
12687 msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n"
12688 msgstr "*sulogin* est appelé par *init* quand le système passe en mode mono-utilisateur.\n"
12689
12690 #. type: Plain text
12691 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41
12692 msgid "The user is prompted:"
12693 msgstr "L'utilisateur verra s'afficher :"
12694
12695 #. type: Plain text
12696 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
12697 #, fuzzy
12698 #| msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
12699 msgid ""
12700 "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
12701 "startup):"
12702 msgstr "Donnez le mot de passe du superutilisateur pour la maintenance"
12703
12704 #. type: Plain text
12705 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
12706 msgid ""
12707 "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is "
12708 "required."
12709 msgstr ""
12710 "Si le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé et l’option *--force* indiquée, "
12711 "aucun mot de passe n’est demandé."
12712
12713 #. type: Plain text
12714 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
12715 #, no-wrap
12716 msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
12717 msgstr "*sulogin* sera connecté au terminal en cours ou au périphérique facultatif _tty_ fourni sur la ligne de commande (habituellement _/dev/console_).\n"
12718
12719 #. type: Plain text
12720 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
12721 msgid ""
12722 "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
12723 "prompt, the system will continue to boot."
12724 msgstr ""
12725 "Quand l’utilisateur quitte l’interpréteur de commandes mono-utilisateur ou "
12726 "appuie sur Ctrl et D à l'invite de commande, le système continuera à "
12727 "démarrer."
12728
12729 #. type: Labeled list
12730 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52
12731 #, no-wrap
12732 msgid "*-e*, *--force*"
12733 msgstr "*-e*, *--force*"
12734
12735 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
12736 #. type: Plain text
12737 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54
12738 msgid ""
12739 "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
12740 "*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the "
12741 "password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is "
12742 "locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* "
12743 "will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
12744 msgstr ""
12745 "Si la méthode d’obtention par défaut du mot de passe du superutilisateur "
12746 "pour le système avec *getpwnam*(3) échoue, examiner _/etc/passwd_ et _/etc/"
12747 "shadow_ pour obtenir le mot de passe. Si ces fichiers sont endommagés ou "
12748 "n’existent pas, ou lorsque le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé par "
12749 "« ! » ou « {asterisk} » au commencement du mot de passe, alors *sulogin* "
12750 "démarrera un *interpréteur de commandes de superutilisateur sans demander de "
12751 "mot de passe*."
12752
12753 #. type: Plain text
12754 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
12755 msgid ""
12756 "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected "
12757 "against unauthorized access."
12758 msgstr ""
12759 "N'utilisez l'option *-e* que si vous êtes sûr que la console est "
12760 "physiquement protégée contre les accès non autorisés."
12761
12762 #. type: Labeled list
12763 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58
12764 #, no-wrap
12765 msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
12766 msgstr "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
12767
12768 #. type: Plain text
12769 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
12770 msgid ""
12771 "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a "
12772 "login shell."
12773 msgstr ""
12774 "Forcer *sulogin* à démarrer le processus d’interpréteur de commandes comme "
12775 "un interpréteur de connexion."
12776
12777 #. type: Labeled list
12778 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:29
12779 #, no-wrap
12780 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
12781 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _secondes_"
12782
12783 #. type: Plain text
12784 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
12785 msgid ""
12786 "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
12787 "*sulogin* will wait forever."
12788 msgstr ""
12789 "Indiquer la durée d’attente maximale pour une saisie d’utilisateur. Par "
12790 "défaut, *sulogin* attendra indéfiniment."
12791
12792 #. type: Plain text
12793 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69
12794 #, no-wrap
12795 msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
12796 msgstr "*sulogin* recherche les variables d’environnement *SUSHELL* ou *sushell* pour déterminer l’interpréteur de commandes à démarrer. Si la variable d’environnement n’est pas définie, il essaiera d’exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes du superutilisateur indiqué dans le fichier _/etc/passwd_. Si cela échoue également, il essaiera _/bin/sh_.\n"
12797
12798 #. type: Plain text
12799 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
12800 #, no-wrap
12801 msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n"
12802 msgstr "*sulogin* a été écrit par Miquel van Smoorenburg pour sysvinit puis ensuite porté pour util-linux par Dave Reisner et Karel Zak.\n"
12803
12804 #
12805 #
12806 #
12807 #. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp
12808 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12809 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12810 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
12811 #. (at your option) any later version.
12812 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12813 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12814 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
12815 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
12816 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
12817 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
12818 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
12819 #. type: Title =
12820 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19
12821 #, no-wrap
12822 msgid "utmpdump(1)"
12823 msgstr "utmpdump(1)"
12824
12825 #. type: Plain text
12826 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29
12827 msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format"
12828 msgstr "utmpdump - Vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp au format brut"
12829
12830 #. type: Plain text
12831 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33
12832 #, no-wrap
12833 msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n"
12834 msgstr "*utmpdump* [options] _fichier_\n"
12835
12836 #. type: Plain text
12837 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
12838 #, no-wrap
12839 msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n"
12840 msgstr "*utmpdump* est un programme simple pour vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp au format brut, afin de pouvoir les examiner. *utmpdump* lit l’entrée standard sauf si un _fichier_ est indiqué.\n"
12841
12842 #. type: Labeled list
12843 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40
12844 #, no-wrap
12845 msgid "*-f*, *--follow*"
12846 msgstr "*-f*, *--follow*"
12847
12848 #. type: Plain text
12849 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42
12850 msgid "Output appended data as the file grows."
12851 msgstr "Afficher les données ajoutées lorsque le fichier grossit."
12852
12853 #. type: Labeled list
12854 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43
12855 #, no-wrap
12856 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_"
12857 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _fichier_"
12858
12859 #. type: Plain text
12860 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45
12861 msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output."
12862 msgstr ""
12863 "Écrire la sortie de la commande dans _fichier_ au lieu de la sortie standard."
12864
12865 #. type: Labeled list
12866 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46
12867 #, no-wrap
12868 msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*"
12869 msgstr "*-r*, *--reverse*"
12870
12871 #. type: Plain text
12872 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
12873 msgid ""
12874 "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
12875 msgstr ""
12876 "Restaurer, réécrire les informations de connexion éditées dans les fichiers "
12877 "utmp et wtmp."
12878
12879 #. type: Plain text
12880 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54
12881 #, no-wrap
12882 msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n"
12883 msgstr "*utmpdump* peut être utile en cas d’entrées utmp ou wtmp corrompues. Il peut vider utmp ou wtmp dans un fichier ASCII, qui peut ensuite être modifié pour supprimer les entrées boguées, puis réintégré en utilisant :\n"
12884
12885 #. type: delimited block _
12886 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:57
12887 #, no-wrap
12888 msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n"
12889 msgstr "*utmpdump -r < fichier_ASCII > wtmp*\n"
12890
12891 #. type: Plain text
12892 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:60
12893 msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only."
12894 msgstr ""
12895 "Avertissement : *utmpdump* n’a été écrit que pour des besoins de débogage."
12896
12897 #. type: Plain text
12898 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
12899 msgid ""
12900 "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may "
12901 "become incompatible in future."
12902 msgstr ""
12903 "Seule la version binaire de *utmp*(5) est standardisée. Les vidages textuels "
12904 "peuvent devenir incompatibles à l'avenir."
12905
12906 #. type: Plain text
12907 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66
12908 msgid ""
12909 "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) "
12910 "timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp "
12911 "format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be "
12912 "made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift "
12913 "amount of timezone offset."
12914 msgstr ""
12915 "La version 2.28 était la dernière qui produisait une sortie texte avec le "
12916 "format d'horodatage *ctime*(3). Les vidages plus récents utilisent le format "
12917 "d'horodatage ISO-8601 avec une précision d'une milliseconde dans le fuseau "
12918 "horaire UTC-0. La conversion à partir de l'ancien format d'horodatage peut "
12919 "être faite vers le binaire, bien que les tentatives pour faire ainsi "
12920 "puissent mener à une dérive d'un certain nombre de fuseaux horaires."
12921
12922 #. type: Plain text
12923 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
12924 msgid ""
12925 "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files "
12926 "strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal "
12927 "use, but for debugging only."
12928 msgstr ""
12929 "Vous ne devriez *pas* utiliser l’option *-r*, car le format des fichiers "
12930 "utmp ou wtmp dépend fortement du format d’entrée. Cet outil n’a *pas* été "
12931 "écrit pour une utilisation normale, mais seulement pour le débogage."
12932
12933 #. type: Plain text
12934 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74
12935 msgid "Michael Krapp"
12936 msgstr "Michael Krapp"
12937
12938 #. type: Plain text
12939 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:81
12940 #, no-wrap
12941 msgid ""
12942 "*last*(1),\n"
12943 "*w*(1),\n"
12944 "*who*(1),\n"
12945 "*utmp*(5)\n"
12946 msgstr ""
12947 "*last*(1),\n"
12948 "*w*(1),\n"
12949 "*who*(1),\n"
12950 "*utmp*(5)\n"
12951
12952 #
12953 #
12954 #
12955 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
12956 #. All rights reserved.
12957 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
12958 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
12959 #. are met:
12960 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
12961 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
12962 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
12963 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
12964 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
12965 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
12966 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
12967 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
12968 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
12969 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
12970 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
12971 #.    without specific prior written permission.
12972 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
12973 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
12974 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
12975 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
12976 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
12977 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
12978 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
12979 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
12980 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
12981 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
12982 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
12983 #.     @(#)vipw.8       6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91
12984 #. type: Title =
12985 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36
12986 #, no-wrap
12987 msgid "vipw(8)"
12988 msgstr "vipw(8)"
12989
12990 #. type: Plain text
12991 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46
12992 msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
12993 msgstr ""
12994
12995 #. type: Plain text
12996 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50
12997 #, no-wrap
12998 msgid "*vipw* [options]\n"
12999 msgstr "*vipw* [options]\n"
13000
13001 #. type: Plain text
13002 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52
13003 #, no-wrap
13004 msgid "*vigr* [options]\n"
13005 msgstr "*vigr* [options]\n"
13006
13007 #. type: Plain text
13008 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
13009 #, no-wrap
13010 msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n"
13011 msgstr ""
13012
13013 #. type: Plain text
13014 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64
13015 #, fuzzy
13016 #| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
13017 msgid ""
13018 "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* "
13019 "and *vigr*:"
13020 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"
13021
13022 #. type: Labeled list
13023 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:65 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
13024 #, no-wrap
13025 msgid "*EDITOR*"
13026 msgstr "*EDITOR*"
13027
13028 #. type: Plain text
13029 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
13030 msgid ""
13031 "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the "
13032 "default editor *vi*(1)."
13033 msgstr ""
13034
13035 #. type: Plain text
13036 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71
13037 msgid ""
13038 "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-"
13039 "Linux 2.6."
13040 msgstr ""
13041
13042 #. type: Plain text
13043 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:78
13044 #, no-wrap
13045 msgid ""
13046 "*vi*(1),\n"
13047 "*passwd*(1),\n"
13048 "*flock*(2),\n"
13049 "*passwd*(5)\n"
13050 msgstr ""
13051 "*vi*(1),\n"
13052 "*passwd*(1),\n"
13053 "*flock*(2),\n"
13054 "*passwd*(5)\n"
13055
13056 #. type: Plain text
13057 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81
13058 #, fuzzy
13059 #| msgid ""
13060 #| "The raw command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
13061 #| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
13062 msgid ""
13063 "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
13064 "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
13065 "Kernel Archive]"
13066 msgstr ""
13067 "La commande B<raw> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible sur "
13068 "E<lt>I<https:/www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
13069
13070 #.  Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
13071 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
13072 #. type: Title =
13073 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4
13074 #, no-wrap
13075 msgid "blkid(8)"
13076 msgstr "blkid(8)"
13077
13078 #. type: Plain text
13079 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15
13080 msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
13081 msgstr "blkid - Trouver ou afficher les attributs de périphérique en mode bloc"
13082
13083 #. type: Plain text
13084 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19
13085 #, no-wrap
13086 msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n"
13087 msgstr "*blkid* *--label* _étiquette_ | *--uuid* _UUID_\n"
13088
13089 #. type: Plain text
13090 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
13091 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
13092 #| msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
13093 msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
13094 msgstr "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _fichier_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] [*--match-token* _NAME=valeur_] [_périphérique_...]\n"
13095
13096 #. type: Plain text
13097 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
13098 #, no-wrap
13099 msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n"
13100 msgstr "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _position_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _taille_] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] [*--match-types* _liste_] [*--usages* _liste_] [*--no-part-details*] _périphérique_...\n"
13101
13102 #. type: Plain text
13103 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
13104 #, no-wrap
13105 msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n"
13106 msgstr "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] _périphérique_...\n"
13107
13108 #. type: Plain text
13109 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
13110 msgid ""
13111 "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the "
13112 "*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
13113 "filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
13114 "(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
13115 "fields)."
13116 msgstr ""
13117 "Le programme *blkid* est une interface en ligne de commande pour la "
13118 "bibliothèque *libblkid*(3). Il peut déterminer le type de contenu (par "
13119 "exemple, un système de fichiers ou une partition d'échange) associé à un "
13120 "périphérique bloc et aussi les attributs (sous la forme de jetons "
13121 "NOM=valeur) des métadonnées (par exemple, l'étiquette LABEL ou l'UUID)."
13122
13123 #. type: Plain text
13124 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
13125 #, no-wrap
13126 msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n"
13127 msgstr "*Il est recommandé d’utiliser la commande *lsblk*(8) pour obtenir des informations à propos des périphériques bloc, ou lsblk --fs pour obtenir une vue d’ensemble des systèmes de fichiers, ou *findmnt*(8) pour effectuer une recherche dans les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés.*\n"
13128
13129 #. type: delimited block _
13130 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
13131 #, no-wrap
13132 msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n"
13133 msgstr "*lsblk*(8) fournit plus d’informations, un meilleur contrôle sur le formatage de la sortie, une utilisation plus aisée dans les scripts et ne nécessite pas les permissions de superutilisateur pour obtenir les informations concrètes. *blkid* lit les informations directement des périphériques et pour les utilisateurs normaux, il renvoie les informations mises en cache et non vérifiées. *blkid* est principalement conçu pour les services de système et pour tester les fonctionnalités de *libblkid*(3).\n"
13134
13135 #. type: Plain text
13136 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
13137 msgid ""
13138 "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
13139 "is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If "
13140 "none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/"
13141 "proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
13142 msgstr ""
13143 "Quand un _périphérique_ est indiqué, seuls les jetons pour ce _périphérique_ "
13144 "sont affichés. Plusieurs arguments _périphérique_ peuvent être indiqués sur "
13145 "la ligne de commande. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les partitions et "
13146 "périphériques non partitionnés apparaissant dans _/proc/partitions_ seront "
13147 "affichés, s'ils sont reconnus."
13148
13149 #. type: Plain text
13150 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
13151 #, no-wrap
13152 msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n"
13153 msgstr "*blkid* a deux modes de fonctionnement : soit il recherche un périphérique avec un couple NOM=valeur donné, soit il affiche les couples NOM=valeur pour un ou plusieurs _périphérique_s indiqués.\n"
13154
13155 #. type: Plain text
13156 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
13157 msgid ""
13158 "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing "
13159 "result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
13160 "level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in "
13161 "this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview "
13162 "and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
13163 msgstr ""
13164 "Pour des raisons de sécurité, *blkid* ignore silencieusement tous les "
13165 "périphériques quand le résultat des détections est ambivalent (plusieurs "
13166 "périphériques en conflit sont détectés). Le mode bas niveau (*-p*) fournit "
13167 "plus d’informations et un code de retour supplémentaire. Il est recommandé "
13168 "d’utiliser *wipefs*(8) pour une vue d’ensemble détaillée et pour supprimer "
13169 "toutes les choses obsolètes (chaînes magiques) sur le périphérique."
13170
13171 #. type: Plain text
13172 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
13173 msgid ""
13174 "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
13175 "suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
13176 "EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
13177 "as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
13178 "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
13179 msgstr ""
13180 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis de suffixes "
13181 "multiplicatifs comme KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
13182 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
13183 "identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, "
13184 "TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."
13185
13186 #. type: Labeled list
13187 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46
13188 #, no-wrap
13189 msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_"
13190 msgstr "*-c*, *--cache-file* _fichier_cache_"
13191
13192 #. type: Plain text
13193 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
13194 #, fuzzy
13195 #| msgid ""
13196 #| "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
13197 #| "the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to start "
13198 #| "with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
13199 #| "necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
13200 msgid ""
13201 "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
13202 "the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start "
13203 "with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
13204 "necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
13205 msgstr ""
13206 "Lire dans le _fichier_cache_ plutôt que dans le fichier de cache par défaut "
13207 "(consultez la section FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION pour plus de précisions). Si "
13208 "vous souhaitez utiliser un cache vide (c'est-à-dire ne pas afficher les "
13209 "périphériques examinés auparavant, mais qui ne seraient plus disponibles), "
13210 "utilisez _/dev/null_."
13211
13212 #. type: Labeled list
13213 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49
13214 #, no-wrap
13215 msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
13216 msgstr "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
13217
13218 #. type: Plain text
13219 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
13220 msgid ""
13221 "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
13222 "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* "
13223 "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
13224 msgstr ""
13225 "Ne pas encoder les caractères non imprimables. Les caractères non "
13226 "imprimables sont encodés par les notations ^ et M- par défaut. Remarquez que "
13227 "le format de sortie *--output udev* utilise un encodage différent qui ne "
13228 "peut pas être désactivé."
13229
13230 #. type: Labeled list
13231 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52
13232 #, no-wrap
13233 msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
13234 msgstr "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
13235
13236 #. type: Plain text
13237 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
13238 msgid ""
13239 "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
13240 "level probing mode."
13241 msgstr ""
13242 "Ne pas afficher d’information (indicateurs PART_ENTRY_*) de la table de "
13243 "partitions dans le mode de détection bas niveau."
13244
13245 #. type: Labeled list
13246 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55
13247 #, no-wrap
13248 msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
13249 msgstr "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
13250
13251 #. type: Plain text
13252 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
13253 msgid ""
13254 "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
13255 "no longer exist."
13256 msgstr ""
13257 "Lancer le ramasse-miettes sur le cache de *blkid* pour supprimer les "
13258 "périphériques qui n'existent plus."
13259
13260 #. type: Labeled list
13261 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58
13262 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
13263 #| msgid "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"
13264 msgid "*-H*, *--hint* _setting_"
13265 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--size> I<taille>"
13266
13267 #. type: Plain text
13268 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62
13269 msgid ""
13270 "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions "
13271 "to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is "
13272 "\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
13273 msgstr ""
13274
13275 #. type: Labeled list
13276 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33
13277 #, no-wrap
13278 msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
13279 msgstr "*-i*, *--info*"
13280
13281 #. type: Plain text
13282 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65
13283 msgid ""
13284 "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output "
13285 "format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the "
13286 "*--probe* option."
13287 msgstr ""
13288 "Afficher les renseignements de limites (topologie) d'E/S. Le format de "
13289 "sortie *export* est automatiquement activé. Cette option peut être utilisée "
13290 "avec l'option *--probe*."
13291
13292 #. type: Labeled list
13293 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66
13294 #, no-wrap
13295 msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
13296 msgstr "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
13297
13298 #. type: Plain text
13299 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:68
13300 msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
13301 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers et RAID connus et quitter."
13302
13303 #. type: Labeled list
13304 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69
13305 #, no-wrap
13306 msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
13307 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
13308
13309 #. type: Plain text
13310 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
13311 msgid ""
13312 "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
13313 "*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
13314 "specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
13315 "returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
13316 "note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
13317 "Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
13318 "not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search "
13319 "parameter."
13320 msgstr ""
13321 "Ne rechercher qu’un périphérique correspondant au paramètre demandé indiqué "
13322 "avec l'option *--match-token*. Si plusieurs périphériques correspondent, le "
13323 "périphérique de priorité la plus haute sera affiché ou le premier "
13324 "périphérique avec la priorité voulue (mais consultez ci-dessous la remarque "
13325 "sur udev). Voici les types de périphériques par priorité décroissante : "
13326 "Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, puis les périphériques bloc classiques. Si "
13327 "cette option n'est pas utilisée, *blkid* affichera tous les périphériques "
13328 "qui correspondent à la recherche."
13329
13330 #. type: Plain text
13331 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73
13332 msgid ""
13333 "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in "
13334 "*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils "
13335 "(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple "
13336 "devices."
13337 msgstr ""
13338 "Cette option oblige *blkid* à utiliser les jetons LABEL ou UUID dans *--"
13339 "match-token*. Le but est de fournir une sortie cohérente avec celle d’autres "
13340 "outils (tel *mount*(8), etc.) sur les systèmes où le même indicateur est "
13341 "utilisé pour plusieurs périphériques."
13342
13343 #. type: Plain text
13344 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
13345 msgid ""
13346 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--"
13347 "list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method "
13348 "is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
13349 "setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
13350 "reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option "
13351 "works on systems with and without udev."
13352 msgstr ""
13353 "Rechercher le périphérique qui utilise cette _étiquette_ de système de "
13354 "fichiers ; c’est équivalent à : **--list-one --output device --match-token "
13355 "LABEL=**__étiquette__. Cette méthode de recherche est capable d'utiliser de "
13356 "manière fiable les liens symboliques udev du type /dev/disk/by-label "
13357 "(suivant une configuration définie dans _/etc/blkid.conf_). Évitez "
13358 "d'utiliser directement les liens symboliques, car leur utilisation n’est pas "
13359 "sûre sans vérification. L'option *--label* fonctionne sur des systèmes avec "
13360 "ou sans udev."
13361
13362 #. type: Plain text
13363 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78
13364 msgid ""
13365 "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option "
13366 "as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t "
13367 "LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
13368 msgstr ""
13369 "Malheureusement, le *blkid*(8) d'origine d'e2fsprogs utilise l'option *-L* "
13370 "comme synonyme de *-o list*. Pour assurer la portabilité, l'utilisation de "
13371 "**-l -o device -t LABEL=**__étiquette__ et B*-o list* est à préférer dans "
13372 "les scripts à l'option *-L*."
13373
13374 #. type: Labeled list
13375 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79
13376 #, no-wrap
13377 msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
13378 msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _liste_"
13379
13380 #. type: Plain text
13381 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
13382 msgid ""
13383 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
13384 "superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
13385 "specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
13386 msgstr ""
13387 "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la _liste_ séparée par des virgules "
13388 "de types (noms) de superblocs. Les types peuvent être préfixés dans la liste "
13389 "par *no* pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par exemple :"
13390
13391 #. type: Plain text
13392 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83
13393 #, no-wrap
13394 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
13395 msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
13396
13397 #. type: Plain text
13398 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85
13399 msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
13400 msgstr "détecte les systèmes de fichiers VFAT, ext3 et ext4, et"
13401
13402 #. type: Plain text
13403 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87
13404 #, no-wrap
13405 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
13406 msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
13407
13408 #. type: Plain text
13409 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89
13410 msgid ""
13411 "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
13412 "only useful together with *--probe*."
13413 msgstr ""
13414 "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les systèmes de fichiers MINIX. Cette "
13415 "option n'est utile qu'avec l'option *--probe*."
13416
13417 #. type: Labeled list
13418 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90
13419 #, no-wrap
13420 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
13421 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
13422
13423 #. type: Plain text
13424 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92
13425 msgid ""
13426 "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
13427 "devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
13428 msgstr ""
13429 "Utiliser le format de sortie indiqué. Remarquez que l’ordre des variables et "
13430 "des périphériques n’est pas fixé. Consultez également l’option *-s*. Le "
13431 "paramètre _format_ peut prendre une des valeurs suivantes :"
13432
13433 #. type: Labeled list
13434 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
13435 #, no-wrap
13436 msgid "*full*"
13437 msgstr "*full*"
13438
13439 #. type: Plain text
13440 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
13441 msgid "print all tags (the default)"
13442 msgstr "Afficher tous les indicateurs (option par défaut)."
13443
13444 #. type: Labeled list
13445 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
13446 #, no-wrap
13447 msgid "*value*"
13448 msgstr "*value*"
13449
13450 #. type: Plain text
13451 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
13452 msgid "print the value of the tags"
13453 msgstr "Afficher la valeur des indicateurs."
13454
13455 #. type: Labeled list
13456 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
13457 #, no-wrap
13458 msgid "*list*"
13459 msgstr "*list*"
13460
13461 #. type: Plain text
13462 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
13463 msgid ""
13464 "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
13465 "unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
13466 msgstr ""
13467 "Afficher les périphériques dans un format agréable. Ce format d'affichage "
13468 "n'est pas pris en charge pour la détection bas niveau (*--probe* ou *--"
13469 "info*)."
13470
13471 #. type: Plain text
13472 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
13473 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command."
13474 msgstr ""
13475 "Ce format d’affichage est *obsolète*, remplacé par la commande *lsblk*(8)."
13476
13477 #. type: Labeled list
13478 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
13479 #, no-wrap
13480 msgid "*device*"
13481 msgstr "*périphérique*"
13482
13483 #. type: Plain text
13484 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
13485 msgid ""
13486 "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--"
13487 "label* and *--uuid* options"
13488 msgstr ""
13489 "Afficher seulement le nom de périphérique. Ce format d'affichage est "
13490 "toujours activé pour les options *--label* et *--uuid*."
13491
13492 #. type: Labeled list
13493 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
13494 #, no-wrap
13495 msgid "*udev*"
13496 msgstr "*udev*"
13497
13498 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
13499 #. type: Plain text
13500 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
13501 msgid ""
13502 "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
13503 "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
13504 "to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
13505 "valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with "
13506 "'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe "
13507 "chars."
13508 msgstr ""
13509 "Afficher les paires clé=\"valeur\" pour une importation aisée dans "
13510 "l’environnement udev. Les clés sont préfixées avec ID_FS_ ou ID_PART_. La "
13511 "valeur peut être modifiée pour être sûre dans l’environnement udev. Sont "
13512 "permises l’ASCII pur, la protection par valeur hexadécimale et l’UTF-8 "
13513 "valable. Toutes les autres valeurs (y compris les espaces blancs) sont "
13514 "remplacées par « {underscore} ». Les clés avec le suffixe __ENC_ utilisent "
13515 "la protection hexadécimale pour les caractères non sûrs."
13516
13517 #. type: Plain text
13518 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
13519 msgid ""
13520 "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
13521 "detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
13522 "including empty partitions."
13523 msgstr ""
13524 "La sortie udev renvoie l'indicateur ID_FS_AMBIVALENT si plusieurs superblocs "
13525 "sont détectés et des indicateurs ID_PART_ENTRY_* sont toujours renvoyés pour "
13526 "toutes les partitions, y compris les partitions vides."
13527
13528 #. type: Plain text
13529 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
13530 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*."
13531 msgstr "Ce format d’affichage est *obsolète*."
13532
13533 #. type: Labeled list
13534 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
13535 #, no-wrap
13536 msgid "*export*"
13537 msgstr "*export*"
13538
13539 #. type: Plain text
13540 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
13541 msgid ""
13542 "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
13543 "format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are "
13544 "requested."
13545 msgstr ""
13546 "Afficher les couples de clé=valeur pour les importer facilement dans "
13547 "l'environnement. Ce format de sortie est automatiquement activé quand des "
13548 "limites d'E/S (option *--info*) sont demandées."
13549
13550 #. type: Plain text
13551 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114
13552 msgid ""
13553 "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
13554 "potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
13555 msgstr ""
13556 "Les caractères non imprimables sont encodés par les notations ^ et M- et "
13557 "tous les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés."
13558
13559 #. type: Labeled list
13560 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
13561 #, no-wrap
13562 msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
13563 msgstr "*-O*, *--offset* _position_"
13564
13565 #. type: Plain text
13566 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117
13567 msgid ""
13568 "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be "
13569 "used together with the *--info* option."
13570 msgstr ""
13571 "Détecter à la _position_ donnée (seulement utile avec *--probe*). Cette "
13572 "option peut être utilisée avec l'option *--info*."
13573
13574 #. type: Labeled list
13575 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118
13576 #, no-wrap
13577 msgid "*-p*, *--probe*"
13578 msgstr "*-p*, *--probe*"
13579
13580 #. type: Plain text
13581 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120
13582 msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
13583 msgstr ""
13584 "Passer en mode de détection bas niveau de superbloc (en contournant le "
13585 "cache)."
13586
13587 #. type: Plain text
13588 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122
13589 msgid ""
13590 "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
13591 "type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
13592 "by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
13593 "may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example "
13594 "PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
13595 msgstr ""
13596 "Remarquez que la détection bas niveau renvoie aussi des informations sur le "
13597 "type de table de partitions (indicateur PTTYPE) et sur les partitions "
13598 "(indicateurs PART_ENTRY_*). Les noms d’indicateurs produits par la détection "
13599 "bas niveau sont basés sur les noms utilisés en interne par libblkid et "
13600 "peuvent être différents lorsqu’elle est exécutée sans *--probe* (par "
13601 "exemple, PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). Consultez aussi *--no-part-details*."
13602
13603 #. type: Labeled list
13604 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
13605 #, no-wrap
13606 msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
13607 msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _indicateur_"
13608
13609 #. type: Plain text
13610 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125
13611 msgid ""
13612 "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is "
13613 "possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, "
13614 "then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
13615 "refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no "
13616 "other options."
13617 msgstr ""
13618 "Pour chaque périphérique indiqué, n'afficher que les indicateurs qui "
13619 "correspondent à _indicateur_. L'option *--match-tag* peut être indiquée "
13620 "plusieurs fois. Si aucun indicateur n'est indiqué, tous les jetons sont "
13621 "affichés pour tous les périphériques indiqués. Pour ne faire que rafraîchir "
13622 "le cache sans afficher de jeton, utilisez *--match-tag none* sans aucune "
13623 "autre option."
13624
13625 #. type: Labeled list
13626 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:158
13627 #, no-wrap
13628 msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
13629 msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _taille_"
13630
13631 #. type: Plain text
13632 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128
13633 msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)."
13634 msgstr ""
13635 "Remplacer la taille du périphérique ou du fichier (seulement utile avec *--"
13636 "probe*)."
13637
13638 #. type: Labeled list
13639 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129
13640 #, no-wrap
13641 msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_"
13642 msgstr "*-t*, *--match-token* _NOM=valeur_"
13643
13644 #. type: Plain text
13645 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131
13646 msgid ""
13647 "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value "
13648 "_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ "
13649 "include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on "
13650 "the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
13651 "specified devices are searched."
13652 msgstr ""
13653 "Rechercher les périphériques bloc qui possèdent des jetons nommés _NOM_ et "
13654 "qui ont pour valeur _valeur_, puis afficher les périphériques trouvés. Les "
13655 "valeurs usuelles de _NOM_ sont *TYPE*, *LABEL* et *UUID*. S'il n'y a pas de "
13656 "périphérique précisé sur la ligne de commande, tous les périphériques bloc "
13657 "seront analysés ; sinon, seuls les périphériques indiqués par l'utilisateur "
13658 "seront étudiés."
13659
13660 #. type: Labeled list
13661 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132
13662 #, no-wrap
13663 msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_"
13664 msgstr "*-u*, *--usages* _liste_"
13665
13666 #. type: Plain text
13667 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
13668 msgid ""
13669 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
13670 "\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
13671 "other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
13672 "which should be ignored. For example:"
13673 msgstr ""
13674 "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la _liste_ séparée par des virgules "
13675 "de types d'« utilisation ». Les types d'utilisation gérés sont : filesystem "
13676 "(système de fichiers), raid (RAID), crypto (chiffré) et other (autre). Les "
13677 "types d'utilisation peuvent être préfixés dans la liste par *no* pour "
13678 "signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par exemple :"
13679
13680 #. type: Plain text
13681 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
13682 #, no-wrap
13683 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
13684 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
13685
13686 #. type: Plain text
13687 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138
13688 msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
13689 msgstr ""
13690 "détecte tous les formats de systèmes de fichiers et autres (par exemple, les "
13691 "espaces d'échange) et"
13692
13693 #. type: Plain text
13694 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140
13695 #, no-wrap
13696 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
13697 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
13698
13699 #. type: Plain text
13700 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142
13701 msgid ""
13702 "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
13703 "together with *--probe*."
13704 msgstr ""
13705 "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les RAID. Cette option n'est utile "
13706 "qu'avec l'option *--probe*."
13707
13708 #. type: Labeled list
13709 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438
13710 #, no-wrap
13711 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
13712 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
13713
13714 #. type: Plain text
13715 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145
13716 msgid ""
13717 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see "
13718 "the *--label* option."
13719 msgstr ""
13720 "Chercher le périphérique qui utilise cet _UUID_ de système de fichiers. Pour "
13721 "plus de précisions, consultez l'option *--label*."
13722
13723 #. type: Plain text
13724 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151
13725 msgid ""
13726 "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--"
13727 "match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about "
13728 "the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* "
13729 "filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
13730 msgstr ""
13731 "Si le périphérique indiqué ou celui adressé par l’indicateur précisé (option "
13732 "*--match-token*) a été trouvé et qu’il est possible de réunir quelques "
13733 "informations à son propos, un code de retour 0 est renvoyé. Remarquez que "
13734 "l’option *--match-tag* filtre les indicateurs de sortie, mais qu’elle "
13735 "n’affecte pas le code de retour."
13736
13737 #. type: Plain text
13738 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153
13739 msgid ""
13740 "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
13741 "identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
13742 "identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
13743 msgstr ""
13744 "Si le jeton indiqué n'a pas été trouvé, ou si aucun périphérique (indiqué) "
13745 "n'a pu être identifié, ou qu’il est impossible d’obtenir une information sur "
13746 "les identificateurs ou le contenu de périphérique, un code de retour 2 est "
13747 "renvoyé."
13748
13749 #. type: Plain text
13750 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:155
13751 msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
13752 msgstr ""
13753 "Pour les erreurs d'utilisation et autres, un code de retour 4 est renvoyé."
13754
13755 #. type: Plain text
13756 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
13757 msgid ""
13758 "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-"
13759 "p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
13760 msgstr ""
13761 "Si un résultat de détection bas niveau ambivalent a été détecté (*-p*), un "
13762 "code de retour 8 est renvoyé."
13763
13764 #. type: Plain text
13765 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
13766 #, fuzzy
13767 #| msgid ""
13768 #| "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be "
13769 #| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF. The following options "
13770 #| "control the libblkid library:"
13771 msgid ""
13772 "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
13773 "by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the "
13774 "libblkid library:"
13775 msgstr ""
13776 "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration _/etc/blkid.conf_ peut "
13777 "être remplacé par la variable d'environnement BLKID_CONF. Les options "
13778 "suivantes contrôlent la bibliothèque libblkid."
13779
13780 #. type: Labeled list
13781 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:162
13782 #, no-wrap
13783 msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
13784 msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
13785
13786 #. type: Plain text
13787 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
13788 msgid ""
13789 "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink "
13790 "does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
13791 "Default is \"yes\"."
13792 msgstr ""
13793 "Envoyer « uevent » lorsque le lien symbolique _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,"
13794 "partuuid,partlabel}/ ne correspond pas au LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL "
13795 "du périphérique. *yes* par défaut."
13796
13797 #. type: Labeled list
13798 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:165
13799 #, no-wrap
13800 msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_"
13801 msgstr "_CACHE_FILE=<chemin>_"
13802
13803 #. type: Plain text
13804 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
13805 msgid ""
13806 "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
13807 "overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/"
13808 "blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
13809 msgstr ""
13810 "Remplacer l'emplacement standard du fichier de cache. Cette option peut être "
13811 "remplacée par la variable d'environnement *BLKID_FILE*. _/run/blkid/blkid."
13812 "tab_ par défaut ou _/etc/blkid.tab_ sur les systèmes sans répertoire _/run_."
13813
13814 #. type: Labeled list
13815 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:168
13816 #, no-wrap
13817 msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_"
13818 msgstr "_EVALUATE=<méthodes>_"
13819
13820 #. type: Plain text
13821 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
13822 msgid ""
13823 "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
13824 "supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
13825 "specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
13826 "method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all "
13827 "block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
13828 msgstr ""
13829 "Définir la ou les méthodes d'évaluation des LABEL et UUID. Actuellement, "
13830 "libblkid gère les méthodes « udev » et « scan ». Plus d'une méthode peut "
13831 "être indiquée dans une liste séparée par des virgules. La valeur par défaut "
13832 "est « udev,scan ». La méthode « udev » utilise les liens symboliques _/dev/"
13833 "disk/by-*_ d’*udev* et la méthode « scan » analyse tous les périphériques "
13834 "bloc du fichier _/proc/partitions_."
13835
13836 #. type: Plain text
13837 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174
13838 msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output."
13839 msgstr "La configuration _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ active la sortie de débogage."
13840
13841 #. type: Plain text
13842 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178
13843 #, no-wrap
13844 msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n"
13845 msgstr "*blkid* a été écrit par Andreas Dilger pour libblkid et amélioré par Theodore Ts'o et Karel Zak.\n"
13846
13847 #. type: Plain text
13848 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:185
13849 #, no-wrap
13850 msgid ""
13851 "*libblkid*(3),\n"
13852 "*findfs*(8),\n"
13853 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
13854 "*wipefs*(8)\n"
13855 msgstr ""
13856 "*libblkid*(3),\n"
13857 "*findfs*(8),\n"
13858 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
13859 "*wipefs*(8)\n"
13860
13861 #
13862 #
13863 #
13864 #
13865 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
13866 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
13867 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
13868 #. Kim Letkeman.
13869 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
13870 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
13871 #. are met:
13872 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
13873 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
13874 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
13875 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
13876 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13877 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
13878 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
13879 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
13880 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
13881 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
13882 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
13883 #.    without specific prior written permission.
13884 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
13885 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
13886 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
13887 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
13888 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
13889 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
13890 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
13891 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
13892 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
13893 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
13894 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
13895 #.     @(#)cal.1        8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
13896 #. type: Title =
13897 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39
13898 #, no-wrap
13899 msgid "cal(1)"
13900 msgstr "cal(1)"
13901
13902 #. type: Plain text
13903 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50
13904 msgid "cal - display a calendar"
13905 msgstr ""
13906
13907 #. type: Plain text
13908 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54
13909 #, no-wrap
13910 msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n"
13911 msgstr ""
13912
13913 #. type: Plain text
13914 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56
13915 #, no-wrap
13916 msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n"
13917 msgstr ""
13918
13919 #. type: Plain text
13920 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
13921 #, no-wrap
13922 msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n"
13923 msgstr ""
13924
13925 #. type: Plain text
13926 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
13927 msgid ""
13928 "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an "
13929 "abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
13930 msgstr ""
13931
13932 #. type: Plain text
13933 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
13934 msgid ""
13935 "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are "
13936 "nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the "
13937 "frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with "
13938 "solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was "
13939 "introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* "
13940 "uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian "
13941 "calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 "
13942 "days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with "
13943 "solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which "
13944 "the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
13945 msgstr ""
13946
13947 #. type: Plain text
13948 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
13949 msgid ""
13950 "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar "
13951 "may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
13952 msgstr ""
13953
13954 #. type: Labeled list
13955 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69
13956 #, no-wrap
13957 msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
13958 msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"
13959
13960 #. type: Plain text
13961 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71
13962 #, fuzzy
13963 #| msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
13964 msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)"
13965 msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."
13966
13967 #. type: Labeled list
13968 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72
13969 #, no-wrap
13970 msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
13971 msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
13972
13973 #. type: Plain text
13974 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74
13975 msgid "Display three months spanning the date."
13976 msgstr ""
13977
13978 #. type: Labeled list
13979 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75
13980 #, no-wrap
13981 msgid "*-n , --months* _number_"
13982 msgstr "*-n , --months* _nombre_"
13983
13984 #. type: Plain text
13985 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
13986 msgid ""
13987 "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
13988 msgstr ""
13989
13990 #. type: Labeled list
13991 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78
13992 #, no-wrap
13993 msgid "*-S, --span*"
13994 msgstr "*-S, --span*"
13995
13996 #. type: Plain text
13997 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80
13998 msgid "Display months spanning the date."
13999 msgstr ""
14000
14001 #. type: Labeled list
14002 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81
14003 #, no-wrap
14004 msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*"
14005 msgstr "*-s*, *--sunday*"
14006
14007 #. type: Plain text
14008 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83
14009 msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week."
14010 msgstr ""
14011
14012 #. type: Labeled list
14013 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84
14014 #, no-wrap
14015 msgid "*-m*, *--monday*"
14016 msgstr "*-m*, *--monday*"
14017
14018 #. type: Plain text
14019 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86
14020 msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week."
14021 msgstr ""
14022
14023 #. type: Labeled list
14024 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53
14025 #, no-wrap
14026 msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*"
14027 msgstr "*-v*, *--vertical*"
14028
14029 #. type: Plain text
14030 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89
14031 msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)."
14032 msgstr ""
14033
14034 #. type: Labeled list
14035 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90
14036 #, no-wrap
14037 msgid "*--iso*"
14038 msgstr "*--iso*"
14039
14040 #. type: Plain text
14041 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
14042 msgid ""
14043 "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not "
14044 "affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
14045 msgstr ""
14046
14047 #. type: Labeled list
14048 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93
14049 #, no-wrap
14050 msgid "*-j*, *--julian*"
14051 msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*"
14052
14053 #. type: Plain text
14054 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
14055 msgid ""
14056 "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal "
14057 "days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the "
14058 "Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--"
14059 "reform* option."
14060 msgstr ""
14061
14062 #. type: Plain text
14063 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
14064 msgid ""
14065 "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian "
14066 "calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions "
14067 "that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) "
14068 "date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This "
14069 "option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the "
14070 "POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar "
14071 "system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
14072 msgstr ""
14073
14074 #. type: Labeled list
14075 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98
14076 #, no-wrap
14077 msgid "*--reform* _val_"
14078 msgstr ""
14079
14080 #. type: Plain text
14081 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
14082 msgid ""
14083 "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. "
14084 "Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar "
14085 "dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can "
14086 "be:"
14087 msgstr ""
14088
14089 #. type: Plain text
14090 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
14091 msgid ""
14092 "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when "
14093 "the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
14094 msgstr ""
14095
14096 #. type: Plain text
14097 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
14098 msgid ""
14099 "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special "
14100 "placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; "
14101 "meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is "
14102 "called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar "
14103 "system's creation use extrapolated values."
14104 msgstr ""
14105
14106 #. type: Plain text
14107 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
14108 msgid ""
14109 "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation "
14110 "of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic "
14111 "Gregorian calendar."
14112 msgstr ""
14113
14114 #. type: Plain text
14115 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
14116 msgid ""
14117 "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder "
14118 "sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all "
14119 "calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
14120 msgstr ""
14121
14122 #. type: Plain text
14123 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107
14124 #, fuzzy
14125 #| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
14126 msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above."
14127 msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
14128
14129 #. type: Labeled list
14130 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108
14131 #, no-wrap
14132 msgid "*-y*, *--year*"
14133 msgstr "*-y*, *--year*"
14134
14135 #. type: Plain text
14136 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110
14137 msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year."
14138 msgstr ""
14139
14140 #. type: Labeled list
14141 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111
14142 #, no-wrap
14143 msgid "*-Y, --twelve*"
14144 msgstr "*-Y, --twelve*"
14145
14146 #. type: Plain text
14147 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113
14148 msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months."
14149 msgstr ""
14150
14151 #. type: Labeled list
14152 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114
14153 #, no-wrap
14154 msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]"
14155 msgstr "*-w*, *--week*[=_nombre_]"
14156
14157 #. type: Plain text
14158 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
14159 msgid ""
14160 "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* "
14161 "section for more details."
14162 msgstr ""
14163
14164 #. type: Labeled list
14165 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117
14166 #, no-wrap
14167 msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
14168 msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"
14169
14170 #. type: Labeled list
14171 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:120
14172 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14173 #| msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
14174 msgid "*-c, --columns*=_columns_"
14175 msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_commande_"
14176
14177 #. type: Plain text
14178 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122
14179 msgid "Number of columns to use. *auto* uses as many as fit the terminal."
14180 msgstr ""
14181
14182 #. type: Labeled list
14183 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:127
14184 #, no-wrap
14185 msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*"
14186 msgstr ""
14187
14188 #. type: Plain text
14189 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129
14190 msgid ""
14191 "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: "
14192 "*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
14193 msgstr ""
14194
14195 #. type: Labeled list
14196 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:130
14197 #, no-wrap
14198 msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*"
14199 msgstr ""
14200
14201 #. type: Plain text
14202 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:132
14203 msgid ""
14204 "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to "
14205 "the current locales."
14206 msgstr ""
14207
14208 #. type: Plain text
14209 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:134
14210 msgid ""
14211 "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be "
14212 "used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" "
14213 "refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
14214 msgstr ""
14215
14216 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
14217 #. type: Plain text
14218 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:136
14219 msgid ""
14220 "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" "
14221 "is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. "
14222 "Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the "
14223 "current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. "
14224 "Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be "
14225 "suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week "
14226 "ago')."
14227 msgstr ""
14228
14229 #. type: Labeled list
14230 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138
14231 #, no-wrap
14232 msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*"
14233 msgstr ""
14234
14235 #. type: Plain text
14236 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140
14237 msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_."
14238 msgstr ""
14239
14240 #. type: Labeled list
14241 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
14242 #, no-wrap
14243 msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*"
14244 msgstr ""
14245
14246 #. type: Plain text
14247 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:143
14248 msgid ""
14249 "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted "
14250 "if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, "
14251 "the current month's calendar is displayed."
14252 msgstr ""
14253
14254 #. type: Plain text
14255 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:147
14256 msgid ""
14257 "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the "
14258 "locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
14259 msgstr ""
14260
14261 #. type: Plain text
14262 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:149
14263 msgid ""
14264 "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it "
14265 "is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 "
14266 "January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 "
14267 "standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number "
14268 "1."
14269 msgstr ""
14270
14271 #. type: Plain text
14272 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:152
14273 #, fuzzy
14274 #| msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
14275 msgid "The logical color names supported by *cal* are:"
14276 msgstr ""
14277 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *fdisk* sont les suivantes :"
14278
14279 #. type: Labeled list
14280 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:153
14281 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14282 #| msgid "today"
14283 msgid "*today*"
14284 msgstr "today [aujourd’hui]"
14285
14286 #. type: Plain text
14287 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:155
14288 #, fuzzy
14289 #| msgid "Insert the current date."
14290 msgid "The current day."
14291 msgstr "Insérer la date actuelle."
14292
14293 #. type: Labeled list
14294 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156
14295 #, no-wrap
14296 msgid "*weeknumber*"
14297 msgstr ""
14298
14299 #. type: Plain text
14300 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158
14301 #, fuzzy
14302 #| msgid "Size of the locked file."
14303 msgid "The number of the week."
14304 msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
14305
14306 #. type: Plain text
14307 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:161
14308 #, fuzzy
14309 #| msgid "The header of the output tables."
14310 msgid "The header of a month."
14311 msgstr "L’en-tête des tables en sortie."
14312
14313 #. type: Labeled list
14314 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:162
14315 #, no-wrap
14316 msgid "*workday*"
14317 msgstr ""
14318
14319 #. type: Plain text
14320 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:164
14321 msgid "Days that fall within the work-week."
14322 msgstr ""
14323
14324 #. type: Labeled list
14325 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:165
14326 #, no-wrap
14327 msgid "*weekend*"
14328 msgstr ""
14329
14330 #. type: Plain text
14331 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:167
14332 msgid "Days that fall outside the work-week."
14333 msgstr ""
14334
14335 #. type: Plain text
14336 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:169 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:282
14337 msgid "For example:"
14338 msgstr "Par exemple :"
14339
14340 #. type: delimited block _
14341 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:171
14342 msgid ""
14343 "echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-"
14344 "colors.d/cal.scheme"
14345 msgstr ""
14346
14347 #. type: Plain text
14348 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:176
14349 msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
14350 msgstr "Une commande *cal* est apparue dans la version 6 d’UNIX AT&T."
14351
14352 #. type: Plain text
14353 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:180
14354 msgid ""
14355 "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar "
14356 "reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including "
14357 "its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
14358 msgstr ""
14359
14360 #. type: Plain text
14361 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:182
14362 msgid ""
14363 "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, "
14364 "or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
14365 msgstr ""
14366
14367 #. type: Plain text
14368 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:186
14369 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14370 #| msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
14371 msgid "*terminal-colors.d*(5)\n"
14372 msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"
14373
14374 #
14375 #. type: Title =
14376 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:2
14377 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14378 #| msgid "fincore(1)"
14379 msgid "fadvise(1)"
14380 msgstr "fincore(1)"
14381
14382 #. type: Plain text
14383 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:12
14384 msgid "fadvise - utility to use the posix_fadvise system call"
14385 msgstr ""
14386
14387 #. type: Plain text
14388 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:16
14389 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14390 #| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
14391 msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
14392 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"
14393
14394 #. type: Plain text
14395 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:18
14396 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14397 #| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
14398 msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-descriptor_\n"
14399 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"
14400
14401 #. type: Plain text
14402 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:23
14403 #, no-wrap
14404 msgid ""
14405 "*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping posix_fadvise system call\n"
14406 "that is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data.\n"
14407 msgstr ""
14408
14409 #. type: Labeled list
14410 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:26
14411 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14412 #| msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
14413 msgid "*-d*, *--fd* _file-descriptor_"
14414 msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_fichier_]"
14415
14416 #. type: Plain text
14417 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:29
14418 msgid ""
14419 "Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of "
14420 "open a file specified with a file name."
14421 msgstr ""
14422
14423 #. type: Labeled list
14424 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:30
14425 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14426 #| msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
14427 msgid "*-a*, *--advice* _advice_"
14428 msgstr "*-d*, *--device* _périphérique_"
14429
14430 #. type: Plain text
14431 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:33
14432 msgid ""
14433 "See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. "
14434 "If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice."
14435 msgstr ""
14436
14437 #. type: Labeled list
14438 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64
14439 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56
14440 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
14441 #, no-wrap
14442 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
14443 msgstr "*-o*, *--offset* _position_"
14444
14445 #. type: Plain text
14446 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:37
14447 #, fuzzy
14448 #| msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
14449 msgid ""
14450 "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes.  If this option is "
14451 "omitted, 0 is used as default advice."
14452 msgstr "Indiquer la position de début de l’intervalle, en octets."
14453
14454 #. type: Labeled list
14455 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37
14456 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50
14457 #, no-wrap
14458 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_"
14459 msgstr "*-l*, *--length* _taille_"
14460
14461 # FIXME lenght → _length_
14462 #. type: Plain text
14463 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:41
14464 #, fuzzy
14465 #| msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
14466 msgid ""
14467 "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes.  If this option is omitted, 0 "
14468 "is used as default advice."
14469 msgstr "Indiquer la _taille_ de l’intervalle, en octets."
14470
14471 #. type: Plain text
14472 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:47
14473 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14474 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
14475 msgid "*fadvise* has the following exit status values:\n"
14476 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
14477
14478 #. type: Plain text
14479 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48
14480 #, fuzzy
14481 #| msgid "mount failure"
14482 msgid "unspecified failure"
14483 msgstr "échec de montage"
14484
14485 #. type: Plain text
14486 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52
14487 msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
14488 msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
14489
14490 #. type: Plain text
14491 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:60
14492 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14493 #| msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
14494 msgid "*posix_fadvise*(2)\n"
14495 msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
14496
14497 #
14498 #. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc.
14499 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
14500 #. type: Title =
14501 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7
14502 #, no-wrap
14503 msgid "fincore(1)"
14504 msgstr "fincore(1)"
14505
14506 #. type: Plain text
14507 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18
14508 msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core"
14509 msgstr ""
14510
14511 #. type: Plain text
14512 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22
14513 #, no-wrap
14514 msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n"
14515 msgstr "*fincore* [options] _fichier_...\n"
14516
14517 #. type: Plain text
14518 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
14519 #, no-wrap
14520 msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n"
14521 msgstr ""
14522
14523 #. type: Plain text
14524 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:34
14525 #, fuzzy
14526 #| msgid ""
14527 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
14528 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
14529 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
14530 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
14531 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
14532 msgid ""
14533 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
14534 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
14535 "expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a "
14536 "stable output is required."
14537 msgstr ""
14538 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
14539 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
14540 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
14541 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
14542 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
14543 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
14544
14545 #. type: Labeled list
14546 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90
14547 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:47
14548 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53
14549 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25
14550 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40
14551 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36
14552 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:47
14553 #, no-wrap
14554 msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
14555 msgstr "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
14556
14557 #. type: Plain text
14558 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49
14559 #, fuzzy
14560 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
14561 msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
14562 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
14563
14564 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
14565 #. type: Plain text
14566 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39
14567 #, fuzzy
14568 #| msgid ""
14569 #| "Define output columns.  See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
14570 #| "currently supported columns.  The B<TARGET> column contains tree "
14571 #| "formatting if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
14572 msgid ""
14573 "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
14574 "currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if "
14575 "_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
14576 msgstr ""
14577 "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> pour "
14578 "obtenir une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne "
14579 "B<TARGET> contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options B<--list> ou "
14580 "B<--raw> ne sont pas indiquées."
14581
14582 #. type: Plain text
14583 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
14584 #, fuzzy
14585 #| msgid ""
14586 #| "Use raw output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
14587 #| "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
14588 msgid ""
14589 "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
14590 "escaped (\\x<code>)."
14591 msgstr ""
14592 "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
14593 "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
14594
14595 #. type: Labeled list
14596 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72
14597 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:44
14598 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50
14599 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72
14600 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:66
14601 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34
14602 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34
14603 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27
14604 #, no-wrap
14605 msgid "*-J*, *--json*"
14606 msgstr "*-J*, *--json*"
14607
14608 #. type: Plain text
14609 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:74
14610 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:44
14611 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51
14612 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41
14613 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
14614 msgid "Use JSON output format."
14615 msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie JSON."
14616
14617 #. type: Plain text
14618 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:58
14619 #, no-wrap
14620 msgid ""
14621 "*mincore*(2),\n"
14622 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
14623 "*getconf*(1p)\n"
14624 msgstr ""
14625 "*mincore*(2),\n"
14626 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
14627 "*getconf*(1p)\n"
14628
14629 #.  Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
14630 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
14631 #. type: Title =
14632 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4
14633 #, no-wrap
14634 msgid "findfs(8)"
14635 msgstr "findfs(8)"
14636
14637 #. type: Plain text
14638 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14
14639 msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
14640 msgstr ""
14641 "findfs - Trouver un système de fichiers en fonction d'une étiquette ou d'un "
14642 "UUID"
14643
14644 #. type: Plain text
14645 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18
14646 #, no-wrap
14647 msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n"
14648 msgstr "*findfs* *NOM*=_valeur_\n"
14649
14650 #. type: Plain text
14651 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
14652 #, no-wrap
14653 msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n"
14654 msgstr "*findfs* cherchera les périphériques blocs sur le système pour trouver un système de fichiers ou une partition avec l’étiquette indiquée. Les étiquettes actuellement prises en charge sont les suivantes.\n"
14655
14656 #. type: Labeled list
14657 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23
14658 #, no-wrap
14659 msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_"
14660 msgstr "*LABEL*=_étiquette_"
14661
14662 #. type: Plain text
14663 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25
14664 msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
14665 msgstr "Indiquer une étiquette de système de fichiers."
14666
14667 #. type: Labeled list
14668 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26
14669 #, no-wrap
14670 msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
14671 msgstr "*UUID*=_<UUID>_"
14672
14673 #. type: Plain text
14674 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28
14675 msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
14676 msgstr "Indiquer un UUID de système de fichiers."
14677
14678 #. type: Labeled list
14679 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29
14680 #, no-wrap
14681 msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
14682 msgstr "*PARTUUID*=_<UUID>_"
14683
14684 #. type: Plain text
14685 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
14686 msgid ""
14687 "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
14688 "for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
14689 msgstr ""
14690 "Indiquer un UUID de partition. Cet identifiant de partition est par exemple "
14691 "pris en charge pour les tables de partitions GUID (GPT)."
14692
14693 #. type: Labeled list
14694 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
14695 #, no-wrap
14696 msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_"
14697 msgstr "*PARTLABEL*=_<étiquette>_"
14698
14699 #. type: Plain text
14700 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
14701 msgid ""
14702 "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
14703 "example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
14704 msgstr ""
14705 "Indiquer une étiquette (nom) de partition. Les étiquettes de partition sont "
14706 "par exemple prises en charge pour les tables de partitions GUID (GPT) ou MAC."
14707
14708 #. type: Plain text
14709 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
14710 msgid ""
14711 "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
14712 "stdout."
14713 msgstr ""
14714 "Si le système de fichiers ou la partition sont trouvés, le nom de "
14715 "périphérique sera affiché sur la sortie standard."
14716
14717 #. type: Plain text
14718 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
14719 msgid ""
14720 "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
14721 "example by"
14722 msgstr ""
14723 "La vue d’ensemble complète des systèmes de fichiers et des partitions peut "
14724 "par exemple être obtenue avec :"
14725
14726 #. type: delimited block _
14727 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41
14728 #, no-wrap
14729 msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n"
14730 msgstr "*lsblk --fs*\n"
14731
14732 #. type: delimited block _
14733 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43
14734 #, no-wrap
14735 msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n"
14736 msgstr "*partx --show <disque>*\n"
14737
14738 #. type: delimited block _
14739 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45
14740 #, no-wrap
14741 msgid "*blkid*\n"
14742 msgstr "*blkid*\n"
14743
14744 #. type: Plain text
14745 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
14746 msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
14747 msgstr "L’étiquette ou l’UUID sont introuvables."
14748
14749 #. type: Plain text
14750 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:57
14751 msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
14752 msgstr "Erreur d’utilisation, mauvais nombre d’arguments ou option inconnue."
14753
14754 #. type: Plain text
14755 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66
14756 #, no-wrap
14757 msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
14758 msgstr "*findfs* a été écrit par mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] et réécrit par mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] pour le paquet util-linux.\n"
14759
14760 #. type: Plain text
14761 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72
14762 #, no-wrap
14763 msgid ""
14764 "*blkid*(8),\n"
14765 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
14766 "*partx*(8)\n"
14767 msgstr ""
14768 "*blkid*(8),\n"
14769 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
14770 "*partx*(8)\n"
14771
14772 #. type: Title =
14773 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2
14774 #, no-wrap
14775 msgid "findmnt(8)"
14776 msgstr "findmnt(8)"
14777
14778 #. type: Plain text
14779 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13
14780 msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
14781 msgstr "findmnt - Trouver un système de fichiers"
14782
14783 #. type: Plain text
14784 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17
14785 #, no-wrap
14786 msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n"
14787 msgstr "*findmnt* [options]\n"
14788
14789 #. type: Plain text
14790 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19
14791 #, no-wrap
14792 msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
14793 msgstr "*findmnt* [options] _périphérique_|_point_de_montage_\n"
14794
14795 #. type: Plain text
14796 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
14797 #, no-wrap
14798 msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n"
14799 msgstr "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _périphérique_ [*--target* _chemin_]|[*--mountpoint* _point_de_montage_]\n"
14800
14801 #. type: Plain text
14802 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
14803 #, no-wrap
14804 msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n"
14805 msgstr "*findmnt* affichera la liste de tous les systèmes de fichiers montés ou recherchera un système de fichiers. La commande *findmnt* peut chercher dans _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ ou _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Si _périphérique_ ou _point_de_montage_ ne sont pas donnés, tous les systèmes de fichiers sont montrés.\n"
14806
14807 #. type: Plain text
14808 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
14809 msgid ""
14810 "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
14811 "label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows "
14812 "*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
14813 "(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are "
14814 "not specified."
14815 msgstr ""
14816 "Le périphérique peut être indiqué par son nom de périphérique, les numéros "
14817 "maj:min, l’étiquette (LABEL) ou l’UUID de système de fichiers ou l’étiquette "
14818 "(PARTLABEL) ou PARTUUID de partition. Remarquez *findmnt* suit le "
14819 "comportement de *mount*(8) selon lequel un nom de périphérique peut être "
14820 "interprété comme un point de montage (et vice versa) si les options *--"
14821 "target*, *--mountpoint* ou *--source* ne sont pas indiquées."
14822
14823 #. type: Plain text
14824 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
14825 msgid ""
14826 "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then "
14827 "*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
14828 msgstr ""
14829
14830 #. type: Plain text
14831 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
14832 #, fuzzy
14833 #| msgid ""
14834 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
14835 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
14836 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
14837 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
14838 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
14839 msgid ""
14840 "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
14841 "default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you "
14842 "should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
14843 "expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a "
14844 "stable output is required."
14845 msgstr ""
14846 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
14847 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
14848 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
14849 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
14850 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
14851 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
14852
14853 #. type: Plain text
14854 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33
14855 msgid ""
14856 "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
14857 "one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* "
14858 "provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all "
14859 "devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another "
14860 "tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
14861 msgstr ""
14862
14863 #. type: Labeled list
14864 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36
14865 #, no-wrap
14866 msgid "*-A*, *--all*"
14867 msgstr "*-A*, *--all*"
14868
14869 #. type: Plain text
14870 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:38
14871 msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
14872 msgstr ""
14873 "Désactiver tous les filtres intégrés et afficher tous les systèmes de "
14874 "fichiers."
14875
14876 #. type: Labeled list
14877 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39
14878 #, no-wrap
14879 msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*"
14880 msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*"
14881
14882 #. type: Plain text
14883 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:41
14884 msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
14885 msgstr "Utiliser des caractères ASCII pour le formatage d'arborescence."
14886
14887 #. type: Labeled list
14888 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45
14889 #, no-wrap
14890 msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
14891 msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
14892
14893 #. type: Plain text
14894 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47
14895 msgid ""
14896 "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
14897 "and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
14898 msgstr ""
14899 "Ne pas canoniser du tout les chemins. Cette option affecte la comparaison de "
14900 "chemin et l’évaluation d’étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
14901
14902 #. type: Labeled list
14903 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48
14904 #, no-wrap
14905 msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
14906 msgstr "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
14907
14908 #. type: Plain text
14909 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:50
14910 msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
14911 msgstr "Rendre tous les chemins affichés canoniques."
14912
14913 #. type: Labeled list
14914 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
14915 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14916 #| msgid "*undelete*"
14917 msgid "*--deleted*"
14918 msgstr "*undelete*"
14919
14920 #. type: Plain text
14921 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53
14922 msgid ""
14923 "Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
14924 msgstr ""
14925
14926 #. type: Labeled list
14927 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54
14928 #, no-wrap
14929 msgid "*-D*, *--df*"
14930 msgstr "*-D*, *--df*"
14931
14932 #. type: Plain text
14933 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56
14934 #, fuzzy
14935 #| msgid ""
14936 #| "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
14937 #| "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. "
14938 #| "Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
14939 msgid ""
14940 "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
14941 "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
14942 "*--all* to print all filesystems."
14943 msgstr ""
14944 "Imiter la sortie de *df*(1). Cette option est équivalente à *-o SOURCE,"
14945 "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET*, mais exclut tous les pseudo-systèmes de "
14946 "fichiers. Utilisez *--all* pour afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
14947
14948 #. type: Labeled list
14949 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57
14950 #, no-wrap
14951 msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_"
14952 msgstr "*-d*, *--direction* _mot_"
14953
14954 #. type: Plain text
14955 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59
14956 msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*."
14957 msgstr ""
14958 "La direction de recherche, soit *forward* (en avant), soit *backward* (en "
14959 "arrière)."
14960
14961 #. type: Labeled list
14962 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60
14963 #, no-wrap
14964 msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
14965 msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
14966
14967 #. type: Plain text
14968 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62
14969 msgid ""
14970 "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
14971 "device names for the SOURCE column.  It's an unusual situation, but the same "
14972 "tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is "
14973 "SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices "
14974 "where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ "
14975 "only."
14976 msgstr ""
14977
14978 #. type: Labeled list
14979 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63
14980 #, no-wrap
14981 msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_"
14982 msgstr "*-F*, *--tab-file* _chemin_"
14983
14984 #. type: Plain text
14985 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65
14986 msgid ""
14987 "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--"
14988 "kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
14989 "then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
14990 msgstr ""
14991 "Chercher dans un autre fichier. Si elle est utilisée avec *--fstab*, *--"
14992 "mtab* ou *--kernel*, alors elle remplace les chemins par défaut. Si elle est "
14993 "indiquée plus d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est "
14994 "désactivée (consultez l’option *--list*)."
14995
14996 #. type: Labeled list
14997 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66
14998 #, no-wrap
14999 msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*"
15000 msgstr "*-f*, *--first-only*"
15001
15002 #. type: Plain text
15003 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:68
15004 msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
15005 msgstr "N'afficher que le premier système de fichiers correspondant."
15006
15007 #. type: Labeled list
15008 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69
15009 #, no-wrap
15010 msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
15011 msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"
15012
15013 #. type: Plain text
15014 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71
15015 msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
15016 msgstr "Inverser le sens de la correspondance."
15017
15018 #. type: Labeled list
15019 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75
15020 #, no-wrap
15021 msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*"
15022 msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*"
15023
15024 # FIXME *--mtab)* → *--mtab*)
15025 #. type: Plain text
15026 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77
15027 #, fuzzy
15028 #| msgid ""
15029 #| "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
15030 #| "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
15031 #| "kernel (see also *--mtab)*."
15032 msgid ""
15033 "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
15034 "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
15035 "kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
15036 msgstr ""
15037 "Rechercher dans _/proc/self/mountinfo_. L'affichage est au format "
15038 "arborescent. C'est le fonctionnement par défaut. La sortie contient les "
15039 "options de montage respectées par le noyau (consultez aussi *--mtab*)."
15040
15041 #. type: Plain text
15042 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80
15043 msgid ""
15044 "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
15045 "the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the "
15046 "option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option "
15047 "*-F*) is specified."
15048 msgstr ""
15049 "Utiliser l'affichage au format liste. Ce format de sortie est activé "
15050 "automatiquement si la sortie est restreinte par les options *-t*, *-O*, *-S* "
15051 "ou *-T* et que l'option *--submounts* n'est pas utilisée ou si plus d’un "
15052 "fichier source (l’option *-F*) est indiqué."
15053
15054 #. type: Labeled list
15055 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81
15056 #, no-wrap
15057 msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_"
15058 msgstr "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _chemin_"
15059
15060 #. type: Plain text
15061 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83
15062 msgid ""
15063 "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
15064 msgstr ""
15065 "Définir explicitement le fichier ou le répertoire de point de montage. "
15066 "Consultez aussi *--target*."
15067
15068 #. type: Labeled list
15069 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84
15070 #, no-wrap
15071 msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*"
15072 msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*"
15073
15074 #. type: Plain text
15075 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86
15076 msgid ""
15077 "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--"
15078 "tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
15079 msgstr ""
15080 "Rechercher dans _/etc/mtab_. L'affichage est au format liste par défaut "
15081 "(consultez *--tree*). La sortie peut inclure les options de montage en "
15082 "espace utilisateur."
15083
15084 #. type: Labeled list
15085 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87
15086 #, no-wrap
15087 msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_"
15088 msgstr "*-N*, *--task* _idt_"
15089
15090 #. type: Plain text
15091 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89
15092 msgid ""
15093 "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/"
15094 "proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-"
15095 "like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) "
15096 "command."
15097 msgstr ""
15098 "Utiliser l’espace de noms alternatif _/proc/<idt>/mountinfo_ au lieu de _/"
15099 "proc/self/mountinfo_ par défaut. Si l’option est indiquée plus d’une fois, "
15100 "alors la sortie au format arborescent est désactivée (consultez l’option *--"
15101 "list*). Consultez également la commande *unshare*(1)."
15102
15103 #. type: Labeled list
15104 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:93
15105 #, no-wrap
15106 msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
15107 msgstr "*-O*, *--options* _liste_"
15108
15109 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
15110 #. type: Plain text
15111 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
15112 msgid ""
15113 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
15114 "in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in "
15115 "effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a "
15116 "leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
15117 "used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
15118 "be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
15119 msgstr ""
15120 "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs options "
15121 "peuvent être indiquées, séparées par des virgules. Les options *-t* et *-O* "
15122 "sont de fait cumulatives. Cela est différent de l'option *-t* car chaque "
15123 "option est appliquée strictement. Un *no* au début d’une option n’a pas de "
15124 "signification globale. Le *no* peut être utilisé pour des éléments "
15125 "individuels de la liste. L’interprétation du préfixe *no* peut être "
15126 "désactivée par le préfixe *{plus}*."
15127
15128 #. type: Plain text
15129 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99
15130 msgid ""
15131 "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
15132 "currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if "
15133 "the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
15134 msgstr ""
15135 "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de *--help* pour obtenir "
15136 "une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne *TARGET* "
15137 "contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options *--list* ou *--raw* ne "
15138 "sont pas indiquées."
15139
15140 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
15141 #. type: Plain text
15142 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101
15143 msgid ""
15144 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
15145 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
15146 msgstr ""
15147 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
15148 "sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
15149
15150 #. type: Plain text
15151 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105
15152 msgid ""
15153 "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are "
15154 "not included."
15155 msgstr ""
15156 "Afficher quasiment toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes nécessitant "
15157 "*--poll* ne sont pas incluses."
15158
15159 #. type: Plain text
15160 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49
15161 #, fuzzy
15162 #| msgid ""
15163 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
15164 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
15165 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
15166 msgid ""
15167 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
15168 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
15169 msgstr ""
15170 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
15171 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
15172 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
15173 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
15174
15175 #. type: Labeled list
15176 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:109
15177 #, no-wrap
15178 msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]"
15179 msgstr "*-p*, *--poll*[_=liste_]"
15180
15181 #. type: Plain text
15182 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
15183 msgid ""
15184 "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: "
15185 "mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
15186 "comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
15187 msgstr ""
15188 "Surveiller les modifications du fichier _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Les actions "
15189 "permises sont : *mount* (montage), *umount* (démontage), *remount* "
15190 "(remontage) et *move* (déplacement). Plusieurs actions peuvent être "
15191 "indiquées dans une _liste_, séparées par des virgules. Toutes les actions "
15192 "sont surveillées par défaut."
15193
15194 #. type: Plain text
15195 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
15196 msgid ""
15197 "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--"
15198 "timeout* or *--first-only* options."
15199 msgstr ""
15200 "Le temps pendant lequel *--poll* bloquera peut être limité avec les options "
15201 "*--timeout* ou *--first-only*."
15202
15203 # NOTE: Bold period
15204 #. type: Plain text
15205 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115
15206 msgid ""
15207 "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
15208 "mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
15209 "information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
15210 msgstr ""
15211 "Les colonnes standards utilisent toujours la nouvelle version des "
15212 "renseignements du fichier _mountinfo_, sauf pour l'action *umount* qui est "
15213 "basée sur les renseignements d'origine mis en cache par *findmnt*(8). Le "
15214 "mode *--poll* permet d'utiliser des colonnes supplémentaires :"
15215
15216 #. type: Labeled list
15217 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
15218 #, no-wrap
15219 msgid "*ACTION*"
15220 msgstr "*ACTION*"
15221
15222 #. type: Plain text
15223 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
15224 msgid ""
15225 "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
15226 msgstr ""
15227 "noms d'action mount, umount, move ou remount ; cette colonne est activée par "
15228 "défaut ;"
15229
15230 #. type: Labeled list
15231 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
15232 #, no-wrap
15233 msgid "*OLD-TARGET*"
15234 msgstr "*OLD-TARGET*"
15235
15236 #. type: Plain text
15237 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
15238 msgid "available for umount and move actions"
15239 msgstr "disponible pour les actions umount et move ;"
15240
15241 #. type: Labeled list
15242 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
15243 #, no-wrap
15244 msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
15245 msgstr "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
15246
15247 #. type: Plain text
15248 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:122
15249 msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
15250 msgstr "disponible pour les actions umount et remount."
15251
15252 #. type: Labeled list
15253 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123
15254 #, no-wrap
15255 msgid "*--pseudo*"
15256 msgstr "*--pseudo*"
15257
15258 #. type: Plain text
15259 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:125
15260 msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
15261 msgstr "N'afficher que les pseudo-systèmes de fichiers."
15262
15263 #. type: Labeled list
15264 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126
15265 #, no-wrap
15266 msgid "*--shadow*"
15267 msgstr "*--shadow*"
15268
15269 #. type: Plain text
15270 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:155
15271 #, fuzzy
15272 #| msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
15273 msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
15274 msgstr "N'afficher que les pseudo-systèmes de fichiers."
15275
15276 #. type: Labeled list
15277 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:129
15278 #, no-wrap
15279 msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*"
15280 msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*"
15281
15282 #. type: Plain text
15283 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131
15284 msgid ""
15285 "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
15286 "restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are "
15287 "not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like "
15288 "order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This "
15289 "option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
15290 msgstr ""
15291 "Afficher récursivement tous les sous-montages des systèmes de fichiers "
15292 "sélectionnés. Les restrictions définies par les options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-"
15293 "T* et *--direction* ne sont pas appliquées aux sous-montages. Tous les sous-"
15294 "montages sont toujours affichés dans l'ordre de l'arborescence. L'option "
15295 "active la sortie au format arborescent par défaut. Cette option est sans "
15296 "effet avec *--mtab* ou *--fstab*."
15297
15298 #. type: Plain text
15299 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134
15300 msgid ""
15301 "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
15302 "(\\x<code>)."
15303 msgstr ""
15304 "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
15305 "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (\\x<code>)."
15306
15307 #. type: Labeled list
15308 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135
15309 #, no-wrap
15310 msgid "*--real*"
15311 msgstr "*--real*"
15312
15313 #. type: Plain text
15314 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:137
15315 msgid "Print only real filesystems."
15316 msgstr "N'afficher que les système de fichiers réels."
15317
15318 #. type: Labeled list
15319 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
15320 #, no-wrap
15321 msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_"
15322 msgstr "*-S*, *--source* _spécification_"
15323
15324 #. type: Plain text
15325 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:140
15326 msgid ""
15327 "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, "
15328 "__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, "
15329 "**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
15330 msgstr ""
15331 "Définir explicitement la source de montage. Les spécifications prises en "
15332 "charge sont _périphérique_, __maj__**:**__min__, **LABEL=**__étiquette__, "
15333 "**UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__étiquette__ et **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
15334
15335 #. type: Labeled list
15336 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141
15337 #, no-wrap
15338 msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*"
15339 msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*"
15340
15341 #. type: Plain text
15342 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:143
15343 msgid ""
15344 "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
15345 msgstr ""
15346 "Rechercher dans _/etc/fstab_. L'affichage est au format liste (consultez "
15347 "l'option *--list*)."
15348
15349 #. type: Labeled list
15350 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144
15351 #, no-wrap
15352 msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
15353 msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _chemin_"
15354
15355 #. type: Plain text
15356 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:146
15357 msgid ""
15358 "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
15359 "then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the "
15360 "mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
15361 "and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--"
15362 "mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a "
15363 "strictly specified mountpoint."
15364 msgstr ""
15365 "Définir la cible de montage. Si le _chemin_ n’est pas un fichier de point de "
15366 "montage ou un répertoire, *findmnt* vérifie les éléments de _chemin_ dans "
15367 "l’ordre inverse pour obtenir le point de montage (cette fonctionnalité n’est "
15368 "prise en charge que pour la recherche dans les fichiers du noyau mais n’est "
15369 "pas prise en charge pour *--fstab*). Il est recommandé d’utiliser l’option "
15370 "*--mountpoint* quand les vérifications des éléments de _chemin_ ne sont pas "
15371 "désirées et que _chemin_ est un point de montage indiqué strictement."
15372
15373 #. type: Labeled list
15374 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75
15375 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
15376 #, no-wrap
15377 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
15378 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _liste_"
15379
15380 #. type: Plain text
15381 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:149
15382 msgid ""
15383 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
15384 "a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
15385 "*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For "
15386 "more details see *mount*(8)."
15387 msgstr ""
15388 "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types peuvent "
15389 "être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de systèmes de "
15390 "fichiers peut être préfixée par *no* pour indiquer les systèmes de fichiers "
15391 "pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour plus de précisions, "
15392 "consultez *mount*(8)."
15393
15394 #. type: Labeled list
15395 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150
15396 #, no-wrap
15397 msgid "*--tree*"
15398 msgstr "*--tree*"
15399
15400 #. type: Plain text
15401 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:152
15402 #, fuzzy
15403 #| msgid ""
15404 #| "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
15405 #| "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
15406 msgid ""
15407 "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
15408 "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
15409 msgstr ""
15410 "Autoriser une sortie de type arborescence si possible. L’option est ignorée "
15411 "silencieusement pour les tables où la relation enfant-parent est absente "
15412 "(par exemple, fstab)."
15413
15414 #. type: Labeled list
15415 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153
15416 #, no-wrap
15417 msgid "*--shadowed*"
15418 msgstr "*--shadowed*"
15419
15420 #. type: Labeled list
15421 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156
15422 #, no-wrap
15423 msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*"
15424 msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*"
15425
15426 #. type: Plain text
15427 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:158
15428 msgid ""
15429 "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
15430 "over-mounted mount points."
15431 msgstr ""
15432 "Ignorer les systèmes de fichiers avec des cibles de montage dupliquées, et "
15433 "ainsi sauter les points de montage « sur-montés »."
15434
15435 #. type: Labeled list
15436 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63
15437 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:64
15438 #, no-wrap
15439 msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
15440 msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
15441
15442 #. type: Plain text
15443 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:161
15444 msgid ""
15445 "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
15446 "*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This "
15447 "option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
15448 msgstr ""
15449 "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes. Les colonnes *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, "
15450 "*UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* ne sont pas tronquées par défaut. "
15451 "Cette option désactive aussi la troncature dans toutes les autres colonnes."
15452
15453 #. type: Labeled list
15454 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162
15455 #, no-wrap
15456 msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
15457 msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
15458
15459 #. type: Plain text
15460 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:164
15461 msgid ""
15462 "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
15463 "subvolumes."
15464 msgstr ""
15465 "Ne pas afficher de [/dir] dans la colonne SOURCE pour les remontages (bind) "
15466 "ou les sous-volumes Btrfs."
15467
15468 #. type: Labeled list
15469 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
15470 #, no-wrap
15471 msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_"
15472 msgstr "*-w*, *--timeout* _délai_"
15473
15474 #. type: Plain text
15475 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:167
15476 msgid ""
15477 "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in "
15478 "milliseconds."
15479 msgstr ""
15480 "Indiquer une limite maximale de temps pendant lequel *--poll* bloquera, en "
15481 "milliseconde."
15482
15483 #. type: Labeled list
15484 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168
15485 #, no-wrap
15486 msgid "*-x*, *--verify*"
15487 msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*"
15488
15489 # FIXME findmnt → *findmnt*
15490 #. type: Plain text
15491 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:170
15492 #, fuzzy
15493 #| msgid ""
15494 #| "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ "
15495 #| "parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--"
15496 #| "tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target "
15497 #| "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces findmnt "
15498 #| "to print more details."
15499 msgid ""
15500 "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability "
15501 "and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's "
15502 "possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount "
15503 "table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
15504 msgstr ""
15505 "Vérifier le contenu de la table de montage. Le comportement par défaut est "
15506 "de vérifier la possibilité d’analyse et d’exploitation de _/etc/fstab_. Il "
15507 "est possible d’utiliser aussi cette option avec *--tab-file*. Il est "
15508 "possible d’indiquer la source (périphérique) ou la cible (point de montage) "
15509 "pour filtrer la table de montage. L’option *--verbose* oblige *findmnt* à "
15510 "imprimer davantage de détails."
15511
15512 # FIXME findmnt → *findmnt*
15513 #. type: Plain text
15514 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:173
15515 #, fuzzy
15516 #| msgid "Force findmnt to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
15517 msgid "Force *findmnt* to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
15518 msgstr ""
15519 "Obliger *findmnt* à afficher plus d’informations (*--verify* pour l’instant)."
15520
15521 #. type: Labeled list
15522 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174
15523 #, no-wrap
15524 msgid "*--vfs-all*"
15525 msgstr "*--vfs-all*"
15526
15527 #. type: Plain text
15528 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176
15529 msgid ""
15530 "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
15531 "This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
15532 "kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
15533 msgstr ""
15534
15535 #. type: Labeled list
15536 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125
15537 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
15538 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15539 #| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
15540 msgid "*-y*, *--shell*"
15541 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
15542
15543 #. type: Plain text
15544 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179
15545 msgid ""
15546 "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
15547 "shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. "
15548 "Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in "
15549 "version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
15550 "this behavior by *--shell*."
15551 msgstr ""
15552
15553 #. type: Plain text
15554 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:187
15555 msgid ""
15556 "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for "
15557 "example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, "
15558 "or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
15559 msgstr ""
15560
15561 #. type: Labeled list
15562 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:190 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1611
15563 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152
15564 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15565 #| msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<path>"
15566 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<path>"
15567 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<chemin>"
15568
15569 #. type: Plain text
15570 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192
15571 #, fuzzy
15572 #| msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file"
15573 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file"
15574 msgstr "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_."
15575
15576 #. type: Labeled list
15577 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193
15578 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15579 #| msgid "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<path>"
15580 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<path>"
15581 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<chemin>"
15582
15583 #. type: Plain text
15584 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195
15585 #, fuzzy
15586 #| msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file"
15587 msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file"
15588 msgstr "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_."
15589
15590 #. type: Labeled list
15591 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:156
15592 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1614 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
15593 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155
15594 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15595 #| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
15596 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all"
15597 msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
15598
15599 #. type: Plain text
15600 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1616
15601 msgid "enables libmount debug output"
15602 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
15603
15604 #. type: Plain text
15605 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:201
15606 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
15607 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."
15608
15609 #. type: Labeled list
15610 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:207
15611 #, no-wrap
15612 msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
15613 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
15614
15615 #. type: Plain text
15616 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209
15617 msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_."
15618 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers NFS définis dans _/etc/fstab_."
15619
15620 #. type: Labeled list
15621 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:210
15622 #, no-wrap
15623 msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
15624 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/toto*"
15625
15626 #. type: Plain text
15627 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212
15628 msgid ""
15629 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
15630 "foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
15631 msgstr ""
15632 "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ où le répertoire du "
15633 "point de montage est _/mnt/toto_. Cela affiche aussi les remontages dont _/"
15634 "mnt/toto_ est source."
15635
15636 #. type: Labeled list
15637 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:213
15638 #, no-wrap
15639 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
15640 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/toto*"
15641
15642 #. type: Plain text
15643 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215
15644 msgid ""
15645 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
15646 "foo_."
15647 msgstr ""
15648 "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ où le répertoire du "
15649 "point de montage est _/mnt/toto_."
15650
15651 #. type: Labeled list
15652 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:216
15653 #, no-wrap
15654 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
15655 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
15656
15657 #. type: Plain text
15658 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
15659 msgid ""
15660 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
15661 "the real device names."
15662 msgstr ""
15663 "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ et convertir les "
15664 "étiquettes et UUID en véritables noms de périphérique."
15665
15666 #. type: Labeled list
15667 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219
15668 #, no-wrap
15669 msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
15670 msgstr "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
15671
15672 #. type: Plain text
15673 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221
15674 msgid ""
15675 "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
15676 "mounted."
15677 msgstr ""
15678 "N'afficher que le point de montage où le système de fichiers avec "
15679 "l'étiquette « /boot » est monté."
15680
15681 #. type: Labeled list
15682 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:222
15683 #, no-wrap
15684 msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
15685 msgstr "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/toto*"
15686
15687 #. type: Plain text
15688 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:224
15689 msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_."
15690 msgstr ""
15691 "Surveiller les montage, démontage, remontage et déplacement de _/mnt/toto_."
15692
15693 #. type: Labeled list
15694 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:225
15695 #, no-wrap
15696 msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
15697 msgstr "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/toto*"
15698
15699 #. type: Plain text
15700 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:227
15701 msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount."
15702 msgstr "Attendre le démontage de _/mnt/toto_."
15703
15704 #. type: Labeled list
15705 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:228
15706 #, no-wrap
15707 msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
15708 msgstr "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
15709
15710 #. type: Plain text
15711 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:230
15712 msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
15713 msgstr ""
15714 "Surveiller les remontages en mode lecture seule de tous les systèmes de "
15715 "fichiers ext3."
15716
15717 #. type: Plain text
15718 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:239
15719 #, no-wrap
15720 msgid ""
15721 "*fstab*(5),\n"
15722 "*mount*(8)\n"
15723 msgstr ""
15724 "*fstab*(5),\n"
15725 "*mount*(8)\n"
15726
15727 #. type: Title =
15728 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2
15729 #, no-wrap
15730 msgid "getopt(1)"
15731 msgstr "getopt(1)"
15732
15733 #. type: Plain text
15734 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13
15735 msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)"
15736 msgstr ""
15737 "getopt - Analyser des options de lignes de commandes (version améliorée)"
15738
15739 #. type: Plain text
15740 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:17
15741 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15742 #| msgid "B<getopt> I<optstring parameters>"
15743 msgid "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
15744 msgstr "B<getopt> I<chaîne_options paramètres>"
15745
15746 #. type: Plain text
15747 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
15748 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15749 #| msgid "B<getopt> [options] [B<-->] I<optstring parameters>"
15750 msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
15751 msgstr "B<getopt> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<chaîne_options paramètres>"
15752
15753 #. type: Plain text
15754 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21
15755 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15756 #| msgid "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> I<optstring> [options] [B<-->] I<parameters>"
15757 msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n"
15758 msgstr "B<getopt> [I<options>] B<-o>|B<--options> I<chaîne_options> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<paramètres>"
15759
15760 #. type: Plain text
15761 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
15762 #, no-wrap
15763 msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
15764 msgstr "*getopt* permet d'analyser (_parse_) les options d'une ligne de commande d'une façon simple pour des scripts shell et de vérifier les options autorisées. Les routines de GNU *getopt*(3) sont utilisées pour cela.\n"
15765
15766 #. type: Plain text
15767 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
15768 msgid ""
15769 "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: "
15770 "options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and "
15771 "the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be "
15772 "parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the "
15773 "first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the "
15774 "first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in "
15775 "the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short "
15776 "options string."
15777 msgstr ""
15778 "Les paramètres fournis à *getopt* sont de deux types : le premier est "
15779 "constitué des options qui modifient la façon dont *getopt* fera l'analyse "
15780 "(les _options_ et _chaîne_options_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*) et les paramètres à "
15781 "analyser (_paramètres_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*). Le second type commence dès le "
15782 "premier paramètre qui n'est pas une option ou après la première occurrence "
15783 "de « *--* ». Si aucune option « *-o* » ou « *--options* » n'est présente "
15784 "dans la première partie, le premier paramètre de la seconde partie sera "
15785 "utilisé comme chaîne d’options courtes."
15786
15787 #. type: Plain text
15788 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
15789 #, fuzzy
15790 #| msgid ""
15791 #| "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
15792 #| "_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first "
15793 #| "format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is "
15794 #| "compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do "
15795 #| "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
15796 #| "*COMPATIBILITY* for more information)."
15797 msgid ""
15798 "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
15799 "_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format "
15800 "in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with "
15801 "that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling "
15802 "and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more "
15803 "information)."
15804 msgstr ""
15805 "Si la variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée, ou si le "
15806 "premier _paramètre_ n'est pas une option (c'est-à-dire ne commence pas par "
15807 "un « *-* », le premier format du *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* produira une sortie "
15808 "compatible avec d'autres versions de *getopt*(1). Il réorganisera encore les "
15809 "paramètres et reconnaîtra les paramètres optionnels (consultez la section "
15810 "*COMPATIBILITÉ* pour plus d'informations)."
15811
15812 #. type: Plain text
15813 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31
15814 msgid ""
15815 "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with "
15816 "whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and "
15817 "non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can "
15818 "generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell "
15819 "(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving "
15820 "those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer "
15821 "compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the "
15822 "*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is "
15823 "installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
15824 msgstr ""
15825 "Les implémentations traditionnelles de *getopt*(1) ne gèrent pas les espaces "
15826 "ou autres caractères spéciaux (spécifiques à chaque interpréteur de "
15827 "commandes) dans les paramètres (options ou non). Pour résoudre ce problème, "
15828 "cette implémentation peut produire une sortie, entre guillemets, qui doit "
15829 "être interprétée de nouveau par l'interpréteur de commandes (en général avec "
15830 "la commande *eval*). Cela permet de préserver ces caractères, mais vous "
15831 "devez appeler *getopt* d'une façon non compatible avec les autres versions "
15832 "(la deuxième ou troisième forme dans le *SYNOPSIS*). Pour déterminer si "
15833 "cette version améliorée de *getopt*(1) est installée, vous pouvez utiliser "
15834 "l'option spéciale de test (*-T*)."
15835
15836 #. type: Labeled list
15837 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
15838 #, no-wrap
15839 msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*"
15840 msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*"
15841
15842 #. type: Plain text
15843 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:36
15844 msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'."
15845 msgstr "Permettre aux options longues de ne commencer que par un seul « *-* »."
15846
15847 #. type: Labeled list
15848 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37
15849 #, no-wrap
15850 msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
15851 msgstr "*-l*, *--longoptions* _options_longues_"
15852
15853 #. type: Plain text
15854 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39
15855 msgid ""
15856 "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option "
15857 "name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This "
15858 "option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long "
15859 "option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a "
15860 "required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
15861 msgstr ""
15862 "Les options longues (plusieurs caractères) à reconnaître. Plusieurs noms "
15863 "d'option peuvent être fournis en une seule fois, en séparant les noms par "
15864 "des virgules. Cette option peut être fournie plusieurs fois, les "
15865 "_options_longues_ se cumulent. Chaque nom d'option dans _options_longues_ "
15866 "peut être suivi d'un deux-points pour indiquer que l'option attend un "
15867 "paramètre, et par deux signes deux-points pour indiquer qu'elle a un "
15868 "paramètre optionnel."
15869
15870 #. type: Labeled list
15871 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
15872 #, no-wrap
15873 msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
15874 msgstr "*-n*, *--name* _nom-de-programme_"
15875
15876 #. type: Plain text
15877 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42
15878 msgid ""
15879 "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports "
15880 "errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from "
15881 "getopt."
15882 msgstr ""
15883 "Le nom qui sera utilisé par *getopt*(3) pour signaler les erreurs. Notez que "
15884 "les erreurs de *getopt*(1) sont signalées comme provenant de getopt."
15885
15886 #. type: Labeled list
15887 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
15888 #, no-wrap
15889 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
15890 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_courtes_"
15891
15892 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
15893 #. type: Plain text
15894 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45
15895 #, fuzzy
15896 #| msgid ""
15897 #| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
15898 #| "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-"
15899 #| "*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. "
15900 #| "Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon "
15901 #| "to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it "
15902 #| "has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}"
15903 #| "*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is "
15904 #| "generated (see section *SCANNING MODES* for details)."
15905 msgid ""
15906 "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
15907 "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and "
15908 "is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short "
15909 "option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it "
15910 "has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional "
15911 "argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to "
15912 "influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the "
15913 "*SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
15914 msgstr ""
15915 "Les options courtes (un seul caractère) à reconnaître. Si cette option n'est "
15916 "pas trouvée, le premier paramètre de *getopt* qui ne commence pas par un « *-"
15917 "* » (et qui n'est pas un paramètre d'une option) est utilisé comme chaîne de "
15918 "description des options courtes. Chaque caractère d'option courte de "
15919 "_options_courtes_ peut être suivi d'un signe deux-points pour indiquer que "
15920 "l'option attend un paramètre ou de deux signes deux-points pour indiquer "
15921 "qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel. Le premier caractère de _options_courtes_ "
15922 "peut être un « *{plus}* » ou un « *-* » pour modifier la façon dont les "
15923 "options sont analysées et dont la sortie est produite (consultez la section "
15924 "*MODES D'ANALYSE* pour plus de précisions)."
15925
15926 #. type: Plain text
15927 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49
15928 msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)."
15929 msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par *getopt*(3)."
15930
15931 #. type: Labeled list
15932 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50
15933 #, no-wrap
15934 msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
15935 msgstr "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
15936
15937 #. type: Plain text
15938 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52
15939 msgid ""
15940 "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), "
15941 "unless you also use *-q*."
15942 msgstr ""
15943 "Ne pas produire la sortie normale. Les erreurs sont toujours remontées par "
15944 "*getopt*(3), sauf si l'option *-q* est utilisée."
15945
15946 #. type: Plain text
15947 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55
15948 #, fuzzy
15949 #| msgid ""
15950 #| "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
15951 #| "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
15952 #| "'*sh*' '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
15953 msgid ""
15954 "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
15955 "given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
15956 "'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
15957 msgstr ""
15958 "Définir les règles de protection (avec des guillemets) à celles des "
15959 "interpréteurs de commandes _shell_. En absence d’indication de l’option *-"
15960 "s*, les conventions de BASH sont utilisées. Les valeurs acceptées sont "
15961 "« *sh* », « *bash* », « *csh* » et « *tcsh* »."
15962
15963 #. type: Labeled list
15964 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
15965 #, no-wrap
15966 msgid "*-T*, *--test*"
15967 msgstr "*-T*, *--test*"
15968
15969 #. type: Plain text
15970 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58
15971 msgid ""
15972 "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This "
15973 "generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations "
15974 "of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable "
15975 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
15976 msgstr ""
15977 "Vérifier si la version de *getopt*(1) correspond à cette version améliorée "
15978 "ou à une version plus ancienne. Aucune sortie n'est créée et la valeur de "
15979 "retour est 4. Les autres implémentations de *getopt*(1) (ou celle-ci si la "
15980 "variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée) renverront "
15981 "« *--* », avec une valeur de retour de 0."
15982
15983 #. type: Labeled list
15984 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
15985 #, no-wrap
15986 msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
15987 msgstr "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
15988
15989 #. type: Plain text
15990 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61
15991 msgid ""
15992 "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) "
15993 "characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) "
15994 "implementations)."
15995 msgstr ""
15996 "Ne pas placer la sortie entre guillemets. Remarquez que les espaces et "
15997 "caractères spéciaux (pour l'interpréteur de commandes utilisé) peuvent poser "
15998 "des problèmes dans ce mode (comme pour les autres implémentations de "
15999 "*getopt*(1))."
16000
16001 #. type: Title ==
16002 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:64
16003 #, no-wrap
16004 msgid "PARSING"
16005 msgstr "ANALYSE"
16006
16007 #. type: Plain text
16008 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67
16009 msgid ""
16010 "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
16011 "*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) "
16012 "describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the "
16013 "parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each "
16014 "parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one "
16015 "parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All "
16016 "parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
16017 msgstr ""
16018 "Cette section indique le format de la seconde partie des paramètres de "
16019 "*getopt* (_paramètres_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*). La section suivante (*SORTIE*) "
16020 "décrit la sortie renvoyée. Ces paramètres sont généralement ceux fournis à "
16021 "une fonction shell. Il faut faire attention à ce que chaque paramètre fourni "
16022 "à la fonction corresponde bien à un paramètre de la liste des paramètres de "
16023 "*getopt* (consultez *EXEMPLES*). Toutes les analyses sont faites en "
16024 "utilisant les routines de GNU *getopt*(3)."
16025
16026 #. type: Plain text
16027 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
16028 msgid ""
16029 "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified "
16030 "as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option "
16031 "parameter."
16032 msgstr ""
16033 "Les paramètres sont analysés de la gauche vers la droite. Chaque paramètre "
16034 "est classé en option courte, option longue, argument d'une option ou "
16035 "paramètre n'étant pas une option."
16036
16037 #. type: Plain text
16038 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
16039 msgid ""
16040 "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If "
16041 "the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
16042 "option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on "
16043 "the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be "
16044 "written directly after the option character if present."
16045 msgstr ""
16046 "Une option courte est un « *-* » suivi par le caractère de l'option. Si "
16047 "l'option a un paramètre obligatoire, il peut être indiqué juste après le "
16048 "caractère de l'option ou comme paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en les "
16049 "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit être "
16050 "écrit juste après le caractère de l'option (quand le paramètre est présent)."
16051
16052 #. type: Plain text
16053 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
16054 msgid ""
16055 "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as "
16056 "all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
16057 msgstr ""
16058 "Il est possible d'indiquer plusieurs options courtes après un « *-* », tant "
16059 "que toutes les options (sauf peut-être la dernière) n'ont pas de paramètre "
16060 "obligatoire ou optionnel."
16061
16062 #. type: Plain text
16063 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
16064 msgid ""
16065 "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. "
16066 "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
16067 "long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., "
16068 "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
16069 "argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated "
16070 "by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is "
16071 "interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the "
16072 "*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not "
16073 "ambiguous."
16074 msgstr ""
16075 "Une option longue commence normalement par « *--* », suivi par le nom de "
16076 "l'option longue. Si l'option nécessite un paramètre, celui-ci peut être "
16077 "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « *=* » "
16078 "entre, ou il peut être indiqué dans le paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en le "
16079 "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit être "
16080 "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « *=* » "
16081 "entre, si le paramètre est présent (quand vous ajoutez le caractère « *=* » "
16082 "sans rien derrière, c'est comme si le paramètre n'était pas présent ; c'est "
16083 "un bogue mineur, consultez la section *BOGUES*). Les options longues peuvent "
16084 "être abrégées, tant que l'abréviation n'est pas ambiguë."
16085
16086 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16087 #. type: Plain text
16088 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
16089 msgid ""
16090 "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a "
16091 "previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' "
16092 "parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the "
16093 "environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string "
16094 "started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-"
16095 "option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
16096 msgstr ""
16097 "Chaque paramètre ne commençant pas par un « *-* » et n'étant pas un "
16098 "paramètre obligatoire est un « paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Chaque "
16099 "paramètre situé après un « *--* » est toujours interprété comme un "
16100 "« paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Si la variable d'environnement "
16101 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* est positionnée, ou si la chaîne des options courtes "
16102 "commence par un « *{plus}* », tous les paramètres suivant le premier "
16103 "paramètre n'étant pas une option sont interprétés comme des paramètres "
16104 "n'étant pas des options."
16105
16106 #. type: Title ==
16107 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68
16108 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23
16109 #, no-wrap
16110 msgid "OUTPUT"
16111 msgstr "SORTIE"
16112
16113 #. type: Plain text
16114 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82
16115 msgid ""
16116 "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
16117 "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, "
16118 "except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ "
16119 "(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special "
16120 "characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see "
16121 "*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem "
16122 "to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by "
16123 "using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in "
16124 "unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain "
16125 "whitespace or special characters."
16126 msgstr ""
16127 "La sortie est générée pour chaque élément décrit dans la section précédente. "
16128 "Elle reprend l'ordre des éléments indiqués en entrée, à l'exception des "
16129 "paramètres n'étant pas des options. La sortie peut être faite dans un mode "
16130 "_compatible_ (_non protégé_ : sans guillemets) ou de telle sorte que les "
16131 "espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux des paramètres soient préservés "
16132 "(consultez *PROTECTIONS*). Quand la sortie est utilisée dans un script "
16133 "shell, elle paraîtra composée d'éléments distincts qui peuvent être traités "
16134 "un par un (en utilisant la commande _shift_ de la plupart des langages de "
16135 "script). Ce n'est pas parfait dans le mode _non protégé_ parce que les "
16136 "éléments peuvent être coupés à des endroits non prévus s'ils contiennent des "
16137 "espaces ou des caractères spéciaux."
16138
16139 #. type: Plain text
16140 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
16141 msgid ""
16142 "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required "
16143 "argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be "
16144 "reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a "
16145 "non-zero error status is returned."
16146 msgstr ""
16147 "En cas de problème lors de l'analyse des paramètres, par exemple si un "
16148 "paramètre obligatoire n'est pas trouvé ou si une option n'est pas reconnue, "
16149 "une erreur est renvoyée sur la sortie d'erreur standard. Les éléments "
16150 "incriminés ne seront pas affichés et un code d'erreur non nul est renvoyé."
16151
16152 #. type: Plain text
16153 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
16154 msgid ""
16155 "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as "
16156 "one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the "
16157 "argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the "
16158 "next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second "
16159 "parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many "
16160 "other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
16161 msgstr ""
16162 "Pour une option courte, un seul « *-* » et le caractère de l'option sont "
16163 "générés comme un paramètre. Si l'option est suivie de son paramètre, le "
16164 "paramètre suivant de la sortie sera le paramètre de l'option. Si l'option "
16165 "accepte un paramètre optionnel, mais qu'aucun n'a été trouvé, un paramètre "
16166 "vide sera généré dans le mode protégé, mais aucun dans le mode non protégé "
16167 "(ou mode compatible). Notez que beaucoup d'autres implémentations de "
16168 "*getopt*(1) ne gèrent pas les paramètres optionnels."
16169
16170 #. type: Plain text
16171 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
16172 msgid ""
16173 "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be "
16174 "present in the output as a separate parameter."
16175 msgstr ""
16176 "Si plusieurs options courtes ont été précisées après un unique « *-* », "
16177 "chacune sera présente dans la sortie dans un paramètre distinct."
16178
16179 #. type: Plain text
16180 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
16181 msgid ""
16182 "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one "
16183 "parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or "
16184 "specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with "
16185 "short options."
16186 msgstr ""
16187 "Pour une option longue, « *--* » et le nom complet de l'option sont générés "
16188 "en un seul paramètre. C'est le cas que l'option soit abrégée ou qu'elle soit "
16189 "indiquée avec un seul « *-* » dans l'entrée. Les paramètres sont traités "
16190 "comme pour les options courtes."
16191
16192 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16193 #. type: Plain text
16194 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
16195 msgid ""
16196 "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and "
16197 "their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single "
16198 "parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were "
16199 "found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the "
16200 "short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated "
16201 "at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first "
16202 "format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of "
16203 "'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
16204 msgstr ""
16205 "Normalement, aucun paramètre n'étant pas une option n'est généré sur la "
16206 "sortie tant que toutes les options et leurs paramètres n'ont pas été "
16207 "traités. Ensuite, « *--* » est généré séparément comme un paramètre, et est "
16208 "suivi des paramètres n'étant pas des options, dans l'ordre où ils ont été "
16209 "trouvés, chacun comme un paramètre distinct. Si le premier caractère de la "
16210 "chaîne des options courtes est un « *-* », et seulement dans ce cas, les "
16211 "paramètres n'étant pas des options sont générés quand ils sont trouvés dans "
16212 "l'entrée (ce n'est pas géré si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est "
16213 "utilisée ; dans ce cas, les « *-* » et « *{plus}* » de tête sont ignorés)."
16214
16215 #. type: Title ==
16216 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:94
16217 #, no-wrap
16218 msgid "QUOTING"
16219 msgstr "PROTECTIONS"
16220
16221 #. type: Plain text
16222 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97
16223 msgid ""
16224 "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
16225 "non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the "
16226 "shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the "
16227 "output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this "
16228 "implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with "
16229 "quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the "
16230 "shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into "
16231 "separate parameters."
16232 msgstr ""
16233 "Dans le mode compatible, les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans les "
16234 "paramètres des options ou les paramètres n'étant pas des options ne sont pas "
16235 "gérés correctement. Comme la sortie est envoyée à un script shell, le script "
16236 "ne sait pas comment il doit séparer les paramètres. Pour éviter ce problème, "
16237 "cette implémentation propose un mode protégé. L'idée est de générer la "
16238 "sortie avec des protections (à l'aide de guillemets) autour des paramètres. "
16239 "Quand cette sortie est envoyée de nouveau à un interpréteur de commandes "
16240 "(généralement en utilisant la commande *eval* de l'interpréteur), le "
16241 "découpage en paramètres est correct."
16242
16243 #. type: Plain text
16244 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
16245 msgid ""
16246 "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is "
16247 "set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is "
16248 "found."
16249 msgstr ""
16250 "La protection n'est pas activée si la variable d'environnement "
16251 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée, si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est "
16252 "utilisée ou si l'option « *-u* » est trouvée."
16253
16254 #. type: Plain text
16255 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
16256 msgid ""
16257 "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' "
16258 "option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently "
16259 "supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two "
16260 "'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like "
16261 "quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script "
16262 "language, one of these flavors can still be used."
16263 msgstr ""
16264 "Les conventions de protection diffèrent suivant les interpréteurs de "
16265 "commandes. Vous pouvez préciser l'interpréteur de commandes que vous "
16266 "utilisez avec l'option « *-s* ». Les interpréteurs de commandes suivants "
16267 "sont gérés : « *sh* », « *bash* », « *csh* » et « *tcsh* ». En fait, seuls "
16268 "deux types sont différenciés : ceux utilisant les conventions de *sh* et "
16269 "ceux utilisant les conventions de *csh*. Il y a de grandes chances que si "
16270 "vous utilisez un autre langage de script, il utilise une de ces conventions."
16271
16272 #. type: Title ==
16273 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:102
16274 #, no-wrap
16275 msgid "SCANNING MODES"
16276 msgstr "MODES D'ANALYSE"
16277
16278 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16279 #. type: Plain text
16280 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105
16281 msgid ""
16282 "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}"
16283 "*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the "
16284 "*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
16285 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
16286 msgstr ""
16287 "Le premier caractère de la chaîne de description des options courtes peut "
16288 "être un « *-* » ou un « *{plus}* » pour utiliser un mode spécial d'analyse. "
16289 "Si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est appelée, ils sont ignorés ; mais la "
16290 "variable d'environnement *POSIXLY_CORRECT* est toujours examinée."
16291
16292 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16293 #. type: Plain text
16294 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
16295 msgid ""
16296 "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable "
16297 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
16298 "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that "
16299 "is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as "
16300 "non-option parameters."
16301 msgstr ""
16302 "Si le premier caractère est un « *{plus}* », ou si la variable "
16303 "d'environnement *POSIXLY_CORRECT* est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête dès "
16304 "qu'un paramètre n'étant pas une option est rencontré (c'est-à-dire un "
16305 "paramètre qui ne commence pas par « *-* »). Aucun des paramètres suivants ne "
16306 "sera considéré comme une option."
16307
16308 #. type: Plain text
16309 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
16310 msgid ""
16311 "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at "
16312 "the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected "
16313 "at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that "
16314 "this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last "
16315 "parameter in this mode."
16316 msgstr ""
16317 "Si le premier caractère est un « *-* », les paramètres qui ne sont pas des "
16318 "options sont placés dans la sortie à la position où ils ont été trouvés ; "
16319 "normalement, ils sont tous placés à la fin de la sortie, juste après le "
16320 "paramètre « B*--* » qui a été généré. Notez que dans ce mode, le paramètre "
16321 "« *--* » est encore généré, mais il sera toujours le dernier paramètre."
16322
16323 #. type: Plain text
16324 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115
16325 msgid ""
16326 "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to "
16327 "other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without "
16328 "any modifications, and with some advantages."
16329 msgstr ""
16330 "Cette version de *getopt*(1) a été écrite pour être aussi compatible que "
16331 "possible avec les autres versions. En général, vous pouvez vous contenter de "
16332 "les remplacer par cette version sans aucune modification, avec même certains "
16333 "avantages."
16334
16335 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16336 #. type: Plain text
16337 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
16338 #, fuzzy
16339 #| msgid ""
16340 #| "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
16341 #| "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
16342 #| "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
16343 #| "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
16344 #| "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
16345 #| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
16346 msgid ""
16347 "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', "
16348 "*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter "
16349 "as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It "
16350 "will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are "
16351 "output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is "
16352 "set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options "
16353 "automatically."
16354 msgstr ""
16355 "Si le premier caractère du premier paramètre de B<getopt> n'est pas un « B<-"
16356 "> », B<getopt> passe en mode compatible. Il interprète son premier paramètre "
16357 "comme une chaîne de description des options courtes, et tous les autres "
16358 "paramètres seront analysés. Il réorganisera encore les paramètres (c'est-à-"
16359 "dire que les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont placés à la fin), à "
16360 "moins que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> ne soit positionnée."
16361
16362 #. type: Plain text
16363 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
16364 msgid ""
16365 "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into "
16366 "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
16367 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
16368 "Usually, though, neither is needed."
16369 msgstr ""
16370 "La variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* force *getopt* dans un mode "
16371 "de compatibilité. Avec à la fois cette variable d'environnement et "
16372 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*, il sera 100 % compatible pour les programmes "
16373 "« difficiles ». D'habitude, cependant, ni l'une ni l'autre n'est nécessaire."
16374
16375 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16376 #. type: Plain text
16377 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
16378 msgid ""
16379 "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short "
16380 "options string are ignored."
16381 msgstr ""
16382 "Dans ce mode, les « *-* » ou « *{plus}* » de tête des options courtes sont "
16383 "ignorés."
16384
16385 #. type: Title ==
16386 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:124
16387 #, no-wrap
16388 msgid "RETURN CODES"
16389 msgstr "CODES DE RETOUR"
16390
16391 #. type: Plain text
16392 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127
16393 #, no-wrap
16394 msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
16395 msgstr "Le code de retour de *getopt* est *0* en cas de réussite lors de l'analyse des options, *1* si *getopt*(3) signale des erreurs, *2* s'il ne comprend pas ses propres paramètres, *3* dans le cas d'une erreur interne (comme un manque de mémoire) et *4* lorsque l'option B*-T* est utilisée.\n"
16396
16397 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_.
16398 #. type: Plain text
16399 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132
16400 #, fuzzy
16401 #| msgid ""
16402 #| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
16403 #| "distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
16404 msgid ""
16405 "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
16406 "distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
16407 msgstr ""
16408 "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec *getopt*(1) "
16409 "et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire _{package-docdir}_."
16410
16411 #. type: Labeled list
16412 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
16413 #, no-wrap
16414 msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
16415 msgstr "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
16416
16417 #. type: Plain text
16418 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
16419 msgid ""
16420 "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is "
16421 "set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or "
16422 "an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-"
16423 "option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
16424 msgstr ""
16425 "Cette variable d'environnement est utilisée par *getopt*(3). Lorsqu'elle est "
16426 "positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête au premier paramètre n'étant ni une option "
16427 "ni le paramètre d'une option. Tous les paramètres restants sont également "
16428 "interprétés comme des paramètres n'étant pas des options, qu'ils commencent "
16429 "par un « *-* » ou non."
16430
16431 #. type: Labeled list
16432 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:138
16433 #, no-wrap
16434 msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
16435 msgstr "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
16436
16437 #. type: Plain text
16438 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
16439 msgid ""
16440 "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the "
16441 "*SYNOPSIS*."
16442 msgstr ""
16443 "Forcer *getopt* à utiliser le premier format d'appel, comme indiqué dans le "
16444 "*SYNOPSIS*."
16445
16446 #. type: Plain text
16447 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144
16448 #, no-wrap
16449 msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
16450 msgstr "*getopt*(3) peut analyser des options longues avec des paramètres optionnels vides (ce n'est pas possible pour les options courtes). Cette version de *getopt*(1) traite les arguments optionnels vides comme s'ils n'étaient pas présents.\n"
16451
16452 #. type: Plain text
16453 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
16454 msgid ""
16455 "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very "
16456 "intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
16457 msgstr ""
16458 "La syntaxe n'est pas très intuitive si vous ne voulez pas d'option courte : "
16459 "vous devez explicitement les définir comme des chaînes vides."
16460
16461 #. type: Title ==
16462 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:144
16463 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:80
16464 #, no-wrap
16465 msgid "AUTHOR"
16466 msgstr "AUTEUR"
16467
16468 #. type: Plain text
16469 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:150
16470 msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
16471 msgstr "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
16472
16473 #. type: Plain text
16474 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:156
16475 #, no-wrap
16476 msgid ""
16477 "*bash*(1),\n"
16478 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
16479 "*getopt*(3)\n"
16480 msgstr ""
16481 "*bash*(1),\n"
16482 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
16483 "*getopt*(3)\n"
16484
16485 #
16486 #. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
16487 #. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license.
16488 #. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
16489 #. type: Title =
16490 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8
16491 #, no-wrap
16492 msgid "hardlink(1)"
16493 msgstr "hardlink(1)"
16494
16495 #. type: Plain text
16496 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18
16497 msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file"
16498 msgstr ""
16499
16500 #. type: Plain text
16501 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22
16502 #, no-wrap
16503 msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n"
16504 msgstr "*hardlink* [options] [_répertoire_|_fichier_]...\n"
16505
16506 #. type: Plain text
16507 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27
16508 #, no-wrap
16509 msgid ""
16510 "*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks\n"
16511 "or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space.\n"
16512 msgstr ""
16513
16514 #. type: Plain text
16515 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35
16516 #, no-wrap
16517 msgid ""
16518 "*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares\n"
16519 "the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content\n"
16520 "comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from\n"
16521 "files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256);\n"
16522 "in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel\n"
16523 "crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file\n"
16524 "comparisons.\n"
16525 msgstr ""
16526
16527 #. type: Plain text
16528 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
16529 msgid ""
16530 "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is "
16531 "used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and "
16532 "io-size.  The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data "
16533 "content as files are very often different from the beginning."
16534 msgstr ""
16535
16536 #. type: Labeled list
16537 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45
16538 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16539 #| msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
16540 msgid "*-c* *--content*"
16541 msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"
16542
16543 #. type: Plain text
16544 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47
16545 msgid ""
16546 "Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two "
16547 "files are equal. Same as *-pot*."
16548 msgstr ""
16549
16550 #. type: Labeled list
16551 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:48
16552 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16553 #| msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
16554 msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_"
16555 msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _taille_"
16556
16557 #. type: Plain text
16558 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56
16559 msgid ""
16560 "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file "
16561 "contents.  The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
16562 "suffixes KiB, MiB, etc.  The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
16563 "meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the "
16564 "other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, "
16565 "other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The "
16566 "size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
16567 msgstr ""
16568
16569 #. type: Labeled list
16570 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:57
16571 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16572 #| msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16573 msgid "*-d*, *--respect-dir*"
16574 msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16575
16576 #. type: Plain text
16577 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
16578 msgid ""
16579 "Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory "
16580 "(as specified on the hardlink command line) is ignored. For example, "
16581 "*hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/"
16582 "some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, "
16583 "then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared."
16584 msgstr ""
16585
16586 #. type: Labeled list
16587 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:60
16588 #, no-wrap
16589 msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
16590 msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
16591
16592 #. type: Plain text
16593 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62
16594 msgid ""
16595 "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended "
16596 "to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way "
16597 "by other *hardlink* implementations."
16598 msgstr ""
16599
16600 #. type: Labeled list
16601 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:63
16602 #, no-wrap
16603 msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
16604 msgstr ""
16605
16606 #. type: Plain text
16607 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65
16608 msgid ""
16609 "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been "
16610 "given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If "
16611 "the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern "
16612 "are included."
16613 msgstr ""
16614
16615 #. type: Labeled list
16616 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:66
16617 #, no-wrap
16618 msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
16619 msgstr "*-m*, *--maximize*"
16620
16621 #. type: Plain text
16622 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:68
16623 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
16624 msgstr ""
16625
16626 #. type: Labeled list
16627 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:69
16628 #, no-wrap
16629 msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
16630 msgstr "*-M*, *--minimize*"
16631
16632 #. type: Plain text
16633 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
16634 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
16635 msgstr ""
16636
16637 #. type: Labeled list
16638 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
16639 #, no-wrap
16640 msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
16641 msgstr "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
16642
16643 #. type: Plain text
16644 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74
16645 #, fuzzy
16646 #| msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
16647 msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
16648 msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."
16649
16650 #. type: Labeled list
16651 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:75
16652 #, no-wrap
16653 msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
16654 msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
16655
16656 #. type: Plain text
16657 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77
16658 msgid ""
16659 "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) "
16660 "differs. Results may be unpredictable."
16661 msgstr ""
16662
16663 #. type: Labeled list
16664 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78
16665 #, no-wrap
16666 msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
16667 msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
16668
16669 #. type: Plain text
16670 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:80
16671 msgid ""
16672 "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By "
16673 "default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is "
16674 "specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of "
16675 "modification."
16676 msgstr ""
16677
16678 #. type: Labeled list
16679 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81
16680 #, no-wrap
16681 msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
16682 msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
16683
16684 #. type: Plain text
16685 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83
16686 msgid ""
16687 "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be "
16688 "slightly unpredictable."
16689 msgstr ""
16690
16691 #. type: Plain text
16692 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:86
16693 msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
16694 msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."
16695
16696 #. type: Labeled list
16697 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87
16698 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16699 #| msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
16700 msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_"
16701 msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _taille_"
16702
16703 #. type: Plain text
16704 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:92
16705 msgid ""
16706 "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods "
16707 "calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these "
16708 "checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for "
16709 "large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
16710 msgstr ""
16711
16712 #. type: Labeled list
16713 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:93
16714 #, no-wrap
16715 msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
16716 msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _taille_"
16717
16718 #. type: Plain text
16719 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:95
16720 #, fuzzy
16721 #| msgid ""
16722 #| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be "
16723 #| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so "
16724 #| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
16725 #| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
16726 msgid ""
16727 "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not "
16728 "be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
16729 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
16730 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
16731 "\"KiB\")."
16732 msgstr ""
16733 "Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
16734 "multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
16735 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
16736 "identique à « KiB »)."
16737
16738 #. type: Labeled list
16739 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:96
16740 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16741 #| msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
16742 msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_"
16743 msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _taille_"
16744
16745 #. type: Plain text
16746 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98
16747 #, fuzzy
16748 #| msgid ""
16749 #| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be "
16750 #| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so "
16751 #| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
16752 #| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
16753 msgid ""
16754 "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special "
16755 "meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the "
16756 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
16757 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
16758 "meaning as \"KiB\")."
16759 msgstr ""
16760 "Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
16761 "multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
16762 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
16763 "identique à « KiB »)."
16764
16765 #. type: Labeled list
16766 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:99
16767 #, no-wrap
16768 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
16769 msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
16770
16771 #. type: Plain text
16772 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101
16773 msgid ""
16774 "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This "
16775 "is usually a good choice."
16776 msgstr ""
16777
16778 #. type: Plain text
16779 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104
16780 msgid ""
16781 "Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, "
16782 "every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every "
16783 "comparison."
16784 msgstr ""
16785
16786 #. type: Labeled list
16787 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:105
16788 #, no-wrap
16789 msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
16790 msgstr ""
16791
16792 #. type: Plain text
16793 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107
16794 msgid ""
16795 "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
16796 msgstr ""
16797
16798 #. type: Labeled list
16799 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:108
16800 #, no-wrap
16801 msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16802 msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16803
16804 #. type: Plain text
16805 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110
16806 msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
16807 msgstr ""
16808
16809 #. type: Labeled list
16810 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:111
16811 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16812 #| msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
16813 msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_"
16814 msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nom_"
16815
16816 #. type: Plain text
16817 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:117
16818 msgid ""
16819 "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are "
16820 "sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux "
16821 "Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented "
16822 "in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace "
16823 "and all calculation is done in kernel."
16824 msgstr ""
16825
16826 #. type: Labeled list
16827 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118
16828 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16829 #| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
16830 msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]"
16831 msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"
16832
16833 #. type: Plain text
16834 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:123
16835 msgid ""
16836 "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The "
16837 "reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be "
16838 "different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-"
16839 "mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already "
16840 "cloned files."
16841 msgstr ""
16842
16843 #. type: Plain text
16844 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:129
16845 msgid ""
16846 "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the "
16847 "_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* "
16848 "checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback "
16849 "to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible.  The argument *always* "
16850 "disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, "
16851 "only reflinks are allowed."
16852 msgstr ""
16853
16854 #. type: Labeled list
16855 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:130
16856 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16857 #| msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
16858 msgid "*--skip-reflinks*"
16859 msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
16860
16861 #. type: Plain text
16862 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132
16863 msgid ""
16864 "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* "
16865 "when creating classic hardlinks."
16866 msgstr ""
16867
16868 #. type: Plain text
16869 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:137
16870 #, no-wrap
16871 msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n"
16872 msgstr ""
16873
16874 #. type: Plain text
16875 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:141
16876 msgid ""
16877 "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force "
16878 "hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no "
16879 "more supported by the current *hardlink*."
16880 msgstr ""
16881
16882 #. type: Plain text
16883 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:143
16884 #, no-wrap
16885 msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n"
16886 msgstr ""
16887
16888 #. type: Plain text
16889 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:147
16890 msgid ""
16891 "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation "
16892 "is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been "
16893 "used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current "
16894 "implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
16895 msgstr ""
16896
16897 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
16898 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
16899 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
16900 #. type: Title =
16901 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7
16902 #, no-wrap
16903 msgid "kill(1)"
16904 msgstr "kill(1)"
16905
16906 #. type: Plain text
16907 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17
16908 msgid "kill - terminate a process"
16909 msgstr "kill - Terminer un processus"
16910
16911 #. type: Plain text
16912 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
16913 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16914 #| msgid "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
16915 msgid "*kill*  [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
16916 msgstr "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _valeur_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _millisecondes avant signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_nom_...\n"
16917
16918 #. type: Plain text
16919 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23
16920 #, no-wrap
16921 msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n"
16922 msgstr "*kill* *-l* [_numéro_] | *-L*\n"
16923
16924 #. type: Plain text
16925 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
16926 msgid ""
16927 "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes "
16928 "or process groups."
16929 msgstr ""
16930 "La commande *kill* envoie le _signal_ spécifié aux processus ou aux groupes "
16931 "de processus spécifiés."
16932
16933 #. type: Plain text
16934 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
16935 #, fuzzy
16936 #| msgid ""
16937 #| "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent. The default action "
16938 #| "for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used "
16939 #| "in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install "
16940 #| "a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
16941 #| "terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after "
16942 #| "a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware "
16943 #| "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
16944 #| "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
16945 msgid ""
16946 "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for "
16947 "this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in "
16948 "preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a "
16949 "handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
16950 "terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a "
16951 "*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware "
16952 "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
16953 "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
16954 msgstr ""
16955 "Si aucun signal n'est spécifié, celui TERM est envoyé. L'action par défaut "
16956 "de ce signal est de terminer le processus. Il devrait être préféré au signal "
16957 "KILL (numéro 9), car un processus peut mettre en place un gestionnaire du "
16958 "signal TERM afin d'effectuer des étapes de nettoyage avant de terminer de "
16959 "manière ordonnée. Si un processus ne se termine pas avant un signal TERM, le "
16960 "signal KILL peut être utilisé ; mais gardez en tête que ce signal ne peut "
16961 "pas être saisi, donc il ne donne pas au processus cible la chance "
16962 "d'effectuer un nettoyage avant de se terminer."
16963
16964 #. type: Plain text
16965 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
16966 msgid ""
16967 "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather "
16968 "similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--"
16969 "queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, "
16970 "are local extensions."
16971 msgstr ""
16972 "La plupart des interpréteurs modernes ont une commade *kill* intégrée, avec "
16973 "une utilisation relativement proche de la commande décrite ici. Les options "
16974 "*--all*, *--pid*, et *--queue* et la possibilité de spécifier des processus "
16975 "par le nom de leur commande sont des extensions spécifiques."
16976
16977 #. type: Plain text
16978 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
16979 msgid ""
16980 "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still "
16981 "performed."
16982 msgstr ""
16983 "Si _signal_ vaut 0, aucun signal n'est envoyé mais une vérification d'erreur "
16984 "se fait quand même."
16985
16986 #. type: Plain text
16987 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
16988 msgid ""
16989 "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
16990 msgstr ""
16991 "La liste des processus auxquels il faut envoyer un signal peut être un "
16992 "mélange de noms et de PID."
16993
16994 #. type: Labeled list
16995 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
16996 #, no-wrap
16997 msgid "_pid_"
16998 msgstr "_pid_"
16999
17000 #. type: Plain text
17001 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
17002 #, fuzzy
17003 #| msgid "Each I<pid> can be one of four things:"
17004 msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:"
17005 msgstr "Chaque I<pid> peut être quatre choses :"
17006
17007 #. type: Labeled list
17008 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
17009 #, no-wrap
17010 msgid "_n_"
17011 msgstr "_n_"
17012
17013 #. type: Plain text
17014 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
17015 msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled."
17016 msgstr ""
17017 "où _n_ est supérieur à 0. Un signal sera envoyé au processus numéro _n_."
17018
17019 #. type: Plain text
17020 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
17021 msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled."
17022 msgstr ""
17023 "Le signal est envoyé à tous les processus du groupe de processus actuel."
17024
17025 #. type: Plain text
17026 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
17027 msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled."
17028 msgstr ""
17029 "Un signal est envoyé à tous les processus dont le PID est supérieur à 1."
17030
17031 #. type: Labeled list
17032 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
17033 #, no-wrap
17034 msgid "**-**__n__"
17035 msgstr "**-**__n__"
17036
17037 #. type: Plain text
17038 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
17039 msgid ""
17040 "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. "
17041 "When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a "
17042 "process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must "
17043 "be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to "
17044 "send."
17045 msgstr ""
17046 "où _n_ est supérieur à 1. Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus du "
17047 "groupe de processus _n_. Quand un argument sous la forme « -n » est donné et "
17048 "vise à désigner un groupe de processus, vous devez soit désigner d'abord le "
17049 "signal, soit faire précéder l'argument d'une option « -- », sans quoi il "
17050 "sera considéré comme le signal à envoyer."
17051
17052 #. type: Labeled list
17053 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
17054 #, no-wrap
17055 msgid "_name_"
17056 msgstr "_nom_"
17057
17058 #. type: Plain text
17059 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52
17060 msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled."
17061 msgstr ""
17062 "Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus appelés en utilisant ce _nom_."
17063
17064 #. type: Labeled list
17065 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55
17066 #, no-wrap
17067 msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
17068 msgstr "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
17069
17070 #. type: Plain text
17071 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
17072 msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number."
17073 msgstr "Le signal à envoyer. Il peut s'agir d'un nom ou d'un numéro."
17074
17075 #. type: Labeled list
17076 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
17077 #, no-wrap
17078 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]"
17079 msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [_numéro_]"
17080
17081 #. type: Plain text
17082 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
17083 msgid ""
17084 "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. "
17085 "The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
17086 msgstr ""
17087 "Afficher une liste des noms de signal ou convertir le numéro du signal donné "
17088 "en nom. Vous pouvez trouver les signaux dans _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
17089
17090 #. type: Labeled list
17091 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
17092 #, no-wrap
17093 msgid "*-L*, *--table*"
17094 msgstr "*-L*, *--table*"
17095
17096 #. type: Plain text
17097 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
17098 msgid ""
17099 "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding "
17100 "numbers."
17101 msgstr ""
17102 "Identique à *-l* et il affichera le nom des signaux et leur numéro "
17103 "correspondant."
17104
17105 #. type: Plain text
17106 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
17107 msgid ""
17108 "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the "
17109 "same UID as the present process."
17110 msgstr ""
17111 "Ne pas restreindre la conversion nom-vers-PID aux processus sous le même UID "
17112 "que le processus actuel."
17113
17114 #. type: Labeled list
17115 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98
17116 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:74
17117 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71
17118 #, no-wrap
17119 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*"
17120 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*"
17121
17122 #. type: Plain text
17123 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
17124 msgid ""
17125 "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any "
17126 "signals."
17127 msgstr ""
17128 "N'afficher que l'ID du processus (PID) des processus ayant un nom, ne pas "
17129 "envoyer de signaux."
17130
17131 #. type: Labeled list
17132 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
17133 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17134 #| msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
17135 msgid "*-r*, *--require-handler*"
17136 msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
17137
17138 #. type: Plain text
17139 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
17140 msgid ""
17141 "Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled "
17142 "process."
17143 msgstr ""
17144
17145 #. type: Plain text
17146 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
17147 msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal."
17148 msgstr ""
17149 "Afficher le/les PID auxquels un signal sera envoyé via *kill* et son signal."
17150
17151 #. type: Labeled list
17152 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
17153 #, no-wrap
17154 msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
17155 msgstr "*-q*, *--queue* _valeur_"
17156
17157 #. type: Plain text
17158 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
17159 #, fuzzy
17160 #| msgid ""
17161 #| "Use B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The I<value> argument is an "
17162 #| "integer that is sent along with the signal.  If the receiving process has "
17163 #| "installed a handler for this signal using the B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to "
17164 #| "B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via the I<si_sigval> field "
17165 #| "of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
17166 msgid ""
17167 "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ "
17168 "argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving "
17169 "process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag "
17170 "to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of "
17171 "the _siginfo_t_ structure."
17172 msgstr ""
17173 "Utiliser B<sigqueue>(3) au lieu de B<kill>(2). L'argument I<valeur> est un "
17174 "entier envoyé avec le signal. Si le processus récepteur a mis en place un "
17175 "gestionnaire pour ce signal qui utilise le drapeau B<SA_SIGINFO> pour "
17176 "B<sigaction>(2), il peut obtenir ces données via le champ I<si_sigval> de la "
17177 "structure I<siginfo_t>."
17178
17179 #. type: Labeled list
17180 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
17181 #, no-wrap
17182 msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_"
17183 msgstr "*--timeout* _millisecondes avant le signal_"
17184
17185 #. type: Plain text
17186 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
17187 msgid ""
17188 "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an "
17189 "additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes "
17190 "*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a "
17191 "follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the "
17192 "Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the "
17193 "follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no "
17194 "longer exists."
17195 msgstr ""
17196
17197 #. type: Plain text
17198 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
17199 msgid ""
17200 "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an "
17201 "equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to "
17202 "races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that "
17203 "used a recycled PID."
17204 msgstr ""
17205
17206 #. type: Plain text
17207 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
17208 msgid ""
17209 "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent "
17210 "sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be "
17211 "combined with the *--queue* option."
17212 msgstr ""
17213
17214 #. type: Plain text
17215 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:79
17216 #, fuzzy
17217 #| msgid ""
17218 #| "Example.  Send signals QUIT, TERM and KILL in sequence and wait for 1000 "
17219 #| "milliseconds between the signals"
17220 msgid ""
17221 "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and "
17222 "*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the "
17223 "signals:"
17224 msgstr ""
17225 "Exemple : envoyer les signaux QUIT, TERM et KILL en séquence et attendre "
17226 "1000 millisecondes entre les signaux"
17227
17228 #. type: delimited block .
17229 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83
17230 #, no-wrap
17231 msgid ""
17232 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
17233 "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
17234 msgstr ""
17235 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
17236 "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
17237
17238 #. type: Plain text
17239 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:88
17240 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17241 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
17242 msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n"
17243 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
17244
17245 #. type: Plain text
17246 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:141
17247 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:63
17248 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80
17249 msgid "failure"
17250 msgstr "Échec."
17251
17252 #. type: Plain text
17253 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:95
17254 msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)"
17255 msgstr "succès partiel (quand plus d'un processus est spécifié)"
17256
17257 #. type: Plain text
17258 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
17259 msgid ""
17260 "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of "
17261 "one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the "
17262 "signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread "
17263 "group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly "
17264 "selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to "
17265 "an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking "
17266 "the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of "
17267 "*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
17268 msgstr ""
17269 "Bien qu'il soit possible de spécifier comme argument de *kill* le TID "
17270 "(identifiant de fil, voir *gettid*(2)) d'un des fils dans un processus à "
17271 "plusieurs fils, le signal s'adresse néanmoins au processus (c'est-à-dire à "
17272 "tout le groupe de fils). En d'autres termes, il n'est pas possible d'envoyer "
17273 "un signal à un fil en particulier d'un processus multifils. Le signal sera "
17274 "envoyé à un fil sélectionné arbitrairement dans le processus cible et qui ne "
17275 "bloque pas le signal. Pour plus de détails, voir *signal*(7) et la "
17276 "description de *CLONE_THREAD* dans *clone*(2)."
17277
17278 #. type: Plain text
17279 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:101
17280 msgid ""
17281 "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in "
17282 "relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest "
17283 "way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use "
17284 "the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
17285 msgstr ""
17286
17287 #. type: Plain text
17288 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
17289 msgid ""
17290 "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17291 msgstr ""
17292 "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17293
17294 #. type: Plain text
17295 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:108
17296 msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4."
17297 msgstr "La version originale vient de BSD 4.4."
17298
17299 #. type: Plain text
17300 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:117
17301 #, no-wrap
17302 msgid ""
17303 "*bash*(1),\n"
17304 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
17305 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
17306 "*kill*(2),\n"
17307 "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
17308 "*signal*(7)\n"
17309 msgstr ""
17310 "*bash*(1),\n"
17311 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
17312 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
17313 "*kill*(2),\n"
17314 "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
17315 "*signal*(7)\n"
17316
17317 #
17318 #
17319 #
17320 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
17321 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
17322 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
17323 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
17324 #. are met:
17325 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
17326 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17327 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
17328 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
17329 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
17330 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
17331 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
17332 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
17333 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
17334 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
17335 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
17336 #.    without specific prior written permission.
17337 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
17338 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
17339 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17340 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
17341 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
17342 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
17343 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
17344 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
17345 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
17346 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
17347 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
17348 #.      @(#)logger.1    8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
17349 #. type: Title =
17350 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36
17351 #, no-wrap
17352 msgid "logger(1)"
17353 msgstr "logger(1)"
17354
17355 #. type: Plain text
17356 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46
17357 msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log"
17358 msgstr "logger - Ajouter des messages au journal système"
17359
17360 #. type: Plain text
17361 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50
17362 #, no-wrap
17363 msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
17364 msgstr "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
17365
17366 #. type: Plain text
17367 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54
17368 #, no-wrap
17369 msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n"
17370 msgstr "*logger* ajoute des entrées dans le journal système.\n"
17371
17372 #. type: Plain text
17373 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
17374 msgid ""
17375 "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. "
17376 "If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard "
17377 "input is logged."
17378 msgstr ""
17379 "Quand l’argument facultatif _message_ est présent, il est écrit dans le "
17380 "journal. Sinon, et si l’option *-f* n'est pas donnée non plus, l'entrée "
17381 "standard sera enregistrée."
17382
17383 #. type: Labeled list
17384 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59
17385 #, no-wrap
17386 msgid "*-d*, *--udp*"
17387 msgstr "*-d*, *--udp*"
17388
17389 #. type: Plain text
17390 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
17391 msgid ""
17392 "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog "
17393 "port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
17394 msgstr ""
17395 "N’utiliser que les datagrammes (UDP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur "
17396 "le port de *syslog* défini dans _/etc/services_, qui est généralement 514."
17397
17398 #. type: Plain text
17399 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174
17400 msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect."
17401 msgstr "Voir aussi *--server* ou *--socket* pour définir où se connecter."
17402
17403 #. type: Labeled list
17404 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64
17405 #, no-wrap
17406 msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
17407 msgstr "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
17408
17409 #. type: Plain text
17410 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
17411 msgid ""
17412 "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a "
17413 "line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is "
17414 "NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is "
17415 "specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this "
17416 "mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix "
17417 "(e.g., *<13>*)."
17418 msgstr ""
17419 "Ignorer les lignes vides lors du traitement des fichiers. Une ligne vide est "
17420 "définie comme une ligne sans caractère. Ainsi, une ligne ne contenant que "
17421 "des espaces n’est *pas* considérée vide. Remarquez que si l’option *--prio-"
17422 "prefix* est indiquée, la priorité ne fait pas partie de la ligne. Ainsi, une "
17423 "ligne vide dans ce mode est une ligne qui n’a pas de caractère après la "
17424 "priorité (par exemple, *<13>*)."
17425
17426 #. type: Plain text
17427 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
17428 msgid ""
17429 "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined "
17430 "with a command-line message."
17431 msgstr ""
17432 "Enregistrer le contenu du _fichier_ indiqué. Cette option ne peut pas être "
17433 "associée à un message de ligne de commande."
17434
17435 #. type: Labeled list
17436 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70
17437 #, no-wrap
17438 msgid "*-i*"
17439 msgstr "*-i*"
17440
17441 #. type: Plain text
17442 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
17443 #, fuzzy
17444 #| msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
17445 msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
17446 msgstr "Enregistrer le PID du processus *logger* sur chaque ligne."
17447
17448 #. type: Labeled list
17449 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73
17450 #, no-wrap
17451 msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
17452 msgstr "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
17453
17454 #. type: Plain text
17455 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
17456 #, fuzzy
17457 #| msgid ""
17458 #| "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
17459 #| "argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
17460 #| "command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
17461 #| "send several messages."
17462 msgid ""
17463 "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
17464 "argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
17465 "command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
17466 "send several messages."
17467 msgstr ""
17468 "Enregistrer le PID du processus *logger* sur chaque ligne. Quand l’argument "
17469 "facultatif _id_ est indiqué, il est utilisé à la place du PID de la commande "
17470 "*logger*. L’utilisation de *--id=$$* (PPID) est recommandée dans les scripts "
17471 "qui envoient plusieurs messages."
17472
17473 #. type: Plain text
17474 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
17475 msgid ""
17476 "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when "
17477 "listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
17478 "the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket "
17479 "credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a "
17480 "process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are "
17481 "not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
17482 msgstr ""
17483 "Remarquez que l'infrastructure de journalisation du système (par exemple "
17484 "*systemd* écoutant sur _/dev/log_) peut suivre les droits de la socket "
17485 "locale pour écraser le PID spécifié dans le message. *logger*(1) peut "
17486 "définir ces droits de socket à l’__id__ donné, mais seulement si vous avez "
17487 "les droits de superutilisateur et que le processus avec le PID indiqué "
17488 "existe, sinon les droits de la socket ne sont pas modifiés et le problème "
17489 "est ignoré en silence."
17490
17491 #. type: Labeled list
17492 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78
17493 #, no-wrap
17494 msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]"
17495 msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__fichier__]"
17496
17497 #. type: Plain text
17498 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
17499 #, fuzzy
17500 #| msgid ""
17501 #| "Write a systemd journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
17502 #| "when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with "
17503 #| "a field that is accepted by journald; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
17504 #| "details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it "
17505 #| "makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
17506 msgid ""
17507 "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
17508 "when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a "
17509 "field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
17510 "details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes "
17511 "finding entries easy. Examples:"
17512 msgstr ""
17513 "Écrire une entrée de journal systemd. L’entrée est lue du _fichier_ donné "
17514 "s’il est indiqué, ou sinon de l’entrée standard. Chaque ligne doit commencer "
17515 "par un champ accepté par journald, consultez *systemd.journal-fields*(7) "
17516 "pour plus de précisons. L’utilisation du champ MESSAGE_ID est généralement "
17517 "une bonne idée car cela facilite la recherche d’entrées. Exemples :"
17518
17519 #. type: delimited block _
17520 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88
17521 #, no-wrap
17522 msgid ""
17523 "    logger --journald <<end\n"
17524 "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
17525 "    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
17526 "    DOGS=bark\n"
17527 "    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
17528 "    end\n"
17529 msgstr ""
17530 "    logger --journald <<end\n"
17531 "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
17532 "    MESSAGE=Les chiens aboient mais la caravane passe.\n"
17533 "    CHIENS=aboient\n"
17534 "    CARAVANE=passe\n"
17535 "    end\n"
17536
17537 #. type: delimited block _
17538 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90
17539 #, no-wrap
17540 msgid "    logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
17541 msgstr "    logger --journald=texte_entrée\n"
17542
17543 #. type: Plain text
17544 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:93
17545 msgid ""
17546 "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as "
17547 "priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY "
17548 "field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. "
17549 "Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
17550 msgstr ""
17551 "Remarquez que *--journald* ignorera les valeurs des autres options, comme la "
17552 "priorité. Si la priorité est nécessaire, elle doit être dans l’entrée et "
17553 "utiliser le champ PRIORITY. La simple exécution de *journalctl*(1) affichera "
17554 "le champ MESSAGE. Utilisez *journalctl --output json-pretty* pour voir le "
17555 "reste des champs."
17556
17557 #. type: Plain text
17558 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
17559 msgid ""
17560 "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
17561 "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
17562 "journal if they appear multiple times."
17563 msgstr ""
17564 "Pour inclure les retours à la ligne dans MESSAGE, indiquez MESSAGE plusieurs "
17565 "fois. Cela est pris en charge comme un cas particulier, les autres champs "
17566 "seront stockés sous forme de tableau dans le journal s'ils apparaissent "
17567 "plusieurs fois."
17568
17569 #. type: Labeled list
17570 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:96
17571 #, no-wrap
17572 msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_"
17573 msgstr "*--msgid* _msgid_"
17574
17575 #. type: Plain text
17576 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
17577 msgid ""
17578 "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. "
17579 "Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This "
17580 "option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is "
17581 "silently ignored."
17582 msgstr ""
17583 "Définir le champ MSGID de la link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
17584 "rfc5424[RFC 5424]. Remarquez que le caractère espace n’est pas permis à "
17585 "l’intérieur de _msgid_. Cette option n’est utilisée que si *--rfc5424* est "
17586 "indiquée aussi. Sinon, elle est ignorée silencieusement."
17587
17588 #. type: Labeled list
17589 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:99
17590 #, no-wrap
17591 msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
17592 msgstr "*-n*, *--server* _serveur_"
17593
17594 # NOTE: s/thist/this/
17595 #. type: Plain text
17596 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
17597 msgid ""
17598 "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log "
17599 "socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to "
17600 "use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
17601 msgstr ""
17602 "Écrire sur le _serveur_ syslog distant indiqué au lieu de la socket du "
17603 "journal système. À moins que *--udp* ou *--tcp* ne soient indiquées, "
17604 "*logger* essaiera d’abord d’utiliser UDP, mais si cela échoue, une connexion "
17605 "TCP sera tentée."
17606
17607 #. type: Labeled list
17608 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:102
17609 #, no-wrap
17610 msgid "*--no-act*"
17611 msgstr "*--no-act*"
17612
17613 #. type: Plain text
17614 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
17615 #, fuzzy
17616 #| msgid ""
17617 #| "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
17618 #| "system log, and removing the connection or the journal. This option can "
17619 #| "be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
17620 msgid ""
17621 "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
17622 "system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be "
17623 "used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
17624 msgstr ""
17625 "Forcer chaque chose à être faite, à part l’écriture du message dans le "
17626 "journal système et la fermeture de la connexion ou du journal. Cette option "
17627 "est utilisable avec *--stderr* pour faire des tests."
17628
17629 #. type: Labeled list
17630 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:105
17631 #, no-wrap
17632 msgid "*--octet-count*"
17633 msgstr "*--octet-count*"
17634
17635 #. type: Plain text
17636 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
17637 msgid ""
17638 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting "
17639 "framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the "
17640 "default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also "
17641 "known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
17642 msgstr ""
17643 "Utiliser la méthode de comptage d'octets par tramage de la link:https://"
17644 "tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] pour l'envoi de messages. Quand cette "
17645 "option n'est pas utilisée, le comportement par défaut est l’absence de "
17646 "tramage (framing) sur UDP, et sur TCP s'applique le tramage non transparent "
17647 "de la RFC 6587 (connu aussi sous le nom de remplissage d'octets (stuffing))."
17648
17649 #. type: Labeled list
17650 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:108
17651 #, no-wrap
17652 msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
17653 msgstr "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
17654
17655 #. type: Plain text
17656 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110
17657 #, fuzzy
17658 #| msgid ""
17659 #| "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
17660 #| "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
17661 msgid ""
17662 "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
17663 "defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
17664 msgstr ""
17665 "Utiliser le _port_ indiqué. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, le port "
17666 "par défaut de syslog est utilisé pour les connexions UDP et celui de syslog-"
17667 "conn pour les connexions TCP."
17668
17669 #. type: Labeled list
17670 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65
17671 #, no-wrap
17672 msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
17673 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"
17674
17675 #. type: Plain text
17676 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
17677 msgid ""
17678 "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority "
17679 "may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-"
17680 "p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The "
17681 "default is *user.notice*."
17682 msgstr ""
17683 "Enregistrer le message dans le journal avec la _priorité_ indiquée. La "
17684 "priorité peut être donnée numériquement ou bien avec un couple _service_."
17685 "_niveau_. Par exemple, *-p local3.info* enregistre le message comme "
17686 "informationnel dans le service local3. La valeur par défaut est *user."
17687 "notice*."
17688
17689 #. type: Labeled list
17690 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:114
17691 #, no-wrap
17692 msgid "*--prio-prefix*"
17693 msgstr "*--prio-prefix*"
17694
17695 #. type: Plain text
17696 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:116
17697 msgid ""
17698 "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix "
17699 "is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and "
17700 "the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and "
17701 "then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and "
17702 "level=6, becomes *<134>*."
17703 msgstr ""
17704 "Chercher un préfixe syslog sur toutes les lignes lues sur l’entrée standard. "
17705 "Ce préfixe est un nombre décimal entre chevrons qui encode à la fois le "
17706 "service et le niveau. Le nombre est construit en multipliant le service "
17707 "par 8 et en ajoutant le niveau. Par exemple, *local0.info*, signifiant de "
17708 "service 16 et de niveau 6, devient *<134>*."
17709
17710 #. type: Plain text
17711 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:118
17712 msgid ""
17713 "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
17714 "specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line "
17715 "is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
17716 msgstr ""
17717 "Si le préfixe ne contient pas de service, le service par défaut est celui "
17718 "indiqué par l’option *-p*. De même, si aucun préfixe n’est fourni, la ligne "
17719 "est journalisée en utilisant la _priorité_ donnée avec *-p*."
17720
17721 #. type: Plain text
17722 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120
17723 msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
17724 msgstr "Cette option n’affecte pas un message de ligne de commande."
17725
17726 #. type: Labeled list
17727 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:121
17728 #, no-wrap
17729 msgid "*--rfc3164*"
17730 msgstr "*--rfc3164*"
17731
17732 #. type: Plain text
17733 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
17734 msgid ""
17735 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog "
17736 "protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
17737 msgstr ""
17738 "Utiliser le protocole syslog BSD link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
17739 "rfc3164[RFC 3164] pour soumettre des messages à un serveur distant."
17740
17741 #. type: Labeled list
17742 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:124
17743 #, no-wrap
17744 msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]"
17745 msgstr "*--rfc5424*[**=**__sans__]"
17746
17747 #. type: Plain text
17748 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:126
17749 msgid ""
17750 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol "
17751 "to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can "
17752 "be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, "
17753 "*nohost*."
17754 msgstr ""
17755 "Utiliser le protocole syslog de la link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
17756 "rfc5424[RFC 5424] pour envoyer des messages à un serveur distant. L'argument "
17757 "facultatif _sans_ peut être une liste, séparée par des virgules, des "
17758 "arguments suivants : *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."
17759
17760 #. type: Plain text
17761 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:128
17762 msgid ""
17763 "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
17764 "submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local "
17765 "clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp "
17766 "might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-"
17767 "id timeQuality* is specified."
17768 msgstr ""
17769 "La valeur *notq* supprime la donnée structurée time-quality du message "
17770 "envoyé. Les informations time-quality indiquent si l'horloge locale était "
17771 "synchronisée et le nombre maximum de microsecondes où l'horodatage pourrait "
17772 "ne pas être actif. La précision du temps est supprimée automatiquement quand "
17773 "*--sd-id timeQuality* est spécifié."
17774
17775 #. type: Plain text
17776 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:130
17777 msgid ""
17778 "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender "
17779 "timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
17780 msgstr ""
17781 "La valeur *notime* (qui implique *notq*) supprime tout l'horodatage de "
17782 "l'expéditeur au format ISO-8601, notamment les microsecondes et les fuseaux "
17783 "horaires."
17784
17785 #. type: Plain text
17786 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:132
17787 msgid ""
17788 "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message "
17789 "header."
17790 msgstr ""
17791 "La valeur *nohost* supprime les informations *gethostname*(2) de l'entête du "
17792 "message."
17793
17794 #. type: Plain text
17795 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
17796 msgid ""
17797 "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
17798 msgstr ""
17799 "Le protocole RFC 5424 est utilisé par défaut par *logger* depuis la "
17800 "version 2.26."
17801
17802 #. type: Labeled list
17803 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:135
17804 #, no-wrap
17805 msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
17806 msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*"
17807
17808 #. type: Plain text
17809 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137
17810 msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log."
17811 msgstr ""
17812 "Afficher le message sur la sortie d'erreur standard en plus de l'enregistrer "
17813 "dans le journal système."
17814
17815 #. type: Labeled list
17816 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:138
17817 #, no-wrap
17818 msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]"
17819 msgstr "*--sd-id* _nom_[**@**__chiffres__]"
17820
17821 #. type: Plain text
17822 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:140
17823 msgid ""
17824 "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The "
17825 "option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The "
17826 "number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus "
17827 "possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type "
17828 "and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a "
17829 "message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-"
17830 "standardized IDs."
17831 msgstr ""
17832 "Spécifier l'identifiant d'un élément de données structurées pour l'entête "
17833 "d'un message conforme à la RFC 5424. L'option doit être utilisée avant *--sd-"
17834 "param* pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments. Le nombre d'éléments de données "
17835 "structurées n'est pas limité. L'identifiant (_nom_ plus éventuellement "
17836 "**@**__chiffres__) est sensible à la casse et n'identifie que le type et "
17837 "l'objectif d'un élément. Le même identifiant ne doit pas apparaître "
17838 "plusieurs fois dans un message. La partie **@**__chiffres__ est nécessaire "
17839 "pour les identifiants non standardisés et définis par l'utilisateur."
17840
17841 #. type: Plain text
17842 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
17843 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17844 #| msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and *meta* (with parameters sequenceId, sysUpTime and language). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
17845 msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
17846 msgstr "*logger* ne génère actuellement que l'élément standardisé *timeQuality*. La RFC 5424 décrit aussi les éléments *origin* (avec les paramètres ip, enterpriseId, software et swVersion) et *meta* (avec les paramètres sequenceId, sysUpTime et language). Ces identifiants d'éléments peuvent être spécifiés sans le suffixe **@**__chiffres__.\n"
17847
17848 #. type: Labeled list
17849 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:143
17850 #, no-wrap
17851 msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_"
17852 msgstr "*--sd-param* _nom_=_valeur_"
17853
17854 #. type: Plain text
17855 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:145
17856 #, fuzzy
17857 #| msgid ""
17858 #| "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
17859 #| "option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
17860 #| "for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
17861 #| "required and must be escaped on the command line."
17862 msgid ""
17863 "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
17864 "option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
17865 "for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
17866 "required and must be escaped on the command line."
17867 msgstr ""
17868 "Spécifier le paramètre d'un élément de données structurées, une paire nom et "
17869 "valeur. L'option doit être utilisée après *--sd-id* et peut être spécifiée "
17870 "plus d'une fois pour le même élément. Remarquez que les guillemets autour de "
17871 "_valeur_ sont nécessaires et doivent être protégés sur la ligne de commande."
17872
17873 #. type: delimited block .
17874 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:153
17875 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17876 #| msgid ""
17877 #| "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
17878 #| "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
17879 #| "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
17880 #| "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
17881 #| "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
17882 #| "                     \"this is message\"\n"
17883 msgid ""
17884 "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
17885 "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
17886 "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
17887 "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
17888 "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
17889 "                     \"this is message\"\n"
17890 msgstr ""
17891 "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
17892 "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
17893 "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
17894 "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
17895 "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
17896 "                     \"this is message\"\n"
17897
17898 #. type: Plain text
17899 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:155
17900 msgid "produces:"
17901 msgstr "produit :"
17902
17903 #. type: Plain text
17904 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
17905 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17906 #| msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
17907 msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
17908 msgstr "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
17909
17910 #. type: Plain text
17911 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:160
17912 msgid ""
17913 "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB "
17914 "characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. "
17915 "With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC "
17916 "5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
17917 msgstr ""
17918 "Définir la _taille_ maximale permise par message. La valeur par défaut est "
17919 "de 1 kio en caractères, qui est la limite traditionnelle telle qu’indiquée "
17920 "dans la RFC 3164. Avec la RFC 5424, cette limite est devenue flexible. En "
17921 "général, les destinataires RFC 5424 peuvent au moins traiter des messages de "
17922 "4 kio."
17923
17924 #. type: Plain text
17925 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162
17926 #, fuzzy
17927 #| msgid ""
17928 #| "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
17929 #| "protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
17930 #| "only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
17931 msgid ""
17932 "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
17933 "protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
17934 "only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
17935 msgstr ""
17936 "La plupart des destinataires acceptent des messages plus grands que 1 kio "
17937 "sur tous les types de protocole de journal système. Ainsi, l’option *--size* "
17938 "affecte *logger* dans tous les cas (pas seulement quand *--rfc5424* est "
17939 "utilisée)."
17940
17941 #. type: Plain text
17942 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
17943 msgid ""
17944 "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the "
17945 "syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the "
17946 "hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 "
17947 "to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to "
17948 "ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages "
17949 "may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size "
17950 "should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
17951 msgstr ""
17952 "Remarque : la taille maximale de message limite la taille totale du message, "
17953 "y compris l’en-tête de journal système. Les tailles d’en-tête varient en "
17954 "fonction des options sélectionnées et de la taille du nom d’hôte. En règle "
17955 "générale, les en-têtes ne dépassent pas 50 ou 80 caractères. Lors de la "
17956 "sélection de la taille maximale du message, s’assurer que le destinataire "
17957 "puisse recevoir des messages de cette taille est important, sinon les "
17958 "messages pourraient être tronqués. De nouveau, en règle générale, des "
17959 "messages de deux à quatre kilooctets devraient normalement passer, alors que "
17960 "tout ce qui dépasse devrait être vérifié."
17961
17962 #. type: Labeled list
17963 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:165
17964 #, no-wrap
17965 msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
17966 msgstr "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
17967
17968 #. type: Plain text
17969 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:167
17970 #, fuzzy
17971 #| msgid ""
17972 #| "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
17973 #| "*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will "
17974 #| "detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made "
17975 #| "_/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/"
17976 #| "log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using "
17977 #| "*openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used "
17978 #| "openlog, and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix "
17979 #| "sockets."
17980 msgid ""
17981 "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
17982 "*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect "
17983 "if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ "
17984 "can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not "
17985 "cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system "
17986 "call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was "
17987 "unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
17988 msgstr ""
17989 "Afficher les erreurs sur les connexions de socket UNIX. Le _mode_ peut "
17990 "prendre la valeur *off*, *on* ou *auto*. En mode *auto*, *logger* détectera "
17991 "si le processus d’initialisation est systemd, et si cette hypothèse est "
17992 "exacte, _/dev/log_ peut être utilisé tôt au démarrage. L’absence de _/dev/"
17993 "log_ des autres systèmes d’initialisation ne provoquera pas d’erreur, ce qui "
17994 "est identique à l’envoi de messages en utilisant l’appel système "
17995 "*openlog*(3). *logger*(1) avant la version 2.26 utilisait openlog et était "
17996 "donc incapable de détecter la perte de messages envoyés aux sockets UNIX."
17997
17998 #. type: Plain text
17999 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169
18000 msgid ""
18001 "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are "
18002 "not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) "
18003 "invocation."
18004 msgstr ""
18005 "Le mode par défaut est *auto*. Quand les erreurs ne sont pas activées, les "
18006 "messages perdus ne sont pas communiqués, ce qui donne un état de sortie "
18007 "indiquant la réussite de l’appel de *logger*(1)."
18008
18009 #. type: Labeled list
18010 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:170
18011 #, no-wrap
18012 msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*"
18013 msgstr "*-T*, *--tcp*"
18014
18015 #. type: Plain text
18016 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172
18017 msgid ""
18018 "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-"
18019 "conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
18020 msgstr ""
18021 "N’utiliser que les flux (TCP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur le "
18022 "port de _syslog-conn_ défini dans _/etc/services_, qui est généralement "
18023 "_601_."
18024
18025 #. type: Labeled list
18026 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:175
18027 #, no-wrap
18028 msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_"
18029 msgstr "*-t*, *--tag* _étiquette_"
18030
18031 #. type: Plain text
18032 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177
18033 msgid ""
18034 "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is "
18035 "the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on "
18036 "effective user ID)."
18037 msgstr ""
18038 "Placer une _étiquette_ sur chaque ligne du journal. L’étiquette par défaut "
18039 "est le nom de l'utilisateur connecté au terminal (ou le nom d'un utilisateur "
18040 "à partir de son identifiant réel)."
18041
18042 #. type: Labeled list
18043 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:178
18044 #, no-wrap
18045 msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
18046 msgstr "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
18047
18048 #. type: Plain text
18049 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180
18050 msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket."
18051 msgstr ""
18052 "Écrire dans la _socket_ indiquée au lieu d'utiliser la socket du journal "
18053 "système."
18054
18055 #. type: Labeled list
18056 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:181
18057 #, no-wrap
18058 msgid "*--*"
18059 msgstr "*--*"
18060
18061 #. type: Plain text
18062 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183
18063 msgid ""
18064 "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
18065 msgstr ""
18066 "Terminer la liste des arguments. Cela permet au _message_ de commencer avec "
18067 "un tiret (« - »)."
18068
18069 #. type: Plain text
18070 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:189
18071 msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
18072 msgstr ""
18073 "Le code de retour est 0 quand *logger* réussit et strictement supérieur à 0 "
18074 "en cas d'erreur."
18075
18076 #. type: Title ==
18077 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:190
18078 #, no-wrap
18079 msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS"
18080 msgstr "SERVICES ET NIVEAUX"
18081
18082 #. type: Plain text
18083 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:193
18084 msgid "Valid facility names are:"
18085 msgstr "Les noms de services possibles sont :"
18086
18087 #. type: Plain text
18088 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:197
18089 #, no-wrap
18090 msgid ""
18091 "*auth* +\n"
18092 "*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n"
18093 "*cron* +\n"
18094 msgstr ""
18095 "*auth* +\n"
18096 "*authpriv* pour les informations de sécurité de nature sensible +\n"
18097 "*cron* +\n"
18098
18099 #. type: Plain text
18100 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:201
18101 #, no-wrap
18102 msgid ""
18103 "*daemon* +\n"
18104 "*ftp* +\n"
18105 "*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n"
18106 msgstr ""
18107 "*daemon* +\n"
18108 "*ftp* +\n"
18109 "*kern* ne peut pas être créé depuis un processus d’espace utilisateur, convertit automatiquement en *utilisateur* +\n"
18110
18111 #. type: Plain text
18112 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:212
18113 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18114 #| msgid ""
18115 #| "*lpr* +\n"
18116 #| "*mail* +\n"
18117 #| "*news* +\n"
18118 #| "*syslog* +\n"
18119 #| "*user* +\n"
18120 #| "*uucp* +\n"
18121 #| "*local0* +\n"
18122 #| "    to +\n"
18123 #| "*local7* +\n"
18124 #| "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
18125 msgid ""
18126 "*lpr* +\n"
18127 "*mail* +\n"
18128 "*news* +\n"
18129 "*syslog* +\n"
18130 "*user* +\n"
18131 "*uucp* +\n"
18132 "*local0* +\n"
18133 "    to +\n"
18134 "*local7* +\n"
18135 "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
18136 msgstr ""
18137 "*lpr* +\n"
18138 "*mail* +\n"
18139 "*news* +\n"
18140 "*syslog* +\n"
18141 "*user* +\n"
18142 "*uucp* +\n"
18143 "*local0* +\n"
18144 "    to +\n"
18145 "*local7* +\n"
18146 "*security* synonyme obsolète d’**auth**\n"
18147
18148 #. type: Plain text
18149 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:214
18150 msgid "Valid level names are:"
18151 msgstr "Les noms de niveaux possibles sont :"
18152
18153 #. type: Plain text
18154 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:226
18155 #, no-wrap
18156 msgid ""
18157 "*emerg* +\n"
18158 "*alert* +\n"
18159 "*crit* +\n"
18160 "*err* +\n"
18161 "*warning* +\n"
18162 "*notice* +\n"
18163 "*info* +\n"
18164 "*debug* +\n"
18165 "*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n"
18166 "*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n"
18167 "*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n"
18168 msgstr ""
18169 "*emerg* +\n"
18170 "*alert* +\n"
18171 "*crit* +\n"
18172 "*err* +\n"
18173 "*warning* +\n"
18174 "*notice* +\n"
18175 "*info* +\n"
18176 "*debug* +\n"
18177 "*panic* synonyme obsolète d’**emerg** +\n"
18178 "*error* synonyme obsolète d’**err** +\n"
18179 "*warn* synonyme obsolète d’**warning** +\n"
18180
18181 #. type: Plain text
18182 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:228
18183 msgid ""
18184 "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, "
18185 "see *syslog*(3)."
18186 msgstr ""
18187 "Pour l'ordre des priorités et les buts supposés de ces services et niveaux, "
18188 "consultez *syslog*(3)."
18189
18190 #. type: Plain text
18191 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:232
18192 msgid ""
18193 "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
18194 "compatible."
18195 msgstr ""
18196 "La commande *logger* est prévue pour être compatible avec IEEE Std 1003.2 "
18197 "(« POSIX.2 »)."
18198
18199 #. type: delimited block _
18200 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236
18201 #, fuzzy
18202 #| msgid "B<logger System rebooted>"
18203 msgid "logger System rebooted"
18204 msgstr "B<logger Système redémarré>"
18205
18206 #. type: delimited block _
18207 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:238
18208 #, fuzzy
18209 #| msgid "B<logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc>"
18210 msgid "logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc"
18211 msgstr "B<logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc>"
18212
18213 #. type: delimited block _
18214 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240
18215 #, fuzzy
18216 #| msgid "B<logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted>"
18217 msgid "logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted"
18218 msgstr "B<logger -n hôtejournal.example.com Système redémarré>"
18219
18220 #. type: Plain text
18221 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:245
18222 msgid ""
18223 "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in "
18224 "1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
18225 "rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
18226 "Kerola]."
18227 msgstr ""
18228 "La commande *logger* a été écrite à l'origine par l'université de Californie "
18229 "entre 1983-1993, puis réécrite par Emailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], "
18230 "mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], et mailto:kerolasa@iki."
18231 "fi[Sami Kerola]."
18232
18233 #. type: Plain text
18234 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:251
18235 #, no-wrap
18236 msgid ""
18237 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
18238 "*syslog*(3),\n"
18239 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
18240 msgstr ""
18241 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
18242 "*syslog*(3),\n"
18243 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
18244
18245 #
18246 #
18247 #
18248 #. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
18249 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
18250 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
18251 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
18252 #. are met:
18253 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
18254 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
18255 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
18256 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
18257 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
18258 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
18259 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
18260 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
18261 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
18262 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
18263 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
18264 #.    without specific prior written permission.
18265 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
18266 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
18267 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
18268 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
18269 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
18270 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
18271 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
18272 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
18273 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
18274 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
18275 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
18276 #.     @(#)look.1       8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93
18277 #. type: Title =
18278 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36
18279 #, no-wrap
18280 msgid "look(1)"
18281 msgstr "look(1)"
18282
18283 #. type: Plain text
18284 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46
18285 msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string"
18286 msgstr ""
18287
18288 #. type: Plain text
18289 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50
18290 #, no-wrap
18291 msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n"
18292 msgstr "*look* [options] _chaîne_ [_fichier_]\n"
18293
18294 #. type: Plain text
18295 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
18296 msgid ""
18297 "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a "
18298 "prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be "
18299 "sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that "
18300 "*look* is invoked with)."
18301 msgstr ""
18302
18303 #. type: Plain text
18304 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
18305 msgid ""
18306 "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only "
18307 "alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters "
18308 "is ignored."
18309 msgstr ""
18310
18311 #. type: Plain text
18312 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
18313 msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file."
18314 msgstr ""
18315
18316 #. type: Labeled list
18317 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62
18318 #, no-wrap
18319 msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
18320 msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
18321
18322 #. type: Plain text
18323 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
18324 msgid ""
18325 "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
18326 "alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is "
18327 "specified."
18328 msgstr ""
18329
18330 #. type: Plain text
18331 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
18332 msgid ""
18333 "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for "
18334 "compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
18335 msgstr ""
18336
18337 #. type: Labeled list
18338 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
18339 #, no-wrap
18340 msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
18341 msgstr "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
18342
18343 #. type: Plain text
18344 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
18345 msgid ""
18346 "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file "
18347 "is specified."
18348 msgstr ""
18349
18350 #. type: Labeled list
18351 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
18352 #, no-wrap
18353 msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_"
18354 msgstr ""
18355
18356 #. type: Plain text
18357 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
18358 msgid ""
18359 "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in "
18360 "_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are "
18361 "compared."
18362 msgstr ""
18363
18364 #. type: Plain text
18365 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
18366 msgid ""
18367 "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 "
18368 "if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
18369 msgstr ""
18370
18371 #. type: Labeled list
18372 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79
18373 #, no-wrap
18374 msgid "*WORDLIST*"
18375 msgstr "*WORDLIST*"
18376
18377 #. type: Plain text
18378 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
18379 msgid ""
18380 "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
18381 "than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
18382 msgstr ""
18383
18384 #. type: Labeled list
18385 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84
18386 #, no-wrap
18387 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
18388 msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
18389
18390 #. type: Plain text
18391 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
18392 #, fuzzy
18393 #| msgid "the root directory"
18394 msgid "the dictionary"
18395 msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"
18396
18397 #. type: Labeled list
18398 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:87
18399 #, no-wrap
18400 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
18401 msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
18402
18403 #. type: Plain text
18404 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89
18405 #, fuzzy
18406 #| msgid "the root directory"
18407 msgid "the alternative dictionary"
18408 msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"
18409
18410 #. type: Plain text
18411 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
18412 #, fuzzy
18413 #| msgid "A B<wall> command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
18414 msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
18415 msgstr "Une commande B<wall> est apparue dans la version 7 d’UNIX AT&T."
18416
18417 #. type: delimited block .
18418 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:99
18419 #, no-wrap
18420 msgid ""
18421 "sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
18422 "look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
18423 msgstr ""
18424
18425 #. type: Plain text
18426 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105
18427 #, no-wrap
18428 msgid ""
18429 "*grep*(1),\n"
18430 "*sort*(1)\n"
18431 msgstr ""
18432 "*grep*(1),\n"
18433 "*sort*(1)\n"
18434
18435 #. type: Title =
18436 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2
18437 #, no-wrap
18438 msgid "lsblk(8)"
18439 msgstr "lsblk(8)"
18440
18441 #. type: Plain text
18442 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12
18443 msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
18444 msgstr "lsblk - Afficher les périphériques bloc"
18445
18446 #. type: Plain text
18447 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16
18448 #, no-wrap
18449 msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n"
18450 msgstr "*lsblk* [options] [_périphérique_...]\n"
18451
18452 #. type: Plain text
18453 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
18454 #, no-wrap
18455 msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n"
18456 msgstr "*lsblk* affiche des renseignements sur tout ou partie des périphériques bloc disponibles. La commande *lsblk* lit le système de fichiers *sysfs* et *udev\\ db* pour obtenir des renseignements. Si ce dernier n’est pas disponible ou si *lsblk* est compilée sans la prise en charge d’**udev**, alors elle essaie de lire les ÉTIQUETTES, les UUID ou les types de système de fichiers à partir du périphérique bloc. Dans ce cas, des permissions de superutilisateur sont nécessaires.\n"
18457
18458 #. type: Plain text
18459 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
18460 msgid ""
18461 "By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a "
18462 "tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates "
18463 "to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated "
18464 "setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships."
18465 msgstr ""
18466
18467 #. type: Plain text
18468 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
18469 msgid ""
18470 "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* "
18471 "and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
18472 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
18473 "expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in "
18474 "environments where a stable output is required."
18475 msgstr ""
18476 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
18477 "*--fs* et *--topology*, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
18478 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
18479 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
18480 "utilisant *--output* _liste_colonnes_ et *--list* dans les environnements "
18481 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
18482
18483 #. type: Plain text
18484 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
18485 #, fuzzy
18486 msgid "Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
18487 msgstr ""
18488 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
18489 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
18490
18491 #. type: Plain text
18492 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
18493 msgid ""
18494 "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all "
18495 "information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
18496 "recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
18497 msgstr ""
18498 "Remarquez que *lsblk* pourrait être exécuté au moment où *udev* n’a pas "
18499 "encore tous les renseignements sur les périphériques récemment ajoutés ou "
18500 "modifiés. Dans ce cas, utiliser *udevadm settle* avant *lsblk* est "
18501 "recommandé pour synchroniser avec *udev*."
18502
18503 #. type: Plain text
18504 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:30
18505 msgid ""
18506 "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
18507 "one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
18508 "be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides "
18509 "MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
18510 "only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
18511 "and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
18512 "associated with the device."
18513 msgstr ""
18514
18515 #. type: Labeled list
18516 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33
18517 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18518 #| msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
18519 msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*"
18520 msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"
18521
18522 #. type: Plain text
18523 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:35
18524 #, fuzzy
18525 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
18526 msgid "Don't print empty devices."
18527 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
18528
18529 #. type: Plain text
18530 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:38
18531 #, fuzzy
18532 #| msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
18533 msgid ""
18534 "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices "
18535 "too."
18536 msgstr ""
18537 "Désactiver tous les filtres intégrés et afficher tous les systèmes de "
18538 "fichiers."
18539
18540 #. type: Labeled list
18541 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42
18542 #, no-wrap
18543 msgid "*-D*, *--discard*"
18544 msgstr "*-D*, *--discard*"
18545
18546 #. type: Plain text
18547 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:44
18548 msgid ""
18549 "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
18550 "device."
18551 msgstr ""
18552 "Afficher des renseignements sur les capacités d'abandon (TRIM, UNMAP) de "
18553 "chaque périphérique."
18554
18555 #. type: Labeled list
18556 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45
18557 #, no-wrap
18558 msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
18559 msgstr "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
18560
18561 #. type: Plain text
18562 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:47
18563 msgid ""
18564 "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
18565 "sda* prints information about the sda device only."
18566 msgstr ""
18567 "N'afficher ni les périphériques esclaves, ni les porteurs. Par exemple, "
18568 "*lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* n'affiche que les renseignements relatifs au "
18569 "périphérique sda."
18570
18571 #. type: Labeled list
18572 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48
18573 #, no-wrap
18574 msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
18575 msgstr "*-E*, *--dedup* _colonne_"
18576
18577 #. type: Plain text
18578 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
18579 msgid ""
18580 "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key "
18581 "is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental "
18582 "whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
18583 msgstr ""
18584 "Utiliser _colonne_ comme clé de déduplication pour un arbre de sortie. Si la "
18585 "clé n’est pas disponible pour le périphérique ou que le périphérique est une "
18586 "partition et que le périphérique parent du disque en entier procure la même "
18587 "clé, alors le périphérique est toujours affiché."
18588
18589 #. type: Plain text
18590 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:52
18591 msgid ""
18592 "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
18593 "for example by *-E WWN*."
18594 msgstr ""
18595 "Le cas d’utilisation habituel est de dédupliquer la sortie de périphériques "
18596 "de systèmes multi-chemins, par exemple, avec *-E WWN*."
18597
18598 #. type: Labeled list
18599 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53
18600 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18601 #| msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
18602 msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
18603 msgstr "*-e*, *--exclude* _liste_"
18604
18605 #. type: Plain text
18606 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:55
18607 msgid ""
18608 "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
18609 "numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is "
18610 "not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
18611 "be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is "
18612 "not obvious."
18613 msgstr ""
18614 "Exclure les périphériques indiqués par une _liste_ de numéros majeurs "
18615 "séparés par des virgules. Remarquez que par défaut, les disques RAM "
18616 "(majeur=1) sont exclus par défaut si *--all* n’est pas précisé. Le filtre "
18617 "n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à "
18618 "confusion pour le format de sortie *--list* où la hiérarchie des "
18619 "périphériques n’est pas évidente."
18620
18621 #. type: Labeled list
18622 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56
18623 #, no-wrap
18624 msgid "*-f*, *--fs*"
18625 msgstr "*-f*, *--fs*"
18626
18627 #. type: Plain text
18628 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:58
18629 msgid ""
18630 "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
18631 "FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information "
18632 "about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
18633 msgstr ""
18634 "Afficher des renseignements sur les systèmes de fichiers. Cette option est "
18635 "équivalente à *NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. Les "
18636 "renseignements officiels sur les systèmes de fichiers et les RAID sont "
18637 "fournis par la commande *blkid*(8)."
18638
18639 #. type: Labeled list
18640 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59
18641 #, no-wrap
18642 msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_"
18643 msgstr "*-I*, *--include* _liste_"
18644
18645 #. type: Plain text
18646 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:61
18647 msgid ""
18648 "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
18649 "numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
18650 "confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
18651 "obvious."
18652 msgstr ""
18653 "Inclure les périphériques indiqués par une _liste_ de numéros majeurs "
18654 "séparés par des virgules. Le filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de "
18655 "premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie *--"
18656 "list* où la hiérarchie des périphériques n’est pas évidente."
18657
18658 #. type: Labeled list
18659 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:62
18660 #, no-wrap
18661 msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*"
18662 msgstr "*-i*, *--ascii*"
18663
18664 #. type: Plain text
18665 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:64
18666 msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
18667 msgstr "Utiliser des caractères ASCII pour le formatage d'arborescence."
18668
18669 #. type: Plain text
18670 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:67
18671 msgid ""
18672 "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also "
18673 "*--tree* if necessary."
18674 msgstr ""
18675 "Utiliser un format de sortie JSON. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser *--"
18676 "output* et aussi *--tree* si nécessaire."
18677
18678 #. type: Plain text
18679 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:70
18680 msgid ""
18681 "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
18682 "information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
18683 "device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the "
18684 "parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
18685 msgstr ""
18686 "Produire une sortie sous forme d’une liste. Cette sortie ne procure pas "
18687 "d’informations sur les relations entre les périphériques et, depuis la "
18688 "version\\ 2.34, chaque périphérique est affiché une seule fois si *--pairs* "
18689 "ou *--raw* ne sont pas précisés (les sorties analysables sont entretenues "
18690 "d’une manière rétrocompatible)."
18691
18692 #. type: Labeled list
18693 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71
18694 #, no-wrap
18695 msgid "*-M*, *--merge*"
18696 msgstr "*-M*, *--merge*"
18697
18698 #. type: Plain text
18699 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:73
18700 msgid ""
18701 "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
18702 "Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
18703 msgstr ""
18704 "Regrouper les parents de sous-arborescences pour un affichage plus lisible "
18705 "pour les RAID et les périphériques multi-chemins. Une sortie arborescente "
18706 "est nécessaire."
18707
18708 #. type: Labeled list
18709 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74
18710 #, no-wrap
18711 msgid "*-m*, *--perms*"
18712 msgstr "*-m*, *--perms*"
18713
18714 #. type: Plain text
18715 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:76
18716 msgid ""
18717 "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
18718 "*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
18719 msgstr ""
18720 "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
18721 "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
18722
18723 #. type: Labeled list
18724 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:77
18725 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18726 #| msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
18727 msgid "*-N*, *--nvme*"
18728 msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"
18729
18730 #. type: Plain text
18731 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:79
18732 msgid "Output info about NVMe devices only."
18733 msgstr ""
18734
18735 #. type: Labeled list
18736 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80
18737 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18738 #| msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
18739 msgid "*-v*, *--virtio*"
18740 msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"
18741
18742 #. type: Plain text
18743 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
18744 msgid "Output info about virtio devices only."
18745 msgstr ""
18746
18747 #. type: Plain text
18748 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88
18749 msgid ""
18750 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
18751 "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
18752 "to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
18753 msgstr ""
18754 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste "
18755 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
18756 "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
18757 "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi *--tree*)."
18758
18759 #. type: Plain text
18760 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:90
18761 msgid ""
18762 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
18763 "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
18764 msgstr ""
18765 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
18766 "sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
18767
18768 #. type: Labeled list
18769 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:91
18770 #, no-wrap
18771 msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*"
18772 msgstr "*-O*, *--output-all*"
18773
18774 #. type: Plain text
18775 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:96
18776 #, fuzzy
18777 #| msgid ""
18778 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
18779 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
18780 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
18781 msgid ""
18782 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
18783 "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
18784 "hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
18785 msgstr ""
18786 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
18787 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
18788 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
18789 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
18790
18791 #. type: Labeled list
18792 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97
18793 #, no-wrap
18794 msgid "*-p*, *--paths*"
18795 msgstr "*-p*, *--paths*"
18796
18797 #. type: Plain text
18798 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:99
18799 msgid "Print full device paths."
18800 msgstr "Afficher les chemins complets de périphérique."
18801
18802 #. type: Plain text
18803 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:102
18804 msgid ""
18805 "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
18806 "dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) "
18807 "in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
18808 msgstr ""
18809 "Produire la sortie au format brut. Les lignes de sortie sont toujours "
18810 "ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
18811 "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (\\x<code>) dans les colonnes NAME, "
18812 "KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL et MOUNTPOINT."
18813
18814 #. type: Labeled list
18815 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103
18816 #, no-wrap
18817 msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*"
18818 msgstr "*-S*, *--scsi*"
18819
18820 #. type: Plain text
18821 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:105
18822 msgid ""
18823 "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
18824 "devices are ignored."
18825 msgstr ""
18826 "N’afficher que les renseignements sur les périphériques SCSI. Toutes les "
18827 "partitions et les périphériques esclaves et porteurs sont ignorés."
18828
18829 #. type: Labeled list
18830 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:106
18831 #, no-wrap
18832 msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*"
18833 msgstr "*-s*, *--inverse*"
18834
18835 #. type: Plain text
18836 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
18837 msgid ""
18838 "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested "
18839 "then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
18840 msgstr ""
18841 "Afficher les dépendances selon l’ordre inverse. Si une sortie *--list* est "
18842 "demandée, alors les lignes sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances."
18843
18844 #. type: Labeled list
18845 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:109
18846 #, no-wrap
18847 msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]"
18848 msgstr "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__colonne__]"
18849
18850 #. type: Plain text
18851 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111
18852 msgid ""
18853 "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is "
18854 "printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
18855 msgstr ""
18856 "Imposer le format de sortie arborescent. Si _colonne_ est précisé, alors une "
18857 "arborescence est affichée dans la colonne. Par défaut, c’est la colonne NAME."
18858
18859 #. type: Labeled list
18860 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:112
18861 #, no-wrap
18862 msgid "*-t*, *--topology*"
18863 msgstr "*-t*, *--topology*"
18864
18865 #. type: Plain text
18866 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
18867 #, fuzzy
18868 #| msgid ""
18869 #| "Output info about device owner, group and mode.  This option is "
18870 #| "equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
18871 msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
18872 msgstr ""
18873 "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
18874 "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,"
18875 "MODE>."
18876
18877 #. type: Plain text
18878 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116
18879 #, fuzzy
18880 #| msgid ""
18881 #| "Output info about block-device topology.  This option is equivalent to B<-"
18882 #| "o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
18883 #| "WSAME>."
18884 msgid ""
18885 "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
18886 msgstr ""
18887 "Afficher des renseignements sur la topologie du périphérique bloc. Cette "
18888 "option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,"
18889 "ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME>."
18890
18891 #. type: Labeled list
18892 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119
18893 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18894 #| msgid "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
18895 msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
18896 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
18897
18898 #. type: Plain text
18899 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:121
18900 msgid ""
18901 "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
18902 "of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
18903 "width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* "
18904 "to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
18905 "allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the "
18906 "*watch*(1) command."
18907 msgstr ""
18908
18909 #. type: Labeled list
18910 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:122
18911 #, no-wrap
18912 msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
18913 msgstr "*-x*, *--sort* _colonne_"
18914
18915 #. type: Plain text
18916 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:124
18917 msgid ""
18918 "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by "
18919 "default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output "
18920 "and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
18921 msgstr ""
18922 "Trier les lignes de sortie selon la _colonne_. Cette option active le format "
18923 "de sortie *--list* par défaut. Il est possible d’utiliser l’option *--tree* "
18924 "pour imposer une sortie arborescente et alors les branches de l’arborescence "
18925 "sont triées selon la _colonne_."
18926
18927 #. type: Plain text
18928 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:127
18929 msgid ""
18930 "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
18931 "shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-"
18932 "IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this "
18933 "feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but "
18934 "due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by "
18935 "*--shell*."
18936 msgstr ""
18937
18938 #. type: Labeled list
18939 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:128
18940 #, no-wrap
18941 msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
18942 msgstr "*-z*, *--zoned*"
18943
18944 #. type: Plain text
18945 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:130
18946 #, fuzzy
18947 #| msgid "Print the zone model for each device."
18948 msgid "Print the zone related information for each device."
18949 msgstr "Afficher le modèle de zone pour chaque périphérique."
18950
18951 #. type: Labeled list
18952 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:131
18953 #, no-wrap
18954 msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
18955 msgstr "*--sysroot* _répertoire_"
18956
18957 #. type: Plain text
18958 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:133
18959 msgid ""
18960 "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
18961 "*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the "
18962 "Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
18963 "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
18964 msgstr ""
18965 "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
18966 "utilisée pour la commande *lsblk*. Le _répertoire_ indiqué est la racine du "
18967 "système de l’instance Linux à inspecter. Les nœuds du périphérique réel dans "
18968 "le répertoire cible peuvent être remplacés par des fichiers textuels avec "
18969 "des attributs udev."
18970
18971 #. type: Labeled list
18972 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80
18973 #, no-wrap
18974 msgid "32"
18975 msgstr "32"
18976
18977 #. type: Plain text
18978 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144
18979 msgid "none of specified devices found"
18980 msgstr "Aucun des périphériques indiqués n’a été trouvé."
18981
18982 #. type: Labeled list
18983 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:145 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
18984 #, no-wrap
18985 msgid "64"
18986 msgstr "64"
18987
18988 #. type: Plain text
18989 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:147
18990 msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
18991 msgstr "Les périphériques indiqués n’ont pas tous été trouvés."
18992
18993 #. type: Labeled list
18994 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:150
18995 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18996 #| msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
18997 msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all"
18998 msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
18999
19000 #. type: Plain text
19001 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:152
19002 msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output."
19003 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *lsblk*."
19004
19005 #. type: Plain text
19006 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:155 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:130
19007 msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output."
19008 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libblkid*."
19009
19010 #. type: Plain text
19011 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:158 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:127
19012 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output."
19013 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libmount*."
19014
19015 #. type: Plain text
19016 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:161
19017 msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output."
19018 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libsmartcols*."
19019
19020 #. type: Plain text
19021 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168
19022 msgid ""
19023 "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
19024 "the parent device."
19025 msgstr ""
19026 "Pour les partitions, certains renseignements (par exemple les attributs de "
19027 "file) sont hérités du périphérique parent."
19028
19029 #. type: Plain text
19030 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:170
19031 #, fuzzy
19032 #| msgid ""
19033 #| "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by "
19034 #| "major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs "
19035 #| "block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of "
19036 #| "problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled at "
19037 #| "the time of the kernel build."
19038 msgid ""
19039 "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
19040 "minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block "
19041 "directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
19042 "a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of "
19043 "the kernel build."
19044 msgstr ""
19045 "La commande *lsblk* doit pouvoir rechercher tous les périphériques blocs par "
19046 "numéros majeur:mineur, ce qui est fait en utilisant _/sys/dev/block_. Ce "
19047 "répertoire des systèmes de fichiers blocs est apparu dans le noyau 2.6.27 "
19048 "(octobre 2008). En cas de problèmes avec un noyau assez récent, vérifiez que "
19049 "CONFIG_SYSFS était activé au moment de la construction du noyau."
19050
19051 #. type: Plain text
19052 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:175
19053 #, fuzzy
19054 #| msgid ""
19055 #| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19056 msgid ""
19057 "mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19058 msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19059
19060 #. type: Plain text
19061 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:181
19062 #, no-wrap
19063 msgid ""
19064 "*ls*(1),\n"
19065 "*blkid*(8),\n"
19066 "*findmnt*(8)\n"
19067 msgstr ""
19068 "*ls*(1),\n"
19069 "*blkid*(8),\n"
19070 "*findmnt*(8)\n"
19071
19072 #. Copyright 2021 Red Hat, Inc.
19073 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
19074 #. type: Title =
19075 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7
19076 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19077 #| msgid "setsid(1)"
19078 msgid "lsfd(1)"
19079 msgstr "setsid(1)"
19080
19081 #. type: Plain text
19082 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18
19083 msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors"
19084 msgstr ""
19085
19086 #. type: Plain text
19087 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22
19088 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19089 #| msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
19090 msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n"
19091 msgstr "*lscpu* [options]\n"
19092
19093 #. type: Plain text
19094 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30
19095 #, no-wrap
19096 msgid ""
19097 "*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems.\n"
19098 "Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux\n"
19099 "specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a\n"
19100 "drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line\n"
19101 "interface and output formats.\n"
19102 msgstr ""
19103
19104 #. type: Plain text
19105 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38
19106 #, no-wrap
19107 msgid ""
19108 "*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output*\n"
19109 "option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --help*\n"
19110 "to get a list of all available columns.\n"
19111 msgstr ""
19112
19113 #. type: Labeled list
19114 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:41
19115 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19116 #| msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
19117 msgid "*-l*, *--threads*"
19118 msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
19119
19120 #. type: Plain text
19121 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:43
19122 msgid "List in threads level."
19123 msgstr ""
19124
19125 #. type: Plain text
19126 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27
19127 #, fuzzy
19128 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
19129 msgid "Don't print headings."
19130 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
19131
19132 #. type: Plain text
19133 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:53
19134 #, fuzzy
19135 msgid ""
19136 "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for "
19137 "details of available columns."
19138 msgstr ""
19139 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
19140 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
19141
19142 #. type: Plain text
19143 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:56
19144 #, fuzzy
19145 #| msgid ""
19146 #| "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
19147 #| "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
19148 msgid ""
19149 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
19150 "format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
19151 msgstr ""
19152 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
19153 "sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
19154
19155 #. type: Plain text
19156 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:59
19157 #, fuzzy
19158 #| msgid "Use the raw output format."
19159 msgid "Use raw output format."
19160 msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format brut."
19161
19162 #. type: Plain text
19163 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62
19164 #, fuzzy
19165 #| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
19166 msgid "Don't truncate text in columns."
19167 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
19168
19169 #. type: Labeled list
19170 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:63
19171 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19172 #| msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
19173 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_"
19174 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_"
19175
19176 #. type: Plain text
19177 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67
19178 msgid ""
19179 "Collect information only for specified processes.  _pids_ is a list of pids. "
19180 "A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators.  You can use this option "
19181 "with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
19182 msgstr ""
19183
19184 #. type: Plain text
19185 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72
19186 msgid ""
19187 "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-"
19188 "p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is "
19189 "much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of "
19190 "processing than the *-Q* option."
19191 msgstr ""
19192
19193 #. type: Labeled list
19194 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:73
19195 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19196 #| msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
19197 msgid "*-i*[4|6], *--inet*[=4|6]"
19198 msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"
19199
19200 #. type: Plain text
19201 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:75
19202 msgid "List only IPv4 sockets and/or IPv6 sockets."
19203 msgstr ""
19204
19205 #. type: Labeled list
19206 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:76
19207 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19208 #| msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
19209 msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_"
19210 msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichier_"
19211
19212 #. type: Plain text
19213 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:79
19214 msgid ""
19215 "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_.  See "
19216 "also *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
19217 msgstr ""
19218
19219 #. type: Labeled list
19220 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:80
19221 #, no-wrap
19222 msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__"
19223 msgstr ""
19224
19225 #. type: Plain text
19226 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:86
19227 msgid ""
19228 "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter "
19229 "named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching "
19230 "_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. "
19231 "*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; "
19232 "files excluded by the filters are not counted."
19233 msgstr ""
19234
19235 #. type: Plain text
19236 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:90
19237 msgid ""
19238 "See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_.  _label_ should not include `{` "
19239 "nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple "
19240 "times."
19241 msgstr ""
19242
19243 #. type: Plain text
19244 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:92
19245 msgid "See also *COUNTER EXAMPLES*."
19246 msgstr ""
19247
19248 #. type: Labeled list
19249 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
19250 #, no-wrap
19251 msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]"
19252 msgstr "*--summary*[=_quand_]"
19253
19254 #. type: Plain text
19255 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:97
19256 #, fuzzy
19257 #| msgid ""
19258 #| "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument "
19259 #| "can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to "
19260 #| "*off*."
19261 msgid ""
19262 "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
19263 "be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
19264 "defaults to *only*."
19265 msgstr ""
19266 "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
19267 "L’argument facultatif peut être *on* ou *off*. En absence d’argument, *off* "
19268 "est la valeur par défaut."
19269
19270 #. type: Plain text
19271 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102
19272 msgid ""
19273 "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer "
19274 "value.  *--counter* is the option for defining a counter.  If a user defines "
19275 "no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters "
19276 "(default counters) to make the summary output."
19277 msgstr ""
19278
19279 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
19280 #. type: Plain text
19281 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104
19282 msgid ""
19283 "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. "
19284 "Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
19285 msgstr ""
19286
19287 #. type: Labeled list
19288 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:106
19289 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19290 #| msgid "*--default*"
19291 msgid "*--debug-filter*"
19292 msgstr "*--default*"
19293
19294 #. type: Plain text
19295 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:109
19296 msgid ""
19297 "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful "
19298 "only for *lsfd* developers."
19299 msgstr ""
19300
19301 #. type: Labeled list
19302 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110
19303 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19304 #| msgid "*-s, --counters*"
19305 msgid "*--dump-counters*"
19306 msgstr "*-s, --counters*"
19307
19308 #. type: Plain text
19309 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:112
19310 msgid "Dump the definition of counters used in *--summary* output."
19311 msgstr ""
19312
19313 #. type: Title ==
19314 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115
19315 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19316 #| msgid "*COLUMNS*"
19317 msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS"
19318 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
19319
19320 #. type: Plain text
19321 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118
19322 msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >."
19323 msgstr ""
19324
19325 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
19326 #. type: Plain text
19327 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:122
19328 msgid ""
19329 "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet.  They may "
19330 "be changed in the future releases."
19331 msgstr ""
19332
19333 #. type: Labeled list
19334 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:123
19335 #, no-wrap
19336 msgid "AINODECLASS <``string``>"
19337 msgstr ""
19338
19339 #. type: Plain text
19340 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:125
19341 msgid "Class of anonymous inode."
19342 msgstr ""
19343
19344 #. type: Labeled list
19345 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126
19346 #, no-wrap
19347 msgid "ASSOC <``string``>"
19348 msgstr ""
19349
19350 #. type: Plain text
19351 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:128
19352 msgid "Association between file and process."
19353 msgstr ""
19354
19355 #. type: Labeled list
19356 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129
19357 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19358 #| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
19359 msgid "BLKDRV <``string``>"
19360 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
19361
19362 #. type: Plain text
19363 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:131
19364 msgid "Block device driver name resolved by `/proc/devices`."
19365 msgstr ""
19366
19367 #. type: Labeled list
19368 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132
19369 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19370 #| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
19371 msgid "CHRDRV <``string``>"
19372 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
19373
19374 #. type: Plain text
19375 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:134
19376 msgid "Character device driver name resolved by `/proc/devices`."
19377 msgstr ""
19378
19379 #. type: Labeled list
19380 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135
19381 #, no-wrap
19382 msgid "COMMAND <``string``>"
19383 msgstr ""
19384
19385 #. type: Plain text
19386 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:137
19387 #, fuzzy
19388 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
19389 msgid "Command of the process opening the file."
19390 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
19391
19392 #. type: Labeled list
19393 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138
19394 #, no-wrap
19395 msgid "DELETED <``boolean``>"
19396 msgstr ""
19397
19398 #. type: Plain text
19399 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:140
19400 #, fuzzy
19401 #| msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
19402 msgid "Reachability from the file system."
19403 msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."
19404
19405 #. type: Labeled list
19406 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141
19407 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19408 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19409 msgid "DEV <``string``>"
19410 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19411
19412 #. type: Plain text
19413 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:143
19414 msgid "ID of the device containing the file."
19415 msgstr ""
19416
19417 #. type: Labeled list
19418 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144
19419 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19420 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
19421 msgid "DEVTYPE <``string``>"
19422 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
19423
19424 #. type: Plain text
19425 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:146
19426 msgid "Device type (`blk`, `char`, or `nodev`)."
19427 msgstr ""
19428
19429 #. type: Labeled list
19430 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147
19431 #, no-wrap
19432 msgid "ENDPOINT <``string``>"
19433 msgstr ""
19434
19435 #. type: Plain text
19436 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:151
19437 msgid ""
19438 "IPC endpoints information communicated with the fd.  The format of the "
19439 "column depends on the object associated with the fd:"
19440 msgstr ""
19441
19442 #. type: Labeled list
19443 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:152
19444 #, no-wrap
19445 msgid "FIFO type"
19446 msgstr ""
19447
19448 #. type: Plain text
19449 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:154
19450 msgid "_PID_,_COMMAND_,_ASSOC_[-r][-w]"
19451 msgstr ""
19452
19453 #. type: Plain text
19454 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:157
19455 msgid ""
19456 "The last characters ([-r][-w]) represents the read and/or write mode of the "
19457 "endpoint."
19458 msgstr ""
19459
19460 #. type: Plain text
19461 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162
19462 #, no-wrap
19463 msgid ""
19464 "*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that\n"
19465 "*lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may miss some endpoints\n"
19466 "if you limits the processes with *-p* option.\n"
19467 msgstr ""
19468
19469 #. type: Labeled list
19470 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:163
19471 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19472 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19473 msgid "FD <``number``>"
19474 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19475
19476 #. type: Plain text
19477 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165
19478 #, fuzzy
19479 #| msgid "Change directory before the login."
19480 msgid "File descriptor for the file."
19481 msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."
19482
19483 #. type: Labeled list
19484 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:166
19485 #, no-wrap
19486 msgid "FLAGS <``string``>"
19487 msgstr ""
19488
19489 #. type: Plain text
19490 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168
19491 msgid "Flags specified when opening the file."
19492 msgstr ""
19493
19494 #. type: Labeled list
19495 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:169
19496 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19497 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19498 msgid "FUID <``number``>"
19499 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19500
19501 #. type: Plain text
19502 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171
19503 msgid "User ID number of the file's owner."
19504 msgstr ""
19505
19506 #. type: Labeled list
19507 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:172
19508 #, no-wrap
19509 msgid "INET.LADDR <``string``>"
19510 msgstr ""
19511
19512 #. type: Plain text
19513 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:174
19514 msgid "Local IP address."
19515 msgstr ""
19516
19517 #. type: Labeled list
19518 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:175
19519 #, no-wrap
19520 msgid "INET.RADDR <``string``>"
19521 msgstr ""
19522
19523 #. type: Plain text
19524 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177
19525 msgid "Remote IP address."
19526 msgstr ""
19527
19528 #. type: Labeled list
19529 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:178
19530 #, no-wrap
19531 msgid "INET6.LADDR <``string``>"
19532 msgstr ""
19533
19534 #. type: Plain text
19535 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180
19536 msgid "Local IP6 address."
19537 msgstr ""
19538
19539 #. type: Labeled list
19540 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181
19541 #, no-wrap
19542 msgid "INET6.RADDR <``string``>"
19543 msgstr ""
19544
19545 #. type: Plain text
19546 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183
19547 msgid "Remote IP6 address."
19548 msgstr ""
19549
19550 #. type: Labeled list
19551 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:184
19552 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19553 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19554 msgid "INODE <``number``>"
19555 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19556
19557 #. type: Plain text
19558 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:186
19559 #, fuzzy
19560 #| msgid "*--nice* _number_"
19561 msgid "Inode number."
19562 msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"
19563
19564 #. type: Labeled list
19565 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:187
19566 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19567 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19568 msgid "KNAME <``string``>"
19569 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19570
19571 #
19572 #
19573 #
19574 #
19575 #.  It seems that the manpage backend of asciidoctor has limitations
19576 #.  about emitting text with nested face specifications like:
19577 #.    `_u_` p
19578 #.  Not only u but also p is decorated with underline.
19579 #. type: Plain text
19580 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198
19581 msgid ""
19582 "Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/"
19583 "``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_."
19584 msgstr ""
19585
19586 #. type: Labeled list
19587 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:199
19588 #, no-wrap
19589 msgid "KTHREAD <``boolean``>"
19590 msgstr ""
19591
19592 #. type: Plain text
19593 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201
19594 msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not."
19595 msgstr ""
19596
19597 #. type: Labeled list
19598 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:202
19599 #, no-wrap
19600 msgid "MAJ:MIN <``string``>"
19601 msgstr ""
19602
19603 #. type: Plain text
19604 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204
19605 msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file."
19606 msgstr ""
19607
19608 #. type: Labeled list
19609 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:205
19610 #, no-wrap
19611 msgid "MAPLEN <``number``>"
19612 msgstr ""
19613
19614 #. type: Plain text
19615 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207
19616 msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)."
19617 msgstr ""
19618
19619 #. type: Labeled list
19620 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:208
19621 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19622 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19623 msgid "MISCDEV <``string``>"
19624 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19625
19626 #. type: Plain text
19627 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:210
19628 msgid "Misc character device name resolved by `/proc/misc`."
19629 msgstr ""
19630
19631 #. type: Labeled list
19632 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:211
19633 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19634 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19635 msgid "MNTID <``number``>"
19636 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19637
19638 #. type: Plain text
19639 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213
19640 msgid "Mount ID."
19641 msgstr ""
19642
19643 #. type: Labeled list
19644 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:214
19645 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19646 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19647 msgid "MODE <``string``>"
19648 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19649
19650 #. type: Plain text
19651 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:216
19652 msgid "Access mode (rwx)."
19653 msgstr ""
19654
19655 #. type: Labeled list
19656 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:217
19657 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19658 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19659 msgid "NAME <``string``>"
19660 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19661
19662 #. type: Plain text
19663 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219
19664 msgid "Cooked version of KNAME. It is mostly same as KNAME."
19665 msgstr ""
19666
19667 #. type: Plain text
19668 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:221
19669 msgid "Some files have special formats and information sources:"
19670 msgstr ""
19671
19672 #. type: Labeled list
19673 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:222
19674 #, no-wrap
19675 msgid "NETLINK"
19676 msgstr ""
19677
19678 #. type: Plain text
19679 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:224
19680 msgid ""
19681 "protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]"
19682 msgstr ""
19683
19684 #. type: Labeled list
19685 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:225
19686 #, no-wrap
19687 msgid "PACKET"
19688 msgstr ""
19689
19690 #. type: Plain text
19691 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227
19692 msgid "type=_SOCK.TYPE_[ protocol=_PACKET.PROTOCOL_][ iface=_PACKET.IFACE_]"
19693 msgstr ""
19694
19695 #. type: Labeled list
19696 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:228
19697 #, no-wrap
19698 msgid "pidfd"
19699 msgstr ""
19700
19701 #. type: Plain text
19702 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:230
19703 msgid "pid=_TARGET-PID_ comm=_TARGET-COMMAND_ nspid=_TARGET-NSPIDS_"
19704 msgstr ""
19705
19706 #. type: Plain text
19707 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:233
19708 #, no-wrap
19709 msgid ""
19710 "*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from\n"
19711 "``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_.\n"
19712 msgstr ""
19713
19714 #. type: Labeled list
19715 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:234
19716 #, no-wrap
19717 msgid "PING"
19718 msgstr ""
19719
19720 #. type: Plain text
19721 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:236
19722 msgid ""
19723 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]"
19724 msgstr ""
19725
19726 #. type: Labeled list
19727 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:237
19728 #, no-wrap
19729 msgid "PINGv6"
19730 msgstr ""
19731
19732 #. type: Plain text
19733 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:239
19734 msgid ""
19735 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6."
19736 "RADDR_]]"
19737 msgstr ""
19738
19739 #. type: Labeled list
19740 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:240
19741 #, no-wrap
19742 msgid "RAW"
19743 msgstr "RAW"
19744
19745 #. type: Plain text
19746 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:242
19747 msgid ""
19748 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ "
19749 "[ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]"
19750 msgstr ""
19751
19752 #. type: Labeled list
19753 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:243
19754 #, no-wrap
19755 msgid "RAWv6"
19756 msgstr ""
19757
19758 #. type: Plain text
19759 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:245
19760 msgid ""
19761 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ "
19762 "[ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]"
19763 msgstr ""
19764
19765 #. type: Labeled list
19766 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:246
19767 #, no-wrap
19768 msgid "TCP"
19769 msgstr ""
19770
19771 #. type: Labeled list
19772 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:247
19773 #, no-wrap
19774 msgid "TCPv6"
19775 msgstr ""
19776
19777 #. type: Plain text
19778 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249
19779 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_TCP.LADDR_ [ raddr=_TCP.RADDR_]]"
19780 msgstr ""
19781
19782 #. type: Labeled list
19783 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:250
19784 #, no-wrap
19785 msgid "UDP"
19786 msgstr ""
19787
19788 #. type: Labeled list
19789 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:251
19790 #, no-wrap
19791 msgid "UDPv6"
19792 msgstr ""
19793
19794 #. type: Plain text
19795 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:253
19796 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_UDP.LADDR_ [ raddr=_UDP.RADDR_]]"
19797 msgstr ""
19798
19799 #. type: Plain text
19800 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:255
19801 #, no-wrap
19802 msgid "*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0.\n"
19803 msgstr ""
19804
19805 #. type: Labeled list
19806 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:256
19807 #, no-wrap
19808 msgid "UDP-LITE"
19809 msgstr ""
19810
19811 #. type: Labeled list
19812 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257
19813 #, no-wrap
19814 msgid "UDPLITEv6"
19815 msgstr ""
19816
19817 #. type: Plain text
19818 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:259
19819 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_UDPLITE.LADDR_ [ raddr=_UDPLITE.RADDR_]]"
19820 msgstr ""
19821
19822 #. type: Labeled list
19823 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:260
19824 #, no-wrap
19825 msgid "UNIX-STREAM"
19826 msgstr ""
19827
19828 #. type: Plain text
19829 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:262
19830 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ path=_UNIX.PATH_]"
19831 msgstr ""
19832
19833 #. type: Labeled list
19834 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263
19835 #, no-wrap
19836 msgid "UNIX"
19837 msgstr ""
19838
19839 #. type: Plain text
19840 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:265
19841 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ path=_UNIX.PATH_] type=_SOCK.TYPE_"
19842 msgstr ""
19843
19844 #. type: Labeled list
19845 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266
19846 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19847 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19848 msgid "NETLINK.GROUPS <``number``>>"
19849 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19850
19851 #. type: Plain text
19852 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:268
19853 msgid "Netlink multicast groups."
19854 msgstr ""
19855
19856 #. type: Labeled list
19857 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:269
19858 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19859 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19860 msgid "NETLINK.LPORT <``number``>>"
19861 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19862
19863 #. type: Plain text
19864 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271
19865 msgid "Netlink local port id."
19866 msgstr ""
19867
19868 #. type: Labeled list
19869 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272
19870 #, no-wrap
19871 msgid "NETLINK.PROTOCOL <``string``>>"
19872 msgstr ""
19873
19874 #. type: Plain text
19875 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274
19876 msgid "Netlink protocol."
19877 msgstr ""
19878
19879 #. type: Labeled list
19880 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275
19881 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19882 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19883 msgid "NLINK <``number``>"
19884 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19885
19886 #. type: Plain text
19887 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277
19888 msgid "Link count."
19889 msgstr ""
19890
19891 #. type: Labeled list
19892 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278
19893 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19894 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19895 msgid "NS.NAME <``string``>"
19896 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19897
19898 #. type: Plain text
19899 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280
19900 msgid "Name (_NS.TYPE_:[_INODE_]) of the namespace specified with the file."
19901 msgstr ""
19902
19903 #. type: Labeled list
19904 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281
19905 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19906 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
19907 msgid "NS.TYPE <``string``>"
19908 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
19909
19910 #. type: Plain text
19911 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:285
19912 msgid ""
19913 "Type of the namespace specified with the file.  The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, "
19914 "`uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`."
19915 msgstr ""
19916
19917 #. type: Labeled list
19918 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286
19919 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19920 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19921 msgid "OWNER <``string``>"
19922 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19923
19924 #. type: Plain text
19925 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:288
19926 #, fuzzy
19927 #| msgid "Size of the locked file."
19928 msgid "Owner of the file."
19929 msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
19930
19931 #. type: Labeled list
19932 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289
19933 #, no-wrap
19934 msgid "PACKET.IFACE <``string``>"
19935 msgstr ""
19936
19937 #. type: Plain text
19938 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:291
19939 msgid "Interface name associated with the packet socket."
19940 msgstr ""
19941
19942 #. type: Labeled list
19943 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292
19944 #, no-wrap
19945 msgid "PACKET.PROTOCOL <``string``>"
19946 msgstr ""
19947
19948 #. type: Plain text
19949 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:294
19950 msgid "L3 protocol associated with the packet socket."
19951 msgstr ""
19952
19953 #. type: Labeled list
19954 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295
19955 #, no-wrap
19956 msgid "PARTITION <``string``>"
19957 msgstr ""
19958
19959 #. type: Plain text
19960 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:297
19961 msgid "Block device name resolved by `/proc/partition`."
19962 msgstr ""
19963
19964 #. type: Labeled list
19965 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298
19966 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19967 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19968 msgid "PID <``number``>"
19969 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19970
19971 #. type: Plain text
19972 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:300
19973 #, fuzzy
19974 #| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
19975 msgid "PID of the process opening the file."
19976 msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."
19977
19978 #. type: Labeled list
19979 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301
19980 #, no-wrap
19981 msgid "PIDFD.COMM <``string``>"
19982 msgstr ""
19983
19984 #. type: Plain text
19985 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:303
19986 #, fuzzy
19987 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
19988 msgid "Command of the process targeted by the pidfd."
19989 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
19990
19991 #. type: Labeled list
19992 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304
19993 #, no-wrap
19994 msgid "PIDFD.NSPID <``string``>"
19995 msgstr ""
19996
19997 #. type: Plain text
19998 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:306
19999 msgid "Value of NSpid field in ``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_ of the pidfd."
20000 msgstr ""
20001
20002 #. type: Plain text
20003 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308
20004 msgid "Quoted from kernel/fork.c of Linux source tree:"
20005 msgstr ""
20006
20007 #. type: delimited block _
20008 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:314
20009 msgid ""
20010 "If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid "
20011 "of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from "
20012 "the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first "
20013 "entry in the NSpid field will be identical."
20014 msgstr ""
20015
20016 #. type: delimited block _
20017 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:318
20018 msgid ""
20019 "Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc/<pid>/status "
20020 "where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the "
20021 "procfs instance."
20022 msgstr ""
20023
20024 #. type: Labeled list
20025 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:320
20026 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20027 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20028 msgid "PIDFD.PID <``number``>"
20029 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20030
20031 #. type: Plain text
20032 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:322
20033 #, fuzzy
20034 #| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
20035 msgid "PID of the process targeted by the pidfd."
20036 msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."
20037
20038 #. type: Labeled list
20039 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:323
20040 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20041 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20042 msgid "PING.ID <`number`>"
20043 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20044
20045 #. type: Plain text
20046 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:325
20047 msgid "ICMP echo request id used on the PING socket."
20048 msgstr ""
20049
20050 #. type: Labeled list
20051 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:326
20052 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20053 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20054 msgid "POS <``number``>"
20055 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20056
20057 #. type: Plain text
20058 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:328
20059 msgid "File position."
20060 msgstr ""
20061
20062 #. type: Labeled list
20063 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:329
20064 #, no-wrap
20065 msgid "RAW.PROTOCOL <``number``>"
20066 msgstr ""
20067
20068 #. type: Plain text
20069 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:331
20070 msgid "Protocol number of the raw socket."
20071 msgstr ""
20072
20073 #. type: Labeled list
20074 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:332
20075 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20076 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20077 msgid "RDEV <``string``>"
20078 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20079
20080 #. type: Plain text
20081 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:334
20082 msgid "Device ID (if special file)."
20083 msgstr ""
20084
20085 #. type: Labeled list
20086 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:335
20087 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20088 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20089 msgid "SIZE <``number``>"
20090 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20091
20092 #. type: Plain text
20093 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:337
20094 #, fuzzy
20095 #| msgid "Maximum file size."
20096 msgid "File size."
20097 msgstr "Taille maximale de fichier."
20098
20099 #. type: Labeled list
20100 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:338
20101 #, no-wrap
20102 msgid "SOCK.LISTENING <``boolean``>"
20103 msgstr ""
20104
20105 #. type: Plain text
20106 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:340
20107 msgid "Listening socket."
20108 msgstr ""
20109
20110 #. type: Labeled list
20111 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:341
20112 #, no-wrap
20113 msgid "SOCK.NETS <``number``>"
20114 msgstr ""
20115
20116 #. type: Plain text
20117 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:343
20118 msgid "Inode identifying network namespace where the socket belongs to."
20119 msgstr ""
20120
20121 #. type: Labeled list
20122 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:344
20123 #, no-wrap
20124 msgid "SOCK.PROTONAME <``string``>"
20125 msgstr ""
20126
20127 #. type: Plain text
20128 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:346
20129 #, fuzzy
20130 #| msgid "GPT partition name."
20131 msgid "Protocol name."
20132 msgstr "Nom de partition GPT."
20133
20134 #. type: Labeled list
20135 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:347
20136 #, no-wrap
20137 msgid "SOCK.STATE <``string``>"
20138 msgstr ""
20139
20140 #. type: Plain text
20141 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:349
20142 msgid "State of socket."
20143 msgstr ""
20144
20145 #. type: Labeled list
20146 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:350
20147 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20148 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20149 msgid "SOCK.TYPE <``string``>"
20150 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20151
20152 #. type: Plain text
20153 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:353
20154 msgid ""
20155 "Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:"
20156 msgstr ""
20157
20158 #. type: Plain text
20159 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:355
20160 msgid "stream"
20161 msgstr ""
20162
20163 #. type: Plain text
20164 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:356
20165 msgid "dgram"
20166 msgstr ""
20167
20168 #. type: Plain text
20169 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:357
20170 #, fuzzy
20171 #| msgid "raw(8)"
20172 msgid "raw"
20173 msgstr "raw(8)"
20174
20175 #. type: Plain text
20176 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:358
20177 msgid "rdm"
20178 msgstr ""
20179
20180 #. type: Plain text
20181 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:359
20182 msgid "seqpacket"
20183 msgstr ""
20184
20185 #. type: Plain text
20186 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:360
20187 msgid "dccp"
20188 msgstr ""
20189
20190 #. type: Plain text
20191 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:361
20192 msgid "packet"
20193 msgstr ""
20194
20195 #. type: Labeled list
20196 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:362
20197 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20198 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20199 msgid "SOURCE <``string``>"
20200 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20201
20202 #. type: Plain text
20203 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:364
20204 msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file."
20205 msgstr ""
20206
20207 #. type: Labeled list
20208 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:365
20209 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20210 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20211 msgid "STTYPE <``string``>"
20212 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20213
20214 #. type: Plain text
20215 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:367
20216 msgid ""
20217 "Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, "
20218 "SOCK, or UNKN."
20219 msgstr ""
20220
20221 #. type: Labeled list
20222 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:368
20223 #, no-wrap
20224 msgid "TCP.LADDR <``string``>"
20225 msgstr ""
20226
20227 #. type: Plain text
20228 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:370
20229 msgid "Local L3 (INET.LADDR or INET6.LADDR) address and local TCP port."
20230 msgstr ""
20231
20232 #. type: Labeled list
20233 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:371
20234 #, no-wrap
20235 msgid "TCP.LPORT <``integer``>"
20236 msgstr ""
20237
20238 #. type: Plain text
20239 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:373
20240 msgid "Local TCP port."
20241 msgstr ""
20242
20243 #. type: Labeled list
20244 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:374
20245 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20246 #| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
20247 msgid "TCP.RADDR <``string``>"
20248 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
20249
20250 #. type: Plain text
20251 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:376
20252 msgid "Remote L3 (INET.RADDR or INET6.RADDR) address and remote TCP port."
20253 msgstr ""
20254
20255 #. type: Labeled list
20256 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:377
20257 #, no-wrap
20258 msgid "TCP.RPORT <``integer``>"
20259 msgstr ""
20260
20261 #. type: Plain text
20262 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:379
20263 msgid "Remote TCP port."
20264 msgstr ""
20265
20266 #. type: Labeled list
20267 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380
20268 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20269 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20270 msgid "TID <``number``>"
20271 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20272
20273 #. type: Plain text
20274 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:382
20275 #, fuzzy
20276 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
20277 msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file."
20278 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
20279
20280 #. type: Labeled list
20281 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383
20282 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20283 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20284 msgid "TYPE <``string``>"
20285 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20286
20287 #. type: Plain text
20288 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:387
20289 msgid ""
20290 "Cooked version of STTYPE. It is same as STTYPE with exceptions.  For SOCK, "
20291 "print the value for SOCK.PROTONAME.  For UNKN, print the value for "
20292 "AINODECLASS if SOURCE is anon_inodefs."
20293 msgstr ""
20294
20295 #. type: Labeled list
20296 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:388
20297 #, no-wrap
20298 msgid "UDP.LADDR <``string``>"
20299 msgstr ""
20300
20301 #. type: Plain text
20302 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390
20303 msgid "Local IP address and local UDP port."
20304 msgstr ""
20305
20306 #. type: Labeled list
20307 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:391
20308 #, no-wrap
20309 msgid "UDP.LPORT <``integer``>"
20310 msgstr ""
20311
20312 #. type: Plain text
20313 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:393 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:405
20314 msgid "Local UDP port."
20315 msgstr ""
20316
20317 #. type: Labeled list
20318 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:394
20319 #, no-wrap
20320 msgid "UDP.RADDR <``string``>"
20321 msgstr ""
20322
20323 #. type: Plain text
20324 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:396
20325 msgid "Remote IP address and remote UDP port."
20326 msgstr ""
20327
20328 #. type: Labeled list
20329 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:397
20330 #, no-wrap
20331 msgid "UDP.RPORT <``integer``>"
20332 msgstr ""
20333
20334 #. type: Plain text
20335 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:399 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:411
20336 msgid "Remote UDP port."
20337 msgstr ""
20338
20339 #. type: Labeled list
20340 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400
20341 #, no-wrap
20342 msgid "UDPLITE.LADDR <``string``>"
20343 msgstr ""
20344
20345 #. type: Plain text
20346 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:402
20347 msgid "Local IP address and local UDPLite port."
20348 msgstr ""
20349
20350 #. type: Labeled list
20351 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:403
20352 #, no-wrap
20353 msgid "UDPLITE.LPORT <``integer``>"
20354 msgstr ""
20355
20356 #. type: Labeled list
20357 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:406
20358 #, no-wrap
20359 msgid "UDPLITE.RADDR <``string``>"
20360 msgstr ""
20361
20362 #. type: Plain text
20363 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:408
20364 msgid "Remote IP address and remote UDPLite port."
20365 msgstr ""
20366
20367 #. type: Labeled list
20368 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:409
20369 #, no-wrap
20370 msgid "UDPLITE.RPORT <``integer``>"
20371 msgstr ""
20372
20373 #. type: Labeled list
20374 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412
20375 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20376 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20377 msgid "UID <``number``>"
20378 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20379
20380 #. type: Plain text
20381 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:414
20382 msgid "User ID number."
20383 msgstr ""
20384
20385 #. type: Labeled list
20386 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:415
20387 #, no-wrap
20388 msgid "UNIX.PATH <``string``>"
20389 msgstr ""
20390
20391 #. type: Plain text
20392 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:417
20393 msgid "Filesystem pathname for UNIX domain socket."
20394 msgstr ""
20395
20396 #. type: Labeled list
20397 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:418
20398 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20399 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20400 msgid "USER <``string``>"
20401 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20402
20403 #. type: Plain text
20404 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:420
20405 msgid "User of the process."
20406 msgstr ""
20407
20408 #. type: Title ==
20409 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:421
20410 #, no-wrap
20411 msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION"
20412 msgstr ""
20413
20414 #. type: Plain text
20415 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:426
20416 #, no-wrap
20417 msgid ""
20418 "*lsfd* evaluates the expression passed to *--filter* option every time\n"
20419 "before printing a file line. *lsfd* prints the line only if the result\n"
20420 "of evaluation is `true`.\n"
20421 msgstr ""
20422
20423 #. type: Plain text
20424 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:432
20425 msgid ""
20426 "An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: "
20427 "`DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && "
20428 "DELETED`.  `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example.  "
20429 "`1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals.  `==` and `&&` are operators."
20430 msgstr ""
20431
20432 #. type: Plain text
20433 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440
20434 msgid ""
20435 "Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression "
20436 "with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: "
20437 "`boolean`, `string`, and `number`.  For columns with a `boolean` type, the "
20438 "value can be stand-alone.  For `string` and `number` values, the value must "
20439 "be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See *OUTPUT "
20440 "COLUMNS* about the types of columns."
20441 msgstr ""
20442
20443 #. type: Plain text
20444 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:443
20445 msgid ""
20446 "Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and "
20447 "NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax."
20448 msgstr ""
20449
20450 #. type: Plain text
20451 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:447
20452 msgid ""
20453 "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation "
20454 "about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an "
20455 "operator causes a syntax error."
20456 msgstr ""
20457
20458 #. type: Plain text
20459 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:451
20460 msgid ""
20461 "Operators taking two operands are `and`, `or`, `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `lt`, `ge`, "
20462 "`gt`, `=~`, `!~`.  Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored "
20463 "aliases: `&&`, `||`, `==`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>=`, and `>`."
20464 msgstr ""
20465
20466 #. type: Plain text
20467 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:453
20468 msgid "`!` is the only operator that takes one operand."
20469 msgstr ""
20470
20471 #. type: Plain text
20472 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:456
20473 msgid ""
20474 "`eq`, `ne`, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type.  "
20475 "Applying these operators return a `boolean`."
20476 msgstr ""
20477
20478 #. type: Plain text
20479 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:459
20480 msgid ""
20481 "`and`, `or`, `not` and their aliases expect operands have `boolean` data "
20482 "type. Applying these operators return a `boolean`."
20483 msgstr ""
20484
20485 #. type: Plain text
20486 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:462
20487 msgid ""
20488 "`lt`, `le`, `gt`, `ge`, and their aliases expect operands have `number` data "
20489 "types. Applying these operators return a `boolean`."
20490 msgstr ""
20491
20492 #. type: Plain text
20493 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:467
20494 msgid ""
20495 "`=~` is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side "
20496 "matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true.  The "
20497 "right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax."
20498 msgstr ""
20499
20500 #. type: Plain text
20501 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:470
20502 msgid ""
20503 "`!~` is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of "
20504 "`=~`."
20505 msgstr ""
20506
20507 #. type: Title ===
20508 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:471
20509 #, no-wrap
20510 msgid "Limitations"
20511 msgstr ""
20512
20513 #. type: Plain text
20514 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:476
20515 msgid ""
20516 "The current implementation does not define precedences within operators.  "
20517 "Use `(` and `)` explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your "
20518 "expression uses more than two operators."
20519 msgstr ""
20520
20521 #. type: Plain text
20522 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:479
20523 msgid ""
20524 "About `number` typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative "
20525 "integers."
20526 msgstr ""
20527
20528 #. type: Title ===
20529 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:480
20530 #, no-wrap
20531 msgid "Semi-formal syntax"
20532 msgstr ""
20533
20534 #. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <``variables``>.
20535 #. type: Labeled list
20536 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:483
20537 #, no-wrap
20538 msgid "EXPR "
20539 msgstr ""
20540
20541 #. type: Plain text
20542 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:484
20543 msgid "BOOLEXP"
20544 msgstr ""
20545
20546 #. type: Labeled list
20547 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:485
20548 #, no-wrap
20549 msgid "BOOLEXP0 "
20550 msgstr ""
20551
20552 #. type: Plain text
20553 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:486
20554 msgid "COLUMN <``boolean``> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_"
20555 msgstr ""
20556
20557 #. type: Labeled list
20558 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:487
20559 #, no-wrap
20560 msgid "BOOLEXP "
20561 msgstr ""
20562
20563 #. type: Plain text
20564 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:488
20565 msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG"
20566 msgstr ""
20567
20568 #. type: Labeled list
20569 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:489
20570 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20571 #| msgid "*COLUMNS*"
20572 msgid "COLUMN "
20573 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
20574
20575 #. type: Plain text
20576 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:490
20577 msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*"
20578 msgstr ""
20579
20580 #. type: Labeled list
20581 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:491
20582 #, no-wrap
20583 msgid "BOOLOP1 "
20584 msgstr ""
20585
20586 #. type: Plain text
20587 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:492
20588 msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0"
20589 msgstr ""
20590
20591 #. type: Labeled list
20592 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:493
20593 #, no-wrap
20594 msgid "STREXP "
20595 msgstr ""
20596
20597 #. type: Plain text
20598 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:494
20599 msgid "COLUMN <``string``> | STRLIT"
20600 msgstr ""
20601
20602 #. type: Labeled list
20603 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:495
20604 #, no-wrap
20605 msgid "NUMEXP "
20606 msgstr ""
20607
20608 #. type: Plain text
20609 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:496
20610 msgid "COLUMN <``number``> | NUMLIT"
20611 msgstr ""
20612
20613 #. type: Labeled list
20614 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:497
20615 #, no-wrap
20616 msgid "BOOLLIT "
20617 msgstr ""
20618
20619 #. type: Plain text
20620 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:498
20621 msgid "_true_ | _false_"
20622 msgstr ""
20623
20624 #. type: Labeled list
20625 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:499
20626 #, no-wrap
20627 msgid "CHARS  "
20628 msgstr ""
20629
20630 #. type: Plain text
20631 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:500
20632 msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*"
20633 msgstr ""
20634
20635 #. type: Labeled list
20636 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:501
20637 #, no-wrap
20638 msgid "STRLIT "
20639 msgstr ""
20640
20641 #. type: Plain text
20642 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:502
20643 msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_"
20644 msgstr ""
20645
20646 #. type: Labeled list
20647 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:503
20648 #, no-wrap
20649 msgid "NUMLIT "
20650 msgstr ""
20651
20652 #. type: Plain text
20653 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:504
20654 msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_"
20655 msgstr ""
20656
20657 #. type: Labeled list
20658 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:505
20659 #, no-wrap
20660 msgid "BOOLOP2 "
20661 msgstr ""
20662
20663 #. type: Plain text
20664 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:506
20665 msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0"
20666 msgstr ""
20667
20668 #. type: Labeled list
20669 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:507
20670 #, no-wrap
20671 msgid "OP2   "
20672 msgstr ""
20673
20674 #. type: Plain text
20675 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:508
20676 msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_"
20677 msgstr ""
20678
20679 #. type: Labeled list
20680 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:509
20681 #, no-wrap
20682 msgid "BOOLOP2BL "
20683 msgstr ""
20684
20685 #. type: Plain text
20686 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:510
20687 msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0"
20688 msgstr ""
20689
20690 #. type: Labeled list
20691 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:511
20692 #, no-wrap
20693 msgid "OP2BL "
20694 msgstr ""
20695
20696 #. type: Plain text
20697 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:512
20698 msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_"
20699 msgstr ""
20700
20701 #. type: Labeled list
20702 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:513
20703 #, no-wrap
20704 msgid "BOOLOP2CMP "
20705 msgstr ""
20706
20707 #. type: Plain text
20708 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:514
20709 msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP"
20710 msgstr ""
20711
20712 #. type: Labeled list
20713 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:515
20714 #, no-wrap
20715 msgid "OP2CMP "
20716 msgstr ""
20717
20718 #. type: Plain text
20719 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:516
20720 msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_"
20721 msgstr ""
20722
20723 #. type: Labeled list
20724 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:517
20725 #, no-wrap
20726 msgid "BOOLOP2REG "
20727 msgstr ""
20728
20729 #. type: Plain text
20730 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:518
20731 msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT"
20732 msgstr ""
20733
20734 #. type: Labeled list
20735 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:519
20736 #, no-wrap
20737 msgid "OP2REG "
20738 msgstr ""
20739
20740 #. type: Plain text
20741 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:520
20742 msgid "_=~_ | _!~_"
20743 msgstr ""
20744
20745 #. type: Title ==
20746 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:521
20747 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20748 #| msgid "EXAMPLES"
20749 msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES"
20750 msgstr "EXEMPLES"
20751
20752 #. type: Plain text
20753 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:526
20754 #, no-wrap
20755 msgid ""
20756 "*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should\n"
20757 "know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option.  Combined with *-o* (or\n"
20758 "*--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want.\n"
20759 msgstr ""
20760
20761 #. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end!
20762 #. type: Labeled list
20763 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:528
20764 #, no-wrap
20765 msgid "List files associated with PID 1 and PID 2 processes: "
20766 msgstr ""
20767
20768 #. type: delimited block .
20769 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:531
20770 #, no-wrap
20771 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) or (PID == 2)'\n"
20772 msgstr ""
20773
20774 #. type: Labeled list
20775 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:533 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:558
20776 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:568
20777 #, no-wrap
20778 msgid "Do the same in an alternative way: "
20779 msgstr ""
20780
20781 #. type: delimited block .
20782 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:536
20783 #, no-wrap
20784 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) || (PID == 2)'\n"
20785 msgstr ""
20786
20787 #. type: Labeled list
20788 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:538
20789 #, no-wrap
20790 msgid "Do the same in a more efficient way: "
20791 msgstr ""
20792
20793 #. type: delimited block .
20794 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:541
20795 #, no-wrap
20796 msgid "# lsfd --pid 1,2\n"
20797 msgstr ""
20798
20799 #. type: Labeled list
20800 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:543
20801 #, no-wrap
20802 msgid "Whitescapes can be used instead of a comma: "
20803 msgstr ""
20804
20805 #. type: delimited block .
20806 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:546
20807 #, no-wrap
20808 msgid "# lsfd --pid '1 2'\n"
20809 msgstr ""
20810
20811 #. type: Labeled list
20812 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:548
20813 #, no-wrap
20814 msgid "Utilize *pidof*(1) for list the files associated with \"firefox\": "
20815 msgstr ""
20816
20817 #. type: delimited block .
20818 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:551
20819 #, no-wrap
20820 msgid "# lsfd --pid \"$(pidof firefox)\"\n"
20821 msgstr ""
20822
20823 #. type: Labeled list
20824 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:553
20825 #, no-wrap
20826 msgid "List the 1st file descriptor opened by PID 1 process: "
20827 msgstr ""
20828
20829 #. type: delimited block .
20830 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:556
20831 #, no-wrap
20832 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) and (FD == 1)'\n"
20833 msgstr ""
20834
20835 #. type: delimited block .
20836 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:561
20837 #, no-wrap
20838 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) && (FD == 1)'\n"
20839 msgstr ""
20840
20841 #. type: Labeled list
20842 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:563
20843 #, no-wrap
20844 msgid "List all running executables: "
20845 msgstr ""
20846
20847 #. type: delimited block .
20848 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:566
20849 #, no-wrap
20850 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC == \"exe\"'\n"
20851 msgstr ""
20852
20853 #. type: delimited block .
20854 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:571
20855 #, no-wrap
20856 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"'\n"
20857 msgstr ""
20858
20859 #. type: Labeled list
20860 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:573
20861 #, no-wrap
20862 msgid "Do the same but print only file names: "
20863 msgstr ""
20864
20865 #. type: delimited block .
20866 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:576
20867 #, no-wrap
20868 msgid "# lsfd -o NAME -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"' | sort -u\n"
20869 msgstr ""
20870
20871 #. type: Labeled list
20872 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:578
20873 #, no-wrap
20874 msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: "
20875 msgstr ""
20876
20877 #. type: delimited block .
20878 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:581
20879 #, no-wrap
20880 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n"
20881 msgstr ""
20882
20883 #. type: Labeled list
20884 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:583
20885 #, no-wrap
20886 msgid "List non-regular files: "
20887 msgstr ""
20888
20889 #. type: delimited block .
20890 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:586
20891 #, no-wrap
20892 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n"
20893 msgstr ""
20894
20895 #. type: Labeled list
20896 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:588
20897 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20898 #| msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
20899 msgid "List block devices: "
20900 msgstr "lsblk - Afficher les périphériques bloc"
20901
20902 #. type: delimited block .
20903 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:591
20904 #, no-wrap
20905 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n"
20906 msgstr ""
20907
20908 #. type: Labeled list
20909 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:593
20910 #, no-wrap
20911 msgid "Do the same with TYPE column: "
20912 msgstr ""
20913
20914 #. type: delimited block .
20915 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:596
20916 #, no-wrap
20917 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n"
20918 msgstr ""
20919
20920 #. type: Labeled list
20921 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:598
20922 #, no-wrap
20923 msgid "List files including \"dconf\" directory in their names: "
20924 msgstr ""
20925
20926 #. type: delimited block .
20927 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:601
20928 #, no-wrap
20929 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n"
20930 msgstr ""
20931
20932 #. type: Labeled list
20933 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:603
20934 #, no-wrap
20935 msgid "List files opened in a QEMU virtual machine: "
20936 msgstr ""
20937
20938 #. type: delimited block .
20939 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:606
20940 #, no-wrap
20941 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n"
20942 msgstr ""
20943
20944 #. type: Labeled list
20945 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:608
20946 #, no-wrap
20947 msgid "Hide files associated to kernel threads: "
20948 msgstr ""
20949
20950 #. type: delimited block .
20951 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:611
20952 #, no-wrap
20953 msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n"
20954 msgstr ""
20955
20956 #. type: Title ==
20957 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:613
20958 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20959 #| msgid "EXAMPLES"
20960 msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES"
20961 msgstr "EXEMPLES"
20962
20963 #. type: Labeled list
20964 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:615
20965 #, no-wrap
20966 msgid "Report the numbers of netlink socket descriptors and unix socket descriptors: "
20967 msgstr ""
20968
20969 #. type: delimited block .
20970 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:623
20971 #, no-wrap
20972 msgid ""
20973 "# lsfd --summary=only \\\n"
20974 "\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
20975 "\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
20976 "VALUE COUNTER\n"
20977 "   57 netlink sockets\n"
20978 " 1552 unix sockets\n"
20979 msgstr ""
20980
20981 #. type: Labeled list
20982 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:625
20983 #, no-wrap
20984 msgid "Do the same but print in JSON format: "
20985 msgstr ""
20986
20987 #. type: delimited block .
20988 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:641
20989 #, no-wrap
20990 msgid ""
20991 "# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n"
20992 "\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
20993 "\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
20994 "{\n"
20995 "   \"lsfd-summary\": [\n"
20996 "      {\n"
20997 "\t \"value\": 15,\n"
20998 "\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n"
20999 "      },{\n"
21000 "\t \"value\": 798,\n"
21001 "\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n"
21002 "      }\n"
21003 "   ]\n"
21004 "}\n"
21005 msgstr ""
21006
21007 #. type: Plain text
21008 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:647
21009 #, fuzzy
21010 #| msgid ""
21011 #| "The sfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
21012 #| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
21013 msgid "The *lsfd* command is part of the util-linux package since v2.38."
21014 msgstr ""
21015 "La commande B<sfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
21016 "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
21017
21018 #. type: Plain text
21019 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:652
21020 #, fuzzy
21021 #| msgid ""
21022 #| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21023 msgid ""
21024 "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21025 msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21026
21027 #. type: Plain text
21028 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:660
21029 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21030 #| msgid ""
21031 #| "*login*(1),\n"
21032 #| "*group*(5)\n"
21033 msgid ""
21034 "*lsof*(8)\n"
21035 "*pidof*(1)\n"
21036 "*proc*(5)\n"
21037 "*socket*(2)\n"
21038 "*stat*(2)\n"
21039 msgstr ""
21040 "*login*(1),\n"
21041 "*group*(5)\n"
21042
21043 #. Man page for the lslocks command.
21044 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
21045 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
21046 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
21047 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
21048 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
21049 #. type: Title =
21050 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12
21051 #, no-wrap
21052 msgid "lslocks(8)"
21053 msgstr "lslocks(8)"
21054
21055 #. type: Plain text
21056 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23
21057 msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
21058 msgstr "lslocks - Afficher les verrous système locaux"
21059
21060 #. type: Plain text
21061 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27
21062 #, no-wrap
21063 msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n"
21064 msgstr "*lslocks* [options]\n"
21065
21066 #. type: Plain text
21067 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
21068 #, no-wrap
21069 msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n"
21070 msgstr "*lslocks* affiche des renseignements sur les verrous de fichier actuellement maintenus dans un système Linux.\n"
21071
21072 #. type: Plain text
21073 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33
21074 msgid ""
21075 "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks "
21076 "are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated "
21077 "with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is "
21078 "available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
21079 msgstr ""
21080 "Remarquez que *lslocks* liste aussi les verrous OFD (Open File Description), "
21081 "ceux-ci ne sont associés à aucun processus (PID de -1). Les verrous OFD sont "
21082 "associés aux descripteurs de fichier ouvert pour lesquels ils sont obtenus. "
21083 "Ce type de fichier est disponible depuis Linux 3.15, consultez *fcntl*(2) "
21084 "pour des détails complémentaires."
21085
21086 #. type: Labeled list
21087 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39
21088 #, no-wrap
21089 msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
21090 msgstr "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
21091
21092 #. type: Plain text
21093 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:41
21094 msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
21095 msgstr "Ignorer les fichiers de verrou inaccessibles à l’utilisateur actuel."
21096
21097 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
21098 #. type: Plain text
21099 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52
21100 msgid ""
21101 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
21102 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
21103 msgstr ""
21104 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
21105 "sous la forme _{plus}liste (par exemple, *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
21106
21107 #. type: Labeled list
21108 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25
21109 #, no-wrap
21110 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
21111 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_"
21112
21113 #. type: Plain text
21114 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:59
21115 msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_."
21116 msgstr "N’afficher que les verrous maintenus par le processus avec ce _PID_."
21117
21118 #. type: Plain text
21119 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61
21120 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54
21121 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56
21122 msgid "Use the raw output format."
21123 msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format brut."
21124
21125 #. type: Plain text
21126 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
21127 msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
21128 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
21129
21130 #. type: Labeled list
21131 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:70
21132 #, no-wrap
21133 msgid "COMMAND"
21134 msgstr "COMMAND"
21135
21136 #. type: Plain text
21137 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:72
21138 msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
21139 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
21140
21141 #. type: Labeled list
21142 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:73
21143 #, no-wrap
21144 msgid "PID"
21145 msgstr "PID"
21146
21147 #. type: Plain text
21148 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:75
21149 msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
21150 msgstr ""
21151 "L’identifiant de processus du processus qui détient le verrou ou -1 pour "
21152 "OFDLCK."
21153
21154 #. type: Labeled list
21155 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76
21156 #, no-wrap
21157 msgid "TYPE"
21158 msgstr "TYPE"
21159
21160 #. type: Plain text
21161 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:78
21162 msgid ""
21163 "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created "
21164 "with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
21165 msgstr ""
21166 "Le type de verrou ; il peut être FLOCK (créé avec *flock*(2)), POSIX (créé "
21167 "avec *fcntl*(2) et *lockf*(3)) ou OFDLCK (créé avec *fcntl*(2))."
21168
21169 #. type: Labeled list
21170 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
21171 #, no-wrap
21172 msgid "SIZE"
21173 msgstr "SIZE"
21174
21175 #. type: Plain text
21176 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:81
21177 msgid "Size of the locked file."
21178 msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
21179
21180 #. type: Labeled list
21181 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82
21182 #, no-wrap
21183 msgid "MODE"
21184 msgstr "MODE"
21185
21186 #. type: Plain text
21187 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:84
21188 msgid ""
21189 "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and "
21190 "waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
21191 msgstr ""
21192 "Les droits d’accès (lecture, écriture) du verrou. Si le processus est bloqué "
21193 "en attente du verrou, alors le mode a un « * » (astérisque) en préfixe"
21194
21195 #. type: Labeled list
21196 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85
21197 #, no-wrap
21198 msgid "M"
21199 msgstr "M"
21200
21201 #. type: Plain text
21202 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:87
21203 msgid ""
21204 "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
21205 "advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
21206 msgstr ""
21207 "Si le verrou est obligatoire : 0 signifie non (c’est-à-dire que le verrou "
21208 "n’est que coopératif), 1 signifie oui (consultez *fcntl*(2))."
21209
21210 #. type: Labeled list
21211 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88
21212 #, no-wrap
21213 msgid "START"
21214 msgstr "START"
21215
21216 #. type: Plain text
21217 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:90
21218 msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
21219 msgstr "Position relative en octet du verrou."
21220
21221 #. type: Labeled list
21222 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
21223 #, no-wrap
21224 msgid "END"
21225 msgstr "END"
21226
21227 #. type: Plain text
21228 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:93
21229 msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
21230 msgstr "Position finale du verrou."
21231
21232 #. type: Labeled list
21233 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
21234 #, no-wrap
21235 msgid "PATH"
21236 msgstr "PATH"
21237
21238 #. type: Plain text
21239 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:96
21240 msgid ""
21241 "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
21242 "the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is "
21243 "appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get "
21244 "the full path."
21245 msgstr ""
21246 "Chemin complet du verrou. Si aucun n’est trouvé ou si la lecture du chemin "
21247 "n’est pas permise, le point de montage du périphérique sera utilisé en "
21248 "solution de repli et « ... » est ajouté au chemin. Le chemin pourrait être "
21249 "tronqué ; utilisez *--notruncate* pour obtenir le chemin complet."
21250
21251 #. type: Labeled list
21252 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97
21253 #, no-wrap
21254 msgid "BLOCKER"
21255 msgstr "BLOCKER"
21256
21257 #. type: Plain text
21258 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:99
21259 msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
21260 msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."
21261
21262 #. type: Plain text
21263 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
21264 msgid ""
21265 "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally "
21266 "written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since "
21267 "2001."
21268 msgstr ""
21269 "La commande *lslocks* a pour but de remplacer la commande *lslk*(8), écrite "
21270 "à l’origine par mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] et non maintenue "
21271 "depuis 2001."
21272
21273 #. type: Plain text
21274 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107
21275 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
21276 msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
21277
21278 #. type: Plain text
21279 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:113
21280 #, no-wrap
21281 msgid ""
21282 "*flock*(1),\n"
21283 "*fcntl*(2),\n"
21284 "*lockf*(3)\n"
21285 msgstr ""
21286 "*flock*(1),\n"
21287 "*fcntl*(2),\n"
21288 "*lockf*(3)\n"
21289
21290 #.  mcookie.1 --
21291 #.  Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
21292 #. type: Title =
21293 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4
21294 #, no-wrap
21295 msgid "mcookie(1)"
21296 msgstr "mcookie(1)"
21297
21298 #. type: Plain text
21299 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14
21300 msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth"
21301 msgstr "mcookie - Créer des « cookies magiques » pour xauth"
21302
21303 #. type: Plain text
21304 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18
21305 #, no-wrap
21306 msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n"
21307 msgstr "*mcookie* [options]\n"
21308
21309 #. type: Plain text
21310 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
21311 #, no-wrap
21312 msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n"
21313 msgstr "*mcookie* génère un nombre hexadécimal aléatoire de 128\\ bits qui peut être utilisé avec le système d'authentification de X. Utilisation typique\\ :\n"
21314
21315 #. type: delimited block _
21316 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25
21317 #, no-wrap
21318 msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
21319 msgstr "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
21320
21321 #. type: Plain text
21322 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
21323 msgid ""
21324 "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random "
21325 "information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/"
21326 "urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this "
21327 "preference order. See also the option *--file*."
21328 msgstr ""
21329 "Le nombre « aléatoire » créé est en fait le condensé MD5 d’informations "
21330 "aléatoires provenant d’une des sources : l'appel système *getrandom*(2), _/"
21331 "dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_ ou les _fonctions pseudoaléatoires de libc_, "
21332 "dans cet ordre de préférence. Voir aussi l'option *--file*."
21333
21334 #. type: Plain text
21335 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
21336 msgid ""
21337 "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/"
21338 "urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
21339 msgstr ""
21340 "Utiliser ce _fichier_ comme source supplémentaire d’aléa (par exemple _/dev/"
21341 "urandom_). Si _fichier_ est *-*, les caractères sont lus sur l'entrée "
21342 "standard."
21343
21344 #. type: Labeled list
21345 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34
21346 #, no-wrap
21347 msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_"
21348 msgstr "*-m*, *--max-size* _nombre_"
21349
21350 #. type: Plain text
21351 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
21352 msgid ""
21353 "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be "
21354 "used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
21355 msgstr ""
21356 "Ne lire que _nombre_ octets du _fichier_. Cette option est censée être "
21357 "utilisée lors de la lecture d’un aléa supplémentaire à partir d’un fichier "
21358 "ou périphérique."
21359
21360 #. type: Plain text
21361 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
21362 msgid ""
21363 "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
21364 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the "
21365 "\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
21366 "suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
21367 msgstr ""
21368 "L’argument _nombre_ peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB=1024, "
21369 "MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » "
21370 "est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes "
21371 "KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."
21372
21373 #. type: Plain text
21374 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
21375 msgid ""
21376 "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each "
21377 "source."
21378 msgstr ""
21379 "Informer des sources d’aléa, avec la quantité d’entropie lue de chaque "
21380 "source."
21381
21382 #. type: Plain text
21383 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47
21384 msgid "_/dev/urandom_"
21385 msgstr "_/dev/urandom_"
21386
21387 #. type: Plain text
21388 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:49
21389 msgid "_/dev/random_"
21390 msgstr "_/dev/random_"
21391
21392 #. type: Plain text
21393 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53
21394 msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block."
21395 msgstr "Aucune source d’aléa n’est censée bloquer."
21396
21397 #. type: Plain text
21398 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:60
21399 #, no-wrap
21400 msgid ""
21401 "*md5sum*(1),\n"
21402 "*X*(7),\n"
21403 "*xauth*(1),\n"
21404 "*rand*(3)\n"
21405 msgstr ""
21406 "*md5sum*(1),\n"
21407 "*X*(7),\n"
21408 "*xauth*(1),\n"
21409 "*rand*(3)\n"
21410
21411 #. type: Title =
21412 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2
21413 #, no-wrap
21414 msgid "namei(1)"
21415 msgstr "namei(1)"
21416
21417 #. type: Plain text
21418 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12
21419 msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found"
21420 msgstr "namei - Suivre un chemin jusqu'au premier point terminal"
21421
21422 #. type: Plain text
21423 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16
21424 #, no-wrap
21425 msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n"
21426 msgstr "*namei* [options] _chemin_...\n"
21427
21428 #. type: Plain text
21429 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
21430 #, no-wrap
21431 msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
21432 msgstr "*namei* interprète ses paramètres comme des chemins vers n'importe quel type de fichier UNIX (liens symboliques, fichiers, répertoires, etc.). *namei* suit alors chaque chemin jusqu'à ce qu'un point final soit trouvé (un fichier, un répertoire, un nœud de périphérique, etc.). Si un lien symbolique est trouvé, celui-ci est affiché puis suivi, en indentant la sortie pour montrer le contexte.\n"
21433
21434 #. type: Plain text
21435 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
21436 msgid ""
21437 "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" "
21438 "problems."
21439 msgstr ""
21440 "Ce programme est utile pour trouver les problèmes liés aux excès de niveaux "
21441 "de liens symboliques."
21442
21443 #. type: Plain text
21444 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
21445 msgid ""
21446 "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify "
21447 "the file type found:"
21448 msgstr ""
21449 "Pour chaque ligne de sortie, *namei* utilise les caractères suivants pour "
21450 "identifier le type de fichier trouvé :"
21451
21452 #. type: delimited block .
21453 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
21454 #, no-wrap
21455 msgid ""
21456 "   f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n"
21457 "    d = directory\n"
21458 "    l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n"
21459 "    s = socket\n"
21460 "    b = block device\n"
21461 "    c = character device\n"
21462 "    p = FIFO (named pipe)\n"
21463 "    - = regular file\n"
21464 "    ? = an error of some kind\n"
21465 msgstr ""
21466 "   f: = le chemin parcouru\n"
21467 "    d = répertoire\n"
21468 "    l = lien symbolique (le lien et son contenu sont affichés)\n"
21469 "    s = socket\n"
21470 "    b = périphérique bloc\n"
21471 "    c = périphérique caractère\n"
21472 "    p = FIFO (tube nommé)\n"
21473 "    - = fichier régulier\n"
21474 "    ? = erreur d'un type quelconque\n"
21475
21476 #. type: Plain text
21477 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
21478 #, no-wrap
21479 msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
21480 msgstr "*namei* affiche un message d'information lorsque le nombre maximal de liens symboliques possibles pour le système a été dépassé.\n"
21481
21482 #. type: Labeled list
21483 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
21484 #, no-wrap
21485 msgid "*-l*, *--long*"
21486 msgstr "*-l*, *--long*"
21487
21488 #. type: Plain text
21489 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43
21490 msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)."
21491 msgstr "Utiliser le format de résultat long (comme *-m -o -v*)."
21492
21493 #. type: Labeled list
21494 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44
21495 #, no-wrap
21496 msgid "*-m*, *--modes*"
21497 msgstr "*-m*, *--modes*"
21498
21499 #. type: Plain text
21500 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
21501 msgid ""
21502 "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example "
21503 "'rwxr-xr-x'."
21504 msgstr ""
21505 "Afficher les permissions de chaque fichier de manière similaire à *ls*(1). "
21506 "Par exemple\\ : «\\ rwxr-xr-x\\ »."
21507
21508 #. type: Labeled list
21509 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
21510 #, no-wrap
21511 msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
21512 msgstr "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
21513
21514 #. type: Plain text
21515 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49
21516 msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
21517 msgstr "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques."
21518
21519 #. type: Labeled list
21520 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50
21521 #, no-wrap
21522 msgid "*-o*, *--owners*"
21523 msgstr "*-o*, *--owners*"
21524
21525 #. type: Plain text
21526 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52
21527 msgid "Show owner and group name of each file."
21528 msgstr "Afficher le propriétaire et le groupe de chaque fichier."
21529
21530 #. type: Plain text
21531 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55
21532 msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners."
21533 msgstr "Aligner verticalement les modes et propriétaires."
21534
21535 #. type: Labeled list
21536 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56
21537 #, no-wrap
21538 msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
21539 msgstr "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
21540
21541 #. type: Plain text
21542 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
21543 msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
21544 msgstr ""
21545 "Afficher avec un «\\ D\\ » au lieu d'un «\\ d\\ » les répertoires servant de "
21546 "point de montage."
21547
21548 #. type: Plain text
21549 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62
21550 msgid ""
21551 "Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available.  The support "
21552 "for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the "
21553 "*namei* binary."
21554 msgstr ""
21555
21556 #. type: Plain text
21557 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
21558 msgid "To be discovered."
21559 msgstr "À découvrir."
21560
21561 #. type: Plain text
21562 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72
21563 msgid ""
21564 "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
21565 "com[Roger Southwick]."
21566 msgstr ""
21567 "Le programme original *namei* a été écrit par mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
21568 "com[Roger Southwick]."
21569
21570 #. type: Plain text
21571 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74
21572 msgid ""
21573 "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
21574 msgstr ""
21575 "Le programme a été réécrit par Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
21576
21577 #. type: Plain text
21578 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80
21579 #, no-wrap
21580 msgid ""
21581 "*ls*(1),\n"
21582 "*stat*(1),\n"
21583 "*symlink*(7)\n"
21584 msgstr ""
21585 "*ls*(1),\n"
21586 "*stat*(1),\n"
21587 "*symlink*(7)\n"
21588
21589 #. type: Title =
21590 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:2
21591 #, no-wrap
21592 msgid "pipesz(1)"
21593 msgstr ""
21594
21595 #. type: Plain text
21596 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:12
21597 msgid "pipesz - set or examine pipe and FIFO buffer sizes"
21598 msgstr ""
21599
21600 #. type: Plain text
21601 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:16
21602 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21603 #| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
21604 msgid "*pipesz* [options] [--set _size_] [--] [_command_ [argument] ...]\n"
21605 msgstr "*runuser* [options] *-u* _utilisateur_ [[--] _commande_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
21606
21607 #. type: Plain text
21608 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:18
21609 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21610 #| msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
21611 msgid "*pipesz* [options] --get\n"
21612 msgstr "*ipcs* [options]\n"
21613
21614 #. type: Plain text
21615 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:22
21616 msgid ""
21617 "Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between "
21618 "the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this "
21619 "internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to "
21620 "set and examine the size of these buffers."
21621 msgstr ""
21622
21623 #. type: Plain text
21624 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:24
21625 msgid ""
21626 "The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be "
21627 "specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is "
21628 "read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as "
21629 "described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the "
21630 "*--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* "
21631 "acts on standard output."
21632 msgstr ""
21633
21634 #. type: Plain text
21635 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:26
21636 msgid ""
21637 "The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting "
21638 "the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes."
21639 msgstr ""
21640
21641 #. type: Plain text
21642 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:28
21643 msgid ""
21644 "The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is "
21645 "the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as "
21646 "\"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal "
21647 "buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the "
21648 "pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* "
21649 "is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor "
21650 "*--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input."
21651 msgstr ""
21652
21653 #. type: Plain text
21654 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:30
21655 msgid ""
21656 "Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it "
21657 "encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This "
21658 "allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the "
21659 "execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. "
21660 "For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being "
21661 "emitted in these cases."
21662 msgstr ""
21663
21664 #. type: Plain text
21665 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:32
21666 msgid ""
21667 "The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged "
21668 "processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to "
21669 "shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See "
21670 "*pipe*(7) for additional details."
21671 msgstr ""
21672
21673 #. type: Plain text
21674 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:34
21675 #, no-wrap
21676 msgid "*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as _command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--help*, or *--version* are specified.\n"
21677 msgstr ""
21678
21679 #. type: Labeled list
21680 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:37
21681 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21682 #| msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
21683 msgid "*-g*, *--get*"
21684 msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
21685
21686 #. type: Plain text
21687 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:39
21688 msgid ""
21689 "Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special "
21690 "behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is "
21691 "examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*."
21692 msgstr ""
21693
21694 #. type: Labeled list
21695 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:40
21696 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21697 #| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
21698 msgid "*-s*, *--set* _size_"
21699 msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _taille_"
21700
21701 #. type: Plain text
21702 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:42
21703 msgid ""
21704 "Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by "
21705 "_K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. "
21706 "Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are "
21707 "supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a "
21708 "default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified "
21709 "multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is "
21710 "used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, "
21711 "standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in "
21712 "combination with *--get*."
21713 msgstr ""
21714
21715 #. type: Labeled list
21716 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:43
21717 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21718 #| msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
21719 msgid "*-f*, *--file* _path_"
21720 msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _chemin_"
21721
21722 #. type: Plain text
21723 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:45
21724 msgid ""
21725 "Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current "
21726 "working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect "
21727 "different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, "
21728 "this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes "
21729 "such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs "
21730 "are not preserved across system restarts."
21731 msgstr ""
21732
21733 #. type: Labeled list
21734 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:46
21735 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21736 #| msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
21737 msgid "*-n*, *--fd* _fd_"
21738 msgstr "*-i*, *--id* _ID_"
21739
21740 #. type: Plain text
21741 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:48
21742 msgid ""
21743 "Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified "
21744 "file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect "
21745 "different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. "
21746 "Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 "
21747 "(stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases."
21748 msgstr ""
21749
21750 #. type: Labeled list
21751 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:49
21752 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21753 #| msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
21754 msgid "*-i*, *--stdin*"
21755 msgstr "*-i*, *--info*"
21756
21757 #. type: Plain text
21758 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:51
21759 msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 0*."
21760 msgstr ""
21761
21762 #. type: Labeled list
21763 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:52
21764 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21765 #| msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
21766 msgid "*-o*, *--stdout*"
21767 msgstr "*-o*, *--output*"
21768
21769 #. type: Plain text
21770 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:54
21771 msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 1*."
21772 msgstr ""
21773
21774 #. type: Labeled list
21775 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:55
21776 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21777 #| msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
21778 msgid "*-e*, *--stderr*"
21779 msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*"
21780
21781 #. type: Plain text
21782 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:57
21783 msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 2*."
21784 msgstr ""
21785
21786 #. type: Plain text
21787 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:60
21788 msgid ""
21789 "Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a "
21790 "file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to "
21791 "emit a warning to standard error and continue."
21792 msgstr ""
21793
21794 #. type: Plain text
21795 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:63
21796 msgid ""
21797 "Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not "
21798 "affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*."
21799 msgstr ""
21800
21801 #. type: Plain text
21802 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:66
21803 msgid ""
21804 "If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the "
21805 "table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes "
21806 "set by the kernel to standard error."
21807 msgstr ""
21808
21809 #. type: Labeled list
21810 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:71
21811 #, no-wrap
21812 msgid "*pipesz* *dd* if=_file_ bs=1M | ..."
21813 msgstr ""
21814
21815 #. type: Plain text
21816 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:73
21817 msgid ""
21818 "Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid "
21819 "context switches when piping around large blocks."
21820 msgstr ""
21821
21822 #. type: Labeled list
21823 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:74
21824 #, no-wrap
21825 msgid "*pipesz* -s1M -cf _/run/my-service.fifo_"
21826 msgstr ""
21827
21828 #. type: Plain text
21829 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:76
21830 msgid ""
21831 "Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the "
21832 "buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error."
21833 msgstr ""
21834
21835 #. type: Labeled list
21836 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:77
21837 #, no-wrap
21838 msgid "*echo* hello | *pipesz* -g"
21839 msgstr ""
21840
21841 #. type: Plain text
21842 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:79
21843 msgid ""
21844 "Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since "
21845 "*pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in "
21846 "the pipe, depending on relative timings."
21847 msgstr ""
21848
21849 #. type: Labeled list
21850 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:80
21851 #, no-wrap
21852 msgid "*find* /proc/_PID_/fd -exec *pipesz* -gqf '{}' ';'"
21853 msgstr ""
21854
21855 #. type: Plain text
21856 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:82
21857 msgid ""
21858 "Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If "
21859 "some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a "
21860 "processing bottleneck."
21861 msgstr ""
21862
21863 #. type: Plain text
21864 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:86
21865 msgid ""
21866 "Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This "
21867 "release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*."
21868 msgstr ""
21869
21870 #. type: Plain text
21871 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:88
21872 msgid ""
21873 "This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set "
21874 "pipe buffer sizes."
21875 msgstr ""
21876
21877 #. type: Plain text
21878 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:90
21879 msgid ""
21880 "This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data "
21881 "in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is "
21882 "reported as 0."
21883 msgstr ""
21884
21885 #. type: Plain text
21886 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:94
21887 msgid ""
21888 "Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced "
21889 "when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details."
21890 msgstr ""
21891
21892 #. type: Plain text
21893 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:98
21894 msgid "mailto:nwsharp@live.com[Nathan Sharp]"
21895 msgstr ""
21896
21897 #. type: Plain text
21898 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:102
21899 #, no-wrap
21900 msgid "*pipe*(7)\n"
21901 msgstr ""
21902
21903 #.  Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
21904 #.  Placed in the public domain
21905 #. type: Title =
21906 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4
21907 #, no-wrap
21908 msgid "rename(1)"
21909 msgstr "rename(1)"
21910
21911 #. type: Plain text
21912 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14
21913 msgid "rename - rename files"
21914 msgstr "rename - Renommer des fichiers"
21915
21916 #. type: Plain text
21917 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18
21918 #, no-wrap
21919 msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n"
21920 msgstr "*rename [options] _expression remplacement fichier>_...\n"
21921
21922 #. type: Plain text
21923 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22
21924 #, no-wrap
21925 msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n"
21926 msgstr "*rename* va renommer les __fichier__s indiqués en remplaçant la première occurrence d'__expression__ dans leur nom par _remplacement.\n"
21927
21928 #. type: Labeled list
21929 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25
21930 #, no-wrap
21931 msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*"
21932 msgstr "*-s*, *--symlink*"
21933
21934 #. type: Plain text
21935 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27
21936 #, fuzzy
21937 #| msgid "Do not rename a symlink but its target."
21938 msgid "Do not rename a symlink but change where it points."
21939 msgstr "Ne pas renommer un lien symbolique mais sa cible."
21940
21941 #. type: Plain text
21942 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30
21943 msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any."
21944 msgstr "Montrer les fichiers renommés, s'il y en a."
21945
21946 #. type: Plain text
21947 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33
21948 msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made."
21949 msgstr ""
21950 "Ne pas faire de changement ; ajoutez *--verbose* pour voir ce qui serait "
21951 "fait."
21952
21953 #. type: Plain text
21954 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36
21955 msgid "Replace all occurrences of _expression_ rather than only the first one."
21956 msgstr ""
21957
21958 #. type: Labeled list
21959 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
21960 #, no-wrap
21961 msgid "*-l*, *--last*"
21962 msgstr "*-l*, *--last*"
21963
21964 #. type: Plain text
21965 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
21966 msgid "Replace the last occurrence of _expression_ rather than the first one."
21967 msgstr ""
21968
21969 #. type: Labeled list
21970 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40
21971 #, no-wrap
21972 msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
21973 msgstr "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
21974
21975 #. type: Plain text
21976 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42
21977 msgid ""
21978 "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not "
21979 "overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
21980 msgstr ""
21981 "Ne pas écraser les fichiers existants. Quand *--symlink* est actif, ne pas "
21982 "écraser les liens symboliques pointant vers des cibles existantes."
21983
21984 #. type: Labeled list
21985 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43
21986 #, no-wrap
21987 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*"
21988 msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*"
21989
21990 #. type: Plain text
21991 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45
21992 msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files."
21993 msgstr "Demander avant d'écraser des fichiers existants."
21994
21995 #. type: Plain text
21996 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51
21997 msgid ""
21998 "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options "
21999 "*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission "
22000 "to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any "
22001 "questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is "
22002 "run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the "
22003 "command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
22004 msgstr ""
22005 "Le renommage n'a pas de garde-fou par défaut ou sans les options *--no-"
22006 "overwrite*, *--interactive* ou *--no-act*. Si l'utilisateur a le droit de "
22007 "réécrire les noms de fichier, la commande réalisera l'action sans question. "
22008 "Par exemple, le résultat peut être plutôt catastrophique si la commande est "
22009 "lancée en tant que superutilisateur dans le répertoire _/lib_. Faites "
22010 "toujours une sauvegarde avant de lancer la commande, à moins de vraiment "
22011 "savoir ce que vous faites."
22012
22013 #. type: Title ==
22014 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:52
22015 #, no-wrap
22016 msgid "EDGE CASES"
22017 msgstr ""
22018
22019 #. type: Plain text
22020 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55
22021 msgid ""
22022 "If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to "
22023 "the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in "
22024 "between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and "
22025 "end."
22026 msgstr ""
22027
22028 #. type: Plain text
22029 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:57
22030 msgid ""
22031 "Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with "
22032 "*--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either "
22033 "_expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This "
22034 "can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving "
22035 "files between filesystems, is not supported."
22036 msgstr ""
22037
22038 #. type: Title ==
22039 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58
22040 #, no-wrap
22041 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
22042 msgstr "MODE INTERACTIF"
22043
22044 #. type: Plain text
22045 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:61
22046 msgid ""
22047 "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in "
22048 "short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you "
22049 "press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode "
22050 "however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To "
22051 "set cbreak mode, run for example:"
22052 msgstr ""
22053 "Comme la plupart des outils standards, *rename* peut être utilisé sur un "
22054 "terminal (tty en bref) en mode canonique, alors la ligne est stockée par le "
22055 "terminal et vous appuyez sur entrée pour valider la saisie de l'utilisateur. "
22056 "Cependant, si vous mettez votre terminal en mode cbreak, *rename* n'a besoin "
22057 "que d'un appui sur une seule touche pour répondre à l'invite. Pour passer en "
22058 "mode cbreak, lancez par exemple :"
22059
22060 #. type: delimited block .
22061 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:64
22062 #, no-wrap
22063 msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n"
22064 msgstr "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i fichiers_source\n"
22065
22066 #. type: Plain text
22067 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70
22068 msgid "all requested rename operations were successful"
22069 msgstr "Toutes les opérations de renommage demandées ont réussi."
22070
22071 #. type: Plain text
22072 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:73
22073 msgid "all rename operations failed"
22074 msgstr "Toutes les opérations de renommage ont échoué."
22075
22076 #. type: Plain text
22077 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:76
22078 msgid "some rename operations failed"
22079 msgstr "Certaines opérations de renommage ont échoué."
22080
22081 #. type: Plain text
22082 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:79
22083 msgid "nothing was renamed"
22084 msgstr "Rien n’a été renommé."
22085
22086 #. type: Plain text
22087 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:82
22088 msgid "unanticipated error occurred"
22089 msgstr "Une erreur imprévue s'est produite."
22090
22091 #. type: Plain text
22092 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:86
22093 msgid ""
22094 "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
22095 msgstr ""
22096 "Pour les fichiers _titi1_, ..., _titi9_, _titi10_, ..., _titi278_, les "
22097 "commandes"
22098
22099 #. type: delimited block .
22100 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90
22101 #, no-wrap
22102 msgid ""
22103 "rename foo foo00 foo?\n"
22104 "rename foo foo0 foo??\n"
22105 msgstr ""
22106 "rename titi titi00 titi?\n"
22107 "rename titi titi0 titi??\n"
22108
22109 #. type: Plain text
22110 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93
22111 msgid ""
22112 "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
22113 msgstr ""
22114 "les transforment en _titi001_, ..., _titi009_, _titi010_, ..., _titi278_. Et"
22115
22116 #. type: delimited block .
22117 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:96
22118 #, no-wrap
22119 msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
22120 msgstr "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
22121
22122 #. type: Plain text
22123 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:99
22124 msgid ""
22125 "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for "
22126 "shortening:"
22127 msgstr ""
22128 "va corriger les extensions de vos fichiers HTML. Fournir une chaîne vide "
22129 "pour raccourcir :"
22130
22131 #. type: delimited block .
22132 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:102
22133 #, no-wrap
22134 msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n"
22135 msgstr "rename '_nom_long' '' fichier_nom_long.*\n"
22136
22137 #. type: Plain text
22138 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:105
22139 msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames."
22140 msgstr "supprimera la sous-chaîne dans les noms de fichier."
22141
22142 #. type: Plain text
22143 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:109
22144 #, no-wrap
22145 msgid "*mv*(1)\n"
22146 msgstr "*mv*(1)\n"
22147
22148 #. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
22149 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
22150 #. type: Title =
22151 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6
22152 #, no-wrap
22153 msgid "uuidd(8)"
22154 msgstr "uuidd(8)"
22155
22156 #. type: Plain text
22157 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16
22158 msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
22159 msgstr "uuidd - Démon de génération d'UUID"
22160
22161 #. type: Plain text
22162 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20
22163 #, no-wrap
22164 msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n"
22165 msgstr "*uuidd* [options]\n"
22166
22167 #. type: Plain text
22168 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
22169 msgid ""
22170 "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
22171 "unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
22172 "guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
22173 "running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
22174 msgstr ""
22175 "Le démon *uuidd* est utilisé par la bibliothèque UUID pour générer des "
22176 "identifiants universels uniques (UUID), en particulier les UUID temporels de "
22177 "façon sécurisée et garantis uniques, même en présence d'un grand nombre de "
22178 "processus légers s'exécutant sur différents processeurs en essayant de "
22179 "saisir les UUID."
22180
22181 #. type: Labeled list
22182 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27
22183 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22184 #| msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
22185 msgid "*-C*, *--cont-clock* _opt_arg_"
22186 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_"
22187
22188 #. type: Plain text
22189 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
22190 msgid ""
22191 "Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use "
22192 "all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The "
22193 "optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This "
22194 "gurantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of "
22195 "the max_clock_offset. '-C' or '--cont-clock' enables the feature with a "
22196 "default max_clock_offset of 2 hours. '-C<NUM>[hd]' or '--cont-"
22197 "clock=<NUM>[hd]' enables the feature with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. "
22198 "In case of an appended h or d, the NUM value is read in hours or days. The "
22199 "minimum value is 60 seconds, the maximum value is 365 days."
22200 msgstr ""
22201
22202 #. type: Labeled list
22203 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88
22204 #, no-wrap
22205 msgid "*-d*, *--debug*"
22206 msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*"
22207
22208 # FIXME uuidd → B<uuidd>
22209 #. type: Plain text
22210 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:32
22211 #, fuzzy
22212 #| msgid ""
22213 #| "Run uuidd in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a daemon."
22214 msgid ""
22215 "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a "
22216 "daemon."
22217 msgstr ""
22218 "Exécuter *uuidd* en mode de débogage. Cela empêche uuidd de fonctionner "
22219 "comme un démon."
22220
22221 #. type: Labeled list
22222 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62
22223 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:131
22224 #, no-wrap
22225 msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
22226 msgstr "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
22227
22228 #. type: Plain text
22229 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:35
22230 msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
22231 msgstr "Ne pas transformer en démon en utilisant un double fork()."
22232
22233 #. type: Labeled list
22234 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
22235 #, no-wrap
22236 msgid "*-k*, *--kill*"
22237 msgstr "*-k*, *--kill*"
22238
22239 #. type: Plain text
22240 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38
22241 msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
22242 msgstr "Si un démon uuidd est déjà en cours d’exécution, le tuer."
22243
22244 #. type: Labeled list
22245 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39
22246 #, no-wrap
22247 msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_"
22248 msgstr "*-n*, *--uuids* _nombre_"
22249
22250 #. type: Plain text
22251 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:41
22252 msgid ""
22253 "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of "
22254 "_number_ UUIDs."
22255 msgstr ""
22256 "Lors de l’envoi d’une demande de test à un *uuidd* en cours d’exécution, "
22257 "demander une réponse groupée de _nombre_ UUID."
22258
22259 #. type: Labeled list
22260 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42
22261 #, no-wrap
22262 msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
22263 msgstr "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
22264
22265 #. type: Plain text
22266 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:44
22267 msgid "Do not create a pid file."
22268 msgstr "Ne pas créer de fichier _pid_."
22269
22270 #. type: Labeled list
22271 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45
22272 #, no-wrap
22273 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_"
22274 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _chemin_"
22275
22276 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
22277 #. type: Plain text
22278 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:47
22279 msgid ""
22280 "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
22281 "pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
22282 msgstr ""
22283 "Indiquer le nom de chemin où le fichier _pid_ devra être écrit. Par défaut, "
22284 "le fichier _pid_ est écrit dans _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
22285
22286 #. type: Plain text
22287 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
22288 msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
22289 msgstr "Supprimer certains messages d'échec."
22290
22291 #. type: Labeled list
22292 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31
22293 #, no-wrap
22294 msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
22295 msgstr "*-r*, *--random*"
22296
22297 #. type: Plain text
22298 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54
22299 msgid ""
22300 "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
22301 "return a random-based UUID."
22302 msgstr ""
22303 "Tester uuidd en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
22304 "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID aléatoire."
22305
22306 #. type: Labeled list
22307 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55
22308 #, no-wrap
22309 msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
22310 msgstr "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
22311
22312 #. type: Plain text
22313 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:57
22314 msgid ""
22315 "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
22316 "process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to "
22317 "be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
22318 "option."
22319 msgstr ""
22320 "Ne pas créer de socket mais à la place attendre qu’il soit fourni par le "
22321 "processus appelant. Cela implique *--no-fork* et *--no-pid*. Cette option "
22322 "n’est supposée être utilisée qu’avec *systemd*(1). Elle doit être activée "
22323 "avec une option de configuration."
22324
22325 #. type: Labeled list
22326 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58
22327 #, no-wrap
22328 msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_"
22329 msgstr "*-s*, *--socket* _chemin_"
22330
22331 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
22332 #. type: Plain text
22333 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:60
22334 msgid ""
22335 "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
22336 "pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for "
22337 "debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* "
22338 "library."
22339 msgstr ""
22340 "Forcer uuidd à utiliser ce _chemin_ pour les sockets de domaine UNIX. Par "
22341 "défaut, le chemin est _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. C'est avant tout une "
22342 "option de débogage puisque le chemin est défini en dur dans la bibliothèque "
22343 "libuuid."
22344
22345 #. type: Labeled list
22346 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62
22347 #, no-wrap
22348 msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
22349 msgstr "*-T*, *--timeout* _délai_"
22350
22351 #. type: Plain text
22352 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
22353 msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity."
22354 msgstr "Forcer uuidd à quitter après _délai_ secondes d'inactivité."
22355
22356 #. type: Labeled list
22357 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34
22358 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74
22359 #, no-wrap
22360 msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
22361 msgstr "*-t*, *--time*"
22362
22363 #. type: Plain text
22364 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:67
22365 msgid ""
22366 "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
22367 "to return a time-based UUID."
22368 msgstr ""
22369 "Tester *uuidd* en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
22370 "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID temporel."
22371
22372 #. type: Plain text
22373 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:73
22374 msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
22375 msgstr ""
22376 "Démarrer un démon, afficher 42 clefs aléatoires puis arrêter le démon :"
22377
22378 #. type: delimited block .
22379 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:78
22380 #, no-wrap
22381 msgid ""
22382 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22383 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22384 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22385 msgstr ""
22386 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22387 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22388 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22389
22390 #. type: Plain text
22391 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:83
22392 msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
22393 msgstr "Le démon *uuidd* a été écrit par mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
22394
22395 #. type: Plain text
22396 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:88
22397 #, no-wrap
22398 msgid ""
22399 "*uuid*(3),\n"
22400 "*uuidgen*(1)\n"
22401 msgstr ""
22402 "*uuid*(3),\n"
22403 "*uuidgen*(1)\n"
22404
22405 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
22406 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
22407 #. type: Title =
22408 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6
22409 #, no-wrap
22410 msgid "uuidgen(1)"
22411 msgstr "uuidgen(1)"
22412
22413 #. type: Plain text
22414 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16
22415 #, fuzzy
22416 #| msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
22417 msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value"
22418 msgstr "uuid_copy - Copier une valeur d'UUID"
22419
22420 #. type: Plain text
22421 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20
22422 #, no-wrap
22423 msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
22424 msgstr "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
22425
22426 # NOTE: elemntary => elementary
22427 #. type: Plain text
22428 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
22429 #, fuzzy
22430 #| msgid ""
22431 #| "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
22432 #| "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
22433 #| "universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>).  The new UUID can "
22434 #| "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local "
22435 #| "system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the "
22436 #| "future."
22437 msgid ""
22438 "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
22439 "identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can "
22440 "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
22441 "and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
22442 msgstr ""
22443 "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ 3,4 x 10^38\\ "
22444 "valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules élémentaires dans l'univers "
22445 "d'après le I<Cosmos> de Carl Sagan). Le nouvel UUID peut être "
22446 "raisonnablement considéré comme unique parmi tous les UUID créés localement "
22447 "sur le système, ainsi que parmi les UUID créés sur d'autres systèmes par le "
22448 "passé et dans le futur."
22449
22450 #. type: Plain text
22451 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
22452 msgid ""
22453 "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based "
22454 "UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will "
22455 "generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is "
22456 "present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to "
22457 "force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--"
22458 "random* or *--time* options."
22459 msgstr ""
22460
22461 #. type: Plain text
22462 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
22463 msgid ""
22464 "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, "
22465 "followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ "
22466 "may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known "
22467 "UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The "
22468 "_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the "
22469 "concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 "
22470 "or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be "
22471 "useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex "
22472 "values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more "
22473 "information."
22474 msgstr ""
22475
22476 #. type: Plain text
22477 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
22478 msgid ""
22479 "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
22480 "of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality "
22481 "random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
22482 msgstr ""
22483
22484 #. type: Plain text
22485 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
22486 msgid ""
22487 "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
22488 "clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
22489 msgstr ""
22490
22491 #. type: Labeled list
22492 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
22493 #, no-wrap
22494 msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
22495 msgstr "*-m*, *--md5*"
22496
22497 #. type: Plain text
22498 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:41
22499 msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
22500 msgstr ""
22501
22502 #. type: Labeled list
22503 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
22504 #, no-wrap
22505 msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
22506 msgstr "*-s*, *--sha1*"
22507
22508 #. type: Plain text
22509 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:44
22510 msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
22511 msgstr ""
22512
22513 #. type: Labeled list
22514 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
22515 #, no-wrap
22516 msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
22517 msgstr ""
22518
22519 #. type: Plain text
22520 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47
22521 msgid ""
22522 "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or "
22523 "'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name "
22524 "(see above)."
22525 msgstr ""
22526
22527 #. type: Labeled list
22528 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
22529 #, no-wrap
22530 msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
22531 msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nom_"
22532
22533 #. type: Plain text
22534 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:50
22535 msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
22536 msgstr ""
22537
22538 #. type: Labeled list
22539 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:84
22540 #, no-wrap
22541 msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
22542 msgstr "*-x*, *--hex*"
22543
22544 #. type: Plain text
22545 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53
22546 msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
22547 msgstr ""
22548
22549 #. type: Plain text
22550 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
22551 msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
22552 msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1"
22553
22554 #. type: Plain text
22555 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
22556 msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
22557 msgstr ""
22558
22559 #. type: Plain text
22560 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65
22561 #, no-wrap
22562 msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
22563 msgstr ""
22564
22565 #. type: Plain text
22566 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71
22567 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22568 #| msgid ""
22569 #| "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
22570 #| "*libuuid*(3),\n"
22571 #| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
22572 msgid ""
22573 "*uuidparse*(1),\n"
22574 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
22575 "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
22576 msgstr ""
22577 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
22578 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
22579 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
22580
22581 #.  Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
22582 #.  The 3-Clause BSD License
22583 #. type: Title =
22584 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4
22585 #, no-wrap
22586 msgid "uuidparse(1)"
22587 msgstr "uuidparse(1)"
22588
22589 #. type: Plain text
22590 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14
22591 msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers"
22592 msgstr ""
22593
22594 #. type: Plain text
22595 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18
22596 #, no-wrap
22597 msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n"
22598 msgstr "*uuidparse* [options] _UUID_\n"
22599
22600 #. type: Plain text
22601 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
22602 msgid ""
22603 "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line "
22604 "arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
22605 msgstr ""
22606
22607 #. type: Title ===
22608 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25
22609 #, no-wrap
22610 msgid "Variants"
22611 msgstr ""
22612
22613 #. type: Table
22614 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33
22615 #, no-wrap
22616 msgid ""
22617 "|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n"
22618 "|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n"
22619 "|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n"
22620 "|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n"
22621 msgstr ""
22622
22623 #. type: Title ===
22624 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35
22625 #, no-wrap
22626 msgid "Types"
22627 msgstr ""
22628
22629 #. type: Table
22630 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46
22631 #, no-wrap
22632 msgid ""
22633 "|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n"
22634 "|time-based |The DCE time based.\n"
22635 "|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n"
22636 "|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n"
22637 "|random |RFC 4122 random.\n"
22638 "|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n"
22639 "|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n"
22640 msgstr ""
22641
22642 #. type: Labeled list
22643 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33
22644 #, no-wrap
22645 msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
22646 msgstr "*-o*, *--output*"
22647
22648 #. type: Plain text
22649 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67
22650 msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
22651 msgstr "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
22652
22653 #. type: Plain text
22654 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:73
22655 #, no-wrap
22656 msgid ""
22657 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
22658 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
22659 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
22660 msgstr ""
22661 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
22662 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
22663 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
22664
22665 #. type: Title =
22666 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:2
22667 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22668 #| msgid "setsid(1)"
22669 msgid "waitpid(1)"
22670 msgstr "setsid(1)"
22671
22672 #. type: Plain text
22673 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:12
22674 msgid "waitpid - utility to wait for arbitrary processes"
22675 msgstr ""
22676
22677 #. type: Plain text
22678 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:16
22679 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22680 #| msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
22681 msgid "*waitpid* [-v] [*--timeout*|*-t* _seconds_] pid...\n"
22682 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _secondes_"
22683
22684 #. type: Plain text
22685 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:20
22686 #, no-wrap
22687 msgid "*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes.\n"
22688 msgstr ""
22689
22690 #. type: Plain text
22691 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:23
22692 msgid ""
22693 "It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have "
22694 "exited."
22695 msgstr ""
22696
22697 #. type: Plain text
22698 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:28
22699 #, fuzzy
22700 #| msgid "Be verbose."
22701 msgid "Be more verbose."
22702 msgstr "Sortie détaillée."
22703
22704 #. type: Plain text
22705 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:31
22706 #, fuzzy
22707 #| msgid "Maximum data size."
22708 msgid "Maximum wait time."
22709 msgstr "Taille maximale des données."
22710
22711 #. type: Labeled list
22712 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:32
22713 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22714 #| msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
22715 msgid "*-e*, *--exited*"
22716 msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
22717
22718 #. type: Plain text
22719 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:34
22720 msgid "Don't error on already exited PIDs."
22721 msgstr ""
22722
22723 #. type: Labeled list
22724 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92
22725 #, no-wrap
22726 msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_"
22727 msgstr ""
22728
22729 #. type: Plain text
22730 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:37
22731 msgid "Number of process exits to wait for."
22732 msgstr ""
22733
22734 #. type: Plain text
22735 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:43
22736 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22737 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
22738 msgid "*waitpid* has the following exit status values:\n"
22739 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
22740
22741 #. type: Plain text
22742 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50
22743 msgid "system does not provide necessary functionality"
22744 msgstr ""
22745
22746 #. type: Plain text
22747 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:52
22748 msgid "timeout expired"
22749 msgstr ""
22750
22751 #. type: Plain text
22752 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:56
22753 msgid "mailto:thomas@t-8ch.de[Thomas WeiÃ\9fschuh]"
22754 msgstr ""
22755
22756 #. type: Plain text
22757 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:60
22758 #, no-wrap
22759 msgid "*waitpid*(2) *wait*(1P)\n"
22760 msgstr ""
22761
22762 #
22763 #
22764 #
22765 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
22766 #. All rights reserved.
22767 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
22768 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
22769 #. are met:
22770 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
22771 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
22772 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
22773 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
22774 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
22775 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
22776 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
22777 #.     This product includes software developed by the University of
22778 #.     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
22779 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
22780 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
22781 #.    without specific prior written permission.
22782 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
22783 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
22784 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
22785 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
22786 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
22787 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
22788 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
22789 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
22790 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
22791 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
22792 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
22793 #. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2
22794 #. type: Title =
22795 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36
22796 #, no-wrap
22797 msgid "whereis(1)"
22798 msgstr "whereis(1)"
22799
22800 #. type: Plain text
22801 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
22802 msgid ""
22803 "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
22804 msgstr ""
22805 "whereis - Rechercher les fichiers exécutables, les sources et les pages de "
22806 "manuel d'une commande"
22807
22808 #. type: Plain text
22809 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
22810 #, no-wrap
22811 msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n"
22812 msgstr "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _répertoire_... *-f*] _nom_...\n"
22813
22814 #. type: Plain text
22815 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
22816 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22817 #| msgid "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> (for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
22818 msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n"
22819 msgstr "B<whereis> recherche les fichiers binaires, de source et de manuel pour les I<nom>s de commande indiqués. Les noms des fichiers sont obtenus en supprimant le chemin d'accès et les extensions (uniques) éventuelles de la forme B<.>I<ext> (par exemple B<.c>). Les préfixes de la forme B<s.> utilisés pour le contrôle du code source sont également pris en charge. B<whereis> recherche le programme demandé aux endroits normalisés de Linux et aux endroits indiqués par B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH>."
22820
22821 #. type: Plain text
22822 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
22823 msgid ""
22824 "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and "
22825 "apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search "
22826 "restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
22827 msgstr ""
22828 "Les restrictions de recherche (option *-b*, *-m* et *-s*) sont cumulatives "
22829 "et s’appliquent aux motifs _nom_ suivants sur la ligne de commande. Toute "
22830 "nouvelle restriction de recherche réinitialise le masque de recherche. Par "
22831 "exemple,"
22832
22833 #. type: delimited block _
22834 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59
22835 #, no-wrap
22836 msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
22837 msgstr "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
22838
22839 #. type: Plain text
22840 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
22841 msgid ""
22842 "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man "
22843 "pages only."
22844 msgstr ""
22845 "recherche les binaires et pages de manuel pour « ls » et « tr », mais "
22846 "seulement les pages de manuel pour « gcc »."
22847
22848 #. type: Plain text
22849 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
22850 msgid ""
22851 "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ "
22852 "patterns. For example,"
22853 msgstr ""
22854 "Les options *-B*, *-M* et *-S* réinitialisent les chemins de recherche pour "
22855 "les motifs _nom_ suivants. Par exemple,"
22856
22857 #. type: delimited block _
22858 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67
22859 #, no-wrap
22860 msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
22861 msgstr "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
22862
22863 # NOTE: s/searchs/searches/
22864 #. type: Plain text
22865 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
22866 msgid ""
22867 "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the "
22868 "_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
22869 msgstr ""
22870 "recherche les pages de manuel « *ls* » dans tous les chemins par défaut, "
22871 "mais seulement dans le répertoire _/usr/share/man/man1_ pour « cal »."
22872
22873 #. type: Labeled list
22874 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73
22875 #, no-wrap
22876 msgid "*-b*"
22877 msgstr "*-b*"
22878
22879 #. type: Plain text
22880 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75
22881 msgid "Search for binaries."
22882 msgstr "Chercher les exécutables."
22883
22884 #. type: Labeled list
22885 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:65
22886 #, no-wrap
22887 msgid "*-m*"
22888 msgstr "*-m*"
22889
22890 #. type: Plain text
22891 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78
22892 msgid "Search for manuals."
22893 msgstr "Chercher les manuels."
22894
22895 #. type: Plain text
22896 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81
22897 msgid "Search for sources."
22898 msgstr "Chercher les sources."
22899
22900 #. type: Labeled list
22901 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82
22902 #, no-wrap
22903 msgid "*-u*"
22904 msgstr "*-u*"
22905
22906 #. type: Plain text
22907 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
22908 msgid ""
22909 "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to "
22910 "be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested "
22911 "type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory "
22912 "which have no documentation file, or more than one."
22913 msgstr ""
22914 "Ne montrer que les noms de commande qui ont des entrées inhabituelles. Une "
22915 "commande est dite inhabituelle si elle n’a pas une seule entrée pour chaque "
22916 "type demandé explicitement. Ainsi, « *whereis -m -u **> » recherche les "
22917 "fichiers du répertoire actuel qui n'ont soit pas de fichier de "
22918 "documentation, soit plus d’un."
22919
22920 #. type: Labeled list
22921 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
22922 #, no-wrap
22923 msgid "*-B* _list_"
22924 msgstr "*-B* _liste_"
22925
22926 #. type: Plain text
22927 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
22928 msgid ""
22929 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-"
22930 "separated list of directories."
22931 msgstr ""
22932 "Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les exécutables, à l’aide d’une "
22933 "liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."
22934
22935 #. type: Labeled list
22936 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
22937 #, no-wrap
22938 msgid "*-M* _list_"
22939 msgstr "*-M* _liste_"
22940
22941 #. type: Plain text
22942 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
22943 msgid ""
22944 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in "
22945 "Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
22946 msgstr ""
22947 "Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les manuels et la documentation "
22948 "au format Info, à l’aide d’une liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."
22949
22950 #. type: Labeled list
22951 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
22952 #, no-wrap
22953 msgid "*-S* _list_"
22954 msgstr "*-S* _liste_"
22955
22956 #. type: Plain text
22957 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
22958 msgid ""
22959 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-"
22960 "separated list of directories."
22961 msgstr ""
22962 "Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les sources, à l’aide d’une "
22963 "liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."
22964
22965 #. type: Plain text
22966 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
22967 msgid ""
22968 "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ "
22969 "be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
22970 msgstr ""
22971 "Terminer la liste de répertoires et signaler le début des noms de fichiers. "
22972 "Cette option est _obligatoire_ quand une des options *-B*, *-M* ou *-S* est "
22973 "utilisée."
22974
22975 #. type: Plain text
22976 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
22977 msgid ""
22978 "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none "
22979 "of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded "
22980 "paths that the command was able to find on the system."
22981 msgstr ""
22982 "Afficher la liste des chemins effectifs de recherche que *whereis* utilise. "
22983 "Si ni *-B*, ni *-M* ni *-S* ne sont indiquées, les chemins codés en dur que "
22984 "la commande a pu trouver sur le système seront affichés."
22985
22986 #. type: Labeled list
22987 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:100
22988 #, no-wrap
22989 msgid "*-g*"
22990 msgstr ""
22991
22992 #. type: Plain text
22993 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
22994 msgid ""
22995 "Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares "
22996 "only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names "
22997 "in the pattern has no effect. Donâ\80\99t forget that the shell interprets the "
22998 "pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. Itâ\80\99s necessary to "
22999 "use quotes for the _name_, for example:"
23000 msgstr ""
23001
23002 #. type: delimited block _
23003 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:104
23004 #, no-wrap
23005 msgid "  whereis -g 'find*'\n"
23006 msgstr ""
23007
23008 #. type: Title ==
23009 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108
23010 #, no-wrap
23011 msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS"
23012 msgstr "CHEMINS DE RECHERCHE DE FICHIERS"
23013
23014 #. type: Plain text
23015 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111
23016 msgid ""
23017 "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are "
23018 "defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of "
23019 "*$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The "
23020 "easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. "
23021 "Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
23022 msgstr ""
23023 "Par défaut, *whereis* essaye de trouver les fichiers définis avec des motifs "
23024 "joker, dans les chemins codés en dur. La commande tente d’utiliser le "
23025 "contenu des variables d’environnement *$PATH* et *$MANPATH* comme chemins de "
23026 "recherche par défaut. La façon la plus facile de connaître les chemins "
23027 "utilisés est d’ajouter l’option d’affichage *-l*. Les effets de *-B*, *-M* "
23028 "et *-S* sont affichés avec *-l*."
23029
23030 #. type: Labeled list
23031 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
23032 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23033 #| msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
23034 msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all"
23035 msgstr "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
23036
23037 #. type: Plain text
23038 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120
23039 msgid ""
23040 "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ "
23041 "or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
23042 msgstr ""
23043 "Pour trouver tous les fichiers dans _/usr/bin_ non documentés dans _/usr/man/"
23044 "man1_ ou sans source dans _/usr/src_ :"
23045
23046 #. type: delimited block _
23047 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:123
23048 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23049 #| msgid "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
23050 msgid ""
23051 "*cd /usr/bin* +\n"
23052 "*whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
23053 msgstr "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
23054
23055 #.  Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak.  All Rights Reserved.
23056 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
23057 #. type: Title =
23058 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4
23059 #, no-wrap
23060 msgid "wipefs(8)"
23061 msgstr "wipefs(8)"
23062
23063 #. type: Plain text
23064 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14
23065 msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
23066 msgstr ""
23067
23068 #. type: Plain text
23069 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18
23070 #, no-wrap
23071 msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n"
23072 msgstr "*wipefs* [options] _périphérique_...\n"
23073
23074 #. type: Plain text
23075 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20
23076 #, no-wrap
23077 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n"
23078 msgstr ""
23079
23080 #. type: Plain text
23081 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22
23082 #, no-wrap
23083 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n"
23084 msgstr "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _périphérique_...\n"
23085
23086 #. type: Plain text
23087 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
23088 #, no-wrap
23089 msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n"
23090 msgstr ""
23091
23092 #. type: Plain text
23093 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
23094 #, fuzzy
23095 #| msgid ""
23096 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
23097 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
23098 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
23099 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
23100 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
23101 msgid ""
23102 "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and "
23103 "the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
23104 "change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
23105 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* "
23106 "_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
23107 msgstr ""
23108 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
23109 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
23110 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
23111 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
23112 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
23113 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
23114
23115 #. type: Plain text
23116 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
23117 #, no-wrap
23118 msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n"
23119 msgstr ""
23120
23121 #. type: Plain text
23122 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
23123 msgid ""
23124 "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
23125 "strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since "
23126 "v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
23127 msgstr ""
23128
23129 #. type: Plain text
23130 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
23131 msgid ""
23132 "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
23133 "*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again "
23134 "after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
23135 msgstr ""
23136
23137 #. type: Plain text
23138 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
23139 msgid ""
23140 "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
23141 "whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
23142 msgstr ""
23143
23144 #. type: Plain text
23145 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
23146 msgid ""
23147 "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
23148 "restricted with the *-t* option."
23149 msgstr ""
23150
23151 #. type: Plain text
23152 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
23153 msgid ""
23154 "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. "
23155 "For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
23156 msgstr ""
23157
23158 #. type: Plain text
23159 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
23160 msgid ""
23161 "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
23162 "to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
23163 msgstr ""
23164
23165 #. type: Plain text
23166 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54
23167 msgid ""
23168 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
23169 "_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
23170 "is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment "
23171 "variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
23172 "but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
23173 msgstr ""
23174 "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
23175 "L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
23176 "*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
23177 "Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
23178 "comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
23179 "recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou d’autres outils."
23180
23181 #. type: Labeled list
23182 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
23183 #, no-wrap
23184 msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
23185 msgstr "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
23186
23187 #. type: Labeled list
23188 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
23189 #, no-wrap
23190 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
23191 msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _liste_"
23192
23193 #. type: Plain text
23194 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63
23195 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
23196 msgstr ""
23197
23198 #. type: Plain text
23199 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
23200 msgid ""
23201 "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
23202 "the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number "
23203 "will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* "
23204 "options."
23205 msgstr ""
23206
23207 #. type: Plain text
23208 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68
23209 msgid ""
23210 "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
23211 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
23212 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
23213 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
23214 "and YB."
23215 msgstr ""
23216 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
23217 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
23218 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
23219 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
23220 "ZB et YB."
23221
23222 #. type: Labeled list
23223 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
23224 #, no-wrap
23225 msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
23226 msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*"
23227
23228 #. type: Plain text
23229 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
23230 msgid ""
23231 "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
23232 "unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
23233 "'\\x'."
23234 msgstr ""
23235
23236 #. type: Plain text
23237 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
23238 msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
23239 msgstr ""
23240
23241 #. type: Plain text
23242 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
23243 #, fuzzy
23244 #| msgid ""
23245 #| "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one type may be "
23246 #| "specified in a comma-separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be "
23247 #| "prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action "
23248 #| "should be taken.  For more details see B<mount>(8)."
23249 msgid ""
23250 "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
23251 "specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
23252 "prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. "
23253 "For more details see *mount*(8)."
23254 msgstr ""
23255 "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types peuvent "
23256 "être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de systèmes de "
23257 "fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer les systèmes de fichiers "
23258 "pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour plus de précisions, "
23259 "consultez B<mount>(8)."
23260
23261 #. type: Plain text
23262 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84
23263 msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
23264 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libblkid*(3)."
23265
23266 #. type: Labeled list
23267 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90
23268 #, no-wrap
23269 msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
23270 msgstr "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
23271
23272 #. type: Plain text
23273 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
23274 #, fuzzy
23275 #| msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
23276 msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
23277 msgstr ""
23278 "Naviguer dans les informations supplémentaires à propos d’une partition."
23279
23280 #. type: Labeled list
23281 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93
23282 #, no-wrap
23283 msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
23284 msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
23285
23286 #. type: Plain text
23287 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
23288 msgid ""
23289 "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature "
23290 "backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
23291 msgstr ""
23292
23293 #. type: Labeled list
23294 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
23295 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23296 #| msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
23297 msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
23298 msgstr "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
23299
23300 #. type: Plain text
23301 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
23302 msgid ""
23303 "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
23304 "bak_."
23305 msgstr ""
23306
23307 #
23308 #
23309 #
23310 #
23311 #
23312 #. chrt(1) manpage
23313 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
23314 #. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
23315 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
23316 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
23317 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
23318 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
23319 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
23320 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
23321 #. intermediate and printed output.
23322 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
23323 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
23324 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
23325 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
23326 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
23327 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
23328 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
23329 #. type: Title =
23330 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26
23331 #, no-wrap
23332 msgid "chrt(1)"
23333 msgstr "chrt(1)"
23334
23335 #. type: Plain text
23336 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37
23337 msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
23338 msgstr "chrt - Manipuler les attributs temps réel d'un processus"
23339
23340 #. type: Plain text
23341 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41
23342 #, no-wrap
23343 msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n"
23344 msgstr "*chrt* [options] _priorité commande paramètres_ ...\n"
23345
23346 #. type: Plain text
23347 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43
23348 #, no-wrap
23349 msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
23350 msgstr "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priorité_] _PID_\n"
23351
23352 #. type: Plain text
23353 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
23354 #, no-wrap
23355 msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
23356 msgstr "*chrt* définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel d'un _PID_ existant ou exécute la _commande_ avec les attributs fournis.\n"
23357
23358 #. type: Title ==
23359 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48
23360 #, no-wrap
23361 msgid "POLICIES"
23362 msgstr "STRATÉGIES"
23363
23364 #. type: Labeled list
23365 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50
23366 #, no-wrap
23367 msgid "*-o*, *--other*"
23368 msgstr "*-o*, *--other*"
23369
23370 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
23371 #. type: Plain text
23372 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
23373 #, fuzzy
23374 #| msgid ""
23375 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_OTHER>.  This is the default Linux "
23376 #| "scheduling policy."
23377 msgid ""
23378 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is "
23379 "the default Linux scheduling policy."
23380 msgstr ""
23381 "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à *SCHED_OTHER*. Il s'agit de la "
23382 "stratégie d'ordonnancement par défaut de Linux."
23383
23384 #. type: Labeled list
23385 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53
23386 #, no-wrap
23387 msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*"
23388 msgstr "*-f*, *--fifo*"
23389
23390 #. type: Plain text
23391 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55
23392 #, fuzzy
23393 #| msgid "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_FIFO>."
23394 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)."
23395 msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_FIFO*."
23396
23397 #. type: Labeled list
23398 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56
23399 #, no-wrap
23400 msgid "*-r*, *--rr*"
23401 msgstr "*-r*, *--rr*"
23402
23403 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
23404 #. type: Plain text
23405 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
23406 #, fuzzy
23407 #| msgid ""
23408 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_RR>.  When no policy is defined, the "
23409 #| "B<SCHED_RR> is used as the default."
23410 msgid ""
23411 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy "
23412 "is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
23413 msgstr ""
23414 "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à *SCHED_RR*. Quand la stratégie n’est "
23415 "pas définie, *SCHED_RR* est utilisée par défaut."
23416
23417 #. type: Labeled list
23418 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59
23419 #, no-wrap
23420 msgid "*-b*, *--batch*"
23421 msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*"
23422
23423 #. type: Plain text
23424 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
23425 #, fuzzy
23426 #| msgid ""
23427 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_BATCH> (Linux-specific, supported since "
23428 #| "2.6.16).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
23429 msgid ""
23430 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-"
23431 "specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to "
23432 "zero."
23433 msgstr ""
23434 "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_BATCH* (spécifique au système "
23435 "Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.16). L’argument _priorité_ doit être "
23436 "défini à zéro."
23437
23438 #. type: Labeled list
23439 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62
23440 #, no-wrap
23441 msgid "*-i*, *--idle*"
23442 msgstr "*-i*, *--idle*"
23443
23444 #. type: Plain text
23445 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
23446 #, fuzzy
23447 #| msgid ""
23448 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_IDLE> (Linux-specific, supported since "
23449 #| "2.6.23).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
23450 msgid ""
23451 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). "
23452 "Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set "
23453 "to zero."
23454 msgstr ""
23455 "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_IDLE* (spécifique au système "
23456 "Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.23). L’argument _priorité_ doit être "
23457 "défini à zéro."
23458
23459 #. type: Labeled list
23460 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65
23461 #, no-wrap
23462 msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*"
23463 msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*"
23464
23465 #. type: Plain text
23466 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
23467 #, fuzzy
23468 #| msgid ""
23469 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (Linux-specific, supported "
23470 #| "since 3.14).  The priority argument has to be set to zero.  See also B<--"
23471 #| "sched-runtime>, B<--sched-deadline> and B<--sched-period>.  The relation "
23472 #| "between the options required by the kernel is runtime E<lt>= deadline "
23473 #| "E<lt>= period.  B<chrt> copies I<period> to I<deadline> if B<--sched-"
23474 #| "deadline> is not specified and I<deadline> to I<runtime> if B<--sched-"
23475 #| "runtime> is not specified.  It means that at least B<--sched-period> has "
23476 #| "to be specified.  See B<sched>(7)  for more details."
23477 msgid ""
23478 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline "
23479 "scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has "
23480 "to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--"
23481 "sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is "
23482 "runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--"
23483 "sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-"
23484 "runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be "
23485 "specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
23486 msgstr ""
23487 "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_DEADLINE* (spécifique au "
23488 "système Linux, prise en charge depuis la version 3.14). L'argument de "
23489 "priorité doit être réglé à zéro. Voir aussi *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-"
23490 "deadline* et *--sched-period*. La relation entre les options exigée par le "
23491 "noyau est : runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copie _période_ dans "
23492 "_délai_ si *--sched-deadline* n'est pas spécifié et _délai_ dans "
23493 "_période_exécution_ si *--sched-runtime* n'est pas spécifié. Cela veut dire "
23494 "qu'au moins *--sched-period* doit être spécifié. Voir *sched*(7) pour plus "
23495 "de détails."
23496
23497 #. type: Title ==
23498 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68
23499 #, no-wrap
23500 msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS"
23501 msgstr "OPTIONS D'ORDONNANCEMENT"
23502
23503 #. type: Labeled list
23504 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70
23505 #, no-wrap
23506 msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_"
23507 msgstr "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanosecondes_"
23508
23509 #. type: Plain text
23510 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
23511 msgid ""
23512 "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
23513 msgstr ""
23514 "Spécifier le paramètre d'exécution pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
23515 "(spécifique au système Linux)."
23516
23517 #. type: Labeled list
23518 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73
23519 #, no-wrap
23520 msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_"
23521 msgstr "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanosecondes_"
23522
23523 #. type: Plain text
23524 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
23525 msgid ""
23526 "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
23527 msgstr ""
23528 "Spécifier le paramètre de la période pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
23529 "(spécifique au système Linux)."
23530
23531 #. type: Labeled list
23532 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76
23533 #, no-wrap
23534 msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_"
23535 msgstr "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanosecondes_"
23536
23537 #. type: Plain text
23538 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
23539 msgid ""
23540 "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
23541 msgstr ""
23542 "Spécifier le paramètre de la date limite pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
23543 "(spécifique au système Linux)."
23544
23545 #. type: Labeled list
23546 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:80
23547 #, no-wrap
23548 msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
23549 msgstr "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
23550
23551 #. type: Plain text
23552 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
23553 #, fuzzy
23554 #| msgid ""
23555 #| "Add B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> flag to the B<SCHED_FIFO> or B<SCHED_RR> "
23556 #| "scheduling policy (Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31)."
23557 msgid ""
23558 "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-"
23559 "specific, supported since 2.6.31."
23560 msgstr ""
23561 "Ajouter l’attribut B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> aux stratégies d'ordonnancement "
23562 "B<SCHED_FIFO> ou B<SCHED_RR> (spécifique au système Linux, géré depuis la "
23563 "version 2.6.31)."
23564
23565 #. type: Plain text
23566 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
23567 msgid ""
23568 "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, "
23569 "children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. "
23570 "After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the "
23571 "thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child "
23572 "processes created by *fork*(2)."
23573 msgstr ""
23574
23575 #. type: Plain text
23576 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
23577 msgid ""
23578 "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules "
23579 "apply for subsequently created children:"
23580 msgstr ""
23581
23582 #. type: Plain text
23583 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
23584 msgid ""
23585 "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, "
23586 "the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
23587 msgstr ""
23588 "Si le thread appelant a une politique d'ordonnancement *SCHED_FIFO* ou "
23589 "*SCHED_RR*, la politique pour les processus enfant est réinitialisée à "
23590 "*SCHED_OTHER*."
23591
23592 #. type: Plain text
23593 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
23594 msgid ""
23595 "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to "
23596 "zero in child processes."
23597 msgstr ""
23598 "Si le processus appelant a une valeur de politesse négative, elle est mise à "
23599 "zéro pour les processus enfant."
23600
23601 #. type: Labeled list
23602 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71
23603 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:71
23604 #, no-wrap
23605 msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
23606 msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
23607
23608 #. type: Plain text
23609 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
23610 msgid ""
23611 "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a "
23612 "given PID."
23613 msgstr ""
23614 "Définir ou récupérer les attributs d'ordonnancement de toutes les tâches "
23615 "(threads) d'un _PID_ donné."
23616
23617 #. type: Labeled list
23618 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95
23619 #, no-wrap
23620 msgid "*-m*, *--max*"
23621 msgstr "*-m*, *--max*"
23622
23623 #. type: Plain text
23624 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97
23625 msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit."
23626 msgstr "Afficher les priorités minimales et maximales, puis quitter."
23627
23628 #. type: Plain text
23629 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79
23630 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:76
23631 msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task."
23632 msgstr "Agir sur un _PID_ existant et ne pas lancer de nouvelle tâche."
23633
23634 #. type: Plain text
23635 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:85
23636 msgid "Show status information."
23637 msgstr "Montrer les informations d'état."
23638
23639 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
23640 #. type: Labeled list
23641 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:91
23642 #, no-wrap
23643 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
23644 msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande {colon}"
23645
23646 #. type: delimited block _
23647 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:112
23648 #, no-wrap
23649 msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
23650 msgstr "*chrt* _priorité_ _commande_ [_paramètres_]\n"
23651
23652 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
23653 #. type: Labeled list
23654 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:114
23655 #, no-wrap
23656 msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}"
23657 msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi récupérer les attributs temps réel d'une tâche existante {colon}"
23658
23659 #. type: delimited block _
23660 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:117
23661 #, no-wrap
23662 msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
23663 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
23664
23665 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
23666 #. type: Labeled list
23667 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:119 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:99
23668 #, no-wrap
23669 msgid "Or set them{colon}"
23670 msgstr "ou les définir {colon}"
23671
23672 #. type: delimited block _
23673 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:122
23674 #, no-wrap
23675 msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n"
23676 msgstr "*chrt -r -p* _priorité PID_\n"
23677
23678 #. type: Labeled list
23679 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123
23680 #, no-wrap
23681 msgid "This, for example, sets real-time scheduling to priority _30_ for the process _PID_ with the *SCHED_RR* (round-robin) class{colon}"
23682 msgstr ""
23683
23684 #. type: delimited block _
23685 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126
23686 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23687 #| msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
23688 msgid "*chrt -r -p 30* _PID_\n"
23689 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
23690
23691 #. type: Labeled list
23692 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127
23693 #, no-wrap
23694 msgid "Reset priorities to default for a process{colon}"
23695 msgstr ""
23696
23697 #. type: delimited block _
23698 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130
23699 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23700 #| msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
23701 msgid "*chrt -o -p 0* _PID_\n"
23702 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
23703
23704 #. type: Plain text
23705 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132
23706 #, fuzzy
23707 #| msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
23708 msgid ""
23709 "See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes "
23710 "and how they interact."
23711 msgstr ""
23712 "Consultez *sched*(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
23713 "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
23714
23715 #. type: Title ==
23716 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104
23717 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:106
23718 #, no-wrap
23719 msgid "PERMISSIONS"
23720 msgstr "PERMISSIONS"
23721
23722 #. type: Plain text
23723 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
23724 msgid ""
23725 "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a "
23726 "process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
23727 msgstr ""
23728 "Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité *CAP_SYS_NICE* afin de modifier les "
23729 "attributs d'ordonnancement d'un processus. N'importe quel utilisateur peut "
23730 "récupérer les informations d'ordonnancement."
23731
23732 #. type: Plain text
23733 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:140
23734 msgid ""
23735 "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b "
23736 "Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some "
23737 "systems."
23738 msgstr ""
23739 "Seules *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* et *SCHED_RR* font partie de la norme "
23740 "POSIX 1003.1b d’ordonnancement de processus. Les autres attributs "
23741 "d'ordonnancement pourraient être ignorés sur d'autres systèmes."
23742
23743 #. type: Plain text
23744 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:142
23745 msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*."
23746 msgstr "La stratégie d’ordonnancement par défaut sous Linux est *SCHED_OTHER*."
23747
23748 #. type: Plain text
23749 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:147
23750 msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
23751 msgstr "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
23752
23753 #. type: Plain text
23754 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:154 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:132
23755 #, no-wrap
23756 msgid ""
23757 "*nice*(1),\n"
23758 "*renice*(1),\n"
23759 "*taskset*(1),\n"
23760 "*sched*(7)\n"
23761 msgstr ""
23762 "*nice*(1),\n"
23763 "*renice*(1),\n"
23764 "*taskset*(1),\n"
23765 "*sched*(7)\n"
23766
23767 #. type: Plain text
23768 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:156
23769 msgid ""
23770 "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
23771 msgstr ""
23772 "Consultez *sched_setscheduler*(2) pour une description de l'organisation de "
23773 "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
23774
23775 #. type: Title =
23776 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2
23777 #, no-wrap
23778 msgid "ionice(1)"
23779 msgstr "ionice(1)"
23780
23781 #. type: Plain text
23782 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13
23783 msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority"
23784 msgstr ""
23785 "ionice - Obtenir ou définir la classe et la priorité d'ordonnancement des "
23786 "entrées et sorties d'un processus"
23787
23788 #. type: Plain text
23789 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17
23790 #, no-wrap
23791 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
23792 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
23793
23794 #. type: Plain text
23795 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19
23796 #, no-wrap
23797 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
23798 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
23799
23800 #. type: Plain text
23801 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21
23802 #, no-wrap
23803 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
23804 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
23805
23806 #. type: Plain text
23807 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23
23808 #, no-wrap
23809 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n"
23810 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] _commande_ [argument] ...\n"
23811
23812 #. type: Plain text
23813 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
23814 msgid ""
23815 "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
23816 "program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the "
23817 "current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
23818 msgstr ""
23819 "Ce programme définit ou lit la priorité et la classe d'ordonnancement des "
23820 "entrées et sorties d'un programme. S'il n'y a pas de paramètre ou si seul *-"
23821 "p* est donné, *ionice* demandera la classe et la priorité actuelle "
23822 "d'ordonnancement d'entrées et sorties pour ce processus."
23823
23824 #. type: Plain text
23825 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
23826 msgid ""
23827 "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given "
23828 "arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with "
23829 "the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
23830 msgstr ""
23831 "Si la _commande_ est fournie, *ionice* exécutera cette commande avec les "
23832 "arguments fournis. Si aucune _classe_ n'est indiquée, la _commande_ sera "
23833 "exécutée avec la classe d'ordonnancement *au mieux*. Le niveau de priorité "
23834 "par défaut est 4."
23835
23836 #. type: Plain text
23837 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
23838 msgid ""
23839 "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
23840 msgstr ""
23841 "Un processus peut appartenir à l'une de ces trois classes d'ordonnancement : "
23842
23843 #. type: Labeled list
23844 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32
23845 #, no-wrap
23846 msgid "*Idle*"
23847 msgstr "*Au ralenti (« idle »)*"
23848
23849 #. type: Plain text
23850 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
23851 msgid ""
23852 "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
23853 "other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact "
23854 "of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This "
23855 "scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this "
23856 "scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
23857 msgstr ""
23858 "Un programme s'exécutant avec une priorité d'entrées et sorties *au ralenti* "
23859 "n'obtiendra du temps pour accéder au disque que si aucun autre programme ne "
23860 "demande des entrées et sorties sur les disques pendant une période donnée. "
23861 "L'impact d'un processus avec une classe d'ordonnancement d'entrées et "
23862 "sorties *au ralenti* sur l'activité normale du système devrait être nul. "
23863 "Cette classe d'ordonnancement de processus ne prend pas de priorité en "
23864 "paramètre. Cette classe d'ordonnancement est permise pour un simple "
23865 "utilisateur (depuis Linux 2.6.25)."
23866
23867 #. type: Labeled list
23868 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35
23869 #, no-wrap
23870 msgid "*Best-effort*"
23871 msgstr "*Au mieux (« best-effort »)*"
23872
23873 #. type: Plain text
23874 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
23875 msgid ""
23876 "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
23877 "for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from "
23878 "_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the "
23879 "same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
23880 msgstr ""
23881 "C'est la classe d'ordonnancement par défaut pour chaque processus qui n'a "
23882 "pas demandé une priorité spécifique d'entrées et sorties. Les programmes "
23883 "héritent des paramètres de politesse (« nice ») du processeur pour les "
23884 "priorités d'entrées et sorties. Cette classe prend une priorité en paramètre "
23885 "dans la gamme _0-7_, où un nombre plus bas sera d'une priorité plus haute. "
23886 "Les programmes en cours d’exécution ayant la même priorité *au mieux* sont "
23887 "servis les uns après les autres."
23888
23889 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
23890 #. type: Plain text
23891 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39
23892 msgid ""
23893 "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
23894 "priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler "
23895 "will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The "
23896 "priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the "
23897 "CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
23898 msgstr ""
23899 "Notez qu'avant le noyau 2.6.26, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité "
23900 "d'entrées et sorties utilise la classe d'ordonnancement « *none* » (aucune), "
23901 "mais l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties traitera un tel processus comme "
23902 "s'il était de la classe *au mieux*. La priorité dans la classe *au mieux* "
23903 "sera dynamiquement dérivée du niveau de politesse processeur du processus "
23904 "d'entrées et sorties : « io_priority » = (politesse_cpu + 20) / 5."
23905
23906 #. type: Plain text
23907 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
23908 msgid ""
23909 "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not "
23910 "asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O "
23911 "priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before "
23912 "kernel 2.6.26)."
23913 msgstr ""
23914 "Pour les noyaux postérieurs à 2.6.26 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et "
23915 "sorties CFQ, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité d'entrées et "
23916 "sorties hérite de la classe d'ordonnancement de son processeur. La priorité "
23917 "d'entrées et sorties est dérivée du niveau de politesse processeur du "
23918 "processus d'entrées et sorties (comme avant le noyau 2.6.26)."
23919
23920 #. type: Labeled list
23921 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43
23922 #, no-wrap
23923 msgid "*Realtime*"
23924 msgstr "*Temps réel (« realtime »)*"
23925
23926 #. type: Plain text
23927 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
23928 msgid ""
23929 "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
23930 "what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with "
23931 "some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, "
23932 "8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process "
23933 "will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not "
23934 "permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
23935 msgstr ""
23936 "La classe d'ordonnancement *temps réel* donne d'abord l'accès au disque, "
23937 "sans se soucier des autres exécutions sur le système. De ce fait, la classe "
23938 "*temps réel* doit être utilisée avec attention, car elle peut « affamer » "
23939 "d'autres processus. Comme la classe *au mieux*, 8 niveaux de priorité sont "
23940 "définis dénotant la période de temps qu'un processus donné recevra dans "
23941 "chaque fenêtre d'ordonnancement. Cette classe d'ordonnancement n'est pas "
23942 "permise pour un simple utilisateur (c'est-à-dire, non superutilisateur)."
23943
23944 #. type: Labeled list
23945 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48
23946 #, no-wrap
23947 msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_"
23948 msgstr "*-c*, *--class* _classe_"
23949
23950 #. type: Plain text
23951 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
23952 msgid ""
23953 "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` "
23954 "for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
23955 msgstr ""
23956 "Indiquer le nom ou le numéro de la classe d'ordonnancement à utiliser : _0_ "
23957 "pour aucune, _1_ pour _temps réel_, _2_ pour _au mieux_, _3_ pour _au "
23958 "ralenti_."
23959
23960 #. type: Labeled list
23961 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51
23962 #, no-wrap
23963 msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_"
23964 msgstr "*-n*, *--classdata* _niveau_"
23965
23966 #. type: Plain text
23967 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
23968 msgid ""
23969 "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
23970 "accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data "
23971 "(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
23972 msgstr ""
23973 "Indiquer les données de la classe d'ordonnancement. Cela n'a d'effet que si "
23974 "la classe accepte un paramètre. Pour les classes *temps réel* et *au mieux*, "
23975 "les données valables sont dans l'intervalle _0-7_ (niveaux de priorité) et "
23976 "_0_ représente le niveau de priorité le plus élevé."
23977
23978 #. type: Labeled list
23979 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54
23980 #, no-wrap
23981 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
23982 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
23983
23984 #. type: Plain text
23985 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
23986 msgid ""
23987 "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
23988 "scheduling parameters."
23989 msgstr ""
23990 "Indiquer les identifiants de processus des processus en cours d'exécution "
23991 "desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."
23992
23993 #. type: Labeled list
23994 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57
23995 #, no-wrap
23996 msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
23997 msgstr "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
23998
23999 #. type: Plain text
24000 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
24001 msgid ""
24002 "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set "
24003 "the scheduling parameters."
24004 msgstr ""
24005 "Indiquer les identifiants de groupe de processus des processus en cours "
24006 "d'exécution desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."
24007
24008 #. type: Labeled list
24009 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60
24010 #, no-wrap
24011 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*"
24012 msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore*"
24013
24014 #. type: Plain text
24015 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
24016 msgid ""
24017 "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, "
24018 "run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling "
24019 "priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel "
24020 "version."
24021 msgstr ""
24022 "Ignorer les échecs de définition de la priorité demandée. Si _commande_ "
24023 "était fournie, le programme est exécuté même s'il n'était pas possible de "
24024 "définir la priorité d'ordonnancement demandée, ce qui peut arriver à cause "
24025 "de droits insuffisants ou d'une vieille version du noyau."
24026
24027 #. type: Labeled list
24028 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63
24029 #, no-wrap
24030 msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
24031 msgstr "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
24032
24033 #. type: Plain text
24034 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65
24035 msgid ""
24036 "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
24037 "scheduling parameters."
24038 msgstr ""
24039 "Indiquer les identifiants d’utilisateur de processus des processus en cours "
24040 "d'exécution desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."
24041
24042 #. type: Plain text
24043 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71
24044 msgid ""
24045 "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the "
24046 "CFQ I/O scheduler."
24047 msgstr ""
24048 "Linux prend en charge des priorités et classes d'ordonnancement d'entrées et "
24049 "sorties depuis 2.6.13 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties CFQ."
24050
24051 #. type: Plain text
24052 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75
24053 msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
24054 msgstr "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
24055
24056 #. type: Plain text
24057 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:77
24058 msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process."
24059 msgstr ""
24060 "Définit le processus avec le PID 89 comme un processus de la classe "
24061 "d'entrées et sorties *au ralenti*."
24062
24063 #. type: Plain text
24064 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79
24065 msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
24066 msgstr "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
24067
24068 #. type: Plain text
24069 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81
24070 msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
24071 msgstr ""
24072 "Exécute « bash » comme un programme *au mieux* avec la priorité la plus "
24073 "élevée."
24074
24075 #. type: Plain text
24076 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83
24077 msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
24078 msgstr "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
24079
24080 #. type: Plain text
24081 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85
24082 msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91."
24083 msgstr "Renvoie la classe et la priorité des processus des PID 89 et 91."
24084
24085 #. type: Plain text
24086 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90
24087 msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24088 msgstr "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24089
24090 #. type: Plain text
24091 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94
24092 #, no-wrap
24093 msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
24094 msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
24095
24096 #
24097 #
24098 #
24099 #
24100 #. taskset(1) manpage
24101 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
24102 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
24103 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
24104 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
24105 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
24106 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
24107 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
24108 #. intermediate and printed output.
24109 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
24110 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
24111 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
24112 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
24113 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
24114 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
24115 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
24116 #. type: Title =
24117 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24
24118 #, no-wrap
24119 msgid "taskset(1)"
24120 msgstr "taskset(1)"
24121
24122 #. type: Plain text
24123 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36
24124 msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
24125 msgstr "taskset - Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur d'un processus"
24126
24127 #. type: Plain text
24128 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40
24129 #, no-wrap
24130 msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n"
24131 msgstr "*taskset* [options] _masque commande_ [_paramètre_...]\n"
24132
24133 #. type: Plain text
24134 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42
24135 #, no-wrap
24136 msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n"
24137 msgstr "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_masque_] _PID_\n"
24138
24139 #. type: Plain text
24140 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
24141 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24142 #| msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications."
24143 msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications.   The affinity of some processes like kernel per-CPU threads cannot be set.\n"
24144 msgstr "*taskset* est généralement utilisé pour récupérer ou définir l'affinité processeur d'un processus en cours d'exécution en donnant son _PID_ ou pour lancer une nouvelle _commande_ avec une affinité processeur fournie. L'affinité processeur est une propriété de l'ordonnanceur qui « lie » un processus à un ensemble de processeurs donné sur un système. L'ordonnanceur de Linux respectera l'affinité processeur et le processus ne s'exécutera sur aucun autre processeur. Notez que l'ordonnanceur Linux gère également l'affinité processeur dite « naturelle » : l'ordonnanceur essaie de maintenir les processus sur le même processeur tant que cela a du sens pour des raisons de performances. Ainsi, forcer une affinité processeur spécifique n'est utile que dans certaines applications."
24145
24146 #. type: Plain text
24147 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
24148 msgid ""
24149 "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
24150 "corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
24151 "corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
24152 "system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask "
24153 "will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. "
24154 "If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on "
24155 "the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in "
24156 "hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--"
24157 "cpu-list* option. For example,"
24158 msgstr ""
24159 "L'affinité du processeur est représentée par un _masque_ binaire, avec le "
24160 "bit de poids le plus faible correspondant au premier processeur logique et "
24161 "le bit de poids le plus fort au dernier processeur logique. Tous les "
24162 "processeurs peuvent ne pas exister dans un système donné, mais un _masque_ "
24163 "peut indiquer plus de processeurs que ceux qui sont présents. Un _masque_ "
24164 "récupéré n'aura que les bits correspondants aux processeurs présents "
24165 "physiquement sur le système. Si un _masque_ erroné est fourni (c'est-à-dire, "
24166 "un _masque_ qui correspond à un processeur absent sur le système actuel) une "
24167 "erreur est alors renvoyée. Les masques peuvent être codés en hexadécimal "
24168 "(avec ou sans un « 0x » en tête) ou sous la forme d'une liste de processeurs "
24169 "avec l'option *--cpu-list*. Par exemple :"
24170
24171 #. type: Labeled list
24172 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49
24173 #, no-wrap
24174 msgid "*0x00000001*"
24175 msgstr "*0x00000001*"
24176
24177 #. type: Plain text
24178 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51
24179 msgid "is processor #0,"
24180 msgstr "correspond au processeur nº 0 ;"
24181
24182 #. type: Labeled list
24183 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52
24184 #, no-wrap
24185 msgid "*0x00000003*"
24186 msgstr "*0x00000003*"
24187
24188 #. type: Plain text
24189 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54
24190 msgid "is processors #0 and #1,"
24191 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 0 et nº 1 ;"
24192
24193 #. type: Labeled list
24194 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55
24195 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24196 #| msgid "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
24197 msgid "*FFFFFFFF*"
24198 msgstr "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
24199
24200 #. type: Plain text
24201 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57
24202 msgid "is processors #0 through #31,"
24203 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs du nº 0 au nº 31 ;"
24204
24205 #. type: Labeled list
24206 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58
24207 #, no-wrap
24208 msgid "*0x32*"
24209 msgstr ""
24210
24211 #. type: Plain text
24212 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60
24213 msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5,"
24214 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 1, nº 4 et nº 5 ;"
24215
24216 #. type: Labeled list
24217 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61
24218 #, no-wrap
24219 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
24220 msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
24221
24222 #. type: Plain text
24223 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63
24224 msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6."
24225 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 0, nº 1, nº 2 et nº 6 ;"
24226
24227 #. type: Labeled list
24228 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64
24229 #, no-wrap
24230 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
24231 msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
24232
24233 #. type: Plain text
24234 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
24235 msgid ""
24236 "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride "
24237 "in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
24238 msgstr ""
24239 "correspond aux processeurs nº 0, nº 2, nº 4, nº 6, nº 8 et nº 10. Le suffixe "
24240 "« :N » spécifie la raison de l'intervalle : par exemple _0-10:3_ est "
24241 "interprété comme la liste _0,3,6,9_."
24242
24243 #. type: Plain text
24244 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
24245 msgid ""
24246 "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been "
24247 "scheduled to a legal CPU."
24248 msgstr ""
24249 "Lorsque *taskset* répond, il est garanti que le programme donné a été dirigé "
24250 "vers un processeur existant."
24251
24252 #. type: Plain text
24253 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
24254 msgid ""
24255 "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
24256 msgstr ""
24257 "Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur de toutes les tâches (threads) "
24258 "d'un PID donné."
24259
24260 #. type: Labeled list
24261 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74
24262 #, no-wrap
24263 msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
24264 msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
24265
24266 #. type: Plain text
24267 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
24268 msgid ""
24269 "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. "
24270 "Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: "
24271 "*0,5,8-11*."
24272 msgstr ""
24273 "Interpréter _masque_ comme une liste numérique de processeurs au lieu d'un "
24274 "masque binaire. Les nombres sont séparés par des virgules, et peuvent "
24275 "comprendre des intervalles. Par exemple : *0,5,8-11*."
24276
24277 #. type: Title ==
24278 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:88
24279 #, no-wrap
24280 msgid "USAGE"
24281 msgstr "UTILISATION"
24282
24283 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24284 #. type: Labeled list
24285 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85
24286 #, no-wrap
24287 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}"
24288 msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande avec un masque d'affinité donné {colon}"
24289
24290 #. type: Plain text
24291 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:87
24292 #, no-wrap
24293 msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
24294 msgstr "*taskset* _mask_ _commande_ [_paramètres_]\n"
24295
24296 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24297 #. type: Labeled list
24298 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89
24299 #, no-wrap
24300 msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}"
24301 msgstr "Vous pouvez également récupérer l'affinité processeur d'une tâche existante {colon}"
24302
24303 #. type: Plain text
24304 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91
24305 #, no-wrap
24306 msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
24307 msgstr "*taskset -p* _PID_\n"
24308
24309 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24310 #. type: Labeled list
24311 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93
24312 #, no-wrap
24313 msgid "Or set it{colon}"
24314 msgstr "ou la modifier {colon}"
24315
24316 #. type: Plain text
24317 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95
24318 #, no-wrap
24319 msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
24320 msgstr "*taskset -p* _masque PID_\n"
24321
24322 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24323 #. type: Labeled list
24324 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:97
24325 #, no-wrap
24326 msgid "When a cpu-list is specified for an existing process, the *-p* and *-c* options must be grouped together{colon}"
24327 msgstr ""
24328
24329 #. type: Plain text
24330 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
24331 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24332 #| msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
24333 msgid "*taskset -pc* _cpu-list pid_\n"
24334 msgstr "*taskset -p* _masque PID_\n"
24335
24336 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24337 #. type: Labeled list
24338 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:101
24339 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24340 #| msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
24341 msgid "The *--cpu-list* form is applicable only for launching new commands{colon}"
24342 msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande {colon}"
24343
24344 #. type: Plain text
24345 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103
24346 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24347 #| msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
24348 msgid "*taskset --cpu-list* _cpu-list command_\n"
24349 msgstr "*taskset -p* _PID_\n"
24350
24351 #. type: Plain text
24352 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107
24353 msgid ""
24354 "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. "
24355 "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process "
24356 "belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any "
24357 "process."
24358 msgstr ""
24359 "Un utilisateur peut modifier l’affinité processeur d’un processus lui "
24360 "appartenant. Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité *CAP_SYS_NICE* pour "
24361 "modifier l'affinité processeur d'un processus appartenant à un autre "
24362 "utilisateur. Un utilisateur peut récupérer le masque d'affinité de n’importe "
24363 "quel processus."
24364
24365 #. type: Plain text
24366 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:111
24367 #, no-wrap
24368 msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID exists.\n"
24369 msgstr ""
24370
24371 #. type: Plain text
24372 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113
24373 #, no-wrap
24374 msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying *sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does.  The success of the command does not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside the new affinity mask.  For example, the affinity of the kernel thread kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not guaranteed to ever do so:\n"
24375 msgstr ""
24376
24377 #. type: Plain text
24378 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:125
24379 #, no-wrap
24380 msgid ""
24381 "$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep kswapd +\n"
24382 "kswapd0           4      82 +\n"
24383 "$ sudo taskset -p 1 82 +\n"
24384 "pid 82's current affinity mask: 1 +\n"
24385 "pid 82's new affinity mask: 1 +\n"
24386 "$ echo $? +\n"
24387 "0 +\n"
24388 "$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep kswapd +\n"
24389 "kswapd0           4      82 +\n"
24390 "$ taskset -p 82 +\n"
24391 "pid 82's current affinity mask: 1 +\n"
24392 msgstr ""
24393
24394 #. type: Plain text
24395 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:127
24396 msgid ""
24397 "In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print "
24398 "an error and return 1:"
24399 msgstr ""
24400
24401 #. type: Plain text
24402 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:135
24403 #, no-wrap
24404 msgid ""
24405 "$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep ksoftirqd/0 +\n"
24406 "ksoftirqd/0       0      14 +\n"
24407 "$ sudo taskset -p 1 14 +\n"
24408 "pid 14's current affinity mask: 1 +\n"
24409 "taskset: failed to set pid 14's affinity: Invalid argument +\n"
24410 "$ echo $? +\n"
24411 "1 +\n"
24412 msgstr ""
24413
24414 #. type: Plain text
24415 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:139
24416 msgid "Written by Robert M. Love."
24417 msgstr "Écrit par Robert M. Love."
24418
24419 #. type: Title ==
24420 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:140 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72
24421 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126
24422 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83
24423 #, no-wrap
24424 msgid "COPYRIGHT"
24425 msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
24426
24427 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
24428 #. type: Plain text
24429 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:144
24430 msgid ""
24431 "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the "
24432 "source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
24433 "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
24434 msgstr ""
24435 "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. C'est un logiciel libre ; "
24436 "consultez les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE "
24437 "garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION "
24438 "PARTICULIÈRE."
24439
24440 #. type: Plain text
24441 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:152
24442 #, no-wrap
24443 msgid ""
24444 "*chrt*(1),\n"
24445 "*nice*(1),\n"
24446 "*renice*(1),\n"
24447 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
24448 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
24449 msgstr ""
24450 "*chrt*(1),\n"
24451 "*nice*(1),\n"
24452 "*renice*(1),\n"
24453 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
24454 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
24455
24456 #. type: Plain text
24457 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:154
24458 msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
24459 msgstr ""
24460 "Consultez *sched*(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
24461 "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
24462
24463 #
24464 #
24465 #
24466 #
24467 #
24468 #. uclampset(1) manpage
24469 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qyousef@layalina.io>
24470 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd
24471 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
24472 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
24473 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
24474 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
24475 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
24476 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
24477 #. intermediate and printed output.
24478 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
24479 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
24480 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
24481 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
24482 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
24483 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
24484 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
24485 #. type: Title =
24486 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26
24487 #, no-wrap
24488 msgid "uclampset(1)"
24489 msgstr "uclampset(1)"
24490
24491 #. type: Plain text
24492 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
24493 #, fuzzy
24494 #| msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
24495 msgid ""
24496 "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or "
24497 "a process"
24498 msgstr "chrt - Manipuler les attributs temps réel d'un processus"
24499
24500 #. type: Plain text
24501 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42
24502 #, no-wrap
24503 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n"
24504 msgstr ""
24505
24506 #. type: Plain text
24507 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44
24508 #, no-wrap
24509 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n"
24510 msgstr ""
24511
24512 #. type: Plain text
24513 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48
24514 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24515 #| msgid "B<chrt> sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing I<pid>, or runs I<command> with the given attributes."
24516 msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
24517 msgstr "B<chrt> définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel d'un I<PID> existant ou exécute la I<commande> avec les attributs fournis."
24518
24519 #. type: Plain text
24520 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50
24521 msgid ""
24522 "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the "
24523 "scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be "
24524 "operating at."
24525 msgstr ""
24526
24527 #. type: Plain text
24528 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52
24529 msgid ""
24530 "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. "
24531 "Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the "
24532 "time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other "
24533 "cpufreq governors support."
24534 msgstr ""
24535
24536 #. type: Plain text
24537 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54
24538 msgid ""
24539 "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. "
24540 "Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted "
24541 "such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then "
24542 "the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
24543 msgstr ""
24544
24545 #. type: Plain text
24546 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56
24547 msgid ""
24548 "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little "
24549 "cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the "
24550 "actual utilization of the task is at max."
24551 msgstr ""
24552
24553 #. type: Plain text
24554 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58
24555 msgid ""
24556 "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost "
24557 "the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
24558 msgstr ""
24559
24560 #. type: Plain text
24561 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60
24562 msgid ""
24563 "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the "
24564 "task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
24565 msgstr ""
24566
24567 #. type: Plain text
24568 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
24569 msgid ""
24570 "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to "
24571 "reset to system's default."
24572 msgstr ""
24573
24574 #. type: Plain text
24575 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67
24576 msgid "Set _util_min_ value."
24577 msgstr ""
24578
24579 #. type: Plain text
24580 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:70
24581 msgid "Set _util_max_ value."
24582 msgstr ""
24583
24584 #. type: Plain text
24585 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73
24586 #, fuzzy
24587 #| msgid ""
24588 #| "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for "
24589 #| "a given PID."
24590 msgid ""
24591 "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks "
24592 "(threads) for a given PID."
24593 msgstr ""
24594 "Définir ou récupérer les attributs d'ordonnancement de toutes les tâches "
24595 "(threads) d'un I<PID> donné."
24596
24597 #. type: Labeled list
24598 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77
24599 #, no-wrap
24600 msgid "*-s*, *--system*"
24601 msgstr "*-s*, *--system*"
24602
24603 #. type: Plain text
24604 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:79
24605 msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes."
24606 msgstr ""
24607
24608 #. type: Plain text
24609 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:82
24610 msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag."
24611 msgstr ""
24612
24613 #. type: Plain text
24614 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:93
24615 #, no-wrap
24616 msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
24617 msgstr ""
24618
24619 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24620 #. type: Labeled list
24621 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:95
24622 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24623 #| msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task:"
24624 msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}"
24625 msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi récupérer les attributs temps réel d'une tâche existante :"
24626
24627 #. type: Plain text
24628 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:97
24629 #, no-wrap
24630 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
24631 msgstr "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
24632
24633 #. type: Plain text
24634 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:101
24635 #, no-wrap
24636 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
24637 msgstr ""
24638
24639 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24640 #. type: Labeled list
24641 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:103
24642 #, no-wrap
24643 msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}"
24644 msgstr ""
24645
24646 #. type: Plain text
24647 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:105
24648 #, no-wrap
24649 msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
24650 msgstr ""
24651
24652 #. type: Plain text
24653 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
24654 msgid ""
24655 "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the "
24656 "_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and "
24657 "_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp "
24658 "values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
24659 msgstr ""
24660
24661 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24662 #. type: Labeled list
24663 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:115
24664 #, no-wrap
24665 msgid "For example{colon}"
24666 msgstr "Par exemple {colon}"
24667
24668 #. type: Plain text
24669 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117
24670 #, no-wrap
24671 msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
24672 msgstr "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
24673
24674 #. type: Plain text
24675 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119
24676 msgid ""
24677 "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in "
24678 "the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the "
24679 "maximum performance of the system to 700."
24680 msgstr ""
24681
24682 #. type: Plain text
24683 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121
24684 msgid ""
24685 "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
24686 msgstr ""
24687
24688 #. type: Plain text
24689 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125
24690 msgid "mailto:qyousef@layalina.io[Qais Yousef]"
24691 msgstr "mailto:qyousef@layalina.io[Qais Yousef]"
24692
24693 #. type: Plain text
24694 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:134
24695 msgid ""
24696 "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the "
24697 "Linux scheduling scheme."
24698 msgstr ""
24699 "Consultez *sched_setscheduler*(2) et *sched_setattr*(2) pour une description "
24700 "de l'organisation de l'ordonnancement de Linux."
24701
24702 #. type: Title =
24703 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2
24704 #, no-wrap
24705 msgid "adjtime_config(5)"
24706 msgstr "adjtime_config(5)"
24707
24708 #. type: Plain text
24709 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
24710 msgid ""
24711 "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
24712 msgstr ""
24713
24714 #. type: Plain text
24715 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53
24716 msgid "_/etc/adjtime_"
24717 msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_"
24718
24719 #. type: Plain text
24720 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
24721 msgid ""
24722 "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware "
24723 "mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by "
24724 "*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
24725 msgstr ""
24726
24727 #. type: Plain text
24728 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
24729 msgid ""
24730 "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or "
24731 "*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write "
24732 "access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file "
24733 "is missing."
24734 msgstr ""
24735
24736 #. type: Plain text
24737 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
24738 #, fuzzy
24739 #| msgid ""
24740 #| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
24741 #| "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
24742 #| "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
24743 #| "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
24744 #| "Hardware Clock."
24745 msgid ""
24746 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
24747 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
24748 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps "
24749 "the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more "
24750 "details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections "
24751 "from *hwclock*(8) man page."
24752 msgstr ""
24753 "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
24754 "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
24755 "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction B<\\%--adjust> "
24756 "de B<\\%hwclock> permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive systématique à "
24757 "l’horloge matérielle."
24758
24759 #. type: Plain text
24760 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
24761 #, fuzzy
24762 #| msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII."
24763 msgid "The _adjtime_ file is formatted in ASCII."
24764 msgstr "Le format du fichier d'ajustement, en ASCII, est le suivant."
24765
24766 #. type: Title ===
24767 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27
24768 #, no-wrap
24769 msgid "First line"
24770 msgstr ""
24771
24772 #. type: Plain text
24773 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30
24774 msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:"
24775 msgstr ""
24776
24777 #. type: Labeled list
24778 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31
24779 #, no-wrap
24780 msgid "*drift factor*"
24781 msgstr ""
24782
24783 #. type: Plain text
24784 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33
24785 msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)"
24786 msgstr ""
24787
24788 #. type: Labeled list
24789 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34
24790 #, no-wrap
24791 msgid "*last adjust time*"
24792 msgstr ""
24793
24794 #. type: Plain text
24795 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
24796 msgid ""
24797 "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or "
24798 "calibration (decimal integer)"
24799 msgstr ""
24800
24801 #. type: Labeled list
24802 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37
24803 #, no-wrap
24804 msgid "*adjustment status*"
24805 msgstr ""
24806
24807 #. type: Plain text
24808 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39
24809 msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal"
24810 msgstr ""
24811
24812 #. type: Title ===
24813 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40
24814 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24815 #| msgid "B<Header lines>"
24816 msgid "Second line"
24817 msgstr "B<Lignes d’en-tête>"
24818
24819 #. type: Labeled list
24820 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42
24821 #, no-wrap
24822 msgid "*last calibration time*"
24823 msgstr ""
24824
24825 #. type: Plain text
24826 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
24827 msgid ""
24828 "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. "
24829 "Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous "
24830 "calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, "
24831 "since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal "
24832 "integer."
24833 msgstr ""
24834 "Le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le dernier étalonnage. Zéro "
24835 "s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des derniers étalonnages est "
24836 "discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle, depuis cet étalonnage, est "
24837 "erronée). C'est un entier décimal."
24838
24839 #. type: Title ===
24840 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45
24841 #, no-wrap
24842 msgid "Third line"
24843 msgstr ""
24844
24845 #. type: Labeled list
24846 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47
24847 #, no-wrap
24848 msgid "*clock mode*"
24849 msgstr ""
24850
24851 #. type: Plain text
24852 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
24853 #, fuzzy
24854 #| msgid ""
24855 #| "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\".  Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
24856 #| "Coordinated Universal Time or local time.  You can always override this "
24857 #| "value with options on the B<\\%hwclock> command line."
24858 msgid ""
24859 "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is "
24860 "set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override "
24861 "this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
24862 msgstr ""
24863 "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
24864 "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
24865 "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de *hwclock*(8)."
24866
24867 #. type: Plain text
24868 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58
24869 #, no-wrap
24870 msgid ""
24871 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
24872 "*rtcwake*(8)\n"
24873 msgstr ""
24874 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
24875 "*rtcwake*(8)\n"
24876
24877 #. type: Title =
24878 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2
24879 #, no-wrap
24880 msgid "blkdiscard(8)"
24881 msgstr "blkdiscard(8)"
24882
24883 #. type: Plain text
24884 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12
24885 msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
24886 msgstr "blkdiscard - Abandonner des secteurs sur un périphérique"
24887
24888 #. type: Plain text
24889 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16
24890 #, no-wrap
24891 msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
24892 msgstr "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _périphérique_\n"
24893
24894 #. type: Plain text
24895 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
24896 #, no-wrap
24897 msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n"
24898 msgstr "*blkdiscard* est utilisé pour abandonner des secteurs sur un périphérique. C'est pratique pour les pilotes SSD (« solid-state drive ») et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »). Contrairement à *fstrim*(8), cette commande est utilisée directement sur le périphérique bloc.\n"
24899
24900 #. type: Plain text
24901 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
24902 msgid ""
24903 "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
24904 "be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
24905 msgstr ""
24906 "Par défaut, *blkdiscard* abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. Les "
24907 "options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle ou "
24908 "de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
24909
24910 #. type: Plain text
24911 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22
24912 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:22
24913 msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device."
24914 msgstr "Le paramètre _périphérique_ est le chemin du périphérique bloc."
24915
24916 #. type: Plain text
24917 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26
24918 #, no-wrap
24919 msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n"
24920 msgstr "*Attention : toutes les données de la région abandonnée sur le périphérique seront perdues !*\n"
24921
24922 #. type: Plain text
24923 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
24924 msgid ""
24925 "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
24926 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
24927 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
24928 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
24929 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
24930 msgstr ""
24931 "Les arguments _position_ et _taille_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
24932 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
24933 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
24934 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
24935 "ZB et YB."
24936
24937 #. type: Plain text
24938 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
24939 #, fuzzy
24940 #| msgid ""
24941 #| "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive "
24942 #| "mode (O_EXCL) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or "
24943 #| "another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive "
24944 #| "access mode."
24945 msgid ""
24946 "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
24947 "(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
24948 "kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
24949 msgstr ""
24950 "Désactiver toutes les vérifications. Depuis la version 2.36, le périphérique "
24951 "bloc est ouvert en mode exclusif (O_EXCL) par défaut pour éviter des "
24952 "conflits avec le système de fichiers monté ou un autre sous-système du "
24953 "noyau. L’option *--force* désactive le mode d’accès exclusif."
24954
24955 #. type: Plain text
24956 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
24957 msgid ""
24958 "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
24959 "value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
24960 msgstr ""
24961 "La position en octet dans le périphérique à partir de laquelle abandonner. "
24962 "La valeur fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du "
24963 "périphérique. La valeur par défaut est zéro."
24964
24965 #. type: Plain text
24966 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
24967 msgid ""
24968 "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
24969 "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
24970 "value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the "
24971 "device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
24972 msgstr ""
24973 "Le nombre d'octets à abandonner (à partir du point de départ). La valeur "
24974 "fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du périphérique. Si la "
24975 "valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du périphérique, *blkdiscard* "
24976 "s'arrêtera à la limite de taille du périphérique. La valeur par défaut "
24977 "prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du périphérique."
24978
24979 #. type: Labeled list
24980 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40
24981 #, no-wrap
24982 msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_"
24983 msgstr "*-p*, *--step* _taille_"
24984
24985 #. type: Plain text
24986 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
24987 msgid ""
24988 "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
24989 "discard all by one ioctl call."
24990 msgstr ""
24991 "Le nombre d’octets à abandonner en une opération. Par défaut, tout est "
24992 "abandonné par un appel de l’ioctl."
24993
24994 #. type: Plain text
24995 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
24996 #, fuzzy
24997 #| msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
24998 msgid "Suppress warning messages."
24999 msgstr "Supprimer la sortie et les messages d’avertissements."
25000
25001 #. type: Labeled list
25002 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46
25003 #, no-wrap
25004 msgid "*-s*, *--secure*"
25005 msgstr "*-s*, *--secure*"
25006
25007 #. type: Plain text
25008 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48
25009 msgid ""
25010 "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
25011 "except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
25012 "garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
25013 "device."
25014 msgstr ""
25015 "Réaliser un abandon sûr. Un abandon sûr est comme un abandon ordinaire, à "
25016 "part que toutes les copies des blocs abandonnés qui ont été éventuellement "
25017 "créées par le ramasse-miettes seront aussi écrasées. Cela nécessite une "
25018 "prise en charge par le périphérique."
25019
25020 #. type: Labeled list
25021 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49
25022 #, no-wrap
25023 msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
25024 msgstr "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
25025
25026 #. type: Plain text
25027 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
25028 msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
25029 msgstr "Remplir de zéro plutôt que d’abandonner."
25030
25031 #. type: Plain text
25032 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54
25033 msgid ""
25034 "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option "
25035 "is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
25036 msgstr ""
25037 "Afficher les valeurs alignées de _position_ et _taille_. Si l’option *--"
25038 "step* est indiquée, la progression d’abandon est affichée toutes les "
25039 "secondes."
25040
25041 #. type: Plain text
25042 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:60
25043 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25044 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
25045 msgid "*blkdiscard* has the following exit status values:\n"
25046 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
25047
25048 #. type: Plain text
25049 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:66
25050 #, fuzzy
25051 #| msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
25052 msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or any other generic error"
25053 msgstr "invocation ou permissions incorrectes"
25054
25055 #. type: Plain text
25056 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:69
25057 msgid "failure; since v2.39, the device does not support discard operation"
25058 msgstr ""
25059
25060 #. type: Plain text
25061 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:90
25062 msgid ""
25063 "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
25064 msgstr ""
25065 "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
25066
25067 #. type: Plain text
25068 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:78
25069 #, no-wrap
25070 msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n"
25071 msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n"
25072
25073 #. type: Title =
25074 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2
25075 #, no-wrap
25076 msgid "blkzone(8)"
25077 msgstr "blkzone(8)"
25078
25079 #. type: Plain text
25080 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12
25081 msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
25082 msgstr ""
25083
25084 #. type: Plain text
25085 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16
25086 #, no-wrap
25087 msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n"
25088 msgstr "*blkzone* _commande_ [options] _périphérique_\n"
25089
25090 #. type: Plain text
25091 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
25092 #, no-wrap
25093 msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n"
25094 msgstr ""
25095
25096 #. type: Title ===
25097 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25
25098 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25099 #| msgid "B<--report>"
25100 msgid "report"
25101 msgstr "B<--report>"
25102
25103 #. type: Plain text
25104 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
25105 msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
25106 msgstr ""
25107
25108 #. type: Plain text
25109 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
25110 #, fuzzy
25111 #| msgid ""
25112 #| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
25113 #| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
25114 #| "below."
25115 msgid ""
25116 "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
25117 "device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
25118 "zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
25119 msgstr ""
25120 "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
25121 "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
25122 "ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25123
25124 #. type: Plain text
25125 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32
25126 msgid "Report output:"
25127 msgstr ""
25128
25129 #. type: Table
25130 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42
25131 #, no-wrap
25132 msgid ""
25133 "|start |Zone start sector\n"
25134 "|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n"
25135 "|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n"
25136 "|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n"
25137 "|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n"
25138 "|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n"
25139 "|cond |Zone condition\n"
25140 "|type |Zone type\n"
25141 msgstr ""
25142
25143 #. type: Plain text
25144 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45
25145 msgid "Zone conditions:"
25146 msgstr ""
25147
25148 #. type: Table
25149 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56
25150 #, no-wrap
25151 msgid ""
25152 "|cl |Closed\n"
25153 "|nw |Not write pointer\n"
25154 "|em |Empty\n"
25155 "|fu |Full\n"
25156 "|oe |Explicitly opened\n"
25157 "|oi |Implicitly opened\n"
25158 "|ol |Offline\n"
25159 "|ro |Read only\n"
25160 "|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n"
25161 msgstr ""
25162
25163 #. type: Title ===
25164 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58
25165 #, no-wrap
25166 msgid "capacity"
25167 msgstr ""
25168
25169 #. type: Plain text
25170 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
25171 msgid ""
25172 "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
25173 msgstr ""
25174
25175 #. type: Plain text
25176 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
25177 #, fuzzy
25178 #| msgid ""
25179 #| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
25180 #| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
25181 #| "below."
25182 msgid ""
25183 "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
25184 "zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
25185 "changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
25186 msgstr ""
25187 "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
25188 "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
25189 "ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25190
25191 #. type: Title ===
25192 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64
25193 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25194 #| msgid "B<--reset>"
25195 msgid "reset"
25196 msgstr "B<--reset>"
25197
25198 #. type: Plain text
25199 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
25200 msgid ""
25201 "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
25202 "*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a "
25203 "range of zones."
25204 msgstr ""
25205
25206 #. type: Title ===
25207 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68
25208 #, no-wrap
25209 msgid "open"
25210 msgstr ""
25211
25212 #. type: Plain text
25213 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
25214 msgid ""
25215 "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
25216 "Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer "
25217 "and can open a range of zones."
25218 msgstr ""
25219
25220 #. type: Title ===
25221 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72
25222 #, no-wrap
25223 msgid "close"
25224 msgstr ""
25225
25226 #. type: Plain text
25227 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
25228 msgid ""
25229 "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
25230 "*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
25231 "can close a range of zones."
25232 msgstr ""
25233
25234 #. type: Title ===
25235 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76
25236 #, no-wrap
25237 msgid "finish"
25238 msgstr ""
25239
25240 #. type: Plain text
25241 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
25242 msgid ""
25243 "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full "
25244 "condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this "
25245 "command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
25246 msgstr ""
25247
25248 #. type: Plain text
25249 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
25250 #, fuzzy
25251 #| msgid ""
25252 #| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
25253 #| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
25254 #| "below."
25255 msgid ""
25256 "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate "
25257 "from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be "
25258 "used to modify this behavior as explained below."
25259 msgstr ""
25260 "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
25261 "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
25262 "ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25263
25264 #. type: Plain text
25265 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
25266 #, fuzzy
25267 #| msgid ""
25268 #| "The I<offset> and I<length> arguments may be followed by the "
25269 #| "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
25270 #| "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
25271 #| "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and "
25272 #| "so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
25273 msgid ""
25274 "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the "
25275 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
25276 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
25277 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
25278 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
25279 "specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
25280 msgstr ""
25281 "Les arguments I<position> et I<taille> peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
25282 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
25283 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
25284 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
25285 "ZB et YB."
25286
25287 #. type: Labeled list
25288 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86
25289 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25290 #| msgid "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"
25291 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_"
25292 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"
25293
25294 #. type: Plain text
25295 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
25296 msgid ""
25297 "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
25298 "sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
25299 "is zero."
25300 msgstr ""
25301
25302 #. type: Labeled list
25303 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89
25304 #, no-wrap
25305 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_"
25306 msgstr ""
25307
25308 #. type: Plain text
25309 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
25310 msgid ""
25311 "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
25312 "value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot "
25313 "be used together with the option *--count*."
25314 msgstr ""
25315
25316 #. type: Plain text
25317 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
25318 msgid ""
25319 "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
25320 "is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used "
25321 "together with the option *--length*."
25322 msgstr ""
25323
25324 #. type: Plain text
25325 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
25326 msgid ""
25327 "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
25328 msgstr ""
25329
25330 #. type: Plain text
25331 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
25332 msgid ""
25333 "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
25334 "reset."
25335 msgstr ""
25336
25337 #. type: Plain text
25338 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
25339 msgid ""
25340 "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
25341 msgstr ""
25342 "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
25343
25344 #. type: Plain text
25345 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
25346 #, no-wrap
25347 msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
25348 msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
25349
25350 #. type: Title =
25351 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:2
25352 #, no-wrap
25353 msgid "blkpr(8)"
25354 msgstr ""
25355
25356 #. type: Plain text
25357 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:12
25358 msgid "blkpr - run persistent reservations command on a device"
25359 msgstr ""
25360
25361 #. type: Plain text
25362 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:16
25363 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25364 #| msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
25365 msgid "*blkpr* [options] _device_\n"
25366 msgstr "*tunelp* [options] _périphérique_\n"
25367
25368 #. type: Plain text
25369 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:20
25370 #, no-wrap
25371 msgid "*blkpr* is used to run persistent reservations command on device that supports Persistent Reservations feature.\n"
25372 msgstr ""
25373
25374 #. type: Labeled list
25375 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56
25376 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69
25377 #, no-wrap
25378 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_"
25379 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _commande_"
25380
25381 #. type: Plain text
25382 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:28
25383 msgid ""
25384 "The command of persistent reservations, supported commands are *register*, "
25385 "*reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*."
25386 msgstr ""
25387
25388 #. type: Labeled list
25389 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:29
25390 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25391 #| msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
25392 msgid "*-k*, *--key* _key_"
25393 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _clef_shm_"
25394
25395 #. type: Plain text
25396 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:31
25397 #, fuzzy
25398 #| msgid "The requested command was not found"
25399 msgid "The key the command should operate on."
25400 msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas été trouvée."
25401
25402 #. type: Labeled list
25403 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:32
25404 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25405 #| msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
25406 msgid "*-K*, *--oldkey* _oldkey_"
25407 msgstr "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
25408
25409 #. type: Plain text
25410 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:34
25411 msgid "The old key the command should operate on."
25412 msgstr ""
25413
25414 #. type: Labeled list
25415 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:35
25416 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25417 #| msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
25418 msgid "*-f*, *--flag* _flag_"
25419 msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _liste_"
25420
25421 #. type: Plain text
25422 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:37
25423 msgid "Supported flag is *ignore-key*."
25424 msgstr ""
25425
25426 #. type: Plain text
25427 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:41
25428 msgid ""
25429 "Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-"
25430 "reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and "
25431 "*exclusive-access-all-regs*."
25432 msgstr ""
25433
25434 #. type: Plain text
25435 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:51
25436 #, fuzzy
25437 #| msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
25438 msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[zhenwei pi]"
25439 msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
25440
25441 #. type: Plain text
25442 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:55
25443 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25444 #| msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
25445 msgid "*sg_persist*(8)\n"
25446 msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
25447
25448 #. type: Plain text
25449 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:59
25450 msgid ""
25451 "Linux documentation at: <https://docs.kernel.org/block/pr.html> iSCSI "
25452 "specification at: <https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3720> NVMe-oF "
25453 "specification at: <https://nvmexpress.org/nvme-over-fabrics-part-two/>"
25454 msgstr ""
25455
25456 #. type: Title =
25457 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2
25458 #, no-wrap
25459 msgid "chcpu(8)"
25460 msgstr "chcpu(8)"
25461
25462 #. type: Plain text
25463 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12
25464 msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
25465 msgstr "chcpu - Configurer les processeurs"
25466
25467 #. type: Plain text
25468 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16
25469 #, no-wrap
25470 msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n"
25471 msgstr "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _liste_\n"
25472
25473 #. type: Plain text
25474 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18
25475 #, no-wrap
25476 msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
25477 msgstr "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
25478
25479 #. type: Plain text
25480 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20
25481 #, no-wrap
25482 msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
25483 msgstr "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
25484
25485 #. type: Plain text
25486 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
25487 #, no-wrap
25488 msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n"
25489 msgstr "*chcpu* peut modifier l’état des processeurs. Il peut activer ou désactiver des processeurs, rechercher de nouveaux processeurs, modifier le _mode_ distribué de l’hyperviseur sous-jacent et demander (configurer) ou rendre (déconfigurer) des processeurs à l’hyperviseur.\n"
25490
25491 #. type: Plain text
25492 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
25493 msgid ""
25494 "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a "
25495 "comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
25496 "or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command "
25497 "applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
25498 msgstr ""
25499 "Certaines options ont un argument _liste_. Utilisez cet argument pour "
25500 "indiquer une liste de processeurs séparés par des virgules. La liste peut "
25501 "contenir des adresses de processeurs individuels ou des intervalles "
25502 "d’adresses. Par exemple, *0,5,7,9-11* rend la commande applicable aux "
25503 "processeurs avec les adresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10 et 11."
25504
25505 #. type: Labeled list
25506 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29
25507 #, no-wrap
25508 msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_"
25509 msgstr "*-c*, *--configure* _liste_"
25510
25511 #. type: Plain text
25512 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
25513 msgid ""
25514 "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
25515 "takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
25516 "which your kernel runs."
25517 msgstr ""
25518 "Configurer les processeurs indiqués. La configuration d’un processeur "
25519 "signifie que l’hyperviseur prend un processeur disponible et l’assigne au "
25520 "matériel virtuel sur lequel le noyau est exécuté."
25521
25522 #. type: Labeled list
25523 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32
25524 #, no-wrap
25525 msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_"
25526 msgstr "*-d*, *--disable* _liste_"
25527
25528 #. type: Plain text
25529 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
25530 msgid ""
25531 "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
25532 "offline."
25533 msgstr ""
25534 "Désactiver les processeurs indiqués. La désactivation d’un processeur "
25535 "signifie que le noyau le définit hors ligne."
25536
25537 #. type: Labeled list
25538 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35
25539 #, no-wrap
25540 msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_"
25541 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable* _liste_"
25542
25543 #. type: Plain text
25544 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
25545 msgid ""
25546 "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
25547 "online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
25548 msgstr ""
25549 "Activer les processeurs indiqués. L’activation d’un processeur signifie que "
25550 "le noyau le définit en ligne. Avant de pouvoir être activé, un processeur "
25551 "doit être configuré (consultez *-c*)."
25552
25553 #. type: Labeled list
25554 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38
25555 #, no-wrap
25556 msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_"
25557 msgstr "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _liste_"
25558
25559 #. type: Plain text
25560 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
25561 msgid ""
25562 "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
25563 "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
25564 "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-"
25565 "d*, before it can be deconfigured."
25566 msgstr ""
25567 "Déconfigurer les processeurs indiqués. La déconfiguration d’un processeur "
25568 "signifie que l’hyperviseur supprime le processeur du matériel virtuel sur "
25569 "lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée et rend le processeur. Avant de pouvoir "
25570 "être déconfiguré, un processeur doit être hors ligne (consultez *-d*)."
25571
25572 #. type: Labeled list
25573 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41
25574 #, no-wrap
25575 msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
25576 msgstr "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
25577
25578 #. type: Plain text
25579 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
25580 msgid ""
25581 "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect "
25582 "only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
25583 "Available _modes_ are:"
25584 msgstr ""
25585 "Définir le _mode_ distribué du processeur (polarisation). Cette option n’a "
25586 "d’effet que si l’architecture matérielle et l’hyperviseur permettent la "
25587 "polarisation processeur. Les __mode__s disponibles sont les suivants."
25588
25589 #. type: Labeled list
25590 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44
25591 #, no-wrap
25592 msgid "*horizontal*"
25593 msgstr "*horizontal*"
25594
25595 #. type: Plain text
25596 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46
25597 msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
25598 msgstr "La charge est partagée entre tous les processeurs disponibles."
25599
25600 #. type: Labeled list
25601 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47
25602 #, no-wrap
25603 msgid "*vertical*"
25604 msgstr "*vertical*"
25605
25606 #. type: Plain text
25607 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49
25608 msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
25609 msgstr "La charge est concentrée sur peu de processeurs."
25610
25611 #. type: Labeled list
25612 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50
25613 #, no-wrap
25614 msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*"
25615 msgstr "*-r*, *--rescan*"
25616
25617 #. type: Plain text
25618 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
25619 msgid ""
25620 "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
25621 "new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
25622 "attached CPUs."
25623 msgstr ""
25624 "Déclencher une recherche des processeurs. Après une recherche, le noyau "
25625 "Linux reconnaît les nouveaux processeurs. Utilisez cette option sur les "
25626 "systèmes qui ne détectent pas automatiquement les processeurs nouvellement "
25627 "attachés."
25628
25629 #. type: Plain text
25630 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58
25631 #, no-wrap
25632 msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n"
25633 msgstr "*chcpu* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants :\n"
25634
25635 #. type: Plain text
25636 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:66
25637 msgid "partial success"
25638 msgstr "Réussite partielle"
25639
25640 #. type: Plain text
25641 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71
25642 msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
25643 msgstr "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
25644
25645 #. type: Plain text
25646 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75
25647 msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
25648 msgstr "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
25649
25650 #. type: Plain text
25651 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79
25652 #, no-wrap
25653 msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n"
25654 msgstr "*lscpu*(1)\n"
25655
25656 #. type: Title =
25657 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2
25658 #, no-wrap
25659 msgid "chmem(8)"
25660 msgstr "chmem(8)"
25661
25662 #. type: Plain text
25663 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12
25664 #, fuzzy
25665 #| msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
25666 msgid "chmem - configure memory"
25667 msgstr "chcpu - Configurer les processeurs"
25668
25669 #. type: Plain text
25670 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
25671 #, no-wrap
25672 msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n"
25673 msgstr ""
25674
25675 #. type: Plain text
25676 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
25677 msgid ""
25678 "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
25679 "offline."
25680 msgstr ""
25681
25682 #. type: Plain text
25683 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
25684 msgid ""
25685 "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory "
25686 "size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory "
25687 "size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
25688 msgstr ""
25689
25690 #. type: Plain text
25691 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
25692 msgid ""
25693 "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the "
25694 "*lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and "
25695 "<end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
25696 msgstr ""
25697
25698 #. type: Plain text
25699 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
25700 msgid ""
25701 "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the "
25702 "output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory "
25703 "block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. "
25704 "Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--"
25705 "blocks* option."
25706 msgstr ""
25707
25708 #. type: Plain text
25709 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
25710 msgid ""
25711 "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
25712 "*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
25713 "for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
25714 "currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory "
25715 "online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
25716 "can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. "
25717 "For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
25718 "memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
25719 "likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
25720 "kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
25721 "cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
25722 msgstr ""
25723
25724 #. type: Plain text
25725 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
25726 msgid ""
25727 "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown "
25728 "in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
25729 msgstr ""
25730
25731 #. type: Plain text
25732 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
25733 msgid ""
25734 "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
25735 "it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
25736 "because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
25737 "cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
25738 "online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
25739 "offline instead of the requested amount."
25740 msgstr ""
25741
25742 #. type: Plain text
25743 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
25744 msgid ""
25745 "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block "
25746 "numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory "
25747 "block numbers."
25748 msgstr ""
25749
25750 #. type: Labeled list
25751 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37
25752 #, no-wrap
25753 msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*"
25754 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*"
25755
25756 #. type: Plain text
25757 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
25758 msgid ""
25759 "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* "
25760 "and *--disable* options."
25761 msgstr ""
25762
25763 #. type: Labeled list
25764 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40
25765 #, no-wrap
25766 msgid "*-d*, *--disable*"
25767 msgstr "*-d*, *--disable*"
25768
25769 #. type: Plain text
25770 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42
25771 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline."
25772 msgstr ""
25773
25774 #. type: Labeled list
25775 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43
25776 #, no-wrap
25777 msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
25778 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*"
25779
25780 #. type: Plain text
25781 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45
25782 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online."
25783 msgstr ""
25784
25785 #. type: Labeled list
25786 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46
25787 #, no-wrap
25788 msgid "*-z*, *--zone*"
25789 msgstr "*-z*, *--zone*"
25790
25791 #. type: Plain text
25792 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
25793 msgid ""
25794 "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or "
25795 "_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
25796 "online to the zone Movable, if possible."
25797 msgstr ""
25798
25799 #. type: Plain text
25800 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
25801 msgid ""
25802 "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
25803 msgstr ""
25804
25805 #. type: Plain text
25806 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57
25807 #, no-wrap
25808 msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n"
25809 msgstr "*chmem* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants :\n"
25810
25811 #. type: Labeled list
25812 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:69
25813 #, no-wrap
25814 msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*"
25815 msgstr "*chmem --enable 1024*"
25816
25817 #. type: Plain text
25818 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71
25819 msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
25820 msgstr ""
25821
25822 #. type: Labeled list
25823 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:72
25824 #, no-wrap
25825 msgid "*chmem -e 2g*"
25826 msgstr "*chmem -e 2g*"
25827
25828 #. type: Plain text
25829 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:74
25830 msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
25831 msgstr ""
25832
25833 #. type: Labeled list
25834 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75
25835 #, no-wrap
25836 msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
25837 msgstr "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
25838
25839 #. type: Plain text
25840 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77
25841 msgid ""
25842 "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
25843 "ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
25844 msgstr ""
25845
25846 #. type: Labeled list
25847 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78
25848 #, no-wrap
25849 msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*"
25850 msgstr "*chmem -b -d 10*"
25851
25852 #. type: Plain text
25853 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:80
25854 msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
25855 msgstr ""
25856
25857 #. type: Plain text
25858 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84
25859 #, no-wrap
25860 msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n"
25861 msgstr "*lsmem*(1)\n"
25862
25863 #. type: Title =
25864 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2
25865 #, no-wrap
25866 msgid "choom(1)"
25867 msgstr "choom(1)"
25868
25869 #. type: Plain text
25870 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12
25871 msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score."
25872 msgstr ""
25873
25874 #. type: Plain text
25875 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14
25876 #, no-wrap
25877 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
25878 msgstr "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
25879
25880 #. type: Plain text
25881 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16
25882 #, no-wrap
25883 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n"
25884 msgstr ""
25885
25886 #. type: Plain text
25887 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18
25888 #, no-wrap
25889 msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
25890 msgstr ""
25891
25892 #. type: Plain text
25893 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
25894 msgid ""
25895 "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
25896 msgstr ""
25897
25898 #. type: Plain text
25899 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27
25900 #, fuzzy
25901 #| msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
25902 msgid "Specifies process ID."
25903 msgstr "Indiquer un UUID de système de fichiers."
25904
25905 #. type: Labeled list
25906 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28
25907 #, no-wrap
25908 msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_"
25909 msgstr "*-n*, *--adjust* _valeur_"
25910
25911 #. type: Plain text
25912 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30
25913 #, fuzzy
25914 #| msgid "Specify the partition table type."
25915 msgid "Specify the adjust score value."
25916 msgstr "Indiquer le I<type> de table de partitions."
25917
25918 #. type: Plain text
25919 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36
25920 msgid ""
25921 "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed "
25922 "in out of memory conditions."
25923 msgstr ""
25924
25925 #. type: Plain text
25926 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38
25927 msgid ""
25928 "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 "
25929 "(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. "
25930 "The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the "
25931 "process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and "
25932 "swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness "
25933 "score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score "
25934 "will be 500."
25935 msgstr ""
25936
25937 #. type: Plain text
25938 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
25939 msgid ""
25940 "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current "
25941 "memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
25942 msgstr ""
25943
25944 #. type: Plain text
25945 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
25946 msgid ""
25947 "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom "
25948 "killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating "
25949 "task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems "
25950 "assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being "
25951 "exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it "
25952 "is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory "
25953 "is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being "
25954 "out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
25955 msgstr ""
25956
25957 #. type: Plain text
25958 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
25959 msgid ""
25960 "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to "
25961 "determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. "
25962 "This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by "
25963 "always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest "
25964 "possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for "
25965 "that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
25966 msgstr ""
25967
25968 #. type: Plain text
25969 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
25970 msgid ""
25971 "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to "
25972 "allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, "
25973 "or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of "
25974 "-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of "
25975 "the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
25976 msgstr ""
25977
25978 #. type: Plain text
25979 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54
25980 #, no-wrap
25981 msgid "*proc*(5)\n"
25982 msgstr "*proc*(5)\n"
25983
25984 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
25985 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
25986 #. type: Title =
25987 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6
25988 #, no-wrap
25989 msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)"
25990 msgstr "ctrlaltdel(8)"
25991
25992 #. type: Plain text
25993 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16
25994 msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
25995 msgstr "ctrlaltdel - Configurer le comportement de la combinaison Ctrl-Alt-Del"
25996
25997 #. type: Plain text
25998 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20
25999 #, no-wrap
26000 msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
26001 msgstr "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
26002
26003 #. type: Plain text
26004 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
26005 msgid ""
26006 "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that "
26007 "there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can "
26008 "perform."
26009 msgstr ""
26010 "Basé sur l'examen du code source de _linux/kernel/sys.c_, il est évident que "
26011 "seulement deux comportements sont définis par la combinaison <Ctrl-Alt-Del>."
26012
26013 #. type: Labeled list
26014 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
26015 #, no-wrap
26016 msgid "*hard*"
26017 msgstr "*hard*"
26018
26019 #. type: Plain text
26020 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
26021 msgid ""
26022 "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any "
26023 "other preparation. This is the default."
26024 msgstr ""
26025 "Redémarrer immédiatement l’ordinateur sans appeler *sync*(2) et sans aucune "
26026 "autre préparation. C’est le comportement par défaut."
26027
26028 #. type: Labeled list
26029 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
26030 #, no-wrap
26031 msgid "*soft*"
26032 msgstr "*soft*"
26033
26034 #. type: Plain text
26035 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
26036 msgid ""
26037 "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process "
26038 "(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
26039 "*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
26040 "*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
26041 "for the version that you are currently using."
26042 msgstr ""
26043 "Faire que le noyau envoie un signal *SIGINT* (interruption) au processus "
26044 "*init* (dont le PID est toujours égal à 1). Si cette option est utilisée, le "
26045 "programme *init*(8) doit gérer cette fonctionnalité. Puisqu'il y a "
26046 "actuellement plusieurs programmes *init*(8) dans la communauté Linux, "
26047 "veuillez consulter la documentation de la version que vous utilisez "
26048 "actuellement."
26049
26050 #. type: Plain text
26051 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
26052 msgid ""
26053 "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
26054 "setting."
26055 msgstr ""
26056 "Lorsque la commande est exécutée sans aucun argument, afficher les réglages "
26057 "en cours."
26058
26059 #. type: Plain text
26060 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
26061 msgid ""
26062 "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
26063 msgstr ""
26064 "Le comportement de *ctrlaltdel* est généralement défini dans le fichier _/"
26065 "etc/rc.local_."
26066
26067 #. type: Plain text
26068 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
26069 msgid "_/etc/rc.local_"
26070 msgstr "_/etc/rc.local_"
26071
26072 #. type: Plain text
26073 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46
26074 msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
26075 msgstr "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
26076
26077 #. type: Plain text
26078 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51
26079 #, no-wrap
26080 msgid ""
26081 "*init*(8),\n"
26082 "*systemd*(1)\n"
26083 msgstr ""
26084 "*init*(8),\n"
26085 "*systemd*(1)\n"
26086
26087 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
26088 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
26089 #. type: Title =
26090 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6
26091 #, no-wrap
26092 msgid "dmesg(1)"
26093 msgstr "dmesg(1)"
26094
26095 #. type: Plain text
26096 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16
26097 msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer"
26098 msgstr "dmesg - Afficher et contrôler le tampon circulaire du noyau"
26099
26100 #. type: Plain text
26101 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20
26102 #, no-wrap
26103 msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n"
26104 msgstr "*dmesg* [options]\n"
26105
26106 #. type: Plain text
26107 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22
26108 #, no-wrap
26109 msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
26110 msgstr "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
26111
26112 #. type: Plain text
26113 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24
26114 #, no-wrap
26115 msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
26116 msgstr "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
26117
26118 #. type: Plain text
26119 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26
26120 #, no-wrap
26121 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n"
26122 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-level* _niveau_\n"
26123
26124 #. type: Plain text
26125 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28
26126 #, no-wrap
26127 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
26128 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
26129
26130 #. type: Plain text
26131 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30
26132 #, no-wrap
26133 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
26134 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
26135
26136 #. type: Plain text
26137 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34
26138 #, no-wrap
26139 msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n"
26140 msgstr "*dmesg* est utilisé pour examiner ou contrôler le tampon circulaire du noyau.\n"
26141
26142 #. type: Plain text
26143 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
26144 msgid ""
26145 "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
26146 msgstr ""
26147 "L'action par défaut est d’afficher tous les messages du tampon circulaire du "
26148 "noyau."
26149
26150 #. type: Plain text
26151 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
26152 msgid ""
26153 "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--"
26154 "console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
26155 msgstr ""
26156 "Les options *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off* et *--"
26157 "console-level* sont mutuellement exclusives."
26158
26159 #. type: Labeled list
26160 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41
26161 #, no-wrap
26162 msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
26163 msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"
26164
26165 #. type: Plain text
26166 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43
26167 msgid "Clear the ring buffer."
26168 msgstr "Vider le tampon circulaire du noyau."
26169
26170 #. type: Labeled list
26171 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44
26172 #, no-wrap
26173 msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
26174 msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
26175
26176 #. type: Plain text
26177 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46
26178 msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents."
26179 msgstr "Vider le tampon circulaire du noyau après avoir affiché son contenu."
26180
26181 #. type: Labeled list
26182 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47
26183 #, no-wrap
26184 msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*"
26185 msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*"
26186
26187 #. type: Plain text
26188 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49
26189 msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console."
26190 msgstr "Désactiver l'affichage des messages sur la console."
26191
26192 #. type: Labeled list
26193 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50
26194 #, no-wrap
26195 msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
26196 msgstr "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
26197
26198 #. type: Plain text
26199 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
26200 msgid ""
26201 "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used "
26202 "together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is "
26203 "printed."
26204 msgstr ""
26205 "Afficher l'horodatage et la différence de temps passé entre les messages. Si "
26206 "*--notime* est utilisé en même temps, seule la différence de temps passé, "
26207 "sans l'horodatage, est affichée."
26208
26209 #. type: Labeled list
26210 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53
26211 #, no-wrap
26212 msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*"
26213 msgstr "*-E*, *--console-on*"
26214
26215 #. type: Plain text
26216 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55
26217 msgid "Enable printing messages to the console."
26218 msgstr "Activer l'affichage des messages sur la console."
26219
26220 #. type: Labeled list
26221 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56
26222 #, no-wrap
26223 msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*"
26224 msgstr "*-e*, *--reltime*"
26225
26226 #. type: Plain text
26227 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
26228 msgid ""
26229 "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that "
26230 "conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
26231 msgstr ""
26232 "Afficher l'heure locale et le delta dans un format lisible par un humain. "
26233 "Gardez à l'esprit que la conversion en heure locale pourrait ne pas être "
26234 "exacte (voir *-T* pour plus de détails)."
26235
26236 #. type: Labeled list
26237 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59
26238 #, no-wrap
26239 msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_"
26240 msgstr "*-F*, *--file* _fichier_"
26241
26242 #. type: Plain text
26243 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
26244 msgid ""
26245 "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not "
26246 "support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
26247 msgstr ""
26248 "Lire les messages de syslog à partir du _fichier_ donné. Remarquez que *-F* "
26249 "ne gère pas les messages au format kmsg. Seul l'ancien format de syslog est "
26250 "pris en charge."
26251
26252 #. type: Labeled list
26253 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62
26254 #, no-wrap
26255 msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_"
26256 msgstr "*-f*, *--facility* _liste_"
26257
26258 #. type: Plain text
26259 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
26260 msgid ""
26261 "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For "
26262 "example:"
26263 msgstr ""
26264 "Restreindre l'affichage à la _liste_ de services (séparés par des virgules) "
26265 "indiquée. Par exemple"
26266
26267 #. type: Plain text
26268 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66
26269 #, no-wrap
26270 msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
26271 msgstr "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
26272
26273 #. type: Plain text
26274 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
26275 msgid ""
26276 "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities "
26277 "see the *--help* output."
26278 msgstr ""
26279 "n'affichera que les messages des démons du système. Consultez *dmesg --help* "
26280 "pour obtenir la liste des services pris en charge."
26281
26282 #. type: Labeled list
26283 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69
26284 #, no-wrap
26285 msgid "*-H*, *--human*"
26286 msgstr "*-H*, *--human*"
26287
26288 #. type: Plain text
26289 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
26290 msgid ""
26291 "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--"
26292 "nopager*."
26293 msgstr ""
26294 "Activer la sortie lisible. Consultez aussi *--color*, *--reltime* et *--"
26295 "nopager*."
26296
26297 #. type: Plain text
26298 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
26299 msgid ""
26300 "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format "
26301 "only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split "
26302 "into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format "
26303 "or time format are silently ignored."
26304 msgstr ""
26305
26306 #. type: Plain text
26307 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
26308 msgid "Print kernel messages."
26309 msgstr "Afficher les messages du noyau."
26310
26311 #. type: Plain text
26312 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
26313 msgid ""
26314 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
26315 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
26316 "colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
26317 "output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
26318 msgstr ""
26319 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
26320 "ou *always*. En l'absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est la valeur par "
26321 "défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les valeurs par défaut, "
26322 "consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. Consultez également la "
26323 "section *COULEURS*."
26324
26325 #. type: Labeled list
26326 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81
26327 #, no-wrap
26328 msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_"
26329 msgstr "*-l*, *--level* _liste_"
26330
26331 #. type: Plain text
26332 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83
26333 msgid ""
26334 "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
26335 msgstr ""
26336 "Restreindre l'affichage à la _liste_ de niveaux (séparés par des virgules) "
26337 "indiquée. Par exemple"
26338
26339 #. type: Plain text
26340 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85
26341 #, no-wrap
26342 msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
26343 msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
26344
26345 #. type: Plain text
26346 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
26347 msgid ""
26348 "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the "
26349 "*--help* output."
26350 msgstr ""
26351 "n'affichera que les messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Consultez *dmesg --"
26352 "help* pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
26353
26354 #. type: Plain text
26355 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:89
26356 msgid ""
26357 "Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For "
26358 "example:"
26359 msgstr ""
26360
26361 #. type: Plain text
26362 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:91
26363 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26364 #| msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
26365 msgid "*dmesg --level=err+*\n"
26366 msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
26367
26368 #. type: Plain text
26369 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93
26370 msgid "will print levels *err*, *crit*, *alert* and *emerg*."
26371 msgstr ""
26372
26373 #. type: Plain text
26374 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
26375 msgid "Prepending it will include all lower levels."
26376 msgstr ""
26377
26378 #. type: Labeled list
26379 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96
26380 #, no-wrap
26381 msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_"
26382 msgstr "*-n*, *--console-level* _niveau_"
26383
26384 #. type: Plain text
26385 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
26386 msgid ""
26387 "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The "
26388 "_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all "
26389 "supported levels see the *--help* output."
26390 msgstr ""
26391 "Définir le _niveau_ d'affichage des messages en console. Le _niveau_ est un "
26392 "numéro ou une abréviation du nom de niveau. Consultez *dmesg --help* pour "
26393 "obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
26394
26395 #. type: Plain text
26396 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:100
26397 msgid ""
26398 "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency "
26399 "(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are "
26400 "still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control "
26401 "exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* "
26402 "will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
26403 msgstr ""
26404 "Par exemple, *-n 1* ou *-n emerg* suppriment l'affichage sur la console de "
26405 "tous les messages, sauf les messages d'urgence (panic). Tous les niveaux "
26406 "d'affichage des messages sont enregistrés dans _/proc/kmsg_, ainsi "
26407 "*syslogd*(8) peut toujours être utilisé pour contrôler exactement où les "
26408 "messages du noyau apparaissent. Quand l'option *-n* est utilisée, *dmesg* "
26409 "_n'affichera pas et n'effacera pas_ le tampon circulaire du noyau."
26410
26411 #. type: Labeled list
26412 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
26413 #, no-wrap
26414 msgid "*--noescape*"
26415 msgstr "*--noescape*"
26416
26417 #. type: Plain text
26418 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103
26419 msgid ""
26420 "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte "
26421 "sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> "
26422 "for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. "
26423 "It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be "
26424 "careful and don't use it by default."
26425 msgstr ""
26426 "Par défaut, les caractères non imprimables et probablement dangereux (comme "
26427 "des séquences multi-octales cassées, des caractères de contrôle du terminal, "
26428 "etc.) sont échappés au format \\x<hex> pour des raisons de sécurité. Cette "
26429 "option désactive complètement cette fonctionnalité. On peut l'utiliser, par "
26430 "exemple, à des fins de débogage avec *--raw*. Soyez prudent et ne l'utilisez "
26431 "pas par défaut."
26432
26433 #. type: Labeled list
26434 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
26435 #, no-wrap
26436 msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*"
26437 msgstr "*-P*, *--nopager*"
26438
26439 #. type: Plain text
26440 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
26441 msgid ""
26442 "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* "
26443 "output."
26444 msgstr ""
26445 "Ne pas renvoyer la sortie dans un visualiseur. Un visualiseur est activé par "
26446 "défaut pour la sortie *--human*."
26447
26448 #. type: Labeled list
26449 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107
26450 #, no-wrap
26451 msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
26452 msgstr "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
26453
26454 #. type: Plain text
26455 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
26456 msgid ""
26457 "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line "
26458 "message."
26459 msgstr ""
26460 "Ajouter des informations sur la fonction, le niveau ou l'horodatage sur "
26461 "chaque ligne d'un message de plusieurs lignes."
26462
26463 #. type: Plain text
26464 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
26465 msgid ""
26466 "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but "
26467 "all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
26468 msgstr ""
26469 "Afficher le tampon de message tel quel, c'est-à-dire, ne pas supprimer les "
26470 "préfixes des niveaux de journal, par contre tous les caractères non "
26471 "imprimables sont échappés (voir aussi *--noescape*)."
26472
26473 # NOTE: ffix
26474 #. type: Plain text
26475 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:114
26476 msgid ""
26477 "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel "
26478 "messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). "
26479 "For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) "
26480 "format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for "
26481 "example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
26482 msgstr ""
26483 "Remarquez que le véritable format brut dépend de la méthode utilisée par "
26484 "*dmesg* pour lire les messages du noyau. Le périphérique _/dev/kmsg_ utilise "
26485 "un format différent de *syslog*(2). Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, "
26486 "*dmesg* renvoie toujours les données au format de *syslog*(2). Lire le "
26487 "véritable format brut de _/dev/kmsg_ est possible avec, par exemple, la "
26488 "commande « dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock »."
26489
26490 #. type: Labeled list
26491 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
26492 #, no-wrap
26493 msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*"
26494 msgstr "*-S*, *--syslog*"
26495
26496 #. type: Plain text
26497 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
26498 msgid ""
26499 "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel "
26500 "messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since "
26501 "kernel 3.5.0."
26502 msgstr ""
26503 "Forcer *dmesg* à utiliser l’interface *syslog*(2) du noyau pour lire les "
26504 "messages du noyau. _/dev/kmsg_ est utilisé par défaut au lieu de *syslog*(2) "
26505 "depuis le noyau 3.5.0."
26506
26507 #. type: Labeled list
26508 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118
26509 #, no-wrap
26510 msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_"
26511 msgstr "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _taille_"
26512
26513 #. type: Plain text
26514 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
26515 msgid ""
26516 "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by "
26517 "default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 "
26518 "since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be "
26519 "larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire "
26520 "buffer."
26521 msgstr ""
26522 "Utiliser un tampon de la _taille_ indiquée pour les requêtes au tampon "
26523 "circulaire du noyau au lieu de la taille par défaut (16392 octets) (la "
26524 "taille par défaut du tampon pour le journal système du noyau était 4096 au "
26525 "départ, puis 8192 à partir du noyau 1.3.54, et 16384 depuis la "
26526 "version 2.1.113). Si vous avez augmenté la taille du tampon du noyau par "
26527 "rapport à sa valeur par défaut, cette option peut être utilisée pour "
26528 "afficher le tampon en entier."
26529
26530 #. type: Labeled list
26531 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121
26532 #, no-wrap
26533 msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*"
26534 msgstr "*-T*, *--ctime*"
26535
26536 #. type: Plain text
26537 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
26538 msgid "Print human-readable timestamps."
26539 msgstr "Afficher l’horodatage dans un format lisible."
26540
26541 #. type: Plain text
26542 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:125
26543 #, no-wrap
26544 msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n"
26545 msgstr "*Attention, l’horodatage pourrait être inexact !* L’origine des *temps* utilisée pour les journaux *n’est pas mise à jour* après un retour de veille du système (*SUSPEND*/*RESUME*). L'horodatage est ajusté en fonction du décalage actuels entre l'heure de démarrage et les horloges monotoniques, cela ne fonctionne que pour les messages affichés après le dernier réveil.\n"
26546
26547 #. type: Labeled list
26548 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126
26549 #, no-wrap
26550 msgid "*--since* _time_"
26551 msgstr "*--since* _heure_"
26552
26553 #. type: Plain text
26554 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128
26555 msgid ""
26556 "Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond "
26557 "granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by "
26558 "relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be "
26559 "inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
26560 msgstr ""
26561
26562 #. type: Labeled list
26563 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
26564 #, no-wrap
26565 msgid "*--until* _time_"
26566 msgstr "*--until* _heure_"
26567
26568 #. type: Plain text
26569 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
26570 msgid ""
26571 "Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond "
26572 "granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by "
26573 "relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be "
26574 "inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
26575 msgstr ""
26576
26577 #. type: Labeled list
26578 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132
26579 #, no-wrap
26580 msgid "*-t*, *--notime*"
26581 msgstr "*-t*, *--notime*"
26582
26583 #. type: Plain text
26584 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
26585 msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
26586 msgstr "Ne pas afficher l’horodatage du noyau."
26587
26588 #. type: Plain text
26589 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
26590 msgid ""
26591 "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, "
26592 "*delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-"
26593 "specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the "
26594 "ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the "
26595 "comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. "
26596 "The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,"
26597 "<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
26598 msgstr ""
26599 "Afficher les horodatages en utilisant le _format_ indiqué, qui peut être "
26600 "*ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* ou *iso*. Les trois premiers formats sont des "
26601 "alias des options spécifiques au format de date. Le format *iso* est une "
26602 "implémentation *dmesg* du format d’horodatage ISO-8601. Le but de ce format "
26603 "est de faciliter la comparaison d’horodatages entre deux systèmes ainsi que "
26604 "tout autre analyse. La définition de l’horodatage *iso* est : AAAA-MM-"
26605 "JJ<TE>HH:MM:SS,<microsecondes><-+<décalage du fuseau horaire par rapport à "
26606 "UTCE>."
26607
26608 #. type: Plain text
26609 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:139
26610 msgid ""
26611 "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate "
26612 "when a system is suspended and resumed."
26613 msgstr ""
26614 "Le format *iso* a le même problème que *ctime* : la date pourrait être "
26615 "inexacte après un retour de veille du système."
26616
26617 #. type: Labeled list
26618 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
26619 #, no-wrap
26620 msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
26621 msgstr "*-u*, *--userspace*"
26622
26623 #. type: Plain text
26624 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:142
26625 msgid "Print userspace messages."
26626 msgstr "Afficher les messages en espace utilisateur."
26627
26628 #. type: Labeled list
26629 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143
26630 #, no-wrap
26631 msgid "*-w*, *--follow*"
26632 msgstr "*-w*, *--follow*"
26633
26634 #. type: Plain text
26635 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:145
26636 msgid ""
26637 "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
26638 "readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
26639 msgstr ""
26640 "Attendre de nouveaux messages. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge "
26641 "que sur les systèmes avec un _/dev/kmsg_ lisible (depuis le noyau 3.5.0)."
26642
26643 #. type: Labeled list
26644 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:146
26645 #, no-wrap
26646 msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
26647 msgstr "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
26648
26649 #. type: Plain text
26650 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:148
26651 msgid "Wait and print only new messages."
26652 msgstr "Attendre et n'afficher que les nouveaux messages."
26653
26654 #. type: Labeled list
26655 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:149
26656 #, no-wrap
26657 msgid "*-x*, *--decode*"
26658 msgstr "*-x*, *--decode*"
26659
26660 #. type: Plain text
26661 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:151
26662 msgid ""
26663 "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
26664 msgstr ""
26665 "Décoder les numéros de service et de niveau (priorité) en préfixes lisibles."
26666
26667 #. type: Plain text
26668 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:156
26669 msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:"
26670 msgstr ""
26671 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *dmesg* sont les suivantes :"
26672
26673 #. type: Labeled list
26674 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157
26675 #, no-wrap
26676 msgid "*subsys*"
26677 msgstr "*subsys*"
26678
26679 #. type: Plain text
26680 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:159
26681 msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")."
26682 msgstr "Le préfixe de sous-système du message (par exemple, « ACPI »)."
26683
26684 #. type: Plain text
26685 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:162
26686 msgid "The message timestamp."
26687 msgstr "L’horodatage du message."
26688
26689 #. type: Labeled list
26690 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:163
26691 #, no-wrap
26692 msgid "*timebreak*"
26693 msgstr "*timebreak*"
26694
26695 #. type: Plain text
26696 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:165
26697 msgid ""
26698 "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* "
26699 "output."
26700 msgstr ""
26701 "L’horodatage du message au format *ctime* court dans les sorties avec *--"
26702 "reltime* ou *--human*."
26703
26704 #. type: Labeled list
26705 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:166
26706 #, no-wrap
26707 msgid "*alert*"
26708 msgstr "*alert*"
26709
26710 #. type: Plain text
26711 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:168
26712 msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority."
26713 msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’alerte."
26714
26715 #. type: Labeled list
26716 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:169
26717 #, no-wrap
26718 msgid "*crit*"
26719 msgstr "*crit*"
26720
26721 #. type: Plain text
26722 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:171
26723 msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority."
26724 msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation critique."
26725
26726 #. type: Labeled list
26727 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172
26728 #, no-wrap
26729 msgid "*err*"
26730 msgstr "*err*"
26731
26732 #. type: Plain text
26733 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:174
26734 msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority."
26735 msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’erreur."
26736
26737 #. type: Plain text
26738 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177
26739 msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority."
26740 msgstr ""
26741 "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’avertissement."
26742
26743 #. type: Labeled list
26744 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:178
26745 #, no-wrap
26746 msgid "*segfault*"
26747 msgstr "*segfault*"
26748
26749 #. type: Plain text
26750 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180
26751 msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault."
26752 msgstr "Le texte du message qui informe d’une erreur de segmentation."
26753
26754 #. type: Plain text
26755 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:184
26756 #, no-wrap
26757 msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n"
26758 msgstr "*dmesg* peut échouer en signalant une erreur de permission non accordée. Cela est dû, en général à l'option *dmesg_restrict* du noyau, veuillez vous reporter à *syslog*(2) pour plus de détails.\n"
26759
26760 #. type: Plain text
26761 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:190
26762 #, no-wrap
26763 msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
26764 msgstr "*dmesg* a été écrit à l'origine par mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
26765
26766 #. type: Plain text
26767 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:195
26768 #, no-wrap
26769 msgid ""
26770 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
26771 "*syslogd*(8)\n"
26772 msgstr ""
26773 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
26774 "*syslogd*(8)\n"
26775
26776 #
26777 #. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
26778 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
26779 #. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
26780 #. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
26781 #. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
26782 #. type: Title =
26783 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
26784 #, no-wrap
26785 msgid "eject(1)"
26786 msgstr "eject(1)"
26787
26788 #. type: Plain text
26789 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20
26790 msgid "eject - eject removable media"
26791 msgstr ""
26792
26793 #. type: Plain text
26794 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22
26795 #, no-wrap
26796 msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
26797 msgstr "*eject* [options] _périphérique_|_point_de_montage_\n"
26798
26799 #. type: Plain text
26800 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
26801 #, no-wrap
26802 msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n"
26803 msgstr ""
26804
26805 #. type: Plain text
26806 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
26807 msgid ""
26808 "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name "
26809 "is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be "
26810 "addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), "
26811 "UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
26812 msgstr ""
26813
26814 #. type: Plain text
26815 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
26816 msgid ""
26817 "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the "
26818 "device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default "
26819 "*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
26820 msgstr ""
26821
26822 #. type: Plain text
26823 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32
26824 msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used."
26825 msgstr ""
26826
26827 #. type: Plain text
26828 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
26829 msgid ""
26830 "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted "
26831 "before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file "
26832 "descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
26833 msgstr ""
26834
26835 #. type: Labeled list
26836 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37
26837 #, no-wrap
26838 msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
26839 msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
26840
26841 #. type: Plain text
26842 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
26843 msgid ""
26844 "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When "
26845 "enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
26846 msgstr ""
26847
26848 #. type: Labeled list
26849 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40
26850 #, no-wrap
26851 msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_"
26852 msgstr "*-c*, *--changerslot* _disque_"
26853
26854 #. type: Plain text
26855 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
26856 msgid ""
26857 "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. "
26858 "The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) "
26859 "for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the "
26860 "changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
26861 msgstr ""
26862
26863 #. type: Labeled list
26864 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43
26865 #, no-wrap
26866 msgid "*-d*, *--default*"
26867 msgstr "*-d*, *--default*"
26868
26869 #. type: Plain text
26870 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45
26871 #, fuzzy
26872 #| msgid "List all filenames."
26873 msgid "List the default device name."
26874 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
26875
26876 #. type: Labeled list
26877 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46
26878 #, no-wrap
26879 msgid "*-F*, *--force*"
26880 msgstr "*-F*, *--force*"
26881
26882 #. type: Plain text
26883 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
26884 msgid ""
26885 "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. "
26886 "The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
26887 msgstr ""
26888
26889 #. type: Labeled list
26890 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49
26891 #, no-wrap
26892 msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*"
26893 msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*"
26894
26895 #. type: Plain text
26896 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
26897 msgid ""
26898 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable "
26899 "floppy disk eject command."
26900 msgstr ""
26901
26902 #. type: Labeled list
26903 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52
26904 #, no-wrap
26905 msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
26906 msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
26907
26908 #. type: Plain text
26909 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
26910 msgid ""
26911 "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the "
26912 "drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when "
26913 "you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the "
26914 "button is inadvertently pressed."
26915 msgstr ""
26916
26917 #. type: Labeled list
26918 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55
26919 #, no-wrap
26920 msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
26921 msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
26922
26923 #. type: Plain text
26924 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
26925 msgid ""
26926 "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on "
26927 "partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will "
26928 "not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device "
26929 "or mountpoint given on the command line."
26930 msgstr ""
26931
26932 #. type: Labeled list
26933 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58
26934 #, no-wrap
26935 msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
26936 msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
26937
26938 #. type: Plain text
26939 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
26940 msgid ""
26941 "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not "
26942 "specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that "
26943 "the device is not used (since v2.35)."
26944 msgstr ""
26945
26946 #. type: Labeled list
26947 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61
26948 #, no-wrap
26949 msgid "*-n*, *--noop*"
26950 msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*"
26951
26952 #. type: Plain text
26953 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
26954 msgid ""
26955 "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
26956 msgstr ""
26957
26958 #. type: Labeled list
26959 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64
26960 #, no-wrap
26961 msgid "*-p*, *--proc*"
26962 msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*"
26963
26964 #. type: Plain text
26965 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
26966 msgid ""
26967 "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also "
26968 "passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
26969 msgstr ""
26970
26971 #. type: Labeled list
26972 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67
26973 #, no-wrap
26974 msgid "*-q*, *--tape*"
26975 msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*"
26976
26977 #. type: Plain text
26978 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
26979 msgid ""
26980 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive "
26981 "offline command."
26982 msgstr ""
26983
26984 #. type: Labeled list
26985 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70
26986 #, no-wrap
26987 msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
26988 msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
26989
26990 #. type: Plain text
26991 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
26992 msgid ""
26993 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject "
26994 "command."
26995 msgstr ""
26996
26997 #. type: Labeled list
26998 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73
26999 #, no-wrap
27000 msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*"
27001 msgstr "*-s*, *--scsi*"
27002
27003 #. type: Plain text
27004 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
27005 msgid ""
27006 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
27007 msgstr ""
27008
27009 #. type: Labeled list
27010 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76
27011 #, no-wrap
27012 msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
27013 msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
27014
27015 #. type: Plain text
27016 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
27017 msgid ""
27018 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's "
27019 "opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices "
27020 "support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
27021 msgstr ""
27022
27023 #. type: Labeled list
27024 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79
27025 #, no-wrap
27026 msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
27027 msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
27028
27029 #. type: Plain text
27030 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
27031 msgid ""
27032 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all "
27033 "devices support this command."
27034 msgstr ""
27035
27036 #. type: Plain text
27037 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86
27038 msgid ""
27039 "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is "
27040 "doing."
27041 msgstr ""
27042
27043 #. type: Labeled list
27044 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
27045 #, no-wrap
27046 msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
27047 msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
27048
27049 #. type: Plain text
27050 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89
27051 msgid ""
27052 "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available "
27053 "speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of "
27054 "the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous "
27055 "versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some "
27056 "drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not "
27057 "work with them."
27058 msgstr ""
27059
27060 #. type: Labeled list
27061 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
27062 #, no-wrap
27063 msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
27064 msgstr "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _vitesse_"
27065
27066 #. type: Plain text
27067 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92
27068 msgid ""
27069 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The "
27070 "_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X "
27071 "speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and "
27072 "you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the "
27073 "media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or "
27074 "with the *-t* and *-c* options."
27075 msgstr ""
27076
27077 #. type: Plain text
27078 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
27079 #, no-wrap
27080 msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n"
27081 msgstr ""
27082
27083 #. type: Plain text
27084 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102
27085 msgid ""
27086 "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are "
27087 "used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these "
27088 "options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
27089 msgstr ""
27090
27091 #. type: Plain text
27092 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
27093 #, no-wrap
27094 msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n"
27095 msgstr ""
27096
27097 #. type: Plain text
27098 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
27099 msgid ""
27100 "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will "
27101 "attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see "
27102 "also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not "
27103 "attempt to eject the media."
27104 msgstr ""
27105
27106 #. type: Plain text
27107 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
27108 msgid ""
27109 "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray "
27110 "if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
27111 msgstr ""
27112
27113 #. type: Plain text
27114 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
27115 msgid ""
27116 "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected "
27117 "after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the "
27118 "auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject "
27119 "mode."
27120 msgstr ""
27121
27122 #. type: Plain text
27123 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
27124 msgid ""
27125 "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root "
27126 "is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
27127 msgstr ""
27128
27129 #. type: Plain text
27130 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
27131 msgid ""
27132 "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat."
27133 "com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux "
27134 "version."
27135 msgstr ""
27136
27137 #. type: Plain text
27138 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:123
27139 #, no-wrap
27140 msgid ""
27141 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
27142 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
27143 "*mount*(8),\n"
27144 "*umount*(8)\n"
27145 msgstr ""
27146 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
27147 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
27148 "*mount*(8),\n"
27149 "*umount*(8)\n"
27150
27151 #. type: Title =
27152 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2
27153 #, no-wrap
27154 msgid "fallocate(1)"
27155 msgstr "fallocate(1)"
27156
27157 #. type: Plain text
27158 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12
27159 msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file"
27160 msgstr "fallocate - Réserver ou rendre de l'espace pour un fichier"
27161
27162 #. type: Plain text
27163 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
27164 #, no-wrap
27165 msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
27166 msgstr "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _position_] *-l* _taille_ [*-n*] _fichier_\n"
27167
27168 #. type: Plain text
27169 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
27170 #, no-wrap
27171 msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
27172 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"
27173
27174 #. type: Plain text
27175 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
27176 #, no-wrap
27177 msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
27178 msgstr "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _position_] *-l* _taille fichier_\n"
27179
27180 # FIXME fallocate system call → *fallocate*(2) system call
27181 #. type: Plain text
27182 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
27183 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27184 #| msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
27185 msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
27186 msgstr "*fallocate* sert à manipuler l’espace disque alloué à un fichier, soit pour le réserver, soit pour le rendre. Pour les systèmes de fichiers qui permettent l'appel système *fallocate*(2), la réservation est réalisée rapidement en allouant des blocs et en les marquant comme non initialisés, sans nécessiter d'échange (entrée ou sortie) avec les blocs de données. C'est bien plus rapide que de créer un fichier en le remplissant de zéros.\n"
27187
27188 #. type: Plain text
27189 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
27190 msgid ""
27191 "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
27192 msgstr ""
27193 "L'état de sortie renvoyé par *fallocate* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en "
27194 "cas d'échec."
27195
27196 #. type: Plain text
27197 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
27198 msgid ""
27199 "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
27200 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
27201 "ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
27202 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
27203 "PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
27204 msgstr ""
27205 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
27206 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
27207 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
27208 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
27209 "ZB et YB."
27210
27211 #. type: Plain text
27212 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
27213 msgid ""
27214 "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-"
27215 "range* are mutually exclusive."
27216 msgstr ""
27217 "Les options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole* et *--zero-"
27218 "range* s'excluent mutuellement."
27219
27220 #. type: Labeled list
27221 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33
27222 #, no-wrap
27223 msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
27224 msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
27225
27226 #. type: Plain text
27227 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
27228 msgid ""
27229 "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to "
27230 "be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the "
27231 "completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the "
27232 "location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and "
27233 "the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be "
27234 "specified for the collapse-range operation."
27235 msgstr ""
27236 "Supprimer un intervalle d’octets d’un fichier, sans laisser de trou. "
27237 "L’intervalle d’octets à supprimer commence à _position_ et continue pendant "
27238 "_taille_ octets. À la fin de l’opération, le contenu du fichier commençant à "
27239 "__position__+_taille_ sera ajouté à la _position_ et le fichier sera plus "
27240 "petit de _taille_ octets. L’option *--keep-size* ne peut pas être utilisée "
27241 "pour une opération de suppression d’intervalle."
27242
27243 #. type: Plain text
27244 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
27245 msgid ""
27246 "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
27247 msgstr ""
27248 "Disponible depuis Linux 3.15 pour ext4 (seulement pour les fichiers avec "
27249 "extension de domaine ou « extent ») et XFS."
27250
27251 # FIXME offset and len → _offset_ and _length_
27252 # FIXME EINVAL → *EINVAL*
27253 #. type: Plain text
27254 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
27255 #, fuzzy
27256 #| msgid ""
27257 #| "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, "
27258 #| "in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, offset and len "
27259 #| "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
27260 #| "according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has "
27261 #| "such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
27262 #| "requirement is violated."
27263 msgid ""
27264 "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in "
27265 "order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ "
27266 "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
27267 "according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such "
27268 "a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this "
27269 "requirement is violated."
27270 msgstr ""
27271 "Un système de fichiers peut poser des limites à la granularité de "
27272 "l'opération, afin de garantir une implémentation efficace. Typiquement, "
27273 "_position_ et _taille_ doivent être un multiple de la taille du bloc "
27274 "logique, laquelle varie selon le type et la configuration du système de "
27275 "fichiers. Si un système de fichiers a ce genre d'obligation, l'opération "
27276 "échouera avec l'erreur *EINVAL* si cette obligation est violée."
27277
27278 #. type: Labeled list
27279 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40
27280 #, no-wrap
27281 msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
27282 msgstr "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
27283
27284 #. type: Plain text
27285 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
27286 msgid ""
27287 "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
27288 "extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
27289 "block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* "
27290 "is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the "
27291 "entire file is analyzed for holes."
27292 msgstr ""
27293 "Détecter et creuser des trous. Cela rassemble les fichiers creux, sans "
27294 "utiliser d’espace disque supplémentaire. La taille minimale du trou dépend "
27295 "de la taille de bloc d’entrée et sortie du système de fichiers (4096 octets "
27296 "en général). De plus, en utilisant cette option, *--keep-size* est "
27297 "implicite. Si aucun intervalle n’est indiqué par *--offset* et *--length*, "
27298 "le fichier entier est analysé pour les trous."
27299
27300 #. type: Plain text
27301 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
27302 msgid ""
27303 "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming "
27304 "the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
27305 msgstr ""
27306 "Cette option peut être vue comme faire un « *cp --sparse* » puis renommer le "
27307 "fichier de destination comme le fichier original, sans avoir besoin d’espace "
27308 "disque supplémentaire."
27309
27310 #. type: Plain text
27311 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46
27312 msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems."
27313 msgstr ""
27314 "Consultez *--punch-hole* pour une liste des systèmes de fichiers pris en "
27315 "charge."
27316
27317 #. type: Labeled list
27318 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47
27319 #, no-wrap
27320 msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
27321 msgstr "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
27322
27323 #. type: Plain text
27324 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49
27325 msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data."
27326 msgstr ""
27327 "Insérer un trou de taille _taille_ octets à partir de la _position_, "
27328 "déplaçant les données existantes."
27329
27330 # FIXME lenght → _length_
27331 #. type: Plain text
27332 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52
27333 msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
27334 msgstr "Indiquer la _taille_ de l’intervalle, en octets."
27335
27336 #. type: Labeled list
27337 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53
27338 #, no-wrap
27339 msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
27340 msgstr "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
27341
27342 #. type: Plain text
27343 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
27344 msgid ""
27345 "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate "
27346 "blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
27347 msgstr ""
27348 "Ne pas modifier la _taille_ apparente du _fichier_. Des blocs pourraient "
27349 "être alloués après la fin du _fichier_, ils peuvent être enlevés avec "
27350 "_truncate_."
27351
27352 #. type: Plain text
27353 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58
27354 msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
27355 msgstr "Indiquer la position de début de l’intervalle, en octets."
27356
27357 #. type: Labeled list
27358 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59
27359 #, no-wrap
27360 msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
27361 msgstr "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
27362
27363 #. type: Plain text
27364 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
27365 msgid ""
27366 "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
27367 "_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, "
27368 "partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are "
27369 "removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this "
27370 "range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time "
27371 "as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is "
27372 "implied."
27373 msgstr ""
27374 "Désallouer l'espace (c'est-à-dire créer un trou) dans l'intervalle d'octets "
27375 "commençant à _position_ et continuant pendant _taille_ octets. Dans l'espace "
27376 "indiqué, les blocs partiels de systèmes de fichiers sont mis à zéro et les "
27377 "blocs complets du système de fichiers sont retirés du fichier. Après un "
27378 "appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des "
27379 "zéros. Cette option peut ne pas être indiquée en même temps que l’option *--"
27380 "zero-range*. De plus, lors de l’utilisation de cette option, *--keep-size* "
27381 "est implicite."
27382
27383 #. type: Plain text
27384 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
27385 msgid ""
27386 "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since "
27387 "Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
27388 msgstr ""
27389 "Pris en charge pour XFS (depuis Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (depuis Linux 3.0), "
27390 "Btrfs (depuis Linux 3.7), tmpfs (depuis Linux 3.5) et gfs2 (depuis "
27391 "Linux 4.16)."
27392
27393 #. type: Plain text
27394 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66
27395 msgid "Enable verbose mode."
27396 msgstr "Activer le mode verbeux."
27397
27398 #. type: Labeled list
27399 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67
27400 #, no-wrap
27401 msgid "*-x*, *--posix*"
27402 msgstr "*-x*, *--posix*"
27403
27404 #. type: Plain text
27405 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
27406 msgid ""
27407 "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always "
27408 "completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported "
27409 "by the underlying filesystem."
27410 msgstr ""
27411 "Activer le mode d'opération POSIX. Dans ce mode, l'opération d'allocation se "
27412 "termine toujours mais peut prendre plus de temps si l'allocation rapide "
27413 "n'est pas prise en charge par le système de fichiers sous-jacent."
27414
27415 #. type: Labeled list
27416 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70
27417 #, no-wrap
27418 msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
27419 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
27420
27421 #. type: Plain text
27422 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
27423 msgid ""
27424 "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for "
27425 "_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the "
27426 "regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent "
27427 "reads from this range will return zeroes."
27428 msgstr ""
27429 "Initialiser l'intervalle d'octets commençant à _position_ et continuant "
27430 "pendant _taille_ octets. Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs sont préalloués "
27431 "pour les zones qui couvrent les trous du fichier. Après un appel réussi, les "
27432 "lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des zéros."
27433
27434 #. type: Plain text
27435 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
27436 msgid ""
27437 "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
27438 "into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will "
27439 "not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the "
27440 "either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update "
27441 "metadata."
27442 msgstr ""
27443 "L’initialisation est réalisée dans le système de fichiers de préférence en "
27444 "convertissant l’intervalle en « extents » non écrits. Cette approche "
27445 "signifie que l’intervalle indiqué ne sera pas physiquement initialisé sur le "
27446 "périphérique (à part les blocs partiels aux extrémités de l’intervalle) et "
27447 "qu’une entrée ou sortie n’est (sinon) nécessaire que pour mettre à jour les "
27448 "métadonnées."
27449
27450 #. type: Plain text
27451 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
27452 msgid ""
27453 "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
27454 msgstr ""
27455 "L’option *--keep-size* peut être indiquée pour empêcher la modification de "
27456 "taille du fichier."
27457
27458 #. type: Plain text
27459 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
27460 msgid ""
27461 "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
27462 msgstr ""
27463 "Disponible depuis Linux 3.14 pour ext4 (seulement pour les fichiers avec "
27464 "extension de domaine ou « extent ») et XFS."
27465
27466 #. type: Plain text
27467 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
27468 msgid ""
27469 "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
27470 msgstr ""
27471 "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
27472
27473 #. type: Plain text
27474 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91
27475 #, no-wrap
27476 msgid ""
27477 "*truncate*(1),\n"
27478 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
27479 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
27480 msgstr ""
27481 "*truncate*(1),\n"
27482 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
27483 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
27484
27485 #. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved
27486 #. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
27487 #. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
27488 #. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
27489 #. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
27490 #. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
27491 #. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
27492 #. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
27493 #. conditions:
27494 #. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall
27495 #. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
27496 #. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
27497 #. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
27498 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
27499 #. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
27500 #. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
27501 #. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
27502 #. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
27503 #. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
27504 #. type: Title =
27505 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26
27506 #, no-wrap
27507 msgid "flock(1)"
27508 msgstr "flock(1)"
27509
27510 #. type: Plain text
27511 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37
27512 msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts"
27513 msgstr "flock - Gérer des verrous depuis des scripts d'interpréteur"
27514
27515 #. type: Plain text
27516 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41
27517 #, no-wrap
27518 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
27519 msgstr "*flock* [options] _fichier_|_répertoire_ _commande_ [_arguments_]\n"
27520
27521 #. type: Plain text
27522 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43
27523 #, no-wrap
27524 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n"
27525 msgstr "*flock* [options] _fichier_|_répertoire_ *-c* _commande_\n"
27526
27527 #. type: Plain text
27528 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45
27529 #, no-wrap
27530 msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n"
27531 msgstr "*flock* [options] _numéro_\n"
27532
27533 #. type: Plain text
27534 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
27535 msgid ""
27536 "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the "
27537 "command line."
27538 msgstr ""
27539 "Cet utilitaire gère les verrous *flock*(2) à partir de scripts "
27540 "d'interpréteur ou de la ligne de commande."
27541
27542 #. type: Plain text
27543 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
27544 msgid ""
27545 "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution "
27546 "of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a "
27547 "specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate "
27548 "permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be "
27549 "immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
27550 msgstr ""
27551 "Les première et deuxième formes précédentes enveloppent l'exécution d'une "
27552 "_commande_ par un verrou, de façon similaire à *su*(1) ou *newgrp*(1). Elles "
27553 "verrouillent soit le _fichier_, soit le _répertoire_ indiqué, qui est créé "
27554 "(en supposant que vous ayez les droits adéquats) s'il n'existe pas déjà. Par "
27555 "défaut, si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu immédiatement, *flock* attend "
27556 "jusqu’à ce que le verrou soit disponible."
27557
27558 #. type: Plain text
27559 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
27560 msgid ""
27561 "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the "
27562 "examples below for how that can be used."
27563 msgstr ""
27564 "La troisième forme utilise un fichier ouvert par son _numéro_ de descripteur "
27565 "de fichier. Consultez les exemples suivants montrant comment l’utiliser."
27566
27567 #. type: Plain text
27568 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58
27569 msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*."
27570 msgstr ""
27571 "Passer une seule _commande_, sans argument, à l’interpréteur de commandes "
27572 "avec *-c*."
27573
27574 #. type: Labeled list
27575 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59
27576 #, no-wrap
27577 msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_"
27578 msgstr "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _numéro_"
27579
27580 #. type: Plain text
27581 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
27582 msgid ""
27583 "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting "
27584 "lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The "
27585 "default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
27586 msgstr ""
27587 "Le code de retour utilisé quand l’option *-n* est utilisée et que le verrou "
27588 "en conflit existe, ou que l’option *-w* est utilisée et que le délai est "
27589 "atteint. La valeur par défaut est *1*. Le _nombre_ doit être compris entre 0 "
27590 "et 255."
27591
27592 #. type: Plain text
27593 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
27594 msgid ""
27595 "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is "
27596 "replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is "
27597 "incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold "
27598 "the lock."
27599 msgstr ""
27600 "Ne pas forker avant d'exécuter _commande_. Pendant l'exécution, le processus "
27601 "*flock* est remplacé par _commande_ qui garde le verrou. Cette option est "
27602 "incompatible avec *--close*, sans quoi plus rien ne conserverait le verrou."
27603
27604 #. type: Labeled list
27605 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65
27606 #, no-wrap
27607 msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
27608 msgstr "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
27609
27610 #. type: Plain text
27611 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
27612 msgid ""
27613 "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
27614 msgstr ""
27615 "Obtenir un verrou exclusif, parfois appelé verrou en écriture. C'est "
27616 "l'option par défaut."
27617
27618 #. type: Labeled list
27619 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68
27620 #, no-wrap
27621 msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
27622 msgstr "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
27623
27624 #. type: Plain text
27625 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
27626 msgid ""
27627 "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-"
27628 "E* option for the exit status used."
27629 msgstr ""
27630 "Échouer plutôt qu’attendre si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu "
27631 "immédiatement. Consultez l’option *-E* pour le code de retour utilisé."
27632
27633 #. type: Labeled list
27634 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71
27635 #, no-wrap
27636 msgid "*-o*, *--close*"
27637 msgstr "*-o*, *--close*"
27638
27639 #. type: Plain text
27640 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
27641 msgid ""
27642 "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
27643 "_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should "
27644 "not be holding the lock."
27645 msgstr ""
27646 "Fermer le descripteur de fichier sur lequel le verrou est maintenu avant "
27647 "l'exécution de _commande_. C'est utile si _commande_ lance un processus "
27648 "enfant qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."
27649
27650 #. type: Labeled list
27651 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74
27652 #, no-wrap
27653 msgid "*-s*, *--shared*"
27654 msgstr "*-s*, *--shared*"
27655
27656 #. type: Plain text
27657 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76
27658 msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock."
27659 msgstr "Obtenir un verrou partagé, parfois appelé verrou en lecture."
27660
27661 #. type: Labeled list
27662 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77
27663 #, no-wrap
27664 msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*"
27665 msgstr "*-u*, *--unlock*"
27666
27667 #. type: Plain text
27668 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
27669 msgid ""
27670 "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
27671 "dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special "
27672 "cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
27673 "background process which should not be holding the lock."
27674 msgstr ""
27675 "Supprimer un verrou. Ce n'est généralement pas nécessaire, puisqu'un verrou "
27676 "est automatiquement supprimé lorsque le fichier est fermé. Cependant, il "
27677 "peut être nécessaire dans des cas particuliers, par exemple si le groupe de "
27678 "commandes inclus a engendré un processus en arrière-plan qui ne devrait pas "
27679 "détenir le verrou."
27680
27681 #. type: Labeled list
27682 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80
27683 #, no-wrap
27684 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
27685 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _délai_"
27686
27687 #. type: Plain text
27688 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
27689 msgid ""
27690 "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional "
27691 "values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero "
27692 "number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
27693 msgstr ""
27694 "Échouer si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu en _délai_ secondes. Les "
27695 "valeurs en fractions décimales sont permises. Consultez l’option *-E* pour "
27696 "le code de retour utilisé. Un _délai_ nul est interprété comme *--nonblock*."
27697
27698 #. type: Plain text
27699 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
27700 msgid ""
27701 "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be "
27702 "obtained."
27703 msgstr ""
27704 "Renvoyer la durée d'acquisition du verrou ou la raison pour laquelle il n'a "
27705 "pas pu être obtenu."
27706
27707 #. type: Plain text
27708 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
27709 msgid ""
27710 "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when "
27711 "using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire "
27712 "the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The "
27713 "exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
27714 msgstr ""
27715 "La commande utilise les valeurs de code de retour de <sysexits.h> pour tout, "
27716 "sauf avec les options *-n* ou *-w*, qui signalent un échec d’obtention du "
27717 "verrou avec un code de retour donné par l’option *-E*, ou avec 1 par défaut. "
27718 "Le code de retour donné par *-E* doit être 0 et 255."
27719
27720 #. type: Plain text
27721 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93
27722 msgid ""
27723 "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the "
27724 "exit status is that of the child command."
27725 msgstr ""
27726 "En utilisant la variante _commande_ et si l’exécution de l’enfant a "
27727 "fonctionné, le code de retour est celui de la commande enfant."
27728
27729 #. type: Plain text
27730 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97
27731 #, no-wrap
27732 msgid "*flock* does not detect deadlock. See *flock*(2) for details.\n"
27733 msgstr ""
27734
27735 #. type: Plain text
27736 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:99
27737 msgid ""
27738 "Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of "
27739 "*flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) "
27740 "and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there."
27741 msgstr ""
27742
27743 #. type: Plain text
27744 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103
27745 msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt."
27746 msgstr ""
27747 "Notez que « shell> » dans les exemples ci-dessous est une invite de commande."
27748
27749 #. type: Labeled list
27750 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
27751 #, no-wrap
27752 msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
27753 msgstr "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
27754
27755 # FIXME /tmp → _/tmp_
27756 #. type: Plain text
27757 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106
27758 #, fuzzy
27759 #| msgid ""
27760 #| "Set exclusive lock to directory /tmp and the second command will fail."
27761 msgid ""
27762 "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
27763 msgstr ""
27764 "Définir un verrou exclusif sur le répertoire _/tmp_ et la seconde commande "
27765 "échouera."
27766
27767 #. type: Labeled list
27768 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107
27769 #, no-wrap
27770 msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
27771 msgstr "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
27772
27773 # FIXME /tmp → _/tmp_
27774 #. type: Plain text
27775 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109
27776 #, fuzzy
27777 #| msgid ""
27778 #| "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail. "
27779 #| "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would "
27780 #| "fail."
27781 msgid ""
27782 "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. "
27783 "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
27784 msgstr ""
27785 "Définir un verrou partagé sur le répertoire _/tmp_ et la seconde commande "
27786 "n’échouera pas. Remarquez que la tentative d’obtenir un verrou exclusif avec "
27787 "la seconde commande aurait échoué."
27788
27789 #. type: Labeled list
27790 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110
27791 #, no-wrap
27792 msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'"
27793 msgstr "shell> flock -x fichier_verrou_local echo 'a b c'"
27794
27795 #. type: Plain text
27796 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112
27797 msgid ""
27798 "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
27799 msgstr ""
27800 "Récupérer le verrou exclusif « fichier_verrou_local » avant d’exécuter "
27801 "echo 'a b c'."
27802
27803 #. type: Labeled list
27804 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113
27805 #, no-wrap
27806 msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile"
27807 msgstr "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commandes exécutées sous un verrou ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"
27808
27809 #. type: Plain text
27810 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115
27811 msgid ""
27812 "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file "
27813 "doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be "
27814 "created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. "
27815 "Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is "
27816 "required."
27817 msgstr ""
27818 "Cette forme est pratique dans les scripts d’interpréteur de commandes. Le "
27819 "mode utilisé pour ouvrir le fichier n'est pas important pour *flock* ; "
27820 "utiliser _>_ ou _>>_ permet de créer le fichier de verrouillage s'il "
27821 "n'existe pas déjà, cependant, le droit d'écriture est nécessaire. En "
27822 "utilisant _<_, le fichier doit déjà exister, mais seul le droit de lecture "
27823 "est nécessaire."
27824
27825 #. type: Labeled list
27826 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116
27827 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27828 #| msgid "[ \"${FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || :"
27829 msgid "[ \"$\\{FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || : "
27830 msgstr "[ \"${FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || :"
27831
27832 #. type: Plain text
27833 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:118
27834 #, fuzzy
27835 #| msgid ""
27836 #| "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of "
27837 #| "the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on "
27838 #| "the first run. If the env var *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script "
27839 #| "that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
27840 #| "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-"
27841 #| "execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var "
27842 #| "to the right value so it doesn't run again."
27843 msgid ""
27844 "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the "
27845 "shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the "
27846 "first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell "
27847 "script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
27848 "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing "
27849 "itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment "
27850 "variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
27851 msgstr ""
27852 "C’est un code passe-partout utile pour les scripts d’interpréteur. Placez-le "
27853 "au début du script d’interpréteur que vous voulez verrouiller et il se "
27854 "verrouillera lui-même automatiquement lors de la première exécution. Si la "
27855 "variable d’environnement *$FLOCKER* n’est pas définie pour le script "
27856 "d’interpréteur en cours d’exécution, alors *flock* est exécuté et un verrou "
27857 "non bloquant exclusif est récupéré (en utilisant le script lui-même comme "
27858 "fichier de verrouillage) avant que le script ne s’exécute de nouveau avec "
27859 "les bons arguments. La variable d’environnement *FLOCKER* est aussi définie "
27860 "à la bonne valeur pour que le script ne s’exécute pas de nouveau."
27861
27862 #. type: Labeled list
27863 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119
27864 #, no-wrap
27865 msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4"
27866 msgstr "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou; shell> flock -n 4"
27867
27868 #. type: Plain text
27869 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:121
27870 #, fuzzy
27871 #| msgid ""
27872 #| "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
27873 #| "The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor "
27874 #| "4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
27875 msgid ""
27876 "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
27877 "The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, "
27878 "then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
27879 msgstr ""
27880 "Cette forme est pratique pour verrouiller un fichier sans engendrer un sous-"
27881 "processus. L'interpréteur ouvre le fichier verrou en lecture et en écriture "
27882 "en tant que descripteur de fichier 4, puis flock est utilisé pour "
27883 "verrouiller le descripteur."
27884
27885 #. type: Plain text
27886 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125
27887 msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
27888 msgstr "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
27889
27890 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
27891 #. type: Plain text
27892 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:130
27893 msgid ""
27894 "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see "
27895 "the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
27896 "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
27897 msgstr ""
27898 "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. C'est un logiciel libre ; "
27899 "consultez les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE "
27900 "garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION "
27901 "PARTICULIÈRE."
27902
27903 #. type: Plain text
27904 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:134
27905 #, no-wrap
27906 msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
27907 msgstr "*flock*(2)\n"
27908
27909 #. type: Title =
27910 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2
27911 #, no-wrap
27912 msgid "fsfreeze(8)"
27913 msgstr "fsfreeze(8)"
27914
27915 #. type: Plain text
27916 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12
27917 msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
27918 msgstr ""
27919 "fsfreeze - Suspendre l'accès à un système de fichiers (ext3/4, ReiserFS, "
27920 "JFS, XFS)"
27921
27922 #. type: Plain text
27923 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16
27924 #, no-wrap
27925 msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n"
27926 msgstr "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _point_de_montage_\n"
27927
27928 #. type: Plain text
27929 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20
27930 #, no-wrap
27931 msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n"
27932 msgstr "*fsfreeze* suspend ou reprend l'accès à un système de fichiers.\n"
27933
27934 #. type: Plain text
27935 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
27936 #, no-wrap
27937 msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n"
27938 msgstr "*fsfreeze* arrête les nouveaux accès au système de fichiers et crée une image stable sur le disque. *fsfreeze* est conçu pour être utilisé avec des périphériques RAID matériels qui permettent la création d'instantanés.\n"
27939
27940 #. type: Plain text
27941 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
27942 #, no-wrap
27943 msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n"
27944 msgstr "*fsfreeze* n'est pas nécessaire aux périphériques *device-mapper*. Le device-mapper (et LVM) gèle automatiquement un système de fichiers du périphérique quand la création d'un instantané est demandée. Pour plus de précisions, consultez la page de manuel *dmsetup*(8).\n"
27945
27946 #. type: Plain text
27947 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
27948 msgid ""
27949 "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
27950 "filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
27951 "*mount*(8))."
27952 msgstr ""
27953 "Le paramètre _point_de_montage_ est le chemin du répertoire où le système de "
27954 "fichiers est monté. Le système de fichiers doit être monté pour être gelé "
27955 "(consultez *mount*(8))."
27956
27957 #. type: Plain text
27958 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
27959 msgid ""
27960 "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
27961 "mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for "
27962 "more details see *mount*(8))."
27963 msgstr ""
27964 "Remarquez que les mises à jour des dates d’accès sont aussi suspendues si le "
27965 "système de fichiers est monté avec le comportement *atime* traditionnel "
27966 "(option de montage *strictatime*, consultez *mount*(8) pour plus de "
27967 "précisions)."
27968
27969 #. type: Labeled list
27970 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31
27971 #, no-wrap
27972 msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*"
27973 msgstr "*-f*, *--freeze*"
27974
27975 #. type: Plain text
27976 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
27977 #, fuzzy
27978 #| msgid ""
27979 #| "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
27980 #| "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
27981 #| "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, "
27982 #| "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
27983 #| "metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting "
27984 #| "to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem "
27985 #| "to be unfrozen."
27986 msgid ""
27987 "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new "
27988 "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
27989 "filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, "
27990 "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
27991 "metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to "
27992 "write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be "
27993 "unfrozen."
27994 msgstr ""
27995 "Cette option nécessite que le système de fichiers indiqué soit gelé de "
27996 "nouvelles modifications. Quand elle est sélectionnée, toutes les "
27997 "transactions en cours dans le système de fichiers ont le droit de se "
27998 "terminer, les nouveaux appels d'écriture sont arrêtés, les autres appels qui "
27999 "modifient le système de fichiers sont arrêtés et toutes les données sales, "
28000 "métadonnées et informations de journalisation sont écrites sur le disque. "
28001 "Tous les processus essayant d'écrire sur le système de fichiers gelé seront "
28002 "bloqués en attendant que le système de fichiers soit dégelé."
28003
28004 #. type: Plain text
28005 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
28006 msgid ""
28007 "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
28008 "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
28009 "will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
28010 "the snapshot is complete."
28011 msgstr ""
28012 "Remarquez que même après le gel, le système de fichiers sur le disque peut "
28013 "contenir des renseignements sur des fichiers qui sont encore en cours de "
28014 "destruction (unlink). Ces fichiers ne seront pas détruits avant que le "
28015 "système de fichiers ne soit dégelé ou qu'un montage propre de l'instantané "
28016 "ne soit terminé."
28017
28018 #. type: Labeled list
28019 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36
28020 #, no-wrap
28021 msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
28022 msgstr "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
28023
28024 #. type: Plain text
28025 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
28026 msgid ""
28027 "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
28028 "continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
28029 "unblocked and allowed to complete."
28030 msgstr ""
28031 "Cette option sert à dégeler le système de fichiers et permettre aux "
28032 "opérations de se poursuivre. Toutes les modifications de système de fichiers "
28033 "qui étaient bloquées par le gel sont débloquées et ont le droit de se "
28034 "terminer."
28035
28036 #. type: Title ==
28037 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41
28038 #, no-wrap
28039 msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
28040 msgstr "PRISE EN CHARGE DE SYSTÈME DE FICHIERS"
28041
28042 #. type: Plain text
28043 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44
28044 msgid ""
28045 "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
28046 "List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, "
28047 "*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as "
28048 "more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a "
28049 "filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
28050 msgstr ""
28051 "Cette commande ne fonctionnera que si une prise en charge du gel est prévue "
28052 "pour le système de fichiers. La liste de ces systèmes de fichiers comprend "
28053 "(2016-12-18)  *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs* et "
28054 "*xfs*. Cette liste peut être incomplète car de plus en plus de systèmes de "
28055 "fichiers assurent une prise en charge. En cas de doute, la façon la plus "
28056 "facile de le savoir est de créer un petit montage en loopback et tenter de "
28057 "le geler."
28058
28059 #. type: Plain text
28060 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48
28061 msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)."
28062 msgstr "Cette page de manuel est basée sur *xfs_freeze*(8)."
28063
28064 #. type: Plain text
28065 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52
28066 msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
28067 msgstr "Écrit par Hajime Taira."
28068
28069 #. type: Plain text
28070 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68
28071 #, no-wrap
28072 msgid "*mount*(8)\n"
28073 msgstr "*mount*(8)\n"
28074
28075 #
28076 #
28077 #
28078 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
28079 #. All rights reserved.
28080 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
28081 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
28082 #. are met:
28083 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
28084 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
28085 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
28086 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
28087 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
28088 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
28089 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
28090 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
28091 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
28092 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
28093 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
28094 #.    without specific prior written permission.
28095 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
28096 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
28097 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
28098 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
28099 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
28100 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
28101 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
28102 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
28103 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
28104 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
28105 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
28106 #.     @(#)fstab.5      6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
28107 #. type: Title =
28108 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36
28109 #, no-wrap
28110 msgid "fstab(5)"
28111 msgstr "fstab(5)"
28112
28113 #. type: Plain text
28114 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
28115 msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
28116 msgstr "fstab - Informations statiques sur les systèmes de fichiers"
28117
28118 #. type: Plain text
28119 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
28120 #, fuzzy
28121 #| msgid ""
28122 #| "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
28123 #| "the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; "
28124 #| "it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and "
28125 #| "maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because "
28126 #| "*fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through "
28127 #| "*fstab* doing their thing."
28128 msgid ""
28129 "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the "
28130 "system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is "
28131 "the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this "
28132 "file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), "
28133 "*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their "
28134 "thing."
28135 msgstr ""
28136 "Le fichier *fstab* contient des informations décrivant les systèmes de "
28137 "fichiers que le système peut monter. *fstab* n’est lu que par les "
28138 "programmes, jamais écrit. Cette responsabilité est laissée à "
28139 "l'administrateur, qui doit créer et maintenir lui-même ce fichier. L'ordre "
28140 "des enregistrements au sein de *fstab* est important car *fsck*(8), "
28141 "*mount*(8), et *umount*(8) utilisent les enregistrements de *fstab* les uns "
28142 "à la suite des autres."
28143
28144 #. type: Plain text
28145 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
28146 msgid ""
28147 "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
28148 "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank "
28149 "lines are ignored."
28150 msgstr ""
28151 "Chaque système de fichiers est décrit sur une ligne indépendante. Les champs "
28152 "contenus sur chaque ligne sont séparés par des espaces ou des tabulations. "
28153 "Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des commentaires, les lignes vides sont "
28154 "ignorées."
28155
28156 #. type: Plain text
28157 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
28158 msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:"
28159 msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre une entrée *fstab* typique :"
28160
28161 #. type: delimited block .
28162 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61
28163 #, no-wrap
28164 msgid "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
28165 msgstr "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
28166
28167 #. type: Title ===
28168 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
28169 #, no-wrap
28170 msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)."
28171 msgstr "Le premier champ (_fs_spec_)"
28172
28173 #. type: Plain text
28174 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66
28175 #, fuzzy
28176 #| msgid ""
28177 #| "This field describes the block special device or remote filesystem to be "
28178 #| "mounted."
28179 msgid ""
28180 "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
28181 "filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device "
28182 "to be enabled."
28183 msgstr ""
28184 "Ce champ décrit le périphérique bloc ou le système de fichiers distant à "
28185 "monter."
28186
28187 #. type: Plain text
28188 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
28189 msgid ""
28190 "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
28191 "(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ "
28192 "or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth."
28193 "aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will "
28194 "show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for "
28195 "*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, "
28196 "like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
28197 msgstr ""
28198 "Pour les montages habituels, ce champ contient (un lien vers) un nœud "
28199 "spécial de périphérique (comme créé par *mknod*(8)), correspondant au "
28200 "périphérique à monter, comme _/dev/cdrom_ ou _/dev/sdb7_. Pour les montages "
28201 "NFS, ce champ est _<hôte>:<rép>_, par exemple _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. Pour les "
28202 "systèmes de fichiers sans stockage, n’importe quelle chaîne peut être "
28203 "utilisée, et sera par exemple montrée dans la sortie de *df*(1). Une "
28204 "utilisation typique est « proc » pour procfs, « mem », « none » ou « tmpfs » "
28205 "pour tmpfs. D’autres systèmes de fichiers particuliers comme udev et sysfs, "
28206 "ne sont typiquement pas indiqués dans *fstab*."
28207
28208 #. type: Plain text
28209 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
28210 msgid ""
28211 "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is "
28212 "the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware "
28213 "detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For "
28214 "example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a "
28215 "filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) "
28216 "to set LABELs on filesystems)."
28217 msgstr ""
28218 "LABEL=<étiquette> ou UUID=<UUID> peuvent être indiqués à la place d’un nom "
28219 "du périphérique. C’est la méthode conseillée, car les noms de périphérique "
28220 "sont souvent liés à l’ordre de détection du matériel, et peuvent changer "
28221 "quand d’autres disques sont ajoutés ou supprimés. Par exemple, "
28222 "« LABEL=Boot » ou « UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6 » (utilisez un "
28223 "outil spécifique au système de fichiers comme *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8) "
28224 "ou *fatlabel*(8) pour définir les étiquettes des systèmes de fichiers)."
28225
28226 #. type: Plain text
28227 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
28228 msgid ""
28229 "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions "
28230 "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
28231 msgstr ""
28232 "*PARTUUID=* et *PARTLABEL=* peuvent aussi être utilisés. Ces identifiants de "
28233 "partitions sont par exemple pris en charge pour une table de partitions GUID "
28234 "(GPT)."
28235
28236 #. type: Plain text
28237 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
28238 msgid ""
28239 "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device "
28240 "identifiers."
28241 msgstr ""
28242 "Consultez *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) ou *lsblk*(8) pour plus de précisions sur "
28243 "les identifiants de périphérique."
28244
28245 #. type: Plain text
28246 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
28247 #, fuzzy
28248 #| msgid ""
28249 #| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
28250 #| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
28251 msgid ""
28252 "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the "
28253 "UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the "
28254 "volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g "
28255 "UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
28256 msgstr ""
28257 "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
28258 "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."
28259
28260 #. type: Title ===
28261 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:77
28262 #, no-wrap
28263 msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)."
28264 msgstr "Le deuxième champ (_fs_file_)"
28265
28266 #. type: Plain text
28267 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
28268 #, fuzzy
28269 msgid ""
28270 "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap "
28271 "area, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount "
28272 "point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' "
28273 "respectively."
28274 msgstr ""
28275 "Ce champ indique le point de montage du système de fichiers. Pour les "
28276 "partitions d'échange, ce champ doit prendre la valeur «\\ none\\ ». Si le "
28277 "nom du point de montage contient des espaces, il faut les protéger comme «\\ "
28278 "\\e040\\ »."
28279
28280 #. type: Title ===
28281 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81
28282 #, no-wrap
28283 msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)."
28284 msgstr "Le troisième champ (_fs_vfstype_)"
28285
28286 #. type: Plain text
28287 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
28288 #, fuzzy
28289 #| msgid ""
28290 #| "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
28291 #| "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
28292 #| "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more "
28293 #| "details, see *mount*(8)."
28294 msgid ""
28295 "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
28296 "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
28297 "proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, "
28298 "see *mount*(8)."
28299 msgstr ""
28300 "Ce champ décrit le type de système de fichiers. Linux reconnaît beaucoup de "
28301 "systèmes de fichiers : ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
28302 "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, et bien d’autres. Pour plus "
28303 "de précisions, consultez *mount*(8)."
28304
28305 #. type: Plain text
28306 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
28307 msgid ""
28308 "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. "
28309 "*swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
28310 msgstr ""
28311 "Une entrée _swap_ indique une partition ou un fichier à utiliser pour les "
28312 "échanges, consultez *swapon*(8). Une entrée _none_ est utile pour les points "
28313 "de montage liés ou remontés."
28314
28315 #. type: Plain text
28316 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
28317 msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
28318 msgstr ""
28319 "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des "
28320 "virgules."
28321
28322 #. type: Plain text
28323 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
28324 #, no-wrap
28325 msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
28326 msgstr "*mount*(8) et *umount*(8) gèrent les _sous-types_ de systèmes de fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par le suffixe « .sous-type ». Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de sous-type qu'ajouter un préfixe au premier champ (par exemple « sshfs#example.com » est obsolète).\n"
28327
28328 #. type: Title ===
28329 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:91
28330 #, no-wrap
28331 msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)."
28332 msgstr "Le quatrième champ (_fs_mntops_)"
28333
28334 #. type: Plain text
28335 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
28336 msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
28337 msgstr ""
28338 "Ce champ définit les options de montage associées au système de fichiers."
28339
28340 #. type: Plain text
28341 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
28342 msgid ""
28343 "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options and is optional for "
28344 "*mount*(8) or *swapon*(8). The usual convention is to use at least "
28345 "\"defaults\" keyword there."
28346 msgstr ""
28347
28348 #. type: Plain text
28349 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
28350 #, fuzzy
28351 #| msgid ""
28352 #| "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at "
28353 #| "least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options "
28354 #| "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
28355 #| "options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
28356 msgid ""
28357 "It usually contains the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*, the default is *rw*), "
28358 "plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including "
28359 "performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
28360 msgstr ""
28361 "Il s'agit d'une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Elle contient au "
28362 "moins le type de montage (*ro* ou *rw*), suivi éventuellement d'options "
28363 "appropriées au type de système de fichiers (y compris des options "
28364 "d’optimisation pour les performances). Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
28365 "*mount*(8) ou *swapon*(8)."
28366
28367 #. type: Plain text
28368 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:100
28369 msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
28370 msgstr "Les options communes à tous les systèmes de fichiers sont :"
28371
28372 #. type: Labeled list
28373 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:525
28374 #, no-wrap
28375 msgid "*defaults*"
28376 msgstr "*defaults*"
28377
28378 #. type: Plain text
28379 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103
28380 msgid ""
28381 "use default options. The default depends on the kernel and the filesystem. "
28382 "*mount*(8) does not have any hardcoded set of default options. The kernel "
28383 "default is usually rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
28384 msgstr ""
28385
28386 #. type: Labeled list
28387 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:501
28388 #, no-wrap
28389 msgid "*noauto*"
28390 msgstr "*noauto*"
28391
28392 #. type: Plain text
28393 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
28394 msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
28395 msgstr ""
28396 "ne pas monter lorsqu'un appel *mount -a* a lieu, par exemple au démarrage ;"
28397
28398 #. type: Labeled list
28399 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
28400 #, no-wrap
28401 msgid "*user*"
28402 msgstr "*user*"
28403
28404 #. type: Plain text
28405 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
28406 msgid "allow a user to mount"
28407 msgstr "autoriser un utilisateur à monter ;"
28408
28409 #. type: Labeled list
28410 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613
28411 #, no-wrap
28412 msgid "*owner*"
28413 msgstr "*owner*"
28414
28415 #. type: Plain text
28416 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
28417 msgid "allow device owner to mount"
28418 msgstr "autoriser le propriétaire du périphérique à le monter ;"
28419
28420 #. type: Labeled list
28421 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
28422 #, no-wrap
28423 msgid "*comment*"
28424 msgstr "*comment*"
28425
28426 #. type: Plain text
28427 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
28428 msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs"
28429 msgstr "ou *x-<nom>*, à utiliser avec des programmes de maintenance de fstab ;"
28430
28431 #. type: Labeled list
28432 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:569
28433 #, no-wrap
28434 msgid "*nofail*"
28435 msgstr "*nofail*"
28436
28437 #. type: Plain text
28438 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:113
28439 msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
28440 msgstr "ne pas renvoyer d'erreur pour ce périphérique s'il n'existe pas."
28441
28442 #. type: Title ===
28443 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:114
28444 #, no-wrap
28445 msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)."
28446 msgstr "Le cinquième champ (_fs_freq_)"
28447
28448 #. type: Plain text
28449 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:117
28450 msgid ""
28451 "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be "
28452 "dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
28453 msgstr ""
28454 "Ce champ est utilisé par *dump*(8) pour déterminer les systèmes de fichiers "
28455 "à décharger. Zéro par défaut (pas de déchargement) si absent."
28456
28457 #. type: Title ===
28458 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:118
28459 #, no-wrap
28460 msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)."
28461 msgstr "Le sixième champ (_fs_passno_)"
28462
28463 #. type: Plain text
28464 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:121
28465 #, fuzzy
28466 #| msgid ""
28467 #| "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
28468 #| "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
28469 #| "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
28470 #| "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
28471 #| "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
28472 #| "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
28473 #| "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
28474 msgid ""
28475 "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem "
28476 "checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a "
28477 "_fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. "
28478 "Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on "
28479 "different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism "
28480 "available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if "
28481 "not present."
28482 msgstr ""
28483 "Ce champ est utilisé par B<fsck>(8) pour déterminer l’ordre de vérification "
28484 "des systèmes de fichiers au démarrage. Le système de fichiers racine doit "
28485 "avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<1>. Les autres systèmes de fichiers "
28486 "devraient avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<2>. Les systèmes de "
28487 "fichiers partageant le même disque seront vérifiés à la suite, mais ceux "
28488 "utilisant différents disques seront vérifiés simultanément pour profiter du "
28489 "parallélisme offert par le matériel. Zéro par défaut (pas de vérification) "
28490 "si absent."
28491
28492 #. type: Plain text
28493 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:126
28494 msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
28495 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
28496
28497 #. type: Plain text
28498 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
28499 msgid ""
28500 "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines "
28501 "*getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
28502 msgstr ""
28503 "La meilleure manière de lire les enregistrements de *fstab* est d'utiliser "
28504 "les routines *getmntent*(3) ou *libmount*."
28505
28506 #. type: Plain text
28507 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:132
28508 msgid ""
28509 "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported "
28510 "by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
28511 msgstr ""
28512 "Le mot clef *ignore* comme type de système de fichiers (troisième champ) "
28513 "n’est plus pris en charge par l’utilitaire de montage natif basé sur "
28514 "libmount (depuis util-linux 2.22)."
28515
28516 #. type: Plain text
28517 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:136
28518 msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
28519 msgstr "L'ancêtre de ce format de fichier *fstab* est apparu dans 4.0BSD."
28520
28521 #. type: Plain text
28522 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:144
28523 #, no-wrap
28524 msgid ""
28525 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
28526 "*fs*(5),\n"
28527 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
28528 "*mount*(8),\n"
28529 "*swapon*(8)\n"
28530 msgstr ""
28531 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
28532 "*fs*(5),\n"
28533 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
28534 "*mount*(8),\n"
28535 "*swapon*(8)\n"
28536
28537 #. type: Title =
28538 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2
28539 #, no-wrap
28540 msgid "fstrim(8)"
28541 msgstr "fstrim(8)"
28542
28543 #. type: Plain text
28544 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12
28545 msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
28546 msgstr ""
28547 "fstrim - Abandonner les blocs non utilisés d'un système de fichiers monté"
28548
28549 #. type: Plain text
28550 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
28551 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
28552 #| msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [*-v* _mountpoint_]\n"
28553 msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aav*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [_mountpoint_]\n"
28554 msgstr "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] [*-m* _taille_mini_] [*-v* __point_montage__]\n"
28555
28556 #. type: Plain text
28557 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
28558 #, no-wrap
28559 msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n"
28560 msgstr "*fstrim* est utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté pour abandonner (ou « rogner ») les blocs qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système de fichiers. C'est pratique pour les SSD (« solid-state drive ») et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »).\n"
28561
28562 #. type: Plain text
28563 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
28564 msgid ""
28565 "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
28566 "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
28567 "explained below."
28568 msgstr ""
28569 "Par défaut, *fstrim* abandonnera tous les blocs non utilisés du système de "
28570 "fichiers. Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction "
28571 "d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
28572
28573 #. type: Plain text
28574 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
28575 #, fuzzy
28576 #| msgid ""
28577 #| "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
28578 #| "filesystem is mounted."
28579 msgid ""
28580 "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
28581 "filesystem is mounted and is required when *_-A_*, *_-a_*, *_--fstab_*, or "
28582 "*_--all_* are unspecified."
28583 msgstr ""
28584 "Le paramètre _point_montage_ est le chemin du répertoire où le système de "
28585 "fichiers est monté."
28586
28587 #. type: Plain text
28588 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
28589 msgid ""
28590 "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might "
28591 "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
28592 "and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
28593 "not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
28594 "performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
28595 "time."
28596 msgstr ""
28597 "Exécuter *fstrim* fréquemment, ou même utiliser *mount -o discard*, pourrait "
28598 "affecter négativement la durée de vie des périphériques SSD de mauvaise "
28599 "qualité. Pour la plupart des systèmes de bureau ou de serveur, la fréquence "
28600 "d’abandon suffisante est une fois par semaine. Remarquez que tous les "
28601 "périphériques ne permettent pas de mettre en attente les abandons, donc "
28602 "chaque commande d’abandon pénalise les performances de tout ce qui pourrait "
28603 "être en train d’essayer d’utiliser le disque en même temps."
28604
28605 #. type: Plain text
28606 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
28607 msgid ""
28608 "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the "
28609 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
28610 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
28611 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
28612 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
28613 msgstr ""
28614 "Les arguments _position_, _taille_ et __taille_mini__ peuvent être suivis "
28615 "des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, "
28616 "PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » "
28617 "est identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour "
28618 "GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."
28619
28620 #. type: Labeled list
28621 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31
28622 #, no-wrap
28623 msgid "*-A, --fstab*"
28624 msgstr "*-A, --fstab*"
28625
28626 #. type: Plain text
28627 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
28628 #, fuzzy
28629 #| msgid ""
28630 #| "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
28631 #| "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from "
28632 #| "kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, "
28633 #| "like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these "
28634 #| "devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard "
28635 #| "operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently "
28636 #| "ignored."
28637 msgid ""
28638 "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
28639 "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
28640 "command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--"
28641 "offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. "
28642 "Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
28643 "devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems "
28644 "with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
28645 msgstr ""
28646 "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés dans _/etc/fstab_ montés sur "
28647 "les périphériques qui permettent l’opération d’abandon. Le système de "
28648 "fichiers racine est déterminé à partir de la ligne de commande du noyau s’il "
28649 "n’est pas indiqué dans le fichier. Les autres options fournies, comme *--"
28650 "offset*, *--length* et *--minimum* sont appliquées à tous ces périphériques. "
28651 "Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas l’opération "
28652 "d’abandon sont ignorées silencieusement."
28653
28654 #. type: Labeled list
28655 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34
28656 #, no-wrap
28657 msgid "*-a, --all*"
28658 msgstr "*-a, --all*"
28659
28660 #. type: Plain text
28661 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
28662 msgid ""
28663 "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
28664 "The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are "
28665 "applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support "
28666 "the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are "
28667 "silently ignored."
28668 msgstr ""
28669 "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers montés sur les périphériques qui "
28670 "permettent l’opération d’abandon. Les autres options fournies, comme *--"
28671 "offset*, *--length* et *--minimum* sont appliquées à tous ces périphériques. "
28672 "Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas l’opération "
28673 "d’abandon, les périphériques en lecture seule et les systèmes de fichiers en "
28674 "lecture seule sont ignorées silencieusement."
28675
28676 #. type: Labeled list
28677 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37
28678 #, no-wrap
28679 msgid "*-n, --dry-run*"
28680 msgstr "*-n, --dry-run*"
28681
28682 #. type: Plain text
28683 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39
28684 msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl."
28685 msgstr ""
28686 "Cette option permet de tout faire, sauf d’appeler réellement l’ioctl "
28687 "*FITRIM*."
28688
28689 #. type: Labeled list
28690 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40
28691 #, no-wrap
28692 msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_"
28693 msgstr "*-o, --offset* _position_"
28694
28695 #. type: Plain text
28696 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
28697 msgid ""
28698 "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
28699 "to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
28700 "filesystem."
28701 msgstr ""
28702 "La position en octet dans le système de fichiers à partir de laquelle "
28703 "commencer à chercher les blocs libres à abandonner. La valeur par défaut est "
28704 "zéro, désignant le début du système de fichiers."
28705
28706 #. type: Labeled list
28707 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43
28708 #, no-wrap
28709 msgid "*-l, --length* _length_"
28710 msgstr "*-l, --length* _taille_"
28711
28712 #. type: Plain text
28713 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
28714 msgid ""
28715 "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
28716 "discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
28717 "*fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
28718 "extends to the end of the filesystem."
28719 msgstr ""
28720 "Le nombre d'octets (après le point de départ) où chercher des blocs libres à "
28721 "abandonner. Si la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du système de "
28722 "fichiers, *fstrim* s'arrêtera à la frontière de taille du système de "
28723 "fichiers. La valeur par défaut prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du "
28724 "système de fichiers."
28725
28726 #. type: Labeled list
28727 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46
28728 #, no-wrap
28729 msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_"
28730 msgstr "*-I, --listed-in* _liste_"
28731
28732 #. type: Plain text
28733 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
28734 msgid ""
28735 "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
28736 "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
28737 "the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
28738 msgstr ""
28739 "Indiquer une liste de fichiers séparés par des deux-points dans le format "
28740 "mountinfo du noyau ou de fstab. Tous les fichiers manquants ou vides sont "
28741 "ignorés silencieusement. L’évaluation de la _liste_ s’arrête après le "
28742 "premier fichier non vide. Par exemple,"
28743
28744 #. type: Plain text
28745 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50
28746 #, no-wrap
28747 msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
28748 msgstr "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
28749
28750 #. type: Plain text
28751 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:52
28752 msgid "Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option in fstab are skipped."
28753 msgstr ""
28754
28755 #. type: Labeled list
28756 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53
28757 #, no-wrap
28758 msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_"
28759 msgstr "*-m, --minimum* _taille-mini_"
28760
28761 # FIXME fstrim → *fstrim*
28762 #. type: Plain text
28763 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55
28764 #, fuzzy
28765 #| msgid ""
28766 #| "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
28767 #| "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
28768 #| "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
28769 #| "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
28770 #| "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
28771 #| "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
28772 #| "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The "
28773 #| "default value is zero, discarding every free block."
28774 msgid ""
28775 "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
28776 "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
28777 "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the "
28778 "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
28779 "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
28780 "*fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
28781 "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
28782 "value is zero, discarding every free block."
28783 msgstr ""
28784 "L'intervalle libre contigu minimal à abandonner, en octet (cette valeur est "
28785 "arrondie en interne à un multiple de la taille de bloc du système de "
28786 "fichiers). Les intervalles libres plus petits que cela seront ignorés et "
28787 "*fstrim* ajustera la valeur minimale si elle est plus petite que le minimum "
28788 "du périphérique et le rapportera (fstrim_range.minlen) dans l’espace "
28789 "utilisateur. En augmentant cette valeur, l'opération *fstrim* se terminera "
28790 "plus rapidement pour les systèmes de fichiers avec des espaces libres mal "
28791 "fragmentés, même si tous les blocs libres ne sont pas abandonnés. La valeur "
28792 "par défaut est zéro, pour abandonner tous les blocs libres."
28793
28794 #. type: Plain text
28795 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63
28796 msgid ""
28797 "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types when used with *--all* or *--"
28798 "fstab*.  The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The "
28799 "_list_ follows how *mount -t* evaluates type patterns. Only specified "
28800 "filesystem types are allowed. All specified types are forbidden if the list "
28801 "is prefixed by \"no\" or each filesystem prefixed by \"no\" is forbidden. If "
28802 "the option is not used, then all filesystems (except \"autofs\") are allowed."
28803 msgstr ""
28804
28805 #. type: Labeled list
28806 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:64
28807 #, no-wrap
28808 msgid "*-v, --verbose*"
28809 msgstr "*-v, --verbose*"
28810
28811 #. type: Plain text
28812 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:66
28813 msgid ""
28814 "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes "
28815 "passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential "
28816 "discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's "
28817 "perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the "
28818 "same sectors for discard repeatedly."
28819 msgstr ""
28820 "Exécution détaillée. Avec cette option, *fstrim* affichera le nombre "
28821 "d'octets transmis du système de fichiers par la pile de bloc vers le "
28822 "périphérique pour abandon éventuel. Ce nombre est un montant maximal "
28823 "d'abandon d'un point de vue du périphérique de stockage, parce que l'ioctl "
28824 "_FITRIM_ appelé plusieurs fois continuera à répéter l'envoi des mêmes "
28825 "secteurs pour abandon."
28826
28827 #. type: Plain text
28828 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68
28829 #, no-wrap
28830 msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n"
28831 msgstr "*fstrim* signalera à chaque fois les mêmes octets à abandonner, mais seuls les secteurs sur lesquels une écriture a eu lieu entre les abandons seront vraiment abandonnés par le périphérique de stockage. De plus, la couche bloc du noyau se réserve le droit d'ajuster les intervalles d'abandon pour s'ajuster à la géométrie des bandes RAID, aux périphériques ne pouvant pas être rognés dans une configuration LVM, etc. Ces réductions ne seront pas reflétées par fstrim_range.len (l'option *--length*).\n"
28832
28833 #. type: Labeled list
28834 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:69
28835 #, no-wrap
28836 msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*"
28837 msgstr "*--quiet-unsupported*"
28838
28839 #. type: Plain text
28840 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:71
28841 #, fuzzy
28842 #| msgid ""
28843 #| "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported.  This "
28844 #| "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
28845 #| "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
28846 #| "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
28847 #| "lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
28848 msgid ""
28849 "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
28850 "option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts "
28851 "to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
28852 "reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of "
28853 "file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit "
28854 "status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
28855 msgstr ""
28856 "Supprimer les messages d’erreur si l’opération de rognage (ioctl) n’est pas "
28857 "gérée. Cette option est destinée à une utilisation dans un fichier de "
28858 "service systemd ou dans des scripts cron pour cacher les avertissements qui "
28859 "sont le résultat de problèmes connus, tels que le pilote NTFS signalant "
28860 "I<Mauvais descripteur de fichier> lorsque le périphérique est monté en "
28861 "lecture seule ou l’absence de prise en charge du système de fichiers de "
28862 "l’appel de l’ioctl FITRIM."
28863
28864 #. type: Plain text
28865 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:84
28866 msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
28867 msgstr ""
28868 "Certains abandons sur le système de fichiers ont réussi, d’autres ont "
28869 "échoués."
28870
28871 #. type: Plain text
28872 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:86
28873 msgid ""
28874 "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
28875 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
28876 msgstr ""
28877 "La commande *fstrim --all* renvoie 0 (tous ont réussi), 32 (tous ont échoué) "
28878 "ou 64 (certains ont réussi, d’autres ont échoué)."
28879
28880 #. type: Plain text
28881 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:95
28882 #, no-wrap
28883 msgid ""
28884 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
28885 "*mount*(8)\n"
28886 msgstr ""
28887 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
28888 "*mount*(8)\n"
28889
28890 #
28891 #. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock
28892 #. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott
28893 #.    Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION.
28894 #.    Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'.
28895 #. type: Title =
28896 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9
28897 #, no-wrap
28898 msgid "hwclock(8)"
28899 msgstr "hwclock(8)"
28900
28901 #. type: Plain text
28902 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20
28903 msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
28904 msgstr "hwclock - utilitaire d’horloges"
28905
28906 #. type: Plain text
28907 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24
28908 #, no-wrap
28909 msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n"
28910 msgstr "*hwclock* [_fonction_] [_option_...]\n"
28911
28912 #. type: Plain text
28913 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
28914 #, no-wrap
28915 msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n"
28916 msgstr "*hwclock* est un outil d’administration pour des horloges. Il permet d’afficher l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de modifier l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de régler l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système, de régler l’horloge système à partir de l’horloge matérielle, de compenser la dérive de l’horloge matérielle, de corriger le fuseau horaire de l’horloge système, de définir le fuseau horaire du noyau, le calendrier NTP et l’Époque (seulement sur Alpha), de prédire les prochaines valeurs de l’horloge matérielle à partir de son taux de dérive.\n"
28917
28918 #. type: Plain text
28919 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
28920 msgid ""
28921 "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the "
28922 "*--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their "
28923 "respective descriptions below."
28924 msgstr ""
28925 "Depuis la version 2.26, des modifications importantes ont été faites à la "
28926 "fonction *--hctosys* et à l’option *--directisa*, et une nouvelle option *--"
28927 "update-drift* a été ajoutée. Consultez leurs descriptions respectives ci-"
28928 "dessous."
28929
28930 #. type: Title ==
28931 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31
28932 #, no-wrap
28933 msgid "FUNCTIONS"
28934 msgstr "FONCTIONS"
28935
28936 #. type: Plain text
28937 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
28938 msgid ""
28939 "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
28940 "time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
28941 msgstr ""
28942 "Les fonctions suivantes s’excluent mutuellement, une seule peut être "
28943 "indiquée à la fois. Si aucune n’est indiquée, *--show* est utilisée par "
28944 "défaut."
28945
28946 #. type: Labeled list
28947 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35
28948 #, no-wrap
28949 msgid "*-a, --adjust*"
28950 msgstr "*-a, --adjust*"
28951
28952 #. type: Plain text
28953 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
28954 msgid ""
28955 "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
28956 "since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
28957 "under *The Adjust Function*."
28958 msgstr ""
28959 "Ajouter ou retirer du temps à l’horloge matérielle pour tenir compte de la "
28960 "dérive systématique depuis la dernière fois où l’horloge a été ajustée. "
28961 "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous *La fonction d'ajustement*."
28962
28963 #. type: Labeled list
28964 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
28965 #, no-wrap
28966 msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
28967 msgstr "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
28968
28969 #. type: Plain text
28970 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
28971 msgid ""
28972 "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
28973 "the Linux kernel RTC driver."
28974 msgstr ""
28975 "Ces fonctions sont uniquement pour les machines Alpha et ne sont disponibles "
28976 "qu’avec le pilote RTC du noyau Linux."
28977
28978 #. type: Plain text
28979 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
28980 msgid ""
28981 "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch "
28982 "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
28983 "Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in "
28984 "the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the "
28985 "kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
28986 msgstr ""
28987 "Lire et définir la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle. C’est l’année "
28988 "grégorienne qui correspond à la valeur zéro du champ année de l’horloge "
28989 "matérielle. Par exemple, si le BIOS de la machine définit le décompte "
28990 "d’années entières de l’horloge matérielle au nombre d'années entières depuis "
28991 "1952, la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle pour le noyau doit être "
28992 "1952."
28993
28994 #. type: Plain text
28995 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
28996 msgid ""
28997 "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the "
28998 "year. For example:"
28999 msgstr ""
29000 "La fonction *--setepoch* nécessite l’utilisation de l’option *--epoch* pour "
29001 "préciser l’année. Par exemple :"
29002
29003 #. type: Plain text
29004 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46
29005 #, no-wrap
29006 msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
29007 msgstr "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
29008
29009 #. type: Plain text
29010 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
29011 msgid ""
29012 "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
29013 "not be required."
29014 msgstr ""
29015 "Le pilote de l’horloge temps réel (RTC) essaie de deviner la valeur correcte "
29016 "d’Époque, aussi la régler peut ne pas être nécessaire."
29017
29018 #. type: Plain text
29019 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
29020 msgid ""
29021 "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock "
29022 "on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware "
29023 "Clock epoch of 1900."
29024 msgstr ""
29025 "La valeur de l'Époque est utilisée à chaque fois que *hwclock* lit ou ajuste "
29026 "l’horloge matérielle sur une machine Alpha. Pour les machines ISA, le noyau "
29027 "utilise une valeur fixe de 1900 pour l’Époque."
29028
29029 #. type: Labeled list
29030 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
29031 #, no-wrap
29032 msgid "**--param-get=**__parameter__; **--param-set=**__parameter__=__value__"
29033 msgstr ""
29034
29035 #. type: Plain text
29036 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
29037 msgid ""
29038 "Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve "
29039 "the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
29040 msgstr ""
29041
29042 #. type: Plain text
29043 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
29044 msgid ""
29045 "_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's "
29046 "_include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid "
29047 "aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as "
29048 "hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
29049 msgstr ""
29050
29051 #. type: Labeled list
29052 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56
29053 #, no-wrap
29054 msgid "*--predict*"
29055 msgstr "*--predict*"
29056
29057 #. type: Plain text
29058 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
29059 msgid ""
29060 "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
29061 "given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This "
29062 "is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
29063 "wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
29064 msgstr ""
29065 "Prédire ce que l’horloge matérielle lira dans le futur à partir de l’heure "
29066 "donnée par l’option *--date* et des renseignements de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. "
29067 "C’est utile, par exemple, pour prendre en compte la dérive lors de la "
29068 "définition d’un réveil (alarme) par l’horloge matérielle. Consultez "
29069 "*rtcwake*(8)."
29070
29071 #. type: Plain text
29072 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
29073 msgid ""
29074 "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
29075 "other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 "
29076 "minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
29077 msgstr ""
29078 "N’utilisez pas cette fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre "
29079 "chose que la commande *hwclock* du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le "
29080 "« mode 11 minutes » ou par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."
29081
29082 #. type: Labeled list
29083 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:61
29084 #, no-wrap
29085 msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
29086 msgstr "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
29087
29088 #. type: Plain text
29089 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
29090 msgid ""
29091 "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO "
29092 "8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
29093 "Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
29094 msgstr ""
29095 "Lire l’horloge matérielle matérielle et afficher l’heure sur la sortie "
29096 "standard au format *ISO\\ 8601*. L’heure affichée est toujours en heure "
29097 "locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en temps universel. Consultez "
29098 "l'option *--localtime*."
29099
29100 #. type: Plain text
29101 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
29102 msgid ""
29103 "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
29104 msgstr ""
29105 "Montrer l'heure de l’horloge matérielle est l'action par défaut si aucune "
29106 "fonction n'est indiquée."
29107
29108 #. type: Plain text
29109 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
29110 msgid ""
29111 "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
29112 "upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the "
29113 "Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
29114 "operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-"
29115 "booting another OS."
29116 msgstr ""
29117 "La fonction *--get* applique aussi la correction de dérive à l’heure lue, à "
29118 "partir des renseignements de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. N’utilisez pas cette fonction "
29119 "si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre chose que la commande "
29120 "*hwclock* du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le « mode 11 minutes » ou "
29121 "par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."
29122
29123 #. type: Labeled list
29124 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:68
29125 #, no-wrap
29126 msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
29127 msgstr "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
29128
29129 #. type: Plain text
29130 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70
29131 msgid ""
29132 "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
29133 "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
29134 "it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
29135 "Function*."
29136 msgstr ""
29137 "Mettre l’heure système à l’heure de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure lue de "
29138 "l’horloge matérielle est compensée pour prendre en compte la dérive "
29139 "systématique avant de l’utiliser pour définir l’heure système. Consultez la "
29140 "discussion ci-dessous, sous *La fonction d'ajustement*."
29141
29142 #. type: Plain text
29143 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72
29144 msgid ""
29145 "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
29146 "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
29147 "for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
29148 "read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
29149 "System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information "
29150 "in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and "
29151 "*--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
29152 "below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
29153 msgstr ""
29154 "L’horloge système doit être gardée en UTC pour que les applications de date "
29155 "et d'heure fonctionnent correctement avec le fuseau horaire configuré sur le "
29156 "système. Si l’horloge matérielle est conservée en heure locale, alors "
29157 "l’heure qui y est lue doit être convertie en UTC avant de l’utiliser pour "
29158 "définir l’horloge système. La fonction *--hctosys* le fait à partir des "
29159 "renseignements du fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ ou des arguments *--localtime* et "
29160 "*--utc* en ligne de commande. Remarque : aucun ajustement d’heure d’été "
29161 "n’est réalisé. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous sous *LOCALE ou UTC*."
29162
29163 # FIXME TZ → *TZ*
29164 #. type: Plain text
29165 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74
29166 #, fuzzy
29167 #| msgid ""
29168 #| "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it "
29169 #| "to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is "
29170 #| "configured by the TZ environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, "
29171 #| "as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of "
29172 #| "the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this "
29173 #| "field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
29174 msgid ""
29175 "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to "
29176 "the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
29177 "the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) "
29178 "would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's "
29179 "timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
29180 "see *settimeofday*(2).)"
29181 msgstr ""
29182 "Le noyau garde aussi une valeur de fuseau horaire, la fonction *--hctosys* "
29183 "la définit au fuseau configuré pour le système. Le fuseau horaire système "
29184 "est configuré par la variable d'environnement *TZ* ou par le fichier _/etc/"
29185 "localtime_, tels que *tzset*(3) les interpréterait. Le champ obsolète "
29186 "tz_dsttime du noyau est mis à zéro (pour plus de précisions sur ce que ce "
29187 "champ signifiait, consultez *settimeofday*(2))."
29188
29189 #. type: Plain text
29190 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76
29191 msgid ""
29192 "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first "
29193 "caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' "
29194 "timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the "
29195 "Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
29196 "required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic "
29197 "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
29198 msgstr ""
29199 "Lors d’une utilisation dans un script de démarrage, si la fonction *--"
29200 "hctosys* est la première à appeler *settimeofday*(2) depuis le démarrage, "
29201 "cela définira le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP par l’intermédiaire de la "
29202 "variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ du noyau. Si la configuration du fuseau "
29203 "horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, alors un redémarrage est "
29204 "nécessaire pour informer le noyau. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous "
29205 "*Synchronisation automatique de l’horloge matérielle par le noyau*."
29206
29207 #. type: Plain text
29208 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78
29209 msgid ""
29210 "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
29211 "the file systems are mounted read/write."
29212 msgstr ""
29213 "C’est une fonction particulièrement utile dans un des scripts de démarrage "
29214 "avant que les systèmes de fichiers ne soient montés en lecture et écriture."
29215
29216 #. type: Plain text
29217 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80
29218 msgid ""
29219 "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
29220 "will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
29221 "something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then "
29222 "*--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
29223 msgstr ""
29224 "Cette fonction ne devrait jamais être utilisée sur un système en "
29225 "fonctionnement. Les sauts d’horloge système provoqueront des problèmes comme "
29226 "par exemple des horodatages corrompus sur le système de fichiers. Ainsi, si "
29227 "quelque chose a modifié l’horloge matérielle, comme le « mode 11 minutes » "
29228 "de NTP, *--hctosys* définira l’heure de façon incorrecte en incluant la "
29229 "compensation de dérive."
29230
29231 #. type: Plain text
29232 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
29233 msgid ""
29234 "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in "
29235 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--"
29236 "update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere "
29237 "else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when "
29238 "calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the "
29239 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC "
29240 "timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local "
29241 "time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling "
29242 "*hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command "
29243 "will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local "
29244 "time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
29245 msgstr ""
29246 "La compensation de dérive peut être inhibée en définissant le facteur de "
29247 "dérive à zéro dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Ce réglage sera persistant tant que "
29248 "l’option *--update-drift* n’est pas utilisée avec *--systohc* à l’arrêt (ou "
29249 "n’importe quand). Une autre façon d’inhiber cela est d’utiliser l’option *--"
29250 "noadjfile* en appelant la fonction *--hctosys*. Une troisième méthode est "
29251 "d’effacer le fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* utilisera alors UTC par "
29252 "défaut pour l’horloge matérielle. Si l’horloge matérielle est à l’heure "
29253 "locale, elle devra être définie dans le fichier. Cela peut être fait en "
29254 "appelant *hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --adjust* ; quand le fichier n’est pas "
29255 "présent, cette commande n’ajustera pas vraiment l’horloge, mais créera le "
29256 "fichier avec l’heure locale configurée et un facteur de dérive à zéro."
29257
29258 #. type: Plain text
29259 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
29260 msgid ""
29261 "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be "
29262 "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
29263 "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, "
29264 "then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will "
29265 "be incorrect."
29266 msgstr ""
29267 "Une condition sous laquelle l’inhibition de correction de dérive de "
29268 "*hwclock* peut être utile est lorsque plusieurs systèmes sont utilisés en "
29269 "multiboot. Pendant que cette instance de Linux est arrêtée, si un autre "
29270 "système d’exploitation modifie la valeur de l’horloge matérielle, la "
29271 "correction de dérive appliquée sera incorrecte quand cette instance "
29272 "redémarrera."
29273
29274 #. type: Plain text
29275 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86
29276 msgid ""
29277 "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
29278 "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
29279 msgstr ""
29280 "Pour que la correction de dérive de *hwclock* fonctionne correctement, rien "
29281 "ne doit modifier l’horloge matérielle pendant que son instance de Linux "
29282 "n’est pas en fonctionnement."
29283
29284 #. type: Labeled list
29285 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87
29286 #, no-wrap
29287 msgid "*--set*"
29288 msgstr "*--set*"
29289
29290 #. type: Plain text
29291 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
29292 msgid ""
29293 "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update "
29294 "the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also "
29295 "(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. "
29296 "See *--update-drift* below."
29297 msgstr ""
29298 "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure donnée par l'option *--date* et mettre "
29299 "à jour les horodatages dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Avec l’option *--update-"
29300 "drift*, recalculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans cette option si *--"
29301 "set* échoue. Consulter *--update-drift* ci-après."
29302
29303 #. type: Labeled list
29304 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:90
29305 #, no-wrap
29306 msgid "*--systz*"
29307 msgstr "*--systz*"
29308
29309 #. type: Plain text
29310 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
29311 msgid ""
29312 "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the "
29313 "Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
29314 "correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
29315 "kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
29316 "the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
29317 msgstr ""
29318 "C'est une alternative à la fonction *--hctosys* qui ne lit pas l’horloge "
29319 "matérielle et n’ajuste pas l’horloge système ; par conséquent, aucune "
29320 "correction de dérive n’est effectuée. Elle est conçue pour être utilisée "
29321 "dans un script de démarrage sur les systèmes avec des noyaux de version "
29322 "supérieure à 2.6 où l’horloge système a été ajustée depuis l’horloge "
29323 "matérielle par le noyau lors du démarrage."
29324
29325 #. type: Plain text
29326 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94
29327 msgid ""
29328 "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* "
29329 "function:"
29330 msgstr ""
29331 "Elle procède aux actions suivantes qui sont détaillées ci-dessus dans la "
29332 "fonction *--hctosys* :"
29333
29334 #. type: Plain text
29335 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
29336 msgid ""
29337 "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
29338 "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the "
29339 "kernel and it handles the change."
29340 msgstr ""
29341 "correction du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle en UTC si nécessaire. "
29342 "Seulement, au lieu d’accomplir cela en réglant l’horloge système, *hwclock* "
29343 "informe simplement le noyau qui se charge de la modification ;"
29344
29345 #. type: Plain text
29346 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:97
29347 msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale."
29348 msgstr "activation du « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau ;"
29349
29350 #. type: Plain text
29351 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98
29352 msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
29353 msgstr "définition du fuseau horaire du noyau."
29354
29355 #. type: Plain text
29356 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100
29357 msgid ""
29358 "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) "
29359 "after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
29360 "script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
29361 "reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
29362 msgstr ""
29363 "Les deux premières actions ne sont disponibles que lors du premier appel de "
29364 "*settimeofday*(2) après le démarrage. Par conséquent, cette option n’a de "
29365 "sens que dans un script de démarrage. Si la configuration du fuseau horaire "
29366 "de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, un redémarrage serait nécessaire pour "
29367 "informer le noyau."
29368
29369 #. type: Labeled list
29370 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101
29371 #, no-wrap
29372 msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*"
29373 msgstr "*-w*, *--systohc*"
29374
29375 #. type: Plain text
29376 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103
29377 msgid ""
29378 "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
29379 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the "
29380 "drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-"
29381 "drift* below."
29382 msgstr ""
29383 "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système et mettre à jour les "
29384 "horodatages dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Avec l’option *--update-drift*, "
29385 "(re)calculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans l’option si *--systohc* "
29386 "échoue. Consulter *--update-drift* ci-après."
29387
29388 #. type: Labeled list
29389 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:108
29390 #, no-wrap
29391 msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__"
29392 msgstr "**--adjfile=**__fichier__"
29393
29394 #. type: Plain text
29395 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:110
29396 msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path."
29397 msgstr "Remplacer le chemin de fichier par défaut _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
29398
29399 #. type: Labeled list
29400 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:111
29401 #, no-wrap
29402 msgid "**--date=**__date_string__"
29403 msgstr "**--date=**__chaîne_date__"
29404
29405 #. type: Plain text
29406 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:113
29407 msgid ""
29408 "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, "
29409 "otherwise it is ignored."
29410 msgstr ""
29411 "Cette option doit être utilisée avec les fonctions *--set* ou *--predict*, "
29412 "autrement elle est ignorée."
29413
29414 #. type: Plain text
29415 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:115
29416 #, no-wrap
29417 msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
29418 msgstr "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
29419
29420 #. type: Plain text
29421 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:117
29422 #, no-wrap
29423 msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
29424 msgstr "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
29425
29426 #. type: Plain text
29427 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119
29428 msgid ""
29429 "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
29430 "UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not "
29431 "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
29432 "\"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation "
29433 "between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional "
29434 "seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many "
29435 "time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
29436 msgstr ""
29437 "L’argument doit être en heure locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en "
29438 "UTC. Consultez l’option *--localtime*. Par conséquent, l’argument ne doit "
29439 "pas comporter d’information de fuseau horaire. Il ne doit pas aussi être en "
29440 "temps relatif, comme par exemple « +5 minutes » car la précision de "
29441 "*hwclock* dépend de la corrélation entre la valeur de l’argument et le "
29442 "moment où la touche Entrée est pressée. Les secondes fractionnaires sont "
29443 "écartées silencieusement. Cette option peut gérer beaucoup de formats de "
29444 "date et heure, mais les paramètres précédents doivent être respectés."
29445
29446 #. type: Labeled list
29447 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:120
29448 #, no-wrap
29449 msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__"
29450 msgstr "**--delay=**__secondes__"
29451
29452 #. type: Plain text
29453 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:122
29454 msgid ""
29455 "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
29456 "the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
29457 "types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
29458 "then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
29459 msgstr ""
29460 "Cette option peut être utilisée pour surcharger le délai utilisé en interne "
29461 "lors du réglage de l’horloge. La valeur par défaut est 0,5s (500 ms) pour "
29462 "rtc_cmos, pour d’autres types d’horloge temps réel le délai est zéro. Si le "
29463 "type d’horloge temps réel est impossible à déterminer (à partir de sysfs), "
29464 "alors la valeur par défaut est 0,5 pour être rétrocompatible."
29465
29466 #. type: Plain text
29467 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
29468 #, fuzzy
29469 #| msgid ""
29470 #| "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
29471 #| "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time "
29472 #| "plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no "
29473 #| "interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second "
29474 #| "delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second "
29475 #| "precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior "
29476 #| "is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
29477 msgid ""
29478 "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
29479 "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
29480 "one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
29481 "to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
29482 "because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
29483 "after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
29484 "specific and in some cases another delay is required."
29485 msgstr ""
29486 "La valeur par défaut de 500 ms est basée sur l’horloge matérielle compatible "
29487 "avec MC146818A (x86) communément utilisée. Cette horloge matérielle peut "
29488 "être réglée à n’importe valeur entière de temps plus une demi-seconde. Le "
29489 "nombre entier est requis parce qu’il n’existe pas d’interface pour régler ou "
29490 "mesurer une fraction de seconde. Le délai supplémentaire d’une demi-seconde "
29491 "existe car l’horloge matérielle met à jour la seconde suivante précisément "
29492 "500 ms après le réglage de la nouvelle heure. Malheureusement, ce "
29493 "comportement est spécifique au matériel et dans certains cas un autre délai "
29494 "est nécessaire."
29495
29496 #. type: Labeled list
29497 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:125
29498 #, no-wrap
29499 msgid "*-D*, *--debug*"
29500 msgstr "*-D*, *--debug*"
29501
29502 #. type: Plain text
29503 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
29504 msgid ""
29505 "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be "
29506 "repurposed or removed in a future release."
29507 msgstr ""
29508 "Utilisation avec *--verbose*. L’option *--debug* est obsolète et pourrait "
29509 "être redéfinie ou supprimée dans une publication future."
29510
29511 #. type: Labeled list
29512 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:128
29513 #, no-wrap
29514 msgid "*--directisa*"
29515 msgstr "*--directisa*"
29516
29517 #. type: Plain text
29518 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
29519 msgid ""
29520 "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
29521 "family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to "
29522 "use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
29523 "option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
29524 "driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
29525 "automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
29526 "causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
29527 "Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
29528 "should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
29529 "all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
29530 msgstr ""
29531 "Cette option est utile pour les machines compatibles ISA des familles x86 et "
29532 "x86_64. Pour les autres machines, elle n'a pas d'impact. Cette option "
29533 "indique à *hwclock* d'utiliser des instructions d’entrée et sortie "
29534 "explicites pour accéder à l’horloge matérielle. Sans cette option, *hwclock* "
29535 "essaiera d'utiliser le fichier de périphérique rtc, supposé être piloté par "
29536 "le pilote de périphérique RTC. Depuis la version 2.26, *--directisa* n’est "
29537 "plus automatiquement utilisé quand le pilote rtc n’est pas disponible. Cela "
29538 "provoquait une condition non sécurisée qui pouvait permettre à deux "
29539 "processus d’accéder à l’horloge matérielle en même temps. L’accès direct au "
29540 "matériel depuis l’espace utilisateur ne devrait être utilisé que pour des "
29541 "essais, du dépannage ou en dernier recours après l'échec de toutes les "
29542 "autres méthodes. Consultez l’option *--rtc*."
29543
29544 #. type: Labeled list
29545 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:131
29546 #, no-wrap
29547 msgid "**--epoch=**__year__"
29548 msgstr "**--epoch=**__année__"
29549
29550 #. type: Plain text
29551 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
29552 msgid ""
29553 "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum "
29554 "_year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
29555 msgstr ""
29556 "Cette option est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la fonction *--"
29557 "setepoch*. La valeur minimale de _année_ est 1900. Celle maximale dépend du "
29558 "système (*ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1*)."
29559
29560 #. type: Labeled list
29561 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:134
29562 #, no-wrap
29563 msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__"
29564 msgstr "*-f*, **--rtc=**__fichier__"
29565
29566 #. type: Plain text
29567 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
29568 msgid ""
29569 "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the "
29570 "first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For "
29571 "*IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
29572 msgstr ""
29573 "Remplacer le nom de fichier du périphérique rtc par défaut de *hwclock*. "
29574 "Sinon, le premier trouvé sera utilisé, dans cet ordre : _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/"
29575 "rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. Par *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
29576
29577 #. type: Labeled list
29578 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:137
29579 #, no-wrap
29580 msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
29581 msgstr "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
29582
29583 #. type: Plain text
29584 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:139
29585 msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
29586 msgstr "Indiquer le fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle."
29587
29588 #. type: Plain text
29589 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141
29590 msgid ""
29591 "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
29592 "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
29593 "used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the "
29594 "*hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take "
29595 "a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
29596 "incorrect."
29597 msgstr ""
29598 "L’horloge matérielle peut être configurée pour utiliser soit UTC, soit le "
29599 "fuseau horaire local, mais rien n’indique dans l’horloge elle-même "
29600 "l’alternative utilisée. Les options *--localtime* et *--utc* indiquent cela "
29601 "à la commande *hwclock*. Si vous indiquez la mauvaise information (ou n’en "
29602 "indiquez aucune et que la valeur par défaut est incorrecte), à la fois le "
29603 "réglage et la lecture de l’horloge matérielle seront incorrectes."
29604
29605 #. type: Plain text
29606 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:143
29607 msgid ""
29608 "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given "
29609 "with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in "
29610 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the "
29611 "default is UTC."
29612 msgstr ""
29613 "Si vous n'indiquez ni *--utc* ni *--localtime*, la valeur utilisée la "
29614 "dernière fois avec une fonction de définition (*--set*, *--systohc* ou *--"
29615 "adjust*), comme sauvegardée dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, sera utilisée. Si le "
29616 "fichier d'ajustement n'existe pas, UTC est choisie."
29617
29618 #. type: Plain text
29619 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145
29620 msgid ""
29621 "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
29622 "Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
29623 msgstr ""
29624 "Remarque : les modifications d’heure d’été peuvent être incohérentes quand "
29625 "l’horloge matérielle est gardée en heure locale. Consultez la discussion ci-"
29626 "dessous sous *LOCALE ou UTC*."
29627
29628 #. type: Labeled list
29629 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:146
29630 #, no-wrap
29631 msgid "*--noadjfile*"
29632 msgstr "*--noadjfile*"
29633
29634 #. type: Plain text
29635 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
29636 msgid ""
29637 "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read "
29638 "nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* "
29639 "must be specified when using this option."
29640 msgstr ""
29641 "Ne pas tenir compte de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* ne lira ni n'écrira dans "
29642 "ce fichier. L'option *--utc* ou *--localtime* doit obligatoirement être "
29643 "indiquée avec cette option."
29644
29645 #. type: Labeled list
29646 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:149
29647 #, no-wrap
29648 msgid "*--test*"
29649 msgstr "*--test*"
29650
29651 #. type: Plain text
29652 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
29653 msgid ""
29654 "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or "
29655 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
29656 msgstr ""
29657 "Ne pas vraiment faire de modification sur le système, c’est-à-dire ni sur "
29658 "les horloges ni sur _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose*> est implicite avec cette "
29659 "option)."
29660
29661 #. type: Labeled list
29662 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:152
29663 #, no-wrap
29664 msgid "*--update-drift*"
29665 msgstr "*--update-drift*"
29666
29667 #. type: Plain text
29668 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:154
29669 msgid ""
29670 "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be "
29671 "used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
29672 msgstr ""
29673 "Mettre à jour le coefficient de dérive de l’horloge matérielle dans "
29674 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Ce ne peut être utilisé qu’avec *--set* ou *--systohc*."
29675
29676 #. type: Plain text
29677 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156
29678 msgid ""
29679 "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
29680 "invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
29681 "drift factor will be."
29682 msgstr ""
29683 "Une période minimale de quatre heures entre les réglages est nécessaire. "
29684 "Cela permet d’éviter des calculs incorrects. Plus la période est longue, "
29685 "plus le facteur de dérive résultant est précis."
29686
29687 #. type: Plain text
29688 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:158
29689 msgid ""
29690 "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
29691 "*hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
29692 "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
29693 msgstr ""
29694 "Cette option a été ajoutée à la version 2.26, parce que les systèmes "
29695 "appellent souvent *hwclock\\ --systohc* lors de l’arrêt ; avec l’ancien "
29696 "comportement, cela forçait le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive, avec pour "
29697 "conséquence les problèmes suivants :"
29698
29699 #. type: Plain text
29700 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160
29701 msgid ""
29702 "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be "
29703 "clobbered to near zero."
29704 msgstr ""
29705 "lors de l’utilisation de NTP avec un noyau en « mode 11 minutes », le "
29706 "facteur de dérive était écrasé par une valeur quasiment nulle ;"
29707
29708 #. type: Plain text
29709 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
29710 msgid ""
29711 "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most "
29712 "configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means "
29713 "when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the "
29714 "drift factor."
29715 msgstr ""
29716 "cela ne permettait pas d’utiliser la correction de dérive « à froid ». Avec "
29717 "la plupart des configurations, l’utilisation de la dérive « à froid » "
29718 "donnera des résultats favorables. À froid signifie quand la machine est "
29719 "éteinte, ce qui peut avoir un impact significatif sur le facteur de dérive ;"
29720
29721 #. type: Plain text
29722 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162
29723 msgid ""
29724 "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
29725 "For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
29726 "the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
29727 msgstr ""
29728 "le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive à chaque arrêt entraîne des résultats "
29729 "suboptimaux. Par exemple, si des conditions éphémères rendent la machine "
29730 "anormalement chaude, le calcul du facteur de dérive serait hors limites ;"
29731
29732 #. type: Plain text
29733 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163
29734 msgid ""
29735 "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--"
29736 "update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
29737 msgstr ""
29738 "augmentation significative du temps d’arrêt du système (depuis la "
29739 "version v2.31 lorsque *--update-drift* n’est pas utilisé, l’horloge temps "
29740 "réel n’est pas lue)."
29741
29742 #. type: Plain text
29743 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165
29744 msgid ""
29745 "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
29746 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
29747 "the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal "
29748 "drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old "
29749 "behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires "
29750 "this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
29751 "Function*."
29752 msgstr ""
29753 "Laisser *hwclock* calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de départ, "
29754 "mais pour des résultats optimaux, il faudra probablement l’ajuster "
29755 "directement en éditant le fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Pour la plupart des "
29756 "configurations, une fois qu’un facteur de dérive optimal est mis en place, "
29757 "ce n’est plus la peine de le modifier. Ainsi, le comportement précédent de "
29758 "(re)calculer la dérive a été modifié, et cette option est nécessaire pour la "
29759 "rétablir. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous dans *La fonction d’ajustement*."
29760
29761 #. type: Plain text
29762 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167
29763 msgid ""
29764 "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
29765 "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
29766 "can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
29767 "failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
29768 "Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
29769 "invalid anyway."
29770 msgstr ""
29771 "Cette option nécessite de lire l’horloge matérielle avant de la régler. Si "
29772 "elle ne peut être lue, cela conduit à l’échec des fonctions de réglage. Cela "
29773 "peut se produire, par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle est corrompue à cause "
29774 "d’un problème d’alimentation électrique. Dans ce cas, l’horloge doit d’abord "
29775 "être réglée sans cette option. Bien qu’il ne soit pas en fonctionnement, le "
29776 "facteur de correction de dérive ne serait pas valable de toute façon."
29777
29778 #. type: Plain text
29779 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170
29780 msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally."
29781 msgstr "Afficher plus de détails sur ce que réalise *hwclock* en interne."
29782
29783 #. type: Title ===
29784 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:173
29785 #, no-wrap
29786 msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
29787 msgstr "Horloges dans un système Linux"
29788
29789 #. type: Plain text
29790 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:176
29791 msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
29792 msgstr "Deux types d’horloge existent."
29793
29794 #. type: Plain text
29795 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:178
29796 #, no-wrap
29797 msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n"
29798 msgstr "*L’horloge matérielle* : cette horloge est un périphérique matériel indépendant, avec son propre système électrique (pile, condensateur, etc.) qui fonctionne quand la machine est éteinte, ou même débranchée.\n"
29799
29800 #. type: Plain text
29801 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:180
29802 msgid ""
29803 "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
29804 "standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
29805 "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
29806 "clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
29807 msgstr ""
29808 "Sur un système compatible ISA, l’horloge est définie dans la norme ISA. Un "
29809 "programme de contrôle ne peut lire ou ajuster l’heure qu’à la seconde, mais "
29810 "il peut également détecter les pentes des tics de seconde de l’horloge, de "
29811 "ce fait, l’horloge a virtuellement une précision infinie."
29812
29813 #. type: Plain text
29814 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:182
29815 msgid ""
29816 "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
29817 "RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
29818 "form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as "
29819 "the persistent clock."
29820 msgstr ""
29821 "Cette horloge est communément appelée l’horloge matérielle (« hardware "
29822 "clock »), l’horloge temps réel, le RTC, l’horloge BIOS ou l’horloge CMOS. La "
29823 "désignation horloge matérielle a été inventée pour être utilisée avec "
29824 "*hwclock*. Le noyau Linux y fait référence sous le nom d’horloge persistante."
29825
29826 #. type: Plain text
29827 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:184
29828 msgid ""
29829 "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
29830 "having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
29831 "might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
29832 "more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
29833 "purposes."
29834 msgstr ""
29835 "Certains systèmes non ISA ont plusieurs horloges temps réel, mais une seule "
29836 "avec sa propre source d'énergie. Un composant externe, sur I2C ou SPI, "
29837 "consommant très peu, peut être utilisé avec une batterie de secours comme "
29838 "horloge matérielle afin d’initialiser une horloge temps réel intégrée plus "
29839 "fonctionnelle, utilisée pour la plupart des autres objectifs."
29840
29841 #. type: Plain text
29842 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:186
29843 #, no-wrap
29844 msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n"
29845 msgstr "*L’horloge système* : cette horloge fait partie du noyau Linux et est contrôlée par une minuterie (sur une machine ISA, les interruptions de minuterie font partie de la norme ISA). Cela n'a de sens que si Linux fonctionne sur la machine. L’heure système est le nombre de secondes écoulées depuis le 1er janvier 1970 00:00:00 UTC (ou plus succinctement, le nombre de secondes depuis 1969 UTC). L’heure système n’est pas un entier. Elle a virtuellement une précision infinie.\n"
29846
29847 #. type: Plain text
29848 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:188
29849 msgid ""
29850 "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose "
29851 "is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be "
29852 "initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, "
29853 "the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
29854 msgstr ""
29855 "L’horloge système donne l’heure importante. Le but essentiel de l’horloge "
29856 "matérielle est de garder l’heure lorsque Linux ne fonctionne pas afin de "
29857 "pourvoir initialiser l’heure système au démarrage. Remarquez qu'avec DOS, "
29858 "pour qui ISA a été conçu, l’horloge matérielle est la seule horloge temps "
29859 "réel."
29860
29861 #. type: Plain text
29862 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:190
29863 msgid ""
29864 "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
29865 "would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is "
29866 "running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while "
29867 "the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with "
29868 "the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not "
29869 "possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
29870 msgstr ""
29871 "L’heure système ne doit surtout pas subir de discontinuité comme lorsque le "
29872 "programme *date*(1) est utilisé pour la modifier pendant le fonctionnement "
29873 "du système. Vous pouvez, cependant, faire tout ce que vous voulez sur "
29874 "l’horloge matérielle pendant le fonctionnement, la prochaine fois que Linux "
29875 "démarrera, il prendra en compte la nouvelle heure de l’horloge matérielle. "
29876 "Remarque : ce n’est actuellement pas possible sur la plupart des systèmes "
29877 "car *hwclock --systohc* est appelée lors de l’arrêt."
29878
29879 #. type: Plain text
29880 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:192
29881 msgid ""
29882 "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- "
29883 "almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, "
29884 "programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display "
29885 "a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
29886 "determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/"
29887 "etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, "
29888 "some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
29889 "the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
29890 "kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
29891 "wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute "
29892 "mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ "
29893 "variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 "
29894 "minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock "
29895 "Synchronization by the Kernel*."
29896 msgstr ""
29897 "Le fuseau horaire du noyau Linux est défini par *hwclock*. Cependant, ne "
29898 "vous trompez pas — pratiquement personne ne se préoccupe du fuseau horaire "
29899 "maintenu par le noyau. Les programmes devant utiliser le fuseau horaire (par "
29900 "exemple pour afficher l’heure locale) utilisent presque toujours une méthode "
29901 "plus traditionnelle afin de le déterminer. Ils utilisent la variable "
29902 "d'environnement *TZ* ou le fichier _/etc/localtime_, comme expliqué dans la "
29903 "page de manuel de *tzset*(3). Cependant, certains programmes et certaines "
29904 "parties du noyau Linux comme les systèmes de fichiers utilisent la valeur de "
29905 "fuseau horaire du noyau. Un exemple est le système de fichiers vfat. Si la "
29906 "valeur dans le noyau est fausse, le système de fichiers vfat lira et "
29907 "modifiera d'une manière erronée la date des fichiers. Un autre exemple est "
29908 "le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau. Si la valeur de fuseau horaire du "
29909 "noyau ou que la variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ sont fausses, l’horloge "
29910 "matérielle ne sera pas réglée correctement par le « mode 11 minutes ». "
29911 "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous *Synchronisation automatique de "
29912 "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau*."
29913
29914 #. type: Plain text
29915 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:194
29916 #, no-wrap
29917 msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n"
29918 msgstr "*hwclock* ajuste le fuseau horaire du noyau à la valeur indiquée par *TZ* ou _/etc/localtime_ avec les fonctions *--hctosys* ou *--systz*.\n"
29919
29920 #. type: Plain text
29921 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196
29922 msgid ""
29923 "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
29924 "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
29925 "lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
29926 "Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
29927 "present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
29928 "See also *settimeofday*(2)."
29929 msgstr ""
29930 "Le fuseau horaire du noyau est composé de deux parties : 1) un champ "
29931 "tz_minuteswest indiquant le nombre de minutes (non ajusté pour l’heure "
29932 "d'été) de retard par rapport au temps universel (UTC) ; 2) un champ "
29933 "tz_dsttime indiquant le type de convention d’heure d’été utilisé localement "
29934 "à l’heure actuelle. Ce second champ n'est jamais utilisé sous Linux et est "
29935 "toujours nul. Consultez également *settimeofday*(2)."
29936
29937 #. type: Title ===
29938 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:197
29939 #, no-wrap
29940 msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
29941 msgstr "Méthodes d’accès à l’horloge matérielle"
29942
29943 #. type: Plain text
29944 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:200
29945 #, no-wrap
29946 msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n"
29947 msgstr "*hwclock* utilise divers moyens pour interroger et régler les valeurs de l’horloge matérielle. La façon la plus normale est de réaliser des entrées et sorties avec le fichier spécial de périphérique rtc qui est supposé être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. De plus, les systèmes Linux utilisant l’environnement de pilote RTC avec udev sont capables de prendre en charge plusieurs horloges matérielles. Cela pourrait nécessiter d’écraser le périphérique rtc par défaut en indiquant un autre à l’aide de l’option *--rtc*.\n"
29948
29949 #. type: Plain text
29950 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:202
29951 msgid ""
29952 "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
29953 "rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
29954 "depends on the system hardware."
29955 msgstr ""
29956 "Cependant, cette méthode n’est pas toujours disponible sur les anciens "
29957 "systèmes ne disposant pas de pilote rtc. Sur ces systèmes, la méthode "
29958 "d'accès à l’horloge matérielle dépend de la machine."
29959
29960 #. type: Plain text
29961 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:204
29962 msgid ""
29963 "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS "
29964 "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
29965 "0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do "
29966 "it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
29967 "specifying the *--directisa* option."
29968 msgstr ""
29969 "Sur un système compatible ISA, *hwclock* peut accéder directement aux "
29970 "registres de la mémoire du CMOS qui constituent l’horloge, en effectuant des "
29971 "opérations d'E/S sur les ports 0x70 et 0x71. *hwclock* effectue cela avec de "
29972 "véritables instructions d'E/S et doit donc être exécuté avec des droits de "
29973 "superutilisateur. Cette méthode peut être utilisée en indiquant l’option *--"
29974 "directisa*."
29975
29976 #. type: Plain text
29977 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206
29978 msgid ""
29979 "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
29980 "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
29981 "disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
29982 "because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
29983 "a working rtc device driver."
29984 msgstr ""
29985 "C'est vraiment une mauvaise méthode pour accéder à l’horloge, notamment "
29986 "parce que les programmes de l'espace utilisateur ne sont généralement pas "
29987 "supposés effectuer directement des opérations d'E/S et désactiver les "
29988 "interruptions. *hwclock* fournit cette méthode pour permettre de faire des "
29989 "essais ou du dépannage et parce que cela pourrait être la seule méthode "
29990 "disponible sur les systèmes compatibles ISA ne disposant pas d’un pilote "
29991 "fonctionnel de périphérique rtc."
29992
29993 #. type: Title ===
29994 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:207
29995 #, no-wrap
29996 msgid "The Adjust Function"
29997 msgstr "La fonction d’ajustement"
29998
29999 #. type: Plain text
30000 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:210
30001 msgid ""
30002 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
30003 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
30004 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* "
30005 "function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
30006 msgstr ""
30007 "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
30008 "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
30009 "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction *--adjust* de "
30010 "*hwclock* permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive systématique à "
30011 "l’horloge matérielle."
30012
30013 #. type: Plain text
30014 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212
30015 msgid ""
30016 "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps "
30017 "some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
30018 msgstr ""
30019 "Cela fonctionne de la façon suivante : *hwclock* utilise un fichier, "
30020 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, qui conserve des informations historiques. C’est le "
30021 "fichier d'ajustement (_adjtime_)."
30022
30023 #. type: Plain text
30024 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:214
30025 msgid ""
30026 "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command "
30027 "to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the "
30028 "adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
30029 "was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
30030 "issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. "
30031 "*hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time "
30032 "the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic "
30033 "drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. "
30034 "*hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds "
30035 "per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. "
30036 "So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
30037 "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by "
30038 "and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: "
30039 "subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as "
30040 "the last time the clock was adjusted."
30041 msgstr ""
30042 "Supposons un démarrage sans fichier d'ajustement. La commande *hwclock --"
30043 "set* règle l’horloge matérielle à l’heure actuelle. *hwclock* crée le "
30044 "fichier d’ajustement et y sauvegarde l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier "
30045 "moment d’étalonnage. Cinq jours plus tard, l’horloge a gagné 10 secondes, la "
30046 "commande *hwclock --set --update-drift* corrige alors l’heure. *hwclock* met "
30047 "à jour le fichier d'ajustement avec l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier "
30048 "moment d’étalonnage, et enregistre une dérive systématique de 2 secondes par "
30049 "jour. Au bout de 24 heures, avec la commande *hwclock --adjust*, *hwclock* "
30050 "consulte le fichier d'ajustement et remarque que l’horloge gagne deux "
30051 "secondes par jour lorsque rien n'est fait et que rien n'a été fait pendant "
30052 "un jour. Par conséquent, 2 secondes sont enlevées de l’horloge matérielle. "
30053 "L’heure actuelle est alors enregistrée en tant que dernier moment "
30054 "d’étalonnage. 24 heures après, la commande *hwclock --adjust* effectuera "
30055 "exactement la même opération."
30056
30057 #. type: Plain text
30058 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:216
30059 msgid ""
30060 "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the "
30061 "systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
30062 "corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
30063 "derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
30064 "the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}"
30065 "_."
30066 msgstr ""
30067 "Quand l’option *--update-drift* est utilisée avec *--set* ou *--systohc*, le "
30068 "taux de dérive systématique est (re)calculé en comparant l’heure matérielle "
30069 "actuelle avec correction de dérive à la nouvelle heure de réglage. En est "
30070 "déduit le taux de dérive sur 24 heures à partir du dernier horodatage de "
30071 "calibration du fichier d’ajustement. Ce facteur de dérive mis à jour est "
30072 "sauvé dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
30073
30074 #. type: Plain text
30075 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:218
30076 msgid ""
30077 "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--"
30078 "adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
30079 "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
30080 "be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any "
30081 "fractional amount."
30082 msgstr ""
30083 "Une petite erreur est introduite quand l’horloge matérielle est définie, de "
30084 "telle sorte que *--adjust* évite de faire un ajustement de moins d'une "
30085 "seconde. Plus tard, lors d’une redemande d’ajustement, la dérive accumulée "
30086 "sera supérieure à une seconde et *--adjust* fera l'ajustement même de toute "
30087 "partie infime."
30088
30089 #. type: Plain text
30090 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:220
30091 #, no-wrap
30092 msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n"
30093 msgstr "*hwclock --hctosys* utilise aussi les données du fichier d’ajustement pour compenser la valeur lue de l’horloge matérielle avant de l’utiliser pour régler l’horloge système. La limitation d’une seconde de *--adjust* ne s’applique pas et les valeurs de décalage inférieures à la seconde seront corrigées immédiatement. L’horloge matérielle et le fichier d’ajustement ne sont pas modifiés. Cela devrait éliminer la nécessité d’utiliser *--adjust* sauf si autre chose sur le système a besoin de voir l’horloge matérielle compensée.\n"
30094
30095 #. type: Title ===
30096 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:221
30097 #, no-wrap
30098 msgid "The Adjtime File"
30099 msgstr "Le fichier d'ajustement"
30100
30101 #. type: Plain text
30102 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:224
30103 msgid ""
30104 "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
30105 "actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to "
30106 "the next."
30107 msgstr ""
30108 "Même s’il garde ce nom pour des raisons historiques, il contient en fait "
30109 "d'autres informations utilisées par *hwclock* d’un appel à l'autre."
30110
30111 #. type: Plain text
30112 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:226
30113 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
30114 msgstr "Le format du fichier d'ajustement, en ASCII, est le suivant :"
30115
30116 #. type: Plain text
30117 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:228
30118 msgid ""
30119 "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
30120 "seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
30121 "since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
30122 "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
30123 msgstr ""
30124 "Ligne 1 : trois nombres, séparés par des espaces : 1) le taux de dérive "
30125 "systématique en seconde par jour, nombre décimal flottant ; 2) le nombre de "
30126 "secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et la date du dernier étalonnage, entier "
30127 "décimal ; 3) zéro (pour une compatibilité avec *clock*(8)) en tant que "
30128 "nombre décimal flottant."
30129
30130 #. type: Plain text
30131 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:230
30132 msgid ""
30133 "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
30134 "recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
30135 "that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
30136 "Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
30137 "This is a decimal integer."
30138 msgstr ""
30139 "Ligne 2 : un nombre : le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le "
30140 "dernier étalonnage. Zéro s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des "
30141 "derniers étalonnages est discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle, "
30142 "depuis cet étalonnage, est erronée). C'est un entier décimal."
30143
30144 #. type: Plain text
30145 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:232
30146 msgid ""
30147 "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
30148 "Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
30149 "with options on the *hwclock* command line."
30150 msgstr ""
30151 "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
30152 "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
30153 "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de *hwclock*."
30154
30155 #. type: Plain text
30156 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234
30157 msgid ""
30158 "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) "
30159 "program with *hwclock*."
30160 msgstr ""
30161 "Vous pouvez utiliser un fichier d'ajustement précédemment utilisé avec le "
30162 "programme *clock*(8) avec *hwclock*."
30163
30164 #. type: Title ===
30165 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:235
30166 #, no-wrap
30167 msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
30168 msgstr "Synchronisation automatique de l’horloge matérielle par le noyau"
30169
30170 #. type: Plain text
30171 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:238
30172 msgid ""
30173 "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
30174 "synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
30175 "the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
30176 "compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
30177 "good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
30178 "your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
30179 "synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
30180 "clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
30181 msgstr ""
30182 "Vous devez être au courant d'un autre moyen utilisé pour garder l’horloge "
30183 "matérielle synchronisée sur certains systèmes. Le noyau Linux possède un "
30184 "mode qui copie l’heure système vers l’horloge matérielle toutes les "
30185 "11 minutes. Ce mode est une option au moment de la compilation, aussi tous "
30186 "les noyaux n’ont pas cette possibilité. Il est pratique de l’utiliser quand "
30187 "un moyen sophistiqué comme NTP garde l’heure système à jour (NTP est un "
30188 "moyen de synchroniser l’heure système avec soit un serveur de temps situé "
30189 "quelque part sur le réseau, soit une horloge radio en duplex avec le "
30190 "système, consultez la RFC 1305)."
30191
30192 #. type: Plain text
30193 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240
30194 msgid ""
30195 "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active "
30196 "when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this "
30197 "state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's "
30198 "_time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line "
30199 "of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
30200 msgstr ""
30201 "Si le noyau est compilé avec l’option « mode 11 minutes », il sera actif "
30202 "quand la discipline de l’horloge du noyau est dans l’état synchronisé. Dans "
30203 "cet état, le bit 6 (le bit réglé dans le masque 0x0040) de la variable "
30204 "_time_status_ du noyau n’est pas défini. Cette valeur est produite comme "
30205 "ligne « status » des commandes *adjtimex\\ --print* ou *ntptime*."
30206
30207 #. type: Plain text
30208 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:242
30209 msgid ""
30210 "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock "
30211 "discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute "
30212 "mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock "
30213 "the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP "
30214 "daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the "
30215 "next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
30216 msgstr ""
30217 "Il agit de manière externe, comme le démon NTP pour mettre la discipline de "
30218 "l'horloge du noyau dans l’état synchronisé et, par conséquent, active le "
30219 "« mode 11 minutes ». Il peut être désactivé en exécutant n'importe quelle "
30220 "commande, y compris *hwclock --hctosys* qui ajuste l’horloge système de "
30221 "manière classique. Cependant, si le démon NTP est toujours actif, il "
30222 "réactivera le « mode 11 minutes » la prochaine fois qu’il synchronisera "
30223 "l’horloge système."
30224
30225 #. type: Plain text
30226 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:244
30227 msgid ""
30228 "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--"
30229 "hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock "
30230 "is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of "
30231 "what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong "
30232 "one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
30233 msgstr ""
30234 "Si le « mode 11 minutes » est activé sur le système, l’utilisation de *--"
30235 "hctosys* ou *--systz* risque d’être nécessaire dans un script de démarrage, "
30236 "en particulier si l’horloge matérielle est configurée pour utiliser le "
30237 "fuseau horaire local. À moins que le noyau ne soit informé du fuseau horaire "
30238 "utilisé par l’horloge matérielle, il risque de l’écraser avec une heure "
30239 "incorrecte. Le noyau utilise UTC par défaut."
30240
30241 #. type: Plain text
30242 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:246
30243 msgid ""
30244 "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
30245 "timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
30246 "_persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is "
30247 "the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
30248 "appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
30249 "the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
30250 "required to notify the kernel."
30251 msgstr ""
30252 "La première commande en espace utilisateur pour définir l’horloge système "
30253 "informe le noyau du fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle. Cela ce "
30254 "fait par l’intermédiaire de la variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ du "
30255 "noyau. Si *--hctosys* ou *--systz* sont utilisées en premier, cette variable "
30256 "sera définie d’après le fichier d’ajustement ou l’argument approprié en "
30257 "ligne de commande. Remarquez que lorsque cette capacité est utilisée et que "
30258 "le fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifié, un redémarrage est "
30259 "nécessaire pour informer le noyau."
30260
30261 #. type: Plain text
30262 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:248
30263 #, no-wrap
30264 msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n"
30265 msgstr "*hwclock\\ --adjust* ne devrait pas être utilisée avec le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP.\n"
30266
30267 #. type: Title ===
30268 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:249
30269 #, no-wrap
30270 msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
30271 msgstr "Valeur du siècle de l’horloge matérielle ISA"
30272
30273 #. type: Plain text
30274 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:252
30275 msgid ""
30276 "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
30277 "machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set "
30278 "that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that "
30279 "way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a "
30280 "good job of implying which century it is."
30281 msgstr ""
30282 "Une sorte de norme définit l’octet 50 de la mémoire du CMOS sur une machine "
30283 "ISA comme un indicateur du siècle. *hwclock* ne l'utilise ni le modifie car "
30284 "certaines machines ne définissent pas l'octet de cette manière, et ce n'est "
30285 "vraiment pas nécessaire puisque l'année du siècle constitue un bon moyen de "
30286 "connaître le siècle."
30287
30288 #. type: Plain text
30289 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:254
30290 msgid ""
30291 "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* "
30292 "maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
30293 msgstr ""
30294 "Si vous pensez à un usage possible de l'octet du siècle CMOS (« CMOS century "
30295 "byte »), contactez le responsable de *hwclock*, une option peut être "
30296 "adéquate."
30297
30298 #. type: Plain text
30299 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256
30300 msgid ""
30301 "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
30302 "ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way "
30303 "to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
30304 msgstr ""
30305 "Notez que cette section est pertinente uniquement si vous utilisez un accès "
30306 "ISA direct à l’horloge matérielle. L'ACPI fournit un moyen standard "
30307 "d'accéder au siècle quand le matériel le gère."
30308
30309 #. type: Title ==
30310 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:257
30311 #, no-wrap
30312 msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
30313 msgstr "CONFIGURATION DE DATE ET HEURE"
30314
30315 #. type: Title ===
30316 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:259
30317 #, no-wrap
30318 msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
30319 msgstr "Garder l’heure sans synchronisation externe"
30320
30321 #. type: Plain text
30322 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:262
30323 msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
30324 msgstr "Cette discussion est basée sur les conditions suivantes."
30325
30326 #. type: Plain text
30327 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
30328 msgid ""
30329 "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
30330 "cron job.\""
30331 msgstr ""
30332 "Rien de ce qui fonctionne n’altère les date et heure des horloges, par "
30333 "exemple un démon NTP ou une tâche régulière (cron)."
30334
30335 #. type: Plain text
30336 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265
30337 msgid ""
30338 "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
30339 "under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
30340 msgstr ""
30341 "Le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour l'heure locale correcte. "
30342 "Consultez *POSIX ou « RIGHT »* ci dessous."
30343
30344 #. type: Plain text
30345 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266
30346 msgid ""
30347 "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --"
30348 "tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
30349 msgstr ""
30350 "Rapidement lors du démarrage, les commandes suivantes sont appelées dans cet "
30351 "ordre : *adjtimex --tick* _valor_ *--frequency* _valor_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
30352
30353 #. type: Plain text
30354 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:267
30355 msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*"
30356 msgstr ""
30357 "Pendant l’arrêt, la commande suivante est appelée : *hwclock --systohc*"
30358
30359 #. type: Plain text
30360 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:269
30361 msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*."
30362 msgstr "Les systèmes sans *adjtimex* peuvent utiliser *ntptime*."
30363
30364 #. type: Plain text
30365 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271
30366 msgid ""
30367 "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
30368 "configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
30369 msgstr ""
30370 "Que la précision de l’heure soit maintenue avec le démon NTP ou pas, "
30371 "configurer le système pour qu’il reste à l’heure par lui-même est utile."
30372
30373 #. type: Plain text
30374 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:273
30375 msgid ""
30376 "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
30377 "big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
30378 "their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own "
30379 "rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each "
30380 "of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between "
30381 "these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time "
30382 "keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to "
30383 "configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will "
30384 "be overlaid upon it."
30385 msgstr ""
30386 "La première étape pour réaliser cela est d’avoir une vision d’ensemble "
30387 "claire. Deux périphériques matériels indépendants fonctionnent à leur propre "
30388 "rythme et divergent de l’heure « correcte » à leur propre taux. Les méthodes "
30389 "et programmes pour la correction de dérive sont différents pour chaque "
30390 "périphérique. Cependant, la plupart des systèmes sont configurés pour "
30391 "échanger des valeurs entre ces deux horloges au démarrage et à l’arrêt. "
30392 "Désormais les heures de chaque périphérique, avec leurs propres erreurs, "
30393 "sont donc transférées de l’une à l’autre dans les deux sens. Si vous tentez "
30394 "de configurer une correction de dérive pour une seule d’entre elles, la "
30395 "dérive de l’autre l’écrasera."
30396
30397 #. type: Plain text
30398 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:275
30399 msgid ""
30400 "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
30401 "Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
30402 "of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon "
30403 "the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the "
30404 "System Clock should be done first."
30405 msgstr ""
30406 "Ce problème peut être évité en configurant la correction de dérive pour "
30407 "l’horloge système et en évitant simplement d’arrêter la machine. Cela, avec "
30408 "le fait que toute la précision de *hwclock* (y compris le calcul des "
30409 "facteurs de dérive) dépend de l’exactitude de la fréquence de l’horloge "
30410 "système, signifie que la configuration de l’horloge système devrait être la "
30411 "première étape."
30412
30413 #. type: Plain text
30414 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:277
30415 msgid ""
30416 "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--"
30417 "tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse "
30418 "adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not "
30419 "have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
30420 msgstr ""
30421 "La dérive de l’horloge système est corrigée avec les options *--tick* et *--"
30422 "frequency* d’**adjtimex**(8). Les deux fonctionnent ensemble, le tic est "
30423 "l’ajustement grossier alors que la fréquence est l’ajustement fin (sur les "
30424 "systèmes sans paquet *adjtimex*, *ntptime\\ -f* _ppm_ peut être utilisé à la "
30425 "place)."
30426
30427 #. type: Plain text
30428 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:279
30429 msgid ""
30430 "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
30431 "drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting "
30432 "clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying "
30433 "to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and "
30434 "frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement "
30435 "over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A "
30436 "better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
30437 msgstr ""
30438 "Certaines distributions Linux essayent de calculer automatiquement la dérive "
30439 "de l’horloge système avec l’opération de comparaison d’**adjtimex**. Essayer "
30440 "de corriger une horloge qui dérive en utilisant comme référence une autre "
30441 "horloge qui dérive est un peu comme un chien qui essaye de s’attraper la "
30442 "queue. Cela peut fonctionner au bout d’un moment mais pas sans beaucoup "
30443 "d’efforts et de frustration. Cette automatisme peut être considéré comme une "
30444 "amélioration face à l’absence de configuration, mais espérer un résultat "
30445 "optimal serait une erreur. Les options *--log* d’**adjtimex** s’avèrent être "
30446 "une meilleure possibilité pour une configuration manuelle."
30447
30448 #. type: Plain text
30449 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:281
30450 msgid ""
30451 "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, "
30452 "or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction "
30453 "manually."
30454 msgstr ""
30455 "Simplement suivre la dérive de l’horloge système avec *sntp*, ou *date\\ -"
30456 "Ins* par rapport à une horloge de précision, puis calculer soi-même la "
30457 "correction, serait plus efficace."
30458
30459 #. type: Plain text
30460 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:283
30461 msgid ""
30462 "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
30463 "adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for "
30464 "more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
30465 msgstr ""
30466 "Après la définition des valeurs de tic et de fréquence, il faut continuer de "
30467 "tester et d'affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge système garde "
30468 "l’heure correctement. Consultez *adjtimex*(2) pour plus de renseignements et "
30469 "l’exemple montrant un calcul manuel de dérive."
30470
30471 #. type: Plain text
30472 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:285
30473 msgid ""
30474 "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
30475 msgstr ""
30476 "Une fois que l’horloge système est fiable, l’horloge matérielle va pouvoir "
30477 "être réglée."
30478
30479 #. type: Plain text
30480 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:287
30481 msgid ""
30482 "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
30483 "even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
30484 "case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
30485 "occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
30486 "drift should yield better results."
30487 msgstr ""
30488 "En règle générale, la dérive à froid fonctionne bien dans la plupart des cas "
30489 "d’utilisation. Cela devrait même être vrai pour les machines fonctionnant "
30490 "vingt-quatre heures sur vingt-quatre et dont les temps d’arrêt usuels "
30491 "servent uniquement pour les redémarrages. Dans ce cas, la valeur du facteur "
30492 "de dérive est peu différente, mais si la machine est arrêtée plus longtemps "
30493 "que d’habitude, la dérive à froid devrait donner de meilleurs résultats."
30494
30495 #. type: Plain text
30496 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:289
30497 #, no-wrap
30498 msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n"
30499 msgstr "*Étapes pour calculer la dérive à froid*\n"
30500
30501 #. type: Plain text
30502 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
30503 #, no-wrap
30504 msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n"
30505 msgstr "*Veiller à ce que le démon NTP ne soit par lancé au démarrage*.\n"
30506
30507 #. type: Plain text
30508 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295
30509 msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!"
30510 msgstr "L’heure de _l’horloge système_ doit être exacte à l’arrêt !."
30511
30512 #. type: Labeled list
30513 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:296
30514 #, no-wrap
30515 msgid "3"
30516 msgstr "3"
30517
30518 #. type: Plain text
30519 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298
30520 msgid "Shut down the system."
30521 msgstr "Arrêter le système."
30522
30523 #. type: Labeled list
30524 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:299
30525 #, no-wrap
30526 msgid "4"
30527 msgstr "4"
30528
30529 #. type: Plain text
30530 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301
30531 msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
30532 msgstr ""
30533 "Laisser passer suffisamment de temps sans modifier l’horloge matérielle."
30534
30535 #. type: Labeled list
30536 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:302
30537 #, no-wrap
30538 msgid "5"
30539 msgstr "5"
30540
30541 #. type: Plain text
30542 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304
30543 msgid "Start the system."
30544 msgstr "Démarrer le système."
30545
30546 #. type: Labeled list
30547 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:305
30548 #, no-wrap
30549 msgid "6"
30550 msgstr "6"
30551
30552 #. type: Plain text
30553 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:307
30554 msgid ""
30555 "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-"
30556 "drift* option."
30557 msgstr ""
30558 "Utiliser *hwclock* immédiatement pour régler l’heure correcte avec l’option "
30559 "*--update-drift*."
30560
30561 #. type: Plain text
30562 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:309
30563 msgid ""
30564 "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set "
30565 "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
30566 msgstr ""
30567 "Remarque : si l’étape six utilise *--systohc*, alors l’horloge système doit "
30568 "être réglée correctement (étape 6a) juste avant."
30569
30570 #. type: Plain text
30571 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311
30572 msgid ""
30573 "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
30574 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
30575 "the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor "
30576 "until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, "
30577 "first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
30578 "*sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
30579 msgstr ""
30580 "Laisser *hwclock* calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de départ, "
30581 "mais pour obtenir des résultats optimaux, modifier directement le fichier "
30582 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ sera probablement nécessaire. Continuer de tester et "
30583 "affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge matérielle soit corrigée "
30584 "correctement au démarrage. Pour vérifier cela, assurez-vous que l’heure "
30585 "système soit correcte avant l’arrêt puis utilisez *sntp*, ou *date\\ -Ins* "
30586 "et une horloge de précision, immédiatement après le démarrage."
30587
30588 #. type: Title ===
30589 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:312
30590 #, no-wrap
30591 msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
30592 msgstr "LOCALE ou UTC"
30593
30594 #. type: Plain text
30595 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:315
30596 msgid ""
30597 "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
30598 "saving time results:"
30599 msgstr ""
30600 "Garder l’horloge matérielle en heure locale provoque des résultats "
30601 "incohérents de changement d’heure d’été."
30602
30603 #. type: Plain text
30604 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
30605 msgid ""
30606 "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
30607 "to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
30608 msgstr ""
30609 "Si Linux est en cours de fonctionnement au moment du changement d’heure, "
30610 "l’heure écrite dans l’horloge matérielle sera ajustée pour le changement."
30611
30612 #. type: Plain text
30613 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:318
30614 msgid ""
30615 "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
30616 "from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
30617 msgstr ""
30618 "Si Linux n’est *pas* en cours de fonctionnement au moment du changement "
30619 "d’heure, l’heure lue de l’horloge matérielle ne sera *pas* ajustée pour le "
30620 "changement."
30621
30622 #. type: Plain text
30623 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320
30624 msgid ""
30625 "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
30626 "it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* "
30627 "is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local "
30628 "time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
30629 msgstr ""
30630 "L’horloge matérielle sur un système compatible ISA ne garde que l’heure et "
30631 "la date, elle n’a pas de connaissance du fuseau horaire ni d’heure d’été. "
30632 "Ainsi, quand *hwclock* est informée d’utiliser l’heure locale, elle "
30633 "considère l’horloge matérielle en heure locale « correcte » et ne fait pas "
30634 "d’ajustement de l’heure qui y est lue."
30635
30636 #. type: Plain text
30637 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322
30638 msgid ""
30639 "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
30640 "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
30641 "system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the "
30642 "argument to the *--date* option."
30643 msgstr ""
30644 "Linux ne gère les changements d’heure d’été de façon transparente que quand "
30645 "l’horloge matérielle est gardée en UTC. Ce fonctionnement facilite le "
30646 "travail des administrateurs système car *hwclock* utilise l’heure locale en "
30647 "sortie et comme argument de l’option *--date*."
30648
30649 #. type: Plain text
30650 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:324
30651 msgid ""
30652 "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
30653 "the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System "
30654 "Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
30655 msgstr ""
30656 "Les systèmes POSIX, comme Linux, sont conçus pour avoir l’horloge système en "
30657 "heure UTC. Le but de l’horloge matérielle est d’initialiser l’horloge "
30658 "système, donc la garder aussi en UTC est sensé."
30659
30660 #. type: Plain text
30661 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326
30662 msgid ""
30663 "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
30664 "local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
30665 "MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
30666 "supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
30667 "UTC."
30668 msgstr ""
30669 "Linux, cependant, essaye de s’adapter à l’horloge matérielle en heure "
30670 "locale. C’est avant tout pour gérer le multiboot avec les plus anciennes "
30671 "versions de Microsoft Windows. Depuis Windows 7, la clef de registre "
30672 "RealTimeIsUniversal est supposée fonctionner correctement pour permettre de "
30673 "garder l’horloge matérielle en UTC."
30674
30675 #. type: Title ===
30676 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:327
30677 #, no-wrap
30678 msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
30679 msgstr "POSIX ou « RIGHT »"
30680
30681 #. type: Plain text
30682 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:330
30683 msgid ""
30684 "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
30685 "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area "
30686 "that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time "
30687 "Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
30688 msgstr ""
30689 "Une discussion sur la configuration de date et d’heure serait incomplète "
30690 "sans parler de fuseaux horaires, c’est assez bien couvert par *tzset*(3). "
30691 "Une zone qui semble non documentée est le répertoire _right_ de la base de "
30692 "données de fuseaux horaires, parfois appelé « tz » ou « zoneinfo »."
30693
30694 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
30695 #. type: Plain text
30696 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:333
30697 msgid ""
30698 "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. "
30699 "'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. "
30700 "To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap "
30701 "seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the "
30702 "exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. "
30703 "The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, "
30704 "by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
30705 "this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
30706 msgstr ""
30707 "Deux bases de données distinctes existent dans le système _zoneinfo_ : "
30708 "_posix_ et _right_. Le répertoire _right_ (maintenant appelé _zoneinfo-"
30709 "leaps_, secondes intercalaires de _zoneinfo>) contient les secondes "
30710 "intercalaires alors que _posix_ ne les contient pas. Pour utiliser la base "
30711 "de données _right_, l’horloge système doit être configurée en "
30712 "(UTC {plus} secondes intercalaires), ce qui est équivalent à (TAI − 10). "
30713 "Cela permet de calculer le nombre exact de secondes entre deux dates ayant "
30714 "une seconde intercalaire entre elles. L’horloge système est alors convertie "
30715 "en heure civile correcte, y compris UTC, en utilisant les fichiers de fuseau "
30716 "horaire _right_ qui soustraient les secondes intercalaires. Remarque : cette "
30717 "configuration est considérée expérimentale et est connue pour poser des "
30718 "problèmes."
30719
30720 #. type: Plain text
30721 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335
30722 msgid ""
30723 "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
30724 "in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files "
30725 "are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., "
30726 "TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the "
30727 "upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the "
30728 "posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into "
30729 "sibling directories:"
30730 msgstr ""
30731 "Pour configurer un système à utiliser une base de données en particulier, "
30732 "tous les fichiers de son répertoire doivent être copiés à la racine de _/usr/"
30733 "share/zoneinfo_. Les fichiers ne sont jamais utilisés directement des sous-"
30734 "répertoires _posix_ ou _right_, par exemple TZ='_right/America/Martinique_'. "
30735 "Cette habitude était devenue si répandue que le projet zoneinfo amont a "
30736 "restructuré le système d’arborescence de fichiers en déplaçant les sous-"
30737 "répertoires _posix_ et _right_ hors du répertoire _zoneinfo_ et dans des "
30738 "répertoires adjacents :"
30739
30740 #. type: Plain text
30741 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:337
30742 msgid ""
30743 "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
30744 "leaps_"
30745 msgstr ""
30746 "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
30747 "leaps_"
30748
30749 #. type: Plain text
30750 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:339
30751 msgid ""
30752 "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
30753 "structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
30754 "reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system "
30755 "timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
30756 "database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
30757 "as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
30758 "*hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/"
30759 "share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files "
30760 "exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an "
30761 "incorrect time conversion."
30762 msgstr ""
30763 "Malheureusement, certaines distributions Linux replacent l’arborescence "
30764 "comme précédemment dans leurs paquets. Ainsi, le problème des "
30765 "administrateurs système utilisant directement le répertoire _right_ "
30766 "persiste. À cause de cela, le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour "
30767 "inclure les secondes intercalaires alors que la base de données de zoneinfo "
30768 "est encore configurée pour les exclure. Pourtant, quand une application "
30769 "comme une horloge mondiale, un agent de transport de courrier (MTA) ou "
30770 "*hwclock* a besoin du fichier de fuseau horaire _South_Pole_, elle le prend "
30771 "à la racine du _/usr/share/zoneinfo_, puisque c’est ce qu’elle est censée "
30772 "faire. Ces fichiers excluent les secondes intercalaires, mais l’horloge "
30773 "système les inclut maintenant, avec pour conséquence une conversion d’heure "
30774 "incorrecte."
30775
30776 #. type: Plain text
30777 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341
30778 msgid ""
30779 "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
30780 "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
30781 "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
30782 "'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ "
30783 "environment variable."
30784 msgstr ""
30785 "Tenter de mélanger et de faire correspondre les fichiers de ces bases de "
30786 "données distinctes ne fonctionnera pas puisqu’elles nécessitent chacune que "
30787 "l’horloge système utilise un fuseau horaire différent. La base de données "
30788 "zoneinfo doit être configurée pour utiliser soit _posix_, soit _right_, "
30789 "conformément à la description précédente ou en assignant un chemin de base "
30790 "de données à la variable _TZDIR_."
30791
30792 #. type: Plain text
30793 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:345
30794 msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
30795 msgstr "Une des valeurs suivantes sera renvoyée."
30796
30797 #. type: Labeled list
30798 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:346
30799 #, no-wrap
30800 msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)"
30801 msgstr "*EXIT_SUCCESS* (*0* sur les systèmes POSIX)"
30802
30803 #. type: Plain text
30804 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:348
30805 msgid "Successful program execution."
30806 msgstr "Exécution du programme réussie."
30807
30808 #. type: Labeled list
30809 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:349
30810 #, no-wrap
30811 msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)"
30812 msgstr "*EXIT_FAILURE* (*1* sur les systèmes POSIX)"
30813
30814 #. type: Plain text
30815 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351
30816 msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
30817 msgstr "L’opération a échoué ou la syntaxe de la commande était inadéquate."
30818
30819 #. type: Labeled list
30820 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:354
30821 #, no-wrap
30822 msgid "*TZ*"
30823 msgstr "*TZ*"
30824
30825 #. type: Plain text
30826 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
30827 msgid ""
30828 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
30829 "configured timezone."
30830 msgstr ""
30831 "Si cette variable est définie, sa valeur prend le pas sur la valeur de "
30832 "fuseau horaire configurée sur le système."
30833
30834 #. type: Labeled list
30835 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357
30836 #, no-wrap
30837 msgid "*TZDIR*"
30838 msgstr "*TZDIR*"
30839
30840 #. type: Plain text
30841 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359
30842 msgid ""
30843 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
30844 "configured timezone database directory path."
30845 msgstr ""
30846 "Si cette variable est définie, sa valeur prend le pas sur le chemin du "
30847 "répertoire de base de données des fuseaux horaires configuré sur le système."
30848
30849 #. type: Plain text
30850 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:362 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117
30851 #, no-wrap
30852 msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
30853 msgstr "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
30854
30855 #. type: Plain text
30856 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
30857 #, fuzzy
30858 #| msgid "The configuration and state file for hwclock."
30859 msgid ""
30860 "The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
30861 msgstr "Fichier de configuration et d’état pour *hwclock*."
30862
30863 #. type: Labeled list
30864 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:365
30865 #, no-wrap
30866 msgid "_/etc/localtime_"
30867 msgstr "_/etc/localtime_"
30868
30869 #. type: Plain text
30870 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367
30871 msgid "The system timezone file."
30872 msgstr "Fichier de fuseau horaire du système"
30873
30874 #. type: Labeled list
30875 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:368
30876 #, no-wrap
30877 msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
30878 msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
30879
30880 #. type: Plain text
30881 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:370
30882 msgid "The system timezone database directory."
30883 msgstr "Répertoire de la base de données de fuseaux horaires du système."
30884
30885 #. type: Plain text
30886 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372
30887 msgid ""
30888 "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/"
30889 "rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
30890 msgstr ""
30891 "Fichiers de périphérique pouvant être essayés par *hwclock* pour un accès à "
30892 "l’horloge matérielle : _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ "
30893 "_/dev/misc/efirtc_"
30894
30895 #. type: Plain text
30896 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:382
30897 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
30898 #| msgid ""
30899 #| "*date*(1),\n"
30900 #| "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
30901 #| "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
30902 #| "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
30903 #| "*crontab*(1p),\n"
30904 #| "*tzset*(3)\n"
30905 msgid ""
30906 "*date*(1),\n"
30907 "*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
30908 "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
30909 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
30910 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
30911 "*crontab*(1p),\n"
30912 "*tzset*(3)\n"
30913 msgstr ""
30914 "*date*(1),\n"
30915 "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
30916 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
30917 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
30918 "*crontab*(1p),\n"
30919 "*tzset*(3)\n"
30920
30921 #. type: Plain text
30922 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:386
30923 msgid ""
30924 "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, "
30925 "based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, "
30926 "and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
30927 msgstr ""
30928 "Écrit par mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], septembre 1996, "
30929 "basé sur le travail effectué sur le programme *clock*(8) par Charles "
30930 "Hedrick, Rob Hooft et Harald Koenig. Veuillez vous référer au code source "
30931 "pour une histoire complète et les crédits."
30932
30933 #. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
30934 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
30935 #. type: Title =
30936 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6
30937 #, no-wrap
30938 msgid "ipcmk(1)"
30939 msgstr "ipcmk(1)"
30940
30941 #. type: Plain text
30942 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16
30943 msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources"
30944 msgstr "ipcmk - Créer plusieurs ressources IPC"
30945
30946 #. type: Plain text
30947 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20
30948 #, no-wrap
30949 msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
30950 msgstr "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
30951
30952 #. type: Plain text
30953 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
30954 #, no-wrap
30955 msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
30956 msgstr "*ipcmk* vous permet de créer des objets de communication interprocessus (IPC) system V : des segments de mémoire partagée, des files de messages et des tableaux de sémaphores.\n"
30957
30958 #. type: Plain text
30959 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28
30960 msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:"
30961 msgstr "Les ressources peuvent être indiquées avec les options suivantes."
30962
30963 #. type: Labeled list
30964 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29
30965 #, no-wrap
30966 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_"
30967 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem* _taille_"
30968
30969 #. type: Plain text
30970 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
30971 msgid ""
30972 "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be "
30973 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and "
30974 "so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
30975 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
30976 "for GB, etc."
30977 msgstr ""
30978 "Créer un segment de mémoire partagé de _taille_ octets. Les arguments "
30979 "_taille_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB (=1024), MiB "
30980 "(=1024*1024), et ainsi de suite pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la "
30981 "partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
30982 "des suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), et ainsi de suite pour GB, etc.\""
30983
30984 #. type: Labeled list
30985 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32
30986 #, no-wrap
30987 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*"
30988 msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue*"
30989
30990 #. type: Plain text
30991 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
30992 msgid "Create a message queue."
30993 msgstr "Créer une file de messages."
30994
30995 #. type: Labeled list
30996 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35
30997 #, no-wrap
30998 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_"
30999 msgstr "*-S*, *--semaphore* _nombre_"
31000
31001 #. type: Plain text
31002 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37
31003 msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements."
31004 msgstr "Créer un tableau de sémaphores avec _nombre_ éléments."
31005
31006 #. type: Plain text
31007 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39
31008 msgid "Other options are:"
31009 msgstr "Les autres options sont les suivantes."
31010
31011 #. type: Labeled list
31012 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40
31013 #, no-wrap
31014 msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
31015 msgstr "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
31016
31017 #. type: Plain text
31018 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42
31019 msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644."
31020 msgstr "Droits d’accès à la ressource (0644 par défaut)."
31021
31022 #. type: Plain text
31023 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48
31024 msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
31025 msgstr "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
31026
31027 #. type: Plain text
31028 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:54
31029 #, no-wrap
31030 msgid ""
31031 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
31032 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
31033 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31034 msgstr ""
31035 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
31036 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
31037 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31038
31039 #. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com)
31040 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
31041 #. type: Title =
31042 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6
31043 #, no-wrap
31044 msgid "ipcrm(1)"
31045 msgstr "ipcrm(1)"
31046
31047 #. type: Plain text
31048 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17
31049 msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources"
31050 msgstr "ipcrm - Supprimer certaines ressources IPC"
31051
31052 #. type: Plain text
31053 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21
31054 #, no-wrap
31055 msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
31056 msgstr "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
31057
31058 #. type: Plain text
31059 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23
31060 #, no-wrap
31061 msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
31062 msgstr "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
31063
31064 #. type: Plain text
31065 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
31066 #, no-wrap
31067 msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n"
31068 msgstr "*ipcrm* supprime des objets de communication entre processus (IPC) System V et les structures de données associées définies sur le système. Afin de les détruire, vous devez être le superutilisateur, le créateur ou le propriétaire des objets.\n"
31069
31070 #. type: Plain text
31071 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
31072 msgid ""
31073 "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and "
31074 "semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate "
31075 "(regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the "
31076 "object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached "
31077 "processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address "
31078 "space."
31079 msgstr ""
31080 "Les objets IPC System V sont de trois types\\ : mémoire partagée, file de "
31081 "messages et sémaphores. La suppression d'une file de messages ou d'un "
31082 "ensemble de sémaphores est immédiate (même s'il y a des processus qui "
31083 "disposent d'un identificateur sur l'objet). Un segment de mémoire partagée "
31084 "n'est supprimé qu'à la condition que tous les processus aient détaché "
31085 "(*shmdt*(2)) l'objet de leur espace d'adressage virtuel."
31086
31087 #. type: Plain text
31088 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
31089 msgid ""
31090 "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a "
31091 "three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, "
31092 "followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
31093 msgstr ""
31094 "Deux syntaxes sont prises en charge. La syntaxe historique sous Linux "
31095 "utilise un mot clef de trois lettres indiquant la classe de l'objet à "
31096 "supprimer, suivi d'un ou de plusieurs identificateurs d'objets IPC de ce "
31097 "type."
31098
31099 #. type: Plain text
31100 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
31101 msgid ""
31102 "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of "
31103 "all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by "
31104 "key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified "
31105 "in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal "
31106 "(specified with an initial '0')."
31107 msgstr ""
31108 "La syntaxe compatible SUS permet l'utilisation d'aucun ou de plusieurs "
31109 "objets des trois types en une seule ligne de commande, objets désignés par "
31110 "leur clef ou leur identificateur (voir ci-dessous). Les clefs et les "
31111 "identificateurs peuvent être indiqués en décimal, hexadécimal (commençant "
31112 "par «\\ 0x\\ » ou «\\ 0X\\ »), ou octal (commençant par un «\\ 0\\ »)."
31113
31114 #. type: Plain text
31115 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
31116 msgid ""
31117 "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and "
31118 "*semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
31119 msgstr ""
31120 "Des précisions sur les suppressions sont décrites dans *shmctl*(2), "
31121 "*msgctl*(2) et *semctl*(2). Les identificateurs et les clefs peuvent être "
31122 "trouvés avec *ipcs*(1)."
31123
31124 #. type: Labeled list
31125 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38
31126 #, no-wrap
31127 msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
31128 msgstr "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
31129
31130 #. type: Plain text
31131 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
31132 msgid ""
31133 "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is "
31134 "performed only for the specified resource types."
31135 msgstr ""
31136 "Supprimer toutes les ressources. Quand un argument d’option est fourni, la "
31137 "suppression ne concerne que les types de ressource indiqués."
31138
31139 #. type: Plain text
31140 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
31141 msgid ""
31142 "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the "
31143 "resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these "
31144 "resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
31145 "disappearance."
31146 msgstr ""
31147 "_Attention_, n’utilisez pas *-a* en cas de doute sur la façon dont le "
31148 "logiciel utilisant les ressources réagirait aux objets manquants. Certains "
31149 "programmes créent ces ressources au démarrage et pourraient ne pas avoir de "
31150 "code pour gérer une disparition inattendue."
31151
31152 #. type: Labeled list
31153 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43
31154 #, no-wrap
31155 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
31156 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _clef_shm_"
31157
31158 #. type: Plain text
31159 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
31160 msgid ""
31161 "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach "
31162 "is performed."
31163 msgstr ""
31164 "Supprimer le segment de mémoire partagée créé avec _clef_shm_ après son "
31165 "dernier détachement."
31166
31167 #. type: Labeled list
31168 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46
31169 #, no-wrap
31170 msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_"
31171 msgstr "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _id_shm_"
31172
31173 #. type: Plain text
31174 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
31175 msgid ""
31176 "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach "
31177 "is performed."
31178 msgstr ""
31179 "Supprimer le segment de mémoire partagée identifié par _id_shm_ après son "
31180 "dernier détachement."
31181
31182 #. type: Labeled list
31183 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
31184 #, no-wrap
31185 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_"
31186 msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _clef_msg_"
31187
31188 #. type: Plain text
31189 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51
31190 msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_."
31191 msgstr "Supprimer la file de messages créée avec _clef_msg_."
31192
31193 #. type: Labeled list
31194 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52
31195 #, no-wrap
31196 msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_"
31197 msgstr "*-q*, *--queue-id* _id_msg_"
31198
31199 #. type: Plain text
31200 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54
31201 msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_."
31202 msgstr "Supprimer la file de messages identifiée par _id_msg_."
31203
31204 #. type: Labeled list
31205 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55
31206 #, no-wrap
31207 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_"
31208 msgstr "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _clef_sem_"
31209
31210 #. type: Plain text
31211 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57
31212 msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_."
31213 msgstr "Supprimer le sémaphore créé avec _clef_sem_."
31214
31215 #. type: Labeled list
31216 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
31217 #, no-wrap
31218 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
31219 msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _id_sem_"
31220
31221 #. type: Plain text
31222 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60
31223 msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_."
31224 msgstr "Supprimer le sémaphore identifié par _id_sem_."
31225
31226 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
31227 #. type: Plain text
31228 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
31229 msgid ""
31230 "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown "
31231 "in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other "
31232 "{asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the "
31233 "ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the "
31234 "same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is "
31235 "still supported."
31236 msgstr ""
31237 "Dans sa première implémentation sous Linux, *ipcrm* utilisait la syntaxe, "
31238 "déconseillée présentée dans la deuxième ligne du *SYNOPSIS*. Les "
31239 "fonctionnalités présentes dans d'autres implémentations *nix d’**ipcrm** ont "
31240 "été ajoutées depuis, notamment la possibilité de supprimer une ressource par "
31241 "sa clef (et pas uniquement par son identificateur) tout en respectant la "
31242 "même syntaxe en ligne de commande. Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, la "
31243 "syntaxe précédente est toujours acceptée."
31244
31245 #. type: Plain text
31246 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:81
31247 #, no-wrap
31248 msgid ""
31249 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
31250 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
31251 "*msgctl*(2),\n"
31252 "*msgget*(2),\n"
31253 "*semctl*(2),\n"
31254 "*semget*(2),\n"
31255 "*shmctl*(2),\n"
31256 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
31257 "*shmget*(2),\n"
31258 "*ftok*(3),\n"
31259 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31260 msgstr ""
31261 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
31262 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
31263 "*msgctl*(2),\n"
31264 "*msgget*(2),\n"
31265 "*semctl*(2),\n"
31266 "*semget*(2),\n"
31267 "*shmctl*(2),\n"
31268 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
31269 "*shmget*(2),\n"
31270 "*ftok*(3),\n"
31271 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31272
31273 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
31274 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
31275 #. type: Title =
31276 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6
31277 #, no-wrap
31278 msgid "ipcs(1)"
31279 msgstr "ipcs(1)"
31280
31281 #. type: Plain text
31282 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16
31283 msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
31284 msgstr "ipcs - Montrer des renseignements sur l'utilisation des ressources IPC"
31285
31286 #. type: Plain text
31287 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20
31288 #, no-wrap
31289 msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
31290 msgstr "*ipcs* [options]\n"
31291
31292 #. type: Plain text
31293 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
31294 #, no-wrap
31295 msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
31296 msgstr "*ipcs* montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files de messages et tableaux de sémaphores.\n"
31297
31298 #. type: Labeled list
31299 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23
31300 #, no-wrap
31301 msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
31302 msgstr "*-i*, *--id* _ID_"
31303
31304 #. type: Plain text
31305 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
31306 msgid ""
31307 "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
31308 "option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
31309 "q* or *-s*."
31310 msgstr ""
31311 "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
31312 "_ID_. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
31313 "ressource : *-m*, *-q* ou *-s*."
31314
31315 #. type: Title ===
31316 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31
31317 #, no-wrap
31318 msgid "Resource options"
31319 msgstr "Options de ressource"
31320
31321 #. type: Labeled list
31322 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:33
31323 #, no-wrap
31324 msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*"
31325 msgstr "*-m*, *--shmems*"
31326
31327 #. type: Plain text
31328 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35
31329 msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments."
31330 msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les segments de mémoire partagée actifs."
31331
31332 #. type: Labeled list
31333 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:36
31334 #, no-wrap
31335 msgid "*-q*, *--queues*"
31336 msgstr "*-q*, *--queues*"
31337
31338 #. type: Plain text
31339 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:38
31340 msgid "Write information about active message queues."
31341 msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les files de messages actives."
31342
31343 #. type: Labeled list
31344 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39
31345 #, no-wrap
31346 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
31347 msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
31348
31349 #. type: Plain text
31350 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:41
31351 msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets."
31352 msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les ensembles de sémaphores actifs."
31353
31354 #. type: Plain text
31355 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:45
31356 msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)."
31357 msgstr ""
31358 "Écrire les renseignements sur toutes les trois ressources (par défaut)."
31359
31360 #. type: Title ===
31361 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46
31362 #, no-wrap
31363 msgid "Output formats"
31364 msgstr "Formats de sortie"
31365
31366 #. type: Plain text
31367 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49
31368 msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified."
31369 msgstr "Une seule de ces options sera prise en compte : la dernière indiquée."
31370
31371 #. type: Labeled list
31372 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:44
31373 #, no-wrap
31374 msgid "*-c*, *--creator*"
31375 msgstr "*-c*, *--creator*"
31376
31377 #. type: Plain text
31378 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46
31379 msgid "Show creator and owner."
31380 msgstr "Montrer le créateur et le propriétaire."
31381
31382 #. type: Labeled list
31383 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53
31384 #, no-wrap
31385 msgid "*-l*, *--limits*"
31386 msgstr "*-l*, *--limits*"
31387
31388 #. type: Plain text
31389 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:55
31390 msgid "Show resource limits."
31391 msgstr "Montrer les limites de ressource."
31392
31393 #. type: Plain text
31394 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:58
31395 msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator."
31396 msgstr "Montrer les PID de créateur et de dernier opérateur."
31397
31398 #. type: Plain text
31399 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:76
31400 msgid ""
31401 "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed "
31402 "the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) "
31403 "and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last "
31404 "*shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the "
31405 "last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
31406 msgstr ""
31407 "Écrire les renseignements d’heure. L’heure de la dernière opération de "
31408 "contrôle qui a modifié les droits d’accès à toutes les ressources, l’heure "
31409 "des dernières opérations *msgsnd*(2) et *msgrcv*(2) sur les files de "
31410 "messages, l’heure des dernières opérations *shmat*(2) et *shmdt*(2) sur la "
31411 "mémoire partagée et l’heure de la dernière opération *semop*(2) sur les "
31412 "sémaphores."
31413
31414 #. type: Labeled list
31415 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62
31416 #, no-wrap
31417 msgid "*-u*, *--summary*"
31418 msgstr "*-u*, *--summary*"
31419
31420 #. type: Plain text
31421 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:64
31422 msgid "Show status summary."
31423 msgstr "Montrer un résumé de l’état."
31424
31425 #. type: Title ===
31426 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65
31427 #, no-wrap
31428 msgid "Representation"
31429 msgstr "Représentation"
31430
31431 #. type: Plain text
31432 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68
31433 msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option."
31434 msgstr "Cela n’affecte que l’option *-l* (*--limits*)."
31435
31436 #. type: Labeled list
31437 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73
31438 #, no-wrap
31439 msgid "*--human*"
31440 msgstr "*--human*"
31441
31442 #. type: Plain text
31443 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75
31444 msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format."
31445 msgstr "Afficher les tailles en format lisible."
31446
31447 #. type: Plain text
31448 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79
31449 msgid ""
31450 "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* "
31451 "utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* "
31452 "options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A "
31453 "portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* "
31454 "options."
31455 msgstr ""
31456 "L'utilitaire *ipcs* Linux n'est pas totalement compatible avec l'utilitaire "
31457 "*ipcs* POSIX. La version Linux ne gère pas les options *-a*, *-b* et *-o* de "
31458 "POSIX, mais gère les options *-l* et *-u* non définies dans POSIX. Une "
31459 "application portable ne doit pas utiliser les options *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l* "
31460 "ni *-u*."
31461
31462 #. type: Plain text
31463 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83
31464 msgid ""
31465 "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC "
31466 "resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version "
31467 "v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of "
31468 "*msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in "
31469 "later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A "
31470 "limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to "
31471 "retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read "
31472 "permission."
31473 msgstr ""
31474 "L'implémentation actuelle de *ipcs* récupère des renseignements sur les "
31475 "ressources IPC disponibles en analysant les fichiers de _/proc/sysvipc_. "
31476 "Avant util-linux version v2.23, un autre mécanisme était utilisé : la "
31477 "commande *IPC_STAT* de *msgctl*(2), de *semctl*(2) et de *shmctl*(2). Ce "
31478 "mécanisme est aussi utilisé dans les dernières versions d'util-linux si _/"
31479 "proc_ n'est pas disponible. Une limite du mécanisme *IPC_STAT* est qu'il ne "
31480 "peut être utilisé que pour récupérer des renseignements sur les ressources "
31481 "IPC pour lesquelles l'utilisateur a le droit de lecture."
31482
31483 #. type: Plain text
31484 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87
31485 msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
31486 msgstr "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
31487
31488 #. type: Plain text
31489 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:118
31490 #, no-wrap
31491 msgid ""
31492 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
31493 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
31494 "*msgrcv*(2),\n"
31495 "*msgsnd*(2),\n"
31496 "*semget*(2),\n"
31497 "*semop*(2),\n"
31498 "*shmat*(2),\n"
31499 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
31500 "*shmget*(2),\n"
31501 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31502 msgstr ""
31503 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
31504 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
31505 "*msgrcv*(2),\n"
31506 "*msgsnd*(2),\n"
31507 "*semget*(2),\n"
31508 "*semop*(2),\n"
31509 "*shmat*(2),\n"
31510 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
31511 "*shmget*(2),\n"
31512 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31513
31514 #. type: Title =
31515 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2
31516 #, no-wrap
31517 msgid "irqtop(1)"
31518 msgstr "irqtop(1)"
31519
31520 #. type: Plain text
31521 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12
31522 msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
31523 msgstr ""
31524
31525 #. type: Plain text
31526 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16
31527 #, no-wrap
31528 msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n"
31529 msgstr "*irqtop* [options]\n"
31530
31531 #. type: Plain text
31532 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20
31533 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view."
31534 msgstr ""
31535
31536 #. type: Plain text
31537 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
31538 #, fuzzy
31539 #| msgid ""
31540 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
31541 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
31542 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
31543 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
31544 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
31545 msgid ""
31546 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
31547 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
31548 "expected columns by using *--output*."
31549 msgstr ""
31550 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
31551 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
31552 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
31553 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
31554 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
31555 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
31556
31557 #. type: Plain text
31558 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
31559 #, fuzzy
31560 #| msgid ""
31561 #| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
31562 #| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
31563 #| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
31564 msgid ""
31565 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
31566 "supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is "
31567 "specified in the format _+list_."
31568 msgstr ""
31569 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
31570 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
31571 "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
31572 "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."
31573
31574 #. type: Labeled list
31575 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
31576 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
31577 #| msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
31578 msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _mode_"
31579 msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
31580
31581 #. type: Plain text
31582 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
31583 msgid ""
31584 "Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, "
31585 "*enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, "
31586 "then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enouth to "
31587 "show a full line of statistics."
31588 msgstr ""
31589
31590 #. type: Labeled list
31591 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31
31592 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
31593 #| msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
31594 msgid "*-C*, *--cpu-list* _list_"
31595 msgstr "*-S*, *--split* _liste_"
31596
31597 #. type: Plain text
31598 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33
31599 msgid "Specify cpus in list format to show."
31600 msgstr ""
31601
31602 #. type: Labeled list
31603 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34
31604 #, no-wrap
31605 msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_"
31606 msgstr "*-d*, *--delay* _secondes_"
31607
31608 #. type: Plain text
31609 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36
31610 msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals."
31611 msgstr ""
31612
31613 #. type: Labeled list
31614 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31
31615 #, no-wrap
31616 msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_"
31617 msgstr "*-s*, *--sort* _colonne_"
31618
31619 #. type: Plain text
31620 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39
31621 msgid ""
31622 "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
31623 "names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
31624 msgstr ""
31625
31626 #. type: Labeled list
31627 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40
31628 #, no-wrap
31629 msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*"
31630 msgstr "*-S*, *--softirq*"
31631
31632 #. type: Plain text
31633 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42
31634 #, fuzzy
31635 #| msgid "Show status information."
31636 msgid "Show softirqs information."
31637 msgstr "Montrer les informations d'état."
31638
31639 #. type: Title ==
31640 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:45
31641 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
31642 #| msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
31643 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS"
31644 msgstr "MODE INTERACTIF"
31645
31646 #. type: Labeled list
31647 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
31648 #, no-wrap
31649 msgid "*i*"
31650 msgstr "*i*"
31651
31652 #. type: Plain text
31653 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:49
31654 msgid "sort by short irq name or number field"
31655 msgstr ""
31656
31657 #. type: Plain text
31658 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:52
31659 msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)"
31660 msgstr ""
31661
31662 #. type: Plain text
31663 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:55
31664 msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts"
31665 msgstr ""
31666
31667 #. type: Plain text
31668 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:58
31669 msgid "sort by long descriptive name field"
31670 msgstr ""
31671
31672 #. type: Labeled list
31673 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59
31674 #, no-wrap
31675 msgid "*q Q*"
31676 msgstr "*q Q*"
31677
31678 #. type: Plain text
31679 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:61
31680 msgid "stop updates and exit program"
31681 msgstr ""
31682
31683 #. type: Plain text
31684 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:50
31685 msgid ""
31686 "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
31687 "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
31688 msgstr ""
31689 "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
31690 "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
31691
31692 #. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
31693 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
31694 #. type: Title =
31695 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6
31696 #, no-wrap
31697 msgid "ldattach(8)"
31698 msgstr "ldattach(8)"
31699
31700 #. type: Plain text
31701 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16
31702 msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
31703 msgstr "ldattach - Attacher une procédure de contrôle à une ligne série"
31704
31705 #. type: Plain text
31706 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20
31707 #, no-wrap
31708 msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n"
31709 msgstr "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _indici_] [*-s* _vitesse_] _ldisc périphérique_\n"
31710
31711 #. type: Plain text
31712 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
31713 msgid ""
31714 "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer "
31715 "to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for "
31716 "processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
31717 "background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
31718 msgstr ""
31719 "Le démon *ldattach* ouvre le fichier de _périphérique_ indiqué (qui doit "
31720 "faire référence à un périphérique série) et lui attribue une procédure de "
31721 "contrôle _ldisc_ pour gérer l'envoi et la réception de données. Ensuite, il "
31722 "passe en arrière-plan tout en gardant le périphérique ouvert afin que la "
31723 "procédure de contrôle reste chargée."
31724
31725 #. type: Plain text
31726 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
31727 msgid ""
31728 "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
31729 msgstr ""
31730 "La procédure de contrôle _ldisc_ peut être indiquée par nom ou par numéro."
31731
31732 #. type: Plain text
31733 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
31734 msgid ""
31735 "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
31736 msgstr ""
31737 "Afin de détacher la procédure de contrôle, tuer (avec *kill*(1)) le "
31738 "processus *ldattach*."
31739
31740 #. type: Plain text
31741 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30
31742 msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information."
31743 msgstr "Sans paramètre, *ldattach* affiche un message d'utilisation."
31744
31745 #. type: Title ==
31746 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31
31747 #, no-wrap
31748 msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
31749 msgstr "PROCÉDURES DE CONTRÔLE"
31750
31751 #. type: Plain text
31752 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
31753 msgid ""
31754 "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
31755 "supported:"
31756 msgstr ""
31757 "Selon la version du noyau, les procédures suivantes sont prises en charge :"
31758
31759 #. type: Labeled list
31760 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35
31761 #, no-wrap
31762 msgid "*TTY*(*0*)"
31763 msgstr "*TTY*(*0*)"
31764
31765 #. type: Plain text
31766 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
31767 msgid ""
31768 "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
31769 "well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
31770 msgstr ""
31771 "La procédure par défaut fournit un mode d'opération transparent (mode brut) "
31772 "ainsi que les capacités d'édition de ligne habituelles d'une console (mode "
31773 "« cooked »)."
31774
31775 #. type: Labeled list
31776 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38
31777 #, no-wrap
31778 msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)"
31779 msgstr "*SLIP*(*1*)"
31780
31781 #. type: Plain text
31782 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
31783 msgid ""
31784 "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
31785 "over serial lines."
31786 msgstr ""
31787 "Protocole IP sur ligne série (SLIP) afin de transmettre des paquets TCP/IP "
31788 "sur une ligne série."
31789
31790 #. type: Labeled list
31791 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41
31792 #, no-wrap
31793 msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
31794 msgstr "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
31795
31796 #. type: Plain text
31797 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43
31798 msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
31799 msgstr "Pilote de périphérique de pointage connecté en RS232 (souris série)."
31800
31801 #. type: Labeled list
31802 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44
31803 #, no-wrap
31804 msgid "*PPP*(*3*)"
31805 msgstr "*PPP*(*3*)"
31806
31807 #. type: Plain text
31808 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
31809 msgid ""
31810 "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
31811 "over serial lines."
31812 msgstr ""
31813 "Protocole point à point (PPP) afin de transmettre des paquets réseaux sur "
31814 "une ligne série."
31815
31816 #. type: Labeled list
31817 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47
31818 #, no-wrap
31819 msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
31820 msgstr "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
31821
31822 #. type: Plain text
31823 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
31824 msgid ""
31825 "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
31826 msgstr ""
31827 "Pilote de ligne pour transmettre des paquets X.25 sur une ligne série "
31828 "asynchrone."
31829
31830 #. type: Labeled list
31831 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50
31832 #, no-wrap
31833 msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
31834 msgstr "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
31835
31836 #. type: Plain text
31837 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52
31838 msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
31839 msgstr "Pilote pour le module Simatic R3964."
31840
31841 #. type: Labeled list
31842 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53
31843 #, no-wrap
31844 msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)"
31845 msgstr "*IRDA*(*11*)"
31846
31847 #. type: Plain text
31848 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
31849 msgid ""
31850 "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge."
31851 "net/"
31852 msgstr ""
31853 "Pilote de transmission de données par infrarouge pour Linux (IrDa), "
31854 "consultez http://irda.sourceforge.net/."
31855
31856 #. type: Labeled list
31857 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56
31858 #, no-wrap
31859 msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)"
31860 msgstr "*HDLC*(*13*)"
31861
31862 #. type: Plain text
31863 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58
31864 msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
31865 msgstr "Pilote HDLC synchrone."
31866
31867 #. type: Labeled list
31868 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59
31869 #, no-wrap
31870 msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
31871 msgstr "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
31872
31873 #. type: Plain text
31874 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61
31875 msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
31876 msgstr "Pilote PPP synchrone."
31877
31878 #. type: Labeled list
31879 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62
31880 #, no-wrap
31881 msgid "*HCI*(*15*)"
31882 msgstr "*HCI*(*15*)"
31883
31884 #. type: Plain text
31885 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64
31886 msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
31887 msgstr "Pilote d'UART HCI Bluetooth."
31888
31889 #. type: Labeled list
31890 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65
31891 #, no-wrap
31892 msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
31893 msgstr "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
31894
31895 #. type: Plain text
31896 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67
31897 msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
31898 msgstr "Pilote pour l'adaptateur série DECT Siemens Gigaset M101."
31899
31900 #. type: Labeled list
31901 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68
31902 #, no-wrap
31903 msgid "*PPS*(*18*)"
31904 msgstr "*PPS*(*18*)"
31905
31906 #. type: Plain text
31907 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70
31908 msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
31909 msgstr "Pilote de ligne série de source PPS « Pulse Per Second »."
31910
31911 #. type: Labeled list
31912 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71
31913 #, no-wrap
31914 msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
31915 msgstr "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
31916
31917 #. type: Plain text
31918 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73
31919 msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
31920 msgstr "Pilote pour modem à protocole de multiplexage GSM 07.10 (CMUX)."
31921
31922 #. type: Labeled list
31923 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76
31924 #, no-wrap
31925 msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
31926 msgstr "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
31927
31928 #. type: Plain text
31929 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78
31930 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
31931 msgstr "Définir le nombre de bits d'arrêt de la ligne série à 1 bit."
31932
31933 #. type: Labeled list
31934 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79
31935 #, no-wrap
31936 msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
31937 msgstr "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
31938
31939 #. type: Plain text
31940 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81
31941 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
31942 msgstr "Définir le nombre de bits d'arrêt de la ligne série à 2 bits."
31943
31944 #. type: Labeled list
31945 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82
31946 #, no-wrap
31947 msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
31948 msgstr "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
31949
31950 #. type: Plain text
31951 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84
31952 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
31953 msgstr "Définir la taille des caractères de la ligne série à 7 bits."
31954
31955 #. type: Labeled list
31956 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85
31957 #, no-wrap
31958 msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
31959 msgstr "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
31960
31961 #. type: Plain text
31962 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87
31963 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
31964 msgstr "Définir la taille des caractères de la ligne série à 8 bits."
31965
31966 #. type: Plain text
31967 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
31968 msgid ""
31969 "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, "
31970 "and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
31971 msgstr ""
31972 "Garder *ldattach* au premier plan pour qu’il puisse être interrompu ou "
31973 "débogué et afficher des messages à propos de son état sur la sortie d'erreur "
31974 "standard."
31975
31976 #. type: Labeled list
31977 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91
31978 #, no-wrap
31979 msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
31980 msgstr "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
31981
31982 #. type: Plain text
31983 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93
31984 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
31985 msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à une valeur paire."
31986
31987 #. type: Labeled list
31988 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94
31989 #, no-wrap
31990 msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..."
31991 msgstr "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_valeur_..."
31992
31993 #. type: Plain text
31994 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
31995 msgid ""
31996 "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
31997 "_value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a "
31998 "minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
31999 "values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
32000 msgstr ""
32001 "Définir les bits indiqués dans le mot c_iflag de la ligne série. "
32002 "L’__indici__ donné peut être un nombre ou un nom symbolique. Si _indici_ est "
32003 "précédé d'un signe moins, les bits indiqués sont effacés à la place. "
32004 "Plusieurs __indici__s séparés par des virgules peuvent être donnés afin de "
32005 "définir et d'effacer plusieurs bits."
32006
32007 #. type: Labeled list
32008 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97
32009 #, no-wrap
32010 msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
32011 msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"
32012
32013 #. type: Plain text
32014 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99
32015 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
32016 msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à la valeur aucune."
32017
32018 #. type: Labeled list
32019 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100
32020 #, no-wrap
32021 msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
32022 msgstr "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
32023
32024 #. type: Plain text
32025 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102
32026 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
32027 msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à une valeur impaire."
32028
32029 #. type: Labeled list
32030 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103
32031 #, no-wrap
32032 msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_"
32033 msgstr "*-s*, *--speed* _valeur_"
32034
32035 #. type: Plain text
32036 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
32037 msgid ""
32038 "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
32039 msgstr ""
32040 "Définir la vitesse (le taux en baud) de la ligne série à la _valeur_ "
32041 "indiquée."
32042
32043 #. type: Labeled list
32044 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106
32045 #, no-wrap
32046 msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
32047 msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _chaîne_"
32048
32049 #. type: Plain text
32050 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
32051 #, fuzzy
32052 #| msgid ""
32053 #| "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
32054 #| "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
32055 #| "the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into "
32056 #| "the CMUX mode."
32057 msgid ""
32058 "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
32059 "invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
32060 "the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the "
32061 "CMUX mode."
32062 msgstr ""
32063 "Définir une commande d’introduction qui est envoyée par la ligne série avant "
32064 "l’appel de *ldattach*. Par exemple, en conjonction avec la procédure "
32065 "GSM0710, la commande « AT+CMUX=0\\r » est généralement appropriée pour "
32066 "basculer le modem en mode CMUX."
32067
32068 #. type: Labeled list
32069 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109
32070 #, no-wrap
32071 msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_"
32072 msgstr "*-p*, *--pause* _valeur_"
32073
32074 #. type: Plain text
32075 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
32076 #, fuzzy
32077 #| msgid ""
32078 #| "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of ldattach. Default is "
32079 #| "one second."
32080 msgid ""
32081 "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is "
32082 "one second."
32083 msgstr ""
32084 "Attendre _valeur_ secondes avant d’appeler *ldattach*. Une seconde par "
32085 "défaut."
32086
32087 #. type: Plain text
32088 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117
32089 msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
32090 msgstr "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
32091
32092 #. type: Plain text
32093 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122
32094 #, no-wrap
32095 msgid ""
32096 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
32097 "*ttys*(4)\n"
32098 msgstr ""
32099 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
32100 "*ttys*(4)\n"
32101
32102 #. type: Title =
32103 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2
32104 #, no-wrap
32105 msgid "losetup(8)"
32106 msgstr "losetup(8)"
32107
32108 #. type: Plain text
32109 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12
32110 msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
32111 msgstr "losetup - Mettre en place et contrôler des périphériques boucle"
32112
32113 #. type: Plain text
32114 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16
32115 msgid "Get info:"
32116 msgstr "Obtenir des informations :"
32117
32118 #. type: Plain text
32119 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18
32120 #, no-wrap
32121 msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n"
32122 msgstr "*losetup* [_périphérique_boucle_]\n"
32123
32124 #. type: Plain text
32125 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20
32126 #, no-wrap
32127 msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
32128 msgstr "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
32129
32130 #. type: Plain text
32131 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22
32132 #, no-wrap
32133 msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n"
32134 msgstr "*losetup* *-j* _fichier_ [*-o* _position_]\n"
32135
32136 #. type: Plain text
32137 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24
32138 msgid "Detach a loop device:"
32139 msgstr "Détacher un périphérique boucle :"
32140
32141 #. type: Plain text
32142 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26
32143 #, no-wrap
32144 msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n"
32145 msgstr "*losetup* *-d* _périphérique_boucle_ ...\n"
32146
32147 #. type: Plain text
32148 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28
32149 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
32150 msgstr "Détacher tous les périphériques boucle associés :"
32151
32152 #. type: Plain text
32153 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30
32154 #, no-wrap
32155 msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n"
32156 msgstr "*losetup* *-D*\n"
32157
32158 #. type: Plain text
32159 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32
32160 msgid "Set up a loop device:"
32161 msgstr "Mettre en place un périphérique boucle :"
32162
32163 #. type: Plain text
32164 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
32165 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32166 #| msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _loopdev file_\n"
32167 msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_\n"
32168 msgstr "*losetup* [*-o* _position_] [*--sizelimit* _taille_] [*--sector-taille* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _périphérique_boucle_ _fichier_\n"
32169
32170 #. type: Plain text
32171 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36
32172 msgid "Resize a loop device:"
32173 msgstr "Redimensionner un périphérique boucle :"
32174
32175 #. type: Plain text
32176 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38
32177 #, no-wrap
32178 msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n"
32179 msgstr "*losetup* *-c* _périphérique_boucle_\n"
32180
32181 #. type: Plain text
32182 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
32183 #, no-wrap
32184 msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n"
32185 msgstr "*losetup* est utilisé pour associer les périphériques boucle avec des fichiers normaux ou des périphériques bloc, pour détacher et pour connaître l'état d'un périphérique boucle. Si seul l'argument _périphérique_boucle_ est fourni, l'état actuel du périphérique correspondant est affiché. Sans option, tous les périphériques boucle sont affichés.\n"
32186
32187 #. type: Plain text
32188 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
32189 msgid ""
32190 "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited "
32191 "strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
32192 msgstr ""
32193 "Remarquez que l’ancien format de sortie (c’est-à-dire *losetup -a*) avec des "
32194 "chaînes séparées par des virgules est obsolète, le format de sortie *--list* "
32195 "devrait être utilisé à la place."
32196
32197 #. type: Plain text
32198 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
32199 msgid ""
32200 "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing "
32201 "file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and "
32202 "overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this "
32203 "problem."
32204 msgstr ""
32205 "Il est possible de créer davantage de périphériques boucle indépendants à "
32206 "partir du même fichier de sauvegarde. *Cela peut être dangereux, causer des "
32207 "pertes de données, une corruption ou des réécritures*. *--nooverlap* est à "
32208 "utiliser avec *--find* lors de la configuration pour éviter ce problème."
32209
32210 #. type: Plain text
32211 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
32212 #, fuzzy
32213 #| msgid ""
32214 #| "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
32215 #| "and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
32216 #| "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended "
32217 #| "to use for example flock1 to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
32218 #| "cases."
32219 msgid ""
32220 "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
32221 "and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
32222 "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
32223 "use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
32224 "cases."
32225 msgstr ""
32226 "La configuration du périphérique boucle n’est pas une opération atomique "
32227 "lorsqu’elle est utilisée avec *--find* et *losetup* ne protège pas cette "
32228 "opération par un verrou. Le nombre d’essais est restreint en interne à un "
32229 "maximum de 16. Il est recommandé d’utiliser par exemple *flock*(1) pour "
32230 "éviter une collision dans les cas d’utilisations massivement parallèles."
32231
32232 #. type: Plain text
32233 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
32234 msgid ""
32235 "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
32236 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
32237 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
32238 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
32239 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
32240 msgstr ""
32241 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
32242 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
32243 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
32244 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
32245 "ZB et YB."
32246
32247 # FIXME *--list)* → *--list*)
32248 #. type: Plain text
32249 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
32250 #, fuzzy
32251 #| msgid ""
32252 #| "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
32253 #| "accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format "
32254 #| "(as printed without *--list)* is deprecated."
32255 msgid ""
32256 "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
32257 "accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as "
32258 "printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
32259 msgstr ""
32260 "Montrer l’état de tous les périphériques boucle. Remarquez que tous les "
32261 "renseignements ne sont pas accessibles aux utilisateurs ordinaires. "
32262 "Consultez également *--list*. L’ancien format de sortie (tel qu’affiché sans "
32263 "*--list*) est obsolète."
32264
32265 #. type: Labeled list
32266 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56
32267 #, no-wrap
32268 msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..."
32269 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach* _périphérique_boucle_..."
32270
32271 #. type: Plain text
32272 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
32273 msgid ""
32274 "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
32275 "that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
32276 "operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used "
32277 "by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
32278 msgstr ""
32279 "Détacher le fichier ou le périphérique associé avec le(s) périphérique(s) "
32280 "indiqué(s). Remarquez que depuis sa version 3.7 le noyau Linux utilise « la "
32281 "destruction paresseuse de périphérique ». L’opération de détachement ne "
32282 "renvoie plus une erreur *EBUSY* si le périphérique est utilisé activement "
32283 "par le système, mais il est marqué par le drapeau « autoclear » et détruit "
32284 "plus tard."
32285
32286 #. type: Labeled list
32287 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59
32288 #, no-wrap
32289 msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
32290 msgstr "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
32291
32292 #. type: Plain text
32293 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61
32294 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
32295 msgstr "Détacher tous les périphériques boucle associés."
32296
32297 #. type: Labeled list
32298 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62
32299 #, no-wrap
32300 msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
32301 msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_fichier_]"
32302
32303 #. type: Plain text
32304 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
32305 msgid ""
32306 "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the "
32307 "found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
32308 msgstr ""
32309 "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
32310 "_fichier_ est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un périphérique "
32311 "boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."
32312
32313 #. type: Labeled list
32314 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65
32315 #, no-wrap
32316 msgid "*--show*"
32317 msgstr "*--show*"
32318
32319 #. type: Plain text
32320 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
32321 msgid ""
32322 "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ "
32323 "argument are present."
32324 msgstr ""
32325 "Afficher le nom du périphérique boucle assigné si l'option *-f* et un "
32326 "argument _fichier_ sont présents."
32327
32328 #. type: Labeled list
32329 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68
32330 #, no-wrap
32331 msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
32332 msgstr "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
32333
32334 #. type: Plain text
32335 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
32336 msgid ""
32337 "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
32338 "backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
32339 "used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
32340 "option makes sense only with *--find*."
32341 msgstr ""
32342 "Rechercher l’existence de conflits entre des périphériques boucle pour "
32343 "éviter une situation où le même fichier de sauvegarde est partagé par "
32344 "d’autres périphériques boucle. Si le fichier est déjà utilisé par un autre "
32345 "périphérique alors réutiliser le périphérique plutôt que d’en utiliser un "
32346 "nouveau. Cette option n’a de sens qu’avec l’option *--find*."
32347
32348 #. type: Labeled list
32349 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71
32350 #, no-wrap
32351 msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]"
32352 msgstr "*-j*, *--associated* _fichier_ [*-o* _position_]"
32353
32354 #. type: Plain text
32355 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73
32356 msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_."
32357 msgstr "Montrer l'état de tous les périphériques boucle associés au _fichier_."
32358
32359 #. type: Plain text
32360 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
32361 msgid ""
32362 "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. "
32363 "The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
32364 msgstr ""
32365 "Le début des données est déplacé de _position_ octets dans le fichier ou le "
32366 "périphérique indiqué. _position_ peut être suivie d’un préfixe "
32367 "multiplicatif, voir ci-dessus."
32368
32369 #. type: Labeled list
32370 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77
32371 #, no-wrap
32372 msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_"
32373 msgstr "*--sizelimit* _taille_"
32374
32375 #. type: Plain text
32376 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
32377 msgid ""
32378 "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The "
32379 "_size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
32380 msgstr ""
32381 "La fin des données est définie au maximum à _taille_ octets après le début "
32382 "des données. _taille_ peut être suivie d’un préfixe multiplicatif, voir ci-"
32383 "dessus."
32384
32385 #. type: Labeled list
32386 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80
32387 #, no-wrap
32388 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_"
32389 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _taille_"
32390
32391 #. type: Plain text
32392 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
32393 #, fuzzy
32394 #| msgid ""
32395 #| "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux "
32396 #| "4.14). The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as "
32397 #| "stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop "
32398 #| "device."
32399 msgid ""
32400 "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
32401 "The option may be used when creating a new loop device as well as a stand-"
32402 "alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
32403 msgstr ""
32404 "Régler la taille de secteur logique du périphérique boucle en octet (depuis "
32405 "Linux 4.14). Cette option peut être utilisée pour créer un nouveau "
32406 "périphérique boucle ainsi que pour une commande autonome modifiant la taille "
32407 "de secteur d’un périphérique boucle déjà existant."
32408
32409 #. type: Labeled list
32410 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83
32411 #, no-wrap
32412 msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_"
32413 msgstr "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _périphérique_boucle_"
32414
32415 #. type: Plain text
32416 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
32417 msgid ""
32418 "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
32419 "specified loop device."
32420 msgstr ""
32421 "Forcer le pilote de boucle à relire la taille du fichier associé au "
32422 "périphérique boucle indiqué."
32423
32424 #. type: Labeled list
32425 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86
32426 #, no-wrap
32427 msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*"
32428 msgstr "*-P*, *--partscan*"
32429
32430 #. type: Plain text
32431 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
32432 msgid ""
32433 "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
32434 "Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
32435 "is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-"
32436 "size* together with *--partscan*."
32437 msgstr ""
32438 "Forcer le noyau à analyser la table de partitionnement d’un périphérique "
32439 "boucle nouvellement créé. Remarquez que l’analyse de cette table dépend de "
32440 "la taille de secteur. Par défaut, c’est 512 octets, sinon vous devez "
32441 "utiliser l’option *--sector-size* avec l’option *--partscan*."
32442
32443 #. type: Plain text
32444 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
32445 msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
32446 msgstr "Configurer un périphérique boucle en lecture seule."
32447
32448 #. type: Labeled list
32449 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
32450 #, no-wrap
32451 msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
32452 msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
32453
32454 #. type: Plain text
32455 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
32456 #, fuzzy
32457 #| msgid ""
32458 #| "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument "
32459 #| "can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to "
32460 #| "*off*."
32461 msgid ""
32462 "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
32463 "be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to "
32464 "*on*."
32465 msgstr ""
32466 "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
32467 "L’argument facultatif peut être *on* ou *off*. En absence d’argument, *off* "
32468 "est la valeur par défaut."
32469
32470 #. type: Plain text
32471 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
32472 msgid ""
32473 "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns "
32474 "for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
32475 "print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, "
32476 "and *--json*."
32477 msgstr ""
32478 "Si un périphérique boucle ou que l’option *-a* est indiqué, afficher les "
32479 "colonnes par défaut soit pour le périphérique boucle indiqué, soit pour tous "
32480 "les périphériques boucle. Les informations sur tous les périphériques sont "
32481 "affichées par défaut. Consultez également *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--"
32482 "raw* et *--json*."
32483
32484 #. type: Labeled list
32485 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101
32486 #, no-wrap
32487 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..."
32488 msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _colonne_[,_colonne_]..."
32489
32490 #. type: Plain text
32491 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
32492 msgid ""
32493 "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--"
32494 "help* to get a list of all supported columns."
32495 msgstr ""
32496 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher pour la sortie *--list*. Utilisez B*--help* "
32497 "pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
32498
32499 #. type: Plain text
32500 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109
32501 msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format."
32502 msgstr "Ne pas afficher les en-têtes pour le format de sortie *--list*."
32503
32504 #. type: Labeled list
32505 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
32506 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56
32507 #, no-wrap
32508 msgid "*--raw*"
32509 msgstr "*--raw*"
32510
32511 #. type: Plain text
32512 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112
32513 msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format."
32514 msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format *--list* brut."
32515
32516 #. type: Plain text
32517 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115
32518 msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output."
32519 msgstr "Utiliser le format JSON pour l'affichage *--list*."
32520
32521 #. type: Title ==
32522 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116
32523 #, no-wrap
32524 msgid "ENCRYPTION"
32525 msgstr "CHIFFREMENT"
32526
32527 #. type: Plain text
32528 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119
32529 #, no-wrap
32530 msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
32531 msgstr "*cryptoloop n’est plus pris en charge et est remplacé par dm-crypt.* Pour plus de précisions, consultez *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
32532
32533 #. type: Plain text
32534 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123
32535 #, no-wrap
32536 msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n"
32537 msgstr "*losetup* renvoie 0 en cas de réussite et une valeur non nulle en cas d'échec. Lorsque *losetup* affiche l'état d'un périphérique boucle, il renvoie 1 si le périphérique n'est pas configuré et 2 si une erreur est survenue empêchant de déterminer l'état du périphérique.\n"
32538
32539 #. type: Plain text
32540 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:127
32541 msgid ""
32542 "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop "
32543 "device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and "
32544 "*LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
32545 msgstr ""
32546
32547 #. type: Labeled list
32548 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1620
32549 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32550 #| msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
32551 msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
32552 msgstr "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
32553
32554 #. type: Labeled list
32555 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135
32556 #, no-wrap
32557 msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
32558 msgstr "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
32559
32560 #. type: Plain text
32561 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:137
32562 msgid "loop block devices"
32563 msgstr "Périphériques bloc boucle."
32564
32565 #. type: Labeled list
32566 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138
32567 #, no-wrap
32568 msgid "_/dev/loop-control_"
32569 msgstr "_/dev/loop-control_"
32570
32571 #. type: Plain text
32572 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:140
32573 msgid "loop control device"
32574 msgstr "Périphériques de contrôle boucle."
32575
32576 #. type: Plain text
32577 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144
32578 msgid ""
32579 "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
32580 msgstr ""
32581 "Les commandes suivantes sont des exemples d'utilisation du périphérique "
32582 "boucle :"
32583
32584 #. type: Plain text
32585 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:153
32586 #, no-wrap
32587 msgid ""
32588 " # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
32589 " # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
32590 " /dev/loop0\n"
32591 " # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
32592 " # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
32593 " ...\n"
32594 " # umount /dev/loop0\n"
32595 " # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
32596 msgstr ""
32597 " # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
32598 " # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
32599 " /dev/loop0\n"
32600 " # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
32601 " # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
32602 " ...\n"
32603 " # umount /dev/loop0\n"
32604 " # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
32605
32606 #. type: Plain text
32607 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157
32608 msgid ""
32609 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:"
32610 "tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
32611 msgstr ""
32612 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] à partir de la version originale de mailto:"
32613 "tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
32614
32615 #. type: Title =
32616 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2
32617 #, no-wrap
32618 msgid "lscpu(1)"
32619 msgstr "lscpu(1)"
32620
32621 #. type: Plain text
32622 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12
32623 msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
32624 msgstr "lscpu - Afficher des informations sur l'architecture du processeur"
32625
32626 #. type: Plain text
32627 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16
32628 #, no-wrap
32629 msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
32630 msgstr "*lscpu* [options]\n"
32631
32632 #. type: Plain text
32633 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
32634 #, no-wrap
32635 msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n"
32636 msgstr "*lscpu* collecte des renseignements sur l'architecture du processeur à partir de _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ et de n'importe quelle bibliothèque spécifique à une architecture (comme *librtas* sur Powerpc). La sortie de la commande peut être optimisée pour l’analyse ou pour faciliter la lecture. Par exemple, le nombre de processeurs, de processus légers, de cœurs, de sockets et de nœuds NUMA font partie des renseignements. Des renseignements sont aussi fournis sur les caches et les partages de cache, la famille, le modèle, le BogoMips, le boutisme et la révision.\n"
32637
32638 #. type: Plain text
32639 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
32640 #, fuzzy
32641 #| msgid ""
32642 #| "The default output formatting on terminal maybe optimized for better "
32643 #| "readability.  The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never "
32644 #| "affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\en\" "
32645 #| "format."
32646 msgid ""
32647 "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe "
32648 "optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) "
32649 "is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: "
32650 "data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default "
32651 "output without optimizations."
32652 msgstr ""
32653 "Le format d'affichage par défaut sur un terminal peut être optimisé pour une "
32654 "meilleure lisibilité. La sortie hors d’un terminal (par exemple les "
32655 "redirections) n'est jamais touchée par cette optimisation et reste au format "
32656 "« Field: data\\en »."
32657
32658 #. type: Plain text
32659 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
32660 msgid ""
32661 "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
32662 "reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically "
32663 "different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support "
32664 "retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number "
32665 "of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
32666 msgstr ""
32667 "Dans les environnements virtualisés, les informations affichées sur "
32668 "l'architecture du processeur reflètent la configuration du système "
32669 "d'exploitation invité qui diffère en général du système physique (l'hôte). "
32670 "Sur les architectures qui récupèrent les informations de topologie physique, "
32671 "*lscpu* affiche aussi le nombre de sockets, de puces et de cœurs physiques "
32672 "du système hôte."
32673
32674 #. type: Plain text
32675 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
32676 msgid ""
32677 "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this "
32678 "argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of "
32679 "column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
32680 "arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column "
32681 "labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
32682 msgstr ""
32683 "Les options ayant pour résultat un tableau en sortie ont un argument "
32684 "_liste_. Utilisez cet argument pour personnaliser la sortie de la commande. "
32685 "Indiquez une liste d’étiquettes de colonne séparées par des virgules pour "
32686 "limiter le tableau en sortie à ces colonnes dans l’ordre indiqué. Consultez "
32687 "*COLONNES* pour une liste des étiquettes de colonne possibles. Les "
32688 "étiquettes de colonne ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."
32689
32690 #. type: Plain text
32691 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
32692 msgid ""
32693 "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column "
32694 "is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
32695 msgstr ""
32696 "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
32697 "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, *lscpu* "
32698 "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."
32699
32700 #. type: Plain text
32701 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
32702 #, fuzzy
32703 #| msgid ""
32704 #| "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs.  The versions "
32705 #| "before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due "
32706 #| "to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between "
32707 #| "CPUs. For more details about caches see B<--cache>."
32708 msgid ""
32709 "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before "
32710 "v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to "
32711 "complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. "
32712 "For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* "
32713 "follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start "
32714 "from zero."
32715 msgstr ""
32716 "Les tailles du cache sont indiquées sous forme d'un résumé de tous les "
32717 "processeurs. Les versions inférieures à la version 2.34 affichaient des "
32718 "tailles par cœur, mais cette sortie était perturbante du fait de la "
32719 "topologie compliquée des processeurs et de la manière dont les caches sont "
32720 "partagés entre eux. Pour plus de détails sur les caches, voir B<--cache>."
32721
32722 #. type: Plain text
32723 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
32724 msgid ""
32725 "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). "
32726 "This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
32727 msgstr ""
32728 "Inclure les lignes pour les processeurs en ligne et hors ligne dans la "
32729 "sortie (par défaut pour *-e*). Cette option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec "
32730 "les options *-e* ou *-p*."
32731
32732 #. type: Labeled list
32733 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:36
32734 #, no-wrap
32735 msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*"
32736 msgstr "*-B*, *--bytes*"
32737
32738 #. type: Labeled list
32739 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:39
32740 #, no-wrap
32741 msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
32742 msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"
32743
32744 #. type: Plain text
32745 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
32746 msgid ""
32747 "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be "
32748 "specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
32749 msgstr ""
32750 "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs en ligne (par défaut pour *-p*). Cette "
32751 "option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec les options *-e* ou *-p*."
32752
32753 #. type: Labeled list
32754 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:42
32755 #, no-wrap
32756 msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]"
32757 msgstr "*-C*, *--caches*[=_liste_]"
32758
32759 #. type: Plain text
32760 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
32761 msgid ""
32762 "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information "
32763 "see *--help* output."
32764 msgstr ""
32765 "Afficher les détails des caches du processeur. Pour plus de détails sur les "
32766 "informations disponibles, voir l'affichage de *--help*."
32767
32768 #. type: Plain text
32769 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
32770 msgid ""
32771 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available "
32772 "are included in the command output."
32773 msgstr ""
32774 "Si l’argument _liste_ est omis, toutes les colonnes ayant des données "
32775 "disponibles sont incluses dans la sortie de la commande."
32776
32777 #. type: Plain text
32778 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48
32779 #, fuzzy
32780 #| msgid ""
32781 #| "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign "
32782 #| "(=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
32783 #| "Examples: '*-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE*' or '*--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*'."
32784 msgid ""
32785 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
32786 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-"
32787 "C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
32788 msgstr ""
32789 "Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
32790 "_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-C=NOM,UNE-TAILLE* » "
32791 "ou « *--caches=NOM,UNE-TAILLE* »."
32792
32793 #. type: Plain text
32794 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
32795 #, fuzzy
32796 #| msgid ""
32797 #| "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
32798 #| "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
32799 msgid ""
32800 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
32801 "format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
32802 msgstr ""
32803 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
32804 "sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
32805
32806 #. type: Labeled list
32807 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:51
32808 #, no-wrap
32809 msgid "*-c*, *--offline*"
32810 msgstr "*-c*, *--offline*"
32811
32812 #. type: Plain text
32813 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
32814 msgid ""
32815 "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together "
32816 "with option *-e* or *-p*."
32817 msgstr ""
32818 "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs hors ligne. Cette option ne peut être "
32819 "indiquée qu’avec les options *-e* ou *-p*."
32820
32821 #. type: Labeled list
32822 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:54
32823 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32824 #| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
32825 msgid "*--hierarchic*[=_when_]"
32826 msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"
32827
32828 #. type: Plain text
32829 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
32830 msgid ""
32831 "Use subsections in summary output. For backward compatibility, the default "
32832 "is to use subsections only when output on a terminal and flattened output on "
32833 "a non-terminal. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or "
32834 "*auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to \"always\"."
32835 msgstr ""
32836
32837 #. type: Labeled list
32838 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:57
32839 #, no-wrap
32840 msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]"
32841 msgstr "*-e*, *--extended*[=_liste_]"
32842
32843 #. type: Plain text
32844 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:59
32845 msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
32846 msgstr "Afficher les renseignements sur le processeur au format lisible."
32847
32848 #. type: Plain text
32849 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:61
32850 #, fuzzy
32851 #| msgid ""
32852 #| "If the I<list> argument is omitted, all columns for which data is "
32853 #| "available are included in the command output."
32854 msgid ""
32855 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the "
32856 "command output.  The default output is subject to change."
32857 msgstr ""
32858 "Si l’argument I<liste> est omis, toutes les colonnes ayant des données "
32859 "disponibles sont incluses dans la sortie de la commande."
32860
32861 #. type: Plain text
32862 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:63
32863 msgid ""
32864 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
32865 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
32866 "e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
32867 msgstr ""
32868 "Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
32869 "_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-e=cpu,node* » ou "
32870 "« *--extended=cpu,node* »."
32871
32872 #. type: Plain text
32873 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
32874 msgid ""
32875 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
32876 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
32877 msgstr ""
32878
32879 #. type: Plain text
32880 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:71
32881 msgid ""
32882 "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
32883 "extended*).  For backward compatibility, JSON output follows the default "
32884 "summary behavior for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) where subsections are "
32885 "missing. See also *--hierarchic*."
32886 msgstr ""
32887
32888 #. type: Labeled list
32889 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:72
32890 #, no-wrap
32891 msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]"
32892 msgstr "*-p*, *--parse*[=_liste_]"
32893
32894 #. type: Plain text
32895 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:74
32896 msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing."
32897 msgstr "Optimiser la sortie de la commande pour faciliter l’analyse."
32898
32899 #. type: Plain text
32900 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:76
32901 #, fuzzy
32902 #| msgid ""
32903 #| "If the I<list> argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
32904 #| "earlier versions of B<lscpu>.  In this compatible format, two commas are "
32905 #| "used to separate CPU cache columns.  If no CPU caches are identified the "
32906 #| "cache column is omitted."
32907 msgid ""
32908 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
32909 "earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used "
32910 "to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache "
32911 "column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are "
32912 "separated with a colon (:)."
32913 msgstr ""
32914 "En absence d'argument I<liste>, la sortie de la commande est compatible avec "
32915 "les versions précédentes de B<lscpu>. Dans ce format compatible, deux "
32916 "virgules séparent les colonnes de cache de processeur. Si aucun cache de "
32917 "processeur n'est identifié, la colonne est omise."
32918
32919 #. type: Plain text
32920 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
32921 msgid ""
32922 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
32923 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
32924 "p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
32925 msgstr ""
32926 "Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
32927 "_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-p=cpu,node* » ou "
32928 "« *--parse=cpu,node* »."
32929
32930 #. type: Plain text
32931 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
32932 msgid ""
32933 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
32934 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
32935 msgstr ""
32936
32937 #. type: Labeled list
32938 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60
32939 #, no-wrap
32940 msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_"
32941 msgstr "*-s*, *--sysroot* _répertoire_"
32942
32943 #. type: Plain text
32944 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
32945 msgid ""
32946 "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
32947 "*lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of "
32948 "the Linux instance to be inspected."
32949 msgstr ""
32950 "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
32951 "utilisée pour la commande *lscpu*. Le _répertoire_ indiqué est la racine du "
32952 "système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."
32953
32954 #. type: Plain text
32955 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86
32956 msgid ""
32957 "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to "
32958 "print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version "
32959 "2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
32960 msgstr ""
32961 "Utiliser des masques hexadécimaux pour les ensembles de processeurs (par "
32962 "exemple « ff »). Par défaut, l'affichage est au format liste (par exemple "
32963 "0,1). Remarquez qu'avant la version 2.30, le masque s'affichait avec le "
32964 "préfixe 0x."
32965
32966 #. type: Labeled list
32967 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:87
32968 #, no-wrap
32969 msgid "*-y*, *--physical*"
32970 msgstr "*-y*, *--physical*"
32971
32972 #. type: Plain text
32973 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
32974 msgid ""
32975 "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, "
32976 "etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs "
32977 "are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs "
32978 "are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If "
32979 "the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints "
32980 "the dash (-) character."
32981 msgstr ""
32982 "Afficher les identifiants physiques de toutes les colonnes ayant des "
32983 "éléments de topologie (cœur, sockets, etc.). À part les identifiants "
32984 "logiques, affectés par *lscpu*, les valeurs des identifiants physiques sont "
32985 "spécifiques aux valeurs de chaque plateforme fournies par le noyau. Les "
32986 "identifiants physiques ne sont pas nécessairement uniques et ils pourraient "
32987 "ne pas être organisés séquentiellement. Si le noyau n'a pas pu récupérer "
32988 "l'identifiant physique d'un élément, *lscpu* affiche le caractère tiret (-)."
32989
32990 #. type: Plain text
32991 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:91
32992 msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option."
32993 msgstr ""
32994 "Les numéros logiques d’un processeur ne sont pas touchés par cette option."
32995
32996 #. type: Plain text
32997 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94
32998 msgid ""
32999 "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--"
33000 "extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
33001 msgstr ""
33002 "Afficher les colonnes disponibles. Cette option peut être associée soit à *--"
33003 "extended*, soit à *--parse*, soit à *--caches*."
33004
33005 #. type: Plain text
33006 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:98
33007 msgid ""
33008 "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first "
33009 "CPU only."
33010 msgstr ""
33011 "La vue d'ensemble de base de la famille, du modèle, etc., de processeur "
33012 "n’est toujours relative qu’au premier processeur."
33013
33014 #. type: Plain text
33015 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:100
33016 msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data."
33017 msgstr "Quelques fois sous Xen Dom0, les résultats du noyau sont incorrects."
33018
33019 #. type: Plain text
33020 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:102
33021 msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong."
33022 msgstr ""
33023 "Sur le matériel virtuel, le nombre de cœurs par socket, etc., peut être faux."
33024
33025 #. type: Plain text
33026 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:108
33027 msgid ""
33028 "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
33029 "heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
33030 msgstr ""
33031 "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
33032 "heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
33033
33034 #. type: Plain text
33035 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:112
33036 #, no-wrap
33037 msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n"
33038 msgstr "*chcpu*(8)\n"
33039
33040 #. type: Title =
33041 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2
33042 #, no-wrap
33043 msgid "lsipc(1)"
33044 msgstr "lsipc(1)"
33045
33046 #. type: Plain text
33047 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
33048 #, fuzzy
33049 #| msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
33050 msgid ""
33051 "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
33052 msgstr "ipcs - Montrer des renseignements sur l'utilisation des ressources IPC"
33053
33054 #. type: Plain text
33055 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16
33056 #, no-wrap
33057 msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n"
33058 msgstr "*lsipc* [options]\n"
33059
33060 #. type: Plain text
33061 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
33062 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33063 #| msgid "B<ipcs> shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities.  By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
33064 msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n"
33065 msgstr "B<ipcs> montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files de messages et tableaux de sémaphores."
33066
33067 #. type: Plain text
33068 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
33069 #, fuzzy
33070 #| msgid ""
33071 #| "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by I<id>.  "
33072 #| "This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: "
33073 #| "B<-m>, B<-q> or B<-s>."
33074 msgid ""
33075 "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
33076 "option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
33077 "q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this "
33078 "option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
33079 msgstr ""
33080 "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
33081 "I<id>. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
33082 "ressource : B<-m>, B<-q> ou B<-s>."
33083
33084 #. type: Labeled list
33085 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26
33086 #, no-wrap
33087 msgid "*-g*, *--global*"
33088 msgstr "*-g*, *--global*"
33089
33090 #. type: Plain text
33091 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
33092 msgid ""
33093 "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be "
33094 "combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The "
33095 "default is to show information about all resources."
33096 msgstr ""
33097
33098 #. type: Title ===
33099 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42
33100 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33101 #| msgid "Output formats"
33102 msgid "Output formatting"
33103 msgstr "Formats de sortie"
33104
33105 #. type: Plain text
33106 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:52
33107 msgid "Use the JSON output format."
33108 msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie JSON."
33109
33110 #. type: Plain text
33111 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:55
33112 msgid ""
33113 "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
33114 msgstr ""
33115
33116 #. type: Plain text
33117 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:70
33118 #, fuzzy
33119 #| msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
33120 msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format."
33121 msgstr ""
33122 "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octets plutôt qu'en format lisible."
33123
33124 #. type: Labeled list
33125 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80
33126 #, no-wrap
33127 msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
33128 msgstr "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
33129
33130 #. type: Plain text
33131 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:82
33132 msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column."
33133 msgstr ""
33134
33135 #. type: Plain text
33136 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:96
33137 msgid "if a serious error occurs."
33138 msgstr ""
33139
33140 #. type: Plain text
33141 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100
33142 msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility."
33143 msgstr ""
33144
33145 #. type: Title =
33146 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2
33147 #, no-wrap
33148 msgid "lsirq(1)"
33149 msgstr "lsirq(1)"
33150
33151 #. type: Plain text
33152 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12
33153 msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
33154 msgstr ""
33155
33156 #. type: Plain text
33157 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16
33158 #, no-wrap
33159 msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n"
33160 msgstr "*lsirq* [options]\n"
33161
33162 #. type: Plain text
33163 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20
33164 #, fuzzy
33165 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
33166 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information."
33167 msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
33168
33169 #. type: Plain text
33170 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
33171 msgid ""
33172 "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
33173 "names."
33174 msgstr ""
33175
33176 #. type: Plain text
33177 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
33178 #, fuzzy
33179 #| msgid ""
33180 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
33181 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
33182 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
33183 msgid ""
33184 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
33185 "characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
33186 msgstr ""
33187 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
33188 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
33189 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
33190 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
33191
33192 #. type: Title =
33193 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2
33194 #, no-wrap
33195 msgid "lsmem(1)"
33196 msgstr "lsmem(1)"
33197
33198 #. type: Plain text
33199 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12
33200 msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status"
33201 msgstr ""
33202
33203 #. type: Plain text
33204 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16
33205 #, no-wrap
33206 msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n"
33207 msgstr "*lsmem* [options]\n"
33208
33209 #. type: Plain text
33210 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
33211 msgid ""
33212 "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online "
33213 "status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block "
33214 "representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and "
33215 "the amount of memory in online and offline state."
33216 msgstr ""
33217
33218 #. type: Plain text
33219 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
33220 #, fuzzy
33221 #| msgid ""
33222 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
33223 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
33224 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
33225 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
33226 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
33227 msgid ""
33228 "The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-"
33229 "tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your "
33230 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* "
33231 "option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is "
33232 "required."
33233 msgstr ""
33234 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
33235 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
33236 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
33237 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
33238 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
33239 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
33240
33241 #. type: Plain text
33242 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
33243 msgid ""
33244 "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory "
33245 "block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This "
33246 "default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., "
33247 "*lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all "
33248 "differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible "
33249 "continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual "
33250 "memory blocks."
33251 msgstr ""
33252
33253 #. type: Plain text
33254 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
33255 msgid ""
33256 "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split "
33257 "policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example "
33258 "if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than "
33259 "all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
33260 msgstr ""
33261
33262 #. type: Plain text
33263 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
33264 #, fuzzy
33265 #| msgid ""
33266 #| "Not all columns are supported on all architectures.  If an unsupported "
33267 #| "column is specified, B<lscpu> prints the column but does not provide any "
33268 #| "data for it."
33269 msgid ""
33270 "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is "
33271 "specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
33272 msgstr ""
33273 "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
33274 "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, B<lscpu> "
33275 "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."
33276
33277 #. type: Plain text
33278 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30
33279 msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description."
33280 msgstr ""
33281
33282 #. type: Plain text
33283 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
33284 msgid ""
33285 "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with "
33286 "similar attributes."
33287 msgstr ""
33288
33289 #. type: Plain text
33290 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
33291 #, fuzzy
33292 #| msgid ""
33293 #| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
33294 #| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
33295 #| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
33296 msgid ""
33297 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
33298 "supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is "
33299 "specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
33300 msgstr ""
33301 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
33302 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
33303 "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
33304 "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."
33305
33306 #. type: Plain text
33307 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53
33308 #, fuzzy
33309 #| msgid ""
33310 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
33311 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
33312 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
33313 msgid ""
33314 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
33315 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
33316 msgstr ""
33317 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
33318 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
33319 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
33320 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
33321
33322 #. type: Labeled list
33323 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57
33324 #, no-wrap
33325 msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
33326 msgstr "*-S*, *--split* _liste_"
33327
33328 #. type: Plain text
33329 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
33330 msgid ""
33331 "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The "
33332 "supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The "
33333 "other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
33334 msgstr ""
33335
33336 #. type: Plain text
33337 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
33338 #, fuzzy
33339 #| msgid ""
33340 #| "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
33341 #| "the B<lscpu> command is issued.  The specified I<directory> is the system "
33342 #| "root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
33343 msgid ""
33344 "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
33345 "the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root "
33346 "of the Linux instance to be inspected."
33347 msgstr ""
33348 "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
33349 "utilisée pour la commande B<lscpu>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la racine "
33350 "du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."
33351
33352 #. type: Plain text
33353 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67
33354 msgid ""
33355 "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
33356 "be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
33357 "defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--"
33358 "pairs* and *--json*."
33359 msgstr ""
33360
33361 #. type: Plain text
33362 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
33363 #, no-wrap
33364 msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n"
33365 msgstr ""
33366
33367 #. type: Plain text
33368 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75
33369 #, no-wrap
33370 msgid "*chmem*(8)\n"
33371 msgstr "*chmem*(8)\n"
33372
33373 #. Man page for the lsns command.
33374 #. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
33375 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
33376 #. type: Title =
33377 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7
33378 #, no-wrap
33379 msgid "lsns(8)"
33380 msgstr "lsns(8)"
33381
33382 #. type: Plain text
33383 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17
33384 #, fuzzy
33385 #| msgid "B<mount namespace>"
33386 msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
33387 msgstr "B<espace de noms de montage>"
33388
33389 #. type: Plain text
33390 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21
33391 #, no-wrap
33392 msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n"
33393 msgstr ""
33394
33395 #. type: Plain text
33396 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
33397 #, no-wrap
33398 msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n"
33399 msgstr ""
33400
33401 #. type: Plain text
33402 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27
33403 #, fuzzy
33404 #| msgid ""
33405 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
33406 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
33407 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
33408 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
33409 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
33410 msgid ""
33411 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
33412 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
33413 "expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--"
33414 "output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable "
33415 "output is required."
33416 msgstr ""
33417 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
33418 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
33419 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
33420 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
33421 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
33422 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
33423
33424 #. type: Plain text
33425 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
33426 msgid ""
33427 "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, "
33428 "is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to "
33429 "\",\"-separated single-line representation."
33430 msgstr ""
33431
33432 #. type: Plain text
33433 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
33434 msgid ""
33435 "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and "
33436 "for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ "
33437 "filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --"
33438 "mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent "
33439 "namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind "
33440 "mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
33441 msgstr ""
33442
33443 #. type: Plain text
33444 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
33445 msgid "Use list output format."
33446 msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie liste."
33447
33448 #. type: Plain text
33449 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
33450 msgid ""
33451 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
33452 "format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
33453 msgstr ""
33454 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
33455 "sous la forme **+**__liste__ (par exemple, *lsns -o +PATH*)."
33456
33457 #. type: Labeled list
33458 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51
33459 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33460 #| msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
33461 msgid "*-P*, *--persistent*"
33462 msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*"
33463
33464 #. type: Plain text
33465 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54
33466 msgid ""
33467 "Display only the namespaces without processes (aka persistent namespaces), "
33468 "created by bind mounting /proc/pid/ns/type files to a filesystem path."
33469 msgstr ""
33470
33471 #. type: Labeled list
33472 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:55
33473 #, no-wrap
33474 msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
33475 msgstr "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
33476
33477 #. type: Plain text
33478 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
33479 msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_."
33480 msgstr ""
33481 "N’afficher que les espaces de noms maintenus par le processus avec ce _PID_."
33482
33483 #. type: Plain text
33484 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
33485 msgid ""
33486 "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are "
33487 "*mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option "
33488 "may be given more than once."
33489 msgstr ""
33490
33491 #. type: Labeled list
33492 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:67
33493 #, no-wrap
33494 msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
33495 msgstr "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
33496
33497 #. type: Plain text
33498 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:69
33499 #, fuzzy
33500 #| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
33501 msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
33502 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
33503
33504 #. type: Labeled list
33505 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:70
33506 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33507 #| msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
33508 msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_"
33509 msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _chemin_"
33510
33511 #. type: Plain text
33512 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:72
33513 msgid ""
33514 "Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process "
33515 "tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. "
33516 "If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child "
33517 "relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/"
33518 "owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
33519 msgstr ""
33520
33521 #. type: Plain text
33522 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:78
33523 #, fuzzy
33524 #| msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
33525 msgid "The *lsns* utility exits with one of the following values:"
33526 msgstr "L’utilitaire *mesg* quitte avec une des valeurs suivantes :"
33527
33528 #. type: Plain text
33529 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:81
33530 #, fuzzy
33531 #| msgid "success"
33532 msgid "Success."
33533 msgstr "Succès."
33534
33535 #. type: Plain text
33536 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83
33537 #, fuzzy
33538 #| msgid "Operational error"
33539 msgid "General error."
33540 msgstr "Erreur lors de l'opération."
33541
33542 #. type: Plain text
33543 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:85
33544 msgid "An ioctl was unknown to the kernel."
33545 msgstr ""
33546
33547 #. type: Plain text
33548 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:98
33549 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33550 #| msgid ""
33551 #| "*nsenter*(1),\n"
33552 #| "*unshare*(1),\n"
33553 #| "*clone*(2),\n"
33554 #| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
33555 #| "*ioctl_ns(2)*\n"
33556 msgid ""
33557 "*nsenter*(1),\n"
33558 "*unshare*(1),\n"
33559 "*clone*(2),\n"
33560 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
33561 "*ioctl_ns*(2),\n"
33562 "*ip-netns*(8)\n"
33563 msgstr ""
33564 "*nsenter*(1),\n"
33565 "*unshare*(1),\n"
33566 "*clone*(2),\n"
33567 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
33568 "*ioctl_ns(2)*\n"
33569
33570 #. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer
33571 #. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
33572 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
33573 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
33574 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
33575 #. (Probably no BSD text remains.)
33576 #. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card,
33577 #. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale.
33578 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
33579 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
33580 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
33581 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
33582 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
33583 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
33584 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
33585 #. intermediate and printed output.
33586 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
33587 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
33588 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
33589 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
33590 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
33591 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
33592 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
33593 #. type: Title =
33594 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32
33595 #, no-wrap
33596 msgid "mount(8)"
33597 msgstr "mount(8)"
33598
33599 #. type: Plain text
33600 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43
33601 msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
33602 msgstr "mount - Monter un système de fichiers"
33603
33604 #. type: Plain text
33605 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47
33606 #, no-wrap
33607 msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
33608 msgstr "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
33609
33610 #. type: Plain text
33611 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49
33612 #, no-wrap
33613 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n"
33614 msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
33615
33616 #. type: Plain text
33617 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51
33618 #, no-wrap
33619 msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
33620 msgstr "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _liste_options_]\n"
33621
33622 #. type: Plain text
33623 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53
33624 #, no-wrap
33625 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
33626 msgstr "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _périphérique_|_point_montage_\n"
33627
33628 #. type: Plain text
33629 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
33630 #, no-wrap
33631 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n"
33632 msgstr "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _type_] [*-o* _options_] _périphérique point_montage_\n"
33633
33634 #. type: Plain text
33635 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
33636 #, no-wrap
33637 msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n"
33638 msgstr "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"
33639
33640 #. type: Plain text
33641 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
33642 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33643 #| msgid "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
33644 msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
33645 msgstr "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _point_montage_\n"
33646
33647 #. type: Plain text
33648 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
33649 #, fuzzy
33650 #| msgid ""
33651 #| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
33652 #| "file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
33653 #| "devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on "
33654 #| "some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command "
33655 #| "will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is "
33656 #| "stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
33657 #| "services."
33658 msgid ""
33659 "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
33660 "hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
33661 "devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
33662 "device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach "
33663 "it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device "
33664 "or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
33665 msgstr ""
33666 "Tous les fichiers accessibles par un système UNIX sont insérés dans une "
33667 "grande arborescence, la hiérarchie des fichiers, commençant à la racine _/_. "
33668 "Ces fichiers peuvent être répartis sur différents périphériques. La commande "
33669 "*mount* permet d'attacher un système de fichiers trouvé sur un périphérique "
33670 "quelconque à la grande arborescence de fichiers. À l'inverse, *umount*(8) le "
33671 "détachera à nouveau. Le système de fichiers est utilisé pour contrôler "
33672 "comment les données sont stockées sur un périphérique ou fournies de façon "
33673 "virtuelle par le réseau ou d’autres services."
33674
33675 #. type: Plain text
33676 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
33677 msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:"
33678 msgstr "La forme standard de la commande *mount* est :"
33679
33680 #. type: delimited block _
33681 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68
33682 #, no-wrap
33683 msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n"
33684 msgstr "*mount -t* _type périphérique répertoire_\n"
33685
33686 #. type: Plain text
33687 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
33688 msgid ""
33689 "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is "
33690 "of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. "
33691 "The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root "
33692 "permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
33693 "\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
33694 "any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this "
33695 "filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the "
33696 "filesystem on _device_."
33697 msgstr ""
33698 "Cela indique au noyau d'attacher le système de fichiers se trouvant sur le "
33699 "_périphérique_ mentionné (dont le type est _type_) dans le répertoire "
33700 "_répertoire_ indiqué. L’option *-t* _type_ est facultative. La commande "
33701 "*mount* est généralement capable de détecter un système de fichiers. Par "
33702 "défaut, les droits de superutilisateur sont nécessaires pour monter un "
33703 "système de fichiers. Consultez la section « montages pour les utilisateurs "
33704 "ordinaires » ci-dessous pour plus de détails. Les contenus (s’ils existent), "
33705 "le propriétaire et le mode d'accès précédents de _répertoire_ deviennent "
33706 "invisibles et, tant que le nouveau système de fichiers reste monté, le "
33707 "chemin _répertoire_ se réfère à la racine du système de fichiers de "
33708 "_périphérique_."
33709
33710 #. type: Plain text
33711 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
33712 msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
33713 msgstr "Si seul le répertoire ou le périphérique est donné, par exemple :"
33714
33715 #. type: delimited block _
33716 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
33717 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33718 #| msgid "*mount /dir*\n"
33719 msgid "*mount* _/dir_\n"
33720 msgstr "*mount /répertoire*\n"
33721
33722 #. type: Plain text
33723 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
33724 msgid ""
33725 "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
33726 "the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* "
33727 "options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
33728 msgstr ""
33729 "alors *mount* recherche un point de montage (et s’il n’en trouve pas, un "
33730 "périphérique) dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_. Utiliser les options *--target* "
33731 "ou *--source* permet d’éviter une interprétation ambivalente de l’argument "
33732 "donné. Par exemple :"
33733
33734 #. type: delimited block _
33735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
33736 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33737 #| msgid "*mount --target /mountpoint*\n"
33738 msgid "*mount --target* _/mountpoint_\n"
33739 msgstr "*mount --target* /point_montage*\n"
33740
33741 #. type: Plain text
33742 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
33743 msgid ""
33744 "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
33745 "network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
33746 "mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy "
33747 "to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is "
33748 "usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this "
33749 "case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more "
33750 "details)."
33751 msgstr ""
33752 "Le même système de fichiers peut être monté plus d’une fois, et dans "
33753 "certains cas (par exemple, les systèmes de fichiers de réseau) le même "
33754 "système de fichiers peut être monté sur le même point de montage plus d’une "
33755 "fois. La commande de montage ne met en œuvre aucune politique pour contrôler "
33756 "ce comportement. Tous les comportements sont contrôlés par le noyau et sont "
33757 "généralement spécifiques au pilote du système de fichiers. L’exception étant "
33758 "*--all* pour laquelle les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés sont ignorés "
33759 "(consulter *--all* ci-dessous pour plus de détails)."
33760
33761 #. type: Title ===
33762 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86
33763 #, no-wrap
33764 msgid "Listing the mounts"
33765 msgstr "Liste des montages"
33766
33767 #. type: Plain text
33768 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89
33769 msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
33770 msgstr "Le mode liste n’est maintenu que pour la compatibilité ascendante."
33771
33772 #. type: Plain text
33773 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
33774 msgid ""
33775 "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in "
33776 "your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
33777 "replaced with '?'."
33778 msgstr ""
33779 "Pour une sortie plus explicite et paramétrable utilisez *findmnt*(8), *en "
33780 "particulier dans les scripts*. Remarquez que les caractères de contrôle dans "
33781 "le nom de point de montage sont remplacés par des « ? »."
33782
33783 #. type: Plain text
33784 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93
33785 msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
33786 msgstr ""
33787 "La commande suivante affiche tous les systèmes de fichiers montés (de type "
33788 "_type_) :"
33789
33790 #. type: delimited block _
33791 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
33792 #, no-wrap
33793 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
33794 msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
33795
33796 #. type: Plain text
33797 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99
33798 msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below."
33799 msgstr "L'option *-l* ajoute des étiquettes à la liste. Voir plus bas."
33800
33801 #. type: Title ===
33802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100
33803 #, no-wrap
33804 msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
33805 msgstr "Nommage des périphériques et systèmes de fichiers"
33806
33807 #. type: Plain text
33808 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
33809 msgid ""
33810 "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/"
33811 "dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an "
33812 "NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
33813 msgstr ""
33814 "La plupart des périphériques sont indiqués sous forme de nom de fichier "
33815 "(d'un périphérique bloc spécial), comme _/dev/sda1_, mais d'autres "
33816 "possibilités existent. Par exemple, pour un montage NFS, _périphérique_ peut "
33817 "ressembler à _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
33818
33819 #. type: Plain text
33820 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
33821 msgid ""
33822 "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
33823 "and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
33824 "reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
33825 "identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
33826 msgstr ""
33827 "Les noms de périphérique de partitions de disque ne sont pas immuables. Une "
33828 "reconfiguration matérielle, l’ajout ou le retrait d’un périphérique peuvent "
33829 "provoquer des modifications de noms. C’est pour cela qu’il est fortement "
33830 "recommandé d’utiliser des identificateurs de système de fichiers ou de "
33831 "partition tels que des UUID ou LABEL. Actuellement les identificateurs (mots-"
33832 "clés) gérés sont :"
33833
33834 #. type: Labeled list
33835 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106
33836 #, no-wrap
33837 msgid "LABEL=__label__"
33838 msgstr "LABEL=__étiquette__"
33839
33840 #. type: Plain text
33841 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108
33842 msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*."
33843 msgstr ""
33844 "Identificateur compréhensible de système de fichiers. Consultez aussi *-L*."
33845
33846 #. type: Labeled list
33847 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109
33848 #, no-wrap
33849 msgid "UUID=__uuid__"
33850 msgstr "UUID=__UUID__"
33851
33852 #. type: Plain text
33853 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
33854 msgid ""
33855 "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
33856 "a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
33857 msgstr ""
33858 "Identifiant unique universel (UUID). Le format de l’UUID est ordinairement "
33859 "une série de chiffres hexadécimaux séparés par des traits d’union. Consultez "
33860 "aussi *-U*."
33861
33862 #. type: Plain text
33863 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
33864 msgid ""
33865 "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
33866 "from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
33867 "string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
33868 msgstr ""
33869 "Remarquez que *mount*(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. Les UUID de la "
33870 "ligne de commande ou dans *fstab*(5) ne sont pas convertis en représentation "
33871 "binaire interne. La chaîne représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de "
33872 "caractères en minuscules."
33873
33874 #. type: Labeled list
33875 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
33876 #, no-wrap
33877 msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__"
33878 msgstr "PARTLABEL=__étiquette__"
33879
33880 #. type: Plain text
33881 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
33882 #, fuzzy
33883 #| msgid ""
33884 #| "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
33885 #| "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations. It's "
33886 #| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
33887 msgid ""
33888 "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
33889 "filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
33890 "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
33891 msgstr ""
33892 "Identificateur compréhensible de partition. Cet identificateur est "
33893 "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des opérations "
33894 "mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de partitionnement "
33895 "GUID (GPT)."
33896
33897 #. type: Labeled list
33898 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117
33899 #, no-wrap
33900 msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
33901 msgstr "PARTUUID=__UUID__"
33902
33903 #. type: Plain text
33904 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
33905 #, fuzzy
33906 #| msgid ""
33907 #| "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent "
33908 #| "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations. It's "
33909 #| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
33910 msgid ""
33911 "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
33912 "filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
33913 "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
33914 msgstr ""
33915 "Identifiant unique universel de partition. Cet identificateur est "
33916 "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des opérations "
33917 "mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de partitionnement "
33918 "GUID (GPT)."
33919
33920 #. type: Labeled list
33921 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120
33922 #, no-wrap
33923 msgid "ID=__id__"
33924 msgstr "ID=__id__"
33925
33926 #. type: Plain text
33927 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
33928 msgid ""
33929 "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
33930 "based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
33931 "manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and "
33932 "running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
33933 "use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
33934 "rules and hardware."
33935 msgstr ""
33936 "ID du périphérique bloc matériel tel que créé par udevd. Cet identificateur "
33937 "est habituellement basé sur WWN (world wide name – identificateur unique de "
33938 "stockage) et affecté par le fabricant du matériel. Consultez *ls /dev/disk/"
33939 "by-id* pour plus de détails ; ce répertoire et l’exécution d’udevd sont "
33940 "nécessaires. Cet identificateur n’est pas recommandé pour un usage général "
33941 "car il n’est pas défini strictement et dépend d’udev, des règles d’udev et "
33942 "du matériel."
33943
33944 #. type: Plain text
33945 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
33946 msgid ""
33947 "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
33948 "UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides "
33949 "details about a filesystem on the specified device."
33950 msgstr ""
33951 "La commande *lsblk --fs* fournit un récapitulatif des systèmes de fichiers, "
33952 "des LABEL et des UUID des périphériques blocs disponibles. La commande "
33953 "*blkid -p <périphérique>* fournit des détails sur le système de fichiers du "
33954 "périphérique indiqué."
33955
33956 #. type: Plain text
33957 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
33958 msgid ""
33959 "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
33960 "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o "
33961 "+UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
33962 msgstr ""
33963 "N’oubliez pas que les UUID et étiquettes ne sont pas garantis uniques, en "
33964 "particulier si vous déplacez, partagez ou copiez le périphérique. Utilisez "
33965 "*lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* pour vérifier que les UUID sont vraiment uniques "
33966 "sur le système."
33967
33968 #. type: Plain text
33969 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
33970 msgid ""
33971 "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/"
33972 "disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/"
33973 "fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) "
33974 "command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/"
33975 "fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
33976 msgstr ""
33977 "La configuration conseillée est d'utiliser des mots-clés (par exemple, "
33978 "*UUID*=_uuid_) plutôt que les liens symboliques _/dev/disk/par{label,uuid,"
33979 "partuuid_,partlabel} d'__udev__ dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_. Les mots-clés "
33980 "sont plus facilement lisibles, explicites et portables. La commande "
33981 "*mount*(8) utilise les liens symboliques d'__udev__ en interne, donc les "
33982 "utiliser directement dans _/etc/fstab_ n'apporte aucun avantage par rapport "
33983 "aux mots-clés. Pour plus de précisions, consultez *libblkid*(3)."
33984
33985 #. type: Plain text
33986 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
33987 msgid ""
33988 "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
33989 "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used "
33990 "instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less "
33991 "fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be "
33992 "confusing.)"
33993 msgstr ""
33994 "Le système de fichiers _proc_ n'est associé à aucun périphérique spécial, et "
33995 "pour le monter, un mot-clé quelconque, par exemple _proc_, peut être utilisé "
33996 "à la place de l'indication de périphérique. Le choix courant _none_ (aucun) "
33997 "n'est pas très heureux, car le message d'erreur « none déjà monté » de "
33998 "*mount* peut être mal interprété."
33999
34000 #. type: Title ===
34001 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
34002 #, no-wrap
34003 msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
34004 msgstr "Les fichiers /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab et /proc/mounts"
34005
34006 #. type: Plain text
34007 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
34008 msgid ""
34009 "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what "
34010 "devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
34011 "of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-"
34012 "line option (see below for more details)."
34013 msgstr ""
34014 "Le fichier _/etc/fstab_ (consultez *fstab*(5)) contient des lignes décrivant "
34015 "les périphériques habituellement montés, leur point de montage et leurs "
34016 "options. L’emplacement par défaut du fichier *fstab*(5) peut être remplacé "
34017 "par l’option *--fstab* _chemin_ en ligne de commande (voir ci-dessous pour "
34018 "plus de précisions)."
34019
34020 #. type: Plain text
34021 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
34022 msgid "The command"
34023 msgstr "La commande"
34024
34025 #. type: delimited block _
34026 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139
34027 #, no-wrap
34028 msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
34029 msgstr "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _liste_options_]\n"
34030
34031 #. type: Plain text
34032 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
34033 msgid ""
34034 "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ "
34035 "(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
34036 "mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* "
34037 "keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the "
34038 "filesystems are mounted in parallel."
34039 msgstr ""
34040 "(généralement exécutée dans un script de démarrage) monte tous les systèmes "
34041 "de fichiers indiqués dans _fstab_ (uniquement ceux du _type_ indiqué et "
34042 "possédant ou non les bonnes options), sauf ceux dont la ligne contient le "
34043 "mot-clé *noauto*. En ajoutant l'option *-F*, *fork*(2) sera invoqué par "
34044 "*mount* pour que tous les systèmes de fichiers soient montés en parallèle."
34045
34046 #. type: Plain text
34047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
34048 msgid ""
34049 "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to "
34050 "specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
34051 msgstr ""
34052 "Lors du montage d’un système de fichiers mentionné dans _fstab_ ou _mtab_, "
34053 "il suffit d’indiquer soit le point de montage, soit le périphérique en ligne "
34054 "de commande."
34055
34056 #. type: Plain text
34057 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
34058 msgid ""
34059 "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
34060 "currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for "
34061 "regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by "
34062 "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a "
34063 "symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in "
34064 "userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
34065 "advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's "
34066 "possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
34067 msgstr ""
34068 "Les programmes *mount* et *umount* entretiennent normalement une liste des "
34069 "systèmes de fichiers actuellement montés dans le fichier _/etc/mtab_. La "
34070 "prise en charge du fichier classique habituel _/etc/mtab_ est par défaut "
34071 "complètement désactivée au moment de la compilation, parce que sur les "
34072 "systèmes Linux actuels, il est plutôt préférable de faire de _/etc/mtab/_ un "
34073 "lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_. Le fichier _mtab_ habituel entretenu en "
34074 "espace utilisateur ne peut pas fonctionner de façon fiable avec les espaces "
34075 "de noms, les conteneurs et autres fonctionnalités avancées de Linux. Si la "
34076 "prise en charge du _mtab_ habituel est activée, alors il est possible "
34077 "d’utiliser le fichier comme le lien symbolique."
34078
34079 #. type: Plain text
34080 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
34081 msgid ""
34082 "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is "
34083 "printed."
34084 msgstr ""
34085 "Si *mount* est invoqué sans paramètre, la liste des systèmes de fichiers "
34086 "montés est affichée."
34087
34088 #. type: Plain text
34089 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
34090 msgid ""
34091 "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the "
34092 "*-o* option:"
34093 msgstr ""
34094 "Pour écraser les options de montage de _/etc/fstab_, l’option *-o* doit être "
34095 "utilisée :"
34096
34097 #. type: delimited block _
34098 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
34099 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34100 #| msgid "*mount* __device__****|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
34101 msgid "*mount* __device__|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
34102 msgstr "*mount* __périphérique__****|__répertoire__ *-o* _options_\n"
34103
34104 #. type: Plain text
34105 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
34106 msgid ""
34107 "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
34108 "list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed "
34109 "using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
34110 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
34111 msgstr ""
34112 "et ensuite les options de montage de la ligne de commande seront ajoutées à "
34113 "la liste des options de _/etc/fstab_. Ce comportement par défaut peut être "
34114 "modifié avec l’option de ligne de commande, *--options-mode*. Le "
34115 "comportement normal est que la dernière option est prioritaire en cas de "
34116 "conflit."
34117
34118 #. type: Plain text
34119 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
34120 msgid ""
34121 "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or "
34122 "LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For "
34123 "example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
34124 msgstr ""
34125 "Le programme *mount* ne lit pas le fichier _/etc/fstab_ si le _périphérique_ "
34126 "(ou LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL) et le _répertoire_ sont indiqués "
34127 "tous les deux. Par exemple, pour monter le périphérique *toto* dans */"
34128 "répertoire* :"
34129
34130 #. type: delimited block _
34131 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161
34132 #, no-wrap
34133 msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
34134 msgstr "*mount /dev/toto /répertoire*\n"
34135
34136 #. type: Plain text
34137 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
34138 msgid ""
34139 "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* "
34140 "command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root "
34141 "users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
34142 msgstr ""
34143 "Ce comportement par défaut est modifiable avec l’option de ligne de "
34144 "commande, *--options-source-force*, pour toujours lire la configuration à "
34145 "partir de _fstab_. Pour les utilisateurs ordinaires, *mount* lit toujours la "
34146 "configuration dans _fstab_."
34147
34148 #. type: Title ===
34149 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165
34150 #, no-wrap
34151 msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
34152 msgstr "Les montages pour les utilisateurs ordinaires"
34153
34154 #. type: Plain text
34155 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
34156 msgid ""
34157 "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
34158 "contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
34159 "filesystem."
34160 msgstr ""
34161 "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut monter des systèmes de fichiers. "
34162 "Néanmoins, si une ligne dans _fstab_ contient l'option *user*, n'importe "
34163 "quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers correspondant."
34164
34165 #. type: Plain text
34166 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
34167 msgid "Thus, given a line"
34168 msgstr "Ainsi, avec la ligne suivante :"
34169
34170 #. type: delimited block _
34171 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173
34172 #, no-wrap
34173 msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
34174 msgstr "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
34175
34176 #. type: Plain text
34177 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
34178 msgid ""
34179 "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
34180 "the command:"
34181 msgstr ""
34182 "n'importe quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers ISO 9660 d’un "
34183 "CD inséré en utilisant la commande :"
34184
34185 #. type: delimited block _
34186 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
34187 #, no-wrap
34188 msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
34189 msgstr "*mount /cd*\n"
34190
34191 #. type: Plain text
34192 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
34193 msgid ""
34194 "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
34195 "specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper "
34196 "program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to "
34197 "specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea "
34198 "to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
34199 msgstr ""
34200 "Remarquez que *mount* est très strict au sujet des utilisateurs ordinaires "
34201 "et tous les chemins indiqués sur la ligne de commande sont vérifiés avant "
34202 "que _fstab_ soit analysé ou qu’un programme d’assistance soit exécuté. Il "
34203 "est fortement recommandé d’utiliser un point de montage autorisé pour "
34204 "indiquer un système de fichiers, sinon *mount* échouera. Par exemple, c’est "
34205 "une mauvaise idée d’utiliser une source NFS ou CIFS dans la ligne de "
34206 "commande."
34207
34208 #. type: Plain text
34209 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
34210 msgid ""
34211 "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are "
34212 "inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it "
34213 "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
34214 "supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
34215 "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
34216 msgstr ""
34217 "Depuis la version 2.35, la commande *mount* ne termine pas lorsque les "
34218 "permissions de l’utilisateur sont insuffisantes selon les règles de sécurité "
34219 "internes de libmount. Il baisse les permissions suid et continue comme un "
34220 "utilisateur habituel simple. Il permet la prise en charge de cas "
34221 "d’utilisation où les droits de superutilisateur ne sont pas nécessaires (par "
34222 "exemple, des systèmes de fichiers FUSE, les espaces de noms "
34223 "d’utilisateur, etc)."
34224
34225 #. type: Plain text
34226 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
34227 msgid ""
34228 "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
34229 "can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
34230 "*users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar "
34231 "to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner "
34232 "of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script "
34233 "makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, "
34234 "with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the "
34235 "special file."
34236 msgstr ""
34237 "Pour plus de précisions, consultez *fstab*(5). Seul l'utilisateur qui a "
34238 "monté un système de fichiers peut le démonter. Si tous les utilisateurs "
34239 "doivent pouvoir faire le démontage, alors utilisez *users* à la place de "
34240 "*user* dans la ligne de _fstab_. L'option *owner* est similaire à *user* "
34241 "avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur doit être le propriétaire du fichier "
34242 "spécial. Cela peut servir par exemple pour _/dev/fd_ si un script de "
34243 "connexion rend l'utilisateur de la console propriétaire de ce fichier "
34244 "spécial. L'option *group* est similaire avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur "
34245 "doit appartenir au groupe de ce fichier spécial."
34246
34247 #. type: Title ===
34248 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:187
34249 #, no-wrap
34250 msgid "Bind mount operation"
34251 msgstr "Les opérations de montage « bind » "
34252
34253 #. type: Plain text
34254 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:190
34255 msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
34256 msgstr ""
34257 "Remontage d’une partie de la hiérarchie de fichiers autre part. L’appel est :"
34258
34259 #. type: delimited block _
34260 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:231
34261 #, no-wrap
34262 msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n"
34263 msgstr "*mount --bind* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_\n"
34264
34265 #. type: Plain text
34266 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:196
34267 msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:"
34268 msgstr "ou en utilisant cette entrée de _fstab_ :"
34269
34270 #. type: delimited block _
34271 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:199
34272 #, no-wrap
34273 msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n"
34274 msgstr "**/**__ancien_répertoire__ **/**__nouveau_répertoire__ *none bind*\n"
34275
34276 #. type: Plain text
34277 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:202
34278 msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
34279 msgstr ""
34280 "Après cet appel, les mêmes contenus sont accessibles dans deux endroits."
34281
34282 #. type: Plain text
34283 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
34284 msgid ""
34285 "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
34286 "or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
34287 "attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
34288 "has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are "
34289 "independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
34290 msgstr ""
34291 "Il est aussi important de comprendre que « bind » ne crée aucun nœud de "
34292 "seconde classe ou spécial dans le VFS du noyau. « bind » est seulement une "
34293 "autre opération pour attacher un système de fichiers. Il n’existe pas "
34294 "d’information enregistrée indiquant que le système de fichiers a été attaché "
34295 "par une opération « bind ». L’__ancien_répertoire__ et le "
34296 "__nouveau_répertoire__ sont indépendants et l’__ancien_répertoire__ peut "
34297 "être non monté."
34298
34299 #. type: Plain text
34300 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
34301 msgid ""
34302 "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to "
34303 "use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for "
34304 "example:"
34305 msgstr ""
34306 "Un fichier unique peut également être remonté (sur un fichier unique). Il "
34307 "est aussi possible d’utiliser le montage avec « bind » pour créer un point "
34308 "de montage à partir d'un répertoire normal, par exemple :"
34309
34310 #. type: delimited block _
34311 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:209
34312 #, no-wrap
34313 msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
34314 msgstr "*mount --bind toto toto*\n"
34315
34316 #. type: Plain text
34317 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212
34318 msgid ""
34319 "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
34320 "possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
34321 "attached a second place by using:"
34322 msgstr ""
34323 "L'appel de montage avec « bind » n'attache qu'un unique système de fichiers "
34324 "(ou une partie), et pas les éventuels sous-montages. La hiérarchie complète, "
34325 "y compris les sous-montages, peut être attachée dans un second endroit avec :"
34326
34327 #. type: delimited block _
34328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:215
34329 #, no-wrap
34330 msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n"
34331 msgstr "*mount --rbind* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"
34332
34333 #. type: Plain text
34334 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218
34335 msgid ""
34336 "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
34337 "the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
34338 "(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to "
34339 "explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
34340 msgstr ""
34341 "Remarquez que les options de montage du système de fichiers entretenues par "
34342 "le noyau resteront les mêmes que celles du point de montage d'origine. Les "
34343 "options de montage en espace utilisateur (par exemple, _netdev) ne pourront "
34344 "pas être copiées par *mount*(8) et il est nécessaire de préciser les options "
34345 "sur la ligne de commande de *mount*."
34346
34347 #. type: Plain text
34348 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
34349 msgid ""
34350 "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing "
34351 "the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
34352 msgstr ""
34353 "*mount* depuis la version 2.27 permet de modifier les options de montage en "
34354 "passant les options adéquates avec *--bind*. Par exemple :"
34355
34356 #. type: delimited block _
34357 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:223
34358 #, no-wrap
34359 msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
34360 msgstr "*mount -o bind,ro toto toto*\n"
34361
34362 #. type: Plain text
34363 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226
34364 msgid ""
34365 "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
34366 "userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution "
34367 "is not atomic."
34368 msgstr ""
34369 "Cette fonctionnalité n’est pas gérée par le noyau Linux. Elle est mise en "
34370 "œuvre dans l’espace utilisateur par un appel système supplémentaire de "
34371 "remontage *mount*(2). Cette solution n’est pas atomique."
34372
34373 #. type: Plain text
34374 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
34375 msgid ""
34376 "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
34377 "remount operation, for example:"
34378 msgstr ""
34379 "L’autre manière (classique) de créer un montage avec « bind » en lecture "
34380 "seule est d’utiliser une opération de remontage, par exemple :"
34381
34382 #. type: delimited block _
34383 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:233
34384 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34385 #| msgid "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"
34386 msgid "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
34387 msgstr "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire>"
34388
34389 #. type: Plain text
34390 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236
34391 msgid ""
34392 "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
34393 "but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
34394 "the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
34395 msgstr ""
34396 "Remarquez que le montage « bind » créera un point de montage en lecture "
34397 "seule (entrée VFS) mais que le superbloc du système de fichiers d’origine "
34398 "sera toujours accessible en écriture. Cela signifie que "
34399 "l’_ancien_répertoire_ sera accessible en écriture mais que le "
34400 "_nouveau_répertoire_ sera en lecture seule."
34401
34402 #. type: Plain text
34403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
34404 #, fuzzy
34405 #| msgid ""
34406 #| "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
34407 #| "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other "
34408 #| "flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's "
34409 #| "impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o "
34410 #| "rbind,ro*)."
34411 msgid ""
34412 "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, "
34413 "relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
34414 "The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
34415 "ignored. The classic *mount*(2) system call does not allow to change mount "
34416 "options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*). The recursive semantic "
34417 "is possible with a new *mount_setattr*(2) kernel system call and it's "
34418 "supported since libmount from util-linux v2.39 by a new experimental "
34419 "\"recursive\" option argument (e.g. *-o rbind,ro=recursive*). For more "
34420 "details see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* section."
34421 msgstr ""
34422 "Il est aussi possible de remplacer les drapeaux d’entrées VFS nosuid, nodev, "
34423 "noexec, noatime, nodiratime et relatime par l’opération *remount,bind*. Les "
34424 "autres (par exemple, les drapeaux spécifiques à des systèmes de fichiers) "
34425 "sont ignorés silencieusement. Il est impossible de modifier les options de "
34426 "montage de manière récursive (par exemple, avec *-o rbind,ro*)."
34427
34428 #. type: Plain text
34429 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240
34430 #, fuzzy
34431 #| msgid ""
34432 #| "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ "
34433 #| "on a *remount* operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on command "
34434 #| "line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by "
34435 #| "command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied "
34436 #| "and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with "
34437 #| "the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when "
34438 #| "\"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
34439 msgid ""
34440 "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on "
34441 "a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This "
34442 "is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In "
34443 "previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
34444 "impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
34445 "semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
34446 "bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
34447 msgstr ""
34448 "*mount* depuis util-linux 2.31 ignore le drapeau *bind* dans _/etc/fstab_ "
34449 "lors de *remount* opération (si *-o remount* est indiqué sur la ligne de "
34450 "commande). Cela est nécessaire pour contrôler complètement les options de "
34451 "*mount* lors du remontage par la ligne de commande. Dans les précédentes "
34452 "versions, le drapeau *bind* était toujours appliqué et il était impossible "
34453 "de redéfinir les options de montage sans interaction avec la sémantique de "
34454 "« bind ». Ce comportement de *mount* n’affecte pas les situations où "
34455 "*remount,bind* est indiqué dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_."
34456
34457 #. type: Title ===
34458 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:241
34459 #, no-wrap
34460 msgid "The move operation"
34461 msgstr "Les opérations de déplacement"
34462
34463 #. type: Plain text
34464 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:244
34465 msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:"
34466 msgstr ""
34467 "Déplacer de façon atomique une *arborescence montée* à un autre endroit. "
34468 "L'appel est :"
34469
34470 #. type: delimited block _
34471 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:247
34472 #, no-wrap
34473 msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n"
34474 msgstr "*mount --move* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"
34475
34476 #. type: Plain text
34477 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250
34478 msgid ""
34479 "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now "
34480 "be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not "
34481 "changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
34482 msgstr ""
34483 "Cela rendra le contenu de ce qui apparaissait jusqu'à présent sous "
34484 "l'_ancien_répertoire_ maintenant accessible sous le _nouveau_répertoire_. "
34485 "L'emplacement physique des fichiers n'est pas modifié. Remarquez que "
34486 "l'_ancien_répertoire_ doit être un point de montage."
34487
34488 #. type: Plain text
34489 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:252
34490 msgid ""
34491 "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
34492 "unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current "
34493 "propagation flags."
34494 msgstr ""
34495 "Remarquez aussi que le déplacement d’un montage résidant dans un montage "
34496 "partagé n’est ni possible, ni pris en charge. Utiliser *findmnt -o TARGET,"
34497 "PROPAGATION* pour afficher les attributs de propagation actuels."
34498
34499 #. type: Title ===
34500 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:253
34501 #, no-wrap
34502 msgid "Shared subtree operations"
34503 msgstr "Les opérations de partage de sous-arborescence"
34504
34505 #. type: Plain text
34506 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
34507 msgid ""
34508 "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
34509 "shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
34510 "create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
34511 "mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
34512 "from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
34513 "abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
34514 "through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
34515 "_Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source "
34516 "tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
34517 msgstr ""
34518 "Depuis Linux 2.6.15, il est possible de marquer un montage et ses sous-"
34519 "montages comme partagés, privés, esclaves ou non remontables (_bind_). Un "
34520 "montage partagé permet de créer des miroirs de ce montage, ainsi les "
34521 "montages et les démontages dans n'importe quel miroir seront propagés aux "
34522 "autres miroirs. Un montage esclave se propage seulement depuis le montage "
34523 "maître. Un montage privé ne peut pas se propager. Un montage non remontable "
34524 "est un montage privé qui ne peut pas être cloné lors d'une opération de "
34525 "remontage. La sémantique précise de ces options est documentée dans le "
34526 "fichier _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ des sources du noyau."
34527 "Consultez aussi *mount_namespaces*(7)."
34528
34529 #. type: Plain text
34530 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:258
34531 msgid "Supported operations are:"
34532 msgstr "Les opérations prises en charge sont :"
34533
34534 #. type: delimited block .
34535 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:264
34536 #, no-wrap
34537 msgid ""
34538 "mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
34539 "mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
34540 "mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
34541 "mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
34542 msgstr ""
34543 "mount --make-shared point_de_montage\n"
34544 "mount --make-slave point_de_montage\n"
34545 "mount --make-private point_de_montage\n"
34546 "mount --make-unbindable point_de_montage\n"
34547
34548 #. type: Plain text
34549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:267
34550 msgid ""
34551 "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
34552 "mounts under a given mountpoint."
34553 msgstr ""
34554 "Les commandes suivantes permettent de changer récursivement le type de tous "
34555 "les montages dans un point de montage donné."
34556
34557 #. type: delimited block .
34558 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:273
34559 #, no-wrap
34560 msgid ""
34561 "mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
34562 "mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
34563 "mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
34564 "mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
34565 msgstr ""
34566 "mount --make-rshared point_de_montage\n"
34567 "mount --make-rslave point_de_montage\n"
34568 "mount --make-rprivate point_de_montage\n"
34569 "mount --make-runbindable point_de_montage\n"
34570
34571 #. type: Plain text
34572 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:276
34573 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34574 #| msgid "*mount*(8) *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
34575 msgid "*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
34576 msgstr "*mount*(8) *ne lit pas* *fstab*(5) quand une opération *--make-** est demandée. Tous les renseignements nécessaires doivent être indiqués sur la ligne de commande.\n"
34577
34578 #. type: Plain text
34579 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278
34580 msgid ""
34581 "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
34582 "flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
34583 "with other mount options and operations."
34584 msgstr ""
34585 "Remarquez que le noyau Linux ne permet pas de modifier plusieurs attributs "
34586 "de propagation avec un seul appel système *mount*(2) et que les attributs ne "
34587 "peuvent pas être mélangés avec d’autres options et opérations de montage."
34588
34589 #. type: Plain text
34590 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
34591 #, fuzzy
34592 #| msgid ""
34593 #| "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more "
34594 #| "propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also "
34595 #| "together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied "
34596 #| "by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations "
34597 #| "were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to "
34598 #| "specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, "
34599 #| "*slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, "
34600 #| "*runbindable*)."
34601 msgid ""
34602 "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation "
34603 "(topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other "
34604 "mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) "
34605 "system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that "
34606 "this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags "
34607 "in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, "
34608 "*rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
34609 msgstr ""
34610 "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande *mount* peut être utilisée pour réaliser "
34611 "plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul appel "
34612 "*mount*(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de montage. Les "
34613 "attributs de propagation sont appliqués par des appels système *mount*(2) "
34614 "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
34615 "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
34616 "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans *fstab*(5) comme des options de "
34617 "montage (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, "
34618 "*rshared*, *runbindable*)."
34619
34620 #. type: delimited block .
34621 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:285
34622 #, no-wrap
34623 msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
34624 msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /toto\n"
34625
34626 #. type: Plain text
34627 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:288
34628 msgid "is the same as:"
34629 msgstr "est la même chose que :"
34630
34631 #. type: delimited block .
34632 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:293
34633 #, no-wrap
34634 msgid ""
34635 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
34636 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
34637 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
34638 msgstr ""
34639 "mount /dev/sda1 /toto\n"
34640 "mount --make-private /toto\n"
34641 "mount --make-unbindable /toto\n"
34642
34643 #. type: Title ==
34644 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:295
34645 #, no-wrap
34646 msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
34647 msgstr "OPTIONS EN LIGNE DE COMMANDE"
34648
34649 #. type: Plain text
34650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298
34651 msgid ""
34652 "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined "
34653 "by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ "
34654 "table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally "
34655 "applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
34656 msgstr ""
34657 "L'ensemble exact des options utilisées lors d'une invocation de *mount* est "
34658 "déterminé d'abord en lisant les options de la table _fstab_ pour ce système "
34659 "de fichiers, puis en appliquant les options de l'argument *-o* et finalement "
34660 "en appliquant les options *-r* ou *-w* si elles sont présentes."
34661
34662 #. type: Plain text
34663 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300
34664 #, fuzzy
34665 #| msgid ""
34666 #| "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
34667 #| "mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
34668 #| "mount helpers is described below in the section *EXTERNAL HELPERS*."
34669 msgid ""
34670 "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
34671 "mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
34672 "mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
34673 msgstr ""
34674 "La commande *mount* ne passe pas toutes les options de la ligne de commande "
34675 "aux programmes auxiliaires de montage **/sbin/mount.**__suffixe__. "
34676 "L’interface entre *mount* et les programmes auxiliaires de montage est "
34677 "décrite plus bas dans la section *AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES*."
34678
34679 #. type: Plain text
34680 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:302
34681 msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:"
34682 msgstr ""
34683 "Les options en ligne de commande disponibles pour *mount* sont les suivantes."
34684
34685 #. type: Plain text
34686 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305
34687 msgid ""
34688 "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for "
34689 "those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted "
34690 "following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem "
34691 "source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already "
34692 "mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is "
34693 "cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries "
34694 "will be mounted."
34695 msgstr ""
34696 "Monter tous les systèmes de fichiers (des types donnés) mentionnés dans "
34697 "_fstab_ (à part ceux dont la ligne contient le mot-clé *noauto*). Les "
34698 "systèmes de fichiers sont montés dans l’ordre de _fstab_. La commande de "
34699 "montage compare la source et la cible du système de fichiers (et la racine "
34700 "du système de fichiers pour les montages « bind » et Btrfs) pour détecter "
34701 "les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés. La table du noyau avec les systèmes de "
34702 "fichiers déjà montés est mise en cache lors de *mount --all*. Cela signifie "
34703 "que toutes les entrées en double seront montées."
34704
34705 #. type: Plain text
34706 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
34707 msgid ""
34708 "The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted "
34709 "filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or "
34710 "LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems "
34711 "before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of "
34712 "_fstab_."
34713 msgstr ""
34714
34715 #. type: Plain text
34716 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
34717 msgid ""
34718 "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
34719 "case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted "
34720 "filesystems."
34721 msgstr ""
34722 "L’option *--all* est aussi possible pour une opération de remontage. Dans ce "
34723 "cas, tous les filtres (*-t* et *-O*) sont appliqués à la table des systèmes "
34724 "de fichiers déjà montés."
34725
34726 #. type: Plain text
34727 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311
34728 #, fuzzy
34729 #| msgid ""
34730 #| "Since version 2.35 is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
34731 #| "alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
34732 msgid ""
34733 "Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
34734 "alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
34735 msgstr ""
34736 "Depuis la version 2.35, il est possible d’utiliser l’option *-o* de la ligne "
34737 "de commande pour modifier les options de montage de _fstab_ (consulter aussi "
34738 "*--options-mode*)."
34739
34740 #. type: Plain text
34741 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313
34742 msgid ""
34743 "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The "
34744 "recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
34745 msgstr ""
34746 "Remarquez que ce n’est pas une bonne pratique d’utiliser *mount -a* pour la "
34747 "vérification de _fstab_. La solution préconisée est *findmnt --verify*."
34748
34749 #. type: Labeled list
34750 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:314
34751 #, no-wrap
34752 msgid "*-B*, *--bind*"
34753 msgstr "*-B*, *--bind*"
34754
34755 #. type: Plain text
34756 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:316
34757 #, fuzzy
34758 #| msgid ""
34759 #| "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in "
34760 #| "both places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
34761 msgid ""
34762 "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
34763 "places). See above, under *Bind mount operation*."
34764 msgstr ""
34765 "Remonter une sous-arborescence ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en deux "
34766 "points différents). Voir plus haut *Les opérations de remontage*."
34767
34768 #. type: Labeled list
34769 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60
34770 #, no-wrap
34771 msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
34772 msgstr "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
34773
34774 #. type: Plain text
34775 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:319
34776 msgid ""
34777 "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from "
34778 "the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together "
34779 "with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is "
34780 "designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended "
34781 "to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
34782 msgstr ""
34783 "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La commande *mount* rend tous les "
34784 "chemins canoniques (depuis la ligne de commande ou _fstab_) par défaut. "
34785 "Cette option peut être utilisée avec l’attribut *-f* pour les chemins "
34786 "absolus déjà canoniques. L’option est conçue pour les auxiliaires de montage "
34787 "qui appellent *mount -i*. L’utilisation de cette option en ligne de commande "
34788 "est fortement déconseillée pour les opérations normales de montage."
34789
34790 #. type: Plain text
34791 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321
34792 msgid ""
34793 "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ "
34794 "helpers."
34795 msgstr ""
34796 "Remarquez que *mount* ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires **/sbin/"
34797 "mount.**__type__."
34798
34799 #. type: Labeled list
34800 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:322
34801 #, no-wrap
34802 msgid "*-F*, *--fork*"
34803 msgstr "*-F*, *--fork*"
34804
34805 #. type: Plain text
34806 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324
34807 msgid ""
34808 "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for "
34809 "each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
34810 "servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
34811 "timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
34812 "operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
34813 "mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
34814 msgstr ""
34815 "(Utilisée conjointement avec *-a*) lancer un nouveau processus *mount* pour "
34816 "chaque périphérique. Cela effectuera le montage en parallèle sur divers "
34817 "périphériques ou serveurs NFS. L'avantage est la rapidité ; de plus les "
34818 "délais maximaux de NFS agissent en parallèle. Un désavantage est que l’ordre "
34819 "des opérations de montage est indéfini. Il ne faut donc pas utiliser cette "
34820 "option pour monter à la fois _/usr_ et _/usr/spool_."
34821
34822 #. type: Labeled list
34823 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:325
34824 #, no-wrap
34825 msgid "*-f, --fake*"
34826 msgstr "*-f, --fake*"
34827
34828 #. type: Plain text
34829 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
34830 msgid ""
34831 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not "
34832 "obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in "
34833 "conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is "
34834 "trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were "
34835 "mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing "
34836 "record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a "
34837 "regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
34838 msgstr ""
34839 "Fonctionnement normal sauf pour l'appel système effectif qui n'est pas "
34840 "exécuté. Cela simule le montage du système de fichiers. Cette option, en "
34841 "conjonction avec l’attribut *-v*, permet de déterminer ce que la commande "
34842 "*mount* essaye de faire. Cela peut aussi servir à ajouter des entrées pour "
34843 "les périphériques montés précédemment avec l'option *-n*. L'option *-f* "
34844 "vérifie l'existence d'une entrée dans _/etc/mtab_ et échoue si l'entrée "
34845 "existe déjà (avec un montage standard non simulé, cette vérification est "
34846 "faite par le noyau)."
34847
34848 #. type: Labeled list
34849 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:328
34850 #, no-wrap
34851 msgid "*-i, --internal-only*"
34852 msgstr "*-i, --internal-only*"
34853
34854 #. type: Plain text
34855 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330
34856 msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists."
34857 msgstr ""
34858 "Ne pas appeler l'auxiliaire **/sbin/mount.**__système_de_fichiers__, même "
34859 "s'il existe."
34860
34861 #. type: Plain text
34862 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
34863 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
34864 msgstr "Monter la partition d’__étiquette__ indiquée."
34865
34866 #. type: Labeled list
34867 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:334
34868 #, no-wrap
34869 msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
34870 msgstr "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
34871
34872 #. type: Plain text
34873 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336
34874 msgid ""
34875 "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the "
34876 "disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a "
34877 "label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS "
34878 "using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
34879 msgstr ""
34880 "Ajouter les étiquettes à la sortie de *mount*. *mount* doit avoir le droit "
34881 "de lire le périphérique du disque (par exemple en étant exécuté en tant que "
34882 "superutilisateur, set-user-ID root). Une étiquette pour les systèmes ext2, "
34883 "ext3 ou ext4 peut être écrite avec l'utilitaire *e2label*(8), pour XFS avec "
34884 "l'utilitaire *xfs_admin*(8) et pour ReiserFS avec l'utilitaire "
34885 "*reiserfstune*(8)."
34886
34887 #. type: Labeled list
34888 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:337
34889 #, no-wrap
34890 msgid "*-M*, *--move*"
34891 msgstr "*-M*, *--move*"
34892
34893 #. type: Plain text
34894 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339
34895 msgid ""
34896 "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move "
34897 "operation*."
34898 msgstr ""
34899 "Déplacer une sous-arborescence ailleurs. Voir plus haut *Les opérations de "
34900 "déplacement*."
34901
34902 #. type: Labeled list
34903 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:340
34904 #, no-wrap
34905 msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
34906 msgstr "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
34907
34908 #. type: Plain text
34909 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:342
34910 msgid ""
34911 "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. "
34912 "Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more "
34913 "details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
34914 msgstr ""
34915
34916 #. type: Labeled list
34917 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93
34918 #, no-wrap
34919 msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
34920 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
34921
34922 #. type: Plain text
34923 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345
34924 msgid ""
34925 "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/"
34926 "etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
34927 msgstr ""
34928 "Monter sans écriture dans _/etc/mtab_. C'est nécessaire si _/etc_ réside sur "
34929 "un système de fichiers en lecture seule."
34930
34931 #. type: Labeled list
34932 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
34933 #, no-wrap
34934 msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_"
34935 msgstr "*-N*, *--namespace* __espace_de_noms__"
34936
34937 #. type: Plain text
34938 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348
34939 msgid ""
34940 "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ "
34941 "is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
34942 "representing that namespace."
34943 msgstr ""
34944 "Réaliser l’opération de montage dans l’espace de noms de montage indiqué par "
34945 "_espace_de_noms_. Celui-ci est soit un PID de processus en cours d’exécution "
34946 "dans cet espace, soit un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."
34947
34948 #. type: Plain text
34949 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
34950 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34951 #| msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls the *mount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
34952 msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
34953 msgstr "*mount* bascule vers l’espace de noms de montage lorsqu’il lit _/etc/fstab_, écrit sur _/etc/mtab_ (ou écrit sur _/run/mount_) et exécute l’appel système *mount*(2). Sinon il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms de montage original. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms cible n’a pas à contenir toute bibliothèque ou autre exigence nécessaire pour exécuter la commande *mount*(2).\n"
34954
34955 #. type: Plain text
34956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92
34957 msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information."
34958 msgstr "Consultez *mount_namespaces*(7) pour plus d’informations."
34959
34960 #. type: Labeled list
34961 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:353
34962 #, no-wrap
34963 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
34964 msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
34965
34966 #. type: Plain text
34967 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:355
34968 msgid ""
34969 "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this "
34970 "regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. "
34971 "For example, the command"
34972 msgstr ""
34973 "Limiter l'ensemble des systèmes de fichiers auxquels l’option *-a* "
34974 "s'applique. De ce point de vue, c’est comme l’option *-t* sauf que *-O* est "
34975 "inutile sans *-a*. Par exemple, la commande :"
34976
34977 #. type: Plain text
34978 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:357
34979 #, no-wrap
34980 msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
34981 msgstr "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
34982
34983 #. type: Plain text
34984 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359
34985 msgid ""
34986 "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified "
34987 "in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
34988 msgstr ""
34989 "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers sauf ceux qui ont l'option _netdev_ "
34990 "indiquée dans le champ option du fichier _/etc/fstab_."
34991
34992 #. type: Plain text
34993 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361
34994 msgid ""
34995 "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
34996 "*no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
34997 msgstr ""
34998 "C'est différent de *-t* car chaque option est vérifiée exactement ; un *no* "
34999 "au début d'une option ne nie pas le reste."
35000
35001 #. type: Plain text
35002 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363
35003 msgid ""
35004 "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
35005 msgstr "Les options *-t* et *-O* se cumulent dans les faits. La commande :"
35006
35007 #. type: Plain text
35008 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:365
35009 #, no-wrap
35010 msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
35011 msgstr "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
35012
35013 #. type: Plain text
35014 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367
35015 msgid ""
35016 "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
35017 "that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
35018 msgstr ""
35019 "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers ext2 avec l'option _netdev, et pas les "
35020 "systèmes de fichiers qui sont seulement ext2 ou qui ont seulement l'option "
35021 "_netdev."
35022
35023 #. type: Labeled list
35024 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:58
35025 #, no-wrap
35026 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
35027 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_"
35028
35029 #. type: Plain text
35030 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370
35031 msgid ""
35032 "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated "
35033 "list. For example:"
35034 msgstr ""
35035 "Utiliser les options de montage indiquées. L’argument _options_ est une "
35036 "liste séparée par des virgules. Par exemple :"
35037
35038 #. type: Plain text
35039 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:372
35040 #, no-wrap
35041 msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
35042 msgstr "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
35043
35044 #. type: Plain text
35045 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374
35046 msgid ""
35047 "Note that the order of the options matters, as the last option wins if there "
35048 "are conflicting ones. The options from the command line also overwrite "
35049 "options from fstab by default."
35050 msgstr ""
35051
35052 #. type: Plain text
35053 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:376
35054 msgid ""
35055 "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and "
35056 "*FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
35057 msgstr ""
35058 "Pour plus de précisions, consultez les sections *OPTIONS DE MONTAGE "
35059 "INDÉPENDANTES* et *OPTIONS DE MONTAGE SPÉCIFIQUES*."
35060
35061 #. type: Labeled list
35062 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
35063 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35064 #| msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
35065 msgid "*--onlyonce*"
35066 msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"
35067
35068 #. type: Plain text
35069 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:379
35070 msgid ""
35071 "Forces mount command to check if the filesystem is already mounted. This "
35072 "behavior is the default for *--all*; otherwise, it depends on the kernel "
35073 "filesystem driver. Some filesystems may be mounted more than once on the "
35074 "same mount point (e.g. tmpfs)."
35075 msgstr ""
35076
35077 #. type: Labeled list
35078 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380
35079 #, no-wrap
35080 msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_"
35081 msgstr "*--options-mode* _mode_"
35082
35083 #. type: Plain text
35084 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:382
35085 msgid ""
35086 "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the "
35087 "command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or "
35088 "*replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are "
35089 "appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- "
35090 "it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that "
35091 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
35092 msgstr ""
35093 "Contrôler la façon de combiner les options de _fstab_ et _mtab_ avec les "
35094 "options de la ligne de commande. _mode_ peut être soit *ignore*, *append*, "
35095 "*prepend* ou *replace*. Par exemple, *append* signifie que les options de "
35096 "_fstab_ sont ajoutées aux options de la ligne de commande. La valeur par "
35097 "défaut est *prepend*, signifiant que les options de la ligne de commande "
35098 "sont évaluées après les options de _fstab_. Remarquez que c’est la dernière "
35099 "option qui prévaut en cas de conflit."
35100
35101 #. type: Labeled list
35102 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:383
35103 #, no-wrap
35104 msgid "*--options-source* _source_"
35105 msgstr "*--options-source* _source_"
35106
35107 #. type: Plain text
35108 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:385
35109 #, fuzzy
35110 #| msgid ""
35111 #| "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
35112 #| "*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and disables "
35113 #| "*--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
35114 msgid ""
35115 "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
35116 "*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--"
35117 "options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
35118 msgstr ""
35119 "Source des options par défaut. _source_ est une liste séparée par des "
35120 "virgules de *fstab*, *mtab* et *disable*. *disable* désactive *fstab* et "
35121 "*mtab* et désactive *--options-source-force*. La valeur par défaut est "
35122 "*fstab,mtab*."
35123
35124 #. type: Labeled list
35125 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:386
35126 #, no-wrap
35127 msgid "*--options-source-force*"
35128 msgstr "*--options-source-force*"
35129
35130 #. type: Plain text
35131 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:388
35132 msgid ""
35133 "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are "
35134 "specified."
35135 msgstr ""
35136 "Utiliser les options de _fstab_ et _mtab_ si le _périphérique_ et le "
35137 "_répertoire_ sont spécifiés."
35138
35139 #. type: Labeled list
35140 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:389
35141 #, no-wrap
35142 msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*"
35143 msgstr "*-R*, *--rbind*"
35144
35145 #. type: Plain text
35146 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391
35147 #, fuzzy
35148 #| msgid ""
35149 #| "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
35150 #| "contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
35151 #| "mounts*."
35152 msgid ""
35153 "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
35154 "contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
35155 "mount operation*."
35156 msgstr ""
35157 "Remonter une sous-arborescence et tous les sous-montages possibles ailleurs "
35158 "(le contenu sera disponible en deux points différents). Voir plus haut *Les "
35159 "opérations de remontage*."
35160
35161 #. type: Plain text
35162 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394
35163 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
35164 msgstr ""
35165 "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule. Un synonyme est *-o ro*."
35166
35167 #. type: Plain text
35168 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:396
35169 msgid ""
35170 "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
35171 "system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
35172 "the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
35173 "access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,"
35174 "noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
35175 "the *blockdev*(8) command."
35176 msgstr ""
35177 "Remarquez que selon le type et l'état du système de fichiers et le "
35178 "comportement du noyau, le système peut continuer à écrire sur le "
35179 "périphérique. Par exemple, ext3 et ext4 rejoueront leurs journaux si le "
35180 "système de fichiers est « dirty ». Pour prévenir ce type d'accès en "
35181 "écriture, vous devriez monter les systèmes de fichiers ext3 ou ext4 avec les "
35182 "options de montage *ro,noload* ou définir le périphérique bloc lui-même en "
35183 "mode lecture seule, consultez *blockdev*(8)."
35184
35185 #. type: Plain text
35186 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:399
35187 msgid ""
35188 "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
35189 "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
35190 "option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
35191 msgstr ""
35192 "Tolérer les options non valables plutôt qu'échouer. Cela permet d'ignorer "
35193 "les options non prises en charge par un type de système de fichiers. Tous "
35194 "les systèmes de fichiers ne prennent pas en charge cette option. "
35195 "Actuellement, elle n’est prise en charge que par l’auxiliaire de montage "
35196 "*mount.nfs*."
35197
35198 #. type: Labeled list
35199 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400
35200 #, no-wrap
35201 msgid "*--source* _device_"
35202 msgstr "*--source* _périphérique_"
35203
35204 #. type: Plain text
35205 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:402
35206 msgid ""
35207 "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument "
35208 "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
35209 "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
35210 msgstr ""
35211 "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
35212 "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou une "
35213 "source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement que "
35214 "l’argument est la source du montage."
35215
35216 #. type: Labeled list
35217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403
35218 #, no-wrap
35219 msgid "*--target* _directory_"
35220 msgstr "*--target* _répertoire_"
35221
35222 #. type: Plain text
35223 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
35224 msgid ""
35225 "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
35226 "be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
35227 "allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
35228 msgstr ""
35229 "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
35230 "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou une "
35231 "source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement que "
35232 "l’argument est la cible du montage."
35233
35234 #. type: Labeled list
35235 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:406
35236 #, no-wrap
35237 msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_"
35238 msgstr "*--target-prefix* _répertoire_"
35239
35240 #. type: Plain text
35241 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408
35242 msgid ""
35243 "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
35244 "used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
35245 "example:"
35246 msgstr ""
35247 "Préfixer avec le répertoire indiqué toutes les cibles de montage. Cette "
35248 "option peut être utilisée pour suivre _fstab_, mais les opérations de "
35249 "montage sont réalisées ailleurs, par exemple :"
35250
35251 #. type: Plain text
35252 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
35253 #, no-wrap
35254 msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
35255 msgstr "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
35256
35257 #. type: Plain text
35258 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:412
35259 msgid ""
35260 "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are "
35261 "created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative "
35262 "_fstab_."
35263 msgstr ""
35264 "monte tout à partir du _fstab_ du système sur _/chroot_, tous les points de "
35265 "montage manquants sont créés (dû à X-mount.mkdir). Consultez aussi *--fstab* "
35266 "pour l’emploi d’un _fstab_ alternatif."
35267
35268 #. type: Labeled list
35269 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34
35270 #, no-wrap
35271 msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_"
35272 msgstr "*-T*, *--fstab* _chemin_"
35273
35274 #. type: Plain text
35275 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
35276 msgid ""
35277 "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
35278 "files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with "
35279 "\".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be "
35280 "specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
35281 "chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
35282 "system configuration."
35283 msgstr ""
35284 "Indiquer un fichier _fstab_ alternatif. Si _chemin_ est un répertoire, alors "
35285 "les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par *strverscmp*(3) ; les fichiers "
35286 "qui commencent par « . » ou sans extension _.fstab_ sont ignorés. L’option "
35287 "peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est surtout conçue pour les "
35288 "scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une configuration supplémentaire est "
35289 "indiquée au-delà de la configuration standard du système."
35290
35291 #. type: Plain text
35292 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417
35293 msgid ""
35294 "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount."
35295 "**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be "
35296 "invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
35297 "(non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
35298 msgstr ""
35299 "Remarquez que *mount*(8) ne passe pas l’option *--fstab* à l’auxiliaire **/"
35300 "sbin/mount.**__type__, ce qui signifie que les fichiers _fstab_ alternatifs "
35301 "seront invisibles aux auxiliaires. Ce n’est pas un problème pour les "
35302 "montages normaux, mais les montages d’utilisateurs ordinaires nécessitent "
35303 "toujours _fstab_ pour vérifier les droits de l’utilisateur."
35304
35305 #. type: Labeled list
35306 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:418
35307 #, no-wrap
35308 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
35309 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
35310
35311 #. type: Plain text
35312 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:420
35313 msgid ""
35314 "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The "
35315 "filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. "
35316 "See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a "
35317 "complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, "
35318 "btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
35319 msgstr ""
35320 "L’argument suivant le *-t* est utilisé pour indiquer le type de système de "
35321 "fichiers. Les types de systèmes de fichiers actuellement pris en charge "
35322 "dépendent du noyau utilisé. Consultez _/proc/filesystems_ et _/lib/modules/"
35323 "$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ pour une liste complète de systèmes de fichiers. Les "
35324 "plus communs sont ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs et "
35325 "cifs."
35326
35327 #. type: Plain text
35328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422
35329 msgid ""
35330 "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
35331 "subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
35332 "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount "
35333 "source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
35334 msgstr ""
35335 "Les programmes *mount* et *umount*(8) gèrent les sous-types de systèmes de "
35336 "fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par un suffixe « .sous-type ». Par "
35337 "exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de sous-"
35338 "type que d'ajouter un préfixe à la source de montage (par exemple "
35339 "« sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."
35340
35341 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
35342 #. type: Plain text
35343 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:424
35344 msgid ""
35345 "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will "
35346 "try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for "
35347 "guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks "
35348 "familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that "
35349 "does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed "
35350 "there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. "
35351 "_devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a "
35352 "single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While "
35353 "trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
35354 msgstr ""
35355 "Si aucune option *-t* n'est mentionnée, ou si le type *auto* est précisé, "
35356 "*mount* essayera de deviner le type désiré. *mount* utilise la bibliothèque "
35357 "blkid pour deviner le type de système de fichiers. S'il ne trouve rien qui "
35358 "lui soit familier, *mount* essaiera de lire le fichier _/etc/filesystems> "
35359 "ou, s'il n'existe pas, _/proc/filesystems_. Tous les types de systèmes de "
35360 "fichiers indiqués seront essayés, sauf ceux marqués « nodev » (par exemple "
35361 "_devpts_, _proc_ et _nfs_). Si _/etc/filesystems_ se termine par une ligne "
35362 "contenant un seul _{asterisk}_, *mount* lira ensuite _/proc/filesystems_. "
35363 "Durant l'essai, tous les types de système de fichiers seront montés avec "
35364 "l’option de montage *silent*."
35365
35366 #. type: Plain text
35367 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:427
35368 msgid ""
35369 "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/"
35370 "etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
35371 "before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
35372 msgstr ""
35373 "Le type *auto* peut être utile pour des disquettes montées par "
35374 "l'utilisateur. Créer un fichier _/etc/filesystems_ permet de changer l'ordre "
35375 "d'essai (par exemple _vfat_ avant _msdos_, ou _ext3_ avant _ext2_) ou "
35376 "d'utiliser un autochargeur de modules pour le noyau."
35377
35378 #. type: Plain text
35379 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:429
35380 msgid ""
35381 "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* "
35382 "option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for "
35383 "the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on "
35384 "which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when "
35385 "specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
35386 msgstr ""
35387 "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules, pour "
35388 "l’option *-t* comme dans une entrée _/etc/fstab_. La liste des types de "
35389 "systèmes de fichiers pour l’option *-t* peut également être préfixée par "
35390 "*no* pour indiquer les types à ignorer. Le préfixe *no* est sans effet dans "
35391 "une entrée _/etc/fstab_."
35392
35393 #. type: Plain text
35394 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:431
35395 msgid ""
35396 "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the "
35397 "command"
35398 msgstr ""
35399 "Le préfixe *no* peut avoir du sens avec l’option *-a*. Par exemple, la "
35400 "commande"
35401
35402 #. type: Plain text
35403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:433
35404 #, no-wrap
35405 msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
35406 msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
35407
35408 #. type: Plain text
35409 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:435
35410 msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
35411 msgstr ""
35412 "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers, à l'exception de ceux du type _msdos_ "
35413 "et _smbfs_."
35414
35415 #. type: Plain text
35416 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:437
35417 msgid ""
35418 "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple "
35419 "*mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
35420 "required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
35421 "hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
35422 "have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
35423 "types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount."
35424 "**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different "
35425 "versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */"
35426 "sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
35427 "call."
35428 msgstr ""
35429 "Pour la plupart des types, *mount* n’effectue qu’un appel système *mount*(2) "
35430 "et aucune connaissance détaillée du système de fichiers n'est nécessaire. "
35431 "Pour certains types toutefois (comme nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs et ncpfs), du "
35432 "code supplémentaire est indispensable. Les systèmes de fichiers nfs, nfs4, "
35433 "cifs, smbfs et ncpfs ont un programme de montage indépendant. Afin de rendre "
35434 "uniforme le traitement de tous les types, *mount* exécutera le programme **/"
35435 "sbin/mount.*__type__ (s'il existe) lorsqu'il est invoqué avec le type "
35436 "_type_. Comme différentes versions de _smbmount_ ont des conventions "
35437 "d'appels diverses, */sbin/mount.smbfs* peut être un script shell qui réalise "
35438 "l'appel voulu."
35439
35440 #. type: Plain text
35441 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:440
35442 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
35443 msgstr "Monter la partition ayant l'__UUID__ indiqué."
35444
35445 #. type: Labeled list
35446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:444
35447 #, no-wrap
35448 msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
35449 msgstr "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
35450
35451 #. type: Plain text
35452 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:446
35453 #, fuzzy
35454 #| msgid ""
35455 #| "Mount the filesystem read/write.  Read-write is the kernel default and "
35456 #| "the B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall "
35457 #| "with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
35458 msgid ""
35459 "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
35460 "*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with "
35461 "read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
35462 msgstr ""
35463 "Monter le système de fichiers en écriture et lecture. C'est le réglage par "
35464 "défaut du noyau, et le comportement par défaut de *mount* est d’essayer la "
35465 "lecture seule si le précédent appel système de montage avec des drapeaux "
35466 "pour la lecture et l’écriture sur des périphériques protégés contre "
35467 "l’écriture échouait."
35468
35469 #. type: Plain text
35470 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:448
35471 msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*."
35472 msgstr "Un synonyme est *-o rw*."
35473
35474 #. type: Plain text
35475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:450
35476 msgid ""
35477 "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try "
35478 "read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
35479 "filesystems."
35480 msgstr ""
35481 "Remarquez que l’option *-w* sur la ligne de commande force *mount* à ne pas "
35482 "essayer un montage en lecture seule sur les périphériques protégés en "
35483 "écriture ou sur des systèmes de fichiers montés seulement en lecture."
35484
35485 #. type: Title ==
35486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
35487 #, no-wrap
35488 msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
35489 msgstr "OPTIONS DE MONTAGE INDÉPENDANTES"
35490
35491 #. type: Plain text
35492 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456
35493 msgid ""
35494 "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ "
35495 "file."
35496 msgstr ""
35497 "Certaines de ces options sont seulement utiles lorsque les montages "
35498 "apparaissent dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_."
35499
35500 #. type: Plain text
35501 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458
35502 #, fuzzy
35503 #| msgid ""
35504 #| "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the "
35505 #| "system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/"
35506 #| "mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default "
35507 #| "mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ "
35508 #| "filesystems)."
35509 msgid ""
35510 "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
35511 "kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note "
35512 "that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options "
35513 "(see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
35514 msgstr ""
35515 "Certaines de ces options peuvent être activées ou désactivées par défaut "
35516 "dans l'environnement du noyau. Pour vérifier la configuration actuelle, "
35517 "consultez les options dans _/proc/mounts_. Remarquez que les systèmes de "
35518 "fichiers ont aussi des options de montage par défaut spécifiques au système "
35519 "de fichiers (consultez par exemple la sortie de *tune2fs -l* pour les "
35520 "systèmes de fichiers ext__N__)."
35521
35522 #. type: Plain text
35523 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:460
35524 msgid ""
35525 "The options *nosuid*, *noexec*, *nodiratime*, *relatime*, *noatime*, "
35526 "*strictatime*, and *nosymfollow* are interpreted only by the abstract VFS "
35527 "kernel layer and applied to the mountpoint node rather than to the "
35528 "filesystem itself. Try:"
35529 msgstr ""
35530
35531 #. type: delimited block _
35532 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:463
35533 #, no-wrap
35534 msgid " findmnt -o TARGET,VFS-OPTIONS,FS-OPTIONS\n"
35535 msgstr ""
35536
35537 #. type: Plain text
35538 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:466
35539 #, fuzzy
35540 #| msgid ""
35541 #| "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
35542 #| "example by"
35543 msgid "to get a complete overview of filesystems and VFS options."
35544 msgstr ""
35545 "La vue d’ensemble complète des systèmes de fichiers et des partitions peut "
35546 "par exemple être obtenue avec :"
35547
35548 #. type: Plain text
35549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:473
35550 msgid ""
35551 "The read-only setting (*ro* or *rw*) is interpreted by VFS and the "
35552 "filesystem and depends on how the option is specified on the *mount*(8) "
35553 "command line. The default is to interpret it on the filesystem level. The "
35554 "operation \"-o bind,remount,ro\" is applied only to the VFS mountpoint, and "
35555 "operation \"-o remount,ro\" is applied to VFS and filesystem superblock. "
35556 "This semantic allows create a read-only mountpoint but keeps the filesystem "
35557 "writable from another mountpoint."
35558 msgstr ""
35559
35560 #. type: Plain text
35561 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:478
35562 msgid ""
35563 "Since v2.39 libmount can use a new kernel mount interface to set the VFS "
35564 "options recursive. For backward compatibility, this feature is not enabled "
35565 "by default, although recursive operation (e.g. rbind) has been requested. "
35566 "The new option argument \"recursive\" could be specified, for example:"
35567 msgstr ""
35568
35569 #. type: delimited block _
35570 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:481
35571 #, no-wrap
35572 msgid " mount -orbind,ro=recursive,noexec=recursive,nosuid /foo /bar\n"
35573 msgstr ""
35574
35575 #. type: Plain text
35576 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:486
35577 msgid ""
35578 "recursively binds filesystems from /foo to /bar, /bar, and all submounts "
35579 "will be read-only and noexec, but only /bar itself will be \"nosuid\". The "
35580 "\"recursive\" optional argument for VFS mount options is an EXPERIMENTAL "
35581 "feature."
35582 msgstr ""
35583
35584 #. type: Plain text
35585 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:488
35586 msgid ""
35587 "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
35588 "every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an "
35589 "effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
35590 msgstr ""
35591 "Les options suivantes s'appliquent à tous les systèmes de fichiers montés "
35592 "(mais tous les systèmes de fichiers ne les honorent pas, par exemple *sync* "
35593 "n'est effective que pour ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs et xfs) :"
35594
35595 #. type: Labeled list
35596 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:489
35597 #, no-wrap
35598 msgid "*async*"
35599 msgstr "*async*"
35600
35601 #. type: Plain text
35602 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:491
35603 msgid ""
35604 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
35605 "*sync* option.)"
35606 msgstr ""
35607 "Toutes les entrées et sorties sur le système de fichiers seront asynchrones "
35608 "(consultez aussi l'option *sync*)."
35609
35610 #. type: Labeled list
35611 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:492
35612 #, no-wrap
35613 msgid "*atime*"
35614 msgstr "*atime*"
35615
35616 #. type: Plain text
35617 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:494
35618 msgid ""
35619 "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
35620 "kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and "
35621 "*strictatime* mount options."
35622 msgstr ""
35623 "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *noatime*, ainsi la date d'accès à l'inœud "
35624 "est contrôlée par les options par défaut du noyau. Consultez aussi les "
35625 "descriptions des options de montage *strictatime* et *relatime*."
35626
35627 #. type: Labeled list
35628 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:495
35629 #, no-wrap
35630 msgid "*noatime*"
35631 msgstr "*noatime*"
35632
35633 #. type: Plain text
35634 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:497
35635 msgid ""
35636 "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
35637 "on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
35638 "(directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
35639 msgstr ""
35640 "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès aux inœuds sur ce système de "
35641 "fichiers (par exemple, pour un accès plus rapide pour des serveurs de "
35642 "nouvelles). Cela fonctionne pour tous les types d’inœuds (ainsi que pour les "
35643 "répertoires), donc cela implique *nodiratime*."
35644
35645 #. type: Labeled list
35646 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:498
35647 #, no-wrap
35648 msgid "*auto*"
35649 msgstr "*auto*"
35650
35651 #. type: Plain text
35652 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:500
35653 msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option."
35654 msgstr "Peut être monté par l'option *-a*."
35655
35656 #. type: Plain text
35657 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:503
35658 msgid ""
35659 "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the "
35660 "filesystem to be mounted)."
35661 msgstr ""
35662 "Ne peut être monté qu’explicitement (l'invocation de *mount* avec l'option *-"
35663 "a* ne montera pas le système de fichiers)."
35664
35665 #. type: Labeled list
35666 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:504
35667 #, no-wrap
35668 msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__"
35669 msgstr "**context=**__contexte__, **fscontext=**__contexte__, **defcontext=**__contexte__ et **rootcontext=**__contexte__"
35670
35671 #. type: Plain text
35672 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:506
35673 msgid ""
35674 "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
35675 "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
35676 "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
35677 "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
35678 "*context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
35679 "in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel "
35680 "versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to "
35681 "label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
35682 msgstr ""
35683 "L’option *context=* est utile lors du montage de systèmes de fichiers qui ne "
35684 "gèrent pas les attributs étendus, tels que les lecteurs de disquette ou les "
35685 "disques durs formatés en VFAT, ou les systèmes qui ne fonctionnent pas sous "
35686 "SELinux, tels que les disques formatés en ext3 ou ext4 d’une station de "
35687 "travail SELinux. *context=* peut être utilisé sur les systèmes de fichiers "
35688 "douteux tels les disquettes. Elle assure aussi la compatibilité avec les "
35689 "systèmes de fichiers prenant en charge xattr avec les versions antérieures "
35690 "au noyau 2.4.<x>. Même si xattr est pris en charge, vous pouvez sauver les "
35691 "horodatages sans devoir étiqueter tous les fichiers en affectant un contexte "
35692 "de sécurité pour le disque entier."
35693
35694 #. type: Plain text
35695 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
35696 msgid ""
35697 "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:"
35698 "removable_t*."
35699 msgstr ""
35700 "L'option *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t* est couramment utilisée "
35701 "pour les supports amovibles."
35702
35703 #. type: Plain text
35704 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:510
35705 msgid ""
35706 "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr "
35707 "support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a "
35708 "specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
35709 "individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
35710 "certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
35711 "Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
35712 "themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
35713 "fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
35714 "files."
35715 msgstr ""
35716 "L'option *fscontext=* fonctionne pour tous les systèmes de fichiers, qu'ils "
35717 "prennent en charge xattr ou non. L'option *fscontext=* change l'étiquette du "
35718 "système de fichiers en un contexte de sécurité spécifique. L'étiquette du "
35719 "système de fichiers est distincte des étiquettes individuelles des fichiers. "
35720 "Elle représente le système de fichiers entier pour certains types de "
35721 "vérification de permission, comme une période de montage ou une création de "
35722 "fichier. Les étiquettes individuelles de fichiers sont toujours obtenues à "
35723 "partir des paramètres xattr des fichiers eux-mêmes. L'option de contexte "
35724 "définit réellement le contexte global que *fscontext=* fournit, en plus de "
35725 "fournir la même étiquette pour tous les fichiers individuels."
35726
35727 #. type: Plain text
35728 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:512
35729 msgid ""
35730 "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
35731 "*defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
35732 "the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
35733 msgstr ""
35734 "Vous pouvez définir le contexte de sécurité par défaut pour les fichiers non "
35735 "étiquetés avec l'option *defcontext=*. Cela surcharge la valeur par défaut "
35736 "définie pour les fichiers non étiquetés de la stratégie de sécurité et "
35737 "nécessite un système de fichiers qui gère l'étiquetage xattr."
35738
35739 #. type: Plain text
35740 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514
35741 #, fuzzy
35742 #| msgid ""
35743 #| "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode "
35744 #| "of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to "
35745 #| "userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
35746 msgid ""
35747 "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a "
35748 "FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This "
35749 "was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux. The special value "
35750 "*@target* can be used to assign the current context of the target mountpoint "
35751 "location."
35752 msgstr ""
35753 "L'option *rootcontext=* permet d'étiqueter explicitement l'inœud racine d'un "
35754 "système de fichiers avant que l'inœud ou le système de fichiers en cours de "
35755 "montage ne devienne visible depuis l'espace utilisateur. Cela s'est avéré "
35756 "utile pour des noyaux Linux « stateless »."
35757
35758 #. type: Plain text
35759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:516
35760 msgid ""
35761 "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
35762 "option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
35763 msgstr ""
35764 "Remarquez que le noyau rejette toutes les demandes de remontage qui "
35765 "contiennent l'option _contexte_, *même* quand elles ne modifient pas le "
35766 "contexte actuel."
35767
35768 #. type: Plain text
35769 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:518
35770 #, no-wrap
35771 msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
35772 msgstr "*Avertissement* : la valeur _contexte_ *pourrait contenir des virgules*, auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon *mount* interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets simples et que *des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires*. Par exemple :\n"
35773
35774 #. type: delimited block _
35775 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:521
35776 msgid ""
35777 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
35778 "c456\",noexec'"
35779 msgstr ""
35780 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
35781 "c456\",noexec'"
35782
35783 #. type: Plain text
35784 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:524
35785 msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)."
35786 msgstr "Pour plus de précisions, consultez *selinux*(8)."
35787
35788 #. type: Plain text
35789 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:527
35790 msgid ""
35791 "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and "
35792 "*async*."
35793 msgstr ""
35794 "utilisation des options par défaut : *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, "
35795 "*nouser*, and *async* ;"
35796
35797 #. type: Plain text
35798 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529
35799 msgid ""
35800 "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
35801 "and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
35802 msgstr ""
35803 "Remarquez que le véritable ensemble de toutes les options de montage par "
35804 "défaut dépend du noyau et du type de système de fichiers. Consultez le début "
35805 "de cette section pour plus de précisions."
35806
35807 #. type: Labeled list
35808 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:530
35809 #, no-wrap
35810 msgid "*dev*"
35811 msgstr "*dev*"
35812
35813 #. type: Plain text
35814 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
35815 msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
35816 msgstr ""
35817 "Interpréter les périphériques spéciaux de type caractère ou bloc présents "
35818 "sur le système de fichiers."
35819
35820 #. type: Labeled list
35821 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:533
35822 #, no-wrap
35823 msgid "*nodev*"
35824 msgstr "*nodev*"
35825
35826 #. type: Plain text
35827 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
35828 msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
35829 msgstr ""
35830 "Ne pas interpréter les périphériques spéciaux de type caractère ou bloc "
35831 "présents sur le système de fichiers."
35832
35833 #. type: Labeled list
35834 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:536
35835 #, no-wrap
35836 msgid "*diratime*"
35837 msgstr "*diratime*"
35838
35839 #. type: Plain text
35840 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
35841 msgid ""
35842 "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
35843 "(This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
35844 msgstr ""
35845 "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de fichiers. "
35846 "Option par défaut (ignorée quand *noatime* est défini)."
35847
35848 #. type: Labeled list
35849 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:539
35850 #, no-wrap
35851 msgid "*nodiratime*"
35852 msgstr "*nodiratime*"
35853
35854 #. type: Plain text
35855 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:541
35856 msgid ""
35857 "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
35858 "is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
35859 msgstr ""
35860 "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
35861 "fichiers. Cette option est implicite quand *noatime* est défini."
35862
35863 #. type: Labeled list
35864 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:542
35865 #, no-wrap
35866 msgid "*dirsync*"
35867 msgstr "*dirsync*"
35868
35869 #. type: Plain text
35870 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:544
35871 msgid ""
35872 "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
35873 "This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), "
35874 "*symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
35875 msgstr ""
35876 "Toutes les mises à jour de répertoires du système de fichiers devraient être "
35877 "réalisées de façon synchrone. Cela concerne les appels système suivants : "
35878 "*creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), "
35879 "*mknod*(2) et *rename*(2)."
35880
35881 #. type: Labeled list
35882 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:545
35883 #, no-wrap
35884 msgid "*exec*"
35885 msgstr "*exec*"
35886
35887 #. type: Plain text
35888 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:547
35889 #, fuzzy
35890 #| msgid "Permit execution of binaries."
35891 msgid "Permit execution of binaries and other executable files."
35892 msgstr "Permettre l'exécution de fichiers binaires."
35893
35894 #. type: Labeled list
35895 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:548
35896 #, no-wrap
35897 msgid "*noexec*"
35898 msgstr "*noexec*"
35899
35900 #. type: Plain text
35901 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:550
35902 msgid ""
35903 "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
35904 msgstr ""
35905 "Ne pas autoriser l’exécution directe de fichiers binaires du système de "
35906 "fichiers monté."
35907
35908 #. type: Labeled list
35909 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:551
35910 #, no-wrap
35911 msgid "*group*"
35912 msgstr "*group*"
35913
35914 #. type: Plain text
35915 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:553
35916 msgid ""
35917 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups "
35918 "matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* "
35919 "and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line "
35920 "*group,dev,suid*)."
35921 msgstr ""
35922 "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si l’un "
35923 "des groupes de cet utilisateur correspond au groupe du périphérique. Cette "
35924 "option implique les options *nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient "
35925 "annulées par d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options *group,dev,"
35926 "suid*)."
35927
35928 #. type: Labeled list
35929 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:554
35930 #, no-wrap
35931 msgid "*iversion*"
35932 msgstr "*iversion*"
35933
35934 #. type: Plain text
35935 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:556
35936 msgid ""
35937 "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
35938 msgstr ""
35939 "Incrémenter le champ _i_version_ d'un inœud à chaque modification de celui-"
35940 "ci."
35941
35942 #. type: Labeled list
35943 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:557
35944 #, no-wrap
35945 msgid "*noiversion*"
35946 msgstr "*noiversion*"
35947
35948 #. type: Plain text
35949 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:559
35950 msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
35951 msgstr "Ne pas incrémenter le champ __i_version__ de l'inœud."
35952
35953 #. type: Labeled list
35954 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:560
35955 #, no-wrap
35956 msgid "*mand*"
35957 msgstr "*mand*"
35958
35959 #. type: Plain text
35960 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562
35961 #, fuzzy
35962 #| msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2)."
35963 msgid ""
35964 "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was "
35965 "deprecated in Linux 5.15."
35966 msgstr ""
35967 "Permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers. "
35968 "Consultez *fcntl*(2)."
35969
35970 #. type: Labeled list
35971 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563
35972 #, no-wrap
35973 msgid "*nomand*"
35974 msgstr "*nomand*"
35975
35976 #. type: Plain text
35977 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:565
35978 msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
35979 msgstr ""
35980 "Ne pas permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers."
35981
35982 #. type: Labeled list
35983 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:566
35984 #, no-wrap
35985 msgid "*_netdev*"
35986 msgstr "*_netdev*"
35987
35988 #. type: Plain text
35989 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:568
35990 msgid ""
35991 "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
35992 "prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
35993 "network has been enabled on the system)."
35994 msgstr ""
35995 "Le système de fichiers réside sur un périphérique nécessitant des accès "
35996 "réseau (utilisé pour éviter que le système essaye de monter ces systèmes de "
35997 "fichiers avant d'avoir activé le réseau)."
35998
35999 #. type: Plain text
36000 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:571
36001 msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
36002 msgstr "Ne pas renvoyer d'erreur pour ce périphérique s'il n'existe pas."
36003
36004 #. type: Labeled list
36005 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:572
36006 #, no-wrap
36007 msgid "*relatime*"
36008 msgstr "*relatime*"
36009
36010 #. type: Plain text
36011 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:574
36012 #, fuzzy
36013 #| msgid ""
36014 #| "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time "
36015 #| "is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current "
36016 #| "modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break "
36017 #| "*mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
36018 #| "since the last time it was modified.)"
36019 msgid ""
36020 "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
36021 "only updated if the previous access time was earlier than or equal to the "
36022 "current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break "
36023 "*mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
36024 "since the last time it was modified.)"
36025 msgstr ""
36026 "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès à l’inœud par rapport à l’horodatage "
36027 "de modification. L’horodatage d'accès est mis à jour seulement si le "
36028 "précédent horodatage d'accès est antérieur à l’horodatage de modification "
36029 "(c'est équivalent à l'option *noatime*, mais permet aux applications, comme "
36030 "*mutt*(1), de savoir si un fichier a été lu depuis sa dernière modification)."
36031
36032 #. type: Plain text
36033 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
36034 msgid ""
36035 "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
36036 "option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is "
36037 "required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
36038 "the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
36039 msgstr ""
36040 "Depuis Linux 2.6.30, le comportement par défaut du noyau est celui fourni "
36041 "par cette option (sauf si *noatime* a été indiquée), et l'option "
36042 "*strictatime* est nécessaire pour obtenir les sémantiques traditionnelles. "
36043 "De plus, depuis Linux 2.6.30, la date de dernier accès au fichier est "
36044 "toujours mise à jour si elle est vieille de plus d'un jour."
36045
36046 #. type: Labeled list
36047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:577
36048 #, no-wrap
36049 msgid "*norelatime*"
36050 msgstr "*norelatime*"
36051
36052 #. type: Plain text
36053 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
36054 msgid ""
36055 "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
36056 msgstr ""
36057 "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *relatime*. Consultez aussi l'option de "
36058 "montage *strictatime*."
36059
36060 #. type: Labeled list
36061 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:580
36062 #, no-wrap
36063 msgid "*strictatime*"
36064 msgstr "*strictatime*"
36065
36066 #. type: Plain text
36067 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
36068 msgid ""
36069 "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
36070 "the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace "
36071 "to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
36072 "_/proc/mounts_."
36073 msgstr ""
36074 "Demander explicitement une mise à jour complète des horodatages d'accès. "
36075 "Cela permet au noyau d'utiliser *relatime* ou *noatime* par défaut, mais il "
36076 "est toujours possible de changer cela depuis l'espace utilisateur. Pour plus "
36077 "de précisions sur les options de montage par défaut, consultez _proc/mounts_."
36078
36079 #. type: Labeled list
36080 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:583
36081 #, no-wrap
36082 msgid "*nostrictatime*"
36083 msgstr "*nostrictatime*"
36084
36085 #. type: Plain text
36086 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585
36087 msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
36088 msgstr ""
36089 "Utiliser le comportement par défaut du noyau pour la mise à jour des "
36090 "horodatages d'accès aux inœuds."
36091
36092 #. type: Labeled list
36093 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:586
36094 #, no-wrap
36095 msgid "*lazytime*"
36096 msgstr "*lazytime*"
36097
36098 #. type: Plain text
36099 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:588
36100 msgid ""
36101 "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
36102 "inode."
36103 msgstr ""
36104 "Ne mettre à jour les dates (atime, mtime et ctime) que dans la version en "
36105 "mémoire de l’inœud du fichier."
36106
36107 #. type: Plain text
36108 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:590
36109 msgid ""
36110 "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
36111 "workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
36112 msgstr ""
36113 "Cette option de montage réduit significativement les écritures sur la table "
36114 "des inœuds pour les charges de travail qui réalisent des écritures "
36115 "aléatoires fréquentes sur les fichiers préalloués."
36116
36117 #. type: Plain text
36118 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:592
36119 msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
36120 msgstr "Les horodatages sur disque ne sont mis à jour que quand :"
36121
36122 #. type: Plain text
36123 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:594
36124 msgid ""
36125 "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
36126 msgstr ""
36127 "l’inœud doit être mis à jour pour des modifications indépendantes des "
36128 "horodatages du fichier ;"
36129
36130 #. type: Plain text
36131 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:595
36132 msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)"
36133 msgstr "l’application utilise *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2) ou *sync*(2) ;"
36134
36135 #. type: Plain text
36136 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:596
36137 msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
36138 msgstr "un inœud non supprimé est expulsé de la mémoire ;"
36139
36140 #. type: Plain text
36141 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:597
36142 msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
36143 msgstr ""
36144 "plus de 24 heures se sont écoulées depuis que l’inœud a été écrit sur le "
36145 "disque."
36146
36147 #. type: Labeled list
36148 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:598
36149 #, no-wrap
36150 msgid "*nolazytime*"
36151 msgstr "*nolazytime*"
36152
36153 #. type: Plain text
36154 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:600
36155 msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
36156 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *lazytime*."
36157
36158 #. type: Labeled list
36159 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:601
36160 #, no-wrap
36161 msgid "*suid*"
36162 msgstr "*suid*"
36163
36164 #. type: Plain text
36165 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
36166 msgid ""
36167 "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
36168 "programs from this filesystem."
36169 msgstr ""
36170 "Se conformer aux bits set-user-ID et set-group-ID ou aux capacités des "
36171 "fichiers lors de l’exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."
36172
36173 #. type: Labeled list
36174 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:604
36175 #, no-wrap
36176 msgid "*nosuid*"
36177 msgstr "*nosuid*"
36178
36179 #. type: Plain text
36180 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:606
36181 #, fuzzy
36182 #| msgid ""
36183 #| "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
36184 #| "executing programs from this filesystem."
36185 msgid ""
36186 "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
36187 "executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
36188 "transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also "
36189 "policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
36190 msgstr ""
36191 "Ne pas tenir compte des bits Set-UID et Set-GID ou des capacités de fichier "
36192 "lors de l'exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."
36193
36194 #. type: Labeled list
36195 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:607
36196 #, no-wrap
36197 msgid "*silent*"
36198 msgstr "*silent*"
36199
36200 #. type: Plain text
36201 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
36202 msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
36203 msgstr "Activer le mode silencieux."
36204
36205 #. type: Labeled list
36206 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:610
36207 #, no-wrap
36208 msgid "*loud*"
36209 msgstr "*loud*"
36210
36211 #. type: Plain text
36212 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612
36213 msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
36214 msgstr "Désactiver le mode silencieux."
36215
36216 #. type: Plain text
36217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
36218 msgid ""
36219 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
36220 "the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless "
36221 "overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
36222 msgstr ""
36223 "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si cet "
36224 "utilisateur est propriétaire du périphérique. Cette option implique les "
36225 "options *nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient annulées par "
36226 "d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options *owner,dev,suid*)."
36227
36228 #. type: Labeled list
36229 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:616
36230 #, no-wrap
36231 msgid "*remount*"
36232 msgstr "*remount*"
36233
36234 #. type: Plain text
36235 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618
36236 msgid ""
36237 "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
36238 "change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
36239 "filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
36240 msgstr ""
36241 "Tenter de remonter un système de fichiers déjà monté. C'est utilisé pour "
36242 "changer les attributs de montage d'un système de fichiers, principalement "
36243 "pour autoriser l'écriture sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule. Cela "
36244 "ne change ni le périphérique ni le point de montage."
36245
36246 #. type: Plain text
36247 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:620
36248 #, fuzzy
36249 #| msgid ""
36250 #| "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special "
36251 #| "semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
36252 msgid ""
36253 "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. "
36254 "See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*."
36255 msgstr ""
36256 "L’opération de remontage de concert avec le drapeau *bind* possède des "
36257 "sémantiques spéciales. Consultez la sous-section *Les opérations de "
36258 "remontage* ci-dessus."
36259
36260 #. type: Plain text
36261 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
36262 msgid ""
36263 "The default kernel behavior for VFS mount flags (nodev,nosuid,noexec,ro) is "
36264 "to reset all unspecified flags on remount. That's why *mount*(8) tries to "
36265 "keep the current setting according to _fstab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. "
36266 "This default behavior is possible to change by *--options-mode*. The "
36267 "recursive change of the mount flags (supported since v2.39 on systems with "
36268 "*mount_setattr*(2)  syscall), for example, *mount -o remount,ro=recursive*, "
36269 "do not use \"reset-unspecified\" behavior, and it works as a simple add/"
36270 "remove operation and unspecified flags are not modified."
36271 msgstr ""
36272
36273 #. type: Plain text
36274 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:631
36275 msgid ""
36276 "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works "
36277 "with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or "
36278 "_mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
36279 msgstr ""
36280 "La fonctionnalité de remontage suit la façon habituelle dont la commande "
36281 "*mount* fonctionne avec les options de _fstab_. Cela signifie que la "
36282 "commande *mount* ne lit pas _fstab_ (ou _mtab_), seulement si _périphérique_ "
36283 "et _répertoire_ sont tous deux indiqués."
36284
36285 #. type: Plain text
36286 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:633
36287 #, no-wrap
36288 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
36289 msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/toto /répertoire*\n"
36290
36291 #. type: Plain text
36292 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
36293 #, fuzzy
36294 #| msgid ""
36295 #| "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff "
36296 #| "from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
36297 #| "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
36298 msgid ""
36299 "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
36300 "_fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is "
36301 "internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
36302 msgstr ""
36303 "Après cet appel, toutes les anciennes options de montage sont remplacées et "
36304 "les options arbitraires du fichier _fstab_ (ou _mtab_) sont ignorées, à part "
36305 "l’option *loop=* qui est générée en interne et maintenue par la commande "
36306 "B*mount*."
36307
36308 #. type: Plain text
36309 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:637
36310 #, no-wrap
36311 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
36312 msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /répertoire*\n"
36313
36314 # FIXME mount → *mount*
36315 #. type: Plain text
36316 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:639
36317 #, fuzzy
36318 #| msgid ""
36319 #| "After this call, mount reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
36320 #| "options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in "
36321 #| "_fstab_, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
36322 msgid ""
36323 "After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
36324 "options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, "
36325 "then it defaults to mount options from _/proc/self/mountinfo_."
36326 msgstr ""
36327 "Après cet appel, *mount* lit _fstab_ et fusionne ces options avec les "
36328 "options de la ligne de commande (*-o*). Si aucun point de montage n’est "
36329 "trouvé dans _fstab_, alors le remontage sans source indiquée est permis."
36330
36331 #. type: Plain text
36332 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:642
36333 #, no-wrap
36334 msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n"
36335 msgstr "*mount*(8) permet d’utiliser *--all* pour remonter tous les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés qui correspondent avec un filtre indiqué (*-O* et *-t*). Par exemple :\n"
36336
36337 #. type: Plain text
36338 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:644
36339 #, no-wrap
36340 msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
36341 msgstr "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
36342
36343 #. type: Plain text
36344 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:646
36345 #, fuzzy
36346 #| msgid ""
36347 #| "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of "
36348 #| "the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro /dir* semantic. This "
36349 #| "means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these "
36350 #| "options with the options from the command line."
36351 msgid ""
36352 "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
36353 "filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This "
36354 "means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options "
36355 "with the options from the command line."
36356 msgstr ""
36357 "remonte tous les systèmes de fichiers vfat déjà montés en mode écriture "
36358 "seule. Chaque système de fichiers est remonté par la sémantique *mount -"
36359 "o remount,ro /dir*. Cela signifie que la commande de montage lit _fstab_ ou "
36360 "_mtab_ et fusionne leurs options avec celles de la ligne de commande."
36361
36362 #. type: Labeled list
36363 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:647
36364 #, no-wrap
36365 msgid "*ro*"
36366 msgstr "*ro*"
36367
36368 #. type: Plain text
36369 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:649
36370 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
36371 msgstr "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule."
36372
36373 #. type: Labeled list
36374 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:650
36375 #, no-wrap
36376 msgid "*rw*"
36377 msgstr "*rw*"
36378
36379 #. type: Plain text
36380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:652
36381 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
36382 msgstr "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture/écriture."
36383
36384 #. type: Labeled list
36385 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:653
36386 #, no-wrap
36387 msgid "*sync*"
36388 msgstr "*sync*"
36389
36390 #. type: Plain text
36391 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:655
36392 msgid ""
36393 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
36394 "with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may "
36395 "cause life-cycle shortening."
36396 msgstr ""
36397 "Toutes les entrées et sorties du système de fichiers doivent être réalisées "
36398 "de façon synchrone. Dans le cas d'un support avec un nombre limité de cycles "
36399 "d'écriture (par exemple des mémoires flash), *sync* peut réduire la durée de "
36400 "vie de celui-ci."
36401
36402 #. type: Plain text
36403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:658
36404 msgid ""
36405 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
36406 "user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/"
36407 "mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can "
36408 "unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
36409 "*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
36410 "option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
36411 msgstr ""
36412 "Autoriser les utilisateurs ordinaires à monter le système de fichiers. Le "
36413 "nom de l’utilisateur qui a monté le système de fichiers est noté dans le "
36414 "fichier _mtab_ (ou dans le fichier privé libmount de _/run/mount_ sur les "
36415 "systèmes sans fichier _mtab_ traditionnel) pour que cet utilisateur puisse "
36416 "le démonter ensuite. Cela entraîne l'utilisation des options *noexec>, "
36417 "*nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient explicitement surchargées, "
36418 "comme dans la ligne d’options *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
36419
36420 #. type: Labeled list
36421 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:659
36422 #, no-wrap
36423 msgid "*nouser*"
36424 msgstr "*nouser*"
36425
36426 #. type: Plain text
36427 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661
36428 msgid ""
36429 "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
36430 "does not imply any other options."
36431 msgstr ""
36432 "Ne pas autoriser d'utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers. "
36433 "C’est le comportement par défaut ; il n’implique aucune autre option."
36434
36435 #. type: Labeled list
36436 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:662
36437 #, no-wrap
36438 msgid "*users*"
36439 msgstr "*users*"
36440
36441 #. type: Plain text
36442 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:664
36443 msgid ""
36444 "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
36445 "ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
36446 "*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
36447 "option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
36448 msgstr ""
36449 "Autoriser tous les utilisateurs à monter et démonter le système de fichiers, "
36450 "même quand un autre utilisateur ordinaire l’a monté. Cette option implique "
36451 "les options *noexec*, *nosuid* et *nodev* (sauf s'il y a une surcharge par "
36452 "une option ultérieure, comme dans la ligne d’options *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
36453
36454 #. type: Labeled list
36455 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
36456 #, no-wrap
36457 msgid "*X-**"
36458 msgstr "*X-**"
36459
36460 #. type: Plain text
36461 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:667
36462 msgid ""
36463 "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
36464 "application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
36465 "g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) "
36466 "system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
36467 msgstr ""
36468 "Toutes les options précédées de *X-* sont interprétées comme des "
36469 "commentaires ou des options spécifiques aux applications d’espace "
36470 "utilisateur. Ces options ne sont pas gardées dans l’espace utilisateur (par "
36471 "exemple, le fichier _mtab_) et ne sont pas transmises aux auxiliaires mount."
36472 "_type_ ni aux appels système *mount*(2). Le format suggéré est **X-"
36473 "**__nom_application__._option_."
36474
36475 #. type: Labeled list
36476 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:668
36477 #, no-wrap
36478 msgid "*x-**"
36479 msgstr "*x-**"
36480
36481 #. type: Plain text
36482 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:670
36483 #, fuzzy
36484 #| msgid ""
36485 #| "The same as B<X-*> options, but stored permanently in user space.  This "
36486 #| "means the options are also available for B<umount> or other operations.  "
36487 #| "Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
36488 #| "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
36489 #| "options will be always available (for example after a move mount "
36490 #| "operation or in unshared namespace)."
36491 msgid ""
36492 "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
36493 "the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note "
36494 "that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
36495 "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
36496 "options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
36497 "or in unshared namespace)."
36498 msgstr ""
36499 "La même chose qu’avec les options *X-**, mais avec un enregistrement "
36500 "permanent dans l’espace utilisateur. Cela signifie que les options sont "
36501 "aussi disponibles pour des démontages ou d’autres utilisations. Remarquez "
36502 "que conserver les options de montage en espace utilisateur est délicat, car "
36503 "il est nécessaire d’utiliser des outils basés sur libmount et qu’il n’existe "
36504 "aucune garantie que les options seront toujours disponibles (par exemple, "
36505 "après une opération de déplacement de montage ou dans un espace utilisateur "
36506 "non partagé)."
36507
36508 #. type: Plain text
36509 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:672
36510 msgid ""
36511 "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
36512 "by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
36513 "now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
36514 "the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations "
36515 "usable without a change."
36516 msgstr ""
36517 "Remarquez qu’avant la version 2.30 d’util-linux les options x-* n’étaient "
36518 "pas conservées par libmount et enregistrées en espace utilisateur (la "
36519 "fonctionnalité était la même que pour X-* maintenant), mais à cause du "
36520 "nombre grandissant de cas d’utilisation (dans initrd, systemd, etc.), la "
36521 "fonctionnalité a été étendue pour conserver les configurations _fstab_ "
36522 "utilisables sans aucune modification."
36523
36524 #. type: Labeled list
36525 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673
36526 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
36527 #| msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
36528 msgid "*X-mount.auto-fstypes*=_list_"
36529 msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _liste_"
36530
36531 #. type: Plain text
36532 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676
36533 msgid ""
36534 "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types for automatic filesystem "
36535 "detection."
36536 msgstr ""
36537
36538 #. type: Plain text
36539 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:680
36540 msgid ""
36541 "The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The automatic "
36542 "filesystem detection is triggered by the \"auto\" filesystem type or when "
36543 "the filesystem type is not specified."
36544 msgstr ""
36545
36546 #. type: Plain text
36547 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685
36548 msgid ""
36549 "Thy _list_ follows how mount evaluates type patterns (see *-t* for more "
36550 "details). Only specified filesystem types are allowed, or all specified "
36551 "types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\"."
36552 msgstr ""
36553
36554 #. type: Plain text
36555 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:689
36556 msgid ""
36557 "For example, X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"ext4,btrfs\" accepts only ext4 and "
36558 "btrfs, and X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"novfat,xfs\" accepts all filesystems "
36559 "except vfat and xfs."
36560 msgstr ""
36561
36562 #. type: Plain text
36563 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:693
36564 #, fuzzy
36565 #| msgid ""
36566 #| "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the "
36567 #| "value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the "
36568 #| "comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell "
36569 #| "strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
36570 msgid ""
36571 "Note that comma is used as a separator between mount options, it means that "
36572 "auto-fstypes values have to be properly quoted, donâ\80\99t forget that the shell "
36573 "strips off quotes and thus double quoting is required. For example:"
36574 msgstr ""
36575 "*Avertissement* : la valeur _contexte_ *pourrait contenir des virgules*, "
36576 "auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon *mount* "
36577 "interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. "
36578 "N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets "
36579 "simples et que *des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires*. Par "
36580 "exemple :\n"
36581
36582 #. type: delimited block _
36583 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:695
36584 msgid ""
36585 "mount -t auto -o'X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"noext2,ext3\"' /dev/sdc1 /mnt/test"
36586 msgstr ""
36587
36588 #. type: Labeled list
36589 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697
36590 #, no-wrap
36591 msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
36592 msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
36593
36594 #. type: Plain text
36595 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:699
36596 #, fuzzy
36597 #| msgid ""
36598 #| "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet.  "
36599 #| "The optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used "
36600 #| "for B<mkdir>(2)  in octal notation.  The default mode is 0755.  This "
36601 #| "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
36602 #| "without suid permissions.  The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, "
36603 #| "this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
36604 msgid ""
36605 "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The "
36606 "optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
36607 "*mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
36608 "is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid "
36609 "permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this "
36610 "notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
36611 msgstr ""
36612 "Permettre de créer un répertoire cible (point de montage) s’il n’existe pas "
36613 "encore. L’argument facultatif _mode_ indique le mode d’accès au système de "
36614 "fichiers utilisé pour *mkdir*(2) en notation octale. Le mode par défaut est "
36615 "0755. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour le "
36616 "superutilisateur ou quand *mount* est exécuté sans les droits setuid. Cette "
36617 "option est aussi prise en charge sous forme x-mount.mkdir, cette notation "
36618 "est obsolète depuis la version 2.30."
36619
36620 #. type: Labeled list
36621 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:700
36622 #, no-wrap
36623 msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__"
36624 msgstr "**X-mount.subdir=**__répertoire__"
36625
36626 #. type: Plain text
36627 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:702
36628 msgid ""
36629 "Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root "
36630 "directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root "
36631 "directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the "
36632 "final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory "
36633 "mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is "
36634 "implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls."
36635 msgstr ""
36636
36637 #. type: Plain text
36638 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:704
36639 msgid ""
36640 "Note that this feature will not work in session with an unshared private "
36641 "mount namespace (after *unshare --mount*) on old kernels or with *mount*(8) "
36642 "without support for file-descriptors-based mount kernel API. In this case, "
36643 "you need *unshare --mount --propagation shared*."
36644 msgstr ""
36645
36646 #. type: Plain text
36647 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706
36648 msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
36649 msgstr ""
36650
36651 #. type: Labeled list
36652 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:707
36653 #, no-wrap
36654 msgid "*X-mount.owner*=_username_|_UID_, *X-mount.group*=_group_|_GID_"
36655 msgstr ""
36656
36657 #. type: Plain text
36658 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:709
36659 msgid ""
36660 "Set _mountpoint_'s ownership after mounting. Names resolved in the target "
36661 "mount namespace, see *-N*."
36662 msgstr ""
36663
36664 #. type: Labeled list
36665 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:710
36666 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
36667 #| msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
36668 msgid "*X-mount.mode*=_mode_"
36669 msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
36670
36671 #. type: Plain text
36672 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:712
36673 #, fuzzy
36674 #| msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
36675 msgid "Set _mountpoint_'s mode after mounting."
36676 msgstr "Définir le mode du point de montage."
36677
36678 #. type: Labeled list
36679 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:713
36680 #, no-wrap
36681 msgid "*X-mount.idmap*=__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__ [__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__], *X-mount.idmap*=__file__"
36682 msgstr ""
36683
36684 #. type: Plain text
36685 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:718
36686 msgid ""
36687 "Use this option to create an idmapped mount.  An idmapped mount allows to "
36688 "change ownership of all files located under a mount according to the ID-"
36689 "mapping associated with a user namespace.  The ownership change is tied to "
36690 "the lifetime and localized to the relevant mount.  The relevant ID-mapping "
36691 "can be specified in two ways:"
36692 msgstr ""
36693
36694 #. type: Plain text
36695 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720
36696 msgid "A user can specify the ID-mapping directly."
36697 msgstr ""
36698
36699 #. type: Plain text
36700 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:728
36701 msgid ""
36702 "The ID-mapping must be specified using the syntax __id-type__:__id-mount__:"
36703 "__id-host__:__id-range__.  Specifying *u* as the __id-type__ prefix creates "
36704 "a UID-mapping, *g* creates a GID-mapping and omitting __id-type__ or "
36705 "specifying *b* creates both a UID- and GID-mapping.  The __id-mount__ "
36706 "parameter indicates the starting ID in the new mount.  The __id-host__ "
36707 "parameter indicates the starting ID in the filesystem.  The __id-range__ "
36708 "parameter indicates how many IDs are to be mapped.  It is possible to "
36709 "specify multiple ID-mappings.  The individual ID-mappings must be separated "
36710 "by spaces."
36711 msgstr ""
36712
36713 #. type: Plain text
36714 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
36715 msgid ""
36716 "For example, the ID-mapping *X-mount.idmap=u:1000:0:1 g:1001:1:2 "
36717 "5000:1000:2* creates an idmapped mount where UID 0 is mapped to UID 1000, "
36718 "GID 1 is mapped to GUID 1001, GID 2 is mapped to GID 1002, UID and GID 1000 "
36719 "are mapped to 5000, and UID and GID 1001 are mapped to 5001 in the mount."
36720 msgstr ""
36721
36722 #. type: Plain text
36723 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:734
36724 msgid ""
36725 "When an ID-mapping is specified directly a new user namespace will be "
36726 "allocated with the requested ID-mapping.  The newly created user namespace "
36727 "will be attached to the mount."
36728 msgstr ""
36729
36730 #. type: Plain text
36731 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:735
36732 msgid "A user can specify a user namespace file."
36733 msgstr ""
36734
36735 #. type: Plain text
36736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:737
36737 msgid ""
36738 "The user namespace will then be attached to the mount and the ID-mapping of "
36739 "the user namespace will become the ID-mapping of the mount."
36740 msgstr ""
36741
36742 #. type: Plain text
36743 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:739
36744 msgid ""
36745 "For example, *X-mount.idmap=/proc/PID/ns/user* will attach the user "
36746 "namespace of the process PID to the mount."
36747 msgstr ""
36748
36749 #. type: Labeled list
36750 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:740
36751 #, no-wrap
36752 msgid "*nosymfollow*"
36753 msgstr "*nosymfollow*"
36754
36755 #. type: Plain text
36756 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:742
36757 msgid ""
36758 "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
36759 "and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still "
36760 "work properly."
36761 msgstr ""
36762 "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques lors de la résolution des chemins. Les "
36763 "liens symboliques peuvent toujours être créés et *readlink*(1), "
36764 "*readlink*(2), *realpath*(1) et *realpath*(3) fonctionnent toujours de "
36765 "manière appropriée."
36766
36767 #. type: Title ==
36768 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:743
36769 #, no-wrap
36770 msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
36771 msgstr "OPTIONS DE MONTAGE SPÉCIFIQUES"
36772
36773 #. type: Plain text
36774 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:746
36775 msgid ""
36776 "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
36777 "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
36778 "for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
36779 msgstr ""
36780 "Cette section liste les options particulières à des systèmes de fichiers. "
36781 "Quand cela est possible, vous devriez consulter la page de manuel spécifique "
36782 "au système de fichiers pour plus de détails. Certaines pages sont listées "
36783 "dans le tableau suivant."
36784
36785 #. type: Table
36786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:757
36787 #, no-wrap
36788 msgid ""
36789 "|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
36790 "|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
36791 "|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
36792 "|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
36793 "|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
36794 "|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
36795 "|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
36796 "|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
36797 msgstr ""
36798 "|*Système(s) de fichiers* |*Page de manuel*\n"
36799 "|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
36800 "|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
36801 "|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
36802 "|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
36803 "|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
36804 "|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
36805 "|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
36806
36807 #. type: Plain text
36808 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
36809 msgid ""
36810 "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
36811 "install the respective userland tools."
36812 msgstr ""
36813 "Remarquez que certaines pages listées ci-dessus pourraient être disponibles "
36814 "uniquement après avoir installé leurs outils respectifs en espace "
36815 "utilisateur."
36816
36817 #. type: Plain text
36818 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:762
36819 msgid ""
36820 "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
36821 "filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
36822 msgstr ""
36823 "Les options suivantes ne s'appliquent qu'à certains systèmes de fichiers. "
36824 "Elles sont triées par type de système de fichiers. Elles s'utilisent toutes "
36825 "à la suite de l’attribut *-o*."
36826
36827 #. type: Plain text
36828 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:764
36829 msgid ""
36830 "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
36831 "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
36832 "source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
36833 msgstr ""
36834 "Les options prises en charge dépendent du noyau en cours d'utilisation. Vous "
36835 "trouverez plus d'informations dans le sous-répertoire _Documentation/"
36836 "filesystems_ des sources du noyau."
36837
36838 #. type: Title ===
36839 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:765
36840 #, no-wrap
36841 msgid "Mount options for adfs"
36842 msgstr "Options de montage pour adfs"
36843
36844 #. type: Labeled list
36845 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:767 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:775
36846 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:825 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
36847 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:983 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1015
36848 #, no-wrap
36849 msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
36850 msgstr "**uid=**__valeur__ et **gid=**__valeur__"
36851
36852 #. type: Plain text
36853 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:769
36854 msgid ""
36855 "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
36856 msgstr ""
36857 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des fichiers du système de fichiers "
36858 "(par défaut : uid=gid=0)."
36859
36860 #. type: Labeled list
36861 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:770
36862 #, no-wrap
36863 msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
36864 msgstr "**ownmask=**__valeur__ and **othmask=**__valeur__"
36865
36866 #. type: Plain text
36867 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:772
36868 msgid ""
36869 "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
36870 "permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/"
36871 "usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
36872 msgstr ""
36873 "Définir le masque de permissions pour le propriétaire ADFS et les "
36874 "permissions des « autres » respectivement (défaut : 0700 et 0077, "
36875 "respectivement). Consultez aussi _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/"
36876 "adfs.rst_."
36877
36878 #. type: Title ===
36879 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:773
36880 #, no-wrap
36881 msgid "Mount options for affs"
36882 msgstr "Options de montage pour affs"
36883
36884 #. type: Plain text
36885 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:777
36886 msgid ""
36887 "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
36888 "but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of "
36889 "the current process are taken)."
36890 msgstr ""
36891 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de la racine du système de fichiers "
36892 "(par défaut : uid=gid=0, mais avec l'option *uid* ou *gid* sans valeur "
36893 "indiquée, l'UID et le GID du processus appelant seront utilisés)."
36894
36895 #. type: Labeled list
36896 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:778
36897 #, no-wrap
36898 msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
36899 msgstr "**setuid=**__valeur__ and **setgid=**__valeur__"
36900
36901 #. type: Plain text
36902 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:780
36903 msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
36904 msgstr "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers."
36905
36906 #. type: Labeled list
36907 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:781 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:818
36908 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:828 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1021
36909 #, no-wrap
36910 msgid "**mode=**__value__"
36911 msgstr "**mode=**__valeur__"
36912
36913 #. type: Plain text
36914 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:783
36915 msgid ""
36916 "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original "
36917 "permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
36918 "The value is given in octal."
36919 msgstr ""
36920 "Définir le mode d'accès à tous les fichiers au mode _valeur_ & 0777 sans "
36921 "s'occuper de leurs permissions d'origine. Cela ajoute également "
36922 "l'autorisation de parcours dans les répertoires qui permettent la lecture. "
36923 "La valeur doit être mentionnée en octal."
36924
36925 #. type: Labeled list
36926 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:784
36927 #, no-wrap
36928 msgid "*protect*"
36929 msgstr "*protect*"
36930
36931 #. type: Plain text
36932 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786
36933 msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
36934 msgstr ""
36935 "N'autoriser aucune modification des bits de protection du système de "
36936 "fichiers."
36937
36938 #. type: Labeled list
36939 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:787
36940 #, no-wrap
36941 msgid "*usemp*"
36942 msgstr "*usemp*"
36943
36944 #. type: Plain text
36945 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:789
36946 msgid ""
36947 "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
36948 "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
36949 "Strange..."
36950 msgstr ""
36951 "Définir l'UID et le GID de la racine du système de fichiers à l'UID et au "
36952 "GID du point de montage jusqu'au premier sync ou umount, puis ignorer cette "
36953 "option. Bizarre…"
36954
36955 #. type: Labeled list
36956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:790
36957 #, no-wrap
36958 msgid "*verbose*"
36959 msgstr "*verbose*"
36960
36961 #. type: Plain text
36962 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:792
36963 msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
36964 msgstr "Afficher des informations supplémentaires pour chaque montage réussi."
36965
36966 #. type: Labeled list
36967 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:793
36968 #, no-wrap
36969 msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
36970 msgstr "**prefix=**__chaîne__"
36971
36972 #. type: Plain text
36973 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:795
36974 msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
36975 msgstr "Préfixe à utiliser avant le nom de volume lorsqu'un lien est suivi."
36976
36977 #. type: Labeled list
36978 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:796
36979 #, no-wrap
36980 msgid "**volume=**__string__"
36981 msgstr "**volume=**__chaîne__"
36982
36983 #. type: Plain text
36984 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:798
36985 msgid ""
36986 "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
36987 msgstr ""
36988 "Préfixe (30 caractères au plus) à utiliser avant « / » lorsqu'un lien "
36989 "symbolique est suivi."
36990
36991 #. type: Labeled list
36992 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:799
36993 #, no-wrap
36994 msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
36995 msgstr "**reserved=**__valeur__"
36996
36997 #. type: Plain text
36998 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:801
36999 msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
37000 msgstr "Nombre de blocs inutilisés au début du périphérique (2 par défaut)."
37001
37002 #. type: Labeled list
37003 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:802
37004 #, no-wrap
37005 msgid "**root=**__value__"
37006 msgstr "**root=**__valeur__"
37007
37008 #. type: Plain text
37009 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:804
37010 msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
37011 msgstr "Fournir explicitement l'emplacement du bloc racine."
37012
37013 #. type: Labeled list
37014 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:805
37015 #, no-wrap
37016 msgid "**bs=**__value__"
37017 msgstr "**bs=**__valeur__"
37018
37019 #. type: Plain text
37020 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:807
37021 msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
37022 msgstr ""
37023 "Fournir la taille de bloc. Les valeurs autorisées sont 512, 1024, 2048 et "
37024 "4096."
37025
37026 #. type: Labeled list
37027 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:808
37028 #, no-wrap
37029 msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
37030 msgstr "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
37031
37032 #. type: Plain text
37033 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:810
37034 msgid ""
37035 "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
37036 "to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
37037 msgstr ""
37038 "Ces options sont acceptées mais sans effet (les utilitaires de quota peuvent "
37039 "toutefois réagir à de telles chaînes dans _/etc/fstab_)."
37040
37041 #. type: Title ===
37042 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:811
37043 #, no-wrap
37044 msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
37045 msgstr "Options de montage pour debugfs"
37046
37047 #. type: Plain text
37048 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:814
37049 msgid ""
37050 "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/"
37051 "sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
37052 "options:"
37053 msgstr ""
37054 "Le système de fichiers debugfs est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
37055 "traditionnellement monté sous _/sys/kernel/debug_. Avec la version 3.4 du "
37056 "noyau, debugfs a les options de montage suivantes."
37057
37058 #. type: Labeled list
37059 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:966
37060 #, no-wrap
37061 msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
37062 msgstr "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
37063
37064 #. type: Plain text
37065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:817
37066 msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
37067 msgstr "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe du point de montage."
37068
37069 #. type: Plain text
37070 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:820
37071 msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
37072 msgstr "Définir le mode du point de montage."
37073
37074 #. type: Title ===
37075 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821
37076 #, no-wrap
37077 msgid "Mount options for devpts"
37078 msgstr "Options de montage pour devpts"
37079
37080 #. type: Plain text
37081 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:824
37082 msgid ""
37083 "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/"
37084 "pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; "
37085 "the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and "
37086 "the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
37087 msgstr ""
37088 "Le système de fichiers devpts est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
37089 "traditionnellement monté sous _/dev/pts_. Pour acquérir un pseudoterminal, "
37090 "un processus ouvre _/dev/ptmx_ ; le numéro du pseudoterminal est rendu "
37091 "disponible au processus, et le pseudoterminal esclave est accessible en tant "
37092 "que _/dev/pts/_<numéro>."
37093
37094 #. type: Plain text
37095 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
37096 msgid ""
37097 "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
37098 "specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
37099 "GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
37100 "5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
37101 "tty group."
37102 msgstr ""
37103 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. "
37104 "Lorsque rien n'est indiqué, ils seront fixés avec l'UID et le GID du "
37105 "processus créateur. Par exemple, si un groupe tty de GID 5 est présent, "
37106 "alors *gid=5* fera appartenir les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés au "
37107 "groupe tty."
37108
37109 #. type: Plain text
37110 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830
37111 msgid ""
37112 "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
37113 "default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the "
37114 "default on newly created pseudo terminals."
37115 msgstr ""
37116 "Définir le mode des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. La valeur par défaut "
37117 "est 0600. Une valeur *mode=620* et *gid=5* correspond à un « mesg y » pour "
37118 "tous les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés."
37119
37120 #. type: Labeled list
37121 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:831
37122 #, no-wrap
37123 msgid "*newinstance*"
37124 msgstr "*newinstance*"
37125
37126 #. type: Plain text
37127 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
37128 msgid ""
37129 "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
37130 "pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
37131 "created in other instances of devpts."
37132 msgstr ""
37133 "Créer une instance privée du système de fichiers devpts, les index des "
37134 "pseudoterminaux alloués dans cette nouvelle instance seront indépendants des "
37135 "index créés dans les autres instances devpts."
37136
37137 #. type: Plain text
37138 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:835
37139 msgid ""
37140 "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of "
37141 "pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the "
37142 "*newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
37143 msgstr ""
37144 "Tous les montages de devpts sans l'option *newinstance* partagent le même "
37145 "ensemble d'index de pseudoterminaux (mode legacy). Chaque montage de devpts "
37146 "avec l'option *newinstance* utilise un ensemble privé d'index de "
37147 "pseudoterminaux."
37148
37149 #. type: Plain text
37150 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
37151 msgid ""
37152 "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
37153 "implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
37154 "mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled "
37155 "in the kernel configuration."
37156 msgstr ""
37157 "Cette option est principalement utilisée pour gérer les conteneurs dans le "
37158 "noyau Linux. Elle est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
37159 "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option de montage n'est valable que si "
37160 "l'option *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* est activée dans la "
37161 "configuration du noyau."
37162
37163 #. type: Plain text
37164 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
37165 msgid ""
37166 "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/"
37167 "ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source "
37168 "tree for details."
37169 msgstr ""
37170 "Pour utiliser cette option efficacement, _/dev/ptmx_ doit être un lien "
37171 "symbolique vers _pts/ptmx_. Consultez *Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt* "
37172 "dans les sources du noyau Linux pour plus de précisions."
37173
37174 #. type: Labeled list
37175 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:840
37176 #, no-wrap
37177 msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
37178 msgstr "**ptmxmode=**__valeur__"
37179
37180 #. type: Plain text
37181 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:842
37182 msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
37183 msgstr ""
37184 "Définir le mode du nouveau nœud de périphérique _ptmx_ dans le système de "
37185 "fichiers devpts."
37186
37187 #. type: Plain text
37188 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
37189 msgid ""
37190 "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option "
37191 "above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts "
37192 "filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
37193 msgstr ""
37194 "Avec la gestion des instances multiples de devpts (consultez l'option "
37195 "*newinstance* ci-dessus), chaque instance possède un nœud privé _ptmx_ dans "
37196 "la racine du système de fichiers (typiquement _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
37197
37198 #. type: Plain text
37199 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:846
37200 msgid ""
37201 "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
37202 "new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode "
37203 "for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option "
37204 "is specified."
37205 msgstr ""
37206 "Pour être compatible avec les anciennes versions du noyau, le mode par "
37207 "défaut des nouveaux nœuds _ptmx_ est 0000. *ptmxmode=**__valeur__ indique un "
37208 "mode plus pratique pour le nœud _ptmx_ et est recommandé lorsque l'option "
37209 "*newinstance* est indiquée."
37210
37211 #. type: Plain text
37212 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:848
37213 msgid ""
37214 "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
37215 "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
37216 "*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
37217 msgstr ""
37218 "Cette option est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la version 2.6.29. "
37219 "De plus, cette option n'est valable que si l'option "
37220 "*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* est activée dans la configuration du "
37221 "noyau."
37222
37223 #. type: Title ===
37224 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:849
37225 #, no-wrap
37226 msgid "Mount options for fat"
37227 msgstr "Options de montage pour fat"
37228
37229 #. type: Plain text
37230 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:852
37231 msgid ""
37232 "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, "
37233 "_umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
37234 msgstr ""
37235 "(Note : _fat_ n'est pas un système de fichiers séparé mais une portion "
37236 "commune des systèmes de fichiers _msdos_, _umsdos_ et _vfat_)."
37237
37238 #. type: Labeled list
37239 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
37240 #, no-wrap
37241 msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
37242 msgstr "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
37243
37244 #. type: Plain text
37245 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:855
37246 msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
37247 msgstr ""
37248 "Définir la taille des blocs (par défaut 512). Cette option est obsolète."
37249
37250 #. type: Plain text
37251 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:858 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:968
37252 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:985
37253 msgid ""
37254 "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
37255 "current process.)"
37256 msgstr ""
37257 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers (les valeurs par "
37258 "défaut sont l'UID et le GID du processus actuel)."
37259
37260 #. type: Labeled list
37261 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:859 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:986
37262 #, no-wrap
37263 msgid "**umask=**__value__"
37264 msgstr "**umask=**__valeur__"
37265
37266 #. type: Plain text
37267 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:988
37268 msgid ""
37269 "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The "
37270 "default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
37271 msgstr ""
37272 "Définir l'umask (c'est-à-dire le masque de bits des permissions qui ne sont "
37273 "*pas* fournies). Par défaut, il s'agit de l'umask du processus actuel. La "
37274 "valeur est donnée en octal."
37275
37276 #. type: Labeled list
37277 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:862
37278 #, no-wrap
37279 msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
37280 msgstr "**dmask=**__valeur__"
37281
37282 #. type: Plain text
37283 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
37284 msgid ""
37285 "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
37286 "current process. The value is given in octal."
37287 msgstr ""
37288 "Définir l'umask appliqué aux répertoires seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
37289 "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
37290
37291 #. type: Labeled list
37292 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:865
37293 #, no-wrap
37294 msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
37295 msgstr "**fmask=**__valeur__"
37296
37297 #. type: Plain text
37298 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
37299 msgid ""
37300 "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
37301 "current process. The value is given in octal."
37302 msgstr ""
37303 "Définir l'umask appliqué aux fichiers normaux seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
37304 "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
37305
37306 #. type: Labeled list
37307 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:868
37308 #, no-wrap
37309 msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
37310 msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valeur__"
37311
37312 #. type: Plain text
37313 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
37314 msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
37315 msgstr ""
37316 "Cette option contrôle la vérification des permissions de _mtime_ ou _atime_."
37317
37318 #. type: Labeled list
37319 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:871
37320 #, no-wrap
37321 msgid "*20*"
37322 msgstr "*20*"
37323
37324 #. type: Plain text
37325 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
37326 msgid ""
37327 "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
37328 msgstr ""
37329 "Si le processus actuel appartient au GID du fichier, l'horodatage peut être "
37330 "modifié."
37331
37332 #. type: Plain text
37333 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:876
37334 msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
37335 msgstr "Les autres utilisateurs peuvent changer les horodatages."
37336
37337 #. type: Plain text
37338 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:878
37339 msgid ""
37340 "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
37341 "*utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
37342 msgstr ""
37343 "La valeur par défaut est définie depuis l'option *dmask* (s'il est possible "
37344 "d'écrire dans le répertoire, *utime*(2) est autorisé, c'est-à-dire ~dmask & "
37345 "022)"
37346
37347 #. type: Plain text
37348 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:880
37349 msgid ""
37350 "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or "
37351 "that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/"
37352 "GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can "
37353 "relax it."
37354 msgstr ""
37355 "Normalement, *utime*(2) vérifie que le processus actuel est le propriétaire "
37356 "du fichier ou qu'il a la propriété *CAP_FOWNER*. Cependant, les systèmes de "
37357 "fichiers FAT n’ont pas d'UID ou de GID sur le disque, donc une vérification "
37358 "normale est trop inflexible. Avec cette option, vous pouvez l'assouplir."
37359
37360 #. type: Labeled list
37361 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
37362 #, no-wrap
37363 msgid "**check=**__value__"
37364 msgstr "**check=**__valeur__"
37365
37366 #. type: Plain text
37367 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:883
37368 msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
37369 msgstr ""
37370 "Les trois niveaux suivants de vérification de noms de fichiers sont "
37371 "disponibles."
37372
37373 #. type: Labeled list
37374 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
37375 #, no-wrap
37376 msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
37377 msgstr "*r*[*elaxed*]"
37378
37379 #. type: Plain text
37380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:886
37381 msgid ""
37382 "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
37383 "truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and "
37384 "embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
37385 msgstr ""
37386 "Les majuscules et minuscules sont acceptées et équivalentes. La partie "
37387 "excédentaire des noms longs est supprimée (par exemple _nombeaucouptroplong."
37388 "toto_ devient _nombeauc.tot_). Les espaces en tête et dans les noms sont "
37389 "acceptés, tant dans le nom que dans l'extension."
37390
37391 #. type: Labeled list
37392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
37393 #, no-wrap
37394 msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
37395 msgstr "*n*[*ormal*]"
37396
37397 #. type: Plain text
37398 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:889
37399 msgid ""
37400 "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are "
37401 "rejected. This is the default."
37402 msgstr ""
37403 "Comme *relaxed*, mais de nombreux caractères spéciaux (*, ?, <, "
37404 "espaces, etc.) sont refusés. C'est le comportement par défaut."
37405
37406 #. type: Labeled list
37407 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890
37408 #, no-wrap
37409 msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
37410 msgstr "*s*[*trict*]"
37411
37412 #. type: Plain text
37413 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:892
37414 msgid ""
37415 "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
37416 "that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
37417 "are rejected."
37418 msgstr ""
37419 "Comme *normal*, mais les noms qui contiennent une partie longue ou des "
37420 "caractères spéciaux qui sont parfois utilisés sous Linux, mais pas acceptés "
37421 "par MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) sont rejetés."
37422
37423 #. type: Labeled list
37424 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893
37425 #, no-wrap
37426 msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
37427 msgstr "**codepage=**__valeur__"
37428
37429 #. type: Plain text
37430 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:895
37431 msgid ""
37432 "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
37433 "filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
37434 msgstr ""
37435 "Définir la page de code pour convertir les caractères des noms courts des "
37436 "systèmes de fichiers FAT et VFAT. Par défaut, la page 437 est utilisée."
37437
37438 #. type: Labeled list
37439 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:896 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:992
37440 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1030
37441 #, no-wrap
37442 msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
37443 msgstr "**conv=**__mode__"
37444
37445 #. type: Plain text
37446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:898
37447 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
37448 msgstr "Cette option est obsolète et peut échouer ou être ignorée."
37449
37450 #. type: Labeled list
37451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:899
37452 #, no-wrap
37453 msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
37454 msgstr "**cvf_format=**__module__"
37455
37456 #. type: Plain text
37457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901
37458 #, fuzzy
37459 #| msgid ""
37460 #| "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
37461 #| "cvf__module_ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports kmod, the "
37462 #| "cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This "
37463 #| "option is obsolete."
37464 msgid ""
37465 "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
37466 "cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the "
37467 "**cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. "
37468 "This option is obsolete."
37469 msgstr ""
37470 "Obliger le pilote à utiliser le module CVF (Compressed Volume File) "
37471 "cvf__module_ plutôt que l'autodétection. Si le noyau gère kmod, l'option "
37472 "cvf_format=module commande aussi le chargement du module CVF à la demande. "
37473 "Cette option est obsolète."
37474
37475 #. type: Labeled list
37476 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:902
37477 #, no-wrap
37478 msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
37479 msgstr "**cvf_option=**__option__"
37480
37481 #. type: Plain text
37482 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904
37483 msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
37484 msgstr "Option passée au module CVF. Cette option est obsolète."
37485
37486 #. type: Labeled list
37487 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:905
37488 #, no-wrap
37489 msgid "*debug*"
37490 msgstr "*debug*"
37491
37492 #. type: Plain text
37493 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
37494 msgid ""
37495 "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
37496 "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
37497 "appear to be inconsistent)."
37498 msgstr ""
37499 "Activer l'attribut _debug_. Un numéro de version et une liste des paramètres "
37500 "du système de fichiers seront affichés (ces données seront également "
37501 "affichées si les paramètres semblent incohérents)."
37502
37503 #. type: Labeled list
37504 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:908
37505 #, no-wrap
37506 msgid "*discard*"
37507 msgstr "*discard*"
37508
37509 #. type: Plain text
37510 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910
37511 msgid ""
37512 "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
37513 "blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
37514 "provisioned LUNs."
37515 msgstr ""
37516 "Si elles sont activées, des commandes discard et TRIM seront envoyées au "
37517 "périphérique bloc quand les blocs sont libérés. C'est utile pour les "
37518 "périphériques SSD et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned "
37519 "LUN »)."
37520
37521 #. type: Labeled list
37522 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:911
37523 #, no-wrap
37524 msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
37525 msgstr "*dos1xfloppy*"
37526
37527 #. type: Plain text
37528 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
37529 msgid ""
37530 "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
37531 "determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
37532 "assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
37533 "floppy images."
37534 msgstr ""
37535 "Si définie, utiliser une configuration de repli par défaut de paramètre bloc "
37536 "du BIOS, déterminée par la taille du périphérique sous-jacent. Ces "
37537 "paramètres statiques correspondent aux valeurs par défaut supposées par "
37538 "DOS 1.x pour les disquettes et images de disquettes de 160 kio, 180 kio, "
37539 "320 kio et 360 kio."
37540
37541 #. type: Labeled list
37542 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:914
37543 #, no-wrap
37544 msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
37545 msgstr "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
37546
37547 #. type: Plain text
37548 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916
37549 msgid ""
37550 "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
37551 "anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
37552 msgstr ""
37553 "Indiquer le comportement FAT en cas d’erreur critique : *panic*, continuer "
37554 "sans rien faire ou remonter la partition en mode lecture seule (comportement "
37555 "par défaut)."
37556
37557 #. type: Labeled list
37558 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:917
37559 #, no-wrap
37560 msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
37561 msgstr "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
37562
37563 #. type: Plain text
37564 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
37565 msgid ""
37566 "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
37567 "detection routine. Use with caution!"
37568 msgstr ""
37569 "Préciser s'il s'agit d'une FAT 12, 16 ou 32 bits. Cela a priorité sur la "
37570 "détection automatique du type de FAT. À utiliser avec précaution !"
37571
37572 #. type: Labeled list
37573 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:920 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
37574 #, no-wrap
37575 msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
37576 msgstr "**iocharset=**__valeur__"
37577
37578 #. type: Plain text
37579 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
37580 msgid ""
37581 "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
37582 "Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
37583 "disk in Unicode format."
37584 msgstr ""
37585 "Jeu de caractères pour les conversions entre les caractères 8 bits et les "
37586 "caractères 16 bits Unicode. Par défaut c'est ISO 8859-1. Les noms de "
37587 "fichiers longs sont conservés sur le disque au format Unicode."
37588
37589 #. type: Labeled list
37590 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:923
37591 #, no-wrap
37592 msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
37593 msgstr "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
37594
37595 #. type: Plain text
37596 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925
37597 msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
37598 msgstr ""
37599 "N’activer cela que si vous voulez exporter le système de fichiers FAT par "
37600 "NFS."
37601
37602 #. type: Plain text
37603 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:927
37604 #, no-wrap
37605 msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n"
37606 msgstr "*stale_rw* : cette option maintient un index (cache) des inœuds de répertoire qui est utilisé par le code relatif à NFS pour améliorer les recherches. Les opérations complètes de fichier (lecture ou écriture) par NFS sont prises en charge mais avec expulsion du cache vers le serveur NFS, cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des erreurs *ESTALE* infondées.\n"
37607
37608 #. type: Plain text
37609 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:929
37610 #, no-wrap
37611 msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n"
37612 msgstr "*nostale_ro* : cette option base le numéro d’inœud et le gestionnaire de fichiers sur l’emplacement d’un fichier sur le disque dans l’entrée de répertoire FAT. Cela assure que *ESTALE* ne sera pas renvoyé après l'expulsion d’un fichier du cache d’inœuds. Cependant, cela signifie que les opérations comme le renommage, la création et la destruction pourraient forcer les gestionnaires de fichiers qui pointaient auparavant vers un fichier à pointer vers un autre fichier, avec une éventuelle corruption de données. Pour cette raison, cette option monte aussi le système de fichiers en lecture seule.\n"
37613
37614 #. type: Plain text
37615 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
37616 msgid ""
37617 "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to "
37618 "*stale_rw*."
37619 msgstr ""
37620 "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, *-o nfs* est aussi acceptée, signifiant "
37621 "par défaut *stale_rw*."
37622
37623 #. type: Labeled list
37624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:932
37625 #, no-wrap
37626 msgid "*tz=UTC*"
37627 msgstr "*tz=UTC*"
37628
37629 #. type: Plain text
37630 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:934
37631 msgid ""
37632 "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
37633 "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
37634 "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
37635 "set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
37636 msgstr ""
37637 "Cette option désactive la conversion des horodatages entre le temps local "
37638 "(comme utilisé par Windows avec FAT) et le temps universel (que Linux "
37639 "utilise en interne). C'est particulièrement utile lors du montage de "
37640 "périphériques (comme des appareils photo numériques) qui utilisent l'heure "
37641 "universelle afin de s'affranchir des différentes heures locales."
37642
37643 #. type: Labeled list
37644 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
37645 #, no-wrap
37646 msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
37647 msgstr "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
37648
37649 #. type: Plain text
37650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:937
37651 msgid ""
37652 "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
37653 "I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
37654 "used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
37655 "kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
37656 "Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
37657 "cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
37658 "off by one hour."
37659 msgstr ""
37660 "Définir le décalage pour la conversion des horodatages de l’heure locale "
37661 "utilisée par FAT en UTC. C’est-à-dire que des _minutes_ seront soustraites "
37662 "de chaque horodatage pour le convertir en UTC, tel qu’utilisé en interne par "
37663 "Linux. C’est utile quand le fuseau horaire défini dans le noyau par "
37664 "*settimeofday*(2) n’est pas le fuseau horaire utilisé par le système de "
37665 "fichiers. Remarquez que cette option ne fournit cependant pas d’horodatage "
37666 "correct dans tous les cas en présence d’heure d’été — les horodatages en cas "
37667 "de configuration d’heure d’été différente seront décalés d’une heure."
37668
37669 #. type: Labeled list
37670 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:938 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
37671 #, no-wrap
37672 msgid "*quiet*"
37673 msgstr "*quiet*"
37674
37675 #. type: Plain text
37676 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:940
37677 msgid ""
37678 "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
37679 "errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
37680 msgstr ""
37681 "Activer l'attribut _quiet_. Les tentatives de modification du propriétaire "
37682 "ou du mode d'accès aux fichiers ne renverront pas d'erreurs, bien qu'elles "
37683 "échouent. À utiliser avec précaution !"
37684
37685 #. type: Labeled list
37686 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:941
37687 #, no-wrap
37688 msgid "*rodir*"
37689 msgstr "*rodir*"
37690
37691 #. type: Plain text
37692 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:943
37693 msgid ""
37694 "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of "
37695 "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
37696 "flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
37697 msgstr ""
37698 "FAT a l’attribut *ATTR_RO* (lecture seule). Sous Windows, l’**ATTR_RO** du "
37699 "répertoire sera simplement ignoré et il n’est utilisé que par les "
37700 "applications comme un attribut (par exemple, il est défini pour le "
37701 "répertoire personnalisé)."
37702
37703 #. type: Plain text
37704 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:945
37705 msgid ""
37706 "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
37707 "this option."
37708 msgstr ""
37709 "Pour utiliser *ATTR_RO* comme un attribut de lecture seule même pour le "
37710 "répertoire, activez cette option."
37711
37712 #. type: Labeled list
37713 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:946
37714 #, no-wrap
37715 msgid "*showexec*"
37716 msgstr "*showexec*"
37717
37718 #. type: Plain text
37719 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:948
37720 msgid ""
37721 "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
37722 "extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
37723 msgstr ""
37724 "Si activée, les bits de permission d'exécution du fichier seront autorisés "
37725 "seulement si l'extension du nom de fichier est .EXE, .BAT ou .COM. "
37726 "Désactivée par défaut."
37727
37728 #. type: Labeled list
37729 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:949
37730 #, no-wrap
37731 msgid "*sys_immutable*"
37732 msgstr "*sys_immutable*"
37733
37734 #. type: Plain text
37735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:951
37736 msgid ""
37737 "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. "
37738 "Not set by default."
37739 msgstr ""
37740 "Si activée, l'attribut FAT *ATTR_SYS* est géré comme un attribut immuable "
37741 "sous Linux. Désactivée par défaut."
37742
37743 #. type: Labeled list
37744 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:952
37745 #, no-wrap
37746 msgid "*flush*"
37747 msgstr "*flush*"
37748
37749 #. type: Plain text
37750 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:954
37751 msgid ""
37752 "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
37753 "set by default."
37754 msgstr ""
37755 "Si activée, le système de fichiers essayera de vider vers le disque plus tôt "
37756 "que la normale. Désactivée par défaut."
37757
37758 #. type: Labeled list
37759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:955
37760 #, no-wrap
37761 msgid "*usefree*"
37762 msgstr "*usefree*"
37763
37764 #. type: Plain text
37765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:957
37766 msgid ""
37767 "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to "
37768 "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used "
37769 "by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. "
37770 "If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option "
37771 "you can avoid scanning disk."
37772 msgstr ""
37773 "Utiliser la valeur de secteurs libres (« free clusters ») disponible dans "
37774 "*FSINFO*. Elle sera utilisée pour déterminer le nombre de secteurs libres "
37775 "sans analyser le disque. Elle n'est pas utilisée par défaut car les versions "
37776 "récentes de Windows ne la mettent pas à jour correctement dans certains cas. "
37777 "Si vous êtes sûr que la valeur de secteurs libres sur *FSINFO* est correcte, "
37778 "vous pouvez éviter l'analyse du disque grâce à cette option."
37779
37780 #. type: Labeled list
37781 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:958
37782 #, no-wrap
37783 msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
37784 msgstr "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
37785
37786 #. type: Plain text
37787 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:960
37788 msgid ""
37789 "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
37790 "filesystem."
37791 msgstr ""
37792 "Diverses tentatives risquées pour forcer un comportement UNIX ou DOS dans un "
37793 "système de fichiers FAT."
37794
37795 #. type: Title ===
37796 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:961
37797 #, no-wrap
37798 msgid "Mount options for hfs"
37799 msgstr "Options de montage pour hfs"
37800
37801 #. type: Labeled list
37802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:963
37803 #, no-wrap
37804 msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
37805 msgstr "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
37806
37807 #. type: Plain text
37808 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
37809 msgid ""
37810 "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
37811 "new files. Default values: '????'."
37812 msgstr ""
37813 "Positionner les valeurs « creator » et « type » telles que les montre le "
37814 "« Finder MacOS » lors de la création de nouveaux fichiers. Valeurs par "
37815 "défaut « ???? »."
37816
37817 #. type: Labeled list
37818 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
37819 #, no-wrap
37820 msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
37821 msgstr "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
37822
37823 #. type: Plain text
37824 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:971
37825 msgid ""
37826 "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
37827 "directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
37828 msgstr ""
37829 "Établir l'umask utilisé pour tous les répertoires, tous les fichiers normaux "
37830 "ou tous les fichiers et répertoires. La valeur par défaut est l'umask du "
37831 "processus actuel."
37832
37833 #. type: Labeled list
37834 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:972
37835 #, no-wrap
37836 msgid "**session=**__n__"
37837 msgstr "**session=**__n__"
37838
37839 #. type: Plain text
37840 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
37841 msgid ""
37842 "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
37843 "CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
37844 "device."
37845 msgstr ""
37846 "Choisir la session de CD-ROM à monter. La valeur par défaut est de laisser "
37847 "cette décision au lecteur de CD-ROM. Cette option ne fonctionne que pour les "
37848 "CD-ROM."
37849
37850 #. type: Labeled list
37851 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:975
37852 #, no-wrap
37853 msgid "**part=**__n__"
37854 msgstr "**part=**__n__"
37855
37856 #. type: Plain text
37857 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977
37858 msgid ""
37859 "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
37860 "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
37861 msgstr ""
37862 "Choisir la partition numéro *n* du périphérique. Cela n'a de sens que pour "
37863 "les CD-ROM. Le comportement par défaut est de ne pas analyser la table de "
37864 "partitions."
37865
37866 #. type: Plain text
37867 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:980
37868 msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
37869 msgstr "Ne pas se plaindre dans le cas d'options de montage non valables."
37870
37871 #. type: Title ===
37872 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981
37873 #, no-wrap
37874 msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
37875 msgstr "Options de montage pour hpfs"
37876
37877 #. type: Labeled list
37878 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:989
37879 #, no-wrap
37880 msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
37881 msgstr "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
37882
37883 #. type: Plain text
37884 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:991
37885 msgid ""
37886 "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
37887 "*case=lower*.)"
37888 msgstr ""
37889 "Convertir les noms de fichiers en minuscules (*lower*) ou les laisser tels "
37890 "quels (*asis*). Par défaut : *case=lower*."
37891
37892 #. type: Plain text
37893 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
37894 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
37895 msgstr "Cette option est obsolète et peut échouer ou être ignorée."
37896
37897 #. type: Labeled list
37898 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:995
37899 #, no-wrap
37900 msgid "*nocheck*"
37901 msgstr "*nocheck*"
37902
37903 #. type: Plain text
37904 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
37905 msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
37906 msgstr "Ne pas interrompre le montage si un test de cohérence échoue."
37907
37908 #. type: Title ===
37909 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:998
37910 #, no-wrap
37911 msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
37912 msgstr "Options de montage pour ISO 9660"
37913
37914 #. type: Plain text
37915 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001
37916 msgid ""
37917 "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
37918 "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ "
37919 "filesystem.)"
37920 msgstr ""
37921 "ISO 9660 est une norme décrivant la structure du système de fichiers pour "
37922 "les CD-ROM (ce type de système de fichiers apparaît aussi sur certains DVD ; "
37923 "consultez également le système de fichiers _udf_)."
37924
37925 #. type: Plain text
37926 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1003
37927 msgid ""
37928 "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
37929 "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
37930 "upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
37931 "links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
37932 msgstr ""
37933 "Les noms de fichiers _iso9660_ normaux se présentent au format 8.3 (limite "
37934 "de longueur des noms comme sous DOS). Tous les caractères sont en "
37935 "majuscules. De plus, rien n'est prévu pour stocker le propriétaire du "
37936 "fichier, le mode d'accès, le nombre de liens, les périphériques bloc ou "
37937 "caractère, etc."
37938
37939 #. type: Plain text
37940 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1005
37941 msgid ""
37942 "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
37943 "features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
37944 "supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
37945 "filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
37946 "it is read-only, of course)."
37947 msgstr ""
37948 "Rock Ridge est une extension du format ISO 9660 qui permet d'offrir ces "
37949 "fonctionnalités UNIX. En gros, des données sont ajoutées pour chaque entrée "
37950 "de chaque répertoire afin de fournir les informations désirées. Lorsque Rock "
37951 "Ridge est utilisée, le système de fichiers est complètement semblable à un "
37952 "système de fichiers UNIX normal (sauf qu'il est en lecture seule évidemment)."
37953
37954 #. type: Labeled list
37955 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1006
37956 #, no-wrap
37957 msgid "*norock*"
37958 msgstr "*norock*"
37959
37960 #. type: Plain text
37961 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1008
37962 msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
37963 msgstr ""
37964 "Ne pas utiliser les extensions Rock Ridge, même si elles sont disponibles. "
37965 "Consultez *map*."
37966
37967 #. type: Labeled list
37968 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1009
37969 #, no-wrap
37970 msgid "*nojoliet*"
37971 msgstr "*nojoliet*"
37972
37973 #. type: Plain text
37974 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1011
37975 msgid ""
37976 "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
37977 msgstr ""
37978 "Désactiver les extensions Microsoft Joliet, même si elles sont disponibles. "
37979 "Consultez *map*."
37980
37981 #. type: Labeled list
37982 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1012
37983 #, no-wrap
37984 msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
37985 msgstr "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
37986
37987 #. type: Plain text
37988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1014
37989 msgid ""
37990 "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
37991 "doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* "
37992 "and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
37993 msgstr ""
37994 "Avec *check=relaxed*, les noms de fichier sont convertis en minuscules avant "
37995 "de lancer la recherche. Cela n'a probablement d'intérêt qu'avec les options "
37996 "*norock* et *map=normal*. (Par défaut : *check=strict*.)"
37997
37998 #. type: Plain text
37999 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1017
38000 msgid ""
38001 "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
38002 "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
38003 "*uid=0,gid=0*.)"
38004 msgstr ""
38005 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers en écrasant "
38006 "éventuellement les informations trouvées dans les extensions Rock Ridge (par "
38007 "défaut : *uid=0,gid=0*)."
38008
38009 #. type: Labeled list
38010 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1018
38011 #, no-wrap
38012 msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
38013 msgstr "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
38014
38015 #. type: Plain text
38016 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
38017 msgid ""
38018 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
38019 "ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no "
38020 "name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* "
38021 "is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
38022 msgstr ""
38023 "Pour les volumes sans extension Rock Ridge, la conversion des noms de "
38024 "fichiers change les majuscules en minuscules, supprime l'éventuel « ;1 » "
38025 "final, et transforme « ; » en « . ». Avec *map=off* il n'y a pas de "
38026 "conversion. Consultez *norock* (*map=normal* par défaut). *map=acorn* est "
38027 "comme *map=normal*, mais applique aussi les extensions Acorn si elles sont "
38028 "présentes."
38029
38030 #. type: Plain text
38031 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023
38032 msgid ""
38033 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
38034 "read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
38035 "leading 0."
38036 msgstr ""
38037 "Pour les volumes non Rock Ridge, donner le mode indiqué à tous les fichiers "
38038 "(par défaut : lecture et exécution autorisées pour tous). Les valeurs de "
38039 "mode octal nécessitent 0 en tête)."
38040
38041 #. type: Labeled list
38042 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1024 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1339
38043 #, no-wrap
38044 msgid "*unhide*"
38045 msgstr "*unhide*"
38046
38047 #. type: Plain text
38048 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026
38049 msgid ""
38050 "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
38051 "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
38052 "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
38053 msgstr ""
38054 "Montrer également les fichiers cachés et les fichiers d'extensions (si les "
38055 "fichiers ordinaires et les fichiers d'extensions ou cachés ont les mêmes "
38056 "noms, cela peut rendre inaccessibles les fichiers ordinaires)."
38057
38058 #. type: Labeled list
38059 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1027
38060 #, no-wrap
38061 msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
38062 msgstr "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
38063
38064 #. type: Plain text
38065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029
38066 msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
38067 msgstr "Définir la taille de bloc (*block=1024* par défaut)."
38068
38069 #. type: Labeled list
38070 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1033
38071 #, no-wrap
38072 msgid "*cruft*"
38073 msgstr "*cruft*"
38074
38075 #. type: Plain text
38076 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
38077 msgid ""
38078 "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
38079 "option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
38080 "file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
38081 msgstr ""
38082 "Si l'octet de poids fort de la taille d'un fichier contient n'importe quoi, "
38083 "utilisez cette option de montage pour ignorer les octets de poids fort de "
38084 "taille de fichier. Cela force la longueur maximale d'un fichier à 16 Mo."
38085
38086 #. type: Labeled list
38087 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1036
38088 #, no-wrap
38089 msgid "**session=**__x__"
38090 msgstr "**session=**__x__"
38091
38092 #. type: Plain text
38093 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
38094 msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
38095 msgstr "Indiquer le numéro de session sur un CD multisessions."
38096
38097 #. type: Labeled list
38098 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1039
38099 #, no-wrap
38100 msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
38101 msgstr "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
38102
38103 #. type: Plain text
38104 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
38105 msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
38106 msgstr "La session commence au secteur xxx."
38107
38108 #. type: Plain text
38109 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
38110 msgid ""
38111 "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
38112 "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
38113 msgstr ""
38114 "Les options suivantes sont les mêmes que pour vfat et les indiquer n'a de "
38115 "sens que dans le cas de disques utilisant les extensions Joliet de Microsoft."
38116
38117 #. type: Plain text
38118 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1046
38119 msgid ""
38120 "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
38121 "characters. The default is iso8859-1."
38122 msgstr ""
38123 "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion des caractères Unicode "
38124 "16 bits du CD en caractères 8 bits. Le jeu par défaut est ISO 8859-1."
38125
38126 #. type: Labeled list
38127 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1086
38128 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1363 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1461
38129 #, no-wrap
38130 msgid "*utf8*"
38131 msgstr "*utf8*"
38132
38133 #. type: Plain text
38134 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1049
38135 msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
38136 msgstr "Convertir les caractères Unicode 16 bits du CD en UTF-8."
38137
38138 #. type: Title ===
38139 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1050
38140 #, no-wrap
38141 msgid "Mount options for jfs"
38142 msgstr "Options de montage pour jfs"
38143
38144 #. type: Labeled list
38145 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1052 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1080
38146 #, no-wrap
38147 msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
38148 msgstr "**iocharset=**__nom__"
38149
38150 #. type: Plain text
38151 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054
38152 msgid ""
38153 "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
38154 "do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires "
38155 "*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
38156 msgstr ""
38157 "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion de l'Unicode en ASCII. Le "
38158 "comportement par défaut est de ne pas faire de conversion. Utiliser "
38159 "*iocharset=utf8* pour les traductions UTF-8. Cela nécessite que "
38160 "*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* soit positionné dans le fichier _.config_ du noyau."
38161
38162 #. type: Labeled list
38163 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
38164 #, no-wrap
38165 msgid "**resize=**__value__"
38166 msgstr "**resize=**__valeur__"
38167
38168 #. type: Plain text
38169 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1057
38170 msgid ""
38171 "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not "
38172 "shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is "
38173 "mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume "
38174 "to the full size of the partition."
38175 msgstr ""
38176 "Redimensionner le volume à _valeur_ blocs. JFS ne prend en charge que "
38177 "l'agrandissement d'un volume, pas sa réduction. Cette option n'est valable "
38178 "que lors d'un remontage, lorsque le volume est monté en lecture et écriture. "
38179 "Le mot clef *resize* sans valeur associée fera que le volume sera agrandi à "
38180 "toute la taille de la partition."
38181
38182 #. type: Labeled list
38183 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
38184 #, no-wrap
38185 msgid "*nointegrity*"
38186 msgstr "*nointegrity*"
38187
38188 #. type: Plain text
38189 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060
38190 msgid ""
38191 "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
38192 "higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
38193 "of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
38194 msgstr ""
38195 "Ne pas écrire dans le journal. La première utilisation de cette option est "
38196 "de permettre une meilleure performance lors de la restauration d'un volume à "
38197 "partir d'un média de sauvegarde. L'intégrité du volume n'est pas garantie si "
38198 "le système s'est arrêté de manière anormale."
38199
38200 #. type: Labeled list
38201 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1061
38202 #, no-wrap
38203 msgid "*integrity*"
38204 msgstr "*integrity*"
38205
38206 #. type: Plain text
38207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1063
38208 msgid ""
38209 "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
38210 "a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to "
38211 "restore normal behavior."
38212 msgstr ""
38213 "C'est le comportement par défaut. Soumettre les modifications des méta-"
38214 "données dans le journal. Utilisez cette option pour remonter un volume "
38215 "lorsque l'option *nointegrity* a été précédemment utilisée afin de retrouver "
38216 "un comportement normal."
38217
38218 #. type: Labeled list
38219 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1064
38220 #, no-wrap
38221 msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
38222 msgstr "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
38223
38224 #. type: Plain text
38225 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1066
38226 msgid ""
38227 "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
38228 "just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
38229 "read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
38230 msgstr ""
38231 "Définir le comportement lorsqu'une erreur survient. (Soit ignorer les "
38232 "erreurs et simplement marquer le système de fichiers comme erroné et "
38233 "continuer, soit remonter le système de fichiers en lecture seule, soit "
38234 "déclencher une panique du noyau et arrêter le système)."
38235
38236 #. type: Labeled list
38237 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1067
38238 #, no-wrap
38239 msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
38240 msgstr "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
38241
38242 #. type: Plain text
38243 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1069
38244 msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
38245 msgstr "Ces options sont acceptées mais ignorées."
38246
38247 #. type: Title ===
38248 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1070
38249 #, no-wrap
38250 msgid "Mount options for msdos"
38251 msgstr "Options de montage pour msdos"
38252
38253 #. type: Plain text
38254 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
38255 msgid ""
38256 "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an "
38257 "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
38258 "filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
38259 msgstr ""
38260 "Consultez les options de montage pour _fat_. Si le système de fichiers "
38261 "_msdos_ détecte des incohérences, une erreur sera indiquée et le système de "
38262 "fichiers passera en lecture seule. L'écriture peut être réactivée en "
38263 "remontant le système de fichiers."
38264
38265 #. type: Title ===
38266 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1074
38267 #, no-wrap
38268 msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
38269 msgstr "Options de montage pour ncpfs"
38270
38271 #. type: Plain text
38272 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
38273 #, fuzzy
38274 #| msgid ""
38275 #| "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
38276 #| "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is "
38277 #| "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) "
38278 #| "does not know anything about ncpfs."
38279 msgid ""
38280 "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
38281 "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is "
38282 "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does "
38283 "not know anything about ncpfs."
38284 msgstr ""
38285 "Tout comme _nfs_, l'implémentation de _ncpfs_ nécessite un paramètre binaire "
38286 "(une structure _ncp_mount_data_) lors de l'appel système. Cet argument est "
38287 "construit par *ncpmount*(8) et la version actuelle de *mount* (2.12) ne "
38288 "connaît rien en ce qui concerne _ncpfs_."
38289
38290 #. type: Title ===
38291 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1078
38292 #, no-wrap
38293 msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
38294 msgstr "Options de montage pour ntfs"
38295
38296 #. type: Plain text
38297 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1082
38298 msgid ""
38299 "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
38300 "names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
38301 msgstr ""
38302 "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour renvoyer les noms de fichiers. "
38303 "Contrairement à VFAT, NTFS supprime les noms qui contiennent des caractères "
38304 "non convertibles. Obsolète."
38305
38306 #. type: Labeled list
38307 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
38308 #, no-wrap
38309 msgid "**nls=**__name__"
38310 msgstr "**nls=**__nom__"
38311
38312 #. type: Plain text
38313 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1085
38314 msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
38315 msgstr "Nouveau nom pour l'option précédemment nommée _iocharset_."
38316
38317 #. type: Plain text
38318 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1088
38319 msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
38320 msgstr "Utiliser UTF-8 pour convertir les noms de fichiers."
38321
38322 #. type: Labeled list
38323 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1089
38324 #, no-wrap
38325 msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
38326 msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
38327
38328 #. type: Plain text
38329 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1091
38330 msgid ""
38331 "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode "
38332 "characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape "
38333 "sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a "
38334 "byteswapped bigendian encoding."
38335 msgstr ""
38336 "Si 0 (ou *no*, ou *false*), ne pas utiliser de séquences d'échappements pour "
38337 "les caractères Unicode inconnus. Si 1 (ou *yes*, ou *true*) ou 2, utiliser "
38338 "les séquences d'échappement sur quatre octets de style _vfat_ en commençant "
38339 "par « : ». Avec 2, un codage petit boutiste (« little-endian ») est utilisé "
38340 "et avec 1 un codage grand boutiste (« big-endian »)."
38341
38342 #. type: Labeled list
38343 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1092
38344 #, no-wrap
38345 msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
38346 msgstr "*posix=[0|1]*"
38347
38348 #. type: Plain text
38349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1094
38350 msgid ""
38351 "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
38352 "case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
38353 "suppressed. This option is obsolete."
38354 msgstr ""
38355 "Si actif (posix=1), le système de fichiers distingue les majuscules des "
38356 "minuscules. Les noms d'alias 8.3 sont présentés sous forme de liens "
38357 "physiques plutôt que d'être supprimés. Cette option est obsolète."
38358
38359 #. type: Labeled list
38360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
38361 #, no-wrap
38362 msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
38363 msgstr "**uid=**__valeur__, **gid=**__valeur__ et **umask=**__valeur__"
38364
38365 #. type: Plain text
38366 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
38367 msgid ""
38368 "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
38369 "octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
38370 "else."
38371 msgstr ""
38372 "Définir les permissions des fichiers sur le système de fichiers. La valeur "
38373 "d'umask est fournie en octal. Par défaut, les fichiers appartiennent au "
38374 "superutilisateur et ne sont lisibles par personne d'autre."
38375
38376 #. type: Title ===
38377 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1098
38378 #, no-wrap
38379 msgid "Mount options for overlay"
38380 msgstr "Options de montage pour la superposition (overlay)"
38381
38382 #. type: Plain text
38383 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1101
38384 msgid ""
38385 "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
38386 "other filesystems."
38387 msgstr ""
38388 "Depuis Linux 3.18, le pseudo système de fichiers overlay met en œuvre un "
38389 "montage en union (union mount) pour d’autres système de fichiers."
38390
38391 #. type: Plain text
38392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1103
38393 msgid ""
38394 "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a "
38395 "*lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
38396 "the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
38397 "either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
38398 msgstr ""
38399 "Un système de fichiers de superposition combine deux systèmes de fichiers "
38400 "— un système de fichiers *supérieur* et un système de fichiers *inférieur*. "
38401 "Lorsqu’un nom est présent sur les deux systèmes de fichiers, l’objet dans le "
38402 "système de fichiers supérieur est visible tandis que l’objet dans le système "
38403 "de fichiers inférieur est soit caché, soit, dans le cas de répertoire, "
38404 "fusionné avec l’objet supérieur."
38405
38406 #. type: Plain text
38407 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1105
38408 #, fuzzy
38409 msgid ""
38410 "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
38411 "need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
38412 "upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
38413 "creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
38414 "in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
38415 msgstr ""
38416 "Le système de fichiers inférieur peut être n’importe quel système de "
38417 "fichiers pris en charge par Linux et n’a nul besoin d’être modifiable. Il "
38418 "peut même être un autre système de fichiers overlay. Le système de fichiers "
38419 "supérieur sera normalement modifiable et si c'est le cas, doit gérer la "
38420 "création d’attributs étendus I<trusted.*> et fournir un I<d_type> autorisé "
38421 "dans les réponses de B<readdir>, aussi NFS n’est pas adapté."
38422
38423 #. type: Plain text
38424 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1107
38425 msgid ""
38426 "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
38427 "type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged "
38428 "directory by using:"
38429 msgstr ""
38430 "Un système de fichiers overlay en lecture seule de deux systèmes de fichiers "
38431 "peut utiliser n’importe quel type de système de fichiers. Les options "
38432 "*lowerdir* et *upperdir* sont combinées dans un répertoire de fusion en "
38433 "utilisant :"
38434
38435 #. type: delimited block .
38436 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1112
38437 #, no-wrap
38438 msgid ""
38439 "mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
38440 "  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
38441 msgstr ""
38442 "mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
38443 "  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
38444
38445 #. type: Labeled list
38446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1115
38447 #, no-wrap
38448 msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
38449 msgstr "**lowerdir=**__répertoire__"
38450
38451 #. type: delimited block _
38452 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1117
38453 msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
38454 msgstr ""
38455 "N’importe quel système de fichiers, sans nécessité d’être sur un système de "
38456 "fichiers modifiable."
38457
38458 #. type: Labeled list
38459 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1118
38460 #, no-wrap
38461 msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
38462 msgstr "**upperdir=**__répertoire__"
38463
38464 #. type: delimited block _
38465 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
38466 msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
38467 msgstr "Le _répertoire_ est normalement un système de fichiers modifiable."
38468
38469 #. type: Labeled list
38470 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1121
38471 #, no-wrap
38472 msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
38473 msgstr "**workdir=**__répertoire__"
38474
38475 #. type: delimited block _
38476 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123
38477 msgid ""
38478 "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
38479 "upperdir."
38480 msgstr ""
38481 "Le _répertoire_ doit être un répertoire vide sur le même système de fichiers "
38482 "que le répertoire supérieur."
38483
38484 #. type: Labeled list
38485 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1124
38486 #, no-wrap
38487 msgid "*userxattr*"
38488 msgstr "*userxattr*"
38489
38490 #. type: delimited block _
38491 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1126
38492 msgid ""
38493 "Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay."
38494 "*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
38495 msgstr ""
38496
38497 #. type: Labeled list
38498 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
38499 #, no-wrap
38500 msgid "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
38501 msgstr "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
38502
38503 #. type: delimited block _
38504 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1129
38505 msgid ""
38506 "If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
38507 "up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay."
38508 "redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location "
38509 "from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new "
38510 "location."
38511 msgstr ""
38512
38513 #. type: Labeled list
38514 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
38515 #, no-wrap
38516 msgid "*on*"
38517 msgstr "*on*"
38518
38519 #. type: delimited block _
38520 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1132
38521 #, fuzzy
38522 #| msgid "Messages are allowed."
38523 msgid "Redirects are enabled."
38524 msgstr "Les messages sont permis."
38525
38526 #. type: Labeled list
38527 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
38528 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
38529 #, no-wrap
38530 msgid "*off*"
38531 msgstr "*off*"
38532
38533 #. type: delimited block _
38534 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1135
38535 msgid ""
38536 "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
38537 "feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
38538 msgstr ""
38539
38540 #. type: Labeled list
38541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
38542 #, no-wrap
38543 msgid "*follow*"
38544 msgstr "*follow*"
38545
38546 #. type: delimited block _
38547 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1138
38548 #, fuzzy
38549 #| msgid "Messages are not allowed."
38550 msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
38551 msgstr "Les messages ne sont pas permis."
38552
38553 #. type: Labeled list
38554 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
38555 #, no-wrap
38556 msgid "*nofollow*"
38557 msgstr "*nofollow*"
38558
38559 #. type: delimited block _
38560 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1141
38561 msgid ""
38562 "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to "
38563 "\"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
38564 msgstr ""
38565
38566 #. type: Labeled list
38567 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
38568 #, no-wrap
38569 msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
38570 msgstr "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
38571
38572 #. type: delimited block _
38573 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1144
38574 msgid ""
38575 "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
38576 "is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
38577 "propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
38578 msgstr ""
38579
38580 #. type: Labeled list
38581 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
38582 #, no-wrap
38583 msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
38584 msgstr "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
38585
38586 #. type: delimited block _
38587 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147
38588 msgid ""
38589 "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
38590 "with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
38591 "the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
38592 "only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
38593 "filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
38594 msgstr ""
38595
38596 #. type: Labeled list
38597 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1148
38598 #, no-wrap
38599 msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
38600 msgstr "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
38601
38602 #. type: delimited block _
38603 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
38604 msgid ""
38605 "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
38606 "feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
38607 msgstr ""
38608
38609 #. type: delimited block _
38610 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1158
38611 msgid ""
38612 "With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
38613 "entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
38614 "hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
38615 "directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
38616 "directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|"
38617 "**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
38618 "inode."
38619 msgstr ""
38620
38621 #. type: Labeled list
38622 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
38623 #, no-wrap
38624 msgid "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply"
38625 msgstr ""
38626
38627 #. type: delimited block _
38628 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
38629 msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
38630 msgstr ""
38631
38632 #. type: delimited block _
38633 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
38634 msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
38635 msgstr ""
38636
38637 #. type: delimited block _
38638 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1164
38639 msgid ""
38640 "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
38641 "an upper file handle from upper inode"
38642 msgstr ""
38643
38644 #. type: Labeled list
38645 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
38646 #, no-wrap
38647 msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
38648 msgstr ""
38649
38650 #. type: delimited block _
38651 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1169
38652 msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
38653 msgstr ""
38654
38655 #. type: delimited block _
38656 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1170
38657 #, fuzzy
38658 #| msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
38659 msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
38660 msgstr "Nommage des périphériques et systèmes de fichiers"
38661
38662 #. type: delimited block _
38663 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1171
38664 msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
38665 msgstr ""
38666
38667 #. type: Labeled list
38668 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1173
38669 #, no-wrap
38670 msgid "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles that are stored in extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.origin\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
38671 msgstr ""
38672
38673 #. type: delimited block _
38674 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1176
38675 msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
38676 msgstr ""
38677
38678 #. type: delimited block _
38679 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1177
38680 msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
38681 msgstr ""
38682
38683 #. type: delimited block _
38684 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1178
38685 msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
38686 msgstr ""
38687
38688 #. type: delimited block _
38689 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1179
38690 msgid ""
38691 "If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an "
38692 "overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
38693 msgstr ""
38694
38695 #. type: delimited block _
38696 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1180
38697 msgid ""
38698 "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
38699 "decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
38700 msgstr ""
38701
38702 #. type: delimited block _
38703 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1181
38704 msgid ""
38705 "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
38706 "index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
38707 msgstr ""
38708
38709 #. type: delimited block _
38710 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1187
38711 msgid ""
38712 "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
38713 "copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
38714 "upper alias."
38715 msgstr ""
38716
38717 #. type: delimited block _
38718 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
38719 msgid ""
38720 "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
38721 "may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer "
38722 "\"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the "
38723 "\"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper "
38724 "layer directory.  Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
38725 "descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
38726 "reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
38727 "that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
38728 "copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
38729 "filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
38730 "this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
38731 "\"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
38732 msgstr ""
38733
38734 #. type: delimited block _
38735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1201
38736 msgid ""
38737 "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
38738 "handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will "
38739 "cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
38740 msgstr ""
38741
38742 #. type: delimited block _
38743 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1203
38744 msgid ""
38745 "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
38746 "verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
38747 "verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
38748 msgstr ""
38749
38750 #. type: delimited block _
38751 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1206
38752 msgid ""
38753 "Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a "
38754 "read-write mount and will result in an error."
38755 msgstr ""
38756
38757 #. type: Labeled list
38758 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
38759 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
38760 #| msgid "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
38761 msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
38762 msgstr "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
38763
38764 #. type: delimited block _
38765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1210
38766 msgid ""
38767 "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
38768 "object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
38769 "high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
38770 "use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
38771 "overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
38772 "non xino behavior for that inode."
38773 msgstr ""
38774
38775 #. type: delimited block _
38776 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1212
38777 msgid ""
38778 "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to "
38779 "https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/overlayfs.html"
38780 msgstr ""
38781
38782 #. type: Labeled list
38783 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1213
38784 #, no-wrap
38785 msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
38786 msgstr "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
38787
38788 #. type: delimited block _
38789 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1215
38790 msgid ""
38791 "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
38792 "metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
38793 "chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
38794 "opened for WRITE operation."
38795 msgstr ""
38796
38797 #. type: delimited block _
38798 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
38799 msgid ""
38800 "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
38801 "when there is a need to actually modify data."
38802 msgstr ""
38803
38804 #. type: Labeled list
38805 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
38806 #, no-wrap
38807 msgid "*volatile*"
38808 msgstr "*volatile*"
38809
38810 #. type: delimited block _
38811 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
38812 msgid ""
38813 "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
38814 "recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
38815 "overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
38816 msgstr ""
38817
38818 #. type: delimited block _
38819 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1222
38820 msgid ""
38821 "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
38822 "sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
38823 msgstr ""
38824
38825 #. type: delimited block _
38826 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1224
38827 msgid ""
38828 "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
38829 "semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
38830 "VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâ\80\99s filesystem after a "
38831 "volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
38832 "this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
38833 "subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
38834 "experience a new error since the last sync call."
38835 msgstr ""
38836
38837 #. type: delimited block _
38838 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
38839 msgid ""
38840 "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
38841 "work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
38842 "this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
38843 "that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
38844 "In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
38845 "and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
38846 "removed."
38847 msgstr ""
38848
38849 #. type: Title ===
38850 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
38851 #, no-wrap
38852 msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
38853 msgstr "Options de montage pour reiserfs"
38854
38855 #. type: delimited block _
38856 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230
38857 msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
38858 msgstr "Reseirfs est un système de fichiers journalisé."
38859
38860 #. type: Labeled list
38861 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1231
38862 #, no-wrap
38863 msgid "*conv*"
38864 msgstr "*conv*"
38865
38866 #. type: delimited block _
38867 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1233
38868 msgid ""
38869 "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
38870 "using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
38871 "longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
38872 msgstr ""
38873 "Indiquer à la version 3.6 de ReiserFS de monter un système de fichiers de la "
38874 "version 3.5 et d'utiliser le format 3.6 pour les nouveaux objets. Ce système "
38875 "de fichiers ne sera plus compatible avec les outils ReiserFS 3.5."
38876
38877 #. type: Labeled list
38878 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1234
38879 #, no-wrap
38880 msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
38881 msgstr "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
38882
38883 #. type: delimited block _
38884 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1236
38885 msgid ""
38886 "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
38887 "directories."
38888 msgstr ""
38889 "Choisir la fonction de hachage dont reiserfs usera pour retrouver les "
38890 "fichiers dans les répertoires."
38891
38892 #. type: Labeled list
38893 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
38894 #, no-wrap
38895 msgid "*rupasov*"
38896 msgstr "*rupasov*"
38897
38898 #. type: delimited block _
38899 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1239
38900 msgid ""
38901 "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
38902 "mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
38903 "should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
38904 msgstr ""
38905 "Une fonction de hachage inventée par Yuri Yu. Rupasov, rapide et préservant "
38906 "la localité, mappant les noms de fichiers proches lexicographiquement vers "
38907 "des valeurs de hachage proches. Ne devrait pas être utilisée à cause de "
38908 "probabilités élevées de collisions de hachage."
38909
38910 #. type: Labeled list
38911 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
38912 #, no-wrap
38913 msgid "*tea*"
38914 msgstr "*tea*"
38915
38916 #. type: delimited block _
38917 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1242
38918 msgid ""
38919 "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
38920 "permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
38921 "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
38922 "*EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
38923 msgstr ""
38924 "Une fonction de Davis-Meyer implémentée par Jeremy Fitzhardinge. Elle "
38925 "utilise des permutations de bits de hachage dans les noms. Elle procure un "
38926 "grand caractère aléatoire et donc de faibles probabilités de collision de "
38927 "hachage, au prix d'un certain coût processeur. Elle peut être utilisée si "
38928 "des erreurs *EHASHCOLLISION* se produisent avec la fonction de hachage r5."
38929
38930 #. type: Labeled list
38931 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
38932 #, no-wrap
38933 msgid "*r5*"
38934 msgstr "*r5*"
38935
38936 #. type: delimited block _
38937 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1245
38938 msgid ""
38939 "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
38940 "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
38941 "patterns."
38942 msgstr ""
38943 "Une version modifiée de la fonction hachage de rupasov. Elle est utilisée "
38944 "par défaut et semble être le meilleur choix sauf si le système de fichiers a "
38945 "d'énormes répertoires et des motifs de nom de fichier non habituels."
38946
38947 #. type: Labeled list
38948 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
38949 #, no-wrap
38950 msgid "*detect*"
38951 msgstr "*detect*"
38952
38953 #. type: delimited block _
38954 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1248
38955 msgid ""
38956 "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
38957 "filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
38958 "superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
38959 "filesystem."
38960 msgstr ""
38961 "Demander à *mount* de rechercher la fonction de hachage à utiliser en "
38962 "examinant le système de fichiers à monter, et d'écrire cette information "
38963 "dans le superbloc ReiserFS. Cela ne sert qu'au premier montage d'un système "
38964 "de fichiers d'un ancien format."
38965
38966 #. type: Labeled list
38967 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
38968 #, no-wrap
38969 msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
38970 msgstr "*hashed_relocation*"
38971
38972 #. type: delimited block _
38973 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1251 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1254
38974 msgid ""
38975 "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
38976 "situations."
38977 msgstr ""
38978 "Ajuster l'allocation de blocs. Peut améliorer les performances dans "
38979 "certaines situations."
38980
38981 #. type: Labeled list
38982 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1252
38983 #, no-wrap
38984 msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
38985 msgstr "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
38986
38987 #. type: Labeled list
38988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1255
38989 #, no-wrap
38990 msgid "*noborder*"
38991 msgstr "*noborder*"
38992
38993 #. type: delimited block _
38994 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1257
38995 msgid ""
38996 "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
38997 "may provide performance improvements in some situations."
38998 msgstr ""
38999 "Désactiver l'algorithme d'allocation « border » de Yury Yu. Rupasov. Cela "
39000 "peut améliorer les performances dans certaines situations."
39001
39002 #. type: Labeled list
39003 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
39004 #, no-wrap
39005 msgid "*nolog*"
39006 msgstr "*nolog*"
39007
39008 #. type: delimited block _
39009 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1260
39010 msgid ""
39011 "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
39012 "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. "
39013 "Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling "
39014 "operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation "
39015 "of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
39016 msgstr ""
39017 "Désactiver la journalisation. Améliore légèrement les performances dans "
39018 "certains cas en perdant la possibilité de récupération rapide après un "
39019 "plantage. Même avec cette option, ReiserFS effectue encore toutes les "
39020 "opérations de journalisation sauf l'écriture effective dans la zone journal. "
39021 "L'implémentation de _nolog_ est en cours."
39022
39023 #. type: Labeled list
39024 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1261
39025 #, no-wrap
39026 msgid "*notail*"
39027 msgstr "*notail*"
39028
39029 #. type: delimited block _
39030 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1263
39031 msgid ""
39032 "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its "
39033 "tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to "
39034 "disable packing of files into the tree."
39035 msgstr ""
39036 "Par défaut, ReiserFS stocke les petits fichiers et les queues de fichiers "
39037 "(« files tails ») directement dans son arborescence. Cela perturbe certains "
39038 "utilitaires comme *lilo*(8). Cette option désactive le groupement de "
39039 "fichiers dans l'arborescence."
39040
39041 #. type: Labeled list
39042 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1264
39043 #, no-wrap
39044 msgid "*replayonly*"
39045 msgstr "*replayonly*"
39046
39047 #. type: delimited block _
39048 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1266
39049 msgid ""
39050 "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
39051 "the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
39052 msgstr ""
39053 "Rejouer les transactions du journal, sans monter le système de fichiers. "
39054 "Principalement utilisé par _reiserfsck_."
39055
39056 #. type: Labeled list
39057 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1267
39058 #, no-wrap
39059 msgid "**resize=**__number__"
39060 msgstr "**resize=**__nombre__"
39061
39062 #. type: delimited block _
39063 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1269
39064 msgid ""
39065 "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
39066 "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This "
39067 "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
39068 "management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained "
39069 "from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
39070 msgstr ""
39071 "Option de remontage permettant l'extension, en cours d'utilisation, d'une "
39072 "partition ReiserFS. Demande à ReiserFS de supposer que le périphérique a le "
39073 "_nombre_ de blocs indiqué. À utiliser avec des périphériques sous gestion "
39074 "par volumes logiques (LVM). Un utilitaire spécial _resizer_ est disponible "
39075 "sur _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
39076
39077 #. type: Labeled list
39078 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
39079 #, no-wrap
39080 msgid "*user_xattr*"
39081 msgstr "*user_xattr*"
39082
39083 #. type: delimited block _
39084 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272
39085 msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
39086 msgstr "Activer les attributs étendus. Consultez la page de manuel *attr*(1)."
39087
39088 #. type: Labeled list
39089 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
39090 #, no-wrap
39091 msgid "*acl*"
39092 msgstr "*acl*"
39093
39094 #. type: delimited block _
39095 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
39096 msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
39097 msgstr ""
39098 "Activer les listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL). Consultez la page de manuel "
39099 "*acl*(5)."
39100
39101 #. type: Labeled list
39102 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1276
39103 #, no-wrap
39104 msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
39105 msgstr "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
39106
39107 #. type: delimited block _
39108 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1278
39109 msgid ""
39110 "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
39111 "*barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also "
39112 "requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an "
39113 "error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
39114 "Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
39115 "volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
39116 "disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
39117 "safely improve performance."
39118 msgstr ""
39119 "Désactiver (*barrier=none*) ou activer (*barrier=flush*, par défaut) "
39120 "l'utilisation des barrières d'écriture dans le code de journalisation. Cela "
39121 "nécessite aussi une pile d'entrées et sorties qui peut gérer les barrières, "
39122 "et si ReiserFS rencontre une erreur sur une barrière d'écriture, elle "
39123 "désactivera de nouveau les barrières avec un avertissement. Les barrières "
39124 "d'écriture renforcent l'ordre correct des inscriptions au journal sur le "
39125 "disque, permettant d'utiliser en sécurité les caches d'écriture volatils du "
39126 "disque, au prix de quelques pertes en performance. Si les disques sont "
39127 "alimentés sans interruption d'une façon ou d'une autre, désactiver les "
39128 "barrières permet d'augmenter sans danger les performances."
39129
39130 #. type: Title ===
39131 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1279
39132 #, no-wrap
39133 msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
39134 msgstr "Options de montage pour ubifs"
39135
39136 #. type: delimited block _
39137 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282
39138 msgid ""
39139 "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
39140 "*atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
39141 msgstr ""
39142 "UBIFS est un système de fichiers pour mémoire flash qui fonctionne au-dessus "
39143 "des volumes UBI. Remarquez qu’**atime** n'est pas pris en charge et donc "
39144 "toujours désactivé."
39145
39146 #. type: delimited block _
39147 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284
39148 msgid "The device name may be specified as"
39149 msgstr "Le nom de périphérique peut être indiqué comme :"
39150
39151 #. type: Labeled list
39152 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286
39153 #, no-wrap
39154 msgid "*ubiX_Y*"
39155 msgstr "*ubiX_Y*"
39156
39157 #. type: Plain text
39158 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288
39159 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
39160 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *X*, numéro de volume *Y* ;"
39161
39162 #. type: Labeled list
39163 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288
39164 #, no-wrap
39165 msgid "*ubiY*"
39166 msgstr "*ubiY*"
39167
39168 #. type: Plain text
39169 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1290
39170 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
39171 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *0*, numéro de volume *Y* ;"
39172
39173 #. type: Labeled list
39174 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1290
39175 #, no-wrap
39176 msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
39177 msgstr "*ubiX:NOM*"
39178
39179 #. type: Plain text
39180 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292
39181 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
39182 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *X*, nom de volume *NOM* ;"
39183
39184 #. type: Labeled list
39185 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292
39186 #, no-wrap
39187 msgid "*ubi:NAME*"
39188 msgstr "*ubi:NOM*"
39189
39190 #. type: Plain text
39191 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1294
39192 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
39193 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *0*, nom de volume *NOM*."
39194
39195 #. type: delimited block _
39196 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1297
39197 msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
39198 msgstr "Un séparateur *!* peut être utilisé à la place de *:*."
39199
39200 #. type: delimited block _
39201 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1299
39202 msgid "The following mount options are available:"
39203 msgstr "Les options de montages suivantes sont disponibles :"
39204
39205 #. type: Labeled list
39206 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
39207 #, no-wrap
39208 msgid "*bulk_read*"
39209 msgstr "*bulk_read*"
39210
39211 #. type: delimited block _
39212 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1302
39213 msgid ""
39214 "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
39215 "filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
39216 "faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
39217 "For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
39218 "NAND page."
39219 msgstr ""
39220 "Activer la lecture en masse. La lecture en avance (« readahead ») de système "
39221 "de fichiers virtuel est désactivée car elle ralentit le système de fichiers. "
39222 "La lecture en masse est une optimisation interne. Certaines mémoires flash "
39223 "peuvent être plus rapides en lecture si les données sont lues en une fois, "
39224 "plutôt que lors de requêtes successives. Par exemple, OneNAND permet la "
39225 "lecture en charge (« read-while-load ») si plus d'une page NAND est lue."
39226
39227 #. type: Labeled list
39228 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
39229 #, no-wrap
39230 msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
39231 msgstr "*no_bulk_read*"
39232
39233 #. type: delimited block _
39234 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1305
39235 msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
39236 msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."
39237
39238 #. type: Labeled list
39239 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
39240 #, no-wrap
39241 msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
39242 msgstr "*chk_data_crc*"
39243
39244 #. type: delimited block _
39245 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1308
39246 msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
39247 msgstr ""
39248 "Vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. C'est le comportement "
39249 "par défaut."
39250
39251 #. type: Labeled list
39252 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
39253 #, no-wrap
39254 msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
39255 msgstr "*no_chk_data_crc*"
39256
39257 #. type: delimited block _
39258 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1311
39259 msgid ""
39260 "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
39261 "not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
39262 "indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
39263 "is always calculated when writing the data."
39264 msgstr ""
39265 "Ne pas vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. Avec cette "
39266 "option, le système de fichiers ne vérifie pas de somme de contrôle pour les "
39267 "données, mais il la vérifie pour les renseignements d'indexation internes. "
39268 "Cette option ne concerne que la lecture, pas l'écriture. CRC-32 est toujours "
39269 "calculé lors de l'écriture de données."
39270
39271 #. type: Labeled list
39272 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1312
39273 #, no-wrap
39274 msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
39275 msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
39276
39277 #. type: delimited block _
39278 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1314
39279 msgid ""
39280 "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
39281 "is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
39282 msgstr ""
39283 "Sélectionner le type de compression à utiliser lorsque les nouveaux fichiers "
39284 "sont écrits. La lecture de fichiers compressés est toujours possible lors "
39285 "d'un montage avec l'option *none*."
39286
39287 #. type: Title ===
39288 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1315
39289 #, no-wrap
39290 msgid "Mount options for udf"
39291 msgstr "Options de montage pour udf"
39292
39293 #. type: delimited block _
39294 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318
39295 msgid ""
39296 "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
39297 "Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
39298 "the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
39299 "usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
39300 "also _iso9660_."
39301 msgstr ""
39302 "UDF est le système de fichiers « Universal Disk Format », défini par "
39303 "l'Optical Storage Technology Association, et est souvent utilisé pour les "
39304 "DVD-ROM, fréquemment sous la forme d’un système de fichiers hybride UDF/"
39305 "ISO-9660. Il est, cependant, parfaitement utilisable tout seul sur des "
39306 "périphériques de disque, des périphériques flash et d’autres périphériques "
39307 "blocs. Consultez aussi _iso9660_."
39308
39309 #. type: Labeled list
39310 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
39311 #, no-wrap
39312 msgid "*uid=*"
39313 msgstr "*uid=*"
39314
39315 #. type: delimited block _
39316 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321
39317 msgid ""
39318 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
39319 "specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and "
39320 "results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is "
39321 "the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
39322 "given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding "
39323 "decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
39324 msgstr ""
39325 "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent à "
39326 "l’utilisateur indiqué. uid=forget peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou "
39327 "habituellement en plus) de uid=<utilisateur>, et aboutit à ce qu’UDF "
39328 "n’enregistre pas les UID sur le média. En fait, l’UID enregistré est "
39329 "l’excédent 32 bits uid -1 comme défini dans la norme UDF. La valeur est "
39330 "donnée soit par <utilisateur> qui est un nom d’utilisateur autorisé, soit "
39331 "l’identifiant décimal d’utilisateur correspondant ou la chaîne spéciale "
39332 "« forget »."
39333
39334 #. type: Labeled list
39335 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
39336 #, no-wrap
39337 msgid "*gid=*"
39338 msgstr "*gid=*"
39339
39340 #. type: delimited block _
39341 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
39342 msgid ""
39343 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
39344 "be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and "
39345 "results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is "
39346 "the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
39347 "given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding "
39348 "decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
39349 msgstr ""
39350 "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent au groupe "
39351 "indiqué. gid=forget peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou habituellement en "
39352 "plus) de uid=<groupe>, et aboutit à ce qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les GID sur "
39353 "le média. En fait, le GID enregistré est l’excédent 32 bits gid -1 comme "
39354 "défini dans la norme UDF. La valeur est donnée soit par <groupe> qui est un "
39355 "nom de groupe autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal de groupe correspondant "
39356 "ou la chaîne spéciale « forget »."
39357
39358 #. type: Labeled list
39359 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1325
39360 #, no-wrap
39361 msgid "*umask=*"
39362 msgstr "*umask=*"
39363
39364 #. type: delimited block _
39365 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327
39366 msgid ""
39367 "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
39368 "value is given in octal."
39369 msgstr ""
39370 "Masquer les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds lus du système de "
39371 "fichiers. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
39372
39373 #. type: Labeled list
39374 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1328
39375 #, no-wrap
39376 msgid "*mode=*"
39377 msgstr "*mode=*"
39378
39379 #. type: delimited block _
39380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
39381 msgid ""
39382 "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
39383 "filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
39384 msgstr ""
39385 "Si *mode=* est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds, non "
39386 "relatifs à un répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode "
39387 "indiqué. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
39388
39389 #. type: Labeled list
39390 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1331
39391 #, no-wrap
39392 msgid "*dmode=*"
39393 msgstr "*dmode=*"
39394
39395 #. type: delimited block _
39396 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1333
39397 msgid ""
39398 "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
39399 "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
39400 msgstr ""
39401 "Si *dmode=* est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds de "
39402 "répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode indiqué. La "
39403 "valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
39404
39405 #. type: Labeled list
39406 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
39407 #, no-wrap
39408 msgid "*bs=*"
39409 msgstr "*bs=*"
39410
39411 #. type: delimited block _
39412 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1336
39413 msgid ""
39414 "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
39415 "Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
39416 "fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
39417 "valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
39418 msgstr ""
39419 "Définir la taille de bloc. La valeur par défaut pour les versions "
39420 "antérieures à la version 2.6.30 du noyau était 2048. Depuis la "
39421 "version 2.6.30 et avant la version 4.11, c’était la taille de bloc logique "
39422 "de périphérique avec un repli à 2048. Depuis la version 4.11, c’est une "
39423 "taille de bloc logique avec un repli à n’importe taille de bloc autorisée "
39424 "entre la taille de bloc logique du périphérique et 4096."
39425
39426 #. type: delimited block _
39427 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1338
39428 #, fuzzy
39429 #| msgid ""
39430 #| "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, sections "
39431 #| "*COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE*."
39432 msgid ""
39433 "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* "
39434 "and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
39435 msgstr ""
39436 "Pour plus de détails, consultez le manuel de *mkudffs*(8), version 2.0+, "
39437 "sections *COMPATIBILITY* et *BLOCK SIZE*."
39438
39439 #. type: delimited block _
39440 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1341
39441 msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
39442 msgstr "Montrer les fichiers normalement cachés."
39443
39444 #. type: Labeled list
39445 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1342
39446 #, no-wrap
39447 msgid "*undelete*"
39448 msgstr "*undelete*"
39449
39450 #. type: delimited block _
39451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1344
39452 msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
39453 msgstr "Montrer les fichiers effacés."
39454
39455 #. type: Labeled list
39456 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1345
39457 #, no-wrap
39458 msgid "*adinicb*"
39459 msgstr "*adinicb*"
39460
39461 #. type: delimited block _
39462 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347
39463 msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
39464 msgstr "Intégrer des données dans l’inœud (comportement par défaut)."
39465
39466 #. type: Labeled list
39467 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1348
39468 #, no-wrap
39469 msgid "*noadinicb*"
39470 msgstr "*noadinicb*"
39471
39472 #. type: delimited block _
39473 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
39474 msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
39475 msgstr "Ne pas intégrer de données dans l’inœud."
39476
39477 #. type: Labeled list
39478 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1351
39479 #, no-wrap
39480 msgid "*shortad*"
39481 msgstr "*shortad*"
39482
39483 #. type: delimited block _
39484 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
39485 msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
39486 msgstr "Utiliser des descripteurs d’adresse UDF courts."
39487
39488 #. type: Labeled list
39489 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1354
39490 #, no-wrap
39491 msgid "*longad*"
39492 msgstr "*longad*"
39493
39494 #. type: delimited block _
39495 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1356
39496 msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
39497 msgstr ""
39498 "Utiliser des descripteurs d’adresse UDF longs (comportement par défaut)."
39499
39500 #. type: Labeled list
39501 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
39502 #, no-wrap
39503 msgid "*nostrict*"
39504 msgstr "*nostrict*"
39505
39506 #. type: delimited block _
39507 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
39508 msgid "Unset strict conformance."
39509 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser une conformité stricte."
39510
39511 #. type: Labeled list
39512 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1360
39513 #, no-wrap
39514 msgid "*iocharset=*"
39515 msgstr "*iocharset=*"
39516
39517 #. type: delimited block _
39518 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362
39519 msgid ""
39520 "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
39521 "*CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
39522 msgstr ""
39523 "Définir le jeu de caractères NLS. Cela nécessite que le noyau soit compilé "
39524 "avec l’option *CONFIG_UDF_NLS*."
39525
39526 #. type: delimited block _
39527 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1365
39528 msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
39529 msgstr "Définir le jeu de caractères à UTF-8."
39530
39531 #. type: Title ===
39532 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366
39533 #, no-wrap
39534 msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
39535 msgstr "Options de montage pour le débogage et la récupération après plantage"
39536
39537 #. type: Labeled list
39538 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368
39539 #, no-wrap
39540 msgid "*novrs*"
39541 msgstr "*novrs*"
39542
39543 #. type: delimited block _
39544 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1370
39545 msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
39546 msgstr "Ignorer la séquence de reconnaissance de volume et monter malgré tout."
39547
39548 #. type: Labeled list
39549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371
39550 #, no-wrap
39551 msgid "*session=*"
39552 msgstr "*session=*"
39553
39554 #. type: delimited block _
39555 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1373
39556 msgid ""
39557 "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
39558 "(default= last session)"
39559 msgstr ""
39560 "Choisir le numéro de session pour un média optique multi-session enregistré "
39561 "(par défaut, la dernière session)."
39562
39563 #. type: Labeled list
39564 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
39565 #, no-wrap
39566 msgid "*anchor=*"
39567 msgstr "*anchor=*"
39568
39569 #. type: delimited block _
39570 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1376
39571 msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
39572 msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement des ancres standard (par défaut : 256)."
39573
39574 #. type: Labeled list
39575 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1377
39576 #, no-wrap
39577 msgid "*lastblock=*"
39578 msgstr "*lastblock=*"
39579
39580 #. type: delimited block _
39581 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
39582 msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
39583 msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."
39584
39585 #. type: Title ===
39586 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380
39587 #, no-wrap
39588 msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
39589 msgstr "Options de montage historiques pouvant être rencontrées et qui devraient être supprimées"
39590
39591 #. type: Labeled list
39592 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
39593 #, no-wrap
39594 msgid "*uid=ignore*"
39595 msgstr "*uid=ignore*"
39596
39597 #. type: delimited block _
39598 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1384
39599 msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
39600 msgstr "Ignorée, utiliser uid=<utilisateur> à la place."
39601
39602 #. type: Labeled list
39603 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385
39604 #, no-wrap
39605 msgid "*gid=ignore*"
39606 msgstr "*gid=ignore*"
39607
39608 #. type: delimited block _
39609 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1387
39610 msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
39611 msgstr "Ignorée, utiliser gid=<groupe> à la place."
39612
39613 #. type: Labeled list
39614 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1388
39615 #, no-wrap
39616 msgid "*volume=*"
39617 msgstr "*volume=*"
39618
39619 #. type: delimited block _
39620 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1393
39621 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1396 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
39622 msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
39623 msgstr "Non implémentée et ignorée."
39624
39625 #. type: Labeled list
39626 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1391
39627 #, no-wrap
39628 msgid "*partition=*"
39629 msgstr "*partition=*"
39630
39631 #. type: Labeled list
39632 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1394
39633 #, no-wrap
39634 msgid "*fileset=*"
39635 msgstr "*fileset=*"
39636
39637 #. type: Labeled list
39638 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1397
39639 #, no-wrap
39640 msgid "*rootdir=*"
39641 msgstr "*rootdir=*"
39642
39643 #. type: Title ===
39644 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1400
39645 #, no-wrap
39646 msgid "Mount options for ufs"
39647 msgstr "Options de montage pour ufs"
39648
39649 #. type: Labeled list
39650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1402
39651 #, no-wrap
39652 msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
39653 msgstr "**ufstype=**__valeur__"
39654
39655 #. type: delimited block _
39656 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1404
39657 msgid ""
39658 "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
39659 "are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
39660 "undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's "
39661 "why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values "
39662 "are:"
39663 msgstr ""
39664 "UFS est un système de fichiers largement utilisé sur différents systèmes "
39665 "d'exploitation. Malgré tout, des différences existent suivant les "
39666 "implémentations. Certaines fonctionnalités de certaines implémentations sont "
39667 "mal documentées, et il est donc difficile de reconnaître automatiquement le "
39668 "type d'UFS. C'est pourquoi l'utilisateur doit indiquer le type d'UFS au "
39669 "montage. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
39670
39671 #. type: Labeled list
39672 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
39673 #, no-wrap
39674 msgid "*old*"
39675 msgstr "*old*"
39676
39677 #. type: delimited block _
39678 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407
39679 msgid ""
39680 "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the "
39681 "*-r* option.)"
39682 msgstr ""
39683 "Ancien format d'UFS, utilisé par défaut, en lecture seule (ne pas oublier "
39684 "l'option *-r*)."
39685
39686 #. type: Labeled list
39687 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
39688 #, no-wrap
39689 msgid "*44bsd*"
39690 msgstr "*44bsd*"
39691
39692 #. type: delimited block _
39693 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1410
39694 msgid ""
39695 "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
39696 msgstr ""
39697 "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par BSD (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
39698
39699 #. type: Labeled list
39700 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
39701 #, no-wrap
39702 msgid "*ufs2*"
39703 msgstr "*ufs2*"
39704
39705 #. type: delimited block _
39706 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413
39707 msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
39708 msgstr "Utilisé par FreeBSD 5.x, pris en charge en lecture/écriture."
39709
39710 #. type: Labeled list
39711 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1414
39712 #, no-wrap
39713 msgid "*5xbsd*"
39714 msgstr "*5xbsd*"
39715
39716 #. type: delimited block _
39717 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416
39718 msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
39719 msgstr "Synonyme d'ufs2."
39720
39721 #. type: Labeled list
39722 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1417
39723 #, no-wrap
39724 msgid "*sun*"
39725 msgstr "*sun*"
39726
39727 #. type: delimited block _
39728 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1419
39729 msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
39730 msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par SunOS ou Solaris sur Sparc."
39731
39732 #. type: Labeled list
39733 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1420
39734 #, no-wrap
39735 msgid "*sunx86*"
39736 msgstr "*sunx86*"
39737
39738 #. type: delimited block _
39739 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1422
39740 msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
39741 msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par Solaris sur x86."
39742
39743 #. type: Labeled list
39744 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1423
39745 #, no-wrap
39746 msgid "*hp*"
39747 msgstr "*hp*"
39748
39749 #. type: delimited block _
39750 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1425
39751 msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
39752 msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par HP-UX, lecture seule."
39753
39754 #. type: Labeled list
39755 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1426
39756 #, no-wrap
39757 msgid "*nextstep*"
39758 msgstr "*nextstep*"
39759
39760 #. type: delimited block _
39761 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1428
39762 msgid ""
39763 "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
39764 msgstr ""
39765 "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par NeXTStep (station NeXT) (lecture "
39766 "seule actuellement)."
39767
39768 #. type: Labeled list
39769 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1429
39770 #, no-wrap
39771 msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
39772 msgstr "*nextstep-cd*"
39773
39774 #. type: delimited block _
39775 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1431
39776 msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
39777 msgstr "Pour les CD-ROM NeXTStep (block_size == 2048) (lecture seule)."
39778
39779 #. type: Labeled list
39780 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432
39781 #, no-wrap
39782 msgid "*openstep*"
39783 msgstr "*openstep*"
39784
39785 #. type: delimited block _
39786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1434
39787 #, fuzzy
39788 #| msgid ""
39789 #| "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
39790 #| "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
39791 msgid ""
39792 "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
39793 "filesystem type is also used by macOS."
39794 msgstr ""
39795 "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par OpenStep (lecture seule "
39796 "actuellement). Le même système de fichiers est aussi utilisé par Mac OS X."
39797
39798 #. type: Labeled list
39799 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1435
39800 #, no-wrap
39801 msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
39802 msgstr "**onerror=**__valeur__"
39803
39804 #. type: delimited block _
39805 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1437
39806 msgid "Set behavior on error:"
39807 msgstr "Définir le comportement en cas d'erreur :"
39808
39809 #. type: Labeled list
39810 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1438
39811 #, no-wrap
39812 msgid "*panic*"
39813 msgstr "*panic*"
39814
39815 #. type: delimited block _
39816 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1440
39817 msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
39818 msgstr "Déclencher une panique du noyau en cas d'erreur."
39819
39820 #. type: Labeled list
39821 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1441
39822 #, no-wrap
39823 msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
39824 msgstr "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
39825
39826 #. type: delimited block _
39827 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1443
39828 msgid ""
39829 "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
39830 "encountered only a console message is printed."
39831 msgstr ""
39832 "Ces options ne font rien pour le moment ; seul un message est affiché sur la "
39833 "console en cas d'erreur."
39834
39835 #. type: Title ===
39836 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444
39837 #, no-wrap
39838 msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
39839 msgstr "Options de montage pour umsdos"
39840
39841 #. type: delimited block _
39842 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
39843 msgid ""
39844 "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by "
39845 "_umsdos_."
39846 msgstr ""
39847 "Consultez les options de montage pour msdos. L'option *dotsOK* est "
39848 "explicitement supprimée par _umsdos_."
39849
39850 #. type: Title ===
39851 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1448
39852 #, no-wrap
39853 msgid "Mount options for vfat"
39854 msgstr "Options de montage pour vfat"
39855
39856 #. type: delimited block _
39857 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451
39858 msgid ""
39859 "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* "
39860 "option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
39861 msgstr ""
39862 "Tout d'abord les options de montage pour _fat_ sont reconnues. L'option "
39863 "*dotsOK* est explicitement supprimée par _vfat_. De plus, il existe :"
39864
39865 #. type: Labeled list
39866 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1452
39867 #, no-wrap
39868 msgid "*uni_xlate*"
39869 msgstr "*uni_xlate*"
39870
39871 #. type: delimited block _
39872 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1454
39873 msgid ""
39874 "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
39875 "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
39876 "characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is "
39877 "possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the "
39878 "vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode "
39879 "character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
39880 msgstr ""
39881 "Conversion des caractères Unicode non gérés en séquences d'échappement "
39882 "spéciales. Cela permet de sauver et de restaurer des fichiers dont le nom "
39883 "contient n'importe quel caractère Unicode. Sans cette option, un « ? » est "
39884 "utilisé à la place des caractères dont la conversion est impossible. Le "
39885 "caractère d'échappement est « : » puisqu'il est de toute manière incorrect "
39886 "dans les noms de fichiers _vfat_. La séquence d'échappement utilisée pour "
39887 "remplacer le caractère Unicode u est : « : », (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), "
39888 "(u>>12)."
39889
39890 #. type: Labeled list
39891 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1455
39892 #, no-wrap
39893 msgid "*posix*"
39894 msgstr "*posix*"
39895
39896 #. type: delimited block _
39897 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1457
39898 msgid ""
39899 "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
39900 msgstr ""
39901 "Autoriser l'existence de deux fichiers dont les noms ne diffèrent que par "
39902 "une distinction majuscule/minuscule. Cette option est obsolète."
39903
39904 #. type: Labeled list
39905 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1458
39906 #, no-wrap
39907 msgid "*nonumtail*"
39908 msgstr "*nonumtail*"
39909
39910 #. type: delimited block _
39911 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
39912 msgid ""
39913 "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
39914 "_name~num.ext_."
39915 msgstr ""
39916 "Essayer d'abord de créer un nom court sans numéro de séquence avant "
39917 "d'essayer _nom~num.ext_."
39918
39919 #. type: delimited block _
39920 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1463
39921 msgid ""
39922 "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
39923 "console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
39924 "with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets "
39925 "disabled."
39926 msgstr ""
39927 "UTF-8 est l'encodage 8-bits sûr de l'Unicode du système de fichiers utilisé "
39928 "par la console. Il peut être activé pour le système de fichiers avec cette "
39929 "option ou désactivé avec utf8=0, utf8=no ou utf8=false. Si _uni_xlate_ est "
39930 "activé, UTF-8 est désactivé."
39931
39932 #. type: Labeled list
39933 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1464
39934 #, no-wrap
39935 msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
39936 msgstr "**shortname=**__mode__"
39937
39938 #. type: delimited block _
39939 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1466
39940 msgid ""
39941 "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
39942 "8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
39943 "preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
39944 msgstr ""
39945 "Définir le comportement pour la création et l'affichage des noms de fichiers "
39946 "qui tiennent dans 8.3 (1 à 8 caractères, un point et 0 à 3 caractères). Le "
39947 "nom long du fichier sera toujours le préféré pour l’affichage s'il existe. "
39948 "Il y a quatre __mode__s."
39949
39950 #. type: Labeled list
39951 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1467
39952 #, no-wrap
39953 msgid "*lower*"
39954 msgstr "*lower*"
39955
39956 #. type: delimited block _
39957 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1469
39958 msgid ""
39959 "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
39960 "short name is not all upper case."
39961 msgstr ""
39962 "Afficher le nom court en minuscules ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
39963 "court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules."
39964
39965 #. type: Labeled list
39966 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1470
39967 #, no-wrap
39968 msgid "*win95*"
39969 msgstr "*win95*"
39970
39971 #. type: delimited block _
39972 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1472
39973 msgid ""
39974 "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
39975 "short name is not all upper case."
39976 msgstr ""
39977 "Afficher le nom court en majuscules ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
39978 "court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules."
39979
39980 #. type: Labeled list
39981 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1473
39982 #, no-wrap
39983 msgid "*winnt*"
39984 msgstr "*winnt*"
39985
39986 #. type: delimited block _
39987 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1475
39988 msgid ""
39989 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
39990 "all lower case or all upper case."
39991 msgstr ""
39992 "Afficher le nom court tel quel ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom court "
39993 "n'est pas entièrement en majuscules ou entièrement en minuscules."
39994
39995 #. type: Labeled list
39996 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1476
39997 #, no-wrap
39998 msgid "*mixed*"
39999 msgstr "*mixed*"
40000
40001 #. type: delimited block _
40002 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1478
40003 msgid ""
40004 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
40005 "all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
40006 msgstr ""
40007 "Afficher le nom court tel qu'il est ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
40008 "court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules. C'est le mode par défaut depuis "
40009 "Linux 2.6.32."
40010
40011 #. type: Title ===
40012 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1479
40013 #, no-wrap
40014 msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
40015 msgstr "Options de montage pour usbfs"
40016
40017 #. type: Labeled list
40018 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1481
40019 #, no-wrap
40020 msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
40021 msgstr "**devuid=**__uid__ et **devgid=**__gid__ et **devmode=**__mode__"
40022
40023 #. type: delimited block _
40024 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483
40025 msgid ""
40026 "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
40027 "(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
40028 msgstr ""
40029 "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des fichiers de périphérique "
40030 "dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, "
40031 "mode=0644). Le mode est fourni en octal."
40032
40033 #. type: Labeled list
40034 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1484
40035 #, no-wrap
40036 msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
40037 msgstr "**busuid=**__uid__ et **busgid=**__gid__ et **busmode=**__mode__"
40038
40039 #. type: delimited block _
40040 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486
40041 msgid ""
40042 "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
40043 "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
40044 msgstr ""
40045 "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des répertoires des bus dans "
40046 "le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, mode=0555). Le "
40047 "mode est fourni en octal."
40048
40049 #. type: Labeled list
40050 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1487
40051 #, no-wrap
40052 msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
40053 msgstr "**listuid=**__uid__ et **listgid=**__gid__ et **listmode=**__mode__"
40054
40055 #. type: delimited block _
40056 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489
40057 msgid ""
40058 "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, "
40059 "mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
40060 msgstr ""
40061 "Configurer le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode du fichier _devices_ "
40062 "(valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, mode=0444). Le mode est fourni en octal."
40063
40064 #. type: Title ==
40065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1490
40066 #, no-wrap
40067 msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT"
40068 msgstr "GESTION DE DM-VERITY"
40069
40070 #. type: delimited block _
40071 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1493
40072 #, fuzzy
40073 #| msgid ""
40074 #| "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
40075 #| "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command "
40076 #| "can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on "
40077 #| "the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
40078 #| "(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the "
40079 #| "root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be "
40080 #| "automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
40081 msgid ""
40082 "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
40083 "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can "
40084 "open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the "
40085 "device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
40086 "(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
40087 "hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
40088 "reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
40089 msgstr ""
40090 "La cible de la carte de périphérique _verity_ (device-mapper verity) fournit "
40091 "une vérification transparente d’intégrité en lecture seule de périphériques "
40092 "par blocs en utilisant l’API de chiffrement du noyau. La commande de montage "
40093 "peut ouvrir le périphérique dm-verity et réaliser la vérification "
40094 "d’intégrité avant que le système de fichiers du périphérique ne soit monté. "
40095 "_libcryptsetup_ avec _libmount_ est requis (de manière facultative à l’aide "
40096 "de *dlopen*(3)). Si _libcryptsetup_ gère l’extraction du hachage de la "
40097 "racine d’un périphérique déjà monté, les périphériques existants seront "
40098 "automatiquement réutilisés en cas de correspondance. Les options de montage "
40099 "pour dm-verity sont les suivantes."
40100
40101 #. type: Labeled list
40102 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1494
40103 #, no-wrap
40104 msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
40105 msgstr "**verity.hashdevice=**__chemin__"
40106
40107 #. type: delimited block _
40108 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1496
40109 msgid ""
40110 "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
40111 "verity."
40112 msgstr ""
40113 "_chemin_ du périphérique de l’arbre de hachage associé avec le volume source "
40114 "à indiquer à dm-verity."
40115
40116 #. type: Labeled list
40117 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1497
40118 #, no-wrap
40119 msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
40120 msgstr "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
40121
40122 #. type: delimited block _
40123 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1499
40124 msgid ""
40125 "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with "
40126 "_verity.roothashfile._"
40127 msgstr ""
40128 "Hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la racine de _verity.hashdevice_, "
40129 "mutuellement exclusif avec _verity.roothashfile_."
40130
40131 #. type: Labeled list
40132 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1500
40133 #, no-wrap
40134 msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
40135 msgstr "**verity.roothashfile=**__chemin__"
40136
40137 #. type: delimited block _
40138 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502
40139 msgid ""
40140 "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity."
40141 "hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
40142 msgstr ""
40143 "_chemin_ vers le fichier contenant le hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la "
40144 "racine _verity.hashdevice_, mutuellement exclusif avec _verity.roothash_."
40145
40146 #. type: Labeled list
40147 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1503
40148 #, no-wrap
40149 msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
40150 msgstr "**verity.hashoffset=**__décalage__"
40151
40152 #. type: delimited block _
40153 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1505
40154 msgid ""
40155 "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: "
40156 "0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
40157 msgstr ""
40158 "Si le périphérique de l’arbre de hachages est incorporé dans le volume "
40159 "source, _décalage (par défaut 0) est utilisé par dm-verity pour parvenir à "
40160 "l’arbre."
40161
40162 #. type: Labeled list
40163 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1506
40164 #, no-wrap
40165 msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
40166 msgstr "**verity.fecdevice=**__chemin__"
40167
40168 #. type: delimited block _
40169 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1508
40170 msgid ""
40171 "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
40172 "volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
40173 "*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
40174 msgstr ""
40175 "_chemin_ vers le périphérique FEC (Forward Error Correction) associé avec le "
40176 "volume source à indiquer à dm-verity. Facultatif et nécessite que le noyau "
40177 "soit construit avec *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
40178
40179 #. type: Labeled list
40180 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1509
40181 #, no-wrap
40182 msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
40183 msgstr "**verity.fecoffset=**__décalage__"
40184
40185 #. type: delimited block _
40186 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1511
40187 msgid ""
40188 "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is "
40189 "used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
40190 msgstr ""
40191 "Si le périphérique FEC est incorporé dans le volume source, _décalage_ (par "
40192 "défaut 0) est utilisé par dm-verity pour parvenir à l’emplacement FEC. "
40193 "Facultatif."
40194
40195 #. type: Labeled list
40196 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1512
40197 #, no-wrap
40198 msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
40199 msgstr "**verity.fecroots=**__valeur__"
40200
40201 #. type: delimited block _
40202 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1514
40203 msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
40204 msgstr "Octets de parité pour FEC (par défaut 2). Facultatif."
40205
40206 #. type: Labeled list
40207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515
40208 #, no-wrap
40209 msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
40210 msgstr "**verity.roothashsig=**__chemin__"
40211
40212 #. type: delimited block _
40213 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1517
40214 msgid ""
40215 "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
40216 "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
40217 "*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to "
40218 "be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
40219 msgstr ""
40220 "Chemin pour la signature *pkcs7*(1ssl) de la chaîne hexadécimale du hachage "
40221 "de la racine. Cela nécessite crypt_activate_by_signed_key> de *cryptsetup* "
40222 "et le noyau construit avec *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. Pour une "
40223 "réutilisation du périphérique, les signatures doivent être, soit utilisées "
40224 "par tous les montages d’un périphérique, soit par aucun. Facultatif."
40225
40226 #. type: Labeled list
40227 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1518
40228 #, no-wrap
40229 msgid "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
40230 msgstr "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
40231
40232 #. type: delimited block _
40233 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1520
40234 msgid ""
40235 "Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. "
40236 "By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and "
40237 "libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
40238 msgstr ""
40239
40240 #. type: delimited block _
40241 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1522
40242 msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
40243 msgstr "Pris en charge depuis util-linux version 2.35."
40244
40245 #. type: delimited block _
40246 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1524
40247 msgid "For example commands:"
40248 msgstr "Par exemple les commandes :"
40249
40250 #. type: delimited block .
40251 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1533
40252 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
40253 #| msgid ""
40254 #| "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
40255 #| "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
40256 #| "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
40257 #| "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
40258 #| "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
40259 #| "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
40260 #| "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
40261 msgid ""
40262 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
40263 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
40264 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
40265 "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
40266 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
40267 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
40268 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
40269 msgstr ""
40270 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
40271 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
40272 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
40273 "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
40274 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
40275 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
40276 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
40277
40278 #. type: Plain text
40279 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1536
40280 msgid ""
40281 "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount "
40282 "verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root "
40283 "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
40284 msgstr ""
40285 "créent une image squashfs du répertoire _/etc_, valident (verity) le "
40286 "périphérique _hash_ et montent l’image vérifiée du système de fichiers sur _/"
40287 "mnt_. Le noyau vérifiera que le hachage de la racine est signé par une clé "
40288 "du trousseau de clés du noyau si roothashsig est utilisé."
40289
40290 #. type: Title ==
40291 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1537
40292 #, no-wrap
40293 msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
40294 msgstr "GESTION DE PÉRIPHÉRIQUE BOUCLE"
40295
40296 #. type: Plain text
40297 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1540
40298 msgid ""
40299 "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
40300 "command"
40301 msgstr ""
40302 "Il est possible de faire un montage au travers du périphérique boucle "
40303 "(« loop »). Par exemple, la commande :"
40304
40305 #. type: delimited block _
40306 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1543
40307 #, no-wrap
40308 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
40309 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
40310
40311 #. type: Plain text
40312 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1546
40313 msgid ""
40314 "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/"
40315 "disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
40316 msgstr ""
40317 "va faire correspondre le périphérique boucle _/dev/loop_ au fichier _/tmp/"
40318 "disque.img_, puis monter ce périphérique sur _/mnt_."
40319
40320 #. type: Plain text
40321 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1548
40322 msgid ""
40323 "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is "
40324 "given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, "
40325 "for example"
40326 msgstr ""
40327 "Si aucun périphérique boucle n'est explicitement mentionné (mais qu'une "
40328 "simple option « **-o loop** » est donnée), alors *mount* essayera de trouver "
40329 "des périphériques boucle non utilisés et les utilisera, par exemple :"
40330
40331 #. type: delimited block _
40332 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1551
40333 #, no-wrap
40334 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
40335 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
40336
40337 #. type: Plain text
40338 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1554
40339 msgid ""
40340 "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular "
40341 "file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
40342 "libblkid, for example:"
40343 msgstr ""
40344 "La commande de montage crée *automatiquement* un périphérique boucle à "
40345 "partir d'un fichier normal si aucun type de système de fichiers n'est "
40346 "indiqué, ou s'il s'agit d'un système de fichiers libblkid, par exemple :"
40347
40348 #. type: delimited block _
40349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1557
40350 #, no-wrap
40351 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
40352 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt*\n"
40353
40354 #. type: delimited block _
40355 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1559
40356 #, no-wrap
40357 msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
40358 msgstr "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disque.img /mnt*\n"
40359
40360 #. type: Plain text
40361 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562
40362 msgid ""
40363 "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and "
40364 "*sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be "
40365 "used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
40366 msgstr ""
40367 "Ce type de montage dispose de trois options, nommées *loop*, *offset* et "
40368 "*sizelimit*, qui sont en réalité des options pour *losetup*(8) (ces options "
40369 "peuvent être utilisées en plus de celles spécifiques au type de système de "
40370 "fichiers)."
40371
40372 #. type: Plain text
40373 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1564
40374 msgid ""
40375 "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
40376 "that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* "
40377 "independently of _/etc/mtab_."
40378 msgstr ""
40379 "Depuis Linux 2.6.25, l'autodestruction des périphériques boucle est gérée. "
40380 "Cela signifie que tous les périphériques boucle alloués par *mount* seront "
40381 "libérés par *umount* indépendamment de _/etc/mtab_."
40382
40383 #. type: Plain text
40384 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566
40385 msgid ""
40386 "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
40387 msgstr ""
40388 "Vous pouvez aussi libérer un périphérique boucle manuellement avec *losetup -"
40389 "d* ou *umount -d*."
40390
40391 #. type: Plain text
40392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1568
40393 msgid ""
40394 "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than "
40395 "initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
40396 "loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
40397 "filesystem corruption."
40398 msgstr ""
40399 "Depuis util-linux version 2.29 la commande *mount* réutilise le périphérique "
40400 "boucle plutôt que d’initialiser un nouveau périphérique si le fichier de "
40401 "support est déjà utilisé pour des périphériques boucles avec le même "
40402 "décalage et la même taille maximale. C’est nécessaire pour éviter une "
40403 "corruption du système de fichiers."
40404
40405 #. type: Plain text
40406 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1572
40407 #, no-wrap
40408 msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n"
40409 msgstr "*mount* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants (les bits peuvent subir une opération OU bit à bit) :\n"
40410
40411 #. type: Plain text
40412 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1578
40413 msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
40414 msgstr "invocation ou permissions incorrectes"
40415
40416 #. type: Plain text
40417 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1581
40418 msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
40419 msgstr ""
40420 "erreur système (plus de mémoire, échec de fork(), plus de périphérique "
40421 "boucle disponible)"
40422
40423 #. type: Plain text
40424 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1584
40425 msgid "internal *mount* bug"
40426 msgstr "bogue interne à *mount*"
40427
40428 #. type: Plain text
40429 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587
40430 msgid "user interrupt"
40431 msgstr "interruption par l'utilisateur"
40432
40433 #. type: Plain text
40434 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1590
40435 msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
40436 msgstr "problème d'écriture ou de verrouillage de _/etc/mtab_"
40437
40438 #. type: Plain text
40439 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1593
40440 msgid "mount failure"
40441 msgstr "échec de montage"
40442
40443 #. type: Plain text
40444 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1596
40445 msgid "some mount succeeded"
40446 msgstr "réussite de certains montages"
40447
40448 #. type: Plain text
40449 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1598
40450 msgid ""
40451 "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
40452 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
40453 msgstr ""
40454 "La commande *mount -a* renvoie 0 (tous ont réussi), 32 (tous ont échoué) ou "
40455 "64 (certains ont réussi, d’autres ont échoué)."
40456
40457 #. type: Title ==
40458 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1599 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:130
40459 #, no-wrap
40460 msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
40461 msgstr "AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES"
40462
40463 #. type: Plain text
40464 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1602
40465 msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
40466 msgstr "La syntaxe des programmes de montage externes est :"
40467
40468 #. type: Plain text
40469 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1604
40470 #, no-wrap
40471 msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n"
40472 msgstr "**/sbin/mount.**__suffixe__ _spec rép_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _nom_espace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**__soustype__]\n"
40473
40474 #. type: Plain text
40475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1606
40476 msgid ""
40477 "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the "
40478 "same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for "
40479 "filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
40480 "sshfs*)."
40481 msgstr ""
40482 "où le _suffixe_ est le type de système de fichiers et les options *-sfnvoN* "
40483 "ont la même signification que les options de montage normales. L'option *-t* "
40484 "est utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers avec prise en charge des sous-"
40485 "types (par exemple */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."
40486
40487 #. type: Plain text
40488 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1608
40489 msgid ""
40490 "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, "
40491 "*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
40492 "*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and "
40493 "*sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a "
40494 "comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
40495 msgstr ""
40496 "La commande *mount* ne passe pas les options de montage *unbindable*, "
40497 "*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
40498 "*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* ni "
40499 "*sizelimit* aux auxiliaires mount.<suffixe>. Toutes les autres options sont "
40500 "utilisées dans une liste séparée par des virgules comme argument de "
40501 "l’option *-o*."
40502
40503 #. type: Plain text
40504 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1613
40505 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
40506 msgstr ""
40507 "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
40508
40509 #. type: Plain text
40510 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1619
40511 msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
40512 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."
40513
40514 #. type: Plain text
40515 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1622
40516 msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
40517 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de configuration de périphérique boucle."
40518
40519 #. type: Plain text
40520 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1626
40521 msgid ""
40522 "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section "
40523 "above."
40524 msgstr ""
40525 "Consultez aussi la section *Les fichiers /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab et /proc/"
40526 "mounts* ci-dessus."
40527
40528 #. type: Plain text
40529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1629
40530 msgid "filesystem table"
40531 msgstr "table des systèmes de fichiers"
40532
40533 #. type: Labeled list
40534 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1630
40535 #, no-wrap
40536 msgid "_/run/mount_"
40537 msgstr "_/run/mount_"
40538
40539 #. type: Plain text
40540 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1632
40541 msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
40542 msgstr "répertoire d’exécution privé de libmount"
40543
40544 #. type: Labeled list
40545 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1633 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:160
40546 #, no-wrap
40547 msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
40548 msgstr "_/etc/mtab_"
40549
40550 #. type: Plain text
40551 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1635
40552 msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
40553 msgstr ""
40554 "table des systèmes de fichiers montés ou lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_"
40555
40556 #. type: Labeled list
40557 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1636
40558 #, no-wrap
40559 msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
40560 msgstr "_/etc/mtab~_"
40561
40562 #. type: Plain text
40563 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1638
40564 msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
40565 msgstr ""
40566 "fichier de verrou (inutilisé sur les systèmes avec lien symbolique vers "
40567 "_mtab_)"
40568
40569 #. type: Labeled list
40570 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1639
40571 #, no-wrap
40572 msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
40573 msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
40574
40575 #. type: Plain text
40576 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1641
40577 msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
40578 msgstr ""
40579 "fichier temporaire (inutilisé sur les systèmes avec lien symbolique vers "
40580 "_mtab_)"
40581
40582 #. type: Labeled list
40583 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1642
40584 #, no-wrap
40585 msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
40586 msgstr "_/etc/filesystems_"
40587
40588 #. type: Plain text
40589 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1644
40590 msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
40591 msgstr "liste de systèmes de fichiers à essayer"
40592
40593 #. type: Plain text
40594 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1648
40595 msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
40596 msgstr "Une commande *mount* existait dans UNIX AT&T Version 5."
40597
40598 #. type: Plain text
40599 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1652
40600 msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
40601 msgstr "Un système de fichiers corrompu peut déclencher un plantage."
40602
40603 #. type: Plain text
40604 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1654
40605 msgid ""
40606 "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, "
40607 "ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la "
40608 "BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
40609 msgstr ""
40610 "Sous Linux, certains systèmes de fichiers ne gèrent pas *-o sync* et *-"
40611 "o dirsync* (les systèmes de fichiers ext2, ext3, ext4, fat et vfat _gèrent_ "
40612 "les mises à jour synchrones, à la manière BSD, lorsqu'ils sont montés avec "
40613 "l'option *sync*)."
40614
40615 #. type: Plain text
40616 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1656
40617 msgid ""
40618 "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-"
40619 "specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for "
40620 "example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
40621 msgstr ""
40622 "L'option *-o remount* peut s'avérer incapable de modifier les paramètres de "
40623 "montage (tous ceux de _ext2fs_, sauf *sb*, sont modifiables lors d'un "
40624 "remontage, mais vous ne pouvez pas modifier le *gid* ou l'**umask** pour un "
40625 "système de fichiers _fatfs_)."
40626
40627 #. type: Plain text
40628 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1658
40629 msgid ""
40630 "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on "
40631 "systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the "
40632 "*mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on "
40633 "the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain "
40634 "cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS "
40635 "mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable "
40636 "information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a "
40637 "symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
40638 msgstr ""
40639 "Les fichiers _/etc/mtab_ et _/proc/mounts_ pourraient ne pas correspondre "
40640 "sur les systèmes avec un ficher _mtab_ normal. Le premier est seulement basé "
40641 "sur les options de la commande *mount*, mais le second tient compte de la "
40642 "configuration du noyau et d'autres paramètres (par exemple, pour un serveur "
40643 "NFS distant : dans certains cas, la commande *mount* peut renvoyer des "
40644 "informations incorrectes à propos des points de montage NFS et en général _/"
40645 "proc/mounts_ contient des informations plus sûres). C’est une autre raison "
40646 "de remplacer le fichier _mtab_ par un lien symbolique vers le fichier _/proc/"
40647 "mounts_."
40648
40649 #. type: Plain text
40650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1660
40651 msgid ""
40652 "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
40653 "*fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results "
40654 "due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* "
40655 "mount option is used."
40656 msgstr ""
40657 "Vérifier les fichiers d'un système de fichiers NFS avec des descripteurs de "
40658 "fichiers (c'est-à-dire, les fonctions de la famille *fcntl* et *ioctl*) "
40659 "peuvent renvoyer de mauvais résultats à cause de la faible vérification des "
40660 "événements dans le noyau si l'option *noac* de montage est utilisée."
40661
40662 #. type: Plain text
40663 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1662
40664 msgid ""
40665 "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail "
40666 "when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size "
40667 "of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be "
40668 "worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling "
40669 "*mount* with the configured loop device."
40670 msgstr ""
40671 "L’option *loop* utilisée avec les options *offset* ou *sizelimit* pourrait "
40672 "échouer sur les noyaux plus anciens si la commande *mount* ne peut pas "
40673 "confirmer que la taille du périphérique bloc a été configurée comme demandé. "
40674 "Cette situation peut être contournée en utilisant la commande *losetup*(8) "
40675 "vous-même avant d’appeler *mount* avec le périphérique boucle configuré."
40676
40677 #. type: Plain text
40678 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1688
40679 #, no-wrap
40680 msgid ""
40681 "*mount*(2),\n"
40682 "*umount*(2),\n"
40683 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
40684 "*fstab*(5),\n"
40685 "*nfs*(5),\n"
40686 "*xfs*(5),\n"
40687 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
40688 "*xattr*(7),\n"
40689 "*e2label*(8),\n"
40690 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
40691 "*losetup*(8),\n"
40692 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
40693 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
40694 "*mountd*(8),\n"
40695 "*nfsd*(8),\n"
40696 "*swapon*(8),\n"
40697 "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
40698 "*umount*(8),\n"
40699 "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
40700 msgstr ""
40701 "*mount*(2),\n"
40702 "*umount*(2),\n"
40703 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
40704 "*fstab*(5),\n"
40705 "*nfs*(5),\n"
40706 "*xfs*(5),\n"
40707 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
40708 "*xattr*(7),\n"
40709 "*e2label*(8),\n"
40710 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
40711 "*losetup*(8),\n"
40712 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
40713 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
40714 "*mountd*(8),\n"
40715 "*nfsd*(8),\n"
40716 "*swapon*(8),\n"
40717 "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
40718 "*umount*(8),\n"
40719 "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
40720
40721 #. type: Title =
40722 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2
40723 #, no-wrap
40724 msgid "mountpoint(1)"
40725 msgstr "mountpoint(1)"
40726
40727 #. type: Plain text
40728 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12
40729 msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint"
40730 msgstr ""
40731 "mountpoint - Vérifier si un répertoire ou un fichier est un point de montage"
40732
40733 #. type: Plain text
40734 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16
40735 #, no-wrap
40736 msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n"
40737 msgstr "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _répertoire_|_fichier_\n"
40738
40739 #. type: Plain text
40740 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18
40741 #, no-wrap
40742 msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n"
40743 msgstr "*mountpoint* *-x* _périphérique_\n"
40744
40745 #. type: Plain text
40746 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
40747 #, no-wrap
40748 msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n"
40749 msgstr "*mountpoint* vérifie si le _répertoire_ ou _fichier_ donné fait partie du fichier _/proc/self/mountinfo_.\n"
40750
40751 #. type: Labeled list
40752 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25
40753 #, no-wrap
40754 msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
40755 msgstr "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
40756
40757 #. type: Plain text
40758 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
40759 msgid ""
40760 "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given "
40761 "directory."
40762 msgstr ""
40763 "Afficher les numéros majeur et mineur du périphérique monté sur le "
40764 "répertoire donné."
40765
40766 #. type: Plain text
40767 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30
40768 msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
40769 msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."
40770
40771 #. type: Labeled list
40772 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31
40773 #, no-wrap
40774 msgid "*--nofollow*"
40775 msgstr "*--nofollow*"
40776
40777 #. type: Plain text
40778 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
40779 msgid ""
40780 "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
40781 msgstr ""
40782 "Ne pas suivre le lien symbolique si c'est le dernier élément du chemin du "
40783 "_répertoire_."
40784
40785 #. type: Labeled list
40786 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34
40787 #, no-wrap
40788 msgid "*-x*, *--devno*"
40789 msgstr "*-x*, *--devno*"
40790
40791 #. type: Plain text
40792 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
40793 msgid ""
40794 "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
40795 msgstr ""
40796 "Afficher les numéros majeur et mineur du périphérique bloc donné sur la "
40797 "sortie standard."
40798
40799 #. type: Plain text
40800 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42
40801 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
40802 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
40803 msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n"
40804 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
40805
40806 #. type: Plain text
40807 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45
40808 msgid ""
40809 "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--"
40810 "devno*"
40811 msgstr ""
40812
40813 #. type: Plain text
40814 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:48
40815 msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error"
40816 msgstr ""
40817
40818 #. type: Plain text
40819 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51
40820 msgid ""
40821 "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device "
40822 "on *--devno*"
40823 msgstr ""
40824
40825 #. type: Plain text
40826 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
40827 msgid ""
40828 "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for "
40829 "libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van "
40830 "Smoorenburg."
40831 msgstr ""
40832 "L’implémentation *mountpoint* d’util-linux a été écrite à partir de zéro "
40833 "pour libmount. La version originale pour l’ensemble sysvinit a été écrite "
40834 "par Miquel van Smoorenburg."
40835
40836 #. type: Title =
40837 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2
40838 #, no-wrap
40839 msgid "nsenter(1)"
40840 msgstr "nsenter(1)"
40841
40842 #. type: Plain text
40843 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12
40844 msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
40845 msgstr "nsenter - Exécuter un programme dans différents espaces de noms"
40846
40847 # Typo dans la VO
40848 #. type: Plain text
40849 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16
40850 #, no-wrap
40851 msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
40852 msgstr "*nsenter* [options] [_programme_ [_paramètres_]]\n"
40853
40854 #. type: Plain text
40855 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
40856 msgid ""
40857 "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are "
40858 "specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not "
40859 "given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
40860 msgstr ""
40861 "La commande *nsenter* exécute le _programme_ dans le ou les espaces de noms "
40862 "indiqués dans les options de la ligne de commande (décrites ci-dessous). Si "
40863 "_programme_ n'est pas renseigné, « $\\{SHELL} » est utilisé (par défaut : _/"
40864 "bin/sh_)."
40865
40866 #. type: Plain text
40867 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22
40868 msgid "Enterable namespaces are:"
40869 msgstr "Les espaces de noms où l'entrée est possible sont :"
40870
40871 #. type: Labeled list
40872 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27
40873 #, no-wrap
40874 msgid "*mount namespace*"
40875 msgstr "*espace de noms de montage*"
40876
40877 #. type: Plain text
40878 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
40879 msgid ""
40880 "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
40881 "except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
40882 "make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further "
40883 "details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* "
40884 "flag in *clone*(2)."
40885 msgstr ""
40886 "Les montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affecteront pas le reste "
40887 "du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués comme "
40888 "partagés (avec *mount --make-shared*, consultez _/proc/self/mountinfo_ pour "
40889 "l’attribut *shared*). Pour plus de détails, voir *mount_namespaces*(7) et "
40890 "l’explication du drapeau *CLONE_NEWNS* dans *clone*(2)."
40891
40892 #. type: Labeled list
40893 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32
40894 #, no-wrap
40895 msgid "*UTS namespace*"
40896 msgstr "*espace de noms UTS*"
40897
40898 #. type: Plain text
40899 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
40900 msgid ""
40901 "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For "
40902 "further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
40903 msgstr ""
40904 "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le reste "
40905 "du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter *namespaces*(7)."
40906
40907 #. type: Labeled list
40908 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35
40909 #, no-wrap
40910 msgid "*IPC namespace*"
40911 msgstr "*espace de noms IPC*"
40912
40913 #. type: Plain text
40914 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
40915 msgid ""
40916 "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as "
40917 "well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. "
40918 "For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
40919 msgstr ""
40920 "Le processus aura un nom d'espace indépendant pour les files de messages "
40921 "POSIX ainsi que pour les files de messages de System V, les ensembles de "
40922 "sémaphores et les segments de mémoire partagée. Pour de plus amples détails, "
40923 "consulter *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
40924
40925 #. type: Labeled list
40926 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38
40927 #, no-wrap
40928 msgid "*network namespace*"
40929 msgstr "*espace de noms réseau*"
40930
40931 #. type: Plain text
40932 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
40933 msgid ""
40934 "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, "
40935 "firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, "
40936 "sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
40937 msgstr ""
40938 "Le processus aura des piles IPv4 et IPv6, des tables de routage IP, des "
40939 "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences de répertoires _/proc/net_ et _/sys/"
40940 "class/net_, des sockets, etc., indépendantes. Pour de plus amples détails, "
40941 "consulter *namespaces*(7)."
40942
40943 #. type: Labeled list
40944 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41
40945 #, no-wrap
40946 msgid "*PID namespace*"
40947 msgstr "*espace de noms PID*"
40948
40949 #. type: Plain text
40950 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
40951 msgid ""
40952 "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
40953 "*nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID "
40954 "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
40955 "namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new "
40956 "program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see "
40957 "*pid_namespaces*(7)."
40958 msgstr ""
40959 "Les enfants auront un ensemble de PID pour traiter les projections "
40960 "séparément du processus *nsenter*. *nsenter* forkera par défaut en cas de "
40961 "modification de l’espace de noms PID, de telle sorte que le nouveau "
40962 "programme et ses enfants partagent le même espace de noms PID et soient "
40963 "mutuellement visibles. Si *--no-fork* est utilisé, le nouveau programme sera "
40964 "exécuté sans forker. Pour plus de détails, voir *pid_namespaces*(7)."
40965
40966 #. type: Labeled list
40967 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47
40968 #, no-wrap
40969 msgid "*user namespace*"
40970 msgstr "*espace de noms utilisateur*"
40971
40972 #. type: Plain text
40973 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
40974 msgid ""
40975 "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For "
40976 "further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
40977 msgstr ""
40978 "Le processus aura un ensemble propre d’UID, de GID et de capacités. Pour de "
40979 "plus amples détails, consulter *user_namespaces*(7)."
40980
40981 #. type: Labeled list
40982 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44
40983 #, no-wrap
40984 msgid "*cgroup namespace*"
40985 msgstr "*espace de noms de groupe de contrôle*"
40986
40987 #. type: Plain text
40988 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
40989 msgid ""
40990 "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new "
40991 "cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further "
40992 "details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
40993 msgstr ""
40994 "Le processus aura une vue virtualisée de _/proc/self/cgroup_, et les "
40995 "nouveaux montages de groupe de contrôle auront pour racine celle du groupe "
40996 "de contrôle d’espace de noms. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
40997 "*cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
40998
40999 #. type: Labeled list
41000 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50
41001 #, no-wrap
41002 msgid "*time namespace*"
41003 msgstr "*espace de noms temps*"
41004
41005 #. type: Plain text
41006 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
41007 msgid ""
41008 "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or "
41009 "*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For "
41010 "further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
41011 msgstr ""
41012 "Le processus peut avoir une vue distincte de *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* ou "
41013 "*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* qui peut être modifiée avec _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. "
41014 "Pour de plus amples détails, consulter, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
41015
41016 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
41017 #. type: Plain text
41018 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
41019 msgid ""
41020 "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
41021 "_file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files "
41022 "described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
41023 "created on one of those files."
41024 msgstr ""
41025 "Plusieurs parmi les options ci-dessous, liées aux espaces de noms, ont un "
41026 "paramètre _fichier_ facultatif. Il doit s'agir d'un des fichiers de _/proc/"
41027 "[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ décrits dans *namespaces*(7), ou le chemin du point de "
41028 "montage lié créé sur un de ces fichiers."
41029
41030 #. type: Plain text
41031 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
41032 msgid ""
41033 "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
41034 "{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
41035 "namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --"
41036 "mount*=[_path_])."
41037 msgstr ""
41038 "Entrer tous les espaces de noms du processus cible sous forme des chemins "
41039 "d’espace de noms par défaut _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_. Les chemins par "
41040 "défaut des noms d'espaces des processus cibles peuvent être remplacés grâce "
41041 "à des options spécifiques aux espaces de noms (comme *--all --"
41042 "mount*=[_chemin_])."
41043
41044 #. type: Plain text
41045 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
41046 msgid ""
41047 "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user "
41048 "namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining "
41049 "those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
41050 msgstr ""
41051 "L'espace de noms utilisateur sera ignoré s'il est identique à l’espace de "
41052 "noms utilisateur actuel de l’appelant. Cela empêche un appelant qui a perdu "
41053 "ses capacités de les retrouver à l’aide d’un appel à setns(). Voir "
41054 "*setns*(2) pour plus de détails."
41055
41056 #. type: Labeled list
41057 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58
41058 #, no-wrap
41059 msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
41060 msgstr "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
41061
41062 #. type: Plain text
41063 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
41064 msgid ""
41065 "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts "
41066 "specified by _pid_ are:"
41067 msgstr ""
41068 "Indiquer un processus cible duquel obtenir les contextes. Les chemins vers "
41069 "les contextes indiqués par _PID_ sont respectivement :"
41070
41071 #. type: Labeled list
41072 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61
41073 #, no-wrap
41074 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
41075 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
41076
41077 #. type: Plain text
41078 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
41079 msgid "the mount namespace"
41080 msgstr "l’espace de noms montage ;"
41081
41082 #. type: Labeled list
41083 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
41084 #, no-wrap
41085 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
41086 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
41087
41088 #. type: Plain text
41089 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
41090 msgid "the UTS namespace"
41091 msgstr "l’espace de noms UTS ;"
41092
41093 #. type: Labeled list
41094 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
41095 #, no-wrap
41096 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
41097 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
41098
41099 #. type: Plain text
41100 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
41101 msgid "the IPC namespace"
41102 msgstr "l’espace de noms IPC ;"
41103
41104 #. type: Labeled list
41105 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
41106 #, no-wrap
41107 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
41108 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
41109
41110 #. type: Plain text
41111 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
41112 msgid "the network namespace"
41113 msgstr "l’espace de noms réseau ;"
41114
41115 #. type: Labeled list
41116 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
41117 #, no-wrap
41118 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
41119 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
41120
41121 #. type: Plain text
41122 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
41123 msgid "the PID namespace"
41124 msgstr "l’espace de noms PID ;"
41125
41126 #. type: Labeled list
41127 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
41128 #, no-wrap
41129 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
41130 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
41131
41132 #. type: Plain text
41133 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
41134 msgid "the user namespace"
41135 msgstr "l’espace de noms utilisateur ;"
41136
41137 #. type: Labeled list
41138 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
41139 #, no-wrap
41140 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
41141 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
41142
41143 #. type: Plain text
41144 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
41145 msgid "the cgroup namespace"
41146 msgstr "l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle ;"
41147
41148 #. type: Labeled list
41149 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
41150 #, no-wrap
41151 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
41152 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
41153
41154 #. type: Plain text
41155 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
41156 msgid "the time namespace"
41157 msgstr "l’espace de noms temps"
41158
41159 #. type: Labeled list
41160 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
41161 #, no-wrap
41162 msgid "_/proc/pid/root_"
41163 msgstr "_/proc/pid/root_"
41164
41165 #. type: Plain text
41166 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
41167 msgid "the root directory"
41168 msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"
41169
41170 #. type: Labeled list
41171 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
41172 #, no-wrap
41173 msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
41174 msgstr "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
41175
41176 #. type: Plain text
41177 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81
41178 msgid "the working directory respectively"
41179 msgstr "le répertoire de travail."
41180
41181 #. type: Labeled list
41182 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82
41183 #, no-wrap
41184 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]"
41185 msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[=_fichier_]"
41186
41187 #. type: Plain text
41188 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
41189 msgid ""
41190 "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount "
41191 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount "
41192 "namespace specified by _file_."
41193 msgstr ""
41194 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms montage. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
41195 "dans l’espace de noms montage du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
41196 "entrer dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par _fichier_."
41197
41198 #. type: Labeled list
41199 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85
41200 #, no-wrap
41201 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]"
41202 msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[=_fichier_]"
41203
41204 #. type: Plain text
41205 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
41206 msgid ""
41207 "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of "
41208 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace "
41209 "specified by _file_."
41210 msgstr ""
41211 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
41212 "dans l’espace de noms UTS du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
41213 "entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS indiqué par _fichier_."
41214
41215 #. type: Labeled list
41216 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88
41217 #, no-wrap
41218 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]"
41219 msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_fichier_]"
41220
41221 #. type: Plain text
41222 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
41223 msgid ""
41224 "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of "
41225 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace "
41226 "specified by _file_."
41227 msgstr ""
41228 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
41229 "dans l’espace de noms IPC du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
41230 "entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC indiqué par _fichier_."
41231
41232 #. type: Labeled list
41233 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91
41234 #, no-wrap
41235 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]"
41236 msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[=_fichier_]"
41237
41238 #. type: Plain text
41239 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
41240 msgid ""
41241 "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network "
41242 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network "
41243 "namespace specified by _file_."
41244 msgstr ""
41245 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
41246 "dans l’espace de noms réseau du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
41247 "entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau indiqué par _fichier_."
41248
41249 #. type: Labeled list
41250 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94
41251 #, no-wrap
41252 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]"
41253 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[=_fichier_]"
41254
41255 #. type: Plain text
41256 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
41257 msgid ""
41258 "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of "
41259 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace "
41260 "specified by _file_."
41261 msgstr ""
41262 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms PID. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
41263 "dans l’espace de noms PID du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
41264 "entrer dans l’espace de noms PID indiqué par _fichier_."
41265
41266 #. type: Labeled list
41267 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97
41268 #, no-wrap
41269 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]"
41270 msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[=_fichier_]"
41271
41272 #. type: Plain text
41273 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
41274 msgid ""
41275 "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace "
41276 "of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace "
41277 "specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
41278 msgstr ""
41279 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
41280 "entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur du processus cible. Si _fichier_ "
41281 "est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur indiqué par _fichier_. "
41282 "Consultez aussi les options *--setuid* et *--setgid*."
41283
41284 #. type: Labeled list
41285 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100
41286 #, no-wrap
41287 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]"
41288 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_fichier_]"
41289
41290 #. type: Plain text
41291 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
41292 msgid ""
41293 "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
41294 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup "
41295 "namespace specified by _file_."
41296 msgstr ""
41297 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si aucun fichier n’est "
41298 "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle du processus cible. "
41299 "Si _fichier_ est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle "
41300 "indiqué par _fichier_."
41301
41302 #. type: Labeled list
41303 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103
41304 #, no-wrap
41305 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]"
41306 msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[=_fichier_]"
41307
41308 #. type: Plain text
41309 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105
41310 msgid ""
41311 "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace "
41312 "of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace "
41313 "specified by _file_."
41314 msgstr ""
41315 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms temps. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
41316 "dans l’espace de noms temps du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
41317 "entrer dans l’espace de noms temps indiqué par _fichier_."
41318
41319 #. type: Labeled list
41320 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:135
41321 #, no-wrap
41322 msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
41323 msgstr "*-G*, *--setgid* _GID_"
41324
41325 #. type: Plain text
41326 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:110
41327 #, fuzzy
41328 #| msgid ""
41329 #| "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
41330 #| "supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
41331 #| "default is 0."
41332 msgid ""
41333 "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
41334 "supplementary groups.  *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
41335 "default is 0.  If the argument \"follow\" is specified the GID of the target "
41336 "process is used."
41337 msgstr ""
41338 "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms entré "
41339 "et supprimer les groupes additionnels. *nsenter*(1) définit toujours le GID "
41340 "pour les espaces de noms utilisateur, 0 par défaut."
41341
41342 #. type: Labeled list
41343 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:132
41344 #, no-wrap
41345 msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
41346 msgstr "*-S*, *--setuid* _UID_"
41347
41348 #. type: Plain text
41349 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115
41350 #, fuzzy
41351 #| msgid ""
41352 #| "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* "
41353 #| "always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
41354 msgid ""
41355 "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace.  *nsenter* "
41356 "always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0.  If the argument "
41357 "\"follow\" is specified the UID of the target process is used."
41358 msgstr ""
41359 "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
41360 "entré. *nsenter*(1) définit toujours l’UID pour les espaces de noms "
41361 "utilisateur, 0 par défaut."
41362
41363 #. type: Labeled list
41364 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:116
41365 #, no-wrap
41366 msgid "*--preserve-credentials*"
41367 msgstr "*--preserve-credentials*"
41368
41369 #. type: Plain text
41370 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:118
41371 msgid ""
41372 "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops "
41373 "supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
41374 msgstr ""
41375 "Ne pas modifier les UID et GID en entrant dans un espace de noms "
41376 "utilisateur. Le comportement par défaut est de supprimer les groupes "
41377 "additionnels et de définir les GID et UID à 0."
41378
41379 #. type: Labeled list
41380 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:119
41381 #, no-wrap
41382 msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]"
41383 msgstr "*-r*, *--root*[=_répertoire_]"
41384
41385 #. type: Plain text
41386 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121
41387 #, fuzzy
41388 #| msgid ""
41389 #| "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root "
41390 #| "directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is "
41391 #| "specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
41392 msgid ""
41393 "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory "
41394 "to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set "
41395 "the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is "
41396 "open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
41397 msgstr ""
41398 "Définir le répertoire racine. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir le "
41399 "répertoire racine au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si _répertoire_ "
41400 "est indiqué, définir le répertoire racine au _répertoire_ indiqué."
41401
41402 #. type: Labeled list
41403 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:122
41404 #, no-wrap
41405 msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
41406 msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_répertoire_]"
41407
41408 #. type: Plain text
41409 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:124
41410 #, fuzzy
41411 #| msgid ""
41412 #| "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
41413 #| "directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
41414 #| "specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
41415 msgid ""
41416 "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
41417 "directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
41418 "specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The "
41419 "specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested "
41420 "namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the "
41421 "current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
41422 msgstr ""
41423 "Définir le répertoire de travail. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir "
41424 "le répertoire de travail au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si "
41425 "_répertoire_ est indiqué, définir le répertoire de travail au _répertoire_ "
41426 "indiqué."
41427
41428 #. type: Labeled list
41429 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:125
41430 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
41431 #| msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
41432 msgid "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_directory_]"
41433 msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_répertoire_]"
41434
41435 #. type: Plain text
41436 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:127
41437 msgid ""
41438 "Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the "
41439 "requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--"
41440 "wdns* are mutually exclusive."
41441 msgstr ""
41442
41443 #. type: Labeled list
41444 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:128
41445 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
41446 #| msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
41447 msgid "*-e*, *--env*"
41448 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*"
41449
41450 #. type: Plain text
41451 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:130
41452 msgid ""
41453 "Pass environment variables from the target process to the new process being "
41454 "created. If this option is not provided, the environment variables will "
41455 "remain the same as in the current namespace.."
41456 msgstr ""
41457
41458 #. type: Plain text
41459 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:133
41460 msgid ""
41461 "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering "
41462 "a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any "
41463 "children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
41464 msgstr ""
41465 "Ne pas forker avant d’exécuter le programme indiqué. Par défaut, en entrant "
41466 "dans un espace de noms PID, *nsenter* appelle *fork* avant d’appeler *exec* "
41467 "de telle sorte que tous les enfants soient aussi dans l’espace de noms PID "
41468 "nouvellement entré."
41469
41470 #. type: Labeled list
41471 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:134
41472 #, no-wrap
41473 msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
41474 msgstr "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
41475
41476 #. type: Plain text
41477 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:136
41478 msgid ""
41479 "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according "
41480 "to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has "
41481 "to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
41482 msgstr ""
41483 "Définir le contexte de sécurité SELinux utilisé pour exécuter un nouveau "
41484 "processus en fonction de processus déjà en cours spécifiés avec *--"
41485 "target* PID (util-linux doit être compilé avec la prise en charge de "
41486 "SELinux, sans quoi l'option n'est pas disponible)."
41487
41488 #. type: Plain text
41489 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:143
41490 msgid ""
41491 "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
41492 "Zak]"
41493 msgstr ""
41494 "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
41495 "Zak]"
41496
41497 #. type: Plain text
41498 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:149
41499 #, no-wrap
41500 msgid ""
41501 "*clone*(2),\n"
41502 "*setns*(2),\n"
41503 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
41504 msgstr ""
41505 "*clone*(2),\n"
41506 "*setns*(2),\n"
41507 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
41508
41509 #. type: Title =
41510 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2
41511 #, no-wrap
41512 msgid "pivot_root(8)"
41513 msgstr "pivot_root(8)"
41514
41515 #. type: Plain text
41516 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12
41517 msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
41518 msgstr "pivot_root - Changer le système de fichiers racine"
41519
41520 #. type: Plain text
41521 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16
41522 #, no-wrap
41523 msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n"
41524 msgstr "*pivot_root* _nouvelle_racine_ _emplacement_ancien_\n"
41525
41526 #. type: Plain text
41527 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
41528 #, no-wrap
41529 msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n"
41530 msgstr "*pivot_root* déplace la racine du système de fichiers du processus actuel vers le répertoire _emplacement_ancien_ et désigne _nouvelle_racine_ comme la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers. Puisque *pivot_root*(8) fait simplement appel à *pivot_root*(2), veuillez vous référer à la page du manuel de ce dernier pour plus de précisions.\n"
41531
41532 #. type: Plain text
41533 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
41534 msgid ""
41535 "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current "
41536 "working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a "
41537 "sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that "
41538 "*pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
41539 msgstr ""
41540 "Notez que, selon l'implémentation de la commande *pivot_root*, la racine et "
41541 "le répertoire de travail actuel du processus appelant peut changer tout "
41542 "comme il peut ne pas changer. Ce qui suit est un exemple d'appel à "
41543 "*pivot_root* qui fonctionne dans un cas comme dans l'autre, en supposant que "
41544 "*pivot_root* et *chroot* sont dans le chemin de recherche actuel (*PATH*) :"
41545
41546 #. type: delimited block .
41547 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27
41548 #, no-wrap
41549 msgid ""
41550 "cd new_root\n"
41551 "pivot_root . put_old\n"
41552 "exec chroot . command\n"
41553 msgstr ""
41554
41555 #. type: Plain text
41556 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
41557 msgid ""
41558 "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new "
41559 "root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
41560 "directory of the shell."
41561 msgstr ""
41562 "Notez que *chroot* doit être disponible dans l'ancienne racine et aussi dans "
41563 "la nouvelle car *pivot_root* pourrait ou non avoir changé implicitement le "
41564 "répertoire racine de l'interpréteur de commandes."
41565
41566 #. type: Plain text
41567 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
41568 msgid ""
41569 "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary "
41570 "if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
41571 "standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
41572 "root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
41573 "*chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
41574 "whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
41575 msgstr ""
41576 "Notez que *exec chroot* change le processus actuel, ce qui s'avère être "
41577 "nécessaire si l'ancien répertoire racine est démonté par la suite. Par "
41578 "ailleurs sachez que l'entrée, la sortie et l'erreur standard peuvent encore "
41579 "pointer sur un périphérique de l'ancienne racine du système de fichiers, le "
41580 "conservant occupé. Elles peuvent être aisément modifiées en utilisant "
41581 "*chroot* (voir ci-dessous ; remarquez l'absence de barre oblique au début "
41582 "pour qu'il fonctionne si *pivot_root* a changé la racine de l'interpréteur "
41583 "de commandes ou pas."
41584
41585 #. type: Plain text
41586 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40
41587 msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:"
41588 msgstr ""
41589 "Changer la racine du système de fichiers vers _/dev/hda1_ depuis un "
41590 "interpréteur de commandes interactif :"
41591
41592 #. type: delimited block .
41593 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:47
41594 #, no-wrap
41595 msgid ""
41596 "mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
41597 "cd /new-root\n"
41598 "pivot_root . old-root\n"
41599 "exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
41600 "umount /old-root\n"
41601 msgstr ""
41602 "mount /dev/hda1 /nouvelle_racine\n"
41603 "cd /nouvelle_racine\n"
41604 "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
41605 "exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
41606 "umount /ancienne_racine\n"
41607
41608 #. type: Plain text
41609 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50
41610 msgid ""
41611 "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
41612 "*init*:"
41613 msgstr ""
41614 "Monter le nouveau système de fichiers racine au-dessus de NFS depuis "
41615 "0.0.0.1:/ma_racine et exécuter *init* :"
41616
41617 #. type: delimited block .
41618 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:61
41619 #, no-wrap
41620 msgid ""
41621 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
41622 "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
41623 "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
41624 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
41625 "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
41626 "cd /mnt\n"
41627 "pivot_root . old_root\n"
41628 "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n"
41629 "  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
41630 msgstr ""
41631 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # pour portmap\n"
41632 "# configurer Ethernet ou autre\n"
41633 "portmap   # pour lockd (lancé implicitement par mount)\n"
41634 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/ma_racine /mnt\n"
41635 "killall portmap   # portmap conserve l'ancienne racine occupée\n"
41636 "cd /mnt\n"
41637 "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
41638 "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /ancienne_racine; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
41639 "  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
41640
41641 #. type: Plain text
41642 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:70
41643 #, no-wrap
41644 msgid ""
41645 "*chroot*(1),\n"
41646 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
41647 "*mount*(8),\n"
41648 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
41649 "*umount*(8)\n"
41650 msgstr ""
41651 "*chroot*(1),\n"
41652 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
41653 "*mount*(8),\n"
41654 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
41655 "*umount*(8)\n"
41656
41657 #. prlimit.1 --
41658 #. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
41659 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
41660 #. type: Title =
41661 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7
41662 #, no-wrap
41663 msgid "prlimit(1)"
41664 msgstr "prlimit(1)"
41665
41666 #. type: Plain text
41667 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
41668 msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
41669 msgstr "prlimit - Obtenir et définir les limites de ressource"
41670
41671 #. type: Plain text
41672 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
41673 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
41674 #| msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
41675 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
41676 msgstr "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limites_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
41677
41678 #. type: Plain text
41679 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
41680 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
41681 #| msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
41682 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
41683 msgstr "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limites_]] _commande_ [_argument_...]\n"
41684
41685 #. type: Plain text
41686 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
41687 msgid ""
41688 "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve "
41689 "and/or modify the limits."
41690 msgstr ""
41691 "À partir d’un identifiant de processus et d’au moins une _ressource_, "
41692 "*prlimit* essaie de récupérer ou de modifier les _limites_."
41693
41694 #. type: Plain text
41695 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
41696 msgid ""
41697 "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given "
41698 "arguments."
41699 msgstr ""
41700 "Si la _commande_ est fournie, *prlimit* exécutera cette commande avec les "
41701 "arguments fournis."
41702
41703 #. type: Plain text
41704 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
41705 msgid ""
41706 "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by "
41707 "a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are "
41708 "given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is "
41709 "not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or "
41710 "infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
41711 msgstr ""
41712 "Le paramètre _limites_ est composé d’une valeur molle et d’une dure, "
41713 "séparées par un deux-points (:), de façon à modifier les valeurs existantes. "
41714 "En absence de _limites_, *prlimit* affichera les valeurs actuelles. Si une "
41715 "des valeurs n’est pas donnée, alors l’existante sera utilisée. Pour indiquer "
41716 "les limites « illimité » ou « infini » (*RLIM_INFINITY*), les chaînes -1 ou "
41717 "_unlimited_ peuvent être passées."
41718
41719 #. type: Plain text
41720 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
41721 #, fuzzy
41722 #| msgid ""
41723 #| "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
41724 #| "the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
41725 #| "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
41726 msgid ""
41727 "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
41728 "the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
41729 "limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
41730 msgstr ""
41731 "À cause de la nature des limites, la limite molle doit être inférieure ou "
41732 "égale à la limite haute (aussi appelée plafond). Toutes les limites de "
41733 "ressource disponibles sont présentées dans la section OPTIONS DE RESSOURCE."
41734
41735 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
41736 #. type: Plain text
41737 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37
41738 msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits."
41739 msgstr "_molle_{colon}_dure_ Indiquer les deux limites."
41740
41741 #. type: Plain text
41742 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38
41743 msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit."
41744 msgstr "_molle_{colon} N’indiquer que la limite molle."
41745
41746 #. type: Plain text
41747 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39
41748 msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit."
41749 msgstr "{colon}__dure__ N’indiquer que la limite dure."
41750
41751 #. type: Plain text
41752 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40
41753 msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value."
41754 msgstr "_valeur_ Indiquer les deux limites à la même valeur."
41755
41756 #. type: Title ==
41757 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41
41758 #, no-wrap
41759 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
41760 msgstr "OPTIONS GÉNÉRALES"
41761
41762 #. type: Labeled list
41763 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46
41764 #, no-wrap
41765 msgid "*-o, --output* _list_"
41766 msgstr "*-o, --output* _liste_"
41767
41768 #. type: Plain text
41769 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
41770 msgid ""
41771 "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, "
41772 "then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported "
41773 "columns."
41774 msgstr ""
41775 "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
41776 "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir "
41777 "une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."
41778
41779 #. type: Labeled list
41780 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49
41781 #, no-wrap
41782 msgid "*-p, --pid*"
41783 msgstr "*-p, --pid*"
41784
41785 #. type: Plain text
41786 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
41787 msgid ""
41788 "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
41789 msgstr ""
41790 "Indiquer l’identifiant de processus ; si aucun n’est donné, le processus en "
41791 "cours d'exécution sera utilisé."
41792
41793 #. type: Title ==
41794 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60
41795 #, no-wrap
41796 msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS"
41797 msgstr "OPTIONS DE RESSOURCE"
41798
41799 #. type: Labeled list
41800 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:62
41801 #, no-wrap
41802 msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]"
41803 msgstr "*-c, --core*[=_limites_]"
41804
41805 #. type: Plain text
41806 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64
41807 msgid "Maximum size of a core file."
41808 msgstr "Taille maximale d’un fichier « core »."
41809
41810 #. type: Labeled list
41811 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:65
41812 #, no-wrap
41813 msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]"
41814 msgstr "*-d, --data*[=_limites_]"
41815
41816 #. type: Plain text
41817 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:67
41818 msgid "Maximum data size."
41819 msgstr "Taille maximale des données."
41820
41821 #. type: Labeled list
41822 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68
41823 #, no-wrap
41824 msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]"
41825 msgstr "*-e, --nice*[=_limites_]"
41826
41827 #. type: Plain text
41828 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:70
41829 msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise."
41830 msgstr "Priorité « nice » maximale permise."
41831
41832 #. type: Labeled list
41833 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71
41834 #, no-wrap
41835 msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]"
41836 msgstr "*-f, --fsize*[=_limites_]"
41837
41838 #. type: Plain text
41839 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:73
41840 msgid "Maximum file size."
41841 msgstr "Taille maximale de fichier."
41842
41843 #. type: Labeled list
41844 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74
41845 #, no-wrap
41846 msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]"
41847 msgstr "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limites_]"
41848
41849 #. type: Plain text
41850 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:76
41851 msgid "Maximum number of pending signals."
41852 msgstr "Nombre maximal de signaux en attente."
41853
41854 #. type: Labeled list
41855 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77
41856 #, no-wrap
41857 msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]"
41858 msgstr "*-l, --memlock*[=_limites_]"
41859
41860 #. type: Plain text
41861 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:79
41862 msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space."
41863 msgstr "Espace d’adressage maximal verrouillé en mémoire."
41864
41865 #. type: Labeled list
41866 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80
41867 #, no-wrap
41868 msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]"
41869 msgstr "*-m, --rss*[=_limites_]"
41870
41871 #. type: Plain text
41872 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:82
41873 msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)."
41874 msgstr "Taille de mémoire résidente (RSS) maximale."
41875
41876 #. type: Labeled list
41877 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83
41878 #, no-wrap
41879 msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]"
41880 msgstr "*-n, --nofile*[=_limites_]"
41881
41882 #. type: Plain text
41883 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:85
41884 msgid "Maximum number of open files."
41885 msgstr "Nombre maximal de fichiers ouverts."
41886
41887 #. type: Labeled list
41888 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86
41889 #, no-wrap
41890 msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
41891 msgstr "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limites_]"
41892
41893 #. type: Plain text
41894 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:88
41895 msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues."
41896 msgstr "Nombre maximal d’octets dans les files de messages POSIX."
41897
41898 #. type: Labeled list
41899 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89
41900 #, no-wrap
41901 msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]"
41902 msgstr "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limites_]"
41903
41904 #. type: Plain text
41905 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:91
41906 msgid "Maximum real-time priority."
41907 msgstr "Priorité temps réel maximale."
41908
41909 #. type: Labeled list
41910 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92
41911 #, no-wrap
41912 msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]"
41913 msgstr "*-s, --stack*[=_limites_]"
41914
41915 #. type: Plain text
41916 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:94
41917 msgid "Maximum size of the stack."
41918 msgstr "Taille maximale de la pile."
41919
41920 #. type: Labeled list
41921 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95
41922 #, no-wrap
41923 msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]"
41924 msgstr "*-t, --cpu*[=_limites_]"
41925
41926 #. type: Plain text
41927 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:97
41928 msgid "CPU time, in seconds."
41929 msgstr "Temps processeur, en seconde."
41930
41931 #. type: Labeled list
41932 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98
41933 #, no-wrap
41934 msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]"
41935 msgstr "*-u, --nproc*[=_limites_]"
41936
41937 #. type: Plain text
41938 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:100
41939 msgid "Maximum number of processes."
41940 msgstr "Nombre maximal de processus."
41941
41942 #. type: Labeled list
41943 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101
41944 #, no-wrap
41945 msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]"
41946 msgstr "*-v, --as*[=_limites_]"
41947
41948 #. type: Plain text
41949 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:103
41950 msgid "Address space limit."
41951 msgstr "Limite d’espace d’adressage."
41952
41953 #. type: Labeled list
41954 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104
41955 #, no-wrap
41956 msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]"
41957 msgstr "*-x, --locks*[=_limites_]"
41958
41959 #. type: Plain text
41960 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:106
41961 msgid "Maximum number of file locks held."
41962 msgstr "Nombre maximal de verrous de fichier maintenus."
41963
41964 #. type: Labeled list
41965 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107
41966 #, no-wrap
41967 msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]"
41968 msgstr "*-y, --rttime*[=_limites_]"
41969
41970 #. type: Plain text
41971 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:109
41972 msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks."
41973 msgstr "Délai d’expiration pour les tâches temps réel."
41974
41975 #. type: Plain text
41976 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
41977 #, fuzzy
41978 #| msgid ""
41979 #| "The *prlimit* system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
41980 #| "will break this program."
41981 msgid ""
41982 "The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
41983 "will break this program."
41984 msgstr ""
41985 "L’appel système *prlimit* est pris en charge depuis Linux 2.6.36, les noyaux "
41986 "plus anciens casseront ce programme."
41987
41988 #. type: Labeled list
41989 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:116
41990 #, no-wrap
41991 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
41992 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
41993
41994 #. type: Plain text
41995 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118
41996 msgid "Display limit values for all current resources."
41997 msgstr "Afficher les valeurs limites de toutes les ressources actuelles."
41998
41999 #. type: Labeled list
42000 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:119
42001 #, no-wrap
42002 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
42003 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
42004
42005 #. type: Plain text
42006 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:121
42007 msgid ""
42008 "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the "
42009 "number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
42010 msgstr ""
42011 "Afficher les limites de la RSS et définir les limites molle et dure pour le "
42012 "nombre de fichiers ouverts respectivement à 1024 et 4095."
42013
42014 #. type: Labeled list
42015 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
42016 #, no-wrap
42017 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
42018 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
42019
42020 #. type: Plain text
42021 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:124
42022 msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes."
42023 msgstr "Ne modifier que la limite molle pour le nombre de processus."
42024
42025 #. type: Labeled list
42026 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125
42027 #, no-wrap
42028 msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
42029 msgstr "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
42030
42031 #. type: Plain text
42032 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:127
42033 msgid ""
42034 "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number "
42035 "of processes to unlimited."
42036 msgstr ""
42037 "Définir, pour le processus actuel, à la fois les valeurs molle et plafond du "
42038 "nombre de processus à illimité."
42039
42040 #. type: Labeled list
42041 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
42042 #, no-wrap
42043 msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
42044 msgstr "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
42045
42046 #. type: Plain text
42047 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:130
42048 #, fuzzy
42049 #| msgid ""
42050 #| "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
42051 msgid ""
42052 "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
42053 msgstr ""
42054 "Définir à la fois les valeurs limites de temps processeur molle et dure à "
42055 "dix secondes et exécuter *sort*."
42056
42057 #. type: Plain text
42058 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134
42059 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
42060 msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] – en mémoire à Dennis M. Ritchie."
42061
42062 #. type: Plain text
42063 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139
42064 #, no-wrap
42065 msgid ""
42066 "*ulimit*(1p),\n"
42067 "*prlimit*(2)\n"
42068 msgstr ""
42069 "*ulimit*(1p),\n"
42070 "*prlimit*(2)\n"
42071
42072 #. type: Title =
42073 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2
42074 #, no-wrap
42075 msgid "readprofile(8)"
42076 msgstr "readprofile(8)"
42077
42078 #. type: Plain text
42079 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12
42080 msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
42081 msgstr "readprofile - Lire les informations de profilage du noyau"
42082
42083 #. type: Plain text
42084 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16
42085 #, no-wrap
42086 msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n"
42087 msgstr "*readprofile* [options]\n"
42088
42089 #. type: Title ==
42090 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17
42091 #, no-wrap
42092 msgid "VERSION"
42093 msgstr "VERSIONS"
42094
42095 #. type: Plain text
42096 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20
42097 msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
42098 msgstr "Cette page de manuel documente la version\\ 2.0 du programme."
42099
42100 #. type: Plain text
42101 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
42102 msgid ""
42103 "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print "
42104 "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
42105 "first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
42106 "in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
42107 "normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number "
42108 "of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks "
42109 "to ease readability."
42110 msgstr ""
42111 "La commande *readprofile* utilise les informations disponibles dans _/proc/"
42112 "profile_ pour afficher des données au format ASCII sur la sortie standard. "
42113 "La sortie est organisée en trois colonnes\\ : la première affiche le nombre "
42114 "de tics d'horloge, la deuxième contient le nom de la fonction C du noyau au "
42115 "sein de laquelle ces tics ont eu lieu et la troisième représente la «\\ "
42116 "charge\\ » normalisée de la procédure, calculée comme le quotient entre le "
42117 "nombre de tics et la durée de la procédure. La sortie est complétée par des "
42118 "blancs pour améliorer la lisibilité."
42119
42120 #. type: Plain text
42121 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
42122 msgid ""
42123 "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
42124 "ticks are not printed."
42125 msgstr ""
42126 "Afficher tous les symboles de la carte. Par défaut, les procédures avec des "
42127 "tics signalés ne sont pas affichées."
42128
42129 #. type: Labeled list
42130 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30
42131 #, no-wrap
42132 msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*"
42133 msgstr "*-b*, *--histbin*"
42134
42135 #. type: Plain text
42136 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32
42137 msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
42138 msgstr "Afficher les compteurs de chaque intervalle (classe) de l'histogramme."
42139
42140 #. type: Plain text
42141 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
42142 msgid ""
42143 "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the "
42144 "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
42145 "chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the "
42146 "kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* "
42147 "only the decimal number is printed."
42148 msgstr ""
42149 "Afficher des informations. Seule l'étape de profilage utilisée par le noyau "
42150 "est affichée. L'étape de profilage consiste en la résolution du tampon de "
42151 "profilage et est choisie lors de la configuration du noyau (avec «\\ make "
42152 "config\\ ») ou avec la ligne de commande du noyau. Si l'option *-t* (abrégé) "
42153 "est utilisée avec l'option *-i*, seul le nombre décimal est affiché."
42154
42155 #. type: Labeled list
42156 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36
42157 #, no-wrap
42158 msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_"
42159 msgstr "*-m*, *--mapfile* _carte_"
42160
42161 #. type: Plain text
42162 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
42163 msgid ""
42164 "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You "
42165 "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last "
42166 "one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the "
42167 "map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
42168 msgstr ""
42169 "Indiquer une _carte_, qui par défaut sera _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. La "
42170 "carte doit être précisée sur la ligne de commande si le noyau actuel n'est "
42171 "pas le dernier à avoir été compilé, ou si le fichier _System.map_ se trouve "
42172 "ailleurs. Si le nom de la carte se termine par _.gz_, celle-ci est "
42173 "décompressée à la volée."
42174
42175 #. type: Labeled list
42176 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39
42177 #, no-wrap
42178 msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_"
42179 msgstr "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplicateur_"
42180
42181 #. type: Plain text
42182 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
42183 msgid ""
42184 "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
42185 "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
42186 "set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
42187 "2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
42188 "the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
42189 msgstr ""
42190 "Sur certaines architectures, il est possible de modifier la fréquence à "
42191 "laquelle le noyau délivre les interruptions de profilage pour chaque "
42192 "processeur. Cette option permet de définir la fréquence en tant que "
42193 "_multiplicateur_ de la fréquence de l'horloge du système. L'unité est le "
42194 "hertz. Linux 2.6.16 a supprimé sa prise en charge pour la plupart des "
42195 "systèmes. Cette option réinitialise également le tampon de profilage et "
42196 "nécessite les privilèges du superutilisateur."
42197
42198 #. type: Labeled list
42199 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42
42200 #, no-wrap
42201 msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_"
42202 msgstr "*-p*, *--profile* _fichier_profil_"
42203
42204 #. type: Plain text
42205 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
42206 msgid ""
42207 "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. "
42208 "Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel "
42209 "profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be "
42210 "copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed "
42211 "profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to "
42212 "know the size of the buffer in advance."
42213 msgstr ""
42214 "Indiquer un tampon de profilage différent (par défaut _/proc/profile_). "
42215 "Utiliser un _fichier_profil_ différent est utile pour «\\ geler\\ » le "
42216 "profilage du noyau à un moment, afin de le lire plus tard. Le fichier _/proc/"
42217 "profile_ peut être copié en utilisant *cat*(1) ou *cp*(1). Les tampons de "
42218 "profil compressé ne sont plus gérés, comme cela était le cas avec "
42219 "*readprofile-1.1*, car le programme doit connaître à l'avance la taille du "
42220 "tampon."
42221
42222 #. type: Labeled list
42223 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53
42224 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59
42225 #, no-wrap
42226 msgid "*-r*, *--reset*"
42227 msgstr "*-r*, *--reset*"
42228
42229 #. type: Plain text
42230 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
42231 msgid ""
42232 "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/"
42233 "profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
42234 "However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
42235 "buffer without gaining privileges."
42236 msgstr ""
42237 "Réinitialiser le tampon de profilage. Cette option n'est utilisable que par "
42238 "le superutilisateur car _/proc/profile_ est lisible par tout le monde mais "
42239 "n'est ouvert en écriture qu'au superutilisateur. Cependant, vous pouvez "
42240 "mettre le bit set-user-ID de *readprofile* à 0 pour réinitialiser le tampon "
42241 "sans augmentation de privilège."
42242
42243 #. type: Labeled list
42244 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48
42245 #, no-wrap
42246 msgid "*-s, --counters*"
42247 msgstr "*-s, --counters*"
42248
42249 #. type: Plain text
42250 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50
42251 msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
42252 msgstr "Afficher les compteurs individuels dans les fonctions."
42253
42254 #. type: Plain text
42255 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
42256 msgid ""
42257 "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
42258 "first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
42259 "of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
42260 "normalized load."
42261 msgstr ""
42262 "Utiliser une sortie en mode verbeux. Celle-ci est alors organisée en quatre "
42263 "colonnes et complétée avec des blancs. La première colonne est l'adresse RAM "
42264 "d'une fonction du noyau, la seconde contient le nom de cette fonction, la "
42265 "troisième affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge et la dernière la charge "
42266 "normalisée."
42267
42268 #. type: Labeled list
42269 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:58
42270 #, no-wrap
42271 msgid "_/proc/profile_"
42272 msgstr "_/proc/profile_"
42273
42274 #. type: Plain text
42275 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60
42276 msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
42277 msgstr ""
42278
42279 #. type: Labeled list
42280 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:61
42281 #, no-wrap
42282 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
42283 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
42284
42285 #. type: Plain text
42286 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:63
42287 msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
42288 msgstr ""
42289
42290 #. type: Labeled list
42291 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64
42292 #, no-wrap
42293 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
42294 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
42295
42296 #. type: Plain text
42297 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:66
42298 msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
42299 msgstr ""
42300
42301 #. type: Plain text
42302 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
42303 #, no-wrap
42304 msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n"
42305 msgstr "*readprofile* ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux\\ 1.3.x et supérieurs car _/proc/profile_ a changé entre les versions\\ 1.2 et 1.3.\n"
42306
42307 #. type: Plain text
42308 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72
42309 msgid ""
42310 "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
42311 "trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
42312 msgstr ""
42313 "Ce programme ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux ELF. Le changement pour les "
42314 "noyaux a.out est trivial et laissé comme exercice à l'utilisateur de ces "
42315 "noyaux."
42316
42317 #. type: Plain text
42318 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
42319 msgid ""
42320 "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
42321 "module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, "
42322 "you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. "
42323 "The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
42324 msgstr ""
42325 "Pour activer le profilage, le noyau doit être redémarré car aucun module de "
42326 "profilage n'est disponible et la construction d'un tel module n'est pas "
42327 "triviale. Pour activer le profilage, vous pouvez ajouter *profile*=_2_ (ou "
42328 "un autre nombre) à la ligne de commande du noyau. Le nombre que vous "
42329 "indiquez sera utilisé comme exposant de 2 pour définir l'étape de profilage."
42330
42331 #. type: Plain text
42332 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
42333 msgid ""
42334 "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
42335 "profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
42336 "misleading information."
42337 msgstr ""
42338 "Le profilage est désactivé lorsque les interruptions sont interdites. Cela "
42339 "signifie que beaucoup de tics de profilage ont lieu lorsque les "
42340 "interruptions sont réactivées. Prenez garde aux informations erronées."
42341
42342 #. type: Plain text
42343 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80
42344 msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
42345 msgstr "Parcourir le tampon de profilage selon le nombre de tics d'horloge :"
42346
42347 #. type: delimited block .
42348 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:83
42349 #, no-wrap
42350 msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
42351 msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
42352
42353 #. type: Plain text
42354 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:86
42355 msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
42356 msgstr "Afficher les 20\\ procédures ayant les plus grandes charges\\ :"
42357
42358 #. type: delimited block .
42359 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:89
42360 #, no-wrap
42361 msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
42362 msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
42363
42364 #. type: Plain text
42365 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:92
42366 msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
42367 msgstr "N'afficher que le profil du système de fichiers\\ :"
42368
42369 #. type: delimited block .
42370 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:95
42371 #, no-wrap
42372 msgid "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
42373 msgstr "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
42374
42375 #. type: Plain text
42376 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:98
42377 msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
42378 msgstr "Afficher toutes les informations du noyau avec les adresses RAM\\ :"
42379
42380 #. type: delimited block .
42381 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:101
42382 #, no-wrap
42383 msgid "   readprofile -av | less\n"
42384 msgstr "   readprofile -av | less\n"
42385
42386 #. type: Plain text
42387 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:104
42388 msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
42389 msgstr ""
42390 "Parcourir un tampon de profil «\\ gelé\\ » pour un noyau différent de "
42391 "l'actuel\\ :"
42392
42393 #. type: delimited block .
42394 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:107
42395 #, no-wrap
42396 msgid "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
42397 msgstr "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
42398
42399 #. type: Plain text
42400 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:110
42401 msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
42402 msgstr ""
42403 "Demander un profilage à 2\\ kHz par processeur et réinitialiser le tampon de "
42404 "profilage\\ :"
42405
42406 #. type: delimited block .
42407 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:113
42408 #, no-wrap
42409 msgid "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
42410 msgstr "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
42411
42412 #
42413 #
42414 #
42415 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
42416 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
42417 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
42418 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
42419 #. are met:
42420 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
42421 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
42422 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
42423 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
42424 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
42425 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
42426 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
42427 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
42428 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
42429 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
42430 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
42431 #.    without specific prior written permission.
42432 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
42433 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
42434 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
42435 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
42436 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
42437 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
42438 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
42439 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
42440 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
42441 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
42442 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
42443 #.     @(#)renice.8     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
42444 #. type: Title =
42445 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36
42446 #, no-wrap
42447 msgid "renice(1)"
42448 msgstr "renice(1)"
42449
42450 #. type: Plain text
42451 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46
42452 msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes"
42453 msgstr "renice - Modifier la priorité des processus en cours d'exécution"
42454
42455 #. type: Plain text
42456 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
42457 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42458 #| msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
42459 msgid "*renice* [*--priority|--relative*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
42460 msgstr "*renice* [*-n*] _priorité_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifiant_...\n"
42461
42462 #. type: Plain text
42463 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
42464 #, no-wrap
42465 msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
42466 msgstr "*renice* modifie la priorité d'ordonnancement d'un ou de plusieurs processus en cours d'exécution. Le premier argument est la valeur de _priorité_ à utiliser. Les autres arguments sont interprétés comme des identifiants de processus (PID, par défaut), des identifiants de groupe de processus (PGID), des identifiants d’utilisateur (UID) ou des noms d’utilisateur. Utiliser *renice* sur un groupe de processus implique que tous les processus de ce groupe auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué, tous les processus appartenant à celui-ci auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée.\n"
42467
42468 #. type: Plain text
42469 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:56
42470 msgid ""
42471 "If no *-n*, *--priority* or *--relative* option is used, then the priority "
42472 "is set as *absolute*."
42473 msgstr ""
42474
42475 #. type: Labeled list
42476 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
42477 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42478 #| msgid "*-n*, *--priority* _priority_"
42479 msgid "*-n* _priority_"
42480 msgstr "*-n*, *--priority* _priorité_"
42481
42482 #. type: Plain text
42483 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:61
42484 #, fuzzy
42485 #| msgid ""
42486 #| "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process "
42487 #| "group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but "
42488 #| "when used it must be the first argument."
42489 msgid ""
42490 "Specify the *absolute* or *relative* (depending on environment variable "
42491 "POSIXLY_CORRECT) scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process "
42492 "group, or user. Use of the option *-n* is optional, but when used, it must "
42493 "be the first argument. See *NOTES* for more information."
42494 msgstr ""
42495 "indiquer la _priorité_ d’ordonnancement à utiliser pour le processus, le "
42496 "groupe de processus ou l’utilisateur. Utiliser l’option *-n* ou *--priority* "
42497 "est facultatif, mais si elle est utilisée, elle doit être le premier "
42498 "argument."
42499
42500 #. type: Labeled list
42501 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
42502 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42503 #| msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
42504 msgid "*--priority* _priority_"
42505 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"
42506
42507 #. type: Plain text
42508 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:64
42509 msgid ""
42510 "Specify an *absolute* scheduling _priority_. _Priority_ is set to the given "
42511 "value. This is the default, when no option is specified."
42512 msgstr ""
42513
42514 #. type: Labeled list
42515 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65
42516 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42517 #| msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
42518 msgid "*--relative* _priority_"
42519 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"
42520
42521 #. type: Plain text
42522 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:67
42523 msgid ""
42524 "Specify a *relative* scheduling _priority_. Same as the standard POSIX *-n* "
42525 "option. _Priority_ gets _incremented/decremented_ by the given value."
42526 msgstr ""
42527
42528 #. type: Labeled list
42529 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68
42530 #, no-wrap
42531 msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
42532 msgstr "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
42533
42534 #. type: Plain text
42535 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:70
42536 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs."
42537 msgstr ""
42538 "interpréter les arguments suivants comme des identifiants de groupe de "
42539 "processus (PGID)."
42540
42541 #. type: Plain text
42542 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:73
42543 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
42544 msgstr ""
42545 "interpréter les arguments suivants comme des identifiants de processus (PID, "
42546 "par défaut)."
42547
42548 #. type: Labeled list
42549 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:74
42550 #, no-wrap
42551 msgid "*-u*, *--user*"
42552 msgstr "*-u*, *--user*"
42553
42554 #. type: Plain text
42555 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:76
42556 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
42557 msgstr ""
42558 "interpréter les arguments suivants comme des noms ou des identifiants "
42559 "d’utilisateur (UID)."
42560
42561 #. type: Labeled list
42562 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81
42563 #, no-wrap
42564 msgid "_/etc/passwd_"
42565 msgstr "_/etc/passwd_"
42566
42567 #. type: Plain text
42568 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:83
42569 msgid "to map user names to user IDs"
42570 msgstr "Correspondance entre les noms d'utilisateur et les identifiants."
42571
42572 #. type: Plain text
42573 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:87
42574 msgid ""
42575 "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they "
42576 "own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice "
42577 "value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible "
42578 "unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit "
42579 "(see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
42580 msgstr ""
42581 "Les utilisateurs ordinaires (à part le superutilisateur) ne peuvent que "
42582 "modifier la priorité des processus dont ils sont propriétaires. De plus, un "
42583 "utilisateur non privilégié ne peut qu'__incrémenter__ leur « valeur "
42584 "nice » (choisir ainsi une priorité plus basse) et de tels changements sont "
42585 "irréversibles, à moins (à partir de Linux 2.6.12) que l'utilisateur ait une "
42586 "limite de ressource « nice » acceptable (voir *ulimit*(1) et *getrlimit*(2))."
42587
42588 # NOTE: bogue po4a => \\&.>
42589 #. type: Plain text
42590 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
42591 msgid ""
42592 "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to "
42593 "any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected "
42594 "processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the "
42595 "\"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very "
42596 "fast)."
42597 msgstr ""
42598 "Le superutilisateur peut modifier la priorité de n'importe quel processus et "
42599 "peut configurer la priorité avec n'importe quelle valeur dans l'intervalle "
42600 "de -20 à 19. Les priorités utiles sont : 19 (les processus affectés ne "
42601 "s'exécutent que si aucun autre processus ne souhaite s'exécuter sur le "
42602 "système), 0 (la priorité d'ordonnancement de « base »), n'importe quelle "
42603 "valeur négative (pour rendre les processus plus rapides)."
42604
42605 #. type: Plain text
42606 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:91
42607 msgid ""
42608 "For historical reasons in this implementation, the *-n* option did not "
42609 "follow the POSIX specification. Therefore, instead of setting a *relative* "
42610 "priority, it sets an *absolute* priority by default. As this may not be "
42611 "desirable, this behavior can be controlled by setting the environment "
42612 "variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to be fully POSIX compliant. See the *-n* option "
42613 "for details. See *--relative* and *--priority* for options that do not "
42614 "change behavior depending on environment variables."
42615 msgstr ""
42616
42617 #. type: Plain text
42618 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:95
42619 msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
42620 msgstr "La commande *renice* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD."
42621
42622 #. type: Plain text
42623 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:99
42624 msgid ""
42625 "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs "
42626 "987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
42627 msgstr ""
42628 "La commande suivante modifierait la priorité des processus avec les PID 987 "
42629 "et 32, et tous les processus appartenant aux utilisateurs « daemon » et "
42630 "« root » :"
42631
42632 #. type: Plain text
42633 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:101
42634 #, no-wrap
42635 msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
42636 msgstr "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
42637
42638 #. type: Plain text
42639 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:110
42640 #, no-wrap
42641 msgid ""
42642 "*nice*(1),\n"
42643 "*chrt*(1),\n"
42644 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
42645 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
42646 "*credentials*(7),\n"
42647 "*sched*(7)\n"
42648 msgstr ""
42649 "*nice*(1),\n"
42650 "*chrt*(1),\n"
42651 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
42652 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
42653 "*credentials*(7),\n"
42654 "*sched*(7)\n"
42655
42656 #. type: Title =
42657 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2
42658 #, no-wrap
42659 msgid "rfkill(8)"
42660 msgstr "rfkill(8)"
42661
42662 #. type: Plain text
42663 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12
42664 msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
42665 msgstr ""
42666
42667 #. type: Plain text
42668 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16
42669 #, no-wrap
42670 msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
42671 msgstr "*rfkill* [options] [_commande_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
42672
42673 #. type: Plain text
42674 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20
42675 #, no-wrap
42676 msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n"
42677 msgstr ""
42678
42679 #. type: Plain text
42680 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
42681 msgid ""
42682 "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
42683 "compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
42684 "specified or when the option *--output* is used."
42685 msgstr ""
42686
42687 #. type: Plain text
42688 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
42689 #, fuzzy
42690 #| msgid ""
42691 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
42692 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
42693 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
42694 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
42695 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
42696 msgid ""
42697 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
42698 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
42699 "expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list "
42700 "in environments where a stable output is required."
42701 msgstr ""
42702 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
42703 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
42704 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
42705 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
42706 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
42707 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
42708
42709 #. type: Plain text
42710 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
42711 #, fuzzy
42712 msgid ""
42713 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of "
42714 "available columns."
42715 msgstr ""
42716 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
42717 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
42718
42719 #. type: Labeled list
42720 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:46
42721 #, no-wrap
42722 msgid "*help*"
42723 msgstr "*help*"
42724
42725 #. type: Labeled list
42726 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:49
42727 #, no-wrap
42728 msgid "*event*"
42729 msgstr "*event*"
42730
42731 #. type: Plain text
42732 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:51
42733 msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
42734 msgstr ""
42735
42736 #. type: Labeled list
42737 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52
42738 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42739 #| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
42740 msgid "*list* [__id__|__type__ ...]"
42741 msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
42742
42743 #. type: Plain text
42744 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54
42745 msgid ""
42746 "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
42747 "is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check "
42748 "with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting "
42749 "*block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use "
42750 "of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported. Possible types are all, "
42751 "{wlan | wifi}, bluetooth, {uwb | ultrawideband}, wimax, wwan, gps, fm, nfc."
42752 msgstr ""
42753
42754 #. type: Labeled list
42755 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
42756 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42757 #| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
42758 msgid "**block** __id__|__type__ [...]"
42759 msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
42760
42761 #. type: Plain text
42762 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:57
42763 #, fuzzy
42764 #| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
42765 msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
42766 msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par B<getopt>(3)."
42767
42768 #. type: Labeled list
42769 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
42770 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42771 #| msgid "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
42772 msgid "**unblock** __id__|__type__ [...]"
42773 msgstr "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
42774
42775 #. type: Plain text
42776 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60
42777 msgid ""
42778 "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
42779 "via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
42780 "unblocked."
42781 msgstr ""
42782
42783 #. type: Labeled list
42784 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
42785 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42786 #| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
42787 msgid "**toggle** __id__|__type__ [...]"
42788 msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
42789
42790 #. type: Plain text
42791 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:63
42792 msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
42793 msgstr ""
42794
42795 #. type: delimited block .
42796 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:70
42797 #, no-wrap
42798 msgid ""
42799 "  rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
42800 "  rfkill block all\n"
42801 "  rfkill unblock wlan\n"
42802 "  rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
42803 msgstr ""
42804
42805 #. type: Plain text
42806 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:75
42807 #, no-wrap
42808 msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n"
42809 msgstr ""
42810
42811 #. type: Plain text
42812 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77
42813 msgid ""
42814 "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co."
42815 "uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
42816 msgstr ""
42817
42818 #. type: Plain text
42819 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:83
42820 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42821 #| msgid ""
42822 #| "*powertop*(8),\n"
42823 #| "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
42824 #| "https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
42825 msgid ""
42826 "*powertop*(8),\n"
42827 "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
42828 "https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/rfkill.html[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
42829 msgstr ""
42830 "*powertop*(8),\n"
42831 "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
42832 "https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Documentation du noyau Linux]\n"
42833
42834 #. type: Title =
42835 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2
42836 #, no-wrap
42837 msgid "rtcwake(8)"
42838 msgstr "rtcwake(8)"
42839
42840 #. type: Plain text
42841 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12
42842 msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
42843 msgstr ""
42844 "rtcwake - Mettre le système en veille jusqu'à une date de réveil indiquée"
42845
42846 #. type: Plain text
42847 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
42848 #, no-wrap
42849 msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n"
42850 msgstr "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _périphérique_] [*-m* _mode_] {*-s* _secondes_|*-t* _heure_h_}\n"
42851
42852 #. type: Plain text
42853 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
42854 msgid ""
42855 "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
42856 "from it at a specified time."
42857 msgstr ""
42858 "Ce programme permet de mettre le système en veille et de le réveiller "
42859 "automatiquement à une date indiquée."
42860
42861 #. type: Plain text
42862 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
42863 msgid ""
42864 "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
42865 "leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
42866 "that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
42867 msgstr ""
42868 "Il utilise des interfaces Linux multiplateformes pour mettre le système en "
42869 "veille et ne pas l'y laisser au-delà d'une date indiquée. N'importe quel "
42870 "environnement de pilote d'horloge matérielle (RTC) prenant en charge les "
42871 "attributs de réveil normalisés peut être utilisé."
42872
42873 #. type: Plain text
42874 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
42875 msgid ""
42876 "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a "
42877 "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
42878 "can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
42879 msgstr ""
42880 "Il est normalement utilisé comme l'ancien utilitaire *apmsleep*, pour "
42881 "réveiller à partir d'un état de veille comme les états S1 (pause/standby) ou "
42882 "S3 (veille/suspend to RAM) d’ACPI. La plupart des plateformes peuvent les "
42883 "implémenter en l’absence d’équivalent des BIOS, APM ou ACPI."
42884
42885 #. type: Plain text
42886 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
42887 msgid ""
42888 "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from "
42889 "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
42890 "that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
42891 msgstr ""
42892 "Sur certains systèmes, il peut aussi être utilisé comme *nvram-wakeup*, en "
42893 "réveillant à partir d'états comme S4 (hibernation/suspend to disk) d’ACPI. "
42894 "Tous les systèmes ne possèdent pas de support physique ininterruptible "
42895 "permettant ces modes de veille."
42896
42897 #. type: Plain text
42898 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
42899 msgid ""
42900 "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
42901 "setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
42902 msgstr ""
42903 "Remarquez que la fonction d’alarme dépend du matériel. Toutes les horloges "
42904 "temps réel (RTC) peuvent ne pas déclencher une alarme au-delà d’une durée de "
42905 "24 heures."
42906
42907 #. type: Plain text
42908 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
42909 #, fuzzy
42910 #| msgid ""
42911 #| "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
42912 #| "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction "
42913 #| "of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid "
42914 #| "this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a "
42915 #| "system sleep."
42916 msgid ""
42917 "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
42918 "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
42919 "a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this "
42920 "problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system "
42921 "sleep."
42922 msgstr ""
42923 "La configuration de veille peut être interrompue par du matériel encore "
42924 "actif. Par exemple, des périphériques d’entrée USB et sans-fil continuent "
42925 "d’envoyer des évènements quelques fractions de seconde après que la touche "
42926 "entrée soit pressée. *rtcwake* essaie d’éviter ce problème et il attend que "
42927 "le terminal soit désœuvré avant d’entamer la mise en veille du système."
42928
42929 #. type: Labeled list
42930 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33
42931 #, no-wrap
42932 msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_"
42933 msgstr "*-A*, *--adjfile* _fichier_"
42934
42935 #. type: Plain text
42936 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35
42937 msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
42938 msgstr "Indiquer un autre chemin vers le fichier d’ajustement."
42939
42940 #. type: Plain text
42941 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
42942 msgid ""
42943 "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
42944 "from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is "
42945 "the default."
42946 msgstr ""
42947 "Lire le mode d'horloge (si l'horloge matérielle est configurée en heure "
42948 "universelle (UTC) ou en heure locale) depuis le fichier _adjtime_, où "
42949 "*hwclock*(8) conserve ces renseignements. C'est le mode par défaut."
42950
42951 #. type: Labeled list
42952 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39
42953 #, no-wrap
42954 msgid "*--date* _timestamp_"
42955 msgstr "*--date* _instant_"
42956
42957 #. type: Plain text
42958 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
42959 msgid ""
42960 "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
42961 "can be any of the following:"
42962 msgstr ""
42963 "Régler l’heure de réveil à la valeur d’instant. Le format peut être "
42964 "n’importe lequel des formats suivants :"
42965
42966 #. type: Table
42967 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52
42968 #, no-wrap
42969 msgid ""
42970 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
42971 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
42972 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
42973 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
42974 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
42975 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
42976 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
42977 "|+5min |\n"
42978 msgstr ""
42979
42980 #. type: Labeled list
42981 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54
42982 #, no-wrap
42983 msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
42984 msgstr "*-d*, *--device* _périphérique_"
42985
42986 #. type: Plain text
42987 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
42988 msgid ""
42989 "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option "
42990 "is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify "
42991 "*rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
42992 msgstr ""
42993 "Utiliser le _périphérique_ indiqué au lieu de *rtc0* comme horloge temps "
42994 "réel. Cette option n'a de sens que si le système dispose de plus d'une "
42995 "horloge matérielle. *rtc1*, *rtc2*, etc., peuvent être indiquées ici."
42996
42997 #. type: Labeled list
42998 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57
42999 #, no-wrap
43000 msgid "*-l*, *--local*"
43001 msgstr "*-l*, *--local*"
43002
43003 #. type: Plain text
43004 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
43005 msgid ""
43006 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
43007 "contents of the _adjtime_ file."
43008 msgstr ""
43009 "Considérer que l'horloge matérielle est définie en heure locale quelque soit "
43010 "le contenu du fichier _adjtime_."
43011
43012 #. type: Labeled list
43013 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60
43014 #, no-wrap
43015 msgid "*--list-modes*"
43016 msgstr "*--list-modes*"
43017
43018 #. type: Plain text
43019 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62
43020 msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments."
43021 msgstr "Liste des arguments disponibles de l’option *--mode*."
43022
43023 #. type: Labeled list
43024 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63
43025 #, no-wrap
43026 msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
43027 msgstr "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
43028
43029 #. type: Plain text
43030 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65
43031 msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:"
43032 msgstr "Entrer dans le _mode_ de veille indiqué. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
43033
43034 #. type: Labeled list
43035 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66
43036 #, no-wrap
43037 msgid "*standby*"
43038 msgstr "*standby*"
43039
43040 #. type: Plain text
43041 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
43042 msgid ""
43043 "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
43044 "providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
43045 "the default mode."
43046 msgstr ""
43047 "État S1 de l'ACPI. Cet état propose l'économie minimale d'énergie, bien que "
43048 "réelle, tout en fournissant une transition rapide au retour à l'état de "
43049 "travail. C'est le mode par défaut."
43050
43051 #. type: Labeled list
43052 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69
43053 #, no-wrap
43054 msgid "*freeze*"
43055 msgstr "*freeze*"
43056
43057 #. type: Plain text
43058 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
43059 msgid ""
43060 "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
43061 "processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
43062 "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
43063 "because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
43064 msgstr ""
43065 "Les processus sont gelés, tous les périphériques sont en veille et tous les "
43066 "processeurs en attente. Cet état est un état général qui n’a pas besoin de "
43067 "prise en charge spécifique à la plateforme, mais il n’économise pas autant "
43068 "de puissance qu’une mise en veille car le système est toujours dans un état "
43069 "de fonctionnement (disponible depuis Linux 3.9)."
43070
43071 #. type: Labeled list
43072 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72
43073 #, no-wrap
43074 msgid "*mem*"
43075 msgstr "*mem*"
43076
43077 #. type: Plain text
43078 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
43079 msgid ""
43080 "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
43081 "as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
43082 "memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
43083 msgstr ""
43084 "État S3 de l'ACPI (veille/suspend to RAM). Cet état propose une économie "
43085 "d'énergie significative puisque tout le système est placé en état "
43086 "d'alimentation minimale, à l'exception de la mémoire qui est placée en mode "
43087 "d'autorafraîchissement pour conserver son contenu."
43088
43089 #. type: Labeled list
43090 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75
43091 #, no-wrap
43092 msgid "*disk*"
43093 msgstr "*disk*"
43094
43095 #. type: Plain text
43096 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
43097 msgid ""
43098 "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
43099 "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
43100 "for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
43101 "includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
43102 msgstr ""
43103 "État S4 de l'ACPI (hibernation/suspend to disk). Cet état propose la plus "
43104 "grande économie d'énergie et peut même être utilisé en l’absence de prise en "
43105 "charge de bas niveau par la plateforme de la gestion d'alimentation. Cet "
43106 "état fonctionne comme la veille, avec une dernière étape pour écrire le "
43107 "contenu de la mémoire sur disque."
43108
43109 #. type: Plain text
43110 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
43111 msgid ""
43112 "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not "
43113 "officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
43114 msgstr ""
43115 "État S5 de l'ACPI (extinction). C'est réalisé en appelant « /sbin/"
43116 "shutdown ». N'est pas officiellement pris en charge par l'ACPI, mais "
43117 "fonctionne habituellement."
43118
43119 #. type: Labeled list
43120 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81
43121 #, no-wrap
43122 msgid "*no*"
43123 msgstr "*no*"
43124
43125 #. type: Plain text
43126 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83
43127 msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
43128 msgstr ""
43129 "Ne pas mettre en veille, seulement configurer l’heure de réveil de l’horloge "
43130 "matérielle."
43131
43132 #. type: Plain text
43133 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
43134 msgid ""
43135 "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
43136 "mode is useful for debugging."
43137 msgstr ""
43138 "Ne pas mettre en veille, mais lire le périphérique d'horloge matérielle "
43139 "jusqu'à l'apparition de l'heure d'alarme. Ce mode est pratique pour le "
43140 "débogage."
43141
43142 #. type: Plain text
43143 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
43144 msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
43145 msgstr "Désactiver une alarme précédemment définie."
43146
43147 #. type: Labeled list
43148 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
43149 #, no-wrap
43150 msgid "*show*"
43151 msgstr "*show*"
43152
43153 #. type: Plain text
43154 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
43155 #, fuzzy
43156 msgid ""
43157 "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in "
43158 "ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
43159 msgstr ""
43160 "Afficher des renseignements sur l'alarme au format « alarme : arrêt|"
43161 "déclenchement <heure> ». L'heure est au format de sortie B<ctime>(), par "
43162 "exemple « alarme : déclenchement dimanche 23 octobre 2011, 16:59:10 »."
43163
43164 #. type: Plain text
43165 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
43166 msgid ""
43167 "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
43168 "suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
43169 msgstr ""
43170 "Tout faire, sauf configurer vraiment l'alarme, mettre le système en veille "
43171 "ou attendre l'alarme."
43172
43173 #. type: Labeled list
43174 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
43175 #, no-wrap
43176 msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
43177 msgstr "*-s*, *--seconds* _secondes_"
43178
43179 #. type: Plain text
43180 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
43181 msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now."
43182 msgstr ""
43183 "Définir l'heure de réveil à _secondes_ dans le futur à partir de maintenant."
43184
43185 #. type: Labeled list
43186 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
43187 #, no-wrap
43188 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
43189 msgstr "*-t*, *--time* _heure_h_"
43190
43191 #. type: Plain text
43192 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
43193 msgid ""
43194 "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in "
43195 "seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert "
43196 "between human-readable time and _time_t_."
43197 msgstr ""
43198 "Définir l'heure de réveil à l'heure absolue _heure_h_. _heure_h_ est l'heure "
43199 "en seconde à partir de 00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC. Utiliser l'outil *date*(1) "
43200 "pour convertir l'heure entre le format lisible et _heure_h_."
43201
43202 #. type: Labeled list
43203 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102
43204 #, no-wrap
43205 msgid "*-u*, *--utc*"
43206 msgstr "*-u*, *--utc*"
43207
43208 #. type: Plain text
43209 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
43210 msgid ""
43211 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
43212 "regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
43213 msgstr ""
43214 "Considérer que l'horloge matérielle est définie en temps universel coordonné "
43215 "(UTC) quelque soit le contenu du fichier _adjtime_."
43216
43217 #. type: Plain text
43218 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
43219 msgid ""
43220 "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only "
43221 "the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code "
43222 "to make the framebuffer work again."
43223 msgstr ""
43224 "Certains systèmes de PC ne peuvent actuellement pas sortir d'états de veille "
43225 "comme *mem* en n'utilisant que le code du noyau auquel accède ce pilote. Ils "
43226 "ont besoin de l'aide de code en espace utilisateur pour que la mémoire vidéo "
43227 "fonctionne encore."
43228
43229 # NOTE: s/GIT/Git/
43230 #. type: Plain text
43231 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
43232 msgid ""
43233 "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
43234 "appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
43235 "87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
43236 msgstr ""
43237 "Le programme a été posté plusieurs fois sur LKML et d'autres listes avant "
43238 "d'apparaître dans le message de commit du noyau pour Linux 2.6 dans le "
43239 "commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d de Git."
43240
43241 #. type: Plain text
43242 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
43243 msgid ""
43244 "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
43245 "Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
43246 msgstr ""
43247 "Le programme a été écrit par mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
43248 "Brownell] et amélioré par mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
43249
43250 #. type: Plain text
43251 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
43252 msgid ""
43253 "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
43254 "the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. "
43255 "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
43256 msgstr ""
43257 "C'est un logiciel libre. Vous pouvez en redistribuer des copies sous les "
43258 "conditions de la link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[licence GNU GPL}. "
43259 "Il n'y a *aucune garantie*, dans les mesures permises par la loi."
43260
43261 #. type: Plain text
43262 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:135
43263 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43264 #| msgid ""
43265 #| "*hwclock*(8),\n"
43266 #| "*date*(1)\n"
43267 msgid ""
43268 "*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
43269 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
43270 "*date*(1)\n"
43271 msgstr ""
43272 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
43273 "*date*(1)\n"
43274
43275 #. type: Title =
43276 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2
43277 #, no-wrap
43278 msgid "setarch(8)"
43279 msgstr "setarch(8)"
43280
43281 #. type: Plain text
43282 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
43283 msgid ""
43284 "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
43285 "personality flags"
43286 msgstr ""
43287 "setarch - Modifier l’architecture signalée dans un nouvel environnement de "
43288 "programme et définir les attributs de personnalité"
43289
43290 #. type: Plain text
43291 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
43292 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43293 #| msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
43294 msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
43295 msgstr "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_programme_ [_argument_...]]\n"
43296
43297 #. type: Plain text
43298 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
43299 #, no-wrap
43300 msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
43301 msgstr "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
43302
43303 # Typo dans la VO
43304 #. type: Plain text
43305 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20
43306 #, no-wrap
43307 msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
43308 msgstr "*arch* [options] [_programme_ [_argument_...]]\n"
43309
43310 #. type: Plain text
43311 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24
43312 #, no-wrap
43313 msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n"
43314 msgstr "*setarch* modifie les domaines d’exécution et les attributs de personnalité de processus.\n"
43315
43316 #. type: Plain text
43317 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
43318 msgid ""
43319 "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For "
43320 "example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause "
43321 "_program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also "
43322 "be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/"
43323 "sh*."
43324 msgstr ""
43325 "Les domaines d’exécution n'affectent actuellement que la sortie de *uname\\ -"
43326 "m*. Par exemple, sur un système AMD 64, l'exécution de *setarch i386* "
43327 "_programme_ aura pour conséquence que _programme_ verra i686 au lieu de "
43328 "x86_64 comme type de machine. *setarch* peut être aussi utilisé pour régler "
43329 "diverses options de personnalité. Le _programme_ par défaut est */bin/sh*."
43330
43331 #. type: Plain text
43332 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
43333 msgid ""
43334 "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and "
43335 "*setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
43336 "SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
43337 msgstr ""
43338 "Depuis la version 2.33, l’argument _arch_ de ligne de commande est "
43339 "facultatif et *setarch* peut être utilisé pour modifier les attributs de "
43340 "personnalité (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) sans modification du domaine "
43341 "d’exécution."
43342
43343 #. type: Labeled list
43344 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31
43345 #, no-wrap
43346 msgid "*--list*"
43347 msgstr "*--list*"
43348
43349 #. type: Plain text
43350 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
43351 msgid ""
43352 "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can "
43353 "actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
43354 msgstr ""
43355 "Afficher les architectures connues par *setarch*. La faculté de *setarch* à "
43356 "définir une de ces architectures dépend en réalité du noyau utilisé."
43357
43358 #. type: Labeled list
43359 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34
43360 #, no-wrap
43361 msgid "*--show[=personality]*"
43362 msgstr ""
43363
43364 #. type: Plain text
43365 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:38
43366 msgid ""
43367 "Show the currently active personality and flags.  If the *personality* "
43368 "argument is provided, it is shown instead of the current one.  *personality* "
43369 "is a hexadecimal number with values was described in *sys/personality.h*."
43370 msgstr ""
43371
43372 #. type: Labeled list
43373 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39
43374 #, no-wrap
43375 msgid "*--uname-2.6*"
43376 msgstr "*--uname-2.6*"
43377
43378 #. type: Plain text
43379 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:41
43380 msgid ""
43381 "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
43382 "Turns on *UNAME26*."
43383 msgstr ""
43384 "Forcer le _programme_ à voir un numéro de version du noyau qui commence "
43385 "par 2.6. Activation de *UNAME26*."
43386
43387 #. type: Labeled list
43388 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
43389 #, no-wrap
43390 msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*"
43391 msgstr "*-3*, *--3gb*"
43392
43393 #. type: Plain text
43394 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:47
43395 msgid ""
43396 "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
43397 "on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
43398 msgstr ""
43399 "Indiquer que _programme_ ne doit utiliser qu'un maximum de 3 Go d'espace "
43400 "d'adressage. Prise en charge sur x86. Activation de *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
43401
43402 #. type: Labeled list
43403 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
43404 #, no-wrap
43405 msgid "*--4gb*"
43406 msgstr "*--4gb*"
43407
43408 #. type: Plain text
43409 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:50
43410 msgid ""
43411 "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
43412 "and may be removed in future releases."
43413 msgstr ""
43414 "Cette option ne produit aucun effet. Elle est conservée pour des raisons de "
43415 "rétrocompatibilité et pourrait être supprimée dans une prochaine publication."
43416
43417 #. type: Labeled list
43418 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
43419 #, no-wrap
43420 msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*"
43421 msgstr "*-B*, *--32bit*"
43422
43423 #. type: Plain text
43424 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:53
43425 msgid ""
43426 "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
43427 "Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
43428 msgstr ""
43429 "Limitation de l’espace d’adressage à 32 bits pour l’émulation du matériel. "
43430 "Prise en charge sur ARM et Alpha. Activation de *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
43431
43432 #. type: Labeled list
43433 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54
43434 #, no-wrap
43435 msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
43436 msgstr "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
43437
43438 #. type: Plain text
43439 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:56
43440 msgid ""
43441 "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
43442 "descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
43443 "*FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
43444 "Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
43445 msgstr ""
43446 "Traiter les pointeurs de fonction en espace utilisateur vers des "
43447 "gestionnaires de signal comme des pointeurs vers des descripteurs d’adresse. "
43448 "Cette option n’a aucun effet sur les architectures ne gérant pas les "
43449 "binaires *FDPIC* ELF. Dans les noyaux de version 4.14, la prise en charge "
43450 "est limitée aux architectures de processeur ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V et "
43451 "SuperH."
43452
43453 #. type: Labeled list
43454 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
43455 #, no-wrap
43456 msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
43457 msgstr "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
43458
43459 #. type: Plain text
43460 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:59
43461 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*."
43462 msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de *SHORT_INODE*."
43463
43464 #. type: Labeled list
43465 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
43466 #, no-wrap
43467 msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
43468 msgstr "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
43469
43470 #. type: Plain text
43471 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:62
43472 msgid ""
43473 "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary "
43474 "does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
43475 msgstr ""
43476 "Fourniture de la disposition d'espace d’adressage virtuel historique. "
43477 "Utiliser quand le binaire de _programme_ n’a pas d’en-tête *PT_GNU_STACK* "
43478 "ELF. Activation de *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
43479
43480 #. type: Labeled list
43481 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63
43482 #, no-wrap
43483 msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
43484 msgstr "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
43485
43486 #. type: Plain text
43487 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:65
43488 msgid ""
43489 "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
43490 "*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
43491 msgstr ""
43492 "Désactiver l'ajout d'aléa pour l'espace d'adressage virtuel. Activation de "
43493 "*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
43494
43495 #. type: Labeled list
43496 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
43497 #, no-wrap
43498 msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
43499 msgstr "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
43500
43501 #. type: Plain text
43502 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:68
43503 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
43504 msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
43505
43506 #. type: Labeled list
43507 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
43508 #, no-wrap
43509 msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
43510 msgstr "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
43511
43512 #. type: Plain text
43513 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:71
43514 msgid ""
43515 "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve "
43516 "the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not "
43517 "slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on "
43518 "this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) "
43519 "manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
43520 msgstr ""
43521 "Cette option fait que les appels système *select*(2), *pselect*(2) et "
43522 "*ppoll*(2) préservent la valeur de temporisation au lieu de la modifier pour "
43523 "refléter la durée sans attente lors d’une interruption par un gestionnaire "
43524 "de signal. À utiliser quand _programme_ dépend de ce comportement. Pour plus "
43525 "de détails, consulter la description de la temporisation dans la page de "
43526 "manuel de *select*(2). Activation de *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
43527
43528 #. type: Labeled list
43529 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
43530 #, no-wrap
43531 msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
43532 msgstr "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
43533
43534 #. type: Plain text
43535 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:74
43536 #, fuzzy
43537 #| msgid ""
43538 #| "If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* "
43539 #| "bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
43540 #| "automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
43541 #| "*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
43542 msgid ""
43543 "If this is set then *mmap*(2) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit "
43544 "- as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
43545 "automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
43546 "*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
43547 msgstr ""
43548 "Si cette option est utilisée, alors PROT_READ de *mmap*(3p) ajoutera aussi "
43549 "le bit *PROT_EXEC* comme attendu par les binaires x86 historiques. Attention "
43550 "au fait que le chargeur ELF réglera automatiquement ce bit lorsqu’il "
43551 "rencontrera un binaire historique. Activation de *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
43552
43553 #. type: Labeled list
43554 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75
43555 #, no-wrap
43556 msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
43557 msgstr "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
43558
43559 #. type: Plain text
43560 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:77
43561 #, fuzzy
43562 #| msgid ""
43563 #| "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use "
43564 #| "when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
43565 #| "available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
43566 msgid ""
43567 "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(2) page zero as read-only. Use when "
43568 "_program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to "
43569 "be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
43570 msgstr ""
43571 "Émulation de bogue SVr4 réglant la page zéro de *mmap*(3p) en lecture seule. "
43572 "À utiliser quand _programme_ dépend de ce comportement et que le code source "
43573 "n’est pas accessible pour être corrigé. Activation de *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
43574
43575 #. type: delimited block .
43576 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:87
43577 #, no-wrap
43578 msgid ""
43579 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
43580 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
43581 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
43582 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
43583 msgstr ""
43584 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
43585 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
43586 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
43587 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
43588
43589 #. type: Plain text
43590 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
43591 msgid ""
43592 "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
43593 "Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
43594 msgstr ""
43595 "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
43596 "Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
43597
43598 #. type: Plain text
43599 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:99
43600 #, no-wrap
43601 msgid ""
43602 "*personality*(2),\n"
43603 "*select*(2)\n"
43604 msgstr ""
43605 "*personality*(2),\n"
43606 "*select*(2)\n"
43607
43608 #. type: Title =
43609 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2
43610 #, no-wrap
43611 msgid "setpriv(1)"
43612 msgstr "setpriv(1)"
43613
43614 #. type: Plain text
43615 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12
43616 #, fuzzy
43617 #| msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
43618 msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings"
43619 msgstr "nsenter - Exécuter un programme dans différents espaces de noms"
43620
43621 # Typo dans la VO
43622 #. type: Plain text
43623 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16
43624 #, no-wrap
43625 msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
43626 msgstr "*setpriv* [options] _programme_ [_arguments_]\n"
43627
43628 #. type: Plain text
43629 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
43630 msgid ""
43631 "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across "
43632 "*execve*(2)."
43633 msgstr ""
43634
43635 #. type: Plain text
43636 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
43637 msgid ""
43638 "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor "
43639 "does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper "
43640 "around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as "
43641 "*setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools "
43642 "shipped by other service managers."
43643 msgstr ""
43644
43645 #. type: Labeled list
43646 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25
43647 #, no-wrap
43648 msgid "*--clear-groups*"
43649 msgstr "*--clear-groups*"
43650
43651 #. type: Plain text
43652 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27
43653 msgid "Clear supplementary groups."
43654 msgstr ""
43655
43656 #. type: Labeled list
43657 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28
43658 #, no-wrap
43659 msgid "*-d*, *--dump*"
43660 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump*"
43661
43662 #. type: Plain text
43663 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
43664 msgid ""
43665 "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than "
43666 "once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other "
43667 "options."
43668 msgstr ""
43669
43670 #. type: Labeled list
43671 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31
43672 #, no-wrap
43673 msgid "*--groups* _group_..."
43674 msgstr "*--groups* _groupe_..."
43675
43676 #. type: Plain text
43677 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
43678 #, fuzzy
43679 #| msgid ""
43680 #| "Use the specified mount options.  The I<opts> argument is a comma-"
43681 #| "separated list.  For example:"
43682 msgid ""
43683 "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or "
43684 "names."
43685 msgstr ""
43686 "Utiliser les options de montage indiquées. L’argument I<options> est une "
43687 "liste séparée par des virgules. Par exemple :"
43688
43689 #. type: Labeled list
43690 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34
43691 #, no-wrap
43692 msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
43693 msgstr ""
43694
43695 #. type: Labeled list
43696 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35
43697 #, no-wrap
43698 msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
43699 msgstr ""
43700
43701 #. type: Labeled list
43702 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36
43703 #, no-wrap
43704 msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
43705 msgstr ""
43706
43707 #. type: Plain text
43708 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
43709 msgid ""
43710 "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability "
43711 "bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list "
43712 "of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry "
43713 "respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in "
43714 "*capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where "
43715 "_N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be "
43716 "used to add or remove all caps."
43717 msgstr ""
43718
43719 #. type: Plain text
43720 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
43721 msgid ""
43722 "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-"
43723 "caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding "
43724 "set for *--bounding-set*."
43725 msgstr ""
43726
43727 #. type: Plain text
43728 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
43729 msgid ""
43730 "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding "
43731 "modifications to these capability sets:"
43732 msgstr ""
43733
43734 #. type: Plain text
43735 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
43736 msgid ""
43737 "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently "
43738 "present in the bounding set."
43739 msgstr ""
43740
43741 #. type: Plain text
43742 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
43743 msgid ""
43744 "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present "
43745 "in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
43746 msgstr ""
43747
43748 #. type: Plain text
43749 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
43750 msgid ""
43751 "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit "
43752 "capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
43753 msgstr ""
43754
43755 #. type: Plain text
43756 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
43757 msgid ""
43758 "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from "
43759 "the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
43760 msgstr ""
43761
43762 #. type: Labeled list
43763 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49
43764 #, no-wrap
43765 msgid "*--keep-groups*"
43766 msgstr "*--keep-groups*"
43767
43768 #. type: Plain text
43769 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
43770 msgid ""
43771 "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--"
43772 "egid*, or *--regid*."
43773 msgstr ""
43774
43775 #. type: Labeled list
43776 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52
43777 #, no-wrap
43778 msgid "*--init-groups*"
43779 msgstr "*--init-groups*"
43780
43781 #. type: Plain text
43782 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
43783 msgid ""
43784 "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in "
43785 "conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
43786 msgstr ""
43787
43788 #. type: Labeled list
43789 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55
43790 #, no-wrap
43791 msgid "*--list-caps*"
43792 msgstr "*--list-caps*"
43793
43794 #. type: Plain text
43795 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57
43796 msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone."
43797 msgstr ""
43798
43799 #. type: Labeled list
43800 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58
43801 #, no-wrap
43802 msgid "*--no-new-privs*"
43803 msgstr "*--no-new-privs*"
43804
43805 #. type: Plain text
43806 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
43807 msgid ""
43808 "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant "
43809 "new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well "
43810 "as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits "
43811 "set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, "
43812 "especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) "
43813 "This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) "
43814 "and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
43815 msgstr ""
43816
43817 #. type: Plain text
43818 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62
43819 msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5."
43820 msgstr ""
43821
43822 #. type: Labeled list
43823 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63
43824 #, no-wrap
43825 msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
43826 msgstr "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
43827
43828 #. type: Plain text
43829 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
43830 msgid ""
43831 "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a "
43832 "textual group name."
43833 msgstr ""
43834
43835 #. type: Plain text
43836 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
43837 msgid ""
43838 "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-"
43839 "groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
43840 msgstr ""
43841
43842 #. type: Labeled list
43843 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68
43844 #, no-wrap
43845 msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
43846 msgstr "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
43847
43848 #. type: Plain text
43849 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
43850 msgid ""
43851 "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a "
43852 "textual login name."
43853 msgstr ""
43854
43855 #. type: Plain text
43856 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
43857 msgid ""
43858 "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec "
43859 "call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, "
43860 "you probably want to do something like:"
43861 msgstr ""
43862
43863 #. type: Plain text
43864 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74
43865 #, no-wrap
43866 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
43867 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
43868
43869 #. type: Labeled list
43870 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75
43871 #, no-wrap
43872 msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..."
43873 msgstr ""
43874
43875 #. type: Plain text
43876 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
43877 msgid ""
43878 "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid "
43879 "securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, "
43880 "_no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by "
43881 "*execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
43882 msgstr ""
43883
43884 #. type: Labeled list
43885 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78
43886 #, no-wrap
43887 msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*"
43888 msgstr ""
43889
43890 #. type: Plain text
43891 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
43892 msgid ""
43893 "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux "
43894 "and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using "
43895 "*--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing "
43896 "credentials to remedy that situation."
43897 msgstr ""
43898
43899 #. type: Labeled list
43900 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81
43901 #, no-wrap
43902 msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_"
43903 msgstr "*--selinux-label* _étiquette_"
43904
43905 #. type: Plain text
43906 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
43907 msgid ""
43908 "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not "
43909 "dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in "
43910 "use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at "
43911 "SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with "
43912 "_no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
43913 msgstr ""
43914
43915 #. type: Labeled list
43916 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84
43917 #, no-wrap
43918 msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_"
43919 msgstr ""
43920
43921 #. type: Plain text
43922 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
43923 msgid ""
43924 "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This "
43925 "will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the "
43926 "transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
43927 msgstr ""
43928
43929 #. type: Labeled list
43930 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87
43931 #, no-wrap
43932 msgid "*--reset-env*"
43933 msgstr "*--reset-env*"
43934
43935 #. type: Plain text
43936 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
43937 msgid ""
43938 "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the "
43939 "environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the "
43940 "user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a "
43941 "regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
43942 "usr/bin_ for root."
43943 msgstr ""
43944
43945 #. type: Plain text
43946 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
43947 #, fuzzy
43948 #| msgid ""
43949 #| "The environment variable B<PATH> may be different on systems where I</"
43950 #| "bin> and I</sbin> are merged into I</usr>; this variable is also affected "
43951 #| "by the B<--login> command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., "
43952 #| "B<pam_env>(8))."
43953 msgid ""
43954 "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
43955 "_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to "
43956 "*/bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
43957 msgstr ""
43958 "La variable d'environnement PATH peut être différente sur des systèmes où I</"
43959 "bin> et I</sbin> sont fusionnés dans I</usr>, cette variable est aussi "
43960 "concernée par l'option B<--login> de la ligne de commande et le paramétrage "
43961 "du système PAM (comme B<pam_env>(8))."
43962
43963 #. type: Plain text
43964 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
43965 msgid ""
43966 "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and "
43967 "*setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
43968 msgstr ""
43969
43970 #. type: Plain text
43971 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:99
43972 msgid ""
43973 "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. "
43974 "For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is "
43975 "SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux "
43976 "restrictions from taking effect."
43977 msgstr ""
43978
43979 #. type: Plain text
43980 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
43981 msgid ""
43982 "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) "
43983 "(without the *-g* option), try something like:"
43984 msgstr ""
43985
43986 #. type: Plain text
43987 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:105
43988 #, no-wrap
43989 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
43990 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
43991
43992 #. type: Plain text
43993 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
43994 msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:"
43995 msgstr ""
43996
43997 #. type: Plain text
43998 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109
43999 #, no-wrap
44000 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
44001 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
44002
44003 #. type: Plain text
44004 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113
44005 msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
44006 msgstr "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
44007
44008 #. type: Plain text
44009 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:120
44010 #, no-wrap
44011 msgid ""
44012 "*runuser*(1),\n"
44013 "*su*(1),\n"
44014 "*prctl*(2),\n"
44015 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
44016 msgstr ""
44017 "*runuser*(1),\n"
44018 "*su*(1),\n"
44019 "*prctl*(2),\n"
44020 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
44021
44022 #.  Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
44023 #.  In the public domain.
44024 #. type: Title =
44025 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4
44026 #, no-wrap
44027 msgid "setsid(1)"
44028 msgstr "setsid(1)"
44029
44030 #. type: Plain text
44031 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14
44032 msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
44033 msgstr "setsid - Lancer un programme dans une nouvelle session"
44034
44035 # Typo dans la VO
44036 #. type: Plain text
44037 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18
44038 #, no-wrap
44039 msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
44040 msgstr "*setsid* [options] _programme_ [_arguments_]\n"
44041
44042 #. type: Plain text
44043 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
44044 #, no-wrap
44045 msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n"
44046 msgstr "*setsid* lance un programme dans une nouvelle session. La commande appelle *fork*(2) s'il y a déjà un meneur de groupe de processus. Sinon, il exécute un programme dans le processus actuel. Ce comportement par défaut peut être outrepassé avec l'option *--fork*.\n"
44047
44048 #. type: Labeled list
44049 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25
44050 #, no-wrap
44051 msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*"
44052 msgstr "*-c*, *--ctty*"
44053
44054 #. type: Plain text
44055 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27
44056 msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one."
44057 msgstr "Définir le terminal de contrôle à celui actuel."
44058
44059 #. type: Labeled list
44060 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81
44061 #, no-wrap
44062 msgid "*-f*, *--fork*"
44063 msgstr "*-f*, *--fork*"
44064
44065 #. type: Plain text
44066 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30
44067 msgid "Always create a new process."
44068 msgstr "Toujours créer un nouveau processus."
44069
44070 #. type: Labeled list
44071 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31
44072 #, no-wrap
44073 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*"
44074 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*"
44075
44076 #. type: Plain text
44077 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
44078 msgid ""
44079 "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of "
44080 "this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
44081 msgstr ""
44082 "Attendre la fin de l’exécution du programme, puis renvoyer le code de retour "
44083 "de ce programme comme code de retour de *setsid*."
44084
44085 #. type: Plain text
44086 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43
44087 msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
44088 msgstr "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
44089
44090 #. type: Plain text
44091 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47
44092 #, no-wrap
44093 msgid "*setsid*(2)\n"
44094 msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n"
44095
44096 #. type: Title =
44097 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2
44098 #, no-wrap
44099 msgid "swapon(8)"
44100 msgstr "swapon(8)"
44101
44102 #. type: Plain text
44103 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
44104 msgid ""
44105 "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
44106 msgstr ""
44107 "swapon, swapoff - Activer et désactiver les périphériques et fichiers pour "
44108 "la pagination et l’échange sur disque"
44109
44110 #. type: Plain text
44111 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
44112 #, no-wrap
44113 msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n"
44114 msgstr "*swapon* [options] [_fichier_spécial_...]\n"
44115
44116 #. type: Plain text
44117 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18
44118 #, no-wrap
44119 msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n"
44120 msgstr "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_fichier_spécial_...]\n"
44121
44122 #. type: Plain text
44123 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
44124 #, no-wrap
44125 msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n"
44126 msgstr "*swapon* est utilisé pour indiquer les périphériques sur lesquels la pagination et l'échange auront lieu.\n"
44127
44128 #. type: Plain text
44129 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
44130 msgid ""
44131 "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be "
44132 "of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or "
44133 "uuid."
44134 msgstr ""
44135 "Le périphérique ou le fichier utilisé est indiqué par le paramètre "
44136 "_fichier_spécial_. Il peut être de la forme *-L* _étiquette_ ou *-U* _UUID_ "
44137 "pour indiquer le périphérique à l'aide d'une _étiquette_ ou d'un _UUID_."
44138
44139 #. type: Plain text
44140 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
44141 msgid ""
44142 "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
44143 "devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
44144 "across several devices and files."
44145 msgstr ""
44146 "Les appels à *swapon* se produisent normalement dans les fichiers "
44147 "d'initialisation du système, rendant tous les périphériques d'échange "
44148 "disponibles, de telle sorte que l'activité de pagination est répartie sur "
44149 "plusieurs périphériques et fichiers."
44150
44151 #. type: Plain text
44152 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
44153 #, no-wrap
44154 msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n"
44155 msgstr "*swapoff* désactive la pagination sur les périphériques ou fichiers indiqués. Quand l’attribut *-a* est donné, la pagination est désactivée sur tous les périphériques ou fichiers d'échange connus (comme trouvés dans _/proc/swaps_ ou _/etc/fstab_).\n"
44156
44157 #. type: Plain text
44158 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
44159 msgid ""
44160 "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except "
44161 "for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
44162 "swap are silently skipped."
44163 msgstr ""
44164 "Tous les périphériques marqués « swap » dans _/etc/fstab_ sont rendus "
44165 "disponibles pour la pagination sauf s'ils possèdent l'option « noauto ». Les "
44166 "périphériques qui sont déjà utilisés en tant que tels sont silencieusement "
44167 "ignorés."
44168
44169 #. type: Plain text
44170 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
44171 #, fuzzy
44172 #| msgid ""
44173 #| "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
44174 #| "files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start "
44175 #| "with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can "
44176 #| "be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs "
44177 #| "or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond "
44178 #| "standard system configuration."
44179 msgid ""
44180 "Specifies an alternative fstab file for compatibility with *mount*(8). If "
44181 "_path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by "
44182 "*strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an .fstab extension "
44183 "are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is "
44184 "mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional "
44185 "configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
44186 msgstr ""
44187 "Indiquer un fichier _fstab_ alternatif. Si _chemin_ est un répertoire, alors "
44188 "les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par *strverscmp*(3) ; les fichiers "
44189 "qui commencent par « . » ou sans extension _.fstab_ sont ignorés. L’option "
44190 "peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est surtout conçue pour les "
44191 "scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une configuration supplémentaire est "
44192 "indiquée au-delà de la configuration standard du système."
44193
44194 #. type: Labeled list
44195 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37
44196 #, no-wrap
44197 msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]"
44198 msgstr "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__stratégie__]"
44199
44200 #. type: Plain text
44201 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
44202 msgid ""
44203 "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
44204 "trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
44205 "but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
44206 "swap discard policies:"
44207 msgstr ""
44208
44209 #. type: Labeled list
44210 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40
44211 #, no-wrap
44212 msgid "*--discard=once*"
44213 msgstr "*--discard=once*"
44214
44215 #. type: Plain text
44216 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
44217 msgid ""
44218 "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
44219 "swapon; or"
44220 msgstr ""
44221
44222 #. type: Labeled list
44223 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:43
44224 #, no-wrap
44225 msgid "*--discard=pages*"
44226 msgstr "*--discard=pages*"
44227
44228 #. type: Plain text
44229 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
44230 msgid ""
44231 "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
44232 "reuse."
44233 msgstr ""
44234
44235 #. type: Plain text
44236 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
44237 msgid ""
44238 "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
44239 "types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or "
44240 "*discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
44241 msgstr ""
44242
44243 #. type: Labeled list
44244 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49
44245 #, no-wrap
44246 msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
44247 msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
44248
44249 #. type: Plain text
44250 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
44251 msgid ""
44252 "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option "
44253 "*nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
44254 msgstr ""
44255 "Passer silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas. L'option de "
44256 "montage *nofail* de _/etc/fstab_ pourrait aussi permettre de passer "
44257 "silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas."
44258
44259 #. type: Labeled list
44260 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52
44261 #, no-wrap
44262 msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
44263 msgstr "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
44264
44265 #. type: Plain text
44266 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
44267 msgid ""
44268 "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
44269 "that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device "
44270 "and does not check for bad blocks."
44271 msgstr ""
44272 "Réinitialiser (exec mkswap) l'espace d'échange si sa taille de page ne "
44273 "correspond pas à celle du noyau en cours d'exécution. *mkswap*(2) initialise "
44274 "le périphérique entièrement et ne vérifie pas si des blocs sont corrompus."
44275
44276 #. type: Labeled list
44277 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55
44278 #, no-wrap
44279 msgid "*-L* _label_"
44280 msgstr "*-L* _étiquette_"
44281
44282 #. type: Plain text
44283 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
44284 msgid ""
44285 "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/"
44286 "proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
44287 msgstr ""
44288 "Utiliser la partition avec l'__étiquette__ donnée (l'accès à _/proc/"
44289 "partitions_ est nécessaire)."
44290
44291 #. type: Plain text
44292 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:60
44293 #, fuzzy
44294 #| msgid ""
44295 #| "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string. For "
44296 #| "example:"
44297 msgid ""
44298 "Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For "
44299 "example:"
44300 msgstr ""
44301 "Indiquer les options d’espace d’échange dans une chaîne, séparées par des "
44302 "virgules, compatible avec fstab. Par exemple :"
44303
44304 #. type: Plain text
44305 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62
44306 #, no-wrap
44307 msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
44308 msgstr "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
44309
44310 #. type: Plain text
44311 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
44312 msgid ""
44313 "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
44314 "options."
44315 msgstr ""
44316 "La chaîne _options_ est évaluée en dernier et écrase toutes les autres "
44317 "options de la ligne de commande."
44318
44319 #. type: Plain text
44320 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
44321 msgid ""
44322 "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 "
44323 "and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a "
44324 "full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option "
44325 "field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, "
44326 "it defaults to -1."
44327 msgstr ""
44328 "Indiquer la priorité d'un périphérique d'échange. _priorité_ est un entier "
44329 "compris entre -1 et 32767. Les nombres les plus élevés indiquent une "
44330 "priorité plus grande. Consultez *swapon*(2) pour une description complète "
44331 "des priorités d'espace d'échange. Ajoutez **pri=**__valeur__ dans le champ "
44332 "option de _/etc/fstab_ pour l'utiliser avec *swapon -a*. La valeur par "
44333 "défaut est -1 quand aucune _priorité_ n’est définie."
44334
44335 #. type: Labeled list
44336 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
44337 #, no-wrap
44338 msgid "*-s*, *--summary*"
44339 msgstr "*-s*, *--summary*"
44340
44341 #. type: Plain text
44342 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
44343 msgid ""
44344 "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This "
44345 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better "
44346 "control on output data."
44347 msgstr ""
44348 "Afficher le résumé par périphérique de l'utilisation de la pagination. C’est "
44349 "équivalent à *cat /proc/swaps*. Ce format de sortie est *obsolète*, remplacé "
44350 "par *--show* qui fournit un meilleur contrôle des données en sortie."
44351
44352 #. type: Labeled list
44353 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71
44354 #, no-wrap
44355 msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]"
44356 msgstr "*--show*[**=**__colonne__...]"
44357
44358 #. type: Plain text
44359 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
44360 msgid ""
44361 "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list "
44362 "of available columns."
44363 msgstr ""
44364 "Afficher un tableau de zones d’échange. Consultez la sortie de *--help* pour "
44365 "une liste de colonnes disponibles."
44366
44367 #. type: Plain text
44368 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79
44369 msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output."
44370 msgstr "Ne pas afficher d’en-tête avec la sortie de *--show*."
44371
44372 #. type: Plain text
44373 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
44374 msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns."
44375 msgstr ""
44376 "Afficher la sortie de *--show* sans alignement des colonnes du tableau."
44377
44378 #. type: Labeled list
44379 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83
44380 #, no-wrap
44381 msgid "*--bytes*"
44382 msgstr "*--bytes*"
44383
44384 #. type: Plain text
44385 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
44386 msgid ""
44387 "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly "
44388 "units."
44389 msgstr ""
44390 "Afficher la taille de l’espace d’échange en octet dans la sortie de *--show* "
44391 "au lieu d’unités plus lisibles."
44392
44393 #. type: Labeled list
44394 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86
44395 #, no-wrap
44396 msgid "*-U* _uuid_"
44397 msgstr "*-U* _UUID_"
44398
44399 #. type: Plain text
44400 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88
44401 msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
44402 msgstr "Utiliser la partition avec l'__UUID__ indiqué."
44403
44404 #. type: Plain text
44405 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:97
44406 #, no-wrap
44407 msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n"
44408 msgstr "Les codes de retour de *swapoff* depuis la version 2.36 sont les suivants :\n"
44409
44410 #. type: Plain text
44411 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:103
44412 msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
44413 msgstr ""
44414 "La mémoire du système est insuffisante pour arrêter l’utilisation de "
44415 "l’espace d’échange (débordement de mémoire)."
44416
44417 #. type: Plain text
44418 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:106
44419 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
44420 #| msgid "swapoff syscall failed for another reason"
44421 msgid "*swapoff*(2) syscall failed for another reason\n"
44422 msgstr "L’appel système *swapoff* a échoué pour une autre raison"
44423
44424 #. type: Plain text
44425 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:109
44426 #, fuzzy
44427 #| msgid "non-swapoff syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
44428 msgid "non-*swapoff*(2) syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
44429 msgstr ""
44430 "Erreur ne concernant pas l’appel système *swapoff* (épuisement de mémoire…)"
44431
44432 #. type: Plain text
44433 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:112
44434 msgid "usage or syntax error"
44435 msgstr "Erreur d’utilisation ou de syntaxe"
44436
44437 #. type: Plain text
44438 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:115
44439 msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*"
44440 msgstr "Échec complet de *swapoff* pour *--all*"
44441
44442 #. type: Plain text
44443 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:118
44444 msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*"
44445 msgstr "Réussite partielle de *swapoff* pour *--all*"
44446
44447 #. type: Plain text
44448 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:120
44449 msgid ""
44450 "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
44451 "64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
44452 msgstr ""
44453 "La commande *swapoff\\ --all* a renvoyé 0 (succès total), 32 (échec complet) "
44454 "ou 64 (échec partiel, réussite partielle)."
44455
44456 #. type: Plain text
44457 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122
44458 msgid ""
44459 "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success "
44460 "in all versions."
44461 msgstr ""
44462 "Les versions anciennes avant la version 2.36 n’avaient aucun code de retour "
44463 "documenté. 0 signifie succès dans toutes les versions."
44464
44465 #. type: Labeled list
44466 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:133
44467 #, no-wrap
44468 msgid "_/dev/sd??_"
44469 msgstr "_/dev/sd??_"
44470
44471 #. type: Plain text
44472 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:135
44473 msgid "standard paging devices"
44474 msgstr "les périphériques standards de pagination sur disque"
44475
44476 #. type: Plain text
44477 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:138
44478 msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
44479 msgstr "table de description en ASCII des systèmes de fichiers"
44480
44481 #. type: Title ===
44482 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:141
44483 #, no-wrap
44484 msgid "Files with holes"
44485 msgstr "Fichiers creux"
44486
44487 #. type: Plain text
44488 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:144
44489 msgid ""
44490 "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
44491 "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
44492 "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
44493 "Btrfs."
44494 msgstr ""
44495 "L’implémentation de fichier d’échange dans le noyau s’attend à pouvoir "
44496 "écrire directement dans le fichier, sans aide du système de fichiers. C’est "
44497 "un problème pour les fichiers avec des creux ou en copie sur écriture "
44498 "(« copy-on-write ») comme *Btrfs*."
44499
44500 #. type: Plain text
44501 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:146
44502 msgid ""
44503 "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files "
44504 "will be rejected by *swapon*."
44505 msgstr ""
44506 "Les commandes telles B*cp*(1) ou *truncate*(1) créent des fichiers creux. "
44507 "Ces fichiers sont rejetés par *swapon*."
44508
44509 #. type: Plain text
44510 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:148
44511 msgid ""
44512 "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files "
44513 "with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
44514 "supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
44515 msgstr ""
44516 "Les fichiers préalloués créés par *fallocate*(1) peuvent être aussi "
44517 "interprétés comme des fichiers creux selon le système de fichiers. Les "
44518 "fichiers d’échange préalloués sont pris en charge par *XFS* depuis "
44519 "Linux 4.18."
44520
44521 #. type: Plain text
44522 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:150
44523 msgid ""
44524 "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/"
44525 "zero_."
44526 msgstr ""
44527 "La façon la plus portable de créer un fichier d’échange est d’utiliser "
44528 "*dd*(1) et _/dev/zero_."
44529
44530 #. type: Title ===
44531 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
44532 #, no-wrap
44533 msgid "Btrfs"
44534 msgstr "Btrfs"
44535
44536 #. type: Plain text
44537 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:154
44538 #, fuzzy
44539 #| msgid ""
44540 #| "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
44541 #| "attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
44542 msgid ""
44543 "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* "
44544 "attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
44545 msgstr ""
44546 "Les fichiers d’échange sont pris en charge par *Btrfs* depuis Linux 5.0 pour "
44547 "les fichiers sans attribut copie sur écriture. Consultez la page de manuel "
44548 "de *btrfs*(5) pour davantage de détails."
44549
44550 #. type: Title ===
44551 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155
44552 #, no-wrap
44553 msgid "NFS"
44554 msgstr "NFS"
44555
44556 #. type: Plain text
44557 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:158
44558 msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work."
44559 msgstr ""
44560 "La pagination par *NFS* (Network File System) risque de ne pas fonctionner."
44561
44562 #. type: Title ===
44563 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159
44564 #, no-wrap
44565 msgid "Suspend"
44566 msgstr "Suspend"
44567
44568 #. type: Plain text
44569 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:162
44570 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
44571 #| msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
44572 msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
44573 msgstr "*swapon* détecte et réécrit automatiquement la signature d’un espace d’échange avec les données des anciens logiciels de mise en veille (par exemple S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, etc.) Si cela n'est pas fait, des données seront corrompues lors du prochain réveil.\n"
44574
44575 #. type: Plain text
44576 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:166
44577 msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
44578 msgstr "La commande *swapon* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD."
44579
44580 #. type: Plain text
44581 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:177
44582 #, no-wrap
44583 msgid ""
44584 "*swapoff*(2),\n"
44585 "*swapon*(2),\n"
44586 "*fstab*(5),\n"
44587 "*init*(8),\n"
44588 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
44589 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
44590 "*mount*(8),\n"
44591 "*rc*(8)\n"
44592 msgstr ""
44593 "*swapoff*(2),\n"
44594 "*swapon*(2),\n"
44595 "*fstab*(5),\n"
44596 "*init*(8),\n"
44597 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
44598 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
44599 "*mount*(8),\n"
44600 "*rc*(8)\n"
44601
44602 #. type: Title =
44603 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2
44604 #, no-wrap
44605 msgid "switch_root(8)"
44606 msgstr "switch_root(8)"
44607
44608 #. type: Plain text
44609 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
44610 msgid ""
44611 "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
44612 msgstr ""
44613 "switch_root - Passer à un autre système de fichiers racine de l'arbre de "
44614 "montage"
44615
44616 #. type: Plain text
44617 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
44618 #, no-wrap
44619 msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
44620 msgstr "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
44621
44622 #. type: Plain text
44623 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18
44624 #, no-wrap
44625 msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n"
44626 msgstr "*switch_root* _nouvelle_racine_ _init_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
44627
44628 #. type: Plain text
44629 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
44630 #, no-wrap
44631 msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n"
44632 msgstr "*switch_root* déplace _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ et _/run_ déjà montés vers _nouvelle_racine_ et fait de _nouvelle_racine_ la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers et lance le processus _init_.\n"
44633
44634 #. type: Plain text
44635 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
44636 #, no-wrap
44637 msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n"
44638 msgstr "*Attention : switch_root supprime récursivement tous les fichiers et répertoires de la racine actuelle du système de fichiers.*\n"
44639
44640 #. type: Plain text
44641 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
44642 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
44643 #| msgid "*switch_root* returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.\n"
44644 msgid "*switch_root* returns 1 on failure, it never returns on success.\n"
44645 msgstr "*switch_root* renvoie 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en cas d'échec.\n"
44646
44647 #. type: Plain text
44648 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
44649 #, no-wrap
44650 msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n"
44651 msgstr "*switch_root* échouera si _nouvelle_racine_ n'est pas la racine d'un montage. Si vous voulez passer la racine vers un répertoire qui ne convient pas à cette exigence, vous pouvez d'abord utiliser une astuce de remontage pour transformer n'importe quel répertoire en point de montage :\n"
44652
44653 #. type: delimited block .
44654 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:39
44655 #, no-wrap
44656 msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
44657 msgstr "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
44658
44659 #. type: Plain text
44660 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46
44661 msgid ""
44662 "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
44663 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
44664 msgstr ""
44665 "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
44666 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
44667
44668 #. type: Plain text
44669 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53
44670 #, no-wrap
44671 msgid ""
44672 "*chroot*(2),\n"
44673 "*init*(8),\n"
44674 "*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
44675 "*mount*(8)\n"
44676 msgstr ""
44677 "*chroot*(2),\n"
44678 "*init*(8),\n"
44679 "*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
44680 "*mount*(8)\n"
44681
44682 #. type: Title =
44683 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2
44684 #, no-wrap
44685 msgid "tunelp(8)"
44686 msgstr "tunelp(8)"
44687
44688 #. type: Plain text
44689 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12
44690 msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
44691 msgstr ""
44692
44693 #. type: Plain text
44694 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16
44695 #, no-wrap
44696 msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
44697 msgstr "*tunelp* [options] _périphérique_\n"
44698
44699 #. type: Plain text
44700 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
44701 #, no-wrap
44702 msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
44703 msgstr ""
44704
44705 #. type: Labeled list
44706 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
44707 #, no-wrap
44708 msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
44709 msgstr "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
44710
44711 #. type: Plain text
44712 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
44713 msgid ""
44714 "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
44715 "to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not "
44716 "use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i "
44717 "0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
44718 "work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
44719 "printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
44720 "desirable."
44721 msgstr ""
44722
44723 #. type: Plain text
44724 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
44725 #, no-wrap
44726 msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n"
44727 msgstr ""
44728
44729 #. type: Labeled list
44730 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28
44731 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
44732 #| msgid "B<-w>,B< --timeout >I<milliseconds>"
44733 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_"
44734 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
44735
44736 #. type: Plain text
44737 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
44738 msgid ""
44739 "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
44740 "doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* "
44741 "parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
44742 "and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care "
44743 "how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a "
44744 "buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low "
44745 "system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than "
44746 "text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
44747 msgstr ""
44748
44749 #. type: Labeled list
44750 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
44751 #, no-wrap
44752 msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_"
44753 msgstr ""
44754
44755 #. type: Plain text
44756 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
44757 msgid ""
44758 "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
44759 "sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries "
44760 "to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most "
44761 "printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
44762 "printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to "
44763 "handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a "
44764 "very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling "
44765 "mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
44766 msgstr ""
44767
44768 #. type: Plain text
44769 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
44770 msgid ""
44771 "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
44772 msgstr ""
44773
44774 #. type: Labeled list
44775 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
44776 #, no-wrap
44777 msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_"
44778 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait* _délai_"
44779
44780 #. type: Plain text
44781 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
44782 msgid ""
44783 "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
44784 "most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
44785 "printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
44786 "possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
44787 "longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
44788 "printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
44789 msgstr ""
44790
44791 #. type: Labeled list
44792 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
44793 #, no-wrap
44794 msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
44795 msgstr "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
44796
44797 #. type: Plain text
44798 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
44799 msgid ""
44800 "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
44801 "are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
44802 "and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
44803 "aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer "
44804 "isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
44805 msgstr ""
44806
44807 #. type: Labeled list
44808 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
44809 #, no-wrap
44810 msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
44811 msgstr "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
44812
44813 #. type: Plain text
44814 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
44815 msgid ""
44816 "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check "
44817 "to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
44818 "other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
44819 msgstr ""
44820
44821 #. type: Labeled list
44822 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
44823 #, no-wrap
44824 msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
44825 msgstr "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
44826
44827 #. type: Plain text
44828 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
44829 msgid ""
44830 "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
44831 "the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
44832 "any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
44833 "useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
44834 msgstr ""
44835
44836 #. type: Plain text
44837 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
44838 #, no-wrap
44839 msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n"
44840 msgstr ""
44841
44842 #. type: Labeled list
44843 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50
44844 #, no-wrap
44845 msgid "*-s*, *--status*"
44846 msgstr "*-s*, *--status*"
44847
44848 #. type: Plain text
44849 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
44850 msgid ""
44851 "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
44852 "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-"
44853 "q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
44854 msgstr ""
44855
44856 #. type: Plain text
44857 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
44858 msgid ""
44859 "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
44860 "later."
44861 msgstr ""
44862
44863 #. type: Labeled list
44864 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
44865 #, no-wrap
44866 msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
44867 msgstr "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
44868
44869 #. type: Plain text
44870 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58
44871 #, fuzzy
44872 #| msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
44873 msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
44874 msgstr "Insérer le nom de la ligne tty actuelle."
44875
44876 #. type: Plain text
44877 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63
44878 msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
44879 msgstr "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
44880
44881 #. type: Plain text
44882 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
44883 #, no-wrap
44884 msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
44885 msgstr ""
44886
44887 #. type: Plain text
44888 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
44889 #, no-wrap
44890 msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n"
44891 msgstr ""
44892
44893 #. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer
44894 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
44895 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
44896 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
44897 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
44898 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
44899 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
44900 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
44901 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
44902 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
44903 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
44904 #. intermediate and printed output.
44905 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
44906 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
44907 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
44908 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
44909 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
44910 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
44911 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
44912 #. type: Title =
44913 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27
44914 #, no-wrap
44915 msgid "umount(8)"
44916 msgstr "umount(8)"
44917
44918 #. type: Plain text
44919 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37
44920 msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
44921 msgstr "umount - Démonter des systèmes de fichiers"
44922
44923 #. type: Plain text
44924 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41
44925 #, no-wrap
44926 msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
44927 msgstr "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
44928
44929 #. type: Plain text
44930 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43
44931 #, no-wrap
44932 msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n"
44933 msgstr "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_répertoire_|_périphérique_}\n"
44934
44935 #. type: Plain text
44936 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45
44937 #, no-wrap
44938 msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
44939 msgstr "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
44940
44941 #. type: Plain text
44942 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
44943 msgid ""
44944 "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
44945 "hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
44946 "been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
44947 "also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
44948 "was mounted on more than one directory."
44949 msgstr ""
44950 "La commande *umount* détache les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés de la "
44951 "hiérarchie des fichiers. Un système de fichiers est indiqué en donnant le "
44952 "nom du répertoire dans lequel il a été monté. Fournir le périphérique "
44953 "spécial sur lequel réside le système de fichiers peut également fonctionner, "
44954 "mais est obsolète, principalement parce que cela échouera si ce périphérique "
44955 "a été monté dans plus d'un répertoire."
44956
44957 #. type: Plain text
44958 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
44959 msgid ""
44960 "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, "
44961 "when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working "
44962 "directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process "
44963 "could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open "
44964 "for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may "
44965 "introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
44966 msgstr ""
44967 "Remarquez qu'un système de fichiers ne peut pas être démonté quand il est "
44968 "« occupé », par exemple quand des fichiers sont ouverts dessus, quand "
44969 "certains processus y ont leur répertoire de travail ou quand un fichier "
44970 "d'échange y est utilisé. Le processus responsable pourrait même être "
44971 "*umount* lui-même : il ouvre la libc, qui peut, par exemple, ouvrir à son "
44972 "tour des fichiers locaux. Un démontage paresseux évite ce problème mais il "
44973 "peut introduire d’autres problèmes. Consultez la description de *--lazy* ci-"
44974 "dessous."
44975
44976 #. type: Plain text
44977 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
44978 msgid ""
44979 "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated "
44980 "_/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, "
44981 "rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
44982 "replaced by *--types* umount option."
44983 msgstr ""
44984 "Tous les systèmes de fichiers détaillés dans _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (ou dans "
44985 "le _/etc/mtab_ obsolète) sont démontés, exceptés les systèmes de fichiers "
44986 "proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs et nfsd. Cette liste de systèmes de "
44987 "fichiers peut être remplacée par l’option de démontage *--types*."
44988
44989 #. type: Labeled list
44990 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57
44991 #, no-wrap
44992 msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
44993 msgstr "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
44994
44995 #. type: Plain text
44996 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
44997 msgid ""
44998 "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
44999 "filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
45000 "device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--"
45001 "recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
45002 "unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a "
45003 "symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
45004 msgstr ""
45005 "Démonter tous les points de montage dans l’espace de noms montage actuel "
45006 "pour le système de fichiers indiqué. Le système de fichiers peut être "
45007 "indiqué par les points de montage ou le nom (ou l’UUID, etc.) du "
45008 "périphérique. Quand cette option est utilisée avec *--recursive*, alors tous "
45009 "les montages imbriqués dans le système de fichiers sont démontés de façon "
45010 "récursive. Cette option n’est prise en charge que sur les systèmes où _/etc/"
45011 "mtab_ est un lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_."
45012
45013 #. type: Plain text
45014 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
45015 msgid ""
45016 "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) "
45017 "and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
45018 "(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
45019 "with canonical path to the mount point."
45020 msgstr ""
45021 "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La mise en forme canonique des chemins "
45022 "est basée sur des appels système *stat*(2) et *readlink*(2). Ces appels "
45023 "peuvent planter dans certains cas (par exemple sur NFS si le serveur n’est "
45024 "pas disponible). L’option doit être utilisée avec un chemin canonique vers "
45025 "le point de montage."
45026
45027 #. type: Plain text
45028 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64
45029 #, fuzzy
45030 #| msgid "This option is silently ignored."
45031 msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users."
45032 msgstr "Cette option est silencieusement ignorée."
45033
45034 #. type: Plain text
45035 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
45036 msgid ""
45037 "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that "
45038 "*umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
45039 msgstr ""
45040 "Consultez la page de manuel *mount*(8) pour plus de précisions sur cette "
45041 "option. Remarquez que *umount* ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires **/"
45042 "sbin/umount.**__type__."
45043
45044 #. type: Labeled list
45045 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67
45046 #, no-wrap
45047 msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
45048 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
45049
45050 #. type: Plain text
45051 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
45052 msgid ""
45053 "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
45054 "This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this "
45055 "case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
45056 msgstr ""
45057 "Quand le périphérique démonté est un périphérique boucle, libérer ce "
45058 "périphérique boucle. Cette option n’est pas nécessaire pour les "
45059 "périphériques initialisés par *mount*(8), dans ce cas la fonctionnalité "
45060 "« autoclear » est activée par défaut."
45061
45062 #. type: Labeled list
45063 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70
45064 #, no-wrap
45065 msgid "*--fake*"
45066 msgstr "*--fake*"
45067
45068 #. type: Plain text
45069 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
45070 msgid ""
45071 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
45072 "helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to "
45073 "remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier "
45074 "with the *-n* option."
45075 msgstr ""
45076 "Toutes les actions seront exécutées sauf le véritable appel système ou "
45077 "l’exécution d’auxiliaire de démontage. Cela imite le démontage du système de "
45078 "fichiers. Cela permet de retirer des entrées du fichier _/etc/mtab_ obsolète "
45079 "qui avaient été démontées auparavant avec l'option *-n*."
45080
45081 #. type: Plain text
45082 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75
45083 msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
45084 msgstr "Forcer un démontage (dans le cas d'un système NFS inaccessible)."
45085
45086 # FIXME stat system calls → *stat*(2) system calls
45087 #. type: Plain text
45088 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
45089 #, fuzzy
45090 #| msgid ""
45091 #| "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
45092 #| "hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to "
45093 #| "avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
45094 #| "*umount*."
45095 msgid ""
45096 "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
45097 "It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid "
45098 "unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in "
45099 "*umount*."
45100 msgstr ""
45101 "Remarquez que cette option ne garantit pas que la commande de démontage ne "
45102 "plante pas. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser des chemins absolus sans "
45103 "liens symboliques pour éviter des appels système *stat*(2) sur un système "
45104 "NFS injoignable dans le démontage."
45105
45106 #. type: Labeled list
45107 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78
45108 #, no-wrap
45109 msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
45110 msgstr "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
45111
45112 #. type: Plain text
45113 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
45114 msgid ""
45115 "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By "
45116 "default such a helper program is called if it exists."
45117 msgstr ""
45118 "Ne pas appeler l’auxiliaire **/sbin/umount.**__système_de_fichiers__ même "
45119 "s’il existe. Par défaut, ce genre de programme auxiliaire est appelé s’il "
45120 "existe."
45121
45122 #. type: Labeled list
45123 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81
45124 #, no-wrap
45125 msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*"
45126 msgstr "*-l*, *--lazy*"
45127
45128 #. type: Plain text
45129 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
45130 msgid ""
45131 "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
45132 "up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
45133 msgstr ""
45134 "Démontage paresseux. Détacher maintenant le système de fichiers de la "
45135 "hiérarchie de fichiers et effacer toutes les références vers ce système de "
45136 "fichiers dès qu'il n'est plus occupé."
45137
45138 #. type: Plain text
45139 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
45140 #, fuzzy
45141 #| msgid ""
45142 #| "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use "
45143 #| "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. "
45144 #| "The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown "
45145 #| "due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will hang due "
45146 #| "to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not "
45147 #| "be possible."
45148 msgid ""
45149 "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this "
45150 "option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
45151 "recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
45152 "an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a "
45153 "downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be "
45154 "possible."
45155 msgstr ""
45156 "Un redémarrage du système devrait se dérouler très prochainement pour "
45157 "pouvoir utiliser cette option pour un système de fichiers réseau ou pour des "
45158 "systèmes de fichiers locaux avec des sous-montages. L’utilisation "
45159 "recommandée de *umount -l* est d’empêcher des plantages lors d’un arrêt "
45160 "causé par un partage réseau non joignable où un démontage normal planterait "
45161 "à cause d’un serveur arrêté ou d’une partition réseau. Le remontage des "
45162 "partages ne serait pas possible."
45163
45164 #. type: Plain text
45165 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
45166 #, fuzzy
45167 #| msgid ""
45168 #| "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
45169 #| "PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing "
45170 #| "that namespace."
45171 msgid ""
45172 "Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
45173 "PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
45174 "namespace."
45175 msgstr ""
45176 "Réaliser le démontage dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par _nom_.  "
45177 "_nom_ est soit un PID d’un processus en cours d’exécution dans cet espace de "
45178 "noms ou un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."
45179
45180 #. type: Plain text
45181 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
45182 #, no-wrap
45183 msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n"
45184 msgstr "*umount*(8) bascule vers cet espace de noms lorsqu’il lit _/etc/fstab_, écrit _/etc/mtab_ (ou écrit sur _/run/mount_) et appelle *umount*(2), sinon, il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms originel. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms montage cible n’a pas à contenir n’importe quelle bibliothèque ou autre nécessité pour exécuter la commande *umount*(2).\n"
45185
45186 #. type: Plain text
45187 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95
45188 msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_."
45189 msgstr "Démonter sans écrire dans _/etc/mtab_."
45190
45191 #. type: Labeled list
45192 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96
45193 #, no-wrap
45194 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
45195 msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
45196
45197 #. type: Plain text
45198 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
45199 msgid ""
45200 "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/"
45201 "fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
45202 "Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be "
45203 "taken for this option."
45204 msgstr ""
45205 "Ne démonter que les systèmes de fichiers dont les __option__s indiquées sont "
45206 "définies dans _/etc/fstab_. Plusieurs __option__s peuvent être indiquées "
45207 "dans une liste, séparées par des virgules. Chaque _option_ peut être "
45208 "préfixée par *no* pour indiquer qu’aucune action ne doit être réalisée pour "
45209 "cette _option_."
45210
45211 #. type: Plain text
45212 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101
45213 msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
45214 msgstr "Supprimer certains messages d’erreur « not mounted »."
45215
45216 #. type: Labeled list
45217 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102
45218 #, no-wrap
45219 msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*"
45220 msgstr "*-R*, *--recursive*"
45221
45222 #. type: Plain text
45223 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
45224 #, fuzzy
45225 #| msgid ""
45226 #| "Recursively unmount each specified directory.  Recursion for each "
45227 #| "directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any "
45228 #| "reason.  The relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/"
45229 #| "self/mountinfo> entries.  The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint "
45230 #| "path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID)  is unsupported."
45231 msgid ""
45232 "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
45233 "will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
45234 "relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ "
45235 "entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
45236 "unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
45237 "umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
45238 "mountpoint)."
45239 msgstr ""
45240 "Démonter récursivement tous les répertoires indiqués. La récursion d’un "
45241 "répertoire s’arrêtera si une opération de démontage a échoué dans la chaîne "
45242 "quelle qu’en soit la raison. La relation entre les points de montage est "
45243 "déterminée par les entrées de _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Le système de fichiers "
45244 "doit être indiqué par un chemin de point de montage ; le démontage récursif "
45245 "par nom (ou UUID) de périphérique n’est pas pris en charge."
45246
45247 #. type: Plain text
45248 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107
45249 msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
45250 msgstr ""
45251 "Si le démontage échoue, essayer de remonter le système de fichiers en "
45252 "lecture seule."
45253
45254 #. type: Labeled list
45255 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108
45256 #, no-wrap
45257 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
45258 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
45259
45260 #. type: Plain text
45261 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
45262 msgid ""
45263 "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
45264 "specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
45265 "list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate "
45266 "that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
45267 "*umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/"
45268 "mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
45269 "the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
45270 msgstr ""
45271 "Indiquer que les actions devraient uniquement être entreprises sur les "
45272 "systèmes de fichiers du _type_ indiqué. Plusieurs types peuvent être "
45273 "indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
45274 "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par *no* pour indiquer qu’aucune "
45275 "action ne doit être réalisée pour aucun des __type__s indiqués. Remarquez "
45276 "que *umount* lit les informations sur les systèmes de fichiers montés à "
45277 "partir du noyau (_/proc/mounts_) et les noms de système de fichiers peuvent "
45278 "être différents de ceux utilisés dans _/etc/fstab_ (par exemple, « nfs4 » "
45279 "vs. « nfs »)."
45280
45281 #. type: Title ==
45282 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116
45283 #, no-wrap
45284 msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
45285 msgstr "DÉMONTAGES NON-SUPERUTILISATEURS"
45286
45287 #. type: Plain text
45288 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
45289 msgid ""
45290 "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
45291 "contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
45292 "filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
45293 msgstr ""
45294 "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut démonter des systèmes de "
45295 "fichiers. Cependant, quand _fstab_ contient l’option _user_ sur une ligne, "
45296 "n’importe qui peut démonter le système de fichiers correspondant. Pour plus "
45297 "de détails, consultez la page de manuel de *mount*(8)."
45298
45299 #. type: Plain text
45300 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121
45301 #, fuzzy
45302 #| msgid ""
45303 #| "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
45304 #| "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
45305 #| "ID. In this case fstab *user=* mount option is not required."
45306 msgid ""
45307 "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
45308 "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
45309 "ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
45310 msgstr ""
45311 "Depuis sa version 2.34, la commande *umount* peut être aussi utilisée pour "
45312 "réaliser des opérations de démontage pour les systèmes de fichiers fuse si "
45313 "la table de montage du noyau contient des ID d’utilisateurs. Dans ce cas, "
45314 "l’option de _fstab_ « *user=* mount » n’est pas nécessaire."
45315
45316 #. type: Plain text
45317 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
45318 #, fuzzy
45319 #| msgid ""
45320 #| "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions "
45321 #| "are inadequate by internal libmount security rules. It drops suid "
45322 #| "permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to "
45323 #| "support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
45324 #| "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
45325 msgid ""
45326 "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are "
45327 "inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions "
45328 "and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
45329 "where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
45330 "namespaces, etc)."
45331 msgstr ""
45332 "Depuis sa version 2.35, la commande *umount* ne se termine pas quand les "
45333 "permissions d’utilisateur sont inadaptées aux règles de sécurité internes de "
45334 "libmount. Elle abandonne les permissions Setuid et continue comme "
45335 "utilisateur normal non-superutilisateur. Cela peut être utilisé pour prendre "
45336 "en charge les utilisations où les permissions de superutilisateur ne sont "
45337 "pas nécessaires (par exemple, systèmes de fichiers fuse, espace de noms "
45338 "utilisateur, etc)."
45339
45340 #. type: Title ==
45341 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:124
45342 #, no-wrap
45343 msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
45344 msgstr "PÉRIPHÉRIQUE BOUCLE"
45345
45346 #. type: Plain text
45347 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
45348 msgid ""
45349 "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously "
45350 "initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
45351 msgstr ""
45352 "La commande *umount* détachera automatiquement les périphériques boucle "
45353 "précédemment initialisés avec la commande *mount*(8), indépendamment de _/"
45354 "etc/mtab_."
45355
45356 #. type: Plain text
45357 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129
45358 #, fuzzy
45359 #| msgid ""
45360 #| "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
45361 #| "*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use "
45362 #| "the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d <device>*. The autoclear "
45363 #| "feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
45364 msgid ""
45365 "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
45366 "*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the "
45367 "option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature "
45368 "is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
45369 msgstr ""
45370 "Dans ce cas le périphérique est initialisé avec l’indicateur "
45371 "« autoclear » (consultez *losetup*(8) pour plus de détails), sinon il est "
45372 "nécessaire d’utiliser l’option *--detach-loop* ou d’appeler *losetup -d "
45373 "<périphérique>*. La fonctionnalité autoclear est prise en charge depuis "
45374 "Linux 2.6.25."
45375
45376 #. type: Plain text
45377 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133
45378 msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
45379 msgstr "La syntaxe des programmes externes de démontage est :"
45380
45381 #. type: delimited block _
45382 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:136
45383 #, no-wrap
45384 msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n"
45385 msgstr "**umount.**__suffixe__ {__répertoire__|_périphérique_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* __espace_de_noms__] [*-t* _type_._soustype_]\n"
45386
45387 # NOTE: s#/sbin/mount#/sbin/umount
45388 #. type: Plain text
45389 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139
45390 msgid ""
45391 "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or "
45392 "*helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for "
45393 "filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
45394 msgstr ""
45395 "où _suffixe_ est le type de système de fichiers (ou la valeur d’un marqueur "
45396 "*uhelper=* ou *helper=* de _mtab_). L'option *-t* peut être utilisée pour "
45397 "les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une prise en charge des sous-types. Par "
45398 "exemple :"
45399
45400 #. type: delimited block _
45401 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:142
45402 #, no-wrap
45403 msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
45404 msgstr "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
45405
45406 #. type: Plain text
45407 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145
45408 msgid ""
45409 "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/"
45410 "etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
45411 "that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was "
45412 "mounted by *udisks*(1))."
45413 msgstr ""
45414 "Un marqueur **uhelper=**__quelque_chose__ (« unprivileged helper », "
45415 "auxiliaire ordinaire) peut apparaître dans le fichier _/etc/mtab_ quand des "
45416 "utilisateurs ordinaires doivent pouvoir démonter un point de montage non "
45417 "défini dans _/etc/fstab_ (par exemple pour un périphérique monté par "
45418 "*udisks*(1))."
45419
45420 #. type: Plain text
45421 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
45422 #, fuzzy
45423 #| msgid ""
45424 #| "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the mtab file will redirect all unmount "
45425 #| "requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
45426 msgid ""
45427 "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount "
45428 "requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
45429 msgstr ""
45430 "Un marqueur **helper=**__type__ dans le fichier _mtab_ redirigera toutes les "
45431 "requêtes de démontage à l’auxiliaire **/sbin/umount.**__type__ "
45432 "indépendamment de l'UID."
45433
45434 #. type: Plain text
45435 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
45436 #, fuzzy
45437 #| msgid ""
45438 #| "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
45439 #| "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
45440 msgid ""
45441 "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
45442 "userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
45443 msgstr ""
45444 "Remarquez que le fichier _/etc/mtab_ est désormais obsolète et que les "
45445 "options *helper=* et d’autres options d’espace utilisateur de montage sont "
45446 "entretenues par libmount."
45447
45448 #. type: Plain text
45449 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154
45450 #, fuzzy
45451 #| msgid ""
45452 #| "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
45453 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
45454 msgstr ""
45455 "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
45456
45457 #. type: Plain text
45458 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:157
45459 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output"
45460 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libmount*."
45461
45462 #. type: Plain text
45463 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162
45464 msgid ""
45465 "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
45466 "_/proc/mounts_)"
45467 msgstr ""
45468 "Table des systèmes de fichiers montés (obsolète et généralement remplacé par "
45469 "un lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_)."
45470
45471 #. type: Plain text
45472 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
45473 msgid "table of known filesystems"
45474 msgstr "Table des systèmes de fichiers connus."
45475
45476 #. type: Labeled list
45477 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:166
45478 #, no-wrap
45479 msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
45480 msgstr "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
45481
45482 #. type: Plain text
45483 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:168
45484 msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
45485 msgstr "Table des systèmes de fichiers montés générée par le noyau."
45486
45487 #. type: Plain text
45488 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172
45489 msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
45490 msgstr "Une commande *umount* est apparue dans la Version 6 du UNIX AT&T."
45491
45492 #. type: Plain text
45493 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:179
45494 #, no-wrap
45495 msgid ""
45496 "*umount*(2),\n"
45497 "*losetup*(8),\n"
45498 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
45499 "*mount*(8)\n"
45500 msgstr ""
45501 "*umount*(2),\n"
45502 "*losetup*(8),\n"
45503 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
45504 "*mount*(8)\n"
45505
45506 #. type: Title =
45507 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2
45508 #, no-wrap
45509 msgid "unshare(1)"
45510 msgstr "unshare(1)"
45511
45512 #. type: Plain text
45513 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12
45514 msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces"
45515 msgstr "unshare - Exécuter un programme dans de nouveaux espaces de noms"
45516
45517 #. type: Plain text
45518 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
45519 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45520 #| msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
45521 msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
45522 msgstr "*unshare* [options] [_programme_ [_arguments_]]\n"
45523
45524 #. type: Plain text
45525 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
45526 msgid ""
45527 "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-"
45528 "line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If "
45529 "_program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
45530 msgstr ""
45531 "La commande *unshare* crée de nouveaux espaces de noms (comme précisé par "
45532 "les options de ligne de commande décrites ci-après) puis exécute le "
45533 "_programme_ indiqué. Si _programme_ n’est pas fourni, alors *${SHELL}* est "
45534 "exécuté (par défaut : _/bin/sh_)."
45535
45536 #. type: Plain text
45537 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
45538 #, fuzzy
45539 #| msgid ""
45540 #| "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
45541 #| "processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no "
45542 #| "member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a "
45543 #| "filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way "
45544 #| "can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ "
45545 #| "terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init "
45546 #| "process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it "
45547 #| "can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the "
45548 #| "EXAMPLES section for more details."
45549 msgid ""
45550 "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
45551 "processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member "
45552 "processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. "
45553 "A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be "
45554 "entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID "
45555 "namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a "
45556 "persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using "
45557 "*umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more "
45558 "details."
45559 msgstr ""
45560 "Par défaut, un nouvel espace de noms subsiste aussi longtemps qu’il possède "
45561 "des processus membres. Un nouvel espace de noms peut être rendu persistant, "
45562 "même s’il ne possède pas de membres, par montage lié (bind) des fichiers _/"
45563 "proc/pid/ns/type_ vers un chemin de système de fichiers. Un espace de noms "
45564 "qui a été rendu persistant de cette façon peut ensuite être entré avec "
45565 "*nsenter*(1) même après que le _programme_ soit terminé (excepté les espaces "
45566 "de noms PID où l’exécution permanente de processus init est nécessaire). Une "
45567 "fois qu’un \\%espace de noms n’est plus nécessaire, il peut être rendu "
45568 "temporaire avec *umount*(8) pour supprimer le montage lié. Consulter la "
45569 "section *EXEMPLES* pour plus de détails."
45570
45571 #. type: Plain text
45572 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
45573 #, no-wrap
45574 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n"
45575 msgstr "*unshare* depuis la version 2.36 d’util-linux utilise les fichiers _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ et _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ pour des espace de noms persistants PID et temps. Cette modification nécessite un noyau Linux version 4.17 ou plus récent.\n"
45576
45577 #. type: Plain text
45578 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26
45579 msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:"
45580 msgstr ""
45581 "Les types d’espace de noms suivants peuvent être créés avec *unshare* :"
45582
45583 # NOTE: s/flags/flag/
45584 #. type: Plain text
45585 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
45586 msgid ""
45587 "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
45588 "except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
45589 "make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the "
45590 "*shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
45591 msgstr ""
45592 "Le montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affectera pas le reste du "
45593 "système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués comme "
45594 "partagés (avec *mount --make-shared*, consultez _/proc/self/mountinfo_ ou "
45595 "*findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* pour les drapeaux *shared*). Pour de plus amples "
45596 "détails, consulter *mount_namespaces*(7)."
45597
45598 #. type: Plain text
45599 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
45600 #, no-wrap
45601 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n"
45602 msgstr "*unshare*, depuis util-linux version 2.27, règle automatiquement la propagation à *private* dans un nouvel espace de noms montage pour assurer que celui-ci soit vraiment isolé. Il est possible de désactiver cette caractéristique avec l’option *--propagation unchanged*. Remarquez que *private* est le comportement par défaut du noyau.\n"
45603
45604 #. type: Plain text
45605 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
45606 msgid ""
45607 "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
45608 "parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
45609 msgstr ""
45610 "Les enfants auront un ensemble distinct de mises en correspondance de PID à "
45611 "traiter de celui de leur parent. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
45612 "*pid_namespaces*(7)."
45613
45614 #. type: Labeled list
45615 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55
45616 #, no-wrap
45617 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]"
45618 msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__fichier__]"
45619
45620 #. type: Plain text
45621 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
45622 #, fuzzy
45623 #| msgid ""
45624 #| "Unshare the IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45625 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
45626 msgid ""
45627 "Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45628 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
45629 msgstr ""
45630 "Isoler l’espace de noms IPC. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
45631 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
45632
45633 #. type: Labeled list
45634 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58
45635 #, no-wrap
45636 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]"
45637 msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__fichier__]"
45638
45639 #. type: Plain text
45640 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
45641 #, fuzzy
45642 #| msgid ""
45643 #| "Unshare the mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45644 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount. Note that _file_ must be located on "
45645 #| "a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use "
45646 #| "the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current "
45647 #| "setting. See also the examples below."
45648 msgid ""
45649 "Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45650 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be "
45651 "located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error "
45652 "results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the "
45653 "current setting. See also the examples below."
45654 msgstr ""
45655 "Isoler l’espace de noms montage. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace "
45656 "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Remarquez que _fichier_ doit "
45657 "être situé sur le système de fichiers avec le drapeau de propagation n’est "
45658 "pas *shared* (ou une erreur survient). Utilisez la commande *findmnt -"
45659 "o+PROPAGATION* si vous n’êtes pas sûr du réglage en cours. Consulter les "
45660 "exemples ci-dessous."
45661
45662 #. type: Labeled list
45663 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61
45664 #, no-wrap
45665 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]"
45666 msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__fichier__]"
45667
45668 #. type: Plain text
45669 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
45670 #, fuzzy
45671 #| msgid ""
45672 #| "Unshare the network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45673 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
45674 msgid ""
45675 "Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace "
45676 "is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
45677 msgstr ""
45678 "Isoler l’espace de noms réseau. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
45679 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
45680
45681 #. type: Labeled list
45682 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64
45683 #, no-wrap
45684 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]"
45685 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__fichier__]"
45686
45687 #. type: Plain text
45688 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
45689 #, fuzzy
45690 #| msgid ""
45691 #| "Unshare the PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45692 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount. (Creation of a persistent PID "
45693 #| "namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
45694 msgid ""
45695 "Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45696 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a "
45697 "persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also "
45698 "specified.)"
45699 msgstr ""
45700 "Isoler l'espace de noms PID. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
45701 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. (La création d’un espace de "
45702 "noms PID persistant échouera si l’option *--fork* n’est pas aussi précisée.)"
45703
45704 #. type: Plain text
45705 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68
45706 msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options."
45707 msgstr "Consulter aussi les options *--fork* et *--mount-proc*."
45708
45709 #. type: Labeled list
45710 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69
45711 #, no-wrap
45712 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]"
45713 msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__fichier__]"
45714
45715 #. type: Plain text
45716 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
45717 #, fuzzy
45718 #| msgid ""
45719 #| "Unshare the UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45720 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
45721 msgid ""
45722 "Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45723 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
45724 msgstr ""
45725 "Isoler l’espace de noms UTS. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
45726 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
45727
45728 #. type: Labeled list
45729 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72
45730 #, no-wrap
45731 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]"
45732 msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__fichier__]"
45733
45734 #. type: Plain text
45735 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
45736 #, fuzzy
45737 #| msgid ""
45738 #| "Unshare the user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45739 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
45740 msgid ""
45741 "Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45742 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
45743 msgstr ""
45744 "Isoler l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un "
45745 "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
45746
45747 #. type: Labeled list
45748 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75
45749 #, no-wrap
45750 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
45751 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__fichier__]"
45752
45753 #. type: Plain text
45754 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
45755 #, fuzzy
45756 #| msgid ""
45757 #| "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then persistent "
45758 #| "namespace is created by bind mount."
45759 msgid ""
45760 "Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45761 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
45762 msgstr ""
45763 "Isoler l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors "
45764 "un espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
45765
45766 #. type: Labeled list
45767 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78
45768 #, no-wrap
45769 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]"
45770 msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__fichier__]"
45771
45772 #. type: Plain text
45773 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
45774 #, fuzzy
45775 #| msgid ""
45776 #| "Unshare the time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
45777 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* "
45778 #| "options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time "
45779 #| "namespace."
45780 msgid ""
45781 "Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
45782 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--"
45783 "boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
45784 "time namespace."
45785 msgstr ""
45786 "Isoler l'espace de noms temps. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
45787 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Les options *--monotonic* et *--"
45788 "boottime* peuvent être utilisées pour les décalages correspondants dans "
45789 "l’espace de noms temps."
45790
45791 #. type: Plain text
45792 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
45793 msgid ""
45794 "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than "
45795 "running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note "
45796 "that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores "
45797 "*SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is "
45798 "necessary to send signals to the child process."
45799 msgstr ""
45800 "Fourcher le _programme_ indiqué comme processus enfant de *unshare* plutôt "
45801 "que de l’exécuter directement. Cela est utile lors de la création d’un "
45802 "nouvel espace de noms PID. Il est à remarquer que quand *unshare* est en "
45803 "attente d’un processus enfant, alors il ignore *SIGINT* et *SIGTERM* et ne "
45804 "transmet aucun signal à l’enfant. Cela est nécessaire pour envoyer des "
45805 "signaux au processus enfant."
45806
45807 #. type: Labeled list
45808 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84
45809 #, no-wrap
45810 msgid "*--keep-caps*"
45811 msgstr "*--keep-caps*"
45812
45813 #. type: Plain text
45814 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
45815 msgid ""
45816 "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the "
45817 "user namespace are preserved in the child process."
45818 msgstr ""
45819 "Quand l’option *--user* est fournie, garantir que les capacités octroyées "
45820 "dans l’espace de noms utilisateur soient conservées dans le processus enfant."
45821
45822 #. type: Labeled list
45823 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87
45824 #, no-wrap
45825 msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]"
45826 msgstr "*--kill-child*[**=**__nom_de_signal__]"
45827
45828 #. type: Plain text
45829 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
45830 msgid ""
45831 "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child "
45832 "process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing "
45833 "of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults "
45834 "to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
45835 msgstr ""
45836 "À la fin de *unshare*, envoyer un _nom_signal_ au processus enfant forké. "
45837 "Combiné avec *--pid*, cela permet une extinction aisée et fiable de l’arbre "
45838 "entier de processus sous *unshare*. S’il n’est pas donné, _nom_signal_ est "
45839 "par défaut *SIGKILL*. Cela suppose *--fork*."
45840
45841 #. type: Labeled list
45842 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90
45843 #, no-wrap
45844 msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]"
45845 msgstr "*--mount-proc*[**=**__point_de_montage__]"
45846
45847 #. type: Plain text
45848 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
45849 msgid ""
45850 "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ "
45851 "(default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It "
45852 "also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would "
45853 "otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem "
45854 "is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
45855 msgstr ""
45856 "Juste avant d’exécuter le programme, monter le système de fichiers proc sur "
45857 "_point_de_montage_ (_/proc_ par défaut). C’est utile lors de la création "
45858 "d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Cela implique aussi la création d’un nouvel "
45859 "espace de noms montage, sinon le montage de _/proc_ perturberait les "
45860 "programmes existants sur le système. Le nouveau système de fichiers proc est "
45861 "explicitement monté comme privé (par *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
45862
45863 #. type: Labeled list
45864 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93
45865 #, no-wrap
45866 msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
45867 msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nom__"
45868
45869 #. type: Plain text
45870 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
45871 msgid ""
45872 "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to "
45873 "_uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
45874 "precedence. This option implies *--user*."
45875 msgstr ""
45876 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des utilisateurs "
45877 "actuels soient mappés à _uid_. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs fois, "
45878 "la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option implique *--user*."
45879
45880 #. type: Labeled list
45881 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96
45882 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45883 #| msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
45884 msgid "**--map-users=**__inneruid:outeruid:count__|**auto**"
45885 msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nom__"
45886
45887 #. type: Plain text
45888 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
45889 msgid ""
45890 "Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning "
45891 "at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at "
45892 "_inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of "
45893 "user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a "
45894 "\"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest "
45895 "user ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map "
45896 "the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ "
45897 "to a block starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple "
45898 "times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
45899 msgstr ""
45900
45901 #. type: Plain text
45902 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:100
45903 msgid ""
45904 "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated "
45905 "argument of the form _outeruid,inneruid,count_ but that format is now "
45906 "deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/uid_map_ "
45907 "and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
45908 msgstr ""
45909
45910 #. type: Labeled list
45911 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
45912 #, no-wrap
45913 msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
45914 msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"
45915
45916 #. type: Plain text
45917 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:103
45918 msgid ""
45919 "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to "
45920 "_gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
45921 "precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
45922 msgstr ""
45923 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des groupes "
45924 "actuels soient mappés à _gid_. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs fois, "
45925 "la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option suppose *--setgroups=deny* et "
45926 "*--user*."
45927
45928 #. type: Labeled list
45929 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
45930 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45931 #| msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
45932 msgid "**--map-groups=**__innergid:outergid:count__|**auto**"
45933 msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"
45934
45935 #. type: Plain text
45936 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:106
45937 msgid ""
45938 "Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning "
45939 "at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at "
45940 "_innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of "
45941 "group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a "
45942 "\"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest "
45943 "group ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map "
45944 "the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ "
45945 "to a block starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple "
45946 "times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
45947 msgstr ""
45948
45949 #. type: Plain text
45950 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108
45951 msgid ""
45952 "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated "
45953 "argument of the form _outergid,innergid,count_ but that format is now "
45954 "deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/gid_map_ "
45955 "and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
45956 msgstr ""
45957
45958 #. type: Labeled list
45959 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:109
45960 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45961 #| msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
45962 msgid "**--map-auto**"
45963 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
45964
45965 #. type: Plain text
45966 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:111
45967 msgid ""
45968 "Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/"
45969 "subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the "
45970 "first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to "
45971 "a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common "
45972 "case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the "
45973 "whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--"
45974 "map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
45975 msgstr ""
45976
45977 #. type: Labeled list
45978 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:112
45979 #, no-wrap
45980 msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
45981 msgstr "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
45982
45983 #. type: Plain text
45984 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:114
45985 msgid ""
45986 "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
45987 "been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
45988 "namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed "
45989 "to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
45990 "configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in "
45991 "the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience "
45992 "feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping "
45993 "multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and "
45994 "*--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
45995 msgstr ""
45996 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les identifiants d’utilisateur et "
45997 "de groupe effectifs ont été mis en correspondance avec les UID et GID du "
45998 "superutilisateur dans l’espace de noms utilisateur nouvellement créé. Cela "
45999 "permet d’obtenir facilement les capacités nécessaires pour gérer divers "
46000 "aspects des espaces de noms nouvellement créés (comme la configuration "
46001 "d’interfaces dans l’espace de noms réseau ou le montage des systèmes de "
46002 "fichiers dans l’espace de noms montage) même lors d’une exécution ordinaire. "
46003 "En tant que fonctionnalité surtout pratique, elle ne permet pas des cas "
46004 "d’utilisation plus sophistiqués comme la mise en correspondance de plusieurs "
46005 "intervalles d’UID et GID. Cette option implique *--setgroups=deny* et *--"
46006 "user*. Cette option est équivalente à *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
46007
46008 #. type: Labeled list
46009 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:115
46010 #, no-wrap
46011 msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
46012 msgstr "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
46013
46014 #. type: Plain text
46015 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:117
46016 msgid ""
46017 "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
46018 "been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
46019 "This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is "
46020 "equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
46021 msgstr ""
46022 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des utilisateurs "
46023 "et des groupes actuels sont mappés aux mêmes UID et GID dans l’espace de "
46024 "noms nouvellement créé. Cette option suppose *--setgroups=deny* et *--user*. "
46025 "Cette option est équivalente à *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
46026
46027 #. type: Labeled list
46028 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:118
46029 #, no-wrap
46030 msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
46031 msgstr "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
46032
46033 #. type: Plain text
46034 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:120
46035 msgid ""
46036 "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The "
46037 "default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable "
46038 "this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored "
46039 "when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
46040 msgstr ""
46041 "De manière récursive, régler le drapeau de propagation de montage dans le "
46042 "nouvel espace de noms montage. Le comportement par défaut est de régler la "
46043 "propagation à _private_. Il est possible de désactiver cette caractéristique "
46044 "avec l’argument *unchanged*. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement quand "
46045 "l’espace de noms montage (*--mount*) n’est pas nécessaire."
46046
46047 #. type: Labeled list
46048 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
46049 #, no-wrap
46050 msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
46051 msgstr "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
46052
46053 #. type: Plain text
46054 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:123
46055 msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace."
46056 msgstr ""
46057 "Permettre ou interdire l’appel système *setgroups*(2) dans les espaces de "
46058 "noms utilisateur."
46059
46060 #. type: Plain text
46061 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125
46062 msgid ""
46063 "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have "
46064 "*CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel "
46065 "gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/"
46066 "**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when "
46067 "*setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map "
46068 "becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is "
46069 "permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
46070 msgstr ""
46071 "Pour pouvoir appeler *setgroups*(2), le processus appelant doit au moins "
46072 "avoir CAP_SETGID. Mais depuis Linux 3.19, une restriction supplémentaire est "
46073 "appliquée : le noyau accorde la permission à l’appel *setgroups*(2) "
46074 "seulement après que le mappage de GID (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) a été "
46075 "réglé. La carte de correspondances de GID peut être écrite par le "
46076 "superutilisateur quand *setgroups*(2) est activé (c'est-à-dire, *allow*, le "
46077 "comportement par défaut), et la carte de GID peut être écrite par des "
46078 "processus normaux quand *setgroups*(2) est désactivé de façon permanente "
46079 "(avec *deny*)."
46080
46081 #. type: Labeled list
46082 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:126
46083 #, no-wrap
46084 msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
46085 msgstr "*-R*, **--root=**__répertoire__"
46086
46087 #. type: Plain text
46088 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128
46089 msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_."
46090 msgstr "Exécuter la commande avec le répertoire racine défini à _répertoire_."
46091
46092 #. type: Labeled list
46093 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:129
46094 #, no-wrap
46095 msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
46096 msgstr "*-w*, **--wd=**__répertoire__"
46097
46098 #. type: Plain text
46099 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131
46100 msgid "change working directory to _dir_."
46101 msgstr "Changer le répertoire de travail à _répertoire_."
46102
46103 #. type: Plain text
46104 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134
46105 msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace."
46106 msgstr ""
46107 "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
46108 "saisi."
46109
46110 #. type: Plain text
46111 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137
46112 msgid ""
46113 "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
46114 "supplementary groups."
46115 msgstr ""
46116 "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms saisi "
46117 "et abandonner les autres groupes."
46118
46119 #. type: Labeled list
46120 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:138
46121 #, no-wrap
46122 msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_"
46123 msgstr "*--monotonic* _décalage_"
46124
46125 #. type: Plain text
46126 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:140
46127 msgid ""
46128 "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time "
46129 "namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
46130 msgstr ""
46131 "Régler le décalage de *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
46132 "noms temps saisi. Cette option nécessite de ne plus partager un espace de "
46133 "noms temps avec *--time*."
46134
46135 #. type: Labeled list
46136 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:141
46137 #, no-wrap
46138 msgid "*--boottime* _offset_"
46139 msgstr "*--boottime* _décalage_"
46140
46141 #. type: Plain text
46142 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:143
46143 msgid ""
46144 "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time "
46145 "namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
46146 msgstr ""
46147 "Régler le décalage de *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
46148 "noms temps saisi. Cette option nécessite de ne plus partager un espace de "
46149 "noms temps avec *--time*."
46150
46151 #. type: Plain text
46152 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:149
46153 #, fuzzy
46154 #| msgid ""
46155 #| "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have "
46156 #| "to be restricted so that a less privileged user can not get more access "
46157 #| "to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short "
46158 #| "the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
46159 msgid ""
46160 "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to "
46161 "be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to "
46162 "sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the "
46163 "rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
46164 msgstr ""
46165 "Les systèmes de fichiers proc et sysfs montés comme racine dans un espace de "
46166 "noms utilisateur doivent être restreints de façon qu’un utilisateur moins "
46167 "privilégié ne puisse avoir davantage d’accès aux fichiers sensibles qu’un "
46168 "utilisateur plus privilégié aurait rendus indisponibles. En bref, la règle "
46169 "pour proc et sysfs est aussi près que possible d’un montage lié."
46170
46171 #. type: Plain text
46172 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:153
46173 #, fuzzy
46174 #| msgid ""
46175 #| "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure "
46176 #| "that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the "
46177 #| "first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option "
46178 #| "ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and "
46179 #| "that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information "
46180 #| "corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink* command "
46181 #| "terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
46182 msgid ""
46183 "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that "
46184 "the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first "
46185 "process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that "
46186 "a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new "
46187 "*proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to "
46188 "the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new "
46189 "namespaces are automatically torn down."
46190 msgstr ""
46191 "La commande suivante crée un espace de noms PID, en utilisant *--fork* pour "
46192 "garantir que l’exécution de la commande est réalisée dans un processus "
46193 "enfant qui (étant le premier processus dans l’espace de noms) a le PID 1. "
46194 "L’option *--mount-proc* assure que le nouvel espace de noms montage est "
46195 "aussi créé simultanément et qu’un nouveau système de fichiers *proc*(5) est "
46196 "monté contenant une information correspondant au nouvel espace de noms PID. "
46197 "Quand la commande *readlink* se termine, les nouveaux espaces de noms sont "
46198 "automatiquement détruits."
46199
46200 #. type: delimited block .
46201 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:157
46202 #, no-wrap
46203 msgid ""
46204 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
46205 "1\n"
46206 msgstr ""
46207 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
46208 "1\n"
46209
46210 #. type: Plain text
46211 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:160
46212 msgid ""
46213 "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
46214 "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
46215 msgstr ""
46216 "En tant qu’utilisateur ordinaire, créer un nouvel espace de noms où les "
46217 "accréditations sont mappées à l’ID racine à l’intérieur de l’espace de noms :"
46218
46219 #. type: delimited block .
46220 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:170
46221 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46222 #| msgid ""
46223 #| "$ id -u; id -g\n"
46224 #| "1000\n"
46225 #| "1000\n"
46226 #| "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
46227 #| "        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
46228 #| "root\n"
46229 #| "         0       1000          1\n"
46230 #| "         0       1000          1\n"
46231 msgid ""
46232 "$ id -u; id -g\n"
46233 "1000\n"
46234 "1000\n"
46235 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
46236 "        sh -c 'whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map'\n"
46237 "root\n"
46238 "         0       1000          1\n"
46239 "         0       1000          1\n"
46240 msgstr ""
46241 "$ id -u; id -g\n"
46242 "1000\n"
46243 "1000\n"
46244 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
46245 "        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
46246 "root\n"
46247 "         0       1000          1\n"
46248 "         0       1000          1\n"
46249
46250 #. type: Plain text
46251 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:173
46252 msgid ""
46253 "As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs "
46254 "are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside "
46255 "the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in "
46256 "*subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file "
46257 "with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are "
46258 "shown:"
46259 msgstr ""
46260
46261 #. type: delimited block .
46262 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:191
46263 #, no-wrap
46264 msgid ""
46265 "$ id -u\n"
46266 "1000\n"
46267 "$ cat /etc/subuid\n"
46268 "1000:100000:65536\n"
46269 "$ unshare --user --map-auto --map-root-user\n"
46270 "# id -u\n"
46271 "0\n"
46272 "# cat /proc/self/uid_map\n"
46273 "         0       1000          1\n"
46274 "         1     100000      65535\n"
46275 "# touch file; chown 1:1 file\n"
46276 "# ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
46277 "-rw-r--r-- 1 1 1 0  file\n"
46278 "# exit\n"
46279 "$ ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
46280 "-rw-r--r-- 1 100000 100000 0  file\n"
46281 msgstr ""
46282
46283 #. type: Plain text
46284 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:194
46285 msgid ""
46286 "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace "
46287 "and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then "
46288 "entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this "
46289 "step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the "
46290 "namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. "
46291 "The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
46292 msgstr ""
46293 "La première des commandes suivantes crée un nouvel espace de noms UTS "
46294 "persistant et modifie le nom d’hôte tel que vu dans cet espace de noms. "
46295 "L’espace de noms est alors saisi avec *nsenter*(1) dans le but d’afficher le "
46296 "nom d’hôte modifié. Cette étape montre que l’espace de noms UTS continue "
46297 "d’exister même si l’espace de noms n’a pas de processus membre après que la "
46298 "commande *unshare* ait terminé. L’espace de noms est alors détruit en "
46299 "retirant le montage lié."
46300
46301 #. type: delimited block .
46302 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:201
46303 #, no-wrap
46304 msgid ""
46305 "# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
46306 "# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n"
46307 "# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
46308 "FOO\n"
46309 "# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
46310 msgstr ""
46311 "# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
46312 "# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname TOTO\n"
46313 "# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
46314 "TOTO\n"
46315 "# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
46316
46317 #. type: Plain text
46318 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:204
46319 msgid ""
46320 "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by "
46321 "the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation "
46322 "of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is "
46323 "made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
46324 msgstr ""
46325 "Les commandes suivantes établissent un espace de noms montage permanent "
46326 "référencé par le montage lié _/root/namespaces/mnt_. Dans le but d’assurer "
46327 "que la création de ce montage lié soit une réussite, le répertoire parent (_/"
46328 "root/namespaces_) est transformé en montage lié dont le type de propagation "
46329 "n’est pas *shared*."
46330
46331 #. type: delimited block .
46332 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:210
46333 #, no-wrap
46334 msgid ""
46335 "# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
46336 "# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
46337 "# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
46338 "# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
46339 msgstr ""
46340 "# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
46341 "# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
46342 "# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
46343 "# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
46344
46345 #. type: Plain text
46346 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:213
46347 msgid ""
46348 "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when "
46349 "creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, "
46350 "all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
46351 msgstr ""
46352 "Les commandes suivantes montrent l’utilisation de l’option *--kill-child* "
46353 "lors de la création d’espace de noms PID, dans le but d’assurer que lorsque "
46354 "*unshare* est tué, tous les autres processus dans l’espace de noms PID "
46355 "soient tués."
46356
46357 #. type: delimited block .
46358 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:216
46359 #, no-wrap
46360 msgid "# set +m                # Don't print job status messages\n"
46361 msgstr ""
46362
46363 #. type: delimited block .
46364 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:224
46365 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46366 #| msgid ""
46367 #| "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
46368 #| "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
46369 #| "[1] 53479\n"
46370 #| "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
46371 #| "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
46372 #| "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
46373 #| "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
46374 msgid ""
46375 "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
46376 "       bash --norc -c '(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999' &\n"
46377 "[1] 53456\n"
46378 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
46379 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
46380 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
46381 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
46382 msgstr ""
46383 "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
46384 "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
46385 "[1] 53479\n"
46386 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
46387 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
46388 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
46389 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
46390
46391 #. type: delimited block .
46392 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:229
46393 #, no-wrap
46394 msgid ""
46395 "# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
46396 "unshare\n"
46397 "# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
46398 "# pidof sleep\n"
46399 msgstr ""
46400 "# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Montrer que le dorsal de travail est unshare(1)\n"
46401 "unshare\n"
46402 "# kill $!               # Tuer unshare(1)\n"
46403 "# pidof sleep\n"
46404
46405 #. type: Plain text
46406 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:232
46407 msgid ""
46408 "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have "
46409 "been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the "
46410 "namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all "
46411 "other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series "
46412 "of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when "
46413 "*unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
46414 msgstr ""
46415 "La commande *pidof*(1) n’affiche rien car le processus *sleep* a été tué. "
46416 "Plus précisément, quand le processus *sleep* ayant le PID 1 dans l’espace de "
46417 "noms (c'est-à-dire, le processus init de l’espace de noms) a été tué, cela a "
46418 "entrainé que tous les autres processus soient tués. En revanche, une série "
46419 "de commandes similaires où l’option *--kill-child* n’est pas utilisée montre "
46420 "que quand *unshare* se termine, les processus dans l’espace de noms PID ne "
46421 "sont pas tués :"
46422
46423 #. type: delimited block .
46424 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:241
46425 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46426 #| msgid ""
46427 #| "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
46428 #| "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
46429 #| "[1] 53479\n"
46430 #| "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
46431 #| "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
46432 #| "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
46433 #| "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
46434 msgid ""
46435 "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
46436 "       bash --norc -c '(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999' &\n"
46437 "[1] 53479\n"
46438 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
46439 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
46440 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
46441 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
46442 msgstr ""
46443 "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
46444 "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
46445 "[1] 53479\n"
46446 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
46447 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
46448 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
46449 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
46450
46451 #. type: delimited block .
46452 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:245
46453 #, no-wrap
46454 msgid ""
46455 "# kill $!\n"
46456 "# pidof sleep\n"
46457 "53482 53480\n"
46458 msgstr ""
46459 "# kill $!\n"
46460 "# pidof sleep\n"
46461 "53482 53480\n"
46462
46463 #. type: Plain text
46464 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:248
46465 msgid ""
46466 "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where "
46467 "the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
46468 msgstr ""
46469 "L’exemple suivant montre la création d’un espace de noms temps où l’horloge "
46470 "« boottime » est réglée à un point plusieurs années en arrière :"
46471
46472 #. type: delimited block .
46473 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:254
46474 #, no-wrap
46475 msgid ""
46476 "# uptime -p             # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
46477 "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
46478 "# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
46479 "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
46480 msgstr ""
46481 "# uptime -p             # Afficher le temps de fonctionnement\n"
46482 "                        # dans l’espace de noms temps initial\n"
46483 "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
46484 "# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
46485 "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
46486
46487 #. type: Plain text
46488 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:260
46489 msgid ""
46490 "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
46491 "com[Karel Zak]"
46492 msgstr ""
46493 "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
46494 "com[Karel Zak]"
46495
46496 #. type: Plain text
46497 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:269
46498 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46499 #| msgid ""
46500 #| "*clone*(2),\n"
46501 #| "*unshare*(2),\n"
46502 #| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
46503 #| "*mount*(8)\n"
46504 msgid ""
46505 "*newuidmap*(1),\n"
46506 "*newgidmap*(1),\n"
46507 "*clone*(2),\n"
46508 "*unshare*(2),\n"
46509 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
46510 "*mount*(8)\n"
46511 msgstr ""
46512 "*clone*(2),\n"
46513 "*unshare*(2),\n"
46514 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
46515 "*mount*(8)\n"
46516
46517 #. type: Title =
46518 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2
46519 #, no-wrap
46520 msgid "wdctl(8)"
46521 msgstr "wdctl(8)"
46522
46523 #. type: Plain text
46524 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12
46525 msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
46526 msgstr "wdctl - Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel"
46527
46528 #. type: Plain text
46529 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16
46530 #, no-wrap
46531 msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n"
46532 msgstr "*wdctl* [options] [_périphérique_...]\n"
46533
46534 #. type: Plain text
46535 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
46536 msgid ""
46537 "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If "
46538 "more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
46539 "line."
46540 msgstr ""
46541 "Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel. Le périphérique par défaut est _/dev/"
46542 "watchdog_. Si plus d’un _périphérique_ est indiqué, alors la sortie est "
46543 "séparée par une ligne vide."
46544
46545 #. type: Plain text
46546 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
46547 msgid ""
46548 "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
46549 "device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
46550 "supported features (flags) might be missing."
46551 msgstr ""
46552 "Si le périphérique est déjà utilisé ou si l’utilisateur n’a pas la "
46553 "permission de lire dans ce périphérique, alors *wdctl* lit les données de "
46554 "sysfs. Dans ce cas, les informations sur les fonctionnalités (attributs) "
46555 "prises en charge peuvent être absentes."
46556
46557 #. type: Plain text
46558 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
46559 msgid ""
46560 "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
46561 msgstr ""
46562 "Remarquez que le nombre de fonctionnalités watchdog prises en charge est "
46563 "spécifique au matériel."
46564
46565 #. type: Labeled list
46566 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27
46567 #, no-wrap
46568 msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
46569 msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _liste_"
46570
46571 #. type: Plain text
46572 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29
46573 msgid "Print only the specified flags."
46574 msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."
46575
46576 #. type: Labeled list
46577 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30
46578 #, no-wrap
46579 msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*"
46580 msgstr "*-F*, *--noflags*"
46581
46582 #. type: Plain text
46583 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32
46584 msgid "Do not print information about flags."
46585 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de renseignements sur les attributs."
46586
46587 #. type: Labeled list
46588 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33
46589 #, no-wrap
46590 msgid "*-I*, *--noident*"
46591 msgstr "*-I*, *--noident*"
46592
46593 #. type: Plain text
46594 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35
46595 msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
46596 msgstr "Ne pas afficher les renseignements d’identité du watchdog."
46597
46598 #. type: Plain text
46599 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38
46600 msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
46601 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête pour le tableau d’attributs."
46602
46603 #. type: Plain text
46604 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
46605 msgid ""
46606 "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
46607 "arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get "
46608 "list of all supported columns."
46609 msgstr ""
46610 "Définir les colonnes à utiliser dans le tableau d’attributs du watchdog. Si "
46611 "aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est "
46612 "utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes "
46613 "gérées."
46614
46615 #. type: Labeled list
46616 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42
46617 #, no-wrap
46618 msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*"
46619 msgstr "*-O*, *--oneline*"
46620
46621 #. type: Plain text
46622 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
46623 msgid ""
46624 "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
46625 msgstr ""
46626 "Afficher tous les renseignements voulus sur une ligne au format de sortie "
46627 "clef=\"valeur\"."
46628
46629 #. type: Labeled list
46630 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
46631 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46632 #| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
46633 msgid "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _seconds_"
46634 msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _secondes_"
46635
46636 #. type: Plain text
46637 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
46638 msgid ""
46639 "Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a "
46640 "notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur "
46641 "in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is "
46642 "handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or "
46643 "by **--setpregovernor**."
46644 msgstr ""
46645
46646 #. type: Labeled list
46647 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
46648 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46649 #| msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
46650 msgid "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _governor_"
46651 msgstr "*-n*, *--server* _serveur_"
46652
46653 #. type: Plain text
46654 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
46655 msgid ""
46656 "Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** "
46657 "output."
46658 msgstr ""
46659
46660 #. type: Labeled list
46661 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
46662 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46663 #| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
46664 msgid "*-s*, *--settimeout* _seconds_"
46665 msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _secondes_"
46666
46667 #. type: Plain text
46668 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59
46669 msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
46670 msgstr "Définir l'expiration du watchdog en seconde."
46671
46672 #. type: Labeled list
46673 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60
46674 #, no-wrap
46675 msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
46676 msgstr "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
46677
46678 #. type: Plain text
46679 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62
46680 msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
46681 msgstr "Ne pas afficher les expirations du watchdog."
46682
46683 #. type: Labeled list
46684 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63
46685 #, no-wrap
46686 msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
46687 msgstr "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
46688
46689 #. type: Plain text
46690 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:65
46691 msgid "Same as *-I -T*."
46692 msgstr "Identique à *-I -T*."
46693
46694 #. type: Plain text
46695 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72
46696 msgid ""
46697 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
46698 "Poettering]"
46699 msgstr ""
46700 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
46701 "Poettering]"
46702
46703 #. type: Title =
46704 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
46705 #, no-wrap
46706 msgid "zramctl(8)"
46707 msgstr "zramctl(8)"
46708
46709 #. type: Plain text
46710 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12
46711 #, fuzzy
46712 #| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
46713 msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
46714 msgstr "losetup - Mettre en place et contrôler des périphériques boucle"
46715
46716 #. type: Labeled list
46717 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15
46718 #, no-wrap
46719 msgid "Get info: "
46720 msgstr "Obtenir des informations : "
46721
46722 #. type: Plain text
46723 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18
46724 #, no-wrap
46725 msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n"
46726 msgstr "*zramctl* [options]\n"
46727
46728 #. type: Labeled list
46729 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19
46730 #, no-wrap
46731 msgid "Reset zram: "
46732 msgstr ""
46733
46734 #. type: Plain text
46735 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22
46736 #, no-wrap
46737 msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n"
46738 msgstr ""
46739
46740 #. type: Labeled list
46741 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23
46742 #, no-wrap
46743 msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: "
46744 msgstr ""
46745
46746 #. type: Plain text
46747 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26
46748 #, no-wrap
46749 msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
46750 msgstr "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
46751
46752 #. type: Labeled list
46753 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27
46754 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46755 #| msgid "Set up a loop device:"
46756 msgid "Set up a zram device: "
46757 msgstr "Mettre en place un périphérique boucle :"
46758
46759 #. type: Plain text
46760 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
46761 #, no-wrap
46762 msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n"
46763 msgstr ""
46764
46765 #. type: Plain text
46766 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
46767 #, no-wrap
46768 msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n"
46769 msgstr ""
46770
46771 #. type: Plain text
46772 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36
46773 msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
46774 msgstr ""
46775
46776 #. type: Plain text
46777 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
46778 msgid ""
46779 "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The "
46780 "command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* "
46781 "option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/"
46782 "zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
46783 msgstr ""
46784
46785 #. type: Labeled list
46786 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
46787 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46788 #| msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
46789 msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
46790 msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
46791
46792 #. type: Plain text
46793 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
46794 msgid ""
46795 "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
46796 "device."
46797 msgstr ""
46798
46799 #. type: Labeled list
46800 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:44
46801 #, no-wrap
46802 msgid "*-f*, *--find*"
46803 msgstr "*-f*, *--find*"
46804
46805 #. type: Plain text
46806 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
46807 #, fuzzy
46808 #| msgid ""
46809 #| "Find the first unused loop device.  If a I<file> argument is present, use "
46810 #| "the found device as loop device.  Otherwise, just print its name."
46811 msgid ""
46812 "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then "
46813 "initialize the device."
46814 msgstr ""
46815 "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
46816 "I<fichier> est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un périphérique "
46817 "boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."
46818
46819 #. type: Plain text
46820 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
46821 #, fuzzy
46822 #| msgid ""
46823 #| "Define the output columns to use.  If no output arrangement is specified, "
46824 #| "then a default set is used.  Use B<--help> to get a list of all supported "
46825 #| "columns."
46826 msgid ""
46827 "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
46828 "specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
46829 "supported columns."
46830 msgstr ""
46831 "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
46832 "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour "
46833 "obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."
46834
46835 #. type: Plain text
46836 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58
46837 #, fuzzy
46838 #| msgid "Use JSON format for B<--list> output."
46839 msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
46840 msgstr "Utiliser le format JSON pour l'affichage B<--list>."
46841
46842 #. type: Plain text
46843 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
46844 msgid ""
46845 "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
46846 "be changed only after a reset."
46847 msgstr ""
46848
46849 #. type: Labeled list
46850 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:62
46851 #, no-wrap
46852 msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
46853 msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _taille_"
46854
46855 #. type: Plain text
46856 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
46857 msgid ""
46858 "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to "
46859 "memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, "
46860 "it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
46861 "the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
46862 msgstr ""
46863
46864 #. type: Plain text
46865 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
46866 #, fuzzy
46867 #| msgid ""
46868 #| "Below, the I<size> argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
46869 #| "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
46870 #| "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
46871 #| "\"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
46872 #| "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
46873 msgid ""
46874 "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
46875 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
46876 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
46877 "suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
46878 "YB."
46879 msgstr ""
46880 "L’argument _taille_ ci-dessous peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs "
46881 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiO, TiO, PiO, EiO, ZiO et YiO (la "
46882 "partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
46883 "des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GO, TO, PO, EO, ZO et YO."
46884
46885 #. type: Labeled list
46886 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:67
46887 #, no-wrap
46888 msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_"
46889 msgstr "*-t*, *--streams* _nombre_"
46890
46891 #. type: Plain text
46892 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
46893 msgid ""
46894 "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
46895 "device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
46896 "4.6."
46897 msgstr ""
46898
46899 #. type: Plain text
46900 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:75
46901 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46902 #| msgid "B<switch_root> returns 0 on success and 1 on failure."
46903 msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n"
46904 msgstr "B<switch_root> renvoie B<0> en cas de réussite et B<1> en cas d'échec."
46905
46906 #. type: Labeled list
46907 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:78
46908 #, no-wrap
46909 msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
46910 msgstr "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
46911
46912 #. type: Plain text
46913 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80
46914 #, fuzzy
46915 #| msgid "loop block devices"
46916 msgid "zram block devices"
46917 msgstr "Périphériques bloc boucle."
46918
46919 #. type: Plain text
46920 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84
46921 #, fuzzy
46922 #| msgid ""
46923 #| "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
46924 msgid ""
46925 "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
46926 "use it as swap device."
46927 msgstr ""
46928 "Les commandes suivantes sont des exemples d'utilisation du périphérique "
46929 "boucle :"
46930
46931 #. type: delimited block .
46932 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:93
46933 #, no-wrap
46934 msgid ""
46935 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
46936 " /dev/zram0\n"
46937 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
46938 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
46939 " ...\n"
46940 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
46941 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
46942 msgstr ""
46943 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
46944 " /dev/zram0\n"
46945 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
46946 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
46947 " ...\n"
46948 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
46949 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
46950
46951 #. type: Plain text
46952 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99
46953 msgid ""
46954 "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
46955 "Zak]"
46956 msgstr ""
46957 "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
46958 "Zak]"
46959
46960 #. type: Plain text
46961 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103
46962 #, fuzzy
46963 #| msgid ""
46964 #| "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
46965 #| "Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
46966 msgid ""
46967 "link:https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.html[Linux kernel "
46968 "documentation]"
46969 msgstr ""
46970 "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
46971 "Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Documentation du noyau Linux]"
46972
46973 #. type: Title =
46974 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2
46975 #, no-wrap
46976 msgid "agetty(8)"
46977 msgstr "agetty(8)"
46978
46979 #. type: Plain text
46980 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12
46981 msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
46982 msgstr "agetty - getty alternatif pour Linux"
46983
46984 #. type: Plain text
46985 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16
46986 #, no-wrap
46987 msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n"
46988 msgstr "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_taux_baud_...] [_term_]\n"
46989
46990 #. type: Plain text
46991 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
46992 #, no-wrap
46993 msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
46994 msgstr "*agetty* ouvre un port de terminal, demande un nom d'utilisateur, puis appelle la commande _/bin/login_. Il est normalement appelé par *init*(8).\n"
46995
46996 #. type: Plain text
46997 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
46998 #, no-wrap
46999 msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
47000 msgstr "*agetty* a plusieurs fonctionnalités _non normalisées_ qui sont utiles pour les lignes série et modem:\n"
47001
47002 #. type: Plain text
47003 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
47004 msgid ""
47005 "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
47006 "uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
47007 "bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
47008 "with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
47009 "(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
47010 "line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
47011 msgstr ""
47012 "Adapter la configuration du terminal aux bits de parité et aux caractères "
47013 "supprimer, tuer, fin de ligne et majuscules lors de la lecture de "
47014 "l'identifiant de connexion. Le programme peut gérer les caractères 7 bits "
47015 "avec une parité paire, impaire, aucune ou parité 0 et les caractères 8 bits "
47016 "sans parité. Les caractères spéciaux suivants sont reconnus : « Ctrl-"
47017 "U » (tuer) ; suppression et espace arrière (supprimer) ; retour chariot et "
47018 "changement de ligne (fin de ligne). Consultez également les options *--erase-"
47019 "chars* et *--kill-chars*."
47020
47021 #. type: Plain text
47022 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
47023 msgid ""
47024 "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
47025 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
47026 msgstr ""
47027 "Option pour trouver la vitesse en baud des messages CONNECT produits par les "
47028 "modems Hayes™ ou compatibles."
47029
47030 #. type: Plain text
47031 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
47032 msgid ""
47033 "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
47034 "for call-back applications)."
47035 msgstr ""
47036 "Option pour ne pas raccrocher quand il y a déjà une ligne ouverte (utile "
47037 "pour les applications avec rappel)."
47038
47039 #. type: Plain text
47040 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
47041 msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file."
47042 msgstr "Option pour ne pas afficher le contenu du fichier _/etc/issue_."
47043
47044 #. type: Plain text
47045 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
47046 msgid ""
47047 "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/"
47048 "etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
47049 msgstr ""
47050 "Option pour afficher un autre fichier ou répertoire _issue_ à la place de _/"
47051 "etc/issue_ ou _/etc/issue.d_."
47052
47053 #. type: Plain text
47054 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
47055 msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
47056 msgstr "Option pour ne pas demander de nom d'utilisateur."
47057
47058 #. type: Plain text
47059 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
47060 msgid ""
47061 "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
47062 msgstr ""
47063 "Option pour appeler un programme de connexion non standard au lieu de _/bin/"
47064 "login_."
47065
47066 #. type: Plain text
47067 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
47068 msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
47069 msgstr "Option pour activer le contrôle matériel de flux."
47070
47071 #. type: Plain text
47072 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
47073 msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
47074 msgstr ""
47075 "Option pour forcer la ligne à être locale sans nécessité de détection de "
47076 "porteuse."
47077
47078 #. type: Plain text
47079 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
47080 msgid ""
47081 "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ "
47082 "(SunOS 4) files."
47083 msgstr ""
47084 "Ce programme n'utilise pas les fichiers _/etc/gettydefs_ (Système V) ou _/"
47085 "etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4)."
47086
47087 #. type: Labeled list
47088 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
47089 #, no-wrap
47090 msgid "_port_"
47091 msgstr "_port_"
47092
47093 #. type: Plain text
47094 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
47095 msgid ""
47096 "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
47097 "*agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
47098 "and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
47099 msgstr ""
47100 "Un nom de chemin relatif au répertoire _/dev_. Si un « *-* » est utilisé, "
47101 "*agetty* suppose que son entrée standard est déjà connectée à un port de "
47102 "terminal et que la connexion à un utilisateur distant est déjà établie."
47103
47104 #. type: Plain text
47105 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
47106 msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
47107 msgstr ""
47108 "Sous Système V, un paramètre *port* avec la valeur « *-* » doit être précédé "
47109 "de « *--* »."
47110
47111 #. type: Labeled list
47112 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
47113 #, no-wrap
47114 msgid "_baud_rate_,..."
47115 msgstr "_taux_baud_,..."
47116
47117 #. type: Plain text
47118 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
47119 msgid ""
47120 "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* "
47121 "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
47122 "if it were circular."
47123 msgstr ""
47124 "Une liste de vitesses en baud séparées par des virgules. Chaque fois que "
47125 "*agetty* reçoit un caractère BREAK, il avance dans la liste qui sera "
47126 "considérée comme une liste circulaire."
47127
47128 #. type: Plain text
47129 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
47130 msgid ""
47131 "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
47132 "character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
47133 msgstr ""
47134 "Les vitesses devraient être indiquées en ordre décroissant, de telle sorte "
47135 "que l’octet NULL final (Ctrl-@) puisse être utilisé pour changer de vitesse."
47136
47137 #. type: Plain text
47138 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
47139 msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*."
47140 msgstr "Cet argument est facultatif et inutile pour les *terminaux virtuels*."
47141
47142 #. type: Plain text
47143 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
47144 msgid ""
47145 "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--"
47146 "keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
47147 msgstr ""
47148 "La valeur par défaut pour les *terminaux série* est de conserver la vitesse "
47149 "actuelle (consultez *--keep-baud*) et en cas d’insuccès, la valeur par "
47150 "défaut « 9600 »."
47151
47152 #. type: Labeled list
47153 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51
47154 #, no-wrap
47155 msgid "_term_"
47156 msgstr "_term_"
47157
47158 #. type: Plain text
47159 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
47160 msgid ""
47161 "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides "
47162 "whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
47163 msgstr ""
47164 "La valeur à utiliser pour la variable d'environnement *TERM*. Cela surcharge "
47165 "toute valeur positionnée par *init*(1) et est héritée par la connexion et "
47166 "l'interpréteur de commandes."
47167
47168 #. type: Plain text
47169 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
47170 msgid ""
47171 "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
47172 "'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
47173 msgstr ""
47174 "La valeur par défaut est « vt100 » ou « linux » pour Linux sur un terminal "
47175 "virtuel ou « hurd » pour le GNU Hurd sur un terminal virtuel."
47176
47177 #. type: Labeled list
47178 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58
47179 #, no-wrap
47180 msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*"
47181 msgstr "*-8*, *--8bits*"
47182
47183 #. type: Plain text
47184 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60
47185 msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
47186 msgstr ""
47187 "Supposer que le terminal gère les caractères 8 bits, désactiver de ce fait "
47188 "la détection de parité."
47189
47190 #. type: Labeled list
47191 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61
47192 #, no-wrap
47193 msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_"
47194 msgstr "*-a*, *--autologin* _nom_utilisateur_"
47195
47196 #. type: Plain text
47197 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
47198 msgid ""
47199 "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
47200 "password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to "
47201 "be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can "
47202 "be used to modify this option's behavior."
47203 msgstr ""
47204 "Connecter automatiquement l’utilisateur indiqué sans demander un identifiant "
47205 "ou un mot de passe. Utiliser cette option fait que l’option et l’argument *-"
47206 "f* _nom_utilisateur_ sont ajoutés à la ligne de commande de _/bin/login_. "
47207 "Consultez *--login-options* qui peut être utilisée pour modifier le "
47208 "comportement de cette option."
47209
47210 #. type: Plain text
47211 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
47212 msgid ""
47213 "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the "
47214 "serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and "
47215 "it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
47216 msgstr ""
47217 "Remarquez que *--autologin* peut affecter la façon dont *agetty* initialise "
47218 "une ligne série, car lors d’une connexion automatique *agetty* ne lit pas à "
47219 "partir de la ligne et n’a aucune opportunité d’optimisation des réglages de "
47220 "la ligne."
47221
47222 #. type: Labeled list
47223 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66
47224 #, no-wrap
47225 msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*"
47226 msgstr "*-c*, *--noreset*"
47227
47228 #. type: Plain text
47229 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
47230 msgid ""
47231 "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more "
47232 "details."
47233 msgstr ""
47234 "Ne pas réinitialiser les cflags du terminal (modes de contrôle). Consultez "
47235 "*termios*(3) pour plus de précisions."
47236
47237 #. type: Labeled list
47238 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69
47239 #, no-wrap
47240 msgid "*-E*, *--remote*"
47241 msgstr "*-E*, *--remote*"
47242
47243 #. type: Plain text
47244 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
47245 msgid ""
47246 "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
47247 "something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it "
47248 "is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, "
47249 "*login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
47250 msgstr ""
47251 "Classiquement, la commande *login*(1) est fournie avec un non d’hôte distant "
47252 "lorsqu’elle est appelée par quelque chose comme *telnetd*(8). Cette option "
47253 "permet à *agetty* de passer ce qu’il utilise comme nom d’hôte à *login*(1) "
47254 "pour une utilisation dans *utmp*(5). Consultez *--host*, *login*(1) et "
47255 "*utmp*(5)."
47256
47257 #. type: Plain text
47258 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
47259 msgid ""
47260 "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option "
47261 "and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
47262 msgstr ""
47263 "Si une option *--host* _hôte_factice_ est donnée, alors une option *-h* "
47264 "_hôte_factice_ est ajoutée à la ligne de commande _/bin/login_."
47265
47266 #. type: Plain text
47267 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
47268 msgid ""
47269 "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */"
47270 "bin/login* command line."
47271 msgstr ""
47272 "Si l’option *--nohostname* est fournie, alors une option *-H* est ajoutée à "
47273 "la ligne de commande _/bin/login_."
47274
47275 #. type: Plain text
47276 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77
47277 msgid "See *--login-options*."
47278 msgstr "Consultez *--login-options*."
47279
47280 #. type: Labeled list
47281 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78
47282 #, no-wrap
47283 msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
47284 msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _chemin_"
47285
47286 #. type: Plain text
47287 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
47288 #, fuzzy
47289 #| msgid ""
47290 #| "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
47291 #| "instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories "
47292 #| "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the "
47293 #| "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
47294 #| "extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom "
47295 #| "messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option "
47296 #| "will override this option."
47297 msgid ""
47298 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
47299 "instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are "
47300 "displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
47301 "path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in "
47302 "version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
47303 "displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this "
47304 "option."
47305 msgstr ""
47306 "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à afficher "
47307 "au lieu de _/etc/issue_ (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et répertoires sont "
47308 "affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés silencieusement. Si "
47309 "le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses fichiers avec "
47310 "l’extension .issue sont affichés triés selon les versions. Cela permet "
47311 "d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des terminaux différents. L’option "
47312 "*--noissue* écrasera cette option."
47313
47314 #. type: Labeled list
47315 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
47316 #, no-wrap
47317 msgid "*--show-issue*"
47318 msgstr "*--show-issue*"
47319
47320 #. type: Plain text
47321 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
47322 #, fuzzy
47323 #| msgid ""
47324 #| "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and "
47325 #| "exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed "
47326 #| "for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or "
47327 #| "incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty "
47328 #| "command line."
47329 msgid ""
47330 "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
47331 "Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
47332 "other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
47333 "information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
47334 msgstr ""
47335 "Afficher le fichier _issue_ en cours (ou autre) sur le terminal utilisé et "
47336 "quitter. Cette option est à utiliser pour examiner le réglage en cours, elle "
47337 "n’est pas prévue pour tout autre but. Remarquez que la sortie peut utiliser "
47338 "une information par défaut ou incomplète, car la sortie correcte dépend du "
47339 "terminal et de la ligne de commande de *agetty*."
47340
47341 #. type: Labeled list
47342 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84
47343 #, no-wrap
47344 msgid "*-h, --flow-control*"
47345 msgstr "*-h, --flow-control*"
47346
47347 #. type: Plain text
47348 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
47349 msgid ""
47350 "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
47351 "disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
47352 msgstr ""
47353 "Activer le contrôle matériel de flux (RTS/CTS). L'application est libre de "
47354 "désactiver le contrôle logiciel de flux (XON/XOFF) quand elle le juge "
47355 "opportun."
47356
47357 #. type: Labeled list
47358 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
47359 #, no-wrap
47360 msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_"
47361 msgstr "*-H*, *--host* _hôte_factice_"
47362
47363 #. type: Plain text
47364 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
47365 msgid ""
47366 "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
47367 "is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and "
47368 "consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
47369 "concentrators and the like."
47370 msgstr ""
47371 "Écrire l'hôte de connexion _hôte_factice_ indiqué dans le fichier _utmp_. "
47372 "Normalement, aucun hôte de connexion n'est fourni, puisque *agetty* est "
47373 "utilisé pour les connexions filaires locales et les terminaux du système. "
47374 "Cependant, cette option peut être utile pour identifier les concentrateurs "
47375 "de terminaux et matériels similaires."
47376
47377 #. type: Labeled list
47378 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90
47379 #, no-wrap
47380 msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*"
47381 msgstr "*-i*, *--noissue*"
47382
47383 #. type: Plain text
47384 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
47385 msgid ""
47386 "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the "
47387 "login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
47388 "receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
47389 "the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
47390 msgstr ""
47391 "Ne pas afficher le contenu de _/etc/issue_ (ou autre) avant d'écrire "
47392 "l'invite de connexion. Les terminaux ou le matériel de communication peuvent "
47393 "ne pas fonctionner normalement lorsqu'ils reçoivent beaucoup de texte à une "
47394 "mauvaise vitesse ; les scripts de connexion peuvent échouer si l'invite de "
47395 "connexion est précédée par beaucoup trop de texte."
47396
47397 #. type: Labeled list
47398 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
47399 #, no-wrap
47400 msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_"
47401 msgstr "*-I*, *--init-string* _chaîne_initiale_"
47402
47403 #. type: Plain text
47404 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
47405 msgid ""
47406 "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
47407 "else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
47408 "be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For "
47409 "example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
47410 msgstr ""
47411 "Définir une _chaîne_initiale_ à envoyer au terminal ou au modem avant "
47412 "d'envoyer des données utiles. Cela peut être utilisé pour initialiser un "
47413 "modem. Les caractères non imprimables peuvent être envoyés en utilisant leur "
47414 "code octal précédé d'une barre oblique inversée (\\). Par exemple, pour "
47415 "envoyer le caractère de changement de ligne (ASCII 10, dont le code octal "
47416 "est 012), il faut envoyer « \\12 »."
47417
47418 #. type: Labeled list
47419 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
47420 #, no-wrap
47421 msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*"
47422 msgstr "*-J*, *--noclear*"
47423
47424 #. type: Plain text
47425 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
47426 msgid ""
47427 "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
47428 "screen is cleared."
47429 msgstr ""
47430 "Ne pas effacer l'écran avant de demander l'identifiant de connexion. Par "
47431 "défaut, l'écran est effacé."
47432
47433 #. type: Labeled list
47434 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99
47435 #, no-wrap
47436 msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_"
47437 msgstr "*-l*, *--login-program* _programme_connexion_"
47438
47439 #. type: Plain text
47440 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
47441 msgid ""
47442 "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
47443 "use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
47444 "for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-"
47445 "options*."
47446 msgstr ""
47447 "Appeler le programme de connexion _programme_connexion_ à la place de _/bin/"
47448 "login_. Cela permet d'utiliser un programme de connexion non standard. Un "
47449 "tel programme, par exemple, peut demander un mot de passe lors de "
47450 "l'établissement de la connexion ou utiliser un fichier de mot de passe "
47451 "différent. Consultez *--login-options*."
47452
47453 #. type: Labeled list
47454 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
47455 #, no-wrap
47456 msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
47457 msgstr "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
47458
47459 #. type: Plain text
47460 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
47461 #, fuzzy
47462 #| msgid ""
47463 #| "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is 'auto', "
47464 #| "'always' or 'never'. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default "
47465 #| "is 'always'. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the "
47466 #| "default is 'auto'."
47467 msgid ""
47468 "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, "
47469 "*always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is "
47470 "*always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default "
47471 "is *auto*."
47472 msgstr ""
47473 "Contrôler l’attribut de ligne CLOCAL. L’argument facultatif _mode_ est "
47474 "_auto_, _always_ ou _never_. En l'absence d’argument _mode_, la valeur par "
47475 "défaut est _always_. Si l’option *--local-line* n’est pas donnée du tout, la "
47476 "valeur par défaut est _auto_."
47477
47478 #. type: Labeled list
47479 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105
47480 #, no-wrap
47481 msgid "_always_"
47482 msgstr "_always_"
47483
47484 #. type: Plain text
47485 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
47486 msgid ""
47487 "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
47488 "be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
47489 "does not set the carrier-detect signal."
47490 msgstr ""
47491 "Le _mode_ _always_ force la ligne à être une ligne locale sans détection de "
47492 "porteuse. C'est utile pour un terminal connecté localement dont la ligne "
47493 "série n’utilise pas le signal « détection de porteuse »."
47494
47495 #. type: Labeled list
47496 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
47497 #, no-wrap
47498 msgid "_never_"
47499 msgstr "_never_"
47500
47501 #. type: Plain text
47502 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
47503 msgid ""
47504 "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
47505 "detect signal is expected on the line."
47506 msgstr ""
47507 "Le _mode_ _never_ efface explicitement l’attribut CLOCAL de la configuration "
47508 "de la ligne et le signal « détection de porteuse » est attendu sur la ligne."
47509
47510 #. type: Labeled list
47511 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
47512 #, no-wrap
47513 msgid "_auto_"
47514 msgstr "_auto_"
47515
47516 #. type: Plain text
47517 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
47518 msgid ""
47519 "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
47520 "setting enabled by the kernel."
47521 msgstr ""
47522 "La valeur par défaut pour *agetty*. Cela ne modifie pas la configuration "
47523 "CLOCAL et suit la configuration activée par le noyau."
47524
47525 #. type: Labeled list
47526 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112
47527 #, no-wrap
47528 msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
47529 msgstr "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
47530
47531 #. type: Plain text
47532 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
47533 msgid ""
47534 "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
47535 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
47536 "\"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status "
47537 "message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on "
47538 "the command line."
47539 msgstr ""
47540 "Essayer d'extraire la vitesse depuis le message d'état CONNECT produit par "
47541 "les modems compatibles Hayes™. Ces messages d'état sont de la forme "
47542 "suivante : « <bruit><vitesse><bruit> ». *agetty* suppose que le modem envoie "
47543 "les messages d'état à la même vitesse que celle indiquée (la première) par "
47544 "_taux_baud_ sur la ligne de commande."
47545
47546 #. type: Plain text
47547 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
47548 msgid ""
47549 "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
47550 "still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
47551 "on the command line."
47552 msgstr ""
47553 "Puisque la fonctionnalité *--extract-baud* peut échouer sur des systèmes "
47554 "lourdement chargés, vous devriez activer le traitement de BREAK en énumérant "
47555 "toutes les vitesses attendues sur la ligne de commande."
47556
47557 #. type: Labeled list
47558 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
47559 #, no-wrap
47560 msgid "*--list-speeds*"
47561 msgstr "*--list-speeds*"
47562
47563 #. type: Plain text
47564 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119
47565 msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
47566 msgstr ""
47567 "Afficher les vitesses prises en charge. Elles sont déterminées au moment de "
47568 "la compilation."
47569
47570 #. type: Labeled list
47571 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120
47572 #, no-wrap
47573 msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
47574 msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
47575
47576 #. type: Plain text
47577 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
47578 msgid ""
47579 "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
47580 "the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
47581 "a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no "
47582 "input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
47583 "parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
47584 "defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
47585 "character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) "
47586 "is run as root."
47587 msgstr ""
47588 "Ne pas demander d'identifiant de connexion à l'utilisateur. Cela peut être "
47589 "utilisé avec l'option *--login-program* lors d'une procédure de connexion "
47590 "non standard comme les systèmes BBS. Remarquez qu'avec l'option *--skip-"
47591 "login*, *agetty* ne reçoit pas de saisie de l'utilisateur qui se connecte et "
47592 "donc n'est pas capable de détecter la parité, la taille des caractères ni le "
47593 "processus de nouvelle ligne de la connexion. La configuration par défaut "
47594 "est : parité 0, caractères 7 bits et le caractère fin de ligne est le retour "
47595 "chariot RC en ASCII (13). Assurez vous que le programme lancé par *agetty* "
47596 "(en général, _/bin/login_) est exécuté avec les droits du superutilisateur."
47597
47598 #. type: Labeled list
47599 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
47600 #, no-wrap
47601 msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
47602 msgstr "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
47603
47604 #. type: Plain text
47605 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125
47606 msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_."
47607 msgstr "Ne pas ajouter de changement ligne avant d'écrire _/etc/issue_."
47608
47609 #. type: Labeled list
47610 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126
47611 #, no-wrap
47612 msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_"
47613 msgstr "*-o*, *--login-options* _options_connexion_"
47614
47615 #. type: Plain text
47616 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
47617 msgid ""
47618 "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced "
47619 "by the login name. For example:"
47620 msgstr ""
47621 "Options et arguments passés à *login*(1), où \\u est remplacé par le nom de "
47622 "connexion. Par exemple :"
47623
47624 #. type: Plain text
47625 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130
47626 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47627 #| msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
47628 msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
47629 msgstr "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
47630
47631 #. type: Plain text
47632 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132
47633 msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*."
47634 msgstr "Consultez *--autologin*, *--login-program* et *--remote*."
47635
47636 #. type: Plain text
47637 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134
47638 #, fuzzy
47639 #| msgid "Please read the SECURITY NOTICE below before using this option."
47640 msgid "Please read the *SECURITY NOTICE* below before using this option."
47641 msgstr ""
47642 "Veuillez consulter l'AVIS DE SÉCURITÉ ci-dessous si vous avez l'intention "
47643 "d'utiliser cette option."
47644
47645 #. type: Labeled list
47646 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135
47647 #, no-wrap
47648 msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
47649 msgstr "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
47650
47651 #. type: Plain text
47652 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
47653 msgid ""
47654 "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
47655 "*--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
47656 msgstr ""
47657 "Attendre une action sur une touche avant de basculer vers l'invite de "
47658 "connexion. Cela peut être combiné avec *--autologin* pour économiser de la "
47659 "mémoire avec les interpréteurs de commandes lents à relancer."
47660
47661 #. type: Labeled list
47662 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138
47663 #, no-wrap
47664 msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_"
47665 msgstr "*-r*, *--chroot* _répertoire_"
47666
47667 #. type: Plain text
47668 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140
47669 msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
47670 msgstr "Modifier la racine vers le répertoire indiqué."
47671
47672 #. type: Labeled list
47673 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141
47674 #, no-wrap
47675 msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*"
47676 msgstr "*-R*, *--hangup*"
47677
47678 #. type: Plain text
47679 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143
47680 msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
47681 msgstr ""
47682 "Appeler *vhangup*(2) pour faire un raccrochage virtuel du terminal indiqué."
47683
47684 #. type: Labeled list
47685 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144
47686 #, no-wrap
47687 msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
47688 msgstr "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
47689
47690 #. type: Plain text
47691 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
47692 msgid ""
47693 "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
47694 "used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
47695 "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
47696 "baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
47697 "unexpected BREAKs."
47698 msgstr ""
47699 "Essayer de conserver la vitesse existante. Les vitesses reçues sur la ligne "
47700 "de commande sont utilisées quand *agetty* reçoit un caractère BREAK. Si "
47701 "d’autres vitesses sont indiquées, alors la vitesse originale est aussi "
47702 "enregistrée à la fin de la liste des vitesses désirées. Cela peut être "
47703 "utilisé pour retourner à la vitesse originale après des BREAK inattendus."
47704
47705 #. type: Labeled list
47706 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65
47707 #, no-wrap
47708 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_"
47709 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _délai_"
47710
47711 #. type: Plain text
47712 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
47713 msgid ""
47714 "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of "
47715 "this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
47716 msgstr ""
47717 "Quitter si aucun nom d'utilisateur n'a pu être lu pendant le _délai_ exprimé "
47718 "en seconde. Cette option ne devrait pas être utilisée pour les lignes "
47719 "filaires de terminaux."
47720
47721 #. type: Labeled list
47722 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
47723 #, no-wrap
47724 msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
47725 msgstr "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
47726
47727 #. type: Plain text
47728 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
47729 msgid ""
47730 "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
47731 "detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
47732 "terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
47733 "has no support for any Unicode characters."
47734 msgstr ""
47735 "Activer la détection des terminaux à caractères majuscules seuls. Cela ne "
47736 "détectera qu'un identifiant de connexion ne possédant que des caractères "
47737 "majuscules et activera des opérations de conversions de casse majuscules "
47738 "vers minuscules. Cette option ne gère aucun caractère Unicode."
47739
47740 #. type: Labeled list
47741 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153
47742 #, no-wrap
47743 msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
47744 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
47745
47746 #. type: Plain text
47747 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
47748 msgid ""
47749 "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
47750 "character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login "
47751 "prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
47752 msgstr ""
47753 "Attendre que l'utilisateur ou le modem envoient un caractère retour à la "
47754 "ligne ou nouvelle ligne avant d'envoyer le fichier _/etc/issue_ (ou autres) "
47755 "et l'invite de connexion. Cela est très utile lors de connexions avec "
47756 "l'option *--init-string*."
47757
47758 #. type: Labeled list
47759 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
47760 #, no-wrap
47761 msgid "*--nohints*"
47762 msgstr "*--nohints*"
47763
47764 #. type: Plain text
47765 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158
47766 msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
47767 msgstr ""
47768 "Ne pas afficher de conseils sur le verrouillage numérique ou majuscules ni "
47769 "sur l’arrêt de défilement."
47770
47771 #. type: Labeled list
47772 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159
47773 #, no-wrap
47774 msgid "*--nohostname*"
47775 msgstr "*--nohostname*"
47776
47777 #. type: Plain text
47778 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
47779 msgid ""
47780 "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
47781 "hostname at all will be shown. This setting is also possible to able by "
47782 "LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT option in the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see "
47783 "below for more details)."
47784 msgstr ""
47785
47786 #. type: Labeled list
47787 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162
47788 #, no-wrap
47789 msgid "*--long-hostname*"
47790 msgstr "*--long-hostname*"
47791
47792 #. type: Plain text
47793 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
47794 msgid ""
47795 "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
47796 "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not "
47797 "found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
47798 msgstr ""
47799 "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte n'est affiché que jusqu'au premier point. En "
47800 "activant cette option, le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié par "
47801 "*gethostname*(3P), ou (si non trouvé) par *getaddrinfo*(3), est montré."
47802
47803 #. type: Labeled list
47804 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165
47805 #, no-wrap
47806 msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_"
47807 msgstr "*--erase-chars* _chaîne_"
47808
47809 #. type: Plain text
47810 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
47811 msgid ""
47812 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
47813 "backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
47814 "name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 "
47815 "no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
47816 msgstr ""
47817 "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter comme une "
47818 "espace arrière (« ignorer le caractère précédent ») lorsque l’utilisateur "
47819 "saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire "
47820 "d’« effacement » par défaut était « # », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun "
47821 "caractère supplémentaire d’effacement n’est activé par défaut."
47822
47823 #. type: Labeled list
47824 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168
47825 #, no-wrap
47826 msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_"
47827 msgstr "*--kill-chars* _chaîne_"
47828
47829 #. type: Plain text
47830 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
47831 msgid ""
47832 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
47833 "kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
47834 "name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 "
47835 "no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
47836 msgstr ""
47837 "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter pour tuer "
47838 "(« ignorer tous les caractères précédents ») lorsque l’utilisateur saisit "
47839 "l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire « pour tuer » par "
47840 "défaut était « @ », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun caractère "
47841 "supplémentaire pour tuer n’est activé par défaut."
47842
47843 #. type: Labeled list
47844 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171
47845 #, no-wrap
47846 msgid "*--chdir* _directory_"
47847 msgstr "*--chdir* _répertoire_"
47848
47849 #. type: Plain text
47850 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173
47851 msgid "Change directory before the login."
47852 msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."
47853
47854 #. type: Labeled list
47855 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174
47856 #, no-wrap
47857 msgid "*--delay* _number_"
47858 msgstr "*--delay* _nombre_"
47859
47860 #. type: Plain text
47861 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176
47862 msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
47863 msgstr "Temps de sommeil, en seconde, avant d’ouvrir le tty."
47864
47865 #. type: Labeled list
47866 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177
47867 #, no-wrap
47868 msgid "*--nice* _number_"
47869 msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"
47870
47871 #. type: Plain text
47872 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179
47873 msgid "Run login with this priority."
47874 msgstr "Exécuter la connexion avec cette priorité."
47875
47876 #. type: Labeled list
47877 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180
47878 #, no-wrap
47879 msgid "*--reload*"
47880 msgstr "*--reload*"
47881
47882 #. type: Plain text
47883 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
47884 #, fuzzy
47885 #| msgid ""
47886 #| "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
47887 #| "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
47888 #| "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
47889 #| "Linux *inotify*(7)."
47890 msgid ""
47891 "Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed "
47892 "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
47893 "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
47894 "Linux *inotify*(7)."
47895 msgstr ""
47896 "Demander à toutes les instances *agetty* en cours de recharger et mettre à "
47897 "jour leurs invites de commande affichées, si l’utilisateur n’a pas encore "
47898 "commencé à se connecter. Après cela, la commande quittera. Cette "
47899 "fonctionnalité pourrait ne pas être prise en charge sur les systèmes sans "
47900 "*inotify*(7) de Linux."
47901
47902 # FIXME *su:* → *su*:
47903 #. type: Plain text
47904 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:189
47905 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47906 #| msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
47907 msgid ""
47908 "*agetty* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)).\n"
47909 "Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils).\n"
47910 "The following configuration items are relevant for *agetty*:\n"
47911 msgstr "*login* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué par un autre paquet (habituellement shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *login* :\n"
47912
47913 #. type: Plain text
47914 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:193
47915 #, fuzzy
47916 #| msgid ""
47917 #| "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the "
47918 #| "login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. "
47919 #| "The default value is _no_."
47920 msgid ""
47921 "Tell *agetty* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
47922 "prompt. This is an alternative to the *--nohostname* command line option. "
47923 "The default value is _no_."
47924 msgstr ""
47925 "Demande à *login* de ne pas afficher le nom d'hôte dans l'invite « login: ». "
47926 "Elle est une alternative à l'option *-H* en ligne de commande. La valeur par "
47927 "défaut est _non_."
47928
47929 #. type: Plain text
47930 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:197
47931 msgid ""
47932 "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/"
47933 "inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
47934 "fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
47935 msgstr ""
47936 "Cette section présente des exemples pour le champ processus d'une entrée "
47937 "dans le fichier _/etc/inittab_. Vous devrez faire précéder les autres champs "
47938 "par les valeurs appropriées. Consultez *inittab*(5) pour plus de précisions."
47939
47940 #. type: Plain text
47941 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:199
47942 msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
47943 msgstr "Pour une ligne câblée ou une console tty :"
47944
47945 #. type: delimited block _
47946 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:202
47947 #, no-wrap
47948 msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
47949 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
47950
47951 #. type: Plain text
47952 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:205
47953 msgid ""
47954 "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
47955 "this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
47956 msgstr ""
47957 "Pour un terminal connecté directement sans câblage avec signal « détection "
47958 "de porteuse ». Utilisez ceci si le terminal se met en veille au lieu de "
47959 "demander un mot de passe :"
47960
47961 #. type: delimited block _
47962 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208
47963 #, no-wrap
47964 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
47965 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
47966
47967 #. type: Plain text
47968 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:211
47969 msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
47970 msgstr ""
47971 "Pour une ligne avec un vieux modem acceptant les vitesses de 9600, 2400 et "
47972 "1200 bauds :"
47973
47974 #. type: delimited block _
47975 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:214
47976 #, no-wrap
47977 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
47978 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
47979
47980 #. type: Plain text
47981 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:217
47982 msgid ""
47983 "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
47984 "example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
47985 "computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
47986 "and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
47987 msgstr ""
47988 "Pour un modem Hayes avec une vitesse fixe de 115\\ 200 bauds (la chaîne "
47989 "d'initialisation de l'exemple désactive l'écho du modem et les codes de "
47990 "retour, fait que le signal DCD du modem/ordinateur suive le signal DCD du "
47991 "modem distant, fait que la disparition du signal DTR provoque une "
47992 "déconnexion et active l'autoréponse après une sonnerie) :"
47993
47994 #. type: delimited block _
47995 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:220
47996 #, no-wrap
47997 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
47998 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
47999
48000 #. type: Title ==
48001 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
48002 #, no-wrap
48003 msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
48004 msgstr "AVIS DE SÉCURITÉ"
48005
48006 #. type: Plain text
48007 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:225
48008 #, fuzzy
48009 #| msgid ""
48010 #| "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
48011 #| "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, "
48012 #| "which then get passed to the used login program. Agetty does check for a "
48013 #| "leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so "
48014 #| "embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on "
48015 #| "how the login binary parses the command line that might not be "
48016 #| "sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
48017 msgid ""
48018 "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
48019 "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
48020 "then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading "
48021 "\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
48022 "spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
48023 "login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
48024 "that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
48025 msgstr ""
48026 "Si vous utilisez les options *--login-program* et *--login-options*, soyez "
48027 "conscient qu'un utilisateur malveillant pourrait essayer d'entrer des "
48028 "identifiants avec des options intégrées, qui seraient alors passées au "
48029 "programme *login* utilisé. *agetty* vérifie la présence d'un *-* initial et "
48030 "s'assure que l'identifiant est passé comme un paramètre (de telle sorte que "
48031 "les espaces incorporées ne créent pas encore un autre paramètre), mais "
48032 "suivant la façon dont le binaire *login* analyse la ligne de commande, cela "
48033 "risque d'être insuffisant. Vérifiez que le programme *login* utilisé ne peut "
48034 "pas être abusé de cette façon."
48035
48036 #. type: Plain text
48037 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:227
48038 msgid ""
48039 "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
48040 "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
48041 "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
48042 msgstr ""
48043 "Certains programmes utilisent *--* pour indiquer que la suite de la ligne de "
48044 "commande ne devrait pas être interprétée en tant qu'options. Utilisez cette "
48045 "fonctionnalité si elle est disponible en passant « -- » avant que le nom "
48046 "d’utilisateur ne soit passé par *\\u*."
48047
48048 #. type: Title ==
48049 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
48050 #, no-wrap
48051 msgid "ISSUE FILES"
48052 msgstr "FICHIERS ISSUE"
48053
48054 #. type: Plain text
48055 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:231
48056 msgid ""
48057 "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* "
48058 "also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional "
48059 "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
48060 "after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the "
48061 "directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory "
48062 "are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
48063 "party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
48064 msgstr ""
48065 "Le fichier _issue_ par défaut est _/etc/issue_. Si le fichier existe, alors "
48066 "*agetty* recherche aussi pour un répertoire _/etc/issue.d_. Le répertoire "
48067 "est une extension facultative au fichier _issue_ par défaut et le contenu du "
48068 "répertoire est écrit après le contenu de _/etc/issue_. Si _/etc/issue_ "
48069 "n’existe pas, alors le répertoire est ignoré. Tous les fichiers *avec une "
48070 "extension .issue* du répertoire sont écrits triés selon les versions. Le "
48071 "répertoire peut être utilisé pour gérer indépendamment les messages de "
48072 "parties tierces dans le fichier principal _/etc/issue_ du système."
48073
48074 #. type: Plain text
48075 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:233
48076 msgid ""
48077 "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
48078 "supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks "
48079 "for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/"
48080 "usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific "
48081 "configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for "
48082 "static distribution maintained configuration."
48083 msgstr ""
48084 "Depuis la version 2.35 des emplacements supplémentaires pour des fichiers et "
48085 "répertoires _issue_ sont gérés. Si le fichier par défaut _/etc/issue_ "
48086 "n’existe pas, alors *agetty* recherche _/run/issue_ et _/run/issue.d_, "
48087 "ensuite _/usr/lib/issue_ et _/usr/lib/issue.d_. Le répertoire _/etc_ est "
48088 "attendu pour une configuration spécifique à l’hôte, le répertoire _/run_ est "
48089 "attendu pour ce qui est généré et le fichier _/usr/lib_ pour la "
48090 "configuration statique de la distribution."
48091
48092 #. type: Plain text
48093 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235
48094 msgid ""
48095 "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case "
48096 "specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
48097 "and directory locations are ignored."
48098 msgstr ""
48099 "Le chemin par défaut peut être écrasé avec l’option *--issue-file*. Dans ce "
48100 "cas, le chemin précisé doit être un fichier ou un répertoire et tous les "
48101 "emplacements par défaut de fichier ou répertoire sont ignorés."
48102
48103 #. type: Plain text
48104 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:237
48105 msgid ""
48106 "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
48107 msgstr ""
48108 "La fonctionnalité du fichier _issue_ peut être désactivée complètement avec "
48109 "l’option *--noissue*."
48110
48111 #. type: Plain text
48112 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
48113 msgid ""
48114 "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on "
48115 "the current terminal."
48116 msgstr ""
48117 "Il est possible d’examiner le fichier _issue_ en cours avec *agetty --show-"
48118 "issue* sur le terminal en cours."
48119
48120 #. type: Plain text
48121 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:241
48122 msgid ""
48123 "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
48124 "date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) "
48125 "immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
48126 msgstr ""
48127 "Les fichiers _issue_ peuvent contenir certains codes d’échappement afin "
48128 "d'afficher le nom du système, la date, l’heure, etc. Tous les codes "
48129 "d’échappement sont formés d'une barre oblique inversée (\\) immédiatement "
48130 "suivie par l'une des caractères suivants."
48131
48132 #. type: Labeled list
48133 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242
48134 #, no-wrap
48135 msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}"
48136 msgstr "4 ou 4{_interface_}"
48137
48138 #. type: Plain text
48139 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:244
48140 #, fuzzy
48141 #| msgid ""
48142 #| "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
48143 #| "\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select "
48144 #| "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
48145 #| "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the "
48146 #| "machine's hostname."
48147 msgid ""
48148 "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
48149 "\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the "
48150 "first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no "
48151 "configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's "
48152 "hostname."
48153 msgstr ""
48154 "Insérer l’adresse IPv4 de l’interface réseau indiquée (par exemple "
48155 "\\4\\{eth0}). Si l’argument _interface_ n’est pas indiqué, alors "
48156 "sélectionner la première interface complètement configurée (activée, non "
48157 "boucle locale, en fonctionnement). Si aucune interface configurée n’est "
48158 "trouvée, se replier sur l’adresse IP du nom d’hôte de la machine."
48159
48160 #. type: Labeled list
48161 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245
48162 #, no-wrap
48163 msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
48164 msgstr "6 ou 6{_interface_}"
48165
48166 #. type: Plain text
48167 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:247
48168 msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6."
48169 msgstr "Comme \\4, mais pour l’IPv6."
48170
48171 #. type: Labeled list
48172 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248
48173 #, no-wrap
48174 msgid "b"
48175 msgstr "b"
48176
48177 #. type: Plain text
48178 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:250
48179 msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
48180 msgstr "Insérer la vitesse en baud de la ligne actuelle."
48181
48182 #. type: Labeled list
48183 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251
48184 #, no-wrap
48185 msgid "d"
48186 msgstr "d"
48187
48188 #. type: Plain text
48189 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:253
48190 msgid "Insert the current date."
48191 msgstr "Insérer la date actuelle."
48192
48193 #. type: Labeled list
48194 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254
48195 #, no-wrap
48196 msgid "e or e{_name_}"
48197 msgstr "e ou e{_nom_}"
48198
48199 #. type: Plain text
48200 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:256
48201 msgid ""
48202 "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for "
48203 "example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not "
48204 "specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, "
48205 "blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
48206 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
48207 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
48208 "silently ignored."
48209 msgstr ""
48210 "Transformer le _nom_ lisible avec une séquence d’échappement et l’insérer "
48211 "(par exemple, \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). Si l’argument _nom_ n’est pas "
48212 "indiqué, alors insérer \\033. Les noms actuellement gérés sont black, blink, "
48213 "blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, "
48214 "lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, "
48215 "reset, reverse, yellow et white. Tous les noms inconnus sont ignorés "
48216 "silencieusement."
48217
48218 #. type: Labeled list
48219 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257
48220 #, no-wrap
48221 msgid "s"
48222 msgstr "s"
48223
48224 #. type: Plain text
48225 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:259
48226 msgid ""
48227 "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -"
48228 "s'. See also the \\S escape code."
48229 msgstr ""
48230 "Insérer le nom du système (le nom du système d'exploitation). Identique à "
48231 "*uname -s*. Consultez également le code d’échappement \\S."
48232
48233 #. type: Labeled list
48234 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260
48235 #, no-wrap
48236 msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
48237 msgstr "S ou S{VARIABLE}"
48238
48239 #. type: Plain text
48240 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:262
48241 msgid ""
48242 "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist "
48243 "then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not "
48244 "specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). "
48245 "This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release "
48246 "independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal "
48247 "escape sequence."
48248 msgstr ""
48249 "Insérer la donnée VARIABLE de _/etc/os-release_. Si le fichier n’existe pas, "
48250 "_/usr/lib/os-release_ est alors utilisé. Si l’argument VARIABLE n’est pas "
48251 "indiqué, alors utiliser PRETTY_NAME du fichier ou le nom du système "
48252 "(consultez \\s). Ce code d’échappement permet de garder les _/etc/issue_ de "
48253 "la distribution et de la publication indépendants. Remarquez que "
48254 "\\S{ANSI_COLOR} est convertie en séquence réelle d’échappement du terminal."
48255
48256 #. type: Labeled list
48257 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263
48258 #, no-wrap
48259 msgid "l"
48260 msgstr "l"
48261
48262 #. type: Plain text
48263 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:265
48264 msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
48265 msgstr "Insérer le nom de la ligne tty actuelle."
48266
48267 #. type: Labeled list
48268 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266
48269 #, no-wrap
48270 msgid "m"
48271 msgstr "m"
48272
48273 #. type: Plain text
48274 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:268
48275 msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*."
48276 msgstr ""
48277 "Insérer l'identifiant de l'architecture de la machine. Identique à *uname -"
48278 "m*."
48279
48280 #. type: Labeled list
48281 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269
48282 #, no-wrap
48283 msgid "n"
48284 msgstr "n"
48285
48286 #. type: Plain text
48287 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:271
48288 msgid ""
48289 "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
48290 "*uname -n*."
48291 msgstr ""
48292 "Insérer le nom de nœud de la machine, aussi appelé nom d'hôte. Identique à "
48293 "*uname -n*."
48294
48295 #. type: Labeled list
48296 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272
48297 #, no-wrap
48298 msgid "o"
48299 msgstr "o"
48300
48301 #. type: Plain text
48302 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:274
48303 msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*."
48304 msgstr ""
48305 "Insérer le nom de domaine NIS de la machine. Identique à *hostname -d*."
48306
48307 #. type: Labeled list
48308 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275
48309 #, no-wrap
48310 msgid "O"
48311 msgstr "O"
48312
48313 #. type: Plain text
48314 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:277
48315 msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
48316 msgstr "Insérer le nom de domaine DNS de la machine."
48317
48318 #. type: Labeled list
48319 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278
48320 #, no-wrap
48321 msgid "r"
48322 msgstr "r"
48323
48324 #. type: Plain text
48325 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:280
48326 msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*."
48327 msgstr ""
48328 "Insérer le numéro de version du système d'exploitation. Identique à *uname -"
48329 "r*."
48330
48331 #. type: Labeled list
48332 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281
48333 #, no-wrap
48334 msgid "t"
48335 msgstr "t"
48336
48337 #. type: Plain text
48338 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:283
48339 msgid "Insert the current time."
48340 msgstr "Insérer l'heure actuelle."
48341
48342 #. type: Labeled list
48343 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:284
48344 #, no-wrap
48345 msgid "u"
48346 msgstr "u"
48347
48348 #. type: Plain text
48349 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:286
48350 msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
48351 msgstr "Insérer le nombre d'utilisateurs actuellement connectés."
48352
48353 #. type: Labeled list
48354 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:287
48355 #, no-wrap
48356 msgid "U"
48357 msgstr "U"
48358
48359 #. type: Plain text
48360 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:289
48361 msgid ""
48362 "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of "
48363 "current users logged in."
48364 msgstr ""
48365 "Insérer la chaîne « 1 utilisateur » ou « <n> utilisateurs » où <n> est le "
48366 "nombre d'utilisateurs actuellement connectés."
48367
48368 #. type: Labeled list
48369 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:290
48370 #, no-wrap
48371 msgid "v"
48372 msgstr "v"
48373
48374 #. type: Plain text
48375 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:292
48376 msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
48377 msgstr ""
48378 "Insérer la version du système d'exploitation, par exemple sa date de "
48379 "construction, etc."
48380
48381 #. type: Plain text
48382 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:294
48383 msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:"
48384 msgstr "Par exemple, si le fichier _/etc/issue_ contient :"
48385
48386 #. type: delimited block .
48387 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:297
48388 #, no-wrap
48389 msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
48390 msgstr "Voici \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
48391
48392 #. type: Plain text
48393 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300
48394 msgid "displays as:"
48395 msgstr "il pourrait afficher :"
48396
48397 #. type: delimited block .
48398 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:303
48399 #, no-wrap
48400 msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
48401 msgstr "Voici thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
48402
48403 #. type: Labeled list
48404 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307
48405 #, no-wrap
48406 msgid "_/var/run/utmp_"
48407 msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_"
48408
48409 #. type: Plain text
48410 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:309
48411 msgid "the system status file."
48412 msgstr "fichier d’état du système"
48413
48414 #. type: Labeled list
48415 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310
48416 #, no-wrap
48417 msgid "_/etc/issue_"
48418 msgstr "_/etc/issue_"
48419
48420 #. type: Plain text
48421 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:312
48422 msgid "printed before the login prompt."
48423 msgstr "affichage avant l’invite de connexion"
48424
48425 #. type: Labeled list
48426 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313
48427 #, no-wrap
48428 msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
48429 msgstr "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
48430
48431 #. type: Plain text
48432 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:315
48433 msgid "operating system identification data."
48434 msgstr "données d’identification du système d'exploitation"
48435
48436 #. type: Labeled list
48437 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
48438 #, no-wrap
48439 msgid "_/dev/console_"
48440 msgstr "_/dev/console_"
48441
48442 #. type: Plain text
48443 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:318
48444 msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)."
48445 msgstr "rapports de problème (si *syslog*(3) n’est pas utilisée)"
48446
48447 #. type: Labeled list
48448 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:319
48449 #, no-wrap
48450 msgid "_/etc/inittab_"
48451 msgstr "_/etc/inittab_"
48452
48453 #. type: Plain text
48454 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:321
48455 #, no-wrap
48456 msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n"
48457 msgstr "fichier de configuration d’*init*(8) pour le démon init de type SysV.\n"
48458
48459 #. type: Plain text
48460 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325
48461 msgid ""
48462 "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
48463 "*agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within "
48464 "30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--"
48465 "extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line "
48466 "argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
48467 msgstr ""
48468 "La détection de la vitesse de connexion (l'option *--extract-baud*) "
48469 "nécessite que *agetty* soit exécuté dès le début de l'appel réseau (dans les "
48470 "30 ms pour un modem communiquant à 2400 bauds). Pour être robuste, utilisez "
48471 "toujours l'option *--extract-baud* avec comme argument de ligne de commande "
48472 "différentes vitesses, ainsi le traitement de BREAK est activé."
48473
48474 #. type: Plain text
48475 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:327
48476 msgid ""
48477 "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always "
48478 "output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
48479 msgstr ""
48480 "Le texte du fichier _/etc/issue_ (ou d'un autre fichier) et l'invite de "
48481 "connexion sont toujours affichés avec des caractères 7 bits et la parité 0."
48482
48483 #. type: Plain text
48484 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329
48485 msgid ""
48486 "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
48487 "the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
48488 msgstr ""
48489 "La fonctionnalité de détection de la vitesse (l'option *--extract-baud*) "
48490 "nécessite que le modem envoie son message d'état _après_ avoir mis à un état "
48491 "haut la ligne DCD."
48492
48493 #. type: Plain text
48494 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:333
48495 msgid ""
48496 "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
48497 "the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages "
48498 "are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
48499 "there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
48500 msgstr ""
48501 "Suivant la façon dont le programme a été configuré, tous les diagnostics "
48502 "sont dirigés vers le périphérique de console ou signalés par le service "
48503 "*syslog*(3). Des messages d'erreur sont produits si le paramètre _port_ ne "
48504 "précise pas un périphérique de terminal, s'il n'y a pas d'entrée utmp pour "
48505 "le processus actuel (Système V uniquement), etc."
48506
48507 #. type: Plain text
48508 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:338
48509 msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
48510 msgstr "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
48511
48512 #. type: Plain text
48513 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:340
48514 msgid ""
48515 "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv."
48516 "win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter "
48517 "Orbaek]."
48518 msgstr ""
48519 "L’*agetty* d’origine pour les terminaux série a été écrit par mailto:"
48520 "wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] et porté pour Linux par mailto:poe@daimi."
48521 "aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
48522
48523 #
48524 #
48525 #
48526 #. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
48527 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
48528 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
48529 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
48530 #. are met:
48531 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
48532 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
48533 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
48534 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
48535 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
48536 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
48537 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
48538 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
48539 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
48540 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
48541 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
48542 #.    without specific prior written permission.
48543 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
48544 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
48545 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
48546 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
48547 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
48548 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
48549 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
48550 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
48551 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
48552 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
48553 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
48554 #.      @(#)mesg.1      8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
48555 #. type: Title =
48556 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36
48557 #, no-wrap
48558 msgid "mesg(1)"
48559 msgstr "mesg(1)"
48560
48561 #. type: Plain text
48562 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46
48563 msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users"
48564 msgstr ""
48565 "mesg - Afficher (ou ne pas afficher) des messages des autres utilisateurs"
48566
48567 #. type: Plain text
48568 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50
48569 #, no-wrap
48570 msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
48571 msgstr "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
48572
48573 #. type: Plain text
48574 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
48575 msgid ""
48576 "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have "
48577 "to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write "
48578 "access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may "
48579 "display messages on the terminal."
48580 msgstr ""
48581 "L’utilitaire *mesg* est appelé par un utilisateur pour contrôler l’accès en "
48582 "écriture donné aux autres sur le périphérique de terminal associé à la "
48583 "sortie d’erreur standard. Si l’accès en écriture est accordé, alors les "
48584 "programmes comme *talk*(1) ou *write*(1) peuvent afficher des messages sur "
48585 "le terminal."
48586
48587 #. type: Plain text
48588 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
48589 msgid ""
48590 "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become "
48591 "more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write "
48592 "access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your "
48593 "ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in "
48594 "your login scripts."
48595 msgstr ""
48596 "En général, l’accès en écriture est accordé par défaut. Cependant, comme les "
48597 "utilisateurs prennent conscience des divers risques de sécurité, la tendance "
48598 "est à la suppression de cet accès par défaut, au moins pour l’interpréteur "
48599 "de commandes de connexion principal. Pour s’assurer que les terminaux sont "
48600 "définis conformément aux attentes, *mesg* devrait être exécuté dans les "
48601 "scripts de connexion."
48602
48603 #. type: Plain text
48604 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
48605 msgid ""
48606 "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
48607 "terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option "
48608 "*--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour "
48609 "has been introduced in version 2.33."
48610 msgstr ""
48611 "L'outil *mesg* quitte silencieusement avec le code de retour 2 s'il n'est "
48612 "pas exécuté dans un terminal. Dans ce cas, l'exécution de *mesg* est "
48613 "inutile. L'option *--verbose* de la ligne de commande force *mesg* à "
48614 "afficher un avertissement dans cette situation. Ce comportement a été "
48615 "introduit dans la version 2.33."
48616
48617 #. type: Plain text
48618 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63
48619 msgid "Disallow messages."
48620 msgstr "Interdire les messages."
48621
48622 #. type: Labeled list
48623 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64
48624 #, no-wrap
48625 msgid "*y*"
48626 msgstr "*y*"
48627
48628 #. type: Plain text
48629 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66
48630 msgid "Allow messages to be displayed."
48631 msgstr "Permettre l’affichage des messages."
48632
48633 #. type: Plain text
48634 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
48635 msgid ""
48636 "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on "
48637 "standard error output."
48638 msgstr ""
48639 "Si aucun argument n’est donné, *mesg* affiche l’autorisation actuelle de "
48640 "message sur la sortie d’erreur standard."
48641
48642 #. type: Plain text
48643 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79
48644 msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
48645 msgstr "L’utilitaire *mesg* quitte avec une des valeurs suivantes :"
48646
48647 #. type: Plain text
48648 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
48649 msgid "Messages are allowed."
48650 msgstr "Les messages sont permis."
48651
48652 #. type: Plain text
48653 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
48654 msgid "Messages are not allowed."
48655 msgstr "Les messages ne sont pas permis."
48656
48657 #. type: Labeled list
48658 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
48659 #, no-wrap
48660 msgid "*>1*"
48661 msgstr "*>1*"
48662
48663 #. type: Plain text
48664 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
48665 msgid "An error has occurred."
48666 msgstr "Une erreur s’est produite."
48667
48668 #. type: Plain text
48669 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90
48670 msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
48671 msgstr "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
48672
48673 #. type: Plain text
48674 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:94
48675 msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
48676 msgstr "Une commande *mesg* est apparue dans la version 6 du UNIX d’AT&T."
48677
48678 #. type: Plain text
48679 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:102
48680 #, no-wrap
48681 msgid ""
48682 "*login*(1),\n"
48683 "*talk*(1),\n"
48684 "*write*(1),\n"
48685 "*wall*(1),\n"
48686 "*xterm*(1)\n"
48687 msgstr ""
48688 "*login*(1),\n"
48689 "*talk*(1),\n"
48690 "*write*(1),\n"
48691 "*wall*(1),\n"
48692 "*xterm*(1)\n"
48693
48694 #
48695 #
48696 #
48697 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
48698 #. All rights reserved.
48699 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
48700 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
48701 #. are met:
48702 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
48703 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
48704 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
48705 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
48706 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
48707 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
48708 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
48709 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
48710 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
48711 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
48712 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
48713 #.    without specific prior written permission.
48714 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
48715 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
48716 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
48717 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
48718 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
48719 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
48720 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
48721 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
48722 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
48723 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
48724 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
48725 #.      @(#)script.1    6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91
48726 #. type: Title =
48727 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36
48728 #, no-wrap
48729 msgid "script(1)"
48730 msgstr "script(1)"
48731
48732 #. type: Plain text
48733 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47
48734 msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
48735 msgstr "script - Faire une transcription d'une session d'un terminal."
48736
48737 #. type: Plain text
48738 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51
48739 #, no-wrap
48740 msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n"
48741 msgstr "*script* [options] [_fichier_]\n"
48742
48743 #. type: Plain text
48744 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
48745 #, no-wrap
48746 msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n"
48747 msgstr "*script* effectue un tapuscrit de tout ce qu'il se passe dans la session de votre terminal. Les données du terminal sont stockées sous une forme brute dans le fichier journal et les informations de temps le sont dans un fichier journal structuré (optionnel). Le fichier journal de temps est nécessaire pour répéter la session, plus tard, avec *scriptreplay*(1) et pour stocker des informations supplémentaires sur la session.\n"
48748
48749 #. type: Plain text
48750 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
48751 #, fuzzy
48752 #| msgid ""
48753 #| "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
48754 #| "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
48755 #| "version also supports new timing file which records additional "
48756 #| "information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
48757 #| "information."
48758 msgid ""
48759 "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
48760 "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
48761 "version also supports a new timing file which records additional "
48762 "information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
48763 "information."
48764 msgstr ""
48765 "Depuis la version 2.35, *script* prend en charge plusieurs flux et permet "
48766 "d'enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans des fichiers séparés ou dans un "
48767 "seul fichier. Cette version gère aussi le nouveau fichier de temps qui "
48768 "enregistre des informations supplémentaires. La commande *scriptreplay --"
48769 "summary* fournit ensuite toutes les informations."
48770
48771 #. type: Plain text
48772 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
48773 msgid ""
48774 "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves "
48775 "the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved "
48776 "in the file _typescript_."
48777 msgstr ""
48778 "Si le paramètre _fichier_ ou l'option *--log-out* _fichier_ est fourni, "
48779 "*script* sauvegarde l’affichage dans ce _fichier_. Si aucun nom de fichier "
48780 "n'est fourni, l’affichage est sauvegardé dans le fichier _typescript_."
48781
48782 #. type: Plain text
48783 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
48784 msgid ""
48785 "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-"
48786 "sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e."
48787 "g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
48788 msgstr ""
48789 "Remarquez que l'enregistrement des saisies avec *--log-in* ou *--log-io* "
48790 "peut être une opération sensible au plan de la sécurité, puisque le fichier "
48791 "journal contient toute la saisie de la session en terminal (cela veut dire y "
48792 "compris les mots de passe) indépendamment du positionnement du drapeau ECHO "
48793 "du terminal."
48794
48795 #. type: Plain text
48796 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
48797 msgid ""
48798 "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
48799 "KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
48800 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
48801 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
48802 "and YB."
48803 msgstr ""
48804 "L’argument _taille_ ci-dessous peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs "
48805 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiO, TiO, PiO, EiO, ZiO et YiO (la "
48806 "partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
48807 "des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GO, TO, PO, EO, ZO et YO."
48808
48809 #. type: Plain text
48810 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
48811 msgid ""
48812 "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
48813 msgstr ""
48814 "Ajouter la transcription à la fin du _fichier_ ou de _typescript_, en "
48815 "conservant le contenu précédent du fichier."
48816
48817 #. type: Plain text
48818 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
48819 msgid ""
48820 "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a "
48821 "script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its "
48822 "stdout is not a tty."
48823 msgstr ""
48824 "Exécuter la _commande_ au lieu d’un interpréteur de commandes interactif. "
48825 "Cela facilite la capture de sortie d'un programme qui se comporte "
48826 "différemment si sa sortie est un terminal ou non."
48827
48828 #. type: Labeled list
48829 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72
48830 #, no-wrap
48831 msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_"
48832 msgstr "*-E*, *--echo* _quand_"
48833
48834 #. type: Plain text
48835 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
48836 msgid ""
48837 "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
48838 "pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
48839 msgstr ""
48840
48841 #. type: Plain text
48842 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
48843 msgid ""
48844 "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal "
48845 "slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for "
48846 "it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal "
48847 "(for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the "
48848 "pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen "
48849 "while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
48850 msgstr ""
48851
48852 #. type: Plain text
48853 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
48854 msgid ""
48855 "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because "
48856 "users input is not repeated on output."
48857 msgstr ""
48858
48859 #. type: Labeled list
48860 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79
48861 #, no-wrap
48862 msgid "*-e*, *--return*"
48863 msgstr "*-e*, *--return*"
48864
48865 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
48866 #. type: Plain text
48867 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81
48868 msgid ""
48869 "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash "
48870 "termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the "
48871 "signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the "
48872 "type script file too."
48873 msgstr ""
48874 "Renvoyer le code de retour du processus enfant. Le format utilisé est le "
48875 "même que celui de sortie de bash quand il reçoit un signal de fin (c'est-à-"
48876 "dire quand le code de retour est 128 {plus} le numéro du signal). Le code de "
48877 "retour du processus enfant est également toujours stocké dans le fichier "
48878 "_typescript_."
48879
48880 #. type: Labeled list
48881 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83
48882 #, no-wrap
48883 msgid "*-f*, *--flush*"
48884 msgstr "*-f*, *--flush*"
48885
48886 #. type: Plain text
48887 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
48888 #, fuzzy
48889 #| msgid ""
48890 #| "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one "
48891 #| "person does *mkfifo foo; script -f foo*, and another can supervise in "
48892 #| "real-time what is being done using *cat foo*. Note that flush has an "
48893 #| "impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on "
48894 #| "demand."
48895 msgid ""
48896 "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person "
48897 "does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-"
48898 "time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on "
48899 "performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
48900 msgstr ""
48901 "Forcer l'écriture de la sortie après chaque demande d'écriture. C'est "
48902 "pratique pour une coopération à distance : une personne exécute *mkfifo "
48903 "toto; script -f toto* et une autre peut superviser en temps réel ce qui se "
48904 "passe avec *cat toto*. Remarquez que ce forçage peut impacter les "
48905 "performances, il est possible d'utiliser SIGUSR1 pour écrire les journaux à "
48906 "la demande."
48907
48908 #. type: Labeled list
48909 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86
48910 #, no-wrap
48911 msgid "*--force*"
48912 msgstr "*--force*"
48913
48914 #. type: Plain text
48915 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
48916 msgid ""
48917 "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. "
48918 "The command will follow a symbolic link."
48919 msgstr ""
48920 "Permettre à la destination par défaut, c'est-à-dire le fichier _typescript_, "
48921 "d'être un lien direct ou symbolique. La commande suivra le lien symbolique."
48922
48923 #. type: Labeled list
48924 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33
48925 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38
48926 #, no-wrap
48927 msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_"
48928 msgstr "*-B*, *--log-io* _fichier_"
48929
48930 #. type: Plain text
48931 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
48932 msgid ""
48933 "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only "
48934 "if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate "
48935 "output and input streams from the log _file_."
48936 msgstr ""
48937 "Enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans le même _fichier_. Remarquez que "
48938 "cette option n'a de sens que si *--log-timing* est également spécifié, sinon "
48939 "il n'est pas possible de séparer les flux d'entrée et de sortie à partir du "
48940 "_fichier_."
48941
48942 #. type: Labeled list
48943 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30
48944 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32
48945 #, no-wrap
48946 msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_"
48947 msgstr "*-I*, *--log-in* _fichier_"
48948
48949 #. type: Plain text
48950 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
48951 msgid ""
48952 "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* "
48953 "specified."
48954 msgstr ""
48955 "Enregistrer l'entrée dans le _fichier_. La journalisation de la sortie est "
48956 "désactivée si l'option *--log-in* est spécifiée seule."
48957
48958 #. type: Plain text
48959 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
48960 msgid ""
48961 "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including "
48962 "input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
48963 msgstr ""
48964 "Soyez prudent avec cette fonctionnalité de journalisation, car elle "
48965 "enregistre toutes les entrées, y compris lorsque le terminal a le drapeau "
48966 "ECHO désactivé (par exemple lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe)."
48967
48968 #. type: Labeled list
48969 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35
48970 #, no-wrap
48971 msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_"
48972 msgstr "*-O*, *--log-out* _fichier_"
48973
48974 #. type: Plain text
48975 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
48976 msgid ""
48977 "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name "
48978 "_typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log "
48979 "output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
48980 msgstr ""
48981 "Enregistrer la sortie dans le _fichier_. Par défaut, l'enregistrement de la "
48982 "sortie se fait dans un fichier _typescript_ si l'option *--log-out* ou *--"
48983 "log-in* n'est pas donnée. L'enregistrement de la sortie est désactivé si *--"
48984 "log-in* est spécifiée seule."
48985
48986 #. type: Labeled list
48987 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39
48988 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44
48989 #, no-wrap
48990 msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_"
48991 msgstr "*-T*, *--log-timing* _fichier_"
48992
48993 #. type: Plain text
48994 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
48995 msgid ""
48996 "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported "
48997 "now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) "
48998 "logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--"
48999 "log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
49000 msgstr ""
49001 "Enregistrer les informations de temps dans le _fichier_. Deux formats de "
49002 "fichiers de temps sont désormais pris en charge. Le format classique est "
49003 "utilisé quand seul l'enregistrement d'un flux (entrée ou sortie) est activé. "
49004 "Le format multi-flux est utilisé avec *--log-io* ou quand *--log-in* et *--"
49005 "log-out* sont spécifiées en même temps. Voir aussi *--logging-format*."
49006
49007 #. type: Labeled list
49008 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103
49009 #, no-wrap
49010 msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
49011 msgstr "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
49012
49013 #. type: Plain text
49014 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
49015 #, fuzzy
49016 #| msgid ""
49017 #| "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic "
49018 #| "format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as "
49019 #| "output logging is requested."
49020 msgid ""
49021 "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ timing log format. The default is the "
49022 "classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well "
49023 "as output logging is requested."
49024 msgstr ""
49025 "Forcer l'utilisation du format _advanced_ ou _classic_. Par défaut, le "
49026 "format classique est utilisé pour n'enregistrer que la sortie et celui "
49027 "avancé l'est quand on veut enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie."
49028
49029 #. type: Labeled list
49030 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:106
49031 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
49032 #| msgid "*Classic format*:"
49033 msgid "*Classic format*"
49034 msgstr "*Le format classique*"
49035
49036 #. type: Plain text
49037 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108
49038 #, fuzzy
49039 #| msgid ""
49040 #| "The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field "
49041 #| "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second "
49042 #| "field indicates how many characters were output this time."
49043 msgid ""
49044 "The timing log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field "
49045 "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field "
49046 "indicates how many characters were output this time."
49047 msgstr ""
49048 "Le journal contient deux champs séparés par des espaces. Le premier champ "
49049 "indique le temps passé depuis la dernière sortie. Le second champ indique le "
49050 "nombre de caractères ayant été sortis cette fois-ci."
49051
49052 #. type: Labeled list
49053 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109
49054 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
49055 #| msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*:"
49056 msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*"
49057 msgstr "*Le format avancé (multi-flux)*"
49058
49059 #. type: Plain text
49060 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111
49061 #, fuzzy
49062 #| msgid ""
49063 #| "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
49064 #| "'S'ignal). The socond field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
49065 #| "entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
49066 msgid ""
49067 "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
49068 "'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
49069 "entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
49070 msgstr ""
49071 "Le premier champ est l'identifiant du type d'entrée ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
49072 "'H'eader, 'S'ignal). Le deuxième champ est la durée écoulée depuis la saisie "
49073 "précédente, et le reste de l’entrée contient des données spécifiques au type."
49074
49075 #. type: Labeled list
49076 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112
49077 #, no-wrap
49078 msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_"
49079 msgstr "*-o*, *--output-limit* _taille_"
49080
49081 #. type: Plain text
49082 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114
49083 msgid ""
49084 "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the "
49085 "child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not "
49086 "include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and "
49087 "appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output "
49088 "file might be larger than the specified value."
49089 msgstr ""
49090 "Limiter la taille des fichiers _typescript_ et de temps à _taille_ et "
49091 "arrêter le processus enfant lorsque cette taille est dépassée. La taille du "
49092 "fichier calculée ne tient pas compte des messages de début et de fin ajoutés "
49093 "par la commande _script_ à la sortie du processus enfant. Du fait d'une mise "
49094 "en tampon (« buffering »), la taille finale du fichier pourrait être plus "
49095 "grande que la valeur indiquée."
49096
49097 #. type: Plain text
49098 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:117
49099 msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)."
49100 msgstr ""
49101 "Être silencieux (ne pas écrire les messages de départ ni de fin sur la "
49102 "sortie standard)."
49103
49104 #. type: Labeled list
49105 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118
49106 #, no-wrap
49107 msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]"
49108 msgstr "*-t*[_fichier_], *--timing*[=_fichier_]"
49109
49110 #. type: Plain text
49111 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120
49112 msgid ""
49113 "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option "
49114 "is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not "
49115 "optional."
49116 msgstr ""
49117 "Afficher les données de temps sur la sortie d'erreur standard ou dans "
49118 "_fichier_ s'il est indiqué. Cette option est obsolète et remplacée par *--"
49119 "log-timing*, où le paramètre _fichier_ n'est pas facultatif."
49120
49121 #. type: Plain text
49122 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126
49123 msgid ""
49124 "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
49125 msgstr ""
49126 "Dès la réception de *SIGUSR1*, *script* écrit immédiatement les fichiers de "
49127 "sortie."
49128
49129 #. type: Plain text
49130 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:130
49131 msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:"
49132 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par *script* :"
49133
49134 #. type: Labeled list
49135 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171
49136 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130
49137 #, no-wrap
49138 msgid "*SHELL*"
49139 msgstr "*SHELL*"
49140
49141 #. type: Plain text
49142 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133
49143 msgid ""
49144 "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that "
49145 "shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set "
49146 "this variable automatically)."
49147 msgstr ""
49148 "Si la variable d'environnement *SHELL* existe, l'interpréteur de commandes "
49149 "engendré par *script* (avec fork) sera cet interpréteur de commandes. Si "
49150 "*SHELL* n'est pas définie, l’interpréteur de commandes sera supposé de type "
49151 "Bourne (la plupart des interpréteurs de commandes définissent cette variable "
49152 "automatiquement)."
49153
49154 #. type: Plain text
49155 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137
49156 msgid ""
49157 "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne "
49158 "shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not "
49159 "set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
49160 msgstr ""
49161 "Le script s'arrête quand le sous-interpréteur de commandes exécuté se "
49162 "termine (un _Ctrl-D_ pour l'interpréteur de commandes de type Bourne comme "
49163 "*sh*(1p) et _exit_, _logout_ ou _Ctrl-d_ (si _ignoreeof_ n'est pas définie) "
49164 "pour les interpréteurs de commandes de type C comme *csh*(1))."
49165
49166 #. type: Plain text
49167 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
49168 msgid ""
49169 "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the "
49170 "typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate "
49171 "the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
49172 msgstr ""
49173 "Certaines commandes interactives, comme *vi*(1), créent des parasites dans "
49174 "le fichier de transcription. *script* fonctionne mieux avec les commandes "
49175 "qui ne manipulent pas l'écran, les résultats cherchent à émuler un terminal "
49176 "brut."
49177
49178 #. type: Plain text
49179 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141
49180 msgid ""
49181 "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner "
49182 "shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected "
49183 "results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to "
49184 "avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* "
49185 "file, which is read by login shells only:"
49186 msgstr ""
49187 "Exécuter *script* dans des interpréteurs de commandes non interactifs n’est "
49188 "pas recommandé. L’interpréteur de commandes interne de *script* est toujours "
49189 "interactif, et cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des résultats imprévus. "
49190 "Si vous utilisez *script* dans le fichier d’initialisation de l’interpréteur "
49191 "de commandes, évitez d’entrer dans une boucle infinie. Utilisez par exemple "
49192 "le fichier *.profile* qui n’est lu que par les interpréteurs de commandes de "
49193 "connexion :"
49194
49195 #. type: delimited block .
49196 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:147
49197 #, no-wrap
49198 msgid ""
49199 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
49200 "    script\n"
49201 "    exit\n"
49202 "fi\n"
49203 msgstr ""
49204 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
49205 "    script\n"
49206 "    exit\n"
49207 "fi\n"
49208
49209 #. type: Plain text
49210 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150
49211 msgid ""
49212 "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read "
49213 "more input than you would expect."
49214 msgstr ""
49215 "Vous devriez aussi éviter l’utilisation de *script* dans les tubes de "
49216 "commande, car *script* peut lire plus d’entrées que vous pourriez en "
49217 "attendre."
49218
49219 #. type: Plain text
49220 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:154
49221 msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
49222 msgstr "La commande *script* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
49223
49224 #. type: Plain text
49225 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:158
49226 #, no-wrap
49227 msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
49228 msgstr "*script* place _tout_ dans le fichier journal, dont les changements de ligne et les espaces arrière. Ce n'est pas ce à quoi un utilisateur pourrait naïvement s'attendre.\n"
49229
49230 #. type: Plain text
49231 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
49232 #, no-wrap
49233 msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n"
49234 msgstr "*script* est d'abord conçu pour des sessions de terminal interactives. Quand l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal, (par exemple *echo toto | script*), la session peut se bloquer car l'interpréteur interactif dans la session de script n'a pas de EOF et *script* ne sait pas quand fermer la session. Voir la session *REMARQUES* pour plus d'informations.\n"
49235
49236 #. type: Plain text
49237 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166
49238 #, no-wrap
49239 msgid ""
49240 "*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
49241 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
49242 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
49243 msgstr ""
49244 "*csh*(1) (pour le mécanisme d’__historique__),\n"
49245 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
49246 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
49247
49248 #. type: Title =
49249 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2
49250 #, no-wrap
49251 msgid "scriptlive(1)"
49252 msgstr "scriptlive(1)"
49253
49254 #. type: Plain text
49255 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13
49256 #, fuzzy
49257 #| msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
49258 msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information"
49259 msgstr ""
49260 "scriptreplay - Rejouer un enregistrement fait par script, en utilisant les "
49261 "informations temporelles"
49262
49263 #. type: Plain text
49264 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17
49265 #, no-wrap
49266 msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n"
49267 msgstr "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _fichier_timing_ [*-I*|*-B*] _fichier_script_\n"
49268
49269 #. type: Plain text
49270 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
49271 #, fuzzy
49272 #| msgid ""
49273 #| "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure "
49274 #| "that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the "
49275 #| "script was recorded."
49276 msgid ""
49277 "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing "
49278 "information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally "
49279 "appeared when the script was recorded."
49280 msgstr ""
49281 "Ce programme rejoue un enregistrement fait par B<script>(1), en utilisant "
49282 "les informations temporelles pour s'assurer qu'il s'exécute au même rythme "
49283 "que lors de l'enregistrement."
49284
49285 #. type: Plain text
49286 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
49287 msgid ""
49288 "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's "
49289 "$SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
49290 msgstr ""
49291
49292 #. type: Plain text
49293 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25
49294 #, no-wrap
49295 msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n"
49296 msgstr ""
49297
49298 #. type: Plain text
49299 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
49300 msgid ""
49301 "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
49302 "log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what "
49303 "script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
49304 msgstr ""
49305
49306 #. type: Plain text
49307 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
49308 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input."
49309 msgstr "Fichier contenant l'entrée de terminal de *script*."
49310
49311 #. type: Plain text
49312 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40
49313 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input."
49314 msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script* et l’entrée."
49315
49316 #. type: Labeled list
49317 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41
49318 #, no-wrap
49319 msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_"
49320 msgstr "*-t*, *--timing* _fichier_"
49321
49322 #. type: Plain text
49323 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
49324 msgid ""
49325 "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style "
49326 "arguments."
49327 msgstr ""
49328 "Fichier contenant la sortie temporelle de *script*. Cette option outrepasse "
49329 "les paramètres à l'ancienne."
49330
49331 #. type: Plain text
49332 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
49333 #, fuzzy
49334 #| msgid ""
49335 #| "This is an alias for B<-t>, maintained for compatibility with "
49336 #| "B<script>(1)  command-line options."
49337 msgid ""
49338 "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line "
49339 "options."
49340 msgstr ""
49341 "Alias pour B<-t>, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les "
49342 "options de la ligne de commande de B<script>(1)."
49343
49344 #. type: Plain text
49345 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
49346 msgid ""
49347 "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a "
49348 "floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by "
49349 "this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
49350 msgstr ""
49351 "Multiplier la vitesse d'affichage de la répétition (replay) par _nombre_. "
49352 "L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Il est appelé diviseur car il "
49353 "divise les temps par ce facteur. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à "
49354 "l'ancienne."
49355
49356 #. type: Labeled list
49357 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56
49358 #, no-wrap
49359 msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_"
49360 msgstr "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _nombre_"
49361
49362 #. type: Plain text
49363 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
49364 msgid ""
49365 "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument "
49366 "is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the "
49367 "typescript replay."
49368 msgstr ""
49369 "Définir le délai maximal entre les mises à jour de transcription à "
49370 "_nombre_ secondes. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Cela peut "
49371 "être utilisé pour éviter les longues pauses quand la transcription est "
49372 "rejouée."
49373
49374 #. type: delimited block .
49375 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:60
49376 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
49377 #| msgid ""
49378 #| "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49379 #| "Script started, file is script.out\n"
49380 #| "% ls\n"
49381 #| "E<lt>etc, etcE<gt>\n"
49382 #| "% exit\n"
49383 #| "Script done, file is script.out\n"
49384 #| "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49385 msgid ""
49386 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
49387 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
49388 "% date\n"
49389 "<etc, etc>\n"
49390 "% exit\n"
49391 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
49392 "% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
49393 msgstr ""
49394 "% script --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49395 "Le script a débuté, le fichier est script.out\n"
49396 "% ls\n"
49397 "E<lt>etc, etcE<gt>\n"
49398 "% exit\n"
49399 "Script terminé, le fichier est script.out\n"
49400 "% scriptreplay --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49401
49402 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
49403 #. type: Plain text
49404 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70
49405 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
49406 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
49407
49408 #. type: Plain text
49409 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:72 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:92
49410 msgid ""
49411 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO "
49412 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
49413 msgstr ""
49414 "C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez les sources pour les conditions de "
49415 "copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou "
49416 "d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."
49417
49418 #. type: Plain text
49419 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94
49420 msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later."
49421 msgstr "Diffusé sous licence GNU GPL version 2 ou postérieure."
49422
49423 #. type: Plain text
49424 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79
49425 #, no-wrap
49426 msgid ""
49427 "*script*(1),\n"
49428 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
49429 msgstr ""
49430 "*script*(1),\n"
49431 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
49432
49433 #. type: Title =
49434 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2
49435 #, no-wrap
49436 msgid "scriptreplay(1)"
49437 msgstr "scriptreplay(1)"
49438
49439 #. type: Plain text
49440 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13
49441 msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
49442 msgstr ""
49443 "scriptreplay - Rejouer un enregistrement fait par script, en utilisant les "
49444 "informations temporelles"
49445
49446 #. type: Plain text
49447 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17
49448 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
49449 #| msgid "B<scriptreplay> [options] [B<-t>] I<timingfile> [I<typescript> [I<divisor>]]"
49450 msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]]\n"
49451 msgstr "B<scriptreplay> [I<options>] [B<-t>] I<fichier_timing> [I<fichier_script> [I<diviseur>]]"
49452
49453 #. type: Plain text
49454 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
49455 msgid ""
49456 "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that "
49457 "output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script "
49458 "was recorded."
49459 msgstr ""
49460 "Ce programme rejoue un enregistrement fait par *script*(1), en utilisant les "
49461 "informations temporelles pour s'assurer qu'il s'exécute au même rythme que "
49462 "lors de l'enregistrement."
49463
49464 #. type: Plain text
49465 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
49466 msgid ""
49467 "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run "
49468 "when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same "
49469 "information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to "
49470 "work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was "
49471 "recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be "
49472 "interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending "
49473 "its output."
49474 msgstr ""
49475 "La répétition affiche simplement à nouveau les informations ; les programmes "
49476 "lancés lors de l'enregistrement de _fichier_script_ *ne sont pas "
49477 "réexécutés*. Comme les mêmes informations sont réaffichées, *scriptreplay* "
49478 "ne garantit un bon fonctionnement que s'il est lancé sur le même type de "
49479 "terminal que celui où a été enregistré le _fichier_script_. Sinon, tout "
49480 "caractère d'échappement de l'enregistrement pourrait être interprété "
49481 "différemment par le terminal sur lequel *scriptreplay* envoie sa sortie."
49482
49483 #. type: Plain text
49484 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
49485 msgid ""
49486 "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
49487 "log-timing*."
49488 msgstr ""
49489 "Les informations temporelles correspondent à ce que *script*(1) envoie au "
49490 "fichier spécifié avec *--log-timing*."
49491
49492 #. type: Plain text
49493 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
49494 msgid ""
49495 "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, "
49496 "but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option "
49497 "*--log-out*."
49498 msgstr ""
49499 "Par défaut, le fichier à rejouer est supposé s'appeler _fichier_script_, "
49500 "mais d'autres fichiers peuvent être précisés à l'aide du deuxième paramètre "
49501 "ou avec l'option *--log-out*."
49502
49503 #. type: Plain text
49504 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
49505 #, fuzzy
49506 #| msgid ""
49507 #| "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-"
49508 #| "up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice "
49509 #| "as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the "
49510 #| "original session."
49511 msgid ""
49512 "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up "
49513 "multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as "
49514 "fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original "
49515 "session."
49516 msgstr ""
49517 "Si le troisième paramètre ou *--divisor* est indiqué, il est utilisé comme "
49518 "multiplicateur de vitesse. Par exemple, la valeur « 2 » multiplie par 2 la "
49519 "vitesse de *scriptreplay*, « 0.1 » la divise par 10."
49520
49521 #. type: Plain text
49522 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37
49523 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output."
49524 msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script*."
49525
49526 #. type: Plain text
49527 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
49528 msgid ""
49529 "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) "
49530 "command-line options."
49531 msgstr ""
49532 "Alias pour *-t*, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les options "
49533 "de la ligne de commande de *script*(1)."
49534
49535 #. type: Labeled list
49536 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47
49537 #, no-wrap
49538 msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_"
49539 msgstr "*-s*, *--typescript* _fichier_"
49540
49541 #. type: Plain text
49542 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
49543 msgid ""
49544 "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. "
49545 "This option overrides old-style arguments."
49546 msgstr ""
49547 "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script*. Alias obsolète pour *--"
49548 "log-out*. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."
49549
49550 #. type: Labeled list
49551 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50
49552 #, no-wrap
49553 msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
49554 msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
49555
49556 #. type: Plain text
49557 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
49558 msgid ""
49559 "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
49560 "files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line "
49561 "break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the "
49562 "same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
49563 msgstr ""
49564 "Spécifier la manière d'utiliser le caractère CR (0x0D, retour chariot) dans "
49565 "les fichiers journaux. Le mode par défaut est _auto_, auquel cas CR est "
49566 "remplacé par un retour à la ligne dans le journal de l'entrée standard, "
49567 "sinon *scriptreplay* écrasera la même ligne. Les autres modes sont _never_ "
49568 "et _always_."
49569
49570 #. type: Labeled list
49571 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59
49572 #, no-wrap
49573 msgid "*--summary*"
49574 msgstr "*--summary*"
49575
49576 #. type: Plain text
49577 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
49578 #, fuzzy
49579 #| msgid ""
49580 #| "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file "
49581 #| "and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
49582 #| "*script*(1)) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
49583 msgid ""
49584 "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and "
49585 "exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
49586 "*script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
49587 msgstr ""
49588 "Afficher les détails de la session enregistrée dans le fichier de temps "
49589 "indiqué et quitter. La session doit être enregistrée au format _advanced_ "
49590 "(avancé) (voir *script*(1)), option *--logging-format*, pour plus de "
49591 "détails)."
49592
49593 #. type: Labeled list
49594 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62
49595 #, no-wrap
49596 msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
49597 msgstr "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
49598
49599 #. type: Plain text
49600 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
49601 msgid ""
49602 "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported "
49603 "stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is "
49604 "recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only "
49605 "specified data."
49606 msgstr ""
49607 "Forcer *scriptreplay* à n'afficher que les flux indiqués. Les types de flux "
49608 "pris en charge sont _in_, _out_, _signal_ ou _info_. Cette option est "
49609 "recommandée pour des journaux de plusieurs flux (comme *--log-io*) pour "
49610 "n'afficher que les données indiquées."
49611
49612 #. type: delimited block .
49613 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:77
49614 #, no-wrap
49615 msgid ""
49616 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49617 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
49618 "% ls\n"
49619 "<etc, etc>\n"
49620 "% exit\n"
49621 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
49622 "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49623 msgstr ""
49624 "% script --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49625 "Le script a débuté, le fichier est script.out\n"
49626 "% ls\n"
49627 "<etc, etc>\n"
49628 "% exit\n"
49629 "Script terminé, le fichier est script.out\n"
49630 "% scriptreplay --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
49631
49632 #. type: Plain text
49633 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:82
49634 msgid ""
49635 "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet."
49636 "net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James "
49637 "Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
49638 msgstr ""
49639 "Le programme *scriptreplay* a été écrit à l'origine par mailto:joey@kitenet."
49640 "net[Joey Hess]. Il a été réécrit en C par mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] "
49641 "et mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
49642
49643 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
49644 #. type: Plain text
49645 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87
49646 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
49647 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
49648
49649 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
49650 #. type: Plain text
49651 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:90
49652 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
49653 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
49654
49655 #. type: Plain text
49656 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99
49657 #, no-wrap
49658 msgid ""
49659 "*script*(1),\n"
49660 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
49661 msgstr ""
49662 "*script*(1),\n"
49663 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
49664
49665 #. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au)
49666 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
49667 #. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk)
49668 #. Do not restrict distribution.
49669 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
49670 #. type: Title =
49671 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9
49672 #, no-wrap
49673 msgid "setterm(1)"
49674 msgstr "setterm(1)"
49675
49676 #. type: Plain text
49677 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19
49678 msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
49679 msgstr "setterm - Définir les attributs du terminal"
49680
49681 #. type: Plain text
49682 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23
49683 #, no-wrap
49684 msgid "*setterm* [options]\n"
49685 msgstr "*setterm* [options]\n"
49686
49687 #. type: Plain text
49688 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27
49689 #, no-wrap
49690 msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n"
49691 msgstr "*setterm* affiche sur la sortie standard une chaîne de caractères qui invoquera les caractéristiques indiquées du terminal. Quand c'est possible, _terminfo_ est consulté pour découvrir la chaîne à utiliser. Certaines options cependant (référencées par la suite par «\\ consoles virtuelles uniquement\\ ») ne correspondent pas à une caractéristique d'un *terminfo*(5). Dans ce cas de figure, si le type de terminal est «\\ con\\ » ou «\\ linux\\ » la chaîne affichée est celle qui invoque la caractéristique mentionnée sur la console virtuelle d'un PC MINIX. Les options non implémentées par le terminal sont ignorées.\n"
49692
49693 #. type: Plain text
49694 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31
49695 msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*."
49696 msgstr ""
49697 "Pour les options booléennes (*on* ou *off*), la valeur par défaut est *on*."
49698
49699 #. type: Plain text
49700 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
49701 msgid ""
49702 "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, "
49703 "*magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
49704 msgstr ""
49705 "Ci-dessous, une valeur __8_couleurs__ peut être *black*, *red*, *green*, "
49706 "*yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan* ou *white*."
49707
49708 #. type: Plain text
49709 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
49710 msgid ""
49711 "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, "
49712 "*green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
49713 msgstr ""
49714 "Une valeur _16-couleurs_ peut être une des valeurs _8-couleurs_, ou *grey* "
49715 "ou *bright* suivis de *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, "
49716 "or *white*."
49717
49718 #. type: Plain text
49719 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
49720 msgid ""
49721 "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
49722 "consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--"
49723 "underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
49724 msgstr ""
49725 "Les différentes options de couleur peuvent être définies séparément, au "
49726 "moins sur les consoles virtuelles, bien que l'effet de la définition de "
49727 "plusieurs modes (par exemple, *--underline* et *--half-bright*) dépend du "
49728 "matériel."
49729
49730 #. type: Plain text
49731 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
49732 #, fuzzy
49733 #| msgid ""
49734 #| "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between "
49735 #| "the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
49736 msgid ""
49737 "The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space "
49738 "between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. "
49739 "*setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument "
49740 "too."
49741 msgstr ""
49742 "Les paramètres optionnels ont besoin d'un « = » (signe égal) et pas d'espace "
49743 "entre l'option et le paramètre. Par exemple, --option=paramètre."
49744
49745 #. type: Labeled list
49746 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40
49747 #, no-wrap
49748 msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
49749 msgstr "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
49750
49751 #. type: Plain text
49752 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
49753 msgid ""
49754 "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. "
49755 "will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the "
49756 "_vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can "
49757 "cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
49758 msgstr ""
49759 "Activer ou désactiver le «\\ Cursor Key Application Mode\\ ». En mode actif "
49760 "(« *on* »), ESC O A, ESC O B, etc., seront envoyés à la place de ESC [ A, "
49761 "ESC [ B, etc. Les utilisateurs de *vi* se référeront à la section «\\ vi and "
49762 "Cursor-Keys\\ » du _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ (en anglais) pour connaître la "
49763 "raison des problèmes que cela peut poser. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
49764
49765 #. type: Labeled list
49766 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
49767 #, no-wrap
49768 msgid "*--append* _console_number_"
49769 msgstr "*--append* _numéro_console_"
49770
49771 #. type: Plain text
49772 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
49773 msgid ""
49774 "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. "
49775 "Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
49776 msgstr ""
49777 "Identique à *--dump*, mais ajoute au fichier d’instantané au lieu de "
49778 "l'écraser. Ne fonctionne que si aucune option *--dump* n’est donnée."
49779
49780 #. type: Labeled list
49781 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46
49782 #, no-wrap
49783 msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default"
49784 msgstr "*--background* __couleurs__|default"
49785
49786 #. type: Plain text
49787 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
49788 msgid "Sets the background text color."
49789 msgstr "Définir la couleur d'arrière-plan du texte."
49790
49791 #. type: Labeled list
49792 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49
49793 #, no-wrap
49794 msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
49795 msgstr "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
49796
49797 #. type: Plain text
49798 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
49799 msgid ""
49800 "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be "
49801 "automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets "
49802 "the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked "
49803 "vt). Virtual consoles only."
49804 msgstr ""
49805 "Définir l'intervalle d'inactivité, en minute, après lequel la console sera "
49806 "éteinte (en utilisant APM s'il est disponible). Sans option, renvoyer l'état "
49807 "de la console (renvoyer la console qui a été éteinte ou zéro pour une "
49808 "console non éteinte). Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
49809
49810 #. type: Plain text
49811 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53
49812 msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed."
49813 msgstr ""
49814 "Le paramètre *force* laisse l'écran vide même si une touche est pressée."
49815
49816 #. type: Plain text
49817 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55
49818 msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen."
49819 msgstr "Le paramètre *poke* réveille l'écran."
49820
49821 #. type: Labeled list
49822 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56
49823 #, no-wrap
49824 msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]"
49825 msgstr "*--bfreq*[=_numéro_]"
49826
49827 #. type: Plain text
49828 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
49829 msgid ""
49830 "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. "
49831 "Virtual consoles only."
49832 msgstr ""
49833 "Définir la fréquence du bip en hertz. Sans paramètre, *0* est utilisé par "
49834 "défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
49835
49836 #. type: Labeled list
49837 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59
49838 #, no-wrap
49839 msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
49840 msgstr "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
49841
49842 #. type: Plain text
49843 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
49844 msgid ""
49845 "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to "
49846 "*0*. Virtual consoles only."
49847 msgstr ""
49848 "Définir la durée du bip en milliseconde. Sans paramètre, *0* est utilisé par "
49849 "défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
49850
49851 #. type: Labeled list
49852 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62
49853 #, no-wrap
49854 msgid "*--blink* on|off"
49855 msgstr "*--blink* on|off"
49856
49857 #. type: Plain text
49858 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
49859 msgid ""
49860 "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns "
49861 "off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
49862 msgstr ""
49863 "Activer ou désactiver le mode clignotant. À part sur une console virtuelle, "
49864 "*--blink off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-teinte, clignotant, "
49865 "inverse)."
49866
49867 #. type: Labeled list
49868 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65
49869 #, no-wrap
49870 msgid "*--bold* on|off"
49871 msgstr "*--bold* on|off"
49872
49873 #. type: Plain text
49874 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
49875 msgid ""
49876 "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
49877 "bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
49878 msgstr ""
49879 "Activer ou désactiver le mode gras (surbrillance). À part sur une console "
49880 "virtuelle, *--bold off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-luminosité, "
49881 "clignotant, inverse)."
49882
49883 #. type: Labeled list
49884 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68
49885 #, no-wrap
49886 msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
49887 msgstr "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
49888
49889 #. type: Plain text
49890 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
49891 msgid ""
49892 "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared "
49893 "and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With "
49894 "the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position "
49895 "to the end."
49896 msgstr ""
49897 "Sans argument, ou avec l’argument *all*, tout l’écran est nettoyé et le "
49898 "curseur est défini à la position d’origine, comme *clear*(1) le fait. Avec "
49899 "l’argument *rest*, l’écran est nettoyé à partir de la position actuelle du "
49900 "curseur jusqu’à la fin."
49901
49902 #. type: Labeled list
49903 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71
49904 #, no-wrap
49905 msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
49906 msgstr "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
49907
49908 #. type: Plain text
49909 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
49910 msgid ""
49911 "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
49912 "*1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
49913 msgstr ""
49914 "Effacer les taquets de tabulation horizontale à partir des positions données "
49915 "du curseur, échelonnées de *1* à *160*. Sans paramètre, effacer tous les "
49916 "taquets de tabulation. Sur les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
49917
49918 #. type: Labeled list
49919 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74
49920 #, no-wrap
49921 msgid "*--cursor* on|off"
49922 msgstr "*--cursor* on|off"
49923
49924 #. type: Plain text
49925 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
49926 msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
49927 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le curseur."
49928
49929 #. type: Labeled list
49930 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77
49931 #, no-wrap
49932 msgid "*--default*"
49933 msgstr "*--default*"
49934
49935 #. type: Plain text
49936 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
49937 msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
49938 msgstr ""
49939 "Positionner les options de rendu du terminal à leurs valeurs par défaut."
49940
49941 #. type: Labeled list
49942 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80
49943 #, no-wrap
49944 msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]"
49945 msgstr "*--dump*[=_numéro_console_]"
49946
49947 #. type: Plain text
49948 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
49949 msgid ""
49950 "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file "
49951 "specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is "
49952 "_screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. "
49953 "This overrides *--append*."
49954 msgstr ""
49955 "Écrire un instantané de la console virtuelle avec le numéro donné dans le "
49956 "fichier indiqué par l'option *--file*, en écrasant son contenu ; par défaut, "
49957 "il s'agit de _screen.dump_. Sans option, vider la console virtuelle active. "
49958 "Cela remplace *--append*."
49959
49960 #. type: Labeled list
49961 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83
49962 #, no-wrap
49963 msgid "*--file* _filename_"
49964 msgstr "*--file* _fichier_"
49965
49966 #. type: Plain text
49967 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
49968 msgid ""
49969 "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the "
49970 "same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen."
49971 "dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum "
49972 "will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
49973 msgstr ""
49974 "Définir le nom de _fichier_ de l'instantané pour les options *--dump* ou *--"
49975 "append* sur une même ligne de commande. Si cette option n'est pas présente, "
49976 "_screen.dump_ est écrit dans le répertoire actuel. Un nom de chemin qui "
49977 "dépasse le maximum du système sera tronqué, consultez *PATH_MAX* dans _linux/"
49978 "limits.h_ pour connaître sa valeur."
49979
49980 #. type: Labeled list
49981 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
49982 #, no-wrap
49983 msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default"
49984 msgstr "*--foreground* __couleurs__|default"
49985
49986 #. type: Plain text
49987 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
49988 msgid "Sets the foreground text color."
49989 msgstr "Définir la couleur du texte."
49990
49991 #. type: Labeled list
49992 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89
49993 #, no-wrap
49994 msgid "*--half-bright* on|off"
49995 msgstr "*--half-bright* on|off"
49996
49997 #. type: Plain text
49998 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
49999 msgid ""
50000 "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
50001 "half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
50002 "reverse)."
50003 msgstr ""
50004 "Activer ou désactiver le mode sombre (demi-teinte). À part sur une console "
50005 "virtuelle, *--half-bright off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
50006 "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
50007
50008 #. type: Labeled list
50009 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92
50010 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50011 #| msgid "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
50012 msgid "*--hbcolor* _16-color_"
50013 msgstr "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-couleurs_"
50014
50015 #. type: Plain text
50016 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94
50017 msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters."
50018 msgstr ""
50019 "Définir la couleur des caractères en demi-teintes («\\ half-bright\\ »)."
50020
50021 #. type: Labeled list
50022 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95
50023 #, no-wrap
50024 msgid "*--initialize*"
50025 msgstr "*--initialize*"
50026
50027 #. type: Plain text
50028 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
50029 msgid ""
50030 "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
50031 "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
50032 msgstr ""
50033 "Afficher la chaîne d'initialisation du terminal qui définit normalement aux "
50034 "valeurs par défaut les options de rendu du terminal et d'autres attributs."
50035
50036 #. type: Labeled list
50037 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98
50038 #, no-wrap
50039 msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off"
50040 msgstr "*--inversescreen* on|off"
50041
50042 #. type: Plain text
50043 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100
50044 msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen."
50045 msgstr ""
50046 "Échanger les couleurs de premier plan et d’arrière-plan sur tout l’écran."
50047
50048 #. type: Labeled list
50049 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101
50050 #, no-wrap
50051 msgid "*--linewrap* on|off"
50052 msgstr "*--linewrap* on|off"
50053
50054 #. type: Plain text
50055 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
50056 msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full."
50057 msgstr ""
50058 "Laisser le terminal continuer sur une nouvelle ligne quand une ligne est "
50059 "pleine."
50060
50061 #. type: Labeled list
50062 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
50063 #, no-wrap
50064 msgid "*--msg* on|off"
50065 msgstr "*--msg* on|off"
50066
50067 #. type: Plain text
50068 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
50069 msgid ""
50070 "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the "
50071 "console. Virtual consoles only."
50072 msgstr ""
50073 "Activer ou désactiver l'affichage de messages *printk*() du noyau sur la "
50074 "console. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50075
50076 #. type: Labeled list
50077 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107
50078 #, no-wrap
50079 msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8"
50080 msgstr "*--msglevel* 0-8"
50081
50082 #. type: Plain text
50083 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
50084 msgid ""
50085 "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages "
50086 "strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* "
50087 "has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all "
50088 "kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the "
50089 "logging of kernel messages."
50090 msgstr ""
50091 "Définir le niveau de journalisation de la console pour les messages "
50092 "*printk()* du noyau. Tous les messages de niveau strictement plus élevés "
50093 "seront affichés, de telle sorte qu'un niveau *0* aura le même effet que *--"
50094 "msg on* et qu'un niveau *8* affichera tous les messages du noyau. *klogd*(8) "
50095 "peut être une interface plus appropriée pour la journalisation des messages "
50096 "du noyau."
50097
50098 #. type: Plain text
50099 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111
50100 msgid "Virtual consoles only."
50101 msgstr "Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50102
50103 #. type: Labeled list
50104 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
50105 #, no-wrap
50106 msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
50107 msgstr "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
50108
50109 #. type: Plain text
50110 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
50111 msgid ""
50112 "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it "
50113 "defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the "
50114 "monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode "
50115 "or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
50116 msgstr ""
50117 "Définir le délai avant arrêt du moniteur VESA, en minute. Sans option, la "
50118 "valeur par défaut est *0* (désactiver l'arrêt). Si la console est éteinte ou "
50119 "si le moniteur est en mode suspendu, le moniteur se placera alors "
50120 "respectivement en mode *vsync* ou en mode *powerdown* après l'écoulement de "
50121 "la période."
50122
50123 #. type: Labeled list
50124 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
50125 #, no-wrap
50126 msgid "*--powersave* _mode_"
50127 msgstr "*--powersave* _mode_"
50128
50129 #. type: Plain text
50130 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117
50131 msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:"
50132 msgstr "Les valeurs autorisées de _mode_ sont :"
50133
50134 #. type: Labeled list
50135 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118
50136 #, no-wrap
50137 msgid "*vsync|on*"
50138 msgstr "*vsync|on*"
50139
50140 #. type: Plain text
50141 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
50142 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode."
50143 msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode _vsync_ de suspension VESA."
50144
50145 #. type: Labeled list
50146 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
50147 #, no-wrap
50148 msgid "*hsync*"
50149 msgstr "*hsync*"
50150
50151 #. type: Plain text
50152 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
50153 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode."
50154 msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode hsync de suspension VESA."
50155
50156 #. type: Labeled list
50157 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
50158 #, no-wrap
50159 msgid "*powerdown*"
50160 msgstr "*powerdown*"
50161
50162 #. type: Plain text
50163 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
50164 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode."
50165 msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode d’arrêt VESA."
50166
50167 #. type: Plain text
50168 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126
50169 msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features."
50170 msgstr "(Dés)activer les propriétés d'économie d'énergie du moniteur VESA."
50171
50172 #. type: Labeled list
50173 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127
50174 #, no-wrap
50175 msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
50176 msgstr "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
50177
50178 #. type: Plain text
50179 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
50180 msgid ""
50181 "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
50182 "every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to "
50183 "*8*. Virtual consoles only."
50184 msgstr ""
50185 "Effacer tous les taquets de tabulation, puis définir un motif régulier de "
50186 "taquets de tabulation, avec une tabulation toutes les _x_ positions. Sans "
50187 "argument, la valeur par défaut est *8*. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50188
50189 #. type: Labeled list
50190 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
50191 #, no-wrap
50192 msgid "*--repeat* on|off"
50193 msgstr "*--repeat* on|off"
50194
50195 #. type: Plain text
50196 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132
50197 msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only."
50198 msgstr ""
50199 "Activer ou désactiver la répétition de touches du clavier. Consoles "
50200 "virtuelles uniquement."
50201
50202 #. type: Labeled list
50203 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133
50204 #, no-wrap
50205 msgid "*--reset*"
50206 msgstr "*--reset*"
50207
50208 #. type: Plain text
50209 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
50210 msgid ""
50211 "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to "
50212 "its power-on state."
50213 msgstr ""
50214 "Afficher la chaîne de restauration du terminal, qui rétablit habituellement "
50215 "le terminal dans son état de démarrage."
50216
50217 #. type: Labeled list
50218 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136
50219 #, no-wrap
50220 msgid "*--resize*"
50221 msgstr "*--resize*"
50222
50223 #. type: Plain text
50224 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
50225 #, fuzzy
50226 #| msgid ""
50227 #| "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful "
50228 #| "when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most "
50229 #| "notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but "
50230 #| "just byte streams and breaks."
50231 msgid ""
50232 "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when "
50233 "actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use "
50234 "case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(2) but just byte "
50235 "streams and breaks."
50236 msgstr ""
50237 "Réinitialiser la taille du terminal avec la valeur maximale de lignes et de "
50238 "colonnes. Cela est utile quand la géométrie réelle et le pilote du noyau ne "
50239 "sont pas en accord. Vous l'utiliserez surtout avec des consoles séries, qui "
50240 "n'utilisent pas *ioctl*(3p) mais des flux d'octets et des ruptures."
50241
50242 #. type: Labeled list
50243 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139
50244 #, no-wrap
50245 msgid "*--reverse* on|off"
50246 msgstr "*--reverse* on|off"
50247
50248 #. type: Plain text
50249 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
50250 msgid ""
50251 "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse "
50252 "off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
50253 msgstr ""
50254 "Activer ou désactiver le mode vidéo inverse. À part sur une console "
50255 "virtuelle, *--reverse off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-teinte, "
50256 "clignotant, inverse)."
50257
50258 #. type: Labeled list
50259 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
50260 #, no-wrap
50261 msgid "*--store*"
50262 msgstr "*--store*"
50263
50264 #. type: Plain text
50265 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
50266 msgid ""
50267 "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background "
50268 "colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
50269 msgstr ""
50270 "Conserver les options de rendu du terminal actif (couleurs de premier plan "
50271 "et d'arrière-plan) comme celles à utiliser lors d'une restauration des "
50272 "valeurs par défaut. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50273
50274 #. type: Labeled list
50275 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145
50276 #, no-wrap
50277 msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
50278 msgstr "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
50279
50280 #. type: Plain text
50281 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
50282 msgid ""
50283 "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
50284 "*1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
50285 msgstr ""
50286 "Placer des taquets de tabulation horizontale à des positions données du "
50287 "curseur, échelonnées de *1* à *160*. Sans paramètre, afficher les taquets de "
50288 "tabulation actuels."
50289
50290 #. type: Labeled list
50291 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148
50292 #, no-wrap
50293 msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_"
50294 msgstr "*--term* _nom_terminal_"
50295
50296 #. type: Plain text
50297 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
50298 msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
50299 msgstr "Remplacer la variable d'environnement *TERM*."
50300
50301 #. type: Labeled list
50302 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
50303 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50304 #| msgid "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
50305 msgid "*--ulcolor* _16-color_"
50306 msgstr "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-couleurs_"
50307
50308 #. type: Plain text
50309 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
50310 msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only."
50311 msgstr ""
50312 "Définir la couleur des caractères soulignés. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50313
50314 #. type: Labeled list
50315 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154
50316 #, no-wrap
50317 msgid "*--underline* on|off"
50318 msgstr "*--underline* on|off"
50319
50320 #. type: Plain text
50321 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156
50322 msgid "Turns underline mode on or off."
50323 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le mode souligné."
50324
50325 #. type: Plain text
50326 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
50327 msgid ""
50328 "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, "
50329 "for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single "
50330 "hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-"
50331 "compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are "
50332 "no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
50333 msgstr ""
50334 "Depuis la version 2.25, *setterm* prend en charge les options longues avec "
50335 "deux tirets, par exemple *--help*, en plus des options longues historiques "
50336 "avec un seul tiret, par exemple *-help*. Dans les scripts, mieux vaut "
50337 "utiliser un seul tiret au lieu de deux pour être rétrocompatible. "
50338 "Actuellement, arrêter la compatibilité avec un seul tiret n’est pas prévu."
50339
50340 #. type: Plain text
50341 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166
50342 msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
50343 msgstr ""
50344 "Les différences entre les versions MINIX et Linux ne sont pas documentées."
50345
50346 #. type: Plain text
50347 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:173
50348 #, no-wrap
50349 msgid ""
50350 "*stty*(1),\n"
50351 "*tput*(1),\n"
50352 "*tty*(4),\n"
50353 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
50354 msgstr ""
50355 "*stty*(1),\n"
50356 "*tput*(1),\n"
50357 "*tty*(4),\n"
50358 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
50359
50360 #
50361 #
50362 #
50363 #
50364 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
50365 #. All rights reserved.
50366 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
50367 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
50368 #. are met:
50369 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
50370 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
50371 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
50372 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
50373 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
50374 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
50375 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
50376 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
50377 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
50378 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
50379 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
50380 #.    without specific prior written permission.
50381 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
50382 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
50383 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
50384 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
50385 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
50386 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
50387 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
50388 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
50389 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
50390 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
50391 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
50392 #.     @(#)wall.1       6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
50393 #. type: Title =
50394 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37
50395 #, no-wrap
50396 msgid "wall(1)"
50397 msgstr "wall(1)"
50398
50399 #. type: Plain text
50400 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47
50401 msgid "wall - write a message to all users"
50402 msgstr "wall - Envoyer un message à tous les utilisateurs"
50403
50404 #. type: Plain text
50405 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
50406 #, no-wrap
50407 msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
50408 msgstr "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _délai_] [*-g* _groupe_] [_message_ | _fichier_]\n"
50409
50410 #. type: Plain text
50411 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
50412 #, no-wrap
50413 msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n"
50414 msgstr "*wall* affiche un _message_, le contenu d’un _fichier_ ou sinon son entrée standard, sur les terminaux de tous les utilisateurs actuellement connectés. La commande dédoublera les lignes excédant 79 caractères. Les lignes courtes sont complétées par des espaces pour faire 79 caractères. La commande ajoutera toujours un retour chariot et un changement de ligne à la fin de chaque ligne.\n"
50415
50416 #. type: Plain text
50417 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
50418 msgid ""
50419 "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to "
50420 "deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
50421 msgstr ""
50422 "Seul le superutilisateur peut écrire sur les terminaux des utilisateurs qui "
50423 "ont choisi de refuser les messages ou qui utilisent un programme qui "
50424 "interdit automatiquement les messages."
50425
50426 #. type: Plain text
50427 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
50428 msgid ""
50429 "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the "
50430 "program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
50431 msgstr ""
50432 "La lecture depuis un _fichier_ est interdite quand l'appelant n'est pas "
50433 "superutilisateur et que le programme est set-user-ID ou set-group-ID."
50434
50435 #. type: Labeled list
50436 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62
50437 #, no-wrap
50438 msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
50439 msgstr "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
50440
50441 #. type: Plain text
50442 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
50443 msgid "Suppress the banner."
50444 msgstr "Supprimer la bannière."
50445
50446 #. type: Plain text
50447 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
50448 msgid ""
50449 "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This "
50450 "_timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, "
50451 "which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
50452 msgstr ""
50453 "Abandonner la tentative d’écriture sur les terminaux après _délai_ secondes. "
50454 "Ce _délai_ doit être un entier positif. La valeur par défaut est de "
50455 "300 secondes, qui est un héritage de l'époque où les gens se connectaient "
50456 "aux terminaux à l'aide de modems."
50457
50458 #. type: Labeled list
50459 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68
50460 #, no-wrap
50461 msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
50462 msgstr "*-g*, *--group* _groupe_"
50463
50464 #. type: Plain text
50465 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
50466 msgid ""
50467 "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. "
50468 "The argument can be group name or GID."
50469 msgstr ""
50470 "Limiter l'affichage du message aux membres du groupe défini comme paramètre "
50471 "_groupe_. Le paramètre peut être un nom de groupe ou un GID."
50472
50473 #. type: Plain text
50474 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76
50475 msgid ""
50476 "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) "
50477 "ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is "
50478 "done to avoid write errors."
50479 msgstr ""
50480 "Certaines sessions, comme *wdm*(1x), qui ont un caractère « : » au début des "
50481 "données ut_type d’*utmp*(5) n’obtiendront pas le message de *wall*. Cela est "
50482 "fait pour éviter les erreurs d’écriture."
50483
50484 #. type: Plain text
50485 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80
50486 msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
50487 msgstr "Une commande *wall* est apparue dans la version 7 d’UNIX AT&T."
50488
50489 #. type: Plain text
50490 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:87
50491 #, no-wrap
50492 msgid ""
50493 "*mesg*(1),\n"
50494 "*talk*(1),\n"
50495 "*write*(1),\n"
50496 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
50497 msgstr ""
50498 "*mesg*(1),\n"
50499 "*talk*(1),\n"
50500 "*write*(1),\n"
50501 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
50502
50503 #
50504 #
50505 #
50506 #
50507 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
50508 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
50509 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
50510 #. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
50511 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
50512 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
50513 #. are met:
50514 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
50515 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
50516 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
50517 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
50518 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
50519 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
50520 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
50521 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
50522 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
50523 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
50524 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
50525 #.    without specific prior written permission.
50526 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
50527 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
50528 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
50529 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
50530 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
50531 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
50532 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
50533 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
50534 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
50535 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
50536 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
50537 #.     @(#)write.1      8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
50538 #. type: Title =
50539 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39
50540 #, no-wrap
50541 msgid "write(1)"
50542 msgstr "write(1)"
50543
50544 #. type: Plain text
50545 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49
50546 msgid "write - send a message to another user"
50547 msgstr "write - envoyer un message à un autre utilisateur"
50548
50549 #. type: Plain text
50550 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51
50551 #, no-wrap
50552 msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n"
50553 msgstr "*write* _utilisateur_ [_terminal_]\n"
50554
50555 #. type: Plain text
50556 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55
50557 #, no-wrap
50558 msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
50559 msgstr ""
50560
50561 #. type: Plain text
50562 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
50563 msgid ""
50564 "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message "
50565 "of the form:"
50566 msgstr ""
50567
50568 #. type: delimited block .
50569 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60
50570 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50571 msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n"
50572 msgstr "Message de %s@%s sur %s à %02d:%02d…"
50573
50574 #. type: Plain text
50575 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
50576 msgid ""
50577 "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. "
50578 "If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
50579 msgstr ""
50580
50581 #. type: Plain text
50582 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
50583 msgid ""
50584 "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
50585 "user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
50586 msgstr ""
50587
50588 #. type: Plain text
50589 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
50590 msgid ""
50591 "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with "
50592 "the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), "
50593 "may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't "
50594 "overwritten."
50595 msgstr ""
50596
50597 #. type: Plain text
50598 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
50599 msgid ""
50600 "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you "
50601 "can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the "
50602 "second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* "
50603 "select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle "
50604 "time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up "
50605 "from home, the message will go to the right place."
50606 msgstr ""
50607
50608 #. type: Plain text
50609 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
50610 msgid ""
50611 "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, "
50612 "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
50613 "other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes "
50614 "the conversation to be over."
50615 msgstr ""
50616
50617 #. type: Plain text
50618 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79
50619 #, fuzzy
50620 #| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
50621 msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 5 AT&T UNIX (Jun 1974)."
50622 msgstr "Une commande *write* est apparue dans la version 6 du UNIX d’AT&T."
50623
50624 #. type: Plain text
50625 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:85
50626 #, no-wrap
50627 msgid ""
50628 "*mesg*(1),\n"
50629 "*talk*(1),\n"
50630 "*who*(1)\n"
50631 msgstr ""
50632 "*mesg*(1),\n"
50633 "*talk*(1),\n"
50634 "*who*(1)\n"
50635
50636 #
50637 #
50638 #
50639 #
50640 #. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
50641 #. All rights reserved.
50642 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
50643 #. Michael Rendell.
50644 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
50645 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
50646 #. are met:
50647 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
50648 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
50649 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
50650 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
50651 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
50652 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
50653 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
50654 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
50655 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
50656 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
50657 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
50658 #.    without specific prior written permission.
50659 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
50660 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
50661 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
50662 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
50663 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
50664 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
50665 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
50666 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
50667 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
50668 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
50669 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
50670 #.     @(#)col.1        6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91
50671 #. type: Title =
50672 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39
50673 #, no-wrap
50674 msgid "col(1)"
50675 msgstr "col(1)"
50676
50677 #. type: Plain text
50678 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49
50679 msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input"
50680 msgstr ""
50681
50682 #. type: Plain text
50683 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53
50684 #, no-wrap
50685 msgid "*col* _options_\n"
50686 msgstr "*col* _options_\n"
50687
50688 #. type: Plain text
50689 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
50690 #, no-wrap
50691 msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n"
50692 msgstr ""
50693
50694 #. type: Plain text
50695 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
50696 #, no-wrap
50697 msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n"
50698 msgstr ""
50699
50700 #. type: Labeled list
50701 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
50702 #, no-wrap
50703 msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
50704 msgstr "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
50705
50706 #. type: Plain text
50707 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
50708 msgid ""
50709 "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to "
50710 "each column position."
50711 msgstr ""
50712
50713 #. type: Labeled list
50714 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65
50715 #, no-wrap
50716 msgid "*-f*, *--fine*"
50717 msgstr "*-f*, *--fine*"
50718
50719 #. type: Plain text
50720 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
50721 msgid ""
50722 "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line "
50723 "boundary are printed on the following line."
50724 msgstr ""
50725
50726 #. type: Labeled list
50727 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68
50728 #, no-wrap
50729 msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*"
50730 msgstr "*-h*, *--tabs*"
50731
50732 #. type: Plain text
50733 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70
50734 msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces."
50735 msgstr ""
50736
50737 #. type: Labeled list
50738 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71
50739 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50740 #| msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
50741 msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_"
50742 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--lines> I<nombre>"
50743
50744 #. type: Plain text
50745 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
50746 msgid ""
50747 "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
50748 msgstr ""
50749
50750 #. type: Labeled list
50751 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74
50752 #, no-wrap
50753 msgid "*-p*, *--pass*"
50754 msgstr "*-p*, *--pass*"
50755
50756 #. type: Plain text
50757 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
50758 msgid ""
50759 "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally "
50760 "*col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and "
50761 "interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
50762 msgstr ""
50763
50764 #. type: Labeled list
50765 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77
50766 #, no-wrap
50767 msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*"
50768 msgstr "*-x*, *--spaces*"
50769
50770 #. type: Plain text
50771 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79
50772 msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs."
50773 msgstr ""
50774
50775 #. type: Plain text
50776 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85
50777 msgid ""
50778 "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The "
50779 "*-l* option is an extension to the standard."
50780 msgstr ""
50781
50782 #. type: Plain text
50783 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
50784 msgid ""
50785 "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their "
50786 "decimal values are listed in the following table:"
50787 msgstr ""
50788
50789 #. type: Labeled list
50790 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90
50791 #, no-wrap
50792 msgid "*ESC-7*"
50793 msgstr "*ESC-7*"
50794
50795 #. type: Plain text
50796 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92
50797 msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)"
50798 msgstr ""
50799
50800 #. type: Labeled list
50801 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92
50802 #, no-wrap
50803 msgid "*ESC-8*"
50804 msgstr "*ESC-8*"
50805
50806 #. type: Plain text
50807 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
50808 msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)"
50809 msgstr ""
50810
50811 #. type: Labeled list
50812 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
50813 #, no-wrap
50814 msgid "*ESC-9*"
50815 msgstr "*ESC-9*"
50816
50817 #. type: Plain text
50818 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
50819 msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)"
50820 msgstr ""
50821
50822 #. type: Labeled list
50823 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
50824 #, no-wrap
50825 msgid "*backspace*"
50826 msgstr ""
50827
50828 #. type: Plain text
50829 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
50830 msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column"
50831 msgstr ""
50832
50833 #. type: Labeled list
50834 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
50835 #, no-wrap
50836 msgid "*newline*"
50837 msgstr ""
50838
50839 #. type: Plain text
50840 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
50841 msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return"
50842 msgstr ""
50843
50844 #. type: Labeled list
50845 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
50846 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50847 #| msgid "Carriage Return (ASCII 13)"
50848 msgid "*carriage return*"
50849 msgstr "retour chariot (ASCII 13)"
50850
50851 #. type: Plain text
50852 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
50853 msgid "(13)"
50854 msgstr "(13)"
50855
50856 #. type: Labeled list
50857 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
50858 #, no-wrap
50859 msgid "*shift in*"
50860 msgstr ""
50861
50862 #. type: Plain text
50863 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
50864 msgid "shift to normal character set (15)"
50865 msgstr ""
50866
50867 #. type: Labeled list
50868 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
50869 #, no-wrap
50870 msgid "*shift out*"
50871 msgstr ""
50872
50873 #. type: Plain text
50874 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
50875 msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)"
50876 msgstr ""
50877
50878 #. type: Labeled list
50879 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
50880 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50881 #| msgid "Space"
50882 msgid "*space*"
50883 msgstr "espace"
50884
50885 #. type: Plain text
50886 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
50887 msgid "moves forward one column (32)"
50888 msgstr ""
50889
50890 #. type: Labeled list
50891 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
50892 #, no-wrap
50893 msgid "*tab*"
50894 msgstr ""
50895
50896 #. type: Plain text
50897 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
50898 msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)"
50899 msgstr ""
50900
50901 #. type: Labeled list
50902 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
50903 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50904 #| msgid "B<vertical>"
50905 msgid "*vertical tab*"
50906 msgstr "B<vertical>"
50907
50908 #. type: Plain text
50909 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
50910 msgid "reverse line feed (11)"
50911 msgstr ""
50912
50913 #. type: Plain text
50914 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
50915 msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded."
50916 msgstr ""
50917
50918 #. type: Plain text
50919 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116
50920 #, no-wrap
50921 msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n"
50922 msgstr ""
50923
50924 #. type: Plain text
50925 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
50926 msgid ""
50927 "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will "
50928 "display a warning message."
50929 msgstr ""
50930
50931 #. type: Plain text
50932 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
50933 msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
50934 msgstr "Une commande *col* est apparue dans la Version 6 du UNIX AT&T."
50935
50936 #. type: Plain text
50937 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:128
50938 #, no-wrap
50939 msgid ""
50940 "*expand*(1),\n"
50941 "*nroff*(1),\n"
50942 "*tbl*(1)\n"
50943 msgstr ""
50944 "*expand*(1),\n"
50945 "*nroff*(1),\n"
50946 "*tbl*(1)\n"
50947
50948 #
50949 #
50950 #
50951 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
50952 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
50953 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
50954 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
50955 #. are met:
50956 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
50957 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
50958 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
50959 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
50960 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
50961 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
50962 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
50963 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
50964 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
50965 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
50966 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
50967 #.    without specific prior written permission.
50968 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
50969 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
50970 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
50971 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
50972 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
50973 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
50974 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
50975 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
50976 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
50977 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
50978 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
50979 #.     @(#)colcrt.1     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93
50980 #. type: Title =
50981 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36
50982 #, no-wrap
50983 msgid "colcrt(1)"
50984 msgstr "colcrt(1)"
50985
50986 #. type: Plain text
50987 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47
50988 msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing"
50989 msgstr ""
50990
50991 #. type: Plain text
50992 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51
50993 #, no-wrap
50994 msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
50995 msgstr "*colcrt* [options] [_fichier_ ...]\n"
50996
50997 #. type: Plain text
50998 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
50999 #, no-wrap
51000 msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n"
51001 msgstr ""
51002
51003 #. type: Labeled list
51004 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58
51005 #, no-wrap
51006 msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
51007 msgstr "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
51008
51009 #. type: Plain text
51010 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
51011 #, fuzzy
51012 #| msgid ""
51013 #| "Suppress underlining.  This option is silently ignored as backwards "
51014 #| "compatibility."
51015 msgid ""
51016 "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing "
51017 "_allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
51018 msgstr ""
51019 "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
51020 "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."
51021
51022 #. type: Labeled list
51023 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61
51024 #, no-wrap
51025 msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
51026 msgstr "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
51027
51028 #. type: Plain text
51029 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
51030 msgid ""
51031 "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. "
51032 "Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty "
51033 "lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. "
51034 "The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the "
51035 "output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be "
51036 "partially invisible."
51037 msgstr ""
51038
51039 #. type: Plain text
51040 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69
51041 msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
51042 msgstr "La commande *colcrt* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
51043
51044 #. type: Plain text
51045 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
51046 msgid ""
51047 "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true "
51048 "underline character would show."
51049 msgstr ""
51050
51051 #. type: Plain text
51052 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:75
51053 msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines."
51054 msgstr ""
51055
51056 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
51057 #. type: Plain text
51058 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78
51059 msgid ""
51060 "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or "
51061 "underline becomes '{plus}'."
51062 msgstr ""
51063
51064 #. type: Plain text
51065 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:80
51066 msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters."
51067 msgstr ""
51068
51069 #. type: Plain text
51070 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
51071 msgid ""
51072 "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in "
51073 "documents which are already double-spaced."
51074 msgstr ""
51075
51076 #. type: Plain text
51077 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86
51078 msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:"
51079 msgstr ""
51080
51081 #. type: delimited block _
51082 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:89
51083 #, no-wrap
51084 msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
51085 msgstr "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
51086
51087 #. type: Plain text
51088 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:99
51089 #, no-wrap
51090 msgid ""
51091 "*col*(1),\n"
51092 "*more*(1),\n"
51093 "*nroff*(1),\n"
51094 "*troff*(1),\n"
51095 "*ul*(1)\n"
51096 msgstr ""
51097 "*col*(1),\n"
51098 "*more*(1),\n"
51099 "*nroff*(1),\n"
51100 "*troff*(1),\n"
51101 "*ul*(1)\n"
51102
51103 #
51104 #
51105 #
51106 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
51107 #. All rights reserved.
51108 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51109 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51110 #. are met:
51111 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51112 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51113 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51114 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51115 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51116 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51117 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51118 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
51119 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51120 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51121 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51122 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51123 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51124 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51125 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51126 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51127 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51128 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51129 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51130 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51131 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51132 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51133 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51134 #.     @(#)colrm.1      6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91
51135 #. type: Title =
51136 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36
51137 #, no-wrap
51138 msgid "colrm(1)"
51139 msgstr "colrm(1)"
51140
51141 #. type: Plain text
51142 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46
51143 msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file"
51144 msgstr ""
51145
51146 #. type: Plain text
51147 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50
51148 #, no-wrap
51149 msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n"
51150 msgstr ""
51151
51152 #. type: Plain text
51153 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
51154 #, no-wrap
51155 msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
51156 msgstr ""
51157
51158 #. type: Plain text
51159 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
51160 msgid ""
51161 "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
51162 "starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters "
51163 "the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
51164 msgstr ""
51165
51166 #. type: Plain text
51167 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
51168 msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1."
51169 msgstr ""
51170
51171 #. type: Plain text
51172 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66
51173 msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
51174 msgstr "La commande *colrm* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
51175
51176 #. type: Plain text
51177 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:73
51178 #, no-wrap
51179 msgid ""
51180 "*awk*(1p),\n"
51181 "*column*(1),\n"
51182 "*expand*(1),\n"
51183 "*paste*(1)\n"
51184 msgstr ""
51185 "*awk*(1p),\n"
51186 "*column*(1),\n"
51187 "*expand*(1),\n"
51188 "*paste*(1)\n"
51189
51190 #
51191 #
51192 #
51193 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
51194 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
51195 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51196 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51197 #. are met:
51198 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51199 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51200 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51201 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51202 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51203 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51204 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51205 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
51206 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51207 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51208 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51209 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51210 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51211 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51212 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51213 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51214 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51215 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51216 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51217 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51218 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51219 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51220 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51221 #.     @(#)column.1     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
51222 #. type: Title =
51223 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36
51224 #, no-wrap
51225 msgid "column(1)"
51226 msgstr "column(1)"
51227
51228 #. type: Plain text
51229 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46
51230 msgid "column - columnate lists"
51231 msgstr ""
51232
51233 #. type: Plain text
51234 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50
51235 #, no-wrap
51236 msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
51237 msgstr "*column* [options] [_fichier_ ...]\n"
51238
51239 #. type: Plain text
51240 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
51241 msgid ""
51242 "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util "
51243 "support three modes:"
51244 msgstr ""
51245
51246 #. type: Labeled list
51247 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55
51248 #, no-wrap
51249 msgid "*columns are filled before rows*"
51250 msgstr ""
51251
51252 #. type: Plain text
51253 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57
51254 #, fuzzy
51255 #| msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
51256 msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)."
51257 msgstr "Le mode liste n’est maintenu que pour la compatibilité ascendante."
51258
51259 #. type: Labeled list
51260 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58
51261 #, no-wrap
51262 msgid "*rows are filled before columns*"
51263 msgstr ""
51264
51265 #. type: Plain text
51266 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60
51267 msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*"
51268 msgstr ""
51269
51270 #. type: Labeled list
51271 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61
51272 #, no-wrap
51273 msgid "*table*"
51274 msgstr ""
51275
51276 #. type: Plain text
51277 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
51278 msgid ""
51279 "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This "
51280 "mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible "
51281 "to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is "
51282 "aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-"
51283 "interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)."
51284 msgstr ""
51285
51286 #. type: Plain text
51287 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
51288 msgid ""
51289 "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines "
51290 "are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> "
51291 "convention."
51292 msgstr ""
51293
51294 #. type: Plain text
51295 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:74
51296 msgid ""
51297 "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of "
51298 "the column names as defined by *--table-columns*, or names defined by *--"
51299 "table-column* or it's column number in order as specified by input. It's "
51300 "possible to mix names and numbers. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) "
51301 "may be used to specify all columns and '-1' (e.g. -R -1) to specify the last "
51302 "visible column.  It's possible to use ranges like '1-5' when addressing "
51303 "columns by numbers."
51304 msgstr ""
51305
51306 #. type: Labeled list
51307 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
51308 #, no-wrap
51309 msgid "*-J, --json*"
51310 msgstr "*-J, --json*"
51311
51312 #. type: Plain text
51313 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:77
51314 msgid ""
51315 "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is "
51316 "required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
51317 msgstr ""
51318
51319 #. type: Labeled list
51320 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
51321 #, no-wrap
51322 msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_"
51323 msgstr "*-c, --output-width* _largeur_"
51324
51325 #. type: Plain text
51326 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:80
51327 msgid ""
51328 "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The "
51329 "original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since "
51330 "v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The "
51331 "default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The "
51332 "column headers are never truncated."
51333 msgstr ""
51334
51335 #. type: Plain text
51336 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
51337 msgid ""
51338 "The placeholder \"unlimited\" (or 0) is possible to use to not restrict "
51339 "output width. This is recommended for example when output to the files "
51340 "rather than on terminal."
51341 msgstr ""
51342
51343 #. type: Labeled list
51344 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:83
51345 #, no-wrap
51346 msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
51347 msgstr "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
51348
51349 #. type: Plain text
51350 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
51351 msgid ""
51352 "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on "
51353 "the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
51354 msgstr ""
51355
51356 #. type: Labeled list
51357 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:86
51358 #, no-wrap
51359 msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_"
51360 msgstr "*-o, --output-separator* _chaîne_"
51361
51362 #. type: Plain text
51363 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88
51364 msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)."
51365 msgstr ""
51366
51367 #. type: Labeled list
51368 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:89
51369 #, no-wrap
51370 msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_"
51371 msgstr ""
51372
51373 #. type: Plain text
51374 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
51375 msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)."
51376 msgstr ""
51377
51378 #. type: Labeled list
51379 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:92
51380 #, no-wrap
51381 msgid "*-t, --table*"
51382 msgstr "*-t, --table*"
51383
51384 #. type: Plain text
51385 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
51386 msgid ""
51387 "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
51388 "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
51389 "supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for "
51390 "pretty-printing."
51391 msgstr ""
51392
51393 #. type: Labeled list
51394 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:95
51395 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51396 #| msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
51397 msgid "*-C, --table-column* _properties_"
51398 msgstr "*-W, --table-wrap* _colonne_"
51399
51400 #. type: Plain text
51401 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:101
51402 msgid ""
51403 "Define one column by comma separated list of column attributes.  This option "
51404 "can be used more than once, every use defines just one column.  The "
51405 "properties replace some of *--table-* options. For example *--table-column "
51406 "name=FOO,right* define one column where text is aligned to right. The option "
51407 "is mutually exclusive to *--table-columns*."
51408 msgstr ""
51409
51410 #. type: Plain text
51411 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:103
51412 #, fuzzy
51413 #| msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
51414 msgid "The currently supported attributes are:"
51415 msgstr "Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"
51416
51417 #. type: Labeled list
51418 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
51419 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51420 #| msgid "**name=**__string__"
51421 msgid "*name=string*"
51422 msgstr "**name=**__chaîne__"
51423
51424 #. type: Plain text
51425 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:106
51426 #, fuzzy
51427 #| msgid "Specify your real name."
51428 msgid "Specifies column name."
51429 msgstr "Spécifiez votre nom réel."
51430
51431 #. type: Labeled list
51432 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:106
51433 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51434 #| msgid "*--notruncate*"
51435 msgid "*trunc*"
51436 msgstr "*--notruncate*"
51437
51438 #. type: Plain text
51439 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
51440 msgid ""
51441 "The column text can be truncated when necessary. The same as *--table-"
51442 "truncate*."
51443 msgstr ""
51444
51445 #. type: Labeled list
51446 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
51447 #, no-wrap
51448 msgid "*right*"
51449 msgstr ""
51450
51451 #. type: Plain text
51452 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
51453 #, fuzzy
51454 #| msgid "Print only the specified flags."
51455 msgid "Right align text in the specified columns. The same as *--table-right*."
51456 msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."
51457
51458 #. type: Labeled list
51459 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
51460 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51461 #| msgid "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
51462 msgid "*width=number*"
51463 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
51464
51465 #. type: Plain text
51466 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
51467 msgid ""
51468 "Specifies column width. The width is used as a hint only. The width is "
51469 "strictly followed only when *strictwidth* attribute is used too."
51470 msgstr ""
51471
51472 #. type: Labeled list
51473 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
51474 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51475 #| msgid "*nostrict*"
51476 msgid "*strictwidth*"
51477 msgstr "*nostrict*"
51478
51479 #. type: Plain text
51480 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:115
51481 msgid "Strictly follow column *width=* setting."
51482 msgstr ""
51483
51484 #. type: Labeled list
51485 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:115
51486 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51487 #| msgid "*noexec*"
51488 msgid "*noextreme*"
51489 msgstr "*noexec*"
51490
51491 #. type: Plain text
51492 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
51493 msgid ""
51494 "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long cells. See *--"
51495 "table-noextreme* for more details."
51496 msgstr ""
51497
51498 #. type: Labeled list
51499 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
51500 #, no-wrap
51501 msgid "*wrap*"
51502 msgstr ""
51503
51504 #. type: Plain text
51505 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
51506 msgid ""
51507 "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
51508 "necessary. See *--table-wrap*."
51509 msgstr ""
51510
51511 #. type: Labeled list
51512 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
51513 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51514 #| msgid "*unhide*"
51515 msgid "*hide*"
51516 msgstr "*unhide*"
51517
51518 #. type: Plain text
51519 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:121
51520 msgid "Don't print specified columns. See *--table-hide*."
51521 msgstr ""
51522
51523 #. type: Labeled list
51524 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:121
51525 #, no-wrap
51526 msgid "*json=type*"
51527 msgstr ""
51528
51529 #. type: Plain text
51530 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123
51531 msgid ""
51532 "Define column type for JSON output, Supported are string, number and boolean."
51533 msgstr ""
51534
51535 #. type: Labeled list
51536 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:124
51537 #, no-wrap
51538 msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_"
51539 msgstr ""
51540
51541 #. type: Plain text
51542 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:127
51543 msgid ""
51544 "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are "
51545 "used for the table header or to address column in option argument. See also "
51546 "*--table-column*."
51547 msgstr ""
51548
51549 #. type: Labeled list
51550 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128
51551 #, no-wrap
51552 msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
51553 msgstr ""
51554
51555 #. type: Plain text
51556 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:130
51557 msgid ""
51558 "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain "
51559 "all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the "
51560 "columns in the input data."
51561 msgstr ""
51562
51563 #. type: Labeled list
51564 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131
51565 #, no-wrap
51566 msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_"
51567 msgstr "*-R, --table-right* _colonne_"
51568
51569 #. type: Plain text
51570 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:133
51571 #, fuzzy
51572 #| msgid "Print only the specified flags."
51573 msgid "Right align text in the specified columns."
51574 msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."
51575
51576 #. type: Labeled list
51577 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134
51578 #, no-wrap
51579 msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_"
51580 msgstr "*-T, --table-truncate* _colonne_"
51581
51582 #. type: Plain text
51583 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:136
51584 msgid ""
51585 "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very "
51586 "long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
51587 msgstr ""
51588
51589 #. type: Labeled list
51590 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137
51591 #, no-wrap
51592 msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_"
51593 msgstr "*-E, --table-noextreme* _colonne_"
51594
51595 #. type: Plain text
51596 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:139
51597 msgid ""
51598 "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than "
51599 "average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the "
51600 "width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
51601 msgstr ""
51602
51603 #. type: Plain text
51604 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141
51605 msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default."
51606 msgstr ""
51607
51608 #. type: Labeled list
51609 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:142
51610 #, no-wrap
51611 msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
51612 msgstr "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
51613
51614 #. type: Plain text
51615 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144
51616 #, fuzzy
51617 #| msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
51618 msgid "Print header line for each page."
51619 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête pour le tableau d’attributs."
51620
51621 #. type: Labeled list
51622 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145
51623 #, no-wrap
51624 msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
51625 msgstr "*-W, --table-wrap* _colonne_"
51626
51627 #. type: Plain text
51628 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:147
51629 msgid ""
51630 "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
51631 "necessary."
51632 msgstr ""
51633
51634 #. type: Labeled list
51635 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148
51636 #, no-wrap
51637 msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_"
51638 msgstr "*-H, --table-hide* _colonne_"
51639
51640 #. type: Plain text
51641 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:150
51642 msgid ""
51643 "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to "
51644 "hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
51645 msgstr ""
51646
51647 #. type: Labeled list
51648 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:151
51649 #, no-wrap
51650 msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_"
51651 msgstr "*-O, --table-order* _colonne_"
51652
51653 #. type: Plain text
51654 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:153
51655 msgid "Specify columns order on output."
51656 msgstr ""
51657
51658 #. type: Labeled list
51659 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:154
51660 #, no-wrap
51661 msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_"
51662 msgstr "*-n, --table-name* _nom_"
51663
51664 #. type: Plain text
51665 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:156
51666 msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"."
51667 msgstr ""
51668
51669 #. type: Labeled list
51670 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:157
51671 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51672 #| msgid "*-t, --table*"
51673 msgid "*-m, --table-maxout*"
51674 msgstr "*-t, --table*"
51675
51676 #. type: Plain text
51677 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:159
51678 msgid "Fill all available space on output."
51679 msgstr ""
51680
51681 #. type: Labeled list
51682 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:160
51683 #, no-wrap
51684 msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
51685 msgstr "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
51686
51687 #. type: Plain text
51688 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:162
51689 msgid ""
51690 "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty "
51691 "lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is "
51692 "now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only "
51693 "applies to table mode."
51694 msgstr ""
51695
51696 #. type: Labeled list
51697 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:163
51698 #, no-wrap
51699 msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_"
51700 msgstr "*-r, --tree* _colonne_"
51701
51702 #. type: Plain text
51703 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
51704 msgid ""
51705 "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies "
51706 "and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
51707 msgstr ""
51708
51709 #. type: Labeled list
51710 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:166
51711 #, no-wrap
51712 msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_"
51713 msgstr "*-i, --tree-id* _colonne_"
51714
51715 #. type: Plain text
51716 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168
51717 msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation."
51718 msgstr ""
51719
51720 #. type: Labeled list
51721 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169
51722 #, no-wrap
51723 msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_"
51724 msgstr "*-p, --tree-parent* _colonne_"
51725
51726 #. type: Plain text
51727 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:171
51728 msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation."
51729 msgstr ""
51730
51731 #. type: Labeled list
51732 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172
51733 #, no-wrap
51734 msgid "*-x, --fillrows*"
51735 msgstr "*-x, --fillrows*"
51736
51737 #. type: Plain text
51738 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:174
51739 msgid "Fill rows before filling columns."
51740 msgstr ""
51741
51742 #. type: Plain text
51743 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:180
51744 msgid ""
51745 "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the "
51746 "screen if no other information is available."
51747 msgstr ""
51748
51749 # FIXME column → *column*
51750 #. type: Plain text
51751 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:184
51752 #, fuzzy
51753 #| msgid "The column command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
51754 msgid "The *column* command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
51755 msgstr ""
51756 "La commande *column* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD-Reno."
51757
51758 #. type: Plain text
51759 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:188
51760 msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:"
51761 msgstr ""
51762
51763 #. type: delimited block .
51764 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:191
51765 #, no-wrap
51766 msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
51767 msgstr "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
51768
51769 #. type: Plain text
51770 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194
51771 msgid "Old output:"
51772 msgstr ""
51773
51774 #. type: delimited block .
51775 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:198
51776 #, no-wrap
51777 msgid ""
51778 "a  b  c\n"
51779 "1  3\n"
51780 msgstr ""
51781 "a  b  c\n"
51782 "1  3\n"
51783
51784 #. type: Plain text
51785 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:201
51786 #, fuzzy
51787 #| msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
51788 msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):"
51789 msgstr "Pris en charge depuis util-linux version 2.35."
51790
51791 #. type: delimited block .
51792 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:205
51793 #, no-wrap
51794 msgid ""
51795 "a  b  c\n"
51796 "1     3\n"
51797 msgstr ""
51798 "a  b  c\n"
51799 "1     3\n"
51800
51801 #. type: Plain text
51802 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:208
51803 msgid ""
51804 "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before "
51805 "columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording "
51806 "did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see "
51807 "above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older "
51808 "documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
51809 msgstr ""
51810
51811 #. type: Plain text
51812 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:212
51813 msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:"
51814 msgstr ""
51815
51816 #. type: delimited block .
51817 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:215
51818 #, no-wrap
51819 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
51820 msgstr ""
51821
51822 #. type: Plain text
51823 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:218
51824 msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:"
51825 msgstr ""
51826
51827 #. type: delimited block .
51828 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:221
51829 #, no-wrap
51830 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
51831 msgstr ""
51832
51833 #. type: Plain text
51834 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:224
51835 msgid "Print a tree:"
51836 msgstr ""
51837
51838 #. type: delimited block .
51839 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:232
51840 #, no-wrap
51841 msgid ""
51842 "echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
51843 "1  0  A\n"
51844 "2  1  |-AA\n"
51845 "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
51846 "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
51847 "3  1  `-AB\n"
51848 msgstr ""
51849
51850 #. type: Plain text
51851 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:240
51852 #, no-wrap
51853 msgid ""
51854 "*colrm*(1),\n"
51855 "*ls*(1),\n"
51856 "*paste*(1),\n"
51857 "*sort*(1)\n"
51858 msgstr ""
51859 "*colrm*(1),\n"
51860 "*ls*(1),\n"
51861 "*paste*(1),\n"
51862 "*sort*(1)\n"
51863
51864 #
51865 #
51866 #
51867 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
51868 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
51869 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51870 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51871 #. are met:
51872 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51873 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51874 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51875 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51876 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51877 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51878 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51879 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
51880 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51881 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51882 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51883 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51884 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51885 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51886 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51887 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51888 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51889 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51890 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51891 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51892 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51893 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51894 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51895 #.      @(#)hexdump.1   8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
51896 #. type: Title =
51897 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36
51898 #, no-wrap
51899 msgid "hexdump(1)"
51900 msgstr "hexdump(1)"
51901
51902 #. type: Plain text
51903 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
51904 msgid ""
51905 "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
51906 msgstr ""
51907
51908 #. type: Plain text
51909 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50
51910 #, no-wrap
51911 msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
51912 msgstr "*hexdump* _options fichier_ ...\n"
51913
51914 #. type: Plain text
51915 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:52
51916 #, no-wrap
51917 msgid "*hd* _options file_ ...\n"
51918 msgstr "*hd* _options fichier_ ...\n"
51919
51920 #. type: Plain text
51921 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:56
51922 msgid ""
51923 "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or "
51924 "standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
51925 msgstr ""
51926
51927 #. type: Plain text
51928 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:60
51929 #, fuzzy
51930 #| msgid ""
51931 #| "The I<length> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the "
51932 #| "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
51933 #| "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
51934 #| "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and "
51935 #| "so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
51936 msgid ""
51937 "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the "
51938 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
51939 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
51940 "meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
51941 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
51942 msgstr ""
51943 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
51944 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
51945 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
51946 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
51947 "ZB et YB."
51948
51949 #. type: Labeled list
51950 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61
51951 #, no-wrap
51952 msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
51953 msgstr "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
51954
51955 #. type: Plain text
51956 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:63
51957 msgid ""
51958 "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
51959 "by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, "
51960 "in octal, per line."
51961 msgstr ""
51962
51963 #. type: Labeled list
51964 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64
51965 #, no-wrap
51966 msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
51967 msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
51968
51969 #. type: Plain text
51970 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:66
51971 msgid ""
51972 "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
51973 "followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters "
51974 "of input data per line."
51975 msgstr ""
51976
51977 #. type: Labeled list
51978 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:67
51979 #, no-wrap
51980 msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*"
51981 msgstr "*-C*, *--canonical*"
51982
51983 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
51984 #. type: Plain text
51985 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
51986 msgid ""
51987 "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
51988 "followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed "
51989 "by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* "
51990 "characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
51991 msgstr ""
51992
51993 #. type: Labeled list
51994 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71
51995 #, no-wrap
51996 msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
51997 msgstr "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
51998
51999 #. type: Plain text
52000 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:73
52001 msgid ""
52002 "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
52003 "followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units "
52004 "of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
52005 msgstr ""
52006
52007 #. type: Labeled list
52008 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
52009 #, no-wrap
52010 msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_"
52011 msgstr ""
52012
52013 #. type: Plain text
52014 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:76
52015 msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data."
52016 msgstr ""
52017
52018 #. type: Labeled list
52019 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77
52020 #, no-wrap
52021 msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_"
52022 msgstr "*-f*, *--format-file* _fichier_"
52023
52024 #. type: Plain text
52025 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:79
52026 msgid ""
52027 "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. "
52028 "Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are "
52029 "ignored."
52030 msgstr ""
52031
52032 #. type: Plain text
52033 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:82
52034 #, fuzzy
52035 #| msgid ""
52036 #| "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
52037 #| "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
52038 #| "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
52039 #| "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section below."
52040 msgid ""
52041 "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be "
52042 "*auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults "
52043 "to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see "
52044 "the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* "
52045 "section below."
52046 msgstr ""
52047 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
52048 "B<never> ou B<always>. En l'absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
52049 "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les valeurs "
52050 "par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. Consultez "
52051 "également la section B<COULEURS>."
52052
52053 #. type: Labeled list
52054 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
52055 #, no-wrap
52056 msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
52057 msgstr "*-n*, *--length* _taille_"
52058
52059 #. type: Plain text
52060 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85
52061 msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input."
52062 msgstr ""
52063
52064 #. type: Labeled list
52065 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86
52066 #, no-wrap
52067 msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
52068 msgstr "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
52069
52070 #. type: Plain text
52071 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:88
52072 msgid ""
52073 "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
52074 "by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of "
52075 "input data, in octal, per line."
52076 msgstr ""
52077
52078 #. type: Labeled list
52079 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
52080 #, no-wrap
52081 msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
52082 msgstr "*-s*, *--skip* _position_"
52083
52084 #. type: Plain text
52085 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:91
52086 msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input."
52087 msgstr ""
52088
52089 #. type: Labeled list
52090 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92
52091 #, no-wrap
52092 msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
52093 msgstr "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
52094
52095 #. type: Plain text
52096 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:94
52097 msgid ""
52098 "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* "
52099 "option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the "
52100 "immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), "
52101 "are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
52102 msgstr ""
52103
52104 #. type: Labeled list
52105 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95
52106 #, no-wrap
52107 msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
52108 msgstr "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
52109
52110 #. type: Plain text
52111 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:97
52112 msgid ""
52113 "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
52114 "followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte "
52115 "quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
52116 msgstr ""
52117
52118 #. type: Plain text
52119 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101
52120 msgid ""
52121 "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard "
52122 "output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by "
52123 "the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
52124 msgstr ""
52125
52126 #. type: Title ==
52127 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:102
52128 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52129 #| msgid "FDFORMAT"
52130 msgid "FORMATS"
52131 msgstr "FDFORMAT"
52132
52133 #. type: Plain text
52134 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:105
52135 msgid ""
52136 "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by "
52137 "whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a "
52138 "byte count, and a format."
52139 msgstr ""
52140
52141 #. type: Plain text
52142 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107
52143 msgid ""
52144 "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. "
52145 "Each format is applied iteration count times."
52146 msgstr ""
52147
52148 #. type: Plain text
52149 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109
52150 msgid ""
52151 "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the "
52152 "number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
52153 msgstr ""
52154
52155 #. type: Plain text
52156 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111
52157 msgid ""
52158 "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must "
52159 "be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to "
52160 "disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
52161 msgstr ""
52162
52163 #. type: Plain text
52164 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113
52165 msgid ""
52166 "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. "
52167 "It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with "
52168 "the following exceptions:"
52169 msgstr ""
52170
52171 #. type: Labeled list
52172 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:114
52173 #, no-wrap
52174 msgid "1."
52175 msgstr "1."
52176
52177 #. type: Plain text
52178 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
52179 msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision."
52180 msgstr ""
52181
52182 #. type: Labeled list
52183 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:117
52184 #, no-wrap
52185 msgid "2."
52186 msgstr "2."
52187
52188 #. type: Plain text
52189 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
52190 msgid ""
52191 "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion "
52192 "character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if "
52193 "the precision is unspecified)."
52194 msgstr ""
52195
52196 #. type: Labeled list
52197 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:120
52198 #, no-wrap
52199 msgid "3."
52200 msgstr "3."
52201
52202 #. type: Plain text
52203 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
52204 msgid ""
52205 "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
52206 msgstr ""
52207
52208 #. type: Labeled list
52209 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:123
52210 #, no-wrap
52211 msgid "4."
52212 msgstr "4."
52213
52214 #. type: Plain text
52215 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
52216 msgid ""
52217 "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are "
52218 "supported:"
52219 msgstr ""
52220
52221 #. type: Table
52222 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:136
52223 #, no-wrap
52224 msgid ""
52225 "|NULL |\\0\n"
52226 "|<alert character> |\\a\n"
52227 "|<backspace> |\\b\n"
52228 "|<form-feed> |\\f\n"
52229 "|<newline> |\\n\n"
52230 "|<carriage return> |\\r\n"
52231 "|<tab> |\\t\n"
52232 "|<vertical tab> |\\v\n"
52233 msgstr ""
52234
52235 #. type: Title ===
52236 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:139
52237 #, no-wrap
52238 msgid "Conversion strings"
52239 msgstr ""
52240
52241 #. type: delimited block _
52242 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:142
52243 msgid ""
52244 "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion "
52245 "strings."
52246 msgstr ""
52247
52248 #. type: Labeled list
52249 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:143
52250 #, no-wrap
52251 msgid "*_a[dox]*"
52252 msgstr ""
52253
52254 #. type: delimited block _
52255 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
52256 msgid ""
52257 "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to "
52258 "be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display "
52259 "base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
52260 msgstr ""
52261
52262 #. type: Labeled list
52263 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:146
52264 #, no-wrap
52265 msgid "*_A[dox]*"
52266 msgstr ""
52267
52268 #. type: delimited block _
52269 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
52270 msgid ""
52271 "Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only "
52272 "performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
52273 msgstr ""
52274
52275 #. type: Labeled list
52276 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:149
52277 #, no-wrap
52278 msgid "*_c*"
52279 msgstr "*_c*"
52280
52281 #. type: delimited block _
52282 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
52283 msgid ""
52284 "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
52285 "displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those "
52286 "representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed "
52287 "as two-character strings."
52288 msgstr ""
52289
52290 #. type: Labeled list
52291 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:152
52292 #, no-wrap
52293 msgid "*_p*"
52294 msgstr "*_p*"
52295
52296 #. type: delimited block _
52297 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
52298 msgid ""
52299 "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
52300 "displayed as a single '*.*'."
52301 msgstr ""
52302
52303 #. type: Labeled list
52304 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:155
52305 #, no-wrap
52306 msgid "*_u*"
52307 msgstr "*_u*"
52308
52309 #. type: delimited block _
52310 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
52311 msgid ""
52312 "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are "
52313 "displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than "
52314 "0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
52315 msgstr ""
52316
52317 #. type: Table
52318 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:166
52319 #, no-wrap
52320 msgid ""
52321 "|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
52322 "|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
52323 "|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
52324 "|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
52325 "|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
52326 "|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
52327 msgstr ""
52328
52329 #. type: Title ===
52330 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:169
52331 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52332 #| msgid "Color names"
52333 msgid "Colors"
52334 msgstr "Noms de couleur"
52335
52336 #. type: delimited block _
52337 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:172
52338 msgid ""
52339 "When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the "
52340 "respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are "
52341 "evaluated prior to highlighting."
52342 msgstr ""
52343
52344 #. type: delimited block _
52345 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:174
52346 #, no-wrap
52347 msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n"
52348 msgstr ""
52349
52350 #. type: delimited block _
52351 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:176
52352 msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:"
52353 msgstr ""
52354
52355 #. type: delimited block _
52356 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:178
52357 #, no-wrap
52358 msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n"
52359 msgstr ""
52360
52361 #. type: Labeled list
52362 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:179
52363 #, no-wrap
52364 msgid "*!*"
52365 msgstr "*!*"
52366
52367 #. type: delimited block _
52368 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
52369 msgid ""
52370 "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit "
52371 "if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the "
52372 "respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string "
52373 "does not match the one at the offset."
52374 msgstr ""
52375
52376 #. type: Labeled list
52377 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:182
52378 #, no-wrap
52379 msgid "*COLOR*"
52380 msgstr "*COLOR*"
52381
52382 #. type: delimited block _
52383 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184
52384 msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors."
52385 msgstr ""
52386
52387 #. type: Labeled list
52388 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:185
52389 #, no-wrap
52390 msgid "*VALUE*"
52391 msgstr ""
52392
52393 #. type: delimited block _
52394 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
52395 msgid ""
52396 "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a "
52397 "string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by "
52398 "*hexdump* inside the color_units."
52399 msgstr ""
52400
52401 #. type: Labeled list
52402 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:188
52403 #, no-wrap
52404 msgid "*OFFSET*"
52405 msgstr ""
52406
52407 #. type: delimited block _
52408 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
52409 msgid ""
52410 "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that "
52411 "lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
52412 msgstr ""
52413
52414 #. type: Title ===
52415 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:191
52416 #, no-wrap
52417 msgid "Counters"
52418 msgstr ""
52419
52420 #. type: delimited block _
52421 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:194
52422 msgid ""
52423 "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as "
52424 "follows:"
52425 msgstr ""
52426
52427 #. type: Labeled list
52428 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:195
52429 #, no-wrap
52430 msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
52431 msgstr "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
52432
52433 #. type: delimited block _
52434 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197
52435 msgid "One byte counts only."
52436 msgstr ""
52437
52438 #. type: Labeled list
52439 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:198
52440 #, no-wrap
52441 msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
52442 msgstr "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
52443
52444 #. type: delimited block _
52445 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200
52446 msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported."
52447 msgstr ""
52448
52449 #. type: Labeled list
52450 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:201
52451 #, no-wrap
52452 msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
52453 msgstr "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
52454
52455 #. type: delimited block _
52456 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203
52457 msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported."
52458 msgstr ""
52459
52460 #. type: delimited block _
52461 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205
52462 msgid ""
52463 "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data "
52464 "required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte "
52465 "count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the "
52466 "format if the byte count is not specified."
52467 msgstr ""
52468
52469 #. type: delimited block _
52470 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207
52471 msgid ""
52472 "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the "
52473 "largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings "
52474 "interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format "
52475 "unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified "
52476 "iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input "
52477 "block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block "
52478 "to satisfy the format string."
52479 msgstr ""
52480
52481 #. type: delimited block _
52482 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209
52483 msgid ""
52484 "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the "
52485 "iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, "
52486 "no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
52487 msgstr ""
52488
52489 #. type: delimited block _
52490 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211
52491 msgid ""
52492 "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion "
52493 "characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or "
52494 "strings is *_a* or *_A*."
52495 msgstr ""
52496
52497 #. type: delimited block _
52498 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213
52499 msgid ""
52500 "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being "
52501 "reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input "
52502 "block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any "
52503 "format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the "
52504 "zero bytes)."
52505 msgstr ""
52506
52507 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
52508 #. type: delimited block _
52509 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216
52510 msgid ""
52511 "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of "
52512 "spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces "
52513 "output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and "
52514 "precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with "
52515 "any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and "
52516 "referencing a NULL string."
52517 msgstr ""
52518
52519 #. type: delimited block _
52520 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
52521 msgid ""
52522 "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to "
52523 "the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between "
52524 "format units than in the default output)."
52525 msgstr ""
52526
52527 #. type: delimited block _
52528 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:222
52529 #, no-wrap
52530 msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n"
52531 msgstr "Le code de retour est 0 quand *hexdump* réussit et strictement supérieur à 0 en cas d'erreur.\n"
52532
52533 #. type: delimited block _
52534 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:226
52535 #, fuzzy
52536 #| msgid ""
52537 #| "The B<logger> command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
52538 #| "compatible."
52539 msgid ""
52540 "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
52541 "compatible."
52542 msgstr ""
52543 "La commande B<logger> est prévue pour être compatible avec IEEE Std 1003.2 "
52544 "(« POSIX.2 »)."
52545
52546 #. type: delimited block _
52547 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:230
52548 #, fuzzy
52549 #| msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
52550 msgid "Display the input in perusal format:"
52551 msgstr "Afficher les renseignements sur le processeur au format lisible."
52552
52553 #. type: delimited block .
52554 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:235
52555 #, no-wrap
52556 msgid ""
52557 "   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
52558 "   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
52559 "   \"\\n\"\n"
52560 msgstr ""
52561 "   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
52562 "   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
52563 "   \"\\n\"\n"
52564
52565 #. type: Plain text
52566 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:238
52567 msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
52568 msgstr ""
52569
52570 #. type: delimited block .
52571 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:242
52572 #, no-wrap
52573 msgid ""
52574 "   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
52575 "   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
52576 msgstr ""
52577 "   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
52578 "   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
52579
52580 #. type: Plain text
52581 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:245
52582 msgid ""
52583 "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at "
52584 "offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
52585 msgstr ""
52586
52587 #. type: delimited block .
52588 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:249
52589 #, no-wrap
52590 msgid ""
52591 "   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
52592 "   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
52593 msgstr ""
52594 "   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
52595 "   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
52596
52597 #.  This page is in the public domain
52598 #. type: Title =
52599 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3
52600 #, no-wrap
52601 msgid "line(1)"
52602 msgstr "line(1)"
52603
52604 #. type: Plain text
52605 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13
52606 msgid "line - read one line"
52607 msgstr "line - lire une ligne"
52608
52609 #. type: Plain text
52610 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17
52611 #, no-wrap
52612 msgid "*line*\n"
52613 msgstr "*line*\n"
52614
52615 #. type: Plain text
52616 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
52617 msgid ""
52618 "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to "
52619 "standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit "
52620 "status of 1 on EOF or read error."
52621 msgstr ""
52622
52623 #. type: Plain text
52624 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
52625 #, no-wrap
52626 msgid "*read*(1p)\n"
52627 msgstr "*read*(1p)\n"
52628
52629 #
52630 #
52631 #
52632 #
52633 #. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
52634 #. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman
52635 #. All rights reserved.
52636 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
52637 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
52638 #. are met:
52639 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
52640 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
52641 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
52642 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
52643 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
52644 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
52645 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
52646 #.    This product includes software developed by the University of
52647 #.    California, Berkeley and its contributors.
52648 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
52649 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
52650 #.    without specific prior written permission.
52651 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
52652 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
52653 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
52654 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
52655 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
52656 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
52657 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
52658 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
52659 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
52660 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
52661 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
52662 #. @(#)more.1   5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91
52663 #. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
52664 #. type: Title =
52665 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39
52666 #, no-wrap
52667 msgid "more(1)"
52668 msgstr "more(1)"
52669
52670 #. type: Plain text
52671 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49
52672 msgid "more - display the contents of a file in a terminal"
52673 msgstr ""
52674
52675 #. type: Plain text
52676 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53
52677 #, no-wrap
52678 msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n"
52679 msgstr "*more* [options] _fichier_ ...\n"
52680
52681 #. type: Plain text
52682 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
52683 #, no-wrap
52684 msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
52685 msgstr "*more* est un filtre permettant de se déplacer dans un texte, écran par écran. Cette version est particulièrement primitive. Les utilisateurs doivent se convaincre que *less*(1) constitue une excellente émulation de *more*(1) avec en plus de nombreuses améliorations.\n"
52686
52687 #. type: Plain text
52688 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
52689 msgid ""
52690 "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to "
52691 "precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
52692 msgstr ""
52693 "La variable d'environnement *MORE* peut contenir des options supplémentaires "
52694 "(assurez-vous de les faire précéder d'un tiret (*-*)), mais les options sur "
52695 "la ligne de commande ont priorité."
52696
52697 #. type: Labeled list
52698 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
52699 #, no-wrap
52700 msgid "*-d*, *--silent*"
52701 msgstr "*-d*, *--silent*"
52702
52703 #. type: Plain text
52704 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
52705 msgid ""
52706 "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
52707 "\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
52708 "illegal key is pressed."
52709 msgstr ""
52710 "Accueillir avec « [Appuyer sur la barre d'espacement pour continuer, « q » "
52711 "pour quitter.] » puis afficher « [Appuyer sur « h » pour obtenir les "
52712 "instructions.] » au lieu d'émettre un bip quand une touche interdite est "
52713 "utilisée."
52714
52715 #. type: Labeled list
52716 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
52717 #, no-wrap
52718 msgid "*-l*, *--logical*"
52719 msgstr "*-l*, *--logical*"
52720
52721 #. type: Plain text
52722 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
52723 msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
52724 msgstr ""
52725 "Ne pas faire de pause après une ligne contenant un *^L* (saut de page)."
52726
52727 #. type: Labeled list
52728 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
52729 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52730 #| msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
52731 msgid "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*"
52732 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
52733
52734 #. type: Plain text
52735 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
52736 msgid ""
52737 "Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if POSIXLY_CORRECT environment "
52738 "variable is not set or if not executed on terminal."
52739 msgstr ""
52740
52741 #. type: Labeled list
52742 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71
52743 #, no-wrap
52744 msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
52745 msgstr "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
52746
52747 #. type: Plain text
52748 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
52749 msgid ""
52750 "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not "
52751 "folded)."
52752 msgstr ""
52753 "Compter les lignes logiques plutôt que celles de l'écran, c'est-à-dire que "
52754 "les lignes longues ne sont pas repliées."
52755
52756 #. type: Labeled list
52757 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
52758 #, no-wrap
52759 msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*"
52760 msgstr "*-p*, *--print-over*"
52761
52762 #. type: Plain text
52763 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
52764 msgid ""
52765 "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. "
52766 "Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is "
52767 "named *page*."
52768 msgstr ""
52769 "Ne pas dérouler : effacer plutôt l’écran avant d'afficher le texte. "
52770 "Remarquez que cette option est activée automatiquement si l’exécutable "
52771 "s'appelle *page*."
52772
52773 #. type: Labeled list
52774 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
52775 #, no-wrap
52776 msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
52777 msgstr "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
52778
52779 #. type: Plain text
52780 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
52781 msgid ""
52782 "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
52783 "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
52784 msgstr ""
52785 "Ne pas dérouler : afficher les lignes en partant du haut et en effaçant les "
52786 "fins de ligne au fur et à mesure."
52787
52788 #. type: Labeled list
52789 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
52790 #, no-wrap
52791 msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
52792 msgstr "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
52793
52794 #. type: Plain text
52795 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82
52796 msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one."
52797 msgstr "Regrouper les lignes blanches consécutives en une seule."
52798
52799 #. type: Labeled list
52800 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83
52801 #, no-wrap
52802 msgid "*-u*, *--plain*"
52803 msgstr "*-u*, *--plain*"
52804
52805 #. type: Plain text
52806 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
52807 msgid ""
52808 "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards "
52809 "compatibility."
52810 msgstr ""
52811 "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
52812 "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."
52813
52814 #. type: Labeled list
52815 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86
52816 #, no-wrap
52817 msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_"
52818 msgstr "*-n*, *--lines* _nombre_"
52819
52820 #. type: Plain text
52821 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
52822 msgid ""
52823 "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a "
52824 "positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values "
52825 "obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
52826 msgstr ""
52827 "Indiquer le _nombre_ de lignes par écran. Le paramètre _nombre_ est un "
52828 "entier décimal positif. L'option *--lines* écrasera toute autre valeur issue "
52829 "d'une autre source, telle que le nombre de lignes indiqué par le terminal."
52830
52831 #. type: Labeled list
52832 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
52833 #, no-wrap
52834 msgid "**-**__number__"
52835 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
52836
52837 #. type: Plain text
52838 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
52839 msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
52840 msgstr ""
52841 "Une option numérique signifie la même chose que le paramètre de l'option *--"
52842 "lines*."
52843
52844 #. type: Labeled list
52845 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
52846 #, no-wrap
52847 msgid "**+**__number__"
52848 msgstr "**+**__numéro__"
52849
52850 #. type: Plain text
52851 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94
52852 msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_."
52853 msgstr "Commencer à afficher tous les fichiers à la ligne _numéro_."
52854
52855 #. type: Labeled list
52856 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95
52857 #, no-wrap
52858 msgid "**+**/__string__"
52859 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
52860
52861 #. type: Plain text
52862 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
52863 msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
52864 msgstr ""
52865 "La _chaîne_ à chercher dans tous les fichiers avant de commencer à les "
52866 "afficher."
52867
52868 #. type: Plain text
52869 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103
52870 msgid ""
52871 "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be "
52872 "preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the "
52873 "following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
52874 msgstr ""
52875 "*more* reconnaît des commandes interactives basées sur celles de *vi*(1). "
52876 "Certaines commandes peuvent être précédées d'un nombre décimal noté k dans "
52877 "les descriptions suivantes. *^X* signifie *Ctrl-X*."
52878
52879 #. type: Labeled list
52880 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
52881 #, no-wrap
52882 msgid "*h* or *?*"
52883 msgstr "*h* ou *?*"
52884
52885 #. type: Plain text
52886 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106
52887 msgid ""
52888 "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, "
52889 "remember this one."
52890 msgstr ""
52891 "Aide : afficher un résumé des commandes. Si vous les avez toutes oubliées, "
52892 "tâchez de vous souvenir de celle-là."
52893
52894 #. type: Labeled list
52895 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
52896 #, no-wrap
52897 msgid "*SPACE*"
52898 msgstr "*espace*"
52899
52900 #. type: Plain text
52901 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:109
52902 msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
52903 msgstr ""
52904 "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran."
52905
52906 #. type: Labeled list
52907 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
52908 #, no-wrap
52909 msgid "*z*"
52910 msgstr "*z*"
52911
52912 #. type: Plain text
52913 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112
52914 msgid ""
52915 "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
52916 "becomes new default."
52917 msgstr ""
52918 "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran, "
52919 "mais le paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
52920
52921 #. type: Labeled list
52922 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
52923 #, no-wrap
52924 msgid "*RETURN*"
52925 msgstr "*Entrée*"
52926
52927 #. type: Plain text
52928 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115
52929 msgid ""
52930 "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
52931 msgstr ""
52932 "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k vaut 1, mais le paramètre "
52933 "fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
52934
52935 #. type: Labeled list
52936 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
52937 #, no-wrap
52938 msgid "*d* or *^D*"
52939 msgstr "*d* ou *^D*"
52940
52941 #. type: Plain text
52942 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118
52943 msgid ""
52944 "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
52945 "becomes new default."
52946 msgstr ""
52947 "Dérouler k lignes. La valeur par défaut vaut initialement 11, mais le "
52948 "paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
52949
52950 #. type: Labeled list
52951 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
52952 #, no-wrap
52953 msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*"
52954 msgstr "*q* ou *Q* ou *INTERRUPT*"
52955
52956 #. type: Plain text
52957 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:121
52958 msgid "Exit."
52959 msgstr "Quitter."
52960
52961 #. type: Plain text
52962 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:124
52963 msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
52964 msgstr "Sauter k lignes. Par défaut, sauter une ligne."
52965
52966 #. type: Labeled list
52967 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125
52968 #, no-wrap
52969 msgid "*f*"
52970 msgstr "*f*"
52971
52972 #. type: Plain text
52973 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:127
52974 msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
52975 msgstr "Sauter k écrans. Par défaut, sauter un écran."
52976
52977 #. type: Labeled list
52978 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128
52979 #, no-wrap
52980 msgid "*b* or *^B*"
52981 msgstr "*b* ou *^B*"
52982
52983 #. type: Plain text
52984 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130
52985 msgid ""
52986 "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, "
52987 "not pipes."
52988 msgstr ""
52989 "Reculer de k écrans. Par défaut, reculer d'un écran. Ne fonctionne qu'avec "
52990 "les fichiers, pas avec les tubes (« pipes »)."
52991
52992 #. type: Labeled list
52993 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
52994 #, no-wrap
52995 msgid "*'*"
52996 msgstr "*'*"
52997
52998 #. type: Plain text
52999 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:133
53000 msgid "Go to the place where the last search started."
53001 msgstr "Retourner au point de départ de la dernière recherche."
53002
53003 #. type: Labeled list
53004 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134
53005 #, no-wrap
53006 msgid "*=*"
53007 msgstr "*=*"
53008
53009 #. type: Plain text
53010 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:136
53011 msgid "Display current line number."
53012 msgstr "Afficher le numéro de ligne actuel."
53013
53014 #. type: Labeled list
53015 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137
53016 #, no-wrap
53017 msgid "*/pattern*"
53018 msgstr "*/motif*"
53019
53020 #. type: Plain text
53021 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:139
53022 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
53023 msgstr ""
53024 "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence d'une expression rationnelle. Par défaut, k "
53025 "vaut 1."
53026
53027 #. type: Plain text
53028 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:142
53029 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
53030 msgstr ""
53031 "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence de la dernière expression rationnelle. Par "
53032 "défaut, k vaut 1."
53033
53034 #. type: Labeled list
53035 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
53036 #, no-wrap
53037 msgid "*!command* or *:!command*"
53038 msgstr "*!commande* ou *:!commande*"
53039
53040 #. type: Plain text
53041 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:145
53042 msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell."
53043 msgstr "Exécuter la _commande_ dans un sous-interpréteur de commandes."
53044
53045 #. type: Labeled list
53046 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146
53047 #, no-wrap
53048 msgid "*v*"
53049 msgstr "*v*"
53050
53051 #. type: Plain text
53052 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148
53053 msgid ""
53054 "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment "
53055 "variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or "
53056 "defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
53057 msgstr ""
53058 "Démarrer un éditeur sur la ligne actuelle. L’éditeur est indiqué par la "
53059 "variable d'environnement *VISUAL* si elle est définie, *EDITOR* si *VISUAL* "
53060 "n’est pas définie ou *vi*(1) par défaut si ni *VISUAL*, ni *EDITOR* ne sont "
53061 "définies."
53062
53063 #. type: Labeled list
53064 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
53065 #, no-wrap
53066 msgid "*^L*"
53067 msgstr "*^L*"
53068
53069 #. type: Plain text
53070 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:151
53071 msgid "Redraw screen."
53072 msgstr "Rafraîchir l'écran."
53073
53074 #. type: Labeled list
53075 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152
53076 #, no-wrap
53077 msgid "*:n*"
53078 msgstr "*:n*"
53079
53080 #. type: Plain text
53081 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:154
53082 msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1."
53083 msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier suivant. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
53084
53085 #. type: Labeled list
53086 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155
53087 #, no-wrap
53088 msgid "*:p*"
53089 msgstr "*:p*"
53090
53091 #. type: Plain text
53092 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:157
53093 msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1."
53094 msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier précédent. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
53095
53096 #. type: Labeled list
53097 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158
53098 #, no-wrap
53099 msgid "*:f*"
53100 msgstr "*:f*"
53101
53102 #. type: Plain text
53103 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:160
53104 msgid "Display current file name and line number."
53105 msgstr "Afficher le nom et le numéro de ligne du fichier actuel."
53106
53107 #. type: Labeled list
53108 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
53109 #, no-wrap
53110 msgid "*.*"
53111 msgstr "*.*"
53112
53113 #. type: Plain text
53114 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:163
53115 msgid "Repeat previous command."
53116 msgstr "Répéter la commande précédente."
53117
53118 #. type: Plain text
53119 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167
53120 msgid ""
53121 "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they "
53122 "exist:"
53123 msgstr ""
53124 "La commande *more* respecte les variables d'environnement suivantes quand "
53125 "elles existent."
53126
53127 #. type: Labeled list
53128 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168
53129 #, no-wrap
53130 msgid "*MORE*"
53131 msgstr "*MORE*"
53132
53133 #. type: Plain text
53134 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:170
53135 msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
53136 msgstr ""
53137 "Les options préférées pour *more* peuvent être indiquées dans cette variable."
53138
53139 #. type: Plain text
53140 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:173
53141 msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
53142 msgstr ""
53143 "Interpréteur actuel (normalement positionné par l'interpréteur à la "
53144 "connexion)."
53145
53146 #. type: Labeled list
53147 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
53148 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69
53149 #, no-wrap
53150 msgid "*TERM*"
53151 msgstr "*TERM*"
53152
53153 #. type: Plain text
53154 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176
53155 msgid ""
53156 "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics "
53157 "necessary to manipulate the screen."
53158 msgstr ""
53159 "Le type de terminal utilisé par *more* pour déterminer les caractéristiques "
53160 "du terminal nécessaires au contrôle de l'écran."
53161
53162 #. type: Labeled list
53163 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
53164 #, no-wrap
53165 msgid "*VISUAL*"
53166 msgstr "*VISUAL*"
53167
53168 #. type: Plain text
53169 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:179
53170 msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
53171 msgstr ""
53172 "L’éditeur préféré de l’utilisateur. Appelé par la touche de commande _v_."
53173
53174 #. type: Plain text
53175 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:182
53176 msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified."
53177 msgstr "Le choix de l’éditeur quand *VISUAL* n'est pas indiqué."
53178
53179 #. type: Plain text
53180 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:185
53181 msgid "Disable exit-on-eof (see option *-e* for more details)."
53182 msgstr ""
53183
53184 #. type: Plain text
53185 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:189
53186 msgid ""
53187 "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* "
53188 "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
53189 "community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the "
53190 "man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
53191 msgstr ""
53192 "La commande *more* est apparue dans 3.0BSD. Cette page documente la "
53193 "version 5.19 (Berkeley 29/6/88), qui est celle actuellement utilisée par la "
53194 "communauté Linux. Cette documentation a été constituée en utilisant les "
53195 "pages de manuel de plusieurs autres versions et après un examen exhaustif du "
53196 "code source."
53197
53198 #. type: Plain text
53199 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:193
53200 msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
53201 msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
53202
53203 #. type: Plain text
53204 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
53205 msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
53206 msgstr ""
53207 "Modifié par Geoff Peck, UCB, pour ajouter le soulignement et l'espacement "
53208 "simple."
53209
53210 #. type: Plain text
53211 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:197
53212 msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
53213 msgstr ""
53214 "Modifié par John Foderaro, UCB, pour ajouter *-c* et la gestion de la "
53215 "variable d'environnement *MORE*."
53216
53217 #. type: Plain text
53218 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:202
53219 #, no-wrap
53220 msgid ""
53221 "*less*(1),\n"
53222 "*vi*(1)\n"
53223 msgstr ""
53224 "*less*(1),\n"
53225 "*vi*(1)\n"
53226
53227 #.  Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter
53228 #. type: Title =
53229 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3
53230 #, no-wrap
53231 msgid "pg(1)"
53232 msgstr "pg(1)"
53233
53234 #. type: Plain text
53235 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13
53236 msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files"
53237 msgstr ""
53238
53239 #. type: Plain text
53240 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17
53241 #, no-wrap
53242 msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n"
53243 msgstr ""
53244
53245 #. type: Plain text
53246 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
53247 #, no-wrap
53248 msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n"
53249 msgstr ""
53250
53251 #. type: Plain text
53252 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
53253 msgid ""
53254 "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. "
53255 "If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes "
53256 "each file with its name if there is more than one."
53257 msgstr ""
53258
53259 #. type: Plain text
53260 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
53261 msgid ""
53262 "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while "
53263 "reading, to make navigation possible."
53264 msgstr ""
53265
53266 #. type: Plain text
53267 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29
53268 #, no-wrap
53269 msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n"
53270 msgstr ""
53271
53272 #. type: Plain text
53273 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32
53274 #, fuzzy
53275 #| msgid "Start displaying each file at line I<number>."
53276 msgid "Start at the given line number."
53277 msgstr "Commencer à afficher tous les fichiers à la ligne I<numéro>."
53278
53279 #. type: Labeled list
53280 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33
53281 #, no-wrap
53282 msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*"
53283 msgstr "**+/**__motif__*/*"
53284
53285 #. type: Plain text
53286 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
53287 msgid ""
53288 "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
53289 msgstr ""
53290
53291 #. type: Plain text
53292 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
53293 msgid ""
53294 "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines "
53295 "minus one."
53296 msgstr ""
53297
53298 #. type: Plain text
53299 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
53300 msgid ""
53301 "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the "
53302 "terminal provides this capability."
53303 msgstr ""
53304
53305 #. type: Labeled list
53306 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42
53307 #, no-wrap
53308 msgid "*-e*"
53309 msgstr "*-e*"
53310
53311 #. type: Plain text
53312 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44
53313 msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file."
53314 msgstr ""
53315
53316 #. type: Plain text
53317 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47
53318 #, fuzzy
53319 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
53320 msgid "Do not split long lines."
53321 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
53322
53323 #. type: Labeled list
53324 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48
53325 #, no-wrap
53326 msgid "*-n*"
53327 msgstr "*-n*"
53328
53329 #. type: Plain text
53330 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
53331 msgid ""
53332 "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
53333 msgstr ""
53334
53335 #. type: Plain text
53336 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52
53337 msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered."
53338 msgstr ""
53339
53340 #. type: Labeled list
53341 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53
53342 #, no-wrap
53343 msgid "*-p* _string_"
53344 msgstr "*-p* _chaîne_"
53345
53346 #. type: Plain text
53347 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
53348 msgid ""
53349 "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ "
53350 "contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current "
53351 "page."
53352 msgstr ""
53353
53354 #. type: Labeled list
53355 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56
53356 #, no-wrap
53357 msgid "*-r*"
53358 msgstr "*-r*"
53359
53360 #. type: Plain text
53361 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58
53362 #, fuzzy
53363 #| msgid "Disallow messages."
53364 msgid "Disallow the shell escape."
53365 msgstr "Interdire les messages."
53366
53367 #. type: Plain text
53368 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
53369 msgid ""
53370 "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal "
53371 "provides this capability."
53372 msgstr ""
53373
53374 #. type: Plain text
53375 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67
53376 msgid ""
53377 "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by "
53378 "_i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If "
53379 "this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the "
53380 "current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
53381 msgstr ""
53382
53383 #. type: Labeled list
53384 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68
53385 #, no-wrap
53386 msgid "__i__**<Enter>**"
53387 msgstr ""
53388
53389 #. type: Plain text
53390 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:70
53391 #, fuzzy
53392 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
53393 msgid "Display the next or the indicated page."
53394 msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."
53395
53396 #. type: Labeled list
53397 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71
53398 #, no-wrap
53399 msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*"
53400 msgstr "__i__**d** ou *^D*"
53401
53402 #. type: Plain text
53403 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73
53404 msgid ""
53405 "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted "
53406 "relative to the current position."
53407 msgstr ""
53408
53409 #. type: Labeled list
53410 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74
53411 #, no-wrap
53412 msgid "__i__**l**"
53413 msgstr "__i__**l**"
53414
53415 #. type: Plain text
53416 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:76
53417 #, fuzzy
53418 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
53419 msgid "Display the next or the indicated line."
53420 msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."
53421
53422 #. type: Labeled list
53423 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77
53424 #, no-wrap
53425 msgid "__i__**f**"
53426 msgstr "__i__**f**"
53427
53428 #. type: Plain text
53429 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79
53430 msgid ""
53431 "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted "
53432 "relative to the current position."
53433 msgstr ""
53434
53435 #. type: Labeled list
53436 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80
53437 #, no-wrap
53438 msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**"
53439 msgstr "__i__**w** ou __i__**z**"
53440
53441 #. type: Plain text
53442 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:82
53443 msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size."
53444 msgstr ""
53445
53446 #. type: Labeled list
53447 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83
53448 #, no-wrap
53449 msgid "*.* or *^L*"
53450 msgstr "*.* ou *^L*"
53451
53452 #. type: Plain text
53453 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:85
53454 msgid "Redraw the screen."
53455 msgstr "Rafraîchir l'écran."
53456
53457 #. type: Labeled list
53458 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86
53459 #, no-wrap
53460 msgid "*$*"
53461 msgstr "*$*"
53462
53463 #. type: Plain text
53464 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:88
53465 #, fuzzy
53466 #| msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
53467 msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file."
53468 msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."
53469
53470 #. type: Labeled list
53471 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89
53472 #, no-wrap
53473 msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**"
53474 msgstr "__i__**/**__motif__**/**"
53475
53476 #. type: Plain text
53477 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91
53478 msgid ""
53479 "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular "
53480 "Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and "
53481 "stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a "
53482 "positive number."
53483 msgstr ""
53484
53485 #. type: Labeled list
53486 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
53487 #, no-wrap
53488 msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
53489 msgstr "__i__**?**__motif__**?** ou __i__**^**__motif__**^**"
53490
53491 #. type: Plain text
53492 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94
53493 msgid ""
53494 "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic "
53495 "Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current "
53496 "page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. "
53497 "_i_ must be a positive number."
53498 msgstr ""
53499
53500 #. type: Plain text
53501 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
53502 msgid ""
53503 "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line "
53504 "containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the "
53505 "default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The "
53506 "selected position is used in following searches, too."
53507 msgstr ""
53508
53509 #. type: Labeled list
53510 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:97
53511 #, no-wrap
53512 msgid "__i__**n**"
53513 msgstr "__i__**n**"
53514
53515 #. type: Plain text
53516 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:99
53517 msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward."
53518 msgstr ""
53519
53520 #. type: Labeled list
53521 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100
53522 #, no-wrap
53523 msgid "__i__**p**"
53524 msgstr "__i__**p**"
53525
53526 #. type: Plain text
53527 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:102
53528 msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward."
53529 msgstr ""
53530
53531 #. type: Labeled list
53532 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103
53533 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
53534 #| msgid "List all filenames."
53535 msgid "*s* _filename_"
53536 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
53537
53538 #. type: Plain text
53539 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:105
53540 msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_."
53541 msgstr ""
53542
53543 #. type: Plain text
53544 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:108
53545 msgid "Display a command summary."
53546 msgstr ""
53547
53548 #. type: Labeled list
53549 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109
53550 #, no-wrap
53551 msgid "**!**__command__"
53552 msgstr "**!**__commande__"
53553
53554 #. type: Plain text
53555 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:111
53556 #, fuzzy
53557 #| msgid "Execute I<command> in a subshell."
53558 msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell."
53559 msgstr "Exécuter la I<commande> dans un sous-interpréteur de commandes."
53560
53561 #. type: Labeled list
53562 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112
53563 #, no-wrap
53564 msgid "*q* or *Q*"
53565 msgstr "*q* ou *Q*"
53566
53567 #. type: Plain text
53568 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:114
53569 msgid "Quit."
53570 msgstr ""
53571
53572 #. type: Plain text
53573 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
53574 msgid ""
53575 "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the "
53576 "input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the "
53577 "prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
53578 msgstr ""
53579
53580 #. type: Plain text
53581 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120
53582 #, fuzzy
53583 #| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
53584 msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:"
53585 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"
53586
53587 #. type: Labeled list
53588 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121
53589 #, no-wrap
53590 msgid "*COLUMNS*"
53591 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
53592
53593 #. type: Plain text
53594 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:123
53595 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set."
53596 msgstr ""
53597
53598 #. type: Labeled list
53599 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124
53600 #, no-wrap
53601 msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
53602 msgstr "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
53603
53604 #. type: Plain text
53605 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:126
53606 msgid "See *locale*(7)."
53607 msgstr "Consultez *locale*(7)."
53608
53609 #. type: Labeled list
53610 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127
53611 #, no-wrap
53612 msgid "*LINES*"
53613 msgstr "*LINES*"
53614
53615 #. type: Plain text
53616 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:129
53617 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set."
53618 msgstr ""
53619
53620 #. type: Plain text
53621 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:132
53622 msgid "Used by the *!* command."
53623 msgstr ""
53624
53625 #. type: Plain text
53626 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:135
53627 #, fuzzy
53628 #| msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
53629 msgid "Determines the terminal type."
53630 msgstr "setterm - Définir les attributs du terminal"
53631
53632 #. type: Plain text
53633 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139
53634 #, no-wrap
53635 msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n"
53636 msgstr ""
53637
53638 #. type: Plain text
53639 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:141
53640 msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*."
53641 msgstr ""
53642
53643 #. type: Plain text
53644 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:151
53645 #, no-wrap
53646 msgid ""
53647 "*cat*(1),\n"
53648 "*more*(1),\n"
53649 "*sh*(1p),\n"
53650 "*terminfo*(5),\n"
53651 "*locale*(7),\n"
53652 "*regex*(7),\n"
53653 "*term*(7)\n"
53654 msgstr ""
53655 "*cat*(1),\n"
53656 "*more*(1),\n"
53657 "*sh*(1p),\n"
53658 "*terminfo*(5),\n"
53659 "*locale*(7),\n"
53660 "*regex*(7),\n"
53661 "*term*(7)\n"
53662
53663 #
53664 #
53665 #
53666 #. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
53667 #. All rights reserved.
53668 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
53669 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
53670 #. are met:
53671 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
53672 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
53673 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
53674 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
53675 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
53676 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
53677 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
53678 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
53679 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
53680 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
53681 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
53682 #.    without specific prior written permission.
53683 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
53684 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
53685 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
53686 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
53687 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
53688 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
53689 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
53690 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
53691 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
53692 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
53693 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
53694 #.      @(#)rev.1       6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92
53695 #. type: Title =
53696 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36
53697 #, no-wrap
53698 msgid "rev(1)"
53699 msgstr "rev(1)"
53700
53701 #. type: Plain text
53702 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46
53703 msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise"
53704 msgstr "rev - Inverser les lignes au niveau des caractères"
53705
53706 #. type: Plain text
53707 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50
53708 #, no-wrap
53709 msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n"
53710 msgstr "*rev* [option] [_fichier_...]\n"
53711
53712 #. type: Plain text
53713 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
53714 msgid ""
53715 "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing "
53716 "the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard "
53717 "input is read."
53718 msgstr ""
53719 "L'utilitaire *rev* copie les fichiers indiqués sur la sortie standard, en "
53720 "inversant l'ordre des caractères de chaque ligne. Si aucun fichier n'est "
53721 "indiqué, l'entrée standard est lue."
53722
53723 #. type: Plain text
53724 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
53725 #, fuzzy
53726 #| msgid ""
53727 #| "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
53728 #| "buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without "
53729 #| "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
53730 msgid ""
53731 "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer "
53732 "for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line "
53733 "breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
53734 msgstr ""
53735 "Cet outil est orienté ligne de commande et il utilise un tampon alloué en "
53736 "mémoire vive pour une ligne entière de caractères. Si le fichier d'entrée "
53737 "est gros et sans retour à la ligne, l'allocation de la mémoire pour le "
53738 "fichier pourrait ne pas réussir."
53739
53740 #. type: Labeled list
53741 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61
53742 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
53743 #| msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
53744 msgid "*-0*, *--zero*"
53745 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
53746
53747 #. type: Plain text
53748 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:63
53749 msgid "_Zero termination_. Use the byte '\\0' as line separator."
53750 msgstr ""
53751
53752 #. type: Plain text
53753 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:67
53754 #, no-wrap
53755 msgid "*tac*(1)\n"
53756 msgstr "*tac*(1)\n"
53757
53758 #
53759 #
53760 #
53761 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
53762 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
53763 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
53764 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
53765 #. are met:
53766 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
53767 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
53768 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
53769 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
53770 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
53771 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
53772 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
53773 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
53774 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
53775 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
53776 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
53777 #.    without specific prior written permission.
53778 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
53779 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
53780 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
53781 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
53782 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
53783 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
53784 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
53785 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
53786 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
53787 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
53788 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
53789 #.     @(#)ul.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
53790 #. type: Title =
53791 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36
53792 #, no-wrap
53793 msgid "ul(1)"
53794 msgstr "ul(1)"
53795
53796 #. type: Plain text
53797 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46
53798 msgid "ul - do underlining"
53799 msgstr "ul - souligner"
53800
53801 #. type: Plain text
53802 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50
53803 #, no-wrap
53804 msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n"
53805 msgstr "*ul* [options] [_fichier_...]\n"
53806
53807 #. type: Plain text
53808 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
53809 #, no-wrap
53810 msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
53811 msgstr ""
53812
53813 #. type: Labeled list
53814 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
53815 #, no-wrap
53816 msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*"
53817 msgstr "*-i*, *--indicated*"
53818
53819 #. type: Plain text
53820 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
53821 msgid ""
53822 "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
53823 "`-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
53824 "present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
53825 msgstr ""
53826
53827 #. type: Labeled list
53828 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
53829 #, no-wrap
53830 msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
53831 msgstr "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
53832
53833 #. type: Plain text
53834 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
53835 #, fuzzy
53836 msgid ""
53837 "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
53838 msgstr "remplacer la variable d'environnement TERM"
53839
53840 #. type: Plain text
53841 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68
53842 #, fuzzy
53843 #| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
53844 msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
53845 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"
53846
53847 #. type: Plain text
53848 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71
53849 msgid ""
53850 "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
53851 "capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, "
53852 "either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set "
53853 "during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
53854 msgstr ""
53855
53856 #. type: Plain text
53857 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
53858 msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
53859 msgstr "La commande *ul* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
53860
53861 #. type: Plain text
53862 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
53863 #, no-wrap
53864 msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
53865 msgstr ""
53866
53867 #. type: Plain text
53868 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88
53869 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
53870 #| msgid ""
53871 #| "*colcrt*(1),\n"
53872 #| "*login*(1),\n"
53873 #| "*man*(1),\n"
53874 #| "*nroff*(1),\n"
53875 #| "*setenv*(3),\n"
53876 #| "*terminfo*(5)\n"
53877 msgid ""
53878 "*colcrt*(1),\n"
53879 "*login*(1),\n"
53880 "*man*(1),\n"
53881 "*nroff*(1),\n"
53882 "*setenv*(3),\n"
53883 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
53884 msgstr ""
53885 "*colcrt*(1),\n"
53886 "*login*(1),\n"
53887 "*man*(1),\n"
53888 "*nroff*(1),\n"
53889 "*setenv*(3),\n"
53890 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
53891
53892 #~ msgid ""
53893 #~ "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | "
53894 #~ "sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
53895 #~ msgstr ""
53896 #~ "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | "
53897 #~ "sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
53898
53899 #~ msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
53900 #~ msgstr "Indiquer le premier secteur utilisable pour les partitions GPT."
53901
53902 #~ msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
53903 #~ msgstr "Indiquer le dernier secteur utilisable pour les partitions GPT."
53904
53905 #~ msgid ""
53906 #~ "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used "
53907 #~ "when *sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device "
53908 #~ "specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
53909 #~ msgstr ""
53910 #~ "Indiquer la taille de secteur. Cet en-tête est seulement informatif et "
53911 #~ "n’est pas utilisé quand *sfdisk* crée une nouvelle table de partitions. "
53912 #~ "Dans ce cas, la valeur réelle spécifique au périphérique est toujours "
53913 #~ "utilisée et la taille de secteur du vidage est ignorée."
53914
53915 #~ msgid ""
53916 #~ "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
53917 #~ "default."
53918 #~ msgstr ""
53919 #~ "La commande affiche tous les systèmes de fichiers montés au format "
53920 #~ "arborescent par défaut."
53921
53922 #~ msgid ""
53923 #~ "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/"
53924 #~ "idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
53925 #~ msgstr ""
53926 #~ "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/"
53927 #~ "idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
53928
53929 #~ msgid ""
53930 #~ "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
53931 #~ "format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available "
53932 #~ "columns."
53933 #~ msgstr ""
53934 #~ "La commande affiche tous les périphériques bloc (sauf les disques RAM) au "
53935 #~ "format arborescent par défaut. Utilisez *lsblk --help* pour obtenir une "
53936 #~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
53937
53938 #, fuzzy
53939 #~| msgid "Size of the locked file."
53940 #~ msgid "Name of the file."
53941 #~ msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
53942
53943 #~ msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
53944 #~ msgstr ""
53945 #~ "utilisation des options par défaut : rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser et "
53946 #~ "async ;"
53947
53948 #~ msgid ""
53949 #~ "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
53950 #~ "extended*)."
53951 #~ msgstr ""
53952 #~ "Utiliser le format d'affichage JSON pour le résumé par défaut ou "
53953 #~ "l'affichage étendu (voir *--extended*)."
53954
53955 #~ msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
53956 #~ msgstr ""
53957 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
53958
53959 #, fuzzy
53960 #~| msgid ""
53961 #~| "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
53962 #~ msgid ""
53963 #~ "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
53964 #~ msgstr ""
53965 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
53966
53967 #~ msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
53968 #~ msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
53969
53970 #~ msgid ""
53971 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
53972 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
53973 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
53974 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
53975 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
53976 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
53977 #~ msgstr ""
53978 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
53979 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
53980 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
53981 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
53982 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
53983 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
53984
53985 #~ msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
53986 #~ msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
53987
53988 #~ msgid ""
53989 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
53990 #~ "[1] 53479\n"
53991 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
53992 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
53993 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
53994 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
53995 #~ msgstr ""
53996 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
53997 #~ "[1] 53479\n"
53998 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
53999 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
54000 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
54001 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
54002
54003 #~ msgid ""
54004 #~ "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
54005 #~ "hostname at all will be shown."
54006 #~ msgstr ""
54007 #~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte sera affiché. En activant cette option, aucun "
54008 #~ "nom d'hôte ne sera montré."
54009
54010 #~ msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
54011 #~ msgstr "more - Filtre lecteur de fichier"
54012
54013 #~ msgid ""
54014 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/"
54015 #~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
54016 #~ msgstr ""
54017 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée en créant le fichier _/etc/"
54018 #~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_ vide."
54019
54020 #~ msgid ""
54021 #~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
54022 #~ "configuration."
54023 #~ msgstr ""
54024 #~ "Consultez _terminal-colors.d_(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
54025 #~ "configuration de coloration."
54026
54027 #~ msgid "Display a help text and exit."
54028 #~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."
54029
54030 #~ msgid ""
54031 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
54032 #~ "d/fdisk.disable_."
54033 #~ msgstr ""
54034 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
54035 #~ "terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable_ vide."
54036
54037 #~ msgid ""
54038 #~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
54039 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
54040 #~ msgstr ""
54041 #~ "Consultez *terminal-colors.d*(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
54042 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
54043 #~ "par _fdisk_ sont les suivantes."
54044
54045 #~ msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID."
54046 #~ msgstr ""
54047 #~ "Indiquer l'_UUID_ à utiliser. Le comportement par défaut est de créer un "
54048 #~ "UUID."
54049
54050 #~ msgid ""
54051 #~ "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
54052 #~ "to look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of "
54053 #~ "this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
54054 #~ msgstr ""
54055 #~ "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille des pages que la machine utilise, "
54056 #~ "vous pouvez la voir avec *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (le contenu de ce fichier "
54057 #~ "dépendant de l'architecture et de la version du noyau, il est possible "
54058 #~ "que vous n'ayez pas accès à cette information)."
54059
54060 #~ msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
54061 #~ msgstr ""
54062 #~ "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octet plutôt qu'en format lisible."
54063
54064 #~ msgid ""
54065 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
54066 #~ "d/sfdisk.disable_."
54067 #~ msgstr ""
54068 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
54069 #~ "terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable_ vide."
54070
54071 #~ msgid ""
54072 #~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
54073 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
54074 #~ msgstr ""
54075 #~ "Consultez *terminal-colors.d*(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
54076 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
54077 #~ "par *sfdisk* sont les suivantes."
54078
54079 #~ msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
54080 #~ msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
54081
54082 #~ msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
54083 #~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
54084
54085 #~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
54086 #~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
54087
54088 #, fuzzy
54089 #~| msgid ""
54090 #~| "*blkid*(8),\n"
54091 #~| "*findfs*(8)\n"
54092 #~ msgid ""
54093 #~ "*blkid*(8), \n"
54094 #~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
54095 #~ msgstr ""
54096 #~ "*blkid*(8),\n"
54097 #~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
54098
54099 #~ msgid "*--help*"
54100 #~ msgstr "*--help*"
54101
54102 #, fuzzy
54103 #~| msgid "Display version information and exit."
54104 #~ msgid "Display help information and exit."
54105 #~ msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
54106
54107 #~ msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
54108 #~ msgstr "Afficher l'aide sur l'utilisation, puis quitter."
54109
54110 #~ msgid "Display version number and exit."
54111 #~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version, puis quitter."
54112
54113 #, fuzzy
54114 #~| msgid ""
54115 #~| "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-"
54116 #~| "colors.d/fdisk.disable>."
54117 #~ msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled as follows:"
54118 #~ msgstr ""
54119 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier I</etc/"
54120 #~ "terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable> vide."
54121
54122 #~ msgid ""
54123 #~ "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
54124 #~ msgstr ""
54125 #~ "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octet plutôt qu'en format lisible."
54126
54127 #~ msgid ""
54128 #~ "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-"
54129 #~ "readable format."
54130 #~ msgstr ""
54131 #~ "Afficher les colonnes SIZE, USED et AVAIL en octet plutôt qu'en format "
54132 #~ "lisible."
54133
54134 #~ msgid ""
54135 #~ "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) to the "
54136 #~ "corresponding device names."
54137 #~ msgstr ""
54138 #~ "Convertir toutes les étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) en "
54139 #~ "noms du périphérique correspondant."
54140
54141 #, fuzzy
54142 #~| msgid ""
54143 #~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
54144 #~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
54145 #~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
54146 #~ msgid ""
54147 #~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
54148 #~ "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) "
54149 #~ "will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
54150 #~ "identifiers, for example, FS_OPTIONS and USE_PCT instead of FS-OPTIONS "
54151 #~ "and USE%."
54152 #~ msgstr ""
54153 #~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
54154 #~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
54155 #~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
54156 #~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
54157
54158 #~ msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
54159 #~ msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
54160
54161 #~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
54162 #~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
54163
54164 #, fuzzy
54165 #~| msgid ""
54166 #~| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
54167 #~ msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
54168 #~ msgstr ""
54169 #~ "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
54170 #~ "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
54171
54172 #~ msgid ""
54173 #~ "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
54174 #~ "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
54175 #~ "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] "
54176 #~ "_parameters_\n"
54177 #~ msgstr ""
54178 #~ "*getopt* _optstring_ _paramètres_\n"
54179 #~ "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _chaîne_options_ _paramètres_\n"
54180 #~ "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _chaîne_options_ [options] [*--*] "
54181 #~ "_paramètres_\n"
54182
54183 #~ msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
54184 #~ msgstr ""
54185 #~ "Afficher un texte d’aide puis quitter. Rien d'autre ne sera affiché."
54186
54187 #~ msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
54188 #~ msgstr ""
54189 #~ "Afficher le numéro de version puis quitter. Aucune autre sortie n'est "
54190 #~ "créée."
54191
54192 #~ msgid "Also list empty devices and RAM disk devices."
54193 #~ msgstr "Afficher aussi les périphériques et les disques RAM vides."
54194
54195 #, fuzzy
54196 #~| msgid ""
54197 #~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
54198 #~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
54199 #~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
54200 #~ msgid ""
54201 #~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
54202 #~ "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters "
54203 #~ "are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to "
54204 #~ "contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for "
54205 #~ "example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%."
54206 #~ msgstr ""
54207 #~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
54208 #~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
54209 #~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
54210 #~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
54211
54212 #~ msgid "Output version information and exit."
54213 #~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."
54214
54215 #~ msgid "Display help screen and exit."
54216 #~ msgstr "Afficher un écran d'aide puis quitter."
54217
54218 #~ msgid ""
54219 #~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
54220 #~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
54221 #~ msgstr ""
54222 #~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
54223 #~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
54224
54225 #, fuzzy
54226 #~| msgid "Display a help text and exit."
54227 #~ msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
54228 #~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."
54229
54230 #, fuzzy
54231 #~| msgid "Print version and exit."
54232 #~ msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
54233 #~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."
54234
54235 #~ msgid ""
54236 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
54237 #~ "d/dmesg.disable_. See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about "
54238 #~ "colorization configuration."
54239 #~ msgstr ""
54240 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
54241 #~ "terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable_ vide. Consultez _terminal-colors.d_(5) "
54242 #~ "pour plus de précisions sur la configuration de coloration."
54243
54244 #~ msgid ""
54245 #~ "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
54246 #~ msgstr ""
54247 #~ "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
54248
54249 #, fuzzy
54250 #~| msgid ""
54251 #~| "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported.  This "
54252 #~| "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
54253 #~| "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
54254 #~| "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
54255 #~| "lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
54256 #~ msgid ""
54257 #~ "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
54258 #~ "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
54259 #~ "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
54260 #~ "reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack "
54261 #~ "of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
54262 #~ msgstr ""
54263 #~ "Supprimer les messages d’erreur si l’opération de rognage (ioctl) n’est "
54264 #~ "pas gérée. Cette option est destinée à une utilisation dans un fichier de "
54265 #~ "service systemd ou dans des scripts cron pour cacher les avertissements "
54266 #~ "qui sont le résultat de problèmes connus, tels que le pilote NTFS "
54267 #~ "signalant I<Mauvais descripteur de fichier> lorsque le périphérique est "
54268 #~ "monté en lecture seule ou l’absence de prise en charge du système de "
54269 #~ "fichiers de l’appel de l’ioctl FITRIM."
54270
54271 #~ msgid "Print sizes in bytes."
54272 #~ msgstr "Afficher les tailles en octet."
54273
54274 #~ msgid ""
54275 #~ "Note that topology elements (core, socket, etc.) use a sequential unique "
54276 #~ "ID starting from zero, but CPU logical numbers follow the kernel where "
54277 #~ "there is no guarantee of sequential numbering."
54278 #~ msgstr ""
54279 #~ "Remarquez que la topologie des éléments (cœur, socket, etc.) utilise des "
54280 #~ "identifiants uniques successifs commençant à zéro, mais les numéros "
54281 #~ "logiques de processeur suivent le noyau qui ne garantit pas de "
54282 #~ "numérotation séquentielle."
54283
54284 #~ msgid "The logical CPU number of a CPU as used by the Linux kernel."
54285 #~ msgstr ""
54286 #~ "Le numéro de processeur logique d’un processeur tel qu’utilisé par le "
54287 #~ "noyau Linux."
54288
54289 #, fuzzy
54290 #~| msgid "*MORE*"
54291 #~ msgid "*CORE*"
54292 #~ msgstr "*MORE*"
54293
54294 #, fuzzy
54295 #~| msgid "The logical core number.  A core can contain several CPUs."
54296 #~ msgid "The logical core number. A core can contain several CPUs."
54297 #~ msgstr ""
54298 #~ "Le numéro de cœur logique. Un cœur peut contenir plusieurs processeurs."
54299
54300 #, fuzzy
54301 #~| msgid "B<SOCKET>"
54302 #~ msgid "*SOCKET*"
54303 #~ msgstr "B<SOCKET>"
54304
54305 #, fuzzy
54306 #~| msgid "The logical socket number.  A socket can contain several cores."
54307 #~ msgid "The logical socket number. A socket can contain several cores."
54308 #~ msgstr ""
54309 #~ "Le numéro de socket logique. Une socket peut contenir plusieurs cœurs."
54310
54311 #, fuzzy
54312 #~| msgid "The logical socket number.  A socket can contain several cores."
54313 #~ msgid "The logical cluster number. A cluster can contain several cores."
54314 #~ msgstr ""
54315 #~ "Le numéro de socket logique. Une socket peut contenir plusieurs cœurs."
54316
54317 #, fuzzy
54318 #~| msgid "B<BOOK>"
54319 #~ msgid "*BOOK*"
54320 #~ msgstr "B<BOOK>"
54321
54322 #, fuzzy
54323 #~| msgid "The logical book number.  A book can contain several sockets."
54324 #~ msgid "The logical book number. A book can contain several sockets."
54325 #~ msgstr ""
54326 #~ "Le numéro de module logique (book). Un module peut contenir plusieurs "
54327 #~ "sockets."
54328
54329 #, fuzzy
54330 #~| msgid "B<DRAWER>"
54331 #~ msgid "*DRAWER*"
54332 #~ msgstr "B<DRAWER>"
54333
54334 #, fuzzy
54335 #~| msgid "The logical drawer number.  A drawer can contain several books."
54336 #~ msgid "The logical drawer number. A drawer can contain several books."
54337 #~ msgstr ""
54338 #~ "Le numéro de baie logique (drawer). Une baie peut contenir plusieurs "
54339 #~ "processeurs."
54340
54341 #, fuzzy
54342 #~| msgid "B<NODE>"
54343 #~ msgid "*NODE*"
54344 #~ msgstr "B<NODE>"
54345
54346 #, fuzzy
54347 #~| msgid "The logical NUMA node number.  A node can contain several drawers."
54348 #~ msgid "The logical NUMA node number. A node can contain several drawers."
54349 #~ msgstr ""
54350 #~ "Le numéro de nœud NUMA logique. Un nœud peut contenir plusieurs baies."
54351
54352 #, fuzzy
54353 #~| msgid "B<CACHE>"
54354 #~ msgid "*CACHE*"
54355 #~ msgstr "B<CACHE>"
54356
54357 #~ msgid "Information about how caches are shared between CPUs."
54358 #~ msgstr ""
54359 #~ "Renseignements sur la façon de partager les caches entre processeurs."
54360
54361 #, fuzzy
54362 #~| msgid "B<ADDRESS>"
54363 #~ msgid "*ADDRESS*"
54364 #~ msgstr "B<ADDRESS>"
54365
54366 #~ msgid "The physical address of a CPU."
54367 #~ msgstr "L’adresse physique d'un processeur."
54368
54369 #, fuzzy
54370 #~| msgid "*LINES*"
54371 #~ msgid "*ONLINE*"
54372 #~ msgstr "*LINES*"
54373
54374 #~ msgid ""
54375 #~ "Indicator that shows whether the Linux instance currently makes use of "
54376 #~ "the CPU."
54377 #~ msgstr ""
54378 #~ "Indicateur montrant si l’instance Linux utilise en ce moment le "
54379 #~ "processeur."
54380
54381 #, fuzzy
54382 #~| msgid "B<CONFIGURED>"
54383 #~ msgid "*CONFIGURED*"
54384 #~ msgstr "B<CONFIGURED>"
54385
54386 #, fuzzy
54387 #~| msgid ""
54388 #~| "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the "
54389 #~| "virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs.  CPUs that are "
54390 #~| "configured can be set online by the Linux instance.  This column "
54391 #~| "contains data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support "
54392 #~| "dynamic CPU resource allocation."
54393 #~ msgid ""
54394 #~ "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the "
54395 #~ "virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs. CPUs that are "
54396 #~ "configured can be set online by the Linux instance. This column contains "
54397 #~ "data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support dynamic CPU "
54398 #~ "resource allocation."
54399 #~ msgstr ""
54400 #~ "Indicateur montrant si l’hyperviseur a alloué le processeur au matériel "
54401 #~ "virtuel sur lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée. Les processeurs "
54402 #~ "configurés peuvent être définis en ligne par l’instance Linux. Cette "
54403 #~ "colonne ne contient des données que si le système matériel et "
54404 #~ "l’hyperviseur permettent l’allocation dynamique de ressource processeur."
54405
54406 #, fuzzy
54407 #~| msgid "B<POLARIZATION>"
54408 #~ msgid "*POLARIZATION*"
54409 #~ msgstr "B<POLARIZATION>"
54410
54411 #, fuzzy
54412 #~| msgid ""
54413 #~| "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual "
54414 #~| "hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode "
54415 #~| "(polarization).  The polarization can be:"
54416 #~ msgid ""
54417 #~ "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual "
54418 #~ "hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode "
54419 #~ "(polarization). The polarization can be:"
54420 #~ msgstr ""
54421 #~ "Cette colonne contient des données pour les instances Linux exécutées sur "
54422 #~ "du matériel virtuel avec un hyperviseur pouvant modifier le mode "
54423 #~ "distribué de processeur (polarisation). La polarisation peut être une des "
54424 #~ "suivantes :"
54425
54426 #, fuzzy
54427 #~| msgid ""
54428 #~| "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
54429 #~| "concentration, high, medium, or low.  This column contains data only if "
54430 #~| "your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
54431 #~ msgid ""
54432 #~ "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
54433 #~ "concentration, high, medium, or low. This column contains data only if "
54434 #~ "your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
54435 #~ msgstr ""
54436 #~ "Pour le mode B<vertical> de polarisation, la colonne montre aussi le "
54437 #~ "degré de concentration : B<high>, B<medium> ou B<low>. Cette colonne ne "
54438 #~ "contient des données que si le système matériel et l’hyperviseur "
54439 #~ "permettent la polarisation de processeurs."
54440
54441 #, fuzzy
54442 #~| msgid "B<MAXMHZ>"
54443 #~ msgid "*MAXMHZ*"
54444 #~ msgstr "B<MAXMHZ>"
54445
54446 # NOTE: s/megaherz/megahertz/ and s/cpu/CPU/
54447 #, fuzzy
54448 #~| msgid ""
54449 #~| "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when B<lscpu> is used as "
54450 #~| "hardware inventory information gathering tool.  Notice that the "
54451 #~| "megahertz value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on "
54452 #~| "current resource need."
54453 #~ msgid ""
54454 #~ "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when *lscpu* is used as "
54455 #~ "hardware inventory information gathering tool. Notice that the megahertz "
54456 #~ "value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on current "
54457 #~ "resource need."
54458 #~ msgstr ""
54459 #~ "La valeur maximale en mégahertz pour le processeur. Utile quand B<lscpu> "
54460 #~ "est utilisé comme outil de collecte de renseignements pour l’inventaire "
54461 #~ "matériel. Remarquez que la valeur en mégahertz est dynamique et pilotée "
54462 #~ "par l’état du processeur (« CPU governor ») en fonction du besoin actuel "
54463 #~ "de ressources."
54464
54465 #, fuzzy
54466 #~| msgid "B<MINMHZ>"
54467 #~ msgid "*MINMHZ*"
54468 #~ msgstr "B<MINMHZ>"
54469
54470 #~ msgid "Minimum megahertz value for the CPU."
54471 #~ msgstr "Valeur minimale en mégahertz pour le processeur."
54472
54473 #, fuzzy
54474 #~| msgid ""
54475 #~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
54476 #~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
54477 #~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
54478 #~ msgid ""
54479 #~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
54480 #~ "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) "
54481 #~ "will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
54482 #~ "identifiers, for example, USE_PCT instead of USE%."
54483 #~ msgstr ""
54484 #~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
54485 #~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
54486 #~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
54487 #~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
54488
54489 #~ msgid ""
54490 #~ "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_ *mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir "
54491 #~ "newdir_\n"
54492 #~ msgstr ""
54493 #~ "*mount --bind* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_ *mount -o remount,"
54494 #~ "bind,ro* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_\n"
54495
54496 #, fuzzy
54497 #~| msgid ""
54498 #~| "Mount the filesystem read/write.  Read-write is the kernel default and "
54499 #~| "the B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall "
54500 #~| "with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
54501 #~ msgid ""
54502 #~ "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
54503 #~ "*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall with "
54504 #~ "read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
54505 #~ msgstr ""
54506 #~ "Monter le système de fichiers en écriture et lecture. C'est le réglage "
54507 #~ "par défaut du noyau, et le comportement par défaut de B<mount> est "
54508 #~ "d’essayer la lecture seule si le précédent appel système de montage avec "
54509 #~ "des drapeaux pour la lecture et l’écriture sur des périphériques protégés "
54510 #~ "contre l’écriture échouait."
54511
54512 #, fuzzy
54513 #~| msgid ""
54514 #~| "Two other options are B<fscontext=> and B<defcontext=>, both of which "
54515 #~| "are mutually exclusive of the B<context=> option.  This means you can "
54516 #~| "use fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used "
54517 #~| "with context."
54518 #~ msgid ""
54519 #~ "Two other options are *fscontext=* and *defcontext=*, both of which are "
54520 #~ "mutually exclusive of the *context=* option. This means you can use "
54521 #~ "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
54522 #~ "context."
54523 #~ msgstr ""
54524 #~ "Deux autres options sont B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=>, elles sont "
54525 #~ "toutes les deux mutuellement exclusives avec l'option B<context=>. Cela "
54526 #~ "signifie que vous pouvez utiliser B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=> "
54527 #~ "ensemble, mais aucune ne peut être utilisée avec l'option B<context=>."
54528
54529 #~ msgid ""
54530 #~ "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
54531 #~ "executing programs from this filesystem."
54532 #~ msgstr ""
54533 #~ "Ne pas tenir compte des bits Set-UID et Set-GID ou des capacités de "
54534 #~ "fichier lors de l'exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."
54535
54536 #, fuzzy
54537 #~| msgid ""
54538 #~| "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet.  "
54539 #~| "The optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used "
54540 #~| "for B<mkdir>(2)  in octal notation.  The default mode is 0755.  This "
54541 #~| "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
54542 #~| "without suid permissions.  The option is also supported as x-mount."
54543 #~| "mkdir, this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
54544 #~ msgid ""
54545 #~ "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet. "
54546 #~ "The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used "
54547 #~ "for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This "
54548 #~ "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
54549 #~ "without suid permissions. The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, "
54550 #~ "this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
54551 #~ msgstr ""
54552 #~ "Permettre de créer un répertoire cible (point de montage) s’il n’existe "
54553 #~ "pas encore. L’argument facultatif I<mode> indique le mode d’accès au "
54554 #~ "système de fichiers utilisé pour B<mkdir>(2) en notation octale. Le mode "
54555 #~ "par défaut est 0755. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour "
54556 #~ "le superutilisateur ou quand B<mount> est exécuté sans les droits setuid. "
54557 #~ "Cette option est aussi prise en charge sous forme B<x-mount.mkdir>, cette "
54558 #~ "notation est obsolète depuis la version 2.30."
54559
54560 #~ msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT (experimental)"
54561 #~ msgstr "GESTION DE DM-VERITY (expérimental)"
54562
54563 #~ msgid "*-h, --help*"
54564 #~ msgstr "*-h, --help*"
54565
54566 #~ msgid "*-V, --version*"
54567 #~ msgstr "*-V, --version*"
54568
54569 #~ msgid "**block id**|*type* [...]"
54570 #~ msgstr "**block id**|*type* [...]"
54571
54572 #~ msgid "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
54573 #~ msgstr "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
54574
54575 # FIXME fstab → _fstab_
54576 # FIXME suid → *suid*
54577 #~ msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file (ignored for suid)"
54578 #~ msgstr ""
54579 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour "
54580 #~ "*suid*)."
54581
54582 # FIXME mtab → _mtab_
54583 # FIXME suid → *suid*
54584 #~ msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file (ignored for suid)"
54585 #~ msgstr ""
54586 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
54587
54588 #~ msgid "Displays version information and exits."
54589 #~ msgstr "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter."
54590
54591 #~ msgid "Displays a help text and exits."
54592 #~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."
54593
54594 #~ msgid "*-H*, *--help*"
54595 #~ msgstr "*-H*, *--help*"
54596
54597 #~ msgid ""
54598 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
54599 #~ "d/hexdump.disable_."
54600 #~ msgstr ""
54601 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
54602 #~ "terminal-colors.d/hexdump.disable_ vide."
54603
54604 #~ msgid "ADDPART"
54605 #~ msgstr "ADDPART"
54606
54607 #~ msgid "2021-06-02"
54608 #~ msgstr "2 juin 2021"
54609
54610 #~ msgid "util-linux 2.37.2"
54611 #~ msgstr "util-linux 2.37.2"
54612
54613 #, fuzzy
54614 #~ msgid "This command doesn\\(cqt manipulate partitions on a block device."
54615 #~ msgstr ""
54616 #~ "Cette commande ne manipule pas les partitions présentes sur un "
54617 #~ "périphérique bloc."
54618
54619 #, fuzzy
54620 #~| msgid ""
54621 #~| "The addpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
54622 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
54623 #~ msgid ""
54624 #~ "The B<addpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
54625 #~ "downloaded from"
54626 #~ msgstr ""
54627 #~ "La commande B<addpart> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
54628 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
54629 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
54630
54631 #~ msgid "January 2015"
54632 #~ msgstr "Janvier 2015"
54633
54634 #~ msgid "util-linux"
54635 #~ msgstr "util-linux"
54636
54637 #~ msgid ""
54638 #~ "B<addpart> tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
54639 #~ "partition.  The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
54640 #~ "ioctl."
54641 #~ msgstr ""
54642 #~ "B<addpart> informe le noyau de l’existence de la partition indiquée. La "
54643 #~ "commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « add partition »."
54644
54645 #~ msgid ""
54646 #~ "The addpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
54647 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
54648 #~ msgstr ""
54649 #~ "La commande B<addpart> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
54650 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
54651 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
54652
54653 #~ msgid "AGETTY"
54654 #~ msgstr "AGETTY"
54655
54656 #, fuzzy
54657 #~| msgid ""
54658 #~| "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see "
54659 #~| "B<--keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
54660 #~ msgid ""
54661 #~ "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see "
54662 #~ "B<--keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to \\(aq9600\\(aq."
54663 #~ msgstr ""
54664 #~ "La valeur par défaut pour les B<terminaux série> est de conserver la "
54665 #~ "vitesse actuelle (consultez B<--keep-baud>) et en cas d’insuccès, la "
54666 #~ "valeur par défaut « 9600 »."
54667
54668 #, fuzzy
54669 #~| msgid ""
54670 #~| "The value to be used for the TERM environment variable.  This overrides "
54671 #~| "whatever init(8) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
54672 #~ msgid ""
54673 #~ "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
54674 #~ "whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
54675 #~ msgstr ""
54676 #~ "La valeur à utiliser pour la variable d'environnement B<TERM>. Cela "
54677 #~ "surcharge toute valeur positionnée par B<init>(8) et est héritée par la "
54678 #~ "connexion et l'interpréteur de commande."
54679
54680 #, fuzzy
54681 #~| msgid ""
54682 #~| "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
54683 #~| "'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
54684 #~ msgid ""
54685 #~ "The default is \\(aqvt100\\(aq, or \\(aqlinux\\(aq for Linux on a virtual "
54686 #~ "terminal, or \\(aqhurd\\(aq for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
54687 #~ msgstr ""
54688 #~ "La valeur par défaut est « vt100 » ou « linux » pour Linux sur un "
54689 #~ "terminal virtuel ou « hurd » pour le GNU Hurd sur un terminal virtuel."
54690
54691 #, fuzzy
54692 #~| msgid "B<-t>, B<--list>"
54693 #~ msgid "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
54694 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--list>"
54695
54696 #, fuzzy
54697 #~| msgid "-a, --autologin I<username>"
54698 #~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
54699 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<nom_utilisateur>"
54700
54701 #, fuzzy
54702 #~| msgid ""
54703 #~| "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
54704 #~| "password.  Using this option causes an B<-f >I<username> option and "
54705 #~| "argument to be added to the B</bin/login> command line.  See B<--login-"
54706 #~| "options>, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
54707 #~ msgid ""
54708 #~ "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
54709 #~ "password. Using this option causes an B<-f> I<username> option and "
54710 #~ "argument to be added to the B</bin/login> command line. See B<--login-"
54711 #~ "options>, which can be used to modify this option\\(cqs behavior."
54712 #~ msgstr ""
54713 #~ "Connecter automatiquement l’utilisateur indiqué sans demander un "
54714 #~ "identifiant ou un mot de passe. Utiliser cette option fait que l’option "
54715 #~ "et l’argument B<-f>\\ I<username> sont ajoutés à la ligne de commande de "
54716 #~ "B</bin/login>. Consultez B<--login-options> qui peut être utilisée pour "
54717 #~ "modifier le comportement de cette option."
54718
54719 #, fuzzy
54720 #~| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
54721 #~ msgid "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
54722 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
54723
54724 #, fuzzy
54725 #~| msgid "-E, --remote"
54726 #~ msgid "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
54727 #~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
54728
54729 #, fuzzy
54730 #~| msgid "-f, --issue-file I<path>"
54731 #~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
54732 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<chemin>"
54733
54734 #, fuzzy
54735 #~| msgid "--show-issue"
54736 #~ msgid "B<--show-issue>"
54737 #~ msgstr "B<--show-issue>"
54738
54739 #, fuzzy
54740 #~| msgid "-h, --flow-control"
54741 #~ msgid "B<-h, --flow-control>"
54742 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--flow-control>"
54743
54744 #, fuzzy
54745 #~| msgid "-H, --host I<fakehost>"
54746 #~ msgid "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"
54747 #~ msgstr "B<-H>, B<--host> I<hôte_factice>"
54748
54749 #, fuzzy
54750 #~| msgid "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
54751 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
54752 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
54753
54754 #, fuzzy
54755 #~| msgid "-I, --init-string I<initstring>"
54756 #~ msgid "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
54757 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<chaîne_initiale>"
54758
54759 #, fuzzy
54760 #~| msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-clobber>"
54761 #~ msgid "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
54762 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-clobber>"
54763
54764 #, fuzzy
54765 #~| msgid "-l, --login-program I<login_program>"
54766 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
54767 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<programme_connexion>"
54768
54769 #, fuzzy
54770 #~| msgid "-L, --local-line[=I<mode>]"
54771 #~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
54772 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[B<=>I<mode>]"
54773
54774 #, fuzzy
54775 #~| msgid ""
54776 #~| "Control the CLOCAL line flag.  The optional I<mode> argument is 'auto', "
54777 #~| "'always' or 'never'.  If the I<mode> argument is omitted, then the "
54778 #~| "default is 'always'.  If the --local-line option is not given at all, "
54779 #~| "then the default is 'auto'."
54780 #~ msgid ""
54781 #~ "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional I<mode> argument is "
54782 #~ "\\(aqauto\\(aq, \\(aqalways\\(aq or \\(aqnever\\(aq. If the I<mode> "
54783 #~ "argument is omitted, then the default is \\(aqalways\\(aq. If the B<--"
54784 #~ "local-line> option is not given at all, then the default is "
54785 #~ "\\(aqauto\\(aq."
54786 #~ msgstr ""
54787 #~ "Contrôler l’attribut de ligne CLOCAL. L’argument facultatif I<mode> est "
54788 #~ "I<auto>, I<always> ou I<never>. En l'absence d’argument I<mode>, la "
54789 #~ "valeur par défaut est I<always>. Si l’option B<--local-line> n’est pas "
54790 #~ "donnée du tout, la valeur par défaut est I<auto>."
54791
54792 #, fuzzy
54793 #~| msgid "-m, --extract-baud"
54794 #~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
54795 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
54796
54797 #, fuzzy
54798 #~| msgid "--list-speeds"
54799 #~ msgid "B<--list-speeds>"
54800 #~ msgstr "B<--list-speeds>"
54801
54802 #, fuzzy
54803 #~| msgid "-n, --skip-login"
54804 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
54805 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
54806
54807 #, fuzzy
54808 #~| msgid "B<-n>, B<--newline>"
54809 #~ msgid "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
54810 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--newline>"
54811
54812 #, fuzzy
54813 #~| msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out /etc/issue."
54814 #~ msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out I</etc/issue>."
54815 #~ msgstr "Ne pas ajouter de changement ligne avant d'écrire I</etc/issue>."
54816
54817 #, fuzzy
54818 #~| msgid "-o, --login-options \"I<login_options>\""
54819 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"
54820 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--login-options> \"I<options_connexion>\""
54821
54822 #, fuzzy
54823 #~| msgid ""
54824 #~| "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\eu is "
54825 #~| "replaced by the login name. For example:"
54826 #~ msgid ""
54827 #~ "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\(rsu is "
54828 #~ "replaced by the login name. For example:"
54829 #~ msgstr ""
54830 #~ "Options et arguments passés à B<login>(1), où \\eu est remplacé par le "
54831 #~ "nom de connexion. Par exemple :"
54832
54833 #, fuzzy
54834 #~| msgid "B<--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\eu'>"
54835 #~ msgid "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar \\(em \\(rsu\\(aq>"
54836 #~ msgstr "B<--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\eu'>"
54837
54838 #, fuzzy
54839 #~| msgid "-p, --login-pause"
54840 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
54841 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
54842
54843 #, fuzzy
54844 #~| msgid "-r, --chroot I<directory>"
54845 #~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
54846 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<répertoire>"
54847
54848 #, fuzzy
54849 #~| msgid "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
54850 #~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
54851 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
54852
54853 #, fuzzy
54854 #~| msgid "Call vhangup() to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
54855 #~ msgid "Call B<vhangup>(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
54856 #~ msgstr ""
54857 #~ "Appeler B<vhangup>() pour faire un raccrochage virtuel du terminal "
54858 #~ "indiqué."
54859
54860 #, fuzzy
54861 #~| msgid "-s, --keep-baud"
54862 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
54863 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
54864
54865 #, fuzzy
54866 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
54867 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
54868
54869 #, fuzzy
54870 #~| msgid "-U, --detect-case"
54871 #~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
54872 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
54873
54874 #, fuzzy
54875 #~| msgid "B<-w>, B<--warn>"
54876 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
54877 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--warn>"
54878
54879 #, fuzzy
54880 #~| msgid "--nohints"
54881 #~ msgid "B<--nohints>"
54882 #~ msgstr "B<--nohints>"
54883
54884 #, fuzzy
54885 #~| msgid "B<--no-hostname>"
54886 #~ msgid "B<--nohostname>"
54887 #~ msgstr "B<--no-hostname>"
54888
54889 #, fuzzy
54890 #~| msgid "--long-hostname"
54891 #~ msgid "B<--long-hostname>"
54892 #~ msgstr "B<--long-hostname>"
54893
54894 #, fuzzy
54895 #~| msgid "--erase-chars I<string>"
54896 #~ msgid "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
54897 #~ msgstr "B<--erase-chars> I<chaîne>"
54898
54899 #, fuzzy
54900 #~| msgid ""
54901 #~| "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted "
54902 #~| "as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types "
54903 #~| "the login name.  The default additional \\'erase\\' has been \\'#\\', "
54904 #~| "but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by "
54905 #~| "default."
54906 #~ msgid ""
54907 #~ "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as "
54908 #~ "a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the "
54909 #~ "login name. The default additional \\(aqerase\\(aq has been \\(aq#\\(aq, "
54910 #~ "but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by "
54911 #~ "default."
54912 #~ msgstr ""
54913 #~ "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter comme "
54914 #~ "une espace arrière (« ignorer le caractère précédent ») lorsque "
54915 #~ "l’utilisateur saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère "
54916 #~ "supplémentaire d’« effacement » par défaut était « # », mais depuis util-"
54917 #~ "linux 2.23, aucun caractère supplémentaire d’effacement n’est activé par "
54918 #~ "défaut."
54919
54920 #, fuzzy
54921 #~| msgid "--kill-chars I<string>"
54922 #~ msgid "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
54923 #~ msgstr "B<--kill-chars> I<chaîne>"
54924
54925 #, fuzzy
54926 #~| msgid ""
54927 #~| "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted "
54928 #~| "as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the "
54929 #~| "login name.  The default additional \\'kill\\' has been \\'@\\', but "
54930 #~| "since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by "
54931 #~| "default."
54932 #~ msgid ""
54933 #~ "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as "
54934 #~ "a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
54935 #~ "name. The default additional \\(aqkill\\(aq has been \\(aq@\\(aq, but "
54936 #~ "since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by "
54937 #~ "default."
54938 #~ msgstr ""
54939 #~ "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter pour "
54940 #~ "tuer (« ignorer tous les caractères précédents ») lorsque l’utilisateur "
54941 #~ "saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire « pour "
54942 #~ "tuer » par défaut était « @ », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun "
54943 #~ "caractère supplémentaire pour tuer n’est activé par défaut."
54944
54945 #, fuzzy
54946 #~| msgid "--chdir I<directory>"
54947 #~ msgid "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
54948 #~ msgstr "B<--chdir> I<répertoire>"
54949
54950 #, fuzzy
54951 #~| msgid "--delay I<number>"
54952 #~ msgid "B<--delay> I<number>"
54953 #~ msgstr "B<--delay> I<nombre>"
54954
54955 #, fuzzy
54956 #~| msgid "--nice I<number>"
54957 #~ msgid "B<--nice> I<number>"
54958 #~ msgstr "B<--nice> I<nombre>"
54959
54960 #, fuzzy
54961 #~| msgid "B<--no-reload>"
54962 #~ msgid "B<--reload>"
54963 #~ msgstr "B<--no-reload>"
54964
54965 #~ msgid "B<--version>"
54966 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
54967
54968 #~ msgid "B<--help>"
54969 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
54970
54971 #, fuzzy
54972 #~| msgid ""
54973 #~| "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
54974 #~| "etc/inittab> file.  You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
54975 #~| "other fields.  See I<inittab(5)> for more details."
54976 #~ msgid ""
54977 #~ "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
54978 #~ "etc/inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
54979 #~ "other fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
54980 #~ msgstr ""
54981 #~ "Cette section présente des exemples pour le champ processus d'une entrée "
54982 #~ "dans le fichier I</etc/inittab>. Vous devrez faire précéder les autres "
54983 #~ "champs par les valeurs appropriées. Consultez B<inittab>(5) pour plus de "
54984 #~ "précisions."
54985
54986 #, fuzzy
54987 #~| msgid ""
54988 #~| "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
54989 #~| "115200\\ ttyS1>"
54990 #~ msgid ""
54991 #~ "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
54992 #~ "115200 ttyS1>"
54993 #~ msgstr ""
54994 #~ "/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1 15' 115200 ttyS1"
54995
54996 #, fuzzy
54997 #~| msgid ""
54998 #~| "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
54999 #~| "should not be interpreted as options.  Use this feature if available by "
55000 #~| "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\eu."
55001 #~ msgid ""
55002 #~ "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
55003 #~ "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
55004 #~ "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\(rsu."
55005 #~ msgstr ""
55006 #~ "Certains programmes utilisent B<--> pour indiquer que la suite de la "
55007 #~ "ligne de commande ne devrait pas être interprétée en tant qu'options. "
55008 #~ "Utilisez cette fonctionnalité si elle est disponible en passant « -- » "
55009 #~ "avant que le nom d’utilisateur ne soit passé par B<\\eu>."
55010
55011 #, fuzzy
55012 #~| msgid ""
55013 #~| "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
55014 #~| "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist than agetty "
55015 #~| "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
55016 #~| "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>.  The directory /etc is expected for host "
55017 #~| "specific configuration, /run is expected for generated stuff and /usr/"
55018 #~| "lib for static distribution maintained configuration."
55019 #~ msgid ""
55020 #~ "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
55021 #~ "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist, then B<agetty> "
55022 #~ "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
55023 #~ "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>. The directory I</etc> is expected for "
55024 #~ "host specific configuration, I</run> is expected for generated stuff and "
55025 #~ "I</usr/lib> for static distribution maintained configuration."
55026 #~ msgstr ""
55027 #~ "Depuis la version 2.35 des emplacements supplémentaires pour des fichiers "
55028 #~ "et répertoires I<issue> sont gérés. Si le fichier par défaut I</etc/"
55029 #~ "issue> n’existe pas, alors B<agetty> recherche I</run/issue> et I</run/"
55030 #~ "issue.d>, ensuite I</usr/lib/issue> et I</usr/lib/issue.d>. Le répertoire "
55031 #~ "I</etc> est attendu pour une configuration spécifique à l’hôte, le "
55032 #~ "répertoire I</run> est attendu pour ce qui est généré et le fichier I</"
55033 #~ "usr/lib> pour la configuration statique de la distribution."
55034
55035 #, fuzzy
55036 #~| msgid ""
55037 #~| "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
55038 #~| "name, date, time et cetera.  All escape codes consist of a backslash "
55039 #~| "(\\e) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
55040 #~ msgid ""
55041 #~ "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
55042 #~ "name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash "
55043 #~ "(\\(rs) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
55044 #~ msgstr ""
55045 #~ "Les fichiers I<issue> peuvent contenir certains codes d’échappement afin "
55046 #~ "d'afficher le nom du système, la date, l’heure, etc. Tous les codes "
55047 #~ "d’échappement sont formés d'une barre oblique inversée (B<\\e>) "
55048 #~ "immédiatement suivie par l'une des caractères suivants."
55049
55050 #, fuzzy
55051 #~| msgid ""
55052 #~| "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
55053 #~| "\\e4{eth0}).  If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
55054 #~| "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface.  If "
55055 #~| "not any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of "
55056 #~| "the machine's hostname."
55057 #~ msgid ""
55058 #~ "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
55059 #~ "\\(rs4{eth0}). If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
55060 #~ "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
55061 #~ "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the "
55062 #~ "machine\\(cqs hostname."
55063 #~ msgstr ""
55064 #~ "Insérer l’adresse IPv4 de l’interface réseau indiquée (par exemple "
55065 #~ "B<\\e4{eth0}>). Si l’argument I<interface> n’est pas indiqué, alors "
55066 #~ "sélectionner la première interface complètement configurée (activée, non "
55067 #~ "boucle locale, en fonctionnement). Si aucune interface configurée n’est "
55068 #~ "trouvée, se replier sur l’adresse IP du nom d’hôte de la machine."
55069
55070 #, fuzzy
55071 #~| msgid "The same as \\e4 but for IPv6."
55072 #~ msgid "The same as \\(rs4 but for IPv6."
55073 #~ msgstr "Comme B<\\e4>, mais pour l’IPv6."
55074
55075 #, fuzzy
55076 #~| msgid ""
55077 #~| "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
55078 #~| "(for example: \\ee{red}Alert text.\\ee{reset}).  If the I<name> argument "
55079 #~| "is not specified, then insert \\e033.  The currently supported names "
55080 #~| "are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, "
55081 #~| "halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, "
55082 #~| "lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white.  All unknown "
55083 #~| "names are silently ignored."
55084 #~ msgid ""
55085 #~ "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
55086 #~ "(for example: \\(rse{red}Alert text.\\(rse{reset}). If the I<name> "
55087 #~ "argument is not specified, then insert \\(rs033. The currently supported "
55088 #~ "names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, "
55089 #~ "halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, "
55090 #~ "lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown "
55091 #~ "names are silently ignored."
55092 #~ msgstr ""
55093 #~ "Transformer le I<nom> lisible avec une séquence d’échappement et "
55094 #~ "l’insérer (par exemple, \\ee{red}Alert text.\\ee{reset}). Si l’argument "
55095 #~ "I<nom> n’est pas indiqué, alors insérer \\e033. Les noms actuellement "
55096 #~ "gérés sont I<black>, I<blink>, I<blue>, I<bold>, I<brown>, I<cyan>, "
55097 #~ "I<darkgray>, I<gray>, I<green>, I<halfbright>, I<lightblue>, "
55098 #~ "I<lightcyan>, I<lightgray>, I<lightgreen>, I<lightmagenta>, I<lightred>, "
55099 #~ "I<magenta>, I<red>, I<reset>, I<reverse>, I<yellow> et I<white>. Tous les "
55100 #~ "noms inconnus sont ignorés silencieusement."
55101
55102 #, fuzzy
55103 #~| msgid ""
55104 #~| "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system).  Same as "
55105 #~| "'uname -s'.  See also the \\eS escape code."
55106 #~ msgid ""
55107 #~ "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
55108 #~ "\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
55109 #~ msgstr ""
55110 #~ "Insérer le nom du système (le nom du système d'exploitation). Identique à "
55111 #~ "B<uname\\ -s>. Consultez également le code d’échappement B<\\eS>."
55112
55113 #, fuzzy
55114 #~| msgid "This is \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
55115 #~ msgid "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
55116 #~ msgstr "Voici \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
55117
55118 #, fuzzy
55119 #~| msgid "problem reports (if syslog(3) is not used)."
55120 #~ msgid "problem reports (if B<syslog>(3) is not used)."
55121 #~ msgstr "rapports de problème (si B<syslog>(3) n’est pas utilisée)"
55122
55123 #, fuzzy
55124 #~| msgid ""
55125 #~| "The agetty command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
55126 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
55127 #~ msgid ""
55128 #~ "The B<agetty> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
55129 #~ "downloaded from"
55130 #~ msgstr ""
55131 #~ "La commande B<agetty> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
55132 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
55133 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
55134
55135 #~ msgid "February 2016"
55136 #~ msgstr "Février 2016"
55137
55138 #~ msgid ""
55139 #~ "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
55140 #~ "login command.  It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
55141 #~ msgstr ""
55142 #~ "B<agetty> ouvre un port de terminal, demande un nom d'utilisateur, puis "
55143 #~ "appelle la commande B</bin/login>. Il est normalement appelé par "
55144 #~ "B<init>(8)."
55145
55146 #~ msgid "\\(bu"
55147 #~ msgstr "  \\(bu"
55148
55149 #~ msgid ""
55150 #~ "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
55151 #~ "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name.  The program can "
55152 #~ "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
55153 #~ "characters with no parity.  The following special characters are "
55154 #~ "recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return "
55155 #~ "and line feed (end of line).  See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-"
55156 #~ "chars> options."
55157 #~ msgstr ""
55158 #~ "Adapter la configuration du terminal aux bits de parité et aux caractères "
55159 #~ "supprimer, tuer, fin de ligne et majuscules lors de la lecture de "
55160 #~ "l'identifiant de connexion. Le programme peut gérer les caractères 7 bits "
55161 #~ "avec une parité paire, impaire, aucune ou parité 0 et les caractères "
55162 #~ "8 bits sans parité. Les caractères spéciaux suivants sont reconnus : "
55163 #~ "« Ctrl-U » (tuer) ; suppression et espace arrière (supprimer) ; retour "
55164 #~ "chariot et changement de ligne (fin de ligne). Consultez également les "
55165 #~ "options B<--erase-chars> et B<--kill-chars>."
55166
55167 #~ msgid ""
55168 #~ "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory.  If a \"-\" is specified, "
55169 #~ "B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty "
55170 #~ "port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
55171 #~ msgstr ""
55172 #~ "Un nom de chemin relatif au répertoire I</dev>. Si un « B<-> » est "
55173 #~ "utilisé, B<agetty> suppose que son entrée standard est déjà connectée à "
55174 #~ "un port de terminal et que la connexion à un utilisateur distant est déjà "
55175 #~ "établie."
55176
55177 #~ msgid ""
55178 #~ "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates.  Each time B<agetty> "
55179 #~ "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated "
55180 #~ "as if it were circular."
55181 #~ msgstr ""
55182 #~ "Une liste de vitesses en baud séparées par des virgules. Chaque fois que "
55183 #~ "B<agetty> reçoit un caractère BREAK, il avance dans la liste qui sera "
55184 #~ "considérée comme une liste circulaire."
55185
55186 #~ msgid ""
55187 #~ "Note that B<--autologin> may affect the way how agetty initializes the "
55188 #~ "serial line, because on auto-login agetty does not read from the line and "
55189 #~ "it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
55190 #~ msgstr ""
55191 #~ "Remarquez que B<--autologin> peut affecter la façon dont B<agetty> "
55192 #~ "initialise une ligne série, car lors d’une connexion automatique "
55193 #~ "B<agetty> ne lit pas à partir de la ligne et n’a aucune opportunité "
55194 #~ "d’optimisation des réglages de la ligne."
55195
55196 #~ msgid ""
55197 #~ "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes).  See B<termios>(3) for more "
55198 #~ "details."
55199 #~ msgstr ""
55200 #~ "Ne pas réinitialiser les cflags du terminal (modes de contrôle). "
55201 #~ "Consultez B<termios>(3) pour plus de précisions."
55202
55203 #~ msgid ""
55204 #~ "Typically the B<login>(1) command is given a remote hostname when called "
55205 #~ "by something such as B<telnetd>(8).  This option allows B<agetty> to pass "
55206 #~ "what it is using for a hostname to B<login>(1) for use in B<utmp>(5).  "
55207 #~ "See B<--host>, B<login>(1), and B<utmp>(5)."
55208 #~ msgstr ""
55209 #~ "Classiquement, la commande B<login>(1) est fournie avec un non d’hôte "
55210 #~ "distant lorsqu’elle est appelée par quelque chose comme B<telnetd>(8). "
55211 #~ "Cette option permet à B<agetty> de passer ce qu’il utilise comme nom "
55212 #~ "d’hôte à B<login>(1) pour une utilisation dans B<utmp>(5). Consultez B<--"
55213 #~ "host>, B<login>(1) et B<utmp>(5)."
55214
55215 #~ msgid ""
55216 #~ "If the B<--host> I<fakehost> option is given, then an B<-h> I<fakehost> "
55217 #~ "option and argument are added to the B</bin/login> command line."
55218 #~ msgstr ""
55219 #~ "Si une option B<--host> I<hôte_factice> est donnée, alors une option B<-"
55220 #~ "h> I<hôte_factice> est ajoutée à la ligne de commande B</bin/login>."
55221
55222 #~ msgid ""
55223 #~ "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
55224 #~ "instead of I</etc/issue> (or other).  All specified files and directories "
55225 #~ "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored.  If the "
55226 #~ "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
55227 #~ "extension in version-sort order from the directory.  This allows custom "
55228 #~ "messages to be displayed on different terminals.  The B<--noissue> option "
55229 #~ "will override this option."
55230 #~ msgstr ""
55231 #~ "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à "
55232 #~ "afficher au lieu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et "
55233 #~ "répertoires sont affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés "
55234 #~ "silencieusement. Si le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses "
55235 #~ "fichiers avec l’extension I<.issue> sont affichés triés selon les "
55236 #~ "versions. Cela permet d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des "
55237 #~ "terminaux différents. L’option B<--noissue> écrasera cette option."
55238
55239 #~ msgid ""
55240 #~ "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and "
55241 #~ "exit.  Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed "
55242 #~ "for any other purpose.  Note that output may use some default or "
55243 #~ "incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty "
55244 #~ "command line."
55245 #~ msgstr ""
55246 #~ "Afficher le fichier I<issue> en cours (ou autre) sur le terminal utilisé "
55247 #~ "et quitter. Cette option est à utiliser pour examiner le réglage en "
55248 #~ "cours, elle n’est pas prévue pour tout autre but. Remarquez que la sortie "
55249 #~ "peut utiliser une information par défaut ou incomplète, car la sortie "
55250 #~ "correcte dépend du terminal et de la ligne de commande de B<agetty>."
55251
55252 #~ msgid ""
55253 #~ "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control.  It is left up to the application "
55254 #~ "to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
55255 #~ msgstr ""
55256 #~ "Activer le contrôle matériel de flux (RTS/CTS). L'application est libre "
55257 #~ "de désactiver le contrôle logiciel de flux (XON/XOFF) quand elle le juge "
55258 #~ "opportun."
55259
55260 #~ msgid ""
55261 #~ "Write the specified I<fakehost> into the utmp file.  Normally, no login "
55262 #~ "host is given, since B<agetty> is used for local hardwired connections "
55263 #~ "and consoles.  However, this option can be useful for identifying "
55264 #~ "terminal concentrators and the like."
55265 #~ msgstr ""
55266 #~ "Écrire l'hôte de connexion I<hôte_factice> indiqué dans le fichier "
55267 #~ "I<utmp>. Normalement, aucun hôte de connexion n'est fourni, puisque "
55268 #~ "B<agetty> est utilisé pour les connexions filaires locales et les "
55269 #~ "terminaux du système. Cependant, cette option peut être utile pour "
55270 #~ "identifier les concentrateurs de terminaux et matériels similaires."
55271
55272 #~ msgid ""
55273 #~ "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing "
55274 #~ "the login prompt.  Terminals or communications hardware may become "
55275 #~ "confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up "
55276 #~ "scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
55277 #~ msgstr ""
55278 #~ "Ne pas afficher le contenu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre) avant d'écrire "
55279 #~ "l'invite de connexion. Les terminaux ou le matériel de communication "
55280 #~ "peuvent ne pas fonctionner normalement lorsqu'ils reçoivent beaucoup de "
55281 #~ "texte à une mauvaise vitesse ; les scripts de connexion peuvent échouer "
55282 #~ "si l'invite de connexion est précédée par beaucoup trop de texte."
55283
55284 #~ msgid ""
55285 #~ "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending "
55286 #~ "anything else.  This may be used to initialize a modem.  Non-printable "
55287 #~ "characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a "
55288 #~ "backslash (\\e).  For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, "
55289 #~ "octal 012), write \\e012."
55290 #~ msgstr ""
55291 #~ "Définir une I<chaîne_initiale> à envoyer au terminal ou au modem avant "
55292 #~ "d'envoyer des données utiles. Cela peut être utilisé pour initialiser un "
55293 #~ "modem. Les caractères non imprimables peuvent être envoyés en utilisant "
55294 #~ "leur code octal précédé d'une barre oblique inversée (\\e). Par exemple, "
55295 #~ "pour envoyer le caractère de changement de ligne (ASCII 10, dont le code "
55296 #~ "octal est 012), il faut envoyer « \\e012 »."
55297
55298 #~ msgid ""
55299 #~ "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name.  By default "
55300 #~ "the screen is cleared."
55301 #~ msgstr ""
55302 #~ "Ne pas effacer l'écran avant de demander l'identifiant de connexion. Par "
55303 #~ "défaut, l'écran est effacé."
55304
55305 #~ msgid ""
55306 #~ "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login.  This allows "
55307 #~ "the use of a non-standard login program.  Such a program could, for "
55308 #~ "example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See "
55309 #~ "B<--login-options>."
55310 #~ msgstr ""
55311 #~ "Appeler le programme de connexion I<programme_connexion> à la place de B</"
55312 #~ "bin/login>. Cela permet d'utiliser un programme de connexion non "
55313 #~ "standard. Un tel programme, par exemple, peut demander un mot de passe "
55314 #~ "lors de l'établissement de la connexion ou utiliser un fichier de mot de "
55315 #~ "passe différent. Consultez B<--login-options>."
55316
55317 #~ msgid ""
55318 #~ "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect.  This "
55319 #~ "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
55320 #~ "line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
55321 #~ msgstr ""
55322 #~ "Le I<mode> I<always> force la ligne à être une ligne locale sans "
55323 #~ "détection de porteuse. C'est utile pour un terminal connecté localement "
55324 #~ "dont la ligne série n’utilise pas le signal « détection de porteuse »."
55325
55326 #~ msgid ""
55327 #~ "The B<agetty> default.  Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows "
55328 #~ "the setting enabled by the kernel."
55329 #~ msgstr ""
55330 #~ "La valeur par défaut pour B<agetty>. Cela ne modifie pas la configuration "
55331 #~ "CLOCAL et suit la configuration activée par le noyau."
55332
55333 #~ msgid ""
55334 #~ "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
55335 #~ "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems.  These status messages are of the form: "
55336 #~ "\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\".  B<agetty> assumes that "
55337 #~ "the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with "
55338 #~ "(the first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
55339 #~ msgstr ""
55340 #~ "Essayer d'extraire la vitesse depuis le message d'état CONNECT produit "
55341 #~ "par les modems compatibles Hayes™. Ces messages d'état sont de la forme "
55342 #~ "suivante : « E<lt>bruitE<gt>E<lt>vitesseE<gt>E<lt>bruitE<gt> ». B<agetty> "
55343 #~ "suppose que le modem envoie les messages d'état à la même vitesse que "
55344 #~ "celle indiquée (la première) par I<taux_baud> sur la ligne de commande."
55345
55346 #~ msgid ""
55347 #~ "Display supported baud rates.  These are determined at compilation time."
55348 #~ msgstr ""
55349 #~ "Afficher les vitesses prises en charge. Elles sont déterminées au moment "
55350 #~ "de la compilation."
55351
55352 #~ msgid ""
55353 #~ "Do not prompt the user for a login name.  This can be used in connection "
55354 #~ "with the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process "
55355 #~ "such as a BBS system.  Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, "
55356 #~ "B<agetty> gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not "
55357 #~ "be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of "
55358 #~ "the connection.  It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII "
55359 #~ "CR (13) end-of-line character.  Beware that the program that B<agetty> "
55360 #~ "starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
55361 #~ msgstr ""
55362 #~ "Ne pas demander d'identifiant de connexion à l'utilisateur. Cela peut "
55363 #~ "être utilisé avec l'option B<--login-program> lors d'une procédure de "
55364 #~ "connexion non standard comme les systèmes BBS. Remarquez qu'avec l'option "
55365 #~ "B<--skip-login>, B<agetty> ne reçoit pas de saisie de l'utilisateur qui "
55366 #~ "se connecte et donc n'est pas capable de détecter la parité, la taille "
55367 #~ "des caractères ni le processus de nouvelle ligne de la connexion. La "
55368 #~ "configuration par défaut est : parité 0, caractères 7 bits et le "
55369 #~ "caractère fin de ligne est le retour chariot RC en ASCII (13). Assurez "
55370 #~ "vous que le programme lancé par B<agetty> (en général, B</bin/login>) est "
55371 #~ "exécuté avec les droits du superutilisateur."
55372
55373 #~ msgid ""
55374 #~ "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt.  Can be combined "
55375 #~ "with B<--autologin> to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
55376 #~ msgstr ""
55377 #~ "Attendre une action sur une touche avant de basculer vers l'invite de "
55378 #~ "connexion. Cela peut être combiné avec B<--autologin> pour économiser de "
55379 #~ "la mémoire avec les interpréteurs de commandes lents à relancer."
55380
55381 #~ msgid ""
55382 #~ "Try to keep the existing baud rate.  The baud rates from the command line "
55383 #~ "are used when agetty receives a BREAK character.  If another baud rates "
55384 #~ "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the "
55385 #~ "wanted baud rates list.  This can be used to return to the original baud "
55386 #~ "rate after unexpected BREAKs."
55387 #~ msgstr ""
55388 #~ "Essayer de conserver la vitesse existante. Les vitesses reçues sur la "
55389 #~ "ligne de commande sont utilisées quand B<agetty> reçoit un caractère "
55390 #~ "BREAK. Si d’autres vitesses sont indiquées, alors la vitesse originale "
55391 #~ "est aussi enregistrée à la fin de la liste des vitesses désirées. Cela "
55392 #~ "peut être utilisé pour retourner à la vitesse originale après des BREAK "
55393 #~ "inattendus."
55394
55395 #~ msgid ""
55396 #~ "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds.  Use "
55397 #~ "of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
55398 #~ msgstr ""
55399 #~ "Quitter si aucun nom d'utilisateur n'a pu être lu pendant le I<délai> "
55400 #~ "exprimé en seconde. Cette option ne devrait pas être utilisée pour les "
55401 #~ "lignes filaires de terminaux."
55402
55403 #~ msgid ""
55404 #~ "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal.  This setting "
55405 #~ "will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an "
55406 #~ "uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case "
55407 #~ "conversions.  Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
55408 #~ msgstr ""
55409 #~ "Activer la détection des terminaux à caractères majuscules seuls. Cela ne "
55410 #~ "détectera qu'un identifiant de connexion ne possédant que des caractères "
55411 #~ "majuscules et activera des opérations de conversions de casse majuscules "
55412 #~ "vers minuscules. Cette option ne gère aucun caractère Unicode."
55413
55414 #~ msgid ""
55415 #~ "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
55416 #~ "character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others)  and the "
55417 #~ "login prompt.  This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
55418 #~ msgstr ""
55419 #~ "Attendre que l'utilisateur ou le modem envoient un caractère retour à la "
55420 #~ "ligne ou nouvelle ligne avant d'envoyer le fichier I</etc/issue> (ou "
55421 #~ "autres) et l'invite de connexion. Cela est très utile lors de connexions "
55422 #~ "avec l'option B<--init-string>."
55423
55424 #~ msgid ""
55425 #~ "By default the hostname will be printed.  With this option enabled, no "
55426 #~ "hostname at all will be shown."
55427 #~ msgstr ""
55428 #~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte sera affiché. En activant cette option, aucun "
55429 #~ "nom d'hôte ne sera montré."
55430
55431 #~ msgid ""
55432 #~ "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot.  With this "
55433 #~ "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by B<gethostname>(3P)  or "
55434 #~ "(if not found) by B<getaddrinfo>(3) is shown."
55435 #~ msgstr ""
55436 #~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte n'est affiché que jusqu'au premier point. En "
55437 #~ "activant cette option, le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié par "
55438 #~ "B<gethostname>(3P), ou (si non trouvé) par B<getaddrinfo>(3), est montré."
55439
55440 #~ msgid ""
55441 #~ "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
55442 #~ "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in.  After doing so "
55443 #~ "the command will exit.  This feature might be unsupported on systems "
55444 #~ "without Linux B<inotify>(7)."
55445 #~ msgstr ""
55446 #~ "Demander à toutes les instances B<agetty> en cours de recharger et mettre "
55447 #~ "à jour leurs invites de commande affichées, si l’utilisateur n’a pas "
55448 #~ "encore commencé à se connecter. Après cela, la commande quittera. Cette "
55449 #~ "fonctionnalité pourrait ne pas être prise en charge sur les systèmes sans "
55450 #~ "B<inotify>(7) de Linux."
55451
55452 #~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
55453 #~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1"
55454
55455 #~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
55456 #~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100"
55457
55458 #~ msgid ""
55459 #~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
55460 #~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200"
55461
55462 #~ msgid ""
55463 #~ "If you use the B<--login-program> and B<--login-options> options, be "
55464 #~ "aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded "
55465 #~ "options, which then get passed to the used login program.  Agetty does "
55466 #~ "check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one "
55467 #~ "parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but "
55468 #~ "depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not "
55469 #~ "be sufficient.  Check that the used login program cannot be abused this "
55470 #~ "way."
55471 #~ msgstr ""
55472 #~ "Si vous utilisez les options B<--login-program> et B<--login-options>, "
55473 #~ "soyez conscient qu'un utilisateur malveillant pourrait essayer d'entrer "
55474 #~ "des identifiants avec des options intégrées, qui seraient alors passées "
55475 #~ "au programme B<login> utilisé. B<agetty> vérifie la présence d'un B<-> "
55476 #~ "initial et s'assure que l'identifiant est passé comme un paramètre (de "
55477 #~ "telle sorte que les espaces incorporées ne créent pas encore un autre "
55478 #~ "paramètre), mais suivant la façon dont le binaire B<login> analyse la "
55479 #~ "ligne de commande, cela risque d'être insuffisant. Vérifiez que le "
55480 #~ "programme B<login> utilisé ne peut pas être abusé de cette façon."
55481
55482 #~ msgid ""
55483 #~ "The default issue file is I</etc/issue>. If the file exists then agetty "
55484 #~ "also checks for I</etc/issue.d> directory. The directory is optional "
55485 #~ "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is "
55486 #~ "printed after I</etc/issue> content. If the I</etc/issue> does not exist "
55487 #~ "than the directory is ignored. All files B<with .issue extension> from "
55488 #~ "the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be "
55489 #~ "used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system "
55490 #~ "I</etc/issue> file."
55491 #~ msgstr ""
55492 #~ "Le fichier I<issue> par défaut est I</etc/issue>. Si le fichier existe, "
55493 #~ "alors B<agetty> recherche aussi pour un répertoire I</etc/issue.d>. Le "
55494 #~ "répertoire est une extension facultative au fichier I<issue> par défaut "
55495 #~ "et le contenu du répertoire est écrit après le contenu de I</etc/issue>. "
55496 #~ "Si I</etc/issue> n’existe pas, alors le répertoire est ignoré. Tous les "
55497 #~ "fichiers B<avec une extension .issue> du répertoire sont écrits triés "
55498 #~ "selon les versions. Le répertoire peut être utilisé pour gérer "
55499 #~ "indépendamment les messages de parties tierces dans le fichier principal "
55500 #~ "I</etc/issue> du système."
55501
55502 #~ msgid ""
55503 #~ "The issue file feature is possible to completely disable by B<--noissue> "
55504 #~ "option."
55505 #~ msgstr ""
55506 #~ "La fonctionnalité du fichier I<issue> peut être désactivée complètement "
55507 #~ "avec l’option B<--noissue>."
55508
55509 #~ msgid ""
55510 #~ "Insert the VARIABLE data from I</etc/os-release>.  If this file does not "
55511 #~ "exist then fall back to I</usr/lib/os-release>.  If the VARIABLE argument "
55512 #~ "is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name "
55513 #~ "(see \\es).  This escape code can be used to keep I</etc/issue> "
55514 #~ "distribution and release independent.  Note that \\eS{ANSI_COLOR} is "
55515 #~ "converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
55516 #~ msgstr ""
55517 #~ "Insérer la donnée I<VARIABLE> de I</etc/os-release>. Si le fichier "
55518 #~ "n’existe pas, I</usr/lib/os-release> est alors utilisé. Si l’argument "
55519 #~ "I<VARIABLE> n’est pas indiqué, alors utiliser B<PRETTY_NAME> du fichier "
55520 #~ "ou le nom du système (consultez B<\\es>). Ce code d’échappement permet de "
55521 #~ "garder les I</etc/issue> de la distribution et de la publication "
55522 #~ "indépendants. Remarquez que B<\\eS{ANSI_COLOR}> est convertie en séquence "
55523 #~ "réelle d’échappement du terminal."
55524
55525 #~ msgid ""
55526 #~ "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine.  Same as 'uname -m'."
55527 #~ msgstr ""
55528 #~ "Insérer l'identifiant de l'architecture de la machine. Identique à "
55529 #~ "B<uname -m>."
55530
55531 #~ msgid ""
55532 #~ "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.  Same as "
55533 #~ "'uname -n'."
55534 #~ msgstr ""
55535 #~ "Insérer le nom de nœud de la machine, aussi appelé nom d'hôte. Identique "
55536 #~ "à B<uname -n>."
55537
55538 #~ msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine.  Same as 'hostname -d'."
55539 #~ msgstr ""
55540 #~ "Insérer le nom de domaine NIS de la machine. Identique à B<hostname -d>."
55541
55542 #~ msgid "Insert the release number of the OS.  Same as 'uname -r'."
55543 #~ msgstr ""
55544 #~ "Insérer le numéro de version du système d'exploitation. Identique à "
55545 #~ "B<uname -r>."
55546
55547 #~ msgid "An example.  On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
55548 #~ msgstr "Par exemple, si le fichier I</etc/issue> contient :"
55549
55550 #~ msgid "I<init>(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon."
55551 #~ msgstr ""
55552 #~ "fichier de configuration d’B<init>(8) pour le démon init de type SysV"
55553
55554 #~ msgid ""
55555 #~ "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires "
55556 #~ "that B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in "
55557 #~ "call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud).  For robustness, "
55558 #~ "always use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple "
55559 #~ "baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
55560 #~ msgstr ""
55561 #~ "La détection de la vitesse de connexion (l'option B<--extract-baud>) "
55562 #~ "nécessite que B<agetty> soit exécuté dès le début de l'appel réseau (dans "
55563 #~ "les 30 ms pour un modem communiquant à 2400 bauds). Pour être robuste, "
55564 #~ "utilisez toujours l'option B<--extract-baud> avec comme argument de ligne "
55565 #~ "de commande différentes vitesses, ainsi le traitement de BREAK est activé."
55566
55567 #~ msgid ""
55568 #~ "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written "
55569 #~ "to the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility.  Error "
55570 #~ "messages are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal "
55571 #~ "device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V "
55572 #~ "only); and so on."
55573 #~ msgstr ""
55574 #~ "Suivant la façon dont le programme a été configuré, tous les diagnostics "
55575 #~ "sont dirigés vers le périphérique de console ou signalés par le service "
55576 #~ "B<syslog>(3). Des messages d'erreur sont produits si le paramètre I<port> "
55577 #~ "ne précise pas un périphérique de terminal, s'il n'y a pas d'entrée utmp "
55578 #~ "pour le processus actuel (Système V uniquement), etc."
55579
55580 #~ msgid "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
55581 #~ msgstr "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
55582
55583 #~ msgid ""
55584 #~ "The agetty command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
55585 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
55586 #~ msgstr ""
55587 #~ "La commande B<agetty> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
55588 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
55589 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
55590
55591 #~ msgid "2021-05-14"
55592 #~ msgstr "14 mai 2021"
55593
55594 #~ msgid "util-linux {release-version}"
55595 #~ msgstr "util-linux {release-version}"
55596
55597 #~ msgid "BLKDISCARD"
55598 #~ msgstr "BLKDISCARD"
55599
55600 #, fuzzy
55601 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
55602 #~ msgstr ""
55603 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  blkdiscard.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
55604 #~ "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>\n"
55605 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  fallocate.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
55606 #~ "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<position>\n"
55607 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  losetup.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
55608 #~ "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"
55609
55610 #, fuzzy
55611 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"
55612 #~ msgstr ""
55613 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  blkdiscard.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
55614 #~ "B<-l>, B<--length> I<taille>\n"
55615 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  fallocate.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
55616 #~ "B<-l>, B<--length >I<taille>"
55617
55618 #~ msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
55619 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
55620
55621 #~ msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
55622 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
55623
55624 #~ msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
55625 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
55626
55627 #~ msgid "July 2014"
55628 #~ msgstr "Juillet 2014"
55629
55630 #~ msgid ""
55631 #~ "B<blkdiscard> is used to discard device sectors.  This is useful for "
55632 #~ "solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.  Unlike "
55633 #~ "B<fstrim>(8), this command is used directly on the block device."
55634 #~ msgstr ""
55635 #~ "B<blkdiscard> est utilisé pour abandonner des secteurs sur un "
55636 #~ "périphérique. C'est pratique pour les pilotes SSD (« solid-state drive ») "
55637 #~ "et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »). "
55638 #~ "Contrairement à B<fstrim>(8), cette commande est utilisée directement sur "
55639 #~ "le périphérique bloc."
55640
55641 #~ msgid ""
55642 #~ "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
55643 #~ "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
55644 #~ "below."
55645 #~ msgstr ""
55646 #~ "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
55647 #~ "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction "
55648 #~ "d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
55649
55650 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --force>"
55651 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
55652
55653 #~ msgid ""
55654 #~ "Disable all checking.  Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive "
55655 #~ "mode (O_EXCL)  by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or "
55656 #~ "another kernel subsystem.  The force option disables the exclusive access "
55657 #~ "mode."
55658 #~ msgstr ""
55659 #~ "Désactiver toutes les vérifications. Depuis la version 2.36, le "
55660 #~ "périphérique bloc est ouvert en mode exclusif (B<O_EXCL>) par défaut pour "
55661 #~ "éviter des conflits avec le système de fichiers monté ou un autre sous-"
55662 #~ "système du noyau. L’option B<force> désactive le mode d’accès exclusif."
55663
55664 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>"
55665 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"
55666
55667 #~ msgid ""
55668 #~ "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding.  The provided "
55669 #~ "value must be aligned to the device sector size.  The default value is "
55670 #~ "zero."
55671 #~ msgstr ""
55672 #~ "La I<position> en octet dans le I<périphérique> à partir de laquelle "
55673 #~ "abandonner. La valeur fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des "
55674 #~ "secteurs du périphérique. La valeur par défaut est zéro."
55675
55676 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --length >I<length>"
55677 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<taille>"
55678
55679 #~ msgid ""
55680 #~ "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point).  The "
55681 #~ "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size.  If the "
55682 #~ "specified value extends past the end of the device, B<blkdiscard> will "
55683 #~ "stop at the device size boundary.  The default value extends to the end "
55684 #~ "of the device."
55685 #~ msgstr ""
55686 #~ "Le nombre d'octets à abandonner (à partir du point de départ). La valeur "
55687 #~ "fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du périphérique. Si "
55688 #~ "la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du périphérique, B<blkdiscard> "
55689 #~ "s'arrêtera à la limite de taille du périphérique. La valeur par défaut "
55690 #~ "prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du périphérique."
55691
55692 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --step >I<length>"
55693 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--step> I<taille>"
55694
55695 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --secure>"
55696 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--secure>"
55697
55698 #~ msgid ""
55699 #~ "Perform a secure discard.  A secure discard is the same as a regular "
55700 #~ "discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly "
55701 #~ "created by garbage collection must also be erased.  This requires support "
55702 #~ "from the device."
55703 #~ msgstr ""
55704 #~ "Réaliser un abandon sûr. Un abandon sûr est comme un abandon ordinaire, à "
55705 #~ "part que toutes les copies des blocs abandonnés qui ont été "
55706 #~ "éventuellement créées par le ramasse-miettes seront aussi écrasées. Cela "
55707 #~ "nécessite une prise en charge par le périphérique."
55708
55709 #~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zeroout>"
55710 #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"
55711
55712 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --verbose>"
55713 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
55714
55715 #~ msgid ""
55716 #~ "Display the aligned values of I<offset> and I<length>.  If the B<--step> "
55717 #~ "option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
55718 #~ msgstr ""
55719 #~ "Afficher les valeurs alignées de I<position> et I<taille>. Si l’option "
55720 #~ "B<--step> est indiquée, la progression d’abandon est affichée toutes les "
55721 #~ "secondes."
55722
55723 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>"
55724 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
55725
55726 #~ msgid "B<-h>,B< --help>"
55727 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
55728
55729 #~ msgid ""
55730 #~ "The blkdiscard command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
55731 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
55732 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
55733 #~ msgstr ""
55734 #~ "La commande B<blkdiscard> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
55735 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
55736 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
55737
55738 #~ msgid "BLKID"
55739 #~ msgstr "BLKID"
55740
55741 #~ msgid "2021-07-20"
55742 #~ msgstr "20 juillet 2021"
55743
55744 #, fuzzy
55745 #~| msgid ""
55746 #~| "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the "
55747 #~| "probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are "
55748 #~| "detected).  The low-level probing mode (B<-p>)  provides more "
55749 #~| "information and extra exit status in this case.  It's recommended to use "
55750 #~| "B<wipefs>(8)  to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff "
55751 #~| "(magic strings) from the device."
55752 #~ msgid ""
55753 #~ "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the "
55754 #~ "probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are "
55755 #~ "detected). The low-level probing mode (B<-p>) provides more information "
55756 #~ "and extra exit status in this case. It\\(cqs recommended to use "
55757 #~ "B<wipefs>(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff "
55758 #~ "(magic strings) from the device."
55759 #~ msgstr ""
55760 #~ "Pour des raisons de sécurité, B<blkid> ignore silencieusement tous les "
55761 #~ "périphériques quand le résultat des détections est ambivalent (plusieurs "
55762 #~ "périphériques en conflit sont détectés). Le mode bas niveau (B<-p>) "
55763 #~ "fournit plus d’informations et un code de retour supplémentaire. Il est "
55764 #~ "recommandé d’utiliser B<wipefs>(8) pour une vue d’ensemble détaillée et "
55765 #~ "pour supprimer toutes les choses obsolètes (chaînes magiques) sur le "
55766 #~ "périphérique."
55767
55768 #, fuzzy
55769 #~| msgid ""
55770 #~| "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
55771 #~| "(see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details).  If you want to "
55772 #~| "start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned "
55773 #~| "but not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
55774 #~ msgid ""
55775 #~ "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
55776 #~ "(see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to "
55777 #~ "start with a clean cache (i.e., don\\(cqt report devices previously "
55778 #~ "scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
55779 #~ msgstr ""
55780 #~ "Lire dans le I<fichier_cache> plutôt que dans le fichier de cache par "
55781 #~ "défaut (consultez la section B<FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION> pour plus de "
55782 #~ "précisions). Si vous souhaitez utiliser un cache vide (c'est-à-dire ne "
55783 #~ "pas afficher les périphériques examinés auparavant, mais qui ne seraient "
55784 #~ "plus disponibles), utilisez I</dev/null>."
55785
55786 #, fuzzy
55787 #~| msgid ""
55788 #~| "Don't encode non-printing characters.  The non-printing characters are "
55789 #~| "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default.  Note that the B<--output udev> "
55790 #~| "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
55791 #~ msgid ""
55792 #~ "Don\\(cqt encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
55793 #~ "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the B<--output udev> "
55794 #~ "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
55795 #~ msgstr ""
55796 #~ "Ne pas encoder les caractères non imprimables. Les caractères non "
55797 #~ "imprimables sont encodés par les notations B<^> et B<M-> par défaut. "
55798 #~ "Remarquez que le format de sortie B<--output\\ udev> utilise un encodage "
55799 #~ "différent qui ne peut pas être désactivé."
55800
55801 #, fuzzy
55802 #~| msgid ""
55803 #~| "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
55804 #~| "level probing mode."
55805 #~ msgid ""
55806 #~ "Don\\(cqt print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in "
55807 #~ "low-level probing mode."
55808 #~ msgstr ""
55809 #~ "Ne pas afficher d’information (indicateurs B<PART_ENTRY_>I<*>) de la "
55810 #~ "table de partitions dans le mode de détection bas niveau."
55811
55812 #, fuzzy
55813 #~| msgid ""
55814 #~| "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology).  The 'export' "
55815 #~| "output format is automatically enabled.  This option can be used "
55816 #~| "together with the B<--probe> option."
55817 #~ msgid ""
55818 #~ "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The "
55819 #~ "\\(aqexport\\(aq output format is automatically enabled. This option can "
55820 #~ "be used together with the B<--probe> option."
55821 #~ msgstr ""
55822 #~ "Afficher les renseignements de limites (topologie) d'E/S. Le format de "
55823 #~ "sortie B<export> est automatiquement activé. Cette option peut être "
55824 #~ "utilisée avec l'option B<-probe>."
55825
55826 #, fuzzy
55827 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1\n"
55828 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"
55829 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1\n"
55830
55831 #, fuzzy
55832 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1\n"
55833 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"
55834 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1\n"
55835
55836 #~ msgid "B<device>"
55837 #~ msgstr "B<device>"
55838
55839 #, fuzzy
55840 #~| msgid ""
55841 #~| "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
55842 #~| "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes.  The value may be "
55843 #~| "modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-"
55844 #~| "escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is "
55845 #~| "replaced with '_'. The keys with _ENC postfix use hex-escaping for "
55846 #~| "unsafe chars."
55847 #~ msgid ""
55848 #~ "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
55849 #~ "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be "
55850 #~ "modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-"
55851 #~ "escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is "
55852 #~ "replaced with \\(aq_\\(aq. The keys with I<_ENC> postfix use hex-escaping "
55853 #~ "for unsafe chars."
55854 #~ msgstr ""
55855 #~ "Afficher les paires I<clé>B<=>I<valeur> pour une importation aisée dans "
55856 #~ "l’environnement udev. Les clés sont préfixées avec B<ID_FS_> ou "
55857 #~ "B<ID_PART_>. La valeur peut être modifiée pour être sûre dans "
55858 #~ "l’environnement udev. Sont permises l’ASCII pur, la protection par valeur "
55859 #~ "hexadécimale et l’UTF-8 valable. Toutes les autres valeurs (y compris les "
55860 #~ "espaces blancs) sont remplacées par « _ ». Les clés avec le suffixe "
55861 #~ "B<_ENC> utilisent la protection hexadécimale pour les caractères non sûrs."
55862
55863 #~ msgid "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
55864 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<position>"
55865
55866 #, fuzzy
55867 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1\n"
55868 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"
55869 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1\n"
55870
55871 #, fuzzy
55872 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1\n"
55873 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"
55874 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1\n"
55875
55876 #, fuzzy
55877 #~| msgid ""
55878 #~| "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option "
55879 #~| "B<--match-token>) was found and it's possible to gather any information "
55880 #~| "about the device, an exit status 0 is returned.  Note the option B<--"
55881 #~| "match-tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
55882 #~ msgid ""
55883 #~ "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option "
55884 #~ "B<--match-token>) was found and it\\(cqs possible to gather any "
55885 #~ "information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the "
55886 #~ "option B<--match-tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit "
55887 #~ "status."
55888 #~ msgstr ""
55889 #~ "Si le périphérique indiqué ou celui adressé par l’indicateur précisé "
55890 #~ "(option B<--match-token>) a été trouvé et qu’il est possible de réunir "
55891 #~ "quelques informations à son propos, un code de retour B<0> est renvoyé. "
55892 #~ "Remarquez que l’option B<--match-tag> filtre les indicateurs de sortie, "
55893 #~ "mais qu’elle n’affecte pas le code de retour."
55894
55895 #, fuzzy
55896 #~| msgid ""
55897 #~| "Overrides the standard location of the cache file.  This setting can be "
55898 #~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_FILE.  Default is I</run/"
55899 #~| "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a /run "
55900 #~| "directory."
55901 #~ msgid ""
55902 #~ "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
55903 #~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>. Default is I</run/"
55904 #~ "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a I</run> "
55905 #~ "directory."
55906 #~ msgstr ""
55907 #~ "Remplacer l'emplacement standard du fichier de cache. Cette option peut "
55908 #~ "être remplacée par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_FILE>. I</run/"
55909 #~ "blkid/blkid.tab> par défaut ou I</etc/blkid.tab> sur les systèmes sans "
55910 #~ "répertoire I</run>."
55911
55912 #, fuzzy
55913 #~| msgid "Setting LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all enables debug output."
55914 #~ msgid "Setting I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> enables debug output."
55915 #~ msgstr ""
55916 #~ "La configuration B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> active la sortie de débogage."
55917
55918 #, fuzzy
55919 #~| msgid ""
55920 #~| "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by "
55921 #~| "Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak."
55922 #~ msgid ""
55923 #~ "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by "
55924 #~ "Theodore Ts\\(cqo and Karel Zak."
55925 #~ msgstr ""
55926 #~ "B<blkid> a été écrit par Andreas Dilger pour libblkid et amélioré par "
55927 #~ "Theodore Ts'o et Karel Zak."
55928
55929 #, fuzzy
55930 #~| msgid ""
55931 #~| "The blkid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
55932 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
55933 #~ msgid ""
55934 #~ "The B<blkid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
55935 #~ "downloaded from"
55936 #~ msgstr ""
55937 #~ "La commande B<blkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
55938 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
55939 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
55940
55941 #~ msgid "March 2013"
55942 #~ msgstr "mars 2013"
55943
55944 #~ msgid "B<--label>I< label> | B<--uuid>I< uuid>"
55945 #~ msgstr "B<--label> I<étiquette> | B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
55946
55947 #~ msgid ""
55948 #~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> I<file>] "
55949 #~ "[B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-token> "
55950 #~ "I<NAME=value>] [I<device> ...]"
55951 #~ msgstr ""
55952 #~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> "
55953 #~ "I<fichier>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--"
55954 #~ "match-token> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>] [I<périphérique> ...]"
55955
55956 #~ msgid ""
55957 #~ "B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--size> "
55958 #~ "I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--usages> "
55959 #~ "I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device> ..."
55960 #~ msgstr ""
55961 #~ "B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<position>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--size> "
55962 #~ "I<taille>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--match-types> I<liste>] "
55963 #~ "[B<--usages> I<liste>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<périphérique> ..."
55964
55965 #~ msgid ""
55966 #~ "B<--info> [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device> ..."
55967 #~ msgstr ""
55968 #~ "B<--info> [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] "
55969 #~ "I<périphérique> ..."
55970
55971 #~ msgid ""
55972 #~ "The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with the "
55973 #~ "B<libblkid>(3)  library.  It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
55974 #~ "filesystem or swap)  that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
55975 #~ "(tokens, NAME=value pairs)  from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or "
55976 #~ "UUID fields)."
55977 #~ msgstr ""
55978 #~ "Le programme B<blkid> est une interface en ligne de commande pour la "
55979 #~ "bibliothèque B<libblkid>(3). Il peut déterminer le type de contenu (par "
55980 #~ "exemple, un système de fichiers ou une partition d'échange) associé à un "
55981 #~ "périphérique bloc et aussi les attributs (sous la forme de jetons "
55982 #~ "I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>) des métadonnées (par exemple, l'étiquette B<LABEL> "
55983 #~ "ou l'B<UUID>)."
55984
55985 #~ msgid ""
55986 #~ "B<It is recommended to use> B<lsblk>(8)  B<command to get information "
55987 #~ "about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or> "
55988 #~ "B<findmnt>(8)  B<to search in already mounted filesystems.>"
55989 #~ msgstr ""
55990 #~ "B<Il est recommandé d’utiliser la commande lsblk(8) pour obtenir des "
55991 #~ "informations à propos des périphériques bloc, ou lsblk --fs pour obtenir "
55992 #~ "une vue d’ensemble des systèmes de fichiers, ou findmnt(8) pour effectuer "
55993 #~ "une recherche dans les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés.>"
55994
55995 #~ msgid ""
55996 #~ "B<lsblk>(8)  provides more information, better control on output "
55997 #~ "formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root "
55998 #~ "permissions to get actual information.  B<blkid> reads information "
55999 #~ "directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified "
56000 #~ "information.  B<blkid> is mostly designed for system services and to test "
56001 #~ "libblkid functionality."
56002 #~ msgstr ""
56003 #~ "B<lsblk>(8) fournit plus d’informations, un meilleur contrôle sur le "
56004 #~ "formatage de la sortie, une utilisation plus aisée dans les scripts et ne "
56005 #~ "nécessite pas les permissions de superutilisateur pour obtenir les "
56006 #~ "informations concrètes. B<blkid> lit les informations directement des "
56007 #~ "périphériques et pour les utilisateurs normaux, il renvoie les "
56008 #~ "informations mises en cache et non vérifiées. B<blkid> est principalement "
56009 #~ "conçu pour les services de système et pour tester les fonctionnalités de "
56010 #~ "libblkid."
56011
56012 #~ msgid ""
56013 #~ "When I<device> is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed.  "
56014 #~ "It is possible to specify multiple I<device> arguments on the command "
56015 #~ "line.  If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which "
56016 #~ "appear in I</proc/partitions> are shown, if they are recognized."
56017 #~ msgstr ""
56018 #~ "Quand un I<périphérique> est indiqué, seuls les jetons pour ce "
56019 #~ "I<périphérique> sont affichés. Plusieurs arguments I<périphérique> "
56020 #~ "peuvent être indiqués sur la ligne de commande. Si aucun n'est donné, "
56021 #~ "tous les partitions et périphériques non partitionnés apparaissant dans "
56022 #~ "I</proc/partitions> seront affichés, s'ils sont reconnus."
56023
56024 #~ msgid ""
56025 #~ "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with "
56026 #~ "the B<--match-token> option.  If there are multiple devices that match "
56027 #~ "the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority "
56028 #~ "is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see "
56029 #~ "below note about udev).  Device types in order of decreasing priority "
56030 #~ "are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices.  If "
56031 #~ "this option is not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the devices that "
56032 #~ "match the search parameter."
56033 #~ msgstr ""
56034 #~ "Ne rechercher qu’un périphérique correspondant au paramètre demandé "
56035 #~ "indiqué avec l'option B<-match-token>. Si plusieurs périphériques "
56036 #~ "correspondent, le périphérique de priorité la plus haute sera affiché ou "
56037 #~ "le premier périphérique avec la priorité voulue (mais consultez ci-"
56038 #~ "dessous la remarque sur udev). Voici les types de périphériques par "
56039 #~ "priorité décroissante : Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, puis les "
56040 #~ "périphériques bloc classiques. Si cette option n'est pas utilisée, "
56041 #~ "B<blkid> affichera tous les périphériques qui correspondent à la "
56042 #~ "recherche."
56043
56044 #~ msgid ""
56045 #~ "This option forces B<blkid> to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID "
56046 #~ "tokens in B<--match-token>. The goal is to provide output consistent with "
56047 #~ "other utils (like mount, etc.)  on systems where the same tag is used for "
56048 #~ "multiple devices."
56049 #~ msgstr ""
56050 #~ "Cette option oblige B<blkid> à utiliser les jetons LABEL ou UUID dans B<--"
56051 #~ "match-token>. Le but est de fournir une sortie cohérente avec celle "
56052 #~ "d’autres outils (tel mount, etc.) sur les systèmes où le même indicateur "
56053 #~ "est utilisé pour plusieurs périphériques."
56054
56055 #~ msgid ""
56056 #~ "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<label>; this is equal to "
56057 #~ "B<--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label>.  This lookup "
56058 #~ "method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks "
56059 #~ "(dependent on a setting in /etc/blkid.conf).  Avoid using the symlinks "
56060 #~ "directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification.  "
56061 #~ "The B<--label> option works on systems with and without udev."
56062 #~ msgstr ""
56063 #~ "Rechercher le périphérique qui utilise cette I<étiquette> de système de "
56064 #~ "fichiers ; c’est équivalent à : B<-l\\ -o device\\ -t\\ "
56065 #~ "LABEL=>I<étiquette>. Cette méthode de recherche est capable d'utiliser de "
56066 #~ "manière fiable les liens symboliques udev du type I</dev/disk/by-label> "
56067 #~ "(suivant une configuration définie dans I</etc/blkid.conf>). Évitez "
56068 #~ "d'utiliser directement les liens symboliques, car leur utilisation n’est "
56069 #~ "pas sûre sans vérification. L'option B<-label> fonctionne sur des "
56070 #~ "systèmes avec ou sans udev."
56071
56072 #~ msgid ""
56073 #~ "Unfortunately, the original B<blkid>(8)  from e2fsprogs uses the B<-L> "
56074 #~ "option as a synonym for B<-o list>.  For better portability, use B<-l -o "
56075 #~ "device -t LABEL=>I<label> and B<-o list> in your scripts rather than the "
56076 #~ "B<-L> option."
56077 #~ msgstr ""
56078 #~ "Malheureusement, le B<blkid>(8) d'origine d'e2fsprogs utilise l'option B<-"
56079 #~ "L> comme synonyme de B<-o list>. Pour assurer la portabilité, "
56080 #~ "l'utilisation de B<-l\\ -o\\ device\\ -t\\ LABEL=>I<étiquette> et B<-o\\ "
56081 #~ "list> est à préférer dans les scripts à l'option B<-L>."
56082
56083 #~ msgid ""
56084 #~ "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> "
56085 #~ "of superblock types (names).  The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" "
56086 #~ "to specify the types which should be ignored.  For example:"
56087 #~ msgstr ""
56088 #~ "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la I<liste> séparée par des "
56089 #~ "virgules de types (noms) de superblocs. Les types peuvent être préfixés "
56090 #~ "dans la liste par B<no> pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par "
56091 #~ "exemple :"
56092
56093 #~ msgid ""
56094 #~ "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems.  This option "
56095 #~ "is only useful together with B<--probe>."
56096 #~ msgstr ""
56097 #~ "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les systèmes de fichiers MINIX. Cette "
56098 #~ "option n'est utile qu'avec l'option B<--probe>."
56099
56100 #~ msgid ""
56101 #~ "Use the specified output format.  Note that the order of variables and "
56102 #~ "devices is not fixed.  See also option B<-s>.  The I<format> parameter "
56103 #~ "may be:"
56104 #~ msgstr ""
56105 #~ "Utiliser le format de sortie indiqué. Remarquez que l’ordre des variables "
56106 #~ "et des périphériques n’est pas fixé. Consultez également l’option B<-s>. "
56107 #~ "Le paramètre I<format> peut prendre une des valeurs suivantes :"
56108
56109 #~ msgid ""
56110 #~ "This output format is B<DEPRECATED> in favour of the B<lsblk>(8)  command."
56111 #~ msgstr ""
56112 #~ "Ce format d’affichage est B<obsolète>, remplacé par la commande "
56113 #~ "B<lsblk>(8)."
56114
56115 #~ msgid ""
56116 #~ "Probe at the given I<offset> (only useful with B<--probe>).  This option "
56117 #~ "can be used together with the B<--info> option."
56118 #~ msgstr ""
56119 #~ "Détecter à la I<position> donnée (seulement utile avec B<--probe>). Cette "
56120 #~ "option peut être utilisée avec l'option B<--info>."
56121
56122 #~ msgid ""
56123 #~ "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>.  It is "
56124 #~ "possible to specify multiple B<--match-tag> options.  If no tag is "
56125 #~ "specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices.  In "
56126 #~ "order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use B<--match-"
56127 #~ "tag none> with no other options."
56128 #~ msgstr ""
56129 #~ "Pour chaque périphérique indiqué, n'afficher que les indicateurs qui "
56130 #~ "correspondent à I<indicateur>. L'option B<--match-tag> peut être indiquée "
56131 #~ "plusieurs fois. Si aucun indicateur n'est indiqué, tous les jetons sont "
56132 #~ "affichés pour tous les périphériques indiqués. Pour ne faire que "
56133 #~ "rafraîchir le cache sans afficher de jeton, utilisez B<--match-tag\\ "
56134 #~ "none> sans aucune autre option."
56135
56136 #~ msgid ""
56137 #~ "Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
56138 #~ "I<value>, and display any devices which are found.  Common values for "
56139 #~ "I<NAME> include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>.  If there are no devices "
56140 #~ "specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; "
56141 #~ "otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
56142 #~ msgstr ""
56143 #~ "Rechercher les périphériques bloc qui possèdent des jetons nommés I<NOM> "
56144 #~ "et qui ont pour valeur I<valeur>, puis afficher les périphériques "
56145 #~ "trouvés. Les valeurs usuelles de I<NOM> sont B<TYPE>, B<LABEL> et "
56146 #~ "B<UUID>. S'il n'y a pas de périphérique précisé sur la ligne de commande, "
56147 #~ "tous les périphériques bloc seront analysés ; sinon, seuls les "
56148 #~ "périphériques indiqués par l'utilisateur seront étudiés."
56149
56150 #~ msgid ""
56151 #~ "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> "
56152 #~ "of \"usage\" types.  Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto "
56153 #~ "and other.  The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the "
56154 #~ "usage types which should be ignored.  For example:"
56155 #~ msgstr ""
56156 #~ "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la I<liste> séparée par des "
56157 #~ "virgules de types d'« utilisation ». Les types d'utilisation gérés sont : "
56158 #~ "B<filesystem> (système de fichiers), B<raid> (RAID), B<crypto> (chiffré) "
56159 #~ "et B<other> (autre). Les types d'utilisation peuvent être préfixés dans "
56160 #~ "la liste par B<no> pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par "
56161 #~ "exemple :"
56162
56163 #~ msgid ""
56164 #~ "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs.  This option is only "
56165 #~ "useful together with B<--probe>."
56166 #~ msgstr ""
56167 #~ "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les RAID. Cette option n'est utile "
56168 #~ "qu'avec l'option B<--probe>."
56169
56170 #~ msgid ""
56171 #~ "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<uuid>.  For more details "
56172 #~ "see the B<--label> option."
56173 #~ msgstr ""
56174 #~ "Chercher le périphérique qui utilise cet I<UUID> de système de fichiers. "
56175 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez l'option B<--label>."
56176
56177 #~ msgid ""
56178 #~ "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
56179 #~ "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF.  The following options "
56180 #~ "control the libblkid library:"
56181 #~ msgstr ""
56182 #~ "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration I</etc/blkid.conf> "
56183 #~ "peut être remplacé par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_CONF>. Les "
56184 #~ "options suivantes contrôlent la bibliothèque libblkid."
56185
56186 #~ msgid ""
56187 #~ "Sends uevent when I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> "
56188 #~ "symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the "
56189 #~ "device.  Default is \"yes\"."
56190 #~ msgstr ""
56191 #~ "Envoyer « uevent » lorsque le lien symbolique I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,"
56192 #~ "partuuid,partlabel}/> ne correspond pas au LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou "
56193 #~ "PARTLABEL du périphérique. I<yes> par défaut."
56194
56195 #~ msgid ""
56196 #~ "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s).  Currently, the libblkid "
56197 #~ "library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods.  More than one method "
56198 #~ "may be specified in a comma-separated list.  Default is \"udev,scan\".  "
56199 #~ "The \"udev\" method uses udev I</dev/disk/by-*> symlinks and the \"scan\" "
56200 #~ "method scans all block devices from the I</proc/partitions> file."
56201 #~ msgstr ""
56202 #~ "Définir la ou les I<méthodes> d'évaluation des LABEL et UUID. "
56203 #~ "Actuellement, libblkid gère les méthodes « B<udev> » et « B<scan> ». Plus "
56204 #~ "d'une méthode peut être indiquée dans une liste séparée par des virgules. "
56205 #~ "La valeur par défaut est « B<udev,scan> ». La méthode « B<udev> » utilise "
56206 #~ "les liens symboliques I</dev/disk/by-*> d’B<udev> et la méthode "
56207 #~ "« B<scan> » analyse tous les périphériques bloc du fichier I</proc/"
56208 #~ "partitions>."
56209
56210 #~ msgid ""
56211 #~ "The blkid command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
56212 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56213 #~ msgstr ""
56214 #~ "La commande B<blkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56215 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
56216 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
56217
56218 #, fuzzy
56219 #~| msgid ""
56220 #~| "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> I<file>] "
56221 #~| "[B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-token> "
56222 #~| "I<NAME=value>] [I<device> ...]"
56223 #~ msgid ""
56224 #~ "B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
56225 #~ "file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>][B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
56226 #~ "token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"
56227 #~ msgstr ""
56228 #~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> "
56229 #~ "I<fichier>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--"
56230 #~ "match-token> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>] [I<périphérique> ...]"
56231
56232 #~ msgid "BLOCKDEV"
56233 #~ msgstr "BLOCKDEV"
56234
56235 #~ msgid "B<-q>"
56236 #~ msgstr "B<-q>"
56237
56238 #~ msgid "B<-v>"
56239 #~ msgstr "B<-v>"
56240
56241 #, fuzzy
56242 #~| msgid ""
56243 #~| "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
56244 #~| "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in /proc/partitions "
56245 #~| "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
56246 #~ msgid ""
56247 #~ "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
56248 #~ "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in I</proc/"
56249 #~ "partitions> are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte "
56250 #~ "sectors."
56251 #~ msgstr ""
56252 #~ "Afficher un compte-rendu pour le I<périphérique> indiqué. Plusieurs "
56253 #~ "I<périphérique>s peuvent être fournis. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les "
56254 #~ "périphériques existant dans I</proc/partitions> seront affichés. "
56255 #~ "Remarquez que le I<StartSec> de la partition est en secteurs de "
56256 #~ "512 octets."
56257
56258 #, fuzzy
56259 #~| msgid ""
56260 #~| "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the --"
56261 #~| "getsz option."
56262 #~ msgid ""
56263 #~ "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the B<--"
56264 #~ "getsz> option."
56265 #~ msgstr ""
56266 #~ "Afficher la capacité (32 bits) du périphérique en secteur. Obsolète, "
56267 #~ "préférer l'option B<--getsz>."
56268
56269 #, fuzzy
56270 #~| msgid ""
56271 #~| "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
56272 #~| "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
56273 #~| "persists for as long as blockdev has the device open, and is lost once "
56274 #~| "blockdev exits."
56275 #~ msgid ""
56276 #~ "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
56277 #~ "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
56278 #~ "persists for as long as B<blockdev> has the device open, and is lost once "
56279 #~ "B<blockdev> exits."
56280 #~ msgstr ""
56281 #~ "Définir la taille de bloc. Remarquez que la taille de bloc est spécifique "
56282 #~ "au descripteur de fichier actuel ouvrant le périphérique bloc, donc la "
56283 #~ "modification de taille ne persistera que tant que B<blockdev> aura le "
56284 #~ "périphérique ouvert et sera perdue lorsque B<blockdev> quittera."
56285
56286 #, fuzzy
56287 #~| msgid ""
56288 #~| "blockdev was written by Andries E.\\& Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
56289 #~ msgid ""
56290 #~ "B<blockdev> was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
56291 #~ msgstr ""
56292 #~ "B<blockdev> a été écrit par Andries E. Brouwer et réécrit par Karel Zak."
56293
56294 #, fuzzy
56295 #~| msgid ""
56296 #~| "The blockdev command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56297 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56298 #~ msgid ""
56299 #~ "The B<blockdev> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
56300 #~ "downloaded from"
56301 #~ msgstr ""
56302 #~ "La commande B<blockdev> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56303 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
56304 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
56305
56306 #~ msgid "August 2010"
56307 #~ msgstr "août 2010"
56308
56309 #~ msgid ""
56310 #~ "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>\\&...\\&] I<device> "
56311 #~ "[I<device>\\&...\\&]"
56312 #~ msgstr ""
56313 #~ "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<commande> [I<commande> ...] I<périphérique> "
56314 #~ "[I<périphérique> ...]"
56315
56316 #~ msgid "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>\\&...\\&]"
56317 #~ msgstr "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<périphérique> ...]"
56318
56319 #~ msgid ""
56320 #~ "Print blocksize in bytes.  This size does not describe device topology.  "
56321 #~ "It's size used internally by kernel and it maybe modified (for example) "
56322 #~ "by filesystem driver on mount."
56323 #~ msgstr ""
56324 #~ "Afficher la taille de blocs en octet. Cette taille ne décrit pas la "
56325 #~ "topologie du périphérique. C’est la taille utilisée en interne par le "
56326 #~ "noyau et elle peut être modifiée (par exemple) par le pilote du système "
56327 #~ "de fichiers lors du montage."
56328
56329 #~ msgid "Get max sectors per request"
56330 #~ msgstr "Afficher le nombre maximal de secteurs par requête."
56331
56332 #~ msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes \\(en usually 512."
56333 #~ msgstr "Afficher la taille des secteurs logiques en octet — en général 512."
56334
56335 #~ msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same like --setra on 2.6 kernels)."
56336 #~ msgstr ""
56337 #~ "Définir la lecture par anticipation (« readahead ») pour le système de "
56338 #~ "fichiers (comme B<--setra> sur les noyaux 2.6)."
56339
56340 #~ msgid ""
56341 #~ "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be "
56342 #~ "affected by the change. For example filesystem already mounted in read-"
56343 #~ "write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
56344 #~ msgstr ""
56345 #~ "Positionner en lecture seule. L’accès en cours au périphérique peut ne "
56346 #~ "pas être affecté par ce changement. Par exemple, un système de fichiers "
56347 #~ "déjà monté en mode écriture/lecture ne sera pas touché. La modification "
56348 #~ "s’applique après le remontage."
56349
56350 #~ msgid ""
56351 #~ "The blockdev command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56352 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56353 #~ msgstr ""
56354 #~ "La commande B<blockdev> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56355 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
56356 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
56357
56358 #~ msgid "CFDISK"
56359 #~ msgstr "CFDISK"
56360
56361 #~ msgid "2021-08-10"
56362 #~ msgstr "10 août 2021"
56363
56364 #, fuzzy
56365 #~| msgid ""
56366 #~| "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a 'print' command any "
56367 #~| "more.  This functionality is provided by the utilities B<partx>(8)  and "
56368 #~| "B<lsblk>(8)  in a very comfortable and rich way."
56369 #~ msgid ""
56370 #~ "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a \\(aqprint\\(aq "
56371 #~ "command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities "
56372 #~ "B<partx>(8) and B<lsblk>(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
56373 #~ msgstr ""
56374 #~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<cfdisk> ne fournit plus non plus de commande "
56375 #~ "d’affichage « print ». Cette fonctionnalité est fournie par les "
56376 #~ "utilitaires B<partx>(8) et B<lsblk>(8) de manière très confortable et "
56377 #~ "évoluée."
56378
56379 #, fuzzy
56380 #~| msgid "B<-L>,B< --color>[B<=>I<when>]"
56381 #~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
56382 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<quand>]"
56383
56384 #, fuzzy
56385 #~ msgid ""
56386 #~ "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
56387 #~ "argument I<mode> can be B<yes>, B<no> (or 1 and 0) or B<nonblock>. If the "
56388 #~ "I<mode> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<\"yes\">. This option "
56389 #~ "overwrites environment variable B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. The default is not "
56390 #~ "to use any lock at all, but it\\(cqs recommended to avoid collisions with "
56391 #~ "udevd or other tools."
56392 #~ msgstr ""
56393 #~ "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
56394 #~ "L’argument facultatif I<mode> peut être B<yes>, B<no> (ou B<1> et B<0>) "
56395 #~ "ou B<nonblock>. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est "
56396 #~ "B<yes>. Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement "
56397 #~ "B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. Le comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun "
56398 #~ "verrou, mais cela est recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou "
56399 #~ "d’autres outils."
56400
56401 #~ msgid "B<b>"
56402 #~ msgstr "B<b>"
56403
56404 #~ msgid "B<d>"
56405 #~ msgstr "B<d>"
56406
56407 #~ msgid "B<h>"
56408 #~ msgstr "B<h>"
56409
56410 #~ msgid "B<n>"
56411 #~ msgstr "B<n>"
56412
56413 #~ msgid "B<q>"
56414 #~ msgstr "B<q>"
56415
56416 #~ msgid "B<r>"
56417 #~ msgstr "B<r>"
56418
56419 #, fuzzy
56420 #~| msgid ""
56421 #~| "Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
56422 #~| "partition."
56423 #~ msgid ""
56424 #~ "B<Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
56425 #~ "partition.>"
56426 #~ msgstr ""
56427 #~ "Il est à remarquer que réduire la taille d’une partition peut détruire "
56428 #~ "des données sur cette partition."
56429
56430 #~ msgid "B<s>"
56431 #~ msgstr "B<s>"
56432
56433 #~ msgid "B<t>"
56434 #~ msgstr "B<t>"
56435
56436 #~ msgid "B<u>"
56437 #~ msgstr "B<u>"
56438
56439 #~ msgid "B<W>"
56440 #~ msgstr "B<W>"
56441
56442 #, fuzzy
56443 #~| msgid ""
56444 #~| "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W).  "
56445 #~| "Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or "
56446 #~| "deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'.  If you enter `yes', B<cfdisk> "
56447 #~| "will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-"
56448 #~| "read the partition table from the disk."
56449 #~ msgid ""
56450 #~ "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
56451 #~ "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
56452 #~ "write by entering `yes\\(aq or `no\\(aq. If you enter `yes\\(aq, "
56453 #~ "B<cfdisk> will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel "
56454 #~ "to re-read the partition table from the disk."
56455 #~ msgstr ""
56456 #~ "Écrire la table de partitions sur le disque (notez que le B<W> doit être "
56457 #~ "entré en majuscule). Étant donné que cette commande peut détruire des "
56458 #~ "données du disque, vous devez confirmer ou annuler l'ordre d'écriture en "
56459 #~ "entrant « yes » ou « no ». Si vous entrez « yes », B<cfdisk> écrira la "
56460 #~ "table de partitions sur le disque et enverra l'ordre au noyau de relire "
56461 #~ "la table de partitions à partir du disque."
56462
56463 #~ msgid "B<x>"
56464 #~ msgstr "B<x>"
56465
56466 #, fuzzy
56467 #~| msgid "CFDISK_DEBUG=all"
56468 #~ msgid "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
56469 #~ msgstr "CFDISK_DEBUG=all"
56470
56471 #, fuzzy
56472 #~ msgid "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
56473 #~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
56474
56475 #, fuzzy
56476 #~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
56477 #~ msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
56478
56479 #, fuzzy
56480 #~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
56481 #~ msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=>I<all>"
56482
56483 #, fuzzy
56484 #~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
56485 #~ msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=>I<on>"
56486
56487 #, fuzzy
56488 #~| msgid ""
56489 #~| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
56490 #~ msgid ""
56491 #~ "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>."
56492 #~ msgstr ""
56493 #~ "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
56494 #~ "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
56495
56496 #, fuzzy
56497 #~ msgid "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
56498 #~ msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
56499
56500 #, fuzzy
56501 #~| msgid ""
56502 #~| "The current cfdisk implementation is based on the original cfdisk from "
56503 #~| "Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)."
56504 #~ msgid ""
56505 #~ "The current B<cfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<cfdisk> "
56506 #~ "from"
56507 #~ msgstr ""
56508 #~ "L’implémentation actuelle de B<cfdisk> est basée sur le cfdisk d’origine "
56509 #~ "de Kevin E. Martin E<lt>I<martin@cs.unc.edu>E<gt>."
56510
56511 #, fuzzy
56512 #~| msgid ""
56513 #~| "The cfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56514 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56515 #~ msgid ""
56516 #~ "The B<cfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
56517 #~ "downloaded from"
56518 #~ msgstr ""
56519 #~ "La commande B<cfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56520 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
56521 #~ ">E<gt>."
56522
56523 #~ msgid "March 2014"
56524 #~ msgstr "Mars 2014"
56525
56526 #~ msgid ""
56527 #~ "B<cfdisk> is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device.  "
56528 #~ "The default device is I</dev/sda>."
56529 #~ msgstr ""
56530 #~ "B<cfdisk> est un programme utilisant curses destiné au partitionnement de "
56531 #~ "n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Le périphérique par défaut est I</dev/"
56532 #~ "sda>."
56533
56534 #~ msgid ""
56535 #~ "Note that B<cfdisk> provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
56536 #~ "friendly interface.  If you need advanced features, use B<fdisk>(8)  "
56537 #~ "instead."
56538 #~ msgstr ""
56539 #~ "Remarquez que B<cfdisk> fournit une fonctionnalité de partitionnement de "
56540 #~ "base avec une interface utilisateur agréable. Si vous avez besoin de "
56541 #~ "fonctionnalités avancées, vous devriez plutôt utiliser B<fdisk>(8)."
56542
56543 #~ msgid ""
56544 #~ "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
56545 #~ "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
56546 #~ "Sector) addressing.  CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
56547 #~ "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
56548 #~ msgstr ""
56549 #~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<cfdisk> prend en charge les étiquettes de "
56550 #~ "disque MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité "
56551 #~ "pour l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été "
56552 #~ "important pour Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les "
56553 #~ "nouveaux périphériques."
56554
56555 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --color>[B<=>I<when>]"
56556 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<quand>]"
56557
56558 #~ msgid ""
56559 #~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
56560 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
56561 #~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default "
56562 #~ "see B<--help> output. See also the COLORS section."
56563 #~ msgstr ""
56564 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
56565 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
56566 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
56567 #~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
56568 #~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."
56569
56570 #~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zero>"
56571 #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
56572
56573 #~ msgid ""
56574 #~ "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table.  This option does not "
56575 #~ "zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the "
56576 #~ "program without reading the existing partition table.  This option allows "
56577 #~ "you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an sfdisk-"
56578 #~ "compatible script."
56579 #~ msgstr ""
56580 #~ "Démarrer avec une table de partitions vierge en mémoire. Cette option ne "
56581 #~ "réinitialise pas la table de partitions sur le disque ; le programme "
56582 #~ "démarre simplement sans lire la table de partitions existante. Cette "
56583 #~ "option permet de créer une nouvelle table de partitions vide ou à partir "
56584 #~ "d’un script compatible avec B<sfdisk>."
56585
56586 #~ msgid ""
56587 #~ "The commands for B<cfdisk> can be entered by pressing the corresponding "
56588 #~ "key (pressing I<Enter> after the command is not necessary).  Here is a "
56589 #~ "list of the available commands:"
56590 #~ msgstr ""
56591 #~ "Les commandes de B<cfdisk> peuvent être entrées en pressant la touche "
56592 #~ "correspondante (presser la touche « Entrée » n’est pas nécessaire après "
56593 #~ "chaque commande). Voici la liste des commandes disponibles."
56594
56595 #~ msgid ""
56596 #~ "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition.  This allows you to "
56597 #~ "select which primary partition is bootable on the drive.  This command "
56598 #~ "may not be available for all partition label types."
56599 #~ msgstr ""
56600 #~ "Activer ou désactiver l’attribut d'amorçage de la partition actuelle. "
56601 #~ "Cela vous permet de sélectionner la partition primaire amorçable du "
56602 #~ "disque. Cette commande pourrait ne pas être disponible pour tous les "
56603 #~ "types d’étiquette de partition."
56604
56605 #~ msgid ""
56606 #~ "Delete the current partition.  This will convert the current partition "
56607 #~ "into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding "
56608 #~ "the current partition.  A partition already marked as free space or "
56609 #~ "marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
56610 #~ msgstr ""
56611 #~ "Supprimer la partition actuelle. Cela transformera la partition en espace "
56612 #~ "libre et l'ajoutera à l'espace libre adjacent à la partition actuelle. "
56613 #~ "Une partition marquée comme espace libre ou marquée inutilisable ne peut "
56614 #~ "pas être supprimée."
56615
56616 #~ msgid ""
56617 #~ "Create a new partition from free space.  B<cfdisk> then prompts you for "
56618 #~ "the size of the partition you want to create.  The default size is equal "
56619 #~ "to the entire available free space at the current position."
56620 #~ msgstr ""
56621 #~ "Créer une nouvelle partition à partir de l’espace libre. B<cfdisk> "
56622 #~ "demande alors la taille de la partition à créer. La taille par défaut est "
56623 #~ "égale à la totalité de l’espace libre disponible sur la partition "
56624 #~ "actuelle."
56625
56626 #~ msgid ""
56627 #~ "Quit the program.  This will exit the program without writing any data to "
56628 #~ "the disk."
56629 #~ msgstr ""
56630 #~ "Quitter le programme. Cela permet de quitter le programme sans écrire "
56631 #~ "aucune donnée sur le disque."
56632
56633 #~ msgid ""
56634 #~ "Reduce or enlarge the current partition.  B<cfdisk> then prompts you for "
56635 #~ "the new size of the partition.  The default size is the current size.  A "
56636 #~ "partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
56637 #~ msgstr ""
56638 #~ "Réduire ou agrandir la partition actuelle. B<cfdisk> vous demandera la "
56639 #~ "nouvelle taille de partition. La taille par défaut est celle actuelle. "
56640 #~ "Une partition marquée comme espace libre ou comme inutilisable ne peut "
56641 #~ "pas être redimensionnée."
56642
56643 #~ msgid ""
56644 #~ "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order.  When deleting and "
56645 #~ "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will "
56646 #~ "no longer match their order on the disk.  This command restores that "
56647 #~ "match."
56648 #~ msgstr ""
56649 #~ "Ordonner les partitions dans l’ordre croissant de secteur de début. Lors "
56650 #~ "de la suppression et de l’ajout de partitions, la numérotation des "
56651 #~ "partitions ne correspondra probablement plus à leur ordre sur le disque. "
56652 #~ "Cette commande restaure la correspondance."
56653
56654 #~ msgid ""
56655 #~ "Change the partition type.  By default, new partitions are created as "
56656 #~ "I<Linux> partitions."
56657 #~ msgstr ""
56658 #~ "Modifier le type de partition. Par défaut, les nouvelles partitions sont "
56659 #~ "créées comme des partitions B<Linux>."
56660
56661 #~ msgid ""
56662 #~ "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
56663 #~ "and other libfdisk applications.  For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
56664 #~ msgstr ""
56665 #~ "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
56666 #~ "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
56667 #~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
56668
56669 #~ msgid ""
56670 #~ "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work.  In such a "
56671 #~ "case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
56672 #~ "B<partprobe>(8)  or B<partx>(8), or by rebooting the system."
56673 #~ msgstr ""
56674 #~ "La relecture de la table ne fonctionne pas toujours. Dans ce cas, vous "
56675 #~ "devrez informer le noyau vous-même des nouvelles partitions en utilisant "
56676 #~ "B<partprobe>(8) ou B<kpartx>(8) ou en redémarrant le système."
56677
56678 #~ msgid "I<Up Arrow>,I< Down Arrow>"
56679 #~ msgstr "I<Flèche vers le Haut>, I<Flèche vers le Bas>"
56680
56681 #~ msgid ""
56682 #~ "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition.  If there are more "
56683 #~ "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
56684 #~ "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first)  "
56685 #~ "partition displayed on the screen."
56686 #~ msgstr ""
56687 #~ "Déplacer le curseur vers la partition précédente ou suivante. S'il y a "
56688 #~ "davantage de partitions qu'il ne peut s'en afficher simultanément, vous "
56689 #~ "pourrez afficher le groupe de partitions suivant (précédent) en faisant "
56690 #~ "défiler l'écran vers le bas (flèche vers le haut) vers la dernière (c'est-"
56691 #~ "à-dire la première) partition affichée à l'écran."
56692
56693 #~ msgid "I<Left Arrow>,I< Right Arrow>"
56694 #~ msgstr "I<Flèche vers la gauche>, I<Flèche vers la droite>"
56695
56696 #~ msgid ""
56697 #~ "Select the preceding or the next menu item.  Hitting I<Enter> will "
56698 #~ "execute the currently selected item."
56699 #~ msgstr ""
56700 #~ "Sélectionner l’élément de menu précédent ou suivant. Presser la touche "
56701 #~ "« Entrée » exécutera l’élément sélectionné."
56702
56703 #~ msgid ""
56704 #~ "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
56705 #~ "(except for B<W>rite).  When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
56706 #~ "I<Esc> key to return to the main menu."
56707 #~ msgstr ""
56708 #~ "Toutes les commandes peuvent être entrées en minuscules ou en majuscules "
56709 #~ "(à l’exception de B<W>rite pour écrire). Dans un sous-menu ou une invite, "
56710 #~ "la touche « Échap. » permet de revenir au menu principal."
56711
56712 #~ msgid ""
56713 #~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
56714 #~ "configuration."
56715 #~ msgstr ""
56716 #~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
56717 #~ "configuration de coloration."
56718
56719 #~ msgid ""
56720 #~ "use exclusive BSD lock.  The mode is \"1\" or \"0\".  See B<--lock> for "
56721 #~ "more details."
56722 #~ msgstr ""
56723 #~ "Utiliser un verrou exclusif BSD. Le mode est « 1 » ou « 0 ». Consulter "
56724 #~ "B<--lock> pour davantage de détails."
56725
56726 #~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>"
56727 #~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>"
56728
56729 #~ msgid ""
56730 #~ "The cfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56731 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56732 #~ msgstr ""
56733 #~ "La commande B<cfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56734 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
56735 #~ ">E<gt>."
56736
56737 #~ msgid "CHCPU"
56738 #~ msgstr "CHCPU"
56739
56740 #, fuzzy
56741 #~| msgid "B<chcpu -p> I<mode>"
56742 #~ msgid "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"
56743 #~ msgstr "B<chcpu -p> I<mode>"
56744
56745 #~ msgid "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
56746 #~ msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
56747
56748 #~ msgid "B<0>"
56749 #~ msgstr "B<0>"
56750
56751 #~ msgid "B<1>"
56752 #~ msgstr "B<1>"
56753
56754 #~ msgid "B<64>"
56755 #~ msgstr "B<64>"
56756
56757 #~ msgid ""
56758 #~ "B<chcpu> can modify the state of CPUs.  It can enable or disable CPUs, "
56759 #~ "scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching I<mode> of the underlying "
56760 #~ "hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return "
56761 #~ "CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
56762 #~ msgstr ""
56763 #~ "B<chcpu> peut modifier l’état des processeurs. Il peut activer ou "
56764 #~ "désactiver des processeurs, rechercher de nouveaux processeurs, modifier "
56765 #~ "le I<mode> distribué de l’hyperviseur sous-jacent et demander "
56766 #~ "(configurer) ou rendre (déconfigurer) des processeurs à l’hyperviseur."
56767
56768 #~ msgid ""
56769 #~ "Some options have a I<cpu-list> argument.  Use this argument to specify a "
56770 #~ "comma-separated list of CPUs.  The list can contain individual CPU "
56771 #~ "addresses or ranges of addresses.  For example, B<0,5,7,9-11> makes the "
56772 #~ "command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
56773 #~ msgstr ""
56774 #~ "Certaines options ont un argument I<liste>. Utilisez cet argument pour "
56775 #~ "indiquer une liste de processeurs séparés par des virgules. La liste peut "
56776 #~ "contenir des adresses de processeurs individuels ou des intervalles "
56777 #~ "d’adresses. Par exemple, B<0,5,7,9-11> rend la commande applicable aux "
56778 #~ "processeurs avec les adresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10 et 11."
56779
56780 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --configure >I<cpu-list>"
56781 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<liste>"
56782
56783 #~ msgid ""
56784 #~ "Configure the specified CPUs.  Configuring a CPU means that the "
56785 #~ "hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual "
56786 #~ "hardware on which your kernel runs."
56787 #~ msgstr ""
56788 #~ "Configurer les processeurs indiqués. La configuration d’un processeur "
56789 #~ "signifie que l’hyperviseur prend un processeur disponible et l’assigne au "
56790 #~ "matériel virtuel sur lequel le noyau est exécuté."
56791
56792 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --disable >I<cpu-list>"
56793 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<liste>"
56794
56795 #~ msgid ""
56796 #~ "Disable the specified CPUs.  Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets "
56797 #~ "it offline."
56798 #~ msgstr ""
56799 #~ "Désactiver les processeurs indiqués. La désactivation d’un processeur "
56800 #~ "signifie que le noyau le définit hors ligne."
56801
56802 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --enable >I<cpu-list>"
56803 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<liste>"
56804
56805 #~ msgid ""
56806 #~ "Enable the specified CPUs.  Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
56807 #~ "online.  A CPU must be configured, see B<-c>, before it can be enabled."
56808 #~ msgstr ""
56809 #~ "Activer les processeurs indiqués. L’activation d’un processeur signifie "
56810 #~ "que le noyau le définit en ligne. Avant de pouvoir être activé, un "
56811 #~ "processeur doit être configuré (consultez B<-c>)."
56812
56813 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --deconfigure >I<cpu-list>"
56814 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<liste>"
56815
56816 #~ msgid ""
56817 #~ "Deconfigure the specified CPUs.  Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
56818 #~ "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
56819 #~ "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool.  A CPU must be offline, see "
56820 #~ "B<-d>, before it can be deconfigured."
56821 #~ msgstr ""
56822 #~ "Déconfigurer les processeurs indiqués. La déconfiguration d’un processeur "
56823 #~ "signifie que l’hyperviseur supprime le processeur du matériel virtuel sur "
56824 #~ "lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée et rend le processeur. Avant de "
56825 #~ "pouvoir être déconfiguré, un processeur doit être hors ligne (consultez "
56826 #~ "B<-d>)."
56827
56828 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --dispatch >I<mode>"
56829 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"
56830
56831 #~ msgid ""
56832 #~ "Set the CPU dispatching I<mode> (polarization).  This option has an "
56833 #~ "effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU "
56834 #~ "polarization.  Available I<modes> are:"
56835 #~ msgstr ""
56836 #~ "Définir le I<mode> distribué du processeur (polarisation). Cette option "
56837 #~ "n’a d’effet que si l’architecture matérielle et l’hyperviseur permettent "
56838 #~ "la polarisation processeur. Les I<mode>s disponibles sont les suivants."
56839
56840 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --rescan>"
56841 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"
56842
56843 #~ msgid ""
56844 #~ "Trigger a rescan of CPUs.  After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes "
56845 #~ "the new CPUs.  Use this option on systems that do not automatically "
56846 #~ "detect newly attached CPUs."
56847 #~ msgstr ""
56848 #~ "Déclencher une recherche des processeurs. Après une recherche, le noyau "
56849 #~ "Linux reconnaît les nouveaux processeurs. Utilisez cette option sur les "
56850 #~ "systèmes qui ne détectent pas automatiquement les processeurs "
56851 #~ "nouvellement attachés."
56852
56853 #~ msgid ""
56854 #~ "The chcpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
56855 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
56856 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
56857 #~ msgstr ""
56858 #~ "La commande B<chcpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56859 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
56860 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
56861
56862 #~ msgid "CHRT"
56863 #~ msgstr "CHRT"
56864
56865 #, fuzzy
56866 #~| msgid ""
56867 #~| "Specifies runtime parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
56868 #~ msgid ""
56869 #~ "Specifies runtime parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-specific)."
56870 #~ msgstr ""
56871 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre d'exécution pour la stratégie B<SCHED_DEADLINE> "
56872 #~ "(spécifique au système Linux)."
56873
56874 #, fuzzy
56875 #~| msgid ""
56876 #~| "Specifies period parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
56877 #~ msgid ""
56878 #~ "Specifies period parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-specific)."
56879 #~ msgstr ""
56880 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre de la période pour la stratégie B<SCHED_DEADLINE> "
56881 #~ "(spécifique au système Linux)."
56882
56883 #, fuzzy
56884 #~| msgid ""
56885 #~| "Specifies deadline parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
56886 #~ msgid ""
56887 #~ "Specifies deadline parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-"
56888 #~ "specific)."
56889 #~ msgstr ""
56890 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre de la date limite pour la stratégie "
56891 #~ "B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (spécifique au système Linux)."
56892
56893 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid>"
56894 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid>"
56895
56896 #, fuzzy
56897 #~| msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is B<SCHED_OTHER>."
56898 #~ msgid "Linux\\(aq default scheduling policy is B<SCHED_OTHER>."
56899 #~ msgstr ""
56900 #~ "La stratégie d’ordonnancement par défaut sous Linux est B<SCHED_OTHER>."
56901
56902 #, fuzzy
56903 #~| msgid ""
56904 #~| "The chrt command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
56905 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56906 #~ msgid ""
56907 #~ "The B<chrt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
56908 #~ "downloaded from"
56909 #~ msgstr ""
56910 #~ "La commande B<chrt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
56911 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ E<gt>."
56912
56913 #~ msgid "January 2016"
56914 #~ msgstr "Janvier 2016"
56915
56916 #~ msgid "B<chrt> [options] I<priority\\ command\\ >[I<argument>...]"
56917 #~ msgstr "B<chrt> [I<options>] I<priorité\\ commande> [I<paramètres>] ..."
56918
56919 #~ msgid "B<chrt> [options] B<-p> [I<priority>]\\ I<pid>"
56920 #~ msgstr "B<chrt> [I<options>] B<-p> [I<priorité>]\\ I<PID>"
56921
56922 #~ msgid ""
56923 #~ "B<chrt> sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an "
56924 #~ "existing I<pid>, or runs I<command> with the given attributes."
56925 #~ msgstr ""
56926 #~ "B<chrt> définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel "
56927 #~ "d'un I<PID> existant ou exécute la I<commande> avec les attributs fournis."
56928
56929 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
56930 #~ msgid ""
56931 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_OTHER>.  This is the default Linux "
56932 #~ "scheduling policy."
56933 #~ msgstr ""
56934 #~ "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à B<SCHED_OTHER>. Il s'agit de la "
56935 #~ "stratégie d'ordonnancement par défaut de Linux."
56936
56937 #~ msgid "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_FIFO>."
56938 #~ msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_FIFO>."
56939
56940 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
56941 #~ msgid ""
56942 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_RR>.  When no policy is defined, the "
56943 #~ "B<SCHED_RR> is used as the default."
56944 #~ msgstr ""
56945 #~ "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à B<SCHED_RR>. Quand la stratégie "
56946 #~ "n’est pas définie, B<SCHED_RR> est utilisée par défaut."
56947
56948 #~ msgid ""
56949 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_BATCH> (Linux-specific, supported since "
56950 #~ "2.6.16).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
56951 #~ msgstr ""
56952 #~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_BATCH> (spécifique au "
56953 #~ "système Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.16). L’argument I<priorité> "
56954 #~ "doit être défini à zéro."
56955
56956 #~ msgid ""
56957 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_IDLE> (Linux-specific, supported since "
56958 #~ "2.6.23).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
56959 #~ msgstr ""
56960 #~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_IDLE> (spécifique au "
56961 #~ "système Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.23). L’argument I<priorité> "
56962 #~ "doit être défini à zéro."
56963
56964 #~ msgid "B<-d>,\\ B<--deadline>"
56965 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,\\ B<--deadline>"
56966
56967 #~ msgid ""
56968 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (Linux-specific, supported "
56969 #~ "since 3.14).  The priority argument has to be set to zero.  See also B<--"
56970 #~ "sched-runtime>, B<--sched-deadline> and B<--sched-period>.  The relation "
56971 #~ "between the options required by the kernel is runtime E<lt>= deadline "
56972 #~ "E<lt>= period.  B<chrt> copies I<period> to I<deadline> if B<--sched-"
56973 #~ "deadline> is not specified and I<deadline> to I<runtime> if B<--sched-"
56974 #~ "runtime> is not specified.  It means that at least B<--sched-period> has "
56975 #~ "to be specified.  See B<sched>(7)  for more details."
56976 #~ msgstr ""
56977 #~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (spécifique au "
56978 #~ "système Linux, prise en charge depuis la version 3.14). L'argument de "
56979 #~ "priorité doit être réglé à zéro. Voir aussi B<--sched-runtime>, B<--sched-"
56980 #~ "deadline> et B<--sched-period>. La relation entre les options exigée par "
56981 #~ "le noyau est : runtime E<lt>= deadline E<lt>= period. B<chrt> copie "
56982 #~ "I<période> dans I<délai> si B<--sched-deadline> n'est pas spécifié et "
56983 #~ "I<délai> dans I<période_exécution> si B<--sched-runtime> n'est pas "
56984 #~ "spécifié. Cela veut dire qu'au moins B<--sched-period> doit être "
56985 #~ "spécifié. Voir B<sched>(7) pour plus de détails."
56986
56987 #~ msgid ""
56988 #~ "Add B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> flag to the B<SCHED_FIFO> or B<SCHED_RR> "
56989 #~ "scheduling policy (Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31)."
56990 #~ msgstr ""
56991 #~ "Ajouter l’attribut B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> aux stratégies d'ordonnancement "
56992 #~ "B<SCHED_FIFO> ou B<SCHED_RR> (spécifique au système Linux, géré depuis la "
56993 #~ "version 2.6.31)."
56994
56995 #~ msgid "B<-a>,\\ B<--all-tasks>"
56996 #~ msgstr "B<-a>,\\ B<--all-tasks>"
56997
56998 #~ msgid "B<-m>,\\ B<--max>"
56999 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,\\ B<--max>"
57000
57001 #~ msgid "B<-p>,\\ B<--pid>"
57002 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,\\ B<--pid>"
57003
57004 #~ msgid "B<-v>,\\ B<--verbose>"
57005 #~ msgstr "B<-v>,\\ B<--verbose>"
57006
57007 #~ msgid "B<-V>,\\ B<--version>"
57008 #~ msgstr "B<-V>,\\ B<--version>"
57009
57010 #~ msgid "B<-h>,\\ B<--help>"
57011 #~ msgstr "B<-h>,\\ B<--help>"
57012
57013 #~ msgid "B<chrt> I<priority> I<command\\ >[I<arguments>]"
57014 #~ msgstr "B<chrt> I<priorité> I<commande> [I<paramètres>]"
57015
57016 #~ msgid "B<chrt -p> I<pid>"
57017 #~ msgstr "B<chrt -p> I<PID>"
57018
57019 #~ msgid "B<chrt -r -p> I<priority pid>"
57020 #~ msgstr "B<chrt -r -p> I<priorité PID>"
57021
57022 #~ msgid ""
57023 #~ "A user must possess B<CAP_SYS_NICE> to change the scheduling attributes "
57024 #~ "of a process.  Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
57025 #~ msgstr ""
57026 #~ "Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité B<CAP_SYS_NICE> afin de modifier "
57027 #~ "les attributs d'ordonnancement d'un processus. N'importe quel utilisateur "
57028 #~ "peut récupérer les informations d'ordonnancement."
57029
57030 #~ msgid ""
57031 #~ "Only B<SCHED_FIFO>, B<SCHED_OTHER> and B<SCHED_RR> are part of POSIX "
57032 #~ "1003.1b Process Scheduling.  The other scheduling attributes may be "
57033 #~ "ignored on some systems."
57034 #~ msgstr ""
57035 #~ "Seules B<SCHED_FIFO>, B<SCHED_OTHER> et B<SCHED_RR> font partie de la "
57036 #~ "norme POSIX 1003.1b d’ordonnancement de processus. Les autres attributs "
57037 #~ "d'ordonnancement pourraient être ignorés sur d'autres systèmes."
57038
57039 #~ msgid "E<.UR rml@tech9.net> Robert Love E<.UE>"
57040 #~ msgstr "E<.UR rml@tech9.net> Robert Love E<.UE>"
57041
57042 #~ msgid ""
57043 #~ "The chrt command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
57044 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57045 #~ msgstr ""
57046 #~ "La commande B<chrt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
57047 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ E<gt>."
57048
57049 #~ msgid "CTRLALTDEL"
57050 #~ msgstr "CTRLALTDEL"
57051
57052 #, fuzzy
57053 #~| msgid "B<ctrlaltdel hard>|B<soft>"
57054 #~ msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
57055 #~ msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel hard>|B<soft>"
57056
57057 #, fuzzy
57058 #~| msgid ""
57059 #~| "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
57060 #~| "that there are two supported functions that the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence "
57061 #~| "can perform."
57062 #~ msgid ""
57063 #~ "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
57064 #~ "that there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
57065 #~ "sequence can perform."
57066 #~ msgstr ""
57067 #~ "Basé sur l'examen du code source de I<linux/kernel/sys.c>, il est évident "
57068 #~ "que seulement deux comportements sont définis par la combinaison Ctrl-Alt-"
57069 #~ "Del."
57070
57071 #~ msgid "October 2015"
57072 #~ msgstr "octobre 2015"
57073
57074 #~ msgid ""
57075 #~ "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2)  and without "
57076 #~ "any other preparation.  This is the default."
57077 #~ msgstr ""
57078 #~ "Redémarrer immédiatement l’ordinateur sans appeler B<sync>(2) et sans "
57079 #~ "aucune autre préparation. C’est le comportement par défaut."
57080
57081 #~ msgid ""
57082 #~ "Make the kernel send the SIGINT (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
57083 #~ "(this is always the process with PID 1).  If this option is used, the "
57084 #~ "B<init>(8)  program must support this feature.  Since there are now "
57085 #~ "several B<init>(8)  programs in the Linux community, please consult the "
57086 #~ "documentation for the version that you are currently using."
57087 #~ msgstr ""
57088 #~ "Faire que le noyau envoie un signal SIGINT (interruption) au processus "
57089 #~ "B<init> (dont le PID est toujours égal à 1). Si cette option est "
57090 #~ "utilisée, le programme B<init>(8) doit gérer cette fonctionnalité. "
57091 #~ "Puisqu'il y a actuellement plusieurs programmes B<init>(8) dans la "
57092 #~ "communauté Linux, veuillez consulter la documentation de la version que "
57093 #~ "vous utilisez actuellement."
57094
57095 #~ msgid ""
57096 #~ "The ctrlaltdel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57097 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
57098 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
57099 #~ msgstr ""
57100 #~ "La commande B<ctrlaltdel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57101 #~ "disponible dans E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
57102 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
57103
57104 #~ msgid "DELPART"
57105 #~ msgstr "DELPART"
57106
57107 #, fuzzy
57108 #~| msgid ""
57109 #~| "The delpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57110 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57111 #~ msgid ""
57112 #~ "The B<delpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
57113 #~ "downloaded from"
57114 #~ msgstr ""
57115 #~ "La commande B<delpart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57116 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
57117 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
57118
57119 #~ msgid ""
57120 #~ "B<delpart> asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified "
57121 #~ "I<partition> (a number) on the specified I<device>.  The command is a "
57122 #~ "simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl."
57123 #~ msgstr ""
57124 #~ "B<delpart> demande au noyau d’oublier la I<partition> (un numéro) "
57125 #~ "indiquée sur le I<périphérique> indiqué. La commande est une simple "
57126 #~ "enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « del partition »."
57127
57128 #~ msgid ""
57129 #~ "The delpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57130 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57131 #~ msgstr ""
57132 #~ "La commande B<delpart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57133 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
57134 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
57135
57136 #~ msgid "DMESG"
57137 #~ msgstr "DMESG"
57138
57139 #, fuzzy
57140 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --clear>"
57141 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--clear>"
57142 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --clear>"
57143
57144 #, fuzzy
57145 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --read-clear >[options]"
57146 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--read-clear> [options]"
57147 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --read-clear> [I<options>]"
57148
57149 #, fuzzy
57150 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-level >I<level>"
57151 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-level> I<level>"
57152 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-level> I<niveau>"
57153
57154 #, fuzzy
57155 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-on>"
57156 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-on>"
57157 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-on>"
57158
57159 #, fuzzy
57160 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-off>"
57161 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-off>"
57162 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-off>"
57163
57164 #~ msgid "B<-C>, B<--clear>"
57165 #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--clear>"
57166
57167 #, fuzzy
57168 #~| msgid ""
57169 #~| "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-"
57170 #~| "byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format "
57171 #~| "\\exE<lt>hexE<gt> for security reason by default.  This option disables "
57172 #~| "this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose "
57173 #~| "together with B<--raw>.  Be careful and don't use it by default."
57174 #~ msgid ""
57175 #~ "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-"
57176 #~ "byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format "
57177 #~ "\\(rsxE<lt>hexE<gt> for security reason by default. This option disables "
57178 #~ "this feature at all. It\\(cqs usable for example for debugging purpose "
57179 #~ "together with B<--raw>. Be careful and don\\(cqt use it by default."
57180 #~ msgstr ""
57181 #~ "Par défaut, les caractères non imprimables et probablement dangereux "
57182 #~ "(comme des séquences multi-octales cassées, des caractères de contrôle du "
57183 #~ "terminal, etc.) sont échappés au format \\exE<lt>hexE<gt> pour des "
57184 #~ "raisons de sécurité. Cette option désactive complètement cette "
57185 #~ "fonctionnalité. On peut l'utiliser, par exemple, à des fins de débogage "
57186 #~ "avec B<--raw>. Soyez prudent et ne l'utilisez pas par défaut."
57187
57188 # NOTE: ffix
57189 #, fuzzy
57190 #~| msgid ""
57191 #~| "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how B<dmesg>(1)  "
57192 #~| "reads kernel messages.  The /dev/kmsg device uses a different format "
57193 #~| "than B<syslog>(2).  For backward compatibility, B<dmesg>(1)  returns "
57194 #~| "data always in the B<syslog>(2)  format.  It is possible to read the "
57195 #~| "real raw data from /dev/kmsg by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/"
57196 #~| "kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
57197 #~ msgid ""
57198 #~ "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how B<dmesg> reads "
57199 #~ "kernel messages. The I</dev/kmsg> device uses a different format than "
57200 #~ "B<syslog>(2). For backward compatibility, B<dmesg> returns data always in "
57201 #~ "the B<syslog>(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from I</"
57202 #~ "dev/kmsg> by, for example, the command \\(aqdd if=/dev/kmsg "
57203 #~ "iflag=nonblock\\(aq."
57204 #~ msgstr ""
57205 #~ "Remarquez que le véritable format brut dépend de la méthode utilisée par "
57206 #~ "B<dmesg>(1) pour lire les messages du noyau. Le périphérique I</dev/kmsg> "
57207 #~ "utilise un format différent de B<syslog>(2). Pour assurer la "
57208 #~ "rétrocompatibilité, B<dmesg>(1) renvoie toujours les données au format de "
57209 #~ "B<syslog>(2). Lire le véritable format brut de I</dev/kmsg> est possible "
57210 #~ "avec, par exemple, la commande « dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock »."
57211
57212 #, fuzzy
57213 #~| msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
57214 #~ msgid "Do not print kernel\\(cqs timestamps."
57215 #~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher l’horodatage du noyau."
57216
57217 #, fuzzy
57218 #~| msgid ""
57219 #~| "Wait for new messages.  This feature is supported only on systems with a "
57220 #~| "readable /dev/kmsg (since kernel 3.5.0)."
57221 #~ msgid ""
57222 #~ "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
57223 #~ "readable I</dev/kmsg> (since kernel 3.5.0)."
57224 #~ msgstr ""
57225 #~ "Attendre de nouveaux messages. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge "
57226 #~ "que sur les systèmes avec un I</dev/kmsg> lisible (depuis le noyau 3.5.0)."
57227
57228 #~ msgid "B<err>"
57229 #~ msgstr "B<err>"
57230
57231 #~ msgid "July 2012"
57232 #~ msgstr "juillet 2012"
57233
57234 #~ msgid ""
57235 #~ "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages.  If used "
57236 #~ "together with B<--notime> then only the time delta without the timestamp "
57237 #~ "is printed."
57238 #~ msgstr ""
57239 #~ "Afficher l'horodatage et la différence de temps passé entre les messages. "
57240 #~ "Si B<--notime> est utilisé en même temps, seule la différence de temps "
57241 #~ "passé, sans l'horodatage, est affichée."
57242
57243 #~ msgid ""
57244 #~ "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format.  Be aware "
57245 #~ "that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see B<-T> for more "
57246 #~ "details)."
57247 #~ msgstr ""
57248 #~ "Afficher l'heure locale et le delta dans un format lisible par un humain. "
57249 #~ "Gardez à l'esprit que la conversion en heure locale pourrait ne pas être "
57250 #~ "exacte (voir B<-T> pour plus de détails)."
57251
57252 #~ msgid "B<-F>, B<--file >I<file>"
57253 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--file> I<fichier>"
57254
57255 #~ msgid ""
57256 #~ "Read the syslog messages from the given I<file>.  Note that B<-F> does "
57257 #~ "not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported "
57258 #~ "only."
57259 #~ msgstr ""
57260 #~ "Lire les messages de syslog à partir du I<fichier> donné. Remarquez que "
57261 #~ "B<-F> ne gère pas les messages au format kmsg. Seul l'ancien format de "
57262 #~ "syslog est pris en charge."
57263
57264 #~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--facility >I<list>"
57265 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--facility> I<liste>"
57266
57267 #~ msgid ""
57268 #~ "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated)  I<list> of facilities.  "
57269 #~ "For example:"
57270 #~ msgstr ""
57271 #~ "Restreindre l'affichage à la I<liste> de services (séparés par des "
57272 #~ "virgules) indiquée. Par exemple"
57273
57274 #~ msgid ""
57275 #~ "will print messages from system daemons only.  For all supported "
57276 #~ "facilities see the B<--help> output."
57277 #~ msgstr ""
57278 #~ "n'affichera que les messages des démons du système. Consultez B<dmesg --"
57279 #~ "help> pour obtenir la liste des services pris en charge."
57280
57281 #~ msgid ""
57282 #~ "Enable human-readable output.  See also B<--color>, B<--reltime> and B<--"
57283 #~ "nopager>."
57284 #~ msgstr ""
57285 #~ "Activer la sortie lisible. Consultez aussi B<--color>, B<--reltime> et "
57286 #~ "B<--nopager>."
57287
57288 #~ msgid ""
57289 #~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
57290 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
57291 #~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
57292 #~ "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section below."
57293 #~ msgstr ""
57294 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
57295 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En l'absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
57296 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les "
57297 #~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
57298 #~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."
57299
57300 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--level >I<list>"
57301 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--level> I<liste>"
57302
57303 #~ msgid ""
57304 #~ "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated)  I<list> of levels.  For "
57305 #~ "example:"
57306 #~ msgstr ""
57307 #~ "Restreindre l'affichage à la I<liste> de niveaux (séparés par des "
57308 #~ "virgules) indiquée. Par exemple"
57309
57310 #~ msgid ""
57311 #~ "will print error and warning messages only.  For all supported levels see "
57312 #~ "the B<--help> output."
57313 #~ msgstr ""
57314 #~ "n'affichera que les messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Consultez "
57315 #~ "B<dmesg --help> pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
57316
57317 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--console-level >I<level>"
57318 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--console-level> I<niveau>"
57319
57320 #~ msgid ""
57321 #~ "Set the I<level> at which printing of messages is done to the console.  "
57322 #~ "The I<level> is a level number or abbreviation of the level name.  For "
57323 #~ "all supported levels see the B<--help> output."
57324 #~ msgstr ""
57325 #~ "Définir le I<niveau> d'affichage des messages en console. Le I<niveau> "
57326 #~ "est un numéro ou une abréviation du nom de niveau. Consultez B<dmesg --"
57327 #~ "help> pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
57328
57329 #~ msgid ""
57330 #~ "For example, B<-n 1> or B<-n emerg> prevents all messages, except "
57331 #~ "emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console.  All levels of "
57332 #~ "messages are still written to I</proc/kmsg>, so B<syslogd>(8)  can still "
57333 #~ "be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear.  When the B<-n> "
57334 #~ "option is used, B<dmesg> will I<not> print or clear the kernel ring "
57335 #~ "buffer."
57336 #~ msgstr ""
57337 #~ "Par exemple, B<-n 1> ou B<-n emerg> suppriment l'affichage sur la console "
57338 #~ "de tous les messages, sauf les messages d'urgence (panic). Tous les "
57339 #~ "niveaux d'affichage des messages sont enregistrés dans I</proc/kmsg>, "
57340 #~ "ainsi B<syslogd>(8) peut toujours être utilisé pour contrôler exactement "
57341 #~ "où les messages du noyau apparaissent. Quand l'option B<-n> est utilisée, "
57342 #~ "B<dmesg> I<n'affichera pas et n'effacera pas> le tampon circulaire du "
57343 #~ "noyau."
57344
57345 #~ msgid ""
57346 #~ "Do not pipe output into a pager.  A pager is enabled by default for B<--"
57347 #~ "human> output."
57348 #~ msgstr ""
57349 #~ "Ne pas renvoyer la sortie dans un visualiseur. Un visualiseur est activé "
57350 #~ "par défaut pour la sortie B<--human>."
57351
57352 #~ msgid ""
57353 #~ "Force B<dmesg> to use the B<syslog>(2)  kernel interface to read kernel "
57354 #~ "messages.  The default is to use /dev/kmsg rather than B<syslog>(2)  "
57355 #~ "since kernel 3.5.0."
57356 #~ msgstr ""
57357 #~ "Forcer B<dmesg> à utiliser l’interface B<syslog>(2) du noyau pour lire "
57358 #~ "les messages du noyau. I</dev/kmsg> est utilisé par défaut au lieu de "
57359 #~ "B<syslog>(2) depuis le noyau 3.5.0."
57360
57361 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--buffer-size >I<size>"
57362 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--buffer-size> I<taille>"
57363
57364 #~ msgid ""
57365 #~ "Use a buffer of I<size> to query the kernel ring buffer.  This is 16392 "
57366 #~ "by default.  (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, "
57367 #~ "8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.)  If you have set the kernel "
57368 #~ "buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to "
57369 #~ "view the entire buffer."
57370 #~ msgstr ""
57371 #~ "Utiliser un tampon de la I<taille> indiquée pour les requêtes au tampon "
57372 #~ "circulaire du noyau au lieu de la taille par défaut (16392 octets) (la "
57373 #~ "taille par défaut du tampon pour le journal système du noyau était 4096 "
57374 #~ "au départ, puis 8192 à partir du noyau 1.3.54, et 16384 depuis la "
57375 #~ "version 2.1.113). Si vous avez augmenté la taille du tampon du noyau par "
57376 #~ "rapport à sa valeur par défaut, cette option peut être utilisée pour "
57377 #~ "afficher le tampon en entier."
57378
57379 #~ msgid ""
57380 #~ "B<Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!> The B<time> source "
57381 #~ "used for the logs is B<not updated after> system B<SUSPEND>/B<RESUME>.  "
57382 #~ "Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and "
57383 #~ "monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume."
57384 #~ msgstr ""
57385 #~ "B<Attention, l’horodatage pourrait être inexact !> L’origine des B<temps> "
57386 #~ "utilisée pour les journaux B<n’est pas mise à jour> après un retour de "
57387 #~ "veille du système (B<SUSPEND>/B<RESUME>). L'horodatage est ajusté en "
57388 #~ "fonction du décalage actuels entre l'heure de démarrage et les horloges "
57389 #~ "monotoniques, cela ne fonctionne que pour les messages affichés après le "
57390 #~ "dernier réveil."
57391
57392 #~ msgid ""
57393 #~ "Print timestamps using the given I<format>, which can be B<ctime>, "
57394 #~ "B<reltime>, B<delta> or B<iso>.  The first three formats are aliases of "
57395 #~ "the time-format-specific options.  The B<iso> format is a B<dmesg> "
57396 #~ "implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format.  The purpose of this "
57397 #~ "format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and "
57398 #~ "any other parsing, easy.  The definition of the B<iso> timestamp is: YYYY-"
57399 #~ "MM-DDE<lt>TE<gt>HH:MM:SS,E<lt>microsecondsE<gt>E<lt>-+E<gt>E<lt>timezone "
57400 #~ "offset from UTCE<gt>."
57401 #~ msgstr ""
57402 #~ "Afficher les horodatages en utilisant le I<format> indiqué, qui peut être "
57403 #~ "B<ctime>, B<reltime>, B<delta> ou B<iso>. Les trois premiers formats sont "
57404 #~ "des alias des options spécifiques au format de date. Le format B<iso> est "
57405 #~ "une implémentation B<dmesg> du format d’horodatage ISO-8601. Le but de ce "
57406 #~ "format est de faciliter la comparaison d’horodatages entre deux systèmes "
57407 #~ "ainsi que tout autre analyse. La définition de l’horodatage B<iso> est : "
57408 #~ "AAAA-MM-JJE<lt>TE<gt>HH:MM:SS,E<lt>microsecondesE<gt>E<lt>-"
57409 #~ "+E<gt>E<lt>décalage du fuseau horaire par rapport à UTCE<gt>."
57410
57411 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --userspace>"
57412 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--userspace>"
57413
57414 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --follow>"
57415 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--follow>"
57416
57417 #~ msgid "B<-W>,B< --follow-new>"
57418 #~ msgstr "B<-W>,B< --follow-new>"
57419
57420 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --decode>"
57421 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--decode>"
57422
57423 #~ msgid ""
57424 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-colors."
57425 #~ "d/dmesg.disable>.  See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about "
57426 #~ "colorization configuration."
57427 #~ msgstr ""
57428 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier I</etc/"
57429 #~ "terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable> vide. Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) "
57430 #~ "pour plus de précisions sur la configuration de coloration."
57431
57432 #~ msgid ""
57433 #~ "B<dmesg> can fail reporting permission denied error.  This is usually "
57434 #~ "caused by B<dmesg_restrict> kernel setting, please see B<syslog>(2)  for "
57435 #~ "more details."
57436 #~ msgstr ""
57437 #~ "B<dmesg> peut échouer en signalant une erreur de permission non accordée. "
57438 #~ "Cela est dû, en général à l'option B<dmesg_restrict> du noyau, veuillez "
57439 #~ "vous reporter à B<syslog>(2) pour plus de détails."
57440
57441 #~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
57442 #~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
57443
57444 #~ msgid ""
57445 #~ "The dmesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
57446 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
57447 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
57448 #~ msgstr ""
57449 #~ "La commande B<dmesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57450 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR ftp://\\:ftp.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/"
57451 #~ "util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
57452
57453 #~ msgid "FALLOCATE"
57454 #~ msgstr "FALLOCATE"
57455
57456 #, fuzzy
57457 #~| msgid "B<fallocate -d> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<filename>"
57458 #~ msgid "B<fallocate> B<-d> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<filename>"
57459 #~ msgstr "B<fallocate -d> [B<-o> I<position>] [B<-l> I<taille>] I<fichier>"
57460
57461 #~ msgid "April 2014"
57462 #~ msgstr "Avril 2014"
57463
57464 #~ msgid "B<fallocate -x> [B<-o> I<offset>] B<-l> I<length> I<filename>"
57465 #~ msgstr "B<fallocate -x> [B<-o> I<position>] B<-l> I<taille> I<fichier>"
57466
57467 #~ msgid ""
57468 #~ "B<fallocate> is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, "
57469 #~ "either to deallocate or preallocate it.  For filesystems which support "
57470 #~ "the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating "
57471 #~ "blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data "
57472 #~ "blocks.  This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with "
57473 #~ "zeroes."
57474 #~ msgstr ""
57475 #~ "B<fallocate> sert à manipuler l’espace disque alloué à un fichier, soit "
57476 #~ "pour le réserver, soit pour le rendre. Pour les systèmes de fichiers qui "
57477 #~ "permettent l'appel système B<fallocate>(2), la réservation est réalisée "
57478 #~ "rapidement en allouant des blocs et en les marquant comme non "
57479 #~ "initialisés, sans nécessiter d'échange (entrée ou sortie) avec les blocs "
57480 #~ "de données. C'est bien plus rapide que de créer un fichier en le "
57481 #~ "remplissant de zéros."
57482
57483 #~ msgid ""
57484 #~ "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole.  The byte range "
57485 #~ "to be collapsed starts at I<offset> and continues for I<length> bytes.  "
57486 #~ "At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at "
57487 #~ "the location I<offset>+I<length> will be appended at the location "
57488 #~ "I<offset>, and the file will be I<length> bytes smaller.  The option B<--"
57489 #~ "keep-size> may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
57490 #~ msgstr ""
57491 #~ "Supprimer un intervalle d’octets d’un fichier, sans laisser de trou. "
57492 #~ "L’intervalle d’octets à supprimer commence à I<position> et continue "
57493 #~ "pendant I<taille> octets. À la fin de l’opération, le contenu du fichier "
57494 #~ "commençant à I<position>+I<taille> sera ajouté à la I<position> et le "
57495 #~ "fichier sera plus petit de I<taille> octets. L’option B<--keep-size> ne "
57496 #~ "peut pas être utilisée pour une opération de suppression d’intervalle."
57497
57498 #~ msgid ""
57499 #~ "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, "
57500 #~ "in order to ensure efficient implementation.  Typically, offset and len "
57501 #~ "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
57502 #~ "according to the filesystem type and configuration.  If a filesystem has "
57503 #~ "such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
57504 #~ "requirement is violated."
57505 #~ msgstr ""
57506 #~ "Un système de fichiers peut poser des limites à la granularité de "
57507 #~ "l'opération, afin de garantir une implémentation efficace. Typiquement, "
57508 #~ "I<position> et I<taille> doivent être un multiple de la taille du bloc "
57509 #~ "logique, laquelle varie selon le type et la configuration du système de "
57510 #~ "fichiers. Si un système de fichiers a ce genre d'obligation, l'opération "
57511 #~ "échouera avec l'erreur B<EINVAL> si cette obligation est violée."
57512
57513 #~ msgid ""
57514 #~ "Detect and dig holes.  This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
57515 #~ "extra disk space.  The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
57516 #~ "block size (usually 4096 bytes).  Also, when using this option, B<--keep-"
57517 #~ "size> is implied.  If no range is specified by B<--offset> and B<--"
57518 #~ "length>, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
57519 #~ msgstr ""
57520 #~ "Détecter et creuser des trous. Cela rassemble les fichiers creux, sans "
57521 #~ "utiliser d’espace disque supplémentaire. La taille minimale du trou "
57522 #~ "dépend de la taille de bloc d’entrée et sortie du système de fichiers "
57523 #~ "(4096 octets en général). De plus, en utilisant cette option, B<--keep-"
57524 #~ "size> est implicite. Si aucun intervalle n’est indiqué par B<--offset> et "
57525 #~ "B<--length>, le fichier entier est analysé pour les trous."
57526
57527 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--length >I<length>"
57528 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length >I<taille>"
57529
57530 #~ msgid ""
57531 #~ "Do not modify the apparent length of the file.  This may effectively "
57532 #~ "allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
57533 #~ msgstr ""
57534 #~ "Ne pas modifier la I<taille> apparente du I<fichier>. Des blocs "
57535 #~ "pourraient être alloués après la fin du I<fichier>, ils peuvent être "
57536 #~ "enlevés avec B<truncate>."
57537
57538 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<offset>"
57539 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<position>"
57540
57541 #~ msgid ""
57542 #~ "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
57543 #~ "I<offset> and continuing for I<length> bytes.  Within the specified "
57544 #~ "range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks "
57545 #~ "are removed from the file.  After a successful call, subsequent reads "
57546 #~ "from this range will return zeroes.  This option may not be specified at "
57547 #~ "the same time as the B<--zero-range> option.  Also, when using this "
57548 #~ "option, B<--keep-size> is implied."
57549 #~ msgstr ""
57550 #~ "Désallouer l'espace (c'est-à-dire créer un trou) dans l'intervalle "
57551 #~ "d'octets commençant à I<position> et continuant pendant I<taille> octets. "
57552 #~ "Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs partiels de systèmes de fichiers sont "
57553 #~ "mis à zéro et les blocs complets du système de fichiers sont retirés du "
57554 #~ "fichier. Après un appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet "
57555 #~ "intervalle renverront des zéros. Cette option peut ne pas être indiquée "
57556 #~ "en même temps que l’option B<--zero-range>. De plus, lors de "
57557 #~ "l’utilisation de cette option, B<--keep-size> est implicite."
57558
57559 #~ msgid ""
57560 #~ "Enable POSIX operation mode.  In that mode allocation operation always "
57561 #~ "completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not "
57562 #~ "supported by the underlying filesystem."
57563 #~ msgstr ""
57564 #~ "Activer le mode d'opération POSIX. Dans ce mode, l'opération d'allocation "
57565 #~ "se termine toujours mais peut prendre plus de temps si l'allocation "
57566 #~ "rapide n'est pas prise en charge par le système de fichiers sous-jacent."
57567
57568 #~ msgid ""
57569 #~ "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at I<offset> and continuing for "
57570 #~ "I<length> bytes.  Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for "
57571 #~ "the regions that span the holes in the file.  After a successful call, "
57572 #~ "subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
57573 #~ msgstr ""
57574 #~ "Initialiser l'intervalle d'octets commençant à I<position> et continuant "
57575 #~ "pendant I<taille> octets. Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs sont "
57576 #~ "préalloués pour les zones qui couvrent les trous du fichier. Après un "
57577 #~ "appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des "
57578 #~ "zéros."
57579
57580 #~ msgid ""
57581 #~ "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
57582 #~ "into unwritten extents.  This approach means that the specified range "
57583 #~ "will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial "
57584 #~ "blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required "
57585 #~ "only to update metadata."
57586 #~ msgstr ""
57587 #~ "L’initialisation est réalisée dans le système de fichiers de préférence "
57588 #~ "en convertissant l’intervalle en « extents » non écrits. Cette approche "
57589 #~ "signifie que l’intervalle indiqué ne sera pas physiquement initialisé sur "
57590 #~ "le périphérique (à part les blocs partiels aux extrémités de "
57591 #~ "l’intervalle) et qu’une entrée ou sortie n’est (sinon) nécessaire que "
57592 #~ "pour mettre à jour les métadonnées."
57593
57594 #~ msgid "E<.MT sandeen@redhat.com> Eric Sandeen E<.ME>"
57595 #~ msgstr "E<.MT sandeen@redhat.com> Eric Sandeen E<.ME>"
57596
57597 #~ msgid ""
57598 #~ "The fallocate command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57599 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
57600 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
57601 #~ msgstr ""
57602 #~ "La commande B<fallocate> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57603 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
57604 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
57605
57606 #~ msgid "June 2020"
57607 #~ msgstr "Juin 2020"
57608
57609 #~ msgid "B<fdformat> [options]I< device>"
57610 #~ msgstr "B<fdformat> [I<options>] I<périphérique>"
57611
57612 #~ msgid ""
57613 #~ "B<fdformat> does a low-level format on a floppy disk.  I<device> is "
57614 #~ "usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the "
57615 #~ "minor is shown for informational purposes only):"
57616 #~ msgstr ""
57617 #~ "B<fdformat> effectue un formatage bas niveau sur une disquette. La valeur "
57618 #~ "de I<périphérique> peut être (pour les périphériques de type disquette, "
57619 #~ "le numéro majeur vaut 2 et le numéro mineur n'est montré qu'à titre "
57620 #~ "indicatif)\\ :"
57621
57622 #~ msgid ""
57623 #~ "/dev/fd1d360  (minor = 5)\n"
57624 #~ "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
57625 #~ "/dev/fd1D360  (minor = 13)\n"
57626 #~ "/dev/fd1H360  (minor = 13)\n"
57627 #~ "/dev/fd1D720  (minor = 17)\n"
57628 #~ "/dev/fd1H720  (minor = 17)\n"
57629 #~ "/dev/fd1h360  (minor = 21)\n"
57630 #~ "/dev/fd1h720  (minor = 25)\n"
57631 #~ "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
57632 #~ msgstr ""
57633 #~ "/dev/fd1d360  (mineur = 5)\n"
57634 #~ "/dev/fd1h1200 (mineur = 9)\n"
57635 #~ "/dev/fd1D360  (mineur = 13)\n"
57636 #~ "/dev/fd1H360  (mineur = 13)\n"
57637 #~ "/dev/fd1D720  (mineur = 17)\n"
57638 #~ "/dev/fd1H720  (mineur = 17)\n"
57639 #~ "/dev/fd1h360  (mineur = 21)\n"
57640 #~ "/dev/fd1h720  (mineur = 25)\n"
57641 #~ "/dev/fd1H1440 (mineur = 29)\n"
57642
57643 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
57644 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
57645
57646 #~ msgid ""
57647 #~ "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use B<ufiformat>(8)  "
57648 #~ "instead."
57649 #~ msgstr ""
57650 #~ "Cet utilitaire ne prend pas en charge les périphériques USB de disquette. "
57651 #~ "B<ufiformat>(8) est à utiliser à la place."
57652
57653 #~ msgid "Werner Almesberger (almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch)"
57654 #~ msgstr "Werner Almesberger E<lt>I<almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch>E<gt>"
57655
57656 #~ msgid ""
57657 #~ "The fdformat command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57658 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57659 #~ msgstr ""
57660 #~ "La commande B<fdformat> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57661 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
57662 #~ ">E<gt>."
57663
57664 #, fuzzy
57665 #~| msgid ""
57666 #~| "The generic floppy devices, /dev/fd0 and /dev/fd1, will fail to work "
57667 #~| "with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the "
57668 #~| "format has not been autodetected earlier.  In this case, use "
57669 #~| "B<setfdprm>(8)  to load the disk parameters."
57670 #~ msgid ""
57671 #~ "The generic floppy devices, I</dev/fd0> and I</dev/fd1>, will fail to "
57672 #~ "work with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the "
57673 #~ "format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use "
57674 #~ "B<setfdprm>(8) to load the disk parameters."
57675 #~ msgstr ""
57676 #~ "Les périphériques de disquettes génériques, /dev/fd0 et /dev/fd1, ne "
57677 #~ "fonctionneront pas avec B<fdformat> quand un format non standard est "
57678 #~ "utilisé, ou si le format n'a pas été détecté automatiquement au "
57679 #~ "préalable. Dans ce cas, utilisez B<setfdprm>(8) pour charger les "
57680 #~ "paramètres du disque."
57681
57682 #, fuzzy
57683 #~| msgid ""
57684 #~| "The fdformat command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57685 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57686 #~ msgid ""
57687 #~ "The B<fdformat> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
57688 #~ "downloaded from"
57689 #~ msgstr ""
57690 #~ "La commande B<fdformat> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57691 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
57692 #~ ">E<gt>."
57693
57694 #~ msgid "FDISK"
57695 #~ msgstr "FDISK"
57696
57697 #~ msgid "2021-08-16"
57698 #~ msgstr "16 août 2021"
57699
57700 #, fuzzy
57701 #~| msgid "B<fdisk -l> [I<device>...]"
57702 #~ msgid "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
57703 #~ msgstr "B<fdisk -l> [I<périphérique> ...]"
57704
57705 #, fuzzy
57706 #~| msgid ""
57707 #~| "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
57708 #~| "I<partitions>.  This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
57709 #~| "usually found in sector 0 of the disk.  (In the BSD world one talks "
57710 #~| "about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
57711 #~ msgid ""
57712 #~ "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
57713 #~ "I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
57714 #~ "usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about "
57715 #~ "`disk slices\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
57716 #~ msgstr ""
57717 #~ "Les périphériques blocs peuvent être divisés en un ou plusieurs disques "
57718 #~ "logiques appelés I<partitions>. Cette division est enregistrée dans la "
57719 #~ "I<table de partitions> qui se trouve habituellement sur le secteur 0 du "
57720 #~ "disque (dans l'univers BSD, les termes « tranche » et « étiquette de "
57721 #~ "disque » sont utilisés)."
57722
57723 #, fuzzy
57724 #~| msgid ""
57725 #~| "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by "
57726 #~| "default.  B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector "
57727 #~| "size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT.  It "
57728 #~| "is always a good idea to follow B<fdisk>'s defaults as the default "
57729 #~| "values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes "
57730 #~| "specified by the +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned "
57731 #~| "according to the device properties."
57732 #~ msgid ""
57733 #~ "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by "
57734 #~ "default. B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector "
57735 #~ "size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is "
57736 #~ "always a good idea to follow B<fdisk>\\(aqs defaults as the default "
57737 #~ "values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes "
57738 #~ "specified by the +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned "
57739 #~ "according to the device properties."
57740 #~ msgstr ""
57741 #~ "Tout le partitionnement est piloté par les limites d’E/S du périphérique "
57742 #~ "(la topologie) par défaut. B<fdisk> permet d’optimiser la disposition de "
57743 #~ "disque pour une taille de secteur de 4 Ko et utilise un décalage "
57744 #~ "d’alignement sur les périphériques modernes pour les MBR et GPT. C’est "
57745 #~ "toujours une bonne idée d’accepter les valeurs par défaut de B<fdisk> car "
57746 #~ "ces valeurs (par exemple, les premier et dernier secteurs de partition) "
57747 #~ "et les tailles de partition indiquées par la notation +/-"
57748 #~ "E<lt>I<taille>E<gt>{M,G,...} sont toujours alignées sur les propriétés du "
57749 #~ "périphérique."
57750
57751 #, fuzzy
57752 #~| msgid ""
57753 #~| "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new "
57754 #~| "disk label.  This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
57755 #~ msgid ""
57756 #~ "Don\\(cqt erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a "
57757 #~ "new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
57758 #~ msgstr ""
57759 #~ "Ne pas écraser le début du premier secteur de disque lors de la création "
57760 #~ "d'une nouvelle étiquette de disque. Cette fonctionnalité est gérée pour "
57761 #~ "les GPT et MBR."
57762
57763 #, fuzzy
57764 #~| msgid ""
57765 #~| "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'.  The default is non-"
57766 #~| "DOS mode.  For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option "
57767 #~| "without the I<mode> argument -- then the default is used.  Note that the "
57768 #~| "optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from the B<-c> option by a "
57769 #~| "space, the correct form is for example '-c=dos'."
57770 #~ msgid ""
57771 #~ "Specify the compatibility mode, \\(aqdos\\(aq or \\(aqnondos\\(aq. The "
57772 #~ "default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to "
57773 #~ "use the option without the I<mode> argument \\(em then the default is "
57774 #~ "used. Note that the optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from "
57775 #~ "the B<-c> option by a space, the correct form is for example B<-c>=I<dos>."
57776 #~ msgstr ""
57777 #~ "Indiquer le I<mode> de compatibilité, B<dos> ou B<nondos>. Le mode non "
57778 #~ "DOS est sélectionné par défaut. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut "
57779 #~ "être utilisée sans le paramètre I<mode> — le mode par défaut est alors "
57780 #~ "utilisé. Remarquez que le paramètre facultatif I<mode> ne peut pas être "
57781 #~ "séparé de l'option B<-c> par une espace, la forme correcte est par "
57782 #~ "exemple « B<-c=dos> »."
57783
57784 #, fuzzy
57785 #~| msgid ""
57786 #~| "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device.  "
57787 #~| "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command "
57788 #~| "like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
57789 #~ msgid ""
57790 #~ "Don\\(cqt automatically create a default partition table on empty device. "
57791 #~ "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like "
57792 #~ "\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq, etc.)."
57793 #~ msgstr ""
57794 #~ "Ne pas créer automatiquement par défaut une table de partitions sur les "
57795 #~ "périphériques vides. La table de partitions doit être explicitement créée "
57796 #~ "par l'utilisateur (avec une commande telle que « o », « g », etc.)."
57797
57798 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"
57799 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
57800
57801 #, fuzzy
57802 #~| msgid ""
57803 #~| "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in "
57804 #~| "'cylinders'.  The default is to show sizes in sectors.  For backward "
57805 #~| "compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the I<unit> "
57806 #~| "argument -- then the default is used.  Note that the optional I<unit> "
57807 #~| "argument cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, the "
57808 #~| "correct form is for example '-u=cylinders'."
57809 #~ msgid ""
57810 #~ "When listing partition tables, show sizes in \\(aqsectors\\(aq or in "
57811 #~ "\\(aqcylinders\\(aq. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For "
57812 #~ "backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the "
57813 #~ "I<unit> argument \\(em then the default is used. Note that the optional "
57814 #~ "I<unit> argument cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, "
57815 #~ "the correct form is for example \\(aq*-u=*I<cylinders>\\(aq."
57816 #~ msgstr ""
57817 #~ "Lors de l'affichage des tables de partitions, montrer les tailles en "
57818 #~ "secteurs (I<sectors>) ou en cylindres (I<cylinders>). L'affichage par "
57819 #~ "défaut est en secteur. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être "
57820 #~ "utilisée sans l’argument I<unité> — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. "
57821 #~ "Remarquez que l’argument I<unité> facultatif ne peut pas être séparé de "
57822 #~ "l'option B<-u> par une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « B<-"
57823 #~ "u=cylinders> »."
57824
57825 #, fuzzy
57826 #~| msgid ""
57827 #~| "The I<device> is usually /dev/sda, /dev/sdb or so.  A device name refers "
57828 #~| "to the entire disk.  Old systems without libata (a library used inside "
57829 #~| "the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a "
57830 #~| "difference between IDE and SCSI disks.  In such cases the device name "
57831 #~| "will be /dev/hd* (IDE) or /dev/sd* (SCSI)."
57832 #~ msgid ""
57833 #~ "The I<device> is usually I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> or so. A device name "
57834 #~ "refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used "
57835 #~ "inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make "
57836 #~ "a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name "
57837 #~ "will be I</dev/hd*> (IDE) or I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
57838 #~ msgstr ""
57839 #~ "Le I<périphérique> est habituellement du genre I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb>, "
57840 #~ "etc. Un nom de périphérique fait référence au disque entier. Les vieux "
57841 #~ "systèmes sans libata (une bibliothèque utilisée dans le noyau Linux pour "
57842 #~ "gérer les contrôleurs et les périphériques ATA) font une différence entre "
57843 #~ "les disques IDE et SCSI. Dans un tel cas, le nom de périphérique sera I</"
57844 #~ "dev/hd*> (IDE) ou I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
57845
57846 #, fuzzy
57847 #~| msgid ""
57848 #~| "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number.  For "
57849 #~| "example, /dev/sda1 is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
57850 #~| "system.  See also Linux kernel documentation (the Documentation/admin-"
57851 #~| "guide/devices.txt file)."
57852 #~ msgid ""
57853 #~ "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
57854 #~ "example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in "
57855 #~ "the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/"
57856 #~ "admin-guide/devices.txt> file)."
57857 #~ msgstr ""
57858 #~ "La I<partition> est un nom de périphérique suivi d'un numéro de "
57859 #~ "partition. Par exemple, I</dev/sda1> est la première partition du premier "
57860 #~ "disque dur du système. Consultez également I<Documentation/admin-guide/"
57861 #~ "devices.txt> dans la documentation du noyau Linux"
57862
57863 #, fuzzy
57864 #~| msgid ""
57865 #~| "If the size is prefixed by '+' then it is interpreted as relative to the "
57866 #~| "partition first sector.  If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
57867 #~| "interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
57868 #~| "partition)."
57869 #~ msgid ""
57870 #~ "If the size is prefixed by \\(aq+\\(aq then it is interpreted as relative "
57871 #~ "to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by \\(aq-\\(aq "
57872 #~ "then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available "
57873 #~ "sector for the partition)."
57874 #~ msgstr ""
57875 #~ "Si le préfixe de taille est « + », alors elle est interprétée "
57876 #~ "relativement au premier secteur de partition. Si le préfixe est « - », "
57877 #~ "alors elle est interprétée relativement à la limite haute (dernier "
57878 #~ "secteur disponible pour la partition)."
57879
57880 #, fuzzy
57881 #~| msgid ""
57882 #~| "B<fdisk> allows reading (by 'I' command) sfdisk compatible script "
57883 #~| "files.  The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it "
57884 #~| "is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the "
57885 #~| "device."
57886 #~ msgid ""
57887 #~ "B<fdisk> allows reading (by \\(aqI\\(aq command) B<sfdisk>(8) compatible "
57888 #~ "script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and "
57889 #~ "then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to "
57890 #~ "the device."
57891 #~ msgstr ""
57892 #~ "B<fdisk> permet de lire (avec la commande « I ») les fichiers script "
57893 #~ "compatibles avec sfdisk. Le script est appliqué à la table de partitions "
57894 #~ "en mémoire, et la table de partitions peut ensuite être modifiée avant "
57895 #~ "d’être écrite sur le périphérique."
57896
57897 #, fuzzy
57898 #~| msgid ""
57899 #~| "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout "
57900 #~| "to the script file by command 'O'."
57901 #~ msgid ""
57902 #~ "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout "
57903 #~ "to the script file by command \\(aqO\\(aq."
57904 #~ msgstr ""
57905 #~ "À l’inverse, l’agencement de la table de partitions actuellement en "
57906 #~ "mémoire peut être écrite dans un fichier script à l’aide de la commande "
57907 #~ "« O »."
57908
57909 #, fuzzy
57910 #~| msgid ""
57911 #~| "The script files are compatible between cfdisk, sfdisk, fdisk and other "
57912 #~| "libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
57913 #~ msgid ""
57914 #~ "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), "
57915 #~ "B<fdisk> and other libfdisk applications. For more details see "
57916 #~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
57917 #~ msgstr ""
57918 #~ "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
57919 #~ "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
57920 #~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
57921
57922 #, fuzzy
57923 #~| msgid ""
57924 #~| "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
57925 #~| "partitions.  In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 "
57926 #~| "partitions (called `primary').  One of these may be an extended "
57927 #~| "partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors "
57928 #~| "found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding "
57929 #~| "logical partitions.  The four primary partitions, present or not, get "
57930 #~| "numbers 1-4.  Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
57931 #~ msgid ""
57932 #~ "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
57933 #~ "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
57934 #~ "(called `primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this "
57935 #~ "is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked "
57936 #~ "list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The "
57937 #~ "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical "
57938 #~ "partitions are numbered starting from 5."
57939 #~ msgstr ""
57940 #~ "Une table de partitions de type DOS peut décrire un nombre illimité de "
57941 #~ "partitions. Dans le secteur 0, il y a de la place pour décrire "
57942 #~ "4 partitions (appelées «\\ primaires\\ »). L'une d'entre elles peut être "
57943 #~ "une partition étendue\\ ; c'est une sorte de boîte contenant des "
57944 #~ "partitions logiques, dont les descripteurs se trouvent dans une liste "
57945 #~ "chaînée de secteurs, chacun décrivant les partitions logiques "
57946 #~ "correspondantes. Les quatre partitions primaires, présentes ou pas, "
57947 #~ "portent les numéros 1 à 4. Les partitions logiques sont numérotées à "
57948 #~ "partir de 5."
57949
57950 #, fuzzy
57951 #~| msgid ""
57952 #~| "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
57953 #~| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
57954 #~| "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
57955 #~| "bits).  The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
57956 #~| "TB.  The latter has two problems.  First, these C/H/S fields can be "
57957 #~| "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
57958 #~| "are known.  And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, "
57959 #~| "the 24 bits that are available do not suffice.  DOS uses C/H/S only, "
57960 #~| "Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S.  The B<C/H/S addressing is "
57961 #~| "deprecated> and may be unsupported in some later fdisk version."
57962 #~ msgid ""
57963 #~ "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
57964 #~ "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
57965 #~ "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
57966 #~ "bits). The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to "
57967 #~ "2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be "
57968 #~ "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
57969 #~ "are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the "
57970 #~ "24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows "
57971 #~ "uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> "
57972 #~ "and may be unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
57973 #~ msgstr ""
57974 #~ "Dans une table de partitions de type DOS, la position de départ et la "
57975 #~ "taille de chaque partition sont conservées de deux façons\\ : comme un "
57976 #~ "nombre absolu de secteurs (sur 32 bits), ou comme un triplet B<Cylindres/"
57977 #~ "Têtes/Secteurs> (sur 10+8+6 bits). La première manière fonctionne bien "
57978 #~ "— avec des secteurs de 512 octets, cela fonctionnera jusqu'à 2 To. La "
57979 #~ "seconde possibilité souffre de deux problèmes. Tout d'abord, ces champs C/"
57980 #~ "T/S ne peuvent être remplis que si le nombre de têtes et le nombre de "
57981 #~ "secteurs par piste sont connus. Ensuite, même si ces nombres étaient "
57982 #~ "connus, les 24 bits qui sont disponibles ne suffiraient pas. DOS utilise "
57983 #~ "uniquement C/T/S, Windows utilise les deux, Linux n'utilise jamais C/T/S. "
57984 #~ "L’B<adressage C/T/S est obsolète> et pourrait ne plus être pris en charge "
57985 #~ "dans une future version de B<fdisk>."
57986
57987 #, fuzzy
57988 #~| msgid ""
57989 #~| "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
57990 #~| "be a `whole disk' partition.  Do not start a partition that actually "
57991 #~| "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
57992 #~| "will destroy the disklabel.  Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
57993 #~| "within a DOS partition."
57994 #~ msgid ""
57995 #~ "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
57996 #~ "be a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually "
57997 #~ "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
57998 #~ "will destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
57999 #~ "within a DOS partition."
58000 #~ msgstr ""
58001 #~ "Une étiquette de disque de type BSD ou Sun peut décrire 8 partitions, "
58002 #~ "dont la troisième devrait être une partition de «\\ disque entier\\ ». Ne "
58003 #~ "commencez pas une partition utilisant réellement son premier secteur "
58004 #~ "(comme une partition d'échange) sur le cylindre\\ 0, car cela détruirait "
58005 #~ "l'étiquette du disque. Remarquez qu’une B<étiquette BSD> est normalement "
58006 #~ "imbriquée dans une partition DOS."
58007
58008 #, fuzzy
58009 #~| msgid ""
58010 #~| "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
58011 #~| "should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be "
58012 #~| "labeled `volume header'.  The volume header will also cover the "
58013 #~| "partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default "
58014 #~| "over five cylinders.  The remaining space in the volume header may be "
58015 #~| "used by header directory entries.  No partitions may overlap with the "
58016 #~| "volume header.  Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on "
58017 #~| "it, since you will lose the partition table.  Use this type of label "
58018 #~| "only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks "
58019 #~| "under Linux."
58020 #~ msgid ""
58021 #~ "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
58022 #~ "should be an entire `volume\\(aq partition, while the ninth should be "
58023 #~ "labeled `volume header\\(aq. The volume header will also cover the "
58024 #~ "partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default "
58025 #~ "over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used "
58026 #~ "by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume "
58027 #~ "header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since "
58028 #~ "you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when "
58029 #~ "working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
58030 #~ msgstr ""
58031 #~ "Une étiquette de disque IRIX/SGI peut décrire 16 partitions, dont la "
58032 #~ "onzième devrait être une partition entière de «\\ volume\\ », alors que "
58033 #~ "la neuvième devrait être étiquetée «\\ en-tête de volume\\ ». L'en-tête "
58034 #~ "de volume couvre également la table de partitions, c'est-à-dire qu'il "
58035 #~ "débute au bloc zéro et s'étend par défaut sur 5 cylindres. L'espace "
58036 #~ "restant dans l'en-tête de volume peut être utilisé par les répertoires "
58037 #~ "d'en-tête. Aucune partition ne peut empiéter sur l'en-tête de volume. Ne "
58038 #~ "modifiez pas son type et ne créez de système de fichiers dessus, car vous "
58039 #~ "perdriez alors la table de partitions. N'utilisez ce type d'étiquette que "
58040 #~ "lorsque vous travaillez sur des machines IRIX/SGI ou avec des disques "
58041 #~ "IRIX/SGI sous Linux."
58042
58043 #, fuzzy
58044 #~| msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
58045 #~ msgid "DOS MODE AND DOS 6.X WARNING"
58046 #~ msgstr "Avertissement sur le mode DOS et DOS 6.x"
58047
58048 #, fuzzy
58049 #~| msgid ""
58050 #~| "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things "
58051 #~| "like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you "
58052 #~| "really want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS "
58053 #~| "mode and cylinder> B<units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk "
58054 #~| "command-line options.>"
58055 #~ msgid ""
58056 #~ "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don\\(cqt have to care about "
58057 #~ "things like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you "
58058 #~ "really want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS "
58059 #~ "mode and cylinder> B<units by using the \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq "
58060 #~ "fdisk command-line options.>"
58061 #~ msgstr ""
58062 #~ "B<Remarquez que tout cela est obsolète. Vous n’avez pas à vous soucier de "
58063 #~ "choses comme la géométrie et les cylindres sur les systèmes "
58064 #~ "d’exploitation modernes. Si vous voulez vraiment un partitionnement "
58065 #~ "compatible DOS, alors vous devez activer le mode DOS et le cylindre comme "
58066 #~ "unité en utilisant les options de ligne de commande « -c=dos -"
58067 #~ "u=cylinders ».>"
58068
58069 #, fuzzy
58070 #~| msgid ""
58071 #~| "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first "
58072 #~| "sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as "
58073 #~| "more reliable than the information in the partition table.  DOS FORMAT "
58074 #~| "expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a "
58075 #~| "partition whenever a size change occurs.  DOS FORMAT will look at this "
58076 #~| "extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug "
58077 #~| "in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
58078 #~ msgid ""
58079 #~ "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector "
58080 #~ "of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more "
58081 #~ "reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects "
58082 #~ "DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition "
58083 #~ "whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra "
58084 #~ "information even if the /U flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in "
58085 #~ "DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
58086 #~ msgstr ""
58087 #~ "La commande FORMAT de DOS 6.x recherche certaines informations dans le "
58088 #~ "premier secteur de la section de données de la partition. Elle considère "
58089 #~ "ces informations comme étant plus fiables que celles de la table de "
58090 #~ "partitions. La commande FORMAT de DOS s'attend à ce que FDISK de DOS "
58091 #~ "efface les 512 premiers octets de la section de données d'une partition "
58092 #~ "chaque fois qu'il y a une modification de sa taille. La commande FORMAT "
58093 #~ "de DOS recherchera cette information supplémentaire même si l’attribut /U "
58094 #~ "est indiqué — nous considérons que c'est un bogue des commandes FORMAT et "
58095 #~ "FDISK de DOS."
58096
58097 #, fuzzy
58098 #~| msgid ""
58099 #~| "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
58100 #~| "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
58101 #~| "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
58102 #~| "format the partition.  For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
58103 #~| "DOS partition table entry for /dev/sda1, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
58104 #~| "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) "
58105 #~| "you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 "
58106 #~| "count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
58107 #~ msgid ""
58108 #~ "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
58109 #~ "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
58110 #~ "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
58111 #~ "format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
58112 #~ "DOS partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
58113 #~ "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
58114 #~ "would use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to "
58115 #~ "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
58116 #~ msgstr ""
58117 #~ "Par conséquent, si vous utilisez B<fdisk> ou B<cfdisk> pour modifier la "
58118 #~ "taille d'une partition DOS, vous devez aussi utiliser B<dd>(1) pour "
58119 #~ "B<mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets> de cette partition avant "
58120 #~ "d'utiliser la commande FORMAT de DOS pour formater cette partition. Par "
58121 #~ "exemple, si vous avez utilisé B<cfdisk> pour créer une entrée de table de "
58122 #~ "partitions DOS pour I</dev/sda1>, vous devriez alors (après avoir quitté "
58123 #~ "B<fdisk> et redémarré Linux afin que les informations de table de "
58124 #~ "partitions soient correctes) utiliser la commande «\\ dd if=/dev/zero of=/"
58125 #~ "dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1\\ » pour mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets de "
58126 #~ "la partition."
58127
58128 #, fuzzy
58129 #~| msgid ""
58130 #~| "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
58131 #~| "the only system on the disk.  However, if the disk has to be shared with "
58132 #~| "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an fdisk from "
58133 #~| "another operating system make at least one partition.  When Linux boots "
58134 #~| "it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) "
58135 #~| "geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
58136 #~ msgid ""
58137 #~ "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
58138 #~ "the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with "
58139 #~ "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from "
58140 #~ "another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it "
58141 #~ "looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is "
58142 #~ "required for good cooperation with other systems."
58143 #~ msgstr ""
58144 #~ "D'habitude, tout se passe bien par défaut, et il n'y a aucun problème si "
58145 #~ "Linux est le seul système sur le disque. Néanmoins, si le disque doit "
58146 #~ "être partagé avec d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, c'est en général une "
58147 #~ "bonne idée de créer au moins une autre partition avec un fdisk d'un autre "
58148 #~ "système d'exploitation. Quand Linux démarre, il examine la table de "
58149 #~ "partitions, et essaie de déduire quelle est la géométrie factice "
58150 #~ "nécessaire pour une bonne coopération avec les autres systèmes."
58151
58152 #, fuzzy
58153 #~| msgid ""
58154 #~| "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
58155 #~| "program.  For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
58156 #~| "program and Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk or Linux cfdisk "
58157 #~| "programs."
58158 #~ msgid ""
58159 #~ "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
58160 #~ "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
58161 #~ "program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux "
58162 #~ "B<cfdisk>(8) programs."
58163 #~ msgstr ""
58164 #~ "De façon à obtenir de meilleurs résultats, vous devriez toujours utiliser "
58165 #~ "un programme de table de partitions spécifique au système d'exploitation. "
58166 #~ "Par exemple, vous devriez créer des partitions DOS avec le programme DOS "
58167 #~ "FDISK et des partitions Linux avec les programmes Linux fdisk ou cfdisk."
58168
58169 #, fuzzy
58170 #~| msgid "FDISK_DEBUG=all"
58171 #~ msgid "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
58172 #~ msgstr "B<FDISK_DEBUG=>I<all>"
58173
58174 #, fuzzy
58175 #~| msgid ""
58176 #~| "The fdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58177 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58178 #~ msgid ""
58179 #~ "The B<fdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
58180 #~ "downloaded from"
58181 #~ msgstr ""
58182 #~ "La commande B<fdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
58183 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
58184
58185 #~ msgid ""
58186 #~ "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
58187 #~ "partition tables.  It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition "
58188 #~ "tables."
58189 #~ msgstr ""
58190 #~ "B<fdisk> est un programme piloté par des fenêtres de dialogue permettant "
58191 #~ "la création et la manipulation des tables de partitions. Les tables de "
58192 #~ "partitions GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI et BSD sont prises en charge."
58193
58194 #~ msgid ""
58195 #~ "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by "
58196 #~ "default.  Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with "
58197 #~ "\"fdisk -S E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>\" advices for SSD or 4K-sector "
58198 #~ "devices."
58199 #~ msgstr ""
58200 #~ "L'adressage CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) est obsolescent et n'est pas "
58201 #~ "utilisé par défaut. Veuillez ne pas suivre les vieux articles et les "
58202 #~ "recommandations avec «\\ fdisk\\ -S\\ E<lt>nE<gt>\\ -H\\ E<lt>nE<gt>\\ » "
58203 #~ "pour les SSD et les périphériques blocs de secteurs 4 Ko."
58204
58205 #~ msgid ""
58206 #~ "Note that B<partx>(8)  provides a rich interface for scripts to print "
58207 #~ "disk layouts, B<fdisk> is mostly designed for humans.  Backward "
58208 #~ "compatibility in the output of B<fdisk> is not guaranteed.  The input "
58209 #~ "(the commands) should always be backward compatible."
58210 #~ msgstr ""
58211 #~ "Remarquez que B<partx>(8) fournit une interface évoluée pour afficher les "
58212 #~ "dispositions de disque dans les scripts, B<fdisk> est surtout conçu pour "
58213 #~ "les humains. La rétrocompatibilité de la sortie de B<fdisk> n’est pas "
58214 #~ "garantie. L’entrée (les commandes) devraient toujours être "
58215 #~ "rétrocompatibles."
58216
58217 #~ msgid ""
58218 #~ "Specify the sector size of the disk.  Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, "
58219 #~ "and 4096.  (Recent kernels know the sector size.  Use this option only on "
58220 #~ "old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.)  Since util-linux-2.17, "
58221 #~ "B<fdisk> differentiates between logical and physical sector size.  This "
58222 #~ "option changes both sector sizes to I<sectorsize>B<.>"
58223 #~ msgstr ""
58224 #~ "Indiquer la I<taille> des secteurs du disque. Les valeurs possibles sont "
58225 #~ "512, 1024, 2048 et 4096 (les noyaux récents connaissent la taille de "
58226 #~ "secteur. N'utilisez cette option que sur des noyaux anciens ou pour "
58227 #~ "passer outre l'avis du noyau). Depuis util-linux 2.17, B<fdisk> fait la "
58228 #~ "différence entre les tailles de secteurs logique et physique. Cette "
58229 #~ "option modifie les tailles des deux secteurs en I<taille>."
58230
58231 #, fuzzy
58232 #~ msgid ""
58233 #~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
58234 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
58235 #~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
58236 #~ "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section."
58237 #~ msgstr ""
58238 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  fdisk.8.po (manpages-fr)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
58239 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
58240 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
58241 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
58242 #~ "valeurs par défaut internes, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--"
58243 #~ "help>. Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>.\n"
58244 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  sfdisk.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
58245 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
58246 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
58247 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
58248 #~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
58249 #~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."
58250
58251 #~ msgid ""
58252 #~ "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit.  If no "
58253 #~ "devices are given, those mentioned in I</proc/partitions> (if that file "
58254 #~ "exists) are used."
58255 #~ msgstr ""
58256 #~ "Afficher les tables de partitions des périphériques indiqués puis "
58257 #~ "quitter. Si aucun périphérique n'est fourni, ceux mentionnés dans I</proc/"
58258 #~ "partitions> (si ce fichier existe) sont utilisés."
58259
58260 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<list>"
58261 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
58262
58263 #~ msgid ""
58264 #~ "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
58265 #~ "all supported columns."
58266 #~ msgstr ""
58267 #~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une "
58268 #~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
58269
58270 #~ msgid ""
58271 #~ "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device.  This "
58272 #~ "option is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
58273 #~ msgstr ""
58274 #~ "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 512 octets, de chaque périphérique bloc "
58275 #~ "donné. Cette option est B<obsolète>, remplacée par B<blockdev>(1)."
58276
58277 #~ msgid ""
58278 #~ "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk.  I have no idea why anybody "
58279 #~ "would want to do so."
58280 #~ msgstr ""
58281 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de cylindres du disque. L’utilité de cette option "
58282 #~ "est inconnue."
58283
58284 #~ msgid ""
58285 #~ "Specify the number of heads of the disk.  (Not the physical number, of "
58286 #~ "course, but the number used for partition tables.)  Reasonable values are "
58287 #~ "255 and 16."
58288 #~ msgstr ""
58289 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de têtes du disque (pas le nombre physique, bien "
58290 #~ "sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 255 et 16 sont des "
58291 #~ "valeurs raisonnables."
58292
58293 #~ msgid ""
58294 #~ "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk.  (Not the physical "
58295 #~ "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A "
58296 #~ "reasonable value is 63."
58297 #~ msgstr ""
58298 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de secteurs par piste du disque (pas le nombre "
58299 #~ "physique, bien sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 63 "
58300 #~ "est une valeur raisonnable."
58301
58302 #~ msgid ""
58303 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
58304 #~ "order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
58305 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, the default is "
58306 #~ "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive "
58307 #~ "mode.  In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages "
58308 #~ "before a new partition table is created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
58309 #~ msgstr ""
58310 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
58311 #~ "partitions du périphérique dans le but d'éviter de possibles collisions. "
58312 #~ "L'argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou B<always>. Quand cette "
58313 #~ "option n'est pas fournie, B<auto> est la valeur par défaut, auquel cas "
58314 #~ "les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif. Dans tous "
58315 #~ "les cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
58316 #~ "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
58317 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
58318
58319 #~ msgid ""
58320 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
58321 #~ "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> "
58322 #~ "can be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, "
58323 #~ "the default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
58324 #~ "interactive mode and after confirmation by user.  In all cases detected "
58325 #~ "signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is "
58326 #~ "created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
58327 #~ msgstr ""
58328 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
58329 #~ "partitions de partitions nouvellement créées dans le but d'éviter de "
58330 #~ "possibles collisions. L'argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou "
58331 #~ "B<always>. Quand cette option n'est pas fournie, B<auto> est la valeur "
58332 #~ "par défaut, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le "
58333 #~ "mode interactif et après confirmation de l'utilisateur. Dans tous les "
58334 #~ "cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
58335 #~ "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
58336 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
58337
58338 #~ msgid ""
58339 #~ "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits.  "
58340 #~ "The +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
58341 #~ msgstr ""
58342 #~ "Les tailles relatives sont toujours alignées d’après les limites de "
58343 #~ "périphérique E/S. La notation +/-E<lt>I<taille>E<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} est "
58344 #~ "recommandée."
58345
58346 #~ msgid ""
58347 #~ "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table.  GPT uses "
58348 #~ "64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions "
58349 #~ "and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions "
58350 #~ "is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
58351 #~ msgstr ""
58352 #~ "GPT est la norme moderne pour la disposition de la table de partitions. "
58353 #~ "GPT utilise des adresses de blocs logiques sur 64 bits, des sommes de "
58354 #~ "contrôle, des UUID et des noms pour les partitions, et n’est pas limitée "
58355 #~ "en nombre de partitions (bien que le nombre de partitions soit souvent "
58356 #~ "restreint à 128 dans de nombreux outils de partitionnement)."
58357
58358 #~ msgid ""
58359 #~ "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a B<protective MBR> in "
58360 #~ "the GPT specification.  It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
58361 #~ "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
58362 #~ msgstr ""
58363 #~ "Remarquez que le premier secteur est toujours réservé pour un secteur "
58364 #~ "d'amorçage principal de protection (B<protective MBR>) dans la "
58365 #~ "spécification GPT. Cela empêche les outils de partitionnement ne prenant "
58366 #~ "en charge que le MBR de ne pas reconnaître et d’écraser les disques GPT."
58367
58368 #~ msgid ""
58369 #~ "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
58370 #~ "disk)  are performed before exiting when the partition table has been "
58371 #~ "updated."
58372 #~ msgstr ""
58373 #~ "Une B<sync>() et une B<ioctl(BLKRRPART)> (relecture de la table de "
58374 #~ "partitions du disque) sont réalisées avant de quitter quand la table de "
58375 #~ "partitions a été mise à jour."
58376
58377 #~ msgid ""
58378 #~ "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically.  This is not "
58379 #~ "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not "
58380 #~ "really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something "
58381 #~ "that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), "
58382 #~ "but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
58383 #~ msgstr ""
58384 #~ "Généralement, B<fdisk> devrait déterminer automatiquement la géométrie du "
58385 #~ "disque. Ce n'est pas nécessairement la géométrie physique du disque (en "
58386 #~ "effet, les disques modernes ne possèdent pas à proprement parler quoi que "
58387 #~ "ce soit pouvant être assimilé à une géométrie physique, et encore moins "
58388 #~ "quelque chose pouvant être décrit par la forme simpliste Cylindres/Têtes/"
58389 #~ "Secteurs), mais c'est la géométrie de disque qu'utilise MS-DOS pour la "
58390 #~ "table de partitions."
58391
58392 #~ msgid ""
58393 #~ "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency "
58394 #~ "check is performed on the partition table entries.  This check verifies "
58395 #~ "that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and "
58396 #~ "that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for "
58397 #~ "the first partition)."
58398 #~ msgstr ""
58399 #~ "Chaque fois qu'une table de partitions est écrite en mode DOS, un test de "
58400 #~ "cohérence est effectué sur les entrées de la table de partitions. Ce test "
58401 #~ "vérifie que les débuts et fins physiques et logiques sont identiques, et "
58402 #~ "que chaque partition commence et se termine sur une limite de cylindre "
58403 #~ "(sauf pour la première partition)."
58404
58405 #~ msgid ""
58406 #~ "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on "
58407 #~ "a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder.  Partitions "
58408 #~ "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
58409 #~ "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
58410 #~ msgstr ""
58411 #~ "Certaines versions de MS-DOS créent une première partition qui ne "
58412 #~ "commence pas sur une limite de cylindre, mais sur le secteur 2 du premier "
58413 #~ "cylindre. Les partitions commençant au cylindre 1 ne peuvent pas débuter "
58414 #~ "sur une limite de cylindre, mais il est peu probable que cela pose "
58415 #~ "problème à moins d'avoir également OS/2 sur la machine."
58416
58417 #~ msgid ""
58418 #~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
58419 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<fdisk> are:"
58420 #~ msgstr ""
58421 #~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
58422 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
58423 #~ "par B<fdisk> sont les suivantes."
58424
58425 #~ msgid ""
58426 #~ "The fdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
58427 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58428 #~ msgstr ""
58429 #~ "La commande B<fdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
58430 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
58431
58432 #~ msgid "FINDFS"
58433 #~ msgstr "FINDFS"
58434
58435 #, fuzzy
58436 #~| msgid "B<LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
58437 #~ msgid "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
58438 #~ msgstr "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>"
58439
58440 #, fuzzy
58441 #~| msgid "B<UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
58442 #~ msgid "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
58443 #~ msgstr "B<UUID=>I<UUID>"
58444
58445 #, fuzzy
58446 #~| msgid "B<PARTUUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
58447 #~ msgid "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
58448 #~ msgstr "B<PARTUUID=>I<UUID>"
58449
58450 #, fuzzy
58451 #~| msgid "B<PARTLABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
58452 #~ msgid "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
58453 #~ msgstr "B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette>"
58454
58455 #~ msgid "B<2>"
58456 #~ msgstr "B<2>"
58457
58458 #~ msgid "B<findfs> B<NAME=>I<value>"
58459 #~ msgstr "B<findfs> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>"
58460
58461 #~ msgid "B<LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
58462 #~ msgstr "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>"
58463
58464 #~ msgid "B<UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
58465 #~ msgstr "B<UUID=>I<UUID>"
58466
58467 #~ msgid "B<PARTUUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
58468 #~ msgstr "B<PARTUUID=>I<UUID>"
58469
58470 #~ msgid "B<PARTLABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
58471 #~ msgstr "B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette>"
58472
58473 #~ msgid ""
58474 #~ "The findfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58475 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
58476 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
58477 #~ msgstr ""
58478 #~ "La commande B<findfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58479 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
58480 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
58481
58482 #~ msgid "FINDMNT"
58483 #~ msgstr "FINDMNT"
58484
58485 #, fuzzy
58486 #~| msgid ""
58487 #~| "Use alternative namespace /proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo rather than the "
58488 #~| "default /proc/self/mountinfo.  If the option is specified more than "
58489 #~| "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option).  See "
58490 #~| "also the B<unshare>(1)  command."
58491 #~ msgid ""
58492 #~ "Use alternative namespace I</proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo> rather than "
58493 #~ "the default I</proc/self/mountinfo>. If the option is specified more than "
58494 #~ "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option). See "
58495 #~ "also the B<unshare>(1) command."
58496 #~ msgstr ""
58497 #~ "Utiliser l’espace de noms alternatif I</proc/E<lt>idtE<gt>/mountinfo> au "
58498 #~ "lieu de I</proc/self/mountinfo> par défaut. Si l’option est indiquée plus "
58499 #~ "d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est désactivée "
58500 #~ "(consultez l’option B<--list>). Consultez également la commande "
58501 #~ "B<unshare>(1)."
58502
58503 #, fuzzy
58504 #~| msgid ""
58505 #~| "Use raw output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
58506 #~| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
58507 #~ msgid ""
58508 #~ "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
58509 #~ "(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
58510 #~ msgstr ""
58511 #~ "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement "
58512 #~ "non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
58513
58514 #, fuzzy
58515 #~| msgid "B<-s>,B< --fstab>"
58516 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
58517 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
58518
58519 #, fuzzy
58520 #~| msgid ""
58521 #~| "Define the mount target.  If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or "
58522 #~| "directory, then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order "
58523 #~| "to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in "
58524 #~| "kernel files and unsupported for B<--fstab>).  It's recommended to use "
58525 #~| "the option B<--mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted "
58526 #~| "and I<path> is a strictly specified mountpoint."
58527 #~ msgid ""
58528 #~ "Define the mount target. If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or "
58529 #~ "directory, then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order "
58530 #~ "to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in "
58531 #~ "kernel files and unsupported for B<--fstab>). It\\(cqs recommended to use "
58532 #~ "the option B<--mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted "
58533 #~ "and I<path> is a strictly specified mountpoint."
58534 #~ msgstr ""
58535 #~ "Définir la cible de montage. Si le I<chemin> n’est pas un fichier de "
58536 #~ "point de montage ou un répertoire, B<findmnt> vérifie les éléments de "
58537 #~ "I<chemin> dans l’ordre inverse pour obtenir le point de montage (cette "
58538 #~ "fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour la recherche dans les "
58539 #~ "fichiers du noyau mais n’est pas prise en charge pour B<--fstab>). Il est "
58540 #~ "recommandé d’utiliser l’option B<--mountpoint> quand les vérifications "
58541 #~ "des éléments de I<chemin> ne sont pas désirées et que I<chemin> est un "
58542 #~ "point de montage indiqué strictement."
58543
58544 #, fuzzy
58545 #~| msgid ""
58546 #~| "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
58547 #~| "parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with "
58548 #~| "B<--tab-file>.  It's possible to specify source (device) or target "
58549 #~| "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
58550 #~| "findmnt to print more details."
58551 #~ msgid ""
58552 #~ "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
58553 #~ "parsability and usability. It\\(cqs possible to use this option also with "
58554 #~ "B<--tab-file>. It\\(cqs possible to specify source (device) or target "
58555 #~ "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
58556 #~ "findmnt to print more details."
58557 #~ msgstr ""
58558 #~ "Vérifier le contenu de la table de montage. Le comportement par défaut "
58559 #~ "est de vérifier la possibilité d’analyse et d’exploitation de I</etc/"
58560 #~ "fstab>. Il est possible d’utiliser aussi cette option avec B<--tab-file>. "
58561 #~ "Il est possible d’indiquer la source (périphérique) ou la cible (point de "
58562 #~ "montage) pour filtrer la table de montage. L’option B<--verbose> oblige "
58563 #~ "B<findmnt> à imprimer davantage de détails."
58564
58565 #, fuzzy
58566 #~| msgid ""
58567 #~| "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is /"
58568 #~| "mnt/foo.  It also prints bind mounts where /mnt/foo is a source."
58569 #~ msgid ""
58570 #~ "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
58571 #~ "mnt/foo>. It also prints bind mounts where I</mnt/foo> is a source."
58572 #~ msgstr ""
58573 #~ "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de I</etc/fstab> où le répertoire "
58574 #~ "du point de montage est I</mnt/toto>. Cela affiche aussi les remontages "
58575 #~ "dont I</mnt/toto> est source."
58576
58577 #, fuzzy
58578 #~| msgid ""
58579 #~| "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is /"
58580 #~| "mnt/foo."
58581 #~ msgid ""
58582 #~ "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
58583 #~ "mnt/foo>."
58584 #~ msgstr ""
58585 #~ "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de I</etc/fstab> où le répertoire "
58586 #~ "du point de montage est I</mnt/toto>."
58587
58588 #, fuzzy
58589 #~| msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on /mnt/foo."
58590 #~ msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on I</mnt/foo>."
58591 #~ msgstr ""
58592 #~ "Surveiller les montage, démontage, remontage et déplacement de I</mnt/"
58593 #~ "toto>."
58594
58595 #, fuzzy
58596 #~| msgid "Waits for /mnt/foo unmount."
58597 #~ msgid "Waits for I</mnt/foo> unmount."
58598 #~ msgstr "Attendre le démontage de I</mnt/toto>."
58599
58600 #, fuzzy
58601 #~| msgid ""
58602 #~| "The findmnt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58603 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58604 #~ msgid ""
58605 #~ "The B<findmnt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
58606 #~ "downloaded from"
58607 #~ msgstr ""
58608 #~ "La commande B<findmnt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58609 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://ww.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
58610 #~ ">E<gt>."
58611
58612 #~ msgid "May 2018"
58613 #~ msgstr "Mai 2018"
58614
58615 #~ msgid ""
58616 #~ "B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target>|B<--"
58617 #~ "mountpoint>] I<mountpoint>"
58618 #~ msgstr ""
58619 #~ "B<findmnt> [I<options>] [B<--source>] I<périphérique> [B<--target>]|[B<--"
58620 #~ "mountpoint>] I<point_de_montage>"
58621
58622 #~ msgid ""
58623 #~ "B<findmnt> will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem.  "
58624 #~ "The B<\\%findmnt> command is able to search in I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/"
58625 #~ "mtab> or I</proc/self/mountinfo>.  If I<device> or I<mountpoint> is not "
58626 #~ "given, all filesystems are shown."
58627 #~ msgstr ""
58628 #~ "B<findmnt> affichera la liste de tous les systèmes de fichiers montés ou "
58629 #~ "recherchera un système de fichiers. La commande B<\\%findmnt> peut "
58630 #~ "chercher dans I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/mtab> ou I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Si "
58631 #~ "I<périphérique> ou I<point_de_montage> ne sont pas donnés, tous les "
58632 #~ "systèmes de fichiers sont montrés."
58633
58634 #~ msgid ""
58635 #~ "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, "
58636 #~ "filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID.  Note that B<\\"
58637 #~ "%findmnt> follows B<mount>(8)  behavior where a device name may be "
58638 #~ "interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the B<--target>, B<--"
58639 #~ "mountpoint> or B<--source> options are not specified."
58640 #~ msgstr ""
58641 #~ "Le périphérique peut être indiqué par son nom de périphérique, les "
58642 #~ "numéros maj:min, l’étiquette (LABEL) ou l’UUID de système de fichiers ou "
58643 #~ "l’étiquette (PARTLABEL) ou PARTUUID de partition. Remarquez B<\\%findmnt> "
58644 #~ "suit le comportement de B<mount>(8) selon lequel un nom de périphérique "
58645 #~ "peut être interprété comme un point de montage (et vice versa) si les "
58646 #~ "options B<--target>, B<--mountpoint> ou B<--source> ne sont pas indiquées."
58647
58648 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --all>"
58649 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all>"
58650
58651 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --ascii>"
58652 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"
58653
58654 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --bytes>"
58655 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"
58656
58657 #~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --nocanonicalize>"
58658 #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"
58659
58660 #~ msgid ""
58661 #~ "Do not canonicalize paths at all.  This option affects the comparing of "
58662 #~ "paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
58663 #~ msgstr ""
58664 #~ "Ne pas canoniser du tout les chemins. Cette option affecte la comparaison "
58665 #~ "de chemin et l’évaluation d’étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
58666
58667 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --canonicalize>"
58668 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"
58669
58670 #~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --df>"
58671 #~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--df>"
58672
58673 #~ msgid ""
58674 #~ "Imitate the output of B<df>(1).  This option is equivalent to B<-o\\ "
58675 #~ "SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET> but excludes all pseudo "
58676 #~ "filesystems.  Use B<--all> to print all filesystems."
58677 #~ msgstr ""
58678 #~ "Imiter la sortie de B<df>(1). Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ "
58679 #~ "SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET>, mais exclut tous les pseudo-"
58680 #~ "systèmes de fichiers. Utilisez B<--all> pour afficher tous les systèmes "
58681 #~ "de fichiers."
58682
58683 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --direction >I<word>"
58684 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<mot>"
58685
58686 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --evaluate>"
58687 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"
58688
58689 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --tab-file >I<path>"
58690 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<chemin>"
58691
58692 #~ msgid ""
58693 #~ "Search in an alternative file.  If used with B<--fstab>, B<--mtab> or B<--"
58694 #~ "kernel>, then it overrides the default paths.  If specified more than "
58695 #~ "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option)."
58696 #~ msgstr ""
58697 #~ "Chercher dans un autre fichier. Si elle est utilisée avec B<--fstab>, B<--"
58698 #~ "mtab> ou B<--kernel>, alors elle remplace les chemins par défaut. Si elle "
58699 #~ "est indiquée plus d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est "
58700 #~ "désactivée (consultez l’option B<--list>)."
58701
58702 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --first-only>"
58703 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"
58704
58705 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --invert>"
58706 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--invert>"
58707
58708 #~ msgid "B<-k>,B< --kernel>"
58709 #~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"
58710
58711 #~ msgid ""
58712 #~ "Search in I</proc/self/mountinfo>.  The output is in the tree-like "
58713 #~ "format.  This is the default.  The output contains only mount options "
58714 #~ "maintained by kernel (see also B<--mtab)>."
58715 #~ msgstr ""
58716 #~ "Rechercher dans I</proc/self/mountinfo>. L'affichage est au format "
58717 #~ "arborescent. C'est le fonctionnement par défaut. La sortie contient les "
58718 #~ "options de montage respectées par le noyau (consultez aussi B<--mtab>)."
58719
58720 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --list>"
58721 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>"
58722
58723 #~ msgid ""
58724 #~ "Use the list output format.  This output format is automatically enabled "
58725 #~ "if the output is restricted by the B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S> or B<-T> option "
58726 #~ "and the option B<--submounts> is not used or if more that one source file "
58727 #~ "(the option B<-F>) is specified."
58728 #~ msgstr ""
58729 #~ "Utiliser l'affichage au format liste. Ce format de sortie est activé "
58730 #~ "automatiquement si la sortie est restreinte par les options B<-t>, B<-O>, "
58731 #~ "B<-S> ou B<-T> et que l'option B<--submounts> n'est pas utilisée ou si "
58732 #~ "plus d’un fichier source (l’option B<-F>) est indiqué."
58733
58734 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --mountpoint >I<path>"
58735 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<chemin>"
58736
58737 #~ msgid ""
58738 #~ "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory.  See also B<--target>."
58739 #~ msgstr ""
58740 #~ "Définir explicitement le fichier ou le répertoire de point de montage. "
58741 #~ "Consultez aussi B<--target>."
58742
58743 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mtab>"
58744 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"
58745
58746 #~ msgid ""
58747 #~ "Search in I</etc/mtab>.  The output is in the list format by default (see "
58748 #~ "B<--tree>).  The output may include user space mount options."
58749 #~ msgstr ""
58750 #~ "Rechercher dans I</etc/mtab>. L'affichage est au format liste par défaut "
58751 #~ "(consultez B<--tree>). La sortie peut inclure les options de montage en "
58752 #~ "espace utilisateur."
58753
58754 #~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --task >I<tid>"
58755 #~ msgstr "B<-N>, B<--task> I<idt>"
58756
58757 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --noheadings>"
58758 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
58759
58760 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --options >I<list>"
58761 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--options> I<liste>"
58762
58763 #~ msgid ""
58764 #~ "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one option may be "
58765 #~ "specified in a comma-separated list.  The B<-t> and B<-O> options are "
58766 #~ "cumulative in effect.  It is different from B<-t> in that each option is "
58767 #~ "matched exactly; a leading I<no> at the beginning does not have global "
58768 #~ "meaning.  The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list.  The "
58769 #~ "\"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"+\" prefix."
58770 #~ msgstr ""
58771 #~ "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs options "
58772 #~ "peuvent être indiquées, séparées par des virgules. Les options B<-t> et "
58773 #~ "B<-O> sont de fait cumulatives. Cela est différent de l'option B<-t> car "
58774 #~ "chaque option est appliquée strictement. Un B<no> au début d’une option "
58775 #~ "n’a pas de signification globale. Le B<no> peut être utilisé pour des "
58776 #~ "éléments individuels de la liste. L’interprétation du préfixe B<no> peut "
58777 #~ "être désactivée par le préfixe B<+>."
58778
58779 #~ msgid ""
58780 #~ "Define output columns.  See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
58781 #~ "currently supported columns.  The B<TARGET> column contains tree "
58782 #~ "formatting if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
58783 #~ msgstr ""
58784 #~ "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> pour "
58785 #~ "obtenir une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne "
58786 #~ "B<TARGET> contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options B<--list> "
58787 #~ "ou B<--raw> ne sont pas indiquées."
58788
58789 #~ msgid ""
58790 #~ "Output almost all available columns.  The columns that require B<--poll> "
58791 #~ "are not included."
58792 #~ msgstr ""
58793 #~ "Afficher quasiment toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes "
58794 #~ "nécessitant B<--poll> ne sont pas incluses."
58795
58796 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pairs>"
58797 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"
58798
58799 #~ msgid ""
58800 #~ "Use key=\"value\" output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
58801 #~ "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
58802 #~ msgstr ""
58803 #~ "Utiliser le format de sortie I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Tous les "
58804 #~ "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
58805 #~ "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
58806
58807 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --poll>[I<=list>]"
58808 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--poll>[B<=>I<liste>]"
58809
58810 #~ msgid ""
58811 #~ "Monitor changes in the /proc/self/mountinfo file.  Supported actions are: "
58812 #~ "mount, umount, remount and move.  More than one action may be specified "
58813 #~ "in a comma-separated list.  All actions are monitored by default."
58814 #~ msgstr ""
58815 #~ "Surveiller les modifications du fichier I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Les "
58816 #~ "actions permises sont : B<mount> (montage), B<umount> (démontage), "
58817 #~ "B<remount> (remontage) et B<move> (déplacement). Plusieurs actions "
58818 #~ "peuvent être indiquées dans une I<liste>, séparées par des virgules. "
58819 #~ "Toutes les actions sont surveillées par défaut."
58820
58821 # NOTE: Bold period
58822 #~ msgid ""
58823 #~ "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from "
58824 #~ "the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the "
58825 #~ "original information cached by B<findmnt>(8).  The poll mode allows using "
58826 #~ "extra columns:"
58827 #~ msgstr ""
58828 #~ "Les colonnes standards utilisent toujours la nouvelle version des "
58829 #~ "renseignements du fichier I<mountinfo>, sauf pour l'action B<umount> qui "
58830 #~ "est basée sur les renseignements d'origine mis en cache par "
58831 #~ "B<findmnt>(8). Le mode B<--poll> permet d'utiliser des colonnes "
58832 #~ "supplémentaires :"
58833
58834 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --submounts>"
58835 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"
58836
58837 #~ msgid ""
58838 #~ "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems.  The "
58839 #~ "restrictions defined by options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S>, B<-T> and B<\\%--"
58840 #~ "direction> are not applied to submounts.  All submounts are always "
58841 #~ "printed in tree-like order.  The option enables the tree-like output "
58842 #~ "format by default.  This option has no effect for B<--mtab> or B<--fstab>."
58843 #~ msgstr ""
58844 #~ "Afficher récursivement tous les sous-montages des systèmes de fichiers "
58845 #~ "sélectionnés. Les restrictions définies par les options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-"
58846 #~ "S>, B<-T> et B<\\%--direction> ne sont pas appliquées aux sous-montages. "
58847 #~ "Tous les sous-montages sont toujours affichés dans l'ordre de "
58848 #~ "l'arborescence. L'option active la sortie au format arborescent par "
58849 #~ "défaut. Cette option est sans effet avec B<--mtab> ou B<--fstab>."
58850
58851 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --raw>"
58852 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--raw>"
58853
58854 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --source >I<spec>"
58855 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spécification>"
58856
58857 #~ msgid ""
58858 #~ "Explicitly define the mount source.  Supported specifications are "
58859 #~ "I<device>, I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<label>, B<UUID=>I<uuid>, "
58860 #~ "B<PARTLABEL=>I<label> and B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
58861 #~ msgstr ""
58862 #~ "Définir explicitement la source de montage. Les spécifications prises en "
58863 #~ "charge sont I<périphérique>, I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>, "
58864 #~ "B<UUID=>I<uuid>, B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette> et B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
58865
58866 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --fstab>"
58867 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
58868
58869 #~ msgid ""
58870 #~ "Search in I</etc/fstab>.  The output is in the list format (see B<--"
58871 #~ "list>)."
58872 #~ msgstr ""
58873 #~ "Rechercher dans I</etc/fstab>. L'affichage est au format liste (consultez "
58874 #~ "l'option B<--list>)."
58875
58876 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --target >I<path>"
58877 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--target> I<chemin>"
58878
58879 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<list>"
58880 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<liste>"
58881
58882 #~ msgid ""
58883 #~ "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one type may be "
58884 #~ "specified in a comma-separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be "
58885 #~ "prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action "
58886 #~ "should be taken.  For more details see B<mount>(8)."
58887 #~ msgstr ""
58888 #~ "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types "
58889 #~ "peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
58890 #~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer les "
58891 #~ "systèmes de fichiers pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour "
58892 #~ "plus de précisions, consultez B<mount>(8)."
58893
58894 #~ msgid ""
58895 #~ "Enable tree-like output if possible.  The options is silently ignored for "
58896 #~ "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
58897 #~ msgstr ""
58898 #~ "Autoriser une sortie de type arborescence si possible. L’option est "
58899 #~ "ignorée silencieusement pour les tables où la relation enfant-parent est "
58900 #~ "absente (par exemple, fstab)."
58901
58902 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uniq>"
58903 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"
58904
58905 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --notruncate>"
58906 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"
58907
58908 #~ msgid ""
58909 #~ "Do not truncate text in columns.  The default is to not truncate the "
58910 #~ "B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID>, B<PARTLABEL> "
58911 #~ "columns.  This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
58912 #~ msgstr ""
58913 #~ "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes. Les colonnes B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, "
58914 #~ "B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID> et B<PARTLABEL> ne sont pas tronquées par "
58915 #~ "défaut. Cette option désactive aussi la troncature dans toutes les autres "
58916 #~ "colonnes."
58917
58918 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --nofsroot>"
58919 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"
58920
58921 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --timeout >I<milliseconds>"
58922 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
58923
58924 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --verify>"
58925 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--verify>"
58926
58927 #~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
58928 #~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
58929
58930 #~ msgid ""
58931 #~ "The findmnt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58932 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58933 #~ msgstr ""
58934 #~ "La commande B<findmnt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58935 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://ww.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
58936 #~ ">E<gt>."
58937
58938 #~ msgid "FLOCK"
58939 #~ msgstr "FLOCK"
58940
58941 #~ msgid "B<flock> [options] I<file>|I<directory> I<command> [I<arguments>]"
58942 #~ msgstr "B<flock> [options] I<fichier>|I<répertoire commande> [I<arguments>]"
58943
58944 #~ msgid ""
58945 #~ "The command uses E<lt>sysexits.hE<gt> exit status values for everything, "
58946 #~ "except when using either of the options B<-n> or B<-w> which report a "
58947 #~ "failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the B<-E> "
58948 #~ "option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by B<-E> has to be in the "
58949 #~ "range of 0 to 255."
58950 #~ msgstr ""
58951 #~ "La commande utilise les valeurs de code de retour de B<sysexits.h> pour "
58952 #~ "tout, sauf avec les options B<-n> ou B<-w>, qui signalent un échec "
58953 #~ "d’obtention du verrou avec un code de retour donné par l’option B<-E>, ou "
58954 #~ "avec B<1> par défaut. Le code de retour donné par B<-E> doit être compris "
58955 #~ "entre B<0> et B<255>."
58956
58957 #~ msgid "shellE<gt> flock -x local-lock-file echo \\(aqa b c\\(aq"
58958 #~ msgstr "shellE<gt> flock -x fichier_verrou_local echo \\(aqa b c\\(aq"
58959
58960 #~ msgid ""
58961 #~ "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with "
58962 #~ "\\(aqa b c\\(aq."
58963 #~ msgstr ""
58964 #~ "Récupérer le verrou exclusif « fichier_verrou_local » avant d’exécuter "
58965 #~ "echo avec \\(aqa b c\\(aq."
58966
58967 #~ msgid ""
58968 #~ "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the "
58969 #~ "file doesn\\(cqt matter to B<flock>; using I<E<gt>> or I<E<gt>E<gt>> "
58970 #~ "allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, "
58971 #~ "write permission is required. Using I<E<lt>> requires that the file "
58972 #~ "already exists but only read permission is required."
58973 #~ msgstr ""
58974 #~ "Cette forme est pratique dans les scripts d’interpréteur de commandes. Le "
58975 #~ "mode utilisé pour ouvrir le fichier n'est pas important pour B<flock> ; "
58976 #~ "utiliser B<E<gt>> ou B<E<gt>E<gt>> permet de créer le fichier de "
58977 #~ "verrouillage s'il n'existe pas déjà, cependant, le droit d'écriture est "
58978 #~ "nécessaire. En utilisant B<E<lt>>, le fichier doit déjà exister, mais "
58979 #~ "seul le droit de lecture est nécessaire."
58980
58981 #~ msgid ""
58982 #~ "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of "
58983 #~ "the shell script you want to lock and it\\(cqll automatically lock itself "
58984 #~ "on the first run. If the env var B<$FLOCKER> is not set to the shell "
58985 #~ "script that is being run, then execute B<flock> and grab an exclusive non-"
58986 #~ "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-"
58987 #~ "execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var "
58988 #~ "to the right value so it doesn\\(cqt run again."
58989 #~ msgstr ""
58990 #~ "Voici un code passe-partout utile pour les scripts d’interpréteur. Placez-"
58991 #~ "le au début du script d’interpréteur que vous voulez verrouiller et il se "
58992 #~ "verrouillera lui-même automatiquement lors de la première exécution. Si "
58993 #~ "la variable d’environnement B<$FLOCKER> n’est pas définie pour le script "
58994 #~ "d’interpréteur en cours d’exécution, alors B<flock> est exécuté et un "
58995 #~ "verrou non bloquant exclusif est récupéré (en utilisant le script lui-"
58996 #~ "même comme fichier de verrouillage) avant que le script ne s’exécute de "
58997 #~ "nouveau avec les bons arguments. La variable d’environnement B<FLOCKER> "
58998 #~ "est aussi définie à la bonne valeur pour que le script ne s’exécute pas "
58999 #~ "de nouveau."
59000
59001 #~ msgid ""
59002 #~ "The B<flock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
59003 #~ "downloaded from"
59004 #~ msgstr ""
59005 #~ "La commande B<flock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, téléchargeable sur"
59006
59007 #~ msgid "B<flock> [options] I<file>|I<directory> B<-c>I< command>"
59008 #~ msgstr "B<flock> [I<options>] I<fichier>|I<répertoire> B<-c> I<commande>"
59009
59010 #~ msgid "B<flock> [options]I< number>"
59011 #~ msgstr "B<flock> [I<options>] I<numéro>"
59012
59013 #~ msgid ""
59014 #~ "This utility manages B<flock>(2)  locks from within shell scripts or from "
59015 #~ "the command line."
59016 #~ msgstr ""
59017 #~ "Cet utilitaire gère les verrous B<flock>(2) à partir de scripts "
59018 #~ "d'interpréteur ou de la ligne de commande."
59019
59020 #~ msgid ""
59021 #~ "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the "
59022 #~ "execution of a I<command>, in a manner similar to B<su>(1)  or "
59023 #~ "B<newgrp>(1).  They lock a specified I<file> or I<directory>, which is "
59024 #~ "created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist.  "
59025 #~ "By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, B<flock> waits "
59026 #~ "until the lock is available."
59027 #~ msgstr ""
59028 #~ "Les première et deuxième formes précédentes enveloppent l'exécution d'une "
59029 #~ "I<commande> par un verrou, de façon similaire à B<su>(1) ou B<newgrp>(1). "
59030 #~ "Elles verrouillent soit le I<fichier>, soit le I<répertoire> indiqué, qui "
59031 #~ "est créé (en supposant que vous ayez les droits adéquats) s'il n'existe "
59032 #~ "pas déjà. Par défaut, si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu immédiatement, "
59033 #~ "B<flock> attend jusqu’à ce que le verrou soit disponible."
59034
59035 #~ msgid ""
59036 #~ "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor I<number>.  See "
59037 #~ "the examples below for how that can be used."
59038 #~ msgstr ""
59039 #~ "La troisième forme utilise un fichier ouvert par son I<numéro> de "
59040 #~ "descripteur de fichier. Consultez les exemples suivants montrant comment "
59041 #~ "l’utiliser."
59042
59043 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command >I<command>"
59044 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<commande>"
59045
59046 #~ msgid "B<-E>,B< --conflict-exit-code >I<number>"
59047 #~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--conflict-exit-code> I<numéro>"
59048
59049 #~ msgid ""
59050 #~ "The exit status used when the B<-n> option is in use, and the conflicting "
59051 #~ "lock exists, or the B<-w> option is in use, and the timeout is reached.  "
59052 #~ "The default value is B<1>.  The I<number> has to be in the range of 0 to "
59053 #~ "255."
59054 #~ msgstr ""
59055 #~ "Le code de retour utilisé quand l’option B<-n> est utilisée et que le "
59056 #~ "verrou en conflit existe, ou que l’option B<-w> est utilisée et que le "
59057 #~ "délai est atteint. La valeur par défaut est B<1>. Le I<nombre> doit être "
59058 #~ "compris entre B<0> et B<255>."
59059
59060 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --no-fork>"
59061 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"
59062
59063 #~ msgid ""
59064 #~ "Do not fork before executing I<command>.  Upon execution the flock "
59065 #~ "process is replaced by I<command> which continues to hold the lock. This "
59066 #~ "option is incompatible with B<--close> as there would otherwise be "
59067 #~ "nothing left to hold the lock."
59068 #~ msgstr ""
59069 #~ "Ne pas forker avant d'exécuter I<commande>. Pendant l'exécution, le "
59070 #~ "processus B<flock> est remplacé par I<commande> qui garde le verrou. "
59071 #~ "Cette option est incompatible avec B<--close>, sans quoi plus rien ne "
59072 #~ "conserverait le verrou."
59073
59074 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< -x>,B< --exclusive>"
59075 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<-x>, B<--exclusive>"
59076
59077 #~ msgid ""
59078 #~ "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock.  This is the "
59079 #~ "default."
59080 #~ msgstr ""
59081 #~ "Obtenir un verrou exclusif, parfois appelé verrou en écriture. C'est "
59082 #~ "l'option par défaut."
59083
59084 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nb>,B< --nonblock>"
59085 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nb>, B<--nonblock>"
59086
59087 #~ msgid ""
59088 #~ "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired.  See "
59089 #~ "the B<-E> option for the exit status used."
59090 #~ msgstr ""
59091 #~ "Échouer plutôt qu’attendre si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu "
59092 #~ "immédiatement. Consultez l’option B<-E> pour le code de retour utilisé."
59093
59094 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --close>"
59095 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--close>"
59096
59097 #~ msgid ""
59098 #~ "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
59099 #~ "I<command>.  This is useful if I<command> spawns a child process which "
59100 #~ "should not be holding the lock."
59101 #~ msgstr ""
59102 #~ "Fermer le descripteur de fichier sur lequel le verrou est maintenu avant "
59103 #~ "l'exécution de I<commande>. C'est utile si I<commande> lance un processus "
59104 #~ "enfant qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."
59105
59106 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shared>"
59107 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--shared>"
59108
59109 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unlock>"
59110 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unlock>"
59111
59112 #~ msgid ""
59113 #~ "Drop a lock.  This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
59114 #~ "dropped when the file is closed.  However, it may be required in special "
59115 #~ "cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
59116 #~ "background process which should not be holding the lock."
59117 #~ msgstr ""
59118 #~ "Supprimer un verrou. Ce n'est généralement pas nécessaire, puisqu'un "
59119 #~ "verrou est automatiquement supprimé lorsque le fichier est fermé. "
59120 #~ "Cependant, il peut être nécessaire dans des cas particuliers, par exemple "
59121 #~ "si le groupe de commandes inclus a engendré un processus en arrière-plan "
59122 #~ "qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."
59123
59124 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>,B< --timeout >I<seconds>"
59125 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
59126
59127 #~ msgid ""
59128 #~ "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within I<seconds>.  Decimal "
59129 #~ "fractional values are allowed.  See the B<-E> option for the exit status "
59130 #~ "used. The zero number of I<seconds> is interpreted as B<--nonblock>."
59131 #~ msgstr ""
59132 #~ "Échouer si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu en I<délai> secondes. Les "
59133 #~ "valeurs en fractions décimales sont permises. Consultez l’option B<-E> "
59134 #~ "pour le code de retour utilisé. Un I<délai> nul est interprété comme B<--"
59135 #~ "nonblock>."
59136
59137 #~ msgid "shell1E<gt> flock /tmp -c cat"
59138 #~ msgstr "shell1E<gt> flock /tmp -c cat"
59139
59140 #~ msgid "shell2E<gt> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
59141 #~ msgstr "shell2E<gt> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
59142
59143 #~ msgid "shell1E<gt> flock -s /tmp -c cat"
59144 #~ msgstr "shell1E<gt> flock -s /tmp -c cat"
59145
59146 #~ msgid "shell2E<gt> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
59147 #~ msgstr "shell2E<gt> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
59148
59149 #~ msgid ""
59150 #~ "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail.  "
59151 #~ "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would "
59152 #~ "fail."
59153 #~ msgstr ""
59154 #~ "Définir un verrou partagé sur le répertoire I</tmp> et la seconde "
59155 #~ "commande n’échouera pas. Remarquez que la tentative d’obtenir un verrou "
59156 #~ "exclusif avec la seconde commande aurait échoué."
59157
59158 #~ msgid "("
59159 #~ msgstr "("
59160
59161 #~ msgid "  flock -n 9 || exit 1"
59162 #~ msgstr "  flock -n 9 || exit 1"
59163
59164 #~ msgid "  # ... commands executed under lock ..."
59165 #~ msgstr "  # ... commandes exécutées sous un verrou ..."
59166
59167 #~ msgid ") 9E<gt>/var/lock/mylockfile"
59168 #~ msgstr ") 9E<gt>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"
59169
59170 #~ msgid "shellE<gt> exec 4E<lt>E<gt>/var/lock/mylockfile"
59171 #~ msgstr "shellE<gt> exec 4E<lt>E<gt>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"
59172
59173 #~ msgid "shellE<gt> flock -n 4"
59174 #~ msgstr "shellE<gt> flock -n 4"
59175
59176 #~ msgid ""
59177 #~ "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a "
59178 #~ "subprocess.  The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as "
59179 #~ "file descriptor 4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
59180 #~ msgstr ""
59181 #~ "Cette forme est pratique pour verrouiller un fichier sans engendrer un "
59182 #~ "sous-processus. L'interpréteur ouvre le fichier verrou en lecture et en "
59183 #~ "écriture en tant que descripteur de fichier B<4>, puis B<flock> est "
59184 #~ "utilisé pour verrouiller le descripteur."
59185
59186 #~ msgid "Copyright \\(co 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin."
59187 #~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin."
59188
59189 #~ msgid ""
59190 #~ "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is "
59191 #~ "NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR "
59192 #~ "PURPOSE."
59193 #~ msgstr ""
59194 #~ "C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez les sources pour les conditions de "
59195 #~ "copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou "
59196 #~ "d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."
59197
59198 #~ msgid ""
59199 #~ "The flock command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
59200 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
59201 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
59202 #~ msgstr ""
59203 #~ "La commande B<flock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
59204 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
59205 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
59206
59207 #~ msgid "FSCK"
59208 #~ msgstr "FSCK"
59209
59210 #~ msgid "B<4>"
59211 #~ msgstr "B<4>"
59212
59213 #~ msgid "B<8>"
59214 #~ msgstr "B<8>"
59215
59216 #~ msgid "B<16>"
59217 #~ msgstr "B<16>"
59218
59219 #~ msgid "B<32>"
59220 #~ msgstr "B<32>"
59221
59222 #~ msgid "B<128>"
59223 #~ msgstr "B<128>"
59224
59225 #, fuzzy
59226 #~| msgid ""
59227 #~| "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
59228 #~| "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
59229 #~| "specific checker is searched for in the PATH environment variable. If "
59230 #~| "the PATH is undefined then fallback to \"/sbin\"."
59231 #~ msgid ""
59232 #~ "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
59233 #~ "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
59234 #~ "specific checker is searched for in the B<PATH> environment variable. If "
59235 #~ "the B<PATH> is undefined then fallback to I</sbin>."
59236 #~ msgstr ""
59237 #~ "En fait, B<fsck> n'est simplement qu'une interface pour les différents "
59238 #~ "vérificateurs de systèmes de fichiers (B<fsck>.I<type_sf>) disponibles "
59239 #~ "sous Linux. Le vérificateur spécifique à un système est recherché "
59240 #~ "successivement dans la variable d'environnement B<PATH>. Si celle-ci "
59241 #~ "n’est pas définie, I</sbin> est utilisé."
59242
59243 #~ msgid "B<-l>"
59244 #~ msgstr "B<-l>"
59245
59246 #, fuzzy
59247 #~| msgid "B<-r>\\ [I<fd>]"
59248 #~ msgid "B<-r> [I<fd>]"
59249 #~ msgstr "B<-r> [I<descripteur>]"
59250
59251 #, fuzzy
59252 #~| msgid ""
59253 #~| "/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186"
59254 #~ msgid ""
59255 #~ "B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys "
59256 #~ "0.86186>"
59257 #~ msgstr ""
59258 #~ "/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186"
59259
59260 #, fuzzy
59261 #~| msgid "/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186"
59262 #~ msgid "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"
59263 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186"
59264
59265 #~ msgid "B<-s>"
59266 #~ msgstr "B<-s>"
59267
59268 #, fuzzy
59269 #~| msgid ""
59270 #~| "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked.  When the B<-A> flag "
59271 #~| "is specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked.  The "
59272 #~| "I<fslist> parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options "
59273 #~| "specifiers.  All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be "
59274 #~| "prefixed by a negation operator 'B<no>' or 'B<!>', which requests that "
59275 #~| "only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked.  If none "
59276 #~| "of the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a negation operator, then "
59277 #~| "only those listed filesystems will be checked."
59278 #~ msgid ""
59279 #~ "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
59280 #~ "specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The "
59281 #~ "I<fslist> parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options "
59282 #~ "specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be "
59283 #~ "prefixed by a negation operator \\(aqB<no>\\(aq or \\(aqB<!>\\(aq, which "
59284 #~ "requests that only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be "
59285 #~ "checked. If none of the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a "
59286 #~ "negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
59287 #~ msgstr ""
59288 #~ "Indiquer le ou les types de systèmes de fichiers qui seront vérifiés. "
59289 #~ "Quand l’attribut B<-A> est indiqué, seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui "
59290 #~ "ont une correspondance dans I<liste_sf> sont vérifiés. Le paramètre "
59291 #~ "I<liste_sf> est une liste de systèmes de fichiers et d'options séparés "
59292 #~ "par des virgules. Tous les systèmes de fichiers de cette liste peuvent "
59293 #~ "être préfixés par l'opérateur de négation « B<no> » ou « B<!> », qui "
59294 #~ "indique que seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui ne sont pas mentionnés "
59295 #~ "dans I<liste_sf> seront vérifiés. Si aucun système de fichiers dans "
59296 #~ "I<liste_sf> n'est préfixé par l'opérateur de négation, seuls les systèmes "
59297 #~ "de fichiers mentionnés seront vérifiés."
59298
59299 #~ msgid "B<-A>"
59300 #~ msgstr "B<-A>"
59301
59302 #, fuzzy
59303 #~| msgid "B<-C>\\ [I<fd>]"
59304 #~ msgid "B<-C> [I<fd>]"
59305 #~ msgstr "B<-C> [I<descripteur>]"
59306
59307 #~ msgid "B<-M>"
59308 #~ msgstr "B<-M>"
59309
59310 #~ msgid "B<-N>"
59311 #~ msgstr "B<-N>"
59312
59313 #, fuzzy
59314 #~| msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
59315 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt execute, just show what would be done."
59316 #~ msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."
59317
59318 #~ msgid "B<-P>"
59319 #~ msgstr "B<-P>"
59320
59321 #, fuzzy
59322 #~| msgid ""
59323 #~| "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with "
59324 #~| "the other filesystems.  This is not the safest thing in the world to do, "
59325 #~| "since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8)  "
59326 #~| "executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those "
59327 #~| "sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small "
59328 #~| "and compact (which is really the right solution)."
59329 #~ msgid ""
59330 #~ "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with "
59331 #~ "the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, "
59332 #~ "since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) "
59333 #~ "executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those "
59334 #~ "sysadmins who don\\(cqt want to repartition the root filesystem to be "
59335 #~ "small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
59336 #~ msgstr ""
59337 #~ "Quand l’attribut B<-A> est utilisé, vérifier le système de fichiers "
59338 #~ "racine en parallèle des autres systèmes de fichiers. Ce n'est pas la "
59339 #~ "chose la plus sûre au monde, puisque si le système de fichiers est "
59340 #~ "potentiellement défectueux, B<e2fsck>(8) pourrait être corrompu ! Cette "
59341 #~ "option est principalement fournie aux administrateurs système qui n'ont "
59342 #~ "pas une partition racine petite et compacte (ce qui est vraiment la bonne "
59343 #~ "solution)."
59344
59345 #~ msgid "B<-R>"
59346 #~ msgstr "B<-R>"
59347
59348 #~ msgid "B<-T>"
59349 #~ msgstr "B<-T>"
59350
59351 #, fuzzy
59352 #~| msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
59353 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt show the title on startup."
59354 #~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher le titre au démarrage."
59355
59356 #~ msgid "B<-V>"
59357 #~ msgstr "B<-V>"
59358
59359 #, fuzzy
59360 #~| msgid ""
59361 #~| "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> "
59362 #~| "to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which "
59363 #~| "don't."
59364 #~ msgid ""
59365 #~ "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> "
59366 #~ "to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which "
59367 #~ "don\\(cqt."
59368 #~ msgstr ""
59369 #~ "Ces options B<ne doivent pas> prendre de paramètre puisqu'il n'y a aucun "
59370 #~ "moyen pour B<fsck> de différencier correctement les options qui prennent "
59371 #~ "des paramètres de celles qui n'en prennent pas."
59372
59373 #, fuzzy
59374 #~| msgid ""
59375 #~| "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
59376 #~| "options to filesystem-specific checkers.  If you're doing something "
59377 #~| "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker "
59378 #~| "directly.  If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and "
59379 #~| "arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, B<don't bother reporting "
59380 #~| "it as a bug.> You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't "
59381 #~| "be doing with B<fsck>.  Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's "
59382 #~| "are not standardized."
59383 #~ msgid ""
59384 #~ "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
59385 #~ "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you\\(cqre doing something "
59386 #~ "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker "
59387 #~ "directly. If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and "
59388 #~ "arguments, and it doesn\\(cqt do what you expect, B<don\\(cqt bother "
59389 #~ "reporting it as a bug.> You\\(cqre almost certainly doing something that "
59390 #~ "you shouldn\\(cqt be doing with B<fsck>. Options to different filesystem-"
59391 #~ "specific fsck\\(cqs are not standardized."
59392 #~ msgstr ""
59393 #~ "Veuillez remarquer que B<fsck> n'est pas conçu pour transmettre "
59394 #~ "arbitrairement des options complexes aux vérificateurs de systèmes de "
59395 #~ "fichiers. Si vous êtes en train de faire quelque chose de complexe, "
59396 #~ "exécutez directement le vérificateur spécifique du système de fichiers. "
59397 #~ "Si vous passez à B<fsck> des options et paramètres horriblement "
59398 #~ "compliqués et que ça ne fonctionne pas, B<il ne faut pas le signaler "
59399 #~ "comme un bogue>. Vous êtes certainement en train de faire quelque chose "
59400 #~ "que vous ne devriez pas accomplir avec B<fsck>. Les options des "
59401 #~ "différents vérificateurs spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne sont pas "
59402 #~ "normalisées."
59403
59404 #, fuzzy
59405 #~| msgid ""
59406 #~| "The B<fsck> program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
59407 #~| "variables:"
59408 #~ msgid ""
59409 #~ "The B<fsck> program\\(cqs behavior is affected by the following "
59410 #~ "environment variables:"
59411 #~ msgstr ""
59412 #~ "Le comportement de B<fsck> peut être modifié par les variables "
59413 #~ "d'environnement suivantes :"
59414
59415 #, fuzzy
59416 #~| msgid ""
59417 #~| "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all "
59418 #~| "of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the "
59419 #~| "filesystems appear to be on the same device.  (This is useful for RAID "
59420 #~| "systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such "
59421 #~| "as IBM or EMC.)  Note that the fs_passno value is still used."
59422 #~ msgid ""
59423 #~ "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all of "
59424 #~ "the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the "
59425 #~ "filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID "
59426 #~ "systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such "
59427 #~ "as IBM or EMC.) Note that the I<fs_passno> value is still used."
59428 #~ msgstr ""
59429 #~ "Si cette variable d'environnement est positionnée, B<fsck> cherchera à "
59430 #~ "vérifier tous les systèmes de fichiers en parallèle, sans se soucier du "
59431 #~ "fait qu'ils soient sur le même périphérique. (C'est utile pour les "
59432 #~ "systèmes RAID ou les systèmes de stockage de haut niveau tels que ceux "
59433 #~ "vendus par IBM ou  EMC). Remarquez que la valeur I<fs_passno> est "
59434 #~ "toujours utilisée."
59435
59436 #~ msgid "B<PATH>"
59437 #~ msgstr "B<PATH>"
59438
59439 #~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
59440 #~ msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
59441
59442 #~ msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
59443 #~ msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
59444
59445 #~ msgid "February 2009"
59446 #~ msgstr "février 2009"
59447
59448 #~ msgid ""
59449 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
59450 #~ "[I<filesystem>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
59451 #~ msgstr ""
59452 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<descripteur>]] [B<-C> [I<descripteur>]] "
59453 #~ "[B<-t> I<type_sf>] [I<système_de_fichiers>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] "
59454 #~ "[I<options_spécifiques_sf>]"
59455
59456 #~ msgid ""
59457 #~ "B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux "
59458 #~ "filesystems.  I<filesys> can be a device name (e.g., I</dev/hdc1>, I</dev/"
59459 #~ "sdb2>), a mount point (e.g., I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an filesystem "
59460 #~ "label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd "
59461 #~ "or LABEL=root).  Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle "
59462 #~ "filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the "
59463 #~ "total amount of time needed to check all of them."
59464 #~ msgstr ""
59465 #~ "B<fsck> est utilisé pour vérifier et éventuellement réparer un ou "
59466 #~ "plusieurs systèmes de fichiers Linux. I<système_de_fichiers> peut être un "
59467 #~ "nom de périphérique (par exemple, I</usr>, I</home>), une étiquette "
59468 #~ "(LABEL) de système de fichiers ou un identifiant UUID (par exemple "
59469 #~ "UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Ordinairement, "
59470 #~ "le programme B<fsck> essayera de gérer en parallèle les systèmes de "
59471 #~ "fichiers situés sur des disques physiques différents afin de minimiser la "
59472 #~ "durée totale de vérification."
59473
59474 #~ msgid ""
59475 #~ "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option "
59476 #~ "is not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in I</etc/"
59477 #~ "fstab> serially.  This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
59478 #~ msgstr ""
59479 #~ "Si aucun système de fichiers n'est précisé sur la ligne de commande et "
59480 #~ "que l'option B<-A> n'est pas indiquée, par défaut B<fsck> vérifiera "
59481 #~ "séquentiellement les systèmes de fichiers présents dans I</etc/fstab>. "
59482 #~ "C'est équivalent à préciser les options B<-As>."
59483
59484 #~ msgid ""
59485 #~ "Create an exclusive B<flock>(2)  lock file (/run/fsck/E<lt>disknameE<gt>."
59486 #~ "lock) for whole-disk device.  This option can be used with one device "
59487 #~ "only (this means that B<-A> and B<-l> are mutually exclusive).  This "
59488 #~ "option is recommended when more B<fsck>(8)  instances are executed in the "
59489 #~ "same time.  The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for "
59490 #~ "non-rotating disks.  B<fsck> does not lock underlying devices when "
59491 #~ "executed to check stacked devices (e.g.\\& MD or DM) \\(en this feature "
59492 #~ "is not implemented yet."
59493 #~ msgstr ""
59494 #~ "Créer un ficher verrou B<flock>(2) exclusif (B</run/fsck/>I<nom_disque>B<."
59495 #~ "lock>) pour tout le périphérique. Cette option peut être utilisée avec un "
59496 #~ "seul périphérique (cela signifie que B<-A> et B<-l> sont mutuellement "
59497 #~ "exclusives). Cette option est recommandée quand plusieurs instances de "
59498 #~ "B<fsck>(8) sont exécutées en même temps. L'option est ignorée quand elle "
59499 #~ "est utilisée avec plusieurs périphériques ou avec des disques non "
59500 #~ "tournants. B<fsck> ne verrouille pas les périphériques sous-jacents quand "
59501 #~ "elle est exécutée pour vérifier des périphériques empilés (MD ou DM par "
59502 #~ "exemple) — cette fonctionnalité n'est pas encore implémentée."
59503
59504 #~ msgid "B<-r>\\ [I<fd>]"
59505 #~ msgstr "B<-r> [I<descripteur>]"
59506
59507 #~ msgid ""
59508 #~ "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes.  These "
59509 #~ "statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in "
59510 #~ "kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time "
59511 #~ "used by the fsck run.  For example:"
59512 #~ msgstr ""
59513 #~ "Rendre compte de statistiques pour toutes les vérifications terminées. "
59514 #~ "Ces statistiques comprennent le code de retour, la taille de mémoire "
59515 #~ "résidente maximale utilisée (en kilooctet), le temps total écoulé ainsi "
59516 #~ "que les temps utilisateur et processeur utilisés par la vérification. Par "
59517 #~ "exemple :"
59518
59519 #~ msgid ""
59520 #~ "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
59521 #~ "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a "
59522 #~ "machine parsable format.  For example:"
59523 #~ msgstr ""
59524 #~ "Les frontaux graphiques peuvent indiquer un I<descripteur> de fichier, "
59525 #~ "auquel cas l’information de barre de progression est envoyée à ce "
59526 #~ "descripteur de fichier dans un format analysable par une machine. Par "
59527 #~ "exemple :"
59528
59529 #~ msgid ""
59530 #~ "Serialize B<fsck> operations.  This is a good idea if you are checking "
59531 #~ "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode.  (Note: "
59532 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8)  runs in an interactive mode by default.  To make "
59533 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8)  run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the "
59534 #~ "B<-p> or B<-a> option, if you wish for errors to be corrected "
59535 #~ "automatically, or the B<-n> option if you do not.)"
59536 #~ msgstr ""
59537 #~ "Sérialiser les opérations de B<fsck>. Cette option est conseillée si vous "
59538 #~ "êtes en train de vérifier plusieurs systèmes de fichiers en mode "
59539 #~ "interactif. Remarque : B<e2fsck>(8) fonctionne par défaut en mode "
59540 #~ "interactif. Pour que B<e2fsck>(8) fonctionne en mode non interactif, vous "
59541 #~ "devez indiquer l'option B<-p> ou B<-a> si vous désirez que les erreurs "
59542 #~ "soient corrigées automatiquement, ou l'option B<-n> si vous ne le "
59543 #~ "souhaitez pas."
59544
59545 #~ msgid "B<-t>I< fslist>"
59546 #~ msgstr "B<-t> I<liste_sf>"
59547
59548 #~ msgid ""
59549 #~ "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>.  "
59550 #~ "They must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>.  If an options specifier "
59551 #~ "is present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their "
59552 #~ "mount options field of I</etc/fstab> will be checked.  If the options "
59553 #~ "specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems "
59554 #~ "that do not have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of I</etc/"
59555 #~ "fstab> will be checked."
59556 #~ msgstr ""
59557 #~ "Des options, séparées par des virgules, peuvent être incluses dans "
59558 #~ "I<liste_sf>. Elles doivent avoir le format B<opts=>I<option_sf>. Si une "
59559 #~ "option est présente, alors seuls les systèmes de fichiers ayant une "
59560 #~ "I<option_sf> dans le champ d’options de montage de I</etc/fstab> seront "
59561 #~ "vérifiés. Si l'option est préfixée par l'opérateur de négation, alors "
59562 #~ "seuls les systèmes de fichiers n’ayant pas I<option_sf> dans leur champ "
59563 #~ "d’options de montage de I</etc/fstab> seront vérifiés."
59564
59565 #~ msgid ""
59566 #~ "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in "
59567 #~ "the I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry.  If the type "
59568 #~ "cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an "
59569 #~ "argument to the B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem "
59570 #~ "type.  If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type "
59571 #~ "(currently ext2) is used."
59572 #~ msgstr ""
59573 #~ "Normalement, le type de système de fichiers est déduit en recherchant "
59574 #~ "I<système_de_fichiers> dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> et en utilisant "
59575 #~ "l'entrée correspondante. Si le type ne peut être déduit et qu'il n'y a "
59576 #~ "qu'un seul système de fichiers en argument de l'option B<-t>, B<fsck> "
59577 #~ "utilisera le système de fichiers indiqué. Si ce type n'est pas "
59578 #~ "disponible, alors le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) "
59579 #~ "est utilisé."
59580
59581 #~ msgid ""
59582 #~ "Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all filesystems in "
59583 #~ "one run.  This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system "
59584 #~ "initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single "
59585 #~ "filesystem."
59586 #~ msgstr ""
59587 #~ "Parcourir le fichier I</etc/fstab> et essayer de vérifier tous les "
59588 #~ "systèmes de fichiers en une seule fois. Cette option est généralement "
59589 #~ "utilisée dans le fichier d'initialisation système I</etc/rc>, plutôt que "
59590 #~ "d'avoir des commandes multiples pour vérifier un par un chaque système de "
59591 #~ "fichiers."
59592
59593 #~ msgid ""
59594 #~ "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
59595 #~ "specified (see below).  After that, filesystems will be checked in the "
59596 #~ "order specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/"
59597 #~ "fstab> file.  Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and "
59598 #~ "are not checked at all.  Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater "
59599 #~ "than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest "
59600 #~ "I<fs_passno> number being checked first.  If there are multiple "
59601 #~ "filesystems with the same pass number, B<fsck> will attempt to check them "
59602 #~ "in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on "
59603 #~ "the same physical disk."
59604 #~ msgstr ""
59605 #~ "Le système de fichiers racine sera vérifié en premier à moins que "
59606 #~ "l'option B<-P> ne soit indiquée (voir ci-dessous). Après quoi, les "
59607 #~ "systèmes de fichiers seront vérifiés dans l'ordre indiqué par le "
59608 #~ "(sixième) champ I<fs_passno> du fichier I</etc/fstab>. Les systèmes de "
59609 #~ "fichiers avec une valeur I<fs_passno> de B<0> sont ignorés. Ceux avec une "
59610 #~ "valeur supérieure à B<0> seront vérifiés dans l'ordre croissant des "
59611 #~ "I<fs_passno>. S'il y a égalité entre plusieurs systèmes de fichiers, "
59612 #~ "B<fsck> tentera de les vérifier en parallèle, tout en évitant toutefois "
59613 #~ "les vérifications simultanées sur le même disque physique."
59614
59615 #~ msgid ""
59616 #~ "B<fsck> does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, \\&...\\&) in "
59617 #~ "parallel with any other device.  See below for FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL "
59618 #~ "setting.  The /sys filesystem is used to determine dependencies between "
59619 #~ "devices."
59620 #~ msgstr ""
59621 #~ "B<fsck> ne vérifie pas les périphériques empilés (RAID, dm-crypt, etc.) "
59622 #~ "en parallèle avec un autre périphérique. Consultez le réglage "
59623 #~ "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL> ci-dessous. Le système de fichiers I</sys> est "
59624 #~ "utilisé pour déterminer les dépendances entre les périphériques."
59625
59626 #~ msgid ""
59627 #~ "Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the "
59628 #~ "root filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
59629 #~ "filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2.  This will allow B<fsck> "
59630 #~ "to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is "
59631 #~ "advantageous to do so.  System administrators might choose not to use "
59632 #~ "this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks "
59633 #~ "running in parallel for some reason \\(en for example, if the machine in "
59634 #~ "question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
59635 #~ msgstr ""
59636 #~ "De ce fait, une configuration très commune pour le fichier I</etc/fstab> "
59637 #~ "est d'avoir un système racine avec une valeur I<fs_passno> de B<1> et "
59638 #~ "pour tous les autres systèmes de fichiers d’avoir cette valeur à B<2>. "
59639 #~ "Cela autorise B<fsck> à lancer automatiquement en parallèle les "
59640 #~ "vérifications si c’est avantageux. Les administrateurs système peuvent "
59641 #~ "choisir de ne pas utiliser cette configuration ; par exemple, si la "
59642 #~ "machine dispose de peu de mémoire et qu'une pagination excessive est à "
59643 #~ "éviter."
59644
59645 #~ msgid ""
59646 #~ "B<fsck> normally does not check whether the device actually exists before "
59647 #~ "calling a filesystem specific checker.  Therefore non-existing devices "
59648 #~ "may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the "
59649 #~ "filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error.  The I</etc/fstab> "
59650 #~ "mount option B<nofail> may be used to have B<fsck> skip non-existing "
59651 #~ "devices.  B<fsck> also skips non-existing devices that have the special "
59652 #~ "filesystem type B<auto>."
59653 #~ msgstr ""
59654 #~ "B<fsck> ne vérifie normalement pas l'existence du périphérique avant "
59655 #~ "d'appeler un vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique. Par "
59656 #~ "conséquent les périphériques inexistants risquent d'entraîner le système "
59657 #~ "en mode de réparation de système de fichiers au démarrage si le "
59658 #~ "vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique renvoie une erreur fatale. "
59659 #~ "L'option de montage B<nofail> de B</etc/fstab> peut être utilisée pour "
59660 #~ "que B<fsck> ignore les périphériques inexistants. B<fsck> ignore aussi "
59661 #~ "les périphériques inexistants ayant le type spécial de système de "
59662 #~ "fichiers B<auto>."
59663
59664 #~ msgid "B<-C>\\ [I<fd>]"
59665 #~ msgstr "B<-C> [I<descripteur>]"
59666
59667 #~ msgid ""
59668 #~ "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
59669 #~ "only for ext[234]) which support them.  B<fsck> will manage the "
59670 #~ "filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar "
59671 #~ "at a time.  GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which "
59672 #~ "case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
59673 #~ msgstr ""
59674 #~ "Afficher une barre de progression pour les vérificateurs qui le "
59675 #~ "permettent (actuellement uniquement disponible pour ext[234]). B<fsck> "
59676 #~ "gérera les vérificateurs de telle sorte qu'un seul d'entre eux affichera "
59677 #~ "une barre de progression à un instant donné. Les interfaces graphiques "
59678 #~ "peuvent fournir un I<descripteur> de fichier, dans lequel les "
59679 #~ "informations d'avancement seront envoyées."
59680
59681 #~ msgid ""
59682 #~ "When checking all filesystems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root "
59683 #~ "filesystem.  (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been "
59684 #~ "mounted read-write.)"
59685 #~ msgstr ""
59686 #~ "Lors de la vérification de tous les systèmes de fichiers (avec l’attribut "
59687 #~ "B<-A>), ignorer le système de fichiers racine (c'est pratique si le "
59688 #~ "système de fichiers racine a déjà été monté en lecture/écriture)."
59689
59690 #~ msgid ""
59691 #~ "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
59692 #~ "checkers that can be running at one time.  This allows configurations "
59693 #~ "which have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many "
59694 #~ "filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory "
59695 #~ "resources available on the system.  If this value is zero, then an "
59696 #~ "unlimited number of processes can be spawned.  This is currently the "
59697 #~ "default, but future versions of B<fsck> may attempt to automatically "
59698 #~ "determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering "
59699 #~ "accounting data from the operating system."
59700 #~ msgstr ""
59701 #~ "Cette variable d'environnement limitera le nombre maximal de "
59702 #~ "vérifications lancées en parallèle. Cela permet aux systèmes avec un "
59703 #~ "nombre important de disques d'éviter à B<fsck> de démarrer un trop grand "
59704 #~ "nombre de vérifications de systèmes de fichiers en même temps, ce qui "
59705 #~ "pourrait surcharger les ressources processeur et mémoire du système. Si "
59706 #~ "elle vaut B<0>, alors le nombre de vérifications n'est pas limité. C'est "
59707 #~ "la valeur par défaut, mais des versions futures de B<fsck> pourraient "
59708 #~ "déterminer ce nombre en fonction de données obtenues du système "
59709 #~ "d'exploitation."
59710
59711 #~ msgid ""
59712 #~ "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
59713 #~ "standard location of the I</etc/fstab> file.  It is also useful for "
59714 #~ "developers who are testing B<fsck>."
59715 #~ msgstr ""
59716 #~ "Cette variable d'environnement permet à l'administrateur système de "
59717 #~ "contourner l'emplacement standard du fichier I</etc/fstab>. C'est aussi "
59718 #~ "utile pour les développeurs de B<fsck>."
59719
59720 #~ msgid ""
59721 #~ "Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>\n"
59722 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
59723 #~ msgstr ""
59724 #~ "Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>\n"
59725 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
59726
59727 #~ msgid ""
59728 #~ "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8)  or B<fsck.ext3>(8)  or "
59729 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8), B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck."
59730 #~ "minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
59731 #~ "B<reiserfsck>(8)"
59732 #~ msgstr ""
59733 #~ "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8)  or B<fsck.ext3>(8)  or "
59734 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8), B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck."
59735 #~ "minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
59736 #~ "B<reiserfsck>(8)"
59737
59738 #~ msgid ""
59739 #~ "The fsck command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
59740 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
59741 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
59742 #~ msgstr ""
59743 #~ "La commande B<fsck> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
59744 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
59745 #~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
59746
59747 #, fuzzy
59748 #~| msgid ""
59749 #~| "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> "
59750 #~| "I<fstype>] [I<filesystem>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
59751 #~ msgid ""
59752 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
59753 #~ "[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
59754 #~ msgstr ""
59755 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<descripteur>]] [B<-C> [I<descripteur>]] "
59756 #~ "[B<-t> I<type_sf>] [I<système_de_fichiers>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] "
59757 #~ "[I<options_spécifiques_sf>]"
59758
59759 #~ msgid "FSCK.CRAMFS"
59760 #~ msgstr "FSCK.CRAMFS"
59761
59762 #, fuzzy
59763 #~| msgid ""
59764 #~| "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set "
59765 #~| "at creation time. Only used for --extract."
59766 #~ msgid ""
59767 #~ "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set "
59768 #~ "at creation time. Only used for B<--extract>."
59769 #~ msgstr ""
59770 #~ "Utiliser cette taille de bloc ou par défaut la taille de page. Celle-ci "
59771 #~ "doit être égale à ce qui avait été défini au moment de la création. "
59772 #~ "Utilisé seulement pour B<--extract>."
59773
59774 #~ msgid "B<-a>"
59775 #~ msgstr "B<-a>"
59776
59777 #~ msgid "B<-y>"
59778 #~ msgstr "B<-y>"
59779
59780 #~ msgid "April 2013"
59781 #~ msgstr "Avril 2013"
59782
59783 #~ msgid "I<fsck.cramfs> is used to check the cramfs file system."
59784 #~ msgstr ""
59785 #~ "B<fsck.cramfs> est utilisé pour vérifier le système de fichiers cramfs."
59786
59787 #~ msgid ""
59788 #~ "The fsck.cramfs command is part of the util-linux package and is "
59789 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
59790 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
59791 #~ msgstr ""
59792 #~ "La commande B<fsck.cramfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
59793 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
59794 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
59795
59796 #~ msgid "FSCK.MINIX"
59797 #~ msgstr "FSCK.MINIX"
59798
59799 #, fuzzy
59800 #~| msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
59801 #~ msgid "/dev/hda[1-63]"
59802 #~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
59803
59804 #~ msgid "IDE disk 1"
59805 #~ msgstr "disque 1 IDE"
59806
59807 #, fuzzy
59808 #~| msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
59809 #~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
59810 #~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
59811
59812 #~ msgid "IDE disk 2"
59813 #~ msgstr "disque 2 IDE"
59814
59815 #, fuzzy
59816 #~| msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
59817 #~ msgid "/dev/sda[1-15]"
59818 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
59819
59820 #~ msgid "SCSI disk 1"
59821 #~ msgstr "disque 1 SCSI"
59822
59823 #, fuzzy
59824 #~| msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
59825 #~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
59826 #~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
59827
59828 #~ msgid "SCSI disk 2"
59829 #~ msgstr "disque 2 SCSI"
59830
59831 #~ msgid "B<3>"
59832 #~ msgstr "B<3>"
59833
59834 #~ msgid "B<7>"
59835 #~ msgstr "B<7>"
59836
59837 #, fuzzy
59838 #~| msgid "Exit status:"
59839 #~ msgid "Exit status values by"
59840 #~ msgstr "État de fin d'exécution :"
59841
59842 #, fuzzy
59843 #~| msgid ""
59844 #~| "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
59845 #~| "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
59846 #~ msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by"
59847 #~ msgstr ""
59848 #~ "Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de fichiers "
59849 #~ "monté ajoutée par E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<."
59850 #~ "ME .>"
59851
59852 #, fuzzy
59853 #~| msgid "B<update>"
59854 #~ msgid "updated by"
59855 #~ msgstr "B<update>"
59856
59857 #, fuzzy
59858 #~| msgid "Portability notes"
59859 #~ msgid "Portability patch by"
59860 #~ msgstr "Notes sur la portabilité"
59861
59862 #~ msgid "June 2015"
59863 #~ msgstr "Juin 2015"
59864
59865 #~ msgid ""
59866 #~ "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent.  B<fsck.minix> should "
59867 #~ "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
59868 #~ "to it.  Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for "
59869 #~ "files."
59870 #~ msgstr ""
59871 #~ "Le programme part du principe que le système de fichiers est inactif. "
59872 #~ "B<fsck.minix> ne doit pas être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté à "
59873 #~ "moins que vous ne soyez certain que personne n'est en train d'y écrire. "
59874 #~ "Souvenez-vous que le noyau peut y écrire lorsqu’il effectue des "
59875 #~ "recherches de fichiers."
59876
59877 #~ msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
59878 #~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
59879
59880 #~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
59881 #~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
59882
59883 #~ msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
59884 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
59885
59886 #~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
59887 #~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
59888
59889 #~ msgid ""
59890 #~ "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will "
59891 #~ "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2)  three times before "
59892 #~ "exiting.  There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
59893 #~ msgstr ""
59894 #~ "Si le système de fichiers a été modifié (par exemple réparé), alors "
59895 #~ "B<fsck.minix> affichera « FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED » (le système de "
59896 #~ "fichiers a été modifié) et exécutera B<sync>(2) trois fois avant de "
59897 #~ "quitter. Il n’est I<pas> nécessaire de redémarrer le système après la "
59898 #~ "vérification."
59899
59900 #~ msgid ""
59901 #~ "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem.  Using "
59902 #~ "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
59903 #~ "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage "
59904 #~ "a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> "
59905 #~ "on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing "
59906 #~ "is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for "
59907 #~ "deletion."
59908 #~ msgstr ""
59909 #~ "B<fsck.minix> ne doit B<pas> être utilisé sur un système de fichiers "
59910 #~ "monté. L'utilisation de B<fsck.minix> sur un système de fichiers monté "
59911 #~ "est très dangereuse car il est possible que des fichiers effacés soient "
59912 #~ "encore en cours d'utilisation, ce qui peut endommager sérieusement un "
59913 #~ "système de fichiers en parfait état. Si vous devez absolument exécuter "
59914 #~ "B<fsck.minix> sur un système de fichiers monté (par exemple sur le "
59915 #~ "système de fichiers racine), assurez-vous que rien ne va écrire sur le "
59916 #~ "disque, et qu'il n'y a pas de fichier « zombie » en attente d'effacement."
59917
59918 #~ msgid ""
59919 #~ "Perform automatic repairs.  This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
59920 #~ "answer all of the questions asked with the default.  Note that this can "
59921 #~ "be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
59922 #~ msgstr ""
59923 #~ "Effectuer automatiquement les réparations. Cette option implique B<--"
59924 #~ "repair> et donne la réponse par défaut à toutes les questions. Notez que "
59925 #~ "c'est très dangereux dans le cas d'un système de fichiers gravement "
59926 #~ "endommagé."
59927
59928 #~ msgid ""
59929 #~ "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid.  "
59930 #~ "Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
59931 #~ msgstr ""
59932 #~ "Forcer la vérification d'un système de fichiers même s'il est marqué "
59933 #~ "intègre. Cette indication est écrite par le noyau lors du démontage du "
59934 #~ "système de fichiers."
59935
59936 #~ msgid ""
59937 #~ "There are numerous diagnostic messages.  The ones mentioned here are the "
59938 #~ "most commonly seen in normal usage."
59939 #~ msgstr ""
59940 #~ "Il y a de nombreux messages de diagnostic. Ceux qui sont mentionnés ici "
59941 #~ "sont les plus couramment rencontrés lors d'une utilisation normale."
59942
59943 #~ msgid ""
59944 #~ "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
59945 #~ "super block\".  If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, "
59946 #~ "B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
59947 #~ msgstr ""
59948 #~ "Si le périphérique n'existe pas, B<fsck.minix> affichera « impossible de "
59949 #~ "lire le superbloc ». Si le périphérique existe mais que le système de "
59950 #~ "fichiers n'est pas de type MINIX, B<fsck.minix> affichera « nombre "
59951 #~ "magique corrompu dans le superbloc »."
59952
59953 #~ msgid "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
59954 #~ msgstr "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
59955
59956 #~ msgid ""
59957 #~ "Exit status values by E<.MT faith@\\:cs.\\:unc.\\:edu> Rik Faith E<.ME>"
59958 #~ msgstr ""
59959 #~ "Valeurs des codes de retour par E<.MT faith@\\:cs.\\:unc.\\:edu> Rik "
59960 #~ "Faith E<.ME>"
59961
59962 #~ msgid ""
59963 #~ "Added support for filesystem valid flag: E<.MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:"
59964 #~ "plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<.ME .>"
59965 #~ msgstr ""
59966 #~ "Ajout de la gestion de l’attribut de validité du système de fichiers : E<."
59967 #~ "MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<."
59968 #~ "ME .>"
59969
59970 #~ msgid ""
59971 #~ "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
59972 #~ "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
59973 #~ msgstr ""
59974 #~ "Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de fichiers "
59975 #~ "monté ajoutée par E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<."
59976 #~ "ME .>"
59977
59978 #~ msgid ""
59979 #~ "Minix v2 fs support by E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-"
59980 #~ "dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> updated by E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:"
59981 #~ "uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
59982 #~ msgstr ""
59983 #~ "Gestion du système de fichiers MINIX v2 par E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:"
59984 #~ "informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> mise à jour par "
59985 #~ "E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
59986
59987 #~ msgid ""
59988 #~ "Portability patch by E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King "
59989 #~ "E<.ME .>"
59990 #~ msgstr ""
59991 #~ "Correctif de portabilité par E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> "
59992 #~ "Russell King E<.ME .>"
59993
59994 #~ msgid ""
59995 #~ "The fsck.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
59996 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
59997 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
59998 #~ msgstr ""
59999 #~ "La commande B<fsck.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60000 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
60001 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
60002
60003 #~ msgid "FSFREEZE"
60004 #~ msgstr "FSFREEZE"
60005
60006 #, fuzzy
60007 #~| msgid ""
60008 #~| "The fsfreeze command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
60009 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
60010 #~ msgid ""
60011 #~ "The B<fsfreeze> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
60012 #~ "downloaded from"
60013 #~ msgstr ""
60014 #~ "La commande B<fsfreeze> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60015 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
60016 #~ ">E<gt>."
60017
60018 #~ msgid ""
60019 #~ "B<fsfreeze> halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable "
60020 #~ "image on disk.  B<fsfreeze> is intended to be used with hardware RAID "
60021 #~ "devices that support the creation of snapshots."
60022 #~ msgstr ""
60023 #~ "B<fsfreeze> arrête les nouveaux accès au système de fichiers et crée une "
60024 #~ "image stable sur le disque. B<fsfreeze> est conçu pour être utilisé avec "
60025 #~ "des périphériques RAID matériels qui permettent la création d'instantanés."
60026
60027 #~ msgid ""
60028 #~ "B<fsfreeze> is unnecessary for B<device-mapper> devices.  The device-"
60029 #~ "mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a "
60030 #~ "snapshot creation is requested.  For more details see the B<dmsetup>(8)  "
60031 #~ "man page."
60032 #~ msgstr ""
60033 #~ "B<fsfreeze> n'est pas nécessaire aux périphériques B<device-mapper>. Le "
60034 #~ "device-mapper (et LVM) gèle automatiquement un système de fichiers du "
60035 #~ "périphérique quand la création d'un instantané est demandée. Pour plus de "
60036 #~ "précisions, consultez la page de manuel B<dmsetup>(8)."
60037
60038 #~ msgid ""
60039 #~ "The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
60040 #~ "filesystem is mounted.  The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
60041 #~ "B<mount>(8))."
60042 #~ msgstr ""
60043 #~ "Le paramètre I<point_de_montage> est le chemin du répertoire où le "
60044 #~ "système de fichiers est monté. Le système de fichiers doit être monté "
60045 #~ "pour être gelé (consultez B<mount>(8))."
60046
60047 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --freeze>"
60048 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"
60049
60050 #~ msgid ""
60051 #~ "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
60052 #~ "modifications.  When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
60053 #~ "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, "
60054 #~ "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
60055 #~ "metadata, and log information are written to disk.  Any process "
60056 #~ "attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the "
60057 #~ "filesystem to be unfrozen."
60058 #~ msgstr ""
60059 #~ "Cette option nécessite que le système de fichiers indiqué soit gelé de "
60060 #~ "nouvelles modifications. Quand elle est sélectionnée, toutes les "
60061 #~ "transactions en cours dans le système de fichiers ont le droit de se "
60062 #~ "terminer, les nouveaux appels d'écriture sont arrêtés, les autres appels "
60063 #~ "qui modifient le système de fichiers sont arrêtés et toutes les données "
60064 #~ "sales, métadonnées et informations de journalisation sont écrites sur le "
60065 #~ "disque. Tous les processus essayant d'écrire sur le système de fichiers "
60066 #~ "gelé seront bloqués en attendant que le système de fichiers soit dégelé."
60067
60068 #~ msgid ""
60069 #~ "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
60070 #~ "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking.  These "
60071 #~ "files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean "
60072 #~ "mount of the snapshot is complete."
60073 #~ msgstr ""
60074 #~ "Remarquez que même après le gel, le système de fichiers sur le disque "
60075 #~ "peut contenir des renseignements sur des fichiers qui sont encore en "
60076 #~ "cours de destruction (unlink). Ces fichiers ne seront pas détruits avant "
60077 #~ "que le système de fichiers ne soit dégelé ou qu'un montage propre de "
60078 #~ "l'instantané ne soit terminé."
60079
60080 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unfreeze>"
60081 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"
60082
60083 #~ msgid ""
60084 #~ "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
60085 #~ "continue.  Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze "
60086 #~ "are unblocked and allowed to complete."
60087 #~ msgstr ""
60088 #~ "Cette option sert à dégeler le système de fichiers et permettre aux "
60089 #~ "opérations de se poursuivre. Toutes les modifications de système de "
60090 #~ "fichiers qui étaient bloquées par le gel sont débloquées et ont le droit "
60091 #~ "de se terminer."
60092
60093 #~ msgid ""
60094 #~ "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for "
60095 #~ "freezing.  List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18)  B<btrfs>, "
60096 #~ "B<ext2/3/4>, B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, B<reiserfs>, and B<xfs>.  "
60097 #~ "Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support.  If in "
60098 #~ "doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small "
60099 #~ "loopback mount and test freezing it."
60100 #~ msgstr ""
60101 #~ "Cette commande ne fonctionnera que si une prise en charge du gel est "
60102 #~ "prévue pour le système de fichiers. La liste de ces systèmes de fichiers "
60103 #~ "comprend (2016-12-18)  B<btrfs>, B<ext2/3/4>, B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, "
60104 #~ "B<reiserfs> et B<xfs>. Cette liste peut être incomplète car de plus en "
60105 #~ "plus de systèmes de fichiers assurent une prise en charge. En cas de "
60106 #~ "doute, la façon la plus facile de le savoir est de créer un petit montage "
60107 #~ "en loopback et tenter de le geler."
60108
60109 #~ msgid ""
60110 #~ "The fsfreeze command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
60111 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
60112 #~ msgstr ""
60113 #~ "La commande B<fsfreeze> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60114 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
60115 #~ ">E<gt>."
60116
60117 #~ msgid "FSTAB"
60118 #~ msgstr "FSTAB"
60119
60120 #, fuzzy
60121 #~| msgid ""
60122 #~| "Each filesystem is described on a separate line.  Fields on each line "
60123 #~| "are separated by tabs or spaces.  Lines starting with '#' are comments.  "
60124 #~| "Blank lines are ignored."
60125 #~ msgid ""
60126 #~ "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
60127 #~ "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with \\(aq#\\(aq are "
60128 #~ "comments. Blank lines are ignored."
60129 #~ msgstr ""
60130 #~ "Chaque système de fichiers est décrit sur une ligne indépendante. Les "
60131 #~ "champs contenus sur chaque ligne sont séparés par des espaces ou des "
60132 #~ "tabulations. Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des commentaires, les "
60133 #~ "lignes vides sont ignorées."
60134
60135 #, fuzzy
60136 #~| msgid ""
60137 #~| "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device "
60138 #~| "node (as created by B<mknod>(8))  for the device to be mounted, like `/"
60139 #~| "dev/cdrom' or `/dev/sdb7'.  For NFS mounts, this field is E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
60140 #~| "E<lt>dirE<gt>, e.g., `knuth.aeb.nl:/'.  For filesystems with no storage, "
60141 #~| "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1)  output, for "
60142 #~| "example.  Typical usage is `proc' for procfs; `mem', `none', or `tmpfs' "
60143 #~| "for tmpfs.  Other special filesystems, like udev and sysfs, are "
60144 #~| "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
60145 #~ msgid ""
60146 #~ "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
60147 #~ "(as created by B<mknod>(2)) for the device to be mounted, like I</dev/"
60148 #~ "cdrom> or I</dev/sdb7>. For NFS mounts, this field is I<E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
60149 #~ "E<lt>dirE<gt>>, e.g., I<knuth.aeb.nl:/>. For filesystems with no storage, "
60150 #~ "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1) output, for example. "
60151 #~ "Typical usage is I<proc> for B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none>, or I<tmpfs> for "
60152 #~ "B<tmpfs>. Other special filesystems, like B<udev> and B<sysfs>, are "
60153 #~ "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
60154 #~ msgstr ""
60155 #~ "Pour les montages habituels, ce champ contient (un lien vers) un nœud "
60156 #~ "spécial de périphérique (comme créé par B<mknod>(8)), correspondant au "
60157 #~ "périphérique à monter, comme I</dev/cdrom> ou I</dev/sdb7>. Pour les "
60158 #~ "montages NFS, ce champ est I<hôte>B<:>I<rép>, par exemple « knuth.aeb."
60159 #~ "nl:/ ». Pour les systèmes de fichiers sans stockage, n’importe quelle "
60160 #~ "chaîne peut être utilisée, et sera par exemple montrée dans la sortie de "
60161 #~ "B<df>(1). Une utilisation typique est « proc » pour procfs, « mem », "
60162 #~ "« none » ou « tmpfs » pour tmpfs. D’autres systèmes de fichiers "
60163 #~ "particuliers comme udev et sysfs, ne sont typiquement pas indiqués dans "
60164 #~ "I<fstab>."
60165
60166 #, fuzzy
60167 #~| msgid ""
60168 #~| "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
60169 #~| "device name.  This is the recommended method, as device names are often "
60170 #~| "a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other "
60171 #~| "disks are added or removed.  For example, `LABEL=Boot' or "
60172 #~| "`UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-a43f08d823a6'.  (Use a "
60173 #~| "filesystem-specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or "
60174 #~| "B<fatlabel>(8)  to set LABELs on filesystems)."
60175 #~ msgid ""
60176 #~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
60177 #~ "device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a "
60178 #~ "coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks "
60179 #~ "are added or removed. For example, \\(aqLABEL=Boot\\(aq or "
60180 #~ "\\(aqUUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6\\(aq. (Use a filesystem-"
60181 #~ "specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or B<fatlabel>(8) to "
60182 #~ "set LABELs on filesystems)."
60183 #~ msgstr ""
60184 #~ "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette> ou B<UUID=>I<UUID> peuvent être indiqués à la place "
60185 #~ "d’un nom du périphérique. C’est la méthode conseillée, car les noms de "
60186 #~ "périphérique sont souvent liés à l’ordre de détection du matériel, et "
60187 #~ "peuvent changer quand d’autres disques sont ajoutés ou supprimés. Par "
60188 #~ "exemple, « LABEL=Boot » ou « UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-"
60189 #~ "a43f08d823a6 » (utilisez un outil spécifique au système de fichiers comme "
60190 #~ "B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8) ou B<fatlabel>(8) pour définir les "
60191 #~ "étiquettes des systèmes de fichiers)."
60192
60193 #, fuzzy
60194 #~| msgid ""
60195 #~| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
60196 #~| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
60197 #~ msgid ""
60198 #~ "It\\(cqs also possible to use B<PARTUUID=> and B<PARTLABEL=>. These "
60199 #~ "partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table "
60200 #~ "(GPT)."
60201 #~ msgstr ""
60202 #~ "PARTUUID= et PARTLABEL= peuvent aussi être utilisés. Ces identifiants de "
60203 #~ "partitions sont par exemple pris en charge pour une table de partitions "
60204 #~ "GUID (GPT)."
60205
60206 #, fuzzy
60207 #~ msgid ""
60208 #~ "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For "
60209 #~ "swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none\\(aq. If the "
60210 #~ "name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as "
60211 #~ "`\\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectively."
60212 #~ msgstr ""
60213 #~ "Ce champ indique le point de montage du système de fichiers. Pour les "
60214 #~ "partitions d'échange, ce champ doit prendre la valeur «\\ none\\ ». Si le "
60215 #~ "nom du point de montage contient des espaces, il faut les protéger comme "
60216 #~ "«\\ \\e040\\ »."
60217
60218 #, fuzzy
60219 #~| msgid ""
60220 #~| "B<mount>(8)  and B<umount>(8)  support filesystem I<subtypes>.  The "
60221 #~| "subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
60222 #~| "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the "
60223 #~| "first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
60224 #~ msgid ""
60225 #~ "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype "
60226 #~ "is defined by \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
60227 #~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
60228 #~ "any prefix to the first fstab field (for example \\(aqsshfs#example."
60229 #~ "com\\(aq is deprecated)."
60230 #~ msgstr ""
60231 #~ "B<mount>(8) et B<umount>(8) gèrent les I<sous-types> de systèmes de "
60232 #~ "fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par le suffixe « B<.>I<sous-type> ». "
60233 #~ "Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de "
60234 #~ "sous-type qu'ajouter un préfixe au premier champ (par exemple "
60235 #~ "« sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."
60236
60237 #, fuzzy
60238 #~| msgid "do not mount when \"mount -a\" is given (e.g., at boot time)"
60239 #~ msgid "do not mount when B<mount -a> is given (e.g., at boot time)"
60240 #~ msgstr ""
60241 #~ "ne pas monter lorsqu'un appel «\\ mount -a\\ » a lieu, par exemple au "
60242 #~ "démarrage ;"
60243
60244 #, fuzzy
60245 #~| msgid ""
60246 #~| "This field is used by B<dump>(8)  to determine which filesystems need to "
60247 #~| "be dumped.  Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
60248 #~ msgid ""
60249 #~ "This field is used by B<dump>(8) to determine which filesystems need to "
60250 #~ "be dumped. Defaults to zero (don\\(cqt dump) if not present."
60251 #~ msgstr ""
60252 #~ "Ce champ est utilisé par B<dump>(8) pour déterminer les systèmes de "
60253 #~ "fichiers à décharger. Zéro par défaut (pas de déchargement) si absent."
60254
60255 #~ msgid "February 2015"
60256 #~ msgstr "février 2015"
60257
60258 #~ msgid "File Formats"
60259 #~ msgstr "Formats de fichier"
60260
60261 #~ msgid ""
60262 #~ "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
60263 #~ "the system can mount.  B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not "
60264 #~ "written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create "
60265 #~ "and maintain this file.  The order of records in B<fstab> is important "
60266 #~ "because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8)  sequentially iterate "
60267 #~ "through B<fstab> doing their thing."
60268 #~ msgstr ""
60269 #~ "Le fichier I<fstab> contient des informations décrivant les systèmes de "
60270 #~ "fichiers que le système peut monter. I<fstab> n’est lu que par les "
60271 #~ "programmes, jamais écrit. Cette responsabilité est laissée à "
60272 #~ "l'administrateur, qui doit créer et maintenir lui-même ce fichier. "
60273 #~ "L'ordre des enregistrements au sein de I<fstab> est important car "
60274 #~ "B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), et B<umount>(8) utilisent les enregistrements de "
60275 #~ "I<fstab> les uns à la suite des autres."
60276
60277 #~ msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
60278 #~ msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
60279
60280 #~ msgid "B<The first field> (I<fs_spec>)."
60281 #~ msgstr "B<Le premier champ> (I<fs_spec>)"
60282
60283 #~ msgid ""
60284 #~ "See B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8)  or B<lsblk>(8)  for more details about "
60285 #~ "device identifiers."
60286 #~ msgstr ""
60287 #~ "Consultez B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) ou B<lsblk>(8) pour plus de précisions "
60288 #~ "sur les identifiants de périphérique."
60289
60290 #~ msgid ""
60291 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
60292 #~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
60293 #~ msgstr ""
60294 #~ "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
60295 #~ "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."
60296
60297 #~ msgid "B<The second field> (I<fs_file>)."
60298 #~ msgstr "B<Le deuxième champ> (I<fs_file>)"
60299
60300 #~ msgid "B<The third field> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
60301 #~ msgstr "B<Le troisième champ> (I<fs_vfstype>)"
60302
60303 #~ msgid ""
60304 #~ "This field describes the type of the filesystem.  Linux supports many "
60305 #~ "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
60306 #~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more.  For more "
60307 #~ "details, see B<mount>(8)."
60308 #~ msgstr ""
60309 #~ "Ce champ décrit le type de système de fichiers. Linux reconnaît beaucoup "
60310 #~ "de systèmes de fichiers : ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, "
60311 #~ "tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, et bien d’autres. "
60312 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<mount>(8)."
60313
60314 #~ msgid ""
60315 #~ "An entry I<swap> denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf."
60316 #~ "\\& B<swapon>(8).  An entry I<none> is useful for bind or move mounts."
60317 #~ msgstr ""
60318 #~ "Une entrée B<swap> indique une partition ou un fichier à utiliser pour "
60319 #~ "les échanges, consultez B<swapon>(8). Une entrée B<none> est utile pour "
60320 #~ "les points de montage liés ou remontés."
60321
60322 #~ msgid "B<The fourth field> (I<fs_mntops>)."
60323 #~ msgstr "B<Le quatrième champ> (I<fs_mntops>)"
60324
60325 #~ msgid ""
60326 #~ "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options.  It contains at "
60327 #~ "least the type of mount (B<ro> or B<rw>), plus any additional options "
60328 #~ "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
60329 #~ "options).  For details, see B<mount>(8)  or B<swapon>(8)."
60330 #~ msgstr ""
60331 #~ "Il s'agit d'une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Elle contient "
60332 #~ "au moins le type de montage (B<ro> ou B<rw>), suivi éventuellement "
60333 #~ "d'options appropriées au type de système de fichiers (y compris des "
60334 #~ "options d’optimisation pour les performances). Pour plus de précisions, "
60335 #~ "consultez B<mount>(8) ou B<swapon>(8)."
60336
60337 #~ msgid "B<The fifth field> (I<fs_freq>)."
60338 #~ msgstr "B<Le cinquième champ> (I<fs_freq>)"
60339
60340 #~ msgid "B<The sixth field> (I<fs_passno>)."
60341 #~ msgstr "B<Le sixième champ> (I<fs_passno>)"
60342
60343 #~ msgid ""
60344 #~ "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
60345 #~ "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
60346 #~ "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
60347 #~ "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
60348 #~ "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
60349 #~ "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
60350 #~ "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
60351 #~ msgstr ""
60352 #~ "Ce champ est utilisé par B<fsck>(8) pour déterminer l’ordre de "
60353 #~ "vérification des systèmes de fichiers au démarrage. Le système de "
60354 #~ "fichiers racine doit avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<1>. Les "
60355 #~ "autres systèmes de fichiers devraient avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de "
60356 #~ "valeur B<2>. Les systèmes de fichiers partageant le même disque seront "
60357 #~ "vérifiés à la suite, mais ceux utilisant différents disques seront "
60358 #~ "vérifiés simultanément pour profiter du parallélisme offert par le "
60359 #~ "matériel. Zéro par défaut (pas de vérification) si absent."
60360
60361 #~ msgid ""
60362 #~ "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines "
60363 #~ "B<getmntent>(3)  or B<libmount>."
60364 #~ msgstr ""
60365 #~ "La meilleure manière de lire les enregistrements de I<fstab> est "
60366 #~ "d'utiliser les routines B<getmntent>(3) ou B<libmount>."
60367
60368 #, fuzzy
60369 #~ msgid ""
60370 #~ "This man page is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
60371 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
60372 #~ msgstr ""
60373 #~ "Cette page de manuel fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60374 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
60375 #~ ">E<gt>."
60376
60377 #, fuzzy
60378 #~| msgid ""
60379 #~| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
60380 #~| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
60381 #~ msgid ""
60382 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
60383 #~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters.  But when "
60384 #~ "specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case "
60385 #~ "characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
60386 #~ msgstr ""
60387 #~ "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
60388 #~ "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."
60389
60390 #~ msgid "FSTRIM"
60391 #~ msgstr "FSTRIM"
60392
60393 #, fuzzy
60394 #~| msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call FITRIM ioctl."
60395 #~ msgid ""
60396 #~ "This option does everything apart from actually call B<FITRIM> ioctl."
60397 #~ msgstr ""
60398 #~ "Cette option permet de tout faire, sauf d’appeler réellement l’ioctl "
60399 #~ "FITRIM."
60400
60401 #, fuzzy
60402 #~| msgid ""
60403 #~| "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
60404 #~| "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.)  Free "
60405 #~| "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
60406 #~| "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
60407 #~| "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace.  By increasing this value, the "
60408 #~| "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
60409 #~| "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded.  The "
60410 #~| "default value is zero, discarding every free block."
60411 #~ msgid ""
60412 #~ "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
60413 #~ "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
60414 #~ "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
60415 #~ "minimum if it\\(cqs smaller than the device\\(cqs minimum, and report "
60416 #~ "that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, "
60417 #~ "the fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with "
60418 #~ "badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. "
60419 #~ "The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
60420 #~ msgstr ""
60421 #~ "L'intervalle libre contigu minimal à abandonner, en octet (cette valeur "
60422 #~ "est arrondie en interne à un multiple de la taille de bloc du système de "
60423 #~ "fichiers). Les intervalles libres plus petits que cela seront ignorés et "
60424 #~ "B<fstrim> ajustera la valeur minimale si elle est plus petite que le "
60425 #~ "minimum du périphérique et le rapportera (fstrim_range.minlen) dans "
60426 #~ "l’espace utilisateur. En augmentant cette valeur, l'opération B<fstrim> "
60427 #~ "se terminera plus rapidement pour les systèmes de fichiers avec des "
60428 #~ "espaces libres mal fragmentés, même si tous les blocs libres ne sont pas "
60429 #~ "abandonnés. La valeur par défaut est zéro, pour abandonner tous les blocs "
60430 #~ "libres."
60431
60432 #, fuzzy
60433 #~| msgid ""
60434 #~| "Verbose execution.  With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
60435 #~| "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
60436 #~| "potential discard.  This number is a maximum discard amount from the "
60437 #~| "storage device's perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated "
60438 #~| "will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
60439 #~ msgid ""
60440 #~ "Verbose execution. With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
60441 #~ "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
60442 #~ "potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the "
60443 #~ "storage device\\(cqs perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated "
60444 #~ "will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
60445 #~ msgstr ""
60446 #~ "Exécution détaillée. Avec cette option, B<fstrim> affichera le nombre "
60447 #~ "d'octets transmis du système de fichiers par la pile de bloc vers le "
60448 #~ "périphérique pour abandon éventuel. Ce nombre est un montant maximal "
60449 #~ "d'abandon d'un point de vue du périphérique de stockage, parce que "
60450 #~ "l'ioctl I<FITRIM> appelé plusieurs fois continuera à répéter l'envoi des "
60451 #~ "mêmes secteurs pour abandon."
60452
60453 #, fuzzy
60454 #~| msgid ""
60455 #~| "The fstrim command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
60456 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
60457 #~ msgid ""
60458 #~ "The B<fstrim> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
60459 #~ "downloaded from"
60460 #~ msgstr ""
60461 #~ "La commande B<fstrim> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60462 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
60463 #~ ">E<gt>."
60464
60465 #~ msgid "May 2019"
60466 #~ msgstr "mai 2019"
60467
60468 #~ msgid ""
60469 #~ "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
60470 #~ "size>] [B<-v>] I<mountpoint>"
60471 #~ msgstr ""
60472 #~ "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<position>] [B<-l> I<taille>] [B<-m> "
60473 #~ "I<taille_mini>] [B<-v>] I<point_montage>"
60474
60475 #~ msgid ""
60476 #~ "B<fstrim> is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks "
60477 #~ "which are not in use by the filesystem.  This is useful for solid-state "
60478 #~ "drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
60479 #~ msgstr ""
60480 #~ "B<fstrim> est utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté pour abandonner "
60481 #~ "(ou « rogner ») les blocs qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système de "
60482 #~ "fichiers. C'est pratique pour les SSD (« solid-state drive ») et "
60483 #~ "l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »)."
60484
60485 #~ msgid ""
60486 #~ "By default, B<fstrim> will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem.  "
60487 #~ "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
60488 #~ "explained below."
60489 #~ msgstr ""
60490 #~ "Par défaut, B<fstrim> abandonnera tous les blocs non utilisés du système "
60491 #~ "de fichiers. Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en "
60492 #~ "fonction d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications "
60493 #~ "suivantes."
60494
60495 #~ msgid ""
60496 #~ "Running B<fstrim> frequently, or even using B<mount -o discard>, might "
60497 #~ "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices.  For most "
60498 #~ "desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a "
60499 #~ "week.  Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim "
60500 #~ "command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to "
60501 #~ "use the disk at the time."
60502 #~ msgstr ""
60503 #~ "Exécuter B<fstrim> fréquemment, ou même utiliser B<mount -o discard>, "
60504 #~ "pourrait affecter négativement la durée de vie des périphériques SSD de "
60505 #~ "mauvaise qualité. Pour la plupart des systèmes de bureau ou de serveur, "
60506 #~ "la fréquence d’abandon suffisante est une fois par semaine. Remarquez que "
60507 #~ "tous les périphériques ne permettent pas de mettre en attente les "
60508 #~ "abandons, donc chaque commande d’abandon pénalise les performances de "
60509 #~ "tout ce qui pourrait être en train d’essayer d’utiliser le disque en même "
60510 #~ "temps."
60511
60512 #~ msgid ""
60513 #~ "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in I</etc/fstab> on devices that "
60514 #~ "support the discard operation.  The root filesystem is determined from "
60515 #~ "kernel command line if missing in the file.  The other supplied options, "
60516 #~ "like B<--offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, are applied to all these "
60517 #~ "devices.  Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard "
60518 #~ "operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently "
60519 #~ "ignored."
60520 #~ msgstr ""
60521 #~ "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés dans I</etc/fstab> montés "
60522 #~ "sur les périphériques qui permettent l’opération d’abandon. Le système de "
60523 #~ "fichiers racine est déterminé à partir de la ligne de commande du noyau "
60524 #~ "s’il n’est pas indiqué dans le fichier. Les autres options fournies, "
60525 #~ "comme B<--offset>, B<--length> et B<--minimum> sont appliquées à tous ces "
60526 #~ "périphériques. Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas "
60527 #~ "l’opération d’abandon sont ignorées silencieusement."
60528
60529 #~ msgid ""
60530 #~ "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard "
60531 #~ "operation.  The other supplied options, like B<--offset>, B<--length> and "
60532 #~ "B<--minimum>, are applied to all these devices.  Errors from filesystems "
60533 #~ "that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-"
60534 #~ "only filesystems are silently ignored."
60535 #~ msgstr ""
60536 #~ "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers montés sur les périphériques qui "
60537 #~ "permettent l’opération d’abandon. Les autres options fournies, comme B<--"
60538 #~ "offset>, B<--length> et B<--minimum> sont appliquées à tous ces "
60539 #~ "périphériques. Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas "
60540 #~ "l’opération d’abandon, les périphériques en lecture seule et les systèmes "
60541 #~ "de fichiers en lecture seule sont ignorées silencieusement."
60542
60543 #~ msgid ""
60544 #~ "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free "
60545 #~ "blocks to discard.  The default value is zero, starting at the beginning "
60546 #~ "of the filesystem."
60547 #~ msgstr ""
60548 #~ "La I<position> en octet dans le système de fichiers à partir de laquelle "
60549 #~ "commencer à chercher les blocs libres à abandonner. La valeur par défaut "
60550 #~ "est zéro, désignant le début du système de fichiers."
60551
60552 #~ msgid ""
60553 #~ "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks "
60554 #~ "to discard.  If the specified value extends past the end of the "
60555 #~ "filesystem, B<fstrim> will stop at the filesystem size boundary.  The "
60556 #~ "default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
60557 #~ msgstr ""
60558 #~ "Le nombre d'octets (après le point de départ) où chercher des blocs "
60559 #~ "libres à abandonner. Si la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du "
60560 #~ "système de fichiers, B<fstrim> s'arrêtera à la frontière de taille du "
60561 #~ "système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut prolonge la recherche jusqu'à "
60562 #~ "la fin du système de fichiers."
60563
60564 #~ msgid ""
60565 #~ "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
60566 #~ "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored.  The evaluation "
60567 #~ "of the I<list> stops after first non-empty file. For example: B<--listed-"
60568 #~ "in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."
60569 #~ msgstr ""
60570 #~ "Indiquer une liste de fichiers séparés par des deux-points dans le format "
60571 #~ "mountinfo du noyau ou de fstab. Tous les fichiers manquants ou vides sont "
60572 #~ "ignorés silencieusement. L’évaluation de la I<liste> s’arrête après le "
60573 #~ "premier fichier non vide. Par exemple, B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/"
60574 #~ "self/mountinfo>."
60575
60576 #~ msgid ""
60577 #~ "B<fstrim> will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but "
60578 #~ "only sectors which had been written to between the discards would "
60579 #~ "actually be discarded by the storage device.  Further, the kernel block "
60580 #~ "layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe "
60581 #~ "geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc.  These reductions "
60582 #~ "would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the B<--length> option)."
60583 #~ msgstr ""
60584 #~ "B<fstrim> signalera à chaque fois les mêmes octets à abandonner, mais "
60585 #~ "seuls les secteurs sur lesquels une écriture a eu lieu entre les abandons "
60586 #~ "seront vraiment abandonnés par le périphérique de stockage. De plus, la "
60587 #~ "couche bloc du noyau se réserve le droit d'ajuster les intervalles "
60588 #~ "d'abandon pour s'ajuster à la géométrie des bandes RAID, aux "
60589 #~ "périphériques ne pouvant pas être rognés dans une configuration LVM, etc. "
60590 #~ "Ces réductions ne seront pas reflétées par fstrim_range.len (l'option B<--"
60591 #~ "length>)."
60592
60593 #~ msgid ""
60594 #~ "Lukas Czerner E<lt>lczerner@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
60595 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
60596 #~ msgstr ""
60597 #~ "Lukas Czerner E<lt>I<lczerner@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
60598 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
60599
60600 #~ msgid ""
60601 #~ "The fstrim command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
60602 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
60603 #~ msgstr ""
60604 #~ "La commande B<fstrim> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60605 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
60606 #~ ">E<gt>."
60607
60608 #~ msgid "GETOPT"
60609 #~ msgstr "GETOPT"
60610
60611 #, fuzzy
60612 #~| msgid ""
60613 #~| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
60614 #~| "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
60615 #~| "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
60616 #~| "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The second "
60617 #~| "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
60618 #~| "argument, or after the first occurrence of 'B<-->'.  If no 'B<-o>' or "
60619 #~| "'B<--options>' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of "
60620 #~| "the second part is used as the short options string."
60621 #~ msgid ""
60622 #~ "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
60623 #~ "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
60624 #~ "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
60625 #~ "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The second "
60626 #~ "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
60627 #~ "argument, or after the first occurrence of \\(aqB<-->\\(aq. If no \\(aqB<-"
60628 #~ "o>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--options>\\(aq option is found in the first part, the "
60629 #~ "first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
60630 #~ msgstr ""
60631 #~ "Les paramètres fournis à B<getopt> sont de deux types : le premier est "
60632 #~ "constitué des options qui modifient la façon dont B<getopt> fera "
60633 #~ "l'analyse (les I<options> et I<chaîne_options> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>) et "
60634 #~ "les paramètres à analyser (I<paramètres> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>). Le second "
60635 #~ "type commence dès le premier paramètre qui n'est pas une option ou après "
60636 #~ "la première occurrence de « B<--> ». Si aucune option « B<-o> » ou « B<--"
60637 #~ "options> » n'est présente dans la première partie, le premier paramètre "
60638 #~ "de la seconde partie sera utilisé comme chaîne d’options courtes."
60639
60640 #, fuzzy
60641 #~| msgid ""
60642 #~| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
60643 #~| "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a 'B<->', the first "
60644 #~| "format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
60645 #~| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1).  It will still "
60646 #~| "do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
60647 #~| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
60648 #~ msgid ""
60649 #~ "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
60650 #~ "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, the "
60651 #~ "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
60652 #~ "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do "
60653 #~ "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
60654 #~ "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
60655 #~ msgstr ""
60656 #~ "Si la variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est positionnée, ou "
60657 #~ "si le premier I<paramètre> n'est pas une option (c'est-à-dire ne commence "
60658 #~ "pas par un « B<-> », le premier format du B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> "
60659 #~ "produira une sortie compatible avec d'autres versions de B<getopt>(1). Il "
60660 #~ "réorganisera encore les paramètres et reconnaîtra les paramètres "
60661 #~ "optionnels (consultez la section B<COMPATIBILITÉ> pour plus "
60662 #~ "d'informations)."
60663
60664 #, fuzzy
60665 #~| msgid "Allow long options to start with a single 'B<->'."
60666 #~ msgid "Allow long options to start with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
60667 #~ msgstr ""
60668 #~ "Permettre aux options longues de ne commencer que par un seul « B<-> »."
60669
60670 #, fuzzy
60671 #~| msgid ""
60672 #~| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized.  If this option is "
60673 #~| "not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
60674 #~| "'B<->' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options "
60675 #~| "string.  Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by "
60676 #~| "one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
60677 #~| "indicate it has an optional argument.  The first character of shortopts "
60678 #~| "may be 'B<+>' or 'B<->' to influence the way options are parsed and "
60679 #~| "output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
60680 #~ msgid ""
60681 #~ "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
60682 #~ "found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
60683 #~ "\\(aqB<->\\(aq (and is not an option argument) is used as the short "
60684 #~ "options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be "
60685 #~ "followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two "
60686 #~ "colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of "
60687 #~ "shortopts may be \\(aqB<+>\\(aq or \\(aqB<->\\(aq to influence the way "
60688 #~ "options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> "
60689 #~ "for details)."
60690 #~ msgstr ""
60691 #~ "Les options courtes (un seul caractère) à reconnaître. Si cette option "
60692 #~ "n'est pas trouvée, le premier paramètre de B<getopt> qui ne commence pas "
60693 #~ "par un « B<-> » (et qui n'est pas un paramètre d'une option) est utilisé "
60694 #~ "comme chaîne de description des options courtes. Chaque caractère "
60695 #~ "d'option courte de I<options_courtes> peut être suivi d'un signe deux-"
60696 #~ "points pour indiquer que l'option attend un paramètre ou de deux signes "
60697 #~ "deux-points pour indiquer qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel. Le premier "
60698 #~ "caractère de I<options_courtes> peut être un « B<+> » ou un « B<-> » pour "
60699 #~ "modifier la façon dont les options sont analysées et dont la sortie est "
60700 #~ "produite (consultez la section B<MODES D'ANALYSE> pour plus de "
60701 #~ "précisions)."
60702
60703 #, fuzzy
60704 #~| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
60705 #~ msgid "Disable error reporting by B<getopt>(3)."
60706 #~ msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par B<getopt>(3)."
60707
60708 #, fuzzy
60709 #~| msgid ""
60710 #~| "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>.  If the B<-s> option is "
60711 #~| "not given, the E<.SM BASH> conventions are used.  Valid arguments are "
60712 #~| "currently 'B<sh>' 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>', and 'B<tcsh>'."
60713 #~ msgid ""
60714 #~ "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>. If the B<-s> option is not "
60715 #~ "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
60716 #~ "\\(aqB<sh>\\(aq \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq, and "
60717 #~ "\\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq."
60718 #~ msgstr ""
60719 #~ "Définir les règles de protection (avec des guillemets) à celles des "
60720 #~ "interpréteurs de commandes I<shell>. En absence d’indication de l’option "
60721 #~ "B<-s>, les conventions de E<.SM BASH> sont utilisées. Les valeurs "
60722 #~ "acceptées sont « B<sh> », « B<bash> », « B<csh> » et « B<tcsh> »."
60723
60724 #, fuzzy
60725 #~| msgid ""
60726 #~| "Test if your B<getopt>(1)  is this enhanced version or an old version.  "
60727 #~| "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4.  Other "
60728 #~| "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
60729 #~| "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return 'B<-->' and error "
60730 #~| "status 0."
60731 #~ msgid ""
60732 #~ "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. "
60733 #~ "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other "
60734 #~ "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
60735 #~ "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and "
60736 #~ "error status 0."
60737 #~ msgstr ""
60738 #~ "Vérifier si la version de B<getopt>(1) correspond à cette version "
60739 #~ "améliorée ou à une version plus ancienne. Aucune sortie n'est créée et la "
60740 #~ "valeur de retour est B<4>. Les autres implémentations de B<getopt>(1) (ou "
60741 #~ "celle-ci si la variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est "
60742 #~ "positionnée) renverront « B<--> », avec une valeur de retour de B<0>."
60743
60744 #, fuzzy
60745 #~| msgid ""
60746 #~| "A simple short option is a 'B<->' followed by a short option character.  "
60747 #~| "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after "
60748 #~| "the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by "
60749 #~| "whitespace on the command line).  If the option has an optional "
60750 #~| "argument, it must be written directly after the option character if "
60751 #~| "present."
60752 #~ msgid ""
60753 #~ "A simple short option is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq followed by a short option "
60754 #~ "character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
60755 #~ "directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., "
60756 #~ "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an "
60757 #~ "optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character "
60758 #~ "if present."
60759 #~ msgstr ""
60760 #~ "Une option courte est un « B<-> » suivi par le caractère de l'option. Si "
60761 #~ "l'option a un paramètre obligatoire, il peut être indiqué juste après le "
60762 #~ "caractère de l'option ou comme paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en les "
60763 #~ "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit "
60764 #~ "être écrit juste après le caractère de l'option (quand le paramètre est "
60765 #~ "présent)."
60766
60767 #, fuzzy
60768 #~| msgid ""
60769 #~| "It is possible to specify several short options after one 'B<->', as "
60770 #~| "long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional "
60771 #~| "arguments."
60772 #~ msgid ""
60773 #~ "It is possible to specify several short options after one \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
60774 #~ "as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or "
60775 #~ "optional arguments."
60776 #~ msgstr ""
60777 #~ "Il est possible d'indiquer plusieurs options courtes après un « B<-> », "
60778 #~ "tant que toutes les options (sauf peut-être la dernière) n'ont pas de "
60779 #~ "paramètre obligatoire ou optionnel."
60780
60781 #, fuzzy
60782 #~| msgid ""
60783 #~| "A long option normally begins with 'B<-->' followed by the long option "
60784 #~| "name.  If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly "
60785 #~| "after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', or as the next argument "
60786 #~| "(i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line).  If the option has "
60787 #~| "an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option "
60788 #~| "name, separated by 'B<=>', if present (if you add the 'B<=>' but nothing "
60789 #~| "behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a "
60790 #~| "slight bug, see the B<BUGS>).  Long options may be abbreviated, as long "
60791 #~| "as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
60792 #~ msgid ""
60793 #~ "A long option normally begins with \\(aqB<-->\\(aq followed by the long "
60794 #~ "option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
60795 #~ "directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, or as "
60796 #~ "the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If "
60797 #~ "the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after "
60798 #~ "the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, if present (if you add "
60799 #~ "the \\(aqB<=>\\(aq but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no "
60800 #~ "argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long "
60801 #~ "options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
60802 #~ msgstr ""
60803 #~ "Une option longue commence normalement par « B<--> », suivi par le nom de "
60804 #~ "l'option longue. Si l'option nécessite un paramètre, celui-ci peut être "
60805 #~ "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « B<=> » "
60806 #~ "entre, ou il peut être indiqué dans le paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en "
60807 #~ "le séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il "
60808 #~ "doit être indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le "
60809 #~ "caractère « B<=> » entre, si le paramètre est présent (quand vous ajoutez "
60810 #~ "le caractère « B<=> » sans rien derrière, c'est comme si le paramètre "
60811 #~ "n'était pas présent ; c'est un bogue mineur, consultez la section "
60812 #~ "B<BOGUES>). Les options longues peuvent être abrégées, tant que "
60813 #~ "l'abréviation n'est pas ambiguë."
60814
60815 #, fuzzy
60816 #~| msgid ""
60817 #~| "Each parameter not starting with a 'B<->', and not a required argument "
60818 #~| "of a previous option, is a non-option parameter.  Each parameter after a "
60819 #~| "'B<-->' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter.  If "
60820 #~| "the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short "
60821 #~| "option string started with a 'B<+>', all remaining parameters are "
60822 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option "
60823 #~| "parameter is found."
60824 #~ msgid ""
60825 #~ "Each parameter not starting with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, and not a required "
60826 #~ "argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter "
60827 #~ "after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is always interpreted as a non-option "
60828 #~ "parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if "
60829 #~ "the short option string started with a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, all remaining "
60830 #~ "parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first "
60831 #~ "non-option parameter is found."
60832 #~ msgstr ""
60833 #~ "Chaque paramètre ne commençant pas par un « B<-> » et n'étant pas un "
60834 #~ "paramètre obligatoire est un « paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Chaque "
60835 #~ "paramètre situé après un « B<--> » est toujours interprété comme un "
60836 #~ "« paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Si la variable d'environnement "
60837 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est positionnée, ou si la chaîne des options courtes "
60838 #~ "commence par un « B<+> », tous les paramètres suivant le premier "
60839 #~ "paramètre n'étant pas une option sont interprétés comme des paramètres "
60840 #~ "n'étant pas des options."
60841
60842 #, fuzzy
60843 #~| msgid ""
60844 #~| "For a short option, a single 'B<->' and the option character are "
60845 #~| "generated as one parameter.  If the option has an argument, the next "
60846 #~| "parameter will be the argument.  If the option takes an optional "
60847 #~| "argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but "
60848 #~| "be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in "
60849 #~| "unquoted (compatible) mode.  Note that many other B<getopt>(1)  "
60850 #~| "implementations do not support optional arguments."
60851 #~ msgid ""
60852 #~ "For a short option, a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq and the option character are "
60853 #~ "generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next "
60854 #~ "parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, "
60855 #~ "but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in "
60856 #~ "quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted "
60857 #~ "(compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do "
60858 #~ "not support optional arguments."
60859 #~ msgstr ""
60860 #~ "Pour une option courte, un seul « B<-> » et le caractère de l'option sont "
60861 #~ "générés comme un paramètre. Si l'option est suivie de son paramètre, le "
60862 #~ "paramètre suivant de la sortie sera le paramètre de l'option. Si l'option "
60863 #~ "accepte un paramètre optionnel, mais qu'aucun n'a été trouvé, un "
60864 #~ "paramètre vide sera généré dans le mode protégé, mais aucun dans le mode "
60865 #~ "non protégé (ou mode compatible). Notez que beaucoup d'autres "
60866 #~ "implémentations de B<getopt>(1) ne gèrent pas les paramètres optionnels."
60867
60868 #, fuzzy
60869 #~| msgid ""
60870 #~| "If several short options were specified after a single 'B<->', each will "
60871 #~| "be present in the output as a separate parameter."
60872 #~ msgid ""
60873 #~ "If several short options were specified after a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
60874 #~ "each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
60875 #~ msgstr ""
60876 #~ "Si plusieurs options courtes ont été précisées après un unique « B<-> », "
60877 #~ "chacune sera présente dans la sortie dans un paramètre distinct."
60878
60879 #, fuzzy
60880 #~| msgid ""
60881 #~| "For a long option, 'B<-->' and the full option name are generated as one "
60882 #~| "parameter.  This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated "
60883 #~| "or specified with a single 'B<->' in the input.  Arguments are handled "
60884 #~| "as with short options."
60885 #~ msgid ""
60886 #~ "For a long option, \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and the full option name are generated "
60887 #~ "as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was "
60888 #~ "abbreviated or specified with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq in the input. "
60889 #~ "Arguments are handled as with short options."
60890 #~ msgstr ""
60891 #~ "Pour une option longue, « B<--> » et le nom complet de l'option sont "
60892 #~ "générés en un seul paramètre. C'est le cas que l'option soit abrégée ou "
60893 #~ "qu'elle soit indiquée avec un seul « B<-> » dans l'entrée. Les paramètres "
60894 #~ "sont traités comme pour les options courtes."
60895
60896 #, fuzzy
60897 #~| msgid ""
60898 #~| "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
60899 #~| "and their arguments have been generated.  Then 'B<-->' is generated as a "
60900 #~| "single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order "
60901 #~| "they were found, each as a separate parameter.  Only if the first "
60902 #~| "character of the short options string was a 'B<->', non-option parameter "
60903 #~| "output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is "
60904 #~| "not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that "
60905 #~| "case all preceding occurrences of 'B<->' and 'B<+>' are ignored)."
60906 #~ msgid ""
60907 #~ "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
60908 #~ "and their arguments have been generated. Then \\(aqB<-->\\(aq is "
60909 #~ "generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters "
60910 #~ "in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the "
60911 #~ "first character of the short options string was a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-"
60912 #~ "option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the "
60913 #~ "input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is "
60914 #~ "used; in that case all preceding occurrences of \\(aqB<->\\(aq and "
60915 #~ "\\(aqB<+>\\(aq are ignored)."
60916 #~ msgstr ""
60917 #~ "Normalement, aucun paramètre n'étant pas une option n'est généré sur la "
60918 #~ "sortie tant que toutes les options et leurs paramètres n'ont pas été "
60919 #~ "traités. Ensuite, « B<--> » est généré séparément comme un paramètre, et "
60920 #~ "est suivi des paramètres n'étant pas des options, dans l'ordre où ils ont "
60921 #~ "été trouvés, chacun comme un paramètre distinct. Si le premier caractère "
60922 #~ "de la chaîne des options courtes est un « B<-> », et seulement dans ce "
60923 #~ "cas, les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont générés quand ils sont "
60924 #~ "trouvés dans l'entrée (ce n'est pas géré si la première forme du "
60925 #~ "B<SYNOPSIS> est utilisée ; dans ce cas, les « B<-> » et « B<+> » de tête "
60926 #~ "sont ignorés)."
60927
60928 #, fuzzy
60929 #~| msgid ""
60930 #~| "In compatible mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
60931 #~| "non-option parameters are not handled correctly.  As the output is fed "
60932 #~| "to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to "
60933 #~| "break the output into separate parameters.  To circumvent this problem, "
60934 #~| "this implementation offers quoting.  The idea is that output is "
60935 #~| "generated with quotes around each parameter.  When this output is once "
60936 #~| "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
60937 #~| "correctly into separate parameters."
60938 #~ msgid ""
60939 #~ "In compatibility mode, whitespace or \\(aqspecial\\(aq characters in "
60940 #~ "arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the "
60941 #~ "output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is "
60942 #~ "supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this "
60943 #~ "problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is "
60944 #~ "generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once "
60945 #~ "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
60946 #~ "correctly into separate parameters."
60947 #~ msgstr ""
60948 #~ "Dans le mode compatible, les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans les "
60949 #~ "paramètres des options ou les paramètres n'étant pas des options ne sont "
60950 #~ "pas gérés correctement. Comme la sortie est envoyée à un script shell, le "
60951 #~ "script ne sait pas comment il doit séparer les paramètres. Pour éviter ce "
60952 #~ "problème, cette implémentation propose un mode protégé. L'idée est de "
60953 #~ "générer la sortie avec des protections (à l'aide de guillemets) autour "
60954 #~ "des paramètres. Quand cette sortie est envoyée de nouveau à un "
60955 #~ "interpréteur de commandes (généralement en utilisant la commande B<eval> "
60956 #~ "de l'interpréteur), le découpage en paramètres est correct."
60957
60958 #, fuzzy
60959 #~| msgid ""
60960 #~| "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
60961 #~| "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
60962 #~| "'B<-u>' is found."
60963 #~ msgid ""
60964 #~ "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
60965 #~ "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
60966 #~ "\\(aqB<-u>\\(aq is found."
60967 #~ msgstr ""
60968 #~ "La protection n'est pas activée si la variable d'environnement "
60969 #~ "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est positionnée, si la première forme du B<SYNOPSIS> "
60970 #~ "est utilisée ou si l'option « B<-u> » est trouvée."
60971
60972 #, fuzzy
60973 #~| msgid ""
60974 #~| "Different shells use different quoting conventions.  You can use the 'B<-"
60975 #~| "s>' option to select the shell you are using.  The following shells are "
60976 #~| "currently supported: 'B<sh>', 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>' and 'B<tcsh>'.  "
60977 #~| "Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting "
60978 #~| "conventions and csh-like quoting conventions.  Chances are that if you "
60979 #~| "use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be "
60980 #~| "used."
60981 #~ msgid ""
60982 #~ "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the "
60983 #~ "\\(aqB<-s>\\(aq option to select the shell you are using. The following "
60984 #~ "shells are currently supported: \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq, \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, "
60985 #~ "\\(aqB<csh>\\(aq and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq. Actually, only two "
60986 #~ "\\(aqflavors\\(aq are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-"
60987 #~ "like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell "
60988 #~ "script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
60989 #~ msgstr ""
60990 #~ "Les conventions de protection diffèrent suivant les interpréteurs de "
60991 #~ "commandes. Vous pouvez préciser l'interpréteur de commandes que vous "
60992 #~ "utilisez avec l'option « B<-s> ». Les interpréteurs de commandes suivants "
60993 #~ "sont gérés : « B<sh> », « B<bash> », « B<csh> » et « B<tcsh> ». En fait, "
60994 #~ "seuls deux types sont différenciés : ceux utilisant les conventions de "
60995 #~ "B<sh> et ceux utilisant les conventions de B<csh>. Il y a de grandes "
60996 #~ "chances que si vous utilisez un autre langage de script, il utilise une "
60997 #~ "de ces conventions."
60998
60999 #, fuzzy
61000 #~| msgid ""
61001 #~| "The first character of the short options string may be a 'B<->' or a "
61002 #~| "'B<+>' to indicate a special scanning mode.  If the first calling form "
61003 #~| "in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
61004 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
61005 #~ msgid ""
61006 #~ "The first character of the short options string may be a \\(aqB<->\\(aq "
61007 #~ "or a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first "
61008 #~ "calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment "
61009 #~ "variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
61010 #~ msgstr ""
61011 #~ "Le premier caractère de la chaîne de description des options courtes peut "
61012 #~ "être un « B<-> » ou un « B<+> » pour utiliser un mode spécial d'analyse. "
61013 #~ "Si la première forme du B<SYNOPSIS> est appelée, ils sont ignorés ; mais "
61014 #~ "la variable d'environnement B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est toujours examinée."
61015
61016 #, fuzzy
61017 #~| msgid ""
61018 #~| "If the first character is 'B<+>', or if the environment variable "
61019 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
61020 #~| "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a 'B<->')  is "
61021 #~| "found that is not an option argument.  The remaining parameters are all "
61022 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters."
61023 #~ msgid ""
61024 #~ "If the first character is \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, or if the environment variable "
61025 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
61026 #~ "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq) "
61027 #~ "is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all "
61028 #~ "interpreted as non-option parameters."
61029 #~ msgstr ""
61030 #~ "Si le premier caractère est un « B<+> », ou si la variable "
61031 #~ "d'environnement B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête "
61032 #~ "dès qu'un paramètre n'étant pas une option est rencontré (c'est-à-dire un "
61033 #~ "paramètre qui ne commence pas par « B<-> »). Aucun des paramètres "
61034 #~ "suivants ne sera considéré comme une option."
61035
61036 #, fuzzy
61037 #~| msgid ""
61038 #~| "If the first character is a 'B<->', non-option parameters are outputted "
61039 #~| "at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all "
61040 #~| "collected at the end of output after a 'B<-->' parameter has been "
61041 #~| "generated.  Note that this 'B<-->' parameter is still generated, but it "
61042 #~| "will always be the last parameter in this mode."
61043 #~ msgid ""
61044 #~ "If the first character is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameters are "
61045 #~ "outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they "
61046 #~ "are all collected at the end of output after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter "
61047 #~ "has been generated. Note that this \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is still "
61048 #~ "generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
61049 #~ msgstr ""
61050 #~ "Si le premier caractère est un « B<-> », les paramètres qui ne sont pas "
61051 #~ "des options sont placés dans la sortie à la position où ils ont été "
61052 #~ "trouvés ; normalement, ils sont tous placés à la fin de la sortie, juste "
61053 #~ "après le paramètre « B<--> » qui a été généré. Notez que dans ce mode, le "
61054 #~ "paramètre « B<--> » est encore généré, mais il sera toujours le dernier "
61055 #~ "paramètre."
61056
61057 #, fuzzy
61058 #~| msgid ""
61059 #~| "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
61060 #~| "compatibility mode.  Setting both this environment variable and "
61061 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs.  "
61062 #~| "Usually, though, neither is needed."
61063 #~ msgid ""
61064 #~ "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
61065 #~ "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
61066 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for \\(aqdifficult\\(aq "
61067 #~ "programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
61068 #~ msgstr ""
61069 #~ "La variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> force B<getopt> dans un "
61070 #~ "mode de compatibilité. Avec à la fois cette variable d'environnement et "
61071 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>, il sera 100 % compatible pour les programmes "
61072 #~ "« difficiles ». D'habitude, cependant, ni l'une ni l'autre n'est "
61073 #~ "nécessaire."
61074
61075 #, fuzzy
61076 #~| msgid ""
61077 #~| "In compatibility mode, leading 'B<->' and 'B<+>' characters in the short "
61078 #~| "options string are ignored."
61079 #~ msgid ""
61080 #~ "In compatibility mode, leading \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq "
61081 #~ "characters in the short options string are ignored."
61082 #~ msgstr ""
61083 #~ "Dans ce mode, les « B<-> » ou « B<+> » de tête des options courtes sont "
61084 #~ "ignorés."
61085
61086 #~ msgid "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
61087 #~ msgstr "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
61088
61089 #, fuzzy
61090 #~| msgid ""
61091 #~| "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3)  routines.  If "
61092 #~| "it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
61093 #~| "option or an option argument.  All remaining parameters are also "
61094 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
61095 #~| "a 'B<->'."
61096 #~ msgid ""
61097 #~ "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it "
61098 #~ "is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
61099 #~ "option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also "
61100 #~ "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
61101 #~ "a \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
61102 #~ msgstr ""
61103 #~ "Cette variable d'environnement est utilisée par B<getopt>(3). Lorsqu'elle "
61104 #~ "est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête au premier paramètre n'étant ni une "
61105 #~ "option ni le paramètre d'une option. Tous les paramètres restants sont "
61106 #~ "également interprétés comme des paramètres n'étant pas des options, "
61107 #~ "qu'ils commencent par un « B<-> » ou non."
61108
61109 #, fuzzy
61110 #~| msgid "GETOPT_COMPATIBLE"
61111 #~ msgid "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"
61112 #~ msgstr "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"
61113
61114 #~ msgid "December 2014"
61115 #~ msgstr "Décembre 2014"
61116
61117 #~ msgid ""
61118 #~ "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>)  options in command lines for "
61119 #~ "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options.  It "
61120 #~ "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3)  routines to do this."
61121 #~ msgstr ""
61122 #~ "B<getopt> permet d'analyser les options d'une ligne de commande d'une "
61123 #~ "façon simple pour des scripts shell et de vérifier les options "
61124 #~ "autorisées. Les routines de E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) sont utilisées pour "
61125 #~ "cela."
61126
61127 #~ msgid ""
61128 #~ "Traditional implementations of B<getopt>(1)  are unable to cope with "
61129 #~ "whitespace and other (shell-specific)  special characters in arguments "
61130 #~ "and non-option parameters.  To solve this problem, this implementation "
61131 #~ "can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the "
61132 #~ "shell (usually by using the B<eval> command).  This has the effect of "
61133 #~ "preserving those characters, but you must call B<getopt> in a way that is "
61134 #~ "no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in "
61135 #~ "the B<SYNOPSIS>).  To determine whether this enhanced version of "
61136 #~ "B<getopt>(1)  is installed, a special test option (B<-T>)  can be used."
61137 #~ msgstr ""
61138 #~ "Les implémentations traditionnelles de B<getopt>(1) ne gèrent pas les "
61139 #~ "espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux (spécifiques à chaque interpréteur "
61140 #~ "de commandes) dans les paramètres (options ou non). Pour résoudre ce "
61141 #~ "problème, cette implémentation peut produire une sortie, entre "
61142 #~ "guillemets, qui doit être interprétée de nouveau par l'interpréteur de "
61143 #~ "commandes (en général avec la commande B<eval>). Cela permet de préserver "
61144 #~ "ces caractères, mais vous devez appeler B<getopt> d'une façon non "
61145 #~ "compatible avec les autres versions (la deuxième ou troisième forme dans "
61146 #~ "le B<SYNOPSIS>). Pour déterminer si cette version améliorée de "
61147 #~ "B<getopt>(1) est installée, vous pouvez utiliser l'option spéciale de "
61148 #~ "test (B<-T>)."
61149
61150 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
61151 #~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
61152
61153 #~ msgid "Display help text and exit.  No other output is generated."
61154 #~ msgstr ""
61155 #~ "Afficher un texte d’aide puis quitter. Rien d'autre ne sera affiché."
61156
61157 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<longopts>"
61158 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<options_longues>"
61159
61160 #~ msgid ""
61161 #~ "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized.  More than one "
61162 #~ "option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with "
61163 #~ "commas.  This option may be given more than once, the I<longopts> are "
61164 #~ "cumulative.  Each long option name in I<longopts> may be followed by one "
61165 #~ "colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
61166 #~ "indicate it has an optional argument."
61167 #~ msgstr ""
61168 #~ "Les options longues (plusieurs caractères) à reconnaître. Plusieurs noms "
61169 #~ "d'option peuvent être fournis en une seule fois, en séparant les noms par "
61170 #~ "des virgules. Cette option peut être fournie plusieurs fois, les "
61171 #~ "I<options_longues> se cumulent. Chaque nom d'option dans "
61172 #~ "I<options_longues> peut être suivi d'un deux-points pour indiquer que "
61173 #~ "l'option attend un paramètre, et par deux signes deux-points pour "
61174 #~ "indiquer qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel."
61175
61176 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --name >I<progname>"
61177 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --name >I<nom-de-programme>"
61178
61179 #~ msgid ""
61180 #~ "The name that will be used by the B<getopt>(3)  routines when it reports "
61181 #~ "errors.  Note that errors of B<getopt>(1)  are still reported as coming "
61182 #~ "from getopt."
61183 #~ msgstr ""
61184 #~ "Le nom qui sera utilisé par B<getopt>(3) pour signaler les erreurs. Notez "
61185 #~ "que les erreurs de B<getopt>(1) sont signalées comme provenant de "
61186 #~ "B<getopt>."
61187
61188 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<shortopts>"
61189 #~ msgstr "B<-o>,B< --options >I<options_courtes>"
61190
61191 #~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --quiet>"
61192 #~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
61193
61194 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
61195 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
61196
61197 #~ msgid ""
61198 #~ "Do not generate normal output.  Errors are still reported by "
61199 #~ "B<getopt>(3), unless you also use B<-q>."
61200 #~ msgstr ""
61201 #~ "Ne pas produire la sortie normale. Les erreurs sont toujours remontées "
61202 #~ "par B<getopt>(3), sauf si l'option B<-q> est utilisée."
61203
61204 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
61205 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
61206
61207 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --test>"
61208 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --test>"
61209
61210 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
61211 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
61212
61213 #~ msgid ""
61214 #~ "Do not quote the output.  Note that whitespace and special (shell-"
61215 #~ "dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with "
61216 #~ "other B<getopt>(1)  implementations)."
61217 #~ msgstr ""
61218 #~ "Ne pas placer la sortie entre guillemets. Remarquez que les espaces et "
61219 #~ "caractères spéciaux (pour l'interpréteur de commandes utilisé) peuvent "
61220 #~ "poser des problèmes dans ce mode (comme pour les autres implémentations "
61221 #~ "de B<getopt>(1))."
61222
61223 #~ msgid "Display version information and exit.  No other output is generated."
61224 #~ msgstr ""
61225 #~ "Afficher le numéro de version puis quitter. Aucune autre sortie n'est "
61226 #~ "créée."
61227
61228 #~ msgid ""
61229 #~ "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
61230 #~ "B<getopt> (the I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The next section "
61231 #~ "(B<OUTPUT>)  describes the output that is generated.  These parameters "
61232 #~ "were typically the parameters a shell function was called with.  Care "
61233 #~ "must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with "
61234 #~ "corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of B<getopt> "
61235 #~ "(see the B<EXAMPLES>).  All parsing is done by the GNU B<getopt>(3)  "
61236 #~ "routines."
61237 #~ msgstr ""
61238 #~ "Cette section indique le format de la seconde partie des paramètres de "
61239 #~ "B<getopt> (I<paramètres> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>). La section suivante "
61240 #~ "(B<SORTIE>) décrit la sortie renvoyée. Ces paramètres sont généralement "
61241 #~ "ceux fournis à une fonction shell. Il faut faire attention à ce que "
61242 #~ "chaque paramètre fourni à la fonction corresponde bien à un paramètre de "
61243 #~ "la liste des paramètres de B<getopt> (consultez B<EXEMPLES>). Toutes les "
61244 #~ "analyses sont faites en utilisant les routines de GNU B<getopt>(3)."
61245
61246 #~ msgid ""
61247 #~ "The parameters are parsed from left to right.  Each parameter is "
61248 #~ "classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or "
61249 #~ "a non-option parameter."
61250 #~ msgstr ""
61251 #~ "Les paramètres sont analysés de la gauche vers la droite. Chaque "
61252 #~ "paramètre est classé en option courte, option longue, argument d'une "
61253 #~ "option ou paramètre n'étant pas une option."
61254
61255 #~ msgid ""
61256 #~ "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section.  "
61257 #~ "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the "
61258 #~ "input, except for non-option parameters.  Output can be done in "
61259 #~ "I<compatible> (I<unquoted>)  mode, or in such way that whitespace and "
61260 #~ "other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are "
61261 #~ "preserved (see B<QUOTING>).  When the output is processed in the shell "
61262 #~ "script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be "
61263 #~ "processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell "
61264 #~ "languages).  This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split "
61265 #~ "at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
61266 #~ msgstr ""
61267 #~ "La sortie est générée pour chaque élément décrit dans la section "
61268 #~ "précédente. Elle reprend l'ordre des éléments indiqués en entrée, à "
61269 #~ "l'exception des paramètres n'étant pas des options. La sortie peut être "
61270 #~ "faite dans un mode I<compatible> (I<non protégé> : sans guillemets) ou de "
61271 #~ "telle sorte que les espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux des paramètres "
61272 #~ "soient préservés (consultez B<PROTECTIONS>). Quand la sortie est utilisée "
61273 #~ "dans un script shell, elle paraîtra composée d'éléments distincts qui "
61274 #~ "peuvent être traités un par un (en utilisant la commande B<shift> de la "
61275 #~ "plupart des langages de script). Ce n'est pas parfait dans le mode I<non "
61276 #~ "protégé> parce que les éléments peuvent être coupés à des endroits non "
61277 #~ "prévus s'ils contiennent des espaces ou des caractères spéciaux."
61278
61279 #~ msgid ""
61280 #~ "This version of B<getopt>(1)  is written to be as compatible as possible "
61281 #~ "to other versions.  Usually you can just replace them with this version "
61282 #~ "without any modifications, and with some advantages."
61283 #~ msgstr ""
61284 #~ "Cette version de B<getopt>(1) a été écrite pour être aussi compatible que "
61285 #~ "possible avec les autres versions. En général, vous pouvez vous contenter "
61286 #~ "de les remplacer par cette version sans aucune modification, avec même "
61287 #~ "certains avantages."
61288
61289 #~ msgid ""
61290 #~ "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
61291 #~ "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
61292 #~ "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
61293 #~ "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
61294 #~ "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
61295 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
61296 #~ msgstr ""
61297 #~ "Si le premier caractère du premier paramètre de B<getopt> n'est pas un "
61298 #~ "« B<-> », B<getopt> passe en mode compatible. Il interprète son premier "
61299 #~ "paramètre comme une chaîne de description des options courtes, et tous "
61300 #~ "les autres paramètres seront analysés. Il réorganisera encore les "
61301 #~ "paramètres (c'est-à-dire que les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont "
61302 #~ "placés à la fin), à moins que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> ne soit "
61303 #~ "positionnée."
61304
61305 #~ msgid ""
61306 #~ "B<getopt> returns error code B<0> for successful parsing, B<1> if "
61307 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  returns errors, B<2> if it does not understand its own "
61308 #~ "parameters, B<3> if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and B<4> "
61309 #~ "if it is called with B<-T>."
61310 #~ msgstr ""
61311 #~ "Le code de retour de B<getopt> est B<0> en cas de réussite lors de "
61312 #~ "l'analyse des options, B<1> si B<getopt>(3) signale des erreurs, B<2> "
61313 #~ "s'il ne comprend pas ses propres paramètres, B<3> dans le cas d'une "
61314 #~ "erreur interne (comme un manque de mémoire) et B<4> lorsque l'option B<-"
61315 #~ "T> est utilisée."
61316
61317 #~ msgid ""
61318 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
61319 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/getopt/> "
61320 #~ "directory."
61321 #~ msgstr ""
61322 #~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
61323 #~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
61324 #~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."
61325
61326 #~ msgid ""
61327 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  can parse long options with optional arguments that are "
61328 #~ "given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options).  "
61329 #~ "This B<getopt>(1)  treats optional arguments that are empty as if they "
61330 #~ "were not present."
61331 #~ msgstr ""
61332 #~ "B<getopt>(3) peut analyser des options longues avec des paramètres "
61333 #~ "optionnels vides (ce n'est pas possible pour les options courtes). Cette "
61334 #~ "version de B<getopt>(1) traite les arguments optionnels vides comme s'ils "
61335 #~ "n'étaient pas présents."
61336
61337 #~ msgid ""
61338 #~ "The getopt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
61339 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
61340 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
61341 #~ msgstr ""
61342 #~ "La commande B<getopt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61343 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
61344 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
61345
61346 #, fuzzy
61347 #~| msgid ""
61348 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
61349 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-"
61350 #~| "linux/getopt/> directory."
61351 #~ msgid ""
61352 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
61353 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/examples/> "
61354 #~ "directory."
61355 #~ msgstr ""
61356 #~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
61357 #~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
61358 #~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."
61359
61360 #, fuzzy
61361 #~| msgid ""
61362 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
61363 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-"
61364 #~| "linux/getopt/> directory."
61365 #~ msgid ""
61366 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
61367 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/packages/util-linux/"
61368 #~ "getopt/> directory."
61369 #~ msgstr ""
61370 #~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
61371 #~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
61372 #~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."
61373
61374 #~ msgid "HWCLOCK"
61375 #~ msgstr "HWCLOCK"
61376
61377 #, fuzzy
61378 #~| msgid ""
61379 #~| "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks.  It can: "
61380 #~| "display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified "
61381 #~| "time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock "
61382 #~| "from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct "
61383 #~| "the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, "
61384 #~| "and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based "
61385 #~| "on its drift rate."
61386 #~ msgid ""
61387 #~ "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display "
61388 #~ "the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set "
61389 #~ "the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the "
61390 #~ "Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System "
61391 #~ "Clock timescale; set the kernel\\(cqs timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch "
61392 #~ "(Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift "
61393 #~ "rate."
61394 #~ msgstr ""
61395 #~ "B<hwclock> est un outil d’administration pour des horloges. Il permet "
61396 #~ "d’afficher l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de modifier l’heure de "
61397 #~ "l’horloge matérielle, de régler l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système, "
61398 #~ "de régler l’horloge système à partir de l’horloge matérielle, de "
61399 #~ "compenser la dérive de l’horloge matérielle, de corriger le fuseau "
61400 #~ "horaire de l’horloge système, de définir le fuseau horaire du noyau, le "
61401 #~ "calendrier NTP et l’Époque (seulement sur Alpha), de prédire les "
61402 #~ "prochaines valeurs de l’horloge matérielle à partir de son taux de dérive."
61403
61404 #, fuzzy
61405 #~| msgid ""
61406 #~| "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value.  "
61407 #~| "Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
61408 #~| "Hardware Clock refers.  For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year "
61409 #~| "counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since "
61410 #~| "1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
61411 #~ msgid ""
61412 #~ "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch "
61413 #~ "value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in "
61414 #~ "the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets "
61415 #~ "the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full "
61416 #~ "years since 1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must "
61417 #~ "be 1952."
61418 #~ msgstr ""
61419 #~ "Lire et définir la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle. C’est l’année "
61420 #~ "grégorienne qui correspond à la valeur zéro du champ année de l’horloge "
61421 #~ "matérielle. Par exemple, si le BIOS de la machine définit le décompte "
61422 #~ "d’années entières de l’horloge matérielle au nombre d'années entières "
61423 #~ "depuis 1952, la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle pour le noyau "
61424 #~ "doit être 1952."
61425
61426 #, fuzzy
61427 #~| msgid ""
61428 #~| "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by "
61429 #~| "anything other than the current operating system's B<\\%hwclock> "
61430 #~| "command, such as \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
61431 #~ msgid ""
61432 #~ "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by "
61433 #~ "anything other than the current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> "
61434 #~ "command, such as \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
61435 #~ msgstr ""
61436 #~ "N’utilisez pas cette fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par "
61437 #~ "autre chose que la commande B<\\%hwclock> du système d’exploitation "
61438 #~ "actuel, comme le « mode 11 minutes » ou par un autre système "
61439 #~ "d’exploitation en multiboot."
61440
61441 #, fuzzy
61442 #~| msgid ""
61443 #~| "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, "
61444 #~| "based upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>.  Do not use this function "
61445 #~| "if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the "
61446 #~| "current operating system's B<\\%hwclock> command, such as \\%'11\\ "
61447 #~| "minute\\ mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
61448 #~ msgid ""
61449 #~ "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, "
61450 #~ "based upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>. Do not use this function "
61451 #~ "if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the "
61452 #~ "current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as \\(aq11 minute "
61453 #~ "mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
61454 #~ msgstr ""
61455 #~ "La fonction B<--get> applique aussi la correction de dérive à l’heure "
61456 #~ "lue, à partir des renseignements de I</etc/adjtime>. N’utilisez pas cette "
61457 #~ "fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre chose que la "
61458 #~ "commande B<\\%hwclock> du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le « mode "
61459 #~ "11 minutes » ou par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."
61460
61461 #, fuzzy
61462 #~| msgid ""
61463 #~| "When used in a startup script, making the B<\\%--hctosys> function the "
61464 #~| "first caller of B<\\%settimeofday>(2)  from boot, it will set the NTP \\"
61465 #~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode' timescale via the I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> "
61466 #~| "kernel variable.  If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is "
61467 #~| "changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel.  See the "
61468 #~| "discussion below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by "
61469 #~| "the Kernel>."
61470 #~ msgid ""
61471 #~ "When used in a startup script, making the B<--hctosys> function the first "
61472 #~ "caller of B<settimeofday>(2) from boot, it will set the NTP \\(aq11 "
61473 #~ "minute mode\\(aq timescale via the I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel "
61474 #~ "variable. If the Hardware Clock\\(cqs timescale configuration is changed "
61475 #~ "then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, "
61476 #~ "under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
61477 #~ msgstr ""
61478 #~ "Lors d’une utilisation dans un script de démarrage, si la fonction B<\\%--"
61479 #~ "hctosys> est la première à appeler B<\\%settimeofday>(2) depuis le "
61480 #~ "démarrage, cela définira le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP par "
61481 #~ "l’intermédiaire de la variable I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> du noyau. "
61482 #~ "Si la configuration du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est "
61483 #~ "modifiée, alors un redémarrage est nécessaire pour informer le noyau. "
61484 #~ "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<Synchronisation automatique de "
61485 #~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau>."
61486
61487 #, fuzzy
61488 #~| msgid ""
61489 #~| "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system "
61490 #~| "time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps.  "
61491 #~| "Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's \\%'11\\ "
61492 #~| "minute\\ mode', then B<\\%--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by "
61493 #~| "including drift compensation."
61494 #~ msgid ""
61495 #~ "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system "
61496 #~ "time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, "
61497 #~ "if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP\\(cqs \\(aq11 "
61498 #~ "minute mode\\(aq, then B<--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by "
61499 #~ "including drift compensation."
61500 #~ msgstr ""
61501 #~ "Cette fonction ne devrait jamais être utilisée sur un système en "
61502 #~ "fonctionnement. Les sauts d’horloge système provoqueront des problèmes "
61503 #~ "comme par exemple des horodatages corrompus sur le système de fichiers. "
61504 #~ "Ainsi, si quelque chose a modifié l’horloge matérielle, comme le « mode "
61505 #~ "11 minutes » de NTP, B<\\%--hctosys> définira l’heure de façon incorrecte "
61506 #~ "en incluant la compensation de dérive."
61507
61508 #, fuzzy
61509 #~| msgid ""
61510 #~| "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>'s drift correction may be "
61511 #~| "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems.  If while this "
61512 #~| "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's "
61513 #~| "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction "
61514 #~| "applied will be incorrect."
61515 #~ msgid ""
61516 #~ "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction may "
61517 #~ "be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
61518 #~ "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock\\(cqs "
61519 #~ "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction "
61520 #~ "applied will be incorrect."
61521 #~ msgstr ""
61522 #~ "Une condition sous laquelle l’inhibition de correction de dérive de "
61523 #~ "B<hwclock> peut être utile est lorsque plusieurs systèmes sont utilisés "
61524 #~ "en multiboot. Pendant que cette instance de Linux est arrêtée, si un "
61525 #~ "autre système d’exploitation modifie la valeur de l’horloge matérielle, "
61526 #~ "la correction de dérive appliquée sera incorrecte quand cette instance "
61527 #~ "redémarrera."
61528
61529 #, fuzzy
61530 #~| msgid ""
61531 #~| "For B<hwclock>'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
61532 #~| "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not "
61533 #~| "running."
61534 #~ msgid ""
61535 #~ "For B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction to work properly it is imperative "
61536 #~ "that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not "
61537 #~ "running."
61538 #~ msgstr ""
61539 #~ "Pour que la correction de dérive de B<hwclock> fonctionne correctement, "
61540 #~ "rien ne doit modifier l’horloge matérielle pendant que son instance de "
61541 #~ "Linux n’est pas en fonctionnement."
61542
61543 #, fuzzy
61544 #~| msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' timescale."
61545 #~ msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq timescale."
61546 #~ msgstr "activation du « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau ;"
61547
61548 #, fuzzy
61549 #~| msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
61550 #~ msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone."
61551 #~ msgstr "définition du fuseau horaire du noyau."
61552
61553 #, fuzzy
61554 #~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
61555 #~ msgid "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
61556 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
61557
61558 #, fuzzy
61559 #~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
61560 #~ msgid "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
61561 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
61562
61563 #, fuzzy
61564 #~| msgid ""
61565 #~| "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock "
61566 #~| "in UTC.  See the B<\\%--localtime> option.  Therefore, the argument "
61567 #~| "should not include any timezone information.  It also should not be a "
61568 #~| "relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because B<\\%hwclock>'s precision "
61569 #~| "depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter "
61570 #~| "key is pressed.  Fractional seconds are silently dropped.  This option "
61571 #~| "is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous "
61572 #~| "parameters should be observed."
61573 #~ msgid ""
61574 #~ "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock "
61575 #~ "in UTC. See the B<--localtime> option. Therefore, the argument should not "
61576 #~ "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time "
61577 #~ "like \"+5 minutes\", because B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision depends upon "
61578 #~ "correlation between the argument\\(cqs value and when the enter key is "
61579 #~ "pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable "
61580 #~ "of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters "
61581 #~ "should be observed."
61582 #~ msgstr ""
61583 #~ "L’argument doit être en heure locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en "
61584 #~ "UTC. Consultez l’option B<\\%--localtime>. Par conséquent, l’argument ne "
61585 #~ "doit pas comporter d’information de fuseau horaire. Il ne doit pas aussi "
61586 #~ "être en temps relatif, comme par exemple « +5 minutes » car la précision "
61587 #~ "de B<\\%hwclock> dépend de la corrélation entre la valeur de l’argument "
61588 #~ "et le moment où la touche Entrée est pressée. Les secondes fractionnaires "
61589 #~ "sont écartées silencieusement. Cette option peut gérer beaucoup de "
61590 #~ "formats de date et heure, mais les paramètres précédents doivent être "
61591 #~ "respectés."
61592
61593 #, fuzzy
61594 #~| msgid ""
61595 #~| "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>.  It can "
61596 #~| "only be used with B<--set> or B<\\%--systohc>,"
61597 #~ msgid ""
61598 #~ "Update the Hardware Clock\\(cqs drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>. It can "
61599 #~ "only be used with B<--set> or B<--systohc>."
61600 #~ msgstr ""
61601 #~ "Mettre à jour le coefficient de dérive de l’horloge matérielle dans I</"
61602 #~ "etc/adjtime>. Ce ne peut être utilisé qu’avec B<--set> ou B<\\%--systohc>."
61603
61604 #, fuzzy
61605 #~| msgid ""
61606 #~| "When using NTP with an \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' kernel the drift factor "
61607 #~| "would be clobbered to near zero."
61608 #~ msgid ""
61609 #~ "When using NTP with an \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq kernel the drift factor "
61610 #~ "would be clobbered to near zero."
61611 #~ msgstr ""
61612 #~ "lors de l’utilisation de NTP avec un noyau en « mode 11 minutes », le "
61613 #~ "facteur de dérive était écrasé par une valeur quasiment nulle ;"
61614
61615 #, fuzzy
61616 #~| msgid ""
61617 #~| "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction.  With most "
61618 #~| "configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results.  Cold, "
61619 #~| "means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact "
61620 #~| "on the drift factor."
61621 #~ msgid ""
61622 #~ "It would not allow the use of \\(aqcold\\(aq drift correction. With most "
61623 #~ "configurations using \\(aqcold\\(aq drift will yield favorable results. "
61624 #~ "Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant "
61625 #~ "impact on the drift factor."
61626 #~ msgstr ""
61627 #~ "cela ne permettait pas d’utiliser la correction de dérive « à froid ». "
61628 #~ "Avec la plupart des configurations, l’utilisation de la dérive « à "
61629 #~ "froid » donnera des résultats favorables. À froid signifie quand la "
61630 #~ "machine est éteinte, ce qui peut avoir un impact significatif sur le "
61631 #~ "facteur de dérive ;"
61632
61633 #, fuzzy
61634 #~| msgid ""
61635 #~| "Having B<\\%hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting "
61636 #~| "point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by "
61637 #~| "directly editing the I</etc/adjtime> file.  For most configurations once "
61638 #~| "a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be "
61639 #~| "changed.  Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate "
61640 #~| "drift was changed and now requires this option to be used.  See the "
61641 #~| "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
61642 #~ msgid ""
61643 #~ "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, "
61644 #~ "but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly "
61645 #~ "editing the I</etc/adjtime> file. For most configurations once a "
61646 #~ "machine\\(cqs optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be "
61647 #~ "changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift "
61648 #~ "was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion "
61649 #~ "below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
61650 #~ msgstr ""
61651 #~ "Laisser B<\\%hwclock> calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de "
61652 #~ "départ, mais pour des résultats optimaux, il faudra probablement "
61653 #~ "l’ajuster directement en éditant le fichier I</etc/adjtime>. Pour la "
61654 #~ "plupart des configurations, une fois qu’un facteur de dérive optimal est "
61655 #~ "mis en place, ce n’est plus la peine de le modifier. Ainsi, le "
61656 #~ "comportement précédent de (re)calculer la dérive a été modifié, et cette "
61657 #~ "option est nécessaire pour la rétablir. Consultez la discussion ci-"
61658 #~ "dessous dans B<La fonction d’ajustement>."
61659
61660 #, fuzzy
61661 #~| msgid ""
61662 #~| "The System Time is the time that matters.  The Hardware Clock's basic "
61663 #~| "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
61664 #~| "Clock can be initialized from it at boot.  Note that in DOS, for which "
61665 #~| "ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
61666 #~ msgid ""
61667 #~ "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
61668 #~ "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
61669 #~ "Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA "
61670 #~ "was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
61671 #~ msgstr ""
61672 #~ "L’horloge système donne l’heure importante. Le but essentiel de l’horloge "
61673 #~ "matérielle est de garder l’heure lorsque Linux ne fonctionne pas afin de "
61674 #~ "pourvoir initialiser l’heure système au démarrage. Remarquez qu'avec DOS, "
61675 #~ "pour qui ISA a été conçu, l’horloge matérielle est la seule horloge temps "
61676 #~ "réel."
61677
61678 #, fuzzy
61679 #~| msgid ""
61680 #~| "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by B<hwclock>.  But don't be misled "
61681 #~| "-- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in.  "
61682 #~| "Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they "
61683 #~| "want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more "
61684 #~| "traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the TZ "
61685 #~| "environment variable or the I<\\%/etc/localtime> file, as explained in "
61686 #~| "the man page for B<\\%tzset>(3).  However, some programs and fringe "
61687 #~| "parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone "
61688 #~| "value.  An example is the vfat filesystem.  If the kernel timezone value "
61689 #~| "is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps "
61690 #~| "on files.  Another example is the kernel's NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  "
61691 #~| "If the kernel's timezone value and/or the I<\\"
61692 #~| "%persistent_clock_is_local> variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock "
61693 #~| "will be set incorrectly by \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  See the discussion "
61694 #~| "below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
61695 #~ msgid ""
61696 #~ "The Linux kernel\\(cqs timezone is set by B<hwclock>. But don\\(cqt be "
61697 #~ "misled \\(em almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is "
61698 #~ "in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they "
61699 #~ "want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more "
61700 #~ "traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the B<TZ> "
61701 #~ "environment variable or the I</etc/localtime> file, as explained in the "
61702 #~ "man page for B<tzset>(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the "
61703 #~ "Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel\\(cqs timezone value. An "
61704 #~ "example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, "
61705 #~ "the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. "
61706 #~ "Another example is the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. If the "
61707 #~ "kernel\\(cqs timezone value and/or the I<persistent_clock_is_local> "
61708 #~ "variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by "
61709 #~ "\\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. See the discussion below, under B<Automatic "
61710 #~ "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
61711 #~ msgstr ""
61712 #~ "Le fuseau horaire du noyau Linux est défini par B<hwclock>. Cependant, ne "
61713 #~ "vous trompez pas — pratiquement personne ne se préoccupe du fuseau "
61714 #~ "horaire maintenu par le noyau. Les programmes devant utiliser le fuseau "
61715 #~ "horaire (par exemple pour afficher l’heure locale) utilisent presque "
61716 #~ "toujours une méthode plus traditionnelle afin de le déterminer. Ils "
61717 #~ "utilisent la variable d'environnement B<TZ> ou le fichier I<\\%/etc/"
61718 #~ "localtime>, comme expliqué dans la page de manuel de B<\\%tzset>(3). "
61719 #~ "Cependant, certains programmes et certaines parties du noyau Linux comme "
61720 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers utilisent la valeur de fuseau horaire du noyau. "
61721 #~ "Un exemple est le système de fichiers vfat. Si la valeur dans le noyau "
61722 #~ "est fausse, le système de fichiers vfat lira et modifiera d'une manière "
61723 #~ "erronée la date des fichiers. Un autre exemple est le « mode 11 minutes » "
61724 #~ "de NTP du noyau. Si la valeur de fuseau horaire du noyau ou que la "
61725 #~ "variable I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> sont fausses, l’horloge "
61726 #~ "matérielle ne sera pas réglée correctement par le « mode 11 minutes ». "
61727 #~ "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<Synchronisation automatique de "
61728 #~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau>."
61729
61730 #, fuzzy
61731 #~| msgid ""
61732 #~| "B<\\%hwclock> sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by TZ or "
61733 #~| "I<\\%/etc/localtime> with the B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\%--systz> functions."
61734 #~ msgid ""
61735 #~ "B<hwclock> sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone to the value indicated by B<TZ> "
61736 #~ "or I</etc/localtime> with the B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> functions."
61737 #~ msgstr ""
61738 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> ajuste le fuseau horaire du noyau à la valeur indiquée par "
61739 #~ "B<TZ> ou I<\\%/etc/localtime> avec les fonctions B<\\%--hctosys> ou B<\\"
61740 #~ "%--systz>."
61741
61742 #, fuzzy
61743 #~| msgid ""
61744 #~| "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
61745 #~| "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for "
61746 #~| "DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of "
61747 #~| "Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality "
61748 #~| "at the present time.  This second field is not used under Linux and is "
61749 #~| "always zero.  See also B<\\%settimeofday>(2)."
61750 #~ msgid ""
61751 #~ "The kernel\\(cqs timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a "
61752 #~ "field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted "
61753 #~ "for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type "
61754 #~ "of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the "
61755 #~ "locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux "
61756 #~ "and is always zero. See also B<settimeofday>(2)."
61757 #~ msgstr ""
61758 #~ "Le fuseau horaire du noyau est composé de deux parties : 1) un champ "
61759 #~ "tz_minuteswest indiquant le nombre de minutes (non ajusté pour l’heure "
61760 #~ "d'été) de retard par rapport au temps universel (UTC) ; 2) un champ "
61761 #~ "tz_dsttime indiquant le type de convention d’heure d’été utilisé "
61762 #~ "localement à l’heure actuelle. Ce second champ n'est jamais utilisé sous "
61763 #~ "Linux et est toujours nul. Consultez également B<\\%settimeofday>(2)."
61764
61765 #, fuzzy
61766 #~| msgid ""
61767 #~| "If the kernel is compiled with the \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' option it "
61768 #~| "will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized "
61769 #~| "state.  When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask "
61770 #~| "0x0040)  of the kernel's I<\\%time_status> variable is unset. This value "
61771 #~| "is output as the 'status' line of the B<\\%adjtimex\\ --print> or B<\\"
61772 #~| "%ntptime> commands."
61773 #~ msgid ""
61774 #~ "If the kernel is compiled with the \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq option it "
61775 #~ "will be active when the kernel\\(cqs clock discipline is in a "
61776 #~ "synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the "
61777 #~ "mask 0x0040) of the kernel\\(cqs I<time_status> variable is unset. This "
61778 #~ "value is output as the \\(aqstatus\\(aq line of the B<adjtimex --print> "
61779 #~ "or B<ntptime> commands."
61780 #~ msgstr ""
61781 #~ "Si le noyau est compilé avec l’option « mode 11 minutes », il sera actif "
61782 #~ "quand la discipline de l’horloge du noyau est dans l’état synchronisé. "
61783 #~ "Dans cet état, le bit 6 (le bit réglé dans le masque 0x0040) de la "
61784 #~ "variable I<\\%time_status> du noyau n’est pas défini. Cette valeur est "
61785 #~ "produite comme ligne « status » des commandes B<\\%adjtimex\\ --print> ou "
61786 #~ "B<\\%ntptime>."
61787
61788 #, fuzzy
61789 #~| msgid ""
61790 #~| "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's "
61791 #~| "clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on \\"
61792 #~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  It can be turned off by running anything that "
61793 #~| "sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
61794 #~| "hctosys>.  However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn \\"
61795 #~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the "
61796 #~| "System Clock."
61797 #~ msgid ""
61798 #~ "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the "
61799 #~ "kernel\\(cqs clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore "
61800 #~ "turn on \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. It can be turned off by running "
61801 #~ "anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including "
61802 #~ "B<hwclock --hctosys>. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it "
61803 #~ "will turn \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq back on again the next time it "
61804 #~ "synchronizes the System Clock."
61805 #~ msgstr ""
61806 #~ "Il agit de manière externe, comme le démon NTP pour mettre la discipline "
61807 #~ "de l'horloge du noyau dans l’état synchronisé et, par conséquent, active "
61808 #~ "le « mode 11 minutes ». Il peut être désactivé en exécutant n'importe "
61809 #~ "quelle commande, y compris B<\\%hwclock --hctosys> qui ajuste l’horloge "
61810 #~ "système de manière classique. Cependant, si le démon NTP est toujours "
61811 #~ "actif, il réactivera le « mode 11 minutes » la prochaine fois qu’il "
61812 #~ "synchronisera l’horloge système."
61813
61814 #, fuzzy
61815 #~| msgid ""
61816 #~| "If your system runs with \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' on, it may need to use "
61817 #~| "either B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\%--systz> in a startup script, especially "
61818 #~| "if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless "
61819 #~| "the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it "
61820 #~| "may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
61821 #~ msgid ""
61822 #~ "If your system runs with \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq on, it may need to use "
61823 #~ "either B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> in a startup script, especially if the "
61824 #~ "Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the "
61825 #~ "kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may "
61826 #~ "clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
61827 #~ msgstr ""
61828 #~ "Si le « mode 11 minutes » est activé sur le système, l’utilisation de B<\\"
61829 #~ "%--hctosys> ou B<\\%--systz> risque d’être nécessaire dans un script de "
61830 #~ "démarrage, en particulier si l’horloge matérielle est configurée pour "
61831 #~ "utiliser le fuseau horaire local. À moins que le noyau ne soit informé du "
61832 #~ "fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle, il risque de l’écraser "
61833 #~ "avec une heure incorrecte. Le noyau utilise UTC par défaut."
61834
61835 #, fuzzy
61836 #~| msgid ""
61837 #~| "B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ "
61838 #~| "mode'."
61839 #~ msgid ""
61840 #~ "B<hwclock --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq."
61841 #~ msgstr ""
61842 #~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> ne devrait pas être utilisée avec le « mode "
61843 #~ "11 minutes » de NTP."
61844
61845 #, fuzzy
61846 #~| msgid ""
61847 #~| "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an "
61848 #~| "ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
61849 #~| "not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't "
61850 #~| "define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since "
61851 #~| "the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
61852 #~ msgid ""
61853 #~ "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
61854 #~ "machine as an indicator of what century it is. B<hwclock> does not use or "
61855 #~ "set that byte because there are some machines that don\\(cqt define the "
61856 #~ "byte that way, and it really isn\\(cqt necessary anyway, since the year-"
61857 #~ "of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
61858 #~ msgstr ""
61859 #~ "Une sorte de norme définit l’octet 50 de la mémoire du CMOS sur une "
61860 #~ "machine ISA comme un indicateur du siècle. B<\\%hwclock> ne l'utilise ni "
61861 #~ "le modifie car certaines machines ne définissent pas l'octet de cette "
61862 #~ "manière, et ce n'est vraiment pas nécessaire puisque l'année du siècle "
61863 #~ "constitue un bon moyen de connaître le siècle."
61864
61865 #, fuzzy
61866 #~| msgid ""
61867 #~| "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time.  See "
61868 #~| "below, under B<POSIX vs 'RIGHT'>."
61869 #~ msgid ""
61870 #~ "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
61871 #~ "under B<POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq>."
61872 #~ msgstr ""
61873 #~ "Le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour l'heure locale correcte. "
61874 #~ "Consultez B<POSIX ou « RIGHT »> ci dessous."
61875
61876 #, fuzzy
61877 #~| msgid ""
61878 #~| "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of "
61879 #~| "the big picture.  There are two completely separate hardware devices "
61880 #~| "running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at "
61881 #~| "their own rates.  The methods and software for drift correction are "
61882 #~| "different for each of them.  However, most systems are configured to "
61883 #~| "exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown.  Now "
61884 #~| "the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and "
61885 #~| "forth between each other.  Attempt to configure drift correction for "
61886 #~| "only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
61887 #~ msgid ""
61888 #~ "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of "
61889 #~ "the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices "
61890 #~ "running at their own speed and drifting away from the \\(aqcorrect\\(aq "
61891 #~ "time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction "
61892 #~ "are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to "
61893 #~ "exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the "
61894 #~ "individual device\\(cqs time keeping errors are transferred back and "
61895 #~ "forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only "
61896 #~ "one of them, and the other\\(cqs drift will be overlaid upon it."
61897 #~ msgstr ""
61898 #~ "La première étape pour réaliser cela est d’avoir une vision d’ensemble "
61899 #~ "claire. Deux périphériques matériels indépendants fonctionnent à leur "
61900 #~ "propre rythme et divergent de l’heure « correcte » à leur propre taux. "
61901 #~ "Les méthodes et programmes pour la correction de dérive sont différents "
61902 #~ "pour chaque périphérique. Cependant, la plupart des systèmes sont "
61903 #~ "configurés pour échanger des valeurs entre ces deux horloges au démarrage "
61904 #~ "et à l’arrêt. Désormais les heures de chaque périphérique, avec leurs "
61905 #~ "propres erreurs, sont donc transférées de l’une à l’autre dans les deux "
61906 #~ "sens. Si vous tentez de configurer une correction de dérive pour une "
61907 #~ "seule d’entre elles, la dérive de l’autre l’écrasera."
61908
61909 #, fuzzy
61910 #~| msgid ""
61911 #~| "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the "
61912 #~| "System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine.  This, plus the "
61913 #~| "fact that all of B<\\%hwclock>'s precision (including calculating drift "
61914 #~| "factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that "
61915 #~| "configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
61916 #~ msgid ""
61917 #~ "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the "
61918 #~ "System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact "
61919 #~ "that all of B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision (including calculating drift "
61920 #~ "factors) depends upon the System Clock\\(cqs rate being correct, means "
61921 #~ "that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
61922 #~ msgstr ""
61923 #~ "Ce problème peut être évité en configurant la correction de dérive pour "
61924 #~ "l’horloge système et en évitant simplement d’arrêter la machine. Cela, "
61925 #~ "avec le fait que toute la précision de B<\\%hwclock> (y compris le calcul "
61926 #~ "des facteurs de dérive) dépend de l’exactitude de la fréquence de "
61927 #~ "l’horloge système, signifie que la configuration de l’horloge système "
61928 #~ "devrait être la première étape."
61929
61930 #, fuzzy
61931 #~| msgid ""
61932 #~| "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System "
61933 #~| "Clock drift with B<\\%adjtimex>'s compare operation.  Trying to correct "
61934 #~| "one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is "
61935 #~| "akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail.  Success may happen "
61936 #~| "eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it.  "
61937 #~| "This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but "
61938 #~| "expecting optimum results would be in error.  A better choice for manual "
61939 #~| "configuration would be B<\\%adjtimex>'sB< --log >options."
61940 #~ msgid ""
61941 #~ "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System "
61942 #~ "Clock drift with B<adjtimex>\\(aqs compare operation. Trying to correct "
61943 #~ "one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin "
61944 #~ "to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but "
61945 #~ "great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may "
61946 #~ "yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results "
61947 #~ "would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be "
61948 #~ "B<adjtimex>\\(aqs B<--log> options."
61949 #~ msgstr ""
61950 #~ "Certaines distributions Linux essayent de calculer automatiquement la "
61951 #~ "dérive de l’horloge système avec l’opération de comparaison d’B<\\"
61952 #~ "%adjtimex>. Essayer de corriger une horloge qui dérive en utilisant comme "
61953 #~ "référence une autre horloge qui dérive est un peu comme un chien qui "
61954 #~ "essaye de s’attraper la queue. Cela peut fonctionner au bout d’un moment "
61955 #~ "mais pas sans beaucoup d’efforts et de frustration. Cette automatisme "
61956 #~ "peut être considéré comme une amélioration face à l’absence de "
61957 #~ "configuration, mais espérer un résultat optimal serait une erreur. Les "
61958 #~ "options B<--log> d’B<\\%adjtimex> s’avèrent être une meilleure "
61959 #~ "possibilité pour une configuration manuelle."
61960
61961 #, fuzzy
61962 #~| msgid ""
61963 #~| "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and "
61964 #~| "time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
61965 #~| "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
61966 #~| "'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
61967 #~ msgid ""
61968 #~ "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and "
61969 #~ "time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
61970 #~ "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
61971 #~ "\\(aqcorrect\\(aq local time and makes no adjustments to the time read "
61972 #~ "from it."
61973 #~ msgstr ""
61974 #~ "L’horloge matérielle sur un système compatible ISA ne garde que l’heure "
61975 #~ "et la date, elle n’a pas de connaissance du fuseau horaire ni d’heure "
61976 #~ "d’été. Ainsi, quand B<hwclock> est informée d’utiliser l’heure locale, "
61977 #~ "elle considère l’horloge matérielle en heure locale « correcte » et ne "
61978 #~ "fait pas d’ajustement de l’heure qui y est lue."
61979
61980 #, fuzzy
61981 #~| msgid ""
61982 #~| "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate "
61983 #~| "in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the "
61984 #~| "System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
61985 #~ msgid ""
61986 #~ "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate "
61987 #~ "in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs purpose is to initialize "
61988 #~ "the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
61989 #~ msgstr ""
61990 #~ "Les systèmes POSIX, comme Linux, sont conçus pour avoir l’horloge système "
61991 #~ "en heure UTC. Le but de l’horloge matérielle est d’initialiser l’horloge "
61992 #~ "système, donc la garder aussi en UTC est sensé."
61993
61994 #, fuzzy
61995 #~| msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
61996 #~ msgid "POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq"
61997 #~ msgstr "POSIX ou « RIGHT »"
61998
61999 #, fuzzy
62000 #~| msgid ""
62001 #~| "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
62002 #~| "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3).  One "
62003 #~| "area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the "
62004 #~| "Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
62005 #~ msgid ""
62006 #~ "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
62007 #~ "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3). One "
62008 #~ "area that seems to have no documentation is the \\(aqright\\(aq directory "
62009 #~ "of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
62010 #~ msgstr ""
62011 #~ "Une discussion sur la configuration de date et d’heure serait incomplète "
62012 #~ "sans parler de fuseaux horaires, c’est assez bien couvert par "
62013 #~ "B<tzset>(3). Une zone qui semble non documentée est le répertoire "
62014 #~ "I<right> de la base de données de fuseaux horaires, parfois appelé « tz » "
62015 #~ "ou « zoneinfo »."
62016
62017 #, fuzzy
62018 #~| msgid ""
62019 #~| "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and "
62020 #~| "'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and "
62021 #~| "posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set "
62022 #~| "to \\%(UTC\\ +\\ leap seconds), which is equivalent to \\%(TAI\\ -\\ "
62023 #~| "10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two "
62024 #~| "dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted "
62025 #~| "to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone "
62026 #~| "files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is "
62027 #~| "considered experimental and is known to have issues."
62028 #~ msgid ""
62029 #~ "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and "
62030 #~ "\\(aqright\\(aq. \\(aqRight\\(aq (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap "
62031 #~ "seconds and posix does not. To use the \\(aqright\\(aq database the "
62032 #~ "System Clock must be set to (UTC + leap seconds), which is equivalent to "
62033 #~ "(TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between "
62034 #~ "two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then "
62035 #~ "converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the "
62036 #~ "\\(aqright\\(aq timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
62037 #~ "this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
62038 #~ msgstr ""
62039 #~ "Deux bases de données distinctes existent dans le système I<zoneinfo> : "
62040 #~ "I<posix> et I<right>. Le répertoire I<right> (maintenant appelé "
62041 #~ "I<zoneinfo-leaps>, secondes intercalaires de I<zoneinfo>) contient les "
62042 #~ "secondes intercalaires alors que I<posix> ne les contient pas. Pour "
62043 #~ "utiliser la base de données I<right>, l’horloge système doit être "
62044 #~ "configurée en \\%(UTC + secondes intercalaires), ce qui est équivalent à "
62045 #~ "\\%(TAI − 10). Cela permet de calculer le nombre exact de secondes entre "
62046 #~ "deux dates ayant une seconde intercalaire entre elles. L’horloge système "
62047 #~ "est alors convertie en heure civile correcte, y compris UTC, en utilisant "
62048 #~ "les fichiers de fuseau horaire I<right> qui soustraient les secondes "
62049 #~ "intercalaires. Remarque : cette configuration est considérée "
62050 #~ "expérimentale et est connue pour poser des problèmes."
62051
62052 #, fuzzy
62053 #~| msgid ""
62054 #~| "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files "
62055 #~| "located in its directory must be copied to the root of I<\\%/usr/share/"
62056 #~| "zoneinfo>.  Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' "
62057 #~| "subdirectories, e.g., \\%TZ='I<right/Europe/Dublin>'.  This habit was "
62058 #~| "becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the "
62059 #~| "system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of "
62060 #~| "the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
62061 #~ msgid ""
62062 #~ "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files "
62063 #~ "located in its directory must be copied to the root of I</usr/share/"
62064 #~ "zoneinfo>. Files are never used directly from the posix or "
62065 #~ "\\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories, e.g., TZ=\\(aqI<right/Europe/"
62066 #~ "Dublin>\\(aq. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream "
62067 #~ "zoneinfo project restructured the system\\(cqs file tree by moving the "
62068 #~ "posix and \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory "
62069 #~ "and into sibling directories:"
62070 #~ msgstr ""
62071 #~ "Pour configurer un système à utiliser une base de données en particulier, "
62072 #~ "tous les fichiers de son répertoire doivent être copiés à la racine de "
62073 #~ "I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo>. Les fichiers ne sont jamais utilisés "
62074 #~ "directement des sous-répertoires I<posix> ou I<right>, par exemple \\"
62075 #~ "%TZ='I<right/America/Martinique>'. Cette habitude était devenue si "
62076 #~ "répandue que le projet zoneinfo amont a restructuré le système "
62077 #~ "d’arborescence de fichiers en déplaçant les sous-répertoires I<posix> et "
62078 #~ "I<right> hors du répertoire I<zoneinfo> et dans des répertoires "
62079 #~ "adjacents :"
62080
62081 #, fuzzy
62082 #~| msgid ""
62083 #~| "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old "
62084 #~| "tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system "
62085 #~| "administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This "
62086 #~| "causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds "
62087 #~| "while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then "
62088 #~| "when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone "
62089 #~| "file; or an email MTA, or B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they "
62090 #~| "fetch it from the root of I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is "
62091 #~| "what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the "
62092 #~| "System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
62093 #~ msgid ""
62094 #~ "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old "
62095 #~ "tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
62096 #~ "reaching into the \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectory persists. This causes the "
62097 #~ "system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the "
62098 #~ "zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an "
62099 #~ "application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or "
62100 #~ "an email MTA, or B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it "
62101 #~ "from the root of I</usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is what they are "
62102 #~ "supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock "
62103 #~ "now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
62104 #~ msgstr ""
62105 #~ "Malheureusement, certaines distributions Linux replacent l’arborescence "
62106 #~ "comme précédemment dans leurs paquets. Ainsi, le problème des "
62107 #~ "administrateurs système utilisant directement le répertoire I<right> "
62108 #~ "persiste. À cause de cela, le fuseau horaire du système est configuré "
62109 #~ "pour inclure les secondes intercalaires alors que la base de données de "
62110 #~ "zoneinfo est encore configurée pour les exclure. Pourtant, quand une "
62111 #~ "application comme une horloge mondiale, un agent de transport de courrier "
62112 #~ "(MTA) ou B<hwclock> a besoin du fichier de fuseau horaire I<South_Pole>, "
62113 #~ "elle le prend à la racine du I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo>, puisque c’est ce "
62114 #~ "qu’elle est censée faire. Ces fichiers excluent les secondes "
62115 #~ "intercalaires, mais l’horloge système les inclut maintenant, avec pour "
62116 #~ "conséquence une conversion d’heure incorrecte."
62117
62118 #, fuzzy
62119 #~| msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> ('0' on POSIX systems)"
62120 #~ msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (\\(aq0\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
62121 #~ msgstr "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (B<0> sur les systèmes POSIX)"
62122
62123 #, fuzzy
62124 #~| msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> ('1' on POSIX systems)"
62125 #~ msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (\\(aq1\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
62126 #~ msgstr "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (B<1> sur les systèmes POSIX)"
62127
62128 #~ msgid "B<TZ>"
62129 #~ msgstr "B<TZ>"
62130
62131 #, fuzzy
62132 #~| msgid "Write by user"
62133 #~ msgid "Written by"
62134 #~ msgstr "Droit d'écriture pour l'utilisateur"
62135
62136 #, fuzzy
62137 #~| msgid ""
62138 #~| "Written by Bryan Henderson, September 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), "
62139 #~| "based on work done on the B<\\%clock>(8)  program by Charles Hedrick, "
62140 #~| "Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig.  See the source code for complete history "
62141 #~| "and credits."
62142 #~ msgid ""
62143 #~ "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
62144 #~ "Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
62145 #~ "history and credits."
62146 #~ msgstr ""
62147 #~ "Écrit par Bryan Henderson, septembre 1996 E<lt>I<bryanh@giraffe-data."
62148 #~ "com>E<gt>, basé sur le travail effectué sur le programme I<\\%clock> par "
62149 #~ "Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft et Harald Koenig. Veuillez vous référer au "
62150 #~ "code source pour une histoire complète et les crédits."
62151
62152 #, fuzzy
62153 #~| msgid ""
62154 #~| "The hwclock command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
62155 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
62156 #~ msgid ""
62157 #~ "The B<hwclock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
62158 #~ "downloaded from"
62159 #~ msgstr ""
62160 #~ "La commande B<hwclock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
62161 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
62162 #~ ">E<gt>."
62163
62164 #~ msgid "July 2017"
62165 #~ msgstr "Juillet 2017"
62166
62167 #~ msgid ""
62168 #~ "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the B<--hctosys> function and "
62169 #~ "the B<--directisa> option, and a new option B<--update-drift> was added.  "
62170 #~ "See their respective descriptions below."
62171 #~ msgstr ""
62172 #~ "Depuis la version 2.26, des modifications importantes ont été faites à la "
62173 #~ "fonction B<--hctosys> et à l’option B<--directisa>, et une nouvelle "
62174 #~ "option B<--update-drift> a été ajoutée. Consultez leurs descriptions "
62175 #~ "respectives ci-dessous."
62176
62177 #~ msgid ""
62178 #~ "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at "
62179 #~ "a time.  If none is given, the default is B<--show>."
62180 #~ msgstr ""
62181 #~ "Les fonctions suivantes s’excluent mutuellement, une seule peut être "
62182 #~ "indiquée à la fois. Si aucune n’est indiquée, B<--show> est utilisée par "
62183 #~ "défaut."
62184
62185 #~ msgid ""
62186 #~ "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
62187 #~ "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See the "
62188 #~ "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
62189 #~ msgstr ""
62190 #~ "Ajouter ou retirer du temps à l’horloge matérielle pour tenir compte de "
62191 #~ "la dérive systématique depuis la dernière fois où l’horloge a été "
62192 #~ "ajustée. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<La fonction "
62193 #~ "d'ajustement>."
62194
62195 #~ msgid "B<--getepoch>"
62196 #~ msgstr "B<--getepoch>"
62197
62198 #~ msgid "B<--setepoch>"
62199 #~ msgstr "B<--setepoch>"
62200
62201 #~ msgid ""
62202 #~ "The B<\\%--setepoch> function requires using the B<\\%--epoch> option to "
62203 #~ "specify the year.  For example:"
62204 #~ msgstr ""
62205 #~ "La fonction B<--setepoch> nécessite l’utilisation de l’option B<\\%--"
62206 #~ "epoch> pour préciser l’année. Par exemple :"
62207
62208 #~ msgid "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=1952>"
62209 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=>I<1952>"
62210
62211 #~ msgid ""
62212 #~ "This epoch value is used whenever B<\\%hwclock> reads or sets the "
62213 #~ "Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine.  For ISA machines the kernel uses the "
62214 #~ "fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
62215 #~ msgstr ""
62216 #~ "La valeur de l'Époque est utilisée à chaque fois que B<\\%hwclock> lit ou "
62217 #~ "ajuste l’horloge matérielle sur une machine Alpha. Pour les machines ISA, "
62218 #~ "le noyau utilise une valeur fixe de 1900 pour l’Époque."
62219
62220 #~ msgid ""
62221 #~ "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the "
62222 #~ "time given by the B<--date> option and the information in I</etc/"
62223 #~ "adjtime>.  This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting "
62224 #~ "a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See B<\\%rtcwake>(8)."
62225 #~ msgstr ""
62226 #~ "Prédire ce que l’horloge matérielle lira dans le futur à partir de "
62227 #~ "l’heure donnée par l’option B<--date> et des renseignements de I</etc/"
62228 #~ "adjtime>. C’est utile, par exemple, pour prendre en compte la dérive lors "
62229 #~ "de la définition d’un réveil (alarme) par l’horloge matérielle. Consultez "
62230 #~ "B<\\%rtcwake>(8)."
62231
62232 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
62233 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--show>"
62234
62235 #~ msgid "B<--get>"
62236 #~ msgstr "B<--get>"
62237
62238 #~ msgid ""
62239 #~ "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the "
62240 #~ "B<ISO 8601> format.  The time shown is always in local time, even if you "
62241 #~ "keep your Hardware Clock in UTC.  See the B<\\%--localtime> option."
62242 #~ msgstr ""
62243 #~ "Lire l’horloge matérielle matérielle et afficher l’heure sur la sortie "
62244 #~ "standard au format B<ISO\\ 9601>. L’heure affichée est toujours en heure "
62245 #~ "locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en temps universel. Consultez "
62246 #~ "l'option B<\\%--localtime>."
62247
62248 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B<\\ --hctosys>"
62249 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"
62250
62251 #~ msgid ""
62252 #~ "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock.  The time read from the "
62253 #~ "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before "
62254 #~ "using it to set the System Clock.  See the discussion below, under B<The "
62255 #~ "Adjust Function>."
62256 #~ msgstr ""
62257 #~ "Mettre l’heure système à l’heure de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure lue de "
62258 #~ "l’horloge matérielle est compensée pour prendre en compte la dérive "
62259 #~ "systématique avant de l’utiliser pour définir l’heure système. Consultez "
62260 #~ "la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<La fonction d'ajustement>."
62261
62262 #~ msgid ""
62263 #~ "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
62264 #~ "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone "
62265 #~ "configured for the system.  If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time "
62266 #~ "then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before "
62267 #~ "using it to set the System Clock.  The B<\\%--hctosys> function does this "
62268 #~ "based upon the information in the I</etc/adjtime> file or the command "
62269 #~ "line arguments B<\\%--localtime> and B<--utc>.  Note: no daylight saving "
62270 #~ "adjustment is made.  See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
62271 #~ msgstr ""
62272 #~ "L’horloge système doit être gardée en UTC pour que les applications de "
62273 #~ "date et d'heure fonctionnent correctement avec le fuseau horaire "
62274 #~ "configuré sur le système. Si l’horloge matérielle est conservée en heure "
62275 #~ "locale, alors l’heure qui y est lue doit être convertie en UTC avant de "
62276 #~ "l’utiliser pour définir l’horloge système. La fonction B<\\%--hctosys> le "
62277 #~ "fait à partir des renseignements du fichier I</etc/adjtime> ou des "
62278 #~ "arguments B<\\%--localtime> et B<--utc> en ligne de commande. Remarque : "
62279 #~ "aucun ajustement d’heure d’été n’est réalisé. Consultez la discussion ci-"
62280 #~ "dessous sous B<LOCALE ou UTC>."
62281
62282 #~ msgid ""
62283 #~ "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the B<\\%--hctosys> function sets "
62284 #~ "it to the timezone configured for the system.  The system timezone is "
62285 #~ "configured by the TZ environment variable or the I<\\%/etc/localtime> "
62286 #~ "file, as B<\\%tzset>(3)  would interpret them.  The obsolete tz_dsttime "
62287 #~ "field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero.  (For details on "
62288 #~ "what this field used to mean, see B<\\%settimeofday>(2).)"
62289 #~ msgstr ""
62290 #~ "Le noyau garde aussi une valeur de fuseau horaire, la fonction B<\\%--"
62291 #~ "hctosys> la définit au fuseau configuré pour le système. Le fuseau "
62292 #~ "horaire système est configuré par la variable d'environnement B<TZ> ou "
62293 #~ "par le fichier I<\\%/etc/localtime>, tels que B<\\%tzset>(3) les "
62294 #~ "interpréterait. Le champ obsolète tz_dsttime du noyau est mis à zéro "
62295 #~ "(pour plus de précisions sur ce que ce champ signifiait, consultez B<\\"
62296 #~ "%settimeofday>(2))."
62297
62298 #~ msgid ""
62299 #~ "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in I</etc/"
62300 #~ "adjtime> to zero.  This setting will be persistent as long as the B<\\%--"
62301 #~ "update-drift> option is not used with B<\\%--systohc> at shutdown (or "
62302 #~ "anywhere else).  Another way to inhibit this is by using the B<\\%--"
62303 #~ "noadjfile> option when calling the B<\\%--hctosys> function.  A third "
62304 #~ "method is to delete the I</etc/adjtime> file.  B<Hwclock> will then "
62305 #~ "default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock.  If the "
62306 #~ "Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the "
62307 #~ "file.  This can be done by calling B<hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --adjust>; "
62308 #~ "when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the "
62309 #~ "Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a "
62310 #~ "drift factor of zero."
62311 #~ msgstr ""
62312 #~ "La compensation de dérive peut être inhibée en définissant le facteur de "
62313 #~ "dérive à zéro dans I</etc/adjtime>. Ce réglage sera persistant tant que "
62314 #~ "l’option B<\\%--update-drift> n’est pas utilisée avec B<\\%--systohc> à "
62315 #~ "l’arrêt (ou n’importe quand). Une autre façon d’inhiber cela est "
62316 #~ "d’utiliser l’option B<\\%--noadjfile> en appelant la fonction B<\\%--"
62317 #~ "hctosys>. Une troisième méthode est d’effacer le fichier I</etc/adjtime>. "
62318 #~ "B<hwclock> utilisera alors UTC par défaut pour l’horloge matérielle. Si "
62319 #~ "l’horloge matérielle est à l’heure locale, elle devra être définie dans "
62320 #~ "le fichier. Cela peut être fait en appelant B<hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --"
62321 #~ "adjust> ; quand le fichier n’est pas présent, cette commande n’ajustera "
62322 #~ "pas vraiment l’horloge, mais créera le fichier avec l’heure locale "
62323 #~ "configurée et un facteur de dérive à zéro."
62324
62325 #~ msgid ""
62326 #~ "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option, and "
62327 #~ "update the timestamps in I</etc/adjtime>.  With the B<\\%--update-drift> "
62328 #~ "option also (re)calculate the drift factor.  Try it without the option if "
62329 #~ "B<\\%--set> fails.  See B<\\%--update-drift> below."
62330 #~ msgstr ""
62331 #~ "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure donnée par l'option B<--date> et "
62332 #~ "mettre à jour les horodatages dans I</etc/adjtime>. Avec l’option B<--"
62333 #~ "update-drift>, recalculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans cette "
62334 #~ "option si B<\\%--set> échoue. Consulter B<\\%--update-drift> ci-après."
62335
62336 #~ msgid ""
62337 #~ "This is an alternate to the B<\\%--hctosys> function that does not read "
62338 #~ "the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not "
62339 #~ "any drift correction.  It is intended to be used in a startup script on "
62340 #~ "systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock "
62341 #~ "has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
62342 #~ msgstr ""
62343 #~ "C'est une alternative à la fonction B<\\%--hctosys> qui ne lit pas "
62344 #~ "l’horloge matérielle et n’ajuste pas l’horloge système ; par conséquent, "
62345 #~ "aucune correction de dérive n’est effectuée. Elle est conçue pour être "
62346 #~ "utilisée dans un script de démarrage sur les systèmes avec des noyaux de "
62347 #~ "version supérieure à 2.6 où l’horloge système a été ajustée depuis "
62348 #~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau lors du démarrage."
62349
62350 #~ msgid ""
62351 #~ "It does the following things that are detailed above in the B<\\%--"
62352 #~ "hctosys> function:"
62353 #~ msgstr ""
62354 #~ "Elle procède aux actions suivantes qui sont détaillées ci-dessus dans la "
62355 #~ "fonction B<\\%--hctosys> :"
62356
62357 #~ msgid ""
62358 #~ "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed.  Only instead of "
62359 #~ "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, B<hwclock> simply informs "
62360 #~ "the kernel and it handles the change."
62361 #~ msgstr ""
62362 #~ "correction du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle en UTC si "
62363 #~ "nécessaire. Seulement, au lieu d’accomplir cela en réglant l’horloge "
62364 #~ "système, B<hwclock> informe simplement le noyau qui se charge de la "
62365 #~ "modification ;"
62366
62367 #~ msgid ""
62368 #~ "The first two are only available on the first call of B<\\"
62369 #~ "%settimeofday>(2)  after boot.  Consequently this option only makes sense "
62370 #~ "when used in a startup script.  If the Hardware Clocks timescale "
62371 #~ "configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the "
62372 #~ "kernel."
62373 #~ msgstr ""
62374 #~ "Les deux premières actions ne sont disponibles que lors du premier appel "
62375 #~ "de B<\\%settimeofday>(2) après le démarrage. Par conséquent, cette option "
62376 #~ "n’a de sens que dans un script de démarrage. Si la configuration du "
62377 #~ "fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, un redémarrage "
62378 #~ "serait nécessaire pour informer le noyau."
62379
62380 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B<\\ --systohc>"
62381 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"
62382
62383 #~ msgid ""
62384 #~ "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps "
62385 #~ "in I</etc/adjtime>.  With the B<\\%--update-drift> option also "
62386 #~ "(re)calculate the drift factor.  Try it without the option if B<\\%--"
62387 #~ "systohc> fails.  See B<\\%--update-drift> below."
62388 #~ msgstr ""
62389 #~ "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système et mettre à jour les "
62390 #~ "horodatages dans I</etc/adjtime>. Avec l’option B<--update-drift>, "
62391 #~ "(re)calculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans l’option si B<\\%--"
62392 #~ "systohc> échoue. Consulter B<\\%--update-drift> ci-après."
62393
62394 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B<\\ --version>"
62395 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
62396
62397 #~ msgid "B<-h>,B<\\ --help>"
62398 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
62399
62400 #~ msgid "B<\\%--date=>I<date_string>"
62401 #~ msgstr "B<\\%--date=>I<chaîne_date>"
62402
62403 #~ msgid ""
62404 #~ "This option must be used with the B<--set> or B<\\%--predict> functions, "
62405 #~ "otherwise it is ignored."
62406 #~ msgstr ""
62407 #~ "Cette option doit être utilisée avec les fonctions B<--set> ou B<\\%--"
62408 #~ "predict>, autrement elle est ignorée."
62409
62410 #~ msgid "B<\\%--delay=>I<seconds>"
62411 #~ msgstr "B<\\%--delay=>I<secondes>"
62412
62413 #~ msgid ""
62414 #~ "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
62415 #~ "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time "
62416 #~ "plus one half second.  The integer time is required because there is no "
62417 #~ "interface to set or get a fractional second.  The additional half second "
62418 #~ "delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second "
62419 #~ "precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior "
62420 #~ "is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
62421 #~ msgstr ""
62422 #~ "La valeur par défaut de 500 ms est basée sur l’horloge matérielle "
62423 #~ "compatible avec MC146818A (x86) communément utilisée. Cette horloge "
62424 #~ "matérielle peut être réglée à n’importe valeur entière de temps plus une "
62425 #~ "demi-seconde. Le nombre entier est requis parce qu’il n’existe pas "
62426 #~ "d’interface pour régler ou mesurer une fraction de seconde. Le délai "
62427 #~ "supplémentaire d’une demi-seconde existe car l’horloge matérielle met à "
62428 #~ "jour la seconde suivante précisément 500 ms après le réglage de la "
62429 #~ "nouvelle heure. Malheureusement, ce comportement est spécifique au "
62430 #~ "matériel et dans certains cas un autre délai est nécessaire."
62431
62432 #~ msgid ""
62433 #~ "Use\\ B<--verbose>.  The\\ B<\\%--debug\\ >option has been deprecated and "
62434 #~ "may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
62435 #~ msgstr ""
62436 #~ "Utilisation avec B<--verbose>. L’option B<\\%--debug\\> est obsolète et "
62437 #~ "pourrait être redéfinie ou supprimée dans une publication future."
62438
62439 #~ msgid ""
62440 #~ "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and "
62441 #~ "x86_64 family.  For other machines, it has no effect.  This option tells "
62442 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware "
62443 #~ "Clock.  Without this option, B<\\%hwclock> will use the rtc device file, "
62444 #~ "which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver.  As of "
62445 #~ "v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver "
62446 #~ "is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two "
62447 #~ "processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time.  Direct hardware "
62448 #~ "access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, "
62449 #~ "and as a last resort when all other methods fail.  See the B<--rtc> "
62450 #~ "option."
62451 #~ msgstr ""
62452 #~ "Cette option est utile pour les machines compatibles ISA des familles x86 "
62453 #~ "et x86_64. Pour les autres machines, elle n'a pas d'impact. Cette option "
62454 #~ "indique à B<\\%hwclock> d'utiliser des instructions d’entrée et sortie "
62455 #~ "explicites pour accéder à l’horloge matérielle. Sans cette option, B<\\"
62456 #~ "%hwclock> essaiera d'utiliser le fichier de périphérique rtc, supposé "
62457 #~ "être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. Depuis la version 2.26, "
62458 #~ "B<--directisa> n’est plus automatiquement utilisé quand le pilote rtc "
62459 #~ "n’est pas disponible. Cela provoquait une condition non sécurisée qui "
62460 #~ "pouvait permettre à deux processus d’accéder à l’horloge matérielle en "
62461 #~ "même temps. L’accès direct au matériel depuis l’espace utilisateur ne "
62462 #~ "devrait être utilisé que pour des essais, du dépannage ou en dernier "
62463 #~ "recours après l'échec de toutes les autres méthodes. Consultez l’option "
62464 #~ "B<--rtc>."
62465
62466 #~ msgid ""
62467 #~ "This option is required when using the B<\\%--setepoch>\\ function.  The "
62468 #~ "minimum I<year> value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent "
62469 #~ "(B<ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1>)."
62470 #~ msgstr ""
62471 #~ "Cette option est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la fonction B<\\%--"
62472 #~ "setepoch>. La valeur minimale de I<année> est 1900. Celle maximale dépend "
62473 #~ "du système (B<ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1>)."
62474
62475 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B<\\ --rtc=>I<filename>"
62476 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<fichier>"
62477
62478 #~ msgid ""
62479 #~ "Override B<\\%hwclock>'s default rtc device file name.  Otherwise it will "
62480 #~ "use the first one found in this order:"
62481 #~ msgstr ""
62482 #~ "Remplacer le nom de fichier du périphérique rtc par défaut de B<\\"
62483 #~ "%hwclock>. Sinon, le premier trouvé sera utilisé, dans cet ordre :"
62484
62485 #~ msgid "I</dev/rtc0>"
62486 #~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc0>"
62487
62488 #~ msgid "I</dev/rtc>"
62489 #~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc>"
62490
62491 #~ msgid "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
62492 #~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
62493
62494 #~ msgid "For B<IA-64:>"
62495 #~ msgstr "Pour B<IA-64> :"
62496
62497 #~ msgid "I</dev/efirtc>"
62498 #~ msgstr "I</dev/efirtc>"
62499
62500 #~ msgid "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
62501 #~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
62502
62503 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B<\\ --localtime>"
62504 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localtime>"
62505
62506 #~ msgid ""
62507 #~ "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
62508 #~ "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is "
62509 #~ "being used.  The B<\\%--localtime> or B<--utc> options give this "
62510 #~ "information to the B<\\%hwclock> command.  If you specify the wrong one "
62511 #~ "(or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading "
62512 #~ "the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
62513 #~ msgstr ""
62514 #~ "L’horloge matérielle peut être configurée pour utiliser soit UTC, soit le "
62515 #~ "fuseau horaire local, mais rien n’indique dans l’horloge elle-même "
62516 #~ "l’alternative utilisée. Les options B<\\%--localtime> et B<--utc> "
62517 #~ "indiquent cela à la commande B<\\%hwclock>. Si vous indiquez la mauvaise "
62518 #~ "information (ou n’en indiquez aucune et que la valeur par défaut est "
62519 #~ "incorrecte), à la fois le réglage et la lecture de l’horloge matérielle "
62520 #~ "seront incorrectes."
62521
62522 #~ msgid ""
62523 #~ "If you specify neither B<--utc> nor B<\\%--localtime> then the one last "
62524 #~ "given with a set function (B<--set>, B<\\%--systohc>, or B<\\%--adjust>), "
62525 #~ "as recorded in I</etc/adjtime>, will be used.  If the adjtime file "
62526 #~ "doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
62527 #~ msgstr ""
62528 #~ "Si vous n'indiquez ni B<--utc> ni B<\\%--localtime>, la valeur utilisée "
62529 #~ "la dernière fois avec une fonction de définition (B<--set>, B<\\%--"
62530 #~ "systohc> ou B<\\%--adjust>), comme sauvegardée dans I</etc/adjtime>, sera "
62531 #~ "utilisée. Si le fichier d'ajustement n'existe pas, UTC est choisie."
62532
62533 #~ msgid ""
62534 #~ "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
62535 #~ "Clock is kept in local time.  See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs "
62536 #~ "UTC>."
62537 #~ msgstr ""
62538 #~ "Remarque : les modifications d’heure d’été peuvent être incohérentes "
62539 #~ "quand l’horloge matérielle est gardée en heure locale. Consultez la "
62540 #~ "discussion ci-dessous sous B<LOCALE ou UTC>."
62541
62542 #~ msgid ""
62543 #~ "Disable the facilities provided by I</etc/adjtime>.  B<\\%hwclock> will "
62544 #~ "not read nor write to that file with this option.  Either B<--utc> or B<\\"
62545 #~ "%--localtime> must be specified when using this option."
62546 #~ msgstr ""
62547 #~ "Ne pas tenir compte de I</etc/adjtime>. B<\\%hwclock> ne lira ni n'écrira "
62548 #~ "dans ce fichier. L'option B<--utc> ou B<\\%--localtime> doit "
62549 #~ "obligatoirement être indiquée avec cette option."
62550
62551 #~ msgid ""
62552 #~ "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or I</"
62553 #~ "etc/adjtime> (B<\\%--verbose> is implicit with this option)."
62554 #~ msgstr ""
62555 #~ "Ne pas vraiment faire de modification sur le système, c’est-à-dire ni sur "
62556 #~ "les horloges ni sur I</etc/adjtime> (B<\\%--verbose> est implicite avec "
62557 #~ "cette option)."
62558
62559 #~ msgid ""
62560 #~ "A minimum four hour period between settings is required.  This is to "
62561 #~ "avoid invalid calculations.  The longer the period, the more precise the "
62562 #~ "resulting drift factor will be."
62563 #~ msgstr ""
62564 #~ "Une période minimale de quatre heures entre les réglages est nécessaire. "
62565 #~ "Cela permet d’éviter des calculs incorrects. Plus la période est longue, "
62566 #~ "plus le facteur de dérive résultant est précis."
62567
62568 #~ msgid ""
62569 #~ "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
62570 #~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> at shutdown; with the old behaviour this would "
62571 #~ "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several "
62572 #~ "problems:"
62573 #~ msgstr ""
62574 #~ "Cette option a été ajoutée à la version 2.26, parce que les systèmes "
62575 #~ "appellent souvent B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> lors de l’arrêt ; avec "
62576 #~ "l’ancien comportement, cela forçait le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive, "
62577 #~ "avec pour conséquence les problèmes suivants :"
62578
62579 #~ msgid ""
62580 #~ "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal "
62581 #~ "results.  For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be "
62582 #~ "abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
62583 #~ msgstr ""
62584 #~ "le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive à chaque arrêt entraîne des résultats "
62585 #~ "suboptimaux. Par exemple, si des conditions éphémères rendent la machine "
62586 #~ "anormalement chaude, le calcul du facteur de dérive serait hors limites ;"
62587
62588 #~ msgid ""
62589 #~ "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using "
62590 #~ "B<\\%--update-drift> the RTC is not read)."
62591 #~ msgstr ""
62592 #~ "augmentation significative du temps d’arrêt du système (depuis la "
62593 #~ "version v2.31 lorsque B<\\%--update-drift> n’est pas utilisé, l’horloge "
62594 #~ "temps réel n’est pas lue)."
62595
62596 #~ msgid ""
62597 #~ "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it.  If it "
62598 #~ "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail.  "
62599 #~ "This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a "
62600 #~ "power failure.  In that case, the clock must first be set without this "
62601 #~ "option.  Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor "
62602 #~ "would be invalid anyway."
62603 #~ msgstr ""
62604 #~ "Cette option nécessite de lire l’horloge matérielle avant de la régler. "
62605 #~ "Si elle ne peut être lue, cela conduit à l’échec des fonctions de "
62606 #~ "réglage. Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle est "
62607 #~ "corrompue à cause d’un problème d’alimentation électrique. Dans ce cas, "
62608 #~ "l’horloge doit d’abord être réglée sans cette option. Bien qu’il ne soit "
62609 #~ "pas en fonctionnement, le facteur de correction de dérive ne serait pas "
62610 #~ "valable de toute façon."
62611
62612 #~ msgid "Display more details about what B<\\%hwclock> is doing internally."
62613 #~ msgstr ""
62614 #~ "Afficher plus de détails sur ce que réalise B<\\%hwclock> en interne."
62615
62616 #~ msgid ""
62617 #~ "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
62618 #~ "standard.  A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
62619 #~ "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
62620 #~ "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
62621 #~ msgstr ""
62622 #~ "Sur un système compatible ISA, l’horloge est définie dans la norme ISA. "
62623 #~ "Un programme de contrôle ne peut lire ou ajuster l’heure qu’à la seconde, "
62624 #~ "mais il peut également détecter les pentes des tics de seconde de "
62625 #~ "l’horloge, de ce fait, l’horloge a virtuellement une précision infinie."
62626
62627 #~ msgid ""
62628 #~ "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
62629 #~ "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock.  Hardware Clock, in its "
62630 #~ "capitalized form, was coined for use by B<\\%hwclock>.  The Linux kernel "
62631 #~ "also refers to it as the persistent clock."
62632 #~ msgstr ""
62633 #~ "Cette horloge est communément appelée l’horloge matérielle (« hardware "
62634 #~ "clock »), l’horloge temps réel, le RTC, l’horloge BIOS ou l’horloge CMOS. "
62635 #~ "La désignation horloge matérielle a été inventée pour être utilisée avec "
62636 #~ "B<\\%hwclock>. Le noyau Linux y fait référence sous le nom d’horloge "
62637 #~ "persistante."
62638
62639 #~ msgid ""
62640 #~ "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
62641 #~ "having its own power domain.  A very low power external I2C or SPI clock "
62642 #~ "chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to "
62643 #~ "initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for "
62644 #~ "most other purposes."
62645 #~ msgstr ""
62646 #~ "Certains systèmes non ISA ont plusieurs horloges temps réel, mais une "
62647 #~ "seule avec sa propre source d'énergie. Un composant externe, sur I2C ou "
62648 #~ "SPI, consommant très peu, peut être utilisé avec une batterie de secours "
62649 #~ "comme horloge matérielle afin d’initialiser une horloge temps réel "
62650 #~ "intégrée plus fonctionnelle, utilisée pour la plupart des autres "
62651 #~ "objectifs."
62652
62653 #~ msgid ""
62654 #~ "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven "
62655 #~ "by a timer interrupt.  (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of "
62656 #~ "the ISA standard.)  It has meaning only while Linux is running on the "
62657 #~ "machine.  The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January "
62658 #~ "1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC).  "
62659 #~ "The System Time is not an integer, though.  It has virtually infinite "
62660 #~ "precision."
62661 #~ msgstr ""
62662 #~ "B<L’horloge système> : cette horloge fait partie du noyau Linux et est "
62663 #~ "contrôlée par une minuterie (sur une machine ISA, les interruptions de "
62664 #~ "minuterie font partie de la norme ISA). Cela n'a de sens que si Linux "
62665 #~ "fonctionne sur la machine. L’heure système est le nombre de secondes "
62666 #~ "écoulées depuis le 1er janvier 1970 00:00:00 UTC (ou plus succinctement, "
62667 #~ "le nombre de secondes depuis 1969 UTC). L’heure système n’est pas un "
62668 #~ "entier. Elle a virtuellement une précision infinie."
62669
62670 #~ msgid ""
62671 #~ "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
62672 #~ "would happen if you used the B<\\%date>(1)  program to set it while the "
62673 #~ "system is running.  You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
62674 #~ "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
62675 #~ "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock.  "
62676 #~ "Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because B<\\"
62677 #~ "%hwclock\\ --systohc> is called at shutdown."
62678 #~ msgstr ""
62679 #~ "L’heure système ne doit surtout pas subir de discontinuité comme lorsque "
62680 #~ "le programme B<\\%date>(1) est utilisé pour la modifier pendant le "
62681 #~ "fonctionnement du système. Vous pouvez, cependant, faire tout ce que vous "
62682 #~ "voulez sur l’horloge matérielle pendant le fonctionnement, la prochaine "
62683 #~ "fois que Linux démarrera, il prendra en compte la nouvelle heure de "
62684 #~ "l’horloge matérielle. Remarque : ce n’est actuellement pas possible sur "
62685 #~ "la plupart des systèmes car B<\\%hwclock --systohc> est appelée lors de "
62686 #~ "l’arrêt."
62687
62688 #~ msgid ""
62689 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
62690 #~ "values.  The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, "
62691 #~ "which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver.  Also, Linux "
62692 #~ "systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting "
62693 #~ "multiple Hardware Clocks.  This may bring about the need to override the "
62694 #~ "default rtc device by specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
62695 #~ msgstr ""
62696 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> utilise divers moyens pour interroger et régler les valeurs "
62697 #~ "de l’horloge matérielle. La façon la plus normale est de réaliser des "
62698 #~ "entrées et sorties avec le fichier spécial de périphérique rtc qui est "
62699 #~ "supposé être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. De plus, les "
62700 #~ "systèmes Linux utilisant l’environnement de pilote RTC avec udev sont "
62701 #~ "capables de prendre en charge plusieurs horloges matérielles. Cela "
62702 #~ "pourrait nécessiter d’écraser le périphérique rtc par défaut en indiquant "
62703 #~ "un autre à l’aide de l’option B<--rtc>."
62704
62705 #~ msgid ""
62706 #~ "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have "
62707 #~ "an rtc driver.  On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware "
62708 #~ "Clock depends on the system hardware."
62709 #~ msgstr ""
62710 #~ "Cependant, cette méthode n’est pas toujours disponible sur les anciens "
62711 #~ "systèmes ne disposant pas de pilote rtc. Sur ces systèmes, la méthode "
62712 #~ "d'accès à l’horloge matérielle dépend de la machine."
62713
62714 #~ msgid ""
62715 #~ "On an ISA compatible system, B<\\%hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS "
62716 #~ "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 "
62717 #~ "and 0x71.  It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can "
62718 #~ "only do it if running with superuser effective userid.  This method may "
62719 #~ "be used by specifying the B<\\%--directisa> option."
62720 #~ msgstr ""
62721 #~ "Sur un système compatible ISA, B<\\%hwclock> peut accéder directement aux "
62722 #~ "registres de la mémoire du CMOS qui constituent l’horloge, en effectuant "
62723 #~ "des opérations d'E/S sur les ports 0x70 et 0x71. B<hwclock> effectue cela "
62724 #~ "avec de véritables instructions d'E/S et doit donc être exécuté avec des "
62725 #~ "droits de superutilisateur. Cette méthode peut être utilisée en indiquant "
62726 #~ "l’option B<\\%--directisa>."
62727
62728 #~ msgid ""
62729 #~ "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
62730 #~ "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
62731 #~ "disable interrupts.  B<\\%hwclock> provides it for testing, "
62732 #~ "troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA "
62733 #~ "systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
62734 #~ msgstr ""
62735 #~ "C'est vraiment une mauvaise méthode pour accéder à l’horloge, notamment "
62736 #~ "parce que les programmes de l'espace utilisateur ne sont généralement pas "
62737 #~ "supposés effectuer directement des opérations d'E/S et désactiver les "
62738 #~ "interruptions. B<\\%hwclock> fournit cette méthode pour permettre de "
62739 #~ "faire des essais ou du dépannage et parce que cela pourrait être la seule "
62740 #~ "méthode disponible sur les systèmes compatibles ISA ne disposant pas d’un "
62741 #~ "pilote fonctionnel de périphérique rtc."
62742
62743 #~ msgid ""
62744 #~ "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
62745 #~ "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
62746 #~ "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
62747 #~ "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
62748 #~ "Hardware Clock."
62749 #~ msgstr ""
62750 #~ "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
62751 #~ "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
62752 #~ "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction B<\\%--"
62753 #~ "adjust> de B<\\%hwclock> permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive "
62754 #~ "systématique à l’horloge matérielle."
62755
62756 #~ msgid ""
62757 #~ "It works like this: B<\\%hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that "
62758 #~ "keeps some historical information.  This is called the adjtime file."
62759 #~ msgstr ""
62760 #~ "Cela fonctionne de la façon suivante : B<\\%hwclock> utilise un fichier, "
62761 #~ "I</etc/adjtime>, qui conserve des informations historiques. C’est le "
62762 #~ "fichier d'ajustement (I<adjtime>)."
62763
62764 #~ msgid ""
62765 #~ "Suppose you start with no adjtime file.  You issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
62766 #~ "set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time.  B<\\"
62767 #~ "%hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as "
62768 #~ "the last time the clock was calibrated.  Five days later, the clock has "
62769 #~ "gained 10 seconds, so you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set\\ --update-drift> "
62770 #~ "command to set it back 10 seconds.  B<\\%hwclock> updates the adjtime "
62771 #~ "file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, "
62772 #~ "and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate.  24 hours go "
62773 #~ "by, and then you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> command.  B<\\%hwclock> "
62774 #~ "consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day "
62775 #~ "when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day.  So "
62776 #~ "it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock.  It then records the "
62777 #~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted.  Another 24 hours "
62778 #~ "go by and you issue another B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust>.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
62779 #~ "the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the "
62780 #~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
62781 #~ msgstr ""
62782 #~ "Supposons un démarrage sans fichier d'ajustement. La commande B<\\"
62783 #~ "%hwclock --set> règle l’horloge matérielle à l’heure actuelle. B<\\"
62784 #~ "%hwclock> crée le fichier d’ajustement et y sauvegarde l’heure actuelle "
62785 #~ "en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage. Cinq jours plus tard, l’horloge "
62786 #~ "a gagné 10 secondes, la commande B<hwclock --set --update-drift> corrige "
62787 #~ "alors l’heure. B<\\%hwclock> met à jour le fichier d'ajustement avec "
62788 #~ "l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage, et enregistre "
62789 #~ "une dérive systématique de 2 secondes par jour. Au bout de 24 heures, "
62790 #~ "avec la commande B<\\%hwclock --adjust>, B<hwclock> consulte le fichier "
62791 #~ "d'ajustement et remarque que l’horloge gagne deux secondes par jour "
62792 #~ "lorsque rien n'est fait et que rien n'a été fait pendant un jour. Par "
62793 #~ "conséquent, 2 secondes sont enlevées de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure "
62794 #~ "actuelle est alors enregistrée en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage. "
62795 #~ "24 heures après, la commande B<\\%hwclock --adjust> effectuera exactement "
62796 #~ "la même opération."
62797
62798 #~ msgid ""
62799 #~ "When you use the B<\\%--update-drift> option with B<--set> or B<\\%--"
62800 #~ "systohc>, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the "
62801 #~ "fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, "
62802 #~ "from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated "
62803 #~ "timestamp from the adjtime file.  This updated drift factor is then saved "
62804 #~ "in I</etc/adjtime>."
62805 #~ msgstr ""
62806 #~ "Quand l’option B<\\%--update-drift> est utilisée avec B<--set> ou B<\\%--"
62807 #~ "systohc>, le taux de dérive systématique est (re)calculé en comparant "
62808 #~ "l’heure matérielle actuelle avec correction de dérive à la nouvelle heure "
62809 #~ "de réglage. En est déduit le taux de dérive sur 24 heures à partir du "
62810 #~ "dernier horodatage de calibration du fichier d’ajustement. Ce facteur de "
62811 #~ "dérive mis à jour est sauvé dans I</etc/adjtime>."
62812
62813 #~ msgid ""
62814 #~ "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<\\"
62815 #~ "%--adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 "
62816 #~ "second.  Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated "
62817 #~ "drift will be more than 1 second and B<\\%--adjust> will make the "
62818 #~ "adjustment including any fractional amount."
62819 #~ msgstr ""
62820 #~ "Une petite erreur est introduite quand l’horloge matérielle est définie, "
62821 #~ "de telle sorte que B<\\%--adjust> évite de faire un ajustement de moins "
62822 #~ "d'une seconde. Plus tard, lors d’une redemande d’ajustement, la dérive "
62823 #~ "accumulée sera supérieure à une seconde et B<\\%--adjust> fera "
62824 #~ "l'ajustement même de toute partie infime."
62825
62826 #~ msgid ""
62827 #~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys> also uses the adjtime file data to compensate "
62828 #~ "the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System "
62829 #~ "Clock.  It does not share the 1 second limitation of B<\\%--adjust>, and "
62830 #~ "will correct sub-second drift values immediately.  It does not change the "
62831 #~ "Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file.  This may eliminate the need to "
62832 #~ "use B<\\%--adjust>, unless something else on the system needs the "
62833 #~ "Hardware Clock to be compensated."
62834 #~ msgstr ""
62835 #~ "B<\\%hwclock --hctosys> utilise aussi les données du fichier d’ajustement "
62836 #~ "pour compenser la valeur lue de l’horloge matérielle avant de l’utiliser "
62837 #~ "pour régler l’horloge système. La limitation d’une seconde de B<\\%--"
62838 #~ "adjust> ne s’applique pas et les valeurs de décalage inférieures à la "
62839 #~ "seconde seront corrigées immédiatement. L’horloge matérielle et le "
62840 #~ "fichier d’ajustement ne sont pas modifiés. Cela devrait éliminer la "
62841 #~ "nécessité d’utiliser B<\\%--adjust> sauf si autre chose sur le système a "
62842 #~ "besoin de voir l’horloge matérielle compensée."
62843
62844 #~ msgid ""
62845 #~ "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate "
62846 #~ "in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of "
62847 #~ "seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal "
62848 #~ "integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with B<\\%clock>(8))  as a floating "
62849 #~ "point decimal."
62850 #~ msgstr ""
62851 #~ "Ligne 1 : trois nombres, séparés par des espaces : 1) le taux de dérive "
62852 #~ "systématique en seconde par jour, nombre décimal flottant ; 2) le nombre "
62853 #~ "de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et la date du dernier étalonnage, "
62854 #~ "entier décimal ; 3) zéro (pour une compatibilité avec B<\\%clock>(8)) en "
62855 #~ "tant que nombre décimal flottant."
62856
62857 #~ msgid ""
62858 #~ "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of "
62859 #~ "most recent calibration.  Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it "
62860 #~ "is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the "
62861 #~ "Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a "
62862 #~ "valid time).  This is a decimal integer."
62863 #~ msgstr ""
62864 #~ "Ligne 2 : un nombre : le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le "
62865 #~ "dernier étalonnage. Zéro s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des "
62866 #~ "derniers étalonnages est discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge "
62867 #~ "matérielle, depuis cet étalonnage, est erronée). C'est un entier décimal."
62868
62869 #~ msgid ""
62870 #~ "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\".  Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
62871 #~ "Coordinated Universal Time or local time.  You can always override this "
62872 #~ "value with options on the B<\\%hwclock> command line."
62873 #~ msgstr ""
62874 #~ "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
62875 #~ "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
62876 #~ "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de B<\\%hwclock>."
62877
62878 #~ msgid ""
62879 #~ "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<\\"
62880 #~ "%clock>(8) program with B<\\%hwclock>."
62881 #~ msgstr ""
62882 #~ "Vous pouvez utiliser un fichier d'ajustement précédemment utilisé avec le "
62883 #~ "programme B<\\%clock>(8) avec B<\\%hwclock>."
62884
62885 #~ msgid ""
62886 #~ "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
62887 #~ "synchronized in some systems.  The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it "
62888 #~ "copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode "
62889 #~ "is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability.  "
62890 #~ "This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated "
62891 #~ "like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep "
62892 #~ "your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the "
62893 #~ "network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system.  See RFC 1305.)"
62894 #~ msgstr ""
62895 #~ "Vous devez être au courant d'un autre moyen utilisé pour garder l’horloge "
62896 #~ "matérielle synchronisée sur certains systèmes. Le noyau Linux possède un "
62897 #~ "mode qui copie l’heure système vers l’horloge matérielle toutes les "
62898 #~ "11 minutes. Ce mode est une option au moment de la compilation, aussi "
62899 #~ "tous les noyaux n’ont pas cette possibilité. Il est pratique de "
62900 #~ "l’utiliser quand un moyen sophistiqué comme NTP garde l’heure système à "
62901 #~ "jour (NTP est un moyen de synchroniser l’heure système avec soit un "
62902 #~ "serveur de temps situé quelque part sur le réseau, soit une horloge radio "
62903 #~ "en duplex avec le système, consultez la RFC 1305)."
62904
62905 #~ msgid ""
62906 #~ "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel "
62907 #~ "what timescale the Hardware Clock is using.  This happens via the I<\\"
62908 #~ "%persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable.  If B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\"
62909 #~ "%--systz> is the first, it will set this variable according to the "
62910 #~ "adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument.  Note that when "
62911 #~ "using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is "
62912 #~ "changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
62913 #~ msgstr ""
62914 #~ "La première commande en espace utilisateur pour définir l’horloge système "
62915 #~ "informe le noyau du fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle. Cela "
62916 #~ "ce fait par l’intermédiaire de la variable I<\\"
62917 #~ "%persistent_clock_is_local> du noyau. Si B<\\%--hctosys> ou B<\\%--systz> "
62918 #~ "sont utilisées en premier, cette variable sera définie d’après le fichier "
62919 #~ "d’ajustement ou l’argument approprié en ligne de commande. Remarquez que "
62920 #~ "lorsque cette capacité est utilisée et que le fuseau horaire de l’horloge "
62921 #~ "matérielle est modifié, un redémarrage est nécessaire pour informer le "
62922 #~ "noyau."
62923
62924 #~ msgid ""
62925 #~ "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the B<\\"
62926 #~ "%hwclock> maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
62927 #~ msgstr ""
62928 #~ "Si vous pensez à un usage possible de l'octet du siècle CMOS (« CMOS "
62929 #~ "century byte »), contactez le responsable de B<\\%hwclock>, une option "
62930 #~ "peut être adéquate."
62931
62932 #~ msgid ""
62933 #~ "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
62934 #~ "ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock.  ACPI provides a standard "
62935 #~ "way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
62936 #~ msgstr ""
62937 #~ "Notez que cette section est pertinente uniquement si vous utilisez un "
62938 #~ "accès ISA direct à l’horloge matérielle. L'ACPI fournit un moyen standard "
62939 #~ "d'accéder au siècle quand le matériel le gère."
62940
62941 #~ msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order:"
62942 #~ msgstr ""
62943 #~ "Rapidement lors du démarrage, les commandes suivantes sont appelées dans "
62944 #~ "cet ordre :"
62945
62946 #~ msgid "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ value\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ value>"
62947 #~ msgstr "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ valeur\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ valeur>"
62948
62949 #~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
62950 #~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
62951
62952 #~ msgid "During shutdown the following is called:"
62953 #~ msgstr "Pendant l’arrêt, la commande suivante est appelée :"
62954
62955 #~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc>"
62956 #~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock --systohc>"
62957
62958 #~ msgid "B<*> Systems without B<adjtimex> may use B<ntptime>."
62959 #~ msgstr "B<*> Les systèmes sans B<adjtimex> peuvent utiliser B<ntptime>."
62960
62961 #~ msgid ""
62962 #~ "The System Clock drift is corrected with the B<\\%adjtimex>(8) command's "
62963 #~ "B<--tick> and B<\\%--frequency> options.  These two work together: tick "
62964 #~ "is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment.  (For "
62965 #~ "systems that do not have an B<\\%adjtimex> package, B<\\%ntptime\\ -f\\ "
62966 #~ ">I<ppm> may be used instead.)"
62967 #~ msgstr ""
62968 #~ "La dérive de l’horloge système est corrigée avec les options B<--tick> et "
62969 #~ "B<\\%--frequency> d’B<\\%adjtimex>(8). Les deux fonctionnent ensemble, le "
62970 #~ "tic est l’ajustement grossier alors que la fréquence est l’ajustement fin "
62971 #~ "(sur les systèmes sans paquet B<\\%adjtimex>, B<\\%ntptime\\ -f>\\ I<ppm> "
62972 #~ "peut être utilisé à la place)."
62973
62974 #~ msgid ""
62975 #~ "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with B<\\"
62976 #~ "%sntp>, or B<\\%date\\ -Ins> and a precision timepiece, and then "
62977 #~ "calculate the correction manually."
62978 #~ msgstr ""
62979 #~ "Simplement suivre la dérive de l’horloge système avec B<\\%sntp>, ou B<\\"
62980 #~ "%date\\ -Ins> par rapport à une horloge de précision, puis calculer soi-"
62981 #~ "même la correction, serait plus efficace."
62982
62983 #~ msgid ""
62984 #~ "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine "
62985 #~ "the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time.  See B<\\"
62986 #~ "%adjtimex>(2)  for more information and the example demonstrating manual "
62987 #~ "drift calculations."
62988 #~ msgstr ""
62989 #~ "Après la définition des valeurs de tic et de fréquence, il faut continuer "
62990 #~ "de tester et d'affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge système "
62991 #~ "garde l’heure correctement. Consultez B<\\%adjtimex>(2) pour plus de "
62992 #~ "renseignements et l’exemple montrant un calcul manuel de dérive."
62993
62994 #~ msgid ""
62995 #~ "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases.  This should be "
62996 #~ "true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot.  "
62997 #~ "In that case the drift factor value makes little difference.  But on the "
62998 #~ "rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then "
62999 #~ "cold drift should yield better results."
63000 #~ msgstr ""
63001 #~ "En règle générale, la dérive à froid fonctionne bien dans la plupart des "
63002 #~ "cas d’utilisation. Cela devrait même être vrai pour les machines "
63003 #~ "fonctionnant vingt-quatre heures sur vingt-quatre et dont les temps "
63004 #~ "d’arrêt usuels servent uniquement pour les redémarrages. Dans ce cas, la "
63005 #~ "valeur du facteur de dérive est peu différente, mais si la machine est "
63006 #~ "arrêtée plus longtemps que d’habitude, la dérive à froid devrait donner "
63007 #~ "de meilleurs résultats."
63008
63009 #~ msgid "TheI< System Clock >time must be correct at shutdown!"
63010 #~ msgstr "L’heure de l’horloge système doit être exacte à l’arrêt !."
63011
63012 #~ msgid ""
63013 #~ "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<\\%--"
63014 #~ "update-drift> option."
63015 #~ msgstr ""
63016 #~ "Utiliser B<hwclock> immédiatement pour régler l’heure correcte avec "
63017 #~ "l’option B<\\%--update-drift>."
63018
63019 #~ msgid ""
63020 #~ "Note: if step 6 uses B<\\%--systohc>, then the System Clock must be set "
63021 #~ "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
63022 #~ msgstr ""
63023 #~ "Remarque : si l’étape six utilise B<\\%--systohc>, alors l’horloge "
63024 #~ "système doit être réglée correctement (étape 6a) juste avant."
63025
63026 #~ msgid ""
63027 #~ "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, "
63028 #~ "but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly "
63029 #~ "editing the I</etc/adjtime> file.  Continue to test and refine the drift "
63030 #~ "factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup.  To "
63031 #~ "check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before "
63032 #~ "shutdown and then use B<\\%sntp>, or B<\\%date\\ -Ins> and a precision "
63033 #~ "timepiece, immediately after startup."
63034 #~ msgstr ""
63035 #~ "Laisser B<hwclock> calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de "
63036 #~ "départ, mais pour obtenir des résultats optimaux, modifier directement le "
63037 #~ "fichier I</etc/adjtime> sera probablement nécessaire. Continuer de tester "
63038 #~ "et affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge matérielle soit "
63039 #~ "corrigée correctement au démarrage. Pour vérifier cela, assurez-vous que "
63040 #~ "l’heure système soit correcte avant l’arrêt puis utilisez B<\\%sntp>, ou "
63041 #~ "B<\\%date\\ -Ins> et une horloge de précision, immédiatement après le "
63042 #~ "démarrage."
63043
63044 #~ msgid ""
63045 #~ "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
63046 #~ "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
63047 #~ "system administrators as B<\\%hwclock> uses local time for its output and "
63048 #~ "as the argument to the B<\\%--date> option."
63049 #~ msgstr ""
63050 #~ "Linux ne gère les changements d’heure d’été de façon transparente que "
63051 #~ "quand l’horloge matérielle est gardée en UTC. Ce fonctionnement facilite "
63052 #~ "le travail des administrateurs système car B<\\%hwclock> utilise l’heure "
63053 #~ "locale en sortie et comme argument de l’option B<\\%--date>."
63054
63055 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
63056 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
63057
63058 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
63059 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
63060
63061 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
63062 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
63063
63064 #~ msgid ""
63065 #~ "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
63066 #~ "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
63067 #~ "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix "
63068 #~ "or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the"
63069 #~ msgstr ""
63070 #~ "Tenter de mélanger et de faire correspondre les fichiers de ces bases de "
63071 #~ "données distinctes ne fonctionnera pas puisqu’elles nécessitent chacune "
63072 #~ "que l’horloge système utilise un fuseau horaire différent. La base de "
63073 #~ "données zoneinfo doit être configurée pour utiliser soit I<posix>, soit "
63074 #~ "I<right>, conformément à la description précédente ou en assignant un "
63075 #~ "chemin de base de données à la variable"
63076
63077 #~ msgid "environment variable."
63078 #~ msgstr "d'environnement."
63079
63080 #~ msgid "Device files B<hwclock> may try for Hardware Clock access:"
63081 #~ msgstr ""
63082 #~ "Fichiers de périphérique pouvant être essayés par B<hwclock> pour un "
63083 #~ "accès à l’horloge matérielle :"
63084
63085 #~ msgid ""
63086 #~ "The hwclock command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
63087 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
63088 #~ msgstr ""
63089 #~ "La commande B<hwclock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
63090 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
63091 #~ ">E<gt>."
63092
63093 #~ msgid "IONICE"
63094 #~ msgstr "IONICE"
63095
63096 #, fuzzy
63097 #~| msgid ""
63098 #~| "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; I<0> for "
63099 #~| "none, I<1> for realtime, I<2> for best-effort, I<3> for idle."
63100 #~ msgid ""
63101 #~ "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; \\f(CR0\\fR "
63102 #~ "for none, \\f(CR1\\fR for realtime, \\f(CR2\\fR for best-effort, "
63103 #~ "\\f(CR3\\fR for idle."
63104 #~ msgstr ""
63105 #~ "Indiquer le nom ou le numéro de la classe d'ordonnancement à utiliser : "
63106 #~ "I<0> pour aucune, I<1> pour B<temps réel>, I<2> pour B<au mieux>, I<3> "
63107 #~ "pour B<au ralenti>."
63108
63109 #, fuzzy
63110 #~| msgid ""
63111 #~| "Specify the scheduling class data.  This only has an effect if the class "
63112 #~| "accepts an argument.  For realtime and best-effort, I<0-7> are valid "
63113 #~| "data (priority levels), and I<0> represents the highest priority level."
63114 #~ msgid ""
63115 #~ "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
63116 #~ "accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, I<0-7> are valid data "
63117 #~ "(priority levels), and \\f(CR0\\fR represents the highest priority level."
63118 #~ msgstr ""
63119 #~ "Indiquer les données de la classe d'ordonnancement. Cela n'a d'effet que "
63120 #~ "si la classe accepte un paramètre. Pour les classes B<temps réel> et B<au "
63121 #~ "mieux>, les données valables sont dans l'intervalle I<0>-I<7> (niveaux de "
63122 #~ "priorité) et I<0> représente le niveau de priorité le plus élevé."
63123
63124 #, fuzzy
63125 #~| msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
63126 #~ msgid "Runs \\(aqbash\\(aq as a best-effort program with highest priority."
63127 #~ msgstr ""
63128 #~ "Exécute « bash » comme un programme B<au mieux> avec la priorité la plus "
63129 #~ "élevée."
63130
63131 #, fuzzy
63132 #~| msgid ""
63133 #~| "The ionice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
63134 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
63135 #~ msgid ""
63136 #~ "The B<ionice> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
63137 #~ "downloaded from"
63138 #~ msgstr ""
63139 #~ "La commande B<ionice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
63140 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
63141
63142 #~ msgid "July 2011"
63143 #~ msgstr "Juillet 2011"
63144
63145 #~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-p> I<PID>..."
63146 #~ msgstr ""
63147 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-p> I<PID> ..."
63148
63149 #~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-P> I<PGID>..."
63150 #~ msgstr ""
63151 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-P> I<PGID> ..."
63152
63153 #~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-u> I<UID>..."
63154 #~ msgstr ""
63155 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-u> I<UID> ..."
63156
63157 #~ msgid ""
63158 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] I<command "
63159 #~ ">[I<argument>...]"
63160 #~ msgstr ""
63161 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] I<commande> "
63162 #~ "[I<argument>] ..."
63163
63164 #~ msgid ""
63165 #~ "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
63166 #~ "program.  If no arguments or just B<-p> is given, B<ionice> will query "
63167 #~ "the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
63168 #~ msgstr ""
63169 #~ "Ce programme définit ou lit la priorité et la classe d'ordonnancement des "
63170 #~ "entrées et sorties d'un programme. S'il n'y a pas de paramètre ou si seul "
63171 #~ "B<-p> est donné, B<ionice> demandera la classe et la priorité actuelle "
63172 #~ "d'ordonnancement d'entrées et sorties pour ce processus."
63173
63174 #~ msgid ""
63175 #~ "When I<command> is given, B<ionice> will run this command with the given "
63176 #~ "arguments.  If no I<class> is specified, then I<command> will be executed "
63177 #~ "with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class.  The default priority level is "
63178 #~ "4."
63179 #~ msgstr ""
63180 #~ "Si la I<commande> est fournie, B<ionice> exécutera cette commande avec "
63181 #~ "les arguments fournis. Si aucune I<classe> n'est indiquée, la I<commande> "
63182 #~ "sera exécutée avec la classe d'ordonnancement B<au mieux>. Le niveau de "
63183 #~ "priorité par défaut est I<4>."
63184
63185 #~ msgid ""
63186 #~ "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
63187 #~ "other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period.  The "
63188 #~ "impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero.  "
63189 #~ "This scheduling class does not take a priority argument.  Presently, this "
63190 #~ "scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
63191 #~ msgstr ""
63192 #~ "Un programme s'exécutant avec une priorité d'entrées et sorties B<au "
63193 #~ "ralenti> n'obtiendra du temps pour accéder au disque que si aucun autre "
63194 #~ "programme ne demande des entrées et sorties sur les disques pendant une "
63195 #~ "période donnée. L'impact d'un processus avec une classe d'ordonnancement "
63196 #~ "d'entrées et sorties B<au ralenti> sur l'activité normale du système "
63197 #~ "devrait être nul. Cette classe d'ordonnancement de processus ne prend pas "
63198 #~ "de priorité en paramètre. Cette classe d'ordonnancement est permise pour "
63199 #~ "un simple utilisateur (depuis Linux 2.6.25)."
63200
63201 #~ msgid ""
63202 #~ "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
63203 #~ "for a specific I/O priority.  This class takes a priority argument from "
63204 #~ "I<0-7>, with a lower number being higher priority.  Programs running at "
63205 #~ "the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
63206 #~ msgstr ""
63207 #~ "C'est la classe d'ordonnancement par défaut pour chaque processus qui n'a "
63208 #~ "pas demandé une priorité spécifique d'entrées et sorties. Les programmes "
63209 #~ "héritent des paramètres de politesse (« nice ») du processeur pour les "
63210 #~ "priorités d'entrées et sorties. Cette classe prend une priorité en "
63211 #~ "paramètre dans la gamme I<0>-I<7>, où un nombre plus bas sera d'une "
63212 #~ "priorité plus haute. Les programmes en cours d’exécution ayant la même "
63213 #~ "priorité B<au mieux> sont servis les uns après les autres."
63214
63215 #~ msgid ""
63216 #~ "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
63217 #~ "priority formally uses \"B<none>\" as scheduling class, but the I/O "
63218 #~ "scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort "
63219 #~ "class.  The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically "
63220 #~ "derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice + "
63221 #~ "20) / 5."
63222 #~ msgstr ""
63223 #~ "Notez qu'avant le noyau 2.6.26, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de "
63224 #~ "priorité d'entrées et sorties utilise la classe d'ordonnancement "
63225 #~ "« B<none> » (aucune), mais l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties traitera "
63226 #~ "un tel processus comme s'il était de la classe B<au mieux>. La priorité "
63227 #~ "dans la classe B<au mieux> sera dynamiquement dérivée du niveau de "
63228 #~ "politesse processeur du processus d'entrées et sorties : « io_priority » "
63229 #~ "= (politesse_cpu + 20) / 5."
63230
63231 #~ msgid ""
63232 #~ "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has "
63233 #~ "not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class.  The I/O "
63234 #~ "priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as "
63235 #~ "before kernel 2.6.26)."
63236 #~ msgstr ""
63237 #~ "Pour les noyaux postérieurs à 2.6.26 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et "
63238 #~ "sorties CFQ, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité d'entrées et "
63239 #~ "sorties hérite de la classe d'ordonnancement de son processeur. La "
63240 #~ "priorité d'entrées et sorties est dérivée du niveau de politesse "
63241 #~ "processeur du processus d'entrées et sorties (comme avant le "
63242 #~ "noyau 2.6.26)."
63243
63244 #~ msgid ""
63245 #~ "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
63246 #~ "what else is going on in the system.  Thus the RT class needs to be used "
63247 #~ "with some care, as it can starve other processes.  As with the best-"
63248 #~ "effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice "
63249 #~ "a given process will receive on each scheduling window.  This scheduling "
63250 #~ "class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
63251 #~ msgstr ""
63252 #~ "La classe d'ordonnancement B<temps réel> donne d'abord l'accès au disque, "
63253 #~ "sans se soucier des autres exécutions sur le système. De ce fait, la "
63254 #~ "classe B<temps réel> doit être utilisée avec attention, car elle peut "
63255 #~ "« affamer » d'autres processus. Comme la classe B<au mieux>, 8 niveaux de "
63256 #~ "priorité sont définis dénotant la période de temps qu'un processus donné "
63257 #~ "recevra dans chaque fenêtre d'ordonnancement. Cette classe "
63258 #~ "d'ordonnancement n'est pas permise pour un simple utilisateur (c'est-à-"
63259 #~ "dire, non superutilisateur)."
63260
63261 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --class >I<class>"
63262 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--class> I<classe>"
63263
63264 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --classdata >I<level>"
63265 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--classdata> I<niveau>"
63266
63267 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<PID>..."
63268 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<PID> ..."
63269
63270 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pgid >I<PGID>..."
63271 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pgid> I<PGID> ..."
63272
63273 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --ignore>"
63274 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--ignore>"
63275
63276 #~ msgid ""
63277 #~ "Ignore failure to set the requested priority.  If I<command> was "
63278 #~ "specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired "
63279 #~ "scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or "
63280 #~ "an old kernel version."
63281 #~ msgstr ""
63282 #~ "Ignorer les échecs de définition de la priorité demandée. Si I<commande> "
63283 #~ "était fournie, le programme est exécuté même s'il n'était pas possible de "
63284 #~ "définir la priorité d'ordonnancement demandée, ce qui peut arriver à "
63285 #~ "cause de droits insuffisants ou d'une vieille version du noyau."
63286
63287 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --uid >I<UID>..."
63288 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--uid> I<UID> ..."
63289
63290 #~ msgid ""
63291 #~ "Jens Axboe E<lt>jens@axboe.dkE<gt>\n"
63292 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
63293 #~ msgstr ""
63294 #~ "Jens Axboe E<lt>I<jens@axboe.dk>E<gt>\n"
63295 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
63296
63297 #~ msgid ""
63298 #~ "The ionice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
63299 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
63300 #~ msgstr ""
63301 #~ "La commande B<ionice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
63302 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
63303
63304 #~ msgid "IPCMK"
63305 #~ msgstr "IPCMK"
63306
63307 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --shmem >I<size>"
63308 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--shmem> I<taille>"
63309
63310 #~ msgid ""
63311 #~ "Create a shared memory segment of I<size> bytes.  The I<size> argument "
63312 #~ "may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB "
63313 #~ "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
63314 #~ "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB "
63315 #~ "(=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
63316 #~ msgstr ""
63317 #~ "Créer un segment de mémoire partagé de I<taille> octets. Les arguments "
63318 #~ "I<taille> peuvent être suivis des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB (=1024), "
63319 #~ "MiB (=1024*1024), et ainsi de suite pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB "
63320 #~ "(la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
63321 #~ "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), et ainsi de suite "
63322 #~ "pour GB, etc.\""
63323
63324 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --queue>"
63325 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--queue>"
63326
63327 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --semaphore >I<number>"
63328 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--semaphore> I<nombre>"
63329
63330 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --mode >I<mode>"
63331 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
63332
63333 #~ msgid "Access permissions for the resource.  Default is 0644."
63334 #~ msgstr "Droits d’accès à la ressource (0644 par défaut)."
63335
63336 #~ msgid "IPCRM"
63337 #~ msgstr "IPCRM"
63338
63339 #, fuzzy
63340 #~| msgid ""
63341 #~| "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more "
63342 #~| "objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects "
63343 #~| "specified either by key or by identifier (see below).  Both keys and "
63344 #~| "identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an "
63345 #~| "initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
63346 #~ msgid ""
63347 #~ "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects "
63348 #~ "of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified "
63349 #~ "either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may "
63350 #~ "be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial "
63351 #~ "\\(aq0x\\(aq or \\(aq0X\\(aq), or octal (specified with an initial "
63352 #~ "\\(aq0\\(aq)."
63353 #~ msgstr ""
63354 #~ "La syntaxe compatible SUS permet l'utilisation d'aucun ou de plusieurs "
63355 #~ "objets des trois types en une seule ligne de commande, objets désignés "
63356 #~ "par leur clef ou leur identificateur (voir ci-dessous). Les clefs et les "
63357 #~ "identificateurs peuvent être indiqués en décimal, hexadécimal (commençant "
63358 #~ "par «\\ 0x\\ » ou «\\ 0X\\ »), ou octal (commençant par un «\\ 0\\ »)."
63359
63360 #~ msgid "B<ipcrm> {B<shm>|B<msg>|B<sem>} I<id>..."
63361 #~ msgstr "B<ipcrm> [ B<shm> | B<msg> | B<sem> ] I<id> ..."
63362
63363 #~ msgid ""
63364 #~ "B<ipcrm> removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and "
63365 #~ "associated data structures from the system.  In order to delete such "
63366 #~ "objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object."
63367 #~ msgstr ""
63368 #~ "B<ipcrm> supprime des objets de communication entre processus (IPC) "
63369 #~ "System V et les structures de données associées définies sur le système. "
63370 #~ "Afin de les détruire, vous devez être le superutilisateur, le créateur ou "
63371 #~ "le propriétaire des objets."
63372
63373 #~ msgid ""
63374 #~ "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, "
63375 #~ "and semaphores.  Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is "
63376 #~ "immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC "
63377 #~ "identifier for the object).  A shared memory object is only removed after "
63378 #~ "all currently attached processes have detached (B<shmdt>(2))  the object "
63379 #~ "from their virtual address space."
63380 #~ msgstr ""
63381 #~ "Les objets IPC System V sont de trois types\\ : mémoire partagée, file de "
63382 #~ "messages et sémaphores. La suppression d'une file de messages ou d'un "
63383 #~ "ensemble de sémaphores est immédiate (même s'il y a des processus qui "
63384 #~ "disposent d'un identificateur sur l'objet). Un segment de mémoire "
63385 #~ "partagée n'est supprimé qu'à la condition que tous les processus aient "
63386 #~ "détaché (B<shmdt>(2)) l'objet de leur espace d'adressage virtuel."
63387
63388 #~ msgid ""
63389 #~ "Two syntax styles are supported.  The old Linux historical syntax "
63390 #~ "specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to "
63391 #~ "be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this "
63392 #~ "type."
63393 #~ msgstr ""
63394 #~ "Deux syntaxes sont prises en charge. La syntaxe historique sous Linux "
63395 #~ "utilise un mot clef de trois lettres indiquant la classe de l'objet à "
63396 #~ "supprimer, suivi d'un ou de plusieurs identificateurs d'objets IPC de ce "
63397 #~ "type."
63398
63399 #~ msgid ""
63400 #~ "The details of the removes are described in B<shmctl>(2), B<msgctl>(2), "
63401 #~ "and B<semctl>(2).  The identifiers and keys can be found by using "
63402 #~ "B<ipcs>(1)."
63403 #~ msgstr ""
63404 #~ "Des précisions sur les suppressions sont décrites dans B<shmctl>(2), "
63405 #~ "B<msgctl>(2) et B<semctl>(2). Les identificateurs et les clefs peuvent "
63406 #~ "être trouvés avec B<ipcs>(1)."
63407
63408 #~ msgid ""
63409 #~ "Remove all resources.  When an option argument is provided, the removal "
63410 #~ "is performed only for the specified resource types.  I<Warning!> Do not "
63411 #~ "use B<-a> if you are unsure how the software using the resources might "
63412 #~ "react to missing objects.  Some programs create these resources at "
63413 #~ "startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
63414 #~ "disappearance."
63415 #~ msgstr ""
63416 #~ "Supprimer toutes les ressources. Quand un argument d’option est fourni, "
63417 #~ "la suppression ne concerne que les types de ressource indiqués. "
63418 #~ "B<Attention>, n’utilisez pas B<-a> en cas de doute sur la façon dont le "
63419 #~ "logiciel utilisant les ressources réagirait aux objets manquants. "
63420 #~ "Certains programmes créent ces ressources au démarrage et pourraient ne "
63421 #~ "pas avoir de code pour gérer une disparition inattendue."
63422
63423 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --shmem-key >I<shmkey>"
63424 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--shmem-key> I<clef_shm>"
63425
63426 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --shmem-id >I<shmid>"
63427 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--shmem-id> I<id_shm>"
63428
63429 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --queue-key >I<msgkey>"
63430 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--queue-key> I<clef_msg>"
63431
63432 #~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --queue-id >I<msgid>"
63433 #~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--queue-id> I<id_msg>"
63434
63435 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --semaphore-key >I<semkey>"
63436 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--semaphore-key> I<clef_sem>"
63437
63438 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --semaphore-id >I<semid>"
63439 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--semaphore-id> I<id_sem>"
63440
63441 #~ msgid ""
63442 #~ "In its first Linux implementation, B<ipcrm> used the deprecated syntax "
63443 #~ "shown in the second line of the B<SYNOPSIS>.  Functionality present in "
63444 #~ "other *nix implementations of B<ipcrm> has since been added, namely the "
63445 #~ "ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect "
63446 #~ "the same command-line syntax.  For backward compatibility the previous "
63447 #~ "syntax is still supported."
63448 #~ msgstr ""
63449 #~ "Dans sa première implémentation sous Linux, B<ipcrm> utilisait la "
63450 #~ "syntaxe, déconseillée présentée dans la deuxième ligne du B<SYNOPSIS>. "
63451 #~ "Les fonctionnalités présentes dans d'autres implémentations *nix "
63452 #~ "d’B<ipcrm> ont été ajoutées depuis, notamment la possibilité de supprimer "
63453 #~ "une ressource par sa clef (et pas uniquement par son identificateur) tout "
63454 #~ "en respectant la même syntaxe en ligne de commande. Pour assurer la "
63455 #~ "rétrocompatibilité, la syntaxe précédente est toujours acceptée."
63456
63457 #~ msgid ""
63458 #~ "The ipcrm command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
63459 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
63460 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
63461 #~ msgstr ""
63462 #~ "La commande B<ipcrm> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
63463 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
63464 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
63465
63466 #~ msgid "IPCS"
63467 #~ msgstr "IPCS"
63468
63469 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
63470 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
63471
63472 #~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
63473 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"
63474
63475 #, fuzzy
63476 #~| msgid ""
63477 #~| "The Linux ipcs utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX ipcs "
63478 #~| "utility.  The Linux version does not support the POSIX B<-a>, B<-b> and "
63479 #~| "B<-o> options, but does support the B<-l> and B<-u> options not defined "
63480 #~| "by POSIX.  A portable application shall not use the B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, "
63481 #~| "B<-l>, and B<-u> options."
63482 #~ msgid ""
63483 #~ "The Linux B<ipcs> utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX B<ipcs> "
63484 #~ "utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX B<-a>, B<-b> and B<-"
63485 #~ "o> options, but does support the B<-l> and B<-u> options not defined by "
63486 #~ "POSIX. A portable application shall not use the B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, B<-"
63487 #~ "l>, and B<-u> options."
63488 #~ msgstr ""
63489 #~ "L'utilitaire B<ipcs> Linux n'est pas totalement compatible avec "
63490 #~ "l'utilitaire B<ipcs> POSIX. La version Linux ne gère pas les options B<-"
63491 #~ "a>, B<-b> et B<-o> de POSIX, mais gère les options B<-l> et B<-u> non "
63492 #~ "définies dans POSIX. Une application portable ne doit pas utiliser les "
63493 #~ "options B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, B<-l> ni B<-u>."
63494
63495 #~ msgid ""
63496 #~ "B<ipcs> shows information on System V inter-process communication "
63497 #~ "facilities.  By default it shows information about all three resources: "
63498 #~ "shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
63499 #~ msgstr ""
63500 #~ "B<ipcs> montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication "
63501 #~ "interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements "
63502 #~ "sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files "
63503 #~ "de messages et tableaux de sémaphores."
63504
63505 #~ msgid ""
63506 #~ "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by I<id>.  "
63507 #~ "This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: "
63508 #~ "B<-m>, B<-q> or B<-s>."
63509 #~ msgstr ""
63510 #~ "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
63511 #~ "I<id>. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
63512 #~ "ressource : B<-m>, B<-q> ou B<-s>."
63513
63514 #~ msgid ""
63515 #~ "Write time information.  The time of the last control operation that "
63516 #~ "changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last "
63517 #~ "B<msgsnd>(2)  and B<msgrcv>(2)  operations on message queues, the time of "
63518 #~ "the last B<shmat>(2)  and B<shmdt>(2)  operations on shared memory, and "
63519 #~ "the time of the last B<semop>(2)  operation on semaphores."
63520 #~ msgstr ""
63521 #~ "Écrire les renseignements d’heure. L’heure de la dernière opération de "
63522 #~ "contrôle qui a modifié les droits d’accès à toutes les ressources, "
63523 #~ "l’heure des dernières opérations B<msgsnd>(2) et B<msgrcv>(2) sur les "
63524 #~ "files de messages, l’heure des dernières opérations B<shmat>(2) et "
63525 #~ "B<shmdt>(2) sur la mémoire partagée et l’heure de la dernière opération "
63526 #~ "B<semop>(2) sur les sémaphores."
63527
63528 #~ msgid ""
63529 #~ "The current implementation of B<ipcs> obtains information about available "
63530 #~ "IPC resources by parsing the files in I</proc/sysvipc>.  Before util-"
63531 #~ "linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the B<IPC_STAT> "
63532 #~ "command of B<msgctl>(2), B<semctl>(2), and B<shmctl>(2).  This mechanism "
63533 #~ "is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where I</proc> is "
63534 #~ "unavailable.  A limitation of the B<IPC_STAT> mechanism is that it can "
63535 #~ "only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the "
63536 #~ "user has read permission."
63537 #~ msgstr ""
63538 #~ "L'implémentation actuelle de B<ipcs> récupère des renseignements sur les "
63539 #~ "ressources IPC disponibles en analysant les fichiers de I</proc/sysvipc>. "
63540 #~ "Avant util-linux version v2.23, un autre mécanisme était utilisé : la "
63541 #~ "commande B<IPC_STAT> de B<msgctl>(2), de B<semctl>(2) et de B<shmctl>(2). "
63542 #~ "Ce mécanisme est aussi utilisé dans les dernières versions d'util-linux "
63543 #~ "si I</proc> n'est pas disponible. Une limite du mécanisme B<IPC_STAT> est "
63544 #~ "qu'il ne peut être utilisé que pour récupérer des renseignements sur les "
63545 #~ "ressources IPC pour lesquelles l'utilisateur a le droit de lecture."
63546
63547 #~ msgid ""
63548 #~ "The ipcs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
63549 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
63550 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
63551 #~ msgstr ""
63552 #~ "La commande B<ipcs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
63553 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
63554 #~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
63555
63556 #~ msgid "ISOSIZE"
63557 #~ msgstr "ISOSIZE"
63558
63559 #~ msgid "June 2011"
63560 #~ msgstr "Juin 2011"
63561
63562 #~ msgid "B<isosize> [options]I< iso9660_image_file>"
63563 #~ msgstr "B<isosize> [I<options>] I<fichier_iso9660>"
63564
63565 #~ msgid ""
63566 #~ "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is "
63567 #~ "contained in the specified file.  This file may be a normal file or a "
63568 #~ "block device (e.g.\\& /dev/hdd or /dev/sr0).  In the absence of any "
63569 #~ "options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem "
63570 #~ "in bytes.  This can now be a large number (E<gt>E<gt> 4\\ GB)."
63571 #~ msgstr ""
63572 #~ "Cette commande affiche la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660 contenu "
63573 #~ "dans le fichier indiqué. Ce fichier peut être un fichier normal ou un "
63574 #~ "périphérique bloc (par exemple : I</dev/hdd> ou I</dev/sr0>). Sans option "
63575 #~ "(ni erreur), elle affiche la taille en octet. Elle prend maintenant en "
63576 #~ "charge les fichiers larges (E<gt>E<gt> 4 Go)."
63577
63578 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --sectors>"
63579 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"
63580
63581 #~ msgid ""
63582 #~ "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form.  The output "
63583 #~ "uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
63584 #~ msgstr ""
63585 #~ "Afficher sous une forme lisible le nombre de blocs et la taille du bloc. "
63586 #~ "La sortie utilise «\\ secteurs\\ » pour désigner les «\\ blocs\\ »."
63587
63588 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --divisor >I<number>"
63589 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<diviseur>"
63590
63591 #~ msgid ""
63592 #~ "Only has an effect when B<-x> is not given.  The value shown (if no "
63593 #~ "errors)  is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by I<number>.  So if "
63594 #~ "I<number> is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
63595 #~ msgstr ""
63596 #~ "Cette option n'a d'effet que si B<-x> n'est pas indiquée. La valeur "
63597 #~ "montrée (s'il n'y a pas d'erreurs) est la taille du fichier iso9660 en "
63598 #~ "octet divisée par I<diviseur>. Donc si I<diviseur> est la taille du bloc, "
63599 #~ "la valeur montrée sera le nombre de blocs."
63600
63601 #~ msgid ""
63602 #~ "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can "
63603 #~ "be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem.  One "
63604 #~ "reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors "
63605 #~ "at the end of an iso9660 image."
63606 #~ msgstr ""
63607 #~ "La taille du fichier (ou du périphérique bloc) d'un système de fichiers "
63608 #~ "iso9660 peut être légèrement plus grande que la taille réelle du système "
63609 #~ "de fichiers iso9660. Une des raisons est que les graveurs de CD ont le "
63610 #~ "droit d'ajouter des secteurs au-delà de la fin de l'image iso9660."
63611
63612 #~ msgid ""
63613 #~ "The isosize command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
63614 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
63615 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
63616 #~ msgstr ""
63617 #~ "La commande B<isosize> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
63618 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
63619 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
63620
63621 #~ msgid "KILL"
63622 #~ msgstr "KILL"
63623
63624 #, fuzzy
63625 #~| msgid "B<kill -l> [I<number>] | B<-L>"
63626 #~ msgid "B<kill> B<-l> [I<number>] | B<-L>"
63627 #~ msgstr "B<kill -l> [I<numéro>] | B<-L>"
63628
63629 #~ msgid "I<pid>"
63630 #~ msgstr "B<pid>"
63631
63632 #~ msgid "I<n>"
63633 #~ msgstr "I<n>"
63634
63635 #~ msgid "B<-1>"
63636 #~ msgstr "B<-1>"
63637
63638 #~ msgid "B<->I<n>"
63639 #~ msgstr "B<->I<n>"
63640
63641 #, fuzzy
63642 #~| msgid ""
63643 #~| "where I<n> is larger than 1.  All processes in process group I<n> are "
63644 #~| "signaled.  When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant "
63645 #~| "to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or "
63646 #~| "the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be "
63647 #~| "taken as the signal to send."
63648 #~ msgid ""
63649 #~ "where I<n> is larger than 1. All processes in process group I<n> are "
63650 #~ "signaled. When an argument of the form \\(aq-n\\(aq is given, and it is "
63651 #~ "meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, "
63652 #~ "or the argument must be preceded by a \\(aq--\\(aq option, otherwise it "
63653 #~ "will be taken as the signal to send."
63654 #~ msgstr ""
63655 #~ "où I<n> est supérieur à B<1>. Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus "
63656 #~ "du groupe de processus I<n>. Quand un argument sous la forme « -n » est "
63657 #~ "donné et vise à désigner un groupe de processus, vous devez soit désigner "
63658 #~ "d'abord le signal, soit faire précéder l'argument d'une option « -- », "
63659 #~ "sans quoi il sera considéré comme le signal à envoyer."
63660
63661 #, fuzzy
63662 #~| msgid ""
63663 #~| "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL --signal QUIT "
63664 #~| "12345"
63665 #~ msgid ""
63666 #~ "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\(rs\n"
63667 #~ "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
63668 #~ msgstr ""
63669 #~ "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL --signal QUIT 12345"
63670
63671 #~ msgid "2018-05-31"
63672 #~ msgstr "31 mai 2018"
63673
63674 #~ msgid "procps-ng"
63675 #~ msgstr "procps-ng"
63676
63677 #~ msgid "kill - send a signal to a process"
63678 #~ msgstr "kill - Envoyer un signal à un processus"
63679
63680 #~ msgid "B<kill> [options] E<lt>pidE<gt> [...]"
63681 #~ msgstr "B<kill> [I<options>] I<PID> [...]"
63682
63683 #~ msgid ""
63684 #~ "The default signal for kill is TERM.  Use B<-l> or B<-L> to list "
63685 #~ "available signals.  Particularly useful signals include HUP, INT, KILL, "
63686 #~ "STOP, CONT, and 0.  Alternate signals may be specified in three ways: "
63687 #~ "B<-9>, B<-SIGKILL> or B<-KILL>.  Negative PID values may be used to "
63688 #~ "choose whole process groups; see the PGID column in ps command output.  A "
63689 #~ "PID of B<-1> is special; it indicates all processes except the kill "
63690 #~ "process itself and init."
63691 #~ msgstr ""
63692 #~ "Le I<signal> par défaut de B<kill> est B<TERM>. Les options B<-l> et B<-"
63693 #~ "L> affichent les signaux disponibles. Les signaux particulièrement utiles "
63694 #~ "sont B<HUP>, B<INT>, B<KILL>, B<STOP>, B<CONT> et B<0>. Les signaux "
63695 #~ "peuvent être indiqués de 3 façons différentes : B<-9>, B<-SIGKILL> et B<-"
63696 #~ "KILL>. Une valeur de I<PID> négative peut être utilisée pour sélectionner "
63697 #~ "des groupes de processus tout entiers ; regardez la colonne PGID de la "
63698 #~ "sortie de la commande B<ps>. Un I<PID> de valeur B<-1> est particulier : "
63699 #~ "il indique tous les processus sauf le processus B<kill> lui-même et "
63700 #~ "B<init>."
63701
63702 #~ msgid "B<E<lt>pidE<gt> [...]>"
63703 #~ msgstr "I<PID> [...]"
63704
63705 #~ msgid "Send signal to every E<lt>pidE<gt> listed."
63706 #~ msgstr "Envoyer un signal à tous les I<PID> indiqués."
63707
63708 #~ msgid "B<-E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
63709 #~ msgstr "B<->I<signal>"
63710
63711 #~ msgid "B<-s E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
63712 #~ msgstr "B<-s> I<signal>"
63713
63714 #~ msgid "B<--signal E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
63715 #~ msgstr "B<--signal> I<signal>"
63716
63717 #~ msgid ""
63718 #~ "Specify the B<signal> to be sent.  The signal can be specified by using "
63719 #~ "name or number.  The behavior of signals is explained in B<signal>(7)  "
63720 #~ "manual page."
63721 #~ msgstr ""
63722 #~ "Indiquer le I<signal> à envoyer. Le signal peut être indiqué en utilisant "
63723 #~ "un nom ou un nombre. Le comportement du signal est expliqué dans la page "
63724 #~ "de manuel B<signal>(7)."
63725
63726 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<signal>]"
63727 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<signal>]"
63728
63729 #~ msgid ""
63730 #~ "List signal names.  This option has optional argument, which will convert "
63731 #~ "signal number to signal name, or other way round."
63732 #~ msgstr ""
63733 #~ "Afficher les noms de signaux. Cette option a un paramètre facultatif qui "
63734 #~ "sera converti en nom de signal, s'il s'agit d'un numéro de signal, et "
63735 #~ "vice versa."
63736
63737 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B<\\ --table>"
63738 #~ msgstr "B<-L>,B<\\ --table>"
63739
63740 #~ msgid "List signal names in a nice table."
63741 #~ msgstr "Afficher les noms de signaux en un tableau bien présenté."
63742
63743 #~ msgid ""
63744 #~ "Your shell (command line interpreter) may have a built-in kill command.  "
63745 #~ "You may need to run the command described here as /bin/kill to solve the "
63746 #~ "conflict."
63747 #~ msgstr ""
63748 #~ "Votre interpréteur de commandes possède probablement une commande kill "
63749 #~ "interne. Vous devriez saisir /bin/kill pour exécuter la commande décrite "
63750 #~ "ici au lieu de la commande interne."
63751
63752 #~ msgid "B<kill -9 -1>"
63753 #~ msgstr "B<kill -9 -1>"
63754
63755 #~ msgid "Kill all processes you can kill."
63756 #~ msgstr "Tuer tous les processus possibles."
63757
63758 #~ msgid "B<kill -l 11>"
63759 #~ msgstr "B<kill -l 11>"
63760
63761 #~ msgid "Translate number 11 into a signal name."
63762 #~ msgstr "Traduire le nombre 11 en nom de signal."
63763
63764 #~ msgid "B<kill -L>"
63765 #~ msgstr "B<kill -L>"
63766
63767 #~ msgid "List the available signal choices in a nice table."
63768 #~ msgstr ""
63769 #~ "Afficher les choix de signaux disponibles en un tableau bien présenté."
63770
63771 #~ msgid "B<kill 123 543 2341 3453>"
63772 #~ msgstr "B<kill 123 543 2341 3453>"
63773
63774 #~ msgid "Send the default signal, SIGTERM, to all those processes."
63775 #~ msgstr "Envoyer le signal B<SIGTERM> par défaut à tous ces processus."
63776
63777 #~ msgid ""
63778 #~ "B<kill>(2), B<killall>(1), B<nice>(1), B<pkill>(1), B<renice>(1), "
63779 #~ "B<signal>(7), B<skill>(1)"
63780 #~ msgstr ""
63781 #~ "B<kill>(2), B<killall>(1), B<nice>(1), B<pkill>(1), B<renice>(1), "
63782 #~ "B<signal>(7), B<skill>(1)"
63783
63784 #~ msgid "STANDARDS"
63785 #~ msgstr "STANDARDS"
63786
63787 #~ msgid ""
63788 #~ "This command meets appropriate standards.  The B<-L> flag is Linux-"
63789 #~ "specific."
63790 #~ msgstr ""
63791 #~ "Cette commande est conforme aux normes. L'option B<-L> est spécifique à "
63792 #~ "Linux."
63793
63794 #~ msgid ""
63795 #~ "E<.MT albert@users.sf.net> Albert Cahalan E<.ME> wrote kill in 1999 to "
63796 #~ "replace a bsdutils one that was not standards compliant.  The util-linux "
63797 #~ "one might also work correctly."
63798 #~ msgstr ""
63799 #~ "E<.MT albert@users.sf.net> Albert Cahalan E<.ME> a écrit kill en 1999 "
63800 #~ "pour remplacer la version « bsdutils » qui ne suivait pas les normes. La "
63801 #~ "version d’util-linux devrait aussi fonctionner correctement."
63802
63803 #~ msgid "Please send bug reports to E<.MT procps@freelists.org> E<.ME>"
63804 #~ msgstr "Signalez les bogues à E<lt>procps@freelists.orgE<gt>"
63805
63806 #~ msgid "November 2019"
63807 #~ msgstr "Novembre 2019"
63808
63809 #~ msgid ""
63810 #~ "B<kill> [B<->I<signal>|B<-s> I<signal>|B<-p>] [B<-q> I<value>] [B<-a>] "
63811 #~ "[B<--timeout >I<milliseconds signal>] [B<-->] I<pid>|I<name>..."
63812 #~ msgstr ""
63813 #~ "B<kill> [B<->I<signal>|B<-s> I<signal>|B<-p>] [B<-q> I<valeur>] [B<-a>] "
63814 #~ "[B<--timeout >I<millisecondes avant signal>] [B<-->] I<pid>|I<nom>..."
63815
63816 #~ msgid ""
63817 #~ "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent.  The default action "
63818 #~ "for this signal is to terminate the process.  This signal should be used "
63819 #~ "in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install "
63820 #~ "a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
63821 #~ "terminating in an orderly fashion.  If a process does not terminate after "
63822 #~ "a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware "
63823 #~ "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
63824 #~ "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
63825 #~ msgstr ""
63826 #~ "Si aucun signal n'est spécifié, celui TERM est envoyé. L'action par "
63827 #~ "défaut de ce signal est de terminer le processus. Il devrait être préféré "
63828 #~ "au signal KILL (numéro 9), car un processus peut mettre en place un "
63829 #~ "gestionnaire du signal TERM afin d'effectuer des étapes de nettoyage "
63830 #~ "avant de terminer de manière ordonnée. Si un processus ne se termine pas "
63831 #~ "avant un signal TERM, le signal KILL peut être utilisé ; mais gardez en "
63832 #~ "tête que ce signal ne peut pas être saisi, donc il ne donne pas au "
63833 #~ "processus cible la chance d'effectuer un nettoyage avant de se terminer."
63834
63835 #, fuzzy
63836 #~| msgid ""
63837 #~| "Most modern shells have a builtin kill command, with a usage rather "
63838 #~| "similar to that of the command described here.  The B<--all>, B<--pid>, "
63839 #~| "and B<--queue> options, and the possibility to specify processes by "
63840 #~| "command name, are local extensions."
63841 #~ msgid ""
63842 #~ "Most modern shells have a builtin B<kill> command, with a usage rather "
63843 #~ "similar to that of the command described here.  The B<--all>, B<--pid>, "
63844 #~ "and B<--queue> options, and the possibility to specify processes by "
63845 #~ "command name, are local extensions."
63846 #~ msgstr ""
63847 #~ "La plupart des interpréteurs modernes ont une commade kill intégrée, avec "
63848 #~ "une utilisation relativement proche de la commande décrite ici. Les "
63849 #~ "options B<--all>, B<--pid>, et B<--queue> et la possibilité de spécifier "
63850 #~ "des processus par le nom de leur commande sont des extensions spécifiques."
63851
63852 #~ msgid "where I<n> is larger than 0.  The process with PID I<n> is signaled."
63853 #~ msgstr ""
63854 #~ "où I<n> est supérieur à B<0>. Un signal sera envoyé au processus numéro "
63855 #~ "I<n>."
63856
63857 #~ msgid "The signal to send.  It may be given as a name or a number."
63858 #~ msgstr "Le signal à envoyer. Il peut s'agir d'un nom ou d'un numéro."
63859
63860 #, fuzzy
63861 #~| msgid ""
63862 #~| "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a "
63863 #~| "name.  The signals can be found in I</usr/\\:include/\\:linux/\\:signal."
63864 #~| "h>"
63865 #~ msgid ""
63866 #~ "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a "
63867 #~ "name.  The signals can be found in I</usr/\\:include/\\:linux/\\:signal."
63868 #~ "h>."
63869 #~ msgstr ""
63870 #~ "Afficher une liste des noms de signal ou convertir le numéro du signal "
63871 #~ "donné en nom. Vous pouvez trouver les signaux dans I</usr/\\:include/\\:"
63872 #~ "linux/\\:signal.h>"
63873
63874 #, fuzzy
63875 #~| msgid ""
63876 #~| "Use B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The I<value> argument is an "
63877 #~| "integer that is sent along with the signal.  If the receiving process "
63878 #~| "has installed a handler for this signal using the B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to "
63879 #~| "B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via the I<si_sigval> field "
63880 #~| "of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
63881 #~ msgid ""
63882 #~ "Send the signal using B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The "
63883 #~ "I<value> argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal.  If "
63884 #~ "the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the "
63885 #~ "B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via "
63886 #~ "the I<si_sigval> field of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
63887 #~ msgstr ""
63888 #~ "Utiliser B<sigqueue>(3) au lieu de B<kill>(2). L'argument I<valeur> est "
63889 #~ "un entier envoyé avec le signal. Si le processus récepteur a mis en place "
63890 #~ "un gestionnaire pour ce signal qui utilise le drapeau B<SA_SIGINFO> pour "
63891 #~ "B<sigaction>(2), il peut obtenir ces données via le champ I<si_sigval> de "
63892 #~ "la structure I<siginfo_t>."
63893
63894 #~ msgid ""
63895 #~ "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see B<gettid>(2))  "
63896 #~ "of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of "
63897 #~ "B<kill>, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the "
63898 #~ "entire thread group).  In other words, it is not possible to send a "
63899 #~ "signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process.  The "
63900 #~ "signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target "
63901 #~ "process that is not blocking the signal.  For more details, see "
63902 #~ "B<signal>(7)  and the description of B<CLONE_THREAD> in B<clone>(2)."
63903 #~ msgstr ""
63904 #~ "Bien qu'il soit possible de spécifier comme argument de B<kill> le TID "
63905 #~ "(identifiant de fil, voir B<gettid>(2)) d'un des fils dans un processus à "
63906 #~ "plusieurs fils, le signal s'adresse néanmoins au processus (c'est-à-dire "
63907 #~ "à tout le groupe de fils). En d'autres termes, il n'est pas possible "
63908 #~ "d'envoyer un signal à un fil en particulier d'un processus multifils. Le "
63909 #~ "signal sera envoyé à un fil sélectionné arbitrairement dans le processus "
63910 #~ "cible et qui ne bloque pas le signal. Pour plus de détails, voir "
63911 #~ "B<signal>(7) et la description de B<CLONE_THREAD> dans B<clone>(2)."
63912
63913 #~ msgid ""
63914 #~ "The kill command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
63915 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
63916 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
63917 #~ msgstr ""
63918 #~ "La commande kill fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible dans "
63919 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
63920 #~ "l'archive du noyau Linux E<.UE .>"
63921
63922 #, fuzzy
63923 #~| msgid ""
63924 #~| "When catching a SIGINT signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
63925 #~| "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has "
63926 #~| "searched through the file; in the case of the SIGINT signal B<last> will "
63927 #~| "then terminate."
63928 #~ msgid ""
63929 #~ "When catching a B<SIGINT> signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
63930 #~ "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has searched "
63931 #~ "through the file; in the case of the B<SIGINT> signal B<last> will then "
63932 #~ "terminate."
63933 #~ msgstr ""
63934 #~ "À la réception d’un signal B<SIGINT> (engendré par la touche "
63935 #~ "d'interruption, généralement Contrôle-C) ou un signal B<SIGQUIT>, B<last> "
63936 #~ "indiquera le point où il est arrivé dans le fichier, et dans le cas de "
63937 #~ "B<SIGINT>, B<last> se terminera."
63938
63939 #, fuzzy
63940 #~| msgid ""
63941 #~| "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
63942 #~ msgid ""
63943 #~ "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host\\(cqs IP number instead of the name."
63944 #~ msgstr ""
63945 #~ "Comme B<--dns>, mais afficher l’adresse IP de l’hôte au lieu du nom."
63946
63947 #~ msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
63948 #~ msgstr "AAAAMMJJhhmmss"
63949
63950 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
63951 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ hh:mm:ss"
63952
63953 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
63954 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ hh:mm"
63955
63956 #~ msgid "(seconds will be set to 00)"
63957 #~ msgstr "(les secondes sont définies à 00)"
63958
63959 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD"
63960 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ"
63961
63962 #~ msgid "(time will be set to 00:00:00)"
63963 #~ msgstr "(l’heure est définie à 00:00:00)"
63964
63965 #~ msgid "hh:mm:ss"
63966 #~ msgstr "hh:mm:ss"
63967
63968 #~ msgid "(date will be set to today)"
63969 #~ msgstr "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui)"
63970
63971 #~ msgid "hh:mm"
63972 #~ msgstr "hh:mm"
63973
63974 #, fuzzy
63975 #~ msgid "(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)"
63976 #~ msgstr ""
63977 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  last.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
63978 #~ "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui,\n"
63979 #~ "\t les secondes à 00)\n"
63980 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  rtcwake.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
63981 #~ "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui,\n"
63982 #~ "\t   les secondes à 00)"
63983
63984 #~ msgid "now"
63985 #~ msgstr "now [maintenant]"
63986
63987 #~ msgid "yesterday"
63988 #~ msgstr "yesterday [hier]"
63989
63990 #~ msgid "(time is set to 00:00:00)"
63991 #~ msgstr "(l’heure est définie à 00:00:00)"
63992
63993 #~ msgid "tomorrow"
63994 #~ msgstr "tomorrow [demain]"
63995
63996 #~ msgid "+5min"
63997 #~ msgstr "+5min"
63998
63999 #~ msgid "-5days"
64000 #~ msgstr "-5days [il y a cinq jours]"
64001
64002 #~ msgid "LAST, LASTB"
64003 #~ msgstr "LAST, LASTB"
64004
64005 #~ msgid "October 2013"
64006 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2013"
64007
64008 #~ msgid ""
64009 #~ "B<last> searches back through the I</var/log/wtmp> file (or the file "
64010 #~ "designated by the B<-f> option) and displays a list of all users logged "
64011 #~ "in (and out) since that file was created.  One or more I<usernames> and/"
64012 #~ "or I<ttys> can be given, in which case B<last> will show only the entries "
64013 #~ "matching those arguments.  Names of I<ttys> can be abbreviated, thus "
64014 #~ "B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>."
64015 #~ msgstr ""
64016 #~ "B<last> parcourt le fichier I</var/log/wtmp> (ou le fichier indiqué par "
64017 #~ "l'option B<-f>) pour présenter une liste de toutes les connexions et "
64018 #~ "déconnexions des utilisateurs, depuis la création du fichier. Un ou "
64019 #~ "plusieurs I<identifiant>s et terminaux (I<tty>) peuvent être indiqués, "
64020 #~ "afin que B<last> ne montre que les connexions et déconnexions "
64021 #~ "correspondant à ces arguments. Le nom des terminaux peut être abrégé, "
64022 #~ "ainsi I<last 0> est équivalent à I<last tty0>."
64023
64024 #~ msgid ""
64025 #~ "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted.  Thus "
64026 #~ "B<last reboot> will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
64027 #~ "created."
64028 #~ msgstr ""
64029 #~ "Le pseudo-utilisateur B<reboot> est enregistré à chaque redémarrage du "
64030 #~ "système, ainsi I<last reboot> affichera une liste de tous les "
64031 #~ "redémarrages depuis la création du fichier de journalisation."
64032
64033 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
64034 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--hostlast>"
64035
64036 #~ msgid ""
64037 #~ "Display the hostname in the last column.  Useful in combination with the "
64038 #~ "B<--dns> option."
64039 #~ msgstr ""
64040 #~ "Afficher le nom d'hôte en dernière colonne. Principalement utile en "
64041 #~ "combinaison avec l'option B<--dns>."
64042
64043 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
64044 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dns>"
64045
64046 #~ msgid ""
64047 #~ "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
64048 #~ "host, but its IP number as well.  This option translates the IP number "
64049 #~ "back into a hostname."
64050 #~ msgstr ""
64051 #~ "Pour les connexions non locales, Linux enregistre le nom d'hôte de l’hôte "
64052 #~ "distant, ainsi que son adresse IP. Avec cette option, l'adresse IP est à "
64053 #~ "nouveau reconvertie en nom d'hôte."
64054
64055 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --file >I<file>"
64056 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --file >I<fichier>"
64057
64058 #~ msgid ""
64059 #~ "Tell B<last> to use a specific I<file> instead of I</var/log/wtmp>.  The "
64060 #~ "B<--file> option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified "
64061 #~ "files will be processed."
64062 #~ msgstr ""
64063 #~ "Indiquer à B<last> d’utiliser le I<fichier> indiqué au lieu de I</var/log/"
64064 #~ "wtmp>. L’option B<--file> peut être indiquée plusieurs fois, et tous les "
64065 #~ "fichiers concernés seront traités."
64066
64067 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
64068 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fulltimes>"
64069
64070 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ip>"
64071 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ip>"
64072
64073 #~ msgid "B<->I<number>"
64074 #~ msgstr "B<->I<nombre>"
64075
64076 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --limit >I<number>"
64077 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--limit> I<nombre>"
64078
64079 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --present >I<time>"
64080 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--present> I<date>"
64081
64082 #~ msgid ""
64083 #~ "Display the users who were present at the specified time.  This is like "
64084 #~ "using the options B<--since> and B<--until> together with the same "
64085 #~ "I<time>."
64086 #~ msgstr ""
64087 #~ "Afficher les utilisateurs présents à la I<date> indiquée. C’est "
64088 #~ "équivalent à l’utilisation des options B<--since> et B<--until> ensemble "
64089 #~ "avec la même I<date>."
64090
64091 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
64092 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--nohostname>"
64093
64094 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --since >I<time>"
64095 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--since> I<date>"
64096
64097 #~ msgid ""
64098 #~ "Display the state of logins since the specified I<time>.  This is useful, "
64099 #~ "e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time.  The "
64100 #~ "option is often combined with B<--until>."
64101 #~ msgstr ""
64102 #~ "Afficher l'état des connexions depuis la I<date> donnée. C'est utile, par "
64103 #~ "exemple, pour déterminer facilement qui était connecté à cet instant. "
64104 #~ "L’option est souvent combinée avec B<--until>."
64105
64106 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --until >I<time>"
64107 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--until> I<date>"
64108
64109 #~ msgid "B<--time-format>I< format>"
64110 #~ msgstr "B<--time-format> I<format>"
64111
64112 #~ msgid ""
64113 #~ "Define the output timestamp I<format> to be one of I<notime>, I<short>, "
64114 #~ "I<full>, or I<iso>.  The I<notime> variant will not print any timestamps "
64115 #~ "at all, I<short> is the default, and I<full> is the same as the B<--"
64116 #~ "fulltimes> option.  The I<iso> variant will display the timestamp in "
64117 #~ "ISO-8601 format.  The ISO format contains timezone information, making it "
64118 #~ "preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
64119 #~ msgstr ""
64120 #~ "Définir le I<format> d’affichage de l’horodatage à celui de B<notime>, "
64121 #~ "B<short>, B<full> ou B<iso>. La variante B<notime> n’affichera pas "
64122 #~ "d’horodatage du tout, B<short> est la valeur par défaut et B<full> est "
64123 #~ "identique à l’option B<--fulltimes>. La variante B<iso> affichera "
64124 #~ "l’horodatage au format ISO 8601. Le format ISO contient l’indication de "
64125 #~ "fuseau horaire, ce qui est préférable lorsque la sortie est étudiée hors "
64126 #~ "du système."
64127
64128 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
64129 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--fullnames>"
64130
64131 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --system>"
64132 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--system>"
64133
64134 #~ msgid "/var/log/wtmp"
64135 #~ msgstr "I</var/log/wtmp>"
64136
64137 #~ msgid "/var/log/btmp"
64138 #~ msgstr "I</var/log/btmp>"
64139
64140 #~ msgid ""
64141 #~ "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found.  The system only logs "
64142 #~ "information in these files if they are present.  This is a local "
64143 #~ "configuration issue.  If you want the files to be used, they can be "
64144 #~ "created with a simple B<touch>(1)  command (for example, I<touch /var/log/"
64145 #~ "wtmp>)."
64146 #~ msgstr ""
64147 #~ "Les fichiers I<wtmp> et I<btmp> sont parfois absents. Le système ne "
64148 #~ "journalise les informations que si les fichiers sont déjà présents, mais "
64149 #~ "ne les crée pas de lui-même. Il s'agit d'un choix local de configuration. "
64150 #~ "Si vous désirez utiliser ces journalisations, vous pouvez créer les "
64151 #~ "fichiers avec une simple commande B<touch>(1) (par exemple, I<touch /var/"
64152 #~ "log/wtmp>)."
64153
64154 #~ msgid ""
64155 #~ "The last command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
64156 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
64157 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
64158 #~ msgstr ""
64159 #~ "La commande B<last> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
64160 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
64161 #~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
64162
64163 #~ msgid "LDATTACH"
64164 #~ msgstr "LDATTACH"
64165
64166 #~ msgid "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
64167 #~ msgstr "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
64168
64169 #~ msgid "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
64170 #~ msgstr "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
64171
64172 #~ msgid "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
64173 #~ msgstr "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
64174
64175 #, fuzzy
64176 #~| msgid ""
64177 #~| "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda."
64178 #~| "sourceforge.net/"
64179 #~ msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see"
64180 #~ msgstr ""
64181 #~ "Pilote de transmission de données par infrarouge pour Linux (IrDa), "
64182 #~ "consultez E<lt>I<http://irda.sourceforge.net/>E<gt>."
64183
64184 #~ msgid "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
64185 #~ msgstr "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
64186
64187 #~ msgid "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
64188 #~ msgstr "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
64189
64190 #, fuzzy
64191 #~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --iflag >[B<->]I<value>..."
64192 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."
64193 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--iflag> [B<->]I<indici>[B<,>[B<->]I<indici> ...]"
64194
64195 #, fuzzy
64196 #~| msgid ""
64197 #~| "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
64198 #~| "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline "
64199 #~| "GSM0710, the command \\'AT+CMUX=0\\r\\' is commonly suitable to switch "
64200 #~| "the modem into the CMUX mode."
64201 #~ msgid ""
64202 #~ "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
64203 #~ "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
64204 #~ "the command \\(aqAT+CMUX=0\\(rsr\\(aq is commonly suitable to switch the "
64205 #~ "modem into the CMUX mode."
64206 #~ msgstr ""
64207 #~ "Définir une commande d’introduction qui est envoyée par la ligne série "
64208 #~ "avant l’appel de B<ldattach>. Par exemple, en conjonction avec la "
64209 #~ "procédure GSM0710, la commande « AT+CMUX=0\\\\r » est généralement "
64210 #~ "appropriée pour basculer le modem en mode CMUX."
64211
64212 #, fuzzy
64213 #~| msgid ""
64214 #~| "The ldattach command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
64215 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64216 #~ msgid ""
64217 #~ "The B<ldattach> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
64218 #~ "downloaded from"
64219 #~ msgstr ""
64220 #~ "La commande B<ldattach> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64221 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
64222 #~ ">E<gt>."
64223
64224 #~ msgid ""
64225 #~ "The B<ldattach> daemon opens the specified I<device> file (which should "
64226 #~ "refer to a serial device)  and attaches the line discipline I<ldisc> to "
64227 #~ "it for processing of the sent and/or received data.  It then goes into "
64228 #~ "the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays "
64229 #~ "loaded."
64230 #~ msgstr ""
64231 #~ "Le démon B<ldattach> ouvre le fichier de I<périphérique> indiqué (qui "
64232 #~ "doit faire référence à un périphérique série) et lui attribue une "
64233 #~ "procédure de contrôle I<ldisc> pour gérer l'envoi et la réception de "
64234 #~ "données. Ensuite, il passe en arrière-plan tout en gardant le "
64235 #~ "périphérique ouvert afin que la procédure de contrôle reste chargée."
64236
64237 #~ msgid ""
64238 #~ "In order to detach the line discipline, B<kill>(1)  the B<ldattach> "
64239 #~ "process."
64240 #~ msgstr ""
64241 #~ "Afin de détacher la procédure de contrôle, tuer (avec B<kill>(1)) le "
64242 #~ "processus B<ldattach>."
64243
64244 #~ msgid ""
64245 #~ "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode)  "
64246 #~ "as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
64247 #~ msgstr ""
64248 #~ "La procédure par défaut fournit un mode d'opération transparent (mode "
64249 #~ "brut) ainsi que les capacités d'édition de ligne habituelles d'une "
64250 #~ "console (mode « cooked »)."
64251
64252 #~ msgid "B<STRIP>(B<4>)"
64253 #~ msgstr "B<STRIP>(B<4>)"
64254
64255 #~ msgid "B<AX25>(B<5>)"
64256 #~ msgstr "B<AX25>(B<5>)"
64257
64258 #~ msgid "B<X25>(B<6>)"
64259 #~ msgstr "B<X25>(B<6>)"
64260
64261 #~ msgid "B<6PACK>(B<7>)"
64262 #~ msgstr "B<6PACK>(B<7>)"
64263
64264 #~ msgid "B<R3964>(B<9>)"
64265 #~ msgstr "B<R3964>(B<9>)"
64266
64267 #~ msgid "B<-1>,B< --onestopbit>"
64268 #~ msgstr "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"
64269
64270 #~ msgid "B<-2>,B< --twostopbits>"
64271 #~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"
64272
64273 #~ msgid "B<-7>,B< --sevenbits>"
64274 #~ msgstr "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"
64275
64276 #~ msgid "B<-8>,B< --eightbits>"
64277 #~ msgstr "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"
64278
64279 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --debug>"
64280 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>"
64281
64282 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --evenparity>"
64283 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"
64284
64285 #~ msgid ""
64286 #~ "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line.  The given "
64287 #~ "I<value> may be a number or a symbolic name.  If I<value> is prefixed by "
64288 #~ "a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead.  Several comma-"
64289 #~ "separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
64290 #~ msgstr ""
64291 #~ "Définir les bits indiqués dans le mot c_iflag de la ligne série. "
64292 #~ "L’I<indici> donné peut être un nombre ou un nom symbolique. Si I<indici> "
64293 #~ "est précédé d'un signe moins, les bits indiqués sont effacés à la place. "
64294 #~ "Plusieurs I<indici>s séparés par des virgules peuvent être donnés afin de "
64295 #~ "définir et d'effacer plusieurs bits."
64296
64297 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --noparity>"
64298 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"
64299
64300 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --oddparity>"
64301 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"
64302
64303 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --speed >I<value>"
64304 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<valeur>"
64305
64306 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --intro-command >I<string>"
64307 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<chaîne>"
64308
64309 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pause >I<value>"
64310 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<valeur>"
64311
64312 #~ msgid "Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)\n"
64313 #~ msgstr "Tilman Schmidt E<lt>I<tilman@imap.cc>E<gt>\n"
64314
64315 #~ msgid ""
64316 #~ "The ldattach command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
64317 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64318 #~ msgstr ""
64319 #~ "La commande B<ldattach> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64320 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
64321 #~ ">E<gt>."
64322
64323 #~ msgid "LIBBLKID"
64324 #~ msgstr "LIBBLKID"
64325
64326 #, fuzzy
64327 #~ msgid "Programmer\\(aqs Manual"
64328 #~ msgstr ""
64329 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  libblkid.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64330 #~ "Manuel du programmeur\n"
64331 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64332 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64333 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_clear.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64334 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64335 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_compare.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64336 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64337 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_copy.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64338 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64339 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_generate.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64340 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64341 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_is_null.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64342 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64343 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_parse.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64344 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64345 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_time.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64346 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
64347 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_unparse.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64348 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux"
64349
64350 #, fuzzy
64351 #~| msgid ""
64352 #~| "The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
64353 #~| "their content (e.g.  filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
64354 #~| "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
64355 #~| "serial numbers.  A common use is to allow use of LABEL= and UUID= tags "
64356 #~| "instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration "
64357 #~| "files."
64358 #~ msgid ""
64359 #~ "The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
64360 #~ "their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
64361 #~ "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
64362 #~ "serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of B<LABEL=> and B<UUID=> "
64363 #~ "tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into "
64364 #~ "configuration files."
64365 #~ msgstr ""
64366 #~ "La bibliothèque B<libblkid> est utilisée pour identifier les "
64367 #~ "périphériques bloc à leur contenu (par exemple un type de système de "
64368 #~ "fichiers), pour extraire des informations additionnelles comme les noms "
64369 #~ "de volumes, les étiquettes, les identifiants uniques, les numéros de "
64370 #~ "série d'un système de fichiers. Une utilisation courante est de permettre "
64371 #~ "d'identifier un périphérique bloc par son étiquette (B<LABEL=>) ou son "
64372 #~ "identifiant unique (B<UUID=>) en lieu et place d'un lien direct dans des "
64373 #~ "fichiers de configuration."
64374
64375 #, fuzzy
64376 #~| msgid ""
64377 #~| "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices "
64378 #~| "in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned "
64379 #~| "to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, "
64380 #~| "otherwise not).  The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally "
64381 #~| "anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate "
64382 #~| "devices by label/id.  The standard location of the cache file can be "
64383 #~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_FILE."
64384 #~ msgid ""
64385 #~ "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices "
64386 #~ "in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned "
64387 #~ "to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, "
64388 #~ "otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally "
64389 #~ "anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate "
64390 #~ "devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be "
64391 #~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>."
64392 #~ msgstr ""
64393 #~ "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque garde les renseignements sur les "
64394 #~ "périphériques bloc dans un fichier cache dont la validité est vérifiée "
64395 #~ "avant d'être renvoyé à l'utilisateur (si l'utilisateur a les permissions "
64396 #~ "de lecture sur le périphérique bloc brut, sinon, non). Le fichier cache "
64397 #~ "permet aux utilisateurs ordinaires (tous les utilisateurs n'appartenant "
64398 #~ "pas au groupe « disk » et autres que le superutilisateur) de chercher des "
64399 #~ "périphériques par étiquette ou identifiant. L'emplacement standard du "
64400 #~ "fichier cache peut être surchargé par la variable d'environnement "
64401 #~ "B<BLKID_FILE>."
64402
64403 #, fuzzy
64404 #~| msgid ""
64405 #~| "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate "
64406 #~| "LABEL/UUID.  It reads information directly from a block device or read "
64407 #~| "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks.  The udev is preferred "
64408 #~| "method by default."
64409 #~ msgid ""
64410 #~ "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate "
64411 #~ "B<LABEL/UUID>. It reads information directly from a block device or read "
64412 #~ "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred "
64413 #~ "method by default."
64414 #~ msgstr ""
64415 #~ "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque prend en charge deux méthodes "
64416 #~ "pour évaluer l'étiquette ou l'UUID. Elle lit les renseignements "
64417 #~ "directement sur le périphérique bloc ou dans les liens symboliques I</dev/"
64418 #~ "disk/by-*> d'udev. La méthode udev est celle préférée par défaut."
64419
64420 #, fuzzy
64421 #~| msgid ""
64422 #~| "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
64423 #~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF.  For more details "
64424 #~| "about the config file see B<blkid>(8)  man page."
64425 #~ msgid ""
64426 #~ "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
64427 #~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_CONF>. For more details "
64428 #~ "about the config file see B<blkid>(8) man page."
64429 #~ msgstr ""
64430 #~ "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration I</etc/blkid.conf> "
64431 #~ "peut être remplacé par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_FILE>. Plus de "
64432 #~ "précisions sur le fichier de configuration sont disponibles dans la page "
64433 #~ "de manuel B<blkid>(8)."
64434
64435 # NOTE: utilties -> utilities,
64436 #, fuzzy
64437 #~ msgid ""
64438 #~ "B<libblkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem "
64439 #~ "utilities, with input from Ted Ts\\(cqo. The library was subsequently "
64440 #~ "heavily modified by Ted Ts\\(cqo."
64441 #~ msgstr ""
64442 #~ "B<libblkid> a été écrite par Andreas Dilger pour les utilitaires du "
64443 #~ "système de fichiers ext2 avec des apports de Ted Ts'o. Elle a subi par la "
64444 #~ "suite des modifications importantes de la part de Ted Ts'o."
64445
64446 #, fuzzy
64447 #~ msgid ""
64448 #~ "The B<libblkid> library is part of the util-linux package since version "
64449 #~ "2.15. It can be downloaded from"
64450 #~ msgstr ""
64451 #~ "B<libblkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15, elle "
64452 #~ "est disponible sur E<lt>I<ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux-"
64453 #~ "ng/>E<gt>."
64454
64455 #~ msgid "May 2009"
64456 #~ msgstr "Mai 2009"
64457
64458 #~ msgid "LOGGER"
64459 #~ msgstr "LOGGER"
64460
64461 #, fuzzy
64462 #~| msgid ""
64463 #~| "Use datagrams (UDP) only.  By default the connection is tried to the "
64464 #~| "syslog port defined in /etc/services, which is often 514 ."
64465 #~ msgid ""
64466 #~ "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the "
64467 #~ "syslog port defined in I</etc/services>, which is often 514."
64468 #~ msgstr ""
64469 #~ "N’utiliser que les datagrammes (UDP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée "
64470 #~ "sur le port de B<syslog> défini dans I</etc/services>, qui est "
64471 #~ "généralement B<514>."
64472
64473 #~ msgid "B<-i>"
64474 #~ msgstr "B<-i>"
64475
64476 #, fuzzy
64477 #~| msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line."
64478 #~ msgid "Log the PID of the B<logger> process with each line."
64479 #~ msgstr "Enregistrer le PID du processus B<logger> sur chaque ligne."
64480
64481 #~ msgid "B<--id>[B<=>I<id>]"
64482 #~ msgstr "B<--id>[B<=>I<id>]"
64483
64484 #, fuzzy
64485 #~| msgid ""
64486 #~| "Log the PID of the logger process with each line.  When the optional "
64487 #~| "argument I<id> is specified, then it is used instead of the logger "
64488 #~| "command's PID.  The use of B<--id=$$> (PPID) is recommended in scripts "
64489 #~| "that send several messages."
64490 #~ msgid ""
64491 #~ "Log the PID of the B<logger> process with each line. When the optional "
64492 #~ "argument I<id> is specified, then it is used instead of the B<logger> "
64493 #~ "command\\(cqs PID. The use of B<--id=$$> (PPID) is recommended in scripts "
64494 #~ "that send several messages."
64495 #~ msgstr ""
64496 #~ "Enregistrer le PID du processus B<logger> sur chaque ligne. Quand "
64497 #~ "l’argument facultatif I<id> est indiqué, il est utilisé à la place du PID "
64498 #~ "de la commande B<logger>. L’utilisation de B<--id=$$> (PPID) est "
64499 #~ "recommandée dans les scripts qui envoient plusieurs messages."
64500
64501 #, fuzzy
64502 #~| msgid ""
64503 #~| "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example B<systemd> when "
64504 #~| "listening on /dev/log) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
64505 #~| "the PID specified in the message.  B<logger>(1)  is able to set those "
64506 #~| "socket credentials to the given I<id>, but only if you have root "
64507 #~| "permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the "
64508 #~| "socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
64509 #~ msgid ""
64510 #~ "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example B<systemd> when "
64511 #~ "listening on I</dev/log>) may follow local socket credentials to "
64512 #~ "overwrite the PID specified in the message. B<logger>(1) is able to set "
64513 #~ "those socket credentials to the given I<id>, but only if you have root "
64514 #~ "permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the "
64515 #~ "socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
64516 #~ msgstr ""
64517 #~ "Remarquez que l'infrastructure de journalisation du système (par exemple "
64518 #~ "B<systemd> écoutant sur I</dev/log>) peut suivre les droits de la socket "
64519 #~ "locale pour écraser le PID spécifié dans le message. B<logger>(1) peut "
64520 #~ "définir ces droits de socket à l’I<id> donné, mais seulement si vous avez "
64521 #~ "les droits de superutilisateur et que le processus avec le PID indiqué "
64522 #~ "existe, sinon les droits de la socket ne sont pas modifiés et le problème "
64523 #~ "est ignoré en silence."
64524
64525 #, fuzzy
64526 #~| msgid ""
64527 #~| "    B<logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
64528 #~| "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
64529 #~| "    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
64530 #~| "    DOGS=bark\n"
64531 #~| "    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
64532 #~| "    end>\n"
64533 #~ msgid ""
64534 #~ "logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
64535 #~ "MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
64536 #~ "MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
64537 #~ "DOGS=bark\n"
64538 #~ "CARAVAN=goes on\n"
64539 #~ "end\n"
64540 #~ msgstr ""
64541 #~ "    B<logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
64542 #~ "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
64543 #~ "    MESSAGE=Les chiens aboient mais la caravane passe.\n"
64544 #~ "    CHIENS=aboient\n"
64545 #~ "    CARAVANE=passe\n"
64546 #~ "    end>\n"
64547
64548 #, fuzzy
64549 #~| msgid "    B<logger --journald=entry.txt>\n"
64550 #~ msgid "logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
64551 #~ msgstr "    B<logger --journald=texte_entrée>\n"
64552
64553 #, fuzzy
64554 #~| msgid ""
64555 #~| "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times.  This is "
64556 #~| "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in "
64557 #~| "the journal if they appear multiple times."
64558 #~ msgid ""
64559 #~ "+ To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
64560 #~ "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
64561 #~ "journal if they appear multiple times."
64562 #~ msgstr ""
64563 #~ "Pour inclure les retours à la ligne dans MESSAGE, indiquez MESSAGE "
64564 #~ "plusieurs fois. Cela est pris en charge comme un cas particulier, les "
64565 #~ "autres champs seront stockés sous forme de tableau dans le journal s'ils "
64566 #~ "apparaissent plusieurs fois."
64567
64568 #, fuzzy
64569 #~| msgid ""
64570 #~| "Sets the RFC5424 MSGID field.  Note that the space character is not "
64571 #~| "permitted inside of I<msgid>.  This option is only used if B<--rfc5424> "
64572 #~| "is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
64573 #~ msgid ""
64574 #~ "MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of "
64575 #~ "I<msgid>. This option is only used if B<--rfc5424> is specified as well; "
64576 #~ "otherwise, it is silently ignored."
64577 #~ msgstr ""
64578 #~ "Définir le champ MSGID de la RFC 5424. Remarquez que le caractère espace "
64579 #~ "n’est pas permis à l’intérieur de I<msgid>. Cette option n’est utilisée "
64580 #~ "que si B<--rfc5424> est indiquée aussi. Sinon, elle est ignorée "
64581 #~ "silencieusement."
64582
64583 #, fuzzy
64584 #~| msgid ""
64585 #~| "Use the RFC 6587 octet counting framing method for sending messages.  "
64586 #~| "When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and "
64587 #~| "RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
64588 #~ msgid ""
64589 #~ "octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is "
64590 #~ "not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent "
64591 #~ "framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
64592 #~ msgstr ""
64593 #~ "Utiliser la méthode de comptage d'octets par tramage de la RFC 6587 pour "
64594 #~ "l'envoi de messages. Quand cette option n'est pas utilisée, le "
64595 #~ "comportement par défaut est l’absence de tramage (framing) sur UDP, et "
64596 #~ "sur TCP s'applique le tramage non transparent de la RFC 6587 (connu aussi "
64597 #~ "sous le nom de remplissage d'octets (stuffing))."
64598
64599 #, fuzzy
64600 #~| msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
64601 #~ msgid "This option doesn\\(cqt affect a command-line message."
64602 #~ msgstr "Cette option n’affecte pas un message de ligne de commande."
64603
64604 #, fuzzy
64605 #~| msgid ""
64606 #~| "Use the RFC 3164 BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote "
64607 #~| "server."
64608 #~ msgid "BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
64609 #~ msgstr ""
64610 #~ "Utiliser le protocole syslog BSD RFC 3164 pour soumettre des messages à "
64611 #~ "un serveur distant."
64612
64613 #, fuzzy
64614 #~| msgid ""
64615 #~| "Use the RFC 5424 syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server.  "
64616 #~| "The optional I<without> argument can be a comma-separated list of the "
64617 #~| "following values: B<notq>, B<notime>, B<nohost>."
64618 #~ msgid ""
64619 #~ "syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional "
64620 #~ "I<without> argument can be a comma-separated list of the following "
64621 #~ "values: B<notq>, B<notime>, B<nohost>."
64622 #~ msgstr ""
64623 #~ "Utiliser le protocole syslog de la RFC 5424 pour envoyer des messages à "
64624 #~ "un serveur distant. L'argument facultatif I<sans> peut être une liste, "
64625 #~ "séparée par des virgules, des arguments suivants : B<notq>, B<notime>, "
64626 #~ "B<nohost>."
64627
64628 #, fuzzy
64629 #~| msgid ""
64630 #~| "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
64631 #~| "protocol.  As such, the B<--size> option affects logger in all cases "
64632 #~| "(not only when B<--rfc5424> was used)."
64633 #~ msgid ""
64634 #~ "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
64635 #~ "protocol. As such, the B<--size> option affects B<logger> in all cases "
64636 #~ "(not only when B<--rfc5424> was used)."
64637 #~ msgstr ""
64638 #~ "La plupart des destinataires acceptent des messages plus grands que 1 kio "
64639 #~ "sur tous les types de protocole de journal système. Ainsi, l’option B<--"
64640 #~ "size> affecte B<logger> dans tous les cas (pas seulement quand B<--"
64641 #~ "rfc5424> est utilisée)."
64642
64643 #, fuzzy
64644 #~| msgid ""
64645 #~| "Use stream (TCP) only.  By default the connection is tried to the "
64646 #~| "I<syslog-conn> port defined in /etc/services, which is often I<601>."
64647 #~ msgid ""
64648 #~ "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the I<syslog-"
64649 #~ "conn> port defined in I</etc/services>, which is often I<601>."
64650 #~ msgstr ""
64651 #~ "N’utiliser que les flux (TCP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur le "
64652 #~ "port de B<syslog-conn> défini dans I</etc/services>, qui est généralement "
64653 #~ "B<601>."
64654
64655 #~ msgid "B<-->"
64656 #~ msgstr "B<-->"
64657
64658 #~ msgid "B<auth>"
64659 #~ msgstr "B<auth>"
64660
64661 #~ msgid "B<cron>"
64662 #~ msgstr "B<cron>"
64663
64664 #~ msgid "B<daemon>"
64665 #~ msgstr "B<daemon>"
64666
64667 #~ msgid "B<ftp>"
64668 #~ msgstr "B<ftp>"
64669
64670 #~ msgid "B<lpr>"
64671 #~ msgstr "B<lpr>"
64672
64673 #~ msgid "B<mail>"
64674 #~ msgstr "B<mail>"
64675
64676 #~ msgid "B<news>"
64677 #~ msgstr "B<news>"
64678
64679 #~ msgid "B<syslog>"
64680 #~ msgstr "B<syslog>"
64681
64682 #~ msgid "B<uucp>"
64683 #~ msgstr "B<uucp>"
64684
64685 #~ msgid "B<local0>"
64686 #~ msgstr "B<local0>"
64687
64688 #, fuzzy
64689 #~| msgid "o"
64690 #~ msgid "to"
64691 #~ msgstr "o"
64692
64693 #~ msgid "B<local7>"
64694 #~ msgstr "B<local7>"
64695
64696 #, fuzzy
64697 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
64698 #~ msgid "B<security> deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
64699 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<auth>"
64700
64701 #~ msgid "B<emerg>"
64702 #~ msgstr "B<emerg>"
64703
64704 #~ msgid "B<warning>"
64705 #~ msgstr "B<warning>"
64706
64707 #~ msgid "B<notice>"
64708 #~ msgstr "B<notice>"
64709
64710 #~ msgid "B<info>"
64711 #~ msgstr "B<info>"
64712
64713 #, fuzzy
64714 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
64715 #~ msgid "B<panic> deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
64716 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<emerg>"
64717
64718 #, fuzzy
64719 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<err>"
64720 #~ msgid "B<error> deprecated synonym for B<err>"
64721 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<err>"
64722
64723 #, fuzzy
64724 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
64725 #~ msgid "B<warn> deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
64726 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète de B<warning>"
64727
64728 #, fuzzy
64729 #~| msgid ""
64730 #~| "The B<logger> command was originally written by University of California "
64731 #~| "in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<."
64732 #~| "ME ,> E<.MT rgerhards@adiscon.com> Rainer Gerhards E<.ME> and E<.MT "
64733 #~| "kerolasa@iki.fi> Sami Kerola E<.ME .>"
64734 #~ msgid ""
64735 #~ "The B<logger> command was originally written by University of California "
64736 #~ "in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by"
64737 #~ msgstr ""
64738 #~ "La commande B<logger> a été écrite à l'origine par l'université de "
64739 #~ "Californie entre 1983-1993, puis réécrite par E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> "
64740 #~ "Karel Zak E<.ME ,> E<.MT rgerhards@adiscon.com> Rainer Gerhards E<.ME> et "
64741 #~ "E<.MT kerolasa@iki.fi> Sami Kerola E<.ME .>"
64742
64743 #~ msgid "and"
64744 #~ msgstr "et"
64745
64746 #~ msgid "November 2015"
64747 #~ msgstr "Novembre 2015"
64748
64749 #~ msgid "B<logger> [options] [I<message>]"
64750 #~ msgstr "B<logger> [I<options>] [I<message>]"
64751
64752 #~ msgid ""
64753 #~ "When the optional I<message> argument is present, it is written to the "
64754 #~ "log.  If it is not present, and the B<-f> option is not given either, "
64755 #~ "then standard input is logged."
64756 #~ msgstr ""
64757 #~ "Quand l’argument facultatif I<message> est présent, il est écrit dans le "
64758 #~ "journal. Sinon, et si l’option B<-f> n'est pas donnée non plus, l'entrée "
64759 #~ "standard sera enregistrée."
64760
64761 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --udp>"
64762 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--udp>"
64763
64764 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --skip-empty>"
64765 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--skip-empty>"
64766
64767 #~ msgid ""
64768 #~ "Ignore empty lines when processing files.  An empty line is defined to be "
64769 #~ "a line without any characters.  Thus a line consisting only of whitespace "
64770 #~ "is NOT considered empty.  Note that when the B<--prio-prefix> option is "
64771 #~ "specified, the priority is not part of the line.  Thus an empty line in "
64772 #~ "this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority "
64773 #~ "prefix (e.g., B<E<lt>13E<gt>>)."
64774 #~ msgstr ""
64775 #~ "Ignorer les lignes vides lors du traitement des fichiers. Une ligne vide "
64776 #~ "est définie comme une ligne sans caractère. Ainsi, une ligne ne contenant "
64777 #~ "que des espaces n’est B<pas> considérée vide. Remarquez que si l’option "
64778 #~ "B<--prio-prefix> est indiquée, la priorité ne fait pas partie de la "
64779 #~ "ligne. Ainsi, une ligne vide dans ce mode est une ligne qui n’a pas de "
64780 #~ "caractère après la priorité (par exemple, B<E<lt>13E<gt>>)."
64781
64782 #~ msgid ""
64783 #~ "Log the contents of the specified I<file>.  This option cannot be "
64784 #~ "combined with a command-line message."
64785 #~ msgstr ""
64786 #~ "Enregistrer le contenu du I<fichier> indiqué. Cette option ne peut pas "
64787 #~ "être associée à un message de ligne de commande."
64788
64789 #~ msgid ""
64790 #~ "Write a systemd journal entry.  The entry is read from the given I<file>, "
64791 #~ "when specified, otherwise from standard input.  Each line must begin with "
64792 #~ "a field that is accepted by journald; see B<systemd.journal-fields>(7)  "
64793 #~ "for details.  The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as "
64794 #~ "it makes finding entries easy.  Examples:"
64795 #~ msgstr ""
64796 #~ "Écrire une entrée de journal systemd. L’entrée est lue du I<fichier> "
64797 #~ "donné s’il est indiqué, ou sinon de l’entrée standard. Chaque ligne doit "
64798 #~ "commencer par un champ accepté par journald, consultez B<systemd.journal-"
64799 #~ "fields>(7) pour plus de précisons. L’utilisation du champ MESSAGE_ID est "
64800 #~ "généralement une bonne idée car cela facilite la recherche d’entrées. "
64801 #~ "Exemples :"
64802
64803 #~ msgid ""
64804 #~ "Notice that B<--journald> will ignore values of other options, such as "
64805 #~ "priority.  If priority is needed it must be within input, and use "
64806 #~ "PRIORITY field.  The simple execution of B<journalctl> will display "
64807 #~ "MESSAGE field.  Use B<journalctl --output json-pretty> to see rest of the "
64808 #~ "fields."
64809 #~ msgstr ""
64810 #~ "Remarquez que B<--journald> ignorera les valeurs des autres options, "
64811 #~ "comme la priorité. Si la priorité est nécessaire, elle doit être dans "
64812 #~ "l’entrée et utiliser le champ PRIORITY. La simple exécution de "
64813 #~ "B<journalctl> affichera le champ MESSAGE. Utilisez B<journalctl --"
64814 #~ "output json-pretty> pour voir le reste des champs."
64815
64816 #~ msgid "B<--msgid>I< msgid>"
64817 #~ msgstr "B<--msgid>I< msgid>"
64818
64819 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --server >I<server>"
64820 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--server> I<serveur>"
64821
64822 # NOTE: s/thist/this/
64823 #~ msgid ""
64824 #~ "Write to the specified remote syslog I<server> instead of to the system "
64825 #~ "log socket.  Unless B<--udp> or B<--tcp> is specified, B<logger> will "
64826 #~ "first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
64827 #~ msgstr ""
64828 #~ "Écrire sur le I<serveur> syslog distant indiqué au lieu de la socket du "
64829 #~ "journal système. À moins que B<--udp> ou B<--tcp> ne soient indiquées, "
64830 #~ "B<logger> essaiera d’abord d’utiliser UDP, mais si cela échoue, une "
64831 #~ "connexion TCP sera tentée."
64832
64833 #~ msgid ""
64834 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
64835 #~ "system log, and removing the connection or the journal.  This option can "
64836 #~ "be used together with B<--stderr> for testing purposes."
64837 #~ msgstr ""
64838 #~ "Forcer chaque chose à être faite, à part l’écriture du message dans le "
64839 #~ "journal système et la fermeture de la connexion ou du journal. Cette "
64840 #~ "option est utilisable avec B<--stderr> pour faire des tests."
64841
64842 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --port >I<port>"
64843 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--port> I<port>"
64844
64845 #~ msgid ""
64846 #~ "Use the specified I<port>.  When this option is not specified, the port "
64847 #~ "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
64848 #~ msgstr ""
64849 #~ "Utiliser le I<port> indiqué. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, le "
64850 #~ "port par défaut de syslog est utilisé pour les connexions UDP et celui de "
64851 #~ "syslog-conn pour les connexions TCP."
64852
64853 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
64854 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priorité>"
64855
64856 #~ msgid ""
64857 #~ "Enter the message into the log with the specified I<priority>.  The "
64858 #~ "priority may be specified numerically or as a I<facility>.I<level> pair.  "
64859 #~ "For example, B<-p local3.info> logs the message as informational in the "
64860 #~ "local3 facility.  The default is B<user.notice>."
64861 #~ msgstr ""
64862 #~ "Enregistrer le message dans le journal avec la I<priorité> indiquée. La "
64863 #~ "priorité peut être donnée numériquement ou bien avec un couple "
64864 #~ "I<service>B<.>I<niveau>. Par exemple, B<-p local3.info> enregistre le "
64865 #~ "message comme informationnel dans le service B<local3>. La valeur par "
64866 #~ "défaut est B<user.notice>."
64867
64868 #~ msgid ""
64869 #~ "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input.  This "
64870 #~ "prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the "
64871 #~ "facility and the level.  The number is constructed by multiplying the "
64872 #~ "facility by 8 and then adding the level.  For example, B<local0.info>, "
64873 #~ "meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes B<E<lt>134E<gt>>."
64874 #~ msgstr ""
64875 #~ "Chercher un préfixe syslog sur toutes les lignes lues sur l’entrée "
64876 #~ "standard. Ce préfixe est un nombre décimal entre chevrons qui encode à la "
64877 #~ "fois le service et le niveau. Le nombre est construit en multipliant le "
64878 #~ "service par 8 et en ajoutant le niveau. Par exemple, B<local0.info>, "
64879 #~ "signifiant de service 16 et de niveau 6, devient B<E<lt>134E<gt>>."
64880
64881 #~ msgid ""
64882 #~ "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
64883 #~ "specified by the B<-p> option.  Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the "
64884 #~ "line is logged using the I<priority> given with B<-p>."
64885 #~ msgstr ""
64886 #~ "Si le préfixe ne contient pas de service, le service par défaut est celui "
64887 #~ "indiqué par l’option B<-p>. De même, si aucun préfixe n’est fourni, la "
64888 #~ "ligne est journalisée en utilisant la I<priorité> donnée avec B<-p>."
64889
64890 #~ msgid ""
64891 #~ "The B<notq> value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
64892 #~ "submitted message.  The time-quality information shows whether the local "
64893 #~ "clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the "
64894 #~ "timestamp might be off.  The time quality is also automatically "
64895 #~ "suppressed when B<--sd-id timeQuality> is specified."
64896 #~ msgstr ""
64897 #~ "La valeur B<notq> supprime la donnée structurée time-quality du message "
64898 #~ "envoyé. Les informations time-quality indiquent si l'horloge locale était "
64899 #~ "synchronisée et le nombre maximum de microsecondes où l'horodatage "
64900 #~ "pourrait ne pas être actif. La précision du temps est supprimée "
64901 #~ "automatiquement quand B<--sd-id timeQuality> est spécifié."
64902
64903 #~ msgid ""
64904 #~ "The B<notime> value (which implies B<notq>)  suppresses the complete "
64905 #~ "sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and "
64906 #~ "timezone."
64907 #~ msgstr ""
64908 #~ "La valeur B<notime> (qui implique B<notq>) supprime tout l'horodatage de "
64909 #~ "l'expéditeur au format ISO-8601, notamment les microsecondes et les "
64910 #~ "fuseaux horaires."
64911
64912 #~ msgid ""
64913 #~ "The B<nohost> value suppresses B<gethostname>(2)  information from the "
64914 #~ "message header."
64915 #~ msgstr ""
64916 #~ "La valeur B<nohost> supprime les informations B<gethostname>(2) de "
64917 #~ "l'entête du message."
64918
64919 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --stderr>"
64920 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--stderr>"
64921
64922 #~ msgid "B<--sd-id >I<name>[B<@>I<digits>]"
64923 #~ msgstr "B<--sd-id >I<nom>[B<@>I<chiffres>]"
64924
64925 #~ msgid ""
64926 #~ "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header.  "
64927 #~ "The option has to be used before B<--sd-param> to introduce a new "
64928 #~ "element.  The number of structured data elements is unlimited.  The ID "
64929 #~ "(I<name> plus possibly B<@>I<digits>) is case-sensitive and uniquely "
64930 #~ "identifies the type and purpose of the element.  The same ID must not "
64931 #~ "exist more than once in a message.  The B<@>I<digits> part is required "
64932 #~ "for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
64933 #~ msgstr ""
64934 #~ "Spécifier l'identifiant d'un élément de données structurées pour l'entête "
64935 #~ "d'un message conforme à la RFC 5424. L'option doit être utilisée avant "
64936 #~ "B<--sd-param> pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments. Le nombre d'éléments de "
64937 #~ "données structurées n'est pas limité. L'identifiant (I<nom> plus "
64938 #~ "éventuellement B<@>I<chiffres>) est sensible à la casse et n'identifie "
64939 #~ "que le type et l'objectif d'un élément. Le même identifiant ne doit pas "
64940 #~ "apparaître plusieurs fois dans un message. La partie B<@>I<chiffres> est "
64941 #~ "nécessaire pour les identifiants non standardisés et définis par "
64942 #~ "l'utilisateur."
64943
64944 #~ msgid ""
64945 #~ "B<logger> currently generates the B<timeQuality> standardized element "
64946 #~ "only.  RFC 5424 also describes the elements B<origin> (with parameters "
64947 #~ "ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and B<meta> (with parameters "
64948 #~ "sequenceId, sysUpTime and language).  These element IDs may be specified "
64949 #~ "without the B<@>I<digits> suffix."
64950 #~ msgstr ""
64951 #~ "B<logger> ne génère actuellement que l'élément standardisé "
64952 #~ "B<timeQuality>. La RFC 5424 décrit aussi les éléments B<origin> (avec les "
64953 #~ "paramètres ip, enterpriseId, software et swVersion) et B<meta> (avec les "
64954 #~ "paramètres sequenceId, sysUpTime et language). Ces identifiants "
64955 #~ "d'éléments peuvent être spécifiés sans le suffixe B<@>I<chiffres>."
64956
64957 #~ msgid "B<--sd-param >I<name>B<=\">I<value>B<\">"
64958 #~ msgstr "B<--sd-param >I<nom>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">"
64959
64960 #~ msgid ""
64961 #~ "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair.  "
64962 #~ "The option has to be used after B<--sd-id> and may be specified more than "
64963 #~ "once for the same element.  Note that the quotation marks around I<value> "
64964 #~ "are required and must be escaped on the command line."
64965 #~ msgstr ""
64966 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre d'un élément de données structurées, une paire nom "
64967 #~ "et valeur. L'option doit être utilisée après B<--sd-id> et peut être "
64968 #~ "spécifiée plus d'une fois pour le même élément. Remarquez que les "
64969 #~ "guillemets autour de I<valeur> sont nécessaires et doivent être protégés "
64970 #~ "sur la ligne de commande."
64971
64972 #~ msgid ""
64973 #~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
64974 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
64975 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
64976 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
64977 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
64978 #~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
64979 #~ msgstr ""
64980 #~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
64981 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
64982 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
64983 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
64984 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
64985 #~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
64986
64987 #~ msgid ""
64988 #~ "  B<E<lt>13E<gt>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - "
64989 #~ "[timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"]"
64990 #~ "[zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 "
64991 #~ "onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message>\n"
64992 #~ msgstr ""
64993 #~ "  B<E<lt>13E<gt>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - "
64994 #~ "[timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"]"
64995 #~ "[zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 "
64996 #~ "onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message>\n"
64997
64998 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --size >I<size>"
64999 #~ msgstr "B<-S>,B< --size >I<taille>"
65000
65001 #~ msgid ""
65002 #~ "Sets the maximum permitted message size to I<size>.  The default is 1KiB "
65003 #~ "characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC "
65004 #~ "3164.  With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible.  A good assumption "
65005 #~ "is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
65006 #~ msgstr ""
65007 #~ "Définir la I<taille> maximale permise par message. La valeur par défaut "
65008 #~ "est de 1 kio en caractères, qui est la limite traditionnelle telle "
65009 #~ "qu’indiquée dans la RFC 3164. Avec la RFC 5424, cette limite est devenue "
65010 #~ "flexible. En général, les destinataires RFC 5424 peuvent au moins traiter "
65011 #~ "des messages de 4 kio."
65012
65013 #~ msgid ""
65014 #~ "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including "
65015 #~ "the syslog header.  Header sizes vary depending on the selected options "
65016 #~ "and the hostname length.  As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not "
65017 #~ "longer than 50 to 80 characters.  When selecting a maximum message size, "
65018 #~ "it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as "
65019 #~ "well, otherwise messages may become truncated.  Again, as a rule of thumb "
65020 #~ "two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything "
65021 #~ "larger should be verified to work."
65022 #~ msgstr ""
65023 #~ "Remarque : la taille maximale de message limite la taille totale du "
65024 #~ "message, y compris l’en-tête de journal système. Les tailles d’en-tête "
65025 #~ "varient en fonction des options sélectionnées et de la taille du nom "
65026 #~ "d’hôte. En règle générale, les en-têtes ne dépassent pas 50 ou "
65027 #~ "80 caractères. Lors de la sélection de la taille maximale du message, "
65028 #~ "s’assurer que le destinataire puisse recevoir des messages de cette "
65029 #~ "taille est important, sinon les messages pourraient être tronqués. De "
65030 #~ "nouveau, en règle générale, des messages de deux à quatre kilooctets "
65031 #~ "devraient normalement passer, alors que tout ce qui dépasse devrait être "
65032 #~ "vérifié."
65033
65034 #~ msgid ""
65035 #~ "Print errors about Unix socket connections.  The I<mode> can be a value "
65036 #~ "of B<off>, B<on>, or B<auto>.  When the mode is auto logger will detect "
65037 #~ "if the init process is systemd, and if so assumption is made /dev/log can "
65038 #~ "be used early at boot.  Other init systems lack of /dev/log will not "
65039 #~ "cause errors that is identical with messaging using B<openlog>(3)  system "
65040 #~ "call.  The B<logger>(1)  before version 2.26 used openlog, and hence was "
65041 #~ "unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
65042 #~ msgstr ""
65043 #~ "Afficher les erreurs sur les connexions de socket UNIX. Le I<mode> peut "
65044 #~ "prendre la valeur B<off>, B<on> ou B<auto>. En mode B<auto>, B<logger> "
65045 #~ "détectera si le processus d’initialisation est systemd, et si cette "
65046 #~ "hypothèse est exacte, I</dev/log> peut être utilisé tôt au démarrage. "
65047 #~ "L’absence de I</dev/log> des autres systèmes d’initialisation ne "
65048 #~ "provoquera pas d’erreur, ce qui est identique à l’envoi de messages en "
65049 #~ "utilisant l’appel système B<openlog>(3). B<logger>(1) avant la "
65050 #~ "version 2.26 utilisait openlog et était donc incapable de détecter la "
65051 #~ "perte de messages envoyés aux sockets UNIX."
65052
65053 #~ msgid ""
65054 #~ "The default mode is B<auto>.  When errors are not enabled lost messages "
65055 #~ "are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of "
65056 #~ "B<logger>(1)  invocation."
65057 #~ msgstr ""
65058 #~ "Le mode par défaut est B<auto>. Quand les erreurs ne sont pas activées, "
65059 #~ "les messages perdus ne sont pas communiqués, ce qui donne un état de "
65060 #~ "sortie indiquant la réussite de l’appel de B<logger>(1)."
65061
65062 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --tcp>"
65063 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tcp>"
65064
65065 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --tag >I<tag>"
65066 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--tag> I<étiquette>"
65067
65068 #~ msgid ""
65069 #~ "Mark every line to be logged with the specified I<tag>.  The default tag "
65070 #~ "is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based "
65071 #~ "on effective user ID)."
65072 #~ msgstr ""
65073 #~ "Placer une I<étiquette> sur chaque ligne du journal. L’étiquette par "
65074 #~ "défaut est le nom de l'utilisateur connecté au terminal (ou le nom d'un "
65075 #~ "utilisateur à partir de son identifiant réel)."
65076
65077 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --socket >I<socket>"
65078 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--socket> I<socket>"
65079
65080 #~ msgid ""
65081 #~ "End the argument list.  This allows the I<message> to start with a hyphen "
65082 #~ "(-)."
65083 #~ msgstr ""
65084 #~ "Terminer la liste des arguments. Cela permet au I<message> de commencer "
65085 #~ "avec un tiret (« - »)."
65086
65087 #~ msgid "B<authpriv>"
65088 #~ msgstr "B<authpriv>"
65089
65090 #~ msgid "for security information of a sensitive nature"
65091 #~ msgstr "pour les informations de sécurité de nature sensible"
65092
65093 #~ msgid "B<kern>"
65094 #~ msgstr "B<kern>"
65095
65096 #~ msgid ""
65097 #~ "cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to "
65098 #~ "B<user>"
65099 #~ msgstr ""
65100 #~ "ne peut pas être créé depuis un processus d’espace utilisateur, convertit "
65101 #~ "automatiquement en B<utilisateur>"
65102
65103 #~ msgid "B<  to>"
65104 #~ msgstr "B<  à>"
65105
65106 #~ msgid "B<security>"
65107 #~ msgstr "B<security>"
65108
65109 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
65110 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<auth>"
65111
65112 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
65113 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<emerg>"
65114
65115 #~ msgid "B<error>"
65116 #~ msgstr "B<error>"
65117
65118 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<err>"
65119 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<err>"
65120
65121 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
65122 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète de B<warning>"
65123
65124 #~ msgid ""
65125 #~ "The logger command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65126 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
65127 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
65128 #~ msgstr ""
65129 #~ "La commande B<logger> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65130 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
65131 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
65132
65133 #, fuzzy
65134 #~| msgid ""
65135 #~| "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
65136 #~| "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
65137 #~| "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
65138 #~| "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
65139 #~| "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
65140 #~| "                     \"this is message\">\n"
65141 #~ msgid ""
65142 #~ "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\(rs\n"
65143 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\(rs\n"
65144 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\(rs\n"
65145 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123\n"
65146 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"\n"
65147 #~ "                     \"this is message\"\n"
65148 #~ msgstr ""
65149 #~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
65150 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
65151 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
65152 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
65153 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
65154 #~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
65155
65156 #~ msgid "LOSETUP"
65157 #~ msgstr "LOSETUP"
65158
65159 #, fuzzy
65160 #~| msgid "B<losetup -l> [B<-a>]"
65161 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"
65162 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -l> [B<-a>]"
65163
65164 #, fuzzy
65165 #~| msgid "B<losetup -j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
65166 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
65167 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -j> I<fichier> [B<-o> I<position>]"
65168
65169 #, fuzzy
65170 #~| msgid "B<losetup -d> I<loopdev>..."
65171 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."
65172 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -d> I<périphérique_boucle> ..."
65173
65174 #, fuzzy
65175 #~| msgid "B<losetup -D>"
65176 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-D>"
65177 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -D>"
65178
65179 #, fuzzy
65180 #~| msgid "B<losetup -c> I<loopdev>"
65181 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"
65182 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -c> I<périphérique_boucle>"
65183
65184 #, fuzzy
65185 #~| msgid ""
65186 #~| "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
65187 #~| "backing file.  B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, "
65188 #~| "corruption and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during "
65189 #~| "setup to avoid this problem."
65190 #~ msgid ""
65191 #~ "It\\(cqs possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
65192 #~ "backing file. B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, "
65193 #~ "corruption and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during "
65194 #~ "setup to avoid this problem."
65195 #~ msgstr ""
65196 #~ "Il est possible de créer davantage de périphériques boucle indépendants à "
65197 #~ "partir du même fichier de sauvegarde. B<Cela peut être dangereux, causer "
65198 #~ "des pertes de données, une corruption ou des réécritures>. B<--nooverlap> "
65199 #~ "est à utiliser avec B<--find> lors de la configuration pour éviter ce "
65200 #~ "problème."
65201
65202 #, fuzzy
65203 #~| msgid ""
65204 #~| "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). "
65205 #~| "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\".  The "
65206 #~| "detach operation does not return EBUSY error anymore if device is "
65207 #~| "actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and "
65208 #~| "destroyed later."
65209 #~ msgid ""
65210 #~ "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). "
65211 #~ "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The "
65212 #~ "detach operation does not return B<EBUSY> error anymore if device is "
65213 #~ "actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed "
65214 #~ "later."
65215 #~ msgstr ""
65216 #~ "Détacher le fichier ou le périphérique associé avec le(s) périphérique(s) "
65217 #~ "indiqué(s). Remarquez que depuis sa version 3.7 le noyau Linux utilise "
65218 #~ "« la destruction paresseuse de périphérique ». L’opération de détachement "
65219 #~ "ne renvoie plus une erreur EBUSY si le périphérique est utilisé "
65220 #~ "activement par le système, mais il est marqué par le drapeau "
65221 #~ "« autoclear » et détruit plus tard."
65222
65223 #, fuzzy
65224 #~| msgid "Don't print headings for B<--list> output format."
65225 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt print headings for B<--list> output format."
65226 #~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher les en-têtes pour le format de sortie B<--list>."
65227
65228 #, fuzzy
65229 #~| msgid ""
65230 #~| "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
65231 #~| "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
65232 #~| "/dev/loop0\n"
65233 #~| "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
65234 #~| "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
65235 #~| " ...\n"
65236 #~| "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
65237 #~| "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
65238 #~ msgid ""
65239 #~ "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
65240 #~ "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
65241 #~ "/dev/loop0\n"
65242 #~ "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
65243 #~ "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
65244 #~ "\\&...\n"
65245 #~ "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
65246 #~ "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
65247 #~ msgstr ""
65248 #~ "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
65249 #~ "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
65250 #~ "/dev/loop0\n"
65251 #~ "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
65252 #~ "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
65253 #~ " ...\n"
65254 #~ "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
65255 #~ "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
65256
65257 #, fuzzy
65258 #~| msgid ""
65259 #~| "The losetup command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65260 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65261 #~ msgid ""
65262 #~ "The B<losetup> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
65263 #~ "downloaded from"
65264 #~ msgstr ""
65265 #~ "La commande B<losetup> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65266 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<htps://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
65267 #~ ">E<gt>."
65268
65269 #~ msgid ""
65270 #~ "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
65271 #~ "I<size>]"
65272 #~ msgstr ""
65273 #~ "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<position>] [B<--sizelimit> I<taille>] [B<--sector-"
65274 #~ "size> I<taille>."
65275
65276 #~ msgid "[B<-Pr>] [B<--show>]B< -f>|I<loopdev> I<file>"
65277 #~ msgstr "[B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f>|I<périphérique_boucle> I<fichier>"
65278
65279 #~ msgid ""
65280 #~ "B<losetup> is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block "
65281 #~ "devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop "
65282 #~ "device.  If only the I<loopdev> argument is given, the status of the "
65283 #~ "corresponding loop device is shown.  If no option is given, all loop "
65284 #~ "devices are shown."
65285 #~ msgstr ""
65286 #~ "B<losetup> est utilisé pour associer les périphériques boucle avec des "
65287 #~ "fichiers normaux ou des périphériques bloc, pour détacher et pour "
65288 #~ "connaître l'état d'un périphérique boucle. Si seul l'argument "
65289 #~ "I<périphérique_boucle> est fourni, l'état actuel du périphérique "
65290 #~ "correspondant est affiché. Sans option, tous les périphériques boucle "
65291 #~ "sont affichés."
65292
65293 #~ msgid ""
65294 #~ "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with B<--"
65295 #~ "find>, and B<losetup> does not protect this operation by any lock.  The "
65296 #~ "number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16.  It is "
65297 #~ "recommended to use for example B<flock>(1)  to avoid a collision in "
65298 #~ "heavily parallel use cases."
65299 #~ msgstr ""
65300 #~ "La configuration du périphérique boucle n’est pas une opération atomique "
65301 #~ "lorsqu’elle est utilisée avec B<--find> et B<losetup> ne protège pas "
65302 #~ "cette opération par un verrou. Le nombre d’essais est restreint en "
65303 #~ "interne à un maximum de 16. Il est recommandé d’utiliser par exemple "
65304 #~ "B<flock>(1) pour éviter une collision dans les cas d’utilisations "
65305 #~ "massivement parallèles."
65306
65307 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --all>"
65308 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"
65309
65310 #~ msgid ""
65311 #~ "Show the status of all loop devices.  Note that not all information is "
65312 #~ "accessible for non-root users.  See also B<--list>.  The old output "
65313 #~ "format (as printed without B<--list)> is deprecated."
65314 #~ msgstr ""
65315 #~ "Montrer l’état de tous les périphériques boucle. Remarquez que tous les "
65316 #~ "renseignements ne sont pas accessibles aux utilisateurs ordinaires. "
65317 #~ "Consultez également B<--list>. L’ancien format de sortie (tel qu’affiché "
65318 #~ "sans B<--list)>) est obsolète."
65319
65320 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach >I<loopdev>..."
65321 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<périphérique_boucle> ..."
65322
65323 #~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --detach-all>"
65324 #~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"
65325
65326 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --find >[I<file>]"
65327 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<fichier>]"
65328
65329 #~ msgid ""
65330 #~ "Find the first unused loop device.  If a I<file> argument is present, use "
65331 #~ "the found device as loop device.  Otherwise, just print its name."
65332 #~ msgstr ""
65333 #~ "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
65334 #~ "I<fichier> est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un "
65335 #~ "périphérique boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."
65336
65337 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --nooverlap>"
65338 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"
65339
65340 #~ msgid "B<-j>,B< --associated >I<file>B< >[B<-o >I<offset>]"
65341 #~ msgstr "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<fichier> [B<-o> I<position>]"
65342
65343 #~ msgid ""
65344 #~ "The data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or "
65345 #~ "device.  The I<offset> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; "
65346 #~ "see above."
65347 #~ msgstr ""
65348 #~ "Le début des données est déplacé de I<position> octets dans le fichier ou "
65349 #~ "le périphérique indiqué. I<position> peut être suivie d’un préfixe "
65350 #~ "multiplicatif, voir ci-dessus."
65351
65352 #~ msgid "B<--sizelimit >I<size>"
65353 #~ msgstr "B<--sizelimit> I<taille>"
65354
65355 #~ msgid ""
65356 #~ "The data end is set to no more than I<size> bytes after the data start.  "
65357 #~ "The I<size> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
65358 #~ msgstr ""
65359 #~ "La fin des données est définie au maximum à I<taille> octets après le "
65360 #~ "début des données. I<taille> peut être suivie d’un préfixe multiplicatif, "
65361 #~ "voir ci-dessus."
65362
65363 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --sector-size >I<size>"
65364 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<taille>"
65365
65366 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --set-capacity >I<loopdev>"
65367 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<périphérique_boucle>"
65368
65369 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --partscan>"
65370 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"
65371
65372 #~ msgid ""
65373 #~ "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop "
65374 #~ "device.  Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes.  "
65375 #~ "The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the "
65376 #~ "option B<--sector-size> together with B<--partscan>."
65377 #~ msgstr ""
65378 #~ "Forcer le noyau à analyser la table de partitionnement d’un périphérique "
65379 #~ "boucle nouvellement créé. Remarquez que l’analyse de cette table dépend "
65380 #~ "de la taille de secteur. Par défaut, c’est 512 octets, sinon vous devez "
65381 #~ "utiliser l’option B<--sector-size> avec l’option B<--partscan>."
65382
65383 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --read-only>"
65384 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"
65385
65386 #~ msgid ""
65387 #~ "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file.  The optional argument "
65388 #~ "can be either B<on> or B<off>.  If the argument is omitted, it defaults "
65389 #~ "to B<off>."
65390 #~ msgstr ""
65391 #~ "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
65392 #~ "L’argument facultatif peut être B<on> ou B<off>. En absence d’argument, "
65393 #~ "B<off> est la valeur par défaut."
65394
65395 #~ msgid ""
65396 #~ "If a loop device or the B<-a> option is specified, print the default "
65397 #~ "columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the "
65398 #~ "default is to print info about all devices.  See also B<--output>, B<--"
65399 #~ "noheadings>, B<--raw>, and B<--json>."
65400 #~ msgstr ""
65401 #~ "Si un périphérique boucle ou que l’option B<-a> est indiqué, afficher les "
65402 #~ "colonnes par défaut soit pour le périphérique boucle indiqué, soit pour "
65403 #~ "tous les périphériques boucle. Les informations sur tous les "
65404 #~ "périphériques sont affichées par défaut. Consultez également B<--output>, "
65405 #~ "B<--noheadings>, B<--raw> et B<--json>."
65406
65407 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --output >I<column>[,I<column>]..."
65408 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<colonne>[,I<colonne>]..."
65409
65410 #~ msgid ""
65411 #~ "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the B<--list> output.  Use "
65412 #~ "B<--help> to get a list of all supported columns."
65413 #~ msgstr ""
65414 #~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher pour la sortie B<--list>. Utilisez B<--"
65415 #~ "help> pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
65416
65417 #~ msgid ""
65418 #~ "B<Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.> B<For more "
65419 #~ "details see cryptsetup(8).>"
65420 #~ msgstr ""
65421 #~ "B<cryptoloop n’est plus pris en charge et est remplacé par dm-crypt>. "
65422 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<cryptsetup>(8)."
65423
65424 #~ msgid ""
65425 #~ "B<losetup> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.  When B<losetup> "
65426 #~ "displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not "
65427 #~ "configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the "
65428 #~ "status of the device."
65429 #~ msgstr ""
65430 #~ "B<losetup> renvoie B<0> en cas de réussite et une valeur non nulle en cas "
65431 #~ "d'échec. Lorsque B<losetup> affiche l'état d'un périphérique boucle, il "
65432 #~ "renvoie B<1> si le périphérique n'est pas configuré et B<2> si une erreur "
65433 #~ "est survenue empêchant de déterminer l'état du périphérique."
65434
65435 #~ msgid ""
65436 #~ "The losetup command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65437 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65438 #~ msgstr ""
65439 #~ "La commande B<losetup> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65440 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<htps://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
65441 #~ ">E<gt>."
65442
65443 #~ msgid "LSBLK"
65444 #~ msgstr "LSBLK"
65445
65446 #, fuzzy
65447 #~| msgid ""
65448 #~| "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have "
65449 #~| "all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this "
65450 #~| "case it is recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before lsblk to "
65451 #~| "synchronize with udev."
65452 #~ msgid ""
65453 #~ "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have "
65454 #~ "all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this "
65455 #~ "case it is recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before B<lsblk> to "
65456 #~ "synchronize with udev."
65457 #~ msgstr ""
65458 #~ "Remarquez que B<lsblk> pourrait être exécuté au moment où B<udev> n’a pas "
65459 #~ "encore tous les renseignements sur les périphériques récemment ajoutés ou "
65460 #~ "modifiés. Dans ce cas, utiliser B<udevadm settle> avant B<lsblk> est "
65461 #~ "recommandé pour synchroniser avec B<udev>."
65462
65463 #, fuzzy
65464 #~| msgid ""
65465 #~| "Use JSON output format.  It's strongly recommended to use B<--output> "
65466 #~| "and also B<--tree> if necessary."
65467 #~ msgid ""
65468 #~ "Use JSON output format. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use B<--output> "
65469 #~ "and also B<--tree> if necessary."
65470 #~ msgstr ""
65471 #~ "Utiliser un format de sortie JSON. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser "
65472 #~ "B<--output> et aussi B<--tree> si nécessaire."
65473
65474 #, fuzzy
65475 #~| msgid ""
65476 #~| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
65477 #~| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
65478 #~| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
65479 #~ msgid ""
65480 #~ "Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
65481 #~ "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default "
65482 #~ "is to use tree for the column \\(aqNAME\\(aq (see also B<--tree>)."
65483 #~ msgstr ""
65484 #~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une "
65485 #~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
65486 #~ "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
65487 #~ "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."
65488
65489 #, fuzzy
65490 #~| msgid ""
65491 #~| "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
65492 #~| "lsblk command is issued.  The specified directory is the system root of "
65493 #~| "the Linux instance to be inspected.  The real device nodes in the target "
65494 #~| "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
65495 #~ msgid ""
65496 #~ "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
65497 #~ "B<lsblk> command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of "
65498 #~ "the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
65499 #~ "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
65500 #~ msgstr ""
65501 #~ "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que "
65502 #~ "celle utilisée pour la commande B<lsblk>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la "
65503 #~ "racine du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter. Les nœuds du "
65504 #~ "périphérique réel dans le répertoire cible peuvent être remplacés par des "
65505 #~ "fichiers textuels avec des attributs udev."
65506
65507 #, fuzzy
65508 #~| msgid "enables lsblk debug output."
65509 #~ msgid "enables B<lsblk> debug output."
65510 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de lsblk."
65511
65512 #, fuzzy
65513 #~ msgid "enables B<libblkid> debug output."
65514 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."
65515
65516 #, fuzzy
65517 #~ msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output."
65518 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
65519
65520 #, fuzzy
65521 #~| msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
65522 #~ msgid "enables B<libsmartcols> debug output."
65523 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."
65524
65525 #, fuzzy
65526 #~| msgid ""
65527 #~| "The lsblk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65528 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65529 #~ msgid ""
65530 #~ "The B<lsblk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
65531 #~ "downloaded from"
65532 #~ msgstr ""
65533 #~ "La commande B<lsblk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65534 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
65535 #~ ">E<gt>."
65536
65537 #~ msgid "February 2013"
65538 #~ msgstr "février 2013"
65539
65540 #~ msgid ""
65541 #~ "B<lsblk> lists information about all available or the specified block "
65542 #~ "devices.  The B<lsblk> command reads the B<sysfs> filesystem and B<udev "
65543 #~ "db> to gather information. If the udev db is not available or lsblk is "
65544 #~ "compiled without udev support than it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and "
65545 #~ "filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are "
65546 #~ "necessary."
65547 #~ msgstr ""
65548 #~ "B<lsblk> affiche des renseignements sur tout ou partie des périphériques "
65549 #~ "bloc disponibles. La commande B<lsblk> lit le système de fichiers "
65550 #~ "I<sysfs> et B<udev\\ db> pour obtenir des renseignements. Si ce dernier "
65551 #~ "n’est pas disponible ou si B<lsblk> est compilée sans la prise en charge "
65552 #~ "d’B<udev>, alors elle essaie de lire les ÉTIQUETTES, les UUID ou les "
65553 #~ "types de système de fichiers à partir du périphérique bloc. Dans ce cas, "
65554 #~ "des permissions de superutilisateur sont nécessaires"
65555
65556 #~ msgid ""
65557 #~ "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
65558 #~ "format by default.  Use B<lsblk --help> to get a list of all available "
65559 #~ "columns."
65560 #~ msgstr ""
65561 #~ "La commande affiche tous les périphériques bloc (sauf les disques RAM) au "
65562 #~ "format arborescent par défaut. Utilisez B<lsblk\\ --help> pour obtenir "
65563 #~ "une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
65564
65565 #~ msgid ""
65566 #~ "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
65567 #~ "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
65568 #~ "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
65569 #~ "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
65570 #~ "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
65571 #~ msgstr ""
65572 #~ "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options "
65573 #~ "comme B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, "
65574 #~ "autant que possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par "
65575 #~ "défaut dans les scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes "
65576 #~ "attendues en utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans "
65577 #~ "les environnements nécessitant une sortie stable."
65578
65579 #~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --discard>"
65580 #~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--discard>"
65581
65582 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --nodeps>"
65583 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"
65584
65585 #~ msgid ""
65586 #~ "Do not print holder devices or slaves.  For example, B<lsblk --nodeps /"
65587 #~ "dev/sda> prints information about the sda device only."
65588 #~ msgstr ""
65589 #~ "N'afficher ni les périphériques esclaves, ni les porteurs. Par exemple, "
65590 #~ "B<lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda> n'affiche que les renseignements relatifs au "
65591 #~ "périphérique sda."
65592
65593 #~ msgid "B<-E>,B< --dedup >I<column>"
65594 #~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<colonne>"
65595
65596 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --exclude >I<list>"
65597 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<liste>"
65598
65599 #~ msgid ""
65600 #~ "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major "
65601 #~ "device numbers.  Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if "
65602 #~ "B<--all> is not specified.  The filter is applied to the top-level "
65603 #~ "devices only. This may be confusing for B<--list> output format where "
65604 #~ "hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
65605 #~ msgstr ""
65606 #~ "Exclure les périphériques indiqués par une I<liste> de numéros majeurs "
65607 #~ "séparés par des virgules. Remarquez que par défaut, les disques RAM "
65608 #~ "(majeur=1) sont exclus par défaut si B<--all> n’est pas précisé. Le "
65609 #~ "filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de premier niveau. Cela peut "
65610 #~ "prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie B<--list> où la hiérarchie "
65611 #~ "des périphériques n’est pas évidente."
65612
65613 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fs>"
65614 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fs>"
65615
65616 #~ msgid ""
65617 #~ "Output info about filesystems.  This option is equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,"
65618 #~ "FSTYPE,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINT>.  The authoritative "
65619 #~ "information about filesystems and raids is provided by the B<blkid>(8)  "
65620 #~ "command."
65621 #~ msgstr ""
65622 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur les systèmes de fichiers. Cette option "
65623 #~ "est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,FSTYPE,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,"
65624 #~ "MOUNTPOINT>. Les renseignements officiels sur les systèmes de fichiers et "
65625 #~ "les RAID sont fournis par la commande B<blkid>(8)."
65626
65627 #~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --include >I<list>"
65628 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--include> I<liste>"
65629
65630 #~ msgid ""
65631 #~ "Include devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
65632 #~ "numbers.  The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
65633 #~ "be confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices "
65634 #~ "is not obvious."
65635 #~ msgstr ""
65636 #~ "Inclure les périphériques indiqués par une I<liste> de numéros majeurs "
65637 #~ "séparés par des virgules. Le filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques "
65638 #~ "de premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie "
65639 #~ "B<--list> où la hiérarchie des périphériques n’est pas évidente."
65640
65641 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ascii>"
65642 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"
65643
65644 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --merge>"
65645 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--merge>"
65646
65647 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --perms>"
65648 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--perms>"
65649
65650 #~ msgid ""
65651 #~ "Output info about device owner, group and mode.  This option is "
65652 #~ "equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
65653 #~ msgstr ""
65654 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
65655 #~ "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,"
65656 #~ "MODE>."
65657
65658 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --output-all>"
65659 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"
65660
65661 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --paths>"
65662 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--paths>"
65663
65664 #~ msgid ""
65665 #~ "Produce output in raw format.  The output lines are still ordered by "
65666 #~ "dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
65667 #~ "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT "
65668 #~ "columns."
65669 #~ msgstr ""
65670 #~ "Produire la sortie au format brut. Les lignes de sortie sont toujours "
65671 #~ "ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
65672 #~ "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>) dans les "
65673 #~ "colonnes NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL et MOUNTPOINT."
65674
65675 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --scsi>"
65676 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"
65677
65678 #~ msgid ""
65679 #~ "Output info about SCSI devices only.  All partitions, slaves and holder "
65680 #~ "devices are ignored."
65681 #~ msgstr ""
65682 #~ "N’afficher que les renseignements sur les périphériques SCSI. Toutes les "
65683 #~ "partitions et les périphériques esclaves et porteurs sont ignorés."
65684
65685 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --inverse>"
65686 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"
65687
65688 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --tree>[B<=>I<column>]"
65689 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<colonne>]"
65690
65691 #~ msgid ""
65692 #~ "Force tree-like output format.  If I<column> is specified, then a tree is "
65693 #~ "printed in the column.  The default is NAME column."
65694 #~ msgstr ""
65695 #~ "Imposer le format de sortie arborescent. Si I<colonne> est précisé, alors "
65696 #~ "une arborescence est affichée dans la colonne. Par défaut, c’est la "
65697 #~ "colonne NAME."
65698
65699 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --topology>"
65700 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--topology>"
65701
65702 #~ msgid ""
65703 #~ "Output info about block-device topology.  This option is equivalent to B<-"
65704 #~ "o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
65705 #~ "WSAME>."
65706 #~ msgstr ""
65707 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur la topologie du périphérique bloc. Cette "
65708 #~ "option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-"
65709 #~ "SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME>."
65710
65711 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --sort >I<column>"
65712 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<colonne>"
65713
65714 #~ msgid ""
65715 #~ "Sort output lines by I<column>. This option enables B<--list> output "
65716 #~ "format by default.  It is possible to use the option I<--tree> to force "
65717 #~ "tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the I<column>."
65718 #~ msgstr ""
65719 #~ "Trier les lignes de sortie selon la I<colonne>. Cette option active le "
65720 #~ "format de sortie B<--list> par défaut. Il est possible d’utiliser "
65721 #~ "l’option B<--tree> pour imposer une sortie arborescente et alors les "
65722 #~ "branches de l’arborescence sont triées selon la I<colonne>."
65723
65724 #~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zoned>"
65725 #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"
65726
65727 #~ msgid "B< --sysroot >I<directory>"
65728 #~ msgstr "B<--sysroot> I<répertoire>"
65729
65730 #~ msgid ""
65731 #~ "The B<lsblk> command needs to be able to look up each block device by "
65732 #~ "major:minor numbers, which is done by using I</sys/dev/block>.  This "
65733 #~ "sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008).  In case "
65734 #~ "of problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled "
65735 #~ "at the time of the kernel build."
65736 #~ msgstr ""
65737 #~ "La commande B<lsblk> doit pouvoir rechercher tous les périphériques blocs "
65738 #~ "par numéros majeur:mineur, ce qui est fait en utilisant I</sys/dev/"
65739 #~ "block>. Ce répertoire des systèmes de fichiers blocs est apparu dans le "
65740 #~ "noyau 2.6.27 (octobre 2008). En cas de problèmes avec un noyau assez "
65741 #~ "récent, vérifiez que CONFIG_SYSFS était activé au moment de la "
65742 #~ "construction du noyau."
65743
65744 #~ msgid ""
65745 #~ "Milan Broz E<lt>mbroz@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
65746 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
65747 #~ msgstr ""
65748 #~ "Milan Broz E<lt>I<mbroz@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
65749 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
65750
65751 #~ msgid ""
65752 #~ "The lsblk command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
65753 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65754 #~ msgstr ""
65755 #~ "La commande B<lsblk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65756 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
65757 #~ ">E<gt>."
65758
65759 #~ msgid "LSCPU"
65760 #~ msgstr "LSCPU"
65761
65762 #, fuzzy
65763 #~| msgid ""
65764 #~| "B<lscpu> gathers CPU architecture information from sysfs, /proc/cpuinfo "
65765 #~| "and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g.\\& librtas on "
65766 #~| "Powerpc).  The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy "
65767 #~| "readability by humans.  The information includes, for example, the "
65768 #~| "number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access "
65769 #~| "(NUMA) nodes.  There is also information about the CPU caches and cache "
65770 #~| "sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
65771 #~ msgid ""
65772 #~ "B<lscpu> gathers CPU architecture information from I<sysfs>, I</proc/"
65773 #~ "cpuinfo> and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. "
65774 #~ "B<librtas> on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing "
65775 #~ "or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, "
65776 #~ "the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory "
65777 #~ "Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and "
65778 #~ "cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
65779 #~ msgstr ""
65780 #~ "B<lscpu> collecte des renseignements sur l'architecture du processeur à "
65781 #~ "partir de sysfs, I</proc/cpuinfo> et de n'importe quelle bibliothèque "
65782 #~ "spécifique à une architecture (comme librtas sur Powerpc). La sortie de "
65783 #~ "la commande peut être optimisée pour l’analyse ou pour faciliter la "
65784 #~ "lecture. Par exemple, le nombre de processeurs, de processus légers, de "
65785 #~ "cœurs, de sockets et de nœuds NUMA font partie des renseignements. Des "
65786 #~ "renseignements sont aussi fournis sur les caches et les partages de "
65787 #~ "cache, la famille, le modèle, le BogoMips, le boutisme et la révision."
65788
65789 #, fuzzy
65790 #~| msgid "B<-b>,B< --online>"
65791 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<--online>"
65792 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--online>"
65793
65794 #, fuzzy
65795 #~| msgid ""
65796 #~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
65797 #~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
65798 #~| "Examples: 'B<-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE>' or 'B<--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE>'."
65799 #~ msgid ""
65800 #~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
65801 #~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
65802 #~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--caches=NAME,ONE-"
65803 #~ "SIZE>\\(aq."
65804 #~ msgstr ""
65805 #~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
65806 #~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-C=NOM,UNE-"
65807 #~ "TAILLE> » ou « B<--caches=NOM,UNE-TAILLE> »."
65808
65809 #, fuzzy
65810 #~| msgid ""
65811 #~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
65812 #~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
65813 #~| "Examples: 'B<-e=cpu,node>' or 'B<--extended=cpu,node>'."
65814 #~ msgid ""
65815 #~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
65816 #~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
65817 #~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-e=cpu,node>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--extended=cpu,node>\\(aq."
65818 #~ msgstr ""
65819 #~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
65820 #~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-e=cpu,"
65821 #~ "node> » ou « B<--extended=cpu,node> »."
65822
65823 #, fuzzy
65824 #~| msgid ""
65825 #~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
65826 #~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
65827 #~| "Examples: 'B<-p=cpu,node>' or 'B<--parse=cpu,node>'."
65828 #~ msgid ""
65829 #~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
65830 #~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
65831 #~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-p=cpu,node>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--parse=cpu,node>\\(aq."
65832 #~ msgstr ""
65833 #~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
65834 #~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-p=cpu,"
65835 #~ "node> » ou « B<--parse=cpu,node> »."
65836
65837 #, fuzzy
65838 #~| msgid ""
65839 #~| "The lscpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65840 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65841 #~ msgid ""
65842 #~ "The B<lscpu> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
65843 #~ "downloaded from"
65844 #~ msgstr ""
65845 #~ "La commande B<lscpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65846 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
65847 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
65848
65849 #~ msgid "March 2019"
65850 #~ msgstr "Mars 2019"
65851
65852 #~ msgid ""
65853 #~ "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
65854 #~ "reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is "
65855 #~ "typically different from the physical (host) system.  On architectures "
65856 #~ "that support retrieving physical topology information, B<lscpu> also "
65857 #~ "displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
65858 #~ msgstr ""
65859 #~ "Dans les environnements virtualisés, les informations affichées sur "
65860 #~ "l'architecture du processeur reflètent la configuration du système "
65861 #~ "d'exploitation invité qui diffère en général du système physique "
65862 #~ "(l'hôte). Sur les architectures qui récupèrent les informations de "
65863 #~ "topologie physique, B<lscpu> affiche aussi le nombre de sockets, de puces "
65864 #~ "et de cœurs physiques du système hôte."
65865
65866 #~ msgid ""
65867 #~ "Options that result in an output table have a I<list> argument.  Use this "
65868 #~ "argument to customize the command output.  Specify a comma-separated list "
65869 #~ "of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
65870 #~ "arranged in the specified order.  See B<COLUMNS> for a list of valid "
65871 #~ "column labels.  The column labels are not case sensitive."
65872 #~ msgstr ""
65873 #~ "Les options ayant pour résultat un tableau en sortie ont un argument "
65874 #~ "I<liste>. Utilisez cet argument pour personnaliser la sortie de la "
65875 #~ "commande. Indiquez une liste d’étiquettes de colonne séparées par des "
65876 #~ "virgules pour limiter le tableau en sortie à ces colonnes dans l’ordre "
65877 #~ "indiqué. Consultez B<COLONNES> pour une liste des étiquettes de colonne "
65878 #~ "possibles. Les étiquettes de colonne ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."
65879
65880 #~ msgid ""
65881 #~ "Not all columns are supported on all architectures.  If an unsupported "
65882 #~ "column is specified, B<lscpu> prints the column but does not provide any "
65883 #~ "data for it."
65884 #~ msgstr ""
65885 #~ "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
65886 #~ "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, B<lscpu> "
65887 #~ "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."
65888
65889 #~ msgid ""
65890 #~ "The default output formatting on terminal maybe optimized for better "
65891 #~ "readability.  The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never "
65892 #~ "affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\en\" "
65893 #~ "format."
65894 #~ msgstr ""
65895 #~ "Le format d'affichage par défaut sur un terminal peut être optimisé pour "
65896 #~ "une meilleure lisibilité. La sortie hors d’un terminal (par exemple les "
65897 #~ "redirections) n'est jamais touchée par cette optimisation et reste au "
65898 #~ "format « Field: data\\en »."
65899
65900 #~ msgid ""
65901 #~ "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs.  The versions "
65902 #~ "before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due "
65903 #~ "to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between "
65904 #~ "CPUs. For more details about caches see B<--cache>."
65905 #~ msgstr ""
65906 #~ "Les tailles du cache sont indiquées sous forme d'un résumé de tous les "
65907 #~ "processeurs. Les versions inférieures à la version 2.34 affichaient des "
65908 #~ "tailles par cœur, mais cette sortie était perturbante du fait de la "
65909 #~ "topologie compliquée des processeurs et de la manière dont les caches "
65910 #~ "sont partagés entre eux. Pour plus de détails sur les caches, voir B<--"
65911 #~ "cache>."
65912
65913 #~ msgid "B<CPU>"
65914 #~ msgstr "B<CPU>"
65915
65916 #~ msgid "B<CORE>"
65917 #~ msgstr "B<CORE>"
65918
65919 #~ msgid "B<ONLINE>"
65920 #~ msgstr "B<ONLINE>"
65921
65922 #~ msgid ""
65923 #~ "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for B<-"
65924 #~ "e>).  This option may only be specified together with option B<-e> or B<-"
65925 #~ "p>."
65926 #~ msgstr ""
65927 #~ "Inclure les lignes pour les processeurs en ligne et hors ligne dans la "
65928 #~ "sortie (par défaut pour B<-e>). Cette option ne peut être indiquée "
65929 #~ "qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."
65930
65931 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bytes>"
65932 #~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bytes>"
65933
65934 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --online>"
65935 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--online>"
65936
65937 #~ msgid ""
65938 #~ "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for B<-p>).  This option may "
65939 #~ "only be specified together with option B<-e> or B<-p>."
65940 #~ msgstr ""
65941 #~ "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs en ligne (par défaut pour B<-p>). Cette "
65942 #~ "option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."
65943
65944 #~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --caches>[=I<list>]"
65945 #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--caches>[=I<liste>]"
65946
65947 #~ msgid ""
65948 #~ "Display details about CPU caches.  For details about available "
65949 #~ "information see B<--help> output."
65950 #~ msgstr ""
65951 #~ "Afficher les détails des caches du processeur. Pour plus de détails sur "
65952 #~ "les informations disponibles, voir l'affichage de B<--help>."
65953
65954 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --offline>"
65955 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--offline>"
65956
65957 #~ msgid ""
65958 #~ "Limit the output to offline CPUs.  This option may only be specified "
65959 #~ "together with option B<-e> or B<-p>."
65960 #~ msgstr ""
65961 #~ "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs hors ligne. Cette option ne peut être "
65962 #~ "indiquée qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."
65963
65964 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --extended>[=I<list>]"
65965 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--extended>[B<=>I<liste>]"
65966
65967 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --parse>[=I<list>]"
65968 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--parse>[B<=>I<liste>]"
65969
65970 #~ msgid ""
65971 #~ "If the I<list> argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
65972 #~ "earlier versions of B<lscpu>.  In this compatible format, two commas are "
65973 #~ "used to separate CPU cache columns.  If no CPU caches are identified the "
65974 #~ "cache column is omitted."
65975 #~ msgstr ""
65976 #~ "En absence d'argument I<liste>, la sortie de la commande est compatible "
65977 #~ "avec les versions précédentes de B<lscpu>. Dans ce format compatible, "
65978 #~ "deux virgules séparent les colonnes de cache de processeur. Si aucun "
65979 #~ "cache de processeur n'est identifié, la colonne est omise."
65980
65981 #~ msgid ""
65982 #~ "If the I<list> argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon "
65983 #~ "(:)."
65984 #~ msgstr ""
65985 #~ "Si l'argument I<liste> est utilisé, les colonnes de cache sont séparées "
65986 #~ "par des deux-points (:)."
65987
65988 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --sysroot >I<directory>"
65989 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--sysroot> I<répertoire>"
65990
65991 #~ msgid ""
65992 #~ "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
65993 #~ "the B<lscpu> command is issued.  The specified I<directory> is the system "
65994 #~ "root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
65995 #~ msgstr ""
65996 #~ "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que "
65997 #~ "celle utilisée pour la commande B<lscpu>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la "
65998 #~ "racine du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."
65999
66000 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --hex>"
66001 #~ msgstr "B<-x>,B< --hex>"
66002
66003 #~ msgid ""
66004 #~ "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\").  The default is "
66005 #~ "to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1).  Note that before "
66006 #~ "version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
66007 #~ msgstr ""
66008 #~ "Utiliser des masques hexadécimaux pour les ensembles de processeurs (par "
66009 #~ "exemple « ff »). Par défaut, l'affichage est au format liste (par exemple "
66010 #~ "0,1). Remarquez qu'avant la version 2.30, le masque s'affichait avec le "
66011 #~ "préfixe 0x."
66012
66013 #~ msgid "B<-y>,B< --physical>"
66014 #~ msgstr "B<-y>, B<--physical>"
66015
66016 #~ msgid ""
66017 #~ "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, "
66018 #~ "socket, etc.).  Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by B<lscpu>, "
66019 #~ "physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the "
66020 #~ "kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be "
66021 #~ "arranged sequentially.  If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID "
66022 #~ "for an element B<lscpu> prints the dash (-) character."
66023 #~ msgstr ""
66024 #~ "Afficher les identifiants physiques de toutes les colonnes ayant des "
66025 #~ "éléments de topologie (cœur, sockets, etc.). À part les identifiants "
66026 #~ "logiques, affectés par B<lscpu>, les valeurs des identifiants physiques "
66027 #~ "sont spécifiques aux valeurs de chaque plateforme fournies par le noyau. "
66028 #~ "Les identifiants physiques ne sont pas nécessairement uniques et ils "
66029 #~ "pourraient ne pas être organisés séquentiellement. Si le noyau n'a pas pu "
66030 #~ "récupérer l'identifiant physique d'un élément, B<lscpu> affiche le "
66031 #~ "caractère tiret (-)."
66032
66033 #~ msgid ""
66034 #~ "Output all available columns.  This option must be combined with either "
66035 #~ "B<--extended>, B<--parse> or B<--caches>."
66036 #~ msgstr ""
66037 #~ "Afficher les colonnes disponibles. Cette option peut être associée soit à "
66038 #~ "B<--extended>, soit à B<--parse>, soit à B<--caches>."
66039
66040 #~ msgid ""
66041 #~ "The lscpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
66042 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66043 #~ msgstr ""
66044 #~ "La commande B<lscpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66045 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
66046 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
66047
66048 #~ msgid "LSLOCKS"
66049 #~ msgstr "LSLOCKS"
66050
66051 #, fuzzy
66052 #~| msgid ""
66053 #~| "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX "
66054 #~| "(created with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with "
66055 #~| "fcntl(2)."
66056 #~ msgid ""
66057 #~ "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX (created "
66058 #~ "with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with B<fcntl>(2))."
66059 #~ msgstr ""
66060 #~ "Le type de verrou ; il peut être FLOCK (créé avec B<flock>(2)), POSIX "
66061 #~ "(créé avec B<fcntl>(2) et B<lockf>(3)) ou OFDLCK (créé avec B<fcntl>(2))."
66062
66063 #, fuzzy
66064 #~| msgid ""
66065 #~| "The lock's access permissions (read, write).  If the process is blocked "
66066 #~| "and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an "
66067 #~| "'*' (asterisk)."
66068 #~ msgid ""
66069 #~ "The lock\\(cqs access permissions (read, write). If the process is "
66070 #~ "blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an "
66071 #~ "\\(aq*\\(aq (asterisk)."
66072 #~ msgstr ""
66073 #~ "Les droits d’accès (lecture, écriture) du verrou. Si le processus est "
66074 #~ "bloqué en attente du verrou, alors le mode a un « * » (astérisque) en "
66075 #~ "préfixe"
66076
66077 #, fuzzy
66078 #~| msgid ""
66079 #~| "Full path of the lock.  If none is found, or there are no permissions to "
66080 #~| "read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" "
66081 #~| "is appended to the path.  The path might be truncated; use B<--"
66082 #~| "notruncate> to get the full path."
66083 #~ msgid ""
66084 #~ "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to "
66085 #~ "read the path, it will fall back to the device\\(cqs mountpoint and \"..."
66086 #~ "\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use B<--"
66087 #~ "notruncate> to get the full path."
66088 #~ msgstr ""
66089 #~ "Chemin complet du verrou. Si aucun n’est trouvé ou si la lecture du "
66090 #~ "chemin n’est pas permise, le point de montage du périphérique sera "
66091 #~ "utilisé en solution de repli et « ... » est ajouté au chemin. Le chemin "
66092 #~ "pourrait être tronqué ; utilisez B<--notruncate> pour obtenir le chemin "
66093 #~ "complet."
66094
66095 #, fuzzy
66096 #~| msgid ""
66097 #~| "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command,\n"
66098 #~| "originally written by Victor A. Abell E<lt>abe@purdue.eduE<gt> and "
66099 #~| "unmaintained\n"
66100 #~| "since 2001.\n"
66101 #~ msgid ""
66102 #~ "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command, "
66103 #~ "originally written by"
66104 #~ msgstr ""
66105 #~ "La commande B<lslocks> a pour but de remplacer la commande B<lslk>(8), "
66106 #~ "écrite\n"
66107 #~ "à l’origine par Victor A. Abell E<lt>I<abe@purdue.edu>E<gt> et non "
66108 #~ "maintenue\n"
66109 #~ "depuis 2001.\n"
66110
66111 #, fuzzy
66112 #~| msgid ""
66113 #~| "The lslocks command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66114 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66115 #~ msgid ""
66116 #~ "The B<lslocks> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66117 #~ "downloaded from"
66118 #~ msgstr ""
66119 #~ "La commande B<lslocks> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66120 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66121 #~ ">E<gt>."
66122
66123 #~ msgid ""
66124 #~ "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these "
66125 #~ "locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1).  OFD locks are "
66126 #~ "associated with the open file description on which they are acquired.  "
66127 #~ "This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see B<fcntl>(2) for more "
66128 #~ "details."
66129 #~ msgstr ""
66130 #~ "Remarquez que B<lslocks> liste aussi les verrous OFD (Open File "
66131 #~ "Description), ceux-ci ne sont associés à aucun processus (PID de B<-1>). "
66132 #~ "Les verrous OFD sont associés aux descripteurs de fichier ouvert pour "
66133 #~ "lesquels ils sont obtenus. Ce type de fichier est disponible depuis "
66134 #~ "Linux 3.15, consultez B<fcntl>(2) pour des détails complémentaires."
66135
66136 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --noinaccessible>"
66137 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"
66138
66139 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<pid>"
66140 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<PID>"
66141
66142 #~ msgid ""
66143 #~ "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
66144 #~ "advisory), 1 means yes.  (See B<fcntl>(2).)"
66145 #~ msgstr ""
66146 #~ "Si le verrou est obligatoire : B<0> signifie non (c’est-à-dire que le "
66147 #~ "verrou n’est que coopératif), B<1> signifie oui (consultez B<fcntl>(2))."
66148
66149 #~ msgid "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>dave@gnu.orgE<gt>\n"
66150 #~ msgstr "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>I<dave@gnu.org>E<gt>\n"
66151
66152 #~ msgid ""
66153 #~ "The lslocks command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66154 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66155 #~ msgstr ""
66156 #~ "La commande B<lslocks> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66157 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66158 #~ ">E<gt>."
66159
66160 #~ msgid "MCOOKIE"
66161 #~ msgstr "MCOOKIE"
66162
66163 #, fuzzy
66164 #~| msgid "B<xauth add :0 . `mcookie`>"
66165 #~ msgid "B<xauth add :0 . >\\f(CRmcookie\\fR"
66166 #~ msgstr "B<xauth add :0 . `mcookie`>"
66167
66168 #, fuzzy
66169 #~| msgid ""
66170 #~| "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of "
66171 #~| "random information coming from one of the sources I<getrandom>()  system "
66172 #~| "call, I</dev/urandom>, I</dev/random>, or the I<libc pseudo-random "
66173 #~| "functions>, in this preference order. See also the option B<--file>."
66174 #~ msgid ""
66175 #~ "\\f(CRThe \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest "
66176 #~ "of random information coming from one of the sources "
66177 #~ "B<getrandom>\\f(CR(2) system call, I</dev/urandom>\\f(CR, I</dev/"
66178 #~ "random>\\f(CR, or the I<libc pseudo-random functions>\\f(CR, in this "
66179 #~ "preference order. See also the option B<--file>\\f(CR.\\fR"
66180 #~ msgstr ""
66181 #~ "Le nombre « aléatoire » créé est en fait le condensé MD5 d’informations "
66182 #~ "aléatoires provenant d’une des sources : l'appel système B<getrandom>(2), "
66183 #~ "I</dev/urandom>, I</dev/random> ou les I<fonctions pseudoaléatoires de "
66184 #~ "libc>, dans cet ordre de préférence. Voir aussi l'option B<--file>."
66185
66186 #, fuzzy
66187 #~| msgid ""
66188 #~| "Use this I<file> as an additional source of randomness (for example /dev/"
66189 #~| "urandom).  When I<file> is '-', characters are read from standard input."
66190 #~ msgid ""
66191 #~ "Use this I<file> as an additional source of randomness (for example I</"
66192 #~ "dev/urandom>). When I<file> is \\(aq-\\(aq, characters are read from "
66193 #~ "standard input."
66194 #~ msgstr ""
66195 #~ "Utiliser ce I<fichier> comme source supplémentaire d’aléa (par exemple I</"
66196 #~ "dev/urandom)>. Si I<fichier> est B<->, les caractères sont lus sur "
66197 #~ "l'entrée standard."
66198
66199 #~ msgid ""
66200 #~ "B<mcookie> generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the "
66201 #~ "X authority system.  Typical usage:"
66202 #~ msgstr ""
66203 #~ "B<mcookie> génère un nombre hexadécimal aléatoire de 128\\ bits qui peut "
66204 #~ "être utilisé avec le système d'authentification de X. Utilisation "
66205 #~ "typique\\ :"
66206
66207 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --max-size >I<number>"
66208 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--max-size> I<nombre>"
66209
66210 #~ msgid ""
66211 #~ "Read from I<file> only this I<number> of bytes.  This option is meant to "
66212 #~ "be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
66213 #~ msgstr ""
66214 #~ "Ne lire que I<nombre> octets du I<fichier>. Cette option est censée être "
66215 #~ "utilisée lors de la lecture d’un aléa supplémentaire à partir d’un "
66216 #~ "fichier ou périphérique."
66217
66218 #~ msgid ""
66219 #~ "The mcookie command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66220 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
66221 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
66222 #~ msgstr ""
66223 #~ "La commande B<mcookie> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66224 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
66225 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
66226
66227 #~ msgid "MESG"
66228 #~ msgstr "MESG"
66229
66230 #, fuzzy
66231 #~| msgid "B<mesg> [option] [B<n>|B<y>]"
66232 #~ msgid "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"
66233 #~ msgstr "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"
66234
66235 #~ msgid "B<y>"
66236 #~ msgstr "B<y>"
66237
66238 #~ msgid "B<E<gt>1>"
66239 #~ msgstr "B<E<gt>1>"
66240
66241 #, fuzzy
66242 #~| msgid ""
66243 #~| "The mesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
66244 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66245 #~ msgid ""
66246 #~ "The B<mesg> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66247 #~ "downloaded from"
66248 #~ msgstr ""
66249 #~ "La commande B<mesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
66250 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linuxE<gt>."
66251
66252 #~ msgid ""
66253 #~ "The B<mesg> utility is invoked by a user to control write access others "
66254 #~ "have to the terminal device associated with standard error output.  If "
66255 #~ "write access is allowed, then programs such as B<talk>(1)  and "
66256 #~ "B<write>(1)  may display messages on the terminal."
66257 #~ msgstr ""
66258 #~ "L’utilitaire B<mesg> est appelé par un utilisateur pour contrôler l’accès "
66259 #~ "en écriture donné aux autres sur le périphérique de terminal associé à la "
66260 #~ "sortie d’erreur standard. Si l’accès en écriture est accordé, alors les "
66261 #~ "programmes comme B<talk>(1) ou B<write>(1) peuvent afficher des messages "
66262 #~ "sur le terminal."
66263
66264 #~ msgid ""
66265 #~ "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default.  However, as users "
66266 #~ "become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to "
66267 #~ "remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell.  To "
66268 #~ "make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, B<mesg> "
66269 #~ "should be executed in your login scripts."
66270 #~ msgstr ""
66271 #~ "En général, l’accès en écriture est accordé par défaut. Cependant, comme "
66272 #~ "les utilisateurs prennent conscience des divers risques de sécurité, la "
66273 #~ "tendance est à la suppression de cet accès par défaut, au moins pour "
66274 #~ "l’interpréteur de commandes de connexion principal. Pour s’assurer que "
66275 #~ "les terminaux sont définis conformément aux attentes, B<mesg> devrait "
66276 #~ "être exécuté dans les scripts de connexion."
66277
66278 #~ msgid ""
66279 #~ "The B<mesg> utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
66280 #~ "terminal.  In this case execute B<mesg> is pointless.  The command line "
66281 #~ "option B<--verbose> forces mesg to print a warning in this situation.  "
66282 #~ "This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
66283 #~ msgstr ""
66284 #~ "L'outil B<mesg> quitte silencieusement avec le code de retour B<2> s'il "
66285 #~ "n'est pas exécuté dans un terminal. Dans ce cas, l'exécution de B<mesg> "
66286 #~ "est inutile. L'option B<--verbose> de la ligne de commande force B<mesg> "
66287 #~ "à afficher un avertissement dans cette situation. Ce comportement a été "
66288 #~ "introduit dans la version 2.33."
66289
66290 #~ msgid "B<\\ 0>"
66291 #~ msgstr "B<\\ 0>"
66292
66293 #~ msgid "B<\\ 1>"
66294 #~ msgstr "B<\\ 1>"
66295
66296 #~ msgid ""
66297 #~ "The mesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
66298 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66299 #~ msgstr ""
66300 #~ "La commande B<mesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
66301 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linuxE<gt>."
66302
66303 #~ msgid "MKFS"
66304 #~ msgstr "MKFS"
66305
66306 #, fuzzy
66307 #~| msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
66308 #~ msgid "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
66309 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
66310
66311 #, fuzzy
66312 #~| msgid ""
66313 #~| "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
66314 #~| "ext2 filesystem."
66315 #~ msgid ""
66316 #~ "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for "
66317 #~ "the ext2 filesystem."
66318 #~ msgstr ""
66319 #~ "Cette page de manuel est une adaptation de la version du système de "
66320 #~ "fichiers ext2 de Rémy Card "
66321
66322 #, fuzzy
66323 #~| msgid ""
66324 #~| "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
66325 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66326 #~ msgid ""
66327 #~ "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66328 #~ "downloaded from"
66329 #~ msgstr ""
66330 #~ "La commande B<mkfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
66331 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
66332
66333 #~ msgid ""
66334 #~ "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>]I< device >[I<size>]"
66335 #~ msgstr ""
66336 #~ "B<mkfs> [I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<options_du_système_de_fichiers>] "
66337 #~ "I<périphérique> [I<taille>]"
66338
66339 # NOTE: "either" shall be removed
66340 #~ msgid ""
66341 #~ "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard "
66342 #~ "disk partition.  The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., "
66343 #~ "I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the "
66344 #~ "filesystem.  The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for "
66345 #~ "the filesystem."
66346 #~ msgstr ""
66347 #~ "B<mkfs> est utilisé pour créer un système de fichiers Linux sur un "
66348 #~ "périphérique, généralement une partition d'un disque dur. Le paramètre "
66349 #~ "I<périphérique> est soit le nom du périphérique (par exemple : I</dev/"
66350 #~ "hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), soit un fichier normal qui peut contenir le système "
66351 #~ "de fichiers. Le paramètre I<taille> est le nombre de blocs à utiliser "
66352 #~ "pour le système de fichiers."
66353
66354 #~ msgid ""
66355 #~ "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
66356 #~ "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>)  available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
66357 #~ "specific builder is searched for via your PATH environment setting only.  "
66358 #~ "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
66359 #~ "details."
66360 #~ msgstr ""
66361 #~ "En réalité B<mkfs> n'est qu'une interface commune à toute une variété de "
66362 #~ "constructeurs de système de fichiers (B<mkfs>.I<type_sys_de_fichiers>) "
66363 #~ "disponibles sous Linux. Le constructeur spécifique à un système est "
66364 #~ "recherché uniquement en suivant la variable d'environnement B<PATH>. "
66365 #~ "Veuillez consulter les pages de manuel des constructeurs spécifiques à un "
66366 #~ "système de fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."
66367
66368 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --type >I<type>"
66369 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
66370
66371 #~ msgid ""
66372 #~ "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built.  If not specified, the "
66373 #~ "default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
66374 #~ msgstr ""
66375 #~ "Indiquer le I<type> de système de fichiers à créer. S'il n'est pas "
66376 #~ "indiqué, le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est "
66377 #~ "utilisé."
66378
66379 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
66380 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
66381
66382 #~ msgid ""
66383 #~ "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that "
66384 #~ "are executed.  Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution "
66385 #~ "of any filesystem-specific commands.  This is really only useful for "
66386 #~ "testing."
66387 #~ msgstr ""
66388 #~ "Produire une sortie bavarde, notamment toutes les commandes spécifiques "
66389 #~ "au système de fichiers exécutées. Indiquer cette option plusieurs fois "
66390 #~ "inhibe l'exécution de toute commande spécifique au système de fichiers. "
66391 #~ "Cela n'est utile que pour faire des tests."
66392
66393 #~ msgid ""
66394 #~ "Display version information and exit.  (Option B<-V> will display version "
66395 #~ "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
66396 #~ "B<--verbose>.)"
66397 #~ msgstr ""
66398 #~ "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter (les informations sur "
66399 #~ "la version ne seront affichées que si l'option B<-V> est le seul "
66400 #~ "paramètre, sinon cela fonctionnera comme B<--verbose>)."
66401
66402 #~ msgid ""
66403 #~ "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
66404 #~ "specific options.  Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
66405 #~ "detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
66406 #~ msgstr ""
66407 #~ "Toutes les options génériques doivent précéder et ne pas être mélangées "
66408 #~ "avec les options spécifiques au système de fichiers. Certains programmes "
66409 #~ "spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne détectent pas automatiquement la "
66410 #~ "taille du périphérique et nécessitent l'utilisation du paramètre "
66411 #~ "I<taille>."
66412
66413 #~ msgid "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
66414 #~ msgstr "David Engel E<lt>I<david@ods.com>E<gt>"
66415
66416 #~ msgid "Fred N.\\& van Kempen (waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org)"
66417 #~ msgstr "Fred N.\\& van Kempen E<lt>I<waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org>E<gt>"
66418
66419 #~ msgid "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
66420 #~ msgstr "Ron Sommeling E<lt>I<sommel@sci.kun.nl>E<gt>"
66421
66422 #~ msgid ""
66423 #~ "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
66424 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66425 #~ msgstr ""
66426 #~ "La commande B<mkfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
66427 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
66428
66429 #~ msgid "MKFS.CRAMFS"
66430 #~ msgstr "MKFS.CRAMFS"
66431
66432 #~ msgid "B<-E>"
66433 #~ msgstr "B<-E>"
66434
66435 #~ msgid "B<-i> I<file>"
66436 #~ msgstr "B<-i> I<fichier>"
66437
66438 #~ msgid "B<-n> I<name>"
66439 #~ msgstr "B<-n> I<nom>"
66440
66441 #~ msgid "B<-p>"
66442 #~ msgstr "B<-p>"
66443
66444 #, fuzzy
66445 #~| msgid ""
66446 #~| "This option is ignored.  Originally the -s turned on directory entry "
66447 #~| "sorting."
66448 #~ msgid ""
66449 #~ "This option is ignored. Originally the B<-s> turned on directory entry "
66450 #~ "sorting."
66451 #~ msgstr ""
66452 #~ "Cette option est ignorée. À l’origine, B<-s> activait le tri des entrées "
66453 #~ "de répertoire."
66454
66455 #~ msgid "B<-z>"
66456 #~ msgstr "B<-z>"
66457
66458 #~ msgid ""
66459 #~ "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to "
66460 #~ "allow random read access.  The metadata is not compressed, but is "
66461 #~ "expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than "
66462 #~ "conventional file systems."
66463 #~ msgstr ""
66464 #~ "Les fichiers sur systèmes de fichiers cramfs sont compressés avec zlib "
66465 #~ "une page à la fois pour permettre l’accès en lecture aléatoire. Les "
66466 #~ "métadonnées ne sont pas compressées mais sont exprimées en représentation "
66467 #~ "abrégée qui prend moins de place que celle des systèmes de fichiers "
66468 #~ "conventionnels."
66469
66470 #~ msgid ""
66471 #~ "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
66472 #~ "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement.  cramfs "
66473 #~ "ships with a utility (mkcramfs) to pack files into new cramfs images."
66474 #~ msgstr ""
66475 #~ "Le système de fichiers est intentionnellement en lecture seule pour "
66476 #~ "simplifier sa conception ; l’accès en lecture aléatoire pour les fichiers "
66477 #~ "compressés est difficile à implémenter. cramfs embarque un utilitaire "
66478 #~ "(mkcramfs) pour empaqueter les fichiers dans de nouvelles images cramfs."
66479
66480 #~ msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16\\ MB."
66481 #~ msgstr "La taille des fichiers est limitée à moins de 16 Mo."
66482
66483 #~ msgid ""
66484 #~ "Maximum file system size is a little under 272\\ MB.  (The last file on "
66485 #~ "the file system must begin before the 256\\ MB block, but can extend past "
66486 #~ "it.)"
66487 #~ msgstr ""
66488 #~ "La taille maximale du système de fichiers est un peu inférieure à 272 Mo "
66489 #~ "(le dernier fichier sur le système de fichiers doit commencer avant le "
66490 #~ "bloc de 256 Mo, mais peut continuer au-delà)."
66491
66492 #~ msgid "Use defined endianness.  Value defaults to I<host>."
66493 #~ msgstr "Utiliser le boutisme défini. La valeur par défaut est B<host>."
66494
66495 #~ msgid ""
66496 #~ "The mkfs.cramfs command is part of the util-linux package and is "
66497 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
66498 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
66499 #~ msgstr ""
66500 #~ "La commande B<mkfs.cramfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66501 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
66502 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
66503
66504 #~ msgid "MKFS.MINIX"
66505 #~ msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"
66506
66507 #, fuzzy
66508 #~| msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
66509 #~ msgid "B<-2>, B<-v>"
66510 #~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"
66511
66512 #~ msgid "B<-3>"
66513 #~ msgstr "B<-3>"
66514
66515 #, fuzzy
66516 #~| msgid ""
66517 #~| "The mkfs.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is "
66518 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66519 #~ msgid ""
66520 #~ "The B<mkfs.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66521 #~ "downloaded from"
66522 #~ msgstr ""
66523 #~ "La commande B<mkfs.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66524 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66525 #~ ">E<gt>."
66526
66527 #~ msgid ""
66528 #~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
66529 #~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
66530 #~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
66531 #~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
66532 #~ msgstr ""
66533 #~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (disque IDE 1)\n"
66534 #~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (disque IDE 2)\n"
66535 #~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (disque SCSI 1)\n"
66536 #~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (disque SCSI 2)\n"
66537
66538 #~ msgid ""
66539 #~ "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
66540 #~ "enforced.  Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
66541 #~ msgstr ""
66542 #~ "Le périphérique peut être un périphérique bloc ou un de ses fichiers "
66543 #~ "image mais ce n’est pas obligatoire. Ne vous attendez pas à un quelconque "
66544 #~ "miracle pour un périphérique caractère :-)."
66545
66546 #~ msgid ""
66547 #~ "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
66548 #~ "in blocks.  It is present only for backwards compatibility.  If omitted "
66549 #~ "the size will be determined automatically.  Only block counts strictly "
66550 #~ "greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
66551 #~ msgstr ""
66552 #~ "Le paramètre I<taille_en_bloc> est la taille désirée pour le système de "
66553 #~ "fichiers (en nombre de blocs). Il n'est présent que pour être compatible "
66554 #~ "avec les anciennes versions. S'il est omis, la taille sera déterminée "
66555 #~ "automatiquement. Il doit exister au moins 10 blocs et il ne peut y en "
66556 #~ "avoir plus de 65 536."
66557
66558 #~ msgid ""
66559 #~ "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem.  If any "
66560 #~ "are found, the count is printed."
66561 #~ msgstr ""
66562 #~ "Vérifier si les blocs sont corrompus ou non sur le périphérique avant de "
66563 #~ "créer le système de fichiers. Si B<mkfs.minix> en trouve, le total est "
66564 #~ "affiché."
66565
66566 #~ msgid ""
66567 #~ "Specify the maximum length of filenames.  Currently, the only allowable "
66568 #~ "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2.  Version 3 allows "
66569 #~ "only value 60.  The default is 30."
66570 #~ msgstr ""
66571 #~ "Indiquer la taille maximale d'un nom de fichier. Actuellement, les seules "
66572 #~ "valeurs autorisées sont 14 et 30 pour les versions 1 et 2 de système de "
66573 #~ "fichiers. La version 3 n’accepte que la valeur 60. La valeur par défaut "
66574 #~ "est 30."
66575
66576 #~ msgid ""
66577 #~ "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>.  The file has one bad-block "
66578 #~ "number per line.  The count of bad blocks read is printed."
66579 #~ msgstr ""
66580 #~ "Lire la liste des blocs corrompus depuis le I<fichier>. Ce fichier "
66581 #~ "contient un numéro de bloc défectueux par ligne. Le total des secteurs "
66582 #~ "défectueux lus est ensuite affiché."
66583
66584 #~ msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem.  This is the default."
66585 #~ msgstr ""
66586 #~ "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 1. C’est le comportement par "
66587 #~ "défaut."
66588
66589 #~ msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
66590 #~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"
66591
66592 #~ msgid ""
66593 #~ "Display version information and exit.  The long option cannot be combined "
66594 #~ "with other options."
66595 #~ msgstr ""
66596 #~ "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter. L'option longue ne "
66597 #~ "peut pas être combinée avec d’autres options."
66598
66599 #~ msgid ""
66600 #~ "The mkfs.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66601 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66602 #~ msgstr ""
66603 #~ "La commande B<mkfs.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66604 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66605 #~ ">E<gt>."
66606
66607 #~ msgid "MKSWAP"
66608 #~ msgstr "MKSWAP"
66609
66610 #, fuzzy
66611 #~| msgid ""
66612 #~| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
66613 #~| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\" (or you may not \\(en the "
66614 #~| "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
66615 #~ msgid ""
66616 #~ "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be "
66617 #~ "able to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the "
66618 #~ "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
66619 #~ msgstr ""
66620 #~ "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille des pages que la machine utilise, "
66621 #~ "vous pouvez la voir avec « cat /proc/cpuinfo » (le contenu de ce fichier "
66622 #~ "dépendant de l'architecture et de la version du noyau, il est possible "
66623 #~ "que vous n'ayez pas accès à cette information)."
66624
66625 #, fuzzy
66626 #~| msgid ""
66627 #~| "The mkswap command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66628 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66629 #~ msgid ""
66630 #~ "The B<mkswap> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66631 #~ "downloaded from"
66632 #~ msgstr ""
66633 #~ "La commande B<mkswap> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66634 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66635 #~ ">E<gt>."
66636
66637 #~ msgid "March 2009"
66638 #~ msgstr "mars 2009"
66639
66640 #~ msgid ""
66641 #~ "The I<device> argument will usually be a disk partition (something like "
66642 #~ "I</dev/sdb7>)  but can also be a file.  The Linux kernel does not look at "
66643 #~ "partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions "
66644 #~ "of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions.  (B<Warning: "
66645 #~ "Solaris also uses this type.  Be careful not to kill your Solaris "
66646 #~ "partitions.>)"
66647 #~ msgstr ""
66648 #~ "Le paramètre I<périphérique> est normalement une partition du disque dur "
66649 #~ "(I</dev/sdb7> par exemple) mais peut aussi être un fichier. Le noyau "
66650 #~ "Linux ne regarde pas les identifiants de partition, mais beaucoup de "
66651 #~ "scripts d'installation supposeront que les partitions de type 82 en "
66652 #~ "hexadécimal (LINUX_SWAP) sont, par défaut, des partitions d'échange. "
66653 #~ "(B<Attention : Solaris utilise aussi le type 82 ; prenez garde de ne pas "
66654 #~ "supprimer les partitions Solaris.>)"
66655
66656 #~ msgid ""
66657 #~ "The I<size> parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
66658 #~ "compatibility.  (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-"
66659 #~ "byte blocks.  B<mkswap> will use the entire partition or file if it is "
66660 #~ "omitted.  Specifying it is unwise \\(en a typo may destroy your disk.)"
66661 #~ msgstr ""
66662 #~ "Le paramètre I<taille> est superflu mais il est conservé pour des raisons "
66663 #~ "de compatibilité ascendante. Il indique la taille désirée de la zone "
66664 #~ "d'échange par blocs de 1024 octets. B<mkswap> utilisera la totalité de la "
66665 #~ "partition ou du fichier si la taille est omise. L'indiquer est imprudent "
66666 #~ "— une coquille pourrait détruire le disque."
66667
66668 #~ msgid ""
66669 #~ "After creating the swap area, you need the B<swapon> command to start "
66670 #~ "using it.  Usually swap areas are listed in I</etc/fstab> so that they "
66671 #~ "can be taken into use at boot time by a B<swapon -a> command in some boot "
66672 #~ "script."
66673 #~ msgstr ""
66674 #~ "Après avoir créé la zone d'échange, vous aurez besoin de la commande "
66675 #~ "B<swapon> pour l'utiliser. Habituellement les zones d'échange sont "
66676 #~ "indiquées dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> afin qu'elles puissent être "
66677 #~ "utilisées au démarrage par la commande B<swapon -a> dans les scripts de "
66678 #~ "démarrage."
66679
66680 #~ msgid ""
66681 #~ "The swap header does not touch the first block.  A boot loader or disk "
66682 #~ "label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup.  The recommended "
66683 #~ "setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
66684 #~ msgstr ""
66685 #~ "L'en-tête de la zone d'échange ne modifie pas le premier bloc. Un "
66686 #~ "chargeur de démarrage ou une étiquette de disque peut y être placé, mais "
66687 #~ "ce n'est pas une configuration recommandée. La configuration recommandée "
66688 #~ "est d'utiliser une partition séparée pour la zone d'échange."
66689
66690 #~ msgid ""
66691 #~ "However, B<mkswap> refuses to erase the first block on a device with a "
66692 #~ "disk label (SUN, BSD, \\&...\\&)."
66693 #~ msgstr ""
66694 #~ "Cependant, B<mkswap> refuse de supprimer le premier bloc d'un "
66695 #~ "périphérique avec une étiquette de disque (SUN, BSD, etc.)."
66696
66697 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --check>"
66698 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--check>"
66699
66700 #~ msgid ""
66701 #~ "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
66702 #~ "the swap area.  If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
66703 #~ msgstr ""
66704 #~ "Vérifier le périphérique (si c'est un périphérique bloc) pour découvrir "
66705 #~ "les blocs corrompus avant de créer une zone d'échange. Si des blocs "
66706 #~ "corrompus sont trouvés, leur nombre est affiché."
66707
66708 #~ msgid ""
66709 #~ "Go ahead even if the command is stupid.  This allows the creation of a "
66710 #~ "swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
66711 #~ msgstr ""
66712 #~ "Continuer même si la commande est stupide. Cela permet de créer une zone "
66713 #~ "d'échange plus grande que la taille du fichier ou de la partition dans "
66714 #~ "laquelle elle réside."
66715
66716 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --label >I<label>"
66717 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--label> I<étiquette>"
66718
66719 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pagesize >I<size>"
66720 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<taille>"
66721
66722 #~ msgid ""
66723 #~ "Specify the page I<size> (in bytes) to use.  This option is usually "
66724 #~ "unnecessary; B<mkswap> reads the size from the kernel."
66725 #~ msgstr ""
66726 #~ "Indiquer la I<taille> de page (en octet) à utiliser. Cette option est "
66727 #~ "normalement inutile, B<mkswap> lit la taille depuis le noyau."
66728
66729 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<UUID>"
66730 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
66731
66732 #~ msgid "Specify the I<UUID> to use.  The default is to generate a UUID."
66733 #~ msgstr ""
66734 #~ "Indiquer l'I<UUID> à utiliser. Le comportement par défaut est de créer un "
66735 #~ "UUID."
66736
66737 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --swapversion 1>"
66738 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"
66739
66740 #~ msgid ""
66741 #~ "Specify the swap-space version.  (This option is currently pointless, as "
66742 #~ "the old B<-v 0> option has become obsolete and now only B<-v 1> is "
66743 #~ "supported.  The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since "
66744 #~ "2.5.22 (June 2002).  The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 "
66745 #~ "(August 1998).)"
66746 #~ msgstr ""
66747 #~ "Indiquer la version de l'espace d'échange. Cette option ne sert "
66748 #~ "actuellement à rien car l'ancienne option B<-v 0> est devenue obsolète et "
66749 #~ "que seule B<-v 1> est prise en charge. Le noyau ne prend plus en charge "
66750 #~ "le format v0 d'espace d'échange depuis la version 2.5.22 (juin 2002). La "
66751 #~ "nouvelle version v1 est prise en charge depuis le noyau 2.1.117 "
66752 #~ "(août 1998)."
66753
66754 #~ msgid ""
66755 #~ "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
66756 #~ "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int).  The remaining space on the "
66757 #~ "swap device is ignored."
66758 #~ msgstr ""
66759 #~ "Le nombre maximal de pages qu’il est possible d’adresser avec l’en-tête "
66760 #~ "de la zone d’échange est 4 294 967 295 (entier de 32 bits non signé). "
66761 #~ "L’espace restant dans le périphérique d’échange est ignoré."
66762
66763 #~ msgid ""
66764 #~ "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas.  The areas in use can be seen in "
66765 #~ "the file I</proc/swaps>"
66766 #~ msgstr ""
66767 #~ "Actuellement, Linux autorise 32 zones d'échange. Les zones en cours "
66768 #~ "d'utilisation sont visibles dans le fichier I</proc/swaps>."
66769
66770 #~ msgid ""
66771 #~ "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
66772 #~ "initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g.\\& using a command like"
66773 #~ msgstr ""
66774 #~ "Pour installer un fichier d'échange, il est nécessaire de créer ce "
66775 #~ "fichier avant de l'initialiser avec B<mkswap>, par exemple en utilisant "
66776 #~ "une commande comme"
66777
66778 #~ msgid ""
66779 #~ "Please read notes from B<swapon>(8)  about B<the swap file use "
66780 #~ "restrictions> (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
66781 #~ msgstr ""
66782 #~ "Veuillez lire les notes dans B<swapon>(8) sur les B<restrictions "
66783 #~ "d’utilisation de fichier d’échange> (trous, préallocation et problèmes de "
66784 #~ "copie sur écriture)."
66785
66786 #~ msgid ""
66787 #~ "The mkswap command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66788 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66789 #~ msgstr ""
66790 #~ "La commande B<mkswap> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66791 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66792 #~ ">E<gt>."
66793
66794 #, fuzzy
66795 #~| msgid ""
66796 #~| "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
66797 #~| "\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
66798 #~| "illegal key is pressed."
66799 #~ msgid ""
66800 #~ "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, \\(aqq\\(aq to quit.]\", and "
66801 #~ "display \"[Press \\(aqh\\(aq for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the "
66802 #~ "bell when an illegal key is pressed."
66803 #~ msgstr ""
66804 #~ "Accueillir avec « [Appuyer sur la barre d'espacement pour continuer, "
66805 #~ "« q » pour quitter.] » puis afficher « [Appuyer sur « h » pour obtenir "
66806 #~ "les instructions.] » au lieu d'émettre un bip quand une touche interdite "
66807 #~ "est utilisée."
66808
66809 #~ msgid "B<+>I<number>"
66810 #~ msgstr "B<+>I<numéro>"
66811
66812 #, fuzzy
66813 #~| msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
66814 #~ msgid "B<+>/I<string>"
66815 #~ msgstr "B<+/>I<chaîne>"
66816
66817 #, fuzzy
66818 #~| msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
66819 #~ msgid "B<h> or B<?>"
66820 #~ msgstr "B<h> ou B<?>"
66821
66822 #~ msgid "B<z>"
66823 #~ msgstr "B<z>"
66824
66825 #, fuzzy
66826 #~| msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
66827 #~ msgid "B<d> or B<^D>"
66828 #~ msgstr "B<d> ou B<\\&^D>"
66829
66830 #~ msgid "B<f>"
66831 #~ msgstr "B<f>"
66832
66833 #, fuzzy
66834 #~| msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
66835 #~ msgid "B<b> or B<^B>"
66836 #~ msgstr "B<b> ou B<\\&^B>"
66837
66838 #~ msgid "B<=>"
66839 #~ msgstr "B<=>"
66840
66841 #~ msgid "B<v>"
66842 #~ msgstr "B<v>"
66843
66844 #~ msgid "B<:n>"
66845 #~ msgstr "B<:n>"
66846
66847 #~ msgid "B<:p>"
66848 #~ msgstr "B<:p>"
66849
66850 #~ msgid "B<:f>"
66851 #~ msgstr "B<:f>"
66852
66853 #~ msgid "B<MORE>"
66854 #~ msgstr "B<MORE>"
66855
66856 #~ msgid "March 2020"
66857 #~ msgstr "Mars 2020"
66858
66859 #~ msgid ""
66860 #~ "B<more> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time.  "
66861 #~ "This version is especially primitive.  Users should realize that "
66862 #~ "B<less>(1)  provides B<more>(1)  emulation plus extensive enhancements."
66863 #~ msgstr ""
66864 #~ "B<more> est un filtre permettant de se déplacer dans un texte, écran par "
66865 #~ "écran. Cette version est particulièrement primitive. Les utilisateurs "
66866 #~ "doivent se convaincre que B<less>(1) constitue une excellente émulation "
66867 #~ "de B<more>(1) avec en plus de nombreuses améliorations."
66868
66869 #~ msgid ""
66870 #~ "Options are also taken from the environment variable B<MORE> (make sure "
66871 #~ "to precede them with a dash (B<->))  but command-line options will "
66872 #~ "override those."
66873 #~ msgstr ""
66874 #~ "La variable d'environnement B<MORE> peut contenir des options "
66875 #~ "supplémentaires (assurez-vous de les faire précéder d'un tiret (B<->)), "
66876 #~ "mais les options sur la ligne de commande ont priorité."
66877
66878 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
66879 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
66880
66881 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
66882 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
66883
66884 #~ msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a B<\\&^L> (form feed)."
66885 #~ msgstr ""
66886 #~ "Ne pas faire de pause après une ligne contenant un B<\\&^L> (saut de "
66887 #~ "page)."
66888
66889 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
66890 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
66891
66892 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
66893 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
66894
66895 #~ msgid ""
66896 #~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
66897 #~ "text.  Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the "
66898 #~ "executable is named B<page>."
66899 #~ msgstr ""
66900 #~ "Ne pas dérouler : effacer plutôt l’écran avant d'afficher le texte. "
66901 #~ "Remarquez que cette option est activée automatiquement si l’exécutable "
66902 #~ "s'appelle B<page>."
66903
66904 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
66905 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
66906
66907 #~ msgid ""
66908 #~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
66909 #~ "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
66910 #~ msgstr ""
66911 #~ "Ne pas dérouler : afficher les lignes en partant du haut et en effaçant "
66912 #~ "les fins de ligne au fur et à mesure."
66913
66914 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
66915 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
66916
66917 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
66918 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
66919
66920 #~ msgid ""
66921 #~ "Suppress underlining.  This option is silently ignored as backwards "
66922 #~ "compatibility."
66923 #~ msgstr ""
66924 #~ "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
66925 #~ "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."
66926
66927 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
66928 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--lines> I<nombre>"
66929
66930 #~ msgid ""
66931 #~ "Specify the I<number> of lines per screenful.  The I<number> argument is "
66932 #~ "a positive decimal integer.  The B<--lines> option shall override any "
66933 #~ "values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported "
66934 #~ "by terminal."
66935 #~ msgstr ""
66936 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de lignes par écran. Le paramètre I<nombre> est un "
66937 #~ "entier décimal positif. L'option B<--lines> écrasera toute autre valeur "
66938 #~ "issue d'une autre source, telle que le nombre de lignes indiqué par le "
66939 #~ "terminal."
66940
66941 #~ msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
66942 #~ msgstr "B<+/>I<chaîne>"
66943
66944 #~ msgid ""
66945 #~ "Interactive commands for B<more> are based on B<vi>(1).  Some commands "
66946 #~ "may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below.  "
66947 #~ "In the following descriptions, B<^X> means B<control-X>."
66948 #~ msgstr ""
66949 #~ "B<more> reconnaît des commandes interactives basées sur celles de "
66950 #~ "B<vi>(1). Certaines commandes peuvent être précédées d'un nombre décimal "
66951 #~ "noté k dans les descriptions suivantes. B<^X> signifie B<Ctrl-X>."
66952
66953 #~ msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
66954 #~ msgstr "B<h> ou B<?>"
66955
66956 #~ msgid ""
66957 #~ "Help; display a summary of these commands.  If you forget all other "
66958 #~ "commands, remember this one."
66959 #~ msgstr ""
66960 #~ "Aide : afficher un résumé des commandes. Si vous les avez toutes "
66961 #~ "oubliées, tâchez de vous souvenir de celle-là."
66962
66963 #~ msgid "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size."
66964 #~ msgstr ""
66965 #~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran."
66966
66967 #~ msgid ""
66968 #~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size.  Argument "
66969 #~ "becomes new default."
66970 #~ msgstr ""
66971 #~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran, "
66972 #~ "mais le paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
66973
66974 #~ msgid ""
66975 #~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to 1.  Argument becomes new "
66976 #~ "default."
66977 #~ msgstr ""
66978 #~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k vaut 1, mais le paramètre "
66979 #~ "fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
66980
66981 #~ msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
66982 #~ msgstr "B<d> ou B<\\&^D>"
66983
66984 #~ msgid ""
66985 #~ "Scroll k lines.  Default is current scroll size, initially 11.  Argument "
66986 #~ "becomes new default."
66987 #~ msgstr ""
66988 #~ "Dérouler k lignes. La valeur par défaut vaut initialement 11, mais le "
66989 #~ "paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
66990
66991 #~ msgid "B<q>\\ orB<\\ Q>\\ orB<\\ INTERRUPT>"
66992 #~ msgstr "B<q> ou B<Q> ou B<INTERRUPT>"
66993
66994 #~ msgid "Skip forward k lines of text.  Defaults to 1."
66995 #~ msgstr "Sauter k lignes. Par défaut, sauter une ligne."
66996
66997 #~ msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1."
66998 #~ msgstr "Sauter k écrans. Par défaut, sauter un écran."
66999
67000 #~ msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
67001 #~ msgstr "B<b> ou B<\\&^B>"
67002
67003 #~ msgid ""
67004 #~ "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1.  Only works with "
67005 #~ "files, not pipes."
67006 #~ msgstr ""
67007 #~ "Reculer de k écrans. Par défaut, reculer d'un écran. Ne fonctionne "
67008 #~ "qu'avec les fichiers, pas avec les tubes (« pipes »)."
67009
67010 #~ msgid "B<'>"
67011 #~ msgstr "B<'>"
67012
67013 #~ msgid "B<\\&/pattern>"
67014 #~ msgstr "B<\\&/>I<motif>"
67015
67016 #~ msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
67017 #~ msgstr ""
67018 #~ "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence d'une expression rationnelle. Par défaut, "
67019 #~ "k vaut 1."
67020
67021 #~ msgid ""
67022 #~ "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
67023 #~ msgstr ""
67024 #~ "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence de la dernière expression rationnelle. "
67025 #~ "Par défaut, k vaut 1."
67026
67027 #~ msgid "B<!command>\\ orB<\\ :!command>"
67028 #~ msgstr "B<!>I<commande> ou B<:!>I<commande>"
67029
67030 #~ msgid ""
67031 #~ "Start up an editor at current line.  The editor is taken from the "
67032 #~ "environment variable B<VISUAL> if defined, or B<EDITOR> if B<VISUAL> is "
67033 #~ "not defined, or defaults to B<vi> if neither B<VISUAL> nor B<EDITOR> is "
67034 #~ "defined."
67035 #~ msgstr ""
67036 #~ "Démarrer un éditeur sur la ligne actuelle. L’éditeur est indiqué par la "
67037 #~ "variable d'environnement B<VISUAL> si elle est définie, B<EDITOR> si "
67038 #~ "B<VISUAL> n’est pas définie ou B<vi> par défaut si ni B<VISUAL>, ni "
67039 #~ "B<EDITOR> ne sont définies."
67040
67041 #~ msgid "B<\\&^L>"
67042 #~ msgstr "B<\\&^L>"
67043
67044 #~ msgid "Go to kth next file.  Defaults to 1."
67045 #~ msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier suivant. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
67046
67047 #~ msgid "Go to kth previous file.  Defaults to 1."
67048 #~ msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier précédent. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
67049
67050 #~ msgid "B<\\&.>"
67051 #~ msgstr "B<\\&.>"
67052
67053 #~ msgid ""
67054 #~ "The editor the user prefers.  Invoked when command key I<v> is pressed."
67055 #~ msgstr ""
67056 #~ "L’éditeur préféré de l’utilisateur. Appelé par la touche de commande B<v>."
67057
67058 #~ msgid ""
67059 #~ "The B<more> command appeared in 3.0BSD.  This man page documents B<more> "
67060 #~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
67061 #~ "community.  Documentation was produced using several other versions of "
67062 #~ "the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
67063 #~ msgstr ""
67064 #~ "La commande B<more> est apparue dans BSD 3.0. Cette page documente la "
67065 #~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 29/6/88), qui est celle actuellement utilisée par "
67066 #~ "la communauté Linux. Cette documentation a été constituée en utilisant "
67067 #~ "les pages de manuel de plusieurs autres versions et après un examen "
67068 #~ "exhaustif du code source."
67069
67070 #~ msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
67071 #~ msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
67072
67073 #~ msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing"
67074 #~ msgstr ""
67075 #~ "Modifié par Geoff Peck, UCB, pour ajouter le soulignement et l'espacement "
67076 #~ "simple."
67077
67078 #~ msgid ""
67079 #~ "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable"
67080 #~ msgstr ""
67081 #~ "Modifié par John Foderaro, UCB, pour ajouter B<-c> et la gestion de la "
67082 #~ "variable d'environnement B<MORE>"
67083
67084 #~ msgid ""
67085 #~ "The more command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
67086 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
67087 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
67088 #~ msgstr ""
67089 #~ "La commande B<more> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
67090 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
67091 #~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau Linux E<.UE .>"
67092
67093 #~ msgid "MOUNT"
67094 #~ msgstr "MOUNT"
67095
67096 #, fuzzy
67097 #~| msgid "B<mount -a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
67098 #~ msgid "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
67099 #~ msgstr "B<mount -a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<liste_options>]"
67100
67101 #, fuzzy
67102 #~| msgid ""
67103 #~| "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a "
67104 #~| "device) in the I</etc/fstab> file.  It's possible to use the B<--target> "
67105 #~| "or B<--source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given "
67106 #~| "argument.  For example:"
67107 #~ msgid ""
67108 #~ "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) "
67109 #~ "in the I</etc/fstab> file. It\\(cqs possible to use the B<--target> or "
67110 #~ "B<--source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given "
67111 #~ "argument. For example:"
67112 #~ msgstr ""
67113 #~ "alors B<mount> recherche un point de montage (et s’il n’en trouve pas, un "
67114 #~ "périphérique) dans le fichier I</etc/fstab>. Utiliser les options B<--"
67115 #~ "target> ou B<--source> permet d’éviter une interprétation ambivalente de "
67116 #~ "l’argument donné. Par exemple :"
67117
67118 #, fuzzy
67119 #~| msgid ""
67120 #~| "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially "
67121 #~| "in your scripts>.  Note that control characters in the mountpoint name "
67122 #~| "are replaced with '?'."
67123 #~ msgid ""
67124 #~ "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially "
67125 #~ "in your scripts>. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
67126 #~ "replaced with \\(aq?\\(aq."
67127 #~ msgstr ""
67128 #~ "Pour une sortie plus explicite et paramétrable utilisez B<findmnt>(8), "
67129 #~ "B<en particulier dans les scripts>. Remarquez que les caractères de "
67130 #~ "contrôle dans le nom de point de montage sont remplacés par des « ? »."
67131
67132 #, fuzzy
67133 #~| msgid ""
67134 #~| "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware "
67135 #~| "reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in "
67136 #~| "names.  This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use "
67137 #~| "filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently "
67138 #~| "supported identifiers (tags):"
67139 #~ msgid ""
67140 #~ "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware "
67141 #~ "reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in "
67142 #~ "names. This is the reason why it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use "
67143 #~ "filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently "
67144 #~ "supported identifiers (tags):"
67145 #~ msgstr ""
67146 #~ "Les noms de périphérique de partitions de disque ne sont pas immuables. "
67147 #~ "Une reconfiguration matérielle, l’ajout ou le retrait d’un périphérique "
67148 #~ "peuvent provoquer des modifications de noms. C’est pour cela qu’il est "
67149 #~ "fortement recommandé d’utiliser des identificateurs de système de "
67150 #~ "fichiers ou de partition tels que des UUID ou LABEL. Actuellement les "
67151 #~ "identificateurs (mots-clés) gérés sont :"
67152
67153 #, fuzzy
67154 #~| msgid ""
67155 #~| "Human readable partition identifier.  This identifier is independent on "
67156 #~| "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's "
67157 #~| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
67158 #~ msgid ""
67159 #~ "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
67160 #~ "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
67161 #~ "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
67162 #~ msgstr ""
67163 #~ "Identificateur compréhensible de partition. Cet identificateur est "
67164 #~ "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des "
67165 #~ "opérations mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de "
67166 #~ "partitionnement GUID (GPT)."
67167
67168 #, fuzzy
67169 #~| msgid ""
67170 #~| "Partition universally unique identifier.  This identifier is independent "
67171 #~| "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's "
67172 #~| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
67173 #~ msgid ""
67174 #~ "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent "
67175 #~ "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
67176 #~ "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
67177 #~ msgstr ""
67178 #~ "Identifiant unique universel de partition. Cet identificateur est "
67179 #~ "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des "
67180 #~ "opérations mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de "
67181 #~ "partitionnement GUID (GPT)."
67182
67183 #~ msgid "ID=I<id>"
67184 #~ msgstr "ID=I<id>"
67185
67186 #, fuzzy
67187 #~| msgid ""
67188 #~| "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
67189 #~| "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device.  Use B<lsblk -"
67190 #~| "o +UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your "
67191 #~| "system."
67192 #~ msgid ""
67193 #~ "Don\\(cqt forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are "
67194 #~ "really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use "
67195 #~ "B<lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in "
67196 #~ "your system."
67197 #~ msgstr ""
67198 #~ "N’oubliez pas que les UUID et étiquettes ne sont pas garantis uniques, en "
67199 #~ "particulier si vous déplacez, partagez ou copiez le périphérique. "
67200 #~ "Utilisez B<lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID> pour vérifier que les UUID sont "
67201 #~ "vraiment uniques sur le système."
67202
67203 #, fuzzy
67204 #~| msgid ""
67205 #~| "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
67206 #~| "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a "
67207 #~| "helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid "
67208 #~| "mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For "
67209 #~| "example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
67210 #~ msgid ""
67211 #~ "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
67212 #~ "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a "
67213 #~ "helper program is executed. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use a valid "
67214 #~ "mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For "
67215 #~ "example it\\(cqs a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
67216 #~ msgstr ""
67217 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount> est très strict au sujet des utilisateurs "
67218 #~ "ordinaires et tous les chemins indiqués sur la ligne de commande sont "
67219 #~ "vérifiés avant que I<fstab> soit analysé ou qu’un programme d’assistance "
67220 #~ "soit exécuté. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser un point de montage "
67221 #~ "autorisé pour indiquer un système de fichiers, sinon B<mount> échouera. "
67222 #~ "Par exemple, c’est une mauvaise idée d’utiliser une source NFS ou CIFS "
67223 #~ "dans la ligne de commande."
67224
67225 #, fuzzy
67226 #~| msgid ""
67227 #~| "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
67228 #~| "inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules.  Instead, it "
67229 #~| "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This "
67230 #~| "behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e."
67231 #~| "g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
67232 #~ msgid ""
67233 #~ "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
67234 #~ "inadequate according to libmount\\(cqs internal security rules. Instead, "
67235 #~ "it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This "
67236 #~ "behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e."
67237 #~ "g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
67238 #~ msgstr ""
67239 #~ "Depuis la version 2.35, la commande B<mount> ne termine pas lorsque les "
67240 #~ "permissions de l’utilisateur sont insuffisantes selon les règles de "
67241 #~ "sécurité internes de B<libmount>. Il baisse les permissions suid et "
67242 #~ "continue comme un utilisateur habituel simple. Il permet la prise en "
67243 #~ "charge de cas d’utilisation où les droits de superutilisateur ne sont pas "
67244 #~ "nécessaires (par exemple, des systèmes de fichiers FUSE, les espaces de "
67245 #~ "noms d’utilisateur, etc)."
67246
67247 #~ msgid "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"
67248 #~ msgstr "B</>I<ancien_répertoire> B</>I<nouveau_répertoire> B<none bind>"
67249
67250 #, fuzzy
67251 #~| msgid ""
67252 #~| "One can also remount a single file (on a single file).  It's also "
67253 #~| "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
67254 #~| "directory, for example:"
67255 #~ msgid ""
67256 #~ "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It\\(cqs also "
67257 #~ "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
67258 #~ "directory, for example:"
67259 #~ msgstr ""
67260 #~ "Un fichier unique peut également être remonté (sur un fichier unique). Il "
67261 #~ "est aussi possible d’utiliser le montage avec « bind » pour créer un "
67262 #~ "point de montage à partir d'un répertoire normal, par exemple :"
67263
67264 #, fuzzy
67265 #~| msgid ""
67266 #~| "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will "
67267 #~| "remain the same as those on the original mount point.  The userspace "
67268 #~| "mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it's "
67269 #~| "necessary to explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
67270 #~ msgid ""
67271 #~ "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will "
67272 #~ "remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount "
67273 #~ "options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it\\(cqs "
67274 #~ "necessary to explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
67275 #~ msgstr ""
67276 #~ "Remarquez que les options de montage du système de fichiers entretenues "
67277 #~ "par le noyau resteront les mêmes que celles du point de montage "
67278 #~ "d'origine. Les options de montage en espace utilisateur (par exemple, "
67279 #~ "B<_netdev>) ne pourront pas être copiées par B<mount>(8) et il est "
67280 #~ "nécessaire de préciser les options sur la ligne de commande de B<mount>."
67281
67282 #, fuzzy
67283 #~| msgid ""
67284 #~| "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
67285 #~| "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation.  The "
67286 #~| "other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
67287 #~| "ignored.  It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
67288 #~| "example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
67289 #~ msgid ""
67290 #~ "It\\(cqs also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, "
67291 #~ "nodiratime and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
67292 #~ "The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
67293 #~ "ignored. It\\(cqs impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
67294 #~ "example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
67295 #~ msgstr ""
67296 #~ "Il est aussi possible de remplacer les drapeaux d’entrées VFS B<nosuid>, "
67297 #~ "B<nodev>, B<noexec>, B<noatime>, B<nodiratime> et B<relatime> par "
67298 #~ "l’opération B<remount,bind>. Les autres (par exemple, les drapeaux "
67299 #~ "spécifiques à des systèmes de fichiers) sont ignorés silencieusement. Il "
67300 #~ "est impossible de modifier les options de montage de manière récursive "
67301 #~ "(par exemple, avec B<-o rbind,ro>)."
67302
67303 #, fuzzy
67304 #~| msgid ""
67305 #~| "Don't canonicalize paths.  The B<mount> command canonicalizes all paths "
67306 #~| "(from the command line or I<fstab>)  by default.  This option can be "
67307 #~| "used together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute "
67308 #~| "paths.  The option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -"
67309 #~| "i>.  It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for "
67310 #~| "normal mount operations."
67311 #~ msgid ""
67312 #~ "Don\\(cqt canonicalize paths. The B<mount> command canonicalizes all "
67313 #~ "paths (from the command line or I<fstab>) by default. This option can be "
67314 #~ "used together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute "
67315 #~ "paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -i>. "
67316 #~ "It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal "
67317 #~ "mount operations."
67318 #~ msgstr ""
67319 #~ "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La commande B<mount> rend tous les "
67320 #~ "chemins canoniques (depuis la ligne de commande ou I<fstab>) par défaut. "
67321 #~ "Cette option peut être utilisée avec l’attribut B<-f> pour les chemins "
67322 #~ "absolus déjà canoniques. L’option est conçue pour les auxiliaires de "
67323 #~ "montage qui appellent B<mount -i>. L’utilisation de cette option en ligne "
67324 #~ "de commande est fortement déconseillée pour les opérations normales de "
67325 #~ "montage."
67326
67327 #, fuzzy
67328 #~| msgid ""
67329 #~| "Don't call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
67330 #~ msgid ""
67331 #~ "Don\\(cqt call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
67332 #~ msgstr ""
67333 #~ "Ne pas appeler l'auxiliaire B</sbin/mount.>I<système_de_fichiers>, même "
67334 #~ "s'il existe."
67335
67336 #, fuzzy
67337 #~| msgid ""
67338 #~| "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<_netdev> "
67339 #~| "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
67340 #~ msgid ""
67341 #~ "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<netdev> "
67342 #~ "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
67343 #~ msgstr ""
67344 #~ "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers sauf ceux qui ont l'option B<_netdev> "
67345 #~ "indiquée dans le champ option du fichier I</etc/fstab>."
67346
67347 #, fuzzy
67348 #~| msgid ""
67349 #~| "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from "
67350 #~| "the command line.  I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, "
67351 #~| "B<prepend> or B<replace>.  For example, B<append> means that options "
67352 #~| "from I<fstab> are appended to options from the command line.  The "
67353 #~| "default value is B<prepend> -- it means command line options are "
67354 #~| "evaluated after I<fstab> options.  Note that the last option wins if "
67355 #~| "there are conflicting ones."
67356 #~ msgid ""
67357 #~ "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from "
67358 #~ "the command line. I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, B<prepend> "
67359 #~ "or B<replace>. For example, B<append> means that options from I<fstab> "
67360 #~ "are appended to options from the command line. The default value is "
67361 #~ "B<prepend> \\(em it means command line options are evaluated after "
67362 #~ "I<fstab> options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting "
67363 #~ "ones."
67364 #~ msgstr ""
67365 #~ "Contrôler la façon de combiner les options de I<fstab> et I<mtab> avec "
67366 #~ "les options de la ligne de commande. I<mode> peut être soit B<ignore>, "
67367 #~ "B<append>, B<prepend> ou B<replace>. Par exemple, B<append> signifie que "
67368 #~ "les options de I<fstab> sont ajoutées aux options de la ligne de "
67369 #~ "commande. La valeur par défaut est B<prepend>, signifiant que les options "
67370 #~ "de la ligne de commande sont évaluées après les options de I<fstab>. "
67371 #~ "Remarquez que c’est la dernière option qui prévaut en cas de conflit."
67372
67373 #, fuzzy
67374 #~| msgid ""
67375 #~| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing.  This will ignore "
67376 #~| "mount options not supported by a filesystem type.  Not all filesystems "
67377 #~| "support this option.  Currently it's supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
67378 #~| "helper only."
67379 #~ msgid ""
67380 #~ "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
67381 #~ "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
67382 #~ "this option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
67383 #~ "helper only."
67384 #~ msgstr ""
67385 #~ "Tolérer les options non valables plutôt qu'échouer. Cela permet d'ignorer "
67386 #~ "les options non prises en charge par un type de système de fichiers. Tous "
67387 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers ne prennent pas en charge cette option. "
67388 #~ "Actuellement, elle n’est prise en charge que par l’auxiliaire de montage "
67389 #~ "B<mount.nfs>."
67390
67391 #, fuzzy
67392 #~| msgid ""
67393 #~| "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument "
67394 #~| "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device).  "
67395 #~| "This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the "
67396 #~| "mount source."
67397 #~ msgid ""
67398 #~ "If only one argument for the B<mount> command is given, then the argument "
67399 #~ "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
67400 #~ "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount "
67401 #~ "source."
67402 #~ msgstr ""
67403 #~ "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
67404 #~ "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou "
67405 #~ "une source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement "
67406 #~ "que l’argument est la source du montage."
67407
67408 #, fuzzy
67409 #~| msgid ""
67410 #~| "Note that B<mount>(8) does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/"
67411 #~| "mount.>I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will "
67412 #~| "be invisible for the helpers.  This is no problem for normal mounts, but "
67413 #~| "user (non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user's "
67414 #~| "rights."
67415 #~ msgid ""
67416 #~ "Note that B<mount> does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/"
67417 #~ "mount.>I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will "
67418 #~ "be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but "
67419 #~ "user (non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user\\(cqs "
67420 #~ "rights."
67421 #~ msgstr ""
67422 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) ne passe pas l’option B<--fstab> à l’auxiliaire "
67423 #~ "B</sbin/mount.>I<type>, ce qui signifie que les fichiers I<fstab> "
67424 #~ "alternatifs seront invisibles aux auxiliaires. Ce n’est pas un problème "
67425 #~ "pour les montages normaux, mais les montages d’utilisateurs ordinaires "
67426 #~ "nécessitent toujours I<fstab> pour vérifier les droits de l’utilisateur."
67427
67428 #, fuzzy
67429 #~| msgid ""
67430 #~| "The programs B<mount> and B<umount> support filesystem subtypes.  The "
67431 #~| "subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'.  "
67432 #~| "It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to "
67433 #~| "the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
67434 #~ msgid ""
67435 #~ "The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
67436 #~ "subtype is defined by a \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
67437 #~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
67438 #~ "any prefix to the mount source (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq "
67439 #~ "is deprecated)."
67440 #~ msgstr ""
67441 #~ "Les programmes B<mount>(8) et B<umount>(8) gèrent les I<sous-types> de "
67442 #~ "systèmes de fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par un suffixe « B<.>I<sous-"
67443 #~ "type> ». Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la "
67444 #~ "notation de sous-type que d'ajouter un préfixe à la source de montage "
67445 #~ "(par exemple « sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."
67446
67447 #~ msgid "B<auto>"
67448 #~ msgstr "B<auto>"
67449
67450 #, fuzzy
67451 #~| msgid ""
67452 #~| "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
67453 #~| "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
67454 #~ msgid ""
67455 #~ "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:"
67456 #~ "s0:c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
67457 #~ msgstr ""
67458 #~ "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
67459 #~ "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
67460
67461 #~ msgid ""
67462 #~ "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
67463 #~ "B<nouser>, and B<async>."
67464 #~ msgstr ""
67465 #~ "Utiliser les options par défaut : B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, "
67466 #~ "B<auto>, B<nouser> et B<async>."
67467
67468 #~ msgid "B<dev>"
67469 #~ msgstr "B<dev>"
67470
67471 #, fuzzy
67472 #~| msgid ""
67473 #~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's "
67474 #~| "groups matches the group of the device.  This option implies the options "
67475 #~| "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
67476 #~| "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
67477 #~ msgid ""
67478 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
67479 #~ "groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
67480 #~ "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
67481 #~ "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
67482 #~ msgstr ""
67483 #~ "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si "
67484 #~ "l’un des groupes de cet utilisateur correspond au groupe du périphérique. "
67485 #~ "Cette option implique les options B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles "
67486 #~ "ne soient annulées par d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options "
67487 #~ "B<group,dev,suid>)."
67488
67489 #, fuzzy
67490 #~| msgid ""
67491 #~| "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
67492 #~| "option (unless B<\\%noatime> was specified), and the B<\\%strictatime> "
67493 #~| "option is required to obtain traditional semantics.  In addition, since "
67494 #~| "Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is "
67495 #~| "more than 1 day old."
67496 #~ msgid ""
67497 #~ "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
67498 #~ "option (unless B<noatime> was specified), and the B<strictatime> option "
67499 #~ "is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux "
67500 #~ "2.6.30, the file\\(cqs last access time is always updated if it is more "
67501 #~ "than 1 day old."
67502 #~ msgstr ""
67503 #~ "Depuis Linux 2.6.30, le comportement par défaut du noyau est celui fourni "
67504 #~ "par cette option (sauf si B<\\%noatime> a été indiquée), et l'option B<\\"
67505 #~ "%strictatime> est nécessaire pour obtenir les sémantiques "
67506 #~ "traditionnelles. De plus, depuis Linux 2.6.30, la date de dernier accès "
67507 #~ "au fichier est toujours mise à jour si elle est vieille de plus d'un jour."
67508
67509 #, fuzzy
67510 #~| msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
67511 #~ msgid "Use the kernel\\(cqs default behavior for inode access time updates."
67512 #~ msgstr ""
67513 #~ "Utiliser le comportement par défaut du noyau pour la mise à jour des "
67514 #~ "horodatages d'accès aux inœuds."
67515
67516 #~ msgid "B<ro>"
67517 #~ msgstr "B<ro>"
67518
67519 #~ msgid "B<rw>"
67520 #~ msgstr "B<rw>"
67521
67522 #, fuzzy
67523 #~| msgid "B<X-*>"
67524 #~ msgid "B<X->*"
67525 #~ msgstr "B<X->I<*>"
67526
67527 #, fuzzy
67528 #~| msgid "B<x-*>"
67529 #~ msgid "B<x->*"
67530 #~ msgstr "B<x->I<*>"
67531
67532 # Pas sûr de l'emplacement de la chaîne, vient probablement de Netpbm
67533 #, fuzzy
67534 #~| msgid "Filesystem(s)"
67535 #~ msgid "B<Filesystem(s)>"
67536 #~ msgstr "Système(s) de fichiers"
67537
67538 #, fuzzy
67539 #~| msgid "Manual page"
67540 #~ msgid "B<Manual page>"
67541 #~ msgstr "Page de manuel"
67542
67543 #~ msgid "btrfs"
67544 #~ msgstr "btrfs"
67545
67546 #~ msgid "B<btrfs>(5)"
67547 #~ msgstr "B<btrfs>(5)"
67548
67549 #~ msgid "cifs"
67550 #~ msgstr "cifs"
67551
67552 #~ msgid "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
67553 #~ msgstr "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
67554
67555 #~ msgid "ext2, ext3, ext4"
67556 #~ msgstr "ext2, ext3, ext4"
67557
67558 #~ msgid "B<ext4>(5)"
67559 #~ msgstr "B<ext4>(5)"
67560
67561 #~ msgid "fuse"
67562 #~ msgstr "fuse"
67563
67564 #~ msgid "B<fuse>(8)"
67565 #~ msgstr "B<fuse>(8)"
67566
67567 #~ msgid "nfs"
67568 #~ msgstr "nfs"
67569
67570 #~ msgid "B<nfs>(5)"
67571 #~ msgstr "B<nfs>(5)"
67572
67573 #~ msgid "tmpfs"
67574 #~ msgstr "tmpfs"
67575
67576 #~ msgid "B<tmpfs>(5)"
67577 #~ msgstr "B<tmpfs>(5)"
67578
67579 #~ msgid "xfs"
67580 #~ msgstr "xfs"
67581
67582 #~ msgid "B<xfs>(5)"
67583 #~ msgstr "B<xfs>(5)"
67584
67585 #, fuzzy
67586 #~| msgid ""
67587 #~| "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
67588 #~| "permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively).  See "
67589 #~| "also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst>."
67590 #~ msgid ""
67591 #~ "Set the permission mask for ADFS \\(aqowner\\(aq permissions and "
67592 #~ "\\(aqother\\(aq permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, "
67593 #~ "respectively). See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs."
67594 #~ "rst>."
67595 #~ msgstr ""
67596 #~ "Définir le masque de permissions pour le propriétaire ADFS et les "
67597 #~ "permissions des « autres » respectivement (défaut : 0700 et 0077, "
67598 #~ "respectivement). Consultez aussi I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
67599 #~ "filesystems/adfs.rst>."
67600
67601 #, fuzzy
67602 #~| msgid ""
67603 #~| "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic "
67604 #~| "link."
67605 #~ msgid ""
67606 #~ "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
67607 #~ "symbolic link."
67608 #~ msgstr ""
67609 #~ "Préfixe (30 caractères au plus) à utiliser avant « / » lorsqu'un lien "
67610 #~ "symbolique est suivi."
67611
67612 #~ msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
67613 #~ msgstr "B<root=>I<valeur>"
67614
67615 #~ msgid "B<bs=>I<value>"
67616 #~ msgstr "B<bs=>I<valeur>"
67617
67618 #~ msgid "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
67619 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>I<n>, B<gid=>I<n>"
67620
67621 #, fuzzy
67622 #~| msgid ""
67623 #~| "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel.  "
67624 #~| "It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29.  "
67625 #~| "Further, this mount option is valid only if "
67626 #~| "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is enabled in the kernel configuration."
67627 #~ msgid ""
67628 #~ "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It "
67629 #~ "is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, "
67630 #~ "this mount option is valid only if B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is "
67631 #~ "enabled in the kernel configuration."
67632 #~ msgstr ""
67633 #~ "Cette option est principalement utilisée pour gérer les conteneurs dans "
67634 #~ "le noyau Linux. Elle est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
67635 #~ "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option de montage n'est valable que si "
67636 #~ "l'option CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES est activée dans la "
67637 #~ "configuration du noyau."
67638
67639 #, fuzzy
67640 #~| msgid ""
67641 #~| "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
67642 #~| "2.6.29.  Further, this option is valid only if "
67643 #~| "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is enabled in the kernel configuration."
67644 #~ msgid ""
67645 #~ "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
67646 #~ "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
67647 #~ "B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled in the kernel "
67648 #~ "configuration."
67649 #~ msgstr ""
67650 #~ "Cette option est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
67651 #~ "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option n'est valable que si l'option "
67652 #~ "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES est activée dans la configuration du "
67653 #~ "noyau."
67654
67655 #~ msgid "B<20>"
67656 #~ msgstr "B<20>"
67657
67658 #, fuzzy
67659 #~| msgid ""
67660 #~| "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change "
67661 #~| "timestamp."
67662 #~ msgid ""
67663 #~ "If current process is in group of file\\(cqs group ID, you can change "
67664 #~ "timestamp."
67665 #~ msgstr ""
67666 #~ "Si le processus actuel appartient au GID du fichier, l'horodatage peut "
67667 #~ "être modifié."
67668
67669 #, fuzzy
67670 #~| msgid ""
67671 #~| "Normally B<utime>(2)  checks that the current process is owner of the "
67672 #~| "file, or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability.  But FAT filesystems "
67673 #~| "don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible.  With "
67674 #~| "this option you can relax it."
67675 #~ msgid ""
67676 #~ "Normally B<utime>(2) checks that the current process is owner of the "
67677 #~ "file, or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability. But FAT filesystems "
67678 #~ "don\\(cqt have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. "
67679 #~ "With this option you can relax it."
67680 #~ msgstr ""
67681 #~ "Normalement, B<utime>(2) vérifie que le processus actuel est le "
67682 #~ "propriétaire du fichier ou qu'il a la propriété B<CAP_FOWNER>. Cependant, "
67683 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers FAT n’ont pas d'UID ou de GID sur le disque, "
67684 #~ "donc une vérification normale est trop inflexible. Avec cette option, "
67685 #~ "vous pouvez l'assouplir."
67686
67687 #~ msgid "B<conv=>I<mode>"
67688 #~ msgstr "B<conv=>I<mode>"
67689
67690 #~ msgid "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
67691 #~ msgstr "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
67692
67693 #, fuzzy
67694 #~| msgid ""
67695 #~| "To maintain backward compatibility, '-o nfs' is also accepted, "
67696 #~| "defaulting to B<stale_rw>."
67697 #~ msgid ""
67698 #~ "To maintain backward compatibility, B<-o nfs> is also accepted, "
67699 #~ "defaulting to B<stale_rw>."
67700 #~ msgstr ""
67701 #~ "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, B<-o nfs> est aussi acceptée, "
67702 #~ "signifiant par défaut B<stale_rw>."
67703
67704 #, fuzzy
67705 #~| msgid ""
67706 #~| "FAT has the ATTR_RO (read-only) attribute.  On Windows, the ATTR_RO of "
67707 #~| "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as "
67708 #~| "a flag (e.g.\\& it's set for the customized folder)."
67709 #~ msgid ""
67710 #~ "FAT has the B<ATTR_RO> (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the B<ATTR_RO> "
67711 #~ "of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications "
67712 #~ "as a flag (e.g. it\\(cqs set for the customized folder)."
67713 #~ msgstr ""
67714 #~ "FAT a l’attribut ATTR_RO (lecture seule). Sous Windows, l’ATTR_RO du "
67715 #~ "répertoire sera simplement ignoré et il n’est utilisé que par les "
67716 #~ "applications comme un attribut (par exemple, il est défini pour le "
67717 #~ "répertoire personnalisé)."
67718
67719 #, fuzzy
67720 #~| msgid ""
67721 #~| "If you want to use ATTR_RO as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
67722 #~| "this option."
67723 #~ msgid ""
67724 #~ "If you want to use B<ATTR_RO> as read-only flag even for the directory, "
67725 #~ "set this option."
67726 #~ msgstr ""
67727 #~ "Pour utiliser ATTR_RO comme un attribut de lecture seule même pour le "
67728 #~ "répertoire, activez cette option."
67729
67730 #, fuzzy
67731 #~| msgid ""
67732 #~| "If set, ATTR_SYS attribute on FAT is handled as IMMUTABLE flag on "
67733 #~| "Linux.  Not set by default."
67734 #~ msgid ""
67735 #~ "If set, B<ATTR_SYS> attribute on FAT is handled as B<IMMUTABLE> flag on "
67736 #~ "Linux. Not set by default."
67737 #~ msgstr ""
67738 #~ "Si activée, l'attribut FAT ATTR_SYS est géré comme un attribut immuable "
67739 #~ "sous Linux. Désactivée par défaut."
67740
67741 #, fuzzy
67742 #~| msgid ""
67743 #~| "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on FSINFO.  It'll be used to "
67744 #~| "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk.  But it's not "
67745 #~| "used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in "
67746 #~| "some case.  If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on FSINFO is correct, "
67747 #~| "by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
67748 #~ msgid ""
67749 #~ "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on B<FSINFO>. It\\(cqll be used to "
67750 #~ "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it\\(cqs not "
67751 #~ "used by default, because recent Windows don\\(cqt update it correctly in "
67752 #~ "some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on B<FSINFO> is correct, "
67753 #~ "by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
67754 #~ msgstr ""
67755 #~ "Utiliser la valeur de secteurs libres (« free clusters ») disponible dans "
67756 #~ "FSINFO. Elle sera utilisée pour déterminer le nombre de secteurs libres "
67757 #~ "sans analyser le disque. Elle n'est pas utilisée par défaut car les "
67758 #~ "versions récentes de Windows ne la mettent pas à jour correctement dans "
67759 #~ "certains cas. Si vous êtes sûr que la valeur de secteurs libres sur "
67760 #~ "FSINFO est correcte, vous pouvez éviter l'analyse du disque grâce à cette "
67761 #~ "option."
67762
67763 #, fuzzy
67764 #~| msgid ""
67765 #~| "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for "
67766 #~| "creating new files.  Default values: '????'."
67767 #~ msgid ""
67768 #~ "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for "
67769 #~ "creating new files. Default values: \\(aq????\\(aq."
67770 #~ msgstr ""
67771 #~ "Positionner les valeurs « creator » et « type » telles que les montre le "
67772 #~ "« Finder MacOS » lors de la création de nouveaux fichiers. Valeurs par "
67773 #~ "défaut « ???? »."
67774
67775 #~ msgid "B<session=>I<n>"
67776 #~ msgstr "B<session=>I<n>"
67777
67778 #~ msgid "B<part=>I<n>"
67779 #~ msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"
67780
67781 #, fuzzy
67782 #~| msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
67783 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt complain about invalid mount options."
67784 #~ msgstr "Ne pas se plaindre dans le cas d'options de montage non valables."
67785
67786 #, fuzzy
67787 #~| msgid ""
67788 #~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
67789 #~| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'.  With "
67790 #~| "B<map=off> no name translation is done.  See B<norock>.  (Default: "
67791 #~| "B<map=normal>.)  B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also apply Acorn "
67792 #~| "extensions if present."
67793 #~ msgid ""
67794 #~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
67795 #~ "case ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to "
67796 #~ "\\(aq.\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. "
67797 #~ "(Default: B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also "
67798 #~ "apply Acorn extensions if present."
67799 #~ msgstr ""
67800 #~ "Pour les volumes sans extension Rock Ridge, la conversion des noms de "
67801 #~ "fichiers change les majuscules en minuscules, supprime l'éventuel « ;1 » "
67802 #~ "final, et transforme « ; » en « . ». Avec B<map=off> il n'y a pas de "
67803 #~ "conversion. Consultez B<norock> (B<map=normal> par défaut). B<map=acorn> "
67804 #~ "est comme B<map=normal>, mais applique aussi les extensions Acorn si "
67805 #~ "elles sont présentes."
67806
67807 #~ msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
67808 #~ msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"
67809
67810 #, fuzzy
67811 #~| msgid ""
67812 #~| "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
67813 #~| "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
67814 #~ msgid ""
67815 #~ "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
67816 #~ "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft\\(cqs Joliet "
67817 #~ "extensions."
67818 #~ msgstr ""
67819 #~ "Les options suivantes sont les mêmes que pour I<vfat> et les indiquer n'a "
67820 #~ "de sens que dans le cas de disques utilisant les extensions Joliet de "
67821 #~ "Microsoft."
67822
67823 #~ msgid "B<nls=>I<name>"
67824 #~ msgstr "B<nls=>I<nom>"
67825
67826 #~ msgid "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
67827 #~ msgstr "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
67828
67829 #, fuzzy
67830 #~| msgid ""
67831 #~| "For 0 (or `no' or `false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown "
67832 #~| "Unicode characters.  For 1 (or `yes' or `true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-"
67833 #~| "byte escape sequences starting with \":\".  Here 2 give a little-endian "
67834 #~| "encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
67835 #~ msgid ""
67836 #~ "For 0 (or \\(aqno\\(aq or \\(aqfalse\\(aq), do not use escape sequences "
67837 #~ "for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or \\(aqyes\\(aq or "
67838 #~ "\\(aqtrue\\(aq) or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting "
67839 #~ "with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped "
67840 #~ "bigendian encoding."
67841 #~ msgstr ""
67842 #~ "Si B<0> (ou B<no>, ou B<false>), ne pas utiliser de séquences "
67843 #~ "d'échappements pour les caractères Unicode inconnus. Si B<1> (ou B<yes>, "
67844 #~ "ou B<true>) ou B<2>, utiliser les séquences d'échappement sur quatre "
67845 #~ "octets de style I<vfat> en commençant par « : ». Avec B<2>, un codage "
67846 #~ "petit boutiste (« little-endian ») est utilisé et avec B<1> un codage "
67847 #~ "grand boutiste (« big-endian »)."
67848
67849 #~ msgid "B<on>"
67850 #~ msgstr "B<on>"
67851
67852 #~ msgid "B<off>"
67853 #~ msgstr "B<off>"
67854
67855 #, fuzzy
67856 #~| msgid "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
67857 #~ msgid "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
67858 #~ msgstr "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
67859
67860 #, fuzzy
67861 #~| msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
67862 #~ msgid "B<xinfo=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
67863 #~ msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
67864
67865 #~ msgid "B<tea>"
67866 #~ msgstr "B<tea>"
67867
67868 #~ msgid "B<r5>"
67869 #~ msgstr "B<r5>"
67870
67871 #, fuzzy
67872 #~| msgid ""
67873 #~| "Disable journaling.  This will provide slight performance improvements "
67874 #~| "in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from "
67875 #~| "crashes.  Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
67876 #~| "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area.  "
67877 #~| "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
67878 #~ msgid ""
67879 #~ "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
67880 #~ "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs\\(cqs fast recovery from "
67881 #~ "crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
67882 #~ "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. "
67883 #~ "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
67884 #~ msgstr ""
67885 #~ "Désactiver la journalisation. Améliore légèrement les performances dans "
67886 #~ "certains cas en perdant la possibilité de récupération rapide après un "
67887 #~ "plantage. Même avec cette option, ReiserFS effectue encore toutes les "
67888 #~ "opérations de journalisation sauf l'écriture effective dans la zone "
67889 #~ "journal. L'implémentation de B<nolog> est en cours."
67890
67891 #, fuzzy
67892 #~| msgid ""
67893 #~| "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions.  "
67894 #~| "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks.  This "
67895 #~| "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
67896 #~| "management (LVM).  There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
67897 #~| "obtained from I<ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs>."
67898 #~ msgid ""
67899 #~ "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
67900 #~ "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks. This "
67901 #~ "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
67902 #~ "management (LVM). There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
67903 #~ "obtained from"
67904 #~ msgstr ""
67905 #~ "Option de remontage permettant l'extension, en cours d'utilisation, d'une "
67906 #~ "partition ReiserFS. Demande à ReiserFS de supposer que le périphérique a "
67907 #~ "le I<nombre> de blocs indiqué. À utiliser avec des périphériques sous "
67908 #~ "gestion par volumes logiques (LVM). Un utilitaire spécial B<resizer> est "
67909 #~ "disponible sur I<ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs>."
67910
67911 #, fuzzy
67912 #~| msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes.  See the B<attr>(1)  manual page."
67913 #~ msgid ""
67914 #~ "I<Enable Extended User Attributes. See the >B<attr>I<(1) manual page.>"
67915 #~ msgstr ""
67916 #~ "Activer les attributs étendus. Consultez la page de manuel B<attr>(1)."
67917
67918 #~ msgid "B<acl>"
67919 #~ msgstr "B<acl>"
67920
67921 #, fuzzy
67922 #~| msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists.  See the B<acl>(5)  manual page."
67923 #~ msgid ""
67924 #~ "I<Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the >B<acl>I<(5) manual page.>"
67925 #~ msgstr ""
67926 #~ "Activer les listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL). Consultez la page de manuel "
67927 #~ "B<acl>(5)."
67928
67929 #, fuzzy
67930 #~| msgid "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
67931 #~ msgid "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
67932 #~ msgstr "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
67933
67934 #, fuzzy
67935 #~| msgid ""
67936 #~| "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling "
67937 #~| "code.  barrier=none disables, barrier=flush enables (default).  This "
67938 #~| "also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs "
67939 #~| "gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a "
67940 #~| "warning.  Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal "
67941 #~| "commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some "
67942 #~| "performance penalty.  If your disks are battery-backed in one way or "
67943 #~| "another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
67944 #~ msgid ""
67945 #~ "I<This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling "
67946 #~ "code. >B<barrier=none>I< disables, >B<barrier=flush>I< enables (default). "
67947 #~ "This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if "
67948 #~ "reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again "
67949 #~ "with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal "
67950 #~ "commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some "
67951 #~ "performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or "
67952 #~ "another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance.>"
67953 #~ msgstr ""
67954 #~ "Désactiver (B<barrier=none>) ou activer (B<barrier=flush>, par défaut) "
67955 #~ "l'utilisation des barrières d'écriture dans le code de journalisation. "
67956 #~ "Cela nécessite aussi une pile d'entrées et sorties qui peut gérer les "
67957 #~ "barrières, et si ReiserFS rencontre une erreur sur une barrière "
67958 #~ "d'écriture, elle désactivera de nouveau les barrières avec un "
67959 #~ "avertissement. Les barrières d'écriture renforcent l'ordre correct des "
67960 #~ "inscriptions au journal sur le disque, permettant d'utiliser en sécurité "
67961 #~ "les caches d'écriture volatils du disque, au prix de quelques pertes en "
67962 #~ "performance. Si les disques sont alimentés sans interruption d'une façon "
67963 #~ "ou d'une autre, désactiver les barrières permet d'augmenter sans danger "
67964 #~ "les performances."
67965
67966 #, fuzzy
67967 #~| msgid ""
67968 #~| "If mode= is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
67969 #~| "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in "
67970 #~| "octal."
67971 #~ msgid ""
67972 #~ "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
67973 #~ "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
67974 #~ msgstr ""
67975 #~ "Si B<mode=> est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds, non "
67976 #~ "relatifs à un répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au "
67977 #~ "mode indiqué. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
67978
67979 #, fuzzy
67980 #~| msgid ""
67981 #~| "If dmode= is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
67982 #~| "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
67983 #~ msgid ""
67984 #~ "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
67985 #~ "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
67986 #~ msgstr ""
67987 #~ "Si B<dmode=> est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds de "
67988 #~ "répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode indiqué. La "
67989 #~ "valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
67990
67991 #~ msgid "B<bs=>"
67992 #~ msgstr "B<bs=>"
67993
67994 #, fuzzy
67995 #~| msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
67996 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt embed data in the inode."
67997 #~ msgstr "Ne pas intégrer de données dans l’inœud."
67998
67999 #, fuzzy
68000 #~| msgid ""
68001 #~| "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
68002 #~| "CONFIG_UDF_NLS option."
68003 #~ msgid ""
68004 #~ "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
68005 #~ "B<CONFIG_UDF_NLS> option."
68006 #~ msgstr ""
68007 #~ "Définir le jeu de caractères NLS. Cela nécessite que le noyau soit "
68008 #~ "compilé avec l’option CONFIG_UDF_NLS."
68009
68010 #, fuzzy
68011 #~| msgid ""
68012 #~| "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems.  The "
68013 #~| "problem are differences among implementations.  Features of some "
68014 #~| "implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of "
68015 #~| "ufs automatically.  That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by "
68016 #~| "mount option.  Possible values are:"
68017 #~ msgid ""
68018 #~ "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The "
68019 #~ "problem are differences among implementations. Features of some "
68020 #~ "implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of "
68021 #~ "ufs automatically. That\\(cqs why the user must specify the type of ufs "
68022 #~ "by mount option. Possible values are:"
68023 #~ msgstr ""
68024 #~ "UFS est un système de fichiers largement utilisé sur différents systèmes "
68025 #~ "d'exploitation. Malgré tout, des différences existent suivant les "
68026 #~ "implémentations. Certaines fonctionnalités de certaines implémentations "
68027 #~ "sont mal documentées, et il est donc difficile de reconnaître "
68028 #~ "automatiquement le type d'UFS. C'est pourquoi l'utilisateur doit indiquer "
68029 #~ "le type d'UFS au montage. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
68030
68031 #~ msgid "B<old>"
68032 #~ msgstr "B<old>"
68033
68034 #, fuzzy
68035 #~| msgid ""
68036 #~| "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only.  (Don't forget to "
68037 #~| "give the -r option.)"
68038 #~ msgid ""
68039 #~ "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don\\(cqt forget to "
68040 #~ "give the B<-r> option.)"
68041 #~ msgstr ""
68042 #~ "Ancien format d'UFS, utilisé par défaut, en lecture seule (ne pas oublier "
68043 #~ "l'option B<-r>)."
68044
68045 #~ msgid "B<sun>"
68046 #~ msgstr "B<sun>"
68047
68048 #~ msgid "B<hp>"
68049 #~ msgstr "B<hp>"
68050
68051 #, fuzzy
68052 #~| msgid ""
68053 #~| "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
68054 #~| "encountered only a console message is printed."
68055 #~ msgid ""
68056 #~ "These mount options don\\(cqt do anything at present; when an error is "
68057 #~ "encountered only a console message is printed."
68058 #~ msgstr ""
68059 #~ "Ces options ne font rien pour le moment ; seul un message est affiché sur "
68060 #~ "la console en cas d'erreur."
68061
68062 #, fuzzy
68063 #~| msgid ""
68064 #~| "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences.  "
68065 #~| "This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any "
68066 #~| "Unicode characters.  Without this option, a '?' is used when no "
68067 #~| "translation is possible.  The escape character is ':' because it is "
68068 #~| "otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem.  The escape sequence that gets "
68069 #~| "used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
68070 #~| "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
68071 #~ msgid ""
68072 #~ "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
68073 #~ "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
68074 #~ "characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no "
68075 #~ "translation is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it "
68076 #~ "is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that "
68077 #~ "gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), "
68078 #~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
68079 #~ msgstr ""
68080 #~ "Conversion des caractères Unicode non gérés en séquences d'échappement "
68081 #~ "spéciales. Cela permet de sauver et de restaurer des fichiers dont le nom "
68082 #~ "contient n'importe quel caractère Unicode. Sans cette option, un « ? » "
68083 #~ "est utilisé à la place des caractères dont la conversion est impossible. "
68084 #~ "Le caractère d'échappement est « : » puisqu'il est de toute manière "
68085 #~ "incorrect dans les noms de fichiers I<vfat>. La séquence d'échappement "
68086 #~ "utilisée pour remplacer le caractère Unicode u est : « : », (u & 0x3f), "
68087 #~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
68088
68089 #, fuzzy
68090 #~| msgid ""
68091 #~| "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the "
68092 #~| "source volume to pass to dm-verity.  Optional. Requires kernel built "
68093 #~| "with CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC."
68094 #~ msgid ""
68095 #~ "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the "
68096 #~ "source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
68097 #~ "B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC>."
68098 #~ msgstr ""
68099 #~ "I<chemin> vers le périphérique FEC (Forward Error Correction) associé "
68100 #~ "avec le volume source à indiquer à dm-verity. Facultatif et nécessite que "
68101 #~ "le noyau soit construit avec CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC."
68102
68103 #, fuzzy
68104 #~| msgid ""
68105 #~| "create squashfs image from /etc directory, verity hash device and mount "
68106 #~| "verified filesystem image to /mnt.  The kernel will verify that the root "
68107 #~| "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
68108 #~ msgid ""
68109 #~ "create squashfs image from I</etc> directory, verity hash device and "
68110 #~ "mount verified filesystem image to I</mnt>. The kernel will verify that "
68111 #~ "the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig "
68112 #~ "is used."
68113 #~ msgstr ""
68114 #~ "créent une image squashfs du répertoire I</etc>, valident (verity) le "
68115 #~ "périphérique I<hash> et montent l’image vérifiée du système de fichiers "
68116 #~ "sur I</mnt>. Le noyau vérifiera que le hachage de la racine est signé par "
68117 #~ "une clé du trousseau de clés du noyau si roothashsig est utilisé."
68118
68119 #, fuzzy
68120 #~| msgid ""
68121 #~| "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option `B<-o loop>' "
68122 #~| "is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop device and "
68123 #~| "use that, for example"
68124 #~ msgid ""
68125 #~ "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option \\(aqB<-o "
68126 #~ "loop>\\(aq is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop "
68127 #~ "device and use that, for example"
68128 #~ msgstr ""
68129 #~ "Si aucun périphérique boucle n'est explicitement mentionné (mais qu'une "
68130 #~ "simple option « B<-o loop> » est donnée), alors B<mount> essayera de "
68131 #~ "trouver des périphériques boucle non utilisés et les utilisera, par "
68132 #~ "exemple :"
68133
68134 #, fuzzy
68135 #~| msgid "problems writing or locking /etc/mtab"
68136 #~ msgid "problems writing or locking I</etc/mtab>"
68137 #~ msgstr "problème d'écriture ou de verrouillage de I</etc/mtab>"
68138
68139 #~ msgid ""
68140 #~ "overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file (ignored for suid)"
68141 #~ msgstr ""
68142 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier I<fstab> (ignoré pour "
68143 #~ "B<suid>)."
68144
68145 #~ msgid ""
68146 #~ "overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file (ignored for suid)"
68147 #~ msgstr ""
68148 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier I<mtab> (ignoré pour "
68149 #~ "B<suid>)."
68150
68151 #, fuzzy
68152 #~| msgid ""
68153 #~| "Some Linux filesystems don't support B<-o sync >andB< -o dirsync> (the "
68154 #~| "ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
68155 #~| "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
68156 #~ msgid ""
68157 #~ "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> "
68158 #~ "(the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
68159 #~ "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
68160 #~ msgstr ""
68161 #~ "Sous Linux, certains systèmes de fichiers ne gèrent pas B<-o sync> et B<-"
68162 #~ "o dirsync> (les systèmes de fichiers I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<fat> et "
68163 #~ "I<vfat> I<gèrent> les mises à jour synchrones, à la manière BSD, "
68164 #~ "lorsqu'ils sont montés avec l'option B<sync>)."
68165
68166 #, fuzzy
68167 #~| msgid ""
68168 #~| "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
68169 #~| "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
68170 #~| "remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
68171 #~| "I<fatfs>)."
68172 #~ msgid ""
68173 #~ "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
68174 #~ "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
68175 #~ "remount, for example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
68176 #~ "I<fatfs>)."
68177 #~ msgstr ""
68178 #~ "L'option B<-o remount> peut s'avérer incapable de modifier les paramètres "
68179 #~ "de montage (tous ceux de I<ext2fs>, sauf B<sb>, sont modifiables lors "
68180 #~ "d'un remontage, mais vous ne pouvez pas modifier le B<gid> ou l'B<umask> "
68181 #~ "pour un système de fichiers I<fatfs>)."
68182
68183 #, fuzzy
68184 #~| msgid ""
68185 #~| "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don't "
68186 #~| "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file.  The first file is based "
68187 #~| "only on the mount command options, but the content of the second file "
68188 #~| "also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g.\\& on a remote NFS "
68189 #~| "server -- in certain cases the mount command may report unreliable "
68190 #~| "information about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually "
68191 #~| "contains more reliable information.)  This is another reason to replace "
68192 #~| "the I<mtab> file with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
68193 #~ msgid ""
68194 #~ "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don\\(cqt "
68195 #~ "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file. The first file is based "
68196 #~ "only on the B<mount> command options, but the content of the second file "
68197 #~ "also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS "
68198 #~ "server \\(em in certain cases the B<mount> command may report unreliable "
68199 #~ "information about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually "
68200 #~ "contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace "
68201 #~ "the I<mtab> file with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
68202 #~ msgstr ""
68203 #~ "Les fichiers I</etc/mtab> et I</proc/mounts> pourraient ne pas "
68204 #~ "correspondre sur les systèmes avec un ficher I<mtab> normal. Le premier "
68205 #~ "est seulement basé sur les options de la commande B<mount>, mais le "
68206 #~ "second tient compte de la configuration du noyau et d'autres paramètres "
68207 #~ "(par exemple, pour un serveur NFS distant : dans certains cas, la "
68208 #~ "commande B<mount> peut renvoyer des informations incorrectes à propos des "
68209 #~ "points de montage NFS et en général I</proc/mounts> contient des "
68210 #~ "informations plus sûres). C’est une autre raison de remplacer le fichier "
68211 #~ "I<mtab> par un lien symbolique vers le fichier I</proc/mounts>."
68212
68213 #, fuzzy
68214 #~| msgid ""
68215 #~| "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may "
68216 #~| "fail when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can't confirm that "
68217 #~| "the size of the block device has been configured as requested.  This "
68218 #~| "situation can be worked around by using the B<losetup> command manually "
68219 #~| "before calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
68220 #~ msgid ""
68221 #~ "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may "
68222 #~ "fail when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can\\(cqt confirm "
68223 #~ "that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This "
68224 #~ "situation can be worked around by using the B<losetup>(8) command "
68225 #~ "manually before calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
68226 #~ msgstr ""
68227 #~ "L’option B<loop> utilisée avec les options B<offset> ou B<sizelimit> "
68228 #~ "pourrait échouer sur les noyaux plus anciens si la commande B<mount> ne "
68229 #~ "peut pas confirmer que la taille du périphérique bloc a été configurée "
68230 #~ "comme demandé. Cette situation peut être contournée en utilisant la "
68231 #~ "commande B<losetup> vous-même avant d’appeler B<mount> avec le "
68232 #~ "périphérique boucle configuré."
68233
68234 #, fuzzy
68235 #~| msgid ""
68236 #~| "The mount command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
68237 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
68238 #~ msgid ""
68239 #~ "The B<mount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
68240 #~ "downloaded from"
68241 #~ msgstr ""
68242 #~ "La commande B<mount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
68243 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
68244 #~ ">E<gt>."
68245
68246 #~ msgid "August 2015"
68247 #~ msgstr "Août 2015"
68248
68249 #~ msgid ""
68250 #~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>B<]> [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
68251 #~ "mountpoint>"
68252 #~ msgstr ""
68253 #~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<périphérique "
68254 #~ "point_montage>"
68255
68256 #~ msgid ""
68257 #~ "B<mount> B<--make->{B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|"
68258 #~ "B<rshared>|B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>} I<mountpoint>"
68259 #~ msgstr ""
68260 #~ "B<mount> B<--make->{B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|"
68261 #~ "B<rshared>|B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>} I<point_montage>"
68262
68263 #~ msgid ""
68264 #~ "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
68265 #~ "file hierarchy, rooted at I</>.  These files can be spread out over "
68266 #~ "several devices.  The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem "
68267 #~ "found on some device to the big file tree.  Conversely, the B<umount>(8)  "
68268 #~ "command will detach it again.  The filesystem is used to control how data "
68269 #~ "is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
68270 #~ "services."
68271 #~ msgstr ""
68272 #~ "Tous les fichiers accessibles par un système UNIX sont insérés dans une "
68273 #~ "grande arborescence, la hiérarchie des fichiers, commençant à la "
68274 #~ "racine I</>. Ces fichiers peuvent être répartis sur différents "
68275 #~ "périphériques. La commande B<mount> permet d'attacher un système de "
68276 #~ "fichiers trouvé sur un périphérique quelconque à la grande arborescence "
68277 #~ "de fichiers. À l'inverse, B<umount>(8) le détachera à nouveau. Le système "
68278 #~ "de fichiers est utilisé pour contrôler comment les données sont stockées "
68279 #~ "sur un périphérique ou fournies de façon virtuelle par le réseau ou "
68280 #~ "d’autres services."
68281
68282 #~ msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
68283 #~ msgstr "B<mount -t> I<type périphérique répertoire>"
68284
68285 #~ msgid ""
68286 #~ "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which "
68287 #~ "is of type I<type>)  at the directory I<dir>.  The option B<-t >I<type> "
68288 #~ "is optional.  The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a "
68289 #~ "filesystem.  The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by "
68290 #~ "default.  See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details.  "
68291 #~ "The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become "
68292 #~ "invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname "
68293 #~ "I<dir> refers to the root of the filesystem on I<device>."
68294 #~ msgstr ""
68295 #~ "Cela indique au noyau d'attacher le système de fichiers se trouvant sur "
68296 #~ "le I<périphérique> mentionné (dont le type est I<type>) dans le "
68297 #~ "répertoire I<répertoire> indiqué. L’option B<-t> I<type> est facultative. "
68298 #~ "La commande B<mount> est généralement capable de détecter un système de "
68299 #~ "fichiers. Par défaut, les droits de superutilisateur sont nécessaires "
68300 #~ "pour monter un système de fichiers. Consultez la section « montages pour "
68301 #~ "les utilisateurs ordinaires » ci-dessous pour plus de détails. Les "
68302 #~ "contenus (s’ils existent), le propriétaire et le mode d'accès précédents "
68303 #~ "de I<répertoire> deviennent invisibles et, tant que le nouveau système de "
68304 #~ "fichiers reste monté, le chemin I<répertoire> se réfère à la racine du "
68305 #~ "système de fichiers de I<périphérique>."
68306
68307 #~ msgid "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<type\\/>]"
68308 #~ msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type\\/>]"
68309
68310 #~ msgid "The option B<-l> adds labels to this listing.  See below."
68311 #~ msgstr "L'option B<-l> ajoute des étiquettes à la liste. Voir plus bas."
68312
68313 #~ msgid ""
68314 #~ "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), "
68315 #~ "like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities.  For example, in "
68316 #~ "the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
68317 #~ msgstr ""
68318 #~ "La plupart des périphériques sont indiqués sous forme de nom de fichier "
68319 #~ "(d'un périphérique bloc spécial), comme I</dev/sda1>, mais d'autres "
68320 #~ "possibilités existent. Par exemple, pour un montage NFS, I<périphérique> "
68321 #~ "peut ressembler à I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
68322
68323 #~ msgid ""
68324 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings.  The UUIDs from the command "
68325 #~ "line or from B<fstab>(5)  are not converted to internal binary "
68326 #~ "representation.  The string representation of the UUID should be based on "
68327 #~ "lower case characters."
68328 #~ msgstr ""
68329 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. Les UUID de "
68330 #~ "la ligne de commande ou dans B<fstab>(5) ne sont pas convertis en "
68331 #~ "représentation binaire interne. La chaîne représentant l'UUID devrait "
68332 #~ "être composée de caractères en minuscules."
68333
68334 #~ msgid ""
68335 #~ "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd.  This identifier is "
68336 #~ "usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the "
68337 #~ "hardware manufacturer.  See B<ls /dev/disk/by-id> for more details, this "
68338 #~ "directory and running udevd is required.  This identifier is not "
68339 #~ "recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and "
68340 #~ "it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
68341 #~ msgstr ""
68342 #~ "ID du périphérique bloc matériel tel que créé par IB<udevd>. Cet "
68343 #~ "identificateur est habituellement basé sur WWN (world wide name –"
68344 #~ " identificateur unique de stockage) et affecté par le fabricant du "
68345 #~ "matériel. Consultez B<ls\\ /dev/disk/by-id> pour plus de détails ; ce "
68346 #~ "répertoire et l’exécution d’B<udevd> sont nécessaires. Cet identificateur "
68347 #~ "n’est pas recommandé pour un usage général car il n’est pas défini "
68348 #~ "strictement et dépend d’B<udev>, des règles d’B<udev> et du matériel."
68349
68350 #~ msgid ""
68351 #~ "The command B<lsblk --fs> provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
68352 #~ "UUIDs on available block devices.  The command B<blkid -p "
68353 #~ "E<lt>deviceE<gt>> provides details about a filesystem on the specified "
68354 #~ "device."
68355 #~ msgstr ""
68356 #~ "La commande B<lsblk --fs> fournit un récapitulatif des systèmes de "
68357 #~ "fichiers, des LABEL et des UUID des périphériques blocs disponibles. La "
68358 #~ "commande B<blkid -p E<lt>périphériqueE<gt>> fournit des détails sur le "
68359 #~ "système de fichiers du périphérique indiqué."
68360
68361 #~ msgid ""
68362 #~ "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g.\\& B<UUID=>I<uuid>) rather "
68363 #~ "than I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}> udev symlinks in "
68364 #~ "the I</etc/fstab> file.  Tags are more readable, robust and portable.  "
68365 #~ "The B<mount>(8)  command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of "
68366 #~ "symlinks in I</etc/fstab> has no advantage over tags.  For more details "
68367 #~ "see B<libblkid>(3)."
68368 #~ msgstr ""
68369 #~ "La configuration conseillée est d'utiliser des mots-clés (par exemple, "
68370 #~ "B<UUID=>I<uuid>) plutôt que les liens symboliques I</dev/disk/par-"
68371 #~ ">{I<label>,I<uuid>,I<partuuid>,I<partlabel>} d'B<udev> dans le fichier I</"
68372 #~ "etc/fstab>. Les mots-clés sont plus facilement lisibles, explicites et "
68373 #~ "portables. La commande B<mount>(8) utilise les liens symboliques "
68374 #~ "d'B<udev> en interne, donc les utiliser directement dans I</etc/fstab> "
68375 #~ "n'apporte aucun avantage par rapport aux mots-clés. Pour plus de "
68376 #~ "précisions, consultez B<libblkid>(3)."
68377
68378 #~ msgid ""
68379 #~ "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
68380 #~ "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword\\(emfor example, I<proc>\\(emcan be "
68381 #~ "used instead of a device specification.  (The customary choice I<none> is "
68382 #~ "less fortunate: the error message `none already mounted' from B<mount> "
68383 #~ "can be confusing.)"
68384 #~ msgstr ""
68385 #~ "Le système de fichiers I<proc> n'est associé à aucun périphérique "
68386 #~ "spécial, et pour le monter, un mot-clé quelconque, par exemple I<proc>, "
68387 #~ "peut être utilisé à la place de l'indication de périphérique. Le choix "
68388 #~ "courant B<none> (aucun) n'est pas très heureux, car le message d'erreur "
68389 #~ "« none déjà monté » de B<mount> peut être mal interprété."
68390
68391 #~ msgid ""
68392 #~ "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
68393 #~ "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options.  The default "
68394 #~ "location of the B<fstab>(5)  file can be overridden with the B<--fstab>I< "
68395 #~ "path> command-line option (see below for more details)."
68396 #~ msgstr ""
68397 #~ "Le fichier I</etc/fstab> (consultez B<fstab>(5)) contient des lignes "
68398 #~ "décrivant les périphériques habituellement montés, leur point de montage "
68399 #~ "et leurs options. L’emplacement par défaut du fichier B<fstab>(5) peut "
68400 #~ "être remplacé par l’option B<--fstab> I<chemin> en ligne de commande "
68401 #~ "(voir ci-dessous pour plus de précisions)."
68402
68403 #~ msgid ""
68404 #~ "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in "
68405 #~ "I<fstab> (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper "
68406 #~ "options)  to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line "
68407 #~ "contains the B<noauto> keyword.  Adding the B<-F> option will make "
68408 #~ "B<mount> fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
68409 #~ msgstr ""
68410 #~ "(généralement exécutée dans un script de démarrage) monte tous les "
68411 #~ "systèmes de fichiers indiqués dans I<fstab> (uniquement ceux du I<type> "
68412 #~ "indiqué et possédant ou non les bonnes options), sauf ceux dont la ligne "
68413 #~ "contient le mot-clé B<noauto>. En ajoutant l'option B<-F>, B<fork>(2) "
68414 #~ "sera invoqué par B<mount> pour que tous les systèmes de fichiers soient "
68415 #~ "montés en parallèle."
68416
68417 #~ msgid ""
68418 #~ "The programs B<mount> and B<umount> traditionally maintained a list of "
68419 #~ "currently mounted filesystems in the file I</etc/mtab>.  The support for "
68420 #~ "regular classic I</etc/mtab> is completely disabled at compile time by "
68421 #~ "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make I</etc/"
68422 #~ "mtab> a symlink to I</proc/mounts> instead. The regular I<mtab> file "
68423 #~ "maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers "
68424 #~ "and other advanced Linux features.  If the regular I<mtab> support is "
68425 #~ "enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
68426 #~ msgstr ""
68427 #~ "Les programmes B<mount> et B<umount> entretiennent normalement une liste "
68428 #~ "des systèmes de fichiers actuellement montés dans le fichier I</etc/"
68429 #~ "mtab>. La prise en charge du fichier classique habituel I</etc/mtab> est "
68430 #~ "par défaut complètement désactivée au moment de la compilation, parce que "
68431 #~ "sur les systèmes Linux actuels, il est plutôt préférable de faire de I</"
68432 #~ "etc/mtab/> un lien symbolique vers I</proc/mounts>. Le fichier I<mtab> "
68433 #~ "habituel entretenu en espace utilisateur ne peut pas fonctionner de façon "
68434 #~ "fiable avec les espaces de noms, les conteneurs et autres fonctionnalités "
68435 #~ "avancées de Linux. Si la prise en charge du I<mtab> habituel est activée, "
68436 #~ "alors il est possible d’utiliser le fichier comme le lien symbolique."
68437
68438 #~ msgid "B<mount>I< device>|I<dir >B<-o>I< options>"
68439 #~ msgstr "B<mount> I<périphérique>|I<répertoire> B<-o> I<options>"
68440
68441 #~ msgid ""
68442 #~ "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
68443 #~ "list of options from I</etc/fstab>.  This default behaviour can be "
68444 #~ "changed using the B<--options-mode> command-line option.  The usual "
68445 #~ "behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
68446 #~ msgstr ""
68447 #~ "et ensuite les options de montage de la ligne de commande seront ajoutées "
68448 #~ "à la liste des options de I</etc/fstab>. Ce comportement par défaut peut "
68449 #~ "être modifié avec l’option de ligne de commande, B<--options-mode>. Le "
68450 #~ "comportement normal est que la dernière option est prioritaire en cas de "
68451 #~ "conflit."
68452
68453 #~ msgid ""
68454 #~ "The B<mount> program does not read the I</etc/fstab> file if both "
68455 #~ "I<device> (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and I<dir> are "
68456 #~ "specified.  For example, to mount device B<foo> at B</dir>:"
68457 #~ msgstr ""
68458 #~ "Le programme B<mount> ne lit pas le fichier I</etc/fstab> si le "
68459 #~ "I<périphérique> (ou LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL) et le "
68460 #~ "I<répertoire> sont indiqués tous les deux. Par exemple, pour monter le "
68461 #~ "périphérique I<toto> dans I</répertoire> :"
68462
68463 #~ msgid ""
68464 #~ "This default behaviour can be changed by using the B<--options-source-"
68465 #~ "force> command-line option to always read configuration from I<fstab>.  "
68466 #~ "For non-root users B<mount> always reads the I<fstab> configuration."
68467 #~ msgstr ""
68468 #~ "Ce comportement par défaut est modifiable avec l’option de ligne de "
68469 #~ "commande, B<--options-source-force>, pour toujours lire la configuration "
68470 #~ "à partir de I<fstab>. Pour les utilisateurs ordinaires, B<mount> lit "
68471 #~ "toujours la configuration dans I<fstab>."
68472
68473 #~ msgid ""
68474 #~ "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems.  However, when "
68475 #~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
68476 #~ "corresponding filesystem."
68477 #~ msgstr ""
68478 #~ "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut monter des systèmes de "
68479 #~ "fichiers. Néanmoins, si une ligne dans I<fstab> contient l'option "
68480 #~ "B<user>, n'importe quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers "
68481 #~ "correspondant."
68482
68483 #~ msgid ""
68484 #~ "For more details, see B<fstab>(5).  Only the user that mounted a "
68485 #~ "filesystem can unmount it again.  If any user should be able to unmount "
68486 #~ "it, then use B<users> instead of B<user> in the I<fstab> line.  The "
68487 #~ "B<owner> option is similar to the B<user> option, with the restriction "
68488 #~ "that the user must be the owner of the special file.  This may be useful "
68489 #~ "e.g.\\& for I</dev/fd> if a login script makes the console user owner of "
68490 #~ "this device.  The B<group> option is similar, with the restriction that "
68491 #~ "the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
68492 #~ msgstr ""
68493 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<fstab>(5). Seul l'utilisateur qui a "
68494 #~ "monté un système de fichiers peut le démonter. Si tous les utilisateurs "
68495 #~ "doivent pouvoir faire le démontage, alors utilisez B<users> à la place de "
68496 #~ "B<user> dans la ligne de I<fstab>. L'option B<owner> est similaire à "
68497 #~ "B<user> avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur doit être le propriétaire du "
68498 #~ "fichier spécial. Cela peut servir par exemple pour I</dev/fd> si un "
68499 #~ "script de connexion rend l'utilisateur de la console propriétaire de ce "
68500 #~ "fichier spécial. L'option B<group> est similaire avec la contrainte que "
68501 #~ "l'utilisateur doit appartenir au groupe de ce fichier spécial."
68502
68503 #~ msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else.  The call is:"
68504 #~ msgstr ""
68505 #~ "Remontage d’une partie de la hiérarchie de fichiers autre part. L’appel "
68506 #~ "est : "
68507
68508 #~ msgid ""
68509 #~ "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
68510 #~ "possible submounts.  The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
68511 #~ "attached a second place by using:"
68512 #~ msgstr ""
68513 #~ "L'appel de montage avec « bind » n'attache qu'un unique système de "
68514 #~ "fichiers (ou une partie), et pas les éventuels sous-montages. La "
68515 #~ "hiérarchie complète, y compris les sous-montages, peut être attachée dans "
68516 #~ "un second endroit avec :"
68517
68518 #~ msgid ""
68519 #~ "Since util-linux 2.27 B<mount>(8)  permits changing the mount options by "
68520 #~ "passing the relevant options along with B<--bind>.  For example:"
68521 #~ msgstr ""
68522 #~ "B<mount>(8) depuis la version 2.27 permet de modifier les options de "
68523 #~ "montage en passant les options adéquates avec B<--bind>. Par exemple :"
68524
68525 #~ msgid ""
68526 #~ "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
68527 #~ "userspace by an additional B<mount>(2) remounting system call.  This "
68528 #~ "solution is not atomic."
68529 #~ msgstr ""
68530 #~ "Cette fonctionnalité n’est pas gérée par le noyau Linux. Elle est mise en "
68531 #~ "œuvre dans l’espace utilisateur par un appel système supplémentaire de "
68532 #~ "remontage B<mount>(2). Cette solution n’est pas atomique."
68533
68534 #~ msgid ""
68535 #~ "Since util-linux 2.31, B<mount> ignores the B<bind> flag from I</etc/"
68536 #~ "fstab> on a B<remount> operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on "
68537 #~ "command line).  This is necessary to fully control mount options on "
68538 #~ "remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been "
68539 #~ "always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without "
68540 #~ "interaction with the bind semantic. This B<mount>(8)  behavior does not "
68541 #~ "affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the I</etc/fstab> "
68542 #~ "file."
68543 #~ msgstr ""
68544 #~ "B<mount>(8) depuis util-linux 2.31 ignore le drapeau B<bind> dans I</etc/"
68545 #~ "fstab> lors de B<remount> I<opération> (si B<-o remount> est indiqué sur "
68546 #~ "la ligne de commande). Cela est nécessaire pour contrôler complètement "
68547 #~ "les options de B<mount> lors du remontage par la ligne de commande. Dans "
68548 #~ "les précédentes versions, le drapeau B<bind> était toujours appliqué et "
68549 #~ "il était impossible de redéfinir les options de montage sans interaction "
68550 #~ "avec la sémantique de « bind ». Ce comportement de B<mount>(8) n’affecte "
68551 #~ "pas les situations où B<remount,bind> est indiqué dans le fichier I</etc/"
68552 #~ "fstab>."
68553
68554 #~ msgid "Move a B<mounted tree> to another place (atomically).  The call is:"
68555 #~ msgstr ""
68556 #~ "Déplacer de façon atomique une B<arborescence montée> à un autre endroit. "
68557 #~ "L'appel est :"
68558
68559 #~ msgid ""
68560 #~ "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under I<olddir> to "
68561 #~ "now be accessible under I<newdir>.  The physical location of the files is "
68562 #~ "not changed.  Note that I<olddir> has to be a mountpoint."
68563 #~ msgstr ""
68564 #~ "Cela rendra le contenu de ce qui apparaissait jusqu'à présent sous "
68565 #~ "l'I<ancien_répertoire> maintenant accessible sous le "
68566 #~ "I<nouveau_répertoire>. L'emplacement physique des fichiers n'est pas "
68567 #~ "modifié. Remarquez que l'I<ancien_répertoire> doit être un point de "
68568 #~ "montage."
68569
68570 #~ msgid ""
68571 #~ "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid "
68572 #~ "and unsupported.  Use B<findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION> to see the current "
68573 #~ "propagation flags."
68574 #~ msgstr ""
68575 #~ "Remarquez aussi que le déplacement d’un montage résidant dans un montage "
68576 #~ "partagé n’est ni possible, ni pris en charge. Utiliser B<findmnt -"
68577 #~ "o TARGET,PROPAGATION> pour afficher les attributs de propagation actuels."
68578
68579 #~ msgid ""
68580 #~ "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
68581 #~ "shared, private, slave or unbindable.  A shared mount provides the "
68582 #~ "ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts "
68583 #~ "within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror.  A slave mount "
68584 #~ "receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa.  A private "
68585 #~ "mount carries no propagation abilities.  An unbindable mount is a private "
68586 #~ "mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation.  The detailed "
68587 #~ "semantics are documented in I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree."
68588 #~ "txt> file in the kernel source tree; see also B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
68589 #~ msgstr ""
68590 #~ "Depuis Linux 2.6.15, il est possible de marquer un montage et ses sous-"
68591 #~ "montages comme partagés, privés, esclaves ou non remontables (B<bind>). "
68592 #~ "Un montage partagé permet de créer des miroirs de ce montage, ainsi les "
68593 #~ "montages et les démontages dans n'importe quel miroir seront propagés aux "
68594 #~ "autres miroirs. Un montage esclave se propage seulement depuis le montage "
68595 #~ "maître. Un montage privé ne peut pas se propager. Un montage non "
68596 #~ "remontable est un montage privé qui ne peut pas être cloné lors d'une "
68597 #~ "opération de remontage. La sémantique précise de ces options est "
68598 #~ "documentée dans le fichier I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt> "
68599 #~ "des sources du noyau.Consultez aussi B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
68600
68601 #~ msgid ""
68602 #~ "B<mount --make-shared >I<mountpoint>\n"
68603 #~ "B<mount --make-slave >I<mountpoint>\n"
68604 #~ "B<mount --make-private >I<mountpoint>\n"
68605 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable >I<mountpoint>\n"
68606 #~ msgstr ""
68607 #~ "B<mount --make-shared> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68608 #~ "B<mount --make-slave> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68609 #~ "B<mount --make-private> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68610 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68611
68612 #~ msgid ""
68613 #~ "B<mount --make-rshared >I<mountpoint>\n"
68614 #~ "B<mount --make-rslave >I<mountpoint>\n"
68615 #~ "B<mount --make-rprivate >I<mountpoint>\n"
68616 #~ "B<mount --make-runbindable >I<mountpoint>\n"
68617 #~ msgstr ""
68618 #~ "B<mount --make-rshared> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68619 #~ "B<mount --make-rslave> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68620 #~ "B<mount --make-rprivate> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68621 #~ "B<mount --make-runbindable> I<point_de_montage>\n"
68622
68623 #~ msgid ""
68624 #~ "B<mount>(8)  B<does not read> B<fstab>(5)  when a B<--make->* operation "
68625 #~ "is requested.  All necessary information has to be specified on the "
68626 #~ "command line."
68627 #~ msgstr ""
68628 #~ "B<mount>(8) B<ne lit pas> B<fstab>(5) quand une opération B<--make->I<*> "
68629 #~ "est demandée. Tous les renseignements nécessaires doivent être indiqués "
68630 #~ "sur la ligne de commande."
68631
68632 #~ msgid ""
68633 #~ "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
68634 #~ "flags with a single B<mount>(2)  system call, and the flags cannot be "
68635 #~ "mixed with other mount options and operations."
68636 #~ msgstr ""
68637 #~ "Remarquez que le noyau Linux ne permet pas de modifier plusieurs "
68638 #~ "attributs de propagation avec un seul appel système B<mount>(2) et que "
68639 #~ "les attributs ne peuvent pas être mélangés avec d’autres options et "
68640 #~ "opérations de montage."
68641
68642 #~ msgid ""
68643 #~ "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
68644 #~ "propagation (topology) changes by one mount(8) call and do it also "
68645 #~ "together with other mount operations.  This feature is EXPERIMENTAL.  The "
68646 #~ "propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls when "
68647 #~ "the preceding mount operations were successful.  Note that this use case "
68648 #~ "is not atomic.  It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
68649 #~ "B<fstab>(5)  as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
68650 #~ "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
68651 #~ msgstr ""
68652 #~ "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande B<mount> peut être utilisée pour "
68653 #~ "réaliser plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul "
68654 #~ "appel B<mount>(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de "
68655 #~ "montage. Cette fonctionnalité est B<expérimentale>. Les attributs de "
68656 #~ "propagation sont appliqués par des appels système B<mount>(2) "
68657 #~ "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
68658 #~ "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
68659 #~ "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans B<fstab>(5) comme des options de "
68660 #~ "montage (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, "
68661 #~ "B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
68662
68663 #~ msgid "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
68664 #~ msgstr "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /toto>\n"
68665
68666 #~ msgid ""
68667 #~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
68668 #~ "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
68669 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
68670 #~ msgstr ""
68671 #~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /toto>\n"
68672 #~ "B<mount --make-private /toto>\n"
68673 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /toto>\n"
68674
68675 #~ msgid ""
68676 #~ "The B<mount> command does not pass all command-line options to the B</"
68677 #~ "sbin/mount.>I<suffix> mount helpers.  The interface between B<mount> and "
68678 #~ "the mount helpers is described below in the section B<EXTERNAL HELPERS>."
68679 #~ msgstr ""
68680 #~ "La commande B<mount> ne passe pas toutes les options de la ligne de "
68681 #~ "commande aux programmes auxiliaires de montage B</sbin/mount.>I<suffixe>. "
68682 #~ "L’interface entre B<mount> et les programmes auxiliaires de montage est "
68683 #~ "décrite plus bas dans la section B<AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES>."
68684
68685 #~ msgid ""
68686 #~ "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in I<fstab> (except "
68687 #~ "for those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword).  The filesystems "
68688 #~ "are mounted following their order in I<fstab>.  The B<mount> command "
68689 #~ "compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) "
68690 #~ "to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already "
68691 #~ "mounted filesystems is cached during B<mount --all>. This means that all "
68692 #~ "duplicated I<fstab> entries will be mounted."
68693 #~ msgstr ""
68694 #~ "Monter tous les systèmes de fichiers (des types donnés) mentionnés dans "
68695 #~ "I<fstab> (à part ceux dont la ligne contient le mot-clé B<noauto>). Les "
68696 #~ "systèmes de fichiers sont montés dans l’ordre de I<fstab>. La commande de "
68697 #~ "montage compare la source et la cible du système de fichiers (et la "
68698 #~ "racine du système de fichiers pour les montages « bind » et Btrfs) pour "
68699 #~ "détecter les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés. La table du noyau avec les "
68700 #~ "systèmes de fichiers déjà montés est mise en cache lors de B<mount --"
68701 #~ "all>. Cela signifie que toutes les entrées en double seront montées."
68702
68703 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bind>"
68704 #~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bind>"
68705
68706 #~ msgid ""
68707 #~ "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in "
68708 #~ "both places).  See above, under B<Bind mounts>."
68709 #~ msgstr ""
68710 #~ "Remonter une sous-arborescence ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en "
68711 #~ "deux points différents). Voir plus haut « Les opérations de remontage »."
68712
68713 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
68714 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
68715
68716 #~ msgid ""
68717 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8) does not pass this option to the B</sbin/mount."
68718 #~ ">I<type> helpers."
68719 #~ msgstr ""
68720 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires B</"
68721 #~ "sbin/mount.>I<type>."
68722
68723 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fork>"
68724 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fork>"
68725
68726 #~ msgid ""
68727 #~ "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.)  Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> "
68728 #~ "for each device.  This will do the mounts on different devices or "
68729 #~ "different NFS servers in parallel.  This has the advantage that it is "
68730 #~ "faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel.  A disadvantage is that "
68731 #~ "the order of the mount operations is undefined.  Thus, you cannot use "
68732 #~ "this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
68733 #~ msgstr ""
68734 #~ "(Utilisée conjointement avec B<-a>) lancer un nouveau processus B<mount> "
68735 #~ "pour chaque périphérique. Cela effectuera le montage en parallèle sur "
68736 #~ "divers périphériques ou serveurs NFS. L'avantage est la rapidité ; de "
68737 #~ "plus les délais maximaux de NFS agissent en parallèle. Un désavantage est "
68738 #~ "que l’ordre des opérations de montage est indéfini. Il ne faut donc pas "
68739 #~ "utiliser cette option pour monter à la fois I</usr> et I</usr/spool>."
68740
68741 #~ msgid ""
68742 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
68743 #~ "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the filesystem.  This option is "
68744 #~ "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
68745 #~ "command is trying to do.  It can also be used to add entries for devices "
68746 #~ "that were mounted earlier with the B<-n> option.  The B<-f> option checks "
68747 #~ "for an existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already "
68748 #~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
68749 #~ msgstr ""
68750 #~ "Fonctionnement normal sauf pour l'appel système effectif qui n'est pas "
68751 #~ "exécuté. Cela simule le montage du système de fichiers. Cette option, en "
68752 #~ "conjonction avec l’attribut B<-v>, permet de déterminer ce que la "
68753 #~ "commande B<mount> essaye de faire. Cela peut aussi servir à ajouter des "
68754 #~ "entrées pour les périphériques montés précédemment avec l'option B<-n>. "
68755 #~ "L'option B<-f> vérifie l'existence d'une entrée dans I</etc/mtab> et "
68756 #~ "échoue si l'entrée existe déjà (avec un montage standard non simulé, "
68757 #~ "cette vérification est faite par le noyau)."
68758
68759 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
68760 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"
68761
68762 #~ msgid ""
68763 #~ "Add the labels in the mount output.  B<mount> must have permission to "
68764 #~ "read the disk device (e.g.\\& be set-user-ID root) for this to work.  One "
68765 #~ "can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the B<e2label>(8)  "
68766 #~ "utility, or for XFS using B<xfs_admin>(8), or for reiserfs using "
68767 #~ "B<reiserfstune>(8)."
68768 #~ msgstr ""
68769 #~ "Ajouter les étiquettes à la sortie de B<mount>. B<mount> doit avoir le "
68770 #~ "droit de lire le périphérique du disque (par exemple en étant exécuté en "
68771 #~ "tant que superutilisateur, set-user-ID root). Une étiquette pour les "
68772 #~ "systèmes I<ext2>, I<ext3> ou I<ext4> peut être écrite avec l'utilitaire "
68773 #~ "B<e2label>(8), pour XFS avec l'utilitaire B<xfs_admin>(8) et pour "
68774 #~ "ReiserFS avec l'utilitaire B<reiserfstune>(8)."
68775
68776 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --move>"
68777 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--move>"
68778
68779 #~ msgid ""
68780 #~ "Move a subtree to some other place.  See above, the subsection B<The move "
68781 #~ "operation>."
68782 #~ msgstr ""
68783 #~ "Déplacer une sous-arborescence ailleurs. Voir plus haut « Les opérations "
68784 #~ "de déplacement »."
68785
68786 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
68787 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
68788
68789 #~ msgid ""
68790 #~ "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>.  This is necessary for example "
68791 #~ "when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
68792 #~ msgstr ""
68793 #~ "Monter sans écriture dans I</etc/mtab>. C'est nécessaire si I</etc> "
68794 #~ "réside sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule."
68795
68796 #~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --namespace >I<ns>"
68797 #~ msgstr "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<espace_de_noms>"
68798
68799 #~ msgid ""
68800 #~ "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>.  "
68801 #~ "I<ns> is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
68802 #~ "representing that namespace."
68803 #~ msgstr ""
68804 #~ "Réaliser l’opération de montage dans l’espace de noms de montage indiqué "
68805 #~ "par I<espace_de_noms>. Celui-ci est soit un PID de processus en cours "
68806 #~ "d’exécution dans cet espace, soit un fichier spécial représentant cet "
68807 #~ "espace de noms."
68808
68809 #~ msgid ""
68810 #~ "B<mount>(8)  switches to the mount namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, "
68811 #~ "writes I</etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>)  and calls the "
68812 #~ "B<mount>(2)  system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount "
68813 #~ "namespace.  This means that the target namespace does not have to contain "
68814 #~ "any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the B<mount>(2)  "
68815 #~ "call."
68816 #~ msgstr ""
68817 #~ "B<mount>(8) bascule vers l’espace de noms de montage lorsqu’il lit I</etc/"
68818 #~ "fstab>, écrit sur I</etc/mtab> (ou écrit sur I</run/mount>) et exécute "
68819 #~ "l’appel système B<mount>(2). Sinon il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms de "
68820 #~ "montage original. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms cible n’a pas à "
68821 #~ "contenir toute bibliothèque ou autre exigence nécessaire pour exécuter la "
68822 #~ "commande B<mount>(2)."
68823
68824 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<opts>"
68825 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<options>"
68826
68827 #~ msgid ""
68828 #~ "Limit the set of filesystems to which the B<-a> option applies.  In this "
68829 #~ "regard it is like the B<-t> option except that B<-O> is useless without "
68830 #~ "B<-a>.  For example, the command:"
68831 #~ msgstr ""
68832 #~ "Limiter l'ensemble des systèmes de fichiers auxquels l’option B<-a> "
68833 #~ "s'applique. De ce point de vue, c’est comme l’option B<-t> sauf que B<-O> "
68834 #~ "est inutile sans B<-a>. Par exemple, la commande :"
68835
68836 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<opts>"
68837 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--options> I<options>"
68838
68839 #~ msgid "B<--options-mode >I<mode>"
68840 #~ msgstr "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"
68841
68842 #~ msgid "B<--options-source >I<source>"
68843 #~ msgstr "B<--options-source> I<source>"
68844
68845 #~ msgid ""
68846 #~ "Source of default options.  I<source> is a comma-separated list of "
68847 #~ "B<fstab>, B<mtab> and B<disable>.  B<disable> disables B<fstab> and "
68848 #~ "B<mtab> and disables B<--options-source-force>.  The default value is "
68849 #~ "B<fstab,mtab>."
68850 #~ msgstr ""
68851 #~ "Source des options par défaut. I<source> est une liste séparée par des "
68852 #~ "virgules de I<fstab>, I<mtab> et B<disable>. B<disable> désactive "
68853 #~ "I<fstab> et I<mtab> et désactive B<--options-source-force>. La valeur par "
68854 #~ "défaut est I<fstab,mtab>."
68855
68856 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --rbind>"
68857 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"
68858
68859 #~ msgid ""
68860 #~ "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
68861 #~ "contents are available in both places).  See above, the subsection B<Bind "
68862 #~ "mounts>."
68863 #~ msgstr ""
68864 #~ "Remonter une sous-arborescence et tous les sous-montages possibles "
68865 #~ "ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en deux points différents). Voir "
68866 #~ "plus haut « Les opérations de remontage »."
68867
68868 #~ msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only.  A synonym is B<-o ro>."
68869 #~ msgstr ""
68870 #~ "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule. Un synonyme est B<-o ro>."
68871
68872 #~ msgid ""
68873 #~ "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, "
68874 #~ "the system may still write to the device.  For example, ext3 and ext4 "
68875 #~ "will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty.  To prevent this kind "
68876 #~ "of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with "
68877 #~ "the B<ro,noload> mount options or set the block device itself to read-"
68878 #~ "only mode, see the B<blockdev>(8)  command."
68879 #~ msgstr ""
68880 #~ "Remarquez que selon le type et l'état du système de fichiers et le "
68881 #~ "comportement du noyau, le système peut continuer à écrire sur le "
68882 #~ "périphérique. Par exemple, I<ext3> et I<ext4> rejoueront leurs journaux "
68883 #~ "si le système de fichiers est « dirty ». Pour prévenir ce type d'accès en "
68884 #~ "écriture, vous devriez monter les systèmes de fichiers I<ext3> ou I<ext4> "
68885 #~ "avec les options de montage B<ro,noload> ou définir le périphérique bloc "
68886 #~ "lui-même en mode lecture seule, consultez B<blockdev>(8)."
68887
68888 #~ msgid "B<--source>I< device>"
68889 #~ msgstr "B<--source> I<périphérique>"
68890
68891 #~ msgid "B<--target>I< directory>"
68892 #~ msgstr "B<--target> I<répertoire>"
68893
68894 #~ msgid ""
68895 #~ "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument "
68896 #~ "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device).  This "
68897 #~ "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount "
68898 #~ "target."
68899 #~ msgstr ""
68900 #~ "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
68901 #~ "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou "
68902 #~ "une source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement "
68903 #~ "que l’argument est la cible du montage."
68904
68905 #~ msgid "B<--target-prefix>I< directory>"
68906 #~ msgstr "B<--target-prefix> I<répertoire>"
68907
68908 #~ msgid ""
68909 #~ "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets.  This option can be "
68910 #~ "used to follow I<fstab>, but mount operations are done in another place, "
68911 #~ "for example:"
68912 #~ msgstr ""
68913 #~ "Préfixer avec le répertoire indiqué toutes les cibles de montage. Cette "
68914 #~ "option peut être utilisée pour suivre I<fstab>, mais les opérations de "
68915 #~ "montage sont réalisées ailleurs, par exemple :"
68916
68917 #~ msgid ""
68918 #~ "mounts all from system I<fstab> to I</chroot>, all missing mountpoint are "
68919 #~ "created (due to X-mount.mkdir).  See also B<--fstab> to use an "
68920 #~ "alternative I<fstab>."
68921 #~ msgstr ""
68922 #~ "monte tout à partir du I<fstab> du système sur I</chroot>, tous les "
68923 #~ "points de montage manquants sont créés (dû à B<X-mount.mkdir>). Consultez "
68924 #~ "aussi B<--fstab> pour l’emploi d’un I<fstab> alternatif."
68925
68926 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --fstab >I<path>"
68927 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<chemin>"
68928
68929 #~ msgid ""
68930 #~ "Specifies an alternative I<fstab> file.  If I<path> is a directory, then "
68931 #~ "the files in the directory are sorted by B<strverscmp>(3); files that "
68932 #~ "start with \".\"\\& or without an I<\\&.fstab> extension are ignored.  "
68933 #~ "The option can be specified more than once.  This option is mostly "
68934 #~ "designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration "
68935 #~ "is specified beyond standard system configuration."
68936 #~ msgstr ""
68937 #~ "Indiquer un fichier I<fstab> alternatif. Si I<chemin> est un répertoire, "
68938 #~ "alors les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par B<strverscmp>(3) ; les "
68939 #~ "fichiers qui commencent par « B<.> » ou sans extension I<.fstab> sont "
68940 #~ "ignorés. L’option peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est "
68941 #~ "surtout conçue pour les scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une "
68942 #~ "configuration supplémentaire est indiquée au-delà de la configuration "
68943 #~ "standard du système."
68944
68945 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<fstype>"
68946 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>"
68947
68948 #~ msgid ""
68949 #~ "The argument following the B<-t> is used to indicate the filesystem "
68950 #~ "type.  The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the "
68951 #~ "running kernel.  See I</proc/filesystems> and I</lib/modules/$(uname -r)/"
68952 #~ "kernel/fs> for a complete list of the filesystems.  The most common are "
68953 #~ "ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
68954 #~ msgstr ""
68955 #~ "L’argument suivant le B<-t> est utilisé pour indiquer le type de système "
68956 #~ "de fichiers. Les types de systèmes de fichiers actuellement pris en "
68957 #~ "charge dépendent du noyau utilisé. Consultez I</proc/filesystems> et I</"
68958 #~ "lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs> pour une liste complète de systèmes de "
68959 #~ "fichiers. Les plus communs sont I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<xfs>, "
68960 #~ "I<btrfs>, I<vfat>, I<sysfs>, I<proc>, I<nfs> et I<cifs>."
68961
68962 #~ msgid ""
68963 #~ "If no B<-t> option is given, or if the B<auto> type is specified, "
68964 #~ "B<mount> will try to guess the desired type.  Mount uses the blkid "
68965 #~ "library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up "
68966 #~ "anything that looks familiar, B<mount> will try to read the file I</etc/"
68967 #~ "filesystems>, or, if that does not exist, I</proc/filesystems>.  All of "
68968 #~ "the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that "
68969 #~ "are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g.\\& I<devpts>, I<proc> and I<nfs>).  If I</etc/"
68970 #~ "filesystems> ends in a line with a single *, mount will read I</proc/"
68971 #~ "filesystems> afterwards.  While trying, all filesystem types will be "
68972 #~ "mounted with the mount option B<silent>."
68973 #~ msgstr ""
68974 #~ "Si aucune option B<-t> n'est mentionnée, ou si le type B<auto> est "
68975 #~ "précisé, B<mount> essayera de deviner le type désiré. B<mount> utilise la "
68976 #~ "bibliothèque blkid pour deviner le type de système de fichiers. S'il ne "
68977 #~ "trouve rien qui lui soit familier, B<mount> essaiera de lire le fichier "
68978 #~ "I</etc/filesystems> ou, s'il n'existe pas, I</proc/filesystems>. Tous les "
68979 #~ "types de systèmes de fichiers indiqués seront essayés, sauf ceux marqués "
68980 #~ "« nodev » (par exemple I<devpts>, I<proc> et I<nfs>). Si I</etc/"
68981 #~ "filesystems> se termine par une ligne contenant un seul I<*>, B<mount> "
68982 #~ "lira ensuite I</proc/filesystems>. Durant l'essai, tous les types de "
68983 #~ "système de fichiers seront montés avec l’option de montage B<silent>."
68984
68985 #~ msgid ""
68986 #~ "The B<auto> type may be useful for user-mounted floppies.  Creating a "
68987 #~ "file I</etc/filesystems> can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., "
68988 #~ "to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel "
68989 #~ "module autoloader."
68990 #~ msgstr ""
68991 #~ "Le type B<auto> peut être utile pour des disquettes montées par "
68992 #~ "l'utilisateur. Créer un fichier I</etc/filesystems> permet de changer "
68993 #~ "l'ordre d'essai (par exemple I<vfat> avant I<msdos>, ou I<ext3> avant "
68994 #~ "I<ext2>) ou d'utiliser un autochargeur de modules pour le noyau."
68995
68996 #~ msgid ""
68997 #~ "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-"
68998 #~ "t> option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry.  The list of filesystem "
68999 #~ "types for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the "
69000 #~ "filesystem types on which no action should be taken.  The prefix B<no> "
69001 #~ "has no effect when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
69002 #~ msgstr ""
69003 #~ "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules, pour "
69004 #~ "l’option B<-t> comme dans une entrée I</etc/fstab>. La liste des types de "
69005 #~ "systèmes de fichiers pour l’option B<-t> peut également être préfixée par "
69006 #~ "B<no> pour indiquer les types à ignorer. Le préfixe B<no> est sans effet "
69007 #~ "dans une entrée I</etc/fstab>."
69008
69009 #~ msgid ""
69010 #~ "The prefix B<no> can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.  For example, "
69011 #~ "the command"
69012 #~ msgstr ""
69013 #~ "Le préfixe B<no> peut avoir du sens avec l’option B<-a>. Par exemple, la "
69014 #~ "commande"
69015
69016 #~ msgid ""
69017 #~ "For most types all the B<mount> program has to do is issue a simple "
69018 #~ "B<mount>(2)  system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem "
69019 #~ "type is required.  For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, "
69020 #~ "ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary.  The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and "
69021 #~ "ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program.  In order to make it "
69022 #~ "possible to treat all types in a uniform way, B<mount> will execute the "
69023 #~ "program B</sbin/mount.>I<type> (if that exists) when called with type "
69024 #~ "I<type>.  Since different versions of the B<smbmount> program have "
69025 #~ "different calling conventions, B</sbin/mount.smbfs> may have to be a "
69026 #~ "shell script that sets up the desired call."
69027 #~ msgstr ""
69028 #~ "Pour la plupart des types, B<mount> n’effectue qu’un appel système "
69029 #~ "B<mount>(2) et aucune connaissance détaillée du système de fichiers n'est "
69030 #~ "nécessaire. Pour certains types toutefois (comme I<nfs>, I<nfs4>, "
69031 #~ "I<cifs>, I<smbfs> et I<ncpfs>), du code supplémentaire est indispensable. "
69032 #~ "Les systèmes de fichiers I<nfs>, I<nfs4>, I<cifs>, I<smbfs> et I<ncpfs> "
69033 #~ "ont un programme de montage indépendant. Afin de rendre uniforme le "
69034 #~ "traitement de tous les types, B<mount> exécutera le programme B</sbin/"
69035 #~ "mount.>I<type> (s'il existe) lorsqu'il est invoqué avec le type I<type>. "
69036 #~ "Comme différentes versions de B<smbmount> ont des conventions d'appels "
69037 #~ "diverses, B</sbin/mount.smbfs> peut être un script shell qui réalise "
69038 #~ "l'appel voulu."
69039
69040 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<uuid>"
69041 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
69042
69043 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
69044 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"
69045
69046 #~ msgid ""
69047 #~ "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the "
69048 #~ "system kernel.  To check the current setting see the options in I</proc/"
69049 #~ "mounts>.  Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default "
69050 #~ "mount options (see for example B<tune2fs -l> output for extN filesystems)."
69051 #~ msgstr ""
69052 #~ "Certaines de ces options peuvent être activées ou désactivées par défaut "
69053 #~ "dans l'environnement du noyau. Pour vérifier la configuration actuelle, "
69054 #~ "consultez les options dans I</proc/mounts>. Remarquez que les systèmes de "
69055 #~ "fichiers ont aussi des options de montage par défaut spécifiques au "
69056 #~ "système de fichiers (consultez par exemple la sortie de B<tune2fs -l> "
69057 #~ "pour les systèmes de fichiers extN)."
69058
69059 #~ msgid ""
69060 #~ "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but "
69061 #~ "not every filesystem actually honors them \\(en e.g.\\&, the B<sync> "
69062 #~ "option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and "
69063 #~ "xfs):"
69064 #~ msgstr ""
69065 #~ "Les options suivantes s'appliquent à tous les systèmes de fichiers montés "
69066 #~ "(mais tous les systèmes de fichiers ne les honorent pas, par exemple "
69067 #~ "B<sync> n'est effective que pour I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<fat>, "
69068 #~ "I<vfat>, I<ufs> et I<xfs>) :"
69069
69070 #~ msgid ""
69071 #~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously.  (See also the "
69072 #~ "B<sync> option.)"
69073 #~ msgstr ""
69074 #~ "Toutes les entrées et sorties sur le système de fichiers seront "
69075 #~ "asynchrones (consultez aussi l'option B<sync>)."
69076
69077 #~ msgid ""
69078 #~ "Do not use the B<noatime> feature, so the inode access time is controlled "
69079 #~ "by kernel defaults.  See also the descriptions of the B<\\%relatime> and "
69080 #~ "B<strictatime> mount options."
69081 #~ msgstr ""
69082 #~ "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité B<noatime>, ainsi la date d'accès à "
69083 #~ "l'inœud est contrôlée par les options par défaut du noyau. Consultez "
69084 #~ "aussi les descriptions des options de montage B<strictatime> et B<\\"
69085 #~ "%relatime>."
69086
69087 #~ msgid ""
69088 #~ "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g.\\& for faster "
69089 #~ "access on the news spool to speed up news servers).  This works for all "
69090 #~ "inode types (directories too), so it implies B<\\%nodiratime>."
69091 #~ msgstr ""
69092 #~ "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès aux inœuds sur ce système de "
69093 #~ "fichiers (par exemple, pour un accès plus rapide pour des serveurs de "
69094 #~ "nouvelles). Cela fonctionne pour tous les types d’inœuds (ainsi que pour "
69095 #~ "les répertoires), donc cela implique B<\\%nodiratime>."
69096
69097 #~ msgid ""
69098 #~ "B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
69099 #~ "and B<\\%rootcontext=>I<context>"
69100 #~ msgstr ""
69101 #~ "B<context=>I<contexte>, B<fscontext=>I<contexte>, "
69102 #~ "B<defcontext=>I<contexte> et B<\\%rootcontext=>I<contexte>"
69103
69104 #~ msgid ""
69105 #~ "The B<context=> option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
69106 #~ "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
69107 #~ "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
69108 #~ "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation.  You can also "
69109 #~ "use B<context=> on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy.  It "
69110 #~ "also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier "
69111 #~ "2.4.E<lt>xE<gt> kernel versions.  Even where xattrs are supported, you "
69112 #~ "can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk "
69113 #~ "one security context."
69114 #~ msgstr ""
69115 #~ "L’option B<context=> est utile lors du montage de systèmes de fichiers "
69116 #~ "qui ne gèrent pas les attributs étendus, tels que les lecteurs de "
69117 #~ "disquette ou les disques durs formatés en VFAT, ou les systèmes qui ne "
69118 #~ "fonctionnent pas sous SELinux, tels que les disques formatés en ext3 ou "
69119 #~ "ext4 d’une station de travail SELinux. B<context=> peut être utilisé sur "
69120 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers douteux tels les disquettes. Elle assure aussi "
69121 #~ "la compatibilité avec les systèmes de fichiers prenant en charge B<xattr> "
69122 #~ "avec les versions antérieures au noyau 2.4. Même si B<xattr> est pris en "
69123 #~ "charge, vous pouvez sauver les horodatages sans devoir étiqueter tous les "
69124 #~ "fichiers en affectant un contexte de sécurité pour le disque entier."
69125
69126 #~ msgid ""
69127 #~ "A commonly used option for removable media is B<\\%context=\"system_u:"
69128 #~ "object_r:removable_t\">."
69129 #~ msgstr ""
69130 #~ "L'option B<\\%context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t\"> est couramment "
69131 #~ "utilisée pour les supports amovibles."
69132
69133 #~ msgid ""
69134 #~ "Two other options are B<fscontext=> and B<defcontext=>, both of which are "
69135 #~ "mutually exclusive of the B<context=> option.  This means you can use "
69136 #~ "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
69137 #~ "context."
69138 #~ msgstr ""
69139 #~ "Deux autres options sont B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=>, elles sont "
69140 #~ "toutes les deux mutuellement exclusives avec l'option B<context=>. Cela "
69141 #~ "signifie que vous pouvez utiliser B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=> "
69142 #~ "ensemble, mais aucune ne peut être utilisée avec l'option B<context=>."
69143
69144 #~ msgid ""
69145 #~ "The B<fscontext=> option works for all filesystems, regardless of their "
69146 #~ "xattr support.  The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem "
69147 #~ "label to a specific security context.  This filesystem label is separate "
69148 #~ "from the individual labels on the files.  It represents the entire "
69149 #~ "filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount "
69150 #~ "or file creation.  Individual file labels are still obtained from the "
69151 #~ "xattrs on the files themselves.  The context option actually sets the "
69152 #~ "aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the "
69153 #~ "same label for individual files."
69154 #~ msgstr ""
69155 #~ "L'option B<fscontext=> fonctionne pour tous les systèmes de fichiers, "
69156 #~ "qu'ils prennent en charge B<xattr> ou non. L'option B<fscontext=> change "
69157 #~ "l'étiquette du système de fichiers en un contexte de sécurité spécifique. "
69158 #~ "L'étiquette du système de fichiers est distincte des étiquettes "
69159 #~ "individuelles des fichiers. Elle représente le système de fichiers entier "
69160 #~ "pour certains types de vérification de permission, comme une période de "
69161 #~ "montage ou une création de fichier. Les étiquettes individuelles de "
69162 #~ "fichiers sont toujours obtenues à partir des paramètres B<xattr> des "
69163 #~ "fichiers eux-mêmes. L'option de contexte définit réellement le contexte "
69164 #~ "global que B<fscontext=> fournit, en plus de fournir la même étiquette "
69165 #~ "pour tous les fichiers individuels."
69166
69167 #~ msgid ""
69168 #~ "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
69169 #~ "B<defcontext=> option.  This overrides the value set for unlabeled files "
69170 #~ "in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
69171 #~ msgstr ""
69172 #~ "Vous pouvez définir le contexte de sécurité par défaut pour les fichiers "
69173 #~ "non étiquetés avec l'option B<defcontext=>. Cela surcharge la valeur par "
69174 #~ "défaut définie pour les fichiers non étiquetés de la stratégie de "
69175 #~ "sécurité et nécessite un système de fichiers qui gère l'étiquetage "
69176 #~ "B<xattr>."
69177
69178 #~ msgid ""
69179 #~ "The B<rootcontext=> option allows you to explicitly label the root inode "
69180 #~ "of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to "
69181 #~ "userspace.  This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
69182 #~ msgstr ""
69183 #~ "L'option B<rootcontext=> permet d'étiqueter explicitement l'inœud racine "
69184 #~ "d'un système de fichiers avant que l'inœud ou le système de fichiers en "
69185 #~ "cours de montage ne devienne visible depuis l'espace utilisateur. Cela "
69186 #~ "s'est avéré utile pour des noyaux Linux « stateless »."
69187
69188 #~ msgid ""
69189 #~ "B<Warning: the >I<context>B< value might contain commas>, in which case "
69190 #~ "the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise B<mount>(8)  will "
69191 #~ "interpret the comma as a separator between mount options.  Don't forget "
69192 #~ "that the shell strips off quotes and thus B<double quoting is required>.  "
69193 #~ "For example:"
69194 #~ msgstr ""
69195 #~ "B<Avertissement> : la valeur I<contexte> pourrait contenir des virgules, "
69196 #~ "auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon B<mount>(8) "
69197 #~ "interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. "
69198 #~ "N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets "
69199 #~ "simples et que B<des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires>. Par "
69200 #~ "exemple :"
69201
69202 #~ msgid ""
69203 #~ "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
69204 #~ "and filesystem type.  See the beginning of this section for more details."
69205 #~ msgstr ""
69206 #~ "Remarquez que le véritable ensemble de toutes les options de montage par "
69207 #~ "défaut dépend du noyau et du type de système de fichiers. Consultez le "
69208 #~ "début de cette section pour plus de précisions."
69209
69210 #~ msgid ""
69211 #~ "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  This is the "
69212 #~ "default.  (This option is ignored when B<noatime> is set.)"
69213 #~ msgstr ""
69214 #~ "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
69215 #~ "fichiers. Option par défaut (ignorée quand B<noatime> est défini)."
69216
69217 #~ msgid ""
69218 #~ "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  (This "
69219 #~ "option is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
69220 #~ msgstr ""
69221 #~ "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
69222 #~ "fichiers. Cette option est implicite quand B<noatime> est défini."
69223
69224 #~ msgid ""
69225 #~ "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done "
69226 #~ "synchronously.  This affects the following system calls: creat, link, "
69227 #~ "unlink, symlink, mkdir, rmdir, mknod and rename."
69228 #~ msgstr ""
69229 #~ "Toutes les mises à jour de répertoires du système de fichiers devraient "
69230 #~ "être réalisées de façon synchrone. Cela concerne les appels système "
69231 #~ "suivants : B<creat>, B<link>, B<unlink>, B<symlink>, B<mkdir>, B<rmdir>, "
69232 #~ "B<mknod> et B<rename>."
69233
69234 #~ msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem.  See B<fcntl>(2)."
69235 #~ msgstr ""
69236 #~ "Permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers. "
69237 #~ "Consultez B<fcntl>(2)."
69238
69239 #~ msgid ""
69240 #~ "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time.  Access time "
69241 #~ "is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current "
69242 #~ "modify or change time.  (Similar to B<\\%noatime>, but it doesn't break "
69243 #~ "B<mutt> or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
69244 #~ "since the last time it was modified.)"
69245 #~ msgstr ""
69246 #~ "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès à l’inœud par rapport à "
69247 #~ "l’horodatage de modification. L’horodatage d'accès est mis à jour "
69248 #~ "seulement si le précédent horodatage d'accès est antérieur à l’horodatage "
69249 #~ "de modification (c'est équivalent à l'option B<\\%noatime>, mais permet "
69250 #~ "aux applications, comme B<mutt>, de savoir si un fichier a été lu depuis "
69251 #~ "sa dernière modification)."
69252
69253 #~ msgid ""
69254 #~ "Do not use the B<relatime> feature.  See also the B<strictatime> mount "
69255 #~ "option."
69256 #~ msgstr ""
69257 #~ "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité B<relatime>. Consultez aussi l'option "
69258 #~ "de montage B<strictatime>."
69259
69260 #~ msgid ""
69261 #~ "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates.  This makes it possible "
69262 #~ "for the kernel to default to B<\\%relatime> or B<\\%noatime> but still "
69263 #~ "allow userspace to override it.  For more details about the default "
69264 #~ "system mount options see I</proc/mounts>."
69265 #~ msgstr ""
69266 #~ "Demander explicitement une mise à jour complète des horodatages d'accès. "
69267 #~ "Cela permet au noyau d'utiliser B<\\%relatime> ou B<\\%noatime> par "
69268 #~ "défaut, mais il est toujours possible de changer cela depuis l'espace "
69269 #~ "utilisateur. Pour plus de précisions sur les options de montage par "
69270 #~ "défaut, consultez I</proc/mounts>."
69271
69272 #~ msgid "-"
69273 #~ msgstr "-"
69274
69275 #~ msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the i-node was written to disk."
69276 #~ msgstr ""
69277 #~ "plus de 24 heures se sont écoulées depuis que l’inœud a été écrit sur le "
69278 #~ "disque."
69279
69280 #~ msgid ""
69281 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner "
69282 #~ "of the device.  This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> "
69283 #~ "(unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,"
69284 #~ "dev,suid>)."
69285 #~ msgstr ""
69286 #~ "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si cet "
69287 #~ "utilisateur est propriétaire du périphérique. Cette option implique les "
69288 #~ "options B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles ne soient annulées par "
69289 #~ "d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options B<owner,dev,suid>)."
69290
69291 #~ msgid ""
69292 #~ "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem.  This is commonly used "
69293 #~ "to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
69294 #~ "filesystem writable.  It does not change device or mount point."
69295 #~ msgstr ""
69296 #~ "Tenter de remonter un système de fichiers déjà monté. C'est utilisé pour "
69297 #~ "changer les attributs de montage d'un système de fichiers, principalement "
69298 #~ "pour autoriser l'écriture sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule. "
69299 #~ "Cela ne change ni le périphérique ni le point de montage."
69300
69301 #~ msgid ""
69302 #~ "The remount functionality follows the standard way the B<mount> command "
69303 #~ "works with options from I<fstab>.  This means that B<mount> does not read "
69304 #~ "I<fstab> (or I<mtab>)  only when both I<device> and I<dir> are specified."
69305 #~ msgstr ""
69306 #~ "La fonctionnalité de remontage suit la façon habituelle dont la commande "
69307 #~ "B<mount> fonctionne avec les options de I<fstab>. Cela signifie que la "
69308 #~ "commande B<mount> ne lit pas I<fstab> (ou I<mtab>), seulement si "
69309 #~ "I<périphérique> et I<répertoire> sont tous deux indiqués."
69310
69311 #~ msgid ""
69312 #~ "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff "
69313 #~ "from I<fstab> (or I<mtab>)  is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
69314 #~ "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
69315 #~ msgstr ""
69316 #~ "Après cet appel, toutes les anciennes options de montage sont remplacées "
69317 #~ "et les options arbitraires du fichier I<fstab> (ou I<mtab>) sont "
69318 #~ "ignorées, à part l’option B<loop=> qui est générée en interne et "
69319 #~ "maintenue par la commande B<mount>."
69320
69321 #~ msgid ""
69322 #~ "After this call, mount reads I<fstab> and merges these options with the "
69323 #~ "options from the command line (B<-o>).  If no mountpoint is found in "
69324 #~ "I<fstab>, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
69325 #~ msgstr ""
69326 #~ "Après cet appel, B<mount> lit I<fstab> et fusionne ces options avec les "
69327 #~ "options de la ligne de commande (B<-o>). Si aucun point de montage n’est "
69328 #~ "trouvé dans I<fstab>, alors le remontage sans source indiquée est permis."
69329
69330 #~ msgid ""
69331 #~ "B<mount> allows the use of B<--all> to remount all already mounted "
69332 #~ "filesystems which match a specified filter (B<-O> and B<-t>).  For "
69333 #~ "example:"
69334 #~ msgstr ""
69335 #~ "B<mount>(8) permet d’utiliser B<--all> pour remonter tous les systèmes de "
69336 #~ "fichiers déjà montés qui correspondent avec un filtre indiqué (B<-O> et "
69337 #~ "B<-t>). Par exemple :"
69338
69339 #~ msgid ""
69340 #~ "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of "
69341 #~ "the filesystems is remounted by \"mount -o remount,ro /dir\" semantic.  "
69342 #~ "This means the B<mount> command reads I<fstab> or I<mtab> and merges "
69343 #~ "these options with the options from the command line."
69344 #~ msgstr ""
69345 #~ "remonte tous les systèmes de fichiers I<vfat> déjà montés en mode "
69346 #~ "écriture seule. Chaque système de fichiers est remonté par la sémantique "
69347 #~ "I<mount -o remount,ro /dir>. Cela signifie que la commande de montage lit "
69348 #~ "I<fstab> ou I<mtab> et fusionne leurs options avec celles de la ligne de "
69349 #~ "commande."
69350
69351 #~ msgid ""
69352 #~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously.  In the case of "
69353 #~ "media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g.\\& some flash drives), "
69354 #~ "B<sync> may cause life-cycle shortening."
69355 #~ msgstr ""
69356 #~ "Toutes les entrées et sorties du système de fichiers doivent être "
69357 #~ "réalisées de façon synchrone. Dans le cas d'un support avec un nombre "
69358 #~ "limité de cycles d'écriture (par exemple des mémoires flash), B<sync> "
69359 #~ "peut réduire la durée de vie de celui-ci."
69360
69361 #~ msgid ""
69362 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  The name of the mounting "
69363 #~ "user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in "
69364 #~ "I</run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>)  so that this same "
69365 #~ "user can unmount the filesystem again.  This option implies the options "
69366 #~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
69367 #~ "options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
69368 #~ msgstr ""
69369 #~ "Autoriser les utilisateurs ordinaires à monter le système de fichiers. Le "
69370 #~ "nom de l’utilisateur qui a monté le système de fichiers est noté dans le "
69371 #~ "fichier I<mtab> (ou dans le fichier privé I<libmount> de I</run/mount> "
69372 #~ "sur les systèmes sans fichier I<mtab> traditionnel) pour que cet "
69373 #~ "utilisateur puisse le démonter ensuite. Cela entraîne l'utilisation des "
69374 #~ "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles ne soient "
69375 #~ "explicitement surchargées, comme dans la ligne d’options B<user,exec,dev,"
69376 #~ "suid>)."
69377
69378 #~ msgid ""
69379 #~ "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  This is the default; it "
69380 #~ "does not imply any other options."
69381 #~ msgstr ""
69382 #~ "Ne pas autoriser d'utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers. "
69383 #~ "C’est le comportement par défaut ; il n’implique aucune autre option."
69384
69385 #~ msgid ""
69386 #~ "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some "
69387 #~ "other ordinary user mounted it.  This option implies the options "
69388 #~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
69389 #~ "options, as in the option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
69390 #~ msgstr ""
69391 #~ "Autoriser tous les utilisateurs à monter et démonter le système de "
69392 #~ "fichiers, même quand un autre utilisateur ordinaire l’a monté. Cette "
69393 #~ "option implique les options B<noexec>, B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (sauf s'il y "
69394 #~ "a une surcharge par une option ultérieure, comme dans la ligne d’options "
69395 #~ "B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
69396
69397 #~ msgid "B<X-*>"
69398 #~ msgstr "B<X->I<*>"
69399
69400 #~ msgid ""
69401 #~ "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as "
69402 #~ "userspace application-specific options.  These options are not stored in "
69403 #~ "user space (e.g., I<mtab> file), nor sent to the mount.I<type> helpers "
69404 #~ "nor to the B<mount>(2)  system call.  The suggested format is B<X-"
69405 #~ ">I<appname>.I<option>."
69406 #~ msgstr ""
69407 #~ "Toutes les options précédées de B<X-> sont interprétées comme des "
69408 #~ "commentaires ou des options spécifiques aux applications d’espace "
69409 #~ "utilisateur. Ces options ne sont pas gardées dans l’espace utilisateur "
69410 #~ "(par exemple, le fichier I<mtab>) et ne sont pas transmises aux "
69411 #~ "auxiliaires B<mount.>I<type> ni aux appels système B<mount>(2). Le format "
69412 #~ "suggéré est B<X->I<nom_application>B<.>I<option>."
69413
69414 #~ msgid "B<x-*>"
69415 #~ msgstr "B<x->I<*>"
69416
69417 #~ msgid ""
69418 #~ "The same as B<X-*> options, but stored permanently in user space.  This "
69419 #~ "means the options are also available for B<umount> or other operations.  "
69420 #~ "Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
69421 #~ "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
69422 #~ "options will be always available (for example after a move mount "
69423 #~ "operation or in unshared namespace)."
69424 #~ msgstr ""
69425 #~ "La même chose qu’avec les options B<X->I<*>, mais avec un enregistrement "
69426 #~ "permanent dans l’espace utilisateur. Cela signifie que les options sont "
69427 #~ "aussi disponibles pour des démontages ou d’autres utilisations. Remarquez "
69428 #~ "que conserver les options de montage en espace utilisateur est délicat, "
69429 #~ "car il est nécessaire d’utiliser des outils basés sur B<libmount> et "
69430 #~ "qu’il n’existe aucune garantie que les options seront toujours "
69431 #~ "disponibles (par exemple, après une opération de déplacement de montage "
69432 #~ "ou dans un espace utilisateur non partagé)."
69433
69434 #~ msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>B<]>"
69435 #~ msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>]"
69436
69437 #~ msgid ""
69438 #~ "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths.  Symlinks can still be "
69439 #~ "created, and B<readlink>(1), B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1)  and "
69440 #~ "B<realpath>(3)  all still work properly."
69441 #~ msgstr ""
69442 #~ "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques lors de la résolution des chemins. "
69443 #~ "Les liens symboliques peuvent toujours être créés et B<readlink>(1), "
69444 #~ "B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1) et B<realpath>(3) fonctionnent toujours de "
69445 #~ "manière appropriée."
69446
69447 #~ msgid ""
69448 #~ "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems.  "
69449 #~ "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
69450 #~ "for details.  Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
69451 #~ msgstr ""
69452 #~ "Cette section liste les options particulières à des systèmes de fichiers. "
69453 #~ "Quand cela est possible, vous devriez consulter la page de manuel "
69454 #~ "spécifique au système de fichiers pour plus de détails. Certaines pages "
69455 #~ "sont listées dans le tableau suivant."
69456
69457 # Pas sûr de l'emplacement de la chaîne, vient probablement de Netpbm
69458 #~ msgid "Filesystem(s)"
69459 #~ msgstr "Système(s) de fichiers"
69460
69461 #~ msgid "Manual page"
69462 #~ msgstr "Page de manuel"
69463
69464 #~ msgid ""
69465 #~ "The following options apply only to certain filesystems.  We sort them by "
69466 #~ "filesystem.  All options follow the B<-o> flag."
69467 #~ msgstr ""
69468 #~ "Les options suivantes ne s'appliquent qu'à certains systèmes de fichiers. "
69469 #~ "Elles sont triées par type de système de fichiers. Elles s'utilisent "
69470 #~ "toutes à la suite de l’attribut B<-o>."
69471
69472 #~ msgid ""
69473 #~ "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel.  Further "
69474 #~ "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
69475 #~ "source subdirectory I<Documentation/filesystems>."
69476 #~ msgstr ""
69477 #~ "Les options prises en charge dépendent du noyau en cours d'utilisation. "
69478 #~ "Vous trouverez plus d'informations dans le sous-répertoire "
69479 #~ "I<Documentation/filesystems> des sources du noyau."
69480
69481 #~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value> and B<gid=>\\,I<value>"
69482 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<gid=>\\,I<valeur>"
69483
69484 #~ msgid "B<ownmask=>\\,I<value> and B<othmask=>\\,I<value>"
69485 #~ msgstr "B<ownmask=>\\,I<valeur> et B<othmask=>\\,I<valeur>"
69486
69487 #~ msgid "B<setuid=>\\,I<value> and B<setgid=>\\,I<value>"
69488 #~ msgstr "B<setuid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<setgid=>\\,I<valeur>"
69489
69490 #~ msgid ""
69491 #~ "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
69492 #~ "permissions.  Add search permission to directories that have read "
69493 #~ "permission.  The value is given in octal."
69494 #~ msgstr ""
69495 #~ "Définir le mode d'accès à tous les fichiers au mode I<valeur> & 0777 sans "
69496 #~ "s'occuper de leurs permissions d'origine. Cela ajoute également "
69497 #~ "l'autorisation de parcours dans les répertoires qui permettent la "
69498 #~ "lecture. La I<valeur> doit être mentionnée en octal."
69499
69500 #~ msgid ""
69501 #~ "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
69502 #~ "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option.  "
69503 #~ "Strange..."
69504 #~ msgstr ""
69505 #~ "Définir l'UID et le GID de la racine du système de fichiers à l'UID et au "
69506 #~ "GID du point de montage jusqu'au premier B<sync> ou B<umount>, puis "
69507 #~ "ignorer cette option. Bizarre…"
69508
69509 #~ msgid "Give blocksize.  Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
69510 #~ msgstr ""
69511 #~ "Fournir la taille de bloc. Les valeurs autorisées sont 512, 1024, 2048 et "
69512 #~ "4096."
69513
69514 #~ msgid ""
69515 #~ "These options are accepted but ignored.  (However, quota utilities may "
69516 #~ "react to such strings in I</etc/fstab>.)"
69517 #~ msgstr ""
69518 #~ "Ces options sont acceptées mais sans effet (les utilitaires de quota "
69519 #~ "peuvent toutefois réagir à de telles chaînes dans I</etc/fstab>)."
69520
69521 #~ msgid ""
69522 #~ "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on "
69523 #~ "I</sys/kernel/debug>.  As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the "
69524 #~ "following options:"
69525 #~ msgstr ""
69526 #~ "Le système de fichiers debugfs est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
69527 #~ "traditionnellement monté sous I</sys/kernel/debug>. Avec la version 3.4 "
69528 #~ "du noyau, debugfs a les options de montage suivantes."
69529
69530 #~ msgid ""
69531 #~ "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
69532 #~ "dev/pts>.  In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens I</dev/"
69533 #~ "ptmx>; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the "
69534 #~ "process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as I</dev/pts/"
69535 #~ ">E<lt>numberE<gt>."
69536 #~ msgstr ""
69537 #~ "Le système de fichiers devpts est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
69538 #~ "traditionnellement monté sous I</dev/pts>. Pour acquérir un "
69539 #~ "pseudoterminal, un processus ouvre I</dev/ptmx> ; le numéro du "
69540 #~ "pseudoterminal est rendu disponible au processus, et le pseudoterminal "
69541 #~ "esclave est accessible en tant que I</dev/pts/>E<lt>numéroE<gt>."
69542
69543 #~ msgid ""
69544 #~ "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
69545 #~ "specified values.  When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID "
69546 #~ "and GID of the creating process.  For example, if there is a tty group "
69547 #~ "with GID 5, then B<gid=5> will cause newly created pseudo terminals to "
69548 #~ "belong to the tty group."
69549 #~ msgstr ""
69550 #~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des pseudoterminaux nouvellement "
69551 #~ "créés. Lorsque rien n'est indiqué, ils seront fixés avec l'UID et le GID "
69552 #~ "du processus créateur. Par exemple, si un groupe tty de GID 5 est "
69553 #~ "présent, alors B<gid=5> fera appartenir les pseudoterminaux nouvellement "
69554 #~ "créés au groupe tty."
69555
69556 #~ msgid ""
69557 #~ "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value.  "
69558 #~ "The default is 0600.  A value of B<mode=620> and B<gid=5> makes \"mesg "
69559 #~ "y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
69560 #~ msgstr ""
69561 #~ "Définir le mode des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. La valeur par "
69562 #~ "défaut est 0600. Une valeur B<mode=620> et B<gid=5> correspond à un "
69563 #~ "« mesg y » pour tous les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés."
69564
69565 #~ msgid ""
69566 #~ "All mounts of devpts without this B<newinstance> option share the same "
69567 #~ "set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode).  Each mount of devpts "
69568 #~ "with the B<newinstance> option has a private set of pseudo terminal "
69569 #~ "indices."
69570 #~ msgstr ""
69571 #~ "Tous les montages de devpts sans l'option B<newinstance> partagent le "
69572 #~ "même ensemble d'index de pseudoterminaux (mode legacy). Chaque montage de "
69573 #~ "devpts avec l'option B<newinstance> utilise un ensemble privé d'index de "
69574 #~ "pseudoterminaux."
69575
69576 #~ msgid ""
69577 #~ "To use this option effectively, I</dev/ptmx> must be a symbolic link to "
69578 #~ "I<pts/ptmx>.  See I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt> in the Linux "
69579 #~ "kernel source tree for details."
69580 #~ msgstr ""
69581 #~ "Pour utiliser cette option efficacement, I</dev/ptmx> doit être un lien "
69582 #~ "symbolique vers I<pts/ptmx>. Consultez I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts."
69583 #~ "txt> dans les sources du noyau Linux pour plus de précisions."
69584
69585 #~ msgid ""
69586 #~ "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of "
69587 #~ "the new I<ptmx> node is 0000.  B<ptmxmode=>I<value> specifies a more "
69588 #~ "useful mode for the I<ptmx> node and is highly recommended when the "
69589 #~ "B<newinstance> option is specified."
69590 #~ msgstr ""
69591 #~ "Pour être compatible avec les anciennes versions du noyau, le mode par "
69592 #~ "défaut des nouveaux nœuds I<ptmx> est 0000. B<ptmxmode=>I<valeur> indique "
69593 #~ "un mode plus pratique pour le nœud I<ptmx> et est recommandé lorsque "
69594 #~ "l'option B<newinstance> est indiquée."
69595
69596 #~ msgid "Set blocksize (default 512).  This option is obsolete."
69597 #~ msgstr ""
69598 #~ "Définir la taille des blocs (par défaut 512). Cette option est obsolète."
69599
69600 #~ msgid ""
69601 #~ "Set the owner and group of all files.  (Default: the UID and GID of the "
69602 #~ "current process.)"
69603 #~ msgstr ""
69604 #~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers (les valeurs "
69605 #~ "par défaut sont l'UID et le GID du processus actuel)."
69606
69607 #~ msgid ""
69608 #~ "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present).  "
69609 #~ "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
69610 #~ "octal."
69611 #~ msgstr ""
69612 #~ "Définir l'umask (c'est-à-dire le masque de bits des permissions qui ne "
69613 #~ "sont B<pas> fournies). Par défaut, il s'agit de l'umask du processus "
69614 #~ "actuel. La valeur est donnée en octal."
69615
69616 #~ msgid ""
69617 #~ "Set the umask applied to directories only.  The default is the umask of "
69618 #~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
69619 #~ msgstr ""
69620 #~ "Définir l'umask appliqué aux répertoires seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
69621 #~ "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
69622
69623 #~ msgid ""
69624 #~ "Set the umask applied to regular files only.  The default is the umask of "
69625 #~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
69626 #~ msgstr ""
69627 #~ "Définir l'umask appliqué aux fichiers normaux seulement. Par défaut, "
69628 #~ "c'est l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
69629
69630 #~ msgid ""
69631 #~ "The default is set from `dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
69632 #~ "B<utime>(2)  is also allowed.  I.e.\\& \\s+3~\\s0dmask & 022)"
69633 #~ msgstr ""
69634 #~ "La valeur par défaut est définie depuis l'option B<dmask> (s'il est "
69635 #~ "possible d'écrire dans le répertoire, B<utime>(2) est autorisé, c'est-à-"
69636 #~ "dire « \\s+3~\\s0dmask & 022 »)."
69637
69638 #~ msgid ""
69639 #~ "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
69640 #~ "truncated (e.g.\\& I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), "
69641 #~ "leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and "
69642 #~ "extension)."
69643 #~ msgstr ""
69644 #~ "Les majuscules et minuscules sont acceptées et équivalentes. La partie "
69645 #~ "excédentaire des noms longs est supprimée (par exemple "
69646 #~ "I<nombeaucouptroplong.toto> devient I<nombeauc.tot>). Les espaces en tête "
69647 #~ "et dans les noms sont acceptés, tant dans le nom que dans l'extension."
69648
69649 #~ msgid ""
69650 #~ "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
69651 #~ "are rejected.  This is the default."
69652 #~ msgstr ""
69653 #~ "Comme B<relaxed>, mais de nombreux caractères spéciaux (*, ?, E<lt>, "
69654 #~ "espaces, etc.) sont refusés. C'est le comportement par défaut."
69655
69656 #~ msgid ""
69657 #~ "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
69658 #~ "filesystems.  By default, codepage 437 is used."
69659 #~ msgstr ""
69660 #~ "Définir la page de code pour convertir les caractères des noms courts des "
69661 #~ "systèmes de fichiers FAT et VFAT. Par défaut, la page 437 est utilisée."
69662
69663 #~ msgid ""
69664 #~ "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
69665 #~ "cvf_I<module> instead of auto-detection.  If the kernel supports kmod, "
69666 #~ "the cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading.  "
69667 #~ "This option is obsolete."
69668 #~ msgstr ""
69669 #~ "Obliger le pilote à utiliser le module CVF (Compressed Volume File) "
69670 #~ "B<cvf_>I<module> plutôt que l'autodétection. Si le noyau gère kmod, "
69671 #~ "l'option B<cvf_format=>I<module> commande aussi le chargement du module "
69672 #~ "CVF à la demande. Cette option est obsolète."
69673
69674 #~ msgid "Option passed to the CVF module.  This option is obsolete."
69675 #~ msgstr "Option passée au module CVF. Cette option est obsolète."
69676
69677 #~ msgid ""
69678 #~ "Turn on the I<debug> flag.  A version string and a list of filesystem "
69679 #~ "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
69680 #~ "appear to be inconsistent)."
69681 #~ msgstr ""
69682 #~ "Activer l'attribut B<debug>. Un numéro de version et une liste des "
69683 #~ "paramètres du système de fichiers seront affichés (ces données seront "
69684 #~ "également affichées si les paramètres semblent incohérents)."
69685
69686 #~ msgid ""
69687 #~ "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device "
69688 #~ "when blocks are freed.  This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
69689 #~ "provisioned LUNs."
69690 #~ msgstr ""
69691 #~ "Si elles sont activées, des commandes discard et TRIM seront envoyées au "
69692 #~ "périphérique bloc quand les blocs sont libérés. C'est utile pour les "
69693 #~ "périphériques SSD et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned "
69694 #~ "LUN »)."
69695
69696 #~ msgid ""
69697 #~ "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
69698 #~ "determined by backing device size.  These static parameters match "
69699 #~ "defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB "
69700 #~ "floppies and floppy images."
69701 #~ msgstr ""
69702 #~ "Si définie, utiliser une configuration de repli par défaut de paramètre "
69703 #~ "bloc du BIOS, déterminée par la taille du périphérique sous-jacent. Ces "
69704 #~ "paramètres statiques correspondent aux valeurs par défaut supposées par "
69705 #~ "DOS 1.x pour les disquettes et images de disquettes de 160 kio, 180 kio, "
69706 #~ "320 kio et 360 kio."
69707
69708 #~ msgid ""
69709 #~ "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat.  This overrides the automatic FAT type "
69710 #~ "detection routine.  Use with caution!"
69711 #~ msgstr ""
69712 #~ "Préciser s'il s'agit d'une FAT 12, 16 ou 32 bits. Cela a priorité sur la "
69713 #~ "détection automatique du type de FAT. À utiliser avec précaution !"
69714
69715 #~ msgid ""
69716 #~ "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
69717 #~ "Unicode characters.  The default is iso8859-1.  Long filenames are stored "
69718 #~ "on disk in Unicode format."
69719 #~ msgstr ""
69720 #~ "Jeu de caractères pour les conversions entre les caractères 8 bits et les "
69721 #~ "caractères 16 bits Unicode. Par défaut c'est ISO 8859-1. Les noms de "
69722 #~ "fichiers longs sont conservés sur le disque au format Unicode."
69723
69724 #~ msgid ""
69725 #~ "B<stale_rw>: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes "
69726 #~ "which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups.  Full file "
69727 #~ "operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at "
69728 #~ "NFS server, this could result in spurious B<ESTALE> errors."
69729 #~ msgstr ""
69730 #~ "B<stale_rw> : cette option maintient un index (cache) des inœuds de "
69731 #~ "répertoire qui est utilisé par le code relatif à NFS pour améliorer les "
69732 #~ "recherches. Les opérations complètes de fichier (lecture ou écriture) par "
69733 #~ "NFS sont prises en charge mais avec expulsion du cache vers le serveur "
69734 #~ "NFS, cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des erreurs B<ESTALE> infondées."
69735
69736 #~ msgid ""
69737 #~ "B<nostale_ro>: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the "
69738 #~ "on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry.  This ensures that "
69739 #~ "B<ESTALE> will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode "
69740 #~ "cache.  However, it means that operations such as rename, create and "
69741 #~ "unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to "
69742 #~ "point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption.  For this "
69743 #~ "reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
69744 #~ msgstr ""
69745 #~ "B<nostale_ro> : cette option base le numéro d’inœud et le gestionnaire de "
69746 #~ "fichiers sur l’emplacement d’un fichier sur le disque dans l’entrée de "
69747 #~ "répertoire FAT. Cela assure que B<ESTALE> ne sera pas renvoyé après "
69748 #~ "l'expulsion d’un fichier du cache d’inœuds. Cependant, cela signifie que "
69749 #~ "les opérations comme le renommage, la création et la destruction "
69750 #~ "pourraient forcer les gestionnaires de fichiers qui pointaient auparavant "
69751 #~ "vers un fichier à pointer vers un autre fichier, avec une éventuelle "
69752 #~ "corruption de données. Pour cette raison, cette option monte aussi le "
69753 #~ "système de fichiers en lecture seule."
69754
69755 #~ msgid ""
69756 #~ "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
69757 #~ "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally).  This is "
69758 #~ "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras)  that "
69759 #~ "are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
69760 #~ msgstr ""
69761 #~ "Cette option désactive la conversion des horodatages entre le temps local "
69762 #~ "(comme utilisé par Windows avec FAT) et le temps universel (que Linux "
69763 #~ "utilise en interne). C'est particulièrement utile lors du montage de "
69764 #~ "périphériques (comme des appareils photo numériques) qui utilisent "
69765 #~ "l'heure universelle afin de s'affranchir des différentes heures locales."
69766
69767 #~ msgid ""
69768 #~ "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to "
69769 #~ "UTC.  I.e., I<minutes> will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert "
69770 #~ "it to UTC used internally by Linux.  This is useful when the time zone "
69771 #~ "set in the kernel via B<settimeofday>(2)  is not the time zone used by "
69772 #~ "the filesystem.  Note that this option still does not provide correct "
69773 #~ "time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different "
69774 #~ "DST setting will be off by one hour."
69775 #~ msgstr ""
69776 #~ "Définir le décalage pour la conversion des horodatages de l’heure locale "
69777 #~ "utilisée par FAT en UTC. C’est-à-dire que des I<minutes> seront "
69778 #~ "soustraites de chaque horodatage pour le convertir en UTC, tel qu’utilisé "
69779 #~ "en interne par Linux. C’est utile quand le fuseau horaire défini dans le "
69780 #~ "noyau par B<settimeofday>(1) n’est pas le fuseau horaire utilisé par le "
69781 #~ "système de fichiers. Remarquez que cette option ne fournit cependant pas "
69782 #~ "d’horodatage correct dans tous les cas en présence d’heure d’été — les "
69783 #~ "horodatages en cas de configuration d’heure d’été différente seront "
69784 #~ "décalés d’une heure."
69785
69786 #~ msgid ""
69787 #~ "Turn on the I<quiet> flag.  Attempts to chown or chmod files do not "
69788 #~ "return errors, although they fail.  Use with caution!"
69789 #~ msgstr ""
69790 #~ "Activer l'attribut B<quiet>. Les tentatives de modification du "
69791 #~ "propriétaire ou du mode d'accès aux fichiers ne renverront pas d'erreurs, "
69792 #~ "bien qu'elles échouent. À utiliser avec précaution !"
69793
69794 #~ msgid ""
69795 #~ "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if "
69796 #~ "the extension part of the name is \\&.EXE, \\&.COM, or \\&.BAT.  Not set "
69797 #~ "by default."
69798 #~ msgstr ""
69799 #~ "Si activée, les bits de permission d'exécution du fichier seront "
69800 #~ "autorisés seulement si l'extension du nom de fichier est EXE, BAT ou COM. "
69801 #~ "Désactivée par défaut."
69802
69803 #~ msgid ""
69804 #~ "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal.  "
69805 #~ "Not set by default."
69806 #~ msgstr ""
69807 #~ "Si activée, le système de fichiers essayera de vider vers le disque plus "
69808 #~ "tôt que la normale. Désactivée par défaut."
69809
69810 #~ msgid ""
69811 #~ "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files "
69812 #~ "and directories.  Defaults to the umask of the current process."
69813 #~ msgstr ""
69814 #~ "Établir l'umask utilisé pour tous les répertoires, tous les fichiers "
69815 #~ "normaux ou tous les fichiers et répertoires. La valeur par défaut est "
69816 #~ "l'umask du processus actuel."
69817
69818 #~ msgid ""
69819 #~ "Select the CDROM session to mount.  Defaults to leaving that decision to "
69820 #~ "the CDROM driver.  This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as "
69821 #~ "underlying device."
69822 #~ msgstr ""
69823 #~ "Choisir la session de CD-ROM à monter. La valeur par défaut est de "
69824 #~ "laisser cette décision au lecteur de CD-ROM. Cette option ne fonctionne "
69825 #~ "que pour les CD-ROM."
69826
69827 #~ msgid ""
69828 #~ "Select partition number n from the device.  Only makes sense for CDROMs.  "
69829 #~ "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
69830 #~ msgstr ""
69831 #~ "Choisir la partition numéro B<n> du périphérique. Cela n'a de sens que "
69832 #~ "pour les CD-ROM. Le comportement par défaut est de ne pas analyser la "
69833 #~ "table de partitions."
69834
69835 #~ msgid ""
69836 #~ "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them.  (Default: "
69837 #~ "B<case=lower>.)"
69838 #~ msgstr ""
69839 #~ "Convertir les noms de fichiers en minuscules (B<lower>) ou les laisser "
69840 #~ "tels quels (B<asis>). Par défaut : B<case=lower>."
69841
69842 #~ msgid ""
69843 #~ "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
69844 #~ "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs.  See also the "
69845 #~ "I<udf> filesystem.)"
69846 #~ msgstr ""
69847 #~ "ISO 9660 est une norme décrivant la structure du système de fichiers pour "
69848 #~ "les CD-ROM (ce type de système de fichiers apparaît aussi sur certains "
69849 #~ "DVD ; consultez également le système de fichiers I<udf>)."
69850
69851 #~ msgid ""
69852 #~ "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
69853 #~ "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
69854 #~ "upper case.  Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, "
69855 #~ "number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
69856 #~ msgstr ""
69857 #~ "Les noms de fichiers I<iso9660> normaux se présentent au format I<8.3> "
69858 #~ "(limite de longueur des noms comme sous DOS). Tous les caractères sont en "
69859 #~ "majuscules. De plus, rien n'est prévu pour stocker le propriétaire du "
69860 #~ "fichier, le mode d'accès, le nombre de liens, les périphériques bloc ou "
69861 #~ "caractère, etc."
69862
69863 #~ msgid ""
69864 #~ "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-"
69865 #~ "like features.  Basically there are extensions to each directory record "
69866 #~ "that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in "
69867 #~ "use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem "
69868 #~ "(except that it is read-only, of course)."
69869 #~ msgstr ""
69870 #~ "Rock Ridge est une extension du format ISO 9660 qui permet d'offrir ces "
69871 #~ "fonctionnalités UNIX. En gros, des données sont ajoutées pour chaque "
69872 #~ "entrée de chaque répertoire afin de fournir les informations désirées. "
69873 #~ "Lorsque Rock Ridge est utilisée, le système de fichiers est complètement "
69874 #~ "semblable à un système de fichiers UNIX normal (sauf qu'il est en lecture "
69875 #~ "seule évidemment)."
69876
69877 #~ msgid ""
69878 #~ "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available.  Cf.\\& "
69879 #~ "B<map>."
69880 #~ msgstr ""
69881 #~ "Ne pas utiliser les extensions Rock Ridge, même si elles sont "
69882 #~ "disponibles. Consultez B<map>."
69883
69884 #~ msgid ""
69885 #~ "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available.  Cf."
69886 #~ "\\& B<map>."
69887 #~ msgstr ""
69888 #~ "Désactiver les extensions Microsoft Joliet, même si elles sont "
69889 #~ "disponibles. Consultez B<map>."
69890
69891 #~ msgid ""
69892 #~ "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
69893 #~ "doing the lookup.  This is probably only meaningful together with "
69894 #~ "B<norock> and B<map=normal>.  (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
69895 #~ msgstr ""
69896 #~ "Avec B<check=relaxed>, les noms de fichier sont convertis en minuscules "
69897 #~ "avant de lancer la recherche. Cela n'a probablement d'intérêt qu'avec les "
69898 #~ "options B<norock> et B<map=normal>. (Par défaut : B<check=strict>.)"
69899
69900 #~ msgid ""
69901 #~ "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
69902 #~ "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions.  (Default: "
69903 #~ "B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
69904 #~ msgstr ""
69905 #~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers en écrasant "
69906 #~ "éventuellement les informations trouvées dans les extensions Rock Ridge "
69907 #~ "(par défaut : B<uid=0,gid=0>)."
69908
69909 #~ msgid ""
69910 #~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode.  (Default: "
69911 #~ "read and execute permission for everybody.)  Octal mode values require a "
69912 #~ "leading 0."
69913 #~ msgstr ""
69914 #~ "Pour les volumes non Rock Ridge, donner le mode indiqué à tous les "
69915 #~ "fichiers (par défaut : lecture et exécution autorisées pour tous). Les "
69916 #~ "valeurs de mode octal nécessitent B<0> en tête)."
69917
69918 #~ msgid ""
69919 #~ "Also show hidden and associated files.  (If the ordinary files and the "
69920 #~ "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
69921 #~ "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
69922 #~ msgstr ""
69923 #~ "Montrer également les fichiers cachés et les fichiers d'extensions (si "
69924 #~ "les fichiers ordinaires et les fichiers d'extensions ou cachés ont les "
69925 #~ "mêmes noms, cela peut rendre inaccessibles les fichiers ordinaires)."
69926
69927 #~ msgid ""
69928 #~ "Set the block size to the indicated value.  (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
69929 #~ msgstr "Définir la taille de bloc (B<block=1024> par défaut)."
69930
69931 #~ msgid ""
69932 #~ "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this "
69933 #~ "mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length.  This "
69934 #~ "implies that a file cannot be larger than 16\\ MB."
69935 #~ msgstr ""
69936 #~ "Si l'octet de poids fort de la taille d'un fichier contient n'importe "
69937 #~ "quoi, utilisez cette option de montage pour ignorer les octets de poids "
69938 #~ "fort de taille de fichier. Cela force la longueur maximale d'un fichier à "
69939 #~ "16 Mo."
69940
69941 #~ msgid "Select number of session on multisession CD."
69942 #~ msgstr "Indiquer le numéro de session sur un CD multisessions."
69943
69944 #~ msgid ""
69945 #~ "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 "
69946 #~ "bit characters.  The default is iso8859-1."
69947 #~ msgstr ""
69948 #~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion des caractères Unicode "
69949 #~ "16 bits du CD en caractères 8 bits. Le jeu par défaut est ISO 8859-1."
69950
69951 #~ msgid ""
69952 #~ "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII.  The default "
69953 #~ "is to do no conversion.  Use B<iocharset=utf8> for UTF8 translations.  "
69954 #~ "This requires CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 to be set in the kernel I<.config> file."
69955 #~ msgstr ""
69956 #~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion de l'Unicode en ASCII. Le "
69957 #~ "comportement par défaut est de ne pas faire de conversion. Utiliser "
69958 #~ "B<iocharset=utf8> pour les traductions UTF-8. Cela nécessite que "
69959 #~ "CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 soit positionné dans le fichier I<.config> du noyau."
69960
69961 #~ msgid ""
69962 #~ "Resize the volume to I<value> blocks.  JFS only supports growing a "
69963 #~ "volume, not shrinking it.  This option is only valid during a remount, "
69964 #~ "when the volume is mounted read-write.  The B<resize> keyword with no "
69965 #~ "value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
69966 #~ msgstr ""
69967 #~ "Redimensionner le volume à I<valeur> blocs. JFS ne prend en charge que "
69968 #~ "l'agrandissement d'un volume, pas sa réduction. Cette option n'est "
69969 #~ "valable que lors d'un remontage, lorsque le volume est monté en lecture "
69970 #~ "et écriture. Le mot clef B<resize> sans valeur associée fera que le "
69971 #~ "volume sera agrandi à toute la taille de la partition."
69972
69973 #~ msgid ""
69974 #~ "Do not write to the journal.  The primary use of this option is to allow "
69975 #~ "for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media.  The "
69976 #~ "integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
69977 #~ msgstr ""
69978 #~ "Ne pas écrire dans le journal. La première utilisation de cette option "
69979 #~ "est de permettre une meilleure performance lors de la restauration d'un "
69980 #~ "volume à partir d'un média de sauvegarde. L'intégrité du volume n'est pas "
69981 #~ "garantie si le système s'est arrêté de manière anormale."
69982
69983 #~ msgid ""
69984 #~ "Default.  Commit metadata changes to the journal.  Use this option to "
69985 #~ "remount a volume where the B<nointegrity> option was previously specified "
69986 #~ "in order to restore normal behavior."
69987 #~ msgstr ""
69988 #~ "C'est le comportement par défaut. Soumettre les modifications des méta-"
69989 #~ "données dans le journal. Utilisez cette option pour remonter un volume "
69990 #~ "lorsque l'option B<nointegrity> a été précédemment utilisée afin de "
69991 #~ "retrouver un comportement normal."
69992
69993 #~ msgid ""
69994 #~ "Define the behavior when an error is encountered.  (Either ignore errors "
69995 #~ "and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the "
69996 #~ "filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
69997 #~ msgstr ""
69998 #~ "Définir le comportement lorsqu'une erreur survient. (Soit ignorer les "
69999 #~ "erreurs et simplement marquer le système de fichiers comme erroné et "
70000 #~ "continuer, soit remonter le système de fichiers en lecture seule, soit "
70001 #~ "déclencher une panique du noyau et arrêter le système)."
70002
70003 #~ msgid ""
70004 #~ "See mount options for fat.  If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
70005 #~ "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only.  "
70006 #~ "The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
70007 #~ msgstr ""
70008 #~ "Consultez les options de montage pour I<fat>. Si le système de fichiers "
70009 #~ "I<msdos> détecte des incohérences, une erreur sera indiquée et le système "
70010 #~ "de fichiers passera en lecture seule. L'écriture peut être réactivée en "
70011 #~ "remontant le système de fichiers."
70012
70013 #~ msgid ""
70014 #~ "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument "
70015 #~ "(a I<struct ncp_mount_data>)  to the mount system call.  This argument is "
70016 #~ "constructed by B<ncpmount>(8)  and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
70017 #~ "does not know anything about ncpfs."
70018 #~ msgstr ""
70019 #~ "Tout comme I<nfs>, l'implémentation de I<ncpfs> nécessite un paramètre "
70020 #~ "binaire (une structure I<ncp_mount_data>) lors de l'appel système. Cet "
70021 #~ "argument est construit par B<ncpmount>(8) et la version actuelle de "
70022 #~ "B<mount> (2.12) ne connaît rien en ce qui concerne I<ncpfs>."
70023
70024 #~ msgid ""
70025 #~ "Character set to use when returning file names.  Unlike VFAT, NTFS "
70026 #~ "suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters.  Deprecated."
70027 #~ msgstr ""
70028 #~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour renvoyer les noms de fichiers. "
70029 #~ "Contrairement à VFAT, NTFS supprime les noms qui contiennent des "
70030 #~ "caractères non convertibles. Obsolète."
70031
70032 #~ msgid ""
70033 #~ "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and "
70034 #~ "lower case.  The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of "
70035 #~ "being suppressed.  This option is obsolete."
70036 #~ msgstr ""
70037 #~ "Si actif (B<posix=1>), le système de fichiers distingue les majuscules "
70038 #~ "des minuscules. Les noms d'alias I<8.3> sont présentés sous forme de "
70039 #~ "liens physiques plutôt que d'être supprimés. Cette option est obsolète."
70040
70041 #~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value>, B<gid=>\\,I<value> and B<umask=>\\,I<value>"
70042 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valeur>, B<gid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<umask=>\\,I<valeur>"
70043
70044 #~ msgid ""
70045 #~ "Set the file permission on the filesystem.  The umask value is given in "
70046 #~ "octal.  By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by "
70047 #~ "somebody else."
70048 #~ msgstr ""
70049 #~ "Définir les permissions des fichiers sur le système de fichiers. La "
70050 #~ "valeur d'umask est fournie en octal. Par défaut, les fichiers "
70051 #~ "appartiennent au superutilisateur et ne sont lisibles par personne "
70052 #~ "d'autre."
70053
70054 #~ msgid ""
70055 #~ "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an B<upper> filesystem "
70056 #~ "and a B<lower> filesystem.  When a name exists in both filesystems, the "
70057 #~ "object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower "
70058 #~ "filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with "
70059 #~ "the upper object."
70060 #~ msgstr ""
70061 #~ "Un système de fichiers de superposition combine deux systèmes de fichiers "
70062 #~ "— un système de fichiers B<supérieur> et un système de fichiers "
70063 #~ "B<inférieur>. Lorsqu’un nom est présent sur les deux systèmes de "
70064 #~ "fichiers, l’objet dans le système de fichiers supérieur est visible "
70065 #~ "tandis que l’objet dans le système de fichiers inférieur est soit caché, "
70066 #~ "soit, dans le cas de répertoire, fusionné avec l’objet supérieur."
70067
70068 #~ msgid ""
70069 #~ "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does "
70070 #~ "not need to be writable.  The lower filesystem can even be another "
70071 #~ "overlayfs.  The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is "
70072 #~ "it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must "
70073 #~ "provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
70074 #~ msgstr ""
70075 #~ "Le système de fichiers inférieur peut être n’importe quel système de "
70076 #~ "fichiers pris en charge par Linux et n’a nul besoin d’être modifiable. Il "
70077 #~ "peut même être un autre système de fichiers overlay. Le système de "
70078 #~ "fichiers supérieur sera normalement modifiable et si c'est le cas, doit "
70079 #~ "gérer la création d’attributs étendus I<trusted.*> et fournir un "
70080 #~ "I<d_type> autorisé dans les réponses de B<readdir>, aussi NFS n’est pas "
70081 #~ "adapté."
70082
70083 #~ msgid ""
70084 #~ "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
70085 #~ "type.  The options B<lowerdir> and B<upperdir> are combined into a merged "
70086 #~ "directory by using:"
70087 #~ msgstr ""
70088 #~ "Un système de fichiers overlay en lecture seule de deux systèmes de "
70089 #~ "fichiers peut utiliser n’importe quel type de système de fichiers. Les "
70090 #~ "options B<lowerdir> et B<upperdir> sont combinées dans un répertoire de "
70091 #~ "fusion en utilisant :"
70092
70093 #~ msgid ""
70094 #~ "B<mount -t overlay  overlay  \\e>\n"
70095 #~ "B<-olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged>\n"
70096 #~ msgstr ""
70097 #~ "B<mount -t overlay  overlay  \\e>\n"
70098 #~ "B<-olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged>\n"
70099
70100 #~ msgid ""
70101 #~ "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 "
70102 #~ "filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects.  This "
70103 #~ "filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
70104 #~ msgstr ""
70105 #~ "Indiquer à la version 3.6 de ReiserFS de monter un système de fichiers de "
70106 #~ "la version 3.5 et d'utiliser le format 3.6 pour les nouveaux objets. Ce "
70107 #~ "système de fichiers ne sera plus compatible avec les outils ReiserFS 3.5."
70108
70109 #~ msgid ""
70110 #~ "A hash invented by Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov.  It is fast and preserves "
70111 #~ "locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash "
70112 #~ "values.  This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability "
70113 #~ "of hash collisions."
70114 #~ msgstr ""
70115 #~ "Une fonction de hachage inventée par Yuri Yu.\\& Rupasov, rapide et "
70116 #~ "préservant la localité, mappant les noms de fichiers proches "
70117 #~ "lexicographiquement vers des valeurs de hachage proches. Ne devrait pas "
70118 #~ "être utilisée à cause de probabilités élevées de collisions de hachage."
70119
70120 #~ msgid ""
70121 #~ "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge.  It uses hash "
70122 #~ "permuting bits in the name.  It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
70123 #~ "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost.  This may be used if "
70124 #~ "EHASHCOLLISION errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
70125 #~ msgstr ""
70126 #~ "Une fonction de Davis-Meyer implémentée par Jeremy Fitzhardinge. Elle "
70127 #~ "utilise des permutations de bits de hachage dans les noms. Elle procure "
70128 #~ "un grand caractère aléatoire et donc de faibles probabilités de collision "
70129 #~ "de hachage, au prix d'un certain coût processeur. Elle peut être utilisée "
70130 #~ "si des erreurs EHASHCOLLISION se produisent avec la fonction de "
70131 #~ "hachage r5."
70132
70133 #~ msgid ""
70134 #~ "A modified version of the rupasov hash.  It is used by default and is the "
70135 #~ "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-"
70136 #~ "name patterns."
70137 #~ msgstr ""
70138 #~ "Une version modifiée de la fonction hachage de rupasov. Elle est utilisée "
70139 #~ "par défaut et semble être le meilleur choix sauf si le système de "
70140 #~ "fichiers a d'énormes répertoires et des motifs de nom de fichier non "
70141 #~ "habituels."
70142
70143 #~ msgid ""
70144 #~ "Instructs I<mount> to detect which hash function is in use by examining "
70145 #~ "the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the "
70146 #~ "reiserfs superblock.  This is only useful on the first mount of an old "
70147 #~ "format filesystem."
70148 #~ msgstr ""
70149 #~ "Demander à B<mount> de rechercher la fonction de hachage à utiliser en "
70150 #~ "examinant le système de fichiers à monter, et d'écrire cette information "
70151 #~ "dans le superbloc ReiserFS. Cela ne sert qu'au premier montage d'un "
70152 #~ "système de fichiers d'un ancien format."
70153
70154 #~ msgid ""
70155 #~ "Tunes the block allocator.  This may provide performance improvements in "
70156 #~ "some situations."
70157 #~ msgstr ""
70158 #~ "Ajuster l'allocation de blocs. Peut améliorer les performances dans "
70159 #~ "certaines situations."
70160
70161 #~ msgid ""
70162 #~ "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov.  "
70163 #~ "This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
70164 #~ msgstr ""
70165 #~ "Désactiver l'algorithme d'allocation « border » de Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov. "
70166 #~ "Cela peut améliorer les performances dans certaines situations."
70167
70168 #~ msgid ""
70169 #~ "By default, reiserfs stores small files and `file tails' directly into "
70170 #~ "its tree.  This confuses some utilities such as B<LILO>(8).  This option "
70171 #~ "is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
70172 #~ msgstr ""
70173 #~ "Par défaut, ReiserFS stocke les petits fichiers et les queues de fichiers "
70174 #~ "(« files tails ») directement dans son arborescence. Cela perturbe "
70175 #~ "certains utilitaires comme B<lilo>(8). Cette option désactive le "
70176 #~ "groupement de fichiers dans l'arborescence."
70177
70178 #~ msgid ""
70179 #~ "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually "
70180 #~ "mount the filesystem.  Mainly used by I<reiserfsck>."
70181 #~ msgstr ""
70182 #~ "Rejouer les transactions du journal, sans monter le système de fichiers. "
70183 #~ "Principalement utilisé par B<reiserfsck>."
70184
70185 #~ msgid ""
70186 #~ "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes.  Note that "
70187 #~ "B<atime> is not supported and is always turned off."
70188 #~ msgstr ""
70189 #~ "UBIFS est un système de fichiers pour mémoire flash qui fonctionne au-"
70190 #~ "dessus des volumes UBI. Remarquez qu’B<atime> n'est pas pris en charge et "
70191 #~ "donc toujours désactivé."
70192
70193 #~ msgid "B<ubiX_Y> UBI device number B<X>, volume number B<Y>"
70194 #~ msgstr ""
70195 #~ "B<ubi>I<X>B<_>I<Y> numéro de périphérique UBI I<X>, numéro de volume "
70196 #~ "I<Y> ;"
70197
70198 #~ msgid ""
70199 #~ "Enable bulk-read.  VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
70200 #~ "filesystem.  Bulk-Read is an internal optimization.  Some flashes may "
70201 #~ "read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read "
70202 #~ "requests.  For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads "
70203 #~ "more than one NAND page."
70204 #~ msgstr ""
70205 #~ "Activer la lecture en masse. La lecture en avance (« readahead ») de "
70206 #~ "système de fichiers virtuel est désactivée car elle ralentit le système "
70207 #~ "de fichiers. La lecture en masse est une optimisation interne. Certaines "
70208 #~ "mémoires flash peuvent être plus rapides en lecture si les données sont "
70209 #~ "lues en une fois, plutôt que lors de requêtes successives. Par exemple, "
70210 #~ "OneNAND permet la lecture en charge (« read-while-load ») si plus d'une "
70211 #~ "page NAND est lue."
70212
70213 #~ msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
70214 #~ msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."
70215
70216 #~ msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums.  This is the default."
70217 #~ msgstr ""
70218 #~ "Vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. C'est le comportement "
70219 #~ "par défaut."
70220
70221 #~ msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
70222 #~ msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>"
70223
70224 #~ msgid ""
70225 #~ "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums.  With this option, the filesystem "
70226 #~ "does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the "
70227 #~ "internal indexing information.  This option only affects reading, not "
70228 #~ "writing.  CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
70229 #~ msgstr ""
70230 #~ "Ne pas vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. Avec cette "
70231 #~ "option, le système de fichiers ne vérifie pas de somme de contrôle pour "
70232 #~ "les données, mais il la vérifie pour les renseignements d'indexation "
70233 #~ "internes. Cette option ne concerne que la lecture, pas l'écriture. CRC-32 "
70234 #~ "est toujours calculé lors de l'écriture de données."
70235
70236 #~ msgid ""
70237 #~ "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written.  "
70238 #~ "It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the B<none> "
70239 #~ "option."
70240 #~ msgstr ""
70241 #~ "Sélectionner le type de compression à utiliser lorsque les nouveaux "
70242 #~ "fichiers sont écrits. La lecture de fichiers compressés est toujours "
70243 #~ "possible lors d'un montage avec l'option B<none>."
70244
70245 #~ msgid ""
70246 #~ "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the "
70247 #~ "Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, "
70248 #~ "frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, "
70249 #~ "however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and "
70250 #~ "other block devices.  See also I<iso9660>."
70251 #~ msgstr ""
70252 #~ "UDF est le système de fichiers « Universal Disk Format », défini par "
70253 #~ "l'Optical Storage Technology Association, et est souvent utilisé pour les "
70254 #~ "DVD-ROM, fréquemment sous la forme d’un système de fichiers hybride UDF/"
70255 #~ "ISO-9660. Il est, cependant, parfaitement utilisable tout seul sur des "
70256 #~ "périphériques de disque, des périphériques flash et d’autres "
70257 #~ "périphériques blocs. Consultez aussi I<iso9660>."
70258
70259 #~ msgid ""
70260 #~ "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user.  uid=forget "
70261 #~ "can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
70262 #~ "uid=E<lt>userE<gt> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In "
70263 #~ "fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF "
70264 #~ "standard.  The value is given as either E<lt>userE<gt> which is a valid "
70265 #~ "user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string "
70266 #~ "\"forget\"."
70267 #~ msgstr ""
70268 #~ "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent à "
70269 #~ "l’utilisateur indiqué. B<uid=>I<forget> peut être indiqué indépendamment "
70270 #~ "(ou habituellement en plus) de B<uid=>E<lt>I<utilisateur>E<gt>, et "
70271 #~ "aboutit à ce qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les UID sur le média. En fait, l’UID "
70272 #~ "enregistré est l’excédent 32 bits I<uid -1> comme défini dans la norme "
70273 #~ "UDF. La valeur est donnée soit par E<lt>I<utilisateur>E<gt> qui est un "
70274 #~ "nom d’utilisateur autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal d’utilisateur "
70275 #~ "correspondant ou la chaîne spéciale « I<forget> »."
70276
70277 #~ msgid ""
70278 #~ "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group.  gid=forget "
70279 #~ "can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
70280 #~ "gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In "
70281 #~ "fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF "
70282 #~ "standard.  The value is given as either E<lt>groupE<gt> which is a valid "
70283 #~ "group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string "
70284 #~ "\"forget\"."
70285 #~ msgstr ""
70286 #~ "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent au "
70287 #~ "groupe indiqué. B<gid=>I<forget> peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou "
70288 #~ "habituellement en plus) de B<uid=>E<lt>I<groupe>E<gt>, et aboutit à ce "
70289 #~ "qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les GID sur le média. En fait, le GID enregistré "
70290 #~ "est l’excédent 32 bits I<gid -1> comme défini dans la norme UDF. La "
70291 #~ "valeur est donnée soit par E<lt>I<groupe>E<gt> qui est un nom de groupe "
70292 #~ "autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal de groupe correspondant ou la chaîne "
70293 #~ "spéciale « I<forget> »."
70294
70295 #~ msgid ""
70296 #~ "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem.  "
70297 #~ "The value is given in octal."
70298 #~ msgstr ""
70299 #~ "Masquer les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds lus du système de "
70300 #~ "fichiers. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
70301
70302 #~ msgid ""
70303 #~ "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only).  The same "
70304 #~ "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
70305 #~ msgstr ""
70306 #~ "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par OpenStep (lecture seule "
70307 #~ "actuellement). Le même système de fichiers est aussi utilisé par Mac OS X."
70308
70309 #~ msgid ""
70310 #~ "See mount options for msdos.  The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed "
70311 #~ "by I<umsdos>."
70312 #~ msgstr ""
70313 #~ "Consultez les options de montage pour I<msdos>. L'option B<dotsOK> est "
70314 #~ "explicitement supprimée par I<umsdos>."
70315
70316 #~ msgid ""
70317 #~ "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized.  The B<dotsOK> "
70318 #~ "option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>.  Furthermore, there are"
70319 #~ msgstr ""
70320 #~ "Tout d'abord les options de montage pour I<fat> sont reconnues. L'option "
70321 #~ "B<dotsOK> est explicitement supprimée par I<vfat>. De plus, il existe :"
70322
70323 #~ msgid ""
70324 #~ "Allow two files with names that only differ in case.  This option is "
70325 #~ "obsolete."
70326 #~ msgstr ""
70327 #~ "Autoriser l'existence de deux fichiers dont les noms ne diffèrent que par "
70328 #~ "une distinction majuscule/minuscule. Cette option est obsolète."
70329
70330 #~ msgid ""
70331 #~ "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
70332 #~ "I<name\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
70333 #~ msgstr ""
70334 #~ "Essayer d'abord de créer un nom court sans numéro de séquence avant "
70335 #~ "d'essayer I<nom\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
70336
70337 #~ msgid ""
70338 #~ "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
70339 #~ "console.  It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or "
70340 #~ "disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false.  If `uni_xlate' gets set, "
70341 #~ "UTF8 gets disabled."
70342 #~ msgstr ""
70343 #~ "UTF-8 est l'encodage 8-bits sûr de l'Unicode du système de fichiers "
70344 #~ "utilisé par la console. Il peut être activé pour le système de fichiers "
70345 #~ "avec cette option ou désactivé avec B<utf8=0>, B<utf8=no> ou "
70346 #~ "B<utf8=false>. Si B<uni_xlate> est activé, UTF-8 est désactivé."
70347
70348 #~ msgid ""
70349 #~ "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
70350 #~ "8.3 characters.  If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
70351 #~ "preferred one for display.  There are four I<mode>s:"
70352 #~ msgstr ""
70353 #~ "Définir le comportement pour la création et l'affichage des noms de "
70354 #~ "fichiers qui tiennent dans I<8.3> (1 à 8 caractères, un point et 0 à "
70355 #~ "3 caractères). Le nom long du fichier sera toujours le préféré pour "
70356 #~ "l’affichage s'il existe. Il y a quatre I<mode>s."
70357
70358 #~ msgid ""
70359 #~ "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is "
70360 #~ "not all upper case.  This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
70361 #~ msgstr ""
70362 #~ "Afficher le nom court tel qu'il est ; enregistrer un nom long quand le "
70363 #~ "nom court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules. C'est le mode par défaut "
70364 #~ "depuis Linux 2.6.32."
70365
70366 #~ msgid ""
70367 #~ "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>"
70368 #~ msgstr "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>."
70369
70370 #~ msgid ""
70371 #~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs "
70372 #~ "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644).  The mode is given in octal."
70373 #~ msgstr ""
70374 #~ "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des fichiers de "
70375 #~ "périphérique dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : "
70376 #~ "B<uid=gid=0>, B<mode=0644>). Le mode est fourni en octal."
70377
70378 #~ msgid ""
70379 #~ "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
70380 #~ msgstr "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
70381
70382 #~ msgid ""
70383 #~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
70384 #~ "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555).  The mode is given in octal."
70385 #~ msgstr ""
70386 #~ "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des répertoires des bus "
70387 #~ "dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : B<uid=gid=0>, "
70388 #~ "B<mode=0555>). Le mode est fourni en octal."
70389
70390 #~ msgid ""
70391 #~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>"
70392 #~ msgstr ""
70393 #~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>."
70394
70395 #~ msgid ""
70396 #~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the file I<devices> (default: "
70397 #~ "uid=gid=0, mode=0444).  The mode is given in octal."
70398 #~ msgstr ""
70399 #~ "Configurer le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode du fichier I<devices> "
70400 #~ "(valeurs par défaut : B<uid=gid=0>, B<mode=0444>). Le mode est fourni en "
70401 #~ "octal."
70402
70403 #~ msgid ""
70404 #~ "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
70405 #~ "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API.  The B<mount> command "
70406 #~ "can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on "
70407 #~ "the device filesystem is mounted.  Requires libcryptsetup with in "
70408 #~ "libmount (optionally via dlopen).  If libcryptsetup supports extracting "
70409 #~ "the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be "
70410 #~ "automatically reused in case of a match.  Mount options for dm-verity:"
70411 #~ msgstr ""
70412 #~ "La cible de la carte de périphérique I<verity> (device-mapper verity) "
70413 #~ "fournit une vérification transparente d’intégrité en lecture seule de "
70414 #~ "périphériques par blocs en utilisant l’API de chiffrement du noyau. La "
70415 #~ "commande de montage peut ouvrir le périphérique dm-verity et réaliser la "
70416 #~ "vérification d’intégrité avant que le système de fichiers du périphérique "
70417 #~ "ne soit monté. B<libcryptsetup> avec B<libmount> est requis (de manière "
70418 #~ "facultative à l’aide de dlopen). Si B<libcryptsetup> gère l’extraction du "
70419 #~ "hachage de la racine d’un périphérique déjà monté, les périphériques "
70420 #~ "existants seront automatiquement réutilisés en cas de correspondance. Les "
70421 #~ "options de montage pour dm-verity sont les suivantes."
70422
70423 #~ msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<path>"
70424 #~ msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<chemin>"
70425
70426 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothash=>\\,I<hex>"
70427 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothash=>\\,I<hex>"
70428
70429 #~ msgid ""
70430 #~ "Hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity.hashdevice> Mutually exclusive "
70431 #~ "with I<verity.roothashfile.>"
70432 #~ msgstr ""
70433 #~ "Hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la racine de I<verity.hashdevice>, "
70434 #~ "mutuellement exclusif avec I<verity.roothashfile>."
70435
70436 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<path>"
70437 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<chemin>"
70438
70439 #~ msgid "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
70440 #~ msgstr "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<décalage>"
70441
70442 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<path>"
70443 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<chemin>"
70444
70445 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
70446 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<décalage>"
70447
70448 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<value>"
70449 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<valeur>"
70450
70451 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
70452 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<chemin>"
70453
70454 #~ msgid ""
70455 #~ "Path to pkcs7 signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
70456 #~ "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
70457 #~ "CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG. For device reuse, signatures have "
70458 #~ "to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
70459 #~ msgstr ""
70460 #~ "Chemin pour la signature pkcs7 de la chaîne hexadécimale du hachage de la "
70461 #~ "racine. Cela nécessite B<crypt_activate_by_signed_key>() de B<cryptsetup> "
70462 #~ "et le noyau construit avec B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG>. Pour "
70463 #~ "une réutilisation du périphérique, les signatures doivent être, soit "
70464 #~ "utilisées par tous les montages d’un périphérique, soit par aucun. "
70465 #~ "Facultatif."
70466
70467 #~ msgid ""
70468 #~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
70469 #~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
70470 #~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
70471 #~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
70472 #~ "\\e>\n"
70473 #~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
70474 #~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
70475 #~ "\\e>\n"
70476 #~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
70477 #~ msgstr ""
70478 #~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
70479 #~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
70480 #~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
70481 #~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
70482 #~ "\\e>\n"
70483 #~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
70484 #~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
70485 #~ "\\e>\n"
70486 #~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
70487
70488 #~ msgid ""
70489 #~ "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device.  For example, "
70490 #~ "the command"
70491 #~ msgstr ""
70492 #~ "Il est possible de faire un montage au travers du périphérique boucle "
70493 #~ "(« loop »). Par exemple, la commande :"
70494
70495 #~ msgid ""
70496 #~ "This type of mount knows about three options, namely B<loop>, B<offset> "
70497 #~ "and B<sizelimit>, that are really options to B<\\%losetup>(8).  (These "
70498 #~ "options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
70499 #~ msgstr ""
70500 #~ "Ce type de montage dispose de trois options, nommées B<loop>, B<offset> "
70501 #~ "et B<sizelimit>, qui sont en réalité des options pour B<\\%losetup>(8) "
70502 #~ "(ces options peuvent être utilisées en plus de celles spécifiques au type "
70503 #~ "de système de fichiers)."
70504
70505 #~ msgid ""
70506 #~ "You can also free a loop device by hand, using B<losetup -d >orB< umount -"
70507 #~ "d>."
70508 #~ msgstr ""
70509 #~ "Vous pouvez aussi libérer un périphérique boucle manuellement avec "
70510 #~ "B<losetup -d> ou B<umount -d>."
70511
70512 #~ msgid ""
70513 #~ "where the I<suffix> is the filesystem type and the B<-sfnvoN> options "
70514 #~ "have the same meaning as the normal mount options.  The B<-t> option is "
70515 #~ "used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example B</sbin/mount."
70516 #~ "fuse -t fuse.sshfs>)."
70517 #~ msgstr ""
70518 #~ "où le I<suffixe> est le type de système de fichiers et les options B<-"
70519 #~ "sfnvoN> ont la même signification que les options de montage normales. "
70520 #~ "L'option B<-t> est utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers avec prise en "
70521 #~ "charge des sous-types (par exemple I</sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>)."
70522
70523 #~ msgid ""
70524 #~ "The command B<mount> does not pass the mount options B<unbindable>, "
70525 #~ "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
70526 #~ "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x-*>, B<loop>, B<offset> "
70527 #~ "and B<sizelimit> to the mount.E<lt>suffixE<gt> helpers.  All other "
70528 #~ "options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the B<-o> "
70529 #~ "option."
70530 #~ msgstr ""
70531 #~ "La commande B<mount> ne passe pas les options de montage B<unbindable>, "
70532 #~ "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
70533 #~ "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x->I<*>, B<loop>, B<offset> "
70534 #~ "ni B<sizelimit> aux auxiliaires B<mount.>I<suffixe>. Toutes les autres "
70535 #~ "options sont utilisées dans une liste séparée par des virgules comme "
70536 #~ "argument de l’option B<-o>."
70537
70538 #~ msgid "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
70539 #~ msgstr "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
70540
70541 #~ msgid ""
70542 #~ "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e.\\& "
70543 #~ "the B<fcntl> and B<ioctl> families of functions) may lead to inconsistent "
70544 #~ "results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the "
70545 #~ "B<noac> mount option is used."
70546 #~ msgstr ""
70547 #~ "Vérifier les fichiers d'un système de fichiers NFS avec des descripteurs "
70548 #~ "de fichiers (c'est-à-dire, les fonctions de la famille B<fcntl> et "
70549 #~ "B<ioctl>) peuvent renvoyer de mauvais résultats à cause de la faible "
70550 #~ "vérification des événements dans le noyau si l'option B<noac> de montage "
70551 #~ "est utilisée."
70552
70553 #~ msgid ""
70554 #~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
70555 #~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
70556 #~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
70557 #~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
70558 #~ msgstr ""
70559 #~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
70560 #~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
70561 #~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
70562 #~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
70563
70564 #~ msgid ""
70565 #~ "The mount command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
70566 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
70567 #~ msgstr ""
70568 #~ "La commande B<mount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
70569 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
70570 #~ ">E<gt>."
70571
70572 #, fuzzy
70573 #~| msgid ""
70574 #~| "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
70575 #~| "propagation (topology) changes by one mount(8) call and do it also "
70576 #~| "together with other mount operations.  This feature is EXPERIMENTAL.  "
70577 #~| "The propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls "
70578 #~| "when the preceding mount operations were successful.  Note that this use "
70579 #~| "case is not atomic.  It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
70580 #~| "B<fstab>(5)  as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
70581 #~| "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
70582 #~ msgid ""
70583 #~ "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
70584 #~ "propagation (topology) changes by one B<mount>(8) call and do it also "
70585 #~ "together with other mount operations. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. The "
70586 #~ "propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls when "
70587 #~ "the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case "
70588 #~ "is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
70589 #~ "B<fstab>(5) as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
70590 #~ "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
70591 #~ msgstr ""
70592 #~ "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande B<mount> peut être utilisée pour "
70593 #~ "réaliser plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul "
70594 #~ "appel B<mount>(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de "
70595 #~ "montage. Cette fonctionnalité est B<expérimentale>. Les attributs de "
70596 #~ "propagation sont appliqués par des appels système B<mount>(2) "
70597 #~ "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
70598 #~ "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
70599 #~ "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans B<fstab>(5) comme des options de "
70600 #~ "montage (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, "
70601 #~ "B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
70602
70603 #, fuzzy
70604 #~| msgid ""
70605 #~| "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
70606 #~| "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
70607 #~| "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
70608 #~| "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
70609 #~| "\\e>\n"
70610 #~| "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
70611 #~| "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity."
70612 #~| "roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\e>\n"
70613 #~| "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
70614 #~ msgid ""
70615 #~ "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
70616 #~ "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
70617 #~ "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
70618 #~ "openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
70619 #~ "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7\n"
70620 #~ "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
70621 #~ "\\(rs\n"
70622 #~ "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
70623 #~ msgstr ""
70624 #~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
70625 #~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
70626 #~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
70627 #~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
70628 #~ "\\e>\n"
70629 #~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
70630 #~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
70631 #~ "\\e>\n"
70632 #~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
70633
70634 #~ msgid "Blacklisted file systems"
70635 #~ msgstr "Systèmes de fichiers mis en liste noire"
70636
70637 #~ msgid ""
70638 #~ "In the Linux kernel, file system types are implemented as kernel modules. "
70639 #~ "While many of these file systems are well maintained, some of the older "
70640 #~ "and less frequently used ones are not. This poses a security risk, "
70641 #~ "because maliciously crafted file system images might open security holes "
70642 #~ "when mounted either automatically or by an inadvertent user. The B<mount> "
70643 #~ "command prints \"unsupported file system type 'somefs'\" in this case, "
70644 #~ "because it can't distinguish between a really unsupported file system "
70645 #~ "(kernel module non-existent) and a blacklisted file system."
70646 #~ msgstr ""
70647 #~ "Dans le noyau Linux, les types de système de fichiers sont implémentés "
70648 #~ "sous forme de modules du noyau. Bien que beaucoup de ces systèmes de "
70649 #~ "fichiers soient entretenus, certains des plus anciens et moins fréquents "
70650 #~ "systèmes de fichiers ne le sont pas. Cela pose un risque de sécurité "
70651 #~ "parce que des images de système de fichiers contrefaites pourraient "
70652 #~ "ouvrir des trous de sécurité si elles sont montées soit automatiquement "
70653 #~ "ou par un utilisateur négligent. La commande B<mount> affiche "
70654 #~ "« unsupported file system type 'somefs' » dans ce cas, car elle ne peut "
70655 #~ "pas faire la distinction entre un système de fichiers non pris en charge "
70656 #~ "(module du noyau inexistant) et un système de fichiers mis en liste noire."
70657
70658 #~ msgid ""
70659 #~ "Users who need the blacklisted file systems and therefore want to "
70660 #~ "override the blacklisting can either load the blacklisted module directly:"
70661 #~ msgstr ""
70662 #~ "Les utilisateurs ayant besoin de systèmes de fichiers mis en liste noire, "
70663 #~ "et par conséquent voulant contourner cette mise en liste noire, peuvent "
70664 #~ "soit charger le module mis en liste noire directement :"
70665
70666 #~ msgid "B<modprobe -v>I< somefs>"
70667 #~ msgstr "B<modprobe -v>I< somefs>"
70668
70669 #~ msgid ""
70670 #~ "or override the blacklist configuration by editing files under the I</etc/"
70671 #~ "modprobe.d> directory."
70672 #~ msgstr ""
70673 #~ "ou outrepasser la configuration de liste noire en éditant les fichiers "
70674 #~ "dans le répertoire I</etc/modprobe.d>."
70675
70676 #~ msgid "MOUNTPOINT"
70677 #~ msgstr "MOUNTPOINT"
70678
70679 #, fuzzy
70680 #~| msgid ""
70681 #~| "B<mountpoint> checks whether the given I<directory> or I<file> is "
70682 #~| "mentioned in the /proc/self/mountinfo file."
70683 #~ msgid ""
70684 #~ "B<mountpoint> checks whether the given I<directory> or I<file> is "
70685 #~ "mentioned in the I</proc/self/mountinfo> file."
70686 #~ msgstr ""
70687 #~ "B<mountpoint> vérifie si le I<répertoire> ou I<fichier> donné fait partie "
70688 #~ "du fichier I</proc/self/mountinfo>."
70689
70690 #, fuzzy
70691 #~| msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
70692 #~ msgid "Be quiet - don\\(cqt print anything."
70693 #~ msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."
70694
70695 #, fuzzy
70696 #~| msgid ""
70697 #~| "The mountpoint command is part of the util-linux package and is "
70698 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
70699 #~ msgid ""
70700 #~ "The B<mountpoint> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
70701 #~ "downloaded from"
70702 #~ msgstr ""
70703 #~ "La commande B<mountpoint> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
70704 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
70705 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
70706
70707 #~ msgid "August 2019"
70708 #~ msgstr "Août 2019"
70709
70710 #~ msgid "B<mountpoint> [B<-d>|B<-q>] I<directory> | I<file>"
70711 #~ msgstr "B<mountpoint> [B<-d>|B<-q>] I<répertoire> | I<fichier>"
70712
70713 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --fs-devno>"
70714 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--fs-devno>"
70715
70716 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --devno>"
70717 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--devno>"
70718
70719 #~ msgid "Zero if the directory or file is a mountpoint, non-zero if not."
70720 #~ msgstr ""
70721 #~ "Zéro si le répertoire ou le fichier est un point de montage, non nul "
70722 #~ "autrement."
70723
70724 #~ msgid ""
70725 #~ "The util-linux B<mountpoint> implementation was written from scratch for "
70726 #~ "libmount.  The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel "
70727 #~ "van Smoorenburg."
70728 #~ msgstr ""
70729 #~ "L’implémentation B<mountpoint> d’util-linux a été écrite à partir de zéro "
70730 #~ "pour libmount. La version originale pour l’ensemble sysvinit a été écrite "
70731 #~ "par Miquel van Smoorenburg."
70732
70733 #~ msgid ""
70734 #~ "The mountpoint command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
70735 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
70736 #~ msgstr ""
70737 #~ "La commande B<mountpoint> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
70738 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
70739 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
70740
70741 #~ msgid "NAMEI"
70742 #~ msgstr "NAMEI"
70743
70744 #, fuzzy
70745 #~| msgid ""
70746 #~| "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of ls(1), for example "
70747 #~| "'rwxr-xr-x'."
70748 #~ msgid ""
70749 #~ "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of B<ls>(1), for "
70750 #~ "example \\(aqrwxr-xr-x\\(aq."
70751 #~ msgstr ""
70752 #~ "Afficher les permissions de chaque fichier de manière similaire à "
70753 #~ "B<ls>(1). Par exemple\\ : «\\ rwxr-xr-x\\ »."
70754
70755 #, fuzzy
70756 #~| msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
70757 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt follow symlinks."
70758 #~ msgstr "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques."
70759
70760 #, fuzzy
70761 #~| msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
70762 #~ msgid ""
70763 #~ "Show mountpoint directories with a \\(aqD\\(aq rather than a \\(aqd\\(aq."
70764 #~ msgstr ""
70765 #~ "Afficher avec un «\\ D\\ » au lieu d'un «\\ d\\ » les répertoires servant "
70766 #~ "de point de montage."
70767
70768 #, fuzzy
70769 #~| msgid ""
70770 #~| "The original B<namei> program was written by Roger Southwick "
70771 #~| "E<lt>rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.comE<gt>."
70772 #~ msgid "The original B<namei> program was written by"
70773 #~ msgstr ""
70774 #~ "Le programme original B<namei> a été écrit par Roger Southwick "
70775 #~ "E<lt>I<rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com>E<gt>."
70776
70777 #, fuzzy
70778 #~| msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>."
70779 #~ msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak"
70780 #~ msgstr ""
70781 #~ "Le programme a été réécrit par Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>."
70782
70783 #, fuzzy
70784 #~| msgid ""
70785 #~| "The namei command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
70786 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
70787 #~ msgid ""
70788 #~ "The B<namei> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
70789 #~ "downloaded from"
70790 #~ msgstr ""
70791 #~ "La commande B<namei> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
70792 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
70793 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
70794
70795 #~ msgid ""
70796 #~ "B<namei> interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
70797 #~ "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth).  B<namei> then follows each "
70798 #~ "pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
70799 #~ "etc).  If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts "
70800 #~ "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
70801 #~ msgstr ""
70802 #~ "B<namei> interprète ses paramètres comme des chemins vers n'importe quel "
70803 #~ "type de fichier UNIX (liens symboliques, fichiers, répertoires, etc.). "
70804 #~ "B<namei> suit alors chaque chemin jusqu'à ce qu'un point final soit "
70805 #~ "trouvé (un fichier, un répertoire, un nœud de périphérique, etc.). Si un "
70806 #~ "lien symbolique est trouvé, celui-ci est affiché puis suivi, en indentant "
70807 #~ "la sortie pour montrer le contexte."
70808
70809 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --long>"
70810 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--long>"
70811
70812 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --modes>"
70813 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--modes>"
70814
70815 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nosymlinks>"
70816 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nosymlinks>"
70817
70818 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --owners>"
70819 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--owners>"
70820
70821 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --vertical>"
70822 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--vertical>"
70823
70824 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --mountpoints>"
70825 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--mountpoints>"
70826
70827 #~ msgid ""
70828 #~ "The namei command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
70829 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
70830 #~ msgstr ""
70831 #~ "La commande B<namei> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
70832 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
70833 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
70834
70835 #~ msgid "NSENTER"
70836 #~ msgstr "NSENTER"
70837
70838 #, fuzzy
70839 #~| msgid ""
70840 #~| "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
70841 #~| "B<nsenter> process.  B<nsenter> will fork by default if changing the PID "
70842 #~| "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
70843 #~| "namespace and are visible to each other.  If B<--no-fork> is used, the "
70844 #~| "new program will be exec'ed without forking.  For further details, see "
70845 #~| "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
70846 #~ msgid ""
70847 #~ "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
70848 #~ "B<nsenter> process. B<nsenter> will fork by default if changing the PID "
70849 #~ "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
70850 #~ "namespace and are visible to each other. If B<--no-fork> is used, the new "
70851 #~ "program will be exec\\(cqed without forking. For further details, see "
70852 #~ "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
70853 #~ msgstr ""
70854 #~ "Les enfants auront un ensemble de PID pour traiter les projections "
70855 #~ "séparément du processus B<nsenter>. B<nsenter> forkera par défaut en cas "
70856 #~ "de modification de l’espace de noms PID, de telle sorte que le nouveau "
70857 #~ "programme et ses enfants partagent le même espace de noms PID et soient "
70858 #~ "mutuellement visibles. Si B<--no-fork> est utilisé, le nouveau programme "
70859 #~ "sera exécuté sans forker. Pour plus de détails, voir B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
70860
70861 #, fuzzy
70862 #~| msgid ""
70863 #~| "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default I</proc/[pid]/"
70864 #~| "ns/*> namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
70865 #~| "namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., --all "
70866 #~| "--mount=[path])."
70867 #~ msgid ""
70868 #~ "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default I</proc/[pid]/"
70869 #~ "ns/*> namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces "
70870 #~ "may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., B<--all --"
70871 #~ "mount>=[I<path>])."
70872 #~ msgstr ""
70873 #~ "Entrer tous les espaces de noms du processus cible sous forme des chemins "
70874 #~ "d’espace de noms par défaut I</proc/[pid]/ns/*>. Les chemins par défaut "
70875 #~ "des noms d'espaces des processus cibles peuvent être remplacés grâce à "
70876 #~ "des options spécifiques aux espaces de noms (comme B<--all> B<--"
70877 #~ "mount=>[I<chemin>])."
70878
70879 #, fuzzy
70880 #~| msgid ""
70881 #~| "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current "
70882 #~| "user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from "
70883 #~| "regaining those capabilities via a call to setns().  See B<setns>(2)  "
70884 #~| "for more details."
70885 #~ msgid ""
70886 #~ "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller\\(cqs "
70887 #~ "current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped "
70888 #~ "capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See "
70889 #~ "B<setns>(2) for more details."
70890 #~ msgstr ""
70891 #~ "L'espace de noms utilisateur sera ignoré s'il est identique à l’espace de "
70892 #~ "noms utilisateur actuel de l’appelant. Cela empêche un appelant qui a "
70893 #~ "perdu ses capacités de les retrouver à l’aide d’un appel à B<setns>(). "
70894 #~ "Voir B<setns>(2) pour plus de détails."
70895
70896 #, fuzzy
70897 #~| msgid ""
70898 #~| "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to "
70899 #~| "drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
70900 #~ msgid ""
70901 #~ "Don\\(cqt modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to "
70902 #~ "drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
70903 #~ msgstr ""
70904 #~ "Ne pas modifier les UID et GID en entrant dans un espace de noms "
70905 #~ "utilisateur. Le comportement par défaut est de supprimer les groupes "
70906 #~ "additionnels et de définir les GID et UID à B<0>."
70907
70908 #, fuzzy
70909 #~| msgid ""
70910 #~| "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program.  By default, when "
70911 #~| "entering a PID namespace, B<nsenter> calls B<fork> before calling "
70912 #~| "B<exec> so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID "
70913 #~| "namespace."
70914 #~ msgid ""
70915 #~ "Do not fork before exec\\(cqing the specified program. By default, when "
70916 #~ "entering a PID namespace, B<nsenter> calls B<fork> before calling B<exec> "
70917 #~ "so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
70918 #~ msgstr ""
70919 #~ "Ne pas forker avant d’exécuter le programme indiqué. Par défaut, en "
70920 #~ "entrant dans un espace de noms PID, B<nsenter> appelle B<fork> avant "
70921 #~ "d’appeler B<exec> de telle sorte que tous les enfants soient aussi dans "
70922 #~ "l’espace de noms PID nouvellement entré."
70923
70924 #~ msgid "June 2013"
70925 #~ msgstr "Juin 2013"
70926
70927 #~ msgid ""
70928 #~ "The B<nsenter> command executes I<program> in the namespace(s) that are "
70929 #~ "specified in the command-line options (described below).  If I<program> "
70930 #~ "is not given, then ``${SHELL}'' is run (default: /bin\\:/sh)."
70931 #~ msgstr ""
70932 #~ "La commande B<nsenter> exécute le I<programme> dans le ou les espaces de "
70933 #~ "noms indiqués dans les options de la ligne de commande (décrites ci-"
70934 #~ "dessous). Si I<programme> n'est pas renseigné, « ${SHELL} » est utilisé "
70935 #~ "(par défaut : I</bin\\:/sh>)."
70936
70937 #~ msgid ""
70938 #~ "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the "
70939 #~ "system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared "
70940 #~ "(with B<mount --make-\\:shared>; see I</proc\\:/self\\:/mountinfo> for "
70941 #~ "the B<shared> flag).  For further details, see B<mount_namespaces>(7)  "
70942 #~ "and the discussion of the B<CLONE_NEWNS> flag in B<clone>(2)."
70943 #~ msgstr ""
70944 #~ "Les montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affecteront pas le "
70945 #~ "reste du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement "
70946 #~ "marqués comme partagés (avec B<mount --make-\\:shared>, consultez I</"
70947 #~ "proc\\:/self\\:/mountinfo> pour l’attribut I<shared>). Pour plus de "
70948 #~ "détails, voir B<mount_namespaces>(7) et l’explication du drapeau "
70949 #~ "B<CLONE_NEWNS> dans B<clone>(2)."
70950
70951 #, fuzzy
70952 #~ msgid ""
70953 #~ "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system.  "
70954 #~ "For further details, see B<uts_namespaces>(7)."
70955 #~ msgstr ""
70956 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  nsenter.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
70957 #~ "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le "
70958 #~ "reste du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
70959 #~ "B<uts_namespaces>(7).\n"
70960 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  unshare.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
70961 #~ "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le "
70962 #~ "reste du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter B<namespaces>(7)."
70963
70964 #~ msgid ""
70965 #~ "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues "
70966 #~ "as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory "
70967 #~ "segments.  For further details, see B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
70968 #~ msgstr ""
70969 #~ "Le processus aura un espace de noms indépendant pour les files de "
70970 #~ "messages POSIX et System V, les ensembles de sémaphores et les segments "
70971 #~ "de mémoire partagée. Pour plus de détails, voir B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
70972
70973 #~ msgid ""
70974 #~ "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing "
70975 #~ "tables, firewall rules, the I</proc\\:/net> and I</sys\\:/class\\:/net> "
70976 #~ "directory trees, sockets, etc.  For further details, see "
70977 #~ "B<network_namespaces>(7)."
70978 #~ msgstr ""
70979 #~ "Le processus aura les piles IPv4 et IPv6, les tables de routage IP, les "
70980 #~ "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences des répertoires I</proc\\:/net> et "
70981 #~ "I</sys\\:/class\\:/net>, les sockets, etc., indépendants. Pour plus de "
70982 #~ "détails, voir B<network_namespaces>(7)."
70983
70984 #~ msgid ""
70985 #~ "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities.  For "
70986 #~ "further details, see B<user_namespaces>(7)."
70987 #~ msgstr ""
70988 #~ "Le processus aura un ensemble propre d’UID, de GID et de capacités. Pour "
70989 #~ "de plus amples détails, consulter B<user_namespaces>(7)."
70990
70991 #~ msgid ""
70992 #~ "The process will have a virtualized view of I</proc\\:/self\\:/cgroup>, "
70993 #~ "and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root.  For "
70994 #~ "further details, see B<cgroup_namespaces>(7)."
70995 #~ msgstr ""
70996 #~ "Le processus aura une vue virtualisée de I</proc\\:/self\\:/cgroup>, et "
70997 #~ "les nouveaux montages de groupe de contrôle auront pour racine celle du "
70998 #~ "groupe de contrôle d’espace de noms. Pour de plus amples détails, "
70999 #~ "consulter B<cgroup_namespaces>(7)."
71000
71001 #, fuzzy
71002 #~ msgid ""
71003 #~ "The process can have a distinct view of B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> and/or "
71004 #~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME> which can be changed using I</proc/self/"
71005 #~ "timens_offsets>.  For further details, see B<time_namespaces>(7)."
71006 #~ msgstr ""
71007 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  nsenter.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
71008 #~ "Le processus peut avoir une vue différente de B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> et/ou de "
71009 #~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME>, qui peut être modifiée en utilisant I</proc/self/"
71010 #~ "timens_offsets>. Pour plus de détails, voir B<time_namespaces>(7).\n"
71011 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  unshare.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
71012 #~ "Le processus peut avoir une vue distincte de B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> ou "
71013 #~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME> qui peut être modifiée avec I</proc/self/"
71014 #~ "timens_offsets>. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter, see "
71015 #~ "B<time_namespaces>(7)."
71016
71017 #~ msgid ""
71018 #~ "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
71019 #~ "I<file> argument.  This should be one of the I</proc/[pid]/ns/*> files "
71020 #~ "described in B<namespaces>(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
71021 #~ "created on one of those files."
71022 #~ msgstr ""
71023 #~ "Plusieurs parmi les options ci-dessous, liées aux espaces de noms, ont un "
71024 #~ "paramètre I<fichier> facultatif. Il doit s'agir d'un des fichiers de I</"
71025 #~ "proc/[pid]/ns/*> décrits dans B<namespaces>(7), ou le chemin du point de "
71026 #~ "montage lié créé sur un de ces fichiers."
71027
71028 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--target> I<pid>"
71029 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--target> I<PID>"
71030
71031 #~ msgid ""
71032 #~ "Specify a target process to get contexts from.  The paths to the contexts "
71033 #~ "specified by I<pid> are:"
71034 #~ msgstr ""
71035 #~ "Indiquer un processus cible duquel obtenir les contextes. Les chemins "
71036 #~ "vers les contextes indiqués par I<PID> sont respectivement :"
71037
71038 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/mnt"
71039 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/mnt"
71040
71041 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/uts"
71042 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/uts"
71043
71044 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/ipc"
71045 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/ipc"
71046
71047 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/net"
71048 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/net"
71049
71050 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/pid"
71051 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/pid"
71052
71053 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/user"
71054 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/user"
71055
71056 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/cgroup"
71057 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/cgroup"
71058
71059 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/time"
71060 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/time"
71061
71062 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/root"
71063 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/root"
71064
71065 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/cwd"
71066 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/cwd"
71067
71068 #~ msgid ""
71069 #~ "Enter the mount namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the mount "
71070 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
71071 #~ "mount namespace specified by I<file>."
71072 #~ msgstr ""
71073 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms montage. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
71074 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms montage du processus cible. Si I<fichier> "
71075 #~ "est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par I<fichier>."
71076
71077 #~ msgid ""
71078 #~ "Enter the UTS namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the UTS "
71079 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the UTS "
71080 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
71081 #~ msgstr ""
71082 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
71083 #~ "dans l’espace de noms UTS du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
71084 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS indiqué par I<fichier>."
71085
71086 #~ msgid ""
71087 #~ "Enter the IPC namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the IPC "
71088 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the IPC "
71089 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
71090 #~ msgstr ""
71091 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
71092 #~ "dans l’espace de noms IPC du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
71093 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC indiqué par I<fichier>."
71094
71095 #~ msgid ""
71096 #~ "Enter the network namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the network "
71097 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
71098 #~ "network namespace specified by I<file>."
71099 #~ msgstr ""
71100 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
71101 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est "
71102 #~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau indiqué par I<fichier>."
71103
71104 #~ msgid ""
71105 #~ "Enter the PID namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the PID "
71106 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the PID "
71107 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
71108 #~ msgstr ""
71109 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms PID. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
71110 #~ "dans l’espace de noms PID du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
71111 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms PID indiqué par I<fichier>."
71112
71113 #~ msgid ""
71114 #~ "Enter the user namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the user "
71115 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the user "
71116 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>.  See also the B<--setuid> and B<--setgid> "
71117 #~ "options."
71118 #~ msgstr ""
71119 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
71120 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur du processus cible. Si "
71121 #~ "I<fichier> est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur indiqué "
71122 #~ "par I<fichier>. Consultez aussi les options B<--setuid> et B<--setgid>."
71123
71124 #~ msgid ""
71125 #~ "Enter the cgroup namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
71126 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
71127 #~ "cgroup namespace specified by I<file>."
71128 #~ msgstr ""
71129 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si aucun fichier n’est "
71130 #~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle du processus "
71131 #~ "cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de "
71132 #~ "contrôle indiqué par I<fichier>."
71133
71134 #~ msgid ""
71135 #~ "Enter the time namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the time "
71136 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the time "
71137 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
71138 #~ msgstr ""
71139 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms temps. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
71140 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms temps du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est "
71141 #~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms temps indiqué par I<fichier>."
71142
71143 #~ msgid ""
71144 #~ "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
71145 #~ "supplementary groups.  B<nsenter>(1)  always sets GID for user "
71146 #~ "namespaces, the default is 0."
71147 #~ msgstr ""
71148 #~ "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
71149 #~ "entré et supprimer les groupes additionnels. B<nsenter>(1) définit "
71150 #~ "toujours le GID pour les espaces de noms utilisateur, B<0> par défaut."
71151
71152 #~ msgid ""
71153 #~ "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace.  "
71154 #~ "B<nsenter>(1)  always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
71155 #~ msgstr ""
71156 #~ "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
71157 #~ "noms entré. B<nsenter>(1) définit toujours l’UID pour les espaces de noms "
71158 #~ "utilisateur, B<0> par défaut."
71159
71160 #~ msgid ""
71161 #~ "Set the root directory.  If no directory is specified, set the root "
71162 #~ "directory to the root directory of the target process.  If directory is "
71163 #~ "specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
71164 #~ msgstr ""
71165 #~ "Définir le répertoire racine. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir "
71166 #~ "le répertoire racine au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si "
71167 #~ "I<répertoire> est indiqué, définir le répertoire racine au I<répertoire> "
71168 #~ "indiqué."
71169
71170 #~ msgid ""
71171 #~ "Set the working directory.  If no directory is specified, set the working "
71172 #~ "directory to the working directory of the target process.  If directory "
71173 #~ "is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
71174 #~ msgstr ""
71175 #~ "Définir le répertoire de travail. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, "
71176 #~ "définir le répertoire de travail au répertoire racine du processus cible. "
71177 #~ "Si I<répertoire> est indiqué, définir le répertoire de travail au "
71178 #~ "I<répertoire> indiqué."
71179
71180 #~ msgid "E<.UR biederm@xmission.com> Eric Biederman E<.UE>"
71181 #~ msgstr "E<.UR biederm@xmission.com> Eric Biederman E<.UE>"
71182
71183 #~ msgid ""
71184 #~ "The nsenter command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
71185 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
71186 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
71187 #~ msgstr ""
71188 #~ "La commande B<nsenter> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71189 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
71190 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
71191
71192 #~ msgid "PARTX"
71193 #~ msgstr "PARTX"
71194
71195 #, fuzzy
71196 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --nr >I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71197 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71198 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71199
71200 #~ msgid "I<M>"
71201 #~ msgstr "I<M>"
71202
71203 #~ msgid "I<M>B<:>"
71204 #~ msgstr "I<M>B<:>"
71205
71206 #~ msgid "B<:>I<N>"
71207 #~ msgstr "B<:>I<N>"
71208
71209 #~ msgid "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71210 #~ msgstr "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71211
71212 #, fuzzy
71213 #~| msgid ""
71214 #~| "Lists all subpartitions on /dev/sdb3 (the device is used as whole-disk)."
71215 #~ msgid ""
71216 #~ "Lists all subpartitions on I</dev/sdb3> (the device is used as whole-"
71217 #~ "disk)."
71218 #~ msgstr ""
71219 #~ "Afficher toutes les sous-partitions de I</dev/sdb3> (la partition est "
71220 #~ "utilisée comme un disque entier)."
71221
71222 #, fuzzy
71223 #~| msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on /dev/sdb without header."
71224 #~ msgid ""
71225 #~ "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on I</dev/sdb> without header."
71226 #~ msgstr ""
71227 #~ "Afficher le secteur de début de la cinquième partition de I</dev/sdb> "
71228 #~ "sans en-tête."
71229
71230 #, fuzzy
71231 #~| msgid ""
71232 #~| "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on /"
71233 #~| "dev/sda."
71234 #~ msgid ""
71235 #~ "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on I</"
71236 #~ "dev/sda>."
71237 #~ msgstr ""
71238 #~ "Afficher la taille en secteur et en format lisible de la cinquième "
71239 #~ "partition de I</dev/sda>."
71240
71241 #, fuzzy
71242 #~| msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on /dev/sdd."
71243 #~ msgid ""
71244 #~ "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on I</dev/sdd>."
71245 #~ msgstr ""
71246 #~ "Ajouter toutes les partitions disponibles de la troisième à la cinquième "
71247 #~ "(comprises) sur I</dev/sdd>."
71248
71249 #, fuzzy
71250 #~| msgid "Removes the last partition on /dev/sdd."
71251 #~ msgid "Removes the last partition on I</dev/sdd>."
71252 #~ msgstr "Retirer la dernière partition de I</dev/sdd>."
71253
71254 # s/TYPE/type
71255 #~ msgid ""
71256 #~ "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> "
71257 #~ "I<M>B<:>I<N>] [B<->] I<disk>"
71258 #~ msgstr ""
71259 #~ "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> "
71260 #~ "I<M>B<:>I<N>] [B<->] I<disque>"
71261
71262 #~ msgid ""
71263 #~ "Given a device or disk-image, B<partx> tries to parse the partition table "
71264 #~ "and list its contents.  It can also tell the kernel to add or remove "
71265 #~ "partitions from its bookkeeping."
71266 #~ msgstr ""
71267 #~ "À partir d'un périphérique ou d'une image, B<partx> essaie d'analyser la "
71268 #~ "table de partitions et d'afficher son contenu. Elle permet aussi "
71269 #~ "d’indiquer au noyau d’ajouter ou de supprimer des partitions."
71270
71271 #~ msgid ""
71272 #~ "The I<disk> argument is optional when a I<partition> argument is "
71273 #~ "provided.  To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for "
71274 #~ "example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-"
71275 #~ "minus).  For example:"
71276 #~ msgstr ""
71277 #~ "L'argument I<disque> est optionnel si un argument I<partition> est "
71278 #~ "fourni. Pour forcer l'analyse d'une partition comme s'il s'agissait d'un "
71279 #~ "disque entier (par exemple pour afficher les sous-partitions imbriquées), "
71280 #~ "utilisez l'argument B<-> (tiret). Par exemple :"
71281
71282 #~ msgid ""
71283 #~ "B<partx is not an fdisk program> \\(en adding and removing partitions "
71284 #~ "does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and "
71285 #~ "numbering of on-disk partitions."
71286 #~ msgstr ""
71287 #~ "B<Ce n'est pas un programme fdisk> — l'ajout et la suppression de "
71288 #~ "partitions n'intervient pas sur le disque lui-même, cela consiste "
71289 #~ "seulement à informer le noyau de la présence et de la numérotation des "
71290 #~ "partitions présentes."
71291
71292 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --add>"
71293 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--add>"
71294
71295 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --delete>"
71296 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--delete>"
71297
71298 #~ msgid ""
71299 #~ "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions.  It is not error to "
71300 #~ "remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use "
71301 #~ "together with large B<--nr> ranges without care about the current "
71302 #~ "partitions set on the device."
71303 #~ msgstr ""
71304 #~ "Supprimer les partitions indiquées ou toutes les partitions. Ce n’est pas "
71305 #~ "une erreur de supprimer des partitions non existantes. Aussi cette option "
71306 #~ "est utilisable avec de grands intervalles B<--nr> sans se soucier des "
71307 #~ "partitions actuellement définies sur le périphérique."
71308
71309 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --noheadings>"
71310 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
71311
71312 #~ msgid ""
71313 #~ "List the partitions.  Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors.  "
71314 #~ "This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show>.  Do not use it "
71315 #~ "in newly written scripts."
71316 #~ msgstr ""
71317 #~ "Afficher les partitions. Remarquez que tous les nombres sont en secteur "
71318 #~ "de 512 octets. Ce format de sortie est B<obsolète>, remplacé par B<--"
71319 #~ "show>. Ne l'utilisez pas dans de nouveaux scripts."
71320
71321 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nr >I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71322 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
71323
71324 #~ msgid ""
71325 #~ "Specify the range of partitions.  For backward compatibility also the "
71326 #~ "format I<M>B<->I<N> is supported.  The range may contain negative "
71327 #~ "numbers, for example B<--nr -1:-1> means the last partition, and B<--nr "
71328 #~ "-2:-1> means the last two partitions.  Supported range specifications are:"
71329 #~ msgstr ""
71330 #~ "Indiquer l'intervalle de partitions. Par souci de rétrocompatibilité, le "
71331 #~ "format I<M>B<->I<N> est pris en charge. L'intervalle peut contenir des "
71332 #~ "nombres négatifs, par exemple B<--nr\\ -2:-1> signifie les deux dernières "
71333 #~ "partitions. Les indications d'intervalle sont :"
71334
71335 #~ msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g.\\& B<--nr 3>)."
71336 #~ msgstr "n’indique qu’une partition (par exemple B<--nr 3>)."
71337
71338 #~ msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g.\\& B<--nr 2:>)."
71339 #~ msgstr "n’indique que la limite inférieure (par exemple B<--nr 2:>)."
71340
71341 #~ msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g.\\& B<--nr :4>)."
71342 #~ msgstr "n’indique que la limite supérieure (par exemple B<--nr :4>)."
71343
71344 #~ msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g.\\& B<--nr 2:4>)."
71345 #~ msgstr ""
71346 #~ "indique les limites inférieure et supérieure (par exemple B<--nr 2:4>)."
71347
71348 #~ msgid ""
71349 #~ "Define the output columns to use for B<--show>, B<--pairs> and B<--raw> "
71350 #~ "output.  If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is "
71351 #~ "used.  Use B<--help> to get I<list> of all supported columns.  This "
71352 #~ "option cannot be combined with the B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> or "
71353 #~ "B<--list> options."
71354 #~ msgstr ""
71355 #~ "Définir les colonnes à afficher pour les sorties B<--show>, B<--pairs> et "
71356 #~ "B<--raw>. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par "
71357 #~ "défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir la I<liste> de toutes "
71358 #~ "les colonnes possibles. Cette option ne peut pas être combinée avec les "
71359 #~ "options B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> ou B<--list>."
71360
71361 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --show>"
71362 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show>"
71363
71364 #~ msgid ""
71365 #~ "List the partitions.  The output columns can be selected and rearranged "
71366 #~ "with the B<--output> option.  All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte "
71367 #~ "sectors."
71368 #~ msgstr ""
71369 #~ "Afficher les partitions. Les colonnes à afficher peuvent être "
71370 #~ "sélectionnées et réorganisées avec l'option B<--output>. Tous les nombres "
71371 #~ "(à part SIZE) sont en secteurs de 512 octets."
71372
71373 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --update>"
71374 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--update>"
71375
71376 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --sector-size >I<size>"
71377 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<taille>"
71378
71379 #~ msgid ""
71380 #~ "The partx command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
71381 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
71382 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
71383 #~ msgstr ""
71384 #~ "La commande B<partx> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71385 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
71386 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux//>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
71387
71388 #~ msgid "PIVOT_ROOT"
71389 #~ msgstr "PIVOT_ROOT"
71390
71391 #, fuzzy
71392 #~| msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root put_old>"
71393 #~ msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"
71394 #~ msgstr "B<pivot_root> I<nouvelle_racine emplacement_ancien>"
71395
71396 #, fuzzy
71397 #~| msgid ""
71398 #~| "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is "
71399 #~| "necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards.  "
71400 #~| "Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a "
71401 #~| "device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be "
71402 #~| "changed when invoking B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading "
71403 #~| "slashes to make it work whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell's "
71404 #~| "root or not)."
71405 #~ msgid ""
71406 #~ "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is "
71407 #~ "necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also "
71408 #~ "note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device "
71409 #~ "on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed "
71410 #~ "when invoking B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading slashes "
71411 #~ "to make it work whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell\\(cqs root or "
71412 #~ "not)."
71413 #~ msgstr ""
71414 #~ "Notez que B<exec chroot> change le processus actuel, ce qui s'avère être "
71415 #~ "nécessaire si l'ancien répertoire racine est démonté par la suite. Par "
71416 #~ "ailleurs sachez que l'entrée, la sortie et l'erreur standard peuvent "
71417 #~ "encore pointer sur un périphérique de l'ancienne racine du système de "
71418 #~ "fichiers, le conservant occupé. Elles peuvent être aisément modifiées en "
71419 #~ "utilisant B<chroot> (voir ci-dessous ; remarquez l'absence de barre "
71420 #~ "oblique au début pour qu'il fonctionne si B<pivot_root> a changé la "
71421 #~ "racine de l'interpréteur de commandes ou pas."
71422
71423 #, fuzzy
71424 #~| msgid "Change the root file system to /dev/hda1 from an interactive shell:"
71425 #~ msgid ""
71426 #~ "Change the root file system to I</dev/hda1> from an interactive shell:"
71427 #~ msgstr ""
71428 #~ "Changer la racine du système de fichiers vers /dev/hda1 depuis un "
71429 #~ "interpréteur de commandes interactif :"
71430
71431 #, fuzzy
71432 #~| msgid ""
71433 #~| "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
71434 #~| "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
71435 #~| "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
71436 #~| "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
71437 #~| "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
71438 #~| "cd /mnt\n"
71439 #~| "pivot_root . old_root\n"
71440 #~| "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
71441 #~| "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
71442 #~ msgid ""
71443 #~ "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
71444 #~ "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
71445 #~ "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
71446 #~ "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
71447 #~ "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
71448 #~ "cd /mnt\n"
71449 #~ "pivot_root . old_root\n"
71450 #~ "exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
71451 #~ "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
71452 #~ msgstr ""
71453 #~ "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # pour portmap\n"
71454 #~ "# configurer Ethernet ou autre\n"
71455 #~ "portmap   # pour lockd (lancé implicitement par mount)\n"
71456 #~ "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/ma_racine /mnt\n"
71457 #~ "killall portmap   # portmap conserve l'ancienne racine occupée\n"
71458 #~ "cd /mnt\n"
71459 #~ "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
71460 #~ "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /ancienne_racine; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
71461 #~ "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
71462
71463 #, fuzzy
71464 #~| msgid ""
71465 #~| "The pivot_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
71466 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71467 #~ msgid ""
71468 #~ "The B<pivot_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
71469 #~ "downloaded from"
71470 #~ msgstr ""
71471 #~ "La commande B<pivot_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71472 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
71473 #~ ">E<gt>."
71474
71475 #~ msgid "August 2011"
71476 #~ msgstr "août 2011"
71477
71478 #~ msgid ""
71479 #~ "B<pivot_root> moves the root file system of the current process to the "
71480 #~ "directory I<put_old> and makes I<new_root> the new root file system.  "
71481 #~ "Since B<pivot_root>(8) simply calls B<pivot_root>(2), we refer to the man "
71482 #~ "page of the latter for further details."
71483 #~ msgstr ""
71484 #~ "B<pivot_root> déplace la racine du système de fichiers du processus "
71485 #~ "actuel vers le répertoire I<emplacement_ancien> et désigne "
71486 #~ "I<nouvelle_racine> comme la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers. "
71487 #~ "Puisque B<pivot_root>(8) fait simplement appel à B<pivot_root>(2), "
71488 #~ "veuillez vous référer à la page du manuel de ce dernier pour plus de "
71489 #~ "précisions."
71490
71491 #~ msgid ""
71492 #~ "Note that, depending on the implementation of B<pivot_root>, root and cwd "
71493 #~ "of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for "
71494 #~ "invoking B<pivot_root> that works in either case, assuming that "
71495 #~ "B<pivot_root> and B<chroot> are in the current B<PATH>:"
71496 #~ msgstr ""
71497 #~ "Notez que, selon l'implémentation de la commande B<pivot_root>, la racine "
71498 #~ "et le répertoire de travail actuel du processus appelant peut changer "
71499 #~ "tout comme il peut ne pas changer. Ce qui suit est un exemple d'appel à "
71500 #~ "B<pivot_root> qui fonctionne dans un cas comme dans l'autre, en supposant "
71501 #~ "que B<pivot_root> et B<chroot> sont dans le chemin de recherche actuel "
71502 #~ "(B<PATH>) :"
71503
71504 #~ msgid "cd I<new_root>"
71505 #~ msgstr "cd I<nouvelle_racine>"
71506
71507 #~ msgid "pivot_root . I<put_old>"
71508 #~ msgstr "pivot_root . I<emplacement_ancien>"
71509
71510 #~ msgid "exec chroot . I<command>"
71511 #~ msgstr "exec chroot . I<commande>"
71512
71513 #~ msgid ""
71514 #~ "The pivot_root command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
71515 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71516 #~ msgstr ""
71517 #~ "La commande B<pivot_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71518 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
71519 #~ ">E<gt>."
71520
71521 #~ msgid "PRLIMIT"
71522 #~ msgstr "PRLIMIT"
71523
71524 #, fuzzy
71525 #~| msgid ""
71526 #~| "The I<limits> parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, "
71527 #~| "separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values.  If no "
71528 #~| "I<limits> are given, B<prlimit> will display the current values.  If one "
71529 #~| "of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used.  To "
71530 #~| "specify the unlimited or infinity limit (RLIM_INFINITY), the -1 or "
71531 #~| "'unlimited' string can be passed."
71532 #~ msgid ""
71533 #~ "The I<limits> parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated "
71534 #~ "by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no I<limits> "
71535 #~ "are given, B<prlimit> will display the current values. If one of the "
71536 #~ "values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the "
71537 #~ "unlimited or infinity limit (B<RLIM_INFINITY>), the -1 or "
71538 #~ "\\(aqunlimited\\(aq string can be passed."
71539 #~ msgstr ""
71540 #~ "Le paramètre I<limites> est composé d’une valeur molle et d’une dure, "
71541 #~ "séparées par un deux-points (:), de façon à modifier les valeurs "
71542 #~ "existantes. En absence de I<limites>, B<prlimit> affichera les valeurs "
71543 #~ "actuelles. Si une des valeurs n’est pas donnée, alors l’existante sera "
71544 #~ "utilisée. Pour indiquer les limites « illimité » ou "
71545 #~ "« infini » (RLIM_INFINITY), les chaînes B<-1> ou B<unlimited> peuvent "
71546 #~ "être passées."
71547
71548 #, fuzzy
71549 #~| msgid ""
71550 #~| "The prlimit system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
71551 #~| "will break this program."
71552 #~ msgid ""
71553 #~ "The B<prlimit> system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
71554 #~ "will break this program."
71555 #~ msgstr ""
71556 #~ "L’appel système B<prlimit> est pris en charge depuis Linux 2.6.36, les "
71557 #~ "noyaux plus anciens casseront ce programme."
71558
71559 #, fuzzy
71560 #~| msgid ""
71561 #~| "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
71562 #~ msgid ""
71563 #~ "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run "
71564 #~ "\\(aqsort\\(aq."
71565 #~ msgstr ""
71566 #~ "Définir à la fois les valeurs limites de temps processeur molle et dure à "
71567 #~ "dix secondes et exécuter B<sort>."
71568
71569 #, fuzzy
71570 #~| msgid ""
71571 #~| "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>dave@gnu.orgE<gt> - In memory of Dennis M. "
71572 #~| "Ritchie.\n"
71573 #~ msgid "- In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
71574 #~ msgstr ""
71575 #~ "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>I<dave@gnu.org>E<gt> – en mémoire à Dennis M. "
71576 #~ "Ritchie.\n"
71577
71578 #, fuzzy
71579 #~| msgid ""
71580 #~| "The prlimit command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
71581 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71582 #~ msgid ""
71583 #~ "The B<prlimit> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
71584 #~ "downloaded from"
71585 #~ msgstr ""
71586 #~ "La commande B<prlimit> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71587 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
71588 #~ "E<gt>."
71589
71590 #~ msgid ""
71591 #~ "B<prlimit> [options] [B<-->I<resource>[B<=>I<limits>] [B<--pid\\ >I<PID>]"
71592 #~ msgstr ""
71593 #~ "B<prlimit> [I<options>] [B<-->I<ressource>[B<=>I<limites>] [B<--pid\\ "
71594 #~ ">I<PID>]"
71595
71596 #~ msgid ""
71597 #~ "B<prlimit> [options] [B<-->I<resource>[B<=>I<limits>] I<command "
71598 #~ ">[I<argument>...]"
71599 #~ msgstr ""
71600 #~ "B<prlimit> [I<options>] [B<-->I<ressource>[B<=>I<limites>] I<commande> "
71601 #~ "[I<argument> ...]"
71602
71603 #~ msgid ""
71604 #~ "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
71605 #~ "the high limit (also called the ceiling).  To see all available resource "
71606 #~ "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
71607 #~ msgstr ""
71608 #~ "À cause de la nature des limites, la limite molle doit être inférieure ou "
71609 #~ "égale à la limite haute (aussi appelée plafond). Toutes les limites de "
71610 #~ "ressource disponibles sont présentées dans la section B<OPTIONS DE "
71611 #~ "RESSOURCE>."
71612
71613 #~ msgid "I<soft>:I<hard>    Specify both limits."
71614 #~ msgstr "I<molle>B<:>I<dure>   Indiquer les deux limites."
71615
71616 #~ msgid "I<soft>:        Specify only the soft limit."
71617 #~ msgstr "I<molle>B<:>       N’indiquer que la limite molle."
71618
71619 #~ msgid ":I<hard>        Specify only the hard limit."
71620 #~ msgstr "B<:>I<dure>        N’indiquer que la limite dure."
71621
71622 #~ msgid "I<value>        Specify both limits to the same value."
71623 #~ msgstr "I<valeur>       Indiquer les deux limites à la même valeur."
71624
71625 #~ msgid "B<-o, --output >I<list>"
71626 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
71627
71628 #~ msgid ""
71629 #~ "Define the output columns to use.  If no output arrangement is specified, "
71630 #~ "then a default set is used.  Use B<--help> to get a list of all supported "
71631 #~ "columns."
71632 #~ msgstr ""
71633 #~ "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
71634 #~ "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour "
71635 #~ "obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."
71636
71637 #~ msgid ""
71638 #~ "The prlimit command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
71639 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71640 #~ msgstr ""
71641 #~ "La commande B<prlimit> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71642 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
71643 #~ "E<gt>."
71644
71645 #, fuzzy
71646 #~| msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt> E<lt>majorE<gt> E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
71647 #~ msgid ""
71648 #~ "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
71649 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N> I<majeur> I<mineur>"
71650
71651 #, fuzzy
71652 #~| msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt> /dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
71653 #~ msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
71654 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N> B</dev/>I<périphérique_bloc>"
71655
71656 #, fuzzy
71657 #~| msgid "B<raw -q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
71658 #~ msgid "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
71659 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-q> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N>"
71660
71661 #, fuzzy
71662 #~| msgid "B<raw -qa>"
71663 #~ msgid "B<raw> B<-qa>"
71664 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"
71665
71666 #, fuzzy
71667 #~| msgid ""
71668 #~| "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and "
71669 #~| "written, just like the block device it is bound to.  However, the raw "
71670 #~| "device does not behave exactly like the block device.  In particular, "
71671 #~| "access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache "
71672 #~| "entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the "
71673 #~| "process performing the I/O.  If the underlying block device driver can "
71674 #~| "support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
71675 #~ msgid ""
71676 #~ "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and "
71677 #~ "written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw "
71678 #~ "device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, "
71679 #~ "access to the raw device bypasses the kernel\\(cqs block buffer cache "
71680 #~ "entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the "
71681 #~ "process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can "
71682 #~ "support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
71683 #~ msgstr ""
71684 #~ "Une fois attaché à un périphérique bloc, un périphérique brut peut être "
71685 #~ "ouvert, lu et écrit, tout comme le périphérique bloc auquel il est "
71686 #~ "attaché. En particulier, l'accès au périphérique brut contourne "
71687 #~ "complètement la mémoire cache de bloc du noyau ; toutes les entrées et "
71688 #~ "sorties sont faites directement vers et depuis l'espace d'adressage du "
71689 #~ "processus réalisant les entrées et sorties. Si le pilote du périphérique "
71690 #~ "bloc sous-jacent prend en charge l'accès direct à la mémoire (DMA), alors "
71691 #~ "aucune copie de données n'est nécessaire pour terminer les entrées et "
71692 #~ "sorties."
71693
71694 #, fuzzy
71695 #~| msgid ""
71696 #~| "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a "
71697 #~| "few extra restrictions must be observed.  All I/Os must be correctly "
71698 #~| "aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on "
71699 #~| "disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer "
71700 #~| "in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector "
71701 #~| "size.  The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
71702 #~ msgid ""
71703 #~ "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process\\(cqs "
71704 #~ "memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be "
71705 #~ "correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector "
71706 #~ "offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the "
71707 #~ "data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the "
71708 #~ "sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
71709 #~ msgstr ""
71710 #~ "Puisque les entrées et sorties brutes impliquent un accès matériel direct "
71711 #~ "à la mémoire du processus, quelques restrictions supplémentaires doivent "
71712 #~ "être respectées. Toutes les entrées et sorties doivent être correctement "
71713 #~ "alignées en mémoire et sur le disque ; elles doivent commencer à une "
71714 #~ "position de secteur sur le disque, doivent être longues d'un nombre "
71715 #~ "entier de secteurs, et le tampon de données en mémoire virtuelle doit "
71716 #~ "aussi être aligné sur un multiple de la taille de secteur. La taille d'un "
71717 #~ "secteur est de 512 octets sur la plupart des périphériques."
71718
71719 # spurious space before paranthese
71720 #, fuzzy
71721 #~| msgid ""
71722 #~| "The Linux B<dd>(1)  command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or "
71723 #~| "the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device "
71724 #~| "(512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" "
71725 #~| "messages (EINVAL)."
71726 #~ msgid ""
71727 #~ "The Linux B<dd>(1) command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or "
71728 #~ "the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device "
71729 #~ "(512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" "
71730 #~ "messages (B<EINVAL>)."
71731 #~ msgstr ""
71732 #~ "La commande Linux B<dd>(1) devrait être utilisée sans l'option B<bs=>, ou "
71733 #~ "la taille de bloc doit être un multiple de la taille de secteur du "
71734 #~ "périphérique (512 octets en général), sinon il échouera avec des messages "
71735 #~ "« Argument non valable » (EINVAL)."
71736
71737 #, fuzzy
71738 #~| msgid ""
71739 #~| "The raw command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
71740 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71741 #~ msgid ""
71742 #~ "The B<raw> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
71743 #~ "downloaded from"
71744 #~ msgstr ""
71745 #~ "La commande B<raw> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
71746 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https:/www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
71747
71748 #~ msgid "August 1999"
71749 #~ msgstr "août 1999"
71750
71751 #~ msgid "B<raw -qa>"
71752 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"
71753
71754 #~ msgid ""
71755 #~ "B<raw> is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device.  "
71756 #~ "Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver "
71757 #~ "does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a "
71758 #~ "kernel module later)."
71759 #~ msgstr ""
71760 #~ "B<raw> permet d'attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux à un "
71761 #~ "périphérique bloc. N'importe quel périphérique bloc pourrait être "
71762 #~ "utilisé ; au moment de l'attachement, le pilote du périphérique n'a pas "
71763 #~ "besoin d'être accessible (il pourrait être chargé plus tard à la demande "
71764 #~ "comme un module du noyau)."
71765
71766 #~ msgid ""
71767 #~ "B<raw> is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it "
71768 #~ "queries existing bindings.  When setting a raw device, I</dev/raw/"
71769 #~ "rawE<lt>NE<gt>> is the device name of an existing raw device node in the "
71770 #~ "filesystem.  The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified "
71771 #~ "either in terms of its I<major> and I<minor> device numbers, or as a path "
71772 #~ "name I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>> to an existing block device file."
71773 #~ msgstr ""
71774 #~ "B<raw> est utilisé en deux modes : soit il définit les attachements de "
71775 #~ "périphériques bruts, soit il fait une requête sur les attachements "
71776 #~ "existants. Lors de la définition d'un périphérique brut, B</dev/raw/"
71777 #~ "raw>I<N> est le nom du périphérique d'un nœud de périphérique brut "
71778 #~ "existant du système de fichiers. Le périphérique bloc auquel il est "
71779 #~ "attaché peut être indiqué soit par ses numéros de périphérique I<majeur> "
71780 #~ "et I<mineur>, soit comme un nom de chemin B</dev/>I<périphérique_bloc> "
71781 #~ "vers un fichier de périphérique bloc existant."
71782
71783 #~ msgid ""
71784 #~ "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the I<-q> option, "
71785 #~ "which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, "
71786 #~ "or with the I<-a> option to query all bound raw devices."
71787 #~ msgstr ""
71788 #~ "Une requête peut être faite sur les attachements existants avec l'option "
71789 #~ "B<-q>, utilisée soit avec un nom de fichier de périphérique brut, soit "
71790 #~ "avec l'option B<-a> pour faire une requête sur tous les périphériques "
71791 #~ "bruts liés."
71792
71793 #~ msgid ""
71794 #~ "Set query mode.  B<raw> will query an existing binding instead of setting "
71795 #~ "a new one."
71796 #~ msgstr ""
71797 #~ "Définir le mode de requête. B<raw> fera une requête sur un attachement "
71798 #~ "existant plutôt que d'en définir un nouveau."
71799
71800 # Spurious space before comma
71801 #~ msgid "With B<-q> , specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
71802 #~ msgstr ""
71803 #~ "Avec B<-q>, indiquer que tous les périphériques bruts attachés devraient "
71804 #~ "être concernés par la requête."
71805
71806 #~ msgid ""
71807 #~ "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer B<open>(2)  "
71808 #~ "devices, such as /dev/sda1, with the O_DIRECT flag."
71809 #~ msgstr ""
71810 #~ "Plutôt que d’utiliser des périphériques bruts, les applications devraient "
71811 #~ "préférer des périphériques B<open>(2), tels que B</dev/sda1>, avec "
71812 #~ "l’indicateur B<O_DIRECT>."
71813
71814 #~ msgid ""
71815 #~ "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block "
71816 #~ "device buffer cache.  If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the "
71817 #~ "buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents "
71818 #~ "of the actual storage device underneath.  This is deliberate, but is "
71819 #~ "regarded either a bug or a feature depending on who you ask!"
71820 #~ msgstr ""
71821 #~ "Les périphériques bruts d'entrées et sorties ne conservent pas de "
71822 #~ "cohérence de cache avec la mémoire cache de périphérique bloc de Linux. "
71823 #~ "Si vous utilisez des entrées et sorties brutes pour écraser les données "
71824 #~ "déjà dans la mémoire cache, la mémoire cache ne correspondra plus au "
71825 #~ "contenu du véritable périphérique de stockage sous-jacent. C'est "
71826 #~ "intentionnel, mais peut être considéré comme un bogue ou une "
71827 #~ "fonctionnalité selon les points de vue."
71828
71829 #~ msgid "Stephen Tweedie (sct@redhat.com)"
71830 #~ msgstr "Stephen Tweedie E<lt>I<sct@redhat.com>E<gt>"
71831
71832 #~ msgid "2021-06-04"
71833 #~ msgstr "4 juin 2021"
71834
71835 #~ msgid "READPROFILE"
71836 #~ msgstr "READPROFILE"
71837
71838 #, fuzzy
71839 #~| msgid ""
71840 #~| "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to "
71841 #~| "print ascii data on standard output.  The output is organized in three "
71842 #~| "columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name "
71843 #~| "of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the "
71844 #~| "third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio "
71845 #~| "between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure.  The output "
71846 #~| "is filled with blanks to ease readability."
71847 #~ msgid ""
71848 #~ "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to print "
71849 #~ "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: "
71850 #~ "the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C "
71851 #~ "function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is "
71852 #~ "the normalized `load\\(aq of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between "
71853 #~ "the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled "
71854 #~ "with blanks to ease readability."
71855 #~ msgstr ""
71856 #~ "La commande B<readprofile> utilise les informations disponibles dans I</"
71857 #~ "proc/profile> pour afficher des données au format ASCII sur la sortie "
71858 #~ "standard. La sortie est organisée en trois colonnes\\ : la première "
71859 #~ "affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge, la deuxième contient le nom de la "
71860 #~ "fonction C du noyau au sein de laquelle ces tics ont eu lieu et la "
71861 #~ "troisième représente la «\\ charge\\ » normalisée de la procédure, "
71862 #~ "calculée comme le quotient entre le nombre de tics et la durée de la "
71863 #~ "procédure. La sortie est complétée par des blancs pour améliorer la "
71864 #~ "lisibilité."
71865
71866 #, fuzzy
71867 #~| msgid ""
71868 #~| "Info.  This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by "
71869 #~| "the kernel.  The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling "
71870 #~| "buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through `make "
71871 #~| "config'), or in the kernel's command line.  If the B<-t> (terse) switch "
71872 #~| "is used together with B<-i> only the decimal number is printed."
71873 #~ msgid ""
71874 #~ "Info. This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by the "
71875 #~ "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and "
71876 #~ "is chosen during kernel configuration (through B<make config>), or in the "
71877 #~ "kernel\\(cqs command line. If the B<-t> (terse) switch is used together "
71878 #~ "with B<-i> only the decimal number is printed."
71879 #~ msgstr ""
71880 #~ "Afficher des informations. Seule l'étape de profilage utilisée par le "
71881 #~ "noyau est affichée. L'étape de profilage consiste en la résolution du "
71882 #~ "tampon de profilage et est choisie lors de la configuration du noyau "
71883 #~ "(avec «\\ make config\\ ») ou avec la ligne de commande du noyau. Si "
71884 #~ "l'option B<-t> (abrégé) est utilisée avec l'option B<-i>, seul le nombre "
71885 #~ "décimal est affiché."
71886
71887 #, fuzzy
71888 #~| msgid ""
71889 #~| "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>.  "
71890 #~| "You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't "
71891 #~| "the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere.  If the "
71892 #~| "name of the map file ends with `.gz' it is decompressed on the fly."
71893 #~ msgid ""
71894 #~ "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. You "
71895 #~ "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn\\(cqt "
71896 #~ "the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the "
71897 #~ "name of the map file ends with I<.gz> it is decompressed on the fly."
71898 #~ msgstr ""
71899 #~ "Indiquer une I<carte>, qui par défaut sera I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. "
71900 #~ "La carte doit être précisée sur la ligne de commande si le noyau actuel "
71901 #~ "n'est pas le dernier à avoir été compilé, ou si le fichier I<System.map> "
71902 #~ "se trouve ailleurs. Si le nom de la carte se termine par «\\ .gz\\ », "
71903 #~ "celle-ci est décompressée à la volée."
71904
71905 #~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
71906 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
71907
71908 #, fuzzy
71909 #~| msgid ""
71910 #~| "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
71911 #~| "module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build.  To enable "
71912 #~| "profiling, you can specify \"profile=2\" (or another number) on the "
71913 #~| "kernel commandline.  The number you specify is the two-exponent used as "
71914 #~| "profiling step."
71915 #~ msgid ""
71916 #~ "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
71917 #~ "module is available, and it wouldn\\(cqt be easy to build. To enable "
71918 #~ "profiling, you can specify B<profile>=I<2> (or another number) on the "
71919 #~ "kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as "
71920 #~ "profiling step."
71921 #~ msgstr ""
71922 #~ "Pour activer le profilage, le noyau doit être redémarré car aucun module "
71923 #~ "de profilage n'est disponible et la construction d'un tel module n'est "
71924 #~ "pas triviale. Pour activer le profilage, vous pouvez ajouter «\\ "
71925 #~ "profile=2\\ » (ou un autre nombre) à la ligne de commande du noyau. Le "
71926 #~ "nombre que vous indiquez sera utilisé comme exposant de 2 pour définir "
71927 #~ "l'étape de profilage."
71928
71929 #, fuzzy
71930 #~| msgid "Browse a `frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
71931 #~ msgid "Browse a \\(aqfrozen\\(aq profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
71932 #~ msgstr ""
71933 #~ "Parcourir un tampon de profil «\\ gelé\\ » pour un noyau différent de "
71934 #~ "l'actuel\\ :"
71935
71936 #~ msgid "October 2011"
71937 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2011"
71938
71939 #~ msgid ""
71940 #~ "Print all symbols in the mapfile.  By default the procedures with "
71941 #~ "reported ticks are not printed."
71942 #~ msgstr ""
71943 #~ "Afficher tous les symboles de la carte. Par défaut, les procédures avec "
71944 #~ "des tics signalés ne sont pas affichées."
71945
71946 #~ msgid ""
71947 #~ "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
71948 #~ "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU.  This option allows you "
71949 #~ "to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. "
71950 #~ "Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems.  This option "
71951 #~ "also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
71952 #~ msgstr ""
71953 #~ "Sur certaines architectures, il est possible de modifier la fréquence à "
71954 #~ "laquelle le noyau délivre les interruptions de profilage pour chaque "
71955 #~ "processeur. Cette option permet de définir la fréquence en tant que "
71956 #~ "I<multiplicateur> de la fréquence de l'horloge du système. L'unité est le "
71957 #~ "hertz. Linux 2.6.16 a supprimé sa prise en charge pour la plupart des "
71958 #~ "systèmes. Cette option réinitialise également le tampon de profilage et "
71959 #~ "nécessite les privilèges du superutilisateur."
71960
71961 #~ msgid ""
71962 #~ "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is I</proc/"
71963 #~ "profile>.  Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' "
71964 #~ "the kernel profiling at some time and read it later.  The I</proc/"
71965 #~ "profile> file can be copied using `cat' or `cp'.  There is no more "
71966 #~ "support for compressed profile buffers, like in B<readprofile-1.1,> "
71967 #~ "because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
71968 #~ msgstr ""
71969 #~ "Indiquer un tampon de profilage différent (par défaut I</proc/profile>). "
71970 #~ "Utiliser un I<fichier_profil> différent est utile pour «\\ geler\\ » le "
71971 #~ "profilage du noyau à un moment, afin de le lire plus tard. Le fichier I</"
71972 #~ "proc/profile> peut être copié en utilisant B<cat> ou B<cp>. Les tampons "
71973 #~ "de profil compressé ne sont plus gérés, comme cela était le cas avec "
71974 #~ "B<readprofile-1.1>, car le programme doit connaître à l'avance la taille "
71975 #~ "du tampon."
71976
71977 #~ msgid ""
71978 #~ "Reset the profiling buffer.  This can only be invoked by root, because I</"
71979 #~ "proc/profile> is readable by everybody but writable only by the "
71980 #~ "superuser.  However, you can make B<readprofile> set-user-ID 0, in order "
71981 #~ "to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
71982 #~ msgstr ""
71983 #~ "Réinitialiser le tampon de profilage. Cette option n'est utilisable que "
71984 #~ "par le superutilisateur car I</proc/profile> est lisible par tout le "
71985 #~ "monde mais n'est ouvert en écriture qu'au superutilisateur. Cependant, "
71986 #~ "vous pouvez mettre le bit set-user-ID de B<readprofile> à B<0> pour "
71987 #~ "réinitialiser le tampon sans augmentation de privilège."
71988
71989 #~ msgid ""
71990 #~ "Verbose.  The output is organized in four columns and filled with "
71991 #~ "blanks.  The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the "
71992 #~ "second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock "
71993 #~ "ticks and the last is the normalized load."
71994 #~ msgstr ""
71995 #~ "Utiliser une sortie en mode verbeux. Celle-ci est alors organisée en "
71996 #~ "quatre colonnes et complétée avec des blancs. La première colonne est "
71997 #~ "l'adresse RAM d'une fonction du noyau, la seconde contient le nom de "
71998 #~ "cette fonction, la troisième affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge et la "
71999 #~ "dernière la charge normalisée."
72000
72001 #~ msgid ""
72002 #~ "/proc/profile              A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer.\n"
72003 #~ "/usr/src/linux/System.map  The symbol table for the kernel.\n"
72004 #~ "/usr/src/linux/*           The program being profiled :-)\n"
72005 #~ msgstr ""
72006 #~ "I</proc/profile>              Instantané binaire du tampon de profilage.\n"
72007 #~ "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>  Table de symboles pour le noyau.\n"
72008 #~ "I</usr/src/linux/*>           Le programme en cours de profilage :-).\n"
72009
72010 #~ msgid ""
72011 #~ "B<readprofile> only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because I</proc/"
72012 #~ "profile> changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3"
72013 #~ msgstr ""
72014 #~ "B<readprofile> ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux\\ 1.3.x et supérieurs car "
72015 #~ "I</proc/profile> a changé entre les versions\\ 1.2 et 1.3."
72016
72017 #~ msgid ""
72018 #~ "This program only works with ELF kernels.  The change for a.out kernels "
72019 #~ "is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
72020 #~ msgstr ""
72021 #~ "Ce programme ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux ELF. Le changement pour les "
72022 #~ "noyaux a.out est trivial et laissé comme exercice à l'utilisateur de ces "
72023 #~ "noyaux."
72024
72025 #~ msgid ""
72026 #~ "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited.  This means that "
72027 #~ "many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled.  Watch out "
72028 #~ "for misleading information."
72029 #~ msgstr ""
72030 #~ "Le profilage est désactivé lorsque les interruptions sont interdites. "
72031 #~ "Cela signifie que beaucoup de tics de profilage ont lieu lorsque les "
72032 #~ "interruptions sont réactivées. Prenez garde aux informations erronées."
72033
72034 #~ msgid ""
72035 #~ "The readprofile command is part of the util-linux package and is "
72036 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
72037 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
72038 #~ msgstr ""
72039 #~ "La commande B<readprofile> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72040 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
72041 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
72042
72043 #~ msgid "RENAME"
72044 #~ msgstr "RENAME"
72045
72046 #~ msgid "B<mv>(1)"
72047 #~ msgstr "B<mv>(1)"
72048
72049 #~ msgid ""
72050 #~ "The rename command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72051 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72052 #~ msgstr ""
72053 #~ "La commande B<rename> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72054 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72055 #~ "E<gt>."
72056
72057 #~ msgid "RENICE"
72058 #~ msgstr "RENICE"
72059
72060 #, fuzzy
72061 #~| msgid ""
72062 #~| "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
72063 #~| "processes.  The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used.  The "
72064 #~| "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
72065 #~| "group IDs, user IDs, or user names.  B<renice>'ing a process group "
72066 #~| "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
72067 #~| "priority altered.  B<renice>'ing a user causes all processes owned by "
72068 #~| "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
72069 #~ msgid ""
72070 #~ "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
72071 #~ "processes. The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used. The "
72072 #~ "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
72073 #~ "group IDs, user IDs, or user names. B<renice>\\(aqing a process group "
72074 #~ "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
72075 #~ "priority altered. B<renice>\\(aqing a user causes all processes owned by "
72076 #~ "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
72077 #~ msgstr ""
72078 #~ "B<renice> modifie la priorité d'ordonnancement d'un ou de plusieurs "
72079 #~ "processus en cours d'exécution. Le premier argument est la valeur de "
72080 #~ "I<priorité> à utiliser. Les autres arguments sont interprétés comme des "
72081 #~ "identifiants de processus (PID, par défaut), des identifiants de groupe "
72082 #~ "de processus (PGID), des identifiants d’utilisateur (UID) ou des noms "
72083 #~ "d’utilisateur. Utiliser B<renice> sur un groupe de processus implique que "
72084 #~ "tous les processus de ce groupe auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement "
72085 #~ "modifiée. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué, tous les processus "
72086 #~ "appartenant à celui-ci auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée."
72087
72088 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
72089 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--priority> I<priorité>"
72090
72091 #~ msgid ""
72092 #~ "Specify the scheduling I<priority> to be used for the process, process "
72093 #~ "group, or user.  Use of the option B<-n> or B<--priority> is optional, "
72094 #~ "but when used it must be the first argument."
72095 #~ msgstr ""
72096 #~ "indiquer la I<priorité> d’ordonnancement à utiliser pour le processus, le "
72097 #~ "groupe de processus ou l’utilisateur. Utiliser l’option B<-n> ou B<--"
72098 #~ "priority> est facultatif, mais si elle est utilisée, elle doit être le "
72099 #~ "premier argument."
72100
72101 #~ msgid ""
72102 #~ "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes "
72103 #~ "they own.  Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only I<increase> the "
72104 #~ "``nice value'' (i.e., choose a lower priority)  and such changes are "
72105 #~ "irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12)  the user has a suitable "
72106 #~ "``nice'' resource limit (see B<ulimit>(1p)  and B<getrlimit>(2))."
72107 #~ msgstr ""
72108 #~ "Les utilisateurs ordinaires (à part le superutilisateur) ne peuvent que "
72109 #~ "modifier la priorité des processus dont ils sont propriétaires. De plus, "
72110 #~ "un utilisateur non privilégié ne peut qu'« incrémenter » leur « valeur "
72111 #~ "nice » (choisir ainsi une priorité plus basse) et de tels changements "
72112 #~ "sont irréversibles, à moins (à partir de Linux 2.6.12) que l'utilisateur "
72113 #~ "ait une limite de ressource « nice » acceptable (voir B<ulimit>(1) et "
72114 #~ "B<getrlimit>(2))."
72115
72116 # NOTE: bogue po4a => \\&.>
72117 #~ msgid ""
72118 #~ "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority "
72119 #~ "to any value in the range -20 to 19.  Useful priorities are: 19 (the "
72120 #~ "affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants "
72121 #~ "to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make "
72122 #~ "things go very fast)."
72123 #~ msgstr ""
72124 #~ "Le superutilisateur peut modifier la priorité de n'importe quel processus "
72125 #~ "et peut configurer la priorité avec n'importe quelle valeur dans "
72126 #~ "l'intervalle de -20 à 19. Les priorités utiles sont : 19 (les processus "
72127 #~ "affectés ne s'exécutent que si aucun autre processus ne souhaite "
72128 #~ "s'exécuter sur le système), B<0> (la priorité d'ordonnancement de "
72129 #~ "« base »), n'importe quelle valeur négative (pour rendre les processus "
72130 #~ "plus rapides)."
72131
72132 #~ msgid ""
72133 #~ "The renice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72134 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
72135 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
72136 #~ msgstr ""
72137 #~ "La commande B<renice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72138 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
72139 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
72140
72141 #~ msgid "RESIZEPART"
72142 #~ msgstr "RESIZEPART"
72143
72144 #, fuzzy
72145 #~| msgid ""
72146 #~| "The resizepart command is part of the util-linux package and is "
72147 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72148 #~ msgid ""
72149 #~ "The B<resizepart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
72150 #~ "downloaded from"
72151 #~ msgstr ""
72152 #~ "La commande B<resizepart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72153 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72154 #~ ">E<gt>."
72155
72156 #~ msgid ""
72157 #~ "B<resizepart> tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified "
72158 #~ "partition.  The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize "
72159 #~ "partition\" ioctl."
72160 #~ msgstr ""
72161 #~ "B<resizepart> informe le noyau de la nouvelle taille de la partition "
72162 #~ "indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « resize "
72163 #~ "partition »."
72164
72165 #~ msgid ""
72166 #~ "The resizepart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72167 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72168 #~ msgstr ""
72169 #~ "La commande B<resizepart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72170 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72171 #~ ">E<gt>."
72172
72173 #~ msgid "REV"
72174 #~ msgstr "REV"
72175
72176 #~ msgid "B<tac>(1)"
72177 #~ msgstr "B<tac>(1)"
72178
72179 #~ msgid "September 2011"
72180 #~ msgstr "Septembre 2011"
72181
72182 #~ msgid ""
72183 #~ "The B<rev> utility copies the specified files to standard output, "
72184 #~ "reversing the order of characters in every line.  If no files are "
72185 #~ "specified, standard input is read."
72186 #~ msgstr ""
72187 #~ "L'utilitaire B<rev> copie les I<fichier>s indiqués sur la sortie "
72188 #~ "standard, en inversant l'ordre des caractères de chaque ligne. Si aucun "
72189 #~ "fichier n'est indiqué, l'entrée standard est lue."
72190
72191 #~ msgid ""
72192 #~ "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
72193 #~ "buffer for a whole wide-char line.  If the input file is huge and without "
72194 #~ "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
72195 #~ msgstr ""
72196 #~ "Cet outil est orienté ligne de commande et il utilise un tampon alloué en "
72197 #~ "mémoire vive pour une ligne entière de caractères. Si le fichier d'entrée "
72198 #~ "est gros et sans retour à la ligne, l'allocation de la mémoire pour le "
72199 #~ "fichier pourrait ne pas réussir."
72200
72201 #~ msgid "RTCWAKE"
72202 #~ msgstr "RTCWAKE"
72203
72204 #, fuzzy
72205 #~| msgid "List available --mode option arguments."
72206 #~ msgid "List available B<--mode> option arguments."
72207 #~ msgstr "Liste des arguments disponibles de l’option B<--mode>."
72208
72209 #~ msgid "B<mem>"
72210 #~ msgstr "B<mem>"
72211
72212 #, fuzzy
72213 #~| msgid ""
72214 #~| "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff).  This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'.  "
72215 #~| "Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
72216 #~ msgid ""
72217 #~ "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling \\(aq/sbin/"
72218 #~ "shutdown\\(aq. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
72219 #~ msgstr ""
72220 #~ "État S5 de l'ACPI (extinction). C'est réalisé en appelant « /sbin/"
72221 #~ "shutdown ». N'est pas officiellement pris en charge par l'ACPI, mais "
72222 #~ "fonctionne habituellement."
72223
72224 #~ msgid "B<no>"
72225 #~ msgstr "B<no>"
72226
72227 #, fuzzy
72228 #~| msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
72229 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
72230 #~ msgstr ""
72231 #~ "Ne pas mettre en veille, seulement configurer l’heure de réveil de "
72232 #~ "l’horloge matérielle."
72233
72234 #, fuzzy
72235 #~| msgid ""
72236 #~| "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears.  "
72237 #~| "This mode is useful for debugging."
72238 #~ msgid ""
72239 #~ "Don\\(cqt suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. "
72240 #~ "This mode is useful for debugging."
72241 #~ msgstr ""
72242 #~ "Ne pas mettre en veille, mais lire le périphérique d'horloge matérielle "
72243 #~ "jusqu'à l'apparition de l'heure d'alarme. Ce mode est pratique pour le "
72244 #~ "débogage."
72245
72246 #, fuzzy
72247 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --dry-run>"
72248 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
72249 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
72250
72251 #, fuzzy
72252 #~| msgid ""
72253 #~| "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> using "
72254 #~| "only the kernel code accessed by this driver.  They need help from "
72255 #~| "userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
72256 #~ msgid ""
72257 #~ "Some PC systems can\\(cqt currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> "
72258 #~ "using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from "
72259 #~ "userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
72260 #~ msgstr ""
72261 #~ "Certains systèmes de PC ne peuvent actuellement pas sortir d'états de "
72262 #~ "veille comme B<mem> en n'utilisant que le code du noyau auquel accède ce "
72263 #~ "pilote. Ils ont besoin de l'aide de code en espace utilisateur pour que "
72264 #~ "la mémoire vidéo fonctionne encore."
72265
72266 #, fuzzy
72267 #~| msgid ""
72268 #~| "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.  "
72269 #~| "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
72270 #~ msgid "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
72271 #~ msgstr ""
72272 #~ "Ce programme est un logiciel libre. Vous pouvez le modifier et le "
72273 #~ "redistribuer. Il n'y a AUCUNE GARANTIE dans la mesure autorisée par la "
72274 #~ "loi."
72275
72276 #~ msgid ""
72277 #~ "B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s "
72278 #~ ">I<seconds>|B<-t >I<time_t>}"
72279 #~ msgstr ""
72280 #~ "B<rtcwake> [I<options>] [B<-d> I<périphérique>] [B<-m> I<mode>] {B<-s> "
72281 #~ "I<secondes>|B<-t> I<heure_h>}"
72282
72283 #~ msgid ""
72284 #~ "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, "
72285 #~ "and leave it no later than a specified time.  It uses any RTC framework "
72286 #~ "driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
72287 #~ msgstr ""
72288 #~ "Il utilise des interfaces Linux multiplateformes pour mettre le système "
72289 #~ "en veille et ne pas l'y laisser au-delà d'une date indiquée. N'importe "
72290 #~ "quel environnement de pilote d'horloge matérielle (RTC) prenant en charge "
72291 #~ "les attributs de réveil normalisés peut être utilisé."
72292
72293 #~ msgid ""
72294 #~ "This is normally used like the old B<apmsleep> utility, to wake from a "
72295 #~ "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM).  Most "
72296 #~ "platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
72297 #~ msgstr ""
72298 #~ "Il est normalement utilisé comme l'ancien utilitaire B<apmsleep>, pour "
72299 #~ "réveiller à partir d'un état de veille comme les états S1 (pause/standby) "
72300 #~ "ou S3 (veille/suspend to RAM) d’ACPI. La plupart des plateformes peuvent "
72301 #~ "les implémenter en l’absence d’équivalent des BIOS, APM ou ACPI."
72302
72303 #~ msgid ""
72304 #~ "On some systems, this can also be used like B<nvram-wakeup>, waking from "
72305 #~ "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk).  Not all systems have persistent "
72306 #~ "media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
72307 #~ msgstr ""
72308 #~ "Sur certains systèmes, il peut aussi être utilisé comme B<nvram-wakeup>, "
72309 #~ "en réveillant à partir d'états comme S4 (hibernation/suspend to disk) "
72310 #~ "d’ACPI. Tous les systèmes ne possèdent pas de support physique "
72311 #~ "ininterruptible permettant ces modes de veille."
72312
72313 #~ msgid ""
72314 #~ "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
72315 #~ "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction "
72316 #~ "of a second after the return key is pressed.  B<rtcwake> tries to avoid "
72317 #~ "this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a "
72318 #~ "system sleep."
72319 #~ msgstr ""
72320 #~ "La configuration de veille peut être interrompue par du matériel encore "
72321 #~ "actif. Par exemple, des périphériques d’entrée USB et sans-fil continuent "
72322 #~ "d’envoyer des évènements quelques fractions de seconde après que la "
72323 #~ "touche entrée soit pressée. B<rtcwake> essaie d’éviter ce problème et il "
72324 #~ "attend que le terminal soit désœuvré avant d’entamer la mise en veille du "
72325 #~ "système."
72326
72327 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --adjfile >I<file>"
72328 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<fichier>"
72329
72330 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --auto>"
72331 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto>"
72332
72333 #~ msgid ""
72334 #~ "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local "
72335 #~ "time)  from the I<adjtime> file, where B<hwclock>(8)  stores that "
72336 #~ "information.  This is the default."
72337 #~ msgstr ""
72338 #~ "Lire le mode d'horloge (si l'horloge matérielle est configurée en heure "
72339 #~ "universelle (UTC) ou en heure locale) depuis le fichier I<adjtime>, où "
72340 #~ "B<hwclock>(8) conserve ces renseignements. C'est le mode par défaut."
72341
72342 #~ msgid ""
72343 #~ "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp.  Format of the "
72344 #~ "timestamp can be any of the following:"
72345 #~ msgstr ""
72346 #~ "Régler l’heure de réveil à la valeur d’I<instant>. Le format peut être "
72347 #~ "n’importe lequel des formats suivants :"
72348
72349 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --device >I<device>"
72350 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--device> I<périphérique>"
72351
72352 #~ msgid ""
72353 #~ "Use the specified I<device> instead of B<rtc0> as realtime clock.  This "
72354 #~ "option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC.  You may "
72355 #~ "specify B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, ... here."
72356 #~ msgstr ""
72357 #~ "Utiliser le I<périphérique> indiqué au lieu de B<rtc0> comme horloge "
72358 #~ "temps réel. Cette option n'a de sens que si le système dispose de plus "
72359 #~ "d'une horloge matérielle. B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, etc., peuvent être indiquées "
72360 #~ "ici."
72361
72362 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --local>"
72363 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--local>"
72364
72365 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mode >I<mode>"
72366 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
72367
72368 #~ msgid "Go into the given standby state.  Valid values for I<mode> are:"
72369 #~ msgstr ""
72370 #~ "Entrer dans le I<mode> de veille indiqué. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
72371
72372 #~ msgid ""
72373 #~ "ACPI state S1.  This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, "
72374 #~ "while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system.  "
72375 #~ "This is the default mode."
72376 #~ msgstr ""
72377 #~ "État S1 de l'ACPI. Cet état propose l'économie minimale d'énergie, bien "
72378 #~ "que réelle, tout en fournissant une transition rapide au retour à l'état "
72379 #~ "de travail. C'est le mode par défaut."
72380
72381 #~ msgid ""
72382 #~ "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
72383 #~ "processors idled.  This state is a general state that does not need any "
72384 #~ "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
72385 #~ "because the system is still in a running state.  (Available since Linux "
72386 #~ "3.9.)"
72387 #~ msgstr ""
72388 #~ "Les processus sont gelés, tous les périphériques sont en veille et tous "
72389 #~ "les processeurs en attente. Cet état est un état général qui n’a pas "
72390 #~ "besoin de prise en charge spécifique à la plateforme, mais il n’économise "
72391 #~ "pas autant de puissance qu’une mise en veille car le système est toujours "
72392 #~ "dans un état de fonctionnement (disponible depuis Linux 3.9)."
72393
72394 #~ msgid ""
72395 #~ "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM).  This state offers significant power "
72396 #~ "savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except "
72397 #~ "for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
72398 #~ msgstr ""
72399 #~ "État S3 de l'ACPI (veille/suspend to RAM). Cet état propose une économie "
72400 #~ "d'énergie significative puisque tout le système est placé en état "
72401 #~ "d'alimentation minimale, à l'exception de la mémoire qui est placée en "
72402 #~ "mode d'autorafraîchissement pour conserver son contenu."
72403
72404 #~ msgid ""
72405 #~ "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk).  This state offers the greatest power "
72406 #~ "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform "
72407 #~ "support for power management.  This state operates similarly to Suspend-"
72408 #~ "to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
72409 #~ msgstr ""
72410 #~ "État S4 de l'ACPI (hibernation/suspend to disk). Cet état propose la plus "
72411 #~ "grande économie d'énergie et peut même être utilisé en l’absence de prise "
72412 #~ "en charge de bas niveau par la plateforme de la gestion d'alimentation. "
72413 #~ "Cet état fonctionne comme la veille, avec une dernière étape pour écrire "
72414 #~ "le contenu de la mémoire sur disque."
72415
72416 #~ msgid ""
72417 #~ "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on E<lt>timeE<gt>\".  The "
72418 #~ "time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 "
72419 #~ "2010\"."
72420 #~ msgstr ""
72421 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur l'alarme au format « alarme : arrêt|"
72422 #~ "déclenchement E<lt>heureE<gt> ». L'heure est au format de sortie "
72423 #~ "B<ctime>(), par exemple « alarme : déclenchement dimanche 23 octobre "
72424 #~ "2011, 16:59:10 »."
72425
72426 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --dry-run>"
72427 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
72428
72429 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --seconds >I<seconds>"
72430 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<secondes>"
72431
72432 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --time >I<time_t>"
72433 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<heure_h>"
72434
72435 #~ msgid ""
72436 #~ "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time I<time_t>.  I<time_t> is the "
72437 #~ "time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC.  Use the B<date>(1)  tool to "
72438 #~ "convert between human-readable time and I<time_t>."
72439 #~ msgstr ""
72440 #~ "Définir l'heure de réveil à l'heure absolue I<heure_h>. I<heure_h> est "
72441 #~ "l'heure en seconde à partir de 00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC. Utiliser l'outil "
72442 #~ "B<date>(1) pour convertir l'heure entre le format lisible et I<heure_h>."
72443
72444 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --utc>"
72445 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--utc>"
72446
72447 #~ msgid ""
72448 #~ "The rtcwake command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72449 #~ "from the E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
72450 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
72451 #~ msgstr ""
72452 #~ "La commande B<rtcwake> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72453 #~ "disponible dans E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
72454 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
72455
72456 #~ msgid "RUNUSER"
72457 #~ msgstr "RUNUSER"
72458
72459 #, fuzzy
72460 #~| msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
72461 #~ msgid "changes to the target user\\(cqs home directory"
72462 #~ msgstr "se placer dans le répertoire personnel de l’utilisateur cible ;"
72463
72464 #, fuzzy
72465 #~| msgid ""
72466 #~| "sets argv[0] of the shell to 'B<->' in order to make the shell a login "
72467 #~| "shell"
72468 #~ msgid ""
72469 #~ "sets argv[0] of the shell to \\(aqB<->\\(aq in order to make the shell a "
72470 #~ "login shell"
72471 #~ msgstr ""
72472 #~ "définir argv[0] pour l’interpréteur de commandes à « B<-> » pour faire de "
72473 #~ "l’interpréteur de commandes un interpréteur de connexion."
72474
72475 #, fuzzy
72476 #~| msgid ""
72477 #~| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
72478 #~| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
72479 #~| "original session.  This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
72480 #~| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors.  "
72481 #~| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"runuser "
72482 #~| "--pty -u username -- command &\").  If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, "
72483 #~| "then B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and "
72484 #~| "stdout)."
72485 #~ msgid ""
72486 #~ "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
72487 #~ "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
72488 #~ "original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
72489 #~ "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. "
72490 #~ "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., B<runuser --"
72491 #~ "pty -u username \\(em command &>). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, "
72492 #~ "then B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and "
72493 #~ "stdout)."
72494 #~ msgstr ""
72495 #~ "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
72496 #~ "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec "
72497 #~ "la session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl "
72498 #~ "I<TIOCSTI> de terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les "
72499 #~ "descripteurs de fichier du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre "
72500 #~ "la session entière en arrière-plan (par exemple, I<runuser --pty -"
72501 #~ "u nom_utilisateur -- commande &>). Si le pseudo terminal est activé, la "
72502 #~ "commande B<runuser> fonctionne comme un serveur mandataire entre les "
72503 #~ "sessions (avec une copie de l'entrée et de la sortie standards)."
72504
72505 #, fuzzy
72506 #~| msgid ""
72507 #~| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions.  If the "
72508 #~| "standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo "
72509 #~| "\"date\" | runuser --pty -u user), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-"
72510 #~| "terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
72511 #~ msgid ""
72512 #~ "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
72513 #~ "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., B<echo \"date\" | "
72514 #~ "runuser --pty -u user>), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
72515 #~ "disabled to avoid messy output."
72516 #~ msgstr ""
72517 #~ "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
72518 #~ "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
72519 #~ "(« pipe ») (par exemple, I<echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -"
72520 #~ "u utilisateur>), le drapeau B<ECHO> du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour "
72521 #~ "éviter une sortie désordonnée."
72522
72523 #, fuzzy
72524 #~| msgid ""
72525 #~| "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/"
72526 #~| "shells), then the B<--shell> option and the B<SHELL> environment "
72527 #~| "variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
72528 #~ msgid ""
72529 #~ "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in I</etc/"
72530 #~ "shells>), then the B<--shell> option and the B<SHELL> environment "
72531 #~ "variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
72532 #~ msgstr ""
72533 #~ "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
72534 #~ "dire ne faisant pas partie de I</etc/shells>), l’option B<--shell> et la "
72535 #~ "variable d’environnement B<SHELL> sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
72536 #~ "appelant est le superutilisateur."
72537
72538 #, fuzzy
72539 #~| msgid ""
72540 #~| "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
72541 #~| "I<list> when clearing the environment for B<--login>. The whitelist is "
72542 #~| "ignored for the environment variables B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER>, "
72543 #~| "B<LOGNAME>, and B<PATH>."
72544 #~ msgid ""
72545 #~ "Don\\(cqt reset the environment variables specified in the comma-"
72546 #~ "separated I<list> when clearing the environment for B<--login>. The "
72547 #~ "whitelist is ignored for the environment variables B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, "
72548 #~ "B<USER>, B<LOGNAME>, and B<PATH>."
72549 #~ msgstr ""
72550 #~ "Ne pas réinitialiser les variables d'environnement spécifiées dans une "
72551 #~ "I<liste> séparée par des virgules au moment de vider l'environnement pour "
72552 #~ "B<--login> (une connexion). La liste blanche est ignorée s'agissant des "
72553 #~ "variables d'environnement B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER>, B<LOGNAME> et "
72554 #~ "B<PATH>."
72555
72556 #, fuzzy
72557 #~| msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string)"
72558 #~ msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string), B<ENV_SUPATH> (string)"
72559 #~ msgstr "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (chaîne)"
72560
72561 #, fuzzy
72562 #~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/runuser"
72563 #~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/runuser>"
72564 #~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/runuser"
72565
72566 #, fuzzy
72567 #~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/runuser-l"
72568 #~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/runuser-l>"
72569 #~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/runuser-l"
72570
72571 #, fuzzy
72572 #~| msgid "PAM configuration file if --login is specified"
72573 #~ msgid "PAM configuration file if B<--login> is specified"
72574 #~ msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM si B<--login> est indiqué"
72575
72576 #, fuzzy
72577 #~| msgid "/etc/default/runuser"
72578 #~ msgid "I</etc/default/runuser>"
72579 #~ msgstr "/etc/default/runuser"
72580
72581 #, fuzzy
72582 #~| msgid "/etc/login.defs"
72583 #~ msgid "I</etc/login.defs>"
72584 #~ msgstr "/etc/login.defs"
72585
72586 #, fuzzy
72587 #~| msgid ""
72588 #~| "This B< runuser> command was derived from coreutils' B<su>, which was "
72589 #~| "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
72590 #~| "command by Dan Walsh."
72591 #~ msgid ""
72592 #~ "This B<runuser> command was derived from coreutils\\(aq B<su>, which was "
72593 #~ "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
72594 #~ "command by Dan Walsh."
72595 #~ msgstr ""
72596 #~ "Cette commande B<runuser> est dérivée de B<su> de coreutils, qui était "
72597 #~ "basée sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande "
72598 #~ "B<runuser> de Fedora par Dan Walsh."
72599
72600 #~ msgid ""
72601 #~ "B<runuser> can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group "
72602 #~ "ID.  If the option B<-u> is not given, B<runuser> falls back to B<su>-"
72603 #~ "compatible semantics and a shell is executed.  The difference between the "
72604 #~ "commands B<runuser> and B<su> is that B<runuser> does not ask for a "
72605 #~ "password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a "
72606 #~ "different PAM configuration.  The command B<runuser> does not have to be "
72607 #~ "installed with set-user-ID permissions."
72608 #~ msgstr ""
72609 #~ "B<runuser> permet d’exécuter des commandes en substituant les "
72610 #~ "identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe. Si l’option B<-u> n’est pas "
72611 #~ "donnée, elle a recours à des sémantiques compatibles avec B<su> et un "
72612 #~ "interpréteur de commandes est exécuté. La différence entre les commandes "
72613 #~ "B<runuser> et B<su> est que B<runuser> ne demande pas de mot de passe "
72614 #~ "(puisqu’elle ne peut être exécutée que par le superutilisateur) et "
72615 #~ "qu’elle utilise une configuration PAM différente. La commande B<runuser> "
72616 #~ "n’a pas besoin d’être installée avec des droits Set-user-UID."
72617
72618 #~ msgid ""
72619 #~ "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to "
72620 #~ "use the B<setpriv>(1)  command."
72621 #~ msgstr ""
72622 #~ "Si une session PAM n'est pas indispensable, la solution recommandée "
72623 #~ "consiste à utiliser la commande B<setpriv>(1)."
72624
72625 #~ msgid ""
72626 #~ "Note that B<runuser> in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the "
72627 #~ "final environment modification.  Command-line options such as B<--login> "
72628 #~ "and B<--preserve-environment> affect the environment before it is "
72629 #~ "modified by PAM."
72630 #~ msgstr ""
72631 #~ "Remarquez que B<runuser> utilise dans tous les cas PAM (pam_getenvlist()) "
72632 #~ "pour effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de "
72633 #~ "la ligne de commande comme B<--login> ou B<--preserve-environment> "
72634 #~ "touchent l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."
72635
72636 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command>=I<command>"
72637 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command=>I<commande>"
72638
72639 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
72640 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
72641
72642 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
72643 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group=>I<groupe>"
72644
72645 #~ msgid ""
72646 #~ "The primary group to be used.  This option is allowed for the root user "
72647 #~ "only."
72648 #~ msgstr ""
72649 #~ "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
72650 #~ "superutilisateur."
72651
72652 #~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --supp-group>=I<group>"
72653 #~ msgstr "B<-G>, B<--supp-group=>I<groupe>"
72654
72655 #~ msgid ""
72656 #~ "Specify a supplementary group.  This option is available to the root user "
72657 #~ "only.  The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
72658 #~ "group if the option B<--group> is not specified."
72659 #~ msgstr ""
72660 #~ "Spécifier un groupe supplémentaire. Cette option n'est disponible que "
72661 #~ "pour le superutilisateur. Le premier groupe supplémentaire spécifié est "
72662 #~ "également utilisé en tant que groupe primaire si l'option B<--group> "
72663 #~ "n'est pas spécifiée."
72664
72665 #~ msgid "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
72666 #~ msgstr "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
72667
72668 #~ msgid "*"
72669 #~ msgstr "*"
72670
72671 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
72672 #~ msgstr "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
72673
72674 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
72675 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
72676
72677 #~ msgid ""
72678 #~ "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, "
72679 #~ "B<USER> or B<LOGNAME>.  The option is ignored if the option B<--login> is "
72680 #~ "specified."
72681 #~ msgstr ""
72682 #~ "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
72683 #~ "B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER> ni B<LOGNAME>. Cette option est ignorée si "
72684 #~ "l’option B<--login> est indiquée."
72685
72686 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell>=I<shell>"
72687 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--shell=>I<shell>"
72688
72689 #~ msgid ""
72690 #~ "Run the specified I<shell> instead of the default.  The shell to run is "
72691 #~ "selected according to the following rules, in order:"
72692 #~ msgstr ""
72693 #~ "Exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes I<shell> indiqué au lieu de celui "
72694 #~ "par défaut. L’interpréteur de commandes à exécuter est sélectionné "
72695 #~ "d’après les règles suivantes dans cet ordre :"
72696
72697 # NOTE: ffix
72698 #~ msgid "Same as B<-c>, but do not create a new session.  (Discouraged.)"
72699 #~ msgstr "Comme B<-c>, mais sans créer de nouvelle session (à éviter)."
72700
72701 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --whitelist-environment>=I<list>"
72702 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--whitelist-environment>=I<liste>"
72703
72704 #~ msgid ""
72705 #~ "B<runuser> reads the I</etc/default/runuser> and I</etc/login.defs> "
72706 #~ "configuration files.  The following configuration items are relevant for "
72707 #~ "B<runuser>:"
72708 #~ msgstr ""
72709 #~ "B<runuser> lit les fichiers de configuration I</etc/default/runuser> et "
72710 #~ "I</etc/login.defs>. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont "
72711 #~ "significatifs pour B<runuser>."
72712
72713 #~ msgid ""
72714 #~ "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
72715 #~ "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
72716 #~ msgstr ""
72717 #~ "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La "
72718 #~ "valeur par défaut est B</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
72719
72720 #~ msgid ""
72721 #~ "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
72722 #~ "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
72723 #~ "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
72724 #~ msgstr ""
72725 #~ "Définit la variable d'environnement PATH pour le superutilisateur. La "
72726 #~ "valeur par défaut est B</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/sbin:\\:/"
72727 #~ "bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
72728
72729 #~ msgid ""
72730 #~ "B<runuser> normally returns the exit status of the command it executed.  "
72731 #~ "If the command was killed by a signal, B<runuser> returns the number of "
72732 #~ "the signal plus 128."
72733 #~ msgstr ""
72734 #~ "B<runuser> renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle "
72735 #~ "exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, B<runuser> renvoie le "
72736 #~ "numéro du signal plus 128."
72737
72738 #~ msgid ""
72739 #~ "The runuser command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72740 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
72741 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
72742 #~ msgstr ""
72743 #~ "La commande runuser fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
72744 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
72745 #~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
72746
72747 #~ msgid "SCRIPT"
72748 #~ msgstr "SCRIPT"
72749
72750 #, fuzzy
72751 #~| msgid ""
72752 #~| "Flush output after each write.  This is nice for telecooperation: one "
72753 #~| "person does `mkfifo foo; script -f foo', and another can supervise in "
72754 #~| "real-time what is being done using `cat foo'.  Note that flush has an "
72755 #~| "impact on performance; it's possible to use SIGUSR1 to flush logs on "
72756 #~| "demand."
72757 #~ msgid ""
72758 #~ "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one "
72759 #~ "person does B<mkfifo foo; script -f foo>, and another can supervise in "
72760 #~ "real-time what is being done using B<cat foo>. Note that flush has an "
72761 #~ "impact on performance; it\\(cqs possible to use B<SIGUSR1> to flush logs "
72762 #~ "on demand."
72763 #~ msgstr ""
72764 #~ "Forcer l'écriture de la sortie après chaque demande d'écriture. C'est "
72765 #~ "pratique pour une coopération à distance : une personne exécute "
72766 #~ "I<mkfifo toto; script \\-f toto> et une autre peut superviser en temps "
72767 #~ "réel ce qui se passe avec I<cat toto>. Remarquez que ce forçage peut "
72768 #~ "impacter les performances, il est possible d'utiliser SIGUSR1 pour écrire "
72769 #~ "les journaux à la demande."
72770
72771 #, fuzzy
72772 #~| msgid ""
72773 #~| "Log input and output to the same I<file>.  Note, this option makes sense "
72774 #~| "only if B<--log-timing> is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to "
72775 #~| "separate output and input streams from the log I<file>."
72776 #~ msgid ""
72777 #~ "Log input and output to the same I<file>. Note, this option makes sense "
72778 #~ "only if B<--log-timing> is also specified, otherwise it\\(cqs impossible "
72779 #~ "to separate output and input streams from the log I<file>."
72780 #~ msgstr ""
72781 #~ "Enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans le même I<fichier>. Remarquez que "
72782 #~ "cette option n'a de sens que si B<--log-timing> est également spécifié, "
72783 #~ "sinon il n'est pas possible de séparer les flux d'entrée et de sortie à "
72784 #~ "partir du I<fichier>."
72785
72786 #, fuzzy
72787 #~| msgid ""
72788 #~| "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
72789 #~| "'H'eader, 'S'ignal).  The socond field is how much time elapsed since "
72790 #~| "the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
72791 #~ msgid ""
72792 #~ "The first field is an entry type identifier (\\(aqI\\(cqnput, "
72793 #~ "\\(aqO\\(cqutput, \\(aqH\\(cqeader, \\(aqS\\(cqignal). The socond field "
72794 #~ "is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the "
72795 #~ "entry is type-specific data."
72796 #~ msgstr ""
72797 #~ "Le premier champ est l'identifiant du type d'entrée ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
72798 #~ "'H'eader, 'S'ignal). Le deuxième champ est la durée écoulée depuis la "
72799 #~ "saisie précédente, et le reste de l’entrée contient des données "
72800 #~ "spécifiques au type."
72801
72802 #~ msgid "October 2019"
72803 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2019"
72804
72805 #~ msgid ""
72806 #~ "B<script> makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session.  The "
72807 #~ "terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information "
72808 #~ "about timing to another (optional) structured log file.  The timing log "
72809 #~ "file is necessary to replay the session later by B<scriptreplay>(1)  and "
72810 #~ "to store additional information about the session."
72811 #~ msgstr ""
72812 #~ "B<script> effectue un tapuscrit de tout ce qu'il se passe dans la session "
72813 #~ "de votre terminal. Les données du terminal sont stockées sous une forme "
72814 #~ "brute dans le fichier journal et les informations de temps le sont dans "
72815 #~ "un fichier journal structuré (optionnel). Le fichier journal de temps est "
72816 #~ "nécessaire pour répéter la session, plus tard, avec B<scriptreplay>(1) et "
72817 #~ "pour stocker des informations supplémentaires sur la session."
72818
72819 #~ msgid ""
72820 #~ "Since version 2.35, B<script> supports multiple streams and allows the "
72821 #~ "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file.  This "
72822 #~ "version also supports new timing file which records additional "
72823 #~ "information.  The command B<scriptreplay --summary> then provides all the "
72824 #~ "information."
72825 #~ msgstr ""
72826 #~ "Depuis la version 2.35, B<script> prend en charge plusieurs flux et "
72827 #~ "permet d'enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans des fichiers séparés ou "
72828 #~ "dans un seul fichier. Cette version gère aussi le nouveau fichier de "
72829 #~ "temps qui enregistre des informations supplémentaires. La commande "
72830 #~ "B<scriptreplay --summary> fournit ensuite toutes les informations."
72831
72832 #~ msgid ""
72833 #~ "If the argument I<file> or option B<--log-out> I<file> is given, "
72834 #~ "B<script> saves the dialogue in this I<file>.  If no filename is given, "
72835 #~ "the dialogue is saved in the file I<typescript>."
72836 #~ msgstr ""
72837 #~ "Si le paramètre I<fichier> ou l'option B<--log-out> I<fichier> est "
72838 #~ "fourni, B<script> sauvegarde l’affichage dans ce I<fichier>. Si aucun nom "
72839 #~ "de fichier n'est fourni, l’affichage est sauvegardé dans le fichier "
72840 #~ "I<typescript>."
72841
72842 #~ msgid ""
72843 #~ "Note that logging input using B<--log-in> or B<--log-io> may record "
72844 #~ "security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal "
72845 #~ "session input (e.g., passwords)  independently of the terminal echo flag "
72846 #~ "setting."
72847 #~ msgstr ""
72848 #~ "Remarquez que l'enregistrement des saisies avec B<--log-in> ou B<--log-"
72849 #~ "io> peut être une opération sensible au plan de la sécurité, puisque le "
72850 #~ "fichier journal contient toute la saisie de la session en terminal (cela "
72851 #~ "veut dire y compris les mots de passe) indépendamment du positionnement "
72852 #~ "du drapeau ECHO du terminal."
72853
72854 #~ msgid ""
72855 #~ "Run the I<command> rather than an interactive shell.  This makes it easy "
72856 #~ "for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently "
72857 #~ "when its stdout is not a tty."
72858 #~ msgstr ""
72859 #~ "Exécuter la I<commande> au lieu d’un interpréteur de commandes "
72860 #~ "interactif. Cela facilite la capture de sortie d'un programme qui se "
72861 #~ "comporte différemment si sa sortie est un terminal ou non."
72862
72863 #~ msgid ""
72864 #~ "This option controls the ECHO flag for the pseudoterminal within the "
72865 #~ "session.  The supported modes are I<always>, I<never>, or I<auto>.  The "
72866 #~ "default is I<auto> -- in this case, ECHO is disabled if the current "
72867 #~ "standard input is a terminal iin order to avoid double-echo, and enabled "
72868 #~ "if standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: B<echo date | "
72869 #~ "script>)  to avoid missing input in the session log."
72870 #~ msgstr ""
72871 #~ "Cette option contrôle le drapeau ECHO du pseudo-terminal dans la session. "
72872 #~ "Les modes pris en charge sont I<always>, I<never> ou I<auto>. I<auto> "
72873 #~ "l'est par défaut, auquel cas ECHO est désactivé si l'entrée standard "
72874 #~ "actuelle est un terminal, afin d'éviter un double affichage, et il est "
72875 #~ "activé si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal (par exemple, un tube "
72876 #~ "comme I<echo date | script>) pour éviter une absence d'entrée dans le "
72877 #~ "journal de la session."
72878
72879 #~ msgid ""
72880 #~ "Return the exit status of the child process.  Uses the same format as "
72881 #~ "bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 + the "
72882 #~ "signal number).  The exit status of the child process is always stored in "
72883 #~ "the type script file too."
72884 #~ msgstr ""
72885 #~ "Renvoyer le code de retour du processus enfant. Le format utilisé est le "
72886 #~ "même que celui de sortie de bash quand il reçoit un signal de fin (c'est-"
72887 #~ "à-dire quand le code de retour est 128 + le numéro du signal). Le code de "
72888 #~ "retour du processus enfant est également toujours stocké dans le fichier "
72889 #~ "I<typescript>."
72890
72891 #~ msgid ""
72892 #~ "Allow the default output file I<typescript> to be a hard or symbolic "
72893 #~ "link.  The command will follow a symbolic link."
72894 #~ msgstr ""
72895 #~ "Permettre à la destination par défaut, c'est-à-dire le fichier "
72896 #~ "I<typescript>, d'être un lien direct ou symbolique. La commande suivra le "
72897 #~ "lien symbolique."
72898
72899 #~ msgid ""
72900 #~ "Log input to the I<file>.  The log output is disabled if only B<--log-in> "
72901 #~ "specified."
72902 #~ msgstr ""
72903 #~ "Enregistrer l'entrée dans le I<fichier>. La journalisation de la sortie "
72904 #~ "est désactivée si l'option B<--log-in> est spécifiée seule."
72905
72906 #~ msgid ""
72907 #~ "Log output to the I<file>.  The default is to log output to the file with "
72908 #~ "name I<typescript> if the option B<--log-out> or B<--log-in> is not "
72909 #~ "given.  The log output is disabled if only B<--log-in> specified."
72910 #~ msgstr ""
72911 #~ "Enregistrer la sortie dans le I<fichier>. Par défaut, l'enregistrement de "
72912 #~ "la sortie se fait dans un fichier I<typescript> si l'option B<--log-out> "
72913 #~ "ou B<--log-in> n'est pas donnée. L'enregistrement de la sortie est "
72914 #~ "désactivé si B<--log-in> est spécifiée seule."
72915
72916 #~ msgid ""
72917 #~ "Log timing information to the I<file>.  Two timing file formats are "
72918 #~ "supported now.  The classic format is used when only one stream (input or "
72919 #~ "output) logging is enabled.  The multi-stream format is used on B<--log-"
72920 #~ "io> or when B<--log-in> and B<--log-out> are used together.  See also B<--"
72921 #~ "logging-format>."
72922 #~ msgstr ""
72923 #~ "Enregistrer les informations de temps dans le I<fichier>. Deux formats de "
72924 #~ "fichiers de temps sont désormais pris en charge. Le format classique est "
72925 #~ "utilisé quand seul l'enregistrement d'un flux (entrée ou sortie) est "
72926 #~ "activé. Le format multi-flux est utilisé avec B<--log-io> ou quand B<--"
72927 #~ "log-in> et B<--log-out> sont spécifiées en même temps. Voir aussi B<--"
72928 #~ "logging-format>."
72929
72930 #~ msgid ""
72931 #~ "Force use of I<advanced> or I<classic> format.  The default is the "
72932 #~ "classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as "
72933 #~ "well as output logging is requested."
72934 #~ msgstr ""
72935 #~ "Forcer l'utilisation du format I<advanced> ou I<classic>. Par défaut, le "
72936 #~ "format classique est utilisé pour n'enregistrer que la sortie et celui "
72937 #~ "avancé l'est quand on veut enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie."
72938
72939 #~ msgid ""
72940 #~ "The log contains two fields, separated by a space.  The first field "
72941 #~ "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output.  The second "
72942 #~ "field indicates how many characters were output this time."
72943 #~ msgstr ""
72944 #~ "Le journal contient deux champs séparés par des espaces. Le premier champ "
72945 #~ "indique le temps passé depuis la dernière sortie. Le second champ indique "
72946 #~ "le nombre de caractères ayant été sortis cette fois-ci."
72947
72948 #~ msgid ""
72949 #~ "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to I<size> and stop the "
72950 #~ "child process after this size is exceeded.  The calculated file size does "
72951 #~ "not include the start and done messages that the B<script> command "
72952 #~ "prepends and appends to the child process output.  Due to buffering, the "
72953 #~ "resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
72954 #~ msgstr ""
72955 #~ "Limiter la taille des fichiers I<typescript> et de temps à I<taille> et "
72956 #~ "arrêter le processus enfant lorsque cette taille est dépassée. La taille "
72957 #~ "du fichier calculée ne tient pas compte des messages de début et de fin "
72958 #~ "ajoutés par la commande B<script> à la sortie du processus enfant. Du "
72959 #~ "fait d'une mise en tampon (« buffering »), la taille finale du fichier "
72960 #~ "pourrait être plus grande que la valeur indiquée."
72961
72962 #~ msgid ""
72963 #~ "Output timing data to standard error, or to I<file> when given.  This "
72964 #~ "option is deprecated in favour of B<--log-timing> where the I<file> "
72965 #~ "argument is not optional."
72966 #~ msgstr ""
72967 #~ "Afficher les données de temps sur la sortie d'erreur standard ou dans "
72968 #~ "I<fichier> s'il est indiqué. Cette option est obsolète et remplacée par "
72969 #~ "B<--log-timing>, où le paramètre I<fichier> n'est pas facultatif."
72970
72971 #~ msgid ""
72972 #~ "If the variable B<SHELL> exists, the shell forked by B<script> will be "
72973 #~ "that shell.  If B<SHELL> is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed.  (Most "
72974 #~ "shells set this variable automatically)."
72975 #~ msgstr ""
72976 #~ "Si la variable d'environnement B<SHELL> existe, l'interpréteur de "
72977 #~ "commandes engendré par B<script> (avec fork) sera cet interpréteur de "
72978 #~ "commandes. Si B<SHELL> n'est pas définie, l’interpréteur de commandes "
72979 #~ "sera supposé de type Bourne (la plupart des interpréteurs de commandes "
72980 #~ "définissent cette variable automatiquement)."
72981
72982 #~ msgid ""
72983 #~ "Certain interactive commands, such as B<vi>(1), create garbage in the "
72984 #~ "typescript file.  B<script> works best with commands that do not "
72985 #~ "manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy "
72986 #~ "terminal."
72987 #~ msgstr ""
72988 #~ "Certaines commandes interactives, comme B<vi>(1), créent des parasites "
72989 #~ "dans le fichier de transcription. B<script> fonctionne mieux avec les "
72990 #~ "commandes qui ne manipulent pas l'écran, les résultats cherchent à émuler "
72991 #~ "un terminal brut."
72992
72993 #~ msgid ""
72994 #~ "It is not recommended to run B<script> in non-interactive shells.  The "
72995 #~ "inner shell of B<script> is always interactive, and this could lead to "
72996 #~ "unexpected results.  If you use B<script> in the shell initialization "
72997 #~ "file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop.  You can use for "
72998 #~ "example the B<\\%.profile> file, which is read by login shells only:"
72999 #~ msgstr ""
73000 #~ "Exécuter B<script> dans des interpréteurs de commandes non interactifs "
73001 #~ "n’est pas recommandé. L’interpréteur de commandes interne de B<script> "
73002 #~ "est toujours interactif, et cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des "
73003 #~ "résultats imprévus. Si vous utilisez B<script> dans le fichier "
73004 #~ "d’initialisation de l’interpréteur de commandes, évitez d’entrer dans une "
73005 #~ "boucle infinie. Utilisez par exemple le fichier B<\\%.profile> qui n’est "
73006 #~ "lu que par les interpréteurs de commandes de connexion :"
73007
73008 #~ msgid ""
73009 #~ "B<script> places I<everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and "
73010 #~ "backspaces.  This is not what the naive user expects."
73011 #~ msgstr ""
73012 #~ "B<script> place I<tout> dans le fichier journal, dont les changements de "
73013 #~ "ligne et les espaces arrière. Ce n'est pas ce à quoi un utilisateur "
73014 #~ "pourrait naïvement s'attendre."
73015
73016 #~ msgid ""
73017 #~ "B<script> is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions.  When "
73018 #~ "stdin is not a terminal (for example: B<echo foo | script>), then the "
73019 #~ "session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session "
73020 #~ "misses EOF and B<script> has no clue when to close the session.  See the "
73021 #~ "B<NOTES> section for more information."
73022 #~ msgstr ""
73023 #~ "B<script> est d'abord conçu pour des sessions de terminal interactives. "
73024 #~ "Quand l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal, (par exemple I<echo toto |"
73025 #~ " script>), la session peut se bloquer car l'interpréteur interactif dans "
73026 #~ "la session de script n'a pas de EOF et B<script> ne sait pas quand fermer "
73027 #~ "la session. Voir la session B<REMARQUES> pour plus d'informations."
73028
73029 #~ msgid ""
73030 #~ "B<csh>(1)  (for the I<history> mechanism), B<scriptreplay>(1), "
73031 #~ "B<scriptlive>(1),"
73032 #~ msgstr ""
73033 #~ "B<csh>(1) (pour le mécanisme d’I<historique>), B<scriptreplay>(1), "
73034 #~ "B<scriptlive>(1),"
73035
73036 #~ msgid ""
73037 #~ "The script command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73038 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73039 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73040 #~ msgstr ""
73041 #~ "La commande B<script> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73042 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73043 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73044
73045 #~ msgid "SCRIPTREPLAY"
73046 #~ msgstr "SCRIPTREPLAY"
73047
73048 #, fuzzy
73049 #~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal input."
73050 #~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal input."
73051 #~ msgstr "Fichier contenant l'entrée de terminal de B<script>."
73052
73053 #, fuzzy
73054 #~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal output."
73055 #~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output."
73056 #~ msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script>."
73057
73058 #, fuzzy
73059 #~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal output and input."
73060 #~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output and input."
73061 #~ msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script> et l’entrée."
73062
73063 #, fuzzy
73064 #~| msgid ""
73065 #~| "File containing B<script>'s timing output.  This option overrides old-"
73066 #~| "style arguments."
73067 #~ msgid ""
73068 #~ "File containing B<script>\\(aqs timing output. This option overrides old-"
73069 #~ "style arguments."
73070 #~ msgstr ""
73071 #~ "Fichier contenant la sortie temporelle de B<script>. Cette option "
73072 #~ "outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."
73073
73074 #, fuzzy
73075 #~| msgid ""
73076 #~| "File containing B<script>'s terminal output.  Deprecated alias to B<--"
73077 #~| "log-out>.  This option overrides old-style arguments."
73078 #~ msgid ""
73079 #~ "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output. Deprecated alias to B<--"
73080 #~ "log-out>. This option overrides old-style arguments."
73081 #~ msgstr ""
73082 #~ "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script>. Alias obsolète pour "
73083 #~ "B<--log-out>. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."
73084
73085 #, fuzzy
73086 #~| msgid ""
73087 #~| "Speed up the replay displaying this I<number> of times.  The argument is "
73088 #~| "a floating-point number.  It's called divisor because it divides the "
73089 #~| "timings by this factor.  This option overrides old-style arguments."
73090 #~ msgid ""
73091 #~ "Speed up the replay displaying this I<number> of times. The argument is a "
73092 #~ "floating-point number. It\\(cqs called divisor because it divides the "
73093 #~ "timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
73094 #~ msgstr ""
73095 #~ "Multiplier la vitesse d'affichage de la répétition (replay) par "
73096 #~ "I<nombre>. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Il est appelé "
73097 #~ "diviseur car il divise les temps par ce facteur. Cette option outrepasse "
73098 #~ "les paramètres à l'ancienne."
73099
73100 #, fuzzy
73101 #~| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008 James Youngman"
73102 #~ msgid "Copyright © 2008 James Youngman"
73103 #~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008 James Youngman"
73104
73105 #, fuzzy
73106 #~| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
73107 #~ msgid "Copyright © 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
73108 #~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
73109
73110 #~ msgid ""
73111 #~ "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were "
73112 #~ "run when the typescript was being recorded are B<not run again>.  Since "
73113 #~ "the same information is simply being displayed, B<scriptreplay> is only "
73114 #~ "guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the "
73115 #~ "typescript was recorded on.  Otherwise, any escape characters in the "
73116 #~ "typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which "
73117 #~ "B<scriptreplay> is sending its output."
73118 #~ msgstr ""
73119 #~ "La répétition affiche simplement à nouveau les informations ; les "
73120 #~ "programmes lancés lors de l'enregistrement de I<fichier_script> B<ne sont "
73121 #~ "pas réexécutés>. Comme les mêmes informations sont réaffichées, "
73122 #~ "B<scriptreplay> ne garantit un bon fonctionnement que s'il est lancé sur "
73123 #~ "le même type de terminal que celui où a été enregistré le "
73124 #~ "I<fichier_script>. Sinon, tout caractère d'échappement de "
73125 #~ "l'enregistrement pourrait être interprété différemment par le terminal "
73126 #~ "sur lequel B<scriptreplay> envoie sa sortie."
73127
73128 #~ msgid ""
73129 #~ "The timing information is what B<script>(1)  outputs to file specified by "
73130 #~ "B<--log-timing>."
73131 #~ msgstr ""
73132 #~ "Les informations temporelles correspondent à ce que B<script>(1) envoie "
73133 #~ "au fichier spécifié avec B<--log-timing>."
73134
73135 #~ msgid ""
73136 #~ "If the third parameter or B<--divisor> is specified, it is used as a "
73137 #~ "speed-up multiplier.  For example, a speed-up of 2 makes B<scriptreplay> "
73138 #~ "go twice as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than "
73139 #~ "the original session."
73140 #~ msgstr ""
73141 #~ "Si le troisième paramètre ou B<--divisor> est indiqué, il est utilisé "
73142 #~ "comme multiplicateur de vitesse. Par exemple, la valeur « 2 » multiplie "
73143 #~ "par 2 la vitesse de B<scriptreplay>, « 0.1 » la divise par 10."
73144
73145 #~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --log-in >I<file>"
73146 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--log-in> I<fichier>"
73147
73148 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --log-out >I<file>"
73149 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--log-out> I<fichier>"
73150
73151 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --log-io >I<file>"
73152 #~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--log-io> I<fichier>"
73153
73154 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --timing >I<file>"
73155 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timing> I<fichier>"
73156
73157 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --log-timing >I<file>"
73158 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--log-timing> I<fichier>"
73159
73160 #~ msgid ""
73161 #~ "This is an alias for B<-t>, maintained for compatibility with "
73162 #~ "B<script>(1)  command-line options."
73163 #~ msgstr ""
73164 #~ "Alias pour B<-t>, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les "
73165 #~ "options de la ligne de commande de B<script>(1)."
73166
73167 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --typescript >I<file>"
73168 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--typescript> I<fichier>"
73169
73170 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --cr-mode >I<mode>"
73171 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--cr-mode> I<mode>"
73172
73173 #~ msgid ""
73174 #~ "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
73175 #~ "files.  The default mode is I<auto>, in this case CR is replaced with "
73176 #~ "line break for stdin log, because otherwise B<scriptreplay> would "
73177 #~ "overwrite the same line.  The other modes are I<never> and I<always>."
73178 #~ msgstr ""
73179 #~ "Spécifier la manière d'utiliser le caractère CR (0x0D, retour chariot) "
73180 #~ "dans les fichiers journaux. Le mode par défaut est I<auto>, auquel cas CR "
73181 #~ "est remplacé par un retour à la ligne dans le journal de l'entrée "
73182 #~ "standard, sinon B<scriptreplay> écrasera la même ligne. Les autres modes "
73183 #~ "sont I<never> et I<always>."
73184
73185 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --maxdelay >I<number>"
73186 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--maxdelay> I<nombre>"
73187
73188 #~ msgid ""
73189 #~ "Set the maximum delay between updates to I<number> of seconds.  The "
73190 #~ "argument is a floating-point number.  This can be used to avoid long "
73191 #~ "pauses in the typescript replay."
73192 #~ msgstr ""
73193 #~ "Définir le délai maximal entre les mises à jour de transcription à "
73194 #~ "I<nombre> secondes. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Cela "
73195 #~ "peut être utilisé pour éviter les longues pauses quand la transcription "
73196 #~ "est rejouée."
73197
73198 #~ msgid ""
73199 #~ "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file "
73200 #~ "and exit.  The session has to be recorded using I<advanced> format (see "
73201 #~ "B<script>(1))  option B<--logging-format> for more details)."
73202 #~ msgstr ""
73203 #~ "Afficher les détails de la session enregistrée dans le fichier de temps "
73204 #~ "indiqué et quitter. La session doit être enregistrée au format "
73205 #~ "I<advanced> (avancé) (voir B<script>(1)), option B<--logging-format>, "
73206 #~ "pour plus de détails)."
73207
73208 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --stream >I<type>"
73209 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--stream >I<type>"
73210
73211 #~ msgid ""
73212 #~ "Forces B<scriptreplay> to print only the specified stream.  The supported "
73213 #~ "stream types are I<in>, I<out>, I<signal>, or I<info>.  This option is "
73214 #~ "recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., B<--log-io>)  in order to print "
73215 #~ "only specified data."
73216 #~ msgstr ""
73217 #~ "Forcer B<scriptreplay> à n'afficher que les flux indiqués. Les types de "
73218 #~ "flux pris en charge sont I<in>, I<out>, I<signal> ou I<info>. Cette "
73219 #~ "option est recommandée pour des journaux de plusieurs flux (comme B<--log-"
73220 #~ "io>) pour n'afficher que les données indiquées."
73221
73222 #~ msgid ""
73223 #~ "The scriptreplay command is part of the util-linux package and is "
73224 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73225 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73226 #~ msgstr ""
73227 #~ "La commande B<scriptreplay> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73228 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73229 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73230
73231 #~ msgid "SETARCH"
73232 #~ msgstr "SETARCH"
73233
73234 #, fuzzy
73235 #~| msgid ""
73236 #~| "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with "
73237 #~| "2.6.  Turns on UNAME26."
73238 #~ msgid ""
73239 #~ "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
73240 #~ "Turns on B<UNAME26>."
73241 #~ msgstr ""
73242 #~ "Forcer le I<programme> à voir un numéro de version du noyau qui commence "
73243 #~ "par 2.6. Activation de UNAME26."
73244
73245 #, fuzzy
73246 #~| msgid ""
73247 #~| "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space.  "
73248 #~| "Supported on x86.  Turns on ADDR_LIMIT_3GB."
73249 #~ msgid ""
73250 #~ "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. "
73251 #~ "Supported on x86. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_3GB>."
73252 #~ msgstr ""
73253 #~ "Indiquer que I<programme> ne doit utiliser qu'un maximum de 3 Go d'espace "
73254 #~ "d'adressage. Prise en charge sur x86. Activation de ADDR_LIMIT_3GB."
73255
73256 #, fuzzy
73257 #~| msgid ""
73258 #~| "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware.  Supported on "
73259 #~| "ARM and Alpha.  Turns on ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT."
73260 #~ msgid ""
73261 #~ "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM "
73262 #~ "and Alpha. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT>."
73263 #~ msgstr ""
73264 #~ "Limitation de l’espace d’adressage à 32 bits pour l’émulation du "
73265 #~ "matériel. Prise en charge sur ARM et Alpha. Activation de "
73266 #~ "ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT."
73267
73268 #, fuzzy
73269 #~| msgid ""
73270 #~| "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to "
73271 #~| "address descriptors.  This option has no effect on architectures that do "
73272 #~| "not support FDPIC ELF binaries.  In kernel v4.14 support is limited to "
73273 #~| "ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
73274 #~ msgid ""
73275 #~ "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to "
73276 #~ "address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do "
73277 #~ "not support B<FDPIC> ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to "
73278 #~ "ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
73279 #~ msgstr ""
73280 #~ "Traiter les pointeurs de fonction en espace utilisateur vers des "
73281 #~ "gestionnaires de signal comme des pointeurs vers des descripteurs "
73282 #~ "d’adresse. Cette option n’a aucun effet sur les architectures ne gérant "
73283 #~ "pas les binaires FDPIC ELF. Dans les noyaux de version 4.14, la prise en "
73284 #~ "charge est limitée aux architectures de processeur ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu "
73285 #~ "FR-V et SuperH."
73286
73287 #, fuzzy
73288 #~| msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag.  Turns on SHORT_INODE."
73289 #~ msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<SHORT_INODE>."
73290 #~ msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de SHORT_INODE."
73291
73292 #, fuzzy
73293 #~| msgid ""
73294 #~| "Provide legacy virtual address space layout.  Use when the I<program> "
73295 #~| "binary does not have PT_GNU_STACK ELF header.  Turns on "
73296 #~| "ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT."
73297 #~ msgid ""
73298 #~ "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the I<program> "
73299 #~ "binary does not have B<PT_GNU_STACK> ELF header. Turns on "
73300 #~ "B<ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT>."
73301 #~ msgstr ""
73302 #~ "Fourniture de la disposition d'espace d’adressage virtuel historique. "
73303 #~ "Utiliser quand le binaire de I<programme> n’a pas d’en-tête PT_GNU_STACK "
73304 #~ "ELF. Activation de ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT."
73305
73306 #, fuzzy
73307 #~| msgid ""
73308 #~| "Disables randomization of the virtual address space.  Turns on "
73309 #~| "ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE."
73310 #~ msgid ""
73311 #~ "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
73312 #~ "B<ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE>."
73313 #~ msgstr ""
73314 #~ "Désactiver l'ajout d'aléa pour l'espace d'adressage virtuel. Activation "
73315 #~ "de ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE."
73316
73317 #, fuzzy
73318 #~| msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag.  Turns on WHOLE_SECONDS."
73319 #~ msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<WHOLE_SECONDS>."
73320 #~ msgstr ""
73321 #~ "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de WHOLE_SECONDS."
73322
73323 #, fuzzy
73324 #~| msgid ""
73325 #~| "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p)  PROT_READ will also add the PROT_EXEC "
73326 #~| "bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries.  Notice that the ELF loader "
73327 #~| "will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary.  "
73328 #~| "Turns on READ_IMPLIES_EXEC."
73329 #~ msgid ""
73330 #~ "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p) B<PROT_READ> will also add the "
73331 #~ "B<PROT_EXEC> bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the "
73332 #~ "ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy "
73333 #~ "binary. Turns on B<READ_IMPLIES_EXEC>."
73334 #~ msgstr ""
73335 #~ "Si cette option est utilisée, alors PROT_READ de B<mmap>(3p) ajoutera "
73336 #~ "aussi le bit PROT_EXEC comme attendu par les binaires x86 historiques. "
73337 #~ "Attention au fait que le chargeur ELF réglera automatiquement ce bit "
73338 #~ "lorsqu’il rencontrera un binaire historique. Activation de "
73339 #~ "READ_IMPLIES_EXEC."
73340
73341 #~ msgid "December 2017"
73342 #~ msgstr "décembre 2017"
73343
73344 #~ msgid ""
73345 #~ "The execution domains currently only affects the output of B<uname -m>.  "
73346 #~ "For example, on an AMD64 system, running B<setarch i386 >I<program> will "
73347 #~ "cause I<program> to see i686 instead of x86_64 as the machine type.  It "
73348 #~ "can also be used to set various personality options.  The default "
73349 #~ "I<program> is B</bin/sh>."
73350 #~ msgstr ""
73351 #~ "Les domaines d’exécution n'affectent actuellement que la sortie de "
73352 #~ "B<uname\\ -m>. Par exemple, sur un système AMD 64, l'exécution de "
73353 #~ "B<setarch i386> I<programme> aura pour conséquence que I<programme> verra "
73354 #~ "i686 au lieu de x86_64 comme type de machine. B<setarch> peut être aussi "
73355 #~ "utilisé pour régler diverses options de personnalité. Le I<programme> par "
73356 #~ "défaut est B</bin/sh>."
73357
73358 #~ msgid ""
73359 #~ "List the architectures that B<setarch> knows about.  Whether B<setarch> "
73360 #~ "can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running "
73361 #~ "kernel."
73362 #~ msgstr ""
73363 #~ "Afficher les architectures connues par B<setarch>. La faculté de "
73364 #~ "B<setarch> à définir une de ces architectures dépend en réalité du noyau "
73365 #~ "utilisé."
73366
73367 #~ msgid ""
73368 #~ "This option has no effect.  It is retained for backward compatibility "
73369 #~ "only, and may be removed in future releases."
73370 #~ msgstr ""
73371 #~ "Cette option ne produit aucun effet. Elle est conservée pour des raisons "
73372 #~ "de rétrocompatibilité et pourrait être supprimée dans une prochaine "
73373 #~ "publication."
73374
73375 #~ msgid ""
73376 #~ "This makes B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2), and B<ppoll>(2)  system calls "
73377 #~ "preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount "
73378 #~ "of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler.  Use when "
73379 #~ "I<program> depends on this behavior.  For more details see the timeout "
73380 #~ "description in B<select>(2)  manual page.  Turns on STICKY_TIMEOUTS."
73381 #~ msgstr ""
73382 #~ "Cette option fait que les appels système B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2) et "
73383 #~ "B<ppoll>(2) préservent la valeur de temporisation au lieu de la modifier "
73384 #~ "pour refléter la durée sans attente lors d’une interruption par un "
73385 #~ "gestionnaire de signal. À utiliser quand I<programme> dépend de ce "
73386 #~ "comportement. Pour plus de détails, consulter la description de la "
73387 #~ "temporisation dans la page de manuel de B<select>(2). Activation de "
73388 #~ "STICKY_TIMEOUTS."
73389
73390 #~ msgid ""
73391 #~ "SVr4 bug emulation that will set B<mmap>(3p)  page zero as read-only.  "
73392 #~ "Use when I<program> depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
73393 #~ "available to be fixed.  Turns on MMAP_PAGE_ZERO."
73394 #~ msgstr ""
73395 #~ "Émulation de bogue SVr4 réglant la page zéro de B<mmap>(3p) en lecture "
73396 #~ "seule. À utiliser quand I<programme> dépend de ce comportement et que le "
73397 #~ "code source n’est pas accessible pour être corrigé. Activation de "
73398 #~ "MMAP_PAGE_ZERO."
73399
73400 #~ msgid "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog"
73401 #~ msgstr "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog"
73402
73403 #~ msgid "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm"
73404 #~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild titi.src.rpm"
73405
73406 #~ msgid "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm"
73407 #~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild toto.src.rpm"
73408
73409 #~ msgid "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm"
73410 #~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild titi.src.rpm"
73411
73412 #~ msgid "E<.MT sopwith@redhat.com> Elliot Lee E<.ME>"
73413 #~ msgstr "E<.MT sopwith@redhat.com> Elliot Lee E<.ME>"
73414
73415 #~ msgid "E<.MT jnovy@redhat.com> Jindrich Novy E<.ME>"
73416 #~ msgstr "E<.MT jnovy@redhat.com> Jindrich Novy E<.ME>"
73417
73418 #~ msgid ""
73419 #~ "The setarch command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73420 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73421 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73422 #~ msgstr ""
73423 #~ "La commande B<setarch> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73424 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73425 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73426
73427 #~ msgid "SETSID"
73428 #~ msgstr "SETSID"
73429
73430 #, fuzzy
73431 #~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
73432 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
73433 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
73434
73435 #, fuzzy
73436 #~| msgid ""
73437 #~| "The setsid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73438 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
73439 #~ msgid ""
73440 #~ "The B<setsid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
73441 #~ "downloaded from"
73442 #~ msgstr ""
73443 #~ "La commande B<setsid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73444 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
73445 #~ "E<gt>."
73446
73447 #~ msgid ""
73448 #~ "B<setsid> runs a program in a new session. The command calls B<fork>(2)  "
73449 #~ "if already a process group leader.  Otherwise, it executes a program in "
73450 #~ "the current process.  This default behavior is possible to override by "
73451 #~ "the B<--fork> option."
73452 #~ msgstr ""
73453 #~ "B<setsid> lance un programme dans une nouvelle session. La commande "
73454 #~ "appelle B<fork>(2) s'il y a déjà un meneur de groupe de processus. Sinon, "
73455 #~ "il exécute un programme dans le processus actuel. Ce comportement par "
73456 #~ "défaut peut être outrepassé avec l'option B<--fork>."
73457
73458 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --ctty>"
73459 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--ctty>"
73460
73461 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
73462 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
73463
73464 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
73465 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
73466
73467 #~ msgid "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
73468 #~ msgstr "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
73469
73470 #~ msgid ""
73471 #~ "The setsid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73472 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
73473 #~ msgstr ""
73474 #~ "La commande B<setsid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73475 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
73476 #~ "E<gt>."
73477
73478 #~ msgid "SETTERM"
73479 #~ msgstr "SETTERM"
73480
73481 #, fuzzy
73482 #~| msgid ""
73483 #~| "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between "
73484 #~| "the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
73485 #~ msgid ""
73486 #~ "The optional arguments require \\(aq=\\(aq (equals sign) and not space "
73487 #~ "between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
73488 #~ msgstr ""
73489 #~ "Les paramètres optionnels ont besoin d'un « = » (signe égal) et pas "
73490 #~ "d'espace entre l'option et le paramètre. Par exemple, B<--"
73491 #~ "option=paramètre>."
73492
73493 #, fuzzy
73494 #~| msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
73495 #~ msgid "Turns the terminal\\(cqs cursor on or off."
73496 #~ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le curseur."
73497
73498 #, fuzzy
73499 #~| msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
73500 #~ msgid "Sets the terminal\\(cqs rendering options to the default values."
73501 #~ msgstr ""
73502 #~ "Positionner les options de rendu du terminal à leurs valeurs par défaut."
73503
73504 #, fuzzy
73505 #~| msgid ""
73506 #~| "Sets the snapshot file name for any B<--dump> or B<--append> options on "
73507 #~| "the same command line.  If this option is not present, the default is "
73508 #~| "I<screen.dump> in the current directory.  A path name that exceeds the "
73509 #~| "system maximum will be truncated, see PATH_MAX from linux/limits.h for "
73510 #~| "the value."
73511 #~ msgid ""
73512 #~ "Sets the snapshot file name for any B<--dump> or B<--append> options on "
73513 #~ "the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is "
73514 #~ "I<screen.dump> in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the "
73515 #~ "system maximum will be truncated, see B<PATH_MAX> from I<linux/limits.h> "
73516 #~ "for the value."
73517 #~ msgstr ""
73518 #~ "Définir le nom de I<fichier> de l'instantané pour les options B<--dump> "
73519 #~ "ou B<--append> sur une même ligne de commande. Si cette option n'est pas "
73520 #~ "présente, I<screen.dump> est écrit dans le répertoire actuel. Un nom de "
73521 #~ "chemin qui dépasse le maximum du système sera tronqué, consultez "
73522 #~ "B<PATH_MAX> dans I<linux/limits.h> pour connaître sa valeur."
73523
73524 #, fuzzy
73525 #~| msgid ""
73526 #~| "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
73527 #~| "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
73528 #~ msgid ""
73529 #~ "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
73530 #~ "terminal\\(cqs rendering options, and other attributes to the default "
73531 #~ "values."
73532 #~ msgstr ""
73533 #~ "Afficher la chaîne d'initialisation du terminal qui définit normalement "
73534 #~ "aux valeurs par défaut les options de rendu du terminal et d'autres "
73535 #~ "attributs."
73536
73537 #, fuzzy
73538 #~| msgid ""
73539 #~| "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and "
73540 #~| "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default.  "
73541 #~| "Virtual consoles only."
73542 #~ msgid ""
73543 #~ "Stores the terminal\\(cqs current rendering options (foreground and "
73544 #~ "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual "
73545 #~ "consoles only."
73546 #~ msgstr ""
73547 #~ "Conserver les options de rendu du terminal actif (couleurs de premier "
73548 #~ "plan et d'arrière-plan) comme celles à utiliser lors d'une restauration "
73549 #~ "des valeurs par défaut. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
73550
73551 #, fuzzy
73552 #~| msgid "Overrides the TERM environment variable."
73553 #~ msgid "Overrides the B<TERM> environment variable."
73554 #~ msgstr "Remplacer la variable d'environnement B<TERM>"
73555
73556 #~ msgid "May 2014"
73557 #~ msgstr "Mai 2014"
73558
73559 #~ msgid ""
73560 #~ "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
73561 #~ "the specified terminal capabilities.  Where possible I<terminfo> is "
73562 #~ "consulted to find the string to use.  Some options however (marked "
73563 #~ "\"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5)  "
73564 #~ "capability.  In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" "
73565 #~ "the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix "
73566 #~ "virtual console driver is output.  Options that are not implemented by "
73567 #~ "the terminal are ignored."
73568 #~ msgstr ""
73569 #~ "B<setterm> affiche sur la sortie standard une chaîne de caractères qui "
73570 #~ "invoquera les caractéristiques indiquées du terminal. Quand c'est "
73571 #~ "possible, I<terminfo> est consulté pour découvrir la chaîne à utiliser. "
73572 #~ "Certaines options cependant (référencées par la suite par «\\ consoles "
73573 #~ "virtuelles uniquement\\ ») ne correspondent pas à une caractéristique "
73574 #~ "d'un B<terminfo>(5). Dans ce cas de figure, si le type de terminal est "
73575 #~ "«\\ con\\ » ou «\\ linux\\ » la chaîne affichée est celle qui invoque la "
73576 #~ "caractéristique mentionnée sur la console virtuelle d'un PC MINIX. Les "
73577 #~ "options non implémentées par le terminal sont ignorées."
73578
73579 #~ msgid ""
73580 #~ "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
73581 #~ "consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, B<--"
73582 #~ "underline> and B<--half-bright>)  are hardware-dependent."
73583 #~ msgstr ""
73584 #~ "Les différentes options de couleur peuvent être définies séparément, au "
73585 #~ "moins sur les consoles virtuelles, bien que l'effet de la définition de "
73586 #~ "plusieurs modes (par exemple, B<--underline> et B<--half-bright>) dépend "
73587 #~ "du matériel."
73588
73589 #~ msgid ""
73590 #~ "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off.  When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, "
73591 #~ "etc.  will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc.  "
73592 #~ "See the I<vi and Cursor-Keys> section of the I<Text-Terminal-HOWTO> for "
73593 #~ "how this can cause problems for B<vi> users.  Virtual consoles only."
73594 #~ msgstr ""
73595 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le «\\ Cursor Key Application Mode\\ ». En mode "
73596 #~ "actif (« B<on> »), ESC O A, ESC O B, etc., seront envoyés à la place de "
73597 #~ "ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. Les utilisateurs de B<vi> se référeront à la "
73598 #~ "section «\\ vi and Cursor-Keys\\ » du Text-Terminal-HOWTO (en anglais) "
73599 #~ "pour connaître la raison des problèmes que cela peut poser. Consoles "
73600 #~ "virtuelles uniquement."
73601
73602 #~ msgid ""
73603 #~ "Like B<--dump>, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting "
73604 #~ "it.  Only works if no B<--dump> options are given."
73605 #~ msgstr ""
73606 #~ "Identique à B<--dump>, mais ajoute au fichier d’instantané au lieu de "
73607 #~ "l'écraser. Ne fonctionne que si aucune option B<--dump> n’est donnée."
73608
73609 #~ msgid ""
73610 #~ "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will "
73611 #~ "be automatically blanked (using APM if available).  Without an argument, "
73612 #~ "it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an "
73613 #~ "unblanked vt).  Virtual consoles only."
73614 #~ msgstr ""
73615 #~ "Définir l'intervalle d'inactivité, en minute, après lequel la console "
73616 #~ "sera éteinte (en utilisant APM s'il est disponible). Sans option, "
73617 #~ "renvoyer l'état de la console (renvoyer la console qui a été éteinte ou "
73618 #~ "zéro pour une console non éteinte). Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
73619
73620 #~ msgid ""
73621 #~ "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz.  Without an argument, it defaults to "
73622 #~ "B<0>.  Virtual consoles only."
73623 #~ msgstr ""
73624 #~ "Définir la fréquence du bip en hertz. Sans paramètre, B<0> est utilisé "
73625 #~ "par défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
73626
73627 #~ msgid ""
73628 #~ "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds.  Without an argument, it defaults "
73629 #~ "to B<0>.  Virtual consoles only."
73630 #~ msgstr ""
73631 #~ "Définir la durée du bip en milliseconde. Sans paramètre, B<0> est utilisé "
73632 #~ "par défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
73633
73634 #~ msgid ""
73635 #~ "Turns blink mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, B<--blink off> "
73636 #~ "turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
73637 #~ msgstr ""
73638 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode clignotant. À part sur une console "
73639 #~ "virtuelle, B<--blink off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
73640 #~ "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
73641
73642 #~ msgid ""
73643 #~ "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, "
73644 #~ "B<--bold off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
73645 #~ "reverse)."
73646 #~ msgstr ""
73647 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode gras (surbrillance). À part sur une console "
73648 #~ "virtuelle, B<--bold off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
73649 #~ "luminosité, clignotant, inverse)."
73650
73651 #~ msgid ""
73652 #~ "Without an argument or with the argument B<all>, the entire screen is "
73653 #~ "cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like "
73654 #~ "B<clear>(1)  does.  With the argument B<rest>, the screen is cleared from "
73655 #~ "the current cursor position to the end."
73656 #~ msgstr ""
73657 #~ "Sans argument, ou avec l’argument B<all>, tout l’écran est nettoyé et le "
73658 #~ "curseur est défini à la position d’origine, comme B<clear>(1) le fait. "
73659 #~ "Avec l’argument B<rest>, l’écran est nettoyé à partir de la position "
73660 #~ "actuelle du curseur jusqu’à la fin."
73661
73662 #~ msgid ""
73663 #~ "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
73664 #~ "B<1-160>.  Without arguments, it clears all tab stops.  Virtual consoles "
73665 #~ "only."
73666 #~ msgstr ""
73667 #~ "Effacer les taquets de tabulation horizontale à partir des positions "
73668 #~ "données du curseur, échelonnées de B<1> à B<160>. Sans paramètre, effacer "
73669 #~ "tous les taquets de tabulation. Sur les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
73670
73671 #~ msgid ""
73672 #~ "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the "
73673 #~ "file specified with the B<--file> option, overwriting its contents; the "
73674 #~ "default is I<screen.dump>.  Without an argument, it dumps the current "
73675 #~ "virtual console.  This overrides B<--append>."
73676 #~ msgstr ""
73677 #~ "Écrire un instantané de la console virtuelle avec le numéro donné dans le "
73678 #~ "fichier indiqué par l'option B<--file>, en écrasant son contenu ; par "
73679 #~ "défaut, il s'agit de I<screen.dump>. Sans option, vider la console "
73680 #~ "virtuelle active. Cela remplace B<--append>."
73681
73682 #~ msgid ""
73683 #~ "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, "
73684 #~ "B<--half-bright off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, "
73685 #~ "blink, reverse)."
73686 #~ msgstr ""
73687 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode sombre (demi-teinte). À part sur une "
73688 #~ "console virtuelle, B<--half-bright off> désactive tous les attributs "
73689 #~ "(gras, demi-teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
73690
73691 #~ msgid ""
73692 #~ "Enables or disables the sending of kernel B<printk>()  messages to the "
73693 #~ "console.  Virtual consoles only."
73694 #~ msgstr ""
73695 #~ "Activer ou désactiver l'affichage de messages B<printk>() du noyau sur la "
73696 #~ "console. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
73697
73698 #~ msgid ""
73699 #~ "Sets the console logging level for kernel B<printk()> messages.  All "
73700 #~ "messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging "
73701 #~ "level of B<0> has the same effect as B<--msg on> and a logging level of "
73702 #~ "B<8> will print all kernel messages.  B<klogd>(8)  may be a more "
73703 #~ "convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
73704 #~ msgstr ""
73705 #~ "Définir le niveau de journalisation de la console pour les messages "
73706 #~ "B<printk>() du noyau. Tous les messages de niveau strictement plus élevés "
73707 #~ "seront affichés, de telle sorte qu'un niveau B<0> aura le même effet que "
73708 #~ "B<--msg on> et qu'un niveau B<8> affichera tous les messages du noyau. "
73709 #~ "B<klogd>(8) peut être une interface plus appropriée pour la "
73710 #~ "journalisation des messages du noyau."
73711
73712 #~ msgid ""
73713 #~ "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes.  Without an argument, it "
73714 #~ "defaults to B<0> (disable powerdown).  If the console is blanked or the "
73715 #~ "monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend "
73716 #~ "mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
73717 #~ msgstr ""
73718 #~ "Définir le délai avant arrêt du moniteur VESA, en minute. Sans option, la "
73719 #~ "valeur par défaut est B<0> (désactiver l'arrêt). Si la console est "
73720 #~ "éteinte ou si le moniteur est en mode suspendu, le moniteur se placera "
73721 #~ "alors respectivement en mode B<vsync> ou en mode B<powerdown> après "
73722 #~ "l'écoulement de la période."
73723
73724 #~ msgid ""
73725 #~ "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
73726 #~ "every specified number of positions.  Without an argument, it defaults to "
73727 #~ "B<8>.  Virtual consoles only."
73728 #~ msgstr ""
73729 #~ "Effacer tous les taquets de tabulation, puis définir un motif régulier de "
73730 #~ "taquets de tabulation, avec une tabulation toutes les I<x> positions. "
73731 #~ "Sans argument, la valeur par défaut est B<8>. Consoles virtuelles "
73732 #~ "uniquement."
73733
73734 #~ msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off.  Virtual consoles only."
73735 #~ msgstr ""
73736 #~ "Activer ou désactiver la répétition de touches du clavier. Consoles "
73737 #~ "virtuelles uniquement."
73738
73739 #~ msgid ""
73740 #~ "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column.  This is useful "
73741 #~ "when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync.  Most "
73742 #~ "notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use B<ioctl>(3p)  "
73743 #~ "but just byte streams and breaks."
73744 #~ msgstr ""
73745 #~ "Réinitialiser la taille du terminal avec la valeur maximale de lignes et "
73746 #~ "de colonnes. Cela est utile quand la géométrie réelle et le pilote du "
73747 #~ "noyau ne sont pas en accord. Vous l'utiliserez surtout avec des consoles "
73748 #~ "séries, qui n'utilisent pas B<ioctl>(3p) mais des flux d'octets et des "
73749 #~ "ruptures."
73750
73751 #~ msgid ""
73752 #~ "Turns reverse video mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, B<--"
73753 #~ "reverse off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
73754 #~ "reverse)."
73755 #~ msgstr ""
73756 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode vidéo inverse. À part sur une console "
73757 #~ "virtuelle, B<--reverse off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
73758 #~ "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
73759
73760 #~ msgid ""
73761 #~ "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
73762 #~ "B<1-160>.  Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
73763 #~ msgstr ""
73764 #~ "Placer des taquets de tabulation horizontale à des positions données du "
73765 #~ "curseur, échelonnées de B<1> à B<160>. Sans paramètre, afficher les "
73766 #~ "taquets de tabulation actuels."
73767
73768 #~ msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters.  Virtual consoles only."
73769 #~ msgstr ""
73770 #~ "Définir la couleur des caractères soulignés. Consoles virtuelles "
73771 #~ "uniquement."
73772
73773 #~ msgid ""
73774 #~ "Since version 2.25 B<setterm> has support for long options with two "
73775 #~ "hyphens, for example B<--help>, beside the historical long options with a "
73776 #~ "single hyphen, for example B<-help>.  In scripts it is better to use the "
73777 #~ "backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen.  "
73778 #~ "Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-"
73779 #~ "hyphen compatibility."
73780 #~ msgstr ""
73781 #~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<setterm> prend en charge les options longues "
73782 #~ "avec deux tirets, par exemple B<--help>, en plus des options longues "
73783 #~ "historiques avec un seul tiret, par exemple B<-help>. Dans les scripts, "
73784 #~ "mieux vaut utiliser un seul tiret au lieu de deux pour être "
73785 #~ "rétrocompatible. Actuellement, arrêter la compatibilité avec un seul "
73786 #~ "tiret n’est pas prévu."
73787
73788 #~ msgid ""
73789 #~ "The setterm command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73790 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73791 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73792 #~ msgstr ""
73793 #~ "La commande B<setterm> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73794 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73795 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73796
73797 #~ msgid "SFDISK"
73798 #~ msgstr "SFDISK"
73799
73800 #, fuzzy
73801 #~| msgid ""
73802 #~| "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
73803 #~| "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so).  In this case sfdisk align all "
73804 #~| "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small "
73805 #~| "then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable).  If this "
73806 #~| "default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then "
73807 #~| "specify offsets and sizes in sectors.  In this case sfdisk entirely "
73808 #~| "follows specified numbers without any optimization."
73809 #~ msgid ""
73810 #~ "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
73811 #~ "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case B<sfdisk> aligns all "
73812 #~ "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small "
73813 #~ "then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
73814 #~ "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
73815 #~ "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case B<sfdisk> entirely follows "
73816 #~ "specified numbers without any optimization."
73817 #~ msgstr ""
73818 #~ "La manière préconisée est de ne pas du tout indiquer les positions de "
73819 #~ "départ et d’indiquer les tailles de partition en MiB, GiB, etc. Dans ce "
73820 #~ "cas, B<sfdisk> aligne toutes les partitions aux limites d’E/S du "
73821 #~ "périphérique en mode bloc (ou quand celles-ci sont trop petites, aux "
73822 #~ "limites de mégaoctets pour maintenir portable la disposition du disque). "
73823 #~ "Si ce comportement par défaut n’est pas souhaité (habituellement pour les "
73824 #~ "très petites partitions), alors les positions et les tailles doivent être "
73825 #~ "indiquées en secteurs. Dans ce cas, B<sfdisk> suit intégralement les "
73826 #~ "quantités indiquées sans optimisation."
73827
73828 #, fuzzy
73829 #~| msgid ""
73830 #~| "B<sfdisk> uses BLKRRPART (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure "
73831 #~| "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also --no-"
73832 #~| "reread).  It's possible that this feature or another sfdisk activity "
73833 #~| "races with B<udevd>.  The recommended way how to avoid possible "
73834 #~| "collisions is to use B<--lock> option.  The exclusive lock will cause "
73835 #~| "udevd to skip the event handling on the device."
73836 #~ msgid ""
73837 #~ "B<sfdisk> uses B<BLKRRPART> (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure "
73838 #~ "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also B<--no-"
73839 #~ "reread>). It\\(cqs possible that this feature or another B<sfdisk> "
73840 #~ "activity races with B<udevd>. The recommended way how to avoid possible "
73841 #~ "collisions is to use B<--lock> option. The exclusive lock will cause "
73842 #~ "udevd to skip the event handling on the device."
73843 #~ msgstr ""
73844 #~ "B<sfdisk> utilise l’ioctl BLKRRPART (relecture de la table de partitions) "
73845 #~ "pour être sûr que le périphérique n’est pas utilisé par le système ou un "
73846 #~ "autre outil (consultez aussi B<--no-reread>). Il est possible que cette "
73847 #~ "fonctionnalité ou une autre activité de B<sfdisk> entrent en compétition "
73848 #~ "avec B<udevd>. La façon préconisée pour éviter d'éventuelles collisions "
73849 #~ "est d’utiliser l’option B<--lock>. Un verrou exclusif fera que B<udevd> "
73850 #~ "omettra la gestion d’évènement sur le périphérique."
73851
73852 #, fuzzy
73853 #~| msgid ""
73854 #~| "The sfdisk prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
73855 #~| "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created "
73856 #~| "(if -N not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
73857 #~ msgid ""
73858 #~ "The B<sfdisk> prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
73859 #~ "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created "
73860 #~ "(if B<-N> not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
73861 #~ msgstr ""
73862 #~ "L’invite de B<sfdisk> est seulement une astuce pour les utilisateurs et "
73863 #~ "l’affichage d’un numéro de partition ne signifie pas que la même entrée "
73864 #~ "de table de partitions sera créée (si B<-N> n’est pas indiqué), "
73865 #~ "particulièrement pour les tables avec des trous."
73866
73867 #, fuzzy
73868 #~| msgid ""
73869 #~| "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>.  For "
73870 #~| "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
73871 #~| "partitions may be smaller.  In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default "
73872 #~| "values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for "
73873 #~| "the unused partition given with B<-N>.  See also B<--append>."
73874 #~ msgid ""
73875 #~ "Note that it\\(cqs possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>. "
73876 #~ "For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
73877 #~ "partitions may be smaller. In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default "
73878 #~ "values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for "
73879 #~ "the unused partition given with B<-N>. See also B<--append>."
73880 #~ msgstr ""
73881 #~ "Remarquez qu’il est possible d'indiquer des partitions non utilisées avec "
73882 #~ "B<-N>. Par exemple, le MBR contient toujours quatre partitions, mais le "
73883 #~ "nombre de partitions utilisées peut être plus petit. Dans ce cas, "
73884 #~ "B<sfdik> suit les valeurs par défaut de la table de partitions et "
73885 #~ "n’utilise pas les valeurs internes par défaut pour la partition non "
73886 #~ "utilisée indiquée par B<-N>. Consultez aussi B<--append>."
73887
73888 #, fuzzy
73889 #~| msgid ""
73890 #~| "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off "
73891 #~| "the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder "
73892 #~| "'-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the "
73893 #~| "bootable flag on all partitions."
73894 #~ msgid ""
73895 #~ "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off "
73896 #~ "the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder "
73897 #~ "\\(aq-\\(aq may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off "
73898 #~ "the bootable flag on all partitions."
73899 #~ msgstr ""
73900 #~ "Activer le drapeau d’amorçage (boot) pour les partitions indiquées et "
73901 #~ "désactiver tous les drapeaux d’amorçage de toutes les partitions non "
73902 #~ "indiquées. Le substitut spécial « - » peut être utilisé à la place des "
73903 #~ "numéros de partition pour désactiver le drapeau d’amorçage sur toutes les "
73904 #~ "partitions."
73905
73906 #, fuzzy
73907 #~| msgid ""
73908 #~| "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e."
73909 #~| "g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L').  For backward compatibility "
73910 #~| "the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this one."
73911 #~ msgid ""
73912 #~ "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e."
73913 #~ "g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. \\(aqL\\(aq). For backward "
73914 #~ "compatibility the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this "
73915 #~ "one."
73916 #~ msgstr ""
73917 #~ "L’argument I<type> est hexadécimal pour MBR, un GUID pour GPT, du type "
73918 #~ "alias (par exemple, « linux » ou de type raccourci (par exemple, « L »). "
73919 #~ "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, les options B<-c> et B<--id> ont la "
73920 #~ "même signification que celle-ci."
73921
73922 #, fuzzy
73923 #~| msgid ""
73924 #~| "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
73925 #~| "partitions."
73926 #~ msgid ""
73927 #~ "Don\\(cqt create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
73928 #~ "partitions."
73929 #~ msgstr ""
73930 #~ "Ne pas créer de nouvelle table de partitions, mais n’ajouter que les "
73931 #~ "partitions indiquées."
73932
73933 #, fuzzy
73934 #~| msgid ""
73935 #~| "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
73936 #~| "partitioning.  The default backup file name is ~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
73937 #~| "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
73938 #~| "file>."
73939 #~ msgid ""
73940 #~ "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
73941 #~ "partitioning. The default backup file name is I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
73942 #~ "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
73943 #~ "file>."
73944 #~ msgstr ""
73945 #~ "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partitions actuelle avant de "
73946 #~ "commencer le partitionnement. Le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut "
73947 #~ "est ~/sfdisk-I<périphérique>-I<position>.bak. Pour utiliser un autre nom, "
73948 #~ "consultez B<-O>, B<--backup-file>."
73949
73950 #, fuzzy
73951 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-act>"
73952 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
73953 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-act>"
73954
73955 #, fuzzy
73956 #~| msgid ""
73957 #~| "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
73958 #~| "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used "
73959 #~| "disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
73960 #~ msgid ""
73961 #~ "Don\\(cqt tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
73962 #~ "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used "
73963 #~ "disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
73964 #~ msgstr ""
73965 #~ "Ne pas informer le noyau des modifications de partition. Cette option est "
73966 #~ "recommandée conjointement avec B<--no-reread> pour modifier une partition "
73967 #~ "sur le disque utilisé. La partition modifiée ne devrait pas être utilisée "
73968 #~ "(par exemple, montée)."
73969
73970 #, fuzzy
73971 #~| msgid ""
73972 #~| "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
73973 #~| "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The "
73974 #~| "word \"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use ~/sfdisk-"
73975 #~| "E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move for the log.  The log is optional since v2.35."
73976 #~ msgid ""
73977 #~ "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
73978 #~ "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The "
73979 #~ "word \"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use I<~/sfdisk-"
73980 #~ "E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move> for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
73981 #~ msgstr ""
73982 #~ "Le I<chemin> facultatif indique le nom du fichier de journal. Celui-ci "
73983 #~ "contient les informations sur toutes les opérations de lecture ou "
73984 #~ "d’écriture des données de la partition. Le mot « @default » comme "
73985 #~ "I<chemin> oblige B<sfdisk> à utiliser ~/sfdisk-E<lt>périphériqueE<gt>."
73986 #~ "move pour le journal. Le journal est facultatif depuis la version 2.35."
73987
73988 #, fuzzy
73989 #~| msgid ""
73990 #~| "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don't forget to "
73991 #~| "backup your data!>"
73992 #~ msgid ""
73993 #~ "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don\\(cqt forget to "
73994 #~ "backup your data!>"
73995 #~ msgstr ""
73996 #~ "Remarquez que cette opération est périlleuse et pas atomique. B<Ne pas "
73997 #~ "oublier de sauvegarder les données !>"
73998
73999 #, fuzzy
74000 #~| msgid ""
74001 #~| "Deprecated option.  Only the sector unit is supported. This option is "
74002 #~| "not supported when using the --show-size command."
74003 #~ msgid ""
74004 #~ "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
74005 #~ "supported when using the B<--show-size> command."
74006 #~ msgstr ""
74007 #~ "Option obsolète. Seule l’unité secteur est prise en charge. Cette option "
74008 #~ "n’est pas gérée lors de l’utilisation de la commande B<--show-size>."
74009
74010 #~ msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
74011 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"
74012
74013 #~ msgid "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"
74014 #~ msgstr "B<E<lt>nomE<gt>: E<lt>valeurE<gt>>"
74015
74016 #, fuzzy
74017 #~| msgid ""
74018 #~| "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment.  "
74019 #~| "The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default.  "
74020 #~| "Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
74021 #~ msgid ""
74022 #~ "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
74023 #~ "default is 1MiB and it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use the default. Do "
74024 #~ "not modify this variable if you\\(cqre not sure."
74025 #~ msgstr ""
74026 #~ "Indiquer la taille minimale en octet utilisée pour calculer l’alignement "
74027 #~ "des partitions. La valeur par défaut est 1 MiB et il est fortement "
74028 #~ "recommandé de l’utiliser. Ne modifiez pas cette variable si vous avez un "
74029 #~ "doute."
74030
74031 #, fuzzy
74032 #~| msgid ""
74033 #~| "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed "
74034 #~| "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored.  Numbers can "
74035 #~| "be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default.  When a field "
74036 #~| "is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used.  But when "
74037 #~| "the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default for "
74038 #~| "each field is its previous value."
74039 #~ msgid ""
74040 #~ "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed "
74041 #~ "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be "
74042 #~ "octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is "
74043 #~ "absent, empty or specified as \\(aq-\\(aq a default value is used. But "
74044 #~ "when the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default "
74045 #~ "for each field is its previous value."
74046 #~ msgstr ""
74047 #~ "Les champs sont séparés par des caractères d'espacement, des virgules ou "
74048 #~ "des points-virgules éventuellement suivis par des caractères "
74049 #~ "d'espacement\\ ; les caractères d'espacement initiaux et finaux sont "
74050 #~ "ignorés. Les nombres peuvent être octaux, décimaux ou hexadécimaux "
74051 #~ "(représentation décimale par défaut). Quand un champ est absent, vide ou "
74052 #~ "indiqué par « - », une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Quand l’option B<-"
74053 #~ "N> (modifier une seule partition) est donnée, la valeur par défaut de "
74054 #~ "chaque champ est sa valeur précédente."
74055
74056 #, fuzzy
74057 #~| msgid ""
74058 #~| "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., "
74059 #~| "until the next partition or end-of-device.  A numerical argument is by "
74060 #~| "default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is "
74061 #~| "followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
74062 #~| "EiB, ZiB and YiB)  then the number is interpreted as the size of the "
74063 #~| "partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O "
74064 #~| "limits.  A '+' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition "
74065 #~| "as much as possible.  Note '+' is equivalent to the default behaviour "
74066 #~| "for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
74067 #~ msgid ""
74068 #~ "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., "
74069 #~ "until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by "
74070 #~ "default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is "
74071 #~ "followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
74072 #~ "EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the "
74073 #~ "partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O "
74074 #~ "limits. A \\(aq+\\(aq can be used instead of a number to enlarge the "
74075 #~ "partition as much as possible. Note \\(aq+\\(aq is equivalent to the "
74076 #~ "default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be "
74077 #~ "resized as required."
74078 #~ msgstr ""
74079 #~ "La valeur par défaut de I<taille> est « autant que possible » (c'est-à-"
74080 #~ "dire, jusqu’à la prochaine partition ou la fin du périphérique). Un "
74081 #~ "argument numérique est par défaut interprété comme un nombre de secteurs, "
74082 #~ "cependant si la taille est suivie par un des suffixes multiplicateurs "
74083 #~ "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), alors le nombre est "
74084 #~ "interprété comme une taille de partition en octet et est aligné "
74085 #~ "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. Un « + » "
74086 #~ "peut être utilisé à la place d’un nombre pour agrandir la partition "
74087 #~ "autant que possible. Remarquez que « + » équivaut au comportement par "
74088 #~ "défaut pour une nouvelle partition. Les partitions existantes seront "
74089 #~ "redimensionnées comme requis."
74090
74091 #, fuzzy
74092 #~| msgid ""
74093 #~| "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
74094 #~| "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's "
74095 #~| "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision "
74096 #~| "between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward "
74097 #~| "compatibility sfdisk tries to interpret I<type> as a shortcut as a first "
74098 #~| "possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g.  B<--"
74099 #~| "part-type command)> it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
74100 #~ msgid ""
74101 #~ "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
74102 #~ "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It\\(cqs "
74103 #~ "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision "
74104 #~ "between deprecated shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq and \\(aq0E\\(aq MBR hex code. "
74105 #~ "For backward compatibility B<sfdisk> tries to interpret I<type> as a "
74106 #~ "shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other "
74107 #~ "places (e.g. B<--part-type> command) it tries shortcuts as the last "
74108 #~ "possibility."
74109 #~ msgstr ""
74110 #~ "Le I<type> de partition est indiqué en hexadécimal pour MBR (DOS) où le "
74111 #~ "préfixe 0x est facultatif, par une chaîne GUID pour GPT, par un raccourci "
74112 #~ "ou par un alias. Il est recommandé d’utiliser deux lettres pour les codes "
74113 #~ "hexadécimaux du MBR pour éviter des collisions entre les raccourcis "
74114 #~ "obsolètes « E » et « 0E » du code hexadécimal du MBR. Pour la "
74115 #~ "rétrocompatibilité, B<sfdisk> essaie d’interpréter I<type> comme un "
74116 #~ "raccourci pour la première possibilité dans les scripts de "
74117 #~ "partitionnement, quoique dans d’autres endroits (par exemple, B<--part-"
74118 #~ "type commande>) il essaie les raccourcis comme dernière possibilité."
74119
74120 #, fuzzy
74121 #~| msgid "B<L - alias 'linux'>"
74122 #~ msgid "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"
74123 #~ msgstr "B<L - alias 'linux'>"
74124
74125 #, fuzzy
74126 #~| msgid "B<S - alias 'swap'>"
74127 #~ msgid "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"
74128 #~ msgstr "B<S - alias 'swap'>"
74129
74130 #, fuzzy
74131 #~| msgid "B<Ex - alias 'extended'>"
74132 #~ msgid "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"
74133 #~ msgstr "B<Ex - alias 'extended'>"
74134
74135 #, fuzzy
74136 #~| msgid ""
74137 #~| "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR.  The original shortcut 'E' is "
74138 #~| "deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
74139 #~ msgid ""
74140 #~ "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut "
74141 #~ "\\(aqE\\(aq is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
74142 #~ msgstr ""
74143 #~ "partition étendue MBR ; signifie 05 pour MBR. Le raccourci originel « E » "
74144 #~ "est obsolète à cause d’une collision avec le type de partition MBR, "
74145 #~ "« 0x0E »."
74146
74147 #, fuzzy
74148 #~| msgid "B<H - alias 'home'>"
74149 #~ msgid "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"
74150 #~ msgstr "B<H - alias 'home'>"
74151
74152 #, fuzzy
74153 #~| msgid "B<U - alias 'uefi'>"
74154 #~ msgid "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"
74155 #~ msgstr "B<U - alias 'uefi'>"
74156
74157 #, fuzzy
74158 #~| msgid "B<R - alias 'raid'>"
74159 #~ msgid "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"
74160 #~ msgstr "B<R - alias 'raid'>"
74161
74162 #, fuzzy
74163 #~| msgid "B<V - alias 'lvm'>"
74164 #~ msgid "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"
74165 #~ msgstr "B<V - alias 'lvm'>"
74166
74167 #, fuzzy
74168 #~| msgid ""
74169 #~| "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in "
74170 #~| "favour of 'Ex'."
74171 #~ msgid ""
74172 #~ "The shortcut \\(aqX\\(aq for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated "
74173 #~ "in favour of \\(aqEx\\(aq."
74174 #~ msgstr ""
74175 #~ "Le raccourci « X » pour les partitions étendues Linux (85) est "
74176 #~ "B<obsolète>, remplacée par « Ex »."
74177
74178 #, fuzzy
74179 #~| msgid ""
74180 #~| "The I<device> field is optional.  B<sfdisk> extracts the partition "
74181 #~| "number from the device name.  It allows specifying the partitions in "
74182 #~| "random order.  This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>.  Don't "
74183 #~| "use it if you are not sure."
74184 #~ msgid ""
74185 #~ "The I<device> field is optional. B<sfdisk> extracts the partition number "
74186 #~ "from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random "
74187 #~ "order. This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>. Don\\(cqt use it "
74188 #~ "if you are not sure."
74189 #~ msgstr ""
74190 #~ "Le champ I<périphérique> est facultatif. B<sfdisk> extrait le numéro de "
74191 #~ "partition du nom de périphérique. Cela permet d’indiquer les partitions "
74192 #~ "dans un ordre quelconque. Cette fonctionnalité est surtout utilisée par "
74193 #~ "B<--dump>. En cas de doute, ne l’utilisez pas."
74194
74195 #, fuzzy
74196 #~| msgid ""
74197 #~| "Specify the partition size in sectors.  The number may be followed by "
74198 #~| "the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), "
74199 #~| "then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according "
74200 #~| "to device I/O limits."
74201 #~ msgid ""
74202 #~ "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
74203 #~ "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
74204 #~ "it\\(cqs interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according "
74205 #~ "to device I/O limits."
74206 #~ msgstr ""
74207 #~ "Indiquer la taille de partition en secteurs. Le nombre peut être suivi "
74208 #~ "des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), "
74209 #~ "dans ce cas il est interprété comme une taille en octet, puis la taille "
74210 #~ "est alignée conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique."
74211
74212 #~ msgid "B<type=>I<code>"
74213 #~ msgstr "B<type=>I<code>"
74214
74215 #, fuzzy
74216 #~| msgid "B<echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
74217 #~ msgid "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
74218 #~ msgstr "B<echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
74219
74220 #, fuzzy
74221 #~| msgid "enables sfdisk debug output."
74222 #~ msgid "enables B<sfdisk> debug output."
74223 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de sfdisk."
74224
74225 #, fuzzy
74226 #~| msgid ""
74227 #~| "The current sfdisk implementation is based on the original sfdisk from "
74228 #~| "Andries E. Brouwer."
74229 #~ msgid ""
74230 #~ "The current B<sfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<sfdisk> "
74231 #~ "from Andries E. Brouwer."
74232 #~ msgstr ""
74233 #~ "L’implémentation actuelle de B<sfdisk> est basée sur le sfdisk d’origine "
74234 #~ "d’Andries E. Brouwer."
74235
74236 #~ msgid ""
74237 #~ "B<sfdisk> is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device.  "
74238 #~ "It runs in interactive mode if executed on terminal (stdin refers to a "
74239 #~ "terminal)."
74240 #~ msgstr ""
74241 #~ "B<sfdisk> est un outil orienté script pour le partitionnement de "
74242 #~ "n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Il fonctionne en mode interactif s’il "
74243 #~ "est utilisé à partir d’un terminal (stdin fait référence au terminal)."
74244
74245 #~ msgid ""
74246 #~ "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
74247 #~ "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
74248 #~ "Sector) addressing.  CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
74249 #~ "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
74250 #~ msgstr ""
74251 #~ "Depuis la version 2.26, B<sfdisk> prend en charge les étiquettes de "
74252 #~ "disque MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité "
74253 #~ "pour l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été "
74254 #~ "important pour Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les "
74255 #~ "nouveaux périphériques."
74256
74257 #~ msgid ""
74258 #~ "B<sfdisk> (since version 2.26)  B<aligns the start and end of partitions> "
74259 #~ "to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the "
74260 #~ "default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are "
74261 #~ "used for sizes.  It is possible that partition size will be optimized "
74262 #~ "(reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified "
74263 #~ "exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative "
74264 #~ "suffixes."
74265 #~ msgstr ""
74266 #~ "B<sfdisk> (depuis sa version 2.26)  B<aligne le début et la fin des "
74267 #~ "partitions> aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en mode bloc quand des "
74268 #~ "tailles relatives sont indiquées, quand des valeurs par défaut sont "
74269 #~ "indiquées ou quand des suffixes multiplicatifs (par exemple, MiB) sont "
74270 #~ "utilisés pour les tailles. Il est possible que la taille de la partition "
74271 #~ "soit optimisée (réduite ou agrandie) à cause de l’alignement si la "
74272 #~ "position de départ est indiquée précisément en nombre de secteurs et que "
74273 #~ "la taille de partition est indiquée de manière relative ou à l’aide d’un "
74274 #~ "suffixe multiplicatif."
74275
74276 #~ msgid ""
74277 #~ "B<sfdisk> does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN "
74278 #~ "disk labels like B<fdisk>(8)  does.  It is necessary to explicitly create "
74279 #~ "all partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
74280 #~ msgstr ""
74281 #~ "B<sfdisk> ne crée pas les partitions système standards pour les "
74282 #~ "étiquettes de disque SGI et SUN comme le fait B<fdisk>(8). Créer "
74283 #~ "explicitement toutes les partitions est nécessaire, y compris les "
74284 #~ "partitions système sur disque complet."
74285
74286 #~ msgid ""
74287 #~ "The default B<sfdisk> command is to read the specification for the "
74288 #~ "desired partitioning of I<device> from standard input, and then create a "
74289 #~ "partition table according to the specification.  See below for the "
74290 #~ "description of the input format.  If standard input is a terminal, then "
74291 #~ "B<sfdisk> starts an interactive session."
74292 #~ msgstr ""
74293 #~ "Le but de la commande B<sfdisk> par défaut est de lire les indications de "
74294 #~ "partitionnement désiré du I<périphérique> à partir de l'entrée standard, "
74295 #~ "puis de créer une table de partitions conforme aux indications. Une "
74296 #~ "description du format d’entrée est disponible ci-dessous. Si l’entrée "
74297 #~ "standard est un terminal, B<sfdisk> démarre une session interactive."
74298
74299 #~ msgid ""
74300 #~ "If the option B<-N> is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
74301 #~ "partition addressed by I<partition-number>.  The unspecified fields of "
74302 #~ "the partition are not modified."
74303 #~ msgstr ""
74304 #~ "Si l’option B<-N> est indiquée, les modifications sont appliquées à la "
74305 #~ "partition indiquée par I<numéro-partition>. Les champs non renseignés de "
74306 #~ "la partition ne sont pas modifiés."
74307
74308 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --activate >I<device >[I<partition-number...]>"
74309 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<périphérique> [I<numéro-partition>] ..."
74310
74311 #~ msgid ""
74312 #~ "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only.  If GPT label "
74313 #~ "is detected than sfdisk prints warning and automatically enter PMBR."
74314 #~ msgstr ""
74315 #~ "La commande d’activation est prise en charge uniquement pour MBR et PMBR. "
74316 #~ "Si une étiquette GPT est détectée, alors B<sfdisk> affiche un "
74317 #~ "avertissement et entre automatiquement dans le PMBR."
74318
74319 #~ msgid "B<--delete >I<device >[I<partition-number>...]"
74320 #~ msgstr "B<--delete> I<périphérique> [I<numéro-partition>] ..."
74321
74322 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dump >I<device>"
74323 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<périphérique>"
74324
74325 #~ msgid ""
74326 #~ "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
74327 #~ "B<sfdisk>.  See the section B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE>."
74328 #~ msgstr ""
74329 #~ "Lister les partitions d'un périphérique dans un format utilisable en "
74330 #~ "entrée pour B<sfdisk>. Consultez la section B<SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE "
74331 #~ "PARTITIONS>."
74332
74333 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --show-geometry >[I<device>...]"
74334 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<périphérique> ...]"
74335
74336 #~ msgid "B<-J>,B< --json >I<device>"
74337 #~ msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json> I<périphérique>"
74338
74339 #~ msgid ""
74340 #~ "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format.  Note that B<sfdisk> is "
74341 #~ "not able to use JSON as input format."
74342 #~ msgstr ""
74343 #~ "Lister les partitions d’un périphérique au format JSON. Remarquez que "
74344 #~ "B<sfdisk> ne peut pas utiliser JSON comme format d’entrée."
74345
74346 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --list >[I<device>...]"
74347 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<périphérique> ...]"
74348
74349 #~ msgid ""
74350 #~ "List the partitions of all or the specified devices.  This command can be "
74351 #~ "used together with B<--verify>."
74352 #~ msgstr ""
74353 #~ "Afficher les partitions de tout les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. "
74354 #~ "Cette commande peut être utilisée avec B<--verify>."
74355
74356 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --list-free >[I<device>...]"
74357 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<périphérique> ...]"
74358
74359 #~ msgid "B<--part-attrs >I<device partition-number >[I<attributes>]"
74360 #~ msgstr "B<--part-attrs> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<attributs>]"
74361
74362 #~ msgid ""
74363 #~ "Change the GPT partition attribute bits.  If I<attributes> is not "
74364 #~ "specified, then print the current partition settings.  The I<attributes> "
74365 #~ "argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit "
74366 #~ "names.  For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three "
74367 #~ "bits.  The currently supported attribute bits are:"
74368 #~ msgstr ""
74369 #~ "Modifier les bits d’attribut de partition GPT. Si I<attributs> n’est pas "
74370 #~ "indiqué, afficher les réglages de la partition actuelle. L’argument "
74371 #~ "I<attributs> est une liste de numéros de bit ou de noms de bit séparés "
74372 #~ "par des virgules ou des espaces. Par exemple, la chaîne "
74373 #~ "« RequiredPartition,50,51 » définit trois bits . Actuellement, les bits "
74374 #~ "pris en charge sont :"
74375
74376 #~ msgid ""
74377 #~ "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending "
74378 #~ "on the partition type.  For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate "
74379 #~ "read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden "
74380 #~ "partitions and 63 to disable automount."
74381 #~ msgstr ""
74382 #~ "Réservé pour une utilisation spécifique de GUID. L’utilisation de ces "
74383 #~ "bits varie selon le type de partition. Par exemple, Microsoft utilise le "
74384 #~ "bit 60 pour indiquer la lecture uniquement, 61 pour une « shadow copy » "
74385 #~ "d’une autre partition, 62 pour des partitions cachées (hidden) et 63 pour "
74386 #~ "désactiver le montage automatique."
74387
74388 #~ msgid "B<--part-label >I<device partition-number >[I<label>]"
74389 #~ msgstr "B<--part-label> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<étiquette>]"
74390
74391 #~ msgid ""
74392 #~ "Change the GPT partition name (label).  If I<label> is not specified, "
74393 #~ "then print the current partition label."
74394 #~ msgstr ""
74395 #~ "Modifier le nom de partition GPT (étiquette). Si l’I<étiquette> n’est pas "
74396 #~ "indiquée, afficher l’étiquette actuelle de la partition."
74397
74398 #~ msgid "B<--part-type >I<device partition-number >[I<type>]"
74399 #~ msgstr "B<--part-type> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<type>]"
74400
74401 #~ msgid ""
74402 #~ "Change the partition type.  If I<type> is not specified, then print the "
74403 #~ "current partition type."
74404 #~ msgstr ""
74405 #~ "Modifier le type de partition. Si le I<type> n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
74406 #~ "le type actuel de la partition."
74407
74408 #~ msgid "B<--part-uuid >I<device partition-number >[I<uuid>]"
74409 #~ msgstr "B<--part-uuid> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<UUID>]"
74410
74411 #~ msgid ""
74412 #~ "Change the GPT partition UUID.  If I<uuid> is not specified, then print "
74413 #~ "the current partition UUID."
74414 #~ msgstr ""
74415 #~ "Modifier l’UUID de partition GPT. Si l’I<UUID> n’est pas indiqué, "
74416 #~ "afficher l’UUID actuel de la partition."
74417
74418 #~ msgid "B<--disk-id >I<device >[I<id>]"
74419 #~ msgstr "B<--disk-id> I<périphérique> [I<id>]"
74420
74421 #~ msgid ""
74422 #~ "Change the disk identifier.  If I<id> is not specified, then print the "
74423 #~ "current identifier.  The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer "
74424 #~ "for MBR."
74425 #~ msgstr ""
74426 #~ "Modifier l’identificateur du disque. Si I<id> n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
74427 #~ "l’identificateur actuel. L’identificateur est UUID pour GPT ou un entier "
74428 #~ "non signé pour MBR."
74429
74430 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --reorder >I<device>"
74431 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<périphérique>"
74432
74433 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --show-size >[I<device>...]"
74434 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<périphérique> ...]"
74435
74436 #~ msgid ""
74437 #~ "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte "
74438 #~ "size.  This command is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
74439 #~ msgstr ""
74440 #~ "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 1024 octets, de tous les périphériques "
74441 #~ "ou de ceux indiqués. Cette option est B<obsolète>, remplacée par "
74442 #~ "B<blockdev>(8)."
74443
74444 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --list-types>"
74445 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"
74446
74447 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verify >[I<device>...]"
74448 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<périphérique> ...]"
74449
74450 #~ msgid "B<--relocate >I<oper >I<device>"
74451 #~ msgstr "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<périphérique>"
74452
74453 #~ msgid ""
74454 #~ "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for "
74455 #~ "GPT header only.  The argument I<oper> can be:"
74456 #~ msgstr ""
74457 #~ "Déplacer l’en-tête de la table de partitions. Cette commande est "
74458 #~ "actuellement prise en charge uniquement pour les en-têtes de GPT. "
74459 #~ "L’argument I<oper> peut être :"
74460
74461 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --append>"
74462 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--append>"
74463
74464 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --backup>"
74465 #~ msgstr "B<-b>,B< --backup>"
74466
74467 #~ msgid ""
74468 #~ "Deprecated and ignored option.  Partitioning that is compatible with "
74469 #~ "Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
74470 #~ msgstr ""
74471 #~ "Option obsolète et ignorée. Le partitionnement compatible avec Linux (et "
74472 #~ "autres systèmes d’exploitation modernes) est celui par défaut."
74473
74474 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --backup-file >I<path>"
74475 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<chemin>"
74476
74477 #~ msgid ""
74478 #~ "Override the default backup file name.  Note that the device name and "
74479 #~ "offset are always appended to the file name."
74480 #~ msgstr ""
74481 #~ "Écraser le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut. Remarquez que le nom "
74482 #~ "de périphérique et la position sont toujours ajoutés au nom de fichier."
74483
74484 #~ msgid ""
74485 #~ "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the "
74486 #~ "beginning of a partition to another place on the disk.  The size of the "
74487 #~ "partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap.  "
74488 #~ "This option requires option B<-N> in order to be processed on one "
74489 #~ "specific partition only."
74490 #~ msgstr ""
74491 #~ "Déplacer les données après une relocalisation de partition, par exemple, "
74492 #~ "lors de la migration du début d’une partition vers un autre endroit du "
74493 #~ "disque. La taille de la partition doit rester identique, l’ancien et le "
74494 #~ "nouvel emplacement peuvent se chevaucher. Cette option requiert l’option "
74495 #~ "B<-N> pour pouvoir être traitée uniquement sur une partition particulière."
74496
74497 #~ msgid ""
74498 #~ "Use fsync system call after each write when move data to a new location "
74499 #~ "by B<--move-data>."
74500 #~ msgstr ""
74501 #~ "Utiliser l’appel système B<fsync> après chaque écriture lors de la "
74502 #~ "migration de données à l’aide de B<--move-data>."
74503
74504 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unit S>"
74505 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"
74506
74507 #~ msgid "B<-X>,B< --label >I<type>"
74508 #~ msgstr "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"
74509
74510 #~ msgid ""
74511 #~ "Specify the disk label type (e.g., B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...).  If this option "
74512 #~ "is not given, then B<sfdisk> defaults to the existing label, but if there "
74513 #~ "is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to B<dos>. The "
74514 #~ "default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: "
74515 #~ "E<lt>nameE<gt>\" script header line. The option B<--label> does not force "
74516 #~ "B<sfdisk> to create empty disk label (see the B<EMPTY DISK LABEL> section "
74517 #~ "below)."
74518 #~ msgstr ""
74519 #~ "Indiquer le type d’étiquette disque (par exemple, B<dos>, B<gpt>, etc.). "
74520 #~ "Si cette option n’est pas donnée, alors B<sfdisk> utilise par défaut "
74521 #~ "l’étiquette existante, mais en absence d’étiquette sur le périphérique, "
74522 #~ "alors le type par défaut est B<dos>. La valeur par défaut ou l’étiquette "
74523 #~ "actuelle peut être écrasée par la ligne d’en-tête de script « label: "
74524 #~ "E<lt>nomE<gt> ». L’option B<--label> n’oblige pas B<sfdisk> à créer une "
74525 #~ "étiquette blanche de disque (consultez la section B<ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE "
74526 #~ "BLANCHES> ci-dessous)."
74527
74528 #~ msgid "B<-Y>,B< --label-nested >I<type>"
74529 #~ msgstr "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"
74530
74531 #~ msgid ""
74532 #~ "Force editing of a nested disk label.  The primary disk label has to "
74533 #~ "exist already.  This option allows editing for example a hybrid/"
74534 #~ "protective MBR on devices with GPT."
74535 #~ msgstr ""
74536 #~ "Forcer la modification d’une étiquette de disque imbriqué. L’étiquette de "
74537 #~ "disque primaire doit déjà exister. Cette option permet d’éditer par "
74538 #~ "exemple un MBR hybride ou de protection (« protective ») sur les "
74539 #~ "périphériques avec GPT."
74540
74541 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wipe >I<when>"
74542 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<quand>"
74543
74544 #~ msgid ""
74545 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
74546 #~ "order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
74547 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, the default is "
74548 #~ "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive "
74549 #~ "mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped "
74550 #~ "before create a new partition-table if the argument I<when> is not "
74551 #~ "B<never>. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning "
74552 #~ "messages before a new partition table is created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  "
74553 #~ "command."
74554 #~ msgstr ""
74555 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
74556 #~ "partitions du périphérique dans le but d’éviter des collisions "
74557 #~ "possibles.  L’argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou B<always>. "
74558 #~ "Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est B<auto>, "
74559 #~ "auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
74560 #~ "interactif, à l’exception des signatures de l’ancienne table de "
74561 #~ "partitions qui sont toujours effacées avant la création de la nouvelle "
74562 #~ "table de partitions si l’argument I<quand> n’est pas B<never>. Dans tous "
74563 #~ "les cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages "
74564 #~ "d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. "
74565 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
74566
74567 #~ msgid "B<-W>,B< --wipe-partitions >I<when>"
74568 #~ msgstr "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<quand>"
74569
74570 #~ msgid ""
74571 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
74572 #~ "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> "
74573 #~ "can be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, "
74574 #~ "the default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
74575 #~ "interactive mode and after confirmation by user.  In all cases detected "
74576 #~ "signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is "
74577 #~ "created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
74578 #~ msgstr ""
74579 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
74580 #~ "partitions des nouvelles partitions créées dans le but d’éviter des "
74581 #~ "collisions possibles. L’argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou "
74582 #~ "B<always>. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut "
74583 #~ "est B<auto>, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le "
74584 #~ "mode interactif et après une confirmation de l’utilisateur. Dans tous les "
74585 #~ "cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages "
74586 #~ "d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. "
74587 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
74588
74589 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --version>"
74590 #~ msgstr "B<-v>,B< --version>"
74591
74592 #~ msgid "B<Header lines>"
74593 #~ msgstr "B<Lignes d’en-tête>"
74594
74595 #~ msgid ""
74596 #~ "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
74597 #~ "partition table.  The header-line format is:"
74598 #~ msgstr ""
74599 #~ "Les lignes de l’en-tête facultatif indiquent des renseignements "
74600 #~ "génériques qui s’appliquent à la table de partitions. Le format de ligne "
74601 #~ "d’en-tête est :"
74602
74603 #~ msgid ""
74604 #~ "Specify the partitioning unit.  The only supported unit is B<sectors>."
74605 #~ msgstr ""
74606 #~ "Indiquer l’unité de partitionnement. La seule unité acceptée est "
74607 #~ "B<sectors>."
74608
74609 #~ msgid "Specify the partition table type.  For example B<dos> or B<gpt>."
74610 #~ msgstr ""
74611 #~ "Indiquer le I<type> de table de partitions. Par exemple B<dos> ou B<gpt>."
74612
74613 #~ msgid ""
74614 #~ "Specify the partition table identifier.  It should be a hexadecimal "
74615 #~ "number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
74616 #~ msgstr ""
74617 #~ "Indiquer l’identifiant de table de partitions. Ce devrait être un nombre "
74618 #~ "hexadécimal (avec un préfixe « 0x ») pour MBR et un UUID pour GPT."
74619
74620 #~ msgid "B<Unnamed-fields format>"
74621 #~ msgstr "B<Format des champs non nommés>"
74622
74623 #~ msgid ""
74624 #~ "The default value of I<start> is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
74625 #~ "according to device I/O limits.  The default start offset for the first "
74626 #~ "partition is 1 MiB.  The offset may be followed by the multiplicative "
74627 #~ "suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is "
74628 #~ "interpreted as offset in bytes."
74629 #~ msgstr ""
74630 #~ "La valeur par défaut de I<début> est le premier secteur non assigné "
74631 #~ "aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. La "
74632 #~ "position de début par défaut pour la première partition est 1 MiB. La "
74633 #~ "position peut être suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB MiB, GiB, "
74634 #~ "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce cas le nombre est interprété comme "
74635 #~ "une position en octet."
74636
74637 #~ msgid "The default I<type> value is I<linux>"
74638 #~ msgstr "La valeur I<type> par défaut est I<linux>"
74639
74640 #~ msgid ""
74641 #~ "I<bootable> is specified as [B<*>|B<->], with as default not-bootable.  "
74642 #~ "The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
74643 #~ "been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders "
74644 #~ "and for other operating systems."
74645 #~ msgstr ""
74646 #~ "I<amorçable> est indiqué par [B<*>|B<->] (non amorçable par défaut). La "
74647 #~ "valeur de ce champ n'est pas pertinente pour Linux — quand Linux "
74648 #~ "fonctionne, il a déjà été amorcé — mais pourrait jouer un rôle pour "
74649 #~ "certains gestionnaires de démarrage ou pour d'autres systèmes "
74650 #~ "d'exploitation."
74651
74652 #~ msgid "B<Named-fields format>"
74653 #~ msgstr "B<Format des champs nommés>"
74654
74655 #~ msgid ""
74656 #~ "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
74657 #~ "additional information (e.g., a UUID).  It is recommended to use this "
74658 #~ "format to keep your scripts more readable."
74659 #~ msgstr ""
74660 #~ "Ce format est plus lisible, robuste, extensible et permet d’indiquer des "
74661 #~ "renseignements supplémentaires (par exemple un UUID). C’est le format "
74662 #~ "conseillé pour garder les scripts lisibles."
74663
74664 #~ msgid "[I<device >B<:>]I< name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."
74665 #~ msgstr "[I<périphérique> B<:>] I<nom>[B<=>I<valeur>], ..."
74666
74667 #~ msgid ""
74668 #~ "The I<value> can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is "
74669 #~ "partition name\").  The currently supported fields are:"
74670 #~ msgstr ""
74671 #~ "La I<valeur> peut être entre guillemets (par exemple, nom=\"Ceci est un "
74672 #~ "nom de partition\"). Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"
74673
74674 #~ msgid ""
74675 #~ "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits.  "
74676 #~ "The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may "
74677 #~ "be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
74678 #~ "ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
74679 #~ msgstr ""
74680 #~ "Le premier secteur non assigné aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée "
74681 #~ "et sortie du périphérique. La position de début par défaut pour la "
74682 #~ "première partition est 1 MiB. La position peut être suivie des suffixes "
74683 #~ "multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce cas "
74684 #~ "le nombre est interprété comme une position en octet."
74685
74686 #~ msgid ""
74687 #~ "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits.  See B<--part-"
74688 #~ "attrs> for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
74689 #~ msgstr ""
74690 #~ "Attributs de partition, souvent des bits d’attribut de partition GPT. "
74691 #~ "Consultez B<--part-attrs> pour plus de précisions sur le format des "
74692 #~ "chaînes de bits GPT."
74693
74694 #~ msgid ""
74695 #~ "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
74696 #~ "partition, or a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format.  For backward "
74697 #~ "compatibility the B<Id=> field has the same meaning."
74698 #~ msgstr ""
74699 #~ "Un nombre hexadécimal (sans préfixe « 0x ») pour une partition MBR, un "
74700 #~ "GUID pour une partition GPT ou un raccourci comme pour le format de "
74701 #~ "champs non nommés. Pour la compatibilité ascendante, le champ B<Id=> a la "
74702 #~ "même signification."
74703
74704 #~ msgid ""
74705 #~ "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices.  B<sfdisk> supports "
74706 #~ "two ways."
74707 #~ msgstr ""
74708 #~ "Sauvegarder la disposition des périphériques est conseillé. B<sfdisk> "
74709 #~ "permet de le faire de deux façons."
74710
74711 #~ msgid ""
74712 #~ "Use the B<--dump> option to save a description of the device layout to a "
74713 #~ "text file.  The dump format is suitable for later B<sfdisk> input.  For "
74714 #~ "example:"
74715 #~ msgstr ""
74716 #~ "Utiliser l’option B<--dump> pour sauvegarder une description de la "
74717 #~ "disposition dans un fichier texte. Le format de la sauvegarde peut "
74718 #~ "ensuite être utilisé en entrée de B<sfdisk>. Par exemple :"
74719
74720 #~ msgid ""
74721 #~ "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the "
74722 #~ "partition table is stored, then use the B<--backup> option.  It writes "
74723 #~ "the sectors to ~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak files.  The "
74724 #~ "default name of the backup file can be changed with the B<--backup-file> "
74725 #~ "option.  The backup files contain only raw data from the I<device>.  Note "
74726 #~ "that the same concept of backup files is used by B<wipefs>(8).  For "
74727 #~ "example:"
74728 #~ msgstr ""
74729 #~ "Pour une sauvegarde (binaire) complète de tous les secteurs où la table "
74730 #~ "de partitions est gardée, utilisez l’option B<--backup>. Cela écrit les "
74731 #~ "secteurs dans les fichiers ~/sfdisk-I<périphérique>-I<position>.bak. Le "
74732 #~ "nom par défaut du fichier de sauvegarde peut être modifié avec l’option "
74733 #~ "B<--backup-file>. Les fichiers de sauvegarde ne contiennent que les "
74734 #~ "données brutes du I<périphérique>. Remarquez que le même concept de "
74735 #~ "fichiers de sauvegarde est utilisé par B<wipefs>(8). Par exemple :"
74736
74737 #~ msgid ""
74738 #~ "Note that B<sfdisk> since version 2.26 no longer provides the B<-I> "
74739 #~ "option to restore sectors.  B<dd>(1)  provides all necessary "
74740 #~ "functionality."
74741 #~ msgstr ""
74742 #~ "Remarquez que B<sfdisk> depuis la version 2.26 ne fournit plus l’option "
74743 #~ "B<-I> pour restaurer les secteurs. B<dd>(1) fournit toutes les "
74744 #~ "fonctionnalités nécessaires."
74745
74746 #~ msgid ""
74747 #~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
74748 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<sfdisk> are:"
74749 #~ msgstr ""
74750 #~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
74751 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
74752 #~ "par B<sfdisk> sont les suivantes."
74753
74754 #~ msgid ""
74755 #~ "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> no longer provides the B<-R> or B<--re-read> "
74756 #~ "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table.  Use B<blockdev "
74757 #~ "--rereadpt> instead."
74758 #~ msgstr ""
74759 #~ "Depuis la version 2.26, B<sfdisk> ne fournit plus l’option B<-R> ou B<--"
74760 #~ "re-read> pour forcer le noyau à relire la table de partitions. Utilisez "
74761 #~ "plutôt B<blockdev --rereadpt>."
74762
74763 #~ msgid ""
74764 #~ "The sfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74765 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
74766 #~ msgstr ""
74767 #~ "La commande B<sfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74768 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
74769 #~ ">E<gt>."
74770
74771 #~ msgid "SULOGIN"
74772 #~ msgstr "SULOGIN"
74773
74774 #, fuzzy
74775 #~| msgid ""
74776 #~| "If the root account is locked and --force is specified, no password is "
74777 #~| "required."
74778 #~ msgid ""
74779 #~ "If the root account is locked and B<--force> is specified, no password is "
74780 #~ "required."
74781 #~ msgstr ""
74782 #~ "Si le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé et l’option B<--force> "
74783 #~ "indiquée, aucun mot de passe n’est demandé."
74784
74785 #, fuzzy
74786 #~| msgid ""
74787 #~| "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
74788 #~| "B<getpwnam>(3)  fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to "
74789 #~| "get the password.  If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when "
74790 #~| "root account is locked by '!' or '*' at the begin of the password then "
74791 #~| "B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a password>."
74792 #~ msgid ""
74793 #~ "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
74794 #~ "B<getpwnam>(3) fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to "
74795 #~ "get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root "
74796 #~ "account is locked by \\(aq!\\(aq or \\(aq*\\(aq at the begin of the "
74797 #~ "password then B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a "
74798 #~ "password>."
74799 #~ msgstr ""
74800 #~ "Si la méthode d’obtention par défaut du mot de passe du superutilisateur "
74801 #~ "pour le système avec B<getpwnam>(3) échoue, examiner I</etc/passwd> et I</"
74802 #~ "etc/shadow> pour obtenir le mot de passe. Si ces fichiers sont endommagés "
74803 #~ "ou n’existent pas, ou lorsque le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé "
74804 #~ "par « ! » ou « * » au commencement du mot de passe, alors B<sulogin> "
74805 #~ "démarrera un B<interpréteur de commandes de superutilisateur sans "
74806 #~ "demander de mot de passe>."
74807
74808 #, fuzzy
74809 #~| msgid ""
74810 #~| "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> "
74811 #~| "to determine what shell to start.  If the environment variable is not "
74812 #~| "set, it will try to execute root's shell from I</etc/passwd>.  If that "
74813 #~| "fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
74814 #~ msgid ""
74815 #~ "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
74816 #~ "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
74817 #~ "will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, "
74818 #~ "it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
74819 #~ msgstr ""
74820 #~ "B<sulogin> recherche les variables d’environnement B<SUSHELL> ou "
74821 #~ "B<sushell> pour déterminer l’interpréteur de commandes à démarrer. Si la "
74822 #~ "variable d’environnement n’est pas définie, il essaiera d’exécuter "
74823 #~ "l’interpréteur de commandes du superutilisateur indiqué dans le fichier "
74824 #~ "I</etc/passwd>. Si cela échoue également, il essaiera I</bin/sh>."
74825
74826 #~ msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
74827 #~ msgstr "Donnez le mot de passe du superutilisateur pour la maintenance"
74828
74829 #~ msgid "(or type Control-D for normal startup):"
74830 #~ msgstr "(ou appuyez sur Ctrl et D pour continuer) : "
74831
74832 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout >I<seconds>"
74833 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<secondes>"
74834
74835 #~ msgid ""
74836 #~ "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input.  By default, "
74837 #~ "B<sulogin> will wait forever."
74838 #~ msgstr ""
74839 #~ "Indiquer la durée d’attente maximale pour une saisie d’utilisateur. Par "
74840 #~ "défaut, B<sulogin> attendra indéfiniment."
74841
74842 #~ msgid ""
74843 #~ "The sulogin command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74844 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
74845 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
74846 #~ msgstr ""
74847 #~ "La commande B<sulogin> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74848 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
74849 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
74850
74851 #~ msgid "SWAPLABEL"
74852 #~ msgstr "SWAPLABEL"
74853
74854 #, fuzzy
74855 #~| msgid ""
74856 #~| "The swaplabel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74857 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
74858 #~ msgid ""
74859 #~ "The B<swaplabel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
74860 #~ "downloaded from"
74861 #~ msgstr ""
74862 #~ "La commande B<swaplabel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74863 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
74864 #~ ">E<gt>."
74865
74866 #~ msgid "April 2010"
74867 #~ msgstr "avril 2010"
74868
74869 #~ msgid ""
74870 #~ "If an optional argument is present, then B<swaplabel> will change the "
74871 #~ "appropriate value on I<device>.  These values can also be set during swap "
74872 #~ "creation using B<mkswap>(8).  The B<swaplabel> utility allows changing "
74873 #~ "the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
74874 #~ msgstr ""
74875 #~ "Si un argument facultatif est présent, alors B<swaplabel> modifiera la "
74876 #~ "valeur appropriée du I<périphérique>. Ces valeurs peuvent aussi être "
74877 #~ "définies lors de la création de l'espace d'échange avec B<mkswap>(8). "
74878 #~ "L'utilitaire B<swaplabel> permet de modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un "
74879 #~ "périphérique d'échange en cours d'utilisation."
74880
74881 #~ msgid ""
74882 #~ "Specify a new I<label> for the device.  Swap partition labels can be at "
74883 #~ "most 16 characters long.  If I<label> is longer than 16 characters, "
74884 #~ "B<swaplabel> will truncate it and print a warning message."
74885 #~ msgstr ""
74886 #~ "Indiquer une nouvelle I<étiquette> pour I<périphérique>. Les étiquettes "
74887 #~ "de partitions ne peuvent pas contenir plus de seize caractères. Si "
74888 #~ "I<étiquette> contient plus de seize caractères, B<swaplabel> la tronquera "
74889 #~ "et affichera un message d’avertissement."
74890
74891 # NOTE: bold period
74892 #~ msgid ""
74893 #~ "Specify a new I<UUID> for the device.  The I< UUID> must be in the "
74894 #~ "standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by B<uuidgen>(1)."
74895 #~ msgstr ""
74896 #~ "Indiquer un nouvel I<UUID> pour I<périphérique>. L'I<UUID> doit être au "
74897 #~ "format de caractères 8-4-4-4-12 normalisé, conformément à la sortie de "
74898 #~ "B<uuidgen>(1)."
74899
74900 #~ msgid ""
74901 #~ "The swaplabel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74902 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
74903 #~ msgstr ""
74904 #~ "La commande B<swaplabel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74905 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
74906 #~ ">E<gt>."
74907
74908 #~ msgid "SWAPON"
74909 #~ msgstr "SWAPON"
74910
74911 #, fuzzy
74912 #~| msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
74913 #~ msgid "B<-U> I<uuid>"
74914 #~ msgstr "B<-U> I<UUID>"
74915
74916 #, fuzzy
74917 #~| msgid ""
74918 #~| "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
74919 #~| "success in all versions."
74920 #~ msgid ""
74921 #~ "+ The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
74922 #~ "success in all versions."
74923 #~ msgstr ""
74924 #~ "Les versions anciennes avant la version 2.36 n’avaient aucun code de "
74925 #~ "retour documenté. B<0> signifie succès dans toutes les versions."
74926
74927 #, fuzzy
74928 #~| msgid ""
74929 #~| "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1)  "
74930 #~| "and /dev/zero."
74931 #~ msgid ""
74932 #~ "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1) and "
74933 #~ "I</dev/zero>."
74934 #~ msgstr ""
74935 #~ "La façon la plus portable de créer un fichier d’échange est d’utiliser "
74936 #~ "B<dd>(1) et I</dev/zero>."
74937
74938 #, fuzzy
74939 #~| msgid ""
74940 #~| "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with "
74941 #~| "old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem "
74942 #~| "is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an "
74943 #~| "attempt at unsuspending is made."
74944 #~ msgid ""
74945 #~ "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with "
74946 #~ "old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem "
74947 #~ "is that if we don\\(cqt do it, then we get data corruption the next time "
74948 #~ "an attempt at unsuspending is made."
74949 #~ msgstr ""
74950 #~ "B<swapon> détecte et réécrit automatiquement la signature d’un espace "
74951 #~ "d’échange avec les données des anciens logiciels de mise en veille (par "
74952 #~ "exemple S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, etc.) Si cela n'est pas fait, des données "
74953 #~ "seront corrompues lors du prochain réveil."
74954
74955 #, fuzzy
74956 #~| msgid ""
74957 #~| "The swapon command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74958 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
74959 #~ msgid ""
74960 #~ "The B<swapon> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
74961 #~ "downloaded from"
74962 #~ msgstr ""
74963 #~ "La commande B<swapon> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74964 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
74965 #~ ">E<gt>."
74966
74967 #~ msgid "October 2014"
74968 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2014"
74969
74970 #~ msgid ""
74971 #~ "The device or file used is given by the I<specialfile> parameter.  It may "
74972 #~ "be of the form B<-L>I< label> or B<-U>I< uuid> to indicate a device by "
74973 #~ "label or uuid."
74974 #~ msgstr ""
74975 #~ "Le périphérique ou le fichier utilisé est indiqué par le paramètre "
74976 #~ "I<fichier_spécial>. Il peut être de la forme B<-L> I<étiquette> ou B<-U> "
74977 #~ "I<UUID> pour indiquer le périphérique à l'aide d'une I<étiquette> ou d'un "
74978 #~ "I<UUID>."
74979
74980 #~ msgid ""
74981 #~ "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files.  When "
74982 #~ "the B<-a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices "
74983 #~ "and files (as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
74984 #~ msgstr ""
74985 #~ "B<swapoff> désactive la pagination sur les périphériques ou fichiers "
74986 #~ "indiqués. Quand l’attribut B<-a> est donné, la pagination est désactivée "
74987 #~ "sur tous les périphériques ou fichiers d'échange connus (comme trouvés "
74988 #~ "dans I</proc/swaps> ou I</etc/fstab>)."
74989
74990 #~ msgid ""
74991 #~ "All devices marked as ``swap'' in I</etc/fstab> are made available, "
74992 #~ "except for those with the ``noauto'' option.  Devices that are already "
74993 #~ "being used as swap are silently skipped."
74994 #~ msgstr ""
74995 #~ "Tous les périphériques marqués « swap » dans I</etc/fstab> sont rendus "
74996 #~ "disponibles pour la pagination sauf s'ils possèdent l'option « noauto ». "
74997 #~ "Les périphériques qui sont déjà utilisés en tant que tels sont "
74998 #~ "silencieusement ignorés."
74999
75000 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"
75001 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<stratégie>]"
75002
75003 #~ msgid ""
75004 #~ "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
75005 #~ "trim operation.  This may improve performance on some Solid State "
75006 #~ "Devices, but often it does not.  The option allows one to select between "
75007 #~ "two available swap discard policies: B<--discard=once> to perform a "
75008 #~ "single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or B<--"
75009 #~ "discard=pages> to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are "
75010 #~ "available for reuse.  If no policy is selected, the default behavior is "
75011 #~ "to enable both discard types.  The I</etc/fstab> mount options "
75012 #~ "B<discard>, B<discard=once>, or B<discard=pages> may also be used to "
75013 #~ "enable discard flags."
75014 #~ msgstr ""
75015 #~ "Activer les abandons d’espace d’échange, si le périphérique sous-jacent "
75016 #~ "permet l’opération d’abandon ou rognage. Cela pourrait améliorer les "
75017 #~ "performances sur certains SSD, mais en général ce n’est pas le cas. "
75018 #~ "L’option permet de sélectionner une des deux I<stratégie>s d’abandon "
75019 #~ "d’espace d’échange disponibles : B<--discard=once> pour réaliser une "
75020 #~ "seule opération d’abandon sur toute la zone d’échange au moment de son "
75021 #~ "activation ; B<--discard=pages> pour abandonner de manière asynchrone les "
75022 #~ "pages d’espace d’échange libérées avant qu’elles ne soient réutilisées. "
75023 #~ "Si aucune I<stratégie> n’est sélectionnée, le comportement par défaut est "
75024 #~ "d’activer les deux types d’abandon. Les options B<discard>, "
75025 #~ "B<discard=once> ou B<discard=pages> de I</etc/fstab> peuvent aussi être "
75026 #~ "utilisées pour activer les attributs d’abandon."
75027
75028 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
75029 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"
75030
75031 #~ msgid ""
75032 #~ "Silently skip devices that do not exist.  The I</etc/fstab> mount option "
75033 #~ "B<nofail> may also be used to skip non-existing device."
75034 #~ msgstr ""
75035 #~ "Passer silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas. L'option de "
75036 #~ "montage B<nofail> de I</etc/fstab> pourrait aussi permettre de passer "
75037 #~ "silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas."
75038
75039 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fixpgsz>"
75040 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"
75041
75042 #~ msgid ""
75043 #~ "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
75044 #~ "that of the current running kernel.  B<mkswap>(8)  initializes the whole "
75045 #~ "device and does not check for bad blocks."
75046 #~ msgstr ""
75047 #~ "Réinitialiser (exec mkswap) l'espace d'échange si sa taille de page ne "
75048 #~ "correspond pas à celle du noyau en cours d'exécution. B<mkswap>(2) "
75049 #~ "initialise le périphérique entièrement et ne vérifie pas si des blocs "
75050 #~ "sont corrompus."
75051
75052 #~ msgid "B<-L>I< label>"
75053 #~ msgstr "B<-L> I<étiquette>"
75054
75055 #~ msgid ""
75056 #~ "Use the partition that has the specified I<label>.  (For this, access to "
75057 #~ "I</proc/partitions> is needed.)"
75058 #~ msgstr ""
75059 #~ "Utiliser la partition avec l'I<étiquette> donnée (l'accès à I</proc/"
75060 #~ "partitions> est nécessaire)."
75061
75062 #~ msgid ""
75063 #~ "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string.  For "
75064 #~ "example:"
75065 #~ msgstr ""
75066 #~ "Indiquer les options d’espace d’échange dans une chaîne, séparées par des "
75067 #~ "virgules, compatible avec fstab. Par exemple :"
75068
75069 #~ msgid ""
75070 #~ "Specify the priority of the swap device.  I<priority> is a value between "
75071 #~ "-1 and 32767.  Higher numbers indicate higher priority.  See "
75072 #~ "B<swapon>(2)  for a full description of swap priorities.  Add "
75073 #~ "B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with "
75074 #~ "B<swapon -a>.  When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
75075 #~ msgstr ""
75076 #~ "Indiquer la priorité d'un périphérique d'échange. I<priorité> est un "
75077 #~ "entier compris entre -1 et 32767. Les nombres les plus élevés indiquent "
75078 #~ "une priorité plus grande. Consultez B<swapon>(2) pour une description "
75079 #~ "complète des priorités d'espace d'échange. Ajoutez B<pri=>I<valeur> dans "
75080 #~ "le champ option de I</etc/fstab> pour l'utiliser avec B<swapon -a>. La "
75081 #~ "valeur par défaut est -1 quand aucune I<priorité> n’est définie."
75082
75083 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
75084 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--summary>"
75085
75086 #~ msgid ""
75087 #~ "Display swap usage summary by device.  Equivalent to \"cat /proc/"
75088 #~ "swaps\".  This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show> that "
75089 #~ "provides better control on output data."
75090 #~ msgstr ""
75091 #~ "Afficher le résumé par périphérique de l'utilisation de la pagination. "
75092 #~ "C’est équivalent à « cat /proc/swaps ». Ce format de sortie est "
75093 #~ "B<obsolète>, remplacé par B<--show> qui fournit un meilleur contrôle des "
75094 #~ "données en sortie."
75095
75096 #~ msgid ""
75097 #~ "Display a definable table of swap areas.  See the B<--help> output for a "
75098 #~ "list of available columns."
75099 #~ msgstr ""
75100 #~ "Afficher un tableau de zones d’échange. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> "
75101 #~ "pour une liste de colonnes disponibles."
75102
75103 #~ msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
75104 #~ msgstr "B<-U> I<UUID>"
75105
75106 #~ msgid "I</dev/sd??> standard paging devices"
75107 #~ msgstr "I</dev/sd??> les périphériques standards de pagination sur disque"
75108
75109 #~ msgid "I</etc/fstab> ascii filesystem description table"
75110 #~ msgstr ""
75111 #~ "I</etc/fstab> table de description en ASCII des systèmes de fichiers"
75112
75113 #~ msgid ""
75114 #~ "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
75115 #~ "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem.  This is a "
75116 #~ "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
75117 #~ "Btrfs."
75118 #~ msgstr ""
75119 #~ "L’implémentation de fichier d’échange dans le noyau s’attend à pouvoir "
75120 #~ "écrire directement dans le fichier, sans aide du système de fichiers. "
75121 #~ "C’est un problème pour les fichiers avec des creux ou en copie sur "
75122 #~ "écriture (« copy-on-write ») comme B<Btrfs>"
75123
75124 #~ msgid ""
75125 #~ "Commands like B<cp>(1)  or B<truncate>(1)  create files with holes.  "
75126 #~ "These files will be rejected by swapon."
75127 #~ msgstr ""
75128 #~ "Les commandes telles B<cp>(1) ou B<truncate>(1) créent des fichiers "
75129 #~ "creux. Ces fichiers sont rejetés par B<swapon>."
75130
75131 #~ msgid ""
75132 #~ "Preallocated files created by B<fallocate>(1)  may be interpreted as "
75133 #~ "files with holes too depending of the filesystem.  Preallocated swap "
75134 #~ "files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
75135 #~ msgstr ""
75136 #~ "Les fichiers préalloués créés par B<fallocate>(1) peuvent être aussi "
75137 #~ "interprétés comme des fichiers creux selon le système de fichiers. Les "
75138 #~ "fichiers d’échange préalloués sont pris en charge par B<XFS> depuis "
75139 #~ "Linux 4.18."
75140
75141 #~ msgid ""
75142 #~ "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
75143 #~ "attribute.  See the B<btrfs>(5)  manual page for more details."
75144 #~ msgstr ""
75145 #~ "Les fichiers d’échange sont pris en charge par B<Btrfs> depuis Linux 5.0 "
75146 #~ "pour les fichiers sans attribut copie sur écriture. Consultez la page de "
75147 #~ "manuel de B<btrfs>(5) pour davantage de détails."
75148
75149 #~ msgid ""
75150 #~ "The swapon command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75151 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75152 #~ msgstr ""
75153 #~ "La commande B<swapon> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75154 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75155 #~ ">E<gt>."
75156
75157 #~ msgid "SWITCH_ROOT"
75158 #~ msgstr "SWITCH_ROOT"
75159
75160 #, fuzzy
75161 #~| msgid ""
75162 #~| "B<switch_root> moves already mounted /proc, /dev, /sys and /run to "
75163 #~| "I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and starts "
75164 #~| "I<init> process."
75165 #~ msgid ""
75166 #~ "B<switch_root> moves already mounted I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> and I</"
75167 #~ "run> to I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and "
75168 #~ "starts I<init> process."
75169 #~ msgstr ""
75170 #~ "B<switch_root> déplace I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> et I</run> déjà montés "
75171 #~ "vers I<nouvelle_racine> et fait de I<nouvelle_racine> la nouvelle racine "
75172 #~ "du système de fichiers et lance le processus I<init>."
75173
75174 #, fuzzy
75175 #~| msgid ""
75176 #~| "switch_root will fail to function if B<newroot> is not the root of a "
75177 #~| "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet "
75178 #~| "this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn "
75179 #~| "any directory into a mount point:"
75180 #~ msgid ""
75181 #~ "B<switch_root> will fail to function if I<newroot> is not the root of a "
75182 #~ "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet "
75183 #~ "this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any "
75184 #~ "directory into a mount point:"
75185 #~ msgstr ""
75186 #~ "B<switch_root> échouera si I<nouvelle_racine> n'est pas la racine d'un "
75187 #~ "montage. Si vous voulez passer la racine vers un répertoire qui ne "
75188 #~ "convient pas à cette exigence, vous pouvez d'abord utiliser une astuce de "
75189 #~ "remontage pour transformer n'importe quel répertoire en point de montage :"
75190
75191 #, fuzzy
75192 #~| msgid ""
75193 #~| "The switch_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
75194 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75195 #~ msgid ""
75196 #~ "The B<switch_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
75197 #~ "downloaded from"
75198 #~ msgstr ""
75199 #~ "La commande B<switch_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75200 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75201 #~ ">E<gt>."
75202
75203 #~ msgid "June 2009"
75204 #~ msgstr "juin 2009"
75205
75206 #~ msgid "B<switch_root> I<newroot> I<init> [I<arg>...]"
75207 #~ msgstr "B<switch_root> I<nouvelle_racine> I<init> [I<argument> ...]"
75208
75209 #~ msgid ""
75210 #~ "Peter Jones E<lt>pjones@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
75211 #~ "Jeremy Katz E<lt>katzj@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
75212 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
75213 #~ msgstr ""
75214 #~ "Peter Jones E<lt>I<pjones@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
75215 #~ "Jeremy Katz E<lt>I<katzj@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
75216 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
75217
75218 #~ msgid ""
75219 #~ "The switch_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
75220 #~ "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75221 #~ msgstr ""
75222 #~ "La commande B<switch_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75223 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75224 #~ ">E<gt>."
75225
75226 #~ msgid "TASKSET"
75227 #~ msgstr "TASKSET"
75228
75229 #, fuzzy
75230 #~| msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
75231 #~ msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process\\(aqs CPU affinity"
75232 #~ msgstr "taskset - Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur d'un processus"
75233
75234 #, fuzzy
75235 #~| msgid ""
75236 #~| "Copyright \\(co 2004 Robert M. Love.  This is free software; see the "
75237 #~| "source for copying conditions.  There is NO warranty; not even for "
75238 #~| "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
75239 #~ msgid ""
75240 #~ "Copyright © 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source "
75241 #~ "for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
75242 #~ "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
75243 #~ msgstr ""
75244 #~ "Copyright \\(co 2004 Robert M. Love. C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez "
75245 #~ "les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même "
75246 #~ "pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."
75247
75248 #, fuzzy
75249 #~| msgid ""
75250 #~| "The taskset command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75251 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75252 #~ msgid ""
75253 #~ "The B<taskset> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
75254 #~ "downloaded from"
75255 #~ msgstr ""
75256 #~ "La commande B<taskset> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75257 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75258
75259 #~ msgid "August 2014"
75260 #~ msgstr "août 2014"
75261
75262 #~ msgid "B<taskset> [options] I<mask\\ command\\ >[I<argument>...]"
75263 #~ msgstr "B<taskset> [I<options>] I<masque\\ commande\\ >[I<paramètre> ...]"
75264
75265 #~ msgid "B<taskset> [options] B<-p> [I<mask>]\\ I<pid>"
75266 #~ msgstr "B<taskset> [I<options>] B<-p> [I<masque>]\\ I<PID>"
75267
75268 #~ msgid ""
75269 #~ "B<taskset> is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running "
75270 #~ "process given its I<pid>, or to launch a new I<command> with a given CPU "
75271 #~ "affinity.  CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
75272 #~ "to a given set of CPUs on the system.  The Linux scheduler will honor the "
75273 #~ "given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs.  Note "
75274 #~ "that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the "
75275 #~ "scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical "
75276 #~ "for performance reasons.  Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is "
75277 #~ "useful only in certain applications."
75278 #~ msgstr ""
75279 #~ "B<taskset> est généralement utilisé pour récupérer ou définir l'affinité "
75280 #~ "processeur d'un processus en cours d'exécution en donnant son I<PID> ou "
75281 #~ "pour lancer une nouvelle I<commande> avec une affinité processeur "
75282 #~ "fournie. L'affinité processeur est une propriété de l'ordonnanceur qui "
75283 #~ "« lie » un processus à un ensemble de processeurs donné sur un système. "
75284 #~ "L'ordonnanceur de Linux respectera l'affinité processeur et le processus "
75285 #~ "ne s'exécutera sur aucun autre processeur. Notez que l'ordonnanceur Linux "
75286 #~ "gère également l'affinité processeur dite « naturelle » : l'ordonnanceur "
75287 #~ "essaie de maintenir les processus sur le même processeur tant que cela a "
75288 #~ "du sens pour des raisons de performances. Ainsi, forcer une affinité "
75289 #~ "processeur spécifique n'est utile que dans certaines applications."
75290
75291 #~ msgid ""
75292 #~ "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
75293 #~ "corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
75294 #~ "corresponding to the last logical CPU.  Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
75295 #~ "system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present.  A retrieved "
75296 #~ "mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the "
75297 #~ "system.  If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no "
75298 #~ "valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned.  The masks may be "
75299 #~ "specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU "
75300 #~ "list with the B<--cpu-list> option.  For example,"
75301 #~ msgstr ""
75302 #~ "L'affinité du processeur est représentée par un I<masque> binaire, avec "
75303 #~ "le bit de poids le plus faible correspondant au premier processeur "
75304 #~ "logique et le bit de poids le plus fort au dernier processeur logique. "
75305 #~ "Tous les processeurs peuvent ne pas exister dans un système donné, mais "
75306 #~ "un I<masque> peut indiquer plus de processeurs que ceux qui sont "
75307 #~ "présents. Un I<masque> récupéré n'aura que les bits correspondants aux "
75308 #~ "processeurs présents physiquement sur le système. Si un I<masque> erroné "
75309 #~ "est fourni (c'est-à-dire, un I<masque> qui correspond à un processeur "
75310 #~ "absent sur le système actuel) une erreur est alors renvoyée. Les masques "
75311 #~ "peuvent être codés en hexadécimal (avec ou sans un « 0x » en tête) ou "
75312 #~ "sous la forme d'une liste de processeurs avec l'option B<--cpu-list>. Par "
75313 #~ "exemple :"
75314
75315 #~ msgid "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-2,6>"
75316 #~ msgstr "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-2,6>"
75317
75318 #~ msgid "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-10:2>"
75319 #~ msgstr "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-10:2>"
75320
75321 #~ msgid "B<-c>,\\ B<--cpu-list>"
75322 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,\\ B<--cpu-list>"
75323
75324 #~ msgid ""
75325 #~ "Interpret I<mask> as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask.  "
75326 #~ "Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges.  For example: "
75327 #~ "B<0,5,8-11>."
75328 #~ msgstr ""
75329 #~ "Interpréter I<masque> comme une liste numérique de processeurs au lieu "
75330 #~ "d'un masque binaire. Les I<nombres> sont séparés par des virgules, et "
75331 #~ "peuvent comprendre des intervalles. Par exemple : B<0,5,8-11>."
75332
75333 #~ msgid "B<taskset> I<mask> I<command\\ >[I<arguments>]"
75334 #~ msgstr "B<taskset> I<masque> I<commande\\ >[I<paramètres>]"
75335
75336 #~ msgid ""
75337 #~ "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same "
75338 #~ "user.  A user must possess B<CAP_SYS_NICE> to change the CPU affinity of "
75339 #~ "a process belonging to another user.  A user can retrieve the affinity "
75340 #~ "mask of any process."
75341 #~ msgstr ""
75342 #~ "Un utilisateur peut modifier l’affinité processeur d’un processus lui "
75343 #~ "appartenant. Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité B<CAP_SYS_NICE> "
75344 #~ "pour modifier l'affinité processeur d'un processus appartenant à un autre "
75345 #~ "utilisateur. Un utilisateur peut récupérer le masque d'affinité de "
75346 #~ "n’importe quel processus."
75347
75348 #~ msgid "See B<sched>(7)  for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
75349 #~ msgstr ""
75350 #~ "Consultez B<sched>(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
75351 #~ "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
75352
75353 #~ msgid ""
75354 #~ "The taskset command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75355 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75356 #~ msgstr ""
75357 #~ "La commande B<taskset> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75358 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75359
75360 #, fuzzy
75361 #~| msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
75362 #~ msgid "TERMINAL-COLORS.D"
75363 #~ msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
75364
75365 #~ msgid "to restore default color"
75366 #~ msgstr "pour restaurer la couleur par défaut"
75367
75368 #~ msgid "for brighter colors"
75369 #~ msgstr "pour les couleurs plus claires"
75370
75371 #~ msgid "for underlined text"
75372 #~ msgstr "pour le texte souligné"
75373
75374 #~ msgid "for flashing text"
75375 #~ msgstr "pour le texte clignotant"
75376
75377 #~ msgid "30"
75378 #~ msgstr "30"
75379
75380 #~ msgid "for black foreground"
75381 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan noir"
75382
75383 #~ msgid "31"
75384 #~ msgstr "31"
75385
75386 #~ msgid "for red foreground"
75387 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan rouge"
75388
75389 #~ msgid "for green foreground"
75390 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan vert"
75391
75392 #~ msgid "33"
75393 #~ msgstr "33"
75394
75395 #~ msgid "for yellow (or brown) foreground"
75396 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan jaune (ou marron)"
75397
75398 #~ msgid "34"
75399 #~ msgstr "34"
75400
75401 #~ msgid "for blue foreground"
75402 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan bleu"
75403
75404 #~ msgid "35"
75405 #~ msgstr "35"
75406
75407 #~ msgid "for purple foreground"
75408 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan violet"
75409
75410 #~ msgid "36"
75411 #~ msgstr "36"
75412
75413 #~ msgid "for cyan foreground"
75414 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan cyan"
75415
75416 #~ msgid "37"
75417 #~ msgstr "37"
75418
75419 #~ msgid "for white (or gray) foreground"
75420 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan blanc (ou gris)"
75421
75422 #~ msgid "40"
75423 #~ msgstr "40"
75424
75425 #~ msgid "for black background"
75426 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan noir"
75427
75428 #~ msgid "41"
75429 #~ msgstr "41"
75430
75431 #~ msgid "for red background"
75432 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan rouge"
75433
75434 #~ msgid "42"
75435 #~ msgstr "42"
75436
75437 #~ msgid "for green background"
75438 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan vert"
75439
75440 #~ msgid "43"
75441 #~ msgstr "43"
75442
75443 #~ msgid "for yellow (or brown) background"
75444 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan jaune (ou marron)"
75445
75446 #~ msgid "44"
75447 #~ msgstr "44"
75448
75449 #~ msgid "for blue background"
75450 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan bleu"
75451
75452 #~ msgid "45"
75453 #~ msgstr "45"
75454
75455 #~ msgid "for purple background"
75456 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan violet"
75457
75458 #~ msgid "46"
75459 #~ msgstr "46"
75460
75461 #~ msgid "for cyan background"
75462 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan cyan"
75463
75464 #~ msgid "47"
75465 #~ msgstr "47"
75466
75467 #~ msgid "for white (or gray) background"
75468 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan blanc (ou gris)"
75469
75470 #, fuzzy
75471 #~| msgid ""
75472 #~| "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style "
75473 #~| "\\e-escaped notation can be used:"
75474 #~ msgid ""
75475 #~ "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style "
75476 #~ "\\(rs-escaped notation can be used:"
75477 #~ msgstr ""
75478 #~ "Pour indiquer les caractères de contrôle ou blanc dans les suites de "
75479 #~ "couleur, la notation d’échappement \\e de type C peut être utilisée :"
75480
75481 #~ msgid "Bell (ASCII 7)"
75482 #~ msgstr "sonnerie (ASCII 7)"
75483
75484 #~ msgid "Backspace (ASCII 8)"
75485 #~ msgstr "espace arrière (ASCII 8)"
75486
75487 #, fuzzy
75488 #~| msgid "B<--reverse>"
75489 #~ msgid "B<\\(rse>"
75490 #~ msgstr "B<--reverse>"
75491
75492 #~ msgid "Escape (ASCII 27)"
75493 #~ msgstr "échappement (ASCII 27)"
75494
75495 #~ msgid "Form feed (ASCII 12)"
75496 #~ msgstr "saut de page (ASCII 12)"
75497
75498 #~ msgid "Newline (ASCII 10)"
75499 #~ msgstr "changement de ligne (ASCII 10)"
75500
75501 #~ msgid "Tab (ASCII 9)"
75502 #~ msgstr "tabulation horizontale (ASCII 9)"
75503
75504 #~ msgid "Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)"
75505 #~ msgstr "tabulation verticale (ASCII 11)"
75506
75507 #~ msgid "Delete (ASCII 127)"
75508 #~ msgstr "suppression (ASCII 127)"
75509
75510 #, fuzzy
75511 #~| msgid "Backslash (\\e)"
75512 #~ msgid "Backslash (\\(rs)"
75513 #~ msgstr "contre-oblique (\\e)"
75514
75515 #~ msgid "Caret (^)"
75516 #~ msgstr "accent circonflexe (^)"
75517
75518 #~ msgid "Hash mark (#)"
75519 #~ msgstr "croisillon (#)"
75520
75521 #, fuzzy
75522 #~| msgid ""
75523 #~| "B<echo 'alert 37;41' E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme>"
75524 #~ msgid ""
75525 #~ "B<echo \\(aqalert 37;41\\(aq E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg."
75526 #~ "scheme>"
75527 #~ msgstr ""
75528 #~ "B<echo 'alert 37;41' E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme>"
75529
75530 #, fuzzy
75531 #~| msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except dmesg(1):"
75532 #~ msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except B<dmesg>(1):"
75533 #~ msgstr ""
75534 #~ "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sauf "
75535 #~ "B<dmesg>(1) :"
75536
75537 #~ msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
75538 #~ msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
75539
75540 #~ msgid "January 2014"
75541 #~ msgstr "janvier 2014"
75542
75543 #~ msgid ""
75544 #~ "terminal-colors.d - Configure output colorization for various utilities"
75545 #~ msgstr ""
75546 #~ "terminal-colors.d - Configurer la coloration de sortie pour plusieurs "
75547 #~ "utilitaires"
75548
75549 #~ msgid "/etc/terminal-colors\\&.d/[[I<name>][@I<term>]\\&.][I<type>]"
75550 #~ msgstr "/etc/terminal-colors\\&.d/[[I<nom>][@I<term>]\\&.][I<type>]"
75551
75552 #~ msgid ""
75553 #~ "The I<name> is a utility name.  The name is optional and when none is "
75554 #~ "specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
75555 #~ msgstr ""
75556 #~ "Le I<nom> est un nom d’utilitaire. Le nom est facultatif et si aucun "
75557 #~ "n’est indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les utilitaires non "
75558 #~ "indiqués."
75559
75560 #~ msgid ""
75561 #~ "The I<term> is a terminal identifier (the TERM environment variable).  "
75562 #~ "The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the "
75563 #~ "file is used for all unspecified terminals."
75564 #~ msgstr ""
75565 #~ "Le I<term> est un identifiant de terminal (la variable d’environnement "
75566 #~ "B<TERM>). L’identifiant de terminal est facultatif et si aucun n’est "
75567 #~ "indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les terminaux non "
75568 #~ "indiqués."
75569
75570 #~ msgid "The I<type> is a file type.  Supported file types are:"
75571 #~ msgstr ""
75572 #~ "Le I<type> est un type de fichier. Les types de fichier pris en charge "
75573 #~ "sont les suivants."
75574
75575 #~ msgid ""
75576 #~ "Specifies colors used for output.  The file format may be specific to the "
75577 #~ "utility, the default format is described below."
75578 #~ msgstr ""
75579 #~ "Indiquer les couleurs utilisées pour la sortie. Le format de fichier peut "
75580 #~ "être spécifique à l’utilitaire, le format par défaut est décrit ci-"
75581 #~ "dessous."
75582
75583 #, fuzzy
75584 #~| msgid ""
75585 #~| "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
75586 #~| "more specific filename wins.  For example, the filename \"@xterm."
75587 #~| "scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\".  The lowest "
75588 #~| "priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier "
75589 #~| "(e.g. \"disable\")."
75590 #~ msgid ""
75591 #~ "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
75592 #~ "more specific filename wins.  For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" "
75593 #~ "has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\".  The lowest priority are "
75594 #~ "those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., "
75595 #~ "\"disable\")."
75596 #~ msgstr ""
75597 #~ "Si plusieurs fichiers correspondent pour un utilitaire, alors le fichier "
75598 #~ "avec le nom de fichier le plus spécifique est prioritaire. Par exemple, "
75599 #~ "le nom de fichier « @xterm.scheme » est moins prioritaire que "
75600 #~ "« dmesg@xterm.scheme ». La priorité la plus basse est pour les fichiers "
75601 #~ "sans nom d’utilitaire ni identifiant de terminal (par exemple, "
75602 #~ "« disable »)."
75603
75604 #~ msgid ""
75605 #~ "The B<name> is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\").  "
75606 #~ "The names are specific to the utilities.  For more details always see the "
75607 #~ "COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
75608 #~ msgstr ""
75609 #~ "Le I<nom> est un nom logique de suite de couleur (par exemple, "
75610 #~ "« error »). Les noms sont spécifiques aux utilitaires. Pour plus de "
75611 #~ "précisions, consultez toujours la section B<COULEURS> dans la page de "
75612 #~ "manuel de l’utilitaire."
75613
75614 #~ msgid ""
75615 #~ "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
75616 #~ "semicolons.  The most common codes are:"
75617 #~ msgstr ""
75618 #~ "Les suites de couleurs sont composées de suites de nombres séparés par "
75619 #~ "des points-virgules. Les codes les plus habituels sont :"
75620
75621 #~ msgid " 0"
75622 #~ msgstr " 0"
75623
75624 #~ msgid " 1"
75625 #~ msgstr " 1"
75626
75627 #~ msgid " 4"
75628 #~ msgstr " 4"
75629
75630 #~ msgid " 5"
75631 #~ msgstr " 5"
75632
75633 #~ msgid "\\ea"
75634 #~ msgstr "\\ea"
75635
75636 #~ msgid "\\eb"
75637 #~ msgstr "\\eb"
75638
75639 #~ msgid "\\ee"
75640 #~ msgstr "\\ee"
75641
75642 #~ msgid "\\ef"
75643 #~ msgstr "\\ef"
75644
75645 #~ msgid "\\en"
75646 #~ msgstr "\\en"
75647
75648 #~ msgid "\\er"
75649 #~ msgstr "\\er"
75650
75651 #~ msgid "\\et"
75652 #~ msgstr "\\et"
75653
75654 #~ msgid "\\ev"
75655 #~ msgstr "\\ev"
75656
75657 #~ msgid "\\e?"
75658 #~ msgstr "\\e?"
75659
75660 #~ msgid "\\e_"
75661 #~ msgstr "\\e_"
75662
75663 #~ msgid "\\e\\e"
75664 #~ msgstr "\\e\\e"
75665
75666 #~ msgid "Backslash (\\e)"
75667 #~ msgstr "contre-oblique (\\e)"
75668
75669 #~ msgid "\\e^"
75670 #~ msgstr "\\e^"
75671
75672 #~ msgid "\\e#"
75673 #~ msgstr "\\e#"
75674
75675 #~ msgid ""
75676 #~ "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored.  Any "
75677 #~ "other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a "
75678 #~ "comment."
75679 #~ msgstr ""
75680 #~ "Les lignes où le premier caractère non blanc est un B<#> (croisillon) "
75681 #~ "sont ignorées. Toutes les autres utilisations du caractère croisillon ne "
75682 #~ "sont pas interprétées comme introduisant un commentaire."
75683
75684 #~ msgid ""
75685 #~ "The terminal-colors.d functionality is currently supported by all util-"
75686 #~ "linux utilities which provides colorized output.  For more details always "
75687 #~ "see the COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
75688 #~ msgstr ""
75689 #~ "La fonctionnalité terminal-colors.d est actuellement prise en charge par "
75690 #~ "tous les utilitaires d’util-linux qui fournissent une sortie en couleur. "
75691 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez toujours la section B<COULEURS> dans "
75692 #~ "la page de manuel de l’utilitaire."
75693
75694 #, fuzzy
75695 #~ msgid ""
75696 #~ "terminal-colors.d is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
75697 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
75698 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
75699 #~ msgstr ""
75700 #~ "B<terminal-colors.d> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
75701 #~ "sur E<.UR ftp://\\:ftp.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/"
75702 #~ ">l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
75703
75704 #~ msgid "UMOUNT"
75705 #~ msgstr "UMOUNT"
75706
75707 #, fuzzy
75708 #~| msgid "B<umount -a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
75709 #~ msgid "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
75710 #~ msgstr "B<umount -a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
75711
75712 #, fuzzy
75713 #~| msgid ""
75714 #~| "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for "
75715 #~| "example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its "
75716 #~| "working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use.  The "
75717 #~| "offending process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and "
75718 #~| "libc in its turn may open for example locale files.  A lazy unmount "
75719 #~| "avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> "
75720 #~| "description below."
75721 #~ msgid ""
75722 #~ "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is \\(aqbusy\\(aq - "
75723 #~ "for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has "
75724 #~ "its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The "
75725 #~ "offending process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and "
75726 #~ "libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids "
75727 #~ "this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> "
75728 #~ "description below."
75729 #~ msgstr ""
75730 #~ "Remarquez qu'un système de fichiers ne peut pas être démonté quand il est "
75731 #~ "« occupé », par exemple quand des fichiers sont ouverts dessus, quand "
75732 #~ "certains processus y ont leur répertoire de travail ou quand un fichier "
75733 #~ "d'échange y est utilisé. Le processus responsable pourrait même être "
75734 #~ "B<umount> lui-même : il ouvre la libc, qui peut, par exemple, ouvrir à "
75735 #~ "son tour des fichiers locaux. Un démontage paresseux évite ce problème "
75736 #~ "mais il peut introduire d’autres problèmes. Consultez la description de "
75737 #~ "B<--lazy> ci-dessous."
75738
75739 #, fuzzy
75740 #~| msgid ""
75741 #~| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
75742 #~| "helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem.  It can be "
75743 #~| "used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were "
75744 #~| "unmounted earlier with the B<-n> option."
75745 #~ msgid ""
75746 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
75747 #~ "helper execution; this \\(aqfakes\\(aq unmounting the filesystem. It can "
75748 #~ "be used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were "
75749 #~ "unmounted earlier with the B<-n> option."
75750 #~ msgstr ""
75751 #~ "Toutes les actions seront exécutées sauf le véritable appel système ou "
75752 #~ "l’exécution d’auxiliaire de démontage. Cela imite le démontage du système "
75753 #~ "de fichiers. Cela permet de retirer des entrées du fichier I</etc/mtab> "
75754 #~ "obsolète qui avaient été démontées auparavant avec l'option B<-n>."
75755
75756 #, fuzzy
75757 #~| msgid ""
75758 #~| "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
75759 #~| "hang.  It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks "
75760 #~| "to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
75761 #~| "umount."
75762 #~ msgid ""
75763 #~ "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
75764 #~ "hang. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use absolute paths without "
75765 #~ "symlinks to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable "
75766 #~ "NFS in B<umount>."
75767 #~ msgstr ""
75768 #~ "Remarquez que cette option ne garantit pas que la commande de démontage "
75769 #~ "ne plante pas. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser des chemins absolus "
75770 #~ "sans liens symboliques pour éviter des appels système B<stat>() sur un "
75771 #~ "système NFS injoignable dans le démontage."
75772
75773 #, fuzzy
75774 #~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --internal-only>"
75775 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
75776 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
75777
75778 #, fuzzy
75779 #~| msgid ""
75780 #~| "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use "
75781 #~| "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts.  "
75782 #~| "The recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs on "
75783 #~| "shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will "
75784 #~| "hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the "
75785 #~| "share will not be possible."
75786 #~ msgid ""
75787 #~ "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you\\(cqre going to "
75788 #~ "use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with "
75789 #~ "submounts. The recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs "
75790 #~ "on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount "
75791 #~ "will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the "
75792 #~ "share will not be possible."
75793 #~ msgstr ""
75794 #~ "Un redémarrage du système devrait se dérouler très prochainement pour "
75795 #~ "pouvoir utiliser cette option pour un système de fichiers réseau ou pour "
75796 #~ "des systèmes de fichiers locaux avec des sous-montages. L’utilisation "
75797 #~ "recommandée de B<umount\\ -l> est d’empêcher des plantages lors d’un "
75798 #~ "arrêt causé par un partage réseau non joignable où un démontage normal "
75799 #~ "planterait à cause d’un serveur arrêté ou d’une partition réseau. Le "
75800 #~ "remontage des partages ne serait pas possible."
75801
75802 #, fuzzy
75803 #~| msgid ""
75804 #~| "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
75805 #~| "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains "
75806 #~| "user's ID.  In this case fstab user= mount option is not required."
75807 #~ msgid ""
75808 #~ "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
75809 #~ "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains "
75810 #~ "user\\(cqs ID. In this case fstab B<user=> mount option is not required."
75811 #~ msgstr ""
75812 #~ "Depuis sa version 2.34, la commande B<umount> peut être aussi utilisée "
75813 #~ "pour réaliser des opérations de démontage pour les systèmes de fichiers "
75814 #~ "fuse si la table de montage du noyau contient des ID d’utilisateurs. Dans "
75815 #~ "ce cas, l’option de I<fstab> « user= mount » n’est pas nécessaire."
75816
75817 #, fuzzy
75818 #~| msgid ""
75819 #~| "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
75820 #~| "B<losetup>(8)  output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use "
75821 #~| "the option B< --detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. The "
75822 #~| "autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
75823 #~ msgid ""
75824 #~ "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
75825 #~ "B<losetup>(8) output for more details), otherwise it\\(cqs necessary to "
75826 #~ "use the option B<--detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. "
75827 #~ "The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
75828 #~ msgstr ""
75829 #~ "Dans ce cas le périphérique est initialisé avec l’indicateur "
75830 #~ "« autoclear » (consultez B<losetup>(8) pour plus de détails), sinon il "
75831 #~ "est nécessaire d’utiliser l’option B<--detach-loop> ou d’appeler "
75832 #~ "B<losetup\\ -d\\ E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. La fonctionnalité autoclear est prise "
75833 #~ "en charge depuis Linux 2.6.25."
75834
75835 #, fuzzy
75836 #~| msgid ""
75837 #~| "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and helper= and other "
75838 #~| "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
75839 #~ msgid ""
75840 #~ "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and B<helper=> and other "
75841 #~ "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
75842 #~ msgstr ""
75843 #~ "Remarquez que le fichier I</etc/mtab> est désormais obsolète et que les "
75844 #~ "options B<helper=> et d’autres options d’espace utilisateur de montage "
75845 #~ "sont entretenues par libmount."
75846
75847 #, fuzzy
75848 #~| msgid "enables libmount debug output"
75849 #~ msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output"
75850 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
75851
75852 #~ msgid "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}..."
75853 #~ msgstr "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<répertoire>|I<périphérique>}..."
75854
75855 #~ msgid ""
75856 #~ "The B<umount> command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
75857 #~ "hierarchy.  A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it "
75858 #~ "has been mounted.  Giving the special device on which the filesystem "
75859 #~ "lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case "
75860 #~ "this device was mounted on more than one directory."
75861 #~ msgstr ""
75862 #~ "La commande B<umount> détache les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés de la "
75863 #~ "hiérarchie des fichiers. Un système de fichiers est indiqué en donnant le "
75864 #~ "nom du répertoire dans lequel il a été monté. Fournir le périphérique "
75865 #~ "spécial sur lequel réside le système de fichiers peut également "
75866 #~ "fonctionner, mais est obsolète, principalement parce que cela échouera si "
75867 #~ "ce périphérique a été monté dans plus d'un répertoire."
75868
75869 #~ msgid ""
75870 #~ "All of the filesystems described in I</proc/self/mountinfo> (or in "
75871 #~ "deprecated I</etc/mtab>)  are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, "
75872 #~ "sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may "
75873 #~ "be replaced by B<--types> umount option."
75874 #~ msgstr ""
75875 #~ "Tous les systèmes de fichiers détaillés dans I</proc/self/mountinfo> (ou "
75876 #~ "dans le I</etc/mtab> obsolète) sont démontés, exceptés les systèmes de "
75877 #~ "fichiers proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs et nfsd. Cette liste de "
75878 #~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être remplacée par l’option de démontage B<--"
75879 #~ "types>."
75880
75881 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --all-targets>"
75882 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"
75883
75884 #~ msgid ""
75885 #~ "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
75886 #~ "filesystem.  The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or "
75887 #~ "the device name (or UUID, etc.).  When this option is used together with "
75888 #~ "B<--recursive>, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are "
75889 #~ "recursively unmounted.  This option is only supported on systems where I</"
75890 #~ "etc/mtab> is a symlink to I</proc/mounts>."
75891 #~ msgstr ""
75892 #~ "Démonter tous les points de montage dans l’espace de noms montage actuel "
75893 #~ "pour le système de fichiers indiqué. Le système de fichiers peut être "
75894 #~ "indiqué par les points de montage ou le nom (ou l’UUID, etc.) du "
75895 #~ "périphérique. Quand cette option est utilisée avec B<--recursive>, alors "
75896 #~ "tous les montages imbriqués dans le système de fichiers sont démontés de "
75897 #~ "façon récursive. Cette option n’est prise en charge que sur les systèmes "
75898 #~ "où I</etc/mtab> est un lien symbolique vers I</proc/mounts>."
75899
75900 #~ msgid ""
75901 #~ "Do not canonicalize paths.  The paths canonicalization is based on "
75902 #~ "B<stat>(2)  and B<readlink>(2)  system calls. These system calls may hang "
75903 #~ "in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option "
75904 #~ "has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
75905 #~ msgstr ""
75906 #~ "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La mise en forme canonique des "
75907 #~ "chemins est basée sur des appels système B<stat>(2) et B<readlink>(2). "
75908 #~ "Ces appels peuvent planter dans certains cas (par exemple sur NFS si le "
75909 #~ "serveur n’est pas disponible). L’option doit être utilisée avec un chemin "
75910 #~ "canonique vers le point de montage."
75911
75912 #~ msgid ""
75913 #~ "For more details about this option see the B<mount>(8)  man page. Note "
75914 #~ "that B<umount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> "
75915 #~ "helpers."
75916 #~ msgstr ""
75917 #~ "Consultez la page de manuel B<mount>(8) pour plus de précisions sur cette "
75918 #~ "option. Remarquez que B<umount> ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires "
75919 #~ "B</sbin/umount.>I<type>."
75920
75921 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach-loop>"
75922 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"
75923
75924 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --internal-only>"
75925 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
75926
75927 #~ msgid ""
75928 #~ "Do not call the B</sbin/umount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists.  "
75929 #~ "By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
75930 #~ msgstr ""
75931 #~ "Ne pas appeler l’auxiliaire B</sbin/umount.>I<système_de_fichiers> même "
75932 #~ "s’il existe. Par défaut, ce genre de programme auxiliaire est appelé s’il "
75933 #~ "existe."
75934
75935 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --lazy>"
75936 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"
75937
75938 #~ msgid ""
75939 #~ "Lazy unmount.  Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and "
75940 #~ "clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy "
75941 #~ "anymore."
75942 #~ msgstr ""
75943 #~ "Démontage paresseux. Détacher maintenant le système de fichiers de la "
75944 #~ "hiérarchie de fichiers et effacer toutes les références vers ce système "
75945 #~ "de fichiers dès qu'il n'est plus occupé."
75946
75947 #~ msgid ""
75948 #~ "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>.  I<ns> is "
75949 #~ "either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
75950 #~ "representing that namespace."
75951 #~ msgstr ""
75952 #~ "Réaliser le démontage dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par I<nom>.  "
75953 #~ "I<nom> est soit un PID d’un processus en cours d’exécution dans cet "
75954 #~ "espace de noms ou un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."
75955
75956 #~ msgid ""
75957 #~ "B<umount>(8)  switches to the namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, "
75958 #~ "writes I</etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>)  and calls B<umount>(2)  "
75959 #~ "system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace.  It means that "
75960 #~ "the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or "
75961 #~ "other requirements necessary to execute B<umount>(2)  command."
75962 #~ msgstr ""
75963 #~ "B<umount>(8) bascule vers cet espace de noms lorsqu’il lit I</etc/fstab>, "
75964 #~ "écrit I</etc/mtab> (ou écrit sur I</run/mount>) et appelle B<umount>(2), "
75965 #~ "sinon, il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms originel. Cela signifie que "
75966 #~ "l’espace de noms montage cible n’a pas à contenir n’importe quelle "
75967 #~ "bibliothèque ou autre nécessité pour exécuter la commande B<umount>(2)."
75968
75969 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<option>..."
75970 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."
75971
75972 #~ msgid ""
75973 #~ "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in I</etc/"
75974 #~ "fstab>.  More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated "
75975 #~ "list.  Each option can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate that no action "
75976 #~ "should be taken for this option."
75977 #~ msgstr ""
75978 #~ "Ne démonter que les systèmes de fichiers dont les I<option>s indiquées "
75979 #~ "sont définies dans I</etc/fstab>. Plusieurs I<option>s peuvent être "
75980 #~ "indiquées dans une liste, séparées par des virgules. Chaque I<option> "
75981 #~ "peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer qu’aucune action ne doit être "
75982 #~ "réalisée pour cette I<option>."
75983
75984 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --recursive>"
75985 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
75986
75987 #~ msgid ""
75988 #~ "Recursively unmount each specified directory.  Recursion for each "
75989 #~ "directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any "
75990 #~ "reason.  The relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/"
75991 #~ "self/mountinfo> entries.  The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint "
75992 #~ "path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID)  is unsupported."
75993 #~ msgstr ""
75994 #~ "Démonter récursivement tous les répertoires indiqués. La récursion d’un "
75995 #~ "répertoire s’arrêtera si une opération de démontage a échoué dans la "
75996 #~ "chaîne quelle qu’en soit la raison. La relation entre les points de "
75997 #~ "montage est déterminée par les entrées de I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Le "
75998 #~ "système de fichiers doit être indiqué par un chemin de point de montage ; "
75999 #~ "le démontage récursif par nom (ou UUID) de périphérique n’est pas pris en "
76000 #~ "charge."
76001
76002 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<type>..."
76003 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."
76004
76005 #~ msgid ""
76006 #~ "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
76007 #~ "specified I<type>.  More than one type may be specified in a comma-"
76008 #~ "separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with B<no> "
76009 #~ "to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned "
76010 #~ "types.  Note that B<umount> reads information about mounted filesystems "
76011 #~ "from kernel (/proc/mounts) and filesystem names may be different than "
76012 #~ "filesystem names used in the I</etc/fstab> (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
76013 #~ msgstr ""
76014 #~ "Indiquer que les actions devraient uniquement être entreprises sur les "
76015 #~ "systèmes de fichiers du I<type> indiqué. Plusieurs types peuvent être "
76016 #~ "indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
76017 #~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer qu’aucune "
76018 #~ "action ne doit être réalisée pour aucun des I<type>s indiqués. Remarquez "
76019 #~ "que B<umount> lit les informations sur les systèmes de fichiers montés à "
76020 #~ "partir du noyau (I</proc/mounts>) et les noms de système de fichiers "
76021 #~ "peuvent être différents de ceux utilisés dans I</etc/fstab> (par exemple, "
76022 #~ "« nfs4 » vs. « nfs »)."
76023
76024 #~ msgid ""
76025 #~ "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems.  However, when "
76026 #~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can umount the "
76027 #~ "corresponding filesystem.  For more details see B<mount>(8)  man page."
76028 #~ msgstr ""
76029 #~ "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut démonter des systèmes de "
76030 #~ "fichiers. Cependant, quand I<fstab> contient l’option B<user> sur une "
76031 #~ "ligne, n’importe qui peut démonter le système de fichiers correspondant. "
76032 #~ "Pour plus de détails, consultez la page de manuel de B<mount>(8)."
76033
76034 #~ msgid ""
76035 #~ "Since version 2.35 B<umount> command does not exit when user permissions "
76036 #~ "are inadequate by internal libmount security rules.  It drops suid "
76037 #~ "permissions and continue as regular non-root user.  This can be used to "
76038 #~ "support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
76039 #~ "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
76040 #~ msgstr ""
76041 #~ "Depuis sa version 2.35, la commande B<umount> ne se termine pas quand les "
76042 #~ "permissions d’utilisateur sont inadaptées aux règles de sécurité internes "
76043 #~ "de libmount. Elle abandonne les permissions Setuid et continue comme "
76044 #~ "utilisateur normal non-superutilisateur. Cela peut être utilisé pour "
76045 #~ "prendre en charge les utilisations où les permissions de superutilisateur "
76046 #~ "ne sont pas nécessaires (par exemple, systèmes de fichiers fuse, espace "
76047 #~ "de noms utilisateur, etc)."
76048
76049 #~ msgid ""
76050 #~ "The B<umount> command will automatically detach loop device previously "
76051 #~ "initialized by B<mount>(8)  command independently of I</etc/mtab>."
76052 #~ msgstr ""
76053 #~ "La commande B<umount> détachera automatiquement les périphériques boucle "
76054 #~ "précédemment initialisés avec la commande B<mount>(8), indépendamment de "
76055 #~ "I</etc/mtab>."
76056
76057 # NOTE: s#/sbin/mount#/sbin/umount
76058 #~ msgid ""
76059 #~ "where I<suffix> is the filesystem type (or the value from a B<uhelper=> "
76060 #~ "or B<helper=> marker in the mtab file).  The B<-t> option can be used for "
76061 #~ "filesystems that have subtype support.  For example:"
76062 #~ msgstr ""
76063 #~ "où I<suffixe> est le type de système de fichiers (ou la valeur d’un "
76064 #~ "marqueur B<uhelper=> ou B<helper=> de I<mtab>). L'option B<-t> peut être "
76065 #~ "utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une prise en charge des "
76066 #~ "sous-types. Par exemple :"
76067
76068 #~ msgid "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<mount>(8)"
76069 #~ msgstr "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"
76070
76071 #~ msgid ""
76072 #~ "The umount command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76073 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
76074 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
76075 #~ msgstr ""
76076 #~ "La commande B<umount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76077 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
76078 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
76079
76080 #~ msgid "UNSHARE"
76081 #~ msgstr "UNSHARE"
76082
76083 #, fuzzy
76084 #~| msgid ""
76085 #~| "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation "
76086 #~| "to B<private> in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new "
76087 #~| "namespace is really unshared.  It's possible to disable this feature "
76088 #~| "with option B<--propagation unchanged>.  Note that B<private> is the "
76089 #~| "kernel default."
76090 #~ msgid ""
76091 #~ "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation "
76092 #~ "to B<private> in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new "
76093 #~ "namespace is really unshared. It\\(cqs possible to disable this feature "
76094 #~ "with option B<--propagation unchanged>. Note that B<private> is the "
76095 #~ "kernel default."
76096 #~ msgstr ""
76097 #~ "B<unshare>, depuis util-linux version 2.27, règle automatiquement la "
76098 #~ "propagation à B<private> dans un nouvel espace de noms montage pour "
76099 #~ "assurer que celui-ci soit vraiment isolé. Il est possible de désactiver "
76100 #~ "cette caractéristique avec l’option B<--propagation unchanged>. Remarquez "
76101 #~ "que B<private> est le comportement par défaut du noyau."
76102
76103 #, fuzzy
76104 #~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
76105 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
76106 #~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76107
76108 #, fuzzy
76109 #~| msgid "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
76110 #~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
76111 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76112
76113 #, fuzzy
76114 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<file>]"
76115 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--net>[B<=>I<file>]"
76116 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76117
76118 #, fuzzy
76119 #~| msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
76120 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
76121 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76122
76123 #, fuzzy
76124 #~| msgid "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
76125 #~ msgid "B<-u>, B<--uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
76126 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76127
76128 #, fuzzy
76129 #~| msgid "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<file>]"
76130 #~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--user>[B<=>I<file>]"
76131 #~ msgstr "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76132
76133 #, fuzzy
76134 #~| msgid "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
76135 #~ msgid "B<-C>, B<--cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
76136 #~ msgstr "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76137
76138 #, fuzzy
76139 #~| msgid "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<file>]"
76140 #~ msgid "B<-T>, B<--time>[B<=>I<file>]"
76141 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76142
76143 #, fuzzy
76144 #~| msgid ""
76145 #~| "Fork the specified I<program> as a child process of B<unshare> rather "
76146 #~| "than running it directly.  This is useful when creating a new PID "
76147 #~| "namespace.  Note that when B<unshare> is waiting for the child process, "
76148 #~| "then it ignores SIGINT and SIGTERM and does not forward any signals to "
76149 #~| "the child.  It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
76150 #~ msgid ""
76151 #~ "Fork the specified I<program> as a child process of B<unshare> rather "
76152 #~ "than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID "
76153 #~ "namespace. Note that when B<unshare> is waiting for the child process, "
76154 #~ "then it ignores B<SIGINT> and B<SIGTERM> and does not forward any signals "
76155 #~ "to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
76156 #~ msgstr ""
76157 #~ "Fourcher le I<programme> indiqué comme processus enfant de B<unshare> "
76158 #~ "plutôt que de l’exécuter directement. Cela est utile lors de la création "
76159 #~ "d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Il est à remarquer que quand B<unshare> "
76160 #~ "est en attente d’un processus enfant, alors il ignore B<SIGINT> et "
76161 #~ "B<SIGTERM> et ne transmet aucun signal à l’enfant. Cela est nécessaire "
76162 #~ "pour envoyer des signaux au processus enfant."
76163
76164 #, fuzzy
76165 #~| msgid ""
76166 #~| "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at "
76167 #~| "I<mountpoint> (default is /proc).  This is useful when creating a new "
76168 #~| "PID namespace.  It also implies creating a new mount namespace since "
76169 #~| "the /proc mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the "
76170 #~| "system.  The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with "
76171 #~| "MS_PRIVATE|MS_REC)."
76172 #~ msgid ""
76173 #~ "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at "
76174 #~ "I<mountpoint> (default is I</proc>). This is useful when creating a new "
76175 #~ "PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the "
76176 #~ "I</proc> mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. "
76177 #~ "The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with "
76178 #~ "B<MS_PRIVATE>|B<MS_REC>)."
76179 #~ msgstr ""
76180 #~ "Juste avant d’exécuter le programme, monter le système de fichiers proc "
76181 #~ "sur I<point_de_montage> (I</proc> par défaut). C’est utile lors de la "
76182 #~ "création d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Cela implique aussi la création "
76183 #~ "d’un nouvel espace de noms montage, sinon le montage de I</proc> "
76184 #~ "perturberait les programmes existants sur le système. Le nouveau système "
76185 #~ "de fichiers proc est explicitement monté comme privé (par MS_PRIVATE|"
76186 #~ "MS_REC)."
76187
76188 #, fuzzy
76189 #~| msgid "B<-R>,B< --root=>I<dir>"
76190 #~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<dir>"
76191 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<répertoire>"
76192
76193 #, fuzzy
76194 #~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wd=>I<dir>"
76195 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<dir>"
76196 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<répertoire>"
76197
76198 #, fuzzy
76199 #~| msgid ""
76200 #~| "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
76201 #~| "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
76202 #~ msgid ""
76203 #~ "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user\\(cqs "
76204 #~ "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
76205 #~ msgstr ""
76206 #~ "En tant qu’utilisateur ordinaire, créer un nouvel espace de noms où les "
76207 #~ "accréditations sont mappées à l’ID racine à l’intérieur de l’espace de "
76208 #~ "noms :"
76209
76210 #, fuzzy
76211 #~| msgid ""
76212 #~| "B<# ps h -o 'comm' $!     ># Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
76213 #~| "unshare\n"
76214 #~| "B<# kill $!               ># Kill unshare(1)\n"
76215 #~| "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
76216 #~ msgid ""
76217 #~ "# ps h -o \\(aqcomm\\(aq $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
76218 #~ "unshare\n"
76219 #~ "# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
76220 #~ "# pidof sleep\n"
76221 #~ msgstr ""
76222 #~ "B<# ps h -o 'comm' $!     ># Montrer que le dorsal de travail est "
76223 #~ "unshare(1)\n"
76224 #~ "unshare\n"
76225 #~ "B<# kill $!               ># Tuer unshare(1)\n"
76226 #~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
76227
76228 #, fuzzy
76229 #~| msgid ""
76230 #~| "The unshare command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76231 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76232 #~ msgid ""
76233 #~ "The B<unshare> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
76234 #~ "downloaded from"
76235 #~ msgstr ""
76236 #~ "La commande B<unshare> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76237 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
76238 #~ ">E<gt>."
76239
76240 #~ msgid ""
76241 #~ "The B<unshare> command creates new namespaces (as specified by the "
76242 #~ "command-line options described below)  and then executes the specified "
76243 #~ "I<program>.  If I<program> is not given, then ``${SHELL}'' is run "
76244 #~ "(default: /bin/sh)."
76245 #~ msgstr ""
76246 #~ "La commande B<unshare> crée de nouveaux espaces de noms (comme précisé "
76247 #~ "par les options de ligne de commande décrites ci-après) puis exécute le "
76248 #~ "I<programme> indiqué. Si I<programme> n’est pas fourni, alors I<${SHELL}> "
76249 #~ "est exécuté (par défaut : I</bin/sh>)."
76250
76251 #~ msgid ""
76252 #~ "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
76253 #~ "processes.  A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no "
76254 #~ "member processes by bind mounting /proc/I<pid>/ns/I<type> files to a "
76255 #~ "filesystem path.  A namespace that has been made persistent in this way "
76256 #~ "can subsequently be entered with B<\\%nsenter>(1)  even after the "
76257 #~ "I<program> terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running "
76258 #~ "init process is required).  Once a persistent \\%namespace is no longer "
76259 #~ "needed, it can be unpersisted by using B<umount>(8)  to remove the bind "
76260 #~ "mount.  See the B<EXAMPLES> section for more details."
76261 #~ msgstr ""
76262 #~ "Par défaut, un nouvel espace de noms subsiste aussi longtemps qu’il "
76263 #~ "possède des processus membres. Un nouvel espace de noms peut être rendu "
76264 #~ "persistant, même s’il ne possède pas de membres, par montage lié (bind) "
76265 #~ "des fichiers I</proc/pid/ns/type> vers un chemin de système de fichiers. "
76266 #~ "Un espace de noms qui a été rendu persistant de cette façon peut ensuite "
76267 #~ "être entré avec B<\\%nsenter>(1) même après que le I<programme> soit "
76268 #~ "terminé (excepté les espaces de noms PID où l’exécution permanente de "
76269 #~ "processus init est nécessaire). Une fois qu’un \\%espace de noms n’est "
76270 #~ "plus nécessaire, il peut être rendu temporaire avec B<umount>(8) pour "
76271 #~ "supprimer le montage lié. Consulter la section B<EXEMPLES> pour plus de "
76272 #~ "détails."
76273
76274 #~ msgid ""
76275 #~ "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.36 uses /I<proc/[pid]/ns/"
76276 #~ "pid_for_children> and I</proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children> files for "
76277 #~ "persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel "
76278 #~ "4.17 or newer."
76279 #~ msgstr ""
76280 #~ "B<unshare> depuis la version 2.36 d’util-linux utilise les fichiers I</"
76281 #~ "proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children> et I</proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children> "
76282 #~ "pour des espace de noms persistants PID et temps. Cette modification "
76283 #~ "nécessite un noyau Linux version 4.17 ou plus récent."
76284
76285 # NOTE: s/flags/flag/
76286 #~ msgid ""
76287 #~ "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the "
76288 #~ "system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared "
76289 #~ "(with B<mount --make-shared>; see I</proc/self/mountinfo> or B<findmnt -"
76290 #~ "o+PROPAGATION> for the B<shared> flags).  For further details, see "
76291 #~ "B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
76292 #~ msgstr ""
76293 #~ "Le montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affectera pas le reste "
76294 #~ "du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués "
76295 #~ "comme partagés (avec B<mount --make-shared>, consultez I</proc/self/"
76296 #~ "mountinfo> ou B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> pour les drapeaux B<shared>). "
76297 #~ "Pour de plus amples détails, consulter B<mount_namespaces>(7) et "
76298 #~ "l’explication du drapeau B<CLONE_NEWNS> dans B<clone>(2)."
76299
76300 #~ msgid ""
76301 #~ "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues "
76302 #~ "as well as System V \\%message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory "
76303 #~ "segments.  For further details, see B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
76304 #~ msgstr ""
76305 #~ "Le processus aura un nom d'espace indépendant pour les files de messages "
76306 #~ "POSIX ainsi que pour les files de \\%messages de System V, les ensembles "
76307 #~ "de sémaphores et les segments de mémoire partagée. Pour de plus amples "
76308 #~ "détails, consulter B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
76309
76310 #~ msgid ""
76311 #~ "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing "
76312 #~ "tables, firewall rules, the I</proc/net> and I</sys/class/net> directory "
76313 #~ "trees, sockets, etc.  For further details, see B<network_namespaces>(7)."
76314 #~ msgstr ""
76315 #~ "Le processus aura des piles IPv4 et IPv6, des tables de routage IP, des "
76316 #~ "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences de répertoires I</proc/net> et I</"
76317 #~ "sys/class/net>, des sockets, etc., indépendantes. Pour de plus amples "
76318 #~ "détails, consulter B<namespaces>(7)."
76319
76320 #~ msgid ""
76321 #~ "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
76322 #~ "parent.  For further details, see B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
76323 #~ msgstr ""
76324 #~ "Les enfants auront un ensemble distinct de mises en correspondance de PID "
76325 #~ "à traiter de celui de leur parent. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
76326 #~ "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
76327
76328 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
76329 #~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76330
76331 #~ msgid ""
76332 #~ "Unshare the IPC namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
76333 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
76334 #~ msgstr ""
76335 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms IPC. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
76336 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
76337
76338 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
76339 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76340
76341 #~ msgid ""
76342 #~ "Unshare the mount namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
76343 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount.  Note that I<file> must be located "
76344 #~ "on a mount whose propagation type is not B<shared> (or an error "
76345 #~ "results).  Use the command B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> when not sure about "
76346 #~ "the current setting.  See also the examples below."
76347 #~ msgstr ""
76348 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms montage. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
76349 #~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Remarquez que "
76350 #~ "I<fichier> doit être situé sur le système de fichiers avec le drapeau de "
76351 #~ "propagation n’est pas B<shared> (ou une erreur survient). Utilisez la "
76352 #~ "commande B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> si vous n’êtes pas sûr du réglage en "
76353 #~ "cours. Consulter les exemples ci-dessous."
76354
76355 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<file>]"
76356 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76357
76358 #~ msgid ""
76359 #~ "Unshare the network namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a "
76360 #~ "persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
76361 #~ msgstr ""
76362 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms réseau. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
76363 #~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
76364
76365 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
76366 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76367
76368 #~ msgid ""
76369 #~ "Unshare the PID namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
76370 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount.  (Creation of a persistent PID "
76371 #~ "namespace will fail if the B<--fork> option is not also specified.)"
76372 #~ msgstr ""
76373 #~ "Isoler l'espace de noms PID. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
76374 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. (La création d’un espace "
76375 #~ "de noms PID persistant échouera si l’option B<--fork> n’est pas aussi "
76376 #~ "précisée.)"
76377
76378 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
76379 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76380
76381 #~ msgid ""
76382 #~ "Unshare the UTS namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
76383 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
76384 #~ msgstr ""
76385 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms UTS. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
76386 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
76387
76388 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<file>]"
76389 #~ msgstr "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76390
76391 #~ msgid ""
76392 #~ "Unshare the user namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
76393 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
76394 #~ msgstr ""
76395 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
76396 #~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
76397
76398 #~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
76399 #~ msgstr "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76400
76401 #~ msgid ""
76402 #~ "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If I<file> is specified then persistent "
76403 #~ "namespace is created by bind mount."
76404 #~ msgstr ""
76405 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
76406 #~ "alors un espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
76407
76408 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<file>]"
76409 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
76410
76411 #~ msgid ""
76412 #~ "Unshare the time namespace. If I<file> is specified then a persistent "
76413 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount. The B<--monotonic> and B<--"
76414 #~ "boottime> options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
76415 #~ "time namespace."
76416 #~ msgstr ""
76417 #~ "Isoler l'espace de noms temps. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
76418 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Les options B<--"
76419 #~ "monotonic> et B<--boottime> peuvent être utilisées pour les décalages "
76420 #~ "correspondants dans l’espace de noms temps."
76421
76422 #~ msgid ""
76423 #~ "When B<unshare> terminates, have I<signame> be sent to the forked child "
76424 #~ "process.  Combined with B<--pid> this allows for an easy and reliable "
76425 #~ "killing of the entire process tree below B<unshare>.  If not given, "
76426 #~ "I<signame> defaults to B<SIGKILL>.  This option implies B<--fork>."
76427 #~ msgstr ""
76428 #~ "À la fin de B<unshare>, envoyer un I<nom_signal> au processus enfant "
76429 #~ "forké. Combiné avec B<--pid>, cela permet une extinction aisée et fiable "
76430 #~ "de l’arbre entier de processus sous B<unshare>. S’il n’est pas donné, "
76431 #~ "I<nom_signal> est par défaut B<SIGKILL>. Cela suppose B<--fork>."
76432
76433 #~ msgid ""
76434 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped "
76435 #~ "to I<uid>.  If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
76436 #~ "occurrence takes precedence.  This option implies B<--user>."
76437 #~ msgstr ""
76438 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des "
76439 #~ "utilisateurs actuels soient mappés à I<uid>. Si cette option est indiquée "
76440 #~ "plusieurs fois, la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option implique "
76441 #~ "B<--user>."
76442
76443 #~ msgid ""
76444 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped "
76445 #~ "to I<gid>.  If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
76446 #~ "occurrence takes precedence.  This option implies B<--setgroups=deny> and "
76447 #~ "B<--user>."
76448 #~ msgstr ""
76449 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des groupes "
76450 #~ "actuels soient mappés à I<gid>. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs "
76451 #~ "fois, la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option suppose B<--"
76452 #~ "setgroups=deny> et B<--user>."
76453
76454 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --map-root-user>"
76455 #~ msgstr "B<-r>,B< --map-root-user>"
76456
76457 #~ msgid ""
76458 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
76459 #~ "been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
76460 #~ "namespace.  This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities "
76461 #~ "needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
76462 #~ "configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems "
76463 #~ "in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged.  As a mere "
76464 #~ "convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, "
76465 #~ "such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs.  This option implies "
76466 #~ "B<--setgroups=deny> and B<--user>.  This option is equivalent to B<--map-"
76467 #~ "user=0 --map-group=0>."
76468 #~ msgstr ""
76469 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les identifiants d’utilisateur "
76470 #~ "et de groupe effectifs ont été mis en correspondance avec les UID et GID "
76471 #~ "du superutilisateur dans l’espace de noms utilisateur nouvellement créé. "
76472 #~ "Cela permet d’obtenir facilement les capacités nécessaires pour gérer "
76473 #~ "divers aspects des espaces de noms nouvellement créés (comme la "
76474 #~ "configuration d’interfaces dans l’espace de noms réseau ou le montage des "
76475 #~ "systèmes de fichiers dans l’espace de noms montage) même lors d’une "
76476 #~ "exécution ordinaire. En tant que fonctionnalité surtout pratique, elle ne "
76477 #~ "permet pas des cas d’utilisation plus sophistiqués comme la mise en "
76478 #~ "correspondance de plusieurs intervalles d’UID et GID. Cette option "
76479 #~ "implique B<--setgroups=deny> et B<--user>. Cette option est équivalente à "
76480 #~ "B<--map-user=0 --map-group=0>."
76481
76482 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --map-current-user>"
76483 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --map-current-user>"
76484
76485 #~ msgid ""
76486 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
76487 #~ "been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
76488 #~ "This option implies B<--setgroups=deny> and B<--user>.  This option is "
76489 #~ "equivalent to B<--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)>."
76490 #~ msgstr ""
76491 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des "
76492 #~ "utilisateurs et des groupes actuels sont mappés aux mêmes UID et GID dans "
76493 #~ "l’espace de noms nouvellement créé. Cette option suppose B<--"
76494 #~ "setgroups=deny> et B<--user>. Cette option est équivalente à B<--map-"
76495 #~ "user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)>."
76496
76497 #~ msgid ""
76498 #~ "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace.  "
76499 #~ "The default is to set the propagation to I<private>.  It is possible to "
76500 #~ "disable this feature with the argument B<unchanged>.  The option is "
76501 #~ "silently ignored when the mount namespace (B<--mount>) is not requested."
76502 #~ msgstr ""
76503 #~ "De manière récursive, régler le drapeau de propagation de montage dans le "
76504 #~ "nouvel espace de noms montage. Le comportement par défaut est de régler "
76505 #~ "la propagation à I<private>. Il est possible de désactiver cette "
76506 #~ "caractéristique avec l’argument B<unchanged>. Cette option est ignorée "
76507 #~ "silencieusement quand l’espace de noms montage (B<--mount>) n’est pas "
76508 #~ "nécessaire."
76509
76510 #~ msgid "Allow or deny the B<setgroups>(2)  system call in a user namespace."
76511 #~ msgstr ""
76512 #~ "Permettre ou interdire l’appel système B<setgroups>(2) dans les espaces "
76513 #~ "de noms utilisateur."
76514
76515 #~ msgid ""
76516 #~ "To be able to call B<setgroups>(2), the calling process must at least "
76517 #~ "have CAP_SETGID.  But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the "
76518 #~ "kernel gives permission to call B<\\%setgroups>(2)  only after the GID "
76519 #~ "map (B</proc/>I<pid>B</gid_map>) has been set.  The GID map is writable "
76520 #~ "by root when B<\\%setgroups>(2)  is enabled (i.e., B<allow>, the "
76521 #~ "default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when "
76522 #~ "B<\\%setgroups>(2)  is permanently disabled (with B<deny>)."
76523 #~ msgstr ""
76524 #~ "Pour pouvoir appeler B<setgroups>(2), le processus appelant doit au moins "
76525 #~ "avoir CAP_SETGID. Mais depuis Linux 3.19, une restriction supplémentaire "
76526 #~ "est appliquée : le noyau accorde la permission à l’appel B<\\"
76527 #~ "%setgroups>(2) seulement après que le mappage de GID (B</proc/>I<pid>B</"
76528 #~ "gid_map>) a été réglé. La carte de correspondances de GID peut être "
76529 #~ "écrite par le superutilisateur quand B<\\%setgroups>(2) est activé (c'est-"
76530 #~ "à-dire, B<allow>, le comportement par défaut), et la carte de GID peut "
76531 #~ "être écrite par des processus normaux quand B<\\%setgroups>(2) est "
76532 #~ "désactivé de façon permanente (avec B<deny>)."
76533
76534 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --root=>I<dir>"
76535 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<répertoire>"
76536
76537 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wd=>I<dir>"
76538 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<répertoire>"
76539
76540 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --setuid >I<uid>"
76541 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--setuid> I<UID>"
76542
76543 #~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --setgid >I<gid>"
76544 #~ msgstr "B<-G>, B<--setgid> I<GID>"
76545
76546 #~ msgid "B<--monotonic>I< offset>"
76547 #~ msgstr "B<--monotonic>I< décalage>"
76548
76549 #~ msgid "B<--boottime>I< offset>"
76550 #~ msgstr "B<--boottime>I< décalage>"
76551
76552 #~ msgid ""
76553 #~ "The following command creates a PID namespace, using B<--fork> to ensure "
76554 #~ "that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the "
76555 #~ "first process in the namespace) has PID 1.  The B<--mount-proc> option "
76556 #~ "ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and "
76557 #~ "that a new B<proc>(5)  filesystem is mounted that contains information "
76558 #~ "corresponding to the new PID namespace.  When the B<readlink> command "
76559 #~ "terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
76560 #~ msgstr ""
76561 #~ "La commande suivante crée un espace de noms PID, en utilisant B<--fork> "
76562 #~ "pour garantir que l’exécution de la commande est réalisée dans un "
76563 #~ "processus enfant qui (étant le premier processus dans l’espace de noms) a "
76564 #~ "le PID 1. L’option B<--mount-proc> assure que le nouvel espace de noms "
76565 #~ "montage est aussi créé simultanément et qu’un nouveau système de fichiers "
76566 #~ "B<proc>(5) est monté contenant une information correspondant au nouvel "
76567 #~ "espace de noms PID. Quand la commande B<readlink> se termine, les "
76568 #~ "nouveaux espaces de noms sont automatiquement détruits."
76569
76570 #~ msgid ""
76571 #~ "B<# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self>\n"
76572 #~ "1\n"
76573 #~ msgstr ""
76574 #~ "B<# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self>\n"
76575 #~ "1\n"
76576
76577 #~ msgid ""
76578 #~ "B<$ id -u; id -g>\n"
76579 #~ "1000\n"
76580 #~ "1000\n"
76581 #~ "B<$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\e>\n"
76582 #~ "B<sh -c \\(aqwhoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map\\(aq>\n"
76583 #~ "root\n"
76584 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
76585 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
76586 #~ msgstr ""
76587 #~ "B<$ id -u; id -g>\n"
76588 #~ "1000\n"
76589 #~ "1000\n"
76590 #~ "B<$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\e>\n"
76591 #~ "B<sh -c \\(aqwhoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map\\(aq>\n"
76592 #~ "root\n"
76593 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
76594 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
76595
76596 #~ msgid ""
76597 #~ "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS "
76598 #~ "namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace.  The "
76599 #~ "namespace is then entered with B<nsenter>(1)  in order to display the "
76600 #~ "modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace "
76601 #~ "continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes "
76602 #~ "after the B<unshare> command terminated.  The namespace is then destroyed "
76603 #~ "by removing the bind mount."
76604 #~ msgstr ""
76605 #~ "La première des commandes suivantes crée un nouvel espace de noms UTS "
76606 #~ "persistant et modifie le nom d’hôte tel que vu dans cet espace de noms. "
76607 #~ "L’espace de noms est alors saisi avec B<nsenter>(1) dans le but "
76608 #~ "d’afficher le nom d’hôte modifié. Cette étape montre que l’espace de noms "
76609 #~ "UTS continue d’exister même si l’espace de noms n’a pas de processus "
76610 #~ "membre après que la commande B<unshare> ait terminé. L’espace de noms est "
76611 #~ "alors détruit en retirant le montage lié."
76612
76613 #~ msgid ""
76614 #~ "B<# touch /root/uts-ns>\n"
76615 #~ "B<# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO>\n"
76616 #~ "B<# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname>\n"
76617 #~ "FOO\n"
76618 #~ "B<# umount /root/uts-ns>\n"
76619 #~ msgstr ""
76620 #~ "B<# touch /root/uts-ns>\n"
76621 #~ "B<# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname TOTO>\n"
76622 #~ "B<# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname>\n"
76623 #~ "TOTO\n"
76624 #~ "B<# umount /root/uts-ns>\n"
76625
76626 #~ msgid ""
76627 #~ "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced "
76628 #~ "by the bind mount I</root/namespaces/mnt>.  In order to ensure that the "
76629 #~ "creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (I</root/"
76630 #~ "namespaces>)  is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not "
76631 #~ "B<shared>."
76632 #~ msgstr ""
76633 #~ "Les commandes suivantes établissent un espace de noms montage permanent "
76634 #~ "référencé par le montage lié I</root/namespaces/mnt>. Dans le but "
76635 #~ "d’assurer que la création de ce montage lié soit une réussite, le "
76636 #~ "répertoire parent (I</root/namespaces>) est transformé en montage lié "
76637 #~ "dont le type de propagation n’est pas B<shared>."
76638
76639 #~ msgid ""
76640 #~ "B<# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces>\n"
76641 #~ "B<# mount --make-private /root/namespaces>\n"
76642 #~ "B<# touch /root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
76643 #~ "B<# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
76644 #~ msgstr ""
76645 #~ "B<# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces>\n"
76646 #~ "B<# mount --make-private /root/namespaces>\n"
76647 #~ "B<# touch /root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
76648 #~ "B<# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
76649
76650 #~ msgid ""
76651 #~ "B<# set +m                ># Don't print job status messages\n"
76652 #~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\e>\n"
76653 #~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
76654 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
76655 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
76656 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
76657 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
76658 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
76659 #~ msgstr ""
76660 #~ "B<# set +m                ># Ne pas imprimer les messages d’état de "
76661 #~ "travaux\n"
76662 #~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\e>\n"
76663 #~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
76664 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
76665 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
76666 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
76667 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
76668 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
76669
76670 #~ msgid ""
76671 #~ "The B<pidof> command prints no output, because the B<sleep> processes "
76672 #~ "have been killed.  More precisely, when the B<sleep> process that has PID "
76673 #~ "1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process)  was killed, this "
76674 #~ "caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed.  By contrast, a "
76675 #~ "similar series of commands where the B<--kill-child> option is not used "
76676 #~ "shows that when B<unshare> terminates, the processes in the PID namespace "
76677 #~ "are not killed:"
76678 #~ msgstr ""
76679 #~ "La commande B<pidof> n’affiche rien car le processus B<sleep> a été tué. "
76680 #~ "Plus précisément, quand le processus B<sleep> ayant le PID 1 dans "
76681 #~ "l’espace de noms (c'est-à-dire, le processus init de l’espace de noms) a "
76682 #~ "été tué, cela a entrainé que tous les autres processus soient tués. En "
76683 #~ "revanche, une série de commandes similaires où l’option B<--kill-child> "
76684 #~ "n’est pas utilisée montre que quand B<unshare> se termine, les processus "
76685 #~ "dans l’espace de noms PID ne sont pas tués :"
76686
76687 #~ msgid ""
76688 #~ "B<# kill $!>\n"
76689 #~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
76690 #~ "53482 53480\n"
76691 #~ msgstr ""
76692 #~ "B<# kill $!>\n"
76693 #~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
76694 #~ "53482 53480\n"
76695
76696 #~ msgid ""
76697 #~ "B<# uptime -p             ># Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
76698 #~ "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
76699 #~ "B<# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p>\n"
76700 #~ "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
76701 #~ msgstr ""
76702 #~ "B<# uptime -p             ># Afficher le temps de fonctionnement\n"
76703 #~ "                        # dans l’espace de noms temps initial\n"
76704 #~ "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
76705 #~ "B<# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p>\n"
76706 #~ "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
76707
76708 #~ msgid "E<.UR dottedmag@dottedmag.net> Mikhail Gusarov E<.UE>"
76709 #~ msgstr "E<.UR dottedmag@dottedmag.net> Mikhail Gusarov E<.UE>"
76710
76711 #~ msgid ""
76712 #~ "The unshare command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76713 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76714 #~ msgstr ""
76715 #~ "La commande B<unshare> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76716 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
76717 #~ ">E<gt>."
76718
76719 #, fuzzy
76720 #~| msgid "B<unshare> [options] [I<program> [I<arguments>]]"
76721 #~ msgid "B<unshare> [options] [I<program> [I<arguments>]"
76722 #~ msgstr "B<unshare> [I<options>] [I<programme> [I<arguments>]]"
76723
76724 #~ msgid "UTMPDUMP"
76725 #~ msgstr "UTMPDUMP"
76726
76727 #~ msgid "B<utmpdump> [options] [I<filename>]"
76728 #~ msgstr "B<utmpdump> [B<options>] [I<fichier>]"
76729
76730 #~ msgid ""
76731 #~ "B<utmpdump> is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw "
76732 #~ "format, so they can be examined.  B<utmpdump> reads from stdin unless a "
76733 #~ "I<filename> is passed."
76734 #~ msgstr ""
76735 #~ "B<utmpdump> est un programme simple pour vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp "
76736 #~ "au format brut, afin de pouvoir les examiner. B<utmpdump> lit l’entrée "
76737 #~ "standard sauf si un I<fichier> est indiqué."
76738
76739 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --follow>"
76740 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--follow>"
76741
76742 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<file>"
76743 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<fichier>"
76744
76745 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --reverse>"
76746 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
76747
76748 #~ msgid ""
76749 #~ "B<utmpdump> can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries.  It "
76750 #~ "can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to "
76751 #~ "remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:"
76752 #~ msgstr ""
76753 #~ "B<utmpdump> peut être utile en cas d’entrées utmp ou wtmp corrompues. Il "
76754 #~ "peut vider utmp ou wtmp dans un fichier ASCII, qui peut ensuite être "
76755 #~ "modifié pour supprimer les entrées boguées, puis réintégré en utilisant :"
76756
76757 #~ msgid ""
76758 #~ "Only the binary version of the B<utmp>(5)  is standardised.  Textual "
76759 #~ "dumps may become incompatible in future."
76760 #~ msgstr ""
76761 #~ "Seule la version binaire de B<utmp>(5) est standardisée. Les vidages "
76762 #~ "textuels peuvent devenir incompatibles à l'avenir."
76763
76764 #~ msgid ""
76765 #~ "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using "
76766 #~ "B<ctime>(3)  timestamp format.  Newer dumps use millisecond precision "
76767 #~ "ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone.  Conversion from former "
76768 #~ "timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can "
76769 #~ "lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
76770 #~ msgstr ""
76771 #~ "La version 2.28 était la dernière qui produisait une sortie texte avec le "
76772 #~ "format d'horodatage B<ctime>(3). Les vidages plus récents utilisent le "
76773 #~ "format d'horodatage ISO-8601 avec une précision d'une milliseconde dans "
76774 #~ "le fuseau horaire UTC-0. La conversion à partir de l'ancien format "
76775 #~ "d'horodatage peut être faite vers le binaire, bien que les tentatives "
76776 #~ "pour faire ainsi puissent mener à une dérive d'un certain nombre de "
76777 #~ "fuseaux horaires."
76778
76779 #~ msgid ""
76780 #~ "You may B<not> use the B<-r> option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp "
76781 #~ "files strongly depends on the input format.  This tool was B<not> written "
76782 #~ "for normal use, but for debugging only."
76783 #~ msgstr ""
76784 #~ "Vous ne devriez B<pas> utiliser l’option B<-r>, car le format des "
76785 #~ "fichiers utmp ou wtmp dépend fortement du format d’entrée. Cet outil n’a "
76786 #~ "B<pas> été écrit pour une utilisation normale, mais seulement pour le "
76787 #~ "débogage."
76788
76789 #~ msgid ""
76790 #~ "The utmpdump command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76791 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
76792 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
76793 #~ msgstr ""
76794 #~ "La commande B<utmpdump> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76795 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
76796 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
76797
76798 #~ msgid "UUID"
76799 #~ msgstr "UUID"
76800
76801 #~ msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid.hE<gt>>"
76802 #~ msgstr "B<#include E<lt>uuid.hE<gt>>"
76803
76804 #, fuzzy
76805 #~ msgid ""
76806 #~ "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
76807 #~ "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with"
76808 #~ msgstr ""
76809 #~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et "
76810 #~ "des UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la "
76811 #~ "RFC-4122."
76812
76813 #, fuzzy
76814 #~ msgid "Theodore Y. Ts\\(cqo"
76815 #~ msgstr "Theodore Y.\\& Ts'o"
76816
76817 #, fuzzy
76818 #~ msgid ""
76819 #~ "The B<libuuid> library is part of the util-linux package since version "
76820 #~ "2.15.1. It can be downloaded from"
76821 #~ msgstr ""
76822 #~ "B<libuuid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15.1 et "
76823 #~ "est disponible à l'adresse https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
76824 #~ "linux/."
76825
76826 #~ msgid "Libuuid API"
76827 #~ msgstr "API de libuuid"
76828
76829 #~ msgid ""
76830 #~ "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that "
76831 #~ "may be accessible beyond the local system.  This library generates UUIDs "
76832 #~ "compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
76833 #~ "Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility B<uuidgen>."
76834 #~ msgstr ""
76835 #~ "La bibliothèque UUID est utilisée pour générer des identifiants uniques "
76836 #~ "pour des objets qui peuvent être accessibles hors d'un système local. "
76837 #~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec ceux créés par "
76838 #~ "l'outil B<uuidgen> de l'« Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed "
76839 #~ "Computing Environment (DCE) »."
76840
76841 #~ msgid ""
76842 #~ "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be "
76843 #~ "unique within a system, and unique across all systems.  They could be "
76844 #~ "used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web "
76845 #~ "servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a "
76846 #~ "name clash."
76847 #~ msgstr ""
76848 #~ "Les UUID générés par cette bibliothèque peuvent raisonnablement être "
76849 #~ "considérés uniques dans un système et uniques entre systèmes. Ils "
76850 #~ "pourraient être utilisés, par exemple, pour générer des informations de "
76851 #~ "session HTTP (« cookie ») entre de multiples serveurs web sans "
76852 #~ "communication entre ces serveurs et sans risque de conflit de noms."
76853
76854 #~ msgid ""
76855 #~ "B<libuuid> is part of the util-linux package since version 2.15.1 and is "
76856 #~ "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76857 #~ msgstr ""
76858 #~ "B<libuuid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15.1 et "
76859 #~ "est disponible à l'adresse https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
76860 #~ "linux/."
76861
76862 #~ msgid "UUID_CLEAR"
76863 #~ msgstr "UUID_CLEAR"
76864
76865 #, fuzzy
76866 #~| msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
76867 #~ msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
76868 #~ msgstr "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
76869
76870 #~ msgid ""
76871 #~ "The B<uuid_clear> function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
76872 #~ "I<uu> to the NULL value."
76873 #~ msgstr ""
76874 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_clear> définit la valeur de la variable d’UUID fournie "
76875 #~ "I<uu> à la valeur NULL."
76876
76877 #~ msgid "UUID_COMPARE"
76878 #~ msgstr "UUID_COMPARE"
76879
76880 #, fuzzy
76881 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2)>\n"
76882 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2>B<)>"
76883 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2>B<);>\n"
76884
76885 #~ msgid ""
76886 #~ "The B<uuid_compare> function compares the two supplied uuid variables "
76887 #~ "I<uu1> and I<uu2> to each other."
76888 #~ msgstr ""
76889 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_compare> compare les deux variables d'UUID I<uu1> et "
76890 #~ "I<uu2> entre elles."
76891
76892 #~ msgid "UUID_COPY"
76893 #~ msgstr "UUID_COPY"
76894
76895 #, fuzzy
76896 #~| msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src);>\n"
76897 #~ msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src>B<;>"
76898 #~ msgstr "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dest>B<, uuid_t >I<source);>\n"
76899
76900 #~ msgid "The B<uuid_copy> function copies the UUID variable I<src> to I<dst>."
76901 #~ msgstr ""
76902 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_copy> copie la variable UUID I<source> dans I<dest>."
76903
76904 #~ msgid "UUIDD"
76905 #~ msgstr "UUIDD"
76906
76907 #, fuzzy
76908 #~| msgid ""
76909 #~| "When issuing a test request to a running uuidd, request a bulk response "
76910 #~| "of I<number> UUIDs."
76911 #~ msgid ""
76912 #~ "When issuing a test request to a running B<uuidd>, request a bulk "
76913 #~ "response of I<number> UUIDs."
76914 #~ msgstr ""
76915 #~ "Lors de l’envoi d’une demande de test à un uuidd en cours d’exécution, "
76916 #~ "demander une réponse groupée de I<nombre> UUID."
76917
76918 #, fuzzy
76919 #~| msgid "Make uuidd exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
76920 #~ msgid "Make B<uuidd> exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
76921 #~ msgstr "Forcer uuidd à quitter après I<délai> secondes d'inactivité."
76922
76923 #, fuzzy
76924 #~| msgid ""
76925 #~| "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
76926 #~| "to return a time-based UUID."
76927 #~ msgid ""
76928 #~ "Test B<uuidd> by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request "
76929 #~ "it to return a time-based UUID."
76930 #~ msgstr ""
76931 #~ "Tester uuidd en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
76932 #~ "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID temporel."
76933
76934 #, fuzzy
76935 #~| msgid ""
76936 #~| "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
76937 #~ msgid "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by"
76938 #~ msgstr ""
76939 #~ "Le démon B<uuidd> a été écrit par Theodore Ts'o E<lt>I<tytso@mit."
76940 #~ "edu>E<gt>."
76941
76942 #~ msgid ""
76943 #~ "Run uuidd in debugging mode.  This prevents uuidd from running as a "
76944 #~ "daemon."
76945 #~ msgstr ""
76946 #~ "Exécuter B<uuidd> en mode de débogage. Cela empêche uuidd de fonctionner "
76947 #~ "comme un démon."
76948
76949 #~ msgid "B<-k>,B< --kill>"
76950 #~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kill>"
76951
76952 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --uuids >I<number>"
76953 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<nombre>"
76954
76955 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --no-pid>"
76956 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"
76957
76958 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<path>"
76959 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<chemin>"
76960
76961 #~ msgid ""
76962 #~ "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written.  By default, "
76963 #~ "the pid file is written to /run/uuidd/uuidd.pid."
76964 #~ msgstr ""
76965 #~ "Indiquer le nom de chemin où le fichier I<pid> devra être écrit. Par "
76966 #~ "défaut, le fichier I<pid> est écrit dans I</run/uuidd/uuidd.pid>."
76967
76968 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --random>"
76969 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--random>"
76970
76971 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --socket-activation>"
76972 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"
76973
76974 #~ msgid ""
76975 #~ "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the "
76976 #~ "calling process.  This implies B<--no-fork> and B<--no-pid>.  This option "
76977 #~ "is intended to be used only with B<systemd>(1).  It needs to be enabled "
76978 #~ "with a configure option."
76979 #~ msgstr ""
76980 #~ "Ne pas créer de socket mais à la place attendre qu’il soit fourni par le "
76981 #~ "processus appelant. Cela implique B<--no-fork> et B<--no-pid>. Cette "
76982 #~ "option n’est supposée être utilisée qu’avec B<systemd>(1). Elle doit être "
76983 #~ "activée avec une option de configuration."
76984
76985 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --socket >I<path>"
76986 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<chemin>"
76987
76988 #~ msgid ""
76989 #~ "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket.  By default, the "
76990 #~ "pathname used is /run/uuidd/request.  This option is primarily for "
76991 #~ "debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the libuuid "
76992 #~ "library."
76993 #~ msgstr ""
76994 #~ "Forcer uuidd à utiliser ce I<chemin> pour les sockets de domaine UNIX. "
76995 #~ "Par défaut, le chemin est I</run/uuidd/request>. C'est avant tout une "
76996 #~ "option de débogage puisque le chemin est défini en dur dans la "
76997 #~ "bibliothèque libuuid."
76998
76999 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --timeout >I<number>"
77000 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
77001
77002 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --time>"
77003 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time>"
77004
77005 #~ msgid ""
77006 #~ "The uuidd daemon is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
77007 #~ "the E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
77008 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
77009 #~ msgstr ""
77010 #~ "Le démon B<uuidd> fait partie du paquet util-linux, il est disponible sur "
77011 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
77012 #~ "l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
77013
77014 #~ msgid "UUID_GENERATE"
77015 #~ msgstr "UUID_GENERATE"
77016
77017 #, fuzzy
77018 #~| msgid ""
77019 #~| "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
77020 #~| ">\n"
77021 #~ msgid ""
77022 #~ "B<void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t >I<out>B<, const uuid_t >I<ns>B<, const "
77023 #~ "char >I<*name>B<, size_t >I<len>B<);>"
77024 #~ msgstr ""
77025 #~ "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
77026 #~ ">\n"
77027
77028 #, fuzzy
77029 #~| msgid ""
77030 #~| "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
77031 #~| ">\n"
77032 #~ msgid ""
77033 #~ "B<void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t >I<out>B<, const uuid_t >I<ns>B<, const "
77034 #~ "char >I<*name>B<, size_t >I<len>B<);>"
77035 #~ msgstr ""
77036 #~ "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
77037 #~ ">\n"
77038
77039 # NOTE: elemntary => elementary
77040 #, fuzzy
77041 #~| msgid ""
77042 #~| "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately "
77043 #~| "3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary "
77044 #~| "particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>).  The new "
77045 #~| "UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the "
77046 #~| "local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and "
77047 #~| "in the future."
77048 #~ msgid ""
77049 #~ "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
77050 #~ "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
77051 #~ "universe according to Carl Sagan\\(cqs I<Cosmos>). The new UUID can "
77052 #~ "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local "
77053 #~ "system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the "
77054 #~ "future."
77055 #~ msgstr ""
77056 #~ "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ "
77057 #~ "3,4 x 10^38\\ valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules "
77058 #~ "élémentaires dans l'univers d'après le I<Cosmos> de Carl Sagan). Le "
77059 #~ "nouvel UUID peut être raisonnablement considéré comme unique parmi tous "
77060 #~ "les UUID créés localement sur le système, ainsi que parmi les UUID créés "
77061 #~ "sur d'autres systèmes par le passé et dans le futur."
77062
77063 #, fuzzy
77064 #~| msgid ""
77065 #~| "The B<uuid_generate_md5> and B<uuid_generate_sha1> functions generate an "
77066 #~| "MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID "
77067 #~| "providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs "
77068 #~| "conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per RFC-4122."
77069 #~ msgid ""
77070 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_md5>() and B<uuid_generate_sha1>() functions generate "
77071 #~ "an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID "
77072 #~ "providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform "
77073 #~ "to V3 and V5 UUIDs per"
77074 #~ msgstr ""
77075 #~ "Les fonctions B<uuid_generate_md5> et B<uuid_generate_sha1> génèrent un "
77076 #~ "UUID haché (donc prédictible) par MD5 et SHA1 en se basant sur un UUID "
77077 #~ "bien connu fournissant un espace de noms et une chaîne binaire "
77078 #~ "arbitraire. Les UUID sont conformes aux UUID versions 3 et 5 de la norme "
77079 #~ "RFC-4122."
77080
77081 #~ msgid ""
77082 #~ "The B<uuid_generate> function creates a new universally unique identifier "
77083 #~ "(UUID).  The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
77084 #~ "I</dev/urandom>, if available.  If it is not available, then "
77085 #~ "B<uuid_generate> will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current "
77086 #~ "time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data "
77087 #~ "generated using a pseudo-random generator."
77088 #~ msgstr ""
77089 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate> crée un nouvel identifiant unique universel "
77090 #~ "(UUID). L'UUID sera généré en se basant sur la haute qualité aléatoire de "
77091 #~ "I</dev/urandom>, s'il est disponible. S'il ne l'est pas, alors "
77092 #~ "B<uuid_generate> utilisera un autre algorithme qui utilise l'heure "
77093 #~ "actuelle, l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si disponible) et une donnée "
77094 #~ "aléatoire générée par un générateur pseudoaléatoire."
77095
77096 #~ msgid ""
77097 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_random> function forces the use of the all-random "
77098 #~ "UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator (i.e., I</dev/"
77099 #~ "urandom>)  is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will "
77100 #~ "be substituted.  Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may "
77101 #~ "compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
77102 #~ msgstr ""
77103 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_random> impose l'utilisation d'UUID "
77104 #~ "totalement aléatoires, même si le générateur haute qualité de nombres "
77105 #~ "aléatoires (c'est-à-dire, I</dev/urandom>) n'est pas disponible, auquel "
77106 #~ "cas un générateur pseudoaléatoire lui sera substitué. À noter que "
77107 #~ "l'utilisation du générateur pseudoaléatoire peut compromettre l'unicité "
77108 #~ "des UUID générés de cette façon."
77109
77110 #, fuzzy
77111 #~ msgid ""
77112 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_time> function forces the use of the alternative "
77113 #~ "algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address "
77114 #~ "(if available).  This algorithm used to be the default one used to "
77115 #~ "generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it "
77116 #~ "can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated.  This "
77117 #~ "can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the B<uuid_generate> "
77118 #~ "function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness "
77119 #~ "is not available.  To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by "
77120 #~ "concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock "
77121 #~ "state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to "
77122 #~ "this file) and/or the B<uuidd> daemon, if it is running already or can be "
77123 #~ "spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough "
77124 #~ "permissions to run it).  If neither of these two synchronization "
77125 #~ "mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two "
77126 #~ "concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s).  To tell whether "
77127 #~ "the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use "
77128 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."
77129 #~ msgstr ""
77130 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_time> impose l'utilisation de l'algorithme "
77131 #~ "alternatif qui utilise l'heure actuelle et l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale "
77132 #~ "(si disponible). Cet algorithme était celui utilisé par défaut pour "
77133 #~ "générer les UUID, mais à cause de l'utilisation de l'adresse MAC "
77134 #~ "Ethernet, il peut divulguer des informations sur quand et où l'UUID a été "
77135 #~ "créé. Cela peut poser des problèmes de confidentialité dans certaines "
77136 #~ "applications, et la fonction B<uuid_generate> n'utilise donc cet "
77137 #~ "algorithme que si aucune source de génération aléatoire de haute qualité "
77138 #~ "n'est disponible. Pour garantir l'unicité des UUID générés par les "
77139 #~ "processus exécutés en même temps, la bibliothèque uuid utilise un "
77140 #~ "compteur d'état d'horloge global (si le processus est autorisé à obtenir "
77141 #~ "un accès exclusif à ce fichier) et/ou le démon B<uuidd> s'il est déjà en "
77142 #~ "cours d'exécution ou peut être engendré par le processus (s'il est "
77143 #~ "installé et que le processus est autorisé à l'exécuter). Si aucun de ces "
77144 #~ "deux mécanismes de synchronisation ne peut être utilisé, il est "
77145 #~ "théoriquement possible que deux processus exécutés en même temps "
77146 #~ "obtiennent les mêmes UUID. Pour savoir si l'UUID a été généré de façon "
77147 #~ "sûre, utilisez B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."
77148
77149 #~ msgid ""
77150 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_time_safe> function is similar to "
77151 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time>, except that it returns a value which denotes "
77152 #~ "whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
77153 #~ msgstr ""
77154 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_time_safe> est similaire à "
77155 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time> si ce n'est qu'elle renvoie une valeur qui indique "
77156 #~ "si un des mécanismes de synchronisation (voir ci-dessus) a été utilisé."
77157
77158 #~ msgid ""
77159 #~ "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
77160 #~ "I<out>.  B<uuid_generate_time_safe> returns zero if the UUID has been "
77161 #~ "generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
77162 #~ msgstr ""
77163 #~ "Le nouveau UUID créé est renvoyé dans l'emplacement mémoire pointé par "
77164 #~ "I<out>. B<uuid_generate_time_safe> renvoie zéro si l'UUID a été généré de "
77165 #~ "façon sûre, B<-1> sinon."
77166
77167 #~ msgid "UUID_IS_NULL"
77168 #~ msgstr "UUID_IS_NULL"
77169
77170 #, fuzzy
77171 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77172 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
77173 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77174
77175 #~ msgid ""
77176 #~ "The B<uuid_is_null> function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
77177 #~ "variable I<uu> to the NULL value.  If the value is equal to the NULL "
77178 #~ "UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
77179 #~ msgstr ""
77180 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_is_null> compare la valeur de l'UUID I<uu> fourni à la "
77181 #~ "valeur NULL. Si la valeur est égale à l'UUID NULL, B<1> est renvoyé, "
77182 #~ "sinon B<0> est renvoyé."
77183
77184 #~ msgid "UUID_PARSE"
77185 #~ msgstr "UUID_PARSE"
77186
77187 #, fuzzy
77188 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77189 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
77190 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77191
77192 #, fuzzy
77193 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77194 #~ msgid ""
77195 #~ "B<int uuid_parse_range(char *>I<in_start>B<, char *>I<in_end>B<, uuid_t "
77196 #~ ">I<uu>B<);>"
77197 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77198
77199 #, fuzzy
77200 #~| msgid ""
77201 #~| "The B<uuid_parse> function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into "
77202 #~| "the binary representation.  The input UUID is a string of the form "
77203 #~| "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3)  format \"%08x-"
77204 #~| "%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\e0')."
77205 #~ msgid ""
77206 #~ "The B<uuid_parse>() function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into "
77207 #~ "the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
77208 #~ "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3) format \"%08x-%04x-"
77209 #~ "%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing \\(aq\\(rs0\\(aq)."
77210 #~ msgstr ""
77211 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_parse> convertit une chaîne de caractères de type UUID "
77212 #~ "donnée dans I<in> en sa représentation binaire. La chaîne de caractères "
77213 #~ "est une chaîne de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (format "
77214 #~ "B<printf>(3) \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 octets plus l'octet NULL "
77215 #~ "final « \\e0 »)."
77216
77217 #, fuzzy
77218 #~| msgid ""
77219 #~| "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
77220 #~| "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with RFC-4122."
77221 #~ msgid ""
77222 #~ "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
77223 #~ "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with"
77224 #~ msgstr ""
77225 #~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et "
77226 #~ "des UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la "
77227 #~ "RFC-4122."
77228
77229 #, fuzzy
77230 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77231 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77232 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77233
77234 #~ msgid "UUID_TIME"
77235 #~ msgstr "UUID_TIME"
77236
77237 #, fuzzy
77238 #~| msgid ""
77239 #~| "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>\n"
77240 #~ msgid "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>"
77241 #~ msgstr ""
77242 #~ "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<);>\n"
77243
77244 #~ msgid ""
77245 #~ "The B<uuid_time> function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
77246 #~ "based UUID I<uu> was created.  Note that the UUID creation time is only "
77247 #~ "encoded within certain types of UUIDs.  This function can only reasonably "
77248 #~ "expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
77249 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time>(3)  and B<uuid_generate_time_safe>(3)  functions.  "
77250 #~ "It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
77251 #~ msgstr ""
77252 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_time> extrait la date à laquelle l’UUID temporel passé "
77253 #~ "en paramètre a été créé. Remarquez que la date de création d'un UUID "
77254 #~ "n'est encodée que dans certains types d'UUID. On peut donc "
77255 #~ "raisonnablement s'attendre à ce que cette fonction n'extraie la date de "
77256 #~ "création que d'un UUID généré avec les fonctions B<uuid_generate_time>(3) "
77257 #~ "et B<uuid_generate_time_safe>(3). Elle pourrait fonctionner ou non avec "
77258 #~ "des UUID créés avec d'autres fonctions."
77259
77260 #~ msgid ""
77261 #~ "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 "
77262 #~ "GMT (the epoch), is returned (see B<time>(2)).  The time at which the "
77263 #~ "UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also "
77264 #~ "stored in the location pointed to by I<ret_tv> (see B<gettimeofday>(2))."
77265 #~ msgstr ""
77266 #~ "Le temps en seconde depuis EPOCH (1er janvier 1970) jusqu'à la date de "
77267 #~ "création de l'UUID est renvoyé (consulter B<time>(2)). Le temps en "
77268 #~ "seconde et microseconde auquel l'UUID a été créé depuis EPOCH est aussi "
77269 #~ "disponible à l'emplacement pointé par I<ret_tv> (consulter "
77270 #~ "B<gettimeofday>(2))."
77271
77272 #~ msgid "UUID_UNPARSE"
77273 #~ msgstr "UUID_UNPARSE"
77274
77275 #, fuzzy
77276 #~| msgid ""
77277 #~| "The B<uuid_unparse> function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
77278 #~| "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\e0')  of "
77279 #~| "the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in "
77280 #~| "the character string pointed to by I<out>.  The case of the hex digits "
77281 #~| "returned by B<uuid_unparse> may be upper or lower case, and is dependent "
77282 #~| "on the system-dependent local default."
77283 #~ msgid ""
77284 #~ "The B<uuid_unparse>() function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
77285 #~ "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing "
77286 #~ "\\(aq\\(rs0\\(aq) of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and "
77287 #~ "stores this value in the character string pointed to by I<out>. The case "
77288 #~ "of the hex digits returned by B<uuid_unparse>() may be upper or lower "
77289 #~ "case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
77290 #~ msgstr ""
77291 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_unparse> convertit l'UUID I<uu> fourni à partir de sa "
77292 #~ "représentation binaire en une chaîne de caractères de 36 octets (plus le "
77293 #~ "suffixe '\\e0') de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 et "
77294 #~ "enregistre cette valeur dans une chaîne de caractères pointée par I<out>. "
77295 #~ "La casse des caractères hexadécimaux renvoyés par B<uuid_unparse> peut "
77296 #~ "être en majuscule ou minuscule, et dépend des réglages par défaut du "
77297 #~ "système local."
77298
77299 #~ msgid ""
77300 #~ "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
77301 #~ "B<uuid_unparse_upper> and B<uuid_unparse_lower> may be used."
77302 #~ msgstr ""
77303 #~ "Si la casse des chiffres hexadécimaux est importante, alors les fonctions "
77304 #~ "B<uuid_unparse_upper> et B<uuid_unparse_lower> peuvent être utilisées."
77305
77306 #~ msgid "WALL"
77307 #~ msgstr "WALL"
77308
77309 #, fuzzy
77310 #~| msgid ""
77311 #~| "Some sessions, such as wdm, that have in the beginning of B<utmp>(5)  "
77312 #~| "ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from B<wall>.  "
77313 #~| "This is done to avoid write errors."
77314 #~ msgid ""
77315 #~ "Some sessions, such as B<wdm>(1x), that have in the beginning of "
77316 #~ "B<utmp>(5) ut_type data a \\(aq:\\(aq character will not get the message "
77317 #~ "from B<wall>. This is done to avoid write errors."
77318 #~ msgstr ""
77319 #~ "Certaines sessions, comme wdm, qui ont un caractère « B<:> » au début des "
77320 #~ "données ut_type d’B<utmp>(5) n’obtiendront pas le message de B<wall>. "
77321 #~ "Cela est fait pour éviter les erreurs d’écriture."
77322
77323 #~ msgid "August 2013"
77324 #~ msgstr "août 2013"
77325
77326 #~ msgid ""
77327 #~ "B<wall> displays a I<message>, or the contents of a I<file>, or otherwise "
77328 #~ "its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users.  "
77329 #~ "The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters.  Short "
77330 #~ "lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters.  The command will "
77331 #~ "always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line."
77332 #~ msgstr ""
77333 #~ "B<wall> affiche un I<message>, le contenu d’un I<fichier> ou sinon son "
77334 #~ "entrée standard, sur les terminaux de tous les utilisateurs actuellement "
77335 #~ "connectés. La commande dédoublera les lignes excédant 79 caractères. Les "
77336 #~ "lignes courtes sont complétées par des espaces pour faire 79 caractères. "
77337 #~ "La commande ajoutera toujours un retour chariot et un changement de ligne "
77338 #~ "à la fin de chaque ligne."
77339
77340 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nobanner>"
77341 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nobanner>"
77342
77343 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --timeout >I<timeout>"
77344 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
77345
77346 #~ msgid ""
77347 #~ "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after I<timeout> seconds.  "
77348 #~ "This I<timeout> must be a positive integer.  The default value is 300 "
77349 #~ "seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over "
77350 #~ "modem lines."
77351 #~ msgstr ""
77352 #~ "Abandonner la tentative d’écriture sur les terminaux après "
77353 #~ "I<délai> secondes. Ce I<délai> doit être un entier positif. La valeur par "
77354 #~ "défaut est de 300 secondes, qui est un héritage de l'époque où les gens "
77355 #~ "se connectaient aux terminaux à l'aide de modems."
77356
77357 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group >I<group>"
77358 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group> I<groupe>"
77359
77360 #~ msgid ""
77361 #~ "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a I<group> "
77362 #~ "argument.  The argument can be group name or GID."
77363 #~ msgstr ""
77364 #~ "Limiter l'affichage du message aux membres du groupe défini comme "
77365 #~ "paramètre I<groupe>. Le paramètre peut être un nom de groupe ou un GID."
77366
77367 #~ msgid ""
77368 #~ "The wall command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
77369 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
77370 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
77371 #~ msgstr ""
77372 #~ "La commande B<wall> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
77373 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
77374 #~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
77375
77376 #~ msgid "WDCTL"
77377 #~ msgstr "WDCTL"
77378
77379 #, fuzzy
77380 #~| msgid "B<-O>,B< --oneline>"
77381 #~ msgid "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
77382 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
77383
77384 #~ msgid ""
77385 #~ "Show hardware watchdog status.  The default device is I</dev/watchdog>.  "
77386 #~ "If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one "
77387 #~ "blank line."
77388 #~ msgstr ""
77389 #~ "Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel. Le périphérique par défaut est I</"
77390 #~ "dev/watchdog>. Si plus d’un I<périphérique> est indiqué, alors la sortie "
77391 #~ "est séparée par une ligne vide."
77392
77393 #~ msgid ""
77394 #~ "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
77395 #~ "device than B<wdctl> reads data from sysfs.  In this case information "
77396 #~ "about supported features (flags) might be missing."
77397 #~ msgstr ""
77398 #~ "Si le périphérique est déjà utilisé ou si l’utilisateur n’a pas la "
77399 #~ "permission de lire dans ce périphérique, alors B<wdctl> lit les données "
77400 #~ "de sysfs. Dans ce cas, les informations sur les fonctionnalités "
77401 #~ "(attributs) prises en charge peuvent être absentes."
77402
77403 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --flags >I<list>"
77404 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<liste>"
77405
77406 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --noflags>"
77407 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"
77408
77409 #~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --noident>"
77410 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--noident>"
77411
77412 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--output >I<list>"
77413 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
77414
77415 #~ msgid ""
77416 #~ "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags.  If no "
77417 #~ "output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used.  Use B<--"
77418 #~ "help> to get list of all supported columns."
77419 #~ msgstr ""
77420 #~ "Définir les colonnes à utiliser dans le tableau d’attributs du watchdog. "
77421 #~ "Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut "
77422 #~ "est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste de toutes les "
77423 #~ "colonnes gérées."
77424
77425 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --oneline>"
77426 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
77427
77428 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< -settimeout >I<seconds>"
77429 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<-settimeout> I<secondes>"
77430
77431 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --notimeouts>"
77432 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"
77433
77434 #~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@\\:redhat\\:.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
77435 #~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@\\:redhat\\:.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
77436
77437 #~ msgid "E<.MT lennart@\\:poettering\\:.net> Lennart Poettering E<.ME>"
77438 #~ msgstr "E<.MT lennart@\\:poettering\\:.net> Lennart Poettering E<.ME>"
77439
77440 #~ msgid ""
77441 #~ "The B<wdctl> command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
77442 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
77443 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
77444 #~ msgstr ""
77445 #~ "La commande B<wdctl> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
77446 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
77447 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
77448
77449 #~ msgid "WHEREIS"
77450 #~ msgstr "WHEREIS"
77451
77452 # NOTE: s/searchs/searches/
77453 #, fuzzy
77454 #~| msgid ""
77455 #~| "searches for \"ls\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in "
77456 #~| "the /usr/share/man/man1 directory only."
77457 #~ msgid ""
77458 #~ "searches for \"B<ls>\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in "
77459 #~ "the I</usr/share/man/man1> directory only."
77460 #~ msgstr ""
77461 #~ "recherche les pages de manuel « ls » dans tous les chemins par défaut, "
77462 #~ "mais seulement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/man/man1> pour « cal »."
77463
77464 #~ msgid "B<-b>"
77465 #~ msgstr "B<-b>"
77466
77467 #~ msgid "B<-m>"
77468 #~ msgstr "B<-m>"
77469
77470 #~ msgid "B<-u>"
77471 #~ msgstr "B<-u>"
77472
77473 #, fuzzy
77474 #~| msgid ""
77475 #~| "Only show the command names that have unusual entries.  A command is "
77476 #~| "said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
77477 #~| "requested type.  Thus 'B<whereis -m -u *>' asks for those files in the "
77478 #~| "current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
77479 #~ msgid ""
77480 #~ "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said "
77481 #~ "to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
77482 #~ "requested type. Thus \\(aqB<whereis -m -u *>\\(aq asks for those files in "
77483 #~ "the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
77484 #~ msgstr ""
77485 #~ "Ne montrer que les noms de commande qui ont des entrées inhabituelles. "
77486 #~ "Une commande est dite inhabituelle si elle n’a pas une seule entrée pour "
77487 #~ "chaque type demandé explicitement. Ainsi, « B<whereis -m -u *> » "
77488 #~ "recherche les fichiers du répertoire actuel qui n'ont soit pas de fichier "
77489 #~ "de documentation, soit plus d’un."
77490
77491 #, fuzzy
77492 #~| msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
77493 #~ msgid "B<-B> I<list>"
77494 #~ msgstr "B<-B> I<liste>"
77495
77496 #, fuzzy
77497 #~| msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
77498 #~ msgid "B<-M> I<list>"
77499 #~ msgstr "B<-M> I<liste>"
77500
77501 #, fuzzy
77502 #~| msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
77503 #~ msgid "B<-S> I<list>"
77504 #~ msgstr "B<-S> I<liste>"
77505
77506 #~ msgid "B<-f>"
77507 #~ msgstr "B<-f>"
77508
77509 #~ msgid ""
77510 #~ "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified "
77511 #~ "command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
77512 #~ "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> "
77513 #~ "(for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
77514 #~ "control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
77515 #~ "desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified "
77516 #~ "by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
77517 #~ msgstr ""
77518 #~ "B<whereis> recherche les fichiers binaires, de source et de manuel pour "
77519 #~ "les I<nom>s de commande indiqués. Les noms des fichiers sont obtenus en "
77520 #~ "supprimant le chemin d'accès et les extensions (uniques) éventuelles de "
77521 #~ "la forme B<.>I<ext> (par exemple B<.c>). Les préfixes de la forme B<s.> "
77522 #~ "utilisés pour le contrôle du code source sont également pris en charge. "
77523 #~ "B<whereis> recherche le programme demandé aux endroits normalisés de "
77524 #~ "Linux et aux endroits indiqués par B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH>."
77525
77526 #~ msgid ""
77527 #~ "The search restrictions (options B<-b>, B<-m> and B<-s>)  are cumulative "
77528 #~ "and apply to the subsequent I<name> patterns on the command line.  Any "
77529 #~ "new search restriction resets the search mask.  For example,"
77530 #~ msgstr ""
77531 #~ "Les restrictions de recherche (option B<-b>, B<-m> et B<-s>) sont "
77532 #~ "cumulatives et s’appliquent aux motifs I<nom> suivants sur la ligne de "
77533 #~ "commande. Toute nouvelle restriction de recherche réinitialise le masque "
77534 #~ "de recherche. Par exemple,"
77535
77536 #~ msgid ""
77537 #~ "The options B<-B>, B<-M> and B<-S> reset search paths for the subsequent "
77538 #~ "I<name> patterns.  For example,"
77539 #~ msgstr ""
77540 #~ "Les options B<-B>, B<-M> et B<-S> réinitialisent les chemins de recherche "
77541 #~ "pour les motifs I<nom> suivants. Par exemple,"
77542
77543 #~ msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
77544 #~ msgstr "B<-B> I<liste>"
77545
77546 #~ msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
77547 #~ msgstr "B<-M> I<liste>"
77548
77549 #~ msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
77550 #~ msgstr "B<-S> I<liste>"
77551
77552 #~ msgid ""
77553 #~ "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames.  It "
77554 #~ "I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options is used."
77555 #~ msgstr ""
77556 #~ "Terminer la liste de répertoires et signaler le début des noms de "
77557 #~ "fichiers. Cette option est B<obligatoire> quand une des options B<-B>, B<-"
77558 #~ "M> ou B<-S> est utilisée."
77559
77560 #~ msgid ""
77561 #~ "Output the list of effective lookup paths that B<whereis> is using.  When "
77562 #~ "none of B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> is specified, the option will output the "
77563 #~ "hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
77564 #~ msgstr ""
77565 #~ "Afficher la liste des chemins effectifs de recherche que B<whereis> "
77566 #~ "utilise. Si ni B<-B>, ni B<-M> ni B<-S> ne sont indiquées, les chemins "
77567 #~ "codés en dur que la commande a pu trouver sur le système seront affichés."
77568
77569 #~ msgid ""
77570 #~ "By default B<whereis> tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which "
77571 #~ "are defined with glob patterns.  The command attempts to use the contents "
77572 #~ "of B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH> environment variables as default search "
77573 #~ "path.  The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the B<-l> "
77574 #~ "listing option.  Effects of the B<-B>, B<-M>, and B<-S> are displayed "
77575 #~ "with B<-l>."
77576 #~ msgstr ""
77577 #~ "Par défaut, B<whereis> essaye de trouver les fichiers définis avec des "
77578 #~ "motifs joker, dans les chemins codés en dur. La commande tente d’utiliser "
77579 #~ "le contenu des variables d’environnement B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH> comme "
77580 #~ "chemins de recherche par défaut. La façon la plus facile de connaître les "
77581 #~ "chemins utilisés est d’ajouter l’option d’affichage B<-l>. Les effets de "
77582 #~ "B<-B>, B<-M> et B<-S> sont affichés avec B<-l>."
77583
77584 #~ msgid ""
77585 #~ "To find all files in I</usr/\\:bin> which are not documented in I</usr/\\:"
77586 #~ "man/\\:man1> or have no source in I</usr/\\:src>:"
77587 #~ msgstr ""
77588 #~ "Pour trouver tous les fichiers dans I</usr/\\:bin> non documentés dans I</"
77589 #~ "usr/\\:man/\\:man1> ou sans source dans I</usr/\\:src> :"
77590
77591 #~ msgid "B<cd /usr/bin>"
77592 #~ msgstr "B<cd /usr/bin>"
77593
77594 #~ msgid "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
77595 #~ msgstr "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/share/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
77596
77597 #~ msgid ""
77598 #~ "The whereis command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
77599 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
77600 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
77601 #~ msgstr ""
77602 #~ "La commande B<whereis> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
77603 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
77604 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"